Guru Granth Sahib Translation Volume 2

O M
.C
U B
C L
OK
BO
KH
S I
Page 1 www.sikhbookclub.com
Guru Granth Sahib
Line to Line
(Gurmukhi Text, RomanTransliteration &
English Translation)
OM
.C
B
LU
(Vol. II)
K C
Guru Granth Sahib pages: 296-556
O O
B
I KH
S
by:
Dr. Darshan Singh
Professor Emeritus, Panjab University, Chandigarh
Former Professor & Chairman
Deptt. ofGuru Nanak Sikh Studies, P U. Chandigarh
Guru Granth Sahib
(Line to line English Translation & Transliteration)
by
Dr. Darshan Singh
ISBN :- 2-930247 - 12 - 6
O M
. C
B
First Edition 6.5.2005
2nd Edition 1.2.2008
LU
C
3rd Edition 11.4.2010
OK
B O
K H
Published by
SIKH UNIVERSITY PRESSS I
4300, Waremme, Belgium.
Distributors
SINGH BROTHERS
Bazar Mai Sewan
Amritsar.
Printed at
PRINTWELL
146, Industrial Focal PoinJ
Amritsar.
fiSt ~ HCTW ~ II thitee ga-orhee mehlaa 5. Thiti (LUNAR DAYS) Gauri M: 5
,\ij"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ II salok. SALOK
God is one, realized by the grace oftrue Guru
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fHdH6d l II jal thai mahee-al poori-aa su-aamee sirjanhaar.
Master, the Creator is pervading waters, lands, nether regions.
))ffocr !Jif::r ~ 1.lHfa))fI' 6T6i5r ~ 111:\11 anik bhaaNt ho-ay pasri-aa naanak aykankaar. 11111
Nanak says. "He (God) pervades in many ways". 1
~ II pa-orhee. PAURI
EcrH ~ ~ ~ ~ fblwre II aykam aykankaar parabh kara-o bangnaa Dhi-aa-ay.
God is one, the Creator, remember and salute Him.
!I"C! rnre ~ ~ mrfo ~ (Jflr ~ II gun gobing gupaal parabh saran para-o har raa-ay.
Remember the attributes ofMaster, and come in the refuge of God-king.
3T eft lWH ~ ~ AT 3' fI! C(J ~ II taa kee aas kali-aan sukh jaa tay sabh kachh ho-ay.
Hope on Whom is all peace andfreedom, do everything is done by Him.
;pfu egG ;:<J ft!fJ:f ~ f3lJ ftIQ ~ 6' ire II chaar kunt gah gis bharmi-o tis bin avar na ko-ay.
I wandered in four corners and ten directions. There is none other than Him.
M
ire' YQT6' fl:riJ:fftr ~ ~ ftIftf ~ ~ II bayg puraan simrit sunay baho biDh kara-o beechaar.
I heard Ved, Puran, Simriti, in many ways, I pondered upon them.
C O
.
t.rl33' ~ i 'd"d6' ~ ~ ~ II patit uDhaaran bhai haran sukh saagar nirankaar.
U B
Liberating the declined, removing the fear, the ocean ofhappiness in one God.
't!"3T ~ ~ f3ff ftIQ ~ 6' wft!' II gaataa bhugtaa gaynhaar tis bin avar na jaa-ay.
C L
The giver, the consumer, the giving, is He, wIJere else to go ?
K
# ~ mft ~ 6T6i5r (Jflr !J6' f t II 1:\11 jo chaaheh so-ee milai naanak har gun gaa-ay. 11111
O
Nanak says, "Whoever trusts, he can unite, by singing the attributes of God". 1
Ever sing the attributes of God.

B O
~~ H'ff ~ (Jflr C'ft'3' II gobing jas gaa-ee-ai har neet.
K H
f>.Ifl? ~ ~ ~ HE 119.11 ~ II mil bhajee-ai saaDhsang mayray meet. 1/111 rahaa-o.
SI
01 my friend join together and remember Him in the congregation ofsaints. 1 (pause)
~ II salok. SALOK
~ ~ ))ffocr ~ mrfo ~ (Jflr ~ II kara-o bangnaa anik vaar saran para-o har raa-ay.
I salute again and again, 01 God, I have come to your refuge.
~ ~ 6T6i5r WtUifdr ~ ~ ~ II~II
bharam katee-ai naanak saaDhsang gutee-aa bhaa-o mitaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "In the congregation of saints, I remove my doubts, and also finish my love for
other". 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ a'ftJ W'd' ~ a'ftJ C'ft'3' II gutee-aa gurmat door kar gur sayvaa kar neet.
Throwaway the evil wisdom of other, and serve Guru everyday.
ijT){ d'3Q Hfo 3fo 8H 3fu QTtf ~9' ~ HE II raam ratan man tan basai taj kaam kroDh lobh meet.
Let the jewel ofname stay in your mind and body. and get rid ofcupidity anger, greed 01 friend.
~ fi.R" tfRQ ~ ftroRfu' JtmIS ~ II maran mitai jeevan milai binsahi sagal kalays.
So that death is empowered, life is gained, and all clashes die.
))fTlJ 3ifY rnre ~ ~ !J'aJf3' ~ II aap tajahu gobing bhajahu .b.b.aa-o bhagat parvays.
Leave ego, remember God and enter into emotional devotion.
649
P.297
W! fi.m 3GT ~ CJflJ t!CmCJ ~ II laabh milai totaa hirai har tlargeh pativant.
Gain profit, no loss, be respectable in God's court.
~ CWf QQ FiR JIlU JI1'ij' ~ II raam naam Dhan sanchvai saach saah Qbagvant.
Gather the wealth of God's name, have God as your true banker.
~ ~ (J'ftr ~ wg Jirdr ~ II ootbat baitbat har J2/1ajahu saaDhoo sang pareet.
While standing and sitting remember God, and love the company ofsaints.
('iT'('jCf ~ Ifc 1Rft ~ 8Jl;ftftr II~II naanak tlurmat chhut ga-ee paarbarahm basay cheet. 11211
Nanak says, "Thus the evil wisdom has got lost, and God has come to stay in my mind. " 2
~ II salok. SALOK
3tfo ~ tAB ~ ~ ~ ~ II teen bi-aapahi jagat ka-o turee-aa paavai ko-ay.
All people are staying mthree stages; very rare one gets to fourth.
('iT'('jCf IE ~ R' fHo Hft; riPM'" ~ lIall naanak sant nirmalbha-ay jin man vasi-aa so-avo 11311
Nanak says, "Saints have became pure, in them the same God is abiding". 3
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ftN' Di cnr ~ cnr eft! II taritee-aa tarai gun bikhai fal kab utam kab neech.
Three guunas are like poisonous fruits, sometime good, sometime bad.
M
(')"QCf BQ1I' ~ uri ~ Hurt ~ II narak surag Qbaramta-o ghano satlaa sanghaarai meech.
O
Some are abundantly in cycle ofhell and heaven, and are always slain by death.
mr
C
JrcJW JiHrJ ~ ijf n3' firorft! II harakh sog sahsaa sansaar ha-o ha-o karat bihaa-ay.
.
(JQlf
B
The world is in pain and pleasure or in doubts, their life passes away in ego.
U
fi:Ifo ~ f::mfu (; ~ ~ ~ ~ II jin kee-ay tiseh na jaannee chitvahi anik upaa-ay.
~ ftp,rfQ- ~ ~ ~ (;
C L
One who has created them, they do not care for Him, and are worrying about different ways.
K
3"lf II aaDh bi-aaDh upaaDh ras kabahu na tootai taap.
O
Their mind and body are living in pains and pleasures, their fever (of worries) is never cured.
~ ~ QO't cro P ~ II paarbarahm pooran Dhanee nah booihai partaap.
B O
God is perfect(v wealthy, they do not realize His strength.
H
Her BQ){ ~ uri JroT (')"QCf Hftr ~ II moh Qbaram boodat ghano mahaa narak meh vaas.
K
SI
Very many are drowning in greed, doubt and all are living in inferno.
cffiJ ~ l:fB' CJTfi:r ig ('iT'('jCf ~ I'H lIall kar kirpaa parabh raakh layho naanak tayree aas. 11311
Nanak says, "Be kind and save me, only you are my hope". 3
~ II salok. SALOK
~ ~ ~ ~ fi:Ifo 3ft::pw ~ II chatur si-aanaa sugharh so-ay jin taji-aa abhimaan.
On(v He is smart, wise and awake, who has got rid ofego.
U'flJ ~))f'RG fi:fftr iltJ ('iT'('jCf (J'ftr ~ 11811 chaar pagaarath asat siDh Qbaj naanak har naam. 11411
Nanak says, "Four gifts and eight magical powers, are in the meditation ofname ofGod". 4
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ R ~ Jlftm ~ ~ II chaturath chaaray baYtl sun soQ,bi-o tat beechaar.
After going through four Vedas and pondering over them,
RQU ~ ~ ft;fQ" ~ ~ Hflr wg II sarab .!sb.aym kali-aan niQ,b raam naam jap saar.
I found all protections, the treasures of liberation, are only in remembering and meditating
upon the name of God.
(')"QCf ~ ~ ~ ~ ffoor ri'R' II narak nivaarai gukh harai tooteh anik kalays.
This saves from hell, finish, with sorrows, and breaks with many clashes.
~ ~ iD{ 3' ~ CJflJ ~ trcRJ:r II meech hutai jam tay chhutai har keertan parvays.
650
The death gets tired, devil gets frustrated and one enters in praise of God.
~ ftro'R' ~ ~ Wen ~ ~ II bha-o binsai amrit rasai rang ratay nirankaar.
Those in love with God get their fear finished and drink the nectar.
~ ~ ~ (')T'Rfu O'H ~ II Qukh QaariQ apvi!artaa naaseh naam aDhaar.
Living by name, the sorrows, the pover(v, the infirmity all run away.
ffftJ OQ trft';' ffi') ~ Hlf JIT'mJ ~ II sur nar mun jan khoj!ay sukh saagar gopaal.
17,e gods, the men, the sages are searching for God, the ocean ofhappiness
HQ ~ ~~'5re ('j'1"(')CfJlTQ'~ IIBII man nirmal mukh oojlaa ho-ay naanaksaaDh ravaal. 11411
Nanak says, "With the feet-dust ofsaints, the mind is pure, the face is radiating". 4
~ II salok. SALOK
thJ fircrra' HO Hfu aR ~ ~ Jffin II panch bikaar man meh basay raachay maa-i-aa sang.
Five evils are staying in mind,thus mind is indulging in worldliness.
~ '5re f7iaJ.fw ('j'1"(')Cf l{B' ~ Wen 1It111 saaDhsang ho-ay nirmalaa naanak parabh kai rang. 11511
Nanak says, "In the congregation ofsaints ,one becomes pure and gets love of God". 5
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ thJ lJtI'O 3' fi::ro ~ ~ II pancham panch parDhaan lay jih jaani-o parpanch.
F~fith (lunar day): five are very important, if they can know the hollow display in the world.
M
~ffif arR' ~ ~ ld mr ~ ~ II kusam baas baho rang ghano sabh mithi-aa balbanch.
O
Flowers have fragrance, lot of colours, but this whole display ofbeauty is illusion.
C
ou wl) ou ~ ou ere Cif03 ~ II nah jaapai nah booihee-ai nah kachh karat beechaar.
.
B
Neither we can see, nor meditate nor we think about.
U
~ Her QR" aftrti ~ ~ Jiwg II su-aaQ moh ras bayDhi-o agi-aan rachi-o sansaar.
L
C
We aII are charmed by taste, greed, pleasures, th us the whole world is the creation ofignorance.
K
i')}f ~ ~ Hfo ~ cft* iRH ~ II janam maran baho jon .b.harman keenay karam anayk.
O
We have wandered in many births, taking birth and dying, and have done many actions.
O
~ ou f1:n.fMi Hfi; n 8lurftr ftr8cr II rachanhaar nah simri-o man na beechaar bibayk.
H B
But we do not remember the Creator. Neither we app(v mind on taking on logic.
~!JaTf3 B'R'7i Jffin ~ fi!ista n 'fi' II .b.haa-o .b.hagat bhagvaan sang maa-i-aa lipat na ranch.
K
SI
If we are in the devotion of God, then worldliness does not touch.
('j'1"(')Cf ~ ~ Hn ~ ~ 1It111 naanak birlay paa-ee-ah jo na racheh parpanch. 11511
Nanak says, "Very few are available, who do not indulge in show. " 5
~ II salok. SALOK
1:fZ ~ ~ crofu ~ n ~ II khat saastar oochou kaheh ant na paaraavaar.
The six systems speak loud, but know not the limit (of God).
~ j:j-ijfu ~ ~ ('j'1"(')Cf l{B' ~ ~ II~II bhagat soheh gun gaavtay naanak parabh kai Qu-aar. 11611
Nanak says, "Devotees look nice, singing the attributes ofMaster in His court". 6
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
l:fRGfi.f l:IC ~ crofu fi:ffi:ffd' Cl1iIfu ~ II khastam khat saastar kaheh simrit katheh anayk.
Sixth (lunar day) : Six systems tell and many Simritis are telling.
P.298
~~~~~n tfI'<!ftJ Rl:f II ootam oochou paarbarahm gun ant na jaaneh saykh.
God is supreme, the highest, even serpent (mythical) knows not His attributes.
~ trft';' ffi') ffCir 1lPwH tI'ff iR"3 iifire II naarad. mun jan suk bi-aas jas gaavat gobinQ.
Narad, Suk, Bias and other sages, sing the praise of God.
OH m ~ fHt stQ- ~ fi' nh II ras geeDhay har si-o beeDhay .b.haga! rachay .b.hagvant.
651
They are habituated in drinking nectar, charmed by God, and are devoted to His devotion.
>kr H'O ~ ~ 1MIT ~ ~ II moh maan .b.!:laram binsi-o paa-ee saran ga-i-aal.
Their greed, pride, doubts are over, once they are in the refuge ofMerciful
eon CDm Hfo 3fc') 8'it ~ efl:f ~ II charan kamal man tan basay garsan gaykh nihaal.
His lotus-feet are staying in mind and body, I am delighted by Him.
tI5'J fHi 3Gr fua' ~ ~ lft! II laa.b.!:l milai totaa hirai saaDhsang Iiv laa-ay.
We will gain profit not loss, by being in love with God.
!:flfG ~ ~ fofQ' W orner ~ ~ II~II
khaat khajaanaa gun niDh haray naanak naam Dhi-aa-ay. 11611
Nanak says, ''Remember name and earn the treasure ofHis attributes". 6
~ II salok. SALOK
Jtr ~ <Jfa' iIff cretfc:r ~ Jtftr ~ II sant mandai har jas katheh boleh sat subhaa-ay.
The assemb(v ofsaints, do the praise of God and truly, speak with feeling.
orner H'Q' ~ ~ mt ~ wre 11"11 naanak man santokhee-ai aykas si-o Iiv laa-ay. 11711
Nanak .'tays, "Discipline your mind, and be in love with One. " 7
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
Rtl3fi.r ~ (')1}f QQ ~ 0" tI"fu ~ II saptam sanchahu naam Dhan toot na jaahi .b.!:landaar.
M
Seventh (lunar day) : Gather the wealth ofname, before the treasure runs short.
O
R3Rdlf::s Hfu ~ ~ 0" ~ II santsangat meh paa-ee-ai ant na paaraavaar.
. C
We get Him in the congregation ofsaints, He is endless and infinite.
B
))fT'y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ <Jfa' ~ II aap tajaho gobing bhajahu saran parahu har raa-ay.
U
Leave ego, remember God and be in the refuge of God- king.
~ c:ro- ~ ~ HO ~ ~ wre
L
II gookh harai .b.!:lavjal tarai man chingi-aa fal paa-ay.
C
K
Sorrows are taken away, the terrible ocean is crossed, so be blessed with desired fruits.
O
))flO t.rcJQ Hfo <Jfa' iN ~ ~ ~ II aatb pahar man har japai safal janam parvaan.
O
All through the time, mind remembers God. The life is successful and accepted.
B
~ 8"<JfQ JRT Jffirr C1d8(Jig ~ II antar baahar sagaa sang karnaihaar pachhaan.
H
Within and without, He is ever along, recognize your Creator.
K
SI
it RTiIQ it Rl:fT ~ it <Jfa' cit Hfd' ~ II so saajan so sakhaa meet jo har kee mat gay-ay.
He is afriend, a dear one who counsels about God.
orner f:rff 8~(Jld~ <Jfa' <Jfa' ~ ~ 11"11 naanak tis balihaarnai har har naam japay-ay. 11711
Nanak .'tays, "I sacrifice myselffor Him, who remembers Gods' name." 7
~ II salok. SALOK
))flO t.rcJQ ~ ~ 3tftl,rfu ~ tiiRs II aath pahar gun gaa-ee-ah tajee-ah avar janjaal.
Sing His attributes all through time and leave all other world(v bondoqes.
~ iffiJ 0" mret orner ~ ~ IItll jamkankar johi na sak-ee naanak parabhoo ga-i-aal. 11811
Nanak says, "If Master is kind, the devil ofdeath cannot touch. " 8
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~))f'RG fi:rlb' ~ fofQ' II astamee asat siDh nav niDh.
Eighth (lunar day) Eight Purans and nine treasures.
JRRl5 ~ ~ !1b' II sagal pagaarath pooran buDh.
All gifts you get, by having perfect intellect.
~ t{aJTR" JRT ~ II kavaI prgaas sagaa aanang.
The lotus blossoms, always giving bliss.
fcrn.R;s ~ ~ H3' II nirmal reet niroDhar manto
652
The pure conduct, is the successful mantar,
FraI'l? tJ}{ ~ ~ II sagal Dharam pavitar isnaan.
Ssacred bath is allfaith..
FI!f Hfu ~ f8W:f ~ II sabh meh ooch bisaykh gi-aan.
The sublime, the special knowledge is higher than alL
<:ffiJ <:ffiJ iJ'RQ ~ ~ Jffirr II har har bhajan pooray gur sang.
But remembering God in the company ofperfect Guru has no match.
Hfu ~ (')l"('jQ (')T){ <:ffiJ ~ 1It:1I jap taree-ai naanak naam har rang. 11811
Nanak says, "Thus liberate by remembering God and being in His love." 8
~ II salok. SALOK
~ <'ro fi::rHfa' j:jfuti ~ ftrcirrG II naaraa-in nah simri-o mohi-o su-aad. bikaar.
We do not remember God and are tempted by useless tastes.
(')l"('jQ 0Tfi.r ftrwftpK 0'aCI' ~ ~ II~II naanak naam bisaari-ai narak surag aytaar. 11911
Nanak says, "We forget name and get reborn for hell or heaven". 9
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~Ht ~ ~ ~ II na-umee navay chhigar apveet.
All the nine holes (gates) are desecrating.
M
<:ffiJ O'llf 0" R1ffir ~ ~ II har naam na jaapeh karat bipreet.
O
But not remembering name of God, are disbelieving.
C
1@" ~ Q}ffu aafu' WQ' f?re II par tari-a rameh bakeh saaDh ning.
One enjoying other's women and back-biting saints.

B .
U
QQO 0" B"mft <:ffiJ if!J ftk II karan na sunhee har jas bing.
C L
His ears do not listen the praise of God, even for a moment.
ftrofu 1@" ~ ~ ci 3"lft II hireh par garab ugar kai taa-ee.
OK
Such people love other's wealth, for their bel(v.
O
~ 0" ~ f:rRor 0" ~ II agan na nivrai tarisnaa na bujhaa-ee.
B
Their/ire is not off, their lust is not quenched.
H
<:ffiJ iRr f8Q ~ ~ A II har sayvaa bin ayh fal laagay.
K
I
Without the service of God such are thefruits.
S
(')l"('jQ ~ ftI'Ja Hfa' iI'Hfu ~ II~II naanak paraQh bisrat mar jameh abhaagay. 11911
Nanak says, "Forgetting Master, the unfortunate are born to die". 9

~ II salok. SALOK
~ fuR ~ H ~ ia M 33' iire II gas gis khojat mai firi-o jat gaykh-a-u tat so-avo
I wandered to search you in ten directions, but wherever I see, I see you.
HQ afl:r ~ 0"i')clT it ~ ~ ~ II~OIl man bas aavai naankaa jay pooran kirpaa ho-ay. 111011
Nanak says, "The mind can be disciplined only with Hisfull mercy". 10
~ ~ ~ 8fi:r cft* II gasmee gas gu-aar bas keenay.
Tenth (lunar day) : One who disciplines ten doors.
lffo ~ (')T){ tIfu ~ II man santokh naam jap leenay.
His mind will be contented and he will remember name.
C{(J7ft ~ iIlJ ~ II karnee sunee-ai jas gopaal.
By ears, let us hear the praise of God.
~ 1h:r3 WQ' ~ II nainee paykhat saaDh ga-i-aal.
By eyec'>, let us see merciful saints.
653
QROT !fO ~ ~ II rasnaa gun gaavai bay-ant.
By tongue, let us sing the attributes ofunlimited.
HO Hfu ~ ~ ~ II man meh chitvai pooran .bb.agvant.
Let us remember perfect God in mind
P.299
c:na uao Ji3 ~ ~ II hasat charan sant tahal kamaa-ee-ai.
With hand andfeet, let us serve saints.
~ ~ Jii::Qf 1{i1 fRw ~ 11'\011 naanak ih sanjam'jJarabb kirpaa paa-ee-ai. 1/101/
Nanak says, "With this discipline, let us get His grace". 10
~ II salok. SALOK
Eel ~ ~ ftmsr Rti ~ II ayko ayk bakhaanee-ai birlaa jaanai savaag.
Everyone is saying One and only One, but very rare ofthem knows the taste.
~ iBftk (') ~ ~ RJ' ~ 11'\'\11 gun gobing na jaanee-ai naanak sahb bismaag. 111111
Nanak says, "One doed not know the attributes of God, He is all wonder". 11
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II aykaagasee nikat paYkhahu har raam.
Eleventh (lunar day) : See the name of God near.
~ 8fH CfftJ ~ ~ ~ II ingree bas kar sunhu har naam.
Discipline your senses and listen the name of God
Hfo ~ Jmr tftr ~ II man santokh sarab jee-a ga-i-aa.
O M
Have the contented mind and mercy for all living.
. C
reo- fuftJ ~ ~ ~ II in biDh barat sampooran bba-i-aa.
U B
L
In this way, your fast is complete.
tR:rHgcrra-ftmorre II Hg3QH9'iI'll3'~~ II
K
Dhaavat man raakhai iktbaa-ay. mantansuQhjapatharnaa-ay. C
O
Keep the astraying mind on one point. Purify your mind and body and remember God's name.
O
B
mr Hfu ~ Qfr ~ II sabh meh poor rahay paarbarahm.
H
God is pervading all.
K
SI
~ ~ cffir3Q CfftJ ~ ~ tmf 11'\'\11 naanak har keertan kar atal ayhu Qharam. 111111
Nanak says, "Sing the praise of God, with unflinching faith. " 11
~ II salok. SALOK
~ crcft jRr ~ R WQ' ~ II gurmat haree sayvaa karee hbaytay saaQb. kirpaal.
Leave the evil wisdom, do service, meet the merciful saint
~ 1{i1 ~ fHftIs wa- ftroA' JRRIS ti'tI'1!'S II'\~II naanak parabb si-o mil rahay binsay sagaI janjaal. 111211
Nanak says, "Thus live united with God, the whole worldliness will vanish". 12
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ ~ ~ ~. lI..Qu-aagasee gaan naam isnaan.
Twelfth (lunar day) : Remember name, give charity and do bath.
~ at iRI'f3' ~ 3'ft::r Ji'I?i II har kee bhagat karahu taj maan.
Leaving pride, be in the devotion of God
~ ffi:r3' ~ ~ JI'lnffirr II har amrit paan karahu saaQhsang.
In the congregation ofsaints drink the nectar of God
HO ~ ~ 1{i1 Wfcn II man tariptaasai keertan parabb rang.
The mind contents by singing His praise with love.
~ m JJB'~ mil komal banee sabb ka-o santokhai.
654
The soothing words content everyone.
tR" t)fT3){I' uftr ()I)f ~ il'a' II panch .!moo aatmaa har naam ras pokhai.
The body, (offive elements) the soul, enjoy the bliss of Gods' name.
~ ~ 3' ffiJ ~ ~ II gur pooray tay ayh nihcha-o paa-ee-ai.
Let us get this faith from perfect Guru.
0'0Cf ijT){ IDf3" fda' Hfo n ~ 119~1I naanak raam ramat fir jon na aa-ee-ai. 111211
Nanak says, "Remembering God, we will not enter womb again." 12
~ II salok. SALOK
3tfo F Hfu ~ ~ a n Cf'}f II teen gunaa meh bi-aapi-aa pooran hot na kaam.
By indulging in three guunas, no work will be completed
uf::r3' ~ Hflnm 0'0Cf ~ ()I)f 119iill patit uDhaaran man basai naanak chhootai naam. 1/1311
Nanak ."~ays, "Have the liberator of declined in mind, thus be emancipated with name. " 13
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ 3tfo 3'lf JfJR II ~ R'3 0"aCil' ~ II tar-udsee teen taap sansaar. aavatjaat narak avtaar.
Thirteenth (lunar day) : The world is victim of these fevers. Takes birth, dies, goes to hell and
is again born.
uftr c:rftr ~ n Hn Hfu ~ II har har .!majan na man meh aa-i-o.
M
But remembering of God's name has not come to his mind
O
EJlf J=ITR l[J fnH1:f n iR'M II sukh saagar para.!m nimakh na gaa-i-o.
He sings notfor a moment ofthe Master, the ocean ofpleasures.
.C
B
(JOlf Fm QT ~ crftJ 1fIfb II tftcJur ~ ~ ~ II
harakh sog kaa dayh kar baaDhi-o. deeragh rog maa-i-aa aasaaDhi-o.
LU
C
The body is bound in pains andpleasures. The worldliness has become incurable chronic disease.
K
~ ftrcrra' ~ JP.:!' ~ II dineh bikaar karat saram paa-i-o.
O
Wearing out by doing evil deeds all the day.
O
*C'ft ~ Bl'i' aasirei II nainee need supan barrhaa-i-o.
When in sleep, one cries in dream,
H B
uftr ftn::RJ3' ~ ffiJ ~ II har bisrat hovat ayh haal.
Forgetting God this happens,
IK
S
ROfo 7)1"('jO[ 1[1' ~ ~ 119iill saran naanak para.!m purakh ga-i-aal. 111311
Nanak !~ays, "Come to the refuge ofmercijul Master, God". 13
~ II salok. SALOK
urfu ~G ~ !ml J:IiIRI') ftmrna ijT){ II chaar kunt cha-odah .!mavan sagal bi-aapat raam.
God pervades all the four corners andfourteen continents.
nrocr to' n ~ ~ 3" i Cf'}f 119811 naanak oon na daykhee-ai pooran taa kay kaam. 1/1411
Nanak says, "His wonders are complete, no lapse is seen". 14
t$fl' II pa-orhee. PAURI
~ ~ ~ 1[1' ~ II cha-udeh chaar kunt para.!m aap.
Fourteenth (lunar day): God Himself is infour corners.
J:IiIRI')RO'~~ II tritb~l[J~ II sagal.bhavan pooran partaap. dasaygisaa ravi-aa para.bhayk.
In all continents, His grandeur is perfect. One Master is pervading all the ten directions.
tT<Jfo ))fCi(1'R' JIB Hfu 1[1' ~ II iRIS QS 8n' trcnf3' tRQ.IIj II
Oharan akaas sabh meh parabh paykh. jal thai ban parbat paataal.
See Master on earth, in sky, everywhere. He is in water, in lands, in forests, in mountains, in
nether regions.
655
~:ro8Hfu~ II ~~~iJRIO II
parmaysvar tah baseh da-i-aal. sookham asthool sagal Qhagvaan.
The merciful God abides therein. Whether it is abstract or concrete, it is all God.
orner ~ ~ usrn IIClB II naanak gurmu.!ill barahm pachhaan. 111411
Nanak says, "01 Gurmukh realize God." 14
~ II salok. SALOK
~ ifuJr ~ ~ ~ ~ II aatam jeetaa gurmatee gun gaa-ay gobind.
With the wisdom of Guru, win the self, and sing the attributes of God.
Ji3' tpI'tft i' fire orner ftrnJft' ftre IICl1.l11 sant parsaadee Qhai mitay naanak binsee chind. 111511
Nanak says, "With the grace of saints, the fear is off, and the worry is finished." 15
~))fT3){~ R ~ tft))fl' ~ II amaavas aatam sukhee Qha-ay santokh dee-aa gurdayv.
In the darkest night, people are in peace, as Guru has given them contentment.
P.300
Hg 3Q ~ Wf:r JrcJiI ~ llB' eft 1R II man tan seetal saaNt sahj laagaa parabh kee sayv.
Mind, body are cool, and in peace, in ease one is serving Master.
tim;~~JR'llS~'3""c}Ql}{ II ~fH<!teJtH~~<:rflra-O'){ II tootaybanDhan bahobikaar
M
safal pooran taa kay kaam. durmat mitee ha-umai chhutee simrat har ko naam.
O
The fetters ofthe lot of evil men are broken, His works are successful(v complete.
. C
The evil wisdom is over, the ego is off, by remembering God's name.
B
FI"Cffo ~ tRlJIDf eft fiffet.w ~ ~ II saran gahee paarbarahm kee miti-aa aavaa gavan.
Being in the refuge of God, the cycle ofbirths is ceased.
LU
))fTfir 3flpw ~ fl::It ~ ~ llB' ~ II aap tari-aa kutamb si-o gun gubind parabh ravan.
K C
By reciting the attributes of God, he liberates and liberates his family.
O
(ffir eft ~ ~ ~ llB' Ci(T 01lf II har kee tahal kamaavnee japee-ai parabh kaa naam.
O
If one wants to serve God, he should remember the name ofMaser.
H B
~ ~ 3" ~ orner JJl( ftnrtf IICl1.l11 gur pooray tay paa-i-aa naanak sukh bisraam. 111511
Nanak says, "I am blessed with happiness, relief, from the perfect Guru". 15
~ II salok. SALOK
IK
- - S
~ ~ (') ~ ~ ~ llB'))fTfir II pooran kabahu na doltaa pooraa kee-aa parabh aap.
The perfect never wavers, because God Himself has perfected him
fug fug ;:r3' ~ orner fur (') lJI1fG 119.~1I din din charhai savaa-i-aa naanak hot na ghaat. 111611
Nanak says, "Everyday a quarter is added, it never lessens". 16
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ llB' ~ ~ ~ ~ II purnamaa pooran parabh ayk karan kaaran samrath.
Purnama (full moon night) : Master is perfect, He alone is competent to do or get done.
tfP,r H3 ~ ~ mr !l.Iflr if" Ci(T (J'! II jee-a jant da-i-aal purakh sabh oopar jaa kaa hath.
The Purakh is merciful to all living creatures, as He is protecting all
~ foqro ~ ~ ~ if" Ci(T ~ II gun niDhaan gobind gur kee-aa jaa kaa ho-ay.
God-Guru is treasure ofattributes, His doing is final
~ 1{! 1JWQ ~ ~ ~ II antarjaamee paraQh sujaan alakh niranjan so-avo
The Master, ever awake is all pervading. Uncountable, taintless is same.
~ ~ mr ftrfl:f tt'C')e;i)'d II paarbarahm parmaysaro saQh biDh jaananhaar.
God is supreme, He knows all ways.
Ji3' R<JTlft Rafo ~ lWO tJd' ~ II sant sahaa-ee saran jog aath pahar namaskaar.
656
He is helper ofsaints, be in His refuge, and salute Him all through time.
)){ali ~ O(J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II akath kathaa nah booihee-ai simrahu har kay charan.
None can tell His unnarratable story, therefore, remember His, (God's) feet.
t.rfu"3 ~ ~ 7)Tt{ C'i"O'Cr YB' oft JfO'O II ct.E II
patit uDhaaran anaath naath naanak paraQh kee saran.111611
Nanak says, "He is liberator of declined, father of orphans, be in His refuge". 16
~ II salok. SALOK
~ ftIojJ JJW ~ FIGfn arot ~ G'fu II gukh binsay sahsaa ga-i-o saran gahee har raa-ay.
The sorrows are over, the doubts are cleared, as I entered the refuge of God, the king.
Hf5 ftre ~ ~ C'i"O'Cr ~ ~ iJI1'f8' II"C>II man chingay fal paa-i-aa naanak har gun gaa-ay. 111711
Nanak says, "I have got the desiredfruits, by singing His attributes." 17
iEt ~ a- B'! iEt d ~ II ko-ee gaavai ko sunai ko-ee karai beechaar.
Someone sings, someone listens, and someone ponders.
a- ~ a- ~ f::m Cf" '5fu ~ II ko upgaysai ko garirhai tis kaa ho-ay uDhaar.
Someone teaches, some011 remembers, all those are liberated.
~ ~ '5fu fMooisr i1c'lH i1c'lH ~ ~ II kilbikh kaatai ho-ay nirmalaa janam janam mal jaa-ay.
When. sins are removed, one becomes pure. The dirt of all lives is washed off.
~ ~ ~ !m O(J im f3B' HTft! II halat palat mukh oojlaa nah pohai tis maa-ay.
His face radiates here and hereafter, the worldliness does not touch him.
O M
.
R '!FJ3T R 8J::ffi R ~ ~ II so surtaa so baisno so gi-aanee Dhanvant.
C
He i... awake, He is Besno (vaishno), He is known, He is rich.
U B
R lJQT ~ Rft!' fRfo sfi:mfr ~ II so sooraa kulvant so-ay jin bhaji-aa bhagvant.
C
One who remembers God is brave, the same is ofhigh lineage.
L
K
~ ~ ~ iH ~ fl:mfa' ~ II khatree baraahman sOoQ bais uDhrai simar chandaal.
O
Khatri, Brahman, Sood, Vaish and also Pariah, all liberate by remembering.
O
fi:Ifo ~ tIl ))fT'lfi')T C'i"O'Cr f:n::Ifu CR"'l!IS II"C>II jin jaani-o parabh aapnaa naanak tiseh ravaal. 111711
H B
Nanak ...ays, "Those who could know their Master, I am dust oftheir feet". 17
~ oft ~ )f(J'W 8 II ga-orhee kee vaar mehlaa 4. GAUR! KI VAR M: 4
IK
'\tr'~ 1pITfu II ik-oNkaar satgur parsaag. God is one, realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
S*
~ Hg 8 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
~ ~ ~ ~ fi:rR ~ FI'f cift!' II satgur purakh ga-i-aal hai jis no samat sabh ko-ey.
True Guru is God merciful, everyone is same for Him.
~ ~ crnr ~ HO BlVo't 3 fl::rfq '5fu II ayk garisat kar gaykh-gaa man bhaavnee tay siDh ho-ay.
He looks after everyone with same ~ve. But those who are liked, th~v are victors.
~" ffi:@' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Rft!' II satgur vich amrit hai har utam har pag so-avo
The nectar is in true Guru, He is pure, His position is same.
C'i"O'Cr fclow 3 ~ ~ ~ ~ cift!' 11ct.11
naanak kirpaa tay har Dhi-aa-ee-ai gurmukh paavai ko-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Let us, by His grace, remember Him, because only a Gurmukh can get to Him." 1
Hg 8 II mehlaa 4. M: 4
~ ~ mr ~ ~ f63' Hfcrr 3cr JiJ::Irf<r II ha-umai maa-i-aa sabh bikh hai nit jag totaa sansaar.
The ego and worldliness are poison, all in the world suffer loss.
lCJT ~ QQ ~ ~ ~ ~ II laahaa har Dhan khati-aa gurmukh sabag veechaar.
On(v Gurmukh, by pondering over word, earns the profit of Gods' wealth.
~H ~ ~ ~ ~ ffi:@' ~ ~ qrfu- II ha-umai mail bikh utrai har amrit har ur Dhaar.
His dirt of ego and poison is washed off, he keeps God and His nectar in heart.
657
P.301
mB' ~ f::ro i ft:rftl <:Jfu ft::R; ~ fcta'w qrftJ II sabh kaaraj tin kay siDh heh jin gurmukh kirpaa Dhaar.
He is kind to Gurmukhs, thus all their matters are settled.
(')l"(')C[ ;l gftJ ~ Hfi.m!is ~ CJfu ~ ftl('HC!d1fa 11::)11
naanak jo Dhur milay say mil rahay har maylay sirjanhaar. 11211
Nanak says, "For whom it is preordained, they are united, the Creator Himself gets them to
unite." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ mJl' R'fu! ~ ~ ~ mJl' ~ II too sachaa saahib sach hai sach sachaa gosaa-ee.
You are true Master, you are Truest ofthe true ones.
~g6 mr ~ mr ~ ~ ~ lIJ;uDhuno sabh Dhi-aa-iQee sa.b!:llagai tayree paa-ee.
Everyone remembers you, all are at yourfeet.
~ ftm3" ~ Jrg1( ~ fHfn cfuft ftr!J ~ ~ II
tayree sifat su-aali-o saroop hai jin keetee tis paar laghaa-ee.
Your praise is pure initiative, whoever has taken it, he is liberated.
~ ~ ~ ~ RftJ nrfH 'R'H'lft II gurmukhaa no fal paa-iQaa sach naam samaa-ee.
Gurmukh is rewarded, he merges in true name.
m
n- jffi J:I'l'fuar ~ ~ II C\ II vaday mayray saahibaa vadee tayree vadi-aa-ee. 11111
M
CO
OJ my great Master, great is your glory. 1
.
H: 8 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
B
~ ~ ~ ~ JI! ~ facrr ~ II vin naavai hor salaahnaa sa.b!:l bolan fikaa saag.
L U
To praise other than name, all recitation is tasteless in taste.
HOtfl:f ~ ~ ~ )fJaT ~ II manmukh ahaNkaar salaahQay ha-umai mamtaa vaaQ.
Manmukhs praise in ego, vanity, greed and clash.
K C
O
ft::R; H'M i dF6 H HCJfu lffil H"t R'f ~ II jin saalaahan say mareh khap jaavai sa.b!:l apvaag.
O
Those who have praised (in this way) they have died, they arefinished in astraying.
H B
HO (')l"(')C[ ~ taW Hfil CJfu CJfu~ IIC\II jan naanak gurmukh ubray jap har har parmaanaaQ. 11111
Nanak says, "Gurmukhs are liberated, by remembering supreme God."1
K
SI
H: 8 II mehlaa 4. M: 4
~ afu 1{! trlJ:r O'l:f fbtwlft Hfo ~ II satgur har para.b!:l Qas naam Dhi-aa-ee man haree.
OJ my true Guru, tell me ofMaster, so that I remember His name.
(')l"(')C[ O'l:f ~ CJfu ~ nt mB' ~ ~ 11::)11
naanak naam pavit har mukh bolee saQh Qukh parharee. 11211
Nanak says, "God's name is sacred, reciting from mouth removes all sorrows. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CJfu ~ 1Ij;00 aapay aap nirankaar hai niranjan har raa-i-aa.
You yourself areformless, taintless, God, the king.
fmft ~ fucf Mfa ~ ~ f::ro C(I' R'f ~ ~ II
jinee too ik man sach Dhi-aa-i-aa tin kaa sa.b!:l Qukh gavaa-i-aa.
Those who remember you, truely with single mind, all their sorrows are over.
3Gr ~ i nrcft fi:m ~ ~ l'S'fu ~ II tayraa sareek ko naahee jis no lavai laa-ay sunaa-i-aa.
None in comparable with you, even near to you, whom I can talk?
~~~~~HtHfo~1I
tuDh jayvad Qaataa toohai niranjanaa toohai sach mayrai man .bhaa-i-aa.
The 9iver ofyour magnitude is you only OJ God, you are the only True who is pleasing to my
658
mind.
~~ R"'fu8r ~ ~ ~ II~II sachay mayray saahibaa sachay sach naa-i-aa. 11211
01 my true Master, true is the name oftrue". 2
~ Hg B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
HO~~~a-~P'~~11
man antar ha-umai reg hai bharam bhoolay manmukh gurjanaa.
Manmukhs, the wicked men, are astraying in doubts, as in their mind is the ailment of ego.
(')'T(')Cr ~ ~ fi.ffl!is FI'f31ra' W9' JrtI(')T 11911 naanak rog gavaa-ay mil satgur saaDhoo sajnaa. 11111
Nanak says, "Meet-saint and cure your disease". 1
Hg B II mehlaa 4. M: 4
HQ 3Q ~ ft mt ~ ~ ~ II man tan rataa rang si-o gurmukh har guntaas.
Gurmukh is the treasure of God's attributes. His mind and body are in love with Him.
tlO (')'T(')Cr~ AijC!idlJl ma-~ ~W8'fR' II~II jan naanak harsarnaagateehar maylay gur saabaas. 11211
Nanak says, "I am in His refuge, Guru pats me to meet God. " 2
~~ II pa-orhee. PAURI
~ CRJ3T ~ ~ a- fcrff orftis ~ ~ II too kartaa purakh agamm hai kis naal too varhee-ai.
You are creating Purakh, beyond aI/limits, whom to compare with you ?
M
~g~~ff~~ffiJr~1I l
O
tuDh jayvad ho-ay so aakhee-ai tuDh jayhaa toohai parhee-ai.
. C
Ifsomeone is as great as you are, then we can say, but as we read, only you are like you.
B
~ l.lIfG l.lIfG ~ ~ ~ ~ II too ghat ghat ik varatdaa gurmukh pargarhee-ai.
LU
You alone pervade all bodies and you reveal yourself in Gurmukh.
~ ~ FmJ ~ ~ a- JIB' i ~ ~ II too sachaa sabhas gaa khasam hai sabh goo too charhee-ai.
K
You true, are the Master of all, you are the highest.
C
O
~ a'ijfu ff ~ '5'fi:J:ft '3'" ~ ~ lIall too karahi so sachay ho-isee taa kaa-it karhee-ai. 11311
O
Whatever you do, that truth will happen, then why to worry. 3
H B
~ Hg B II salok mehlaa 4. SAL OK M: 4
H Hffi 3ffi ilH' fiJH i5{I' ~ tJG tISdifn II mai man tan paraym piramm kaa athay pahar lagann.
IK
In my mind and body is the love of God, it is all through twenty four hours.
S
tlO (')'T(')Cr ~ qtfa' 1{S' FI'f31ra' 'B'fl:f wffl; 11911 jan naanak kirpaa Dhaar paraJm satgur sukh vasann. 11111
Nanak says, "01 Master be kind, I may also live in pleasure ofGuru". 1
fi:ro ~ tltf3' fiJH eft ~ ~ ~ Rcffl; II jin angar pareet piramm kee ji-o bolan tivai sohann.
Those in whose mind is the love of God,anyway they speak, they look nice.
(')'T(')Cr ~))fTl) i'f"C!t!T fi:ffn ~ ~ fWTo II~II naanak har aapay jaandaa jin laa-ee pareet pirann. 11211
Nanak says, "God Himself knows, He has blessed me with the love ofmy dear. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ CRJ3T ~ ~ a- !'8'C!' ~ orat II too kartaa aap aJmul hai bhulan vich naahee.
You are the Creator, the unforgetting, You do notforget (us).
~ a'ijfu ff ~!JW a- ~ ~ ~ II too karahi so sachay Jmalaa hai gur sabag buihaahee.
Whatever you do is truely good, Guru's word has told me that.
~ ~ ~ ~ a- iii" ~ orat II too karan kaaran samrath hai goojaa ko naahee.
You are competent to do and get done, none else.
~ ~ ))f'dQf ~ a- A'ftr ~ ttP>rrcft II too saahib agam ga-i-aal hai sabh tuDh Dhi-aahee.
You are the Master beyond limits, everyone remembers you.
659
P.302
RiB' tftlK ~ ~ Jmf t!" ~ mr nrc:ft "9" sabh jee-a tayray too sabhas gaa too sabh chhadaahee. 11411
All living beings are yours, you are of all, you liberate them. 4
~ H: 9 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
EJfc!' JIlil'O tIH ~))fl:ft' 3'Q Afn " sun saajan paraym sangaysraa akhee taar lagann.
Listen 01 my dear, my message of love, my eyes are fIXed on you.
~ ~ ~ ~ Rn nrncr Bfl:f JRfn "1:\11 gur tuthai sajan mayli-aa jan naanak sukh savann. 11111
Nanak says, "Guru is pleased, he has got me to meet my love, now I sleep in peace." 1
*
~ ;:!T3T ~ ~ fi:rR ~ JreI' ~ " satgur gaataa ga-i-aal hai jis no ga-i-aa sagaa ho-ay.
True Guru is merciful giver, He is ever in mercy.
~ ~ ~ ~ HI ~ ~ ~ Rft!" " satgur angrahu nirvair hai sabh gaykhai barahm ik so-ay.
True Guru is not inimicalfrom within, he sees same God in everyone.
~~fH~~f3n~~(,)~11
nirvairaa naal je yair chalaa-igay tin vichahu tisti-aa na ko-ay.
Those who do enmi~v with inimical, they can never be satisfiedfrom within.
~ FI!ffil" ~ 'BW ~ ftrR t!" F ~ ~ II
M
satgur sabhnaa gaa bhalaa manaa-igaa tis gaa bura~ ki-o ho-ay.
O
True Guru always caresfor everyone's well being, how can someone harm him?
*
. C
~ ffirr i f9t!" 3vr ~ ~ ~ " satgur no jayhaa ko ichh-daa tayhaa fal paa-ay ko-ay.
B
In whichever way one desires (begs) from Guru. Similar is the fruit one gets.
nrncr Cf3T HI ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (') ~ II~"
LU
naanak karjaa sabh kichh jaandaa jigoo kichh gumaa na ho-ay. 11211
K C
Nanak says, "The Creator knows everything, nothing is hidden from Him". 2
O
~" pa-orhee.PAURI
*
O
fi:rR wftJlr ~ ri' mIT u wit " jis no saahib vadaa karay so-ee vad jaanee.
B
Whom Master grants greatness, know him great.
H
fi:rff wfua R f3'a' 8'tfft:r ~ Jl wfua Hfn B'it " jis saahib b!!.aavai tis bakhas la-ay so saahib man bhaanee.
K
S I
Whomever He likes, He grants, that pleases him.
H i H ;:ft ~ ri' Jl ~ ~ " jay ko os dee rees karay so moorh ajaanee.
If someone feels jealous ofhim, he is foolishly ignorant.
*
fi:rR ~ ~ H tf<!' fi tf<!'))fl'fl:r ~ " jis no satgur maylay so gun ravai gun aakh vakhaanee.
Whom true Guru gets to meet, he remembers His attributes, and then recites His attributes.
nrncr m:rr ~ ~ ~ RftJ ~ "~,, naanak sachaa sach hai bum sach samaanee. 11511
Nanak says, "True is alone true, those who realize, they merge in True". 5
~ H: 9 " salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
(Jfcr FIf:r foa'm> ))f)fg ~ ~ ~ ~ " har sat niranjan amar hai nirbha-o nirvair nirankaar.
God is true, taintless. He is immortal,fearless, formless and above enemity.
recr
ft:m ;::rli.mtT recr
Hfn ftri3" 137; ~ ~ ~ II jin japi-aa ik man ik chit tin lathaa ha-umai bhaar.
Those who remember Him with single mind, soul, their burden ofego is removed.
ft:m ~ (Jfcr ~ f3n J:i3 tfOT ~ " jin gurmukh har aaraaDhi-aa tin sant janaa jaikaar.
Those of Gurmukhs who adore God, hail 1those saints.
*
cret f<fur ri' ~ ~ eft ftrR fG? fG? em RJ' Jiwg "
ko-ee nilllgaa karay pooray satguroo kee tis no fit fit kahai sa.l2h sansaar.
~l.wmeone back-bites a perfect true Guru, he is accursed by all in the world.
660
~ ~ ))fTf4 ~ <:rftJ ~ ~ II satgur vich aap varatdaa har aapay rakhanhaar.
God Himself abide in true Guru, God Himself is his protector,
qg tiQ ~ ~ ~ ftm 5' J1t!T J1t!T ~ II
Dhan Dhan guroo gun gaavgaa tis no sagaa sagaa namaskaar.
Hail one who sings the attributes of Guru. I ever and ever salute him.
tfO orner13o~~fi::Io~DtaAc!(Jig IIctll jan naanaktin ka-o vaari-aajinjapi-aa sirjanhaar. 11111
Nanak says, "I sacrifice myselffor those, who have remembered the Creator. " 1
~ t:Irit ~ ~ ))fTClT1J II aapay Dhartee saajee-an aapay aakaas.
He Himself has created earth and Himself sky.
n ~ iB ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II vich aapay jant upaa-i-an mukh aapay gay-ay giraas.
Therein He created the living, and Himselfgives morsel in their mouth.
Rl' ~ ))fTf4 ~ ~ eft ~ II sabh aapay aap varatQaa aapay hee guntaas.
He Himselfpervades everywhere, and Himself is the treasure of attributes.
tfO orner (')T){ fb>wre 3" Hfir ~ ~ 3"'H II ~ II
- = -
jan naanak naam Dhi-aa-ay too sa.b.b. kilvikh katay taas. 11211
Nanak says, "Remember the name, He will get your sins off". 2
M
~;ft II pa-orhee. PAURI
O
~ J:IT ~ ~ ~ ~ H9" sri: II too sachaa saahib sach hai sach sachay bhaavai.
You are the true Master, ever true, on(y true like the True.
. C
B
H 'g ~ ~ 130 AM' ~ ~ (') ~ II jo tuDh sach salaahgay tin jam kankar nayrh na aavai.
LU
Those who true(y praise you, devil ofdeath does not touch them.
130 ~ tn:r m- ~ fi::Io <:rftJ ~ J:IT ~ IIJin kay mukh gar ujlay jin har hirgai sachaa bhaavai.
K C
111 whose mind True is liked, their faces radiate at His door.
O
~ ~ ~ i!3 m- Q1.I'? JroT ~ tR II
O
koorhi-aar pichhaahaa satee-an koorh hirgai kapat mahaa gukh paavai.
HU~~~~~tri II!!II
H B
Those living by lies are thrown back. In their mind are lies, wickedness, they suffer lot ofsorrows.
K
SI
- = = -
muh kaalay koorhi-aaree-aa koorhi-aar koorho ho-ay jaavai. 11611
The faces ofthose, who live by lies are blackened, the liars leave as liars. 6
~ t:Irit tmf ~ ftnJ n ffiJr cl 8tH 3<JT ~ 1.fTS' II
satgur Dhartee Dharam hai tis vich jayhaa ko beejay tayhaa fal paa-ay.
True Guru is earth wherein faith grows, as you sow in it, so shall you reap.
~d'fi::fl:it ~ ~ 130 ~ ~ <:rftJ 1.fTS' II gursikhee amrit beeji-aa tin amrit fal har paa-ay.
Guru's Sikhs have sown nectar, they are given nectar-fruits by God.
fu;r ~ tmftr ljlf ~ tire <:rftJ ~ mft ~ II
onaa halat palat mukh ujlay o-ay har gargeh sachee painaa-ay.
Their faces radiate here and hereafter, and they are dressed in robe ofhonour in His court.
~~~~~cnRfu~ffiJr8tH3<JT~~ II
iknHaa angar khot nit khot kamaaveh oh jayhaa beejay tayhaa fal khaa-ay.
Some are cheat from within and they cheat daily, as they sow, so shall they reap.
P.303
tfT~ ~ om- a'ftr ~ ~ Rf!r ~ ~ II
jaa satgur saraaf nagar kar gaykhai su-aavgeer sabh ugharh aa-ay.
661
When the touch-stone is true Guru, he sees with his eyes, all selfish onces surface.
gre ffiJr ftJ3m ft'S ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t!ft;r ~ II
o-ay jayhaa chityahi nit tayhaa paa-in o-ay tayho jayhay ga-yi vajaa-ay.
As the kind ofthinking, they think, the same kind, they get. God pays them in the same coin.
0'00r ~ W ~ wil m fos' ar1W ar1W ~ 9S ~ II CUI
naanak guhee siree khasam aapay vartai nit kar kar gaykhai chalat sabaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Master Himselfpervades at both ends, He ever does and sees all wonders. " 7
)U B " mehlaa 4. M: 4
~ HQ ~ ~ ~ ri' jJ ~ ~ II ik man ik varatQaa jit lagai so thaa-ay paa-ay.
In eve,:v mind, One pervades, whoever gets to His wave-length he is a success.
m aJW ri' ~ fH IIfftJ ~ ~ JI'lft lf1ft! II
ko-ee galaa karay ghanayree-aa je ghar vath hovai saa--ee khaa-ay.
Some people talk a lot,_ but if something is in home, only that they will eat.
f8g ~ mit or toN ~ (') ~ iI'fl! II bin satgur soihee naa pavai ahaNkaar na vichahu jaa-ay.
Without true Guru, no realization, the ego from within does not go.
~ ~ ~ Il:I' ~ ~ 3'ifJ IIfftJ IIfftJ HiJrft! II
ahaNkaaree-aa no Qukh bhukh hai hath tadeh ghar ghar mangaa-ay.
M
The egoists suffer the pain ofhunger, unfolding hands they beg from door to door.
O
~ oaft !Rft or em ~ l(ItJ ~ if1'ft! II koorh t!1agee guihee naa rahai mulammaa paaj leh jaa-ay.
.C
The lie and their cheating cannot be concealed, the pretending cover lays bare.
B
fi::rff ~ ~ ~ f3H ~ fi.It llJ ~ II jis hovai poorab Iikhi-aa tis satgur milai para.bb, aa-ay.
fHt ~ ~ ~ ~ JiaIf'o ~ ~ if1'ft! II
L U
For whom it is preordained, the true Guru gets them to meet Master.
K C
ji-o lohaa paaras bhaytee-ai mil sangat suvran ho-ay jaa-ay.
O
Like a touch-stone turns iron into gold, similar(v congregation turns one into gold.
O
i=IO 0'00r i llB ~ trc!t ~ A' ftR ~ II~ II
H B
jan naanak kay paraQh too Q,hanee ji-o Qhaavai tivai chalaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "OJ Master, you are allpower, you lead me in the way you like." 2
K
SI
~ II pa-orhee. PA URI
fi:Io uftJ ~ ~ 130 uftJ ))I'I'f4 00ri' II jin har hirgai sayvi-aa tin har aap milaa-ay.
Those who serve God in mind, He Himselfgets them to meet
~ett~f30fi:lt~HfB"~~~
II
gun kee saaih tin si-o karee saQh avgan sabag jalaa-ay.
With them, I develop the relationship ofvirtues, all my vices are burnt by word.
~ ~ ~ ft:n3 ~ B' JM ~ II a-ugan vikan palree jis geh 50 sachay paa-ay.
The vices are soldfor a straw, virtues are with one whom You have given.
~WO~fHfo~HfG~~ II .
balihaaree gur aapnay jin a-ugan mayt gun pargatee-aa-ay.
I sacrifice myselffor my Guru, who removing vices, reveales virtues.
m ~ u ett ~ ~ 11':>11 vadee vadi-aa-ee vaday kee gurmukh aalaa-ay. 11711
Gurmukh tells that great praise is ofthe great. 1
Riel H: B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
Rf3tro ~ m ~ it ~ uftJ uftJ ~ fbJA II
satgur vich vadee vadi-aa-ee jo an-gin har har naam Dhi-aavai.
True guru is great(v praise worthy, one who, day and night, remembers the name of God.
662
()fu ()fu ~ Q}f3' BV Jimf ()fu OTH m~ II
har har naam ramat such sanjam har naamay hee tariptaavai.
Remembering the name of God, he gains truth and discipline, thus he is satisfied with name
only.
()fu~~()fu~ ~()fui'i"H~m- II harnaam taanhar naamgeebaan harnaamo rakh karaavai.
Name ofGod is his strength, the name of God is His Court, He saves through name.
it ~ ~ ~ !JQ ~ Jl HO rei ~ t.R II jo chit laa-ay poojay gur moorat so man ichhay fal paavai.
Whoever adores the being of Guru with intuned mind, he gets the desiredfruits.
it ~ ere- ~ ~ cit f3H ~ WQ ~ II jo ningaa karay satgur pooray kee tis kartaa maar givaavai.
Whoever back-bites perfect Guru, the Creator punishes him severe(v.
m(fu~~<:Jflf(')~'g~~~lri II
fayr oh vaylaa os hath na aavai oh aapnaa beeji-aa aapay khaavai.
This time will not come back, he will have to eat what he has sown.
oafcf Uifu ijfu ~ ~ fi:It ~ wre ~ II
narak ghor muhi kaalai kharhi-aa ji-o taskar paa-ay galaavai.
He will stand with blackenedface in terrible hell, as a smuggler is chained by neck.
fafu ~ cit JJc!t t.R 3T ~ HI" ()fu ()fu ~ ~ II
M
fir satgur kee sarnee pavai taa ubrai jaa har heir naam Dhi-aavai.
O
If he again comes in the refuge of Guru, he can be liberated. Let him remember the name of
God.
. C
B
()fu 8"'3T ))fTfi:f ~ ~ ()fu m ~ ~ II~II
har baataa aakh sunaa-ay naanak har kartay ayvai bhaavai.
LU 11111
C
Nanak says, "I am talking the words of God, He, the Creator likes like this". 1
K
H& B II mehlaa 4. M: 4
O
~!JQ a-r ~ (') lffi 'g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
O
pooray gur kaa hukam na mannai oh manmukh agi-aan muthaa bikh maa-i-aa.
and the pains ofworldliness.

H B
One who does not obey the order ofperfect Guru, such a Manmukh is cheated by misinformation,
fuJ- ~ CQ ri
= a1ij- ri
IK
- ~ ~ t!fl;r fuJ ~ ~ ~ II
S
=-
os angar koorh koorho kar bui!J.ai anhogay i!J.agrhay ga-yi os gai gal paa-i-aa.
In him is lie and he thinks everyone is liar, God has involved him in unreal clashes.
'g m<5 ril:it ere- ~ fuJ t!T ~ ftm (') B"ftmrr II
oh gal farosee karay bahutayree os gaa boli-aa kisai na bhaa-i-aa.
He wants to sell all he talks, but none likes his talk (to purchase).
'g ~ ~ <Jt fi:It ~ ~c:rrarfc! ~ 01'fttr; >N iii" ~ !it ~ ~ II
oh ghar ghar handhai ji-o rann gohaagan os naal muhu jorhay os bhee lachhan laa-i-aa.
He is roaming about in every home, like a deserted wife, whoever talks with him, he is also
accused.
~ itre ff ~ m fuJ t!T ~ D !JQ l.lTfJ:r sfu ~ II
gurmukh ho-ay so alipato vartai os gaa paas chhad gur paas bahi jaa-i-aa.
Once turned Gurmukh, he turns away from him (Manmukh), leaving him, he comes to sit with
Guru.
P.304
-- aN ~ R'- !JW (j'T(ft thro- fo ~ JoRlS
it afQ =- RB'- ~ II
jo gur gopay aapnaa so bhalaa naahee panchahu on laahaa mool sabh gavaa-i-aa.
663
One who conceals his relation with Guru, 01 men of God, he is not a good man. he loses his
capital and profit both.
trfuw~~~~~~~W~~~1I
pahilaa aagam nigam naanak aakh sunaa-ay pooray gur kaa bachan upar aa-i-aa.
Nanak says, "First, let me talk about earlier scriptures, then I will talk about the sublime word of
Guru. "
~ ~ R ~ ~ clt ~ tier ~ CJftr 0' ~ II~II
gursikhaa vadi-aa-ee bhaavai gur pooray kee manmukhaa oh vaylaa hath na aa-i-aa. 11211
GurSikhs like the praise oftheir perfect Guru, Manmukhs could not avail ofthat opportunity. 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ mJT FIiI ~ ~ ~ 'R ~ fifff ~ ~ II sach sachaa sabh goo vadaa hai so la-ay jis satgur tikay.
The true is true, supreme amongst all He can get Him, who stays with Guru.
'R ~ ft:I ~ ~ ~ mJT ~ rei II so satgur je sach Dhi-aa-igaa sach sachaa satgur ikay.
The true Guru is one, who remembers the True, for a true Guru, the true is only One.
Fret ~ ~ ~ ft:Ifn tffi ~ cIt3' ~ fR II so-ee satgur purakh hai jin panjay goot keetay vas chhikay.
He alone is true Guru in person, who determined(v disciplines five senses.
ft:IftIg~~lWY~f30~~~~~~ II
je bin satgur sayvay aap ganaa-igay tin angar koorh fit fit muh fikay.
O M
Those who, without serving Guru, project themselves, within them is all false, their red faces
C
turn pale.
~~ftmO'~~A~3~ 1It:1I
B .
U
o-ay bolay kisai na bhaavnee muh kaalay satgur tay chukay. 11811
~ }fg B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4

C L
If they speak, nobody likes, they are deserted by Guru, thus their faces are blackened. 8
<ITa" 1{il' W Jf! ~ ~ <ITa" ))frf4 ~ ~

OK II
O
har parabh kaa sabh khayt hai har aap kirsaanee laa-i-aa.
B
The land is of God-Master, God Himselfputs one for farming.
H
~8l:rfi:r~~~~II gurmukh bakhasjamaa-ee-an manmukheemool gavaa-i-aa.
IK
Gurmukh are blessed to grow, Manmukhs lose even seed.
Jf!~8l#~~~ <ITa"R'R~~ II
S
sabh ko beejay aapnay ]IDalay no har ]IDaavai so khaytjamaa-i-aa.
Everyone sows for his own interest, but the seed will germinate only if He likes.
~ <ITa" ~ ~ mlJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
gursikhee har amrit beeji-aa har amrit naam fal amrit paa-i-aa.
Gursikhs sowed the nectar of God, and they get the God's nectar asfruit, in the form ofnectar.
- = fcra'R' fo:J ~
iDf ;:r(JT
- mlJ ~ )f1ftr ~ II
jam choohaa kiras nit kurkagaa har kartai maar kaQl}aa-i-aa.
The devil of death, is like a rat who dai(v gnaws the crop, God, the Creator, beats it out.
ftmnt IDft ~ afu mlJ m
8lfR' ~ II
kirsaane~ jammee bhaa-o kar har bohal bakhas jamaa-i-aa.
The crop grew, as a gift oflove, God granted the heap ofharvest.
f30wQT3T~Jf!~M~~~11
tin kaa kaarhaa angaysaa sabh laahi-on jinee satgur purakh Dhi-aa-i-aa.
Those who remember the name oftrue Guru, their worries and anxieties are removed.
trO 0T0Cl' O"tl ~ ))frf4 '3'flpw JI!' ~ ~ II '\11
664
jan naanak naam araaDhi-aa aap tari-aa sabh jagat taraa-i-aa. 11111
Nanak says, :One who has adored the name ofGod, he himselfis liberated and gets the world to
liberate". 1
H~ B II mehlaa 4. M: 4
WQl' reg ~ ~ ~ ~ aR')T II saaraa gin laalach ati-aa manmukh horay galaa.
All through the day, Manmukh is occupied by greed, and he talks otherwise.
r i !tit ~ ~ ~ RiB' b II raatee ooghai gabi-aa navay sot sabh dhilaa.
During the night he is overtaken by sleep and his nine gates get loose.
HOtfl:IT ~ fHfa' Hw ~ ~ fo'3' ~ !JW II manmukhaa gai sir joraa amar hai nit gayveh bhalaa.
Manmukhs are ruled by women and dai(v they give them gifts, they are impure, dirty and idiots.
Hwt!T~~~H~~tIW II
joraa gaa aakhi-aa purakhkamaavgay say apvit amayDh khalaa.
Thosw men who work as directed by women, they are impure, dir(v, idiots.
w6i ~ ~ OQ H Hw ~ ew II kaam vi-aapay kusuDh nar say joraa puchh chalaa.
Such men with perverse mind are overtaken by sex, they ask their women when to act.
~ it ~ H ~ jJ Jrl3' ~ ~ !JW II satgur kai aakhi-ai jo chalai so sat purakh Qhal bhalaa.
But one who acts as true Guru directs him, he is true person, and the best.
M
Hw ~ RiB' ~ ~ ~ ~ RiB' fi:fw II joraa purakh sabh aap upaa-i-an har khayl sabh khilaa.
O
The men and women, are all created by Himself. This the play of God and He plays
C
11211
.
FI'!f ~ 8CE ~ O'ocr ~!JW II~II sabh tayree banat banaavanee naanak bhal bhalaa.
B
Nanak says, "It is all your created creation, and is very fine". 2
U
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
L
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II too vayparvaahu athaahu hai atul ki-o tulee-ai.
C
K
You are carefree, immeasurable, thus how to weigh the unweighable.
O
H ~ fl:r ~ ~ fi::Ic; ~ 00Mt II say vadQhaagee je tuDh Dhi-aa-igay jin satgur milee-ai.
O
They are great(v lucky, who remember you, and whom the true Guru has met.
B
~ cit m Jrl3' R!Y ~ ~ ~ II satgur kee banee sat saroop hai gurbaanee banee-ai.
H
The word oftrue Guru is the embodiment of True, let us live by it.
K
~ cit <M Mr ~ ~ m
S IH~ 5f5~ II
satgur kee reesai hor kach pich bolgay say koorhi-aar koorhay iharh parhee-ai.
Feeling jealous of true Guru, many other speak raw and indigestible they are liars and willfall
il1 lies.
fur" ~ frg ~ frg ~ ~ H'fulw *~ ~ ~ IItll
onHaa angar hor mukh hor hai bikh maa-i-aa no ihakh margay karhee-ai. 11911
17tey have one thing in mind, and another thing in mouth, for poisonous worldliness, they wear
out to die in anxie(v". 9
~ H~ B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
~citJW~~iIQ~ErJWq II
satgur kee sayvaa nirmalee nirmal jan ho-ay so sayvaa ghaalay.
The service oftrue Guru is pure, if there is a pure person he can do it.
fi::Ic;~~~~re~~~cft~ II
- - =-
jin angar kapat vikaar ihooth o-ay aapay sachai vakh kadhay jajmaalay.
In whose mind is wickedness, evil actions, falsehood, the true Master Himself will sift the
lepers away.
665
P.305
~ ~ 8ftJ ~ l.Pfi:r ~ ~ n tI5iRft rca ~ i"i II
sachiaar sikh bahi satgur paas ghaalan koorhi-aar na labhnee kitai thaa-ay bhaalay.
The truthful(V living Sikhs serve while sitting with true Guru. The liars, even after search, could
not befound any where.
ft:ror ~ err ~ ~ ~ f3nr!fcJ m ffifu ~ n II
jinaa satgur kaa aakhi-aa sukhaavai naahee tinaa muh bhalayray fireh ga-yi gaalay.
Whom the word oftrue Guru, is not pleasing, their faces are cursed, and rejected by God, they
are wandering.
fiR; ~ tpf3' am CJftJ c}at jJ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
jin angar pareet nahee har kayree say kichrak vayraa-ee-an manmukh baytaalay.
Those who do not have the love ofGod in their mind, how long such astraying Manmukh, can be
counseled.
*
~ 6fiY> B" ))(T1!1" Hg ~ ~ Wg ))fTf4 m
~ ~ ~ II
satgur no milai so aapnaa man thaa-ay rakhai oh aap vartai aapnee vath naalay.
Whoever meets true Guru, he should keep his mind stable.He Himself deals with His creation.
;:ro (')TOCf recrnr ~ Hftls ~ ~ ft!ft;r ~ ~ ri ~ 11911
jan naanak iknaa gur mayI sukh gayvai ik aapay vakh kad.!:lai thagvaalay. 11111
Nanak says, "To some Guru gets to meet Him to make happy, and to some cheats, He Himself
OM
C
separates". 1
B .
U
ft:ror ~ O'li f6tfrg CJftJ En ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
jinaa angar naam niDhaan har tin kay kaaj ga-yi aagay raas.
C L
Those who have the treasure ofname in them, they get their matters settled meaningfully.
En ~ ~ ~ eft CJftJ ll! ~ Qftr ior l.Pfi:r II
O K
O
tin chookee muhtaajee lokan kee har parabh ang kar bait!:laa paas.
B WII'fk
They no more care to depend upon others. God, the Master, keeps them to sit beside Him.
KH
W crn3T ~ 31" RJ ~ ~ Rftr t!"a'RQ ~ ~ II
I
jaa N kar1;aa val taa sabh ko val sabh garsan gaykh karahi saabaas.
~ ~ RJ CJftJ err Smir

If the Creator is nice, everything is nice, anyone seeing Him gets pat.
cfPw;:ro ~ l'H'ft! aafJ crocJI1k II
saahu paatisaahu sabh har kaa kee-aa sabh jan ka-o aa-ay karahi rahraas.
The kings, the emperors, all are His creation, all come to pray before men of God.
~~citm~CJftJur~~~~ II
gur pooray kee vadee vadi-aa-ee har vadaa sayv atul sukh paa-i-aa.
The perfect Guru's praise is great, serve the great God and get -immeasurable happiness.
!ITo ~ t!TQ tft))fr CJftJ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
gur poorai gaan gee-aa har nihchal nit bakhsay charhai savaa-i-aa.
Perfect Guru blessed me with a gift ofimmovable God, He adds a quarter to it dai(v.
cret~~~nRiRm))fTf4~ II
ko-ee ningak vadi-aa-ee gaykh na sakai so kartai aap pachaa-i-aa.
If some back-biter cannot see his (Guru's) praise, Creator Himselfgets him to burn.
tIQ ~ ~ii m~n31"* JreT~~ II~II
jan naanak gun bolai kar1;ay kay bhagtaa no sagaa rakh-d.aa aa-i-aa. 11211
Nanak says, "The men of God always recite the attributes ofGod, He ever saves His devotees."2
666
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
go Jt'l'fug ~ ~ ~ U ~ ~ II too saahib agam ga-i-aal hai vad gaataa gaanaa.
You are inaccessible, merciful Master, you are great(v wise giver.
"'g ~ H ~ i rem (')T ~ ~ ~ lR Hfo ~ II
tuDh jayvad mai hor ko gis naa aavee toohai N sugharh mayrai man bhaanaa.
I could not find, anyone else like you, you are the wisest, pleasing to my mind.
~ i!<% rem ~ '" UC'Sc!ijlijl ~ ifTC!T II moh kutamb gis aavgaa sabh chalanhaaraa aavanjaanaa.
Fami(v and other seen ones, whom you love are transient, they come and go.
*
it fuQ ~ ~ ~ wftre ~ F f:ro )fTC!l" II
jo bin sachay horat chit laa-igay say koorhi-aar koorhaa tin maanaa.
Those who love someone other than True, they are liars, and they take pride in false.
0T0a" ~ fblWft!' go fuQ ~ tlftr tlftr ~ fifTC!T II "\0 II
naanak sach Dhi-aa-ay too bin sachay pach pach mu-ay ajaanaa. 111011
Nanak says, "Beiter you remember True, because without True, all ignorants will die burning. "10
~cr}{g 8 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
~ ~ Fa ~ 0" frio fiJi ~ lWtl:Pw am 0" ~ II
ago gay sat bhaa-o na gichai pichho gay aakhi-aa kamm na aavai.
To begin with, you do not show respect, ifyou show it afterwards, it is of no use.
OM
))fQ' ~ ~ ~ ~ aRift ~ ~ tR II aDh vich firai manmukh vaychaaraa galee ki-o sukh paavai.
.C
The poor Manmukh is much entangled in between, how can he be happy by mere talking?
fiuJ ~ t:tffir ~ ~ clt H t ~ t tR II
U B
L
jis angar pareet nahee satgur kee so koorhee aavai koorhee jaavai.
C
One, who does not have love of Guru, in mind, he is born in lies and will die in lies.
H ~ ri' Ha'r ufu 1:{1 cra5T 3i" ~ ~ om ~
O K II
jay kirpaa karay mayraa har parabh kartaa taa N satgur paarbarahm nagree aavai.
:rr ~ ~ ~ ~ c}or ' " crr;p ~ 'RJj ~ II

B O
lfmy God, Master, Creator becomes merciful to one, then true Guru shows him God.
IKH
taa api-o peevai sabag gur kayraa sabh kaarhaa angaysaa bharam chukhaavai.
S
Then he drinks the nectar ofundrinkable word of Guru, all his worries, anxieties and doubts are
oJf:
JRT ~ ~ ft!g oY3t tIO 0T0a" ~ ufu ~ ~ 11"\11
sagaa anand rahai gin raatee jan naanak an-gin har gun gaavai. 11111
Nanak says, "By ever singing the attributes of God, be in bliss day and night"
}fg 8 II mehlaa 4. M: 4
~ ~ C[T;l fi:Ilr ~ H m ~ ufu 0Ttl ~ II

gur satgur kaa jo sikh akhaa-ay so bhalkay uth har naam Dhi-aavai.
One who likes to be called a Sikh of Guru, true Guru, he should get up early in morning and
remember His name.
~ ri' ~ tmJT3t ft!"RorQ ~ ~ FIftr ~ II
ugam karay Jmalkay parbhaatee isnaan karay amrit sar naavai.
Early in morning, he should take steps to take bath in the pool ofnectar (Amritsar)
~ ~ ufu ufu HY ~ Rf!I ~ wq ~ C'Sfu tR II
upgays guroo har har jap jaapai sabh kilvikh paap gokh leh jaavai.
He should listen to the teachings ofGuru, then to recite about God, because by reciting, all sins,
sorrows and evils are over.
667
fafa' v3" ~ ~ ri' ~ ~ ~~ ~ II
fir charhai givas gurbaanee gaavai bahgi-aa ut!l-gi-aa har naam Dhi-aavai.
Then, when the sun rises, he should sing the word ofGuru (Gurbani), and remember the name
(~l God while sitting or standing.
Hwm fdra'rfH ~ )W ~ ~ Jl ara1Rl:I'
- --. iRG Hfo R II
jo saas giraas Dhi-aa-ay mayraa har har so gursikb. guroo man .!maavai.
One who remembers my God, by every breath, every morsel, that Gursikh pleases Guru's mind.
P.306
*
ftm ~- ~ )W JP)fT)ft - fim- ara1Rl:I'
- --= ~
iRG - --~ II
jis no ga-i-aal hovai mayraa su-aamee tis gursikh guroo upQays sunaavai.
Upon whom my Master is kind, help that GurSikh and tell him about the teachings of Guru.
m;
-
<'i"'Oiil'
-=
qfS" >m fim- -ara1Rl:I' eft H ~ iJQ' ~ (')I}f- HtR II ~ II
jan naanak Dhoorh mangai tis gursikh kee jo aap japai avrah naam japaavai.11211
Nanak says, "I begfor thefeet-dust ofthose GurSikhs, who remember and help others to remember
God's name". 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
H ~ J:IV ~ it ~ i3' II jo tuDh sach Dhi-aa-igay say virlay thorhay.
M
Those who remember you, the True, they are rare and small in number.
H Hfo ftffiJ ~ ~ ftrn eft lJ'aaf:J ~ ))fHlf ~ II
CO
.
jo man chit ik araaDh-gay tin kee barkat khaahi asaNkh karorhay.
B
Those who adore with single-mind and souL What they have earned, many crores are eating and
U
L
enjoying.
C
9iS FJ5 ~ it arft!' t.re Hwfulr ~ II tuDhuno sa.!m Dhi-aa-igee say thaa-ay pa-ay jo saahib lorhay.
K
All people remember you, but they are a success, whom Master desires.
OO
Hftrg~jWtR~it~HftJiiH~ II
jo bin satgur sayvay khaagay paingay say mu-ay mar jammay korhHay.
are H B
Those who eat and dress without serving true Guru, they, the lepers, move in the cycle ofbirths.
K
(JTHg fi.for ~ ~ ~ efu ~ Q II o-ay haajar mit!laa bolgay baahar vis kadheh mukh gholay.
SI
When present, they speak sweet, but in absence, they vomit poison from their mouth.
Hfo ~ t!ft;r m-IIClClIl man khotay ga-yi vichhorhay. 111111
With wicked mind are separatedfrom God.
~ ~ ~ t'ftw CI"W ~ f3fo ~ ~ wft!'>w II *
mal joo-ee bhari-aa neelaa kaalaa khiDholrhaa tin vaimukh vaymukhai no paa-i-aa.
With the blue and black gown, filled with filth and vermin, the turning face got dressed another
turning face.
tMRomm~iRaHfu~JRNt~~~~1I
paas na gay-ee ko-ee bahan jagat meh gooh parh sagvee mal laa-ay manmukh aa-i-aa.
In the congregation none will allow him to sit with, dipping in excretion, adding more filth the
Manmukh comes back.
~ H ~~* ~a'ftJi iftpw$!ft~CI"W~~~~ II
paraa-ee jo ningaa chuglee no vaimukh kar kai .!mayji-aa othai bhee muhu kaalaa guhaa vaymukhaa
gaa karaa-i-aa.
With the turning face, when sent far back-biting others, there also he got blackened, the face of
hoth turning faces.
668
3"3" ~ ~ iRJ3' ~ il"'8t ~ ~ ori" ~ t$ft ar.:r ~ & ~ UIfu" ~ II tarh suni-aa sabhat
jagat vich bhaa-ee vaimukh sanai nafrai pa-ulee pa-ugee faavaa ho-ay kai !Jth ghar aa-i-aa.
Of my brother, this immediately has become the news ofthe day, that when beaten with shoes,
the turning face with his servant, furious(v stood up and came back home.
))(ir ~ ~ ~ <RlSC!" n 6m 3" ~ iEtift fafa' ~ urfu' ~ II
agai sangtee kurhmee vaimukh ralnaa na milai taa vahutee bhateejeeNfir aan ghar paa-i-aa.
Then in congregation people, relatives, children's -in-laws, did not like him to sit with them.
Then the wife and niece brought him home, and got him to lie in bed.
~~~ are
ffi"3' !l:f" ~ II halat palat govai ga-ay nit bhukhaa kookay tihaa-i-aa.
He got ruined both, here and hereafter, eve,:v day he would c,:v hungry and thirs(v.
QQ QQ ~ QQ3T ~ ~ fHfn ~ ~ afu))fTf4 ~ II
Dhan Dhan su-aamee kartaa purakh hai jin ni-aa-o sach bahi aap karaa-i-aa.
Great is Master, the creating person, who Himself sat to deliver justice.
R 1?Rr ~ ~ ~ eft Jl wi H"ftJ ~ II
jo ningaa karay satgur pooray kee so saachai maar pachaa-i-aa.
One who back-bites a perfect Guru, the true one gets him killed and burnt.
~~ f3fo ~ fHfn ~ FIJ ~ 11'\11 ayhu akhar tin aakhi-aa jin jagat sabh upaa-i-aa. 11111
M
This word is said by One, who has created the whole world. 1
H~ 8 II mehlaa 4. M: 4
C O
.
~ fl:m w em-!l:f" ~ ftm ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
B
saahib jis kaa nangaa bhukhaa hovai tis gaa nafar kithhu raj khaa-ay.
U
L
Whose Master has not enough to eat and dress, from where his servant will have full meal.
ft:r RTfulI & uffiJ ~ ~ JJ m uftr A ~ ~ tJTt II
K C
je saahib kai ghar vath hovai so nafrai hath aavai anhogee kithhu paa-ay.
getfrom? O
I.fthere is something in Master's house, servant can have, but ifthere is nothing, where he can
Omft
fl:m tft jW cfuft fafa' ~ lim fIT jW ~
H B II
K fafa'
jis gee sayvaa keetee fir laykhaa mangee-ai saa sayvaa a-ukhee ho-ee.
jW ~ (Jflr ~ JR'l'lS ~ eft

i')T(')'Cl'
SI
If we serve one and are askedfor account that service is real(v hurting.
~ Jiit n ~ II~ II
naanak sayvaa karahu har gur safal garsan kee fir laykhaa mangai na ko-ee. 11211
Nanak says, "Serve the successful sight ofGuru-God, then none will ask for account. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
i')T(')'Cl' ~ Jt:J ;:rc') ~ ~ crcre II naanak vichaareh sant jan chaar vayg kahangay.
Nanak says, "The saints think andfour Vedas tell,
~~ '3 ic!re Fr ~ ~ II bhagat mukhai tay bolgay say vachan hovangay.
that what devotees speak from mouth, those words are fulfilling. "
~ tr'U'<fT tf'l.RT Rf!r ~ JJie" II pargat pahaaraa jaapgaa sabh 10k surrangay.
When He manifests in the world, everyone listens to Him.
~ n tM8f7i ~ 7la' 1E ~ 1::KR II sukh na paa-in mugaDh nar sant naal khahangay.
~~ ri. ~ *ifu
I1te idiotic men do not enjoy happiness, they grumble about saints.
~ mre II o-ay lochan onaa gunai no o-ay ahaNkaar sarhangay.
They desire virtues from them, but they are burning in ego.
~ ~ fcipw crefu W !JraT g'ftJ >re II o-ay vichaaray ki-aa karahi jaa bhaag Dhur mangay.
What the poor persons can do ? When their preordained luck is bad.
669
it ~ f3fn ~ Jl fcm (') ~ II jo maaray tin paarbarahm say kisai na sangay.
Those who are sacred by God, they are ofnone.
~ crafu ~ m tmf ~ ~ II yair karahi nirvair naal Dharam ni-aa-ay pachangay.
They are inimical to non-inimical, their perishing is fair in faith and logic.
it it Jffir ~ Jl ftraftr m II jo jo sant saraapi-aa say fireh bhavangay.
Those who are cursed by saints, they are wandering uncared.
il! >:J;:rg ~ f3H ~ ~ II'\~II payd muNd,haahooNkati-aa tis daal sukangay. 111211
If the tree is uprooted, the branches will wither. 12
~ )of: B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
P.307
~ c:mr ~ ~ fit ~ II antar har guroo Dhi-aa-igaa vadee vadi-aa-ee.
One who remembers God within, his praise is great.
~ ft!3t 1ft ~ ure ordt ~ ~ fcm ;ft ~ II
tus ,gitee poorai satguroo ghatai naahee ik til kisai gee ghataa-ee.
The true Guru has happi(v given to him, that will not reduce a little even if one tries.
~~~clm~3T~~Htmr~II
sach saahib satguroo kai val hai taa Nihakh ihakh marai sabh lokaa-ee.
M
True Master is on the side oftrue Guru let the world di~ grumbling.
~ ci ~ ~ iR c:mr m ))fTfir ~ II nin,gkaa kay muh kaalay karay har kartai aap vaQb.aa-ee.
C O
.
Creator Himself blackens the faces ofback-biters, and increases the praise of Guru.
B
~~~ fcre crafu f3t fi3t fn3 fn3 d ~ II
U
ji-o ji-o nin,gak ning karahi ti-o ti-o nit nit charhai savaa-ee.
c:mr ~ f3fn ~ JWfc! JIB' lMft 11'\ II

C L
As and when back-biter slanders, same way He adds a quarter to (praise) it daily.
K
tIO O'ocr
O
jan naanak har aaraaDhi-aa tin pairee aan sa.bh paa-ee. 1/111
O
Nanak says, "If one adores God, He gets all to be at his feet" 1
B
)of: B II mehlaa 4. M: 4
H
~ rn R3 fH ij'Q- ~ ~ JII f3R' err ~ II
K
S I
satgur saytee ganat je rakhai halat palat sa.bh tis kaa ga+aa.
If someone keeps accounts with true Guru, he lm,es his this and next world, both.
f1i3 ~ tn ~ ~ ~ ~ 8fa' ~ II
nit ib.ahee-aa paa-ay magoo sutay ib.akh..gaa ib.akh-gaa ib.arh pa-i-aa.
. He ever remains wild in anger, grinding teeth andfoamingfrom mouth,thus grumbling hefalls.
f1i3~;R~QO~~qgift~~II
nit upaav karai maa-i-aa Dhan kaaran aglaa Dhan bhee ud ga+aa.
He ever tries for more wealth, but then his gathered wealth is also lost.
~ y ~ ~ y If't ft:qJ ~ ffilW ~ ~ II
ki-aa oh khatay ki-aa oh khaavai jis an,gar sahsaa ,gukh pa+aa.
What he can earn, what he can eat? in whom the pain ofdoubt is there?
~ m fit ~ ~ JII ~ im'3" err f3fo fRftr ~ II
nirvairai naal je yair rachaa-ay sa.bh paap jagtai kaa tin sir la-i-aa.
Because ofbeing inimical to non-inimical All the sins ofthe world will load his head.
~ .,m fUi m ordt ft:qJ ~ firer Hftr ~ ~ II
os agai pich1lai dho-ee naahee jis angar ningaa muhi amb pa+aa.
He will find no refuge here or hereafter. His mind is in back-biting. His diseased mouth is in
670
pain.
H~- - - =
am
~ ffir (Jl:f ~ 31" ifij' R:ft ~ II
jay su-inay no oh hath paa-ay taa khayhoo saytee ral ga-i-aa.
Iflte touches (tries for) gold, it becomes dust.
H ~ cit JreC!t 2fo ~ ~ 31" ~ ~ 8l:ffi:r ~ II
jay gur kee sarnee fir oh aavai taa pichhlay a-ugan bakhas la-i-aa.
Iflte again comes to the refuge o.fGuru, his earlier vices are forgiven.
NO (')'l7j(i[ ~ i'i"tr ~ (Jfa" ~ ~ WtI' ~ II~ II
jan naanak an-.din naam Dhi-aa-i-aa har simrat kilvikh paap ga-i-aa. 11211
Nanak says, "Ifsomeone remembers God day and night, remembering Him, his sins and sorrows
are removed. " 2
~3t II pa-orhee. PAURI
F JrnT ~ ~ mr ~ ~ ~ ~ II toohai sachaa sach too sabh .doo upar too .deebaan.
You are true, true are you, you are above all, holding court.
H ~g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'or ~ II jo tuDh sach Dhi-aa-i.day sach sayvan sachay tayraa maan.
Those who remember True, they serve the true. OJ True, you are their pride.
fu;r ~ ~ tnf ~ ~ 8m ~ 'or ~ II onaa an.dar sach mukh ujlay sach bolan sachay tayraa taan.
OM
Truth is within them, their faces radiate, they speak truth. OJ True you are their strength.
A'!JOE' ftro't ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II say bhagatjinee gurmukh salaahi-aa sach saba.d neesaan.
.C
The Gurmukhs who praise you, are your devotees, true word is their emblem.
B
~ ft:J ~ rn Eo N Jre' ~ 119q II sach je sachay saYV.day tin vaaree sa.d kurbaan. 11131/
U
L
l1wse who are true, they serve True, I ever sacrifice myselffor them. 13
C
~ ){: B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
gfa'wa- ~ ~ mft ~ ~ wa-
K
II Dhur maaray poorai satguroo say-ee hun satgur maaray.
O
l1wse wlto are cursed by true Guru, right from beginning, same are now being cursed by Guru.
O
HH~~~~o~fi.n?c!"~II jay maylan no bahutayraa lochee-ai na.day-ee milan kartaa ray.
B
H
Even if they desire a lot to meet Guru, the Creator will not like to happen it.
R3Rdl13 m or ~ ~ JiaJf::r ~ ~ II satsangat dho-ee naa lahan vich sangat gur veechaaray.
I K
S
Guru debated in the congregation, but it (congregation) did not agree to let them be in refuge.
wa-
iEt ;:rrfu f).ffi ~ fu;r ~ f3H Rtf ~ II ko-ee jaa-ay milai hun onaa no tis maaray jam jan.daaray.
If now !wmeone goes to meet them, he will be killed by cruel devil ofdeath.
~ 8'i ~ A' ~ ~ ~ cft3' ~ II gur baabai fitkay say fitay gur anga.d keetay koorhi-aaray.
Those who were discarded by elder, Guru, (Guru Nanak) they remained rejected. Now Guru
Angad proved them liars.
~3t;:fh.fuft~fWwuftr~~ II gurteejee peerheeveechaari-aa ki-aa hath aynaavaychaaray.
Guru in third generation thought, what is in the hands ofthese poor?
!@'~tfuftfefcpwt3fo~~RfiI~ II gurcha-uthee peerheetiki-aa tin nin.dak.dusatsaJ;IDtaaray.
When Guru in fourth generation came to stay. He forgave all wicked and back-biters.
~ Y"' 1tTg ~ ere ~ cit ftrff C{T"Qff RfiI ~ II
ko-ee put sikh sayvaa karay satguroo kee tis kaaraj saJ;ID savaaray.
If some son ofSikh serves true Guru, all his matters are settled
H rei Jl ~ tlTft!'Rt Y"' tIQ lOOft 1:fS ~ tJftJ ~ II
jo ichhai so fal paa-isee put Dhan lakhmee kharh maylay har nistaaray.
He will get all desiredfruits.One who presents his sons, his wealth, before Guru, God liberates
him.
671
Jrlir fotIro ~ ~ fl::r!:J ~ (Jflr ~ tri II sabh niDhaan satguroo vich jis angar har ur Dhaaray.
All treasures are in true Guru. For one who has kept God in heart.
Jt l.fTS' ~ ~ fl::r!:J ~ ~ ~ II so paa-ay pooraa satguroo jis Iikhi-aa likhat liIaaray.
He will get perfect true Guru, for whom he is preordained.
tlO~HTi~f:roH~fi.af1.mlrW 11'\11 jan naanakmaagai Dhoorhtinjogursikh mitpi-aaraY.lllll
Nanak says, "1 beg for thefeet-dust ofthose, who, the GurSikhs are ~v dears, ~vfriends." 1
P.308
H: B II mehlaa 4. M: 4
fm; ~ ))fTfil ~ ~ ~ !it ~ ~ f:ro ~ ~ l.fTS' II
jin ka-o aap gay-ay vadi-aa-ee jagat bhee aapay aan tin ka-o pairee paa-ay.
One to whom He grants greatness. The world also comes itself to be at hisfeet.
~~i%~~~cfte''RI~~QW~II
daree-ai taa N jay kichh aap goo keechai sabh kartaa aapnee kalaa vaDhaa-ay.
We shouldfear on(v ifwe do something. It is the Creator who is creating all in His own way.
~ m ~ ~ (Jflr 1JhJH ..w QT ft:Ifa ~ ~ RftJ ~ ~ II
gaykhhu bhaa-ee ayhu akhaarhaa har pareetam sachay kaa jin aapnai jor sabh aan nivaa-ay.
Look brothers, this wrestling ground is ofmy true love. God, with His power, has defeated all.
~!RJ3Taft~~CJfu~~~iJjCJ~~ II
OM
aapni-aa bhagtaa kee rakh karay har su-aamee ningkaa gustaa kay muh kaalay karaa-ay.
.C
God-Master, always protects His devotees, and gets the faces ofwicked, back-biters, blackend.
~ aft ~ fo3 ri ~ (Jflr ataf::r nftJ fl'i'3' ))fTfil ~
U
II
B
L
satgur kee vadi-aa-ee nit charhai savaa-ee har keerat bhagat nit aap karaa-ay.
C
The praise oftrue Guru, is raised by a quarter ofit, dai(v. He Himselfgets His devotees to ever
praise God.
~~~~(Jflr~~~~
O K II
O
an-gin naam japahu gursikhahu har kartaa satgur gharee vasaa-ay.
B
H
OJ Sikhs ofGuru, day and night remember name. True Guru willplace, God the Creator in your
I K
home.
S
~ aft r i Hftr Hftr Qftr ~ ~ CJfu ~))fTfil ~ ~ II
satgur kee banee sat sat kar jaanhu gursikhahu har kartaa aap muhhu kaQhaa-ay.
OJ Sikhs ofGuru, know the word oftrue Guru as true and true because God, the Creator Himself
gets it spoken frqm his mouth.
~ i JjCJ ~ ~ CJfu ~ ~ QT ~ JiJ:Irfu' ~ ~ II
gursikhaa kay muh ujlay karay har pi-aaraa gur kaa jaikaar sansaar sabhat karaa-ay.
God, my love, gets the faces of GurSikhs radiate, and gets the Guru hailed all over the world.
tlO ~ ilfu QT ~ ~ ilfu ~ eft CJfu 1fR m- II~ II
jan naanak har kaa gaas hai har gaasan kee har paij rakhaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "1 am the servant of God, He saves the honour ofHis servants." 2
~ 'RtJT wfcJ! ))fTfil ~ ~ wu mR II too sachaa saahib aap hai sach saah hamaaray.
You yourself are the true Master, and you are the true lender.
~ ~ ~ ~ 'l{V ~ ~ II sach poojee naam drirh-aa-ay paraQ!l vaniaaray thaaray.
OJ Master you give name, true capital, to remember, all are your clients.
~ ~ ~ ~ ifu ~ an:rc:r ~ II sach sayveh sach vananj laihi gun kathah niraaray.
Serve true, purchase true and tell the wonderous attributes of God.
672
~ !J1fu R' iJO ~ !ffi mffi!' ~ II sayvak Q!:laa-ay say jan milay gur sabad savaaray.
People can meet Guru if liked by his Sikhs, they are fashioned by word.
~ RtJT JITfcJ! ~ ~!ffi mffi!' ~ II~BII too sachaa saahib alakh hai gur sabad lakhaaray. 111411
You, the true Master, are unknowable. But can be known through the word ofGuru. 14
Ricr Jig B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
ftt~phFa3'f3tfTlft~f:rR~~'O~BW II jisandartaatparaa-eehovaitisdaa kadayna hoveebhalaa.
One who in mind is jealous of others, His well-being is ever in question.
(M~~m'O~fn3'tiw:ft~lfWlI"osdaiaakhi-ai ko-eena lagai nitojaarheepookaaraykhalaa.
No body obeys his words, he ever cries while standing at an uninhabitedplace.
tmJ ~ ~ ~ ~ cft3r ~ (M ~ ~ arftmrr II
jis andar chuglee chuglo vajai keetaa karti-aa os gaa sabh ga-i-aa.
Having back-biting in mind, is known as back-biter, what he has done or does all goes waste.
fn3' ~ ~ ~ tfTlft t@ ctN '0 H& (M ~ Cl'W ~ II
nit chuglee karay anhodee paraa-ee muhu kadh na sakai os daa kaalaa bha-i-aa.
One who unwanted(v ever back-bites others. his face becomes black and he cannot show it.
craH tI'3t ~ ~ ~ ;rn,- i 8t# 3CJT i ~ II
karam Dhartee sareer kalijug vich jayhaa ko beejay tayhaa ko khaa-ay.
m ~ ~ '0 mft Wa' l::fT'dt ~ H'Fa tfT'8' II

O M
Body is dark-age, action is earth and in it, what one sows the same he will eat.
galaa upar tapaavas na ho-ee vis khaaDhee tatkaal mar jaa-ay.

. C
B
Nojustice is based upon mere words, if one eats poison, he will immediate(v die.
U
L
m~~~~ crr;rn,-m~3CJTiittJTE II
K C
bhaa-ee vaykhhu ni-aa-o sach kartay kaa jayhaa ko-ee karay tayhaa ko-ee paa-ay.
01 my brother, see thejustice oftrue Creator, what one does the same he gets.
m
iJO (')"I'(')'Cr ~ JJB'
O
tlllft <Jftr ~ c;ftl,rr 8J3T w1i:r ~ II ~ II
O
B
jan naanak ka-o sabh soihee paa-ee har dar kee-aa baataa aakh sunaa-ay. 1111/
H
God has given this realization to Nanak, man of God, and He tells the words of God's court. 1
Jig B II mehlaa 4. M: 4
I K
S
~tffi3'fl:f~H~13o~~m(')T'(ft II hodai partakh guroojovichhurhaytin ka-odardho-eenaahee.
Even if Guru is present, still some are separated, they get no shelter in His court.
i8t RTfu 6m 130 fcrecrr ~ fRo !iii' !iii' ~ ~ II
ko-ee jaa-ay milai tin nindkaa muh fikay thuk thuk muhi paahee.
Let someone go and see back-biters, their faces are pale and are spitten in mouth.
H~ ~ R' JJB' iRIf3' ~ fn3' m p ~ II
jo satgur fitkay say sabh jagat fitkay nit bhambal bhoosay khaahee.
Those who are detested by true Guru, are detested by all, they are ever astraying.
fi:I?> ~ ~ ))f'1!"" R' ~ ;;rot' fRrdt II jin gur gopi-aa aapnaa say laiday dhahaa firaa-ee.
17tose who are hiding from Guru, they are crying around.
130 eft !l:f ~ '0 ~ fn3' FfT !l:f ~ II tin kee Q!:lukh kaday na utrai nit Q!:lukhaa Q!:lukh kookaahee.
Their hunger is never satisfied, they always cry hungry, hungry.
iot' ~ ~ i '0 ~ fn3' ~ ~ Jof'Cft II onaa daa aakhi-aa ko na sunai nit ha-ulay ha-ul maraahee.
None listens to them, they ever die in fear offear.
~ eft ~ ~ '0 JroRft iot' rit firi" ~ (')T'(ft II
satgur kee vadi-aa-ee vaykh na saknee onaa agai pichhai thaa-o naahee.
Those who cannot tolerate the praise of Guru, they find no place before or after (death).
Page 28 673 www.sikhbookclub.com

H~ wa-
firn iI'ft!' fi;sfu GCJtft ~ mr trl3' ~ II
jo satgur maaray tin jaa-ay mileh rahgee khuhgee sabh pat gavaahee.
Those who go and meet the detested by true Guru, they lose all their saved honour.
P.309
re ~ ~ !IG cl faccl fR iff 6ft f3ff ~ ~ II
o-ay agai kustee gur kay fitkay je os milai tis kusat uthaahee.
As detested by him, the are already lepers, those who meet them, will also suffer leprosy.
(Jftrf3n a"'~ nrQQg HiR R ~ ~ II hartin kaa garsan naa karahu jo goojai bhaa-ay chit laahee.
God says do not see them, who are in love with other.
gfuem-~~~f3ff~fa'g~mft II
Dhur kar:!;ai aap Iikh paa-i-aa tis naal kihu chaaraa naahee.
This all is preordained, no escape from it
flO ~ O'l.:f ~ ~ f3ff ~ i n ~ II jan naanak naam araaDh too tis aparh ko na sakaahee.
Nanak says, "Better you adore name, nothing can be equal to it. "
~ eft ~ m ~ fn3' FR'it ut ~ II~II
naavai kee vadi-aa-ee vadee hai nit savaa-ee charhai charhaahee. 11211
The greatness ofname is great, a quarter ofit is added daily." 2
fR n afu ~ f3J:r- flO eft ~ m fuft
O M
C
R II
.
-=
je hoNdai guroo bahi tiki-aa tis jan kee vadi-aa-ee vadee ho-ee.
U
When living Guru nominated his successor (Guru), this was great of him.
B
L
f3'ff~~~llJ~~RtJ~Rt II
K C
tis ka-o jagat nivi-aa sabh pairee pa-i-aa jas var:!;i-aa lo-ee.
Everyone has bowed, placed himselfon his feet, his praise is all around.
O
f:m ~ ii" l[cJlflr ~ Qa'fu ft:rR a ~ <J! ~ P ~ it va' fuft II tis ka-o khand barahmand
O
B
namaskaar karahi jis kai mastak hath Dhari-aa gur poorai so pooraa ho-ee.
H
The continents and universe salute him. On whose fore-head perfect Guru placed his hand, he
K
SI
became perfect.
~eft~fn3'utFR'it~in~ II
gur kee vadi-aa-ee nit charhai savaa-ee aparh ko na sako-ee.
The praise of Guru is gr:!at, a quarter ofit is added to it daily, none can reach it.
ilQ ~ (Jftr em- ~ afu fGfcmrr ~ ~ aQ-1{I mft 118 II
jan naanak har kar:!;ai aap bahi tiki-aa aapay paij rakhai parabh so-ee. 11311
Nanak says, "Once God, the Creator Himself appointed him, the same God will protect his
honour." 3
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kaa-i-aa kot apaar hai angar hatnaalay.
The body is vet:v big fort, therein trading center is alongwith.
~ ~ H ri' ma- ~ ~ II gurmukh sa-ugaa jo karay har vasat samaalay.
Whatever Gurmukh bargains, God takes care ofthe purchased goods.
O'l.:f ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II naam niDhaan har vaniee-ai heeray parvaalay.
Let us purchase thejewels and corals, from the treasure of Gods' name.
~ ~ fR mr i QQ ~ H ~ ~ II vin kaa-i-aa je hor thai Dhan khojgay say moorh baytaalay.
Those who search for the wealth from outside the body, they are bewilded idiots.
HtriJ RfH ~ ft:It lJI'3' 6fq B'i 11'\1.111
674
say uiharh bharam bhavaa-ee-ah ji-o ihaarh mirag bhaalay. 111511
In wilderness they are circling in illusion. as a deer searches for musk from bushes. 15
~)fg B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
R flre'r a-ij- ~ 1ft cit ff ~ tm Hfu ~ II
jo ningaa karay satgur pooray kee so a-ukhaa jag meh ho-i-aa.
One who back-bites the perfect Guru, he suffers in the world.
('j"(JCl' ~ ~ ~ ~ t l.fcri3' ~ ~ II narak ghor gukh khoohu hai othai pakarh oh dho-i-aa.
Hell is terrible well ofsorrows, he is caught and thrown therein.

~ yctTQ i (Ii ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kook pukaar ko na sunay oh a-ukhaa ho-ay ho-ay ro-i-aa.
None listens to his hue and cry, he weeps in trouble.
@;~~R!~WCJT~R!~II
on halat palat sabh gavaa-i-aa laahaa mool sabh kho-i-aa.
He lost his here and hereafter, and also the capital and profit both.
~~w~qftJfcosm~~~ II
oh taylee sangaa balag kar nit bhalkay uth parabh jo-i-aa.
He is used like a bullock of oil man, master awakes and yokes it ever in morning.
CJ'fa ~ Jd
- fcos mr- ~- ftre= ~--imJT (Ii ~ II
M
har vaykhai sunai nit sabh kichh tigoo kichh guihaa na ho-i-aa.
O
God is ever seeing, listening everything, nothing can be concealed from Him.
C
HW mil it ~ fl"aT yCJft:J fEffl iftrnfr II jaisaa beejay so lunai jayhaa purab kinai bo-i-aa.
What one sows, so he reaps, as is preordained.
B .
U
ftf8' ~ a-ij- ll! ~ f3B' ~ & ~ Qf8))fr II
C
Upon whomever is Master kind, he washes thefeet oftrue Guru.L
jis kirpaa karay parabh aapnee tis satgur kay charan Dho-i-aa.
~~M3fa~~~CfTO~11
OK
O
gur satgur pichhai tar ga-i-aa ji-o lohaa kaath sango-i-aa.
B
He liberates alongwith Guru, as iron alongwith wood.
H
HO ~ O"l:!' fi:mrrre ~ ;:rfir CJ'fa CJ'fa <'i'fi.r H! ~ 119.11
K
I
jan naanak naam Dhi-aa-ay too jap har har naam sukh ho-i-aa. 11111
)fg B II mehlaa 4. M: 4 S
Nanak says, "You remember the name, remembering the name of God is rejoicing." 1
;ei\!lldnl1fT ~ fi:Ior ~ ~ CJ'fa ~ II

vadbhaagee-aa sohaaganee jinaa gurmukh mili-aa har raa-ay.
They are very lucky wives, who get in union with Gurmukh, blessed by God, the king.
~ AE ~ ~ <'i'fi.r JDfl'fu II~II antar jot pargaasee-aa naanak naam samaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "Theirin the light is illumined, and they are merging in name. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
fu2 JJ@ R! tmj ~ ftf8' ~ ~ cit ~ AE II ih sareer sabh Dharam hai jis angar sachay kee vich jot.
This body is allfaith in which the light of True is illuminating.
~Q30~~Qfrm~~ri~II
guhaj ratan vich luk rahay ko-ee gurmukh sayvak kadhai khot.
It contains lot ofjewels concealed in it, some serving Gurmukhs may dig them out.
R! ))fT3){ \'JTt!' ~ 3T ft:cg ~ ~ ~ ilftr II
sabh aatam raam pachhaani-aa taa N ik ravi-aa iko ot pot.

Realize that in all is the so.ul of God, and same one is mixed up while pervading everyone.
675
~ ~ ~ >ifo>w rei ~ ~ RiB II ik aaykhi-aa ik mani-aa iko suni-aa sarvan sarot.
I saw One, believed One, and One alone I heard, the source ofhearing.
P.310
il"O (')T(')Q 01l:f RWfu ~ Rg ~ jW ~ -ijfu- II I:\e II
jan naanak naam salaahi too sach sachay sayvaa tayree hot. 111611
Nanak says, "Praise the name of God, it will be your true service, for the true One." 16
FJfl; <m f::ro a- flre ufu fi:Io CJfu ~ HO wfu II sabh ras tin kai riaai heh jin har vasi-aa man maahi.
All tastes are in their hearts, in whose mind, God has come to stay.
CJfu ~ 3" ~ ~ f::ro ~ FJfl; M wftJ II har aargahi tay mukh ujlay tin ka-o sa.!ID aaykhan jaahi.
Theirfaces radiate in the court of God, all come to see them. .
fi:Io~01l:f~f3'n~~~orfu II jin nir.!2ba-o naamDhi-aa-i-aa tin ka-o.!IDa-oko-ee naahi.
Those who remember the fearless name, they have no fear.
CJfu ~ f31it ~ fi:Io ~ gfu fi!isfi:I))fl'))fTfu II har utam tinee sarayvi-aa jin ka-o Dhur Iikhi-aa aahi.
They serve God in the best way, for whom it is preordained.
3" 'ijf,J ~ ~ fi:Io uflJ ~ HO wfu II tay har aargahi painaa-ee-ah jin har vuthaa man maahi.
They are dressed in robe ofhonour in His court., in whose mind God has come to stay.
~ lWf4 3it JIB ~ ~ f::ro f4i "R! ~ DTfu II
o-ay aap taray sabh kutamb si-o tin pichhai sabh jagat chhadaahi.
O M
C
They are liberated, alongwith their fami(v, all the world then followed them for liberation.
il"O (')T(')Q ~ CJfu HWi il"O f::ro ~ ~ (J){ ~ II 1:\11
B .
U
jan naanak ka-o har mayl jan tin vaykh vaykh ham jeevaahi. 11111
C L
Nanak says, "01 God, let me meet them, I live by seeing them".
W tJ3t m ~ ~ }faT
K
-- 8OT))fTft!" .II
JIEimr
O
O
saa Dhartee bha-ee haree-aavalee jithai mayraa satgur baithaa aa-ay.
B
That land has turned green, where my true Guru has come to sit.
H
R' tf3 R ~ M }faT ~ ~ fI'Tfu II
I K
say jant bha-ay haree-aavlay jinee mayraa satgur aaykhi-aa jaa-ay.
S
Those persons have turned green, who have gone to see my true Guru.
~ dg fiar ~ dg ~ ~ ~ ff irc'iC'ft fHfn ~ ~ II wre
Dhan Dhan pitaa Dhan Dhan kul Dhan Dhan so jannee jin guroo jani-aa maa-ay.
That father is great, his fami(v is great, and great is his mother who gave birth to him.
- do- R
Q(')
-:
ft:Ifn ('iT){- ~ ))fTfi( 3flpw ft:nft b f3nr R ~ II
Dhan Qhan guroo jin naam araaDhi-aa aap tari-aa jinee dithaa tinaa la-ay chhadaa-ay.
Great is Guru, who adore name, he himself is liberated, and those who saw him, are all saved.
CJfu~~~afQHQ~*~ II~II
har satgur maylhu aa-i-aa kar jan naanak Dhovai paa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "01 true Guru, be kind and get me meet God, I will wash your feet". 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
Rg mJT ~ ))f)@ ~ ft:Iff ~ CJfu ~ qrfu))fl" II
sach sachaa satgur amar hai jis anaar har ur Dhaari-aa.
Truest ofthe true, Guru is ever-living, he has placed God in heart.
Rg mJT ~ ~ ~ ft:Ifn ~ '9"
~ HTftpw II
sach sachaa satgur purakh hai jin kaam kroDh bikh maari-aa.
676
Truest ofthe true is a person, who has killed cupidity, anger andpoison.
;:rr f;soT ~ ~ 3i' ~ Hg ~ II jaa dithaa pooraa satguroo taa N anQrahu man saaQ!J.aari-aa.
When I saw my perfect true Guru, then my mindfrom within became sustained
~ ~ ~ FreT FreT tyfH ~ II balihaaree gur aapnay saQaa saQaa ghum vaari-aa.
I ever sacrifice myselffor my Guru, and again and again I sacrifice.
~ fl:r3r HOtJfl:f ~ II "\;> II gurmukh jitaa manmukh haari-aa. 111711
Gurmukh wins, Manmukh loses. 17
~ H: B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
cffiJmw ~ ~ ~ ~ O'l:f ~ II
kar kirpaa satgur mayli-on mukh gurmukh naam Dhi-aa-isee.
Being graceful, true Guru gets one to meet, Gurmukh will remember Him from mouth.
it ~ fi::J ~!RJit H ~ um ~ II so karay je satgur bhaavsee gur pooraa gharee vasaa-isee.
He does what is liked by the true Guru, the perfect Guru will own him in his home.
ft::m ~ O'l:f ~ a- 130 w ~ ~ dl'i!' rem II
jin anQar naam niDhaan hai tin kaa bha-o sabh gavaa-isee.
In whose mind is the treasure of name, all their fears will be cast away.
ft::m ~ ~ QfcJ ~ ~ mr cl3t ~ ~ wftrRt II
M
jin rakhan ka-o har aap ho-ay hor kaytee jhakh jhakh jaa-isee.
O
To whom God Him.",elfprotects is saved, let many others go for clashing.
C
RO nroor O'l:f flpwfu ~ QfcJ ~ ~ brfi!Rt II '\ II
B .
jan naanak naam Dhi-aa-ay too har halat palat chhodaa-isee. 11111
U
Nanak says, "You remember the name of God, He will liberate you here and hereafter." 1
C L
~ a- Hf?l ~ ~ ~ eft ~ II gursikhaa kai man bhaavQee gur satgur kee vadi-aa-ee.
OK
GurSikhs are very much pleased, over the praise oftrue Guru.
O
QfcJ ~ iffi" ~ eft fo'3" ri ~ II har raakho paij satguroo kee nit charhai savaa-ee.
B
God protect... the honour of true Guru, a quarter of it is added dai(v.
H
~o ~ a- Hf?l ~ ~ ~ ~ II gur satgur kai man parbarahm hai paarbrahm chhadaa-ee.
K
I
In the mind of true Guru is God, and God liberates him.
S
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ f3fo 'R'i' ~ ~ II gur satgur taan Qeebaan har tin sabh aan nivaa-ee.
God is the strength of Guru, in His court, He got all to surrender.
fi:ffit fior HOT ~ ~ cffiJ fan a: R1W ~ ~ II
jinee dithaa mayraa satgur bhaa-o kar tin kay sabh paap gavaa-ee.
Those who have seen my true Guru with love, all their sins are removed
QfcJ t!OdTU 3' Jjl:f ~ ~ RiIr 1Mft II har Qargeh tay mukh ujlay baho sobhaa paa-ee.
In the court of God, their faces radiate, they get lot ofpraise.
a:
M?j"(')T(')~ Hit 9'ftJ fuo it ~ fJ:rlf JR "B"8t II ~ II
jan naanak mangai Dhoorh tin jo gur kay sikh mayray bhaa-ee. 11211
Nanak says, "1 beg for the feet-dust of those, who are Sikhs ofmy Guru, my brothers. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ))(Tftr ~ fi::m3 ~ ~ JW eft ~ II ha-o aakh salaahee sifat sach sach sachay kee vadi-aa-ee.
I recite the true praise of God, all greatness is unto True.
~ ~ HW<r JIV JIV cftJ.ff3 ~ (') 1Mft II saalaahee sach salaah sach sach keemat kinai na paa-ee.
I praise true, I will praise true, none can pay for the praise ofTrue.
677
P.311
~ mJT ~ ftrc'ft u1i:Pw it ftp.rf:J ~ ))fT1.II1lft II
sach sachaa ras jinee chakhi-aa say taripat rahay aaghaa-ee.
Truest ofthe true is nectar, whoever tasted, they are satisfied and happy.
~ (Jftr ~ mft ~ ~ ~ir ~ tr'lft II
ih har ras say-ee jaanday ji-o gooNgai mithi-aa-ee khaa-ee.
The taste of God's nectar, on(v they know, like dumb eating sweets.
~~(Jftrlll~Hfofift~ 1ICl.t:1I gurpoorai harparabh sayvi-aa manvajeevaaDhaa-ee. 1118/1
The perfevt Guru, served Master, God, he is congratulated. 18
Ricr)fg 8 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
fi::ror ~ ~ mft info ~ II jinaa angar umarthal say-ee jaanan soolee-aa.
Those who have ulcer (of separation) in their body, they know, how much it pains.
(Jftr ~ mft ~ <Jt 130 ~ ffi!' tyfH ~ II
har jaaneh say-ee birahu ha-o tin vitahu sag ghum gholee-aa.
On(v they know the pangs of separation, 01 God, I always sacrifice myselffor them.
(Jftr ~ ~ ~ Hw ~ f3C'i ~ ~ ~ II
har maylhu sajan purakh mayraa sir tin vitahu tal rolee-aa.
Whoever gets me to unite with my dear God, I will spread my head under his feet.
H 1J:Ilf !JQ a"G ~ <Jt ~ f30r err ~ II
O M
C
jo sikh gur kaar kamaaveh ha-o gulam tinaa kaa golee-aa.
Whoever a Sikh, who acts in the name of Guru, I will be slave ofhis servants.
B .
U
(Jftr ffcn. H03' Eo ~ (Jftr ffcn ~ II har rang chaloolai jo ratay tin bhinee har rang cholee-aa.
Who are intoxicated enjoying His love, their dress is wet in God's colour.
cmr ~ ~ !JQ ufu ~ ~ ~ 11Cl.11 L
C 11111
K
('jT(')cl"
O
kar kirpaa naanak mayl gur peh sir vaychi-aa molee-aa.
O
Nanak says, "Be kind 01 my Guru, and get me unite with God. I will sell my head to you. " 1
B
Jig 8 II mehlaa 4. M: 4
H
~ sfa))fI' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ frfu II a-uganee bhari-aa sareer hai ki-o santahu nirmal ho-ay.
IK
01 saints, my body isfull ofvices, how it can be pure.
S
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ eN iifu II gurmukh gun vayhaaihee-ah mal ha-umai kadhai Dho-ay.
Gurmukhs purchase virtues, thus they wash offtheir dirt of ego.
~ ~ '&r mt ~ ~ ~ II sach vanaNjahi rang si-o sach sa-ugaa ho-ay.
Purchase true with love, that is the true bargain.
3GT ~ n ~ ~ (Jftr ri Rre II totaa mool na aavee laahaa har bhaavai so-ay.
You will suffer no lose, the profit will be, if He likes.
('jT(')cl" Eo ~ ~ fi::ror gfu ~ ~ frfu II:J II
naanak tin sach vananji-aa jinaa Dhur likhi-aa paraapat ho-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "They purchased and got the True, for whom it is preordained." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
JITW<ft RV A'I1'NIC!1 RV mJT ~ ~ II saalaahee sach salaahnaa sach sachaa purakh niraalay.
True person (God) is unique, that true is praiseworthy, praise the true.
RV mit RV Hfo m
RV mJT (Jftr ~ II sach sayvee sach man vasai sach sachaa har rakhvaalay.
I serve True, He is abiding in my mind, the true are protected by God.
~ mJT ft::ro't ~ it ~ em JJ ~ II sach sachaa jinee araaDhi-aa say jaa-ay ralay sach naalay.
Those who adore the Truest oftrue, they go and unite with True.
678
~ mJT fi:Icft '0 ~ Jl ~ ~ ~ II sach sachaa jinee na sayvi-aa say manmukh moorh baytaalay.
Those who have not served the True, they, such Manmukhs are astraying idiots.
tiu ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1M Hfu H3ri IICl~1I
oh aal pataal muhhu bolQay ji-o peetai maQ matyaalay. 111911
l1tey speak vain (v from their mouth, like the drunk alcoholic. 19
~ mrw ~ II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ arfcrT ~ i% l:fRH ftrl3' ~ II ga-orhee raag sulakh-nee jay khasmai chit karay-i.
Gauri Raag is pleasing, if she (singer) has Master in heart.
N ~~ ii ~ ~ ~ II bhaanai chalai satguroo kai aisaa seegaar karay-i.
She should live by the will of Guru, and should decorate herselfthis way.
mJT ~ ~ ~ JreI' JreI' ~ II sachaa sabaQ bhataar hai saQaa saQaa raavay-ay.
True word is her husband, she should ever enjoy.
~ ~ Hift'8' ~ iffiRI'<JT Sf JW ~ ~ II *
ji-o ublee majeethai rang gahgahaa ti-o sachay no jee-o Qay-ay.
As the boiled madder's colour is deep, such a heart you should give to the True.
ijlfcn ~))ff:r ~ JW ~ li'm" ~ II rang chaloolai at ratee sachay si-o lagaa nayhu.
El~ioying His love she turns deep red as she is in love with the True.
~oaft~or~~~~~ II
koorh thagee gujhee naa rahai koorh mulammaa palayt Dharayhu.
O M
The lie and cheating cannot be concealed, as plated plate is detected.
. C
'l' crafcr> ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II koorhee karan vadaa-ee-aa koorhay si-o lagaa nayhu.
U B
L
The liars are praising lies, they are in love with false.
C
(')'T'O'C{ mJT ))fTf4 ~ ))fI'i)' oefu' ~ IIClII naanak sachaa aap hai aapay naQar karay-i. 11111
)on B II mehlaa 4. M: 4
OK
Nanak says, "He alone is True, and He Himselfbecomes merciful." 1
R3Adlf:s Hfu crnr ~ ~ mar ~ ~ ~

B O II
H
satsangat meh har ustat hai sang saaDhoo milay pi-aari-aa.
K
The praise of God is in true congregation. 01 dear, this is blessed in the company ofsaints.
S
ijfu YQl:f trc!t tifn HO CJfu ~ iRfu ~ II
I
o-ay purakh paraanee Dhan jan heh upQays karahi par-upkaari-aa.
Such living persons, are great, who preach others to help serve them.
ufa" O'l.::f ~ crnr O'l.::f ~ crnr O"'H tIW FoR3,fdllfT II
har naam Qarirhaaveh har naam sunaaveh har naamay jag nistaari-aa.
Help others to remember name of God. Help others to listen name of God. God's name has
liberated the lVorld.
~ M ~ R'f cnft ~ iW ~ ifiIIf::r ~ II
gur vaykhan ka-o sabh ko-ee lochai nay khand jagat namaskaari-aa.
Everyone desires to see Guru, the wise in continents, in the world salutes Him.
~ ))fI'i)' IIfTY ~ ~ F:ftJ ~ ))fI'i)' ~ JWfaIIfT II
tuDh aapay aap rakhi-aa satgur vich gur aapay tuDh savaari-aa.
You (God) yourselfplace him in true Guru, you yourselfrefashioned him.
1.fiIfu l.lH ~ H13irTo ~ lHatfC!CJ,fdlJlT II
3' ))fI'i)'
= = = --
too aapay poojeh pooj karaaveh satgur ka-o sirjanhaari-aa.
You yourself adore and get adored, you are the fashioner 0 ! true Guru.
em ~ wre
~ ~ ftrff ~ ~ mH wfuIIfT II
679
ko-ee vichhurh jaa-ay satguroo paashu tis kaalaa muhu ja.m maari-aa.
If .'wmeone separates from the Guru, his face is blackened and is killed by the devil ofdeath.
P.312
f3H~~morUt~Hfo~II
tis agai pichhai dho-ee naahee gursikhee man veechaari-aa.
Hefinds no shelter, here and hereafter, this is what the GurSikhs thought in mind.
*
~ fHi mft iI(') tR fHo fuit' ~ RH'ftpw II
satguroo no milay say-ee jan ubray jin hirgai naam samaari-aa.
Those who met true Guru, got liberated, as they remembered name in heart.
iI(') (')T()cit a- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IhH3 FaIW II~II i
jan naanak kay gursikh puthahu har japi-ahu har nistaari-aa. 11211
Nanak says, "OJ GurSikhs, the sons of God, remember God, He liberates. " 2
HCJ'Wa II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ftrc(rw II ha-umai jagat Qhulaa+aa durmat bikhi-aa bikaar.
The world is astraying in ego, in evil wisdom, in evil deeds, in poison.
~ ~ ~ creftr ~ ~ ))jq ~ II satgur milai ta nadar ho-ay manmukh anDh anDhi-aar.
If one gets to God, he will be blessed. The Manmukhs are blind in darkness.
(')T()cit ~ Hfl!5 ~ ft:m * M
Rlfft! wS' ~ lIall naanak aapay maylla-ay jis no sabag laa-ay pi-aar. 11311
O
Nanak says, "He Himselfgets them united, whom He gives love for the word. " 3
C
.
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
B
HV JW eft fJm3 m5"ij' ~ Rcri' fi::rff ~ 1m II sach sachay kee sifat salaah hai so karay jis angar Qhijai.
U
L
Truth is the praise and preserve of True, on(v he can do who is in love.
C
fiffit ft!cr Hfo ~ ~ 130 ~ cig 0 a'8'2' fkR II
K
jinee ik man ik araaDhi-aa tin kaa kanDh na kabhoo chhijai.
O
Those who adore One with single-mind, their body never wears off.
B O
QQ QQ 1JOl:I' H1lfTfi:J ~ fHo RV 'CI'H'(')T ~ firH II Dhan Dhan purakh saabaas hai jin sach rasnaa amrit pijai.
Such people are great, whose tongue drinks true nectar.
K H
HV HUT fHo Hfo ~ H Hfn mft ~ fl!sR II sach sachaa jin man Qhaavgaa say man sachee gargeh Iijai.
S I
To whose mind, Truest ofthe true is pleasing, they are received in true court.
QQ dQ iJOtf ~ ~ ~ HV ~ II~OIl
Dhan Dhan janam sachi-aaree-aa mukh ujal sach karijai. 112011
Great are the born truthful living, True radiates their faces. 20
Hicf H: 8 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
Fl"'a'"3" n'fu rom ~ lri Hfo ~ ~ ~ II
saakat jaa-ay niveh gur aagai man khotay koorh koorhi-aaray.
Non-believers go and bow before Guru, they have wicked mind and are liars living in lies.
ill" ~ cm ~ Ha' ~ afu Rtfu ~ ~ II
jaa gur kahai uthahu mayray Qhaa-ee bahi jaahi ghusar bagulaaray.
When Gurus says, "Get up my brothers" they crawl in and sit like a crane.
~~~ m ~ ri ~ II gursikhaa angar satgur vartai chun kaQhay laDhovaaray.
GUliu lives in his Sikhs, He finds and turns the astraying out
ire~~afuHV~o~~II
o-ay agai pichhai bahi muhu chhapaa-in na ralnee khotay-aaray.
They try to sit here or there, and hide their faces, but the wicked cannot mix up.
or~~B'iiorcftn'fu~~~ II onaa daa Qhakhsoothai naaheejaa-aykoorhlahanQhaydaaray.
680
Theirfood is not there, they go andfind in thefilth like sheep (pigs).
H ~ t'ig' ~ ~ ~ d Hfi:f ~ II
jay saakat nar khaavaa-ee-ai lochee-ai bikh kadhai mukh uglaaray.
If we desire to give food to non-believing men, they spit venom from their mouth.
IDij- WCl'3" R3t ~ 0" ~ re JR fttattC!iJld II
har saakat saytee sang na karee-ahu o-ay maaray sirjanhaaray.
Of God, save mefrom the company ofnon-believers, they are detested by Creator.
ft:rR ~ ft!'q ~m ~ ~ itO (')T('iQ ~ JDfTi II '\ II
jis kaa ih khayl so-ee kar vaykhai jan naanak naam samaaray. 11111
Nanak says, "Ofwhom it is a play, He plays and sees. The men ofGod should remember name."1
~ ~ ~ ~ fi:IH ~ IDij- ~ Q1'falw II satgur purakh agamm hai jis angar har ur Dhaari-aa.
True Guru is great person, who has placed God in his mind.
~ ~ ))f1fflJ are 0" J:l'cret ft:rff ~ fttattc!ijifClbfT II
satguroo no aparh ko-ay na sak-ee jis val sirjanhaari-aa.
None can match true Guru, as Creator is on his side.
~~~ AA(1 i1ftr iI'aTf3" ~ ~ ~ ~ wflJ ~ II
satguroo kaa kharhag sanjo-o har bhagat hai jit kaal kantak maar vidaari-aa.
O M
God's devotion is true Guru's sword and armour, with which he has killed and thrown away, the
devil of death.
. C
~ ~ ~ ijfu bfTftr ~ ~ ci ~ IDij- Jrli' ~
U BII
L
satguroo kaa rakhanhaaraa har aap hai satguroo kai pichhai har sa.!2h ubaari-aa.
C
(,od Himself is the protector oftrue Guru, God liberates all th ose who follow him.
Hlkr ~ tR
= Rf3"ara'
-=
~ Jl bfTftr ~
-
H"fa))jT
OK II
jo mangaa chitvai pooray satguroo kaa so aap upaavanhaarai maari-aa.
O
Whoever thinks ill ofperfect true Guru, he is killed by the Creator Himself.
HB
~ ~ ~ IDij- ~ ~ eft itO (')T('iQ ~ ~ II~II
K
ayh gal hovai har gargeh sachay kee jan naanak agam veechaari-aa. 11211
S I
Nanak says, "This is the decision o.fthe court of God, unknowable, I am only transmitting His
thought. " 2
~ II parorhee.PAURI
~ ~ fi:ffit ~ itT ~ '3T ~ ~ II sach suti-aa jinee araaDhi-aa jaa uthay taa sach chavay.
Those who adore true in sleep, when they get up, they recite Him.
it ~ UiJ Hfu ~ H ~ FI!l ~ II say virlay jug meh jaanee-ahi jo gurmukh sach ravay.
They are very rare of Gurmukhs in the world, who remember True.
~ ~ f:ro ~ ftr ~ ~ R II ha-o balihaaree tin ka-o je an..gin sach lavay.
I sacrifice myselffor those, who remember True, day and night.
ftro lifo 3fn m:Jl' ~ it mft ~ aR II jin man tan sachaa bhaavgaa say sachee gargeh gavay.
Those, to whose mind and body, True is pleasing, they reach to the true court.
;:rg ~ ~ ~ ~ FI!l m:Jl' JRT ~ 1I~9.11 jan naanak bolai sach naam sach sachaa sagaa navay. 112111
Nanak, the man of God, recites true name, The True is True, ever fresh.
fcmfr ~ fcmfr ftTCIIC!T ~ '3 ~ II ki-aa savnaa ki-aa jaagnaa gurmukh tay parvaan
The Gurmukhs are accepted, whether they are sleeping or awakening.
681
P.313
fi:ror wfi:r fcrroTfi:r (') ~ H' ~ 1]Ql::f lIlfIO II jinaa saas giraas na visrai say pooray purakh parDhaan.
They are perfect{v prominent persons, who do not forget Him in any breath or any morseL
em ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II karmee satgur paa-ee-ai an-gin lagai Dhi-aan.
They get to true Guru, by the grace of God, day and night He is in their mind.
So eft JRrftr fi.rftls ~ ~ ~ JiTQ II tin kee sangat mil rahaa gargeh paa-ee maan.
Those who get to live in their company, they may get honour in His courL
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ !ft ~ rifn II sa-ugay vaahu vaahu uchrahi ut!l-gay bhee vaahu karayn.
Such persons recite 'Yah Vah' (wonderful, wonderful) when in sleep,
and same they recite when awake.
orocr 3' Hlf ~ ft:r fi'53' ~ ~ 111:\11 naanak tay mukh ujlay je nit ut!l samaalayn. 11111
Nanak says, "Such faces radiate, they every day remember when awake." 1
~ mMt ~ ~ ~ ~ II satgur sayvee-ai aapnaa paa-ee-ai naam apaar.
Lei us serve our true Guru, we will get the name ofInfinite.
~ ~ ~ ~ CJfa' ~ cR ~ II ,bha-ojal dubgi-aa kagn la-ay har gaat karay gaataar.
He saves when drowning in the terrible water, and thus giver gives them gifL
M
Qg tin H' WC1 ~ ftJ orfi.f crcJftr ~ II Dhan Qhan say saah hai je naam karahi vaapaar.
O
They are great and great traders, who trade in name.
~ fl:fl:r ~ ~ ~ IIvanjaaray sikh aavgay sabag laghaavanhaar.
. C
B
The trading Sikhs come, the word gets them across.
tIO orocr ft:ro ~ fiw Blft 130 ~ fl:taHeijlg II~II
LU
jan naanak jin ka-o kirpaa ,bha-ee tin sayvi-aa sirjanhaar. 11211
K C
Nanak says, "Upon whom God is kind, they have served the Creator." 2
O
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
O
~~ il tIO n3' d'fJ ~ Ff91' M ~ II
B
sach sachay kay jan bhagat heh sach sachaa jinee araaDhi-aa.
H
Keft
The persons are devotees ofthe Truest ofthe true, they adore only the Truest ofthe true.
ft:ro ~ ~ ~ 130
S I~ ~ wfQJw II
jin gurmukh khoj gnangnoli-aa tin angrahu hee sach laaDhi-aa.
Those of Gurmukhs, who searchedfor Him, they found the true from within.
~ ~ ~ fRo't ~ ~ ~ H'ftr M JII'flpw II
sach saahib sach jinee sayvi-aa kaal kantak maar tinee saaDhi-aa.
Whoever tru{v served the true Master, after killing the devil ofdeath, they are free.
~ Ff91' 'R!l' i fiT ~ ~ ~ H' HftJ ~ II
sach sachaa sa,bh goo vadaa hai sach sayvan say sach ralaaDhi-aa.
Truest ofthe true is the greatest. Those who serve True, they get to unite.
~~~W81fl:f~~Ff91'~~ II~~II
sach sachay no saabaas hai sach sachaa sayv falaaDhi-aa. 112211
Thanksfor the Truest oftrue, serving whom onefructifies." 22
~ H: 8 II salek mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
~ tpit ~ ~ ~ RJiI'ft! II manmukh paraanee mugaDh hai naamheen bharmaa-ay.
Manmukhs are idiots, t!Jey do not remember name and are astraying.
ftrQ ~ HglW or ~ faflJ faflJ un't.~ II bin gur manoo-aa naa tikai fir fir joonee paa-ay.
Without Guru, their mind is not stable, therefore, they ever move in the cycle ofbirths.
682
ufu ~ ))fTflr ~ -ijfu- 3i' ~ ~ ~ II har parabh aap ga-i-aal hohi taa N satgur mili-aa aa-ay.
{t" God, Master is Himself kind, then we can meet a true Guru.
trOort"iCi{(')T}j HWftr~ffi'i}{)fflC!'~tI'fu11911 jan naanak naam salaahi toojanam marangukhjaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, " Better you praise the name of God, the pain ofbirth and death will go.. " 1
~ ~))f1l.(C!T ~ f8fq & ~ II gur saalaahee aapnaa baho biDh rang su.bb.aa-ay.
Let us praise our Guru, in pleasant mood and in different ways.
~ fun HQ ~ ~ sa 8C!rft!' II satgur saytee man rataa rakhi-aa banat banaa-ay.
My mind is in love for true Guru, and am keeping Him in mind tastefully.
~ wwfu '0 o,:nft ufu ~ fir" ri' II jihvaa saalaahi na raj-ee har pareetam chit laa-ay.
[have placed God in my heart, and my tongue cannot resist praising Him.
ort"iCi{ ~ cit Hfo ~ ~ HQ ftFB ufu Off ~ II~ II
naanak naavai kee man bhukh hai man tariptai har ras khaa-ay. 11211
Nllnak says, "My mind is hungry ofGods' name, it contents on(v by eating (drinking) His nectar."2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ mJl' ~ ~ ft!Q 'O'"3t fi::tfo ~ II sach sachaa kugratjaanee-ai gin raateejin banaa-ee-aa.
Let us know the Truest ofthe true in nature, He has formed day and night.
R' ~ ~ JreT JreT ~ JW cftl,rr ~
M
II
O
so sach salaahee sagaa sagaa sach sachay kee-aa vagi-aa-ee-aa.
C
Let us ever praise that True, truth is the greatness ofthe great.
~ ~ JRl5T(J' ~ ~ cfbff3 fat '0 ~ II
B .
U
saalaahee sach salaah sach sach keemat kinai na paa-ee-aa.
C L
Truly praise the True praiseworthy, none can pay for His value.
W ~ ~ ~ 3T ()"It@ ~ ~ II jaa mili-aa pooraa satguroo taa haajar nagree aa-ee-aa.
O K
When I desiredfor a perfect Guru, there I found Him present.
O
~~ fi::ro't ~ f30r ~ RfB ~ lI~all
B
sach gurmukh jinee sahaali-aa tinaa bhukhaa sabh gavaa-ee-aa. 112311
H
Those ofthe Gurmukhs who have praised true Guru, all their hunger is over. 23.
K
SI
Ricr H: 9 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
H HQ 3Q ~ ~ R' lfI li5QT iiftr II mai man tan khoj khojaygi-aa so parabh laDhaa lorh.
While searching ~v mind and body, the desired God I found.
~ ~ H~ fi::tfo ufu lfI fl?'3r iffis 11911 visat guroo mai paa-i-aa jin har parabh gitaa jorh. 11111
When I found my Guru, the mediator, He got me to unite with God, the Master. 1
H: a II mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 4
~ ))ff3 ))(or iw II maa-i-aaDhaaree at annaa bolaa.
The wealth-monger is ful(v blind and deaf.
~ '0 ~ ~ ~ UIiw II sabag na sun-ee baho rol ghacholaa.
He does not listen word, and creates confusion, hue and cry.
~ wU mrR! ftw wre ILgurmukh jaapai sabag Iiv laa-ay.
Gurmukhs are seen intuned with word.
<:Jfu O'lj ~ lffl <:Jfu orfi.f fDfl'ft!' II har naam sun mannay har naam samaa-ay.
They listen, believe in God's name, and then merge in it.
it f3'ff ~ H ri' ~ II jo tis .bb.aavai so karay karaa-i-aa.
Whatever He likes, He does and gets done.
ort"iCi{ ~ ~ ~ II~ II naanak vajgaa jant vajaa-i-aa. 11211
683
Nanak says, "The living beings sound as they are asked to sound. " 2
P.314
~ ~ JI! fa! iI'C!t!' it iIPw ~ m II too kartaa saQ!1 kichh jaandaa jo jee-aa angar vartai.
You are Creator, you know everything, what is happening in the minds ofthe living.
~ ~ ~ ~ U H! ~ ~ m 11..100 kartaa aap agnat hai sabh jag vich gantai.
You are Creator, beyond all counts, when the whole world'is in calculations.
JI! aft3T 3Qr ~ mr 3"at m II sabh keetaa tayraa varatdaa sabh tayree bantai.
Whatever you like to happen, that happens, it is all your formation.
~ urfG urfG ~ ~ "', wftnJ m II too ghat ghat ik varatd,aa sach saahib chaltai.
You alone pervade all bodies. All wonders are ofyou, 01 Master.
*
~ ~ H <1ftJ ~ orcft fcm uri 11:)911 satgur no milay so har milay naahee kisai partai. 112411
One who meets true Guru, he meets God, he does not return dejected. 24
rey HQ1'W ft:3 cffir ~ ~ ~ ~ II ih manoo-aa garirh kar rakhee-ai gurmukh laa-ee-ai chit.
Let us keep our mind steady, and have Gurmukh in mind.
~ wfi:r fcmJtfi:r ~ ~ ~ f63' II ki-o saas giraas visaaree-ai bahgi-aa uth..gi-aa nit.
M
let us remember Him by every breath, every morsel, sitting and standing, why to forget?
Rtn" cit fii3t'Rt rey ~ <1ftJ 1p1 ~
O
~ II
C
maran jeevan kee chintaa ga-ee ih jee-arhaa har parabh vas.
B .
When the mind is under Master's protection, the worry oflife and death is over.
U
mt R ~ ~ ~ iIO (')1"(')01' ~ 8l:rfl:r IIClII ji-o bhaavai ti-o rakh too jan naanak naam bakhas. 11111
H: a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
C L
Nanak says, "You save as your like, and grant me your name. " 1
~ ~ ~ 0" wt fi:fQ lWit fi:fQ tJtt

O
II
K
O
manmukh ahaNkaaree mahal na jaanai khin aagai khin peechhai.
B
Manmukh egoist is not finding way to His home, and aimless(v wanders here and there.
H
FreT ~ ~ 0" ~ ~ criW t!ftCJ Jftt II sagaa bulaa-ee-ai mahal na aavai ki-o kar gargeh seeihai.
K
SI
Whenever called, he does not come His home, how will heface the court?
~ W ~ ffiw wt FreT wU QQ iffiJ II satgur kaa mahal virlaa jaanai sagaa rahai kar jorh.
Ve,:v few know about the home of Guru, folding hands they always stand in front of him.
~ ~~ <1ftJ~(')I"(')OI' ~ riftJ 11:)11 aapnee kirpaa karay har mayraa naanak la-ay bahorh. 11211
Nanak says, "lfmy God in graceful, He will get me back home." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
w JRr cfuft JmlS U ~ ~ W HQ J.ffi II saa sayvaa keetee safal hai jit satgur kaa man mannay.
That served service is fine, which pleases the mind oftrue Guru.
HI' ~ W HQ >-ifolW 3T l(Ill ~ 'iffi II jaa satgur kaa man mani-aa taa paap kasamal bhannay.
When the mind oftrue Guru is pleased, then the sins and the wickeds, will run away.
~ fi:r b ~ Jl ~ W cii) II upgays je gitaa satguroo so suni-aa sikhee kannay.
Whatever true Guru teaches, Sikhs listen with ears (attention).
fi:ro~w~>-ifolWf30tJ3t~~ II jinsatgurkaaQ!1aanaa mani-aatincharheechavganvannay.
Those who accept the will of God, their love for Him increases four times.
reu ~ ~ ~ ~ ;:ftfl:pw ~ HQ fB% II:)~II
ih chaal niraalee gurmukhee gur geekhi-aa sun man bhinnay. 112511
This unique life-style is ofSikhs, their mind enjoys listening His teachings. 25
684
~ salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 4
){g :1 II
ft::rfo ~ iitfu>w ))fT1!" ftrff $
0 ~ II jin gur gopi-aa aapnaa tis tha-ur na thaa-o.
17lOse who turn their back towards their Guru, they do not get any place to live.
~ ~ ~ R ~ orcft ~ II halat palat yovai ga-ay yargeh naahee thaa-o.
They lm.e both their here and hereafter, and get no place in His court.
~ ~ tJftr 0 ~ faftJ ~ ~ ~ II oh vaylaa hath na aavee fir satgur lageh paa-ay.
They do not regain that opportuni~v, when they can get to Guru's feet.
~ eft arE ~ ~ ~ ~ II satgur kee gantai ghusee-ai yukhay yukh vihaa-ay.
Their name is deleted from the list of Guru, they suffer lot ofsorrows.
~ ~ ~ a- ~ ~ fi:rff wre II satgur purakh nirvair hai aapay la-ay jis laa-ay.
The true Guru is a person beyond enmity, whomever He likes, He Himselfgets one back.
(')'1'(')c{ ~ ft::rnT ~ f3o'T ~ ~ urre IIClII
naanak garsan jinaa vaykhaali-on tinaa gargeh la-ay chhadaa-ay. 11111
Nal1ak says, "Whomever He showed Himself, He will get themfree in His court." 1
Hg :1 II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ~ ~ ~ II manmukh agi-aan gurmat ahaNkaaree.
Manmukh is unknowledgeable, he is of evil wisdom and egoist,
~ ~g ~ Hf3' ~ II antar kroDh joo-ai mat haaree.
Within him is all anger as if he has lost his wisdom in gamble.
~ ~ tig ~ ~ II koorh kusat oh paap kamaavai.
O M
He earns sins, lies and falsehood.
.C
B
fcmt'r tig lJ! fcr))fT))fTfl:f ~ II ki-aa oh sunai ki-aa aa.lill sunaavai.
U
L
What he can listen and what others can listen from him.
The blind and deaf is astraying on unpaved way.

K C
~ 8w ~ ~ l.fTft! II annaa bolaa khu-ay umarh paa-ay.
~ )){qr ~ ~ II manmukh anQhaa aavai jaa-ay.
O O
B
Manmukh is blind, he borns and dies.
H
ftrQ ~ R atfu 0 ~ II bin satgur bhaytay thaa-ay na paa-ay.
I K
Without meeting true Guru, he cannot get any place.
S
(')'1'(')c{ ~ ~ C()fTfu II~II naanak poorab Iikhi-aa kamaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "He earns what is preordioned for him. " 2

t.@ft II pa-orhee. PAURI
fi:ro Ii ~ ~ gfu H 1roftr 0 ~ 1.lrfl:r II jin kay chit kathor heh say baheh na satgur paas.
111Ose, stone-hearted do not sit beside true Guru.
(N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II othai sach varatQaa koorhi-aaraa chit ugaas.
There truth is in practice, liars have a bad time.
(ifu ~ q ~ ~ ~ Ma' ~.1roftr ~ 1.lrfl:r II
o-ay val chhal kar mat kadh-yay fir jaa-ay baheh koorhi-aaraa paas.
In claverness, they pass some time, then they go and sit with liars.
~ ~ ~ 0 ~ Hfn ~ ii ~ II vich sachay koorh na gad-ee man vaykhhu ko nirjaas.
Among truthful, the false has no place, open their mind and test it.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fRlf ~ ~ 1.lrfl:r II~~II
koorhi-aar khoorhi-aaree jaa-ay ralay sachiaar sikh baithay satgur paas. 112611
The liars go and mix up with liars, the truthful Sikhs sit with true Guru. 26
685
P.315
~ H: 1.1 II salok mehlaa5. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ II rahgay khuhQay ningak maari-an kar aapay aahar.
He himself took an initiative and got off, the remaining back-biters.
lfu JJTlft (')l'Ocj(I' m mr ifTC:Ig II~II sant sahaa-ee naankaa vartai sabh jaahar. 11111
Nanak says, "God is helper ofthe saints, His deal is open for all eyes." 1
H: 1.1 II mehlaa 5. M: 5
tf~ F> tf~ 3 ~ ~ ~ II mundhhu bhulay munQh tay kithai paa-in hath.
Astraying oftheir origin from the beginning, where should they get hand ofhelp from?
m JR (')l'Ocj(I' ft:J ~ ~ JOOJ! II~II tinnai maaray naankaa je karan kaaran samrath. 11211
Nanak says, "He has got them rejected, who is competent to do and get done. " 2
~ 1.1 II pa-orhee 5. PAURI - 5
~ ~ <JT3t ~ 1.f! iI'C!' 1pc!t II lai faahay raatee tureh parabh jaanai paraanee.
Taking noose, they (evil minds) set out during night, but God knows His beings.
3'Ol'fu O'fa' ~ ~ ~ 0'C!t II takeh naar paraa-ee-aa luk angar thaanee.
Hiding in a place, they look for other's women.
~ ~ ~ arft!' fi.Ior ~ wit II sanHee gayni Hvikhamni thaa-ay mithaa mag maanee.
They cut a hole into a difficult place (wall) and enjoy drink treating it sweet.
crc:OO ))fTif ~ ))fTl) ~ II karmee aapo aapnee aapay pachhutaanee.
Everyone has to bear with one's deeds, but then one repents oneself.
OM
.C
~ ~ f::R1s t.ita' uI'<!t II~.?II ajraa-eel faraystaa til peerhay ghaanee. 112711
U B
17,e devil of death grinds them, like sesame put in millfor grinding. 27
L
~ H: 1.1 II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
K C
~ ~ R'(J a- mit ~ II sayvak sachay saah kay say-ee parvaan.
1710se who are the servants oftrue Master, they are accepted.
O
~ ~ (')l'Ocj(I' R tffiJ tffiJ ~ ~ II~II goojaa sayvan naankaa say pach pach mu-ay ajaan. 11111
O
B
Nanak says, "Serving other, the unknowing die by burning". 3
H
K
H gfu ~ ~ 1fi' ~ 7) wre II jo Dhur Iikhi-aa laykh parabh maytnaa na jaa-ay.
SI
Whatever is preordained by Master, that cannot be erased.
QTH O""tr tIQ ~ (")'1'(')'Cl' JreI' fQ))fTf8' II~II raam naam Dhan vakhro naanak sagaa Dhi-aa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "Always remember the unique wealth of God's name. "
~ 1.1 II pa-orhee 5. PAURI
()ld1fHc! ~ ~ Q"d' ~ ~ II naaraa-in la-i-aa naathooNgarhaa pair kithai rakhai.
God has given a push to run, how one's feet can stop.
iil<RT un.r ~ fn3" ~ ~ II kargaa paap amiti-aa nit viso chakhai.
He i.\' committing unlimited sins, and is ever eating poison.
ffit!'r iil<RT tffiJ ~ Rfu ~ ~ II ningaa kargaa pach mu-aa vich gayhee bhakhai.
With back-biting, his body is heating from within, and he is burning to die.
*
~ wftnr ~ ~ f!m ~ II sachai saahib maari-aa ka-un tis no rakhai.
When true Master has killed, who can save him?
(")'1'(')'Cl' 13'ff IIIdc!idl3t H~ ~ 1I~t:1I naanak tis sarnaagatee jo purakh alkhai. 112811
Nanak says, "Be in His refuge, who is God, unseen." 28
oacr tl;Q ~ Sl:I' urZ ~ CfT arg II narak ghor baho gukh ghanay akirat-ghanaa kaa thaan.
686
The terrible hell, therein lot ofsuffering, that is place for ungrateful.
f3fo l[f!r >R 0'(')'ClT ~ ~ ~ ~ 1Iq,1I tin parabh maaray naankaa ho-ay ho-ay mu-ay haraam. 11111
Nanak says, "They are killed by Master, and they die as illegitimate (unfaithful)". 1
mehlaa 5. M: 5
H8 t.l II
~ JJi' ~ f5t:cr crr ~ t')'Tfu II avkhaDh sabhay keeti-an ningak kaa gaaroo naahi.
Many medicines are used, but no curefor back-biter.
))(Tfi,r ~ 0'(')'ClT ~ ~ ffirft l.fTfu II~II aap bhulaa-ay naankaa pach pach jonee paahi. 11211
Nanak says, "Those whom God Himself deserts, they burn while cycling in births". 2
~ t.l II pa-orhee 5. PAURI
~ ft!'3T ~ ~ ij'ftJ QQ ~ ~ II tus gitaa poorai satguroo har Dhan sach akhut.
OJ perfect(v true Guru, you have granted me the inexhausting true wealth of God.
R1ir ~ 6ffc R if){ crr ~ !? II sabh angaysay mit ga-ay jam kaa bha-o chhut.
All anxieties are off, andfear ofdeath in no more.
Cl"H ~Q' ~ mar W9' ~ II kaam kroDh buri-aa-ee-aa N sang saaDhoo tut.
The cupidity, the anger and evils are left, because ofthe company ofsaints.
~ ~ ~ m ~ HG'Rfo !? II Yin sachay goojaa sayvgay hu-ay marsan but.
Those who serve someone other than God, they will die like larva.
(')'l'('jCl' ~ ~ 8l:ffi:pw O'H mar tl? II~~II naanak ka-o gur bakhsi-aa naamai sang jUt. 112911
Nanak says, "Now you areforgiven by Guru, unite with name". 29
OM
.C
~ H8 9 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4
B
'3'lfT 7) ~ ~ m ~ HTftrntT ~ fa ~ II
U
tapaa na hovai angarahu lobhee nit maa-i-aa no firai jajmaali-aa.
C L
Greedy cannot be a tapa (meditator) from within, he is crazy, ever mongering after wealth.
~ ~ ~ 'Ai ;:ft ~ ~ (')I'(ft fui ~ ~ a- ~:rO' ~ Rftr ~ II ago gay sagi-aa satai gee
O K
bhikhi-aa la-ay naahee pichho gay pachhutaa-ay kai aan tapai put vich bahaali-aa.
O
When earlier called, he declined to accept the truthful charity. Later on repenting tapa, brought
H B
his son to sit in congregation.
W iR R1ir ~ ~ '3'lfT n ~ ~ ~ II panch log sabh hasan lagay tapaa lobh lahar hai gaali-aa.
fR IK
The elders and other villagers, all started laughing, that tapa is spoiled by the thought ofgreed.
fi:r& ~ QQ ~ ~ 31.fT
S (')I'(ft qfo ~ ~ :rO' QQIj (Jl'ftpw II
jithai thorhaa Dhan vaykhai tithai tapaa bhitai naahee Dhan bahutai dithai tapai Dharam haari-aa.
When the charity was oflittle money, he would not touch it. But when the chari~v was ofenough
money, tapa would lose his faith.
!Pit ~ 31.fT 7) ~ ~ ~ 8'fu WQ' iIi')T ~ II
bhaa-ee ayhu tapaa na hovee bagulaa hai bahi saaDh janaa veechaari-aa.
OJ brother, elders sat and thought, he was not a tapa, but a heron, (a cheater).
R"3 YOl:f eft 31.fT firer ern- ~ eft ~ Rftr ~ ~ ~ 31.fT t!'ft;r H'fipw II
sat purakh kee tapaa ningaa karai sansaarai kee ustatee vich hovai ayt gokhai tapaa ga-yi maari-aa.
Tapa did back-biting of a saint, and was in praise for worldliness, beca.use of this evil, God
cursed him.
){(JT yCJl:fT eft firer crr ~ ft:r 3'il ~ ~ lIml' FII ~ 3'il crr ll/TftIpw II
mahaa purkhaa N kee ningaa kaa vaykh je tapay no fal lagaa sabh ga-i-aa tapay kaa ghaali-aa.
Look at the results of Tapa's back-biting of a great saint, all that he gained is lost.
8'<Jfa'ri thJr Rftr 31.fT ~ II baahar bahai panchaa vich tapaa sagaa-ay.
When outside, tapa would sit in elders, he liked to be called a saint,
687
~ 8'U 3W U"1f ~ II angar bahai tapaa paap kamaa-ay.
When sitting inside, he would commit sins.
P.316
<Jfu ~ ~ tiur 5' ~ cmr ~ II har angarlaa paap panchaa no ughaa kar vaykhaali-aa.
God laid bare before the elders, the inside committed sins.
rroH~~5'~~~~5'flNl:fC:r~ft:ltJrol'Hat~1I Dharamraa-ayjamkankraa
no aakh chhadi-aa ays tapay no tithai kharh paa-ihu jithai mahaa mahaaNhati-aari-aa.
The judge offaith ordered the devil ofdeath, to take this tapa and put him in such a hell,
where the dreadful killers are kept.
faf<J ~ ~ ~ 1jfu i8t ~ nrdt ~ ~ ~ !\eQ,!a))ll' II
fir ays tapay gai muhi ko-ee lagahu naahee ayhu satdur hai fitkaari-aa.
None should deal with this tapa, again, he is detested by true Guru.
<Jfu a- ~ ~ B' ~ ~ ~ II har kai gar varti-aa so naanak aakh sunaa-i-aa.
Nanak is telling for you to listen, what has happened, at Gods' (saint's) place.
it !J ~ JRI'fipw IIC\II so booihai jo ga-yi savaari-aa. 11111
Only he can know, whom God has madefor it. 1
H~ 9 II mehlaa 4. M: - 4
<Jfu !JaT3T <Jfu ~ <Jfu eft ~ II har .!2hagtaa Nhar aaraaDhi-aa har kee vadi-aa-ee.
The devotees of God, adored God, this is greatness of God.
OM
C
<Jfu ~ RS fia ~ <Jfu (')1l.:f ~ II har keertan .!2hagat nit gaaNvgay har naam sukh..gaa-ee.
B.
The devotees ever sing the praise of God, His name is pleasing for them.
U
<Jfu!JaT3T 5' fia ~ ~ ~ ~ fia d ~ II
L
har bhagtaa Nno nit naavai gee vadi-aa-ee bakhsee-an nit charhai savaa-ee.
C
K
God blessed His devotees with the praise ofname, a quarter of it is added dai(v.
<Jfu!JaT3T 5' fqg um ~ ~ ~ ~
O
II
har bhagtaa Nno thir gharee bahaali-an apnee paij rakhaa-ee.
B O
He makes his devotees to sit stable at home, thus He honours His word.
H
~ \.fTHg <Jfu ~ Hmft ~ ~ JrtIl'5t II ningkaa Npaashu har laykhaa mangsee baho gay-ay sajaa-ee.
K
I
God will ask for accounts ofback-biters, He will sit and give punishment.
S
ffirT ~ ~ ~ ~ g-ij- ~ lPlft II jayhaa ningak apnai jee-ay kamaavgay tayho fal paa-ee.
A.v the back-biters action life, the same kind offruit they will get.
~ a>nr ~ ~ Btt ih!t afu qw8t ~ a>f1lft II
angar kamaanaa sarpar ugh-rhai bhaavai ko-ee bahi Qhartee vich kamaa-ee.
Whatever one does inside, many be under the eath, that definitely will surface.
ffi') ~ ~ fflJfl::pw <Jfu eft ~ II~II jan naanak gaykh vigsi-aa har kee vadi-aa-ee. 11211
Nanak says, "The praise of God, looks pleasing to me. " 2
~ H~ 1.1 \I pa-orhee mehlaa 5. PAURI
B1I'3 ffi')T ar ~ <Jfu ~ ~ fti())II' 1l'lft ~ II
.!2hagat janaaNkaa raakhaa har aap hai ki-aa paapee karee-ai.
God Himself is the protector ofdevotees, what the sinners can do?
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l:fItft H-aPK II gumaan karahi moorh gumaanee-aa vis khaaDhee maree-ai.
The proud idiot is in ego, he dies eating poison.
m
))fTft!' ~ n't ft!CJ ft::It 1.Iar ~ ~ II aa-ay lagay nee gih thorh-rhay ji-o pakaa khayt lunee-ai.
The days ofsuch persons are numbered, they will be reaped like the ripe crop.
~ a<IH ~ m iJC!PK II jayhay karam kamaavgay tayvayho .!2hanee-ai.
688
As a person acts, the same he is called.
m;('j1"(')c5Cl"'~OT~Jm'iT~~ Ilaoll
jan naanak kaa khasam vadaa hai sabhnaa !1aa Dhanee-ai. 113011
Nallak says, "My Master is very great, giver to all. " 30
~ H: 8 II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: - 4
- ~
HOlfl:f n
=--~ ~ ~- - ~- II manmukh - moolhu -bhuli-aa vich lab lobh
- ahaNkaar.
Mallmukh is astraying right from the beginning, living in greed, avarice and ego,
'!3"mJT ~ ~ ~ R'8fl! 0' ~ ~ II ihagrhaa kar!1i-aa an-Qin gu!1rai saba!1 na karahi veechaar.
Day and night he spends in clash, he does not think ofword.
JJfQ' HE cr<r3' RB' fuft:r m ~ H'! ~ II suDh mat kartai sabh hir la-ee bolan sabh vikaar.
The Creator has withdrawn all his pure wisdom, now he speaks only evil
fu3" fcS 0' ~ ~ f3'RoT ~ ~ ~ II
!1itai kitai na santokhee-ah antar tisnaa baho agi-aan anDh-yaar.
He is never satisfied with what he has been given, within him is lust, foolishness and darkness.
('j1"(')c5 ~ or5 ~ iR'ft fi:Io ~}fir ~ 11'\11
naanak manmukhaa naalo tutee bhalee jin maa+aa moh pi-aar. 11111
Nallak says, "]t is better to snap with Manmukhs, their love is with greed and money." 2
M
O
ftJoT~iW~~f3cp'~~O'~ II
. C
jinaa an!1ar !1oojaa bhaa-o hai tinHaa gurmukh pareet na ho-ay.
B
Those who have love for other, Gurmukhs have no lovefor them.
U
~ ~ tI'l'fu ~ Htffi ~ 0' are II ohu aavai jaa-ay bhavaa-ee:-ai supnai sukh na ko-ay.
C L
They are cycling in birth and death, and cannot have happiness even in dream.
K
~ mR ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II koorh kamaavai koorh uchrai koorh lagi-aa koorh ho-ay.
O
They act in lie, they tell lie, they are attached to lies and they have become liars.
O
~ ~ H'! ~ ~ ~ ftIoR' ~ ~ II maa+aa moh sabh !1ukh hai !1ukh binsai !1ukh ro-ay.
areB
Lovefor money is all sorrows, one weeps in sorrows and dies in sorrows.
K H
('j1"(')c5 ~ ftR ~ 0' ~ R i t H'! II naanak Dhaat livai jorh na aavee jay lochai sabh ko-ay.
fi:Io~iSYn~Eor~Jm!t~~ II~II
S I
Nanak says, "Love with God and love with money, cannot go together, everyone may desire it.
jin ka-o potai punn pa+aa tinaa gur sab!1ee sukh ho-ay. 11211
Those in whose account are virtues, they are happy in the word ofGuru. " 2
~ H: ~ II pa-orhee mehlaa 5. PAURl M: 5
('j1"(')c5 ~ Ji3' ~ i'f(')T ;:pftJ ~ ~ II naanak vichaareh sant mun janaa Nchaar vay!1 kahan!1ay.
Nanak says, "]t is the thought ofsaints, sages andfour Vedas also tell,
~ ~ 3" mre Jl ftC') ~ II Qhagat mukhai tay bol!1ay say vachan hovan!1ay.
whatever devotees speak from mouth, those words matter. "
tmG ~ H'lR' 'A'fir iCif ~ II pargat pahaarai jaap!1ay sabh 10k sunan!1ay.
He is revealed through His creation, everyone listens Him.
m
~ 0' tJTftm; tmtf OQ Ji3' 0"'ft:5 II sukh na paa-in mugaDh nar sant naal khahan!1ay.
ijft! iWo or F *
The idiots are never happy, they clash with saints.
ijft! ~ ~ II o-ay lochan onaa gunaa no o-ay ahaNkaar sarhan!1ay.
They desirefor the same kind ofvirtues, but they burn in ego.
ijft! ~ ft;pw ~ W iJl'aI' ~ JR II o-ay vaychaaray ki-aa karahi jaa Nbhaag Dhur man!1ay.
What the poor can do? when they are born unlucky.
689
P.317
illR fgfo 1.l'GJfcJ1H Jl fcdt '0 ~ jo maaray tin paarbarahm say kisai na sanQay.
II
Those deserted by God, are ofno good to anyone.
~ crafo ~ orftis tla1H ~ ~ II yair karan nirvair naal Qharam ni-aa-aypachanQay.
They are inimical to non- inimical for this the judge ofjustice burns them.
il il JffiJ ~ Jl fQfu m II jo jo sant saraapi-aa say fireh .bhavanQay.
Whoever are cursed by a saint, they all are wandering about
il! H'~ ~ f3H ~ ~ IIS'\II payd munQhaahoo kati-aa tis daal sukanQay. 113111
When they cut the tree from roots, the branches have to wither. 31
~ oroor uftr ~ ~ m IIIn JDra! II
gur naanak har naam drirh-aa-i-aa bhannan gharhan samrath.
Nanak says, "Guru has taught about God's name, He is competent to construct and deconstruct
lfI He" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 para.bh saQaa samaaleh mitar too Qukh sabaa-i-aa lath. 11111
0/ my friend, you always remember Master, aU your sorrows will end." 1
~ '0 inlft i!i'iI ~ C!!!i~ II khuDhi-aavant na jaan-ee laaj kulaaj kubol.
M
Hungry does not carefor honour, dishonour and bad words.
O
~ Wit ~ uftr CfftJ bIT RWI!! II~ II naanak maaNgai nilam har kar kirpaa sanjog. 11211
C
Nanak says, "1 beg for the name of God, be kind and grant me union". 2
tft II pa-orhee. PAURI
B .
U
~ C(Q){ ~ m m II javayhay karam kamaavQaa tavayhay faltay.
As one does the same one gets in reward.
C L
tIi 33T icr ~ " HW tnIS3' II chabay tataa loh saar vich sanghai paltay.
OK
If one chews hot iron, steel, he has to burn his throat (tongue).
urf3 ~ ~ fgfo ~ ~ '3 II ghat galaavaa Nchaali-aa tin Qoot amal tay.
B O
Because ofhis evil deeds, the devil ofdeath put noose around his neck and takes away.
m
H
)WR' '0 ~ ~ 1.1' ~ ftra'3' II kaa-ee aas na punnee-aa nit par mal hirtay.
K
SI
None ofhis wish fulfills, thus he ever washes other's dirt.
cft))fT '0 tri' ~ " Ho't fR3' II kee-aa na jaanai aakirat-ghan vich jonee firtay.
The ungrateful do not appreciate even favour, they wander in lives.
J=Ii' ~ ~ fJfa' ~ QG '3 II sa.bhay DhiraaNnikhutee-as hir la-ee-as Dhar tay.
All their support is finished, God withdraws their ground (to stand).
~ CiR'XJ '0 ~ 3i' ~ m II viihan kalah na gayvgaa taa Nla-i-aa kartay.
He does not work to end the clash, Creator has engaged him.
il il ~ ~ '6'fl;' 'QCJ3t tr:J3' IIS~II jo jo kartay ahamay-o iharh Dhartee parh-tay. 113211
Whoever are in ego, they fall to the ground. 32
~ H: S II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ famrQ ftrR !fb' ~ II gurmukh gi-aan bibayk buDh ho-ay.
6urmukh has the knowledge, the intellect, the logic.
uftr ~ aR ~ <:JTg" tfflfu II har gun gaavai hirgai haar pare-avo
In heart, he sings the attributes ofGod, and around neck, wears their garland.
~ ~ 1.1'){ ~ II pavit paavan param beechaaree.
He purifies the declined, and thinks lofty.
nm
miff f3H tI'flr ~ II je os milai tis paar utaaree.
690
Whoever meets him, he gets him across.
~~~ 8"RC')T JI'HI'it II antar har naam baasnaa samaanee.
In his mind is merged thefragrance of God's name.

~ t!fo iiF )f(JT ~ ~ II har dar sobhaa mahaa utam banee.
His words are great(y nice, thus he gets praise in God's court.
ft:J ~ JJt B' ~ ~ II je purakh sunai so ho-ay nihaal.
Whoever ofmen listens, he is pleased.
(')I('jQ ~ ~ l.fTfu>w ~ QQ ~ 11"\11 naanak satgur mili-ai paa-i-aa naam Dhan maal. 11111
Nanak says, "By meeting true Guru, I get the wealth ofname. " 1
~~;:ft))feftwcrO'wifrcr~~R II satgurkayjee-a keesaarnajaapai kepooraisatgur.!2haavai.
None can know the mind oftrue Guru, that how the true Guru pleases (likes).
aTOW
- ~ Hft:mQ-=m w *
it ~ HiIQ- ~- ~ II
gursikhaa N andar satguroo vartai jo sikhaa N no lochai so gur khusee aavai.
The true Guru pervades the hearts of GurSikhs, what Sikhs wish, that pleases Guru.
~ ~ B' iifTG ~ B' HY iSl>Rfu ~ eft ~ ffiIT l!I'fi! tR II
satgur aakhai so kaar kamaavan so jap kamaaveh gursikhaa N kee ghaal sachaa thaa-ay paavai.
He fructifies.
OM
Whatever Guru says they act same way, that they remember God., thus the labour of GurSikhs
~ ~ ~ ~ ft:J ~ ~ citr ~ ~ ftrB' ~"*fa'

.C
0' ~ II
B
yin satgur kay hukmai je gursikhaa N paashu kamm karaa-i-aa lorhay tis gursikh fir naYID na aavai.
U
L
Without being in order of true Guru, if someone desires to get work from them, GurSikhs will
coRC
not come near him.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ftrB' ~ ~ iifTG
O K II
gur satgur agai ko jee-o laa-ay ghaalai tis agai gursikh kaar kamaavai.
ft:J~~~~~ftrB'~~~0'~II
B O
I.lsomeone opens his mind before Guru and labours, GurSikhs will workfor him.
KH
je thagee aavai thagee uth jaa-ay tis nayrhai gursikh mool na aavai.
SI
Ifsomeone comes to robe, stands to run after looting, GurSikh will never come near him.
'fcJl.:f ~ ~ lWfl:f ~ II barahm beechaar naanak aakh sunaavai.
This thought is of God, Nanak is on(y telling you to listen.
ft:J ~ ~ ~ Hg Jffl citr ~ H~ )f(JT ~ tR II~II
je yin satgur kay man mannay kamm karaa-ay so jant mahaa dukh paavai. 11211
that in the absence ofpermission from true Guru's mind, Ifsomeone gets something done, that
person will suffer a lot. 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ffiIT Jt'I'ftr'! ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 u ri' II too N sachaa saahib at vadaa tuhi jayvad too N vad vaday.
You are true Master, supreme, none is equaling you, you are great.
ft:Jff 1 Hm H ~ ~ 1 ))fIl) 8l:Ifl:r AAr ~ ri II
jis too N mayleh so tuDh milai too N aapay bakhas laihi laykhaa chhaday.
I.l you get someone to meet, only he can meet you, you yourself forgive him and clear his
accounts.
*
tim ~= wfu ~ H Hft:mQ -- ~- HO U U II
jis no too N aap milaa-idaa so satgur sayvay man gad gaday.
Whom you get to meet, he serves true Guru, with a pleasing mind.
691
t'fflJf ~ ~ g' HI ~ ~ ~ 3<fr ui' II
tooN sachaa saahib sach too sabh jee-o pind chamm tayraa haday.
You are the true Master, you alone are True, all my mind, my body, my skin, my bones are yours.
~ R at ~ 1 JIftrnrr 'i"5"OciI' Hfo ))fTR' 3cft u ri' II aa II '\11 B'9' II
ji-o bhaavai ti-o rakh tooN sachi-aa naanak man aas tayree vad vaday. 113311111 suDh.
Nal1ak says, "01 True, save me as you like, I have great hopes on you, the greatest ofthe great"
83.1. (Sudh)
P.318
~eft~H<:JWt.l GAURI KI VAR M: 5
ij'Tfu ~ Hmft eft ~ eft gfo ~ ~
ga-orhee kee vaar mehlaa 5 raa-ay kamaalgee mojgee kee vaar kee Dhun upar gaavnee
Sing on the tune ofthe Var (ballad) ofRai Kammal Maujdi.
'\r~ tpI'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
God is one, realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
FIicr H: t.l II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
uftJ uftJ ~ H Rg ;:rQ- Jl ~ ~ II har har naam jo jan japai so aa+aa parvaan.
Whoever remembers the name of God, his birth is welcome.
M
f3'ff RO cl sfivsd1aA fi:Ifcr; ~ l{I ~ IIJis jan kai balihaarnai jin bhaji-aa paraQh nirbaan.
O
I sacrifice myselffor those persons, who have meditated upon liberating Master.
C
.
ROH HaO ~ ~ uftJ ~ ~ ~ II janam maran gukh kati-aa har bhayti-aa purakh sujaan.
mar
U B
I met an awaring Person, my pain ofbirth and death is removed.
JI"aI'g ~ RO 'i"5"OciI' mJT' ~ 11'\11 sant sang saagar taray jan naanak sachaa taan. 11111
L
Ji3
C
Nanak says, "1 swim across the ocean in the company ofsaints. He (God) is my real strength. "1
K
H: t.l II mehlaa 5. M: 5
O
!R'ji} ~ ~ ~ urftJ ~ II bhalkay uth paraahunaa mayrai ghar aava-o.
~ tn:fTW f3H c} Hfo 3fn rmr O

01 my guest, after getting up tomorrow morning, please visit my home.
B ~ II paa-o pakhaalaa tis kay man tan nit bhaava-o.
KH
Washing his feet, will ever please my mind and body.
S I
O"tf ~ O"tf ~ nrH ~ ~ II naam sunay naam sangrahai naamay Iiv laava-o.
Listen name, gather name and be intuned with name.
tam QQ HI ~ ~ d'ftJ c} ~ ~ II garihu Dhan sabh pavitar ho-ay har kay gun gaava-o.
Remember the attributes of God, this will purify allyour home, your wealth.
d'ftJ O"H ~ 0'C')c(1' ~ ~ II~II har naam vaapaaree naankaa vadbhaagee paava-o. 11211
Nanak says, "Trade in the name ofGod, this chance you get by luck." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
H ~ ri Jl BW ~ 3<fr ~ II jo tuDh bhaavai so bhalaa sach tayraa bhaanaa.
Whatever pleases you is good, your will is true.
g' 'AS Hfu ~ ~ 'AS)f1'fu ~ II too sabh meh ayk varatQaa sabh maahi samaanaa.
You alone are pervading all, you are merging in alL
li'O ~ d'R ~ i:ft>K ~ ~ II thaan thanantar ray rahi-aa jee-a angar jaanaa.
You pervade place and space, you are known in souls.
~ fl.ffl!1i ~ Hfo ~ ~ II saaDhsang mil paa-ee-ai man sachay bhaanaa.
Joining the congregation ofsaints, we can meet, if the mind ofthe True wills.
'i"5"OciI'l{S Rdl!ldl::ft At!' At!' ~ 11'\11 naanak paraQh sarnaagatee sag sag kurbaanaa. 11111
Nanak says, "1 am in Master refuge, and am ever sacrifice myselffor Him." 1
692
~ H~ ~ II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ 1ft 3i' ~ 'RTfu'! mJT Jt ~ II chaytaa ee taa Nchayt saahib sachaa so Dhanee.
Ifyou want to remember, remember Master, He is true God.
0'00l' ~ m m 8fuftnJ~~ 1.fIfa' ~ 1Ict.1I naanak satgur sayv charh bohith Qha-ojal paar pa-o. 11111
Nanak says, "Serve true Guru, embark his boat and get to other shore ofterrifying water."
H~ ~ II mehlaa 5. M: 5
~ ~ crtS tffirafu fiftf ~ II vaa-oo sanQay kaprhay pahirahi garab gavaar.
The clothes are of air, wears egoistic idiot.
(')T(')Cf ~ '0 effi'ft ~ ~ ~ iJT2 II~II naanaknaal na chalnee jal bal ho-ay chhaar. 11211
Nllnak says, "They will not go with you, and will be burnt to ashes." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
m ~ ;:m ~ HJW ri" II say-ee ubray jagai vich jo sachai rakhay.
On(v they are liberated in the world, who are protected by the True.
trfu ~ 130 cl ~ (J'ftr ~ ri' II muhi dithai tin kai jeevee-ai har amrit chakhay.
I live by seeing their face, thus I tasted the nectar of God.
wtr ~g ~ ~ JffiIr FfTQl' Bit II kaam kroDh lobh moh sang saaDhaa bhakhay.
The cupidity, the anger, the greed, the love for money, are burnt in the congregation ofsaints.
cmr
M
mw tf!r ~ crftJ ))fTfu ~ II kar kirpaa paraQh aapnee har aap parkhay.
Be kind 01 Master, you (God) yourselfput to test.
O
. C
(')T(')Cf m53' '0 ifT'l.lO't cl Rcl '0 ~ II~II naanak chalat na jaapnee ko sakai na lakhay. 11211
B
Nanllk says, "His feats cannot be seen, none can know them." 2
U
L
C
(')T(')Cf Fret fuoH ~ ~ 1{!' ~ ftJf3' II naanak so-ee qinas suhaavrhaa jit parabh aavai chit.
K
Nal111k says, "That day is beautiful, when Master comes to mind.
O O
~ fufo ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1Ict.1I jit Qin visrai paarbarahm fit bhalayree rut. 11111
The day the God is forgotten, curse in even pleasant season." 1
H~ ~ II mehlaa 5. M: 5
H B
~ ~ f3B fi:It mr ftil:! ft:m a- ~ II naanak mitraa-ee tis si-o sabh kichh jis kai haath.
recr SIK
NClI1ak says, "Have friendship with Him in whose hands is eve,:v thing,"
~ Fret ~ ~ '0 ~ ~ II~ II kumitraa say-ee kaaNdhee-ah ik vikh na chaleh saath. 11211
Those who are known badfriends, I cannot move a step with them. 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ O'l.:!' ~ ~ tHftIs t.fR'y B'lft II amrit naam niDhaan hai mil peevhu bhaa-ee.
Name is the treasure ofnectar, you assemble and drink 01 brother.
fi:uJ ~ m!' l.I"l!PK mr ~ ~ II jis simrat sukh paa-ee-ai sabh tikhaa buihaa-ee.
Remembering whom we get all happiness, and quench our thirst.
cmr ~ ~ tra' Ilf ri '0 ~ II kar sayvaa paarbarahm gur bhukh rahai na kaa-ee.
Serve God, Guru, no hunger will bother.
FRfli'j ~ yfnr' ))f)W t.I'S l.fTlft II sagal manorath punni-aa amraa paQ paa-ee.
All objectives are achieved, thus one lives for ever.

~g ~ ~ (')T(')Cf ~ II~II tuDh jayvad toohai paarbarahm naanak sarnaa-ee. 11311
Nanak says, "01 God on(v you are equal to you, I am in your refuge". 3
~ U!J C5'fu ~ '0 ~ ~ II dith-rho habh thaa-ay oon na kaa-ee jaa-ay.
I have seen all places, none is empty (of God).
693
0'C')Cl'f30 ~ ft:toT ~ Bfc))fr IlCiIl naanak laDhaa tin su-aa-o jinaa satgur tmayti-aa. 111/1
l!5QI'
Nanak says, "Only they who meet true Guru can fin d their purpose". 1
P.319
H: l./ II mehlaa 5. M: 5
~ ~ f3t ~ tm ~ II gaamnee chamatkaar ti-o vartaaraa jag khay.
All world(v displays are like a flash of lightening.
'l! ~ JI'l'fu 0'C')Cl' ~ ~ f3H ~ II~II vath suhaavee saa-ay naanak naa-o japango tis Dhanee. 11211
Nanak says, "On(v th(lt place is beautiful, where the name ofGod is rememberd. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
fHfl:r13' ~ Jlltr JIfB' fcr* cfb.f 0' ~ II simrit saastar soDh saQh kinai keem na jaanee.
I have gone through all Simrities and Shastras,none has known your value.
R RQ i'! wmifcJr R CJfu ~ JiTC!t II jo jan Qbaytai saaDhsang so har rang maanee.
Those who join the congregation ofsaints, they enjoy the love of God.
~ OTt!' acJ3T ~ tu a3O" tfTc!t II sach naam kartaa purakh ayh ratnaa khaanee.
Tru e name of God, Creator is the source ofjewels.
HH3fiir ~ ~ CJfu fJ:Dffu' ~ II mastak hovai Iikhi-aa har simar paraanee.
Ifit is preordained, remember God 01 man.
M
~ fu'9' ~ OTt!' 0'C')Cl' fHmrlt liB lIj;osaa gichai sach naam naanak mihmaanee. 11411
O
Nanak says, "Serve your guests with thefood ofname." 4
~ H: l./ II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 4
. C
B
~ ftJ3r 8c!t ~ ~ 0' ~ !l:I' II antar chintaa nainee sukhee moor na utrai bhukh.
0"0cil' FW 0T)f ftrQ rcm U

One has worries in mind, may look happy from eyes, his hunger never quenches.
L
0' ~ ~ IlCiIl naanak sachay naam bin kisai na lathe gukh. 11111
K C
Nanak says, "Without the name of True, none is free from sorrows". 1
OO
H: l./ II mehlaa 5. M: 5
~ mft R'lI' fi:rc'lt ~ 0' ~ II muth-rhay say-ee saath jinee sach na la.d.i-aa.
* H B
Such companions are robbed, who have not loaded truth.
JII"8l'fJ::r fi:rc'lt WG ~ ~ ~ II~II naanak say saabaas jinee gur mil ik pachhaani-aa. 11211
K
0'C')Cl'
SI
Nanak says, "They are great, who by meeting Guru, have recognized One (God)". 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
fiN tJ:rfo FI'tl iIO Rl:I'?i ~ II jithai baisan saaDh jan so thaan suhan.d.aa.
Where the saints sit, that place is nice.
gre JRfo ~))fTl./C!T ftrcm FI! Jfi!r II o-ay sayvan sammrith aapnaa binsai sabh man.d.aa.
They serve their all-powerful, Thus their all sufferings are finished.
t.ffu'3" ~ ~ Ji3 ~ ~ II patit uDhaaran paarbarahm sant bayg kahan.d.aa.
God liberates the declined, saints and scriptures tell.
!mf3 ~ 3Qr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II bhagat vachhal tayraa bira.d. hai jug jug vartan.d.aa.
Looking after devotees is your nature, this you have been doing in all ages.
~ ;::rt ~ OTt!' Jffn 3fn ~ 1Il./ II naanak jaachai ayk naam man tan bhaavan.d.aa. 11511
Nanak prays for one name, which is pleasing to mind and body. 5
~ H: l./ II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5.
ftr;ft ~ ~ ~ 8'' ~ II chirhee chuhkee pahu futee vagan bahut tarang.
The dawn has appeared, the sparrows are chirping, many waves are passing.
))fffiffi ~ Ji30 W (')1"("iQ O'>fftr eRr IlCiIl achraj roop santan rachay naanak naameh rang. 11111
=
Nanak says, "In the love of God, the saints have appeared in many forms". 1
694
H: tl II mehlaa 5. M: 5
llIQ ~ ~ 3'tit fI(J ~ ~ ftJftJ II ghar manQar khusee-aa tahee jah too aavahi chit.
In that home is happiness, where you are remembered (God).
~ cftlw' ~ ('jT(')O Rf8' ~ II~II Qunee-aa kee-aa vaQi-aa-ee-aa naanak sabh kumit. 11211
Nanak says, "All other world(v achievements are badfriends." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ QQ mit QTfi::r ~ rcffi ~ tfl'3T II har Dhan sachee raas hai kinai virlai jaataa.
Gods' wealth is real capital, some ve,:v rare know.
f:rA l'fT'I.lf3' ~ fH1J ~t8tP3r II tisai paraapat bhaa-irahu jis Qay-ay .biDhaataa.
01 brother on(v he can get it, whom the Giver gives.
HO 30 iit3fa" ~ ~ -am RQ ~ II man tan bheetar ma-oli-aa har rang jan raataa.
The men of God are in the love, their mind and body have flowered from within.
~ ~ ~ Rf8' ro l:fT3T II saaDhsang gun gaa-i-aa sabh Qokhah khaataa.
By ...inging the attriblites (of God) with saints, all sorrows are eaten up.
('jT(')O mrr ~ fi::tfo ~ 1fi:T3T II~II naanak so-ee jeevi-aa jin ik pachhaataa. 11611
Nanak says, "On(v he is alive, who has realized One." 6
FJffii H: tl II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ ~ l')fQ cifo IlJillakh-rhee-aa suhaavee-aa lagrhee-aa ak kanth.
Khakhris looks nice, till they are in the embrace of ak.
OM
C
~ ~ QCft ~ ('jT(')O JJft' aifo 11'\11 birah vichhorhaa Dhanee si-o naanak sahsai ganth. 11111
B .
Once they are separated (from stem:God ), they willfragment in thousand petals. 1
U
L
~ Hfu -are Hfu fir 0' Riiffu ~ II visaaraYQay mar ga-ay mar.!IDe na sakahi mool.
C
K
If they forget, they die, but they cannot even really die.
O
~ ~ ~ 3' ~ 3Hi5(Q ~ ~ II~II vaimukh ho-ay raam tay ji-o taskar upar 5001. 11211
O
Once they turn their face from God, they are like a thief in noose. 2
B
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
urrc urrcIK
H
~ ~ If! ~ ~ ~ ~ II sukh niDhaan parabh ayk hai abhinaasee suni-aa.
The treasure ofhappiness is one Master, the known Imperishable.
~~~~
S trfa' ~ II jal thai mahee-al poori-aa ghat ghat har .!IDani-aa.
God is pervading waters, lands, nether regions, He speaks through all bodies.
~ cfur RB" ft!a RHTfo cftc CTR3l ~ II ooch neech sabh ik samaan keet hastee bani-aa.
The low and high are all same, like the ant and elephant are made.
HS FI1:fT "!:f3 8fbil FIftr mr ~ ~ II meet sakhaa sut banDhipo sabh tis Qay jani-aa.
"-
My love, my friend, my companions, my son, my relatives, all are born ofHim.
~ O'OC!' ~ fHff ~ t3fo trfa' ~ ~ 1I?IIJ;Us naanak Qayvai jis naam tin har rang mani-aa. 11711
Nanak says, "Only he enjoys God's love, whom God grants His name. " 7
FJffii H: tl II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
fl:roT wfi:i fdIoTfi:r (') ~ trfa' orW Hfo ~ II jinaa saas giraas na visrai har naamaa N man manto
Those who do notforget the mantar ofname of God, even while taking breath and morsel.
~ fl:r mrr ~ ~ Fret ~ 11'\11 Dhan se say-ee naankaa pooran so-ee santo 11111
Nanak says, "They arefortunate and on(v they are perfect saints." 1
~ 1.f(JQ ~ ~ lRC! ~ ~ II athay pahar bha-uQaa firai khaavan sanQ-rhai 5001.
He i... always wandering in search offood.
695
~ ~ ~ ~ tfT ftJE n itre ~ 1I~II...Q.ojak pa-ugaa ki-o rahai jaa chit na ho-ay rasool. 11211
How can he stay backfrom hell, as he does not remember Rasul (prophet). 2
P.320
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
f:rR' ~ ~ fi::m ~ ~ 1$ II tisai sarayvhu paraaneeho jis gai naa-o palai.
01 living, serve Him, due to whose name, you are nourished.
~~~ Jrit ('j'I'fl!is ui II aithai rahhu suhayli-aa agai naal chalai.
Be happy here, and it will accompany you hereafter.
l.IIg Urrg mr tmf err m ~ ~ II ghar banQb.hu sach Dharam kaa gad thamm ahlai.
Build a home oftrue faith, on solidpillars
c ~ ~ ;!tn ~ 5i II ot laihu naaraa-inai geen gunee-aa ihalai.
Depend upon God, He will keep you with, in profane, in sacred.
i')'I'Oiif tIa'3" ~ ~ f3'ff ~ Hi IItll naanak pakrhay charan har tis gargeh malai. 11811
Nanak says, "1 am holding Hisfeet, to have place in His court". 8

~ H: 1.1 II salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II jaachak mangai gaan deh pi-aari-aa.
The praying is begging for a chari~v, give 01 dear.
tlf(!(JiS! ~ H ~ ftr3rftpw II dayvanhaar daataar mai nit'Chitaari-aa.
God, the Giver I remember always.
~ n i1'lft ~ ~ Rrftpw II nikhut na jaa-ee mool atul bhandaari-aa.
O M
Your store is unweighable let it not exhaust.
. C
B
i')'I'Oiif ~ ))fl.I'l"!Ji!' f3fo JI! fc;rJ ~ IIClII naanak sabad apaar tin sabh kichh saari-aa. 11111
U
L
Nanak says, "Word is Infinite, It gives everything." 1
C
H: 1.1 II mehlaa S. M: 5
OK
~ ~ ~ ift'))f )ffi(j eft ~ II sikhahu sabad pi-aariho janam maran kee tayk.
01 my dear, learn the word, it is your on(v hope in life and in death.
O
tn:r ~ JW ~ i')'I'Oiif fi:oor'3 ~ II~II mukh oojal sagaa sukhee naanak simrat ayk. 11211
B
H
Nanak says, "Remember only One, yourface will radiate, you will remain ever happy. " 2
mIK
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
S
tN ffi: ~ ~ c:rfa' II othai amrit vandee-ai sukhee-aa har karnay.
There the nectar is distributed, God pleases everyone.
iJ)f & t.fflJ n ~ fa'ftr nrcft Hri' II jam kai panth na paa-ee-ah fir naahee marnay.
You will not be put on the path ofdevil, thus no death.

fID::r ~ ~ i{H ~ f:rR' (ft trri" II jis no aa+aa paraym ras tisai hee jarnay.
One who has enjoyed the nectar oflove, on(v he can bear.
r i ~ Wtr m; ~ ~ m II banee uchrahi saaDh jan ami-o chaleh iharnay.
The saints recite about the word, the spring ofthe nectar flows.
tmf ~ ~ ~)f(j ~ Q'ri" II~II paykh darsan naanak jeevi-aa man andar Dharnay. 11911
Nanak says, "1 live by seeing Him, I placed Him in my mind. " 9
~ ~ ~ ~ err ~ 0'1J II satgur poorai sayvi-ai gooktlaa kaa ho-ay naas.
I served the perfect true Guru, my sorrows are dead.
i')'I'Oiif (jTfi.r ~ CflOt!' r i ~ IIClII naanak naam araaDhi-ai kaaraj aavai raas. 11111
Nanak says, "1 adored the name, all my matters are settled." 1
696
ft:rff ~ 'RcrG ~ ~ ~ ftnrH II jis simrat sankat chhuteh anag mangal bisraam.
Remembering whom the maladies finish, happiness, bliss and rest is all there.
(')TOCf tfl.iPH JreT crftr fc'l)fl:f n ~ O'tr II~II naanakjapee-ai sagaa har nimakh na bisara-o naam. 11211
Nanak says, "Always remember God, do notforget His name evenfor a moment." 2
t$ft II pa-orhee. PAURI '
130 eft ~ fcirlw aTC!t ft::ro't crftr crftr ~ II tin kee sobhaa ki-aa ganee jinee har har laDhaa.
How their praise be measured, who havefound God.
fITQT ~ H tR B' ~ 8'QT II saaDhaa sarnee jo pavai so chhutai baDhaa.
Whoever places himself at the feet ofsaints, He, the fettered, is liberated.
~ aR' ))jll:i(')imlH iifo ~ n t!QT II gun gaavai abinaasee-ai jon gara.!m na gaDhaa.
Whoever sings the attributes ofImperishable, he will not suffer (burn) in womb, in life.
!@' ~ ~ crftr ~ !ftr JDfQT II gur .!2!1ayti-aa paarbarahm har parh bum samDhaa.
I met God through Guru, I read Him, realized Him, and sat in trance.
(')TOCf tfT'ftrnrr it tfit crftr ~ ~ 111:\0 II naanak paa-i-aa so Dhanee har agam agDhaa. 111011
Nanak says, "1 met that wealthy (God), Who is unapproachable and inaccessible". 70
~ H: tl II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ n iXa"tft ~ fRfu ~ ire II kaam na karhee aapnaa fireh avtaa lo-ay.
orre
O M
One does not go for his work, the indisciplined is wandering about in the world.
~ ~ ~ ~ II 1:\11 naanak naa-ay visaari-ai sukh kinayhaa ho-ay. 11111
C
(')l"(')'Q
.
Nanak says, "Forgetting name, who can be happy?" 1
U B
L
ftra' al1aaFc! JRRi5 H'fu tmS Q(ft ~ II bikhai ka-urh-tan sagal maahi jagat rahee laptaa-ay.
C
In everyone is poison, bitterness, it is snaring the world.
K
(')TOCf Hfo ~ Htor crftr C(T ~ II~II naanakjan veechaari-aa meethaa har kaa naa-o. 11211
t$ft II pa-orhee. PAURI

O O
Nanak says, "Whoever has given thought, God's name is found ever sweet." 2
B
re<r i'ftwc!t wq eft ft:rff B'G3' ~ II ih neesaanee saaDh kee jis bhayta! taree-ai.
H
K
This is the indentijiable ofa saint, meeting whom, one liberates.
SI
IDfiicrg *fa' n ~ Rftr ~ n ~ II jamkankar nayrh na aavee fir bahurh na maree-ai.
The devil of death will not touch, and no death again.
R ~ riWg ~ it l.fTfiJ ~ IljIDav saagar sansaar bikh so paar utree-ai.
This poisonous, terrifying ocean ofworld, will be crossed.
crftr ~ ~~ Hfo )RiIS crftr mr ~ ~ II har gun gufhu man maal har sa.!2!1 mal parharee-ai.
In mind, make a garland of God's attributes, He will remove all dirt.
(')TOCf 1JSH ~ <ro ~ ~ 111:\1:\11 naanak pareetam mil rahay paarbarahm narharee-ai. 111111
Nanak says, "They are in union with their love, God, the supreme". 11
~ H: tl II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
(')TOCf ~ H ~ ~ ft::rn crftr !OT fuf3' II naanak aa-ay say parvaan hai jin har vuthaa chit.
Nanak says, "Their birth is useful, in whose, mind God is placed.

~))j'liS ~ cifH n ~ 6a 111:\11 gaalHee al palaalee-aa kamm na aavahi mit. 11111
OJ myfriend, "Beating about the bush, serves no purpose. " 1
~ tI! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~II paarbarahm parabh garistee aa-i-aa pooran agam bismaag.
I have seen my Master supreme, so I am in complete and exalted wonder.
697
P.321
(I)T(')i5l' CJI)f ~ QQ cft3r ~!fa tm'ft!' naanak raam naam Dhan keetaa pooray gur parsaag. 11211
II~II
Nanak says, "With the grace ofperfect Guru, [could get the wealth of God's name." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ (') ~ ~ O'ftis lISftI Hfu ~ II Dhohu na chalee khasam naallab mohi vigutay.
No cheating with Master, save yourselffrom ruining in greed and worldly love.
~ crafo ~ ~ H"ftrnfr ~ II kartab karan ,bhalayri-aa mag maa+aa sutay.
Many in intoxicating sleep ofwealth, do many actions.
fatcr fatcr 1fi> ~ mr H'Gftr ~ II fir fir joon ,bhavaa-ee-an jam maarag mutay.
They are committed to cycle ofbirths and are robbed on the way to death.
a!tgr ll'ft!1l) l')fT1(C!l' ~ Jbft tr3' II keetaa paa-in aapnaa gukb. saytee jutay.
They are yoked in sorrow, and are bearing what they have done.
(I)T(')i5l' ~ ~ FlI' Jhft ~ II'\~II naanak naa-ay visaari-ai sa,bh mangee rutay. 111211
Nanak says, "forgetting name, all weathers are bad. " 72
~ ~ ~ ~ 'Rft!' II uthangi-aa bahangi-aa suvangiaa sukh so-ay.
Standing, sitting and sleeping, all are pleasing.
(I)T(')i5l' or6f ~ HQ 3Q ~ ~ 11'\11 naanak naam salaahi-ai man tan seetal ho-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Praise name, the mind and body will be cool. " 1
O M
.C
H: 1.l II mehlaa 5. M: 5
B
~ ~ ~ fR ~ cR (') aft!' II laalach ati-aa nit firai su-aarath karay na ko-ay.
U
One who always moves full in greed, does not do any good to anyone.
L
fHff ~ R (')I(')QI' f3H Hf<; ~ ~ II~II jis gur ,bhaytai naankaatis man vasi-aa so-ay. 11211
C
K
Nanak says, "But God abides in the mind ofthose who meet Guru:. 2
O
O
Ri' ~ ~ ~ OTt 6for II sabhay vastoo ka-urhee-aa sachay naa-o mit!:laa.
B
Everything else is bitter, only true name is sweet.
H
~ ~ 130 ijfQ m;t vfi:r wtft ~ II saag aa+aa tin har janaa N chakh saaDhee dit!:laa.
K
I
On(v those men of God enjoy its taste, Who, the saints have tasted.
S
~ fHff ~ Hfn ftrR JOT II paarbarahm jis Iikb.i-aa man tisai vut!:laa.
One, whom God has blessed with it, in their mind He places Himself.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i!O" II ik niranjan ray rahi-aa bhaa-o guyaa kut!:laa.
One alone, God is pervading, love for all other gods is no more.
CJfcJ ~ JM RflJ iR 1{f ~ ~ IIClSII har naanak mangai jorh kar parabh gayvai tutl1aa. 111311
Nanak says, "[ begfrom God with folded hands, Master gives when pleased." 13
~ H: 1.l II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ FIT JrI9 it ~ m II jaachrhee saa saar jo jaachangee haykrho.
'Best begging is one, in which one begs for One.
~ ftp,fr ~ (')'I"(')Or ~ ~ II CUI gaalHee bi-aa vikaar naanak Dhanee vihoonee-aa. 11111
Nanak says, "Except about God, all other talks are all evil." 1
H: 1.l II mehlaa 5. M: 5
<'ftfu fR ~ Hg 1.lFI ~ M II neehi je viDhaa man pachhaanoo virlo thi~o.
Tltm.e are very few, who know that their mind is pierced in His love.
it~ ~ (I)T(')i5l' 1.lTQ! 1.ltR II~II jorhanhaaraa sant naanak paaDhar paDhro. 11211
Nanak says, "The saints get to unite, all their ways are straight. " 2
698
mft ~ ~ ~ ~ II so-ee sayvihu jee-arhay daataa bakhsind.
01 my mind, remember that God, who is forgiving.
~ RS ftrmJ m7> fJDfQ3' ciiN'~ II kilvikh sabh binaas hon simrat govind.
Remembering Him all sins are vanished.
fJfo ~ R1'9' ~ itl.iPK ~ IIhar maarag saaDhoo dasi-aa japee-ai gurmant.
Saint has told the way for God, let us repeat the mantar ofGuru.
){l'ftmfr ~ RS ~ fJfo H'fn ~ II maa-i-aa su-aad saQh fiki-aa har man bhaavand.
Once mind pleases with (jod, all tastes ofworldliness become tasteless,
1tPwfi:!' (')T(')Cif ~ fi:Ifo ft!'3t ~ 11"\911 Dhi-aa-ay naanak parmaysrai jin ditee jind. 111411
Nanak says, "Remember God, who has given life". 14
~ ~ ~ O'H oft if lihl it ~I vat lagee sachay naam kee jo beejay so khaa-ay.
The soil is ready to sow the name of True, what you sow, so shall you reap (eat).
*
f:mftr ~ 0'7)C5(l' fi:n:r ~)tfTft:r 11"\11 tiseh paraapat naankaa jis no Iikhi-aa aa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "He alone will get, for whomJt is preordained". 1
~ 3' ~ ~ fHtr ~ ~ ))fTfi.r II mangnaa ta sach ik jis tus dayvai aap.
~lyou have to beg, beg for one True, whom He Himself gives you.
O M
. C
~ l:(TQ HQ ~ (')T(')Cif WftJlJ ~ 11=211 jit khaaDhai man taripat-ee-ai naanak saahib daat. 11211
B
Nanak says, "It is the Master's gift for eating, which satisfies mind. " 2
U
L
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
arm
C
~ HaT Hfu H 1:fGfu fifo fJfo QQ It laahaa jag meh say khateh jin har Dhan raas.
OK
On(v they earn profit in the world, whose capital is God's wealth.
~ ~ (') ~ ~ ;:ft ~ lI...Qutee-aa Qhaa-o na jaannee sachay dee aas.
B O
They do not care for other's love, their hope is on(v True.
~ ~ ~ ~ RB' ~ II nihchal ayk sarayvi-aa hor sabh vinaas.
KH
I serve on(v One stable, everything else is perishable.
SI
~ fila' ~ f3B' ~ WE II paarbarahm jis visrai tis birthaa saas.
One who forgets God, His breathing goes waste.
cffo wre ffi') a1l:Pw (')T(')Cif 8fl!is ifTB' 11"\1.111 kanth laa-ay jan rakhi-aa naanak bal jaas. 111511
Nanak says, "/ sacrifice myselffor One, who keeps me in His embrace." 15
~ ~ ~ ~ JJft:r B"B"fu II paarbarahm furmaa-i-aa meehu vut!:laa sahj suQhaa-ay.
God ordered and it started raining, in ease.
~ ~ ~ ~ fipDft ertft f3t.rf3 ~ II ann Dhan bahut upji-aa parithmee rajee tipat aghaa-ay.
A lot ofgrains and wealth are produced, the world (people) eat to their satisfaction.
JRT JRT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II sadaa sadaa gun uchrai dukh daalad ga-i-aa bilaa-ay.
Ever and ever recite the attributes, (of God), the sorrows, the poverty will run crying.
~ ~ ~ ~ f3H ~ II poorab Iikhi-aa paa-i-aa mili-aa tisai rajaa-ay.
The preordained has begotten, by one, for whom He wills.
1.fO'H1::IftJ ~ (')T(')Cif ft:rR ftp,rrft!' 11"\11 parmaysar jeevaali-aa naanak tisai Dhi-aa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "God has given life, remember Him." 1
699
P.322
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II jeevan pag nirbaan iko simree-ai.
The status of living in emancipation is on(v in remembering One.
~ orc:ft wft!' ftitfn ftrft:r ~ IIjfoojee naahee jaa-ay kin biDh Qheeree-ai.
There is no other place, how to be satisfied?
f!Jor AI' JfRrg ~ n ()T)f ftrg II dithaa sa.bh sansaar su.!sh na naam bin.
I have seen all the world, nowhere is happiness without name.
3Q 'QQ fu:fi ~ fIIi cl'ft!' RQ IIjan Dhan hosee chhaar jaanai ko-ay jan.
On(v ve,:vfew men ofGod know, that the body, the wealth will be in dust.
&r ~ IDI 8'ft!' ftir ~ tJI"iPHr II rang reap ras baag ke karahi paraanee-aa.
The pleasure, the charm, the rejoicing, all go waste. What the living, are you doing?
fi:nJ ~ ~ f3lJ em nc:ft ~ II jis .bhulaa-ay aap tis kal nahee jaanee-aa.
Whom He gets to stray, he does not know His ways,
& rl" ~ mJl' ~ II rang ratay nirbaan sachaa gaavhee.
Those who are in love with God, are emancipated, they sing of True.
(')'T'(')Cr ~ ~ H ~ ~ II~II naanak saran gu-aar jay tuDh Q!1aavhee. 11211
Nanak says, "1 am at your door, now deal as you wish. " 2
M
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
n
O
~ ~ n f3q ~ if (1flf ~ II jaman maran na tin H ka-o jo har larh laagay.
. C
Those who live by God are notfor birth and death.
B
tfR3' Jl ~ ~ (1flf cfta'sfn wit II jeevat say parvaan ho-ay har keertan jaagay.
U
While living they are accepted, as they are awake in the congregation ofsaints.
L
~ fi:ro ~ mft ~ II saaQhsang jin paa-i-aa say-ee vad.bhaagay.
C
K
On(v they are lucky, who meet Him in the congregation ofsaints.
C'iT1E ~ fiRr ~
O
em' QTi II naa-ay visri-ai Dharig jeevnaa tootay kach Dhaagay.
O
Forgetting name, life is a curse, it breaks like afragUe thread.
B
(')'T'(')Cr gf3" yol3' WQ' tvSl:I' ifG ~ IICl~1I naanak Dhoorn puneet saaQh lakh kat piraagay. 111611
H
Nanak says, "Feet-dust ofsaint is purer than lacs and crores ofbaths at sacredplaces." 16
K
I
~ )of: tI II salak mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
S
Ilf.!" ~ 1:r.J Q30 ~ (1flf 1pr ~ Hfo ~ II
Dharan suvannee kharh ratan jar!:laavee har paraym purakh man vuthaa.
The earth looks beautiful as ifstudded with the grass ofgems, only ifthe love ofGod is placed in
mind.
RB"Cfli{~litS'~~~~IIClII sa.bhay kaajsuhaylrhaythee-aygurnaanaksatgurtuthaa.11111
Nanak says, "lfGod is graceful, all my matters are settled welL " 17
)of: tI II mehlaa 5. M: 5
~ ~ ;;ro ft!w fRlS tmI3' ~ II firgee firgee gah gisaa jal parbat banraa-ay.
The kite is flying in ten directions, over waters, mountains, forests,
ft:It f!Jor fi.re3i ~ aftn5t ~ II~II jithai dithaa mirtako iI bahithee aa-ay. 11211
where it finds a dead one, there it alights and sits. " 2
fi:rff J=I'GlJ EJl:fl' ~ ~ Jl R! ~ II jis sarab su.!shaa fallorhee-ah so sach kamaava-o.
If desiring for the fruits ofall happiness, then earn the truth.
~ ~ ~ reg (')'1j ~ II nayrhai gaykh-a-u paarbarahm ik naam Dhi-aava-o.
See God near and remember One (His) name,
700
~ mR'? clt ~ <JflJ Jffar ~ II ho-ay sagal kee raynukaa har sang samaava-o.
Be the feet-dust of all and merge in God.
~ 0 ~ ftm ~ llftJ fAt urflJ ~ II gookh na gay-ee kisai jee-a pat si-o ghar jaava-o.
Do not trouble anyone, go home with honour.
~ yoB ara:rr ~ (')I'(')Cf ~ IICC>II patit puneet kartaa purakh naanak sunaava-o. 111711
Nanak says, "Listen, the Creator is liberator ofthe declined." 17
iCJT H: ~ II salok gohaa mehlaa 5. SALOK DOHA M: 5
~ ft:I'Rl'ifQ H cih2fr Jf8 ac! FOOl! II ayk je saajan mai kee-aa sarab kalaa samrath.
One, I have love with, is all powerful.
~ mi'QT ~ <JflJ HO 3'0 Jieit ~ IIC\II jee-o hamaaraa khannee-ai har man tan sang-rhee vath. 11111
God is everything for my mind and body, I cut and sacrifice myselffor Him.
H: t.I II mehlaa 5. M: 5
;l ~ arofu ~ ~ n iF ~ II jay kar gaheh pi-aarrhay tuDh na chhodaa mooI.
01 my love, ~fyou hold me in your hand, I will never leave you.
<JflJ fifo R ~ uafc:r ~ ci lJft's II~II har chhodan say gurjanaa parheh gojak kai 5001. 11211
Those who leave God are the wicked, they are thrown in torturing hell. 2
trt!3t II pa-orhee. PAURI
OM
Fffif fnqrc; uffir ftm' ~ <JflJ ri 'ff ~ II sabh niDhaan ghar jis gai har karay so hovai.
All treasures are in whose home, what that God does that will happen.
.C
i'I'fu' i'I'fu' tftm Ji3' iI(') lPt/T ~ ~ II jap jap jeeveh sant jan paapaa mal Qhovai.
01 saints, live by remembering God, wash the dirt ofsins.
U B
L
tI'OO Cit)RlS fu'<re ~ Here 'Rft1 iR II charan kamal hirgai vaseh sankat sabh khovai.
C
Have lotus-feet in heart, get rid ofall troubles.
O K
t@ ~ fu'ff ~ ~ ROfi.r 0 ~ II gur pooraa jis bhaytee-ai mar janam na rovai.
One who has met perfect Guru, will not weep in birth and death.
O
tIW~fi.mrJf(')l'(')CfurB~Cffa'~ IIC\~II parabhgaras pi-aasnaanakghanee kirpaa kargayvai.111811
B
H
"The thirst ofseeing God is intense, be kind and let me see", says Nanak. 12
K
~ H: t.I II salok dakh-naa mehlaa 5. SALOK DAKHNA M: 5
S
'Rt ~ ~ W ~ ~ ~ II .bb.oree bharam vaniaa-ay piree muhabat hik too.
Shed even the slightest doubt, and love only One loving.
~ ft ;::rrf8' ~ ~ ~ IIC\II jithahu vaniai jaa-ay tithaa-oo ma-ujoog so-avo 11111
Wherever you go, there He is present. 1
H: t.I II mehlaa 5. M: 5
m ci ~ ~ l.aftr ~ ~ ~ II charh kai ghorh-rhai kungay pakrheh khoondee gee khaydaaree.
The players ofball and stick, ride horse and play polo.
c:Tw 'R3t ~ ~ ~ ift ~ II~II hansaa saytee chit ulaaseh kukarh gee odaaree. 11211
F(ving like a cock, they are pleased to have swans in mind. 2
trt!3t II pa-orhee. PAURI
~ ~ <JflJ ~ at R ~ flar II rasnaa uchrai har sarvanee sunai so uDhrai mitaa.
01 my friend, those with tongue reciting God, and with ears listening His name, liberate.
<JflJ iI1j ~ wfu ~ R <J"R3' ~ II har jas likheh laa-ay Qhaavnee say hasat pavitaa.
Those hands are pure, which write of God's praise with love.
))fOFIfis ~ H'ffi'iT 'Rft1 yo afo b II athsath tirath majnaa sabh punn tin kitaa.
All that such persons do is like giving charity, more than bath in sixty eight sacred waters.
Rwo waKr 3' ~ ftrfi:pw ~ ftar II sansaar saagar tay uDhray bikhi-aa garh jitaa.
701
They get across the ocean ofworld, and conquer thefort ofpoison.
,P.323
wre
l')'IO'Cf ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II'\~II naanak larh laa-ay uDhaari-an ga-yu sayv amitaa. 111911
Nanak says, "Those depending upon Him are liberated, the service of God is matchless. " 18
~ ){g 1I II salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ ftJB 0" ~ Uri II DhanDh-rhay kulaah chit na aavai haykrho.
One is living in all sort ofuseless ties.
l')'IO'Cf mft 30 ~ fi:InT JNft ~ 11'\11 naanak say-ee tann futann jinaa saaN-ee visrai. 11111
"Such bodies just burst, as they forget Master" says Nanak. 1
){g 1I II mehlaa S. M: 5
~ oit3g ~ f3'fn aaadia II paravtahu keeton gayvtaa tin karnaihaaray.

The Creator can transform devil into divine, He is one to do.
RB' fi:Il:r ~ tIfB' Cl'iI' JR'i II saJ2hay sikh ubaari-an paraJ2h kaaj savaaray.
All Sikhs are liberated, since Master settles their matters.
ffit:cf trcffiJ ~ ~ ~ II ningak pakarh pachhaarhi-an i!J.oothay garbaaray.
17te back-biters are caught and thrown into the court with liars.
l')'IO'Cf C(I' tI! ~ ~ ~ wft:r JR'i II~II naanak kaa parabh vadaa hai aap saaj savaaray. 11211
M
Nanak says, "My God is supreme, He Himselfcreates and Himselffashions." 2
O
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
. C
If! ~ fcr ~ orfu JI1' f3H anr II paraQh bay-ant kichh ant naahi sabh tisai karnaa.
B
God is beyond end, no end, He is to create everything.
U
~ ~ wfui ;::ftl,rt C(I' ~ II agam agochar saahibo jee-aa Nkaa parnaa.
L
C
Master i... inaccessible, unapproachable, the life ofall that is created.
K
<:J"f8 ~ ~ ~ ~ anr II hasat gay-ay partipaalgaa J2haran pokhan karnaa.
O
He nourishes by giving His hands, Hefeeds andfills.
O
~~~iIf4JW~1I
H B
miharvaan bakhsing aap jap sachay tarnaa.
He Himself is kind,forgiving, liberation is by remembering Him, True.
K
SI
it ~ ~ R5W l')'IO'Cf t!"'R' RnT 1I~01l jo tuDh Qhaavai so Qhalaa naanak gaas sarnaa. 112011
Nanak says, "Whatever you like is good, the servant is in you refuge. " 20
~ ){g 1I II salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
f:ior !1:f 0" C(I' a<ft fi:rJ:r ~ If! ~ 'ftft!' II tinnaa bhukh na kaa rahee jis daa parabh hai so-avo
They are not anymore hungry, their Master is God.
l')'IO'Cf ~ ~ ~ Hi ifi! 11'\11 naanak charnee lagi-aa uDhrai saQho ko-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "By being at Hisfeet, all are liberated." 1
){g 1I II mehlaa S. M: 5
~ HaT fo3' ~ RTfu! era- ~ II jaachik mangai nit naam saahib karay kabool.
Tlte beggar ever begs for name, ifMaster favours.
~ ~ iIiDfIQ f3'Rfu!1:f 0" ~ II~II naanak parmaysar jajmaan tiseh J2hukh na mool. 11211
Nanak says, "One whose host is God, He is not hungry anymore. " 2
Hg d3T iBM? Jim J@ iHg it3' II man rataa goving sang sach Qhojan jorhay.
My.mind is in love of God, it collectsfood oftruth.
tilf3' ~ ijfu O'>f fJ:It 8' c:JJEt ue II pareet lagee har naam 5i-o ay hastee ghorhay.
My love is with the name of God. This is my elephant, my horse,.
702
<JTiJ ~ ~ ur.!t fQlWft!' ~ n H3" II raaj milakh khusee-aa ghanee Dhi-aa-ay mukh na morhay.
There are kingdoms, lands, enough pleasures, but remembering name turns hisfacefrom them.
~~ lIB' HRr ~ ere n a II dhaadhee gar parabh mangnaa gar kagay na chhorhay.
Bard is to beg at His door, begs never to leave him.
(')'1"OOl' Hf6 '3fo ~ ~ 175'3" lIB' ~ ~ 1I~9.II"\1I ~ ~
naanak man tan chaa-o ayhu nit parabh ka-o lorhay. 112111111 suDh keechay
Nanak says, "The pleasure ofmy mind and body is, that it ever seeks for Master." 21. 1 (sudh
keeche)
~ ~ B'iIJ3T eft 8"it raag ga-orhee bhagtaa Nkee banee RAG GAURI The bani ofBhagts.
,,\r'Hfu' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satnaam kartaa purakh gur prsaag.
God is one, True is (His) name, (He is) creating person, realized by the grace of Guru.
a-
~ ~ Jjt ~ tftt ~ "\B II ga-orhee gu-aarayree saree kabeer jee-o kay cha-upgay 14.
Gauri Gaurari SRI KABIR JEO KI CHAUPADI. 14
))IS Hfu iRla ~ ~ 1..f1ft:mfr II ab mohi jalat raam jal paa+aa.
While in heat, now I have got the water of God.

~ ~ 3Q iRla ~ 11"\11 ~ II raam ugak tan jalat bujhaa+aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
The water of name, has quenched the heat ofmy body. 1(pause)
Hij ~ ~ 80" iI'lfuK II man maaran kaaran ban jaa-ee-ai.
We go to forest to discipline mind.
O M
Jl ~ f8Q ~ n ~ 11"\11 so jal bin bhagvant na paa-ee-ai. 11111
. C
That water we do not get, from anyone other than God. 1
fi:ru tR'Cr B'fa" OQ ~ ~ II jih paavak sur nar hai jaaray.
U B
The.tire that burns, men and gods.
C L11211
K
~~ tfC') iRla ~ II~II raam ugakjan jalat ubaaray.
God's water saves the burning ones. 2
O O
R J=ITaIQ Hlf J=ITaIQ weft II Qhav saagar sukh saagar maahee.
em im ~ nrcft lIall
H B
In the dreadful world (ocean), there is a water (ocean) ofpeace,
K
~ peev rahay jal nikhutat naahee. 11311
SI
All are drinking, it does not exhaust. 3
crfu cr8ta' BtJ ~ II kahi kabeer bhaj saringpaanee.
Kabir says, "Remember God,
~ ~ Kat flnfr ~ IIBII"\II raam ugak mayree tikhaa bujhaanee. 11411111
The water of God, quenches my thirst. " 4.1
aft Cl'lfur tft II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI KI
~ im eft llMrR n iI'ft!' II maaDha-o jal kee pi-aas na jaa-ay.
01 God, the thirstfor water is not leaving.
im Hfu ~ ~ ~ 11"\11 ~ II jal meh agan uthee aDhikaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
The.tire in water is uprising more. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ~ im ~ litQ II tooNjalniQh ha-o jal kaa meen.
You are the treasure ofwater, I am a fish in water.
im Hfu ~ msfu f8Q ~ 119.11 jal meh raha-o jaleh bin kheen. 11111
I live in water, am dying without it. J
~ ~ ~ ~ 3Q IIJ;OON pinjar ha-o soo-ataa tor.
You are a cage, I am your parrot,
Htr ~ C{()'T d Ho II~II jam manjaar kahaa karai mor. 11211
703
what the cat ofdeath can do to me ? 2
1 ~ ~ tNt JWfu II tooNtarvar ha-o pankhee aahi.
You are a tree, I am a bird there on,
~ ~ ~ orfu II~ II mang-Jmaagee tayro garsan naahi. 11311
unlucki(v, I have not seen you. 3
P.324
1 ~ ~ ~ 9w II tooN satgur ha-o na-utan chaylaa. .
You are a true Guru, I am your new disciple.
afu iillfta ~ l'JB eft iw i1811:)11 kahi kabeer mil ant kee baylaa. /14/12/1
Kabir says, "Please meet me at my ending time. " 4.2
~ iillfta tft II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI KI
tnT (J){ ~ ~ crftr ~ II jab ham ayko ayk kar jaani-aa.
When I trusted one and one God,
:nr imr ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 tab logah kaahay gukh maani-aa. 11111
Then why the people are unhappy? 1
(J){ ))f1ffiJ ~ trl3 ~ II ham aptah apunee pat Jillo-ee.
Me, the dishonoured, have lost my honour.
Do not get into my foot-steps. 1 (pause)

O M
mro- ~ ~ Hftr cnft 11911 ~ II hamrai khoj parahu mat ko-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
(J){ JR >re )fO ~ II ham mangay mangay man maahee.
. C
I am bad, in bad mind.
U B
~ lJ1E ~ fl::It C'i"'iJt 11:)11 saaih paat kaahoo si-o naahee. 11211
I don't ...hare my honour with anyone. 2
C L
K
trl3' ~ '3'" eft <'Kit ~ II pat apat taa kee nahee laaj.
I do not care for honour or dishonour.
O O
:nr~tnT~~ II~II tab jaanhugay jab ughraigo paaj. 11311
B
You will know only, when the secrets shall open. 3
H
K
~ iillfta trl3 CJflJ ~ II kaho kabeer pat har parvaan.
SI
Kabir says, "Honoured if accepted by God,
R'alI' ~ iJ!J ~ ~ 11811all sarab ti-aag J2haj kayval raam. 11411311
Leave everything and remember on(v God. " 4.3
~ c:nita' tit II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAUR! KABIR JI KI
nm> ffi:r H ~ ~ II nagan firatjou paa-ee-ai jog.
If by roaming naked,one can get yog (meditation).
80 C5l'" fi.faw ~ RJ ~ 11'\11 ban kaa mirag mukat saJ2h hog. 11111
All deers (animals) in the forest, should get liberated. 1
fcmrr orit ~ 8'1l ~ II ki-aa naagay ki-aa baaDhay chaam.
Where is the difference whether one moves naked or wears skin.
tnT C'>Cft ;ftofH ~ ~ 11911 ~ II ja~ nahee cheenas aatam raam. 11111 rahaa-o.
When one does not realize God in mind. 1 (pause)
~ ~R H fi:Iftf ~ II mood mundaa-ay jou siDh paa-ee.
If one, by shaving head, gets perfection.
~ e ('j m:ft>w qrlft 11:)11 muktee J2hayd na ga-ee-aa kaa-ee. 11211
Then why no sheep is liberated? 2
~ arfl:f it ~ iJ'l'lft II bing raakh jou taree-ai .!2.!laa-ee.
704
01 my brother, if one liberates by retaining semen,
~ ~ 0' tmf iIf:r ~ lIall khusrai ki-o na param gat paa-ee. 11311
How an eunuch do not liberate? 3
~ ~ ~ OG i1'lft II kaho kabeer sunhu nar bhaa-ee.
Kabir says, "01 my men brothers, listen,
QT}f ('jT)f ftIQ fc;rfn iIf:r ~ 119119 II raam naam bin kin gat paa-ee. 11411411
No one can liberate without the name ofGod". 4.4

~ cnftG ift II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
~ 1f3' ~ ~ II sanDhi-aa paraat isnaan karaahee.
If one takes bath in the morning and evening.
ffif ri' ~ l.l"O't )fI"ijt 11911 ji-o bha-ay gaagur paanee maahee. 11111
It is like a frog in water. 1
~ il" QT}f QT}f ~ O'\ft II ja-o pai raam raam rat naahee.
Those who do not remember the name of God with love,
3' Jtftr treH Q'1fu cl wc:ft 11911 ~ II tay sabh Dharam raa-ay kai jaahee. 11111 rahaa-o.
They all shall go to hell in the rule ofthe judge offaith 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kaa+aa rat baho roop rachaahee.
M
The love for body takes many forms.
130 af ~ ~!It O'\ft II~II tin ka-o ga+aa supnai Qhee naahee. 11211
C O
.
Those in it do not take mercy even in dream. 2
~ ~ orofu ~ ~ II chaar charan kaheh baho aagar.
U B
L
Many ofwise tell that, such people are like thefour legged ones (animals).
C
~ ~ 1Rfu arfl!is WiJI'Q lIall saaDhoo sukh paavahi kal saagar. 11311
K
In this dark ocean, on(v saints can be happy. 3
O
~ ~ ~ cri!' ~ II kaho kabeer baho kaa-ay kareejai.
Kabir says, "Why to do so much,
B O
JmIlJ e)f(JT QlJ tftH 11911l.111 sarbas chhod mahaa ras peejai. 11411511
K H
leave all ofthat, and drink the nectar ofGod. " 4.5
S I
~ tft ~ II kabeer jee ga-orhee. KABIR JI GAURI
~ HY fcpw 3Y fcpw lJ3' ~ II ki-aa jap ki-aa taP ki-aa barat poojaa.
Where is the use ofremembering, meditating or worshipping,
fIT cl fire ~ ~ iii'" 11911 jaa kai rigai bhaa-o hai goojaa. 11111
~f one has in mind love for other. 1
ijo tIO HQ ~ fi:It ~ II ray jan man maaDha-o si-o laa-ee-ai.
01 men of God, give your mind to God,
~ 0' ~ ~ II ~ II chaturaa-ee na chaturQhuj paa-ee-ai. rahaa-o.
Smartness cannot get you to Him. 1 (pause)
1.RI'CJ'! i ~ ~ II parhar loQh ar lokaachaar.
Leave, greed and pretension,
1.RI'CJ'! ~ ig ~ II~II parhar kaam kroDh ahaNkaar. 11211
Leave, cupidi(v, anger and ego. 2
CJ){ ea 1N ~ II karam karat baDhay ahaNmayv.
Doing deeds you are bound in ego.

~ tPlrcI' eft crcrc:ft ~ lIall mil paathar kee karhee sayv. 11311
And getting together you worship stone
705
~ c;nftQ nf3 iltW ~ IIkaho kabeer Qhagat kar paa-i-aa.
Kabir says, "Be in devotion and get Him.
~ iJl'ft!' tim ~ 11911~1I Qholay Qhaa-ay milay raghuraa-i-aa. 11411611
God gets to meet those in innocence. " 4.6
~ c;nftQ tit II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
ara!1' ~ Hfu ~ o(ft w3t II garaJID: vaas meh kul nahee jaatee.
When in womb, the lineage is never in question,
~ ~ ~ RB' ~ 11911 barahm bingtay saQh utpaatee. 11111
All are born of God's semen. 1
~ ~ ~ 8')fc') cnf il ~ II kaho ray pandit baaman kab kay ho-ay.
Tell 01 Pandit, since when you are a Brahman?
8')fc') afu ~ ROl:!' H'3' lre 11911 ~ II baaman kahi kahi janam mat kho-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Saying Bamon (Brahman), again and again, do not waste life. 1 (pause)
H1 ~ ~ wfu10Hr II jou tooN baraahman barahmanee jaa-i-aa.
If you are Brahman, born ofa Brahmani (Female ofBrahman),
~ ))flO 8"2' ~ o(ft ~ II~II ta-o aan baat kaahay nahee aa-i-aa. 11211
Why you are not born through another way. 2
M
~ C{3' ~ ij'){ C{3' ~ II tum kat baraahman ham kat sooQ.
How you are Brahman, and I am a sood (low caste).
C O
.
ij'){ C{3' ~ ~ C{3' ill liS II ham kat lohoo tum kat gooDh. 11311
How I am blood and you are milk? 3
~ mfur it ~ ~ II kaho kabeer jo barahm beechaarai.
U B
Kabir says, "One who ponders over Brahma.
"9""" C L
K
Ft ~ ~ ~ mri' so baraahman kahee-at hai hamaarai. 11411711
O
For me he is called a Brahman. " 4. 7
P.325
~ c;nftQ
B O
tit II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
~
K H
B1l:f iiT8ftr (') mft ~ II anDhkaar sukh kabeh na so-ee hai.
m
QT'fIT ~ ~ fi.Ifi!7;
S I
In darkness (of mind) none can sleep happily,
~ 11911 raajaa rank go-oo mil ro-ee hai. 11111
The king and beggar both weep together.
Ht 1l" G"R?)T ~ (') C(fui II ja-o pai rasnaa raam na kahibo.
One whose tongue does not recite God,
~ ~ m CJftJi 11911 ~ II upjat binsat rovat rahibo. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remains weeping in life and death both. 1 (pause)
tm' ~ ~ cit ~ II jas gaykhee-ai tarvar kee chhaa-i-aa.
Like the shade oftree,
tpO R" ~ err cit ~ II~II paraan ga-ay kaho.-kaa kee maa-i-aa. 11211
alter death, tell whose wealth is it ? 2
tm'ti3t Hfu ~ JDfTOT II jas jantee meh jee-o samaanaa.
As life is vibrating alike in all living.
~ ~ i? crcJ ifIOT IISII moo-ay maram ko kaa kar jaanaa. 11311
This way how one can know the secret ofdeath. 2
<iW ~ ~ R(ft'a' II hansaasarvar kaal sareer.
Swan is in pool, death is in body.
706
QIH ~ ~ ~ ~ 11911tll raam rasaa-in pee-o ray kabeer. 11411811
Of Kabir, drink the nectar ofGoti. 4.8
~ ~ mII ga-orbee kabeer jee. GAUR! KABIR JI
ffi3' cit wf3" wftJ cit H3t II jot kee jaat jaat kee jotee.
The light is in person, and person is in light
~ n ~ D j >at IIC\II tit laagay kanchoo-aa fal motee. 11111
The fruits ofglass and pearl, they bear, appear same. 1
~ '8' urg H ~ ~ II kavan so ghar jo nirbha-o kahee-ai.
Which home (body) can be calledfearless one,
~ riJ wre lHi iJre ~ IIC\II ~ IljIDa-o bhaj jaa-ay a.b!:lai ho-ay rahee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Let the fear go and we live fearlessly. 1 (pause)
3fc 3taftr crot HQ ~ II tat tirath nahee man patee-aa-ay.
Mind does not satisfy on the bank ofriver,
ero))fU'Qem ~ II~II chaar achaar rahay urjhaa-ay. 11211
17,e consideration ofgood and bad deeds keep the mind in baffled state. 2
t.r'l.I' yo ~ ~ FI)flO II paap punn gu-ay ayk samaan.
The vice and virtue both are alike.
M
fot:J urftJ 1.(IQff 3HV ~!WO II~II nij ghar paaras tajahu gun aan. 11311
O
Have touch-stone (God) in mind and leave other virtues. 3
C
~ ~ (')I}f 0 Wff II kabeer nirgun naam na ros.
B .
Kabir says, "Do not protest and be away from the name of God, beyond gunnas
U
fu1J ~ lJftJ ~ ~ 11911~1I is parchaa-ay parach rahu ays. 11411911
Keep yourselfinterested in this interest." 4.9
C L
K
~ ~ ift II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAUR! KABIR JI
O
H tffi tJfHf3' tmIQ iI'7)T II jo jan parmit parman jaanaa.
O
One who claims that he knows the unknown, unseen,
B
l;J'I"3i') tit ~ FDfTOT IIC\II baatan hee baikunt!:l samaanaa. 11111
H
In mere talk, he lives in fOt'JI's paradises. 1
K
SI
(')T iI'7)T ~i5 QijT tit II naa jaanaa baikunt!:l kahaa hee.
None knows where the paradise is,

tI"'Q tI"'Q FIfe cmfu :ror tit IIC\II ~ II jaan jaan sa.b!:l kaheh tahaa hee. 11111 rahaa-o.
But everyone says that he knows. 1 (pause)
<iron ~ C'ro ~ ~ II kahan kahaavan nah patee-a-ee hai.
The mind is not contented by saying or telling,
~ HQ ~ tv 3' utH;:nft ~ II~II ta-o man maanai jaa tay ha-umai ja-ee haL 11211
The mind is accepted only when its ego goes. 2
H8 ~ Hfi; ~ cit ~ II jab lag man baikunt!:l kee aas.
Till the mind is harping on the hope for paradise.
~ ~ afu ntft ~ ~ II~II tab lag ho-ay nahee charan nivaas. 11311
Till then he cannot live at His feet. 3
~ mfto ft!u ~ ct'fu II kaho kabeer ih kahee-ai kaahi.
Kabir says, "Whom to tell this, that
A'QAalfd~~ 11911C\01l saaDhsangatbaikunt!:layaahLl14111011
the paradise is in the congregation ofsaints. "4.10
~ ~ ift II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA UR! KABIR JI
707
~ f6tftl ~ ~ II upjai nipjai nipaj samaa-ee.
One i.<; born, brought up and bows out to merge in death.
~ m ~ ~ iI'lft II~II nainah gaykhat ih jag jaa-ee. 11111
I am seeing it with my eyes that the world, is passing away. 1
~ 0' ~ ~ U@ jRr II laaj na marahu kahhu ghar mayraa.
One does not feel shy saying 'this is my house'.
f3 eft arQ crot iSf 3Qr II~II ~ II ant kee baar nahee kachh tayraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Nothing is yours when you end up. 1 (pause)
rfoa' iBO afa' ~ ~ II anik jatan kar kaa-i-aa paalee.
With many efforts one nourishes body,
~ arQ ~ Jffirr ~ II:JII martee baar agan sang jaalee. 11211
when dies it is burnt in fire. 2
;Pw ~ ~ iinr II cho-aa changan margan angaa.
The essence ofsandal, men use on body-parts,
R 3Q ~ a"O cl JRrr lIall so tan jalai kaath kai sangaa. 11311
that body burns with wood. 3
~ cnftcr ~ it ~ II kaho kabeer sunhu ray gunee-aa.
M
01 wise, Kabir says and you listen.
O
ftrcr5'RjJ gy ~ mr ~ IIQII~~II binsaigo roop gaykhai saQhgunee-aa. 114111111
C
The beau~v will end, the whole world will see. 4.11
~ cnftcr Rt II ga-orhee kabeer jee.
B .
U
gauri kabir ji
~ ~ ~ cram II avar moo-ay ki-aa sog kareejai.
C L
K
Why to mourn other's death,
3f cftA At ))fT1lO tim II~II ta-o keejai ja-o aapan jeejai. 11111
whatever you do, do for your living. 1
O O
B
H 0' ~ Hfai ~ II mai na mara-o maribo sansaaraa.
H
I will not die, let the whole world die,
K
SI
))flf Hfu fHftN ~ ;:ftJ,j14@()ijid l II~II ~ II ab mohi mili-o hai jee-aavanhaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
now I have met the Giver oflife. 1 (Pause)

~ ~ 1.(d'm5 ~ II i-aa gayhee parmal mahkangaa.
When one perfumes body with sandal-fragrance,
'3T Eflf ftn::Ia- ~ II:JII taa sukh bisray parmaanangaa. 11211
then heforgets the bliss of God. 2
~ ~ thJ ~ II koo-ataa ayk panch panihaaree.
There is one well andfive water-carriers.
tllS'ff R Hftr ~ lIall tootee laaj bharai mat haaree. 11311
The foolish are drawing water, even with breaking rope. 3
~ cnftcr rear !ftr ~ II kaho kabeer ik buDh beechaaree.
Kabir says, "One well thought point,
or fg ~ or ~ IIQII~:JII naa oh koo-ataa naa panihaaree. 114111211
neith~r there will remain well nor water-carriers. " 4.12
~ ar8hJ iU II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
~ ihrH cftc ~ II asthaavar jangam keet patangaa.
The movable and immovable, insects and moths,
708
~ iIOH citS' ~ ciaJr IIClII anik janam kee-ay baho rangaa. 11111
in many births, they get many forms. 1
P.326
~ ttra' mi ~ awS' II aisay ghar ham bahut basaa-ay.
I did set up many such homes,
HlJ mi ~ alB ~ ~ II ClII ~ II jab ham raam garabh ho-ay aa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ God, before I entered my mother's womb. 1 (pause)
;:mt ;:r3t 3lJt ~ II jogee jatee tapee barahamchaaree.
There are yogi '.'I, meditators, celibates,
~ QI'fIT ~ ~ ~ 11:)11 kabhoo raajaa chhatarpat kabhoo Qhaykhaaree. 11211
Some times, the king wearing crown, some times just beggars. 2
~ HGfu Jf3 Rftr i:fNftJ II saakat mareh sant sabh jeeveh.
Non-believing die, all saints live,
~ ~ G'JIOT tlRfu II~II raam rasaa-in rasnaa peeveh. 11311
with their tongue, they drink the nectar of God. 3
~ alffir 1.fB' ~ cftR II kaho kabeer paraQh kirpaa keejai.
Kabir says, "01 Master be kind,
U'ft:r ~ ~ lW ~ 11811Cl~1I haar paray ab pooraa geejai. 114111311
M
=
O
defeated I am, at your feet, give me your love. " 4.13
C
~ CifIflQ ;:it eft C'>'ftIs ~ ~ H'CJW tI II ga-orhee kabeer jee kee naal ralaa-ay Iikhi-aa mehlaa 5.
GA URI KABIR JI KI Along with hymns ofM: 5
B .
U
~ ~ ~ cr8ta' II aiso achraj gaykhi-o kabeer.
Kabir says, "1 have seen such a wonder,
C L
trltr a- ~ ~ C'lt! IIClII ~ II gaDh kai Qholai birolai neer. 11111 rahaa-o.
O K
mistaking curd, they are churning water. 1 (pause)
~ ri' II haree angooree gaghaa charai.
O
mit
B
The donkey is grazing new green sprouts.
KH
fo3" ~ ~ cfti Jffl' IIClII nit uth haasai heegai marai. 11111
I
Every morning when it gets up, it laughs, brays and dies. 1
S
){f3T Bw ~ tI"'ft!' II maataa bhaisaa ammuhaa jaa-ay.
The intoxicated he-buffalo runs indisciplined.

~ ~ ri' GR"'3'fi!is tPre 11:)11 kug kug charai rasaatal paa-ay. 11211
He grazes, jumps and then falls in pit. 2
~ cr8ta'trcm? nt ~ II kaho kabeer pargat bha-ee khayd.
Kabir says, "The whole game is now clear,
~ ~ P fo3" B II~II laylay ka-o chooghai nit Qhayd. 11311
the sheep sucks the milk of lamb. " 3
~ Q}f3 Hf3' tRJit JWlft II raam ramat mat pargatee aa-ee.
Remembering God, the wisdom dawns.
~ cr8ta' ~ m tI'lft 11811ClIICl811 kaho kabeergur soihee paa-ee. 114111111411
Kabir says, "Guru gave me this realization." 4.1.14
~ alffir;:it ~ II ga-orhee kabeer jee panchpagay. GAURI KABIR JI PANCH PADE
e
fi:It ;:m 8'CJ'fa' ~ Htnr II ji-o jal chhod baahar Qha-i-o meenaa.
Like aftsh, leaving water is running out.
~ iIOH CJt 3U i5fT cftoT IIClII poorab janam ha-o taP kaa heenaa. 11111
709
In my previous life, I was unable to meditate. 1
IW ~ <fT)f am') m3')fift II ab kaho raam kavan gat moree.
01 God, tell me now, how can I be liberated?

3ift ~ tI'O"'a'R" HB m iat 11'\11 ~ II tajee lay banaaras mat .!IDa-ee thoree. 11111 rahaa-o.
Leaving Banaras was my foolishness. 1 (pause)
R'm'.i ~ fiR y-at ~ II sagal janam siv puree gavaa+aa.
I wasted all my life in Shiv Puri.
H03t 8"a')RJ(J'fa' ~ ~ II~II martee baar maghar ut/1 aa-i-aa. 11211
Nearing death, I came to Maghar. 2
~ 8GlI' 3Y ciPw arrRt II bahut baras taP kee-aa kaasee.
Many years I meditated in Kashi, .
)f(I'Q ~ JRrcJ<r oftm IIall maran bha+aa maghar kee baasee. 11311
nearing death I came to live in Maghar. 3
r i JRrcJ<r RH ~ II kaasee maghar sam beechaaree.
I think Kashi and Mughar are alike.
~ ~ aH ~ wat 118 II ochhee bhagat kaisay utras paaree. 11411
With hallow devotion, how can I swim across ?
~ !RI'm:r DN FIJ i w* II kaho gur gaj siv saQh ko jaanai.
Kabir says, "But my Guru, Ganesh, Shiv and everyone else knows,
OM
C
tpH" cni@ ~ Jfl' arM IIt.!II'\t.!II mu-aa kabeer ramat saree raamai. 115111511
that I am dying remembering God. " 5.15
B .
U
~ Cllh Rt II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
~ m ~U II cho-aa chandan mardan angaa.
The essence ofsandal, men use on body parts.
"* C L
K
H3Q Q10 ~ Jfarr 11'\11 so tan jalai kaat/1 kai sangaa. 11111
O
O
That body burns with wood. 1
B
~ 3?) tffi oft am') 8iS"l:ft' II is tan Dhan kee kavan badaa-ee.
H
Why to be proud ofthis body and wealth.
I K
QQ'fo ~ ~ n w8t 11'\11 ~ II Dharan parai urvaar na jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
S
They are left behind on earth, they do not accompany. 1 (pause)
G"f3 ft:r jRfu fun ~ eMf II raat je soveh din karahi kaam.
All night sleeps, all day works,
~ fl:IQ ~ n ~ i (')T)f II~II ik khin layhi na har ko naam. 11211
for God's name, not even a moment? 2
<JTftr 3' R trfl:f ~ m II haath ta dor mukh khaa+o tambor.
In mouth is betel, in hands is the string ofkite.
H03t 8"a' Qfl:r 8'fQfi ~ IIall martee baar kas baaDhi-o chor. 11311
When dead, the thief will be tied tightly. 3
~ Qfi::r Qfi::r ~ ~ ~ II gurmat ras ras har gun gaavai.
In the wisdom of Guru, ifone sings the attributes of God with sweetness.
arM <fT)f ~ ~ tR 11811 raamai raam ramat sukh paavai. 11411
And remembering all pervading God, he will enjoy happiness. 4
~ cmr ~ ~ ~ II kirpaa kar kai naam darirhaa-ee.
Being kind, (Guru) taught me name
~ ~ 8"'ff ~ 8JIllft lit.! II har har baas suganDh basaa-ee. 11511
710
and placed the fragrance of God in my mind. 5
cm3' m
ctlffiJ ~ ~ II kahat kabeer chayt ray anDhaa.
Kabir says, "01 blind remember,
Rfu QTtf '" R! Qqr IIEII9.EII sat raam IDoothaa sabh DhanDhaa. 116111611
True is good, everyother, tie is false." 6.16
~ ctlffiJ;:it f3'tre ~ II ga-orhee kabeer jee tip.d.ay chaartukay.
GA URI KABIR JI TIPADI CHAU TUKE
ffi{ 3' ~ R ~ QT}f II jam tay ulat bha-ay hai raam.
Turning back towards devil of death, I have turned my face towards God.
~ ftroit JJ1:f ~ fiJJ::rarH II .d.ukh binsay sukh kee-o bisraam.
All my sorrows, are finished, in happiness I am at rest.
rn ~ R ~ Mar II bairee ulat bha-ay hai meetaa.
All my enemies have turned friends.
WCE ~ Bi'O R ~ 119.11 saakat ulat sujan bha-ay cheetaa. 11111
Non-believer.~ have changed to remembering God. 1
))f8 Hftr RQ8 ~ i5lfa' ~ II ab mohi sarab kusal kar maani-aa.
Now I believe as if everything is pleasent,
M
FJif::r Bit if8 ~ wflr;lw 119.11 ~ II saaNt; bha-ee jab gobi.d. jaani-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
after knowing God, I am cool. 1 (Pause)
P.327
. C
30 Hfu fuft cifc ~ II tan meh hotee kot upaaDh.
U B
L
Crores of ailments were in body.
C
~ Bit JJ1:f JJfi::J JDfI1b' II ulat bha-ee sukh sahj samaaDh.
K
Now they are cured, I am in trance, in ease.
O
>wy ~ ))fTl) ))(T1.f II aap pachhaanai aapai aap.
If one knows his ownself,
B O
~ 0" f8fn') 3ffi 3'1l II~II rog na bi-aapai teenou taap. 11211
K H
then no ailment, no fever ofthree types, (ofmind, body and worldliness). 2
S I
))f8 HQ ~ J=I"O"'3'Q ~ II ab man ulat sanaatan hoo-aa.
Now the mind is turned towards Primal being (God).
311 wflr;lw if8 t=lW3' ~ II tab jaani-aa jab jeevat moo-aa.
When, I was dead, while living I could know.
~ ctlffiJ Bfl:f JJfi::J ~ II kaho kabeer sukh sahj samaava-o.
Kabir says, "Merge in the happiness in ease,
lWflr 0" ~ 0" ~ ~ lIall9.~1I aap na dara-o na avar daraava-o. 113111711
neither/ear nor frighten anyone." 3.17
~ ctlffiJ;:it II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAUR! KABIR JI
fi.ifis ~ ~ fau uffiJ tfT3T II pind moo-ai jee-o kih ghar jaataa.
When body dies, to which house soul goes?
R"8ft!' ~ ~ (IT3T II saba.d. ateet anaaha.d. raataa.
It merges in unfrictioned, inaccessible word.
fl:Ifn CJTlf wflr;lw f30fu ~ II jin raam jaani-aa tineh pachhaani-aa.
Those who know God, they realize it.
fut Wiir JITQQ HQ ~ 119.11 ji-o goongay saakar man maani-aa. 11111
like a dumb enjoying sakkar (sweets). 1
711
~ fdmrrQ cd ~ II aisaa gi-aan kathai banvaaree.
God tells such a knowledge.
HO it 1NO ~ B'tfHO r i 11'\11 ~ II man ray pavan garirh sukhman naaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
Of my mind retain breath, in central vain. 1 (pause)
R- ~ CitOg fir ~ 0 CfOOT II so gur karahu je bahur na karnaa.
Have such a Guru, so that you need not to have again.
R- ~ ~ fir ~ 0 ~ II so paQ ravhu je bahur na ravnaa.
Recite such hymns, so that you need to recite again.
R- ~ ~ fi:r ~ 0 QQc')l' II so Dhi-aan Dharahu je bahur na Dharnaa.
Have such concentration, so that you, need not to have it again.
~ ~ fir ~ o)fQOT II~II aisay marahu je bahur na marnaa. 11211
Die like this, so that you need not to die again. 2
~ aTaJr ffl:!O ~ II ultee gangaa jamun milaava-o.
Get united the up and down going, of Ganga and Yamna (breath).
ftrQ tRlS JtcnH HO Hfu ~ II bin jal sangam man meh nHaava-o.
Without going for confluence ofrivers (water), havebath in mind.
~ mmfir ~ ~ II lochaa samsar ih bi-uhaaraa.
Feel alikefor eve!Yjne, this should be your behavior.
M
3'' lffiJyfa' fc;rlw ~8t9ra'r lIall tat beechaar ki-aa avar beechaaraa. 11311
O
C
Think ofReali~v, what else to think? 3
.
))flj 3tr 81'fE fiprHt ~ II ap tayj baa-ay parithmee aakaasaa.
B
U
Water, fire, air, earth and sound,
~ QU3' ~ <Jf.r If'W II aisee rahat raha-o har paasaa.
live like them and be with God.
C L
K
em cnftQ ~ ~ II kahai kabeer niranjan Dhi-aava-o.
O
O
Kabir says, "Remember God,
B
~ uffiJ ~ fi:r ~ 0 ~ IIBII'\t:1I tit ghar jaa-o je bahur na aava-o. 114111811
H
and go such a home, so that no need to return. " 4.18
IK
~ cnftQ ift ~ II ga-orhee kabeer jee tipgay. GAURI KABIR JI TIPADE
S
'ii;:ro fAt ~ ocft ~ II kanchan si-o paa-ee-ai nahee tol.
None can get Him even by weighing against gold.
HQ ~ ~ ~ ~ Hftis 11'\11 man gay raam lee-aa hai mol. 11111
I got Him by paying my mind. 1
))f'S Hfu CJTtf ~ crfcJ iI"forr II ab mohi raam apunaa kar jaani-aa.
NolV 1 think of God as mine.

FI'()'tJ ~ HGr HQ ~ 11'\11 ~ II sahj subhaa-ay mayraa man maani-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
My mind has accepted, in ease. 1 (pause)

~ crlii crlii ~ 0 ~ II barahmai kath kath ant na paa+aa.
Brahman tells but I can not know His limits.
QT)f Rf::r 8t uffiJ ~ II~II raam Qhagat bait!lay ghar aa+aa. 11211
When ill devotion, God came while I was sitting in home. 2

~ cmta' ~ Hf::r f3lowaft II kaho kabeer chanchal mat ti-aagee.
Kabir says, "1 left the slippery wisdom.
~ QT)f Rf::r fcm....m lIall'\II'\~1I kayval raam bhagat nij !2haagee. 113111111911
My mind now runs on(v for God's devotion. " 3.1.19
712
~ CI'lffir;:it II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
fi:r<r ~ '" ~ 3'O"fj:pw II jih marnai sabh jagat taraasi-aa.
Death, from which everyone is terrified.
it HO('jT WO ~ ~ 1ICl,1I so marnaa gur sabad pargaasi-aa. 11111
That death is revealed by the word ofGuru. 1
fl! iUr ~ Hafo HQ H"fn>w II ab kaisay mara-o maran man maani-aa.
How to die now? my mind has accepted to die.
Hfa' Hfa' w3 ftffi ~ (') tflfo>w 1ICl,1I ~ II mar mar jaatay jin raam na jaani-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Many, who have not known God, are dying. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ~ '" chft II marno maran kahai sa.bh ko-ee.
Everyone speaks of death and death.
~ ~))f}@ ~ mft II~II sehjay marai amar ho-ay so-ee. 11211
But dying in ease, is immortal 2
erg CI'lffir Hfo ~ ~ II kaho kabeer man bha-i-aa anandaa.
Kabir says, "My mind is now in bliss.
~!J'a'tf ~ ~ lIall~OIl ga-i-aa bharam rahi-aa parmaanandaa. 113112011
l1te doubt is gone, the blissful is left in it." 3.20
~;ft CI'lffir;:it II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
CE i'i'<ft $ ~ CE ~ II kat nahee tha-ur mool kat laava-o.
O M
There is no place, where to have Godfrom,
. C
~ 37i Hfu $
U B
(') ~ 1ICl,1I khojat tan meh tha-ur na paava-o. 11111
L
finding from body, but am not finding in. 1
""*
C
l?'CIft ~ 'ff tfto II laagee ho-ay so jaanai peer.
K
One who is in, devotion knows what is its pain,
O O
QT){ ~ ~ :fur 1ICl,1I ~ II raam bhagat anee-aalay teer. 11111 rahaa-o.
The devotion of God is a sharpened arrow. 1 (pause)
B
E'er R ~ R!J' orcit II ayk bhaa-ay daykh-a-u sabh naaree.
H
K
See every woman with alike feeling,
fc;nw ~ JJ $
S I~ II~II ki-aa jaan-o sah ka-un pi-aaree. 11211

who knows which one is loved by God. 2
erg CI'lffir w cl ~ ~ II kaho kabeer jaa kai mastak bhaag.
Kabir says, "One who is lucky enough,
R!J' ~ '3T ~ ~ ~ lIall~Cl,1I sabh parhar taa ka-o milai suhaag. 113112111
leaving everyone else, she gets her husband." 3.21
P.328
~;ft CI'lffir;:it II
ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
w Ii (J'ftr w ~ m
II jaa kai har saa thaakur bhaa-ee.
Of m.v, brother, whose Master is like God
~ ~ ~ ~ 1ICl,1I mukat anant pukaaran jaa-ee. 11111
Many liberaing are crying for Him. 1
fl! erg QT){ riw ~ II ab kaho raam bharosaa toraa.
Now tell me, have you faith in God?
3lJ ~ err ~ ~ 1ICl,1I ~ II tab kaahoo kaa kavan nihoraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
17ten whom to complain about what? 1 (pause)
3tFo icr w cl m iJTQ II teen 10k jaa kai heh bhaar.
713
All three worlds are depending upon Him,
it Cif"fr (; at ~ II~II so kaahay na karai partipaar. 11211
why shall He notfeed ? 2
C@ i5l"8to ft:cr ~ ~ II kaho kabeer ik buDh beechaaree.
Kabir says, "Think and tell me one point,
~'8ff ~ ~;? ~ lIall~~1I ki-aa basja-o bikh day mehtaaree. 113112211
that when mother poisons, who can save?" 3.22
~ i5l"8to itt II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
ftrQ FI3' R3t ~ ctR orftJ II bin sat satee ho-ay kaisay naar.
Without being truthful, how a women can burn with husband.
t?fi'3' ~ fW' ift;:rrftJ IIC\II pandit daykhhu ridai beechaar. 11111
01 Pandit try to think in mind. 1
tllf:r f80r ctR 8'Q' ~ II pareet binaa kaisay baDhai sanayhu.
How love can increase without loving,
tI'8 ~ ~ '3lf ~ oc:ft ~ IIC\II ~ II jab lag ras tab lag nahee nayhu. 11111 rahaa-o.
till there is greedfor tastes, no love gets in. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ at ;:fp,r ~ II saahan sat karai jee-a apnaL
M
One who believes of illusion as reali(v.
O
R' ~ ~ 1Hi (; ~ II~II so ramyay ka-o milai na supnai. 11211
.C
That person cannot meet God, even in dream. 2
B
3Q HQ tIQ tarn' ~ ~ II tan man Dhan garihu sa-up sareer.
U
By surrendering body, mind, wealth, home.
L
mft ~ i'jfij- anftg lIall~all so-ee suhaagan kahai kabeer. 113112311
C
K
Kabir says, "She is enjoying the marital bliss. " 3.23
O
~ cn:ita' itt II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
O
~ ~ JRRlS JiRrg II bikhi-aa bi-aapi-aa sagaI sansaar.
H B
The whole world is busy in poison,
~ ~ pt ~ IIC\II bikhi-aa lai doobee parvaar. 11111
I K
this poison drowns the family. 1
S
a- O<J ~ ~ ca i;ft II ray nar naav cha-urh kat borbee.
01 man, how have you drowned boat in dry land?
(Jfu' ~ 3f3' ftrfi:pw Jffin R;fi IIC\II ~ II har si-o torh bikhi-aa sang jorhee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Infact, you broke with God and repaired with poison. 1 (pause)
B'ftr O<J t!TQ' m ))fTfar II sur nar daaDhay laagee aag.
The fire is on, the men, the gods are burning.
focrfG C'ftg 1.lH t1R6:T (; '81fdr II~U nikat neer pas peevas na jhaag. 11211
The water is near, but idiot is not taking trouble to drink. 2
rn m ~ C'ftg II chaytat chaYtat niksi-o neer.
Remembering God, water flows from Him.
it ~ ~ illlf3' anftg lIall~811 so jal nirmal kathat kabeer. 113112411
Kabir says, "That water is really pure." 3.24
~ i5l"8to itt II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
fi:J ~ ~ (; fdp,frc; ~ II jih kul poot na gi-aan beechaaree.
In a fami~v , where son, neither has knowledge nor brain.
~ em (; Rt ~ IIC\II biDhvaa kas na J;IDa-ee mehtaaree. 11111
714
It is like a widow, who cannot be mother. 1
1ffi:r OQ ~ !mftr nfu wtftII jih nar raam bhagat neh saaDhee.
A person who is not in devotion of God,
i1c')l{3' em n tri ~ 1IC1.11 ~ II janmat kas na mu-o apraaDhee. 11111 rahaa-o.
why sinful did not die, when born? 1 (pause)
~ ~ amr R' cfto ~ II much much garabh ga-ay keen bachi-aa.
Many pregnancies get miscarried, how is he saved.
~ ~ ~ iRI' ~ II~II budQhuj roop jeevay jag maihi-aa. 11211
With broken arm, he is living in world. 2
~ &8ta'AA~~ II ('iT){ firorAA~~ lIall~t111
kaho kabeer jaisay sundar saroop. naam binaa jaisay kubaj kuroop. 113112511
Kabir says, "Even ifone has beautiful body, without name, he is ugly like with bent back." 3.25
~ alfta' tft II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
it ;:ro ~ lmH C(T ~ II f:ro it m!' ~ ~ 1IC1.11
jo jan layhi khasam kaa naa-o. tin kai sad balihaarai jaa-o. 11111
A person who remembers Master's name. I ever sacrifice myselffor him. 1
it ~ foami5 ma- IJ7i aR II so nirmal nirmal har gun gaavai.
One, who is pure, sings pure attributes of God,
it m
O M
~ Hfn R 1IC1.11 ~ II so bhaa-ee mayrai man bhaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
that brother, my mind likes. 1 (Pause)
.C
1ffi:r ure ~ ~ ~ II f:ro cfh.m tia;:r mf 9fu II~ II
U B
L
jih ghat raam rahi-aa bharpoor. tin kee pag pankaj ham Dhoor. 11211
C
A body in which God is abiding, I am the dust ofhis lotus-feet. 2
OK
tfT'f3' ~ Hft:r C(T tftg II jaat julaahaa mat kaa Dheer.
By caste I am a weaver and by wisdom I am in platience.
O
R<Jft::J R<Jft::J ~ ~ m:itg" lIa II~EII sahj sahj gun ramai kabeer. 113112611
B
H
Kabir, remember His attributes, in ease. 3.26
K
~ alfta' tft II ga-orhee kabeer jee.GAURI KABIR JI
S I
mrfo ~ ~ ~ !Po't II gagan rasaal chu-ai mayree bhaathee.
From tenth gate (sky) the source ofnectar, my furnance is trickling (drops ofnectar).
Fifu' H\JT Qff 3Q iJftrnrr ~ 1IC1.11 sanch mahaa ras tan bha-i-aa kaathee. 11111
Drinking nectar, my body is strong. 1
~ ~ ~ J1cJiI ~ II u-aa ka-o kahee-ai sahj matvaaraa.
He alone is called intoxicated, in ease,
tffir3' ~ Qff fcnJwn' ~ 11'\11 ~ II peevat raam ras gi-aan beechaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
who drinks the nectar and ponders over knowledge of God. 1 (Pause)
J1cJiI ~ ~ ~ ~ II sahj kalaalan ja-o mil aa-ee.
When the wine (nectar) serving women came to meet me.
~ HT3' ~ Hllft II~II aanand maatay an-din jaa-ee. 11211
Day and night, I passed intoxicated in bliss. 2
\ftE ~ ~ ~ II cheenat cheet niranjan laa-i-aa.
When remembering my mind got united with God.
~ CfIfta' ~ ~ ~ lIall~:;l1l kaho kabeertou anQha-o paa-i-aa. 113112711
Kabir says, "Then I could experience Him. " 3.27
~ cnfto tft II ga-orhee.kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
715
HO ~ ~ HOfu il:Pwtit II man kaa subhaa-o maneh bi-aapee.
The nature of mind is that everything happens in mind.
P.329
HOfu HTftJ em') fi:Iftr ~ 1I'l1l maneh maar kavan siQb. thaapee. 11111
Who can be prefect by killing mind ? 1
~ H ~ H Jig Jri' II kavan so mun jo man maarai.
Who can be a sage by killing mind?
HO ~ HTftJ ~ ftirB' N 1I'l1l ~ II man ka-o maar kahhu kis taarai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Killing mind, tell, who can be liberated ? 1 (pause)
HO ~ Si RJ ~ II man antar bolai sabh ko-ee.
Everyone speaks from mind.
HO JR f8Q RJ'B (') mft II~II man maaray bin Qhagat na ho-ee. 11211
Without disciplining it no devotion is possible. 2
~ cnftQ H ~ Bt II kaho kabeer jo jaanai bhay-o.
Kabir says, "Whoever knows this secret,
Jig ~ ~ et lIall~t:1I man maDhusoodan tariQhavan day-o. 113112811
then mind is source ofnectar, God ofthree worlds. " 3.28
M
~ cnftQ tit II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURIKABIR JI
ere
O
t!' tfu:rfu" ~ N II o-ay jo deeseh ambar taaray.
. C
Those seen sky and stars,
ere
B
fcm> tft3' Jl36iJld 1I'l1l kin o-ay cheetay cheetanhaaray. 11111
U
which painter has painted them? 1
L
~ a- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kaho ray pandit ambar kaa si-o laagaa.
C
K
tell me 01 Pandit, the sky is attached with what?
O
~ ~e6ijig ~ 1I'l1l ~ II boojhai boojhanhaar saQhaagaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Know, the knowing is lucky. 1 (pause)
The sun, the moon, give light.

H B
~ ~ CRI'ftr ~ II sooraj chang karahi ujee-aaraa.
K
SI
RiI Hfu ~ lFJH tn=fTaT II~II sabh meh pasri-aa barahm pasaaraa. 11211
In all ofthese, pervades the expansion of God. 2
~ cnftQ ~ Hfu II kaho kabeer jaanaigaa so-avo
Kahirsays, "On(v he will know,
~ iJI!!' ~ ~ ~ lIall~~1I hirgai raam mukh raamai ho-ay. 113112911
in whose heart is God, in mouth is God." 3.29
~ cnftQ mII ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
at! cit ~ fi:ffi{ftr m II bayg kee putree simrit bhaa-ee.
01 brother, Simriti is the daughter of Veda.
~ Hrn i ~ ~ 1I'l1l saaNkal jayvree lai hai aa-ee. 11111
She has brought a chain and a noose. 2
))fTl.ffi 6"aTg" ~ 3' 8'fipw II aapan nagar aap tay baaDhi-aa.
She herself bound men in her ci(v.

Hh & GTft:r ~ JIg ~ 1I'l1l ~ II moh kai faaDh kaal sar saaNQb.i-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Binding them with charm she aimed them with arrow ofdeath. 1
~ (') cd' ~ ()'ij" ;::Mft II katee na katai toot nah jaa-ee.
Ifyou cut it, you cannot. Ifyou break it, you cannot
716
w J'ITt.l'f7; ~ im ~ l:f1lft II~II saa saapan ho-ay jag ka-o khaa-ee. 11211
Becoming a she-snake, she is eating the world. 2
UH m ft:mrl FIJ iI'IJ ~ II ham naykhat jin sabh jag looti-aa.
I am seeing her looting the whole world.
~ ~ H OTH Q{ftr ~ lIallaoll kaho kabeer mai raam kahi chhooti-aa. 113113011
Kabir says, "1 am saved by reciting God." 3.30
~ ~ tft II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
~ lj(J'Q l'rn'lj ~ II nay-ay muhaar lagaam pahiraava-o.
To defeat (her)discipline your mind with rein,
~ 3' iftQ iJIiJI'(') eqal'i!q 1Il:l1l sagal ta jeen gagan na-oraava-o. 11111
then leave everything and run for sky. 1
~ 8WfiJ ~ citR II apnai beechaar asvaaree keejai.
Ride on your (horse of) thoughts,
H<JH & ~ ~ tIfiJ ~ 1Il:l1l ~ II sahj kai paavrhai pag Dhar leejai. 111\1 rahaa-o.
put yourfeet in foot-rest, in ease. 1 (pause)
~ %~o ~ ~ ~ II chal ray baikunth tujheh lay taara-o.
Start towards heaven, to liberate it.
'.
OM
futJfu 3' ifl{ & ~ ~ II~II hicheh ta paraym kai chaabuk maara-o. 11211
If it jibs, beat it with the whip oflove. 2
Cf(J3" ~ !I'i ))I'Rfii!'lQl' II ~ cas 3" aWa ~ II a II al:lll
. C
B
kahat kabeer bhalay asvaaraa. bayn katayb tay raheh niraaraa. 113113111
Kabir says, "OJ good rider, live away from Ved and Kateb.
LU
C
('tcriptures, ofboth, Hindus and Muslims)." 3.31
K
~ ~ tft II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
OO
fi:rc:r ~ ~ ~ ~ II jih mukh paaNcha-o amrit khaa-ay.
Those men (mouths) who used to eat (drink) five nectars.
m
f3<:r tJ1:f
B
~ m 1Il:l1l tih mukh naykhat lookat laa-ay. 11111
H
K
Those men are seen in flames. 1
SI
~ ~ OTH n ~ HOT II ik nukh raam raa-ay kaatahu mayraa.
OJ my God, the king, save mefrom one malady,
~ ~ l'Hg araB' ~ 1Il:l1l ~ II agan nahai ar garabh basayraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
from staying in womb, burning in fire. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ f81lf r i II kaa+aa bigootee baho biDh bhaatee.
171e body is disposed in different ways.
~ ;::rr% ~ ~ ~ H'it II~II ko jaaray ko gad lay maatee. 11211
some burn and some bury in earth. 2
~~ ma- ~ ft:!'tRy II kaho kabeer har charan gikhaavhu.
Kabir says, "OJ God show me your feet,
W 3" iQf ~ n ~ lIalla~1I paachhai tay jam ki-o na pathaavhu. 113113211
then after this, you may sendfor my death. " 3.32
~ ~ tft II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GA URI KABIR JI
))(l'if ~ ))(l'if tm')T II aapay paavak aapay pavnaa.
He Himselfis Fire, and Himselfis air.
tri'l:flQf 3' ~ CR7)T 1Il:l1l jaarai khasam ta raakhai kavnaa. 11111
If Master burns who can save? 1
717
QI}f tI'lf3 3Q trflf eft n ~ II raam japat tan jar kee na jaa-ay.
Remembering name, so what if body burns,

QI}f (')I){ ~ ~ fDf'ft!' 111:111 ~ II raam naam chit rahi-aa samaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
let the name of God remain merged in my heart. 1 (pause)

C{T a- tit qtfu ~ iJ'l'fn II kaa ko jarai kaahi ho-ay haan.
Who burns and who suffers loss,

OG ~ ~ ~ II~II nat vat khaylai saarigpaan. 11211
God is playing His own feats. 2
erg iiIlitw ~ ~ iJrfif II kaho kabeer akhar ~u-ay Qhaakh.
Kabir says, "speak only two words (Ram = God),
~ ~ 3" ~ ij1fl:r 118118811 ho-igaa khasam ta lay-igaa raakh. 113113311
~f Master is there, He will save." 3.33
~ ~ i:ft ~ II ga-orhee kabeer jee ~uPQay. GAURI KABIR JI
or H im ftmrn ~ ~ II naa mai jog Dhi-aan chit laa+aa.
I did not put my mind in yogic concentration.
ft:rg ~ n ~ HTftrnrr 111:111 bin bairaag na gmootas maa+aa. 11111
Without yearing for love the Maya is not abondened. 1
ciH;:ftq ~ ~ II kaisay jeevan ho-ay hamaaraa.
What kind of life will be for me.
O M
C11111
P.330
tm n ~ QI}f (')I){ ~ 111:111 ~ II jab na ho-ay raam naam aDhaaraa. rahaa-o.
B .
U
If I am sustaining not by the name ofGod. 1 (Pause)
erg ~ ~))fH)fT(') II kaho kabeer khoja-o asmaan.
Kabir says, "1 have searched upto .~ky,
C L
K
QI}f mi'O n ~))fI('j 1I~1I8QII raam samaan na ~aykh-a-u aan. 112113411
O
O
Ilind none equaling God. " 2.34
B
a@ft ~ i:ft II ga-orhee kabeer jee. GAURI KABIR JI
H
ftro' fi:ffiJ aftJ aftJ 8'tf3' ~ II jih sir rach rach baaDhat paag.
I K
On the head, beautified with tasteful(v wearing turban,
S
it tRg- ;jtr IN'Qfu iifIiT 111:111 so sir chunch savaareh kaag. 11111
now crows peck that head with their beak. 1
~ 3"n Q("; a- rcmr- ~ II is tan Dhan ko ki-aa garab-ee-aa.
How can we be proud ofthis body and wealth,
QI}f ~ ~ n ~ 111:111 ~ II raam naam kaahay na Qarirh-ee-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
and why should we not remember name of God? 1 (Pause)
~ iiIlitw ~ )fc') Ha' II ft:rot iJill'C!l) mwt 3"a' II ~ II 8~ II
kahat kabeer sunhu man mayray. ihee havaal hohigay tayray. 112113511
Kabir says, "Listen 01 my mind, this will happen with you also."
~ ~ ~ m! iatJr II ga-orhee gu-aarayree kay paQay paitees.
Thir(v five verses ( Padas) ofGauri Gaurari.
~ ~ ~ ~ cr8tG i:ft eft raag ga-orhee gu-aarayree asatpa~ee kabeer jee kee
RAJ GAU/U GAURARIASHTPADIKABIR JI KI
1:ItY'~ l{R"ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur parsaag.
~ Jhs ~ m ~ II sukh maaNgat Qukh aagai aavai.
718
Beggingfor happiness, faces sorrows,
R ~ ~ 0' JiifcJpw ri 11911 so sukh hamhu na maaNgi-aa bhaavai. 11111
that happiness, I do not like to beg. 1
ftI'fl:p,fr ~ ~ 1Jl:f ~ II bikhi-aa ajahu surat sukh aasaa.
Still in poison, mind is in hope for happiness.
tit mft ~ WW (JT){ ~ 11911 ~ II kaisay ho-ee hai raajaa raam nivaasaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
How God-king can abide in me ? 1 (Pause)
rea-1Jl:f 3 fiN lfIDf lJ(ITl'jT II is sukh tay siv barahm daraanaa.
Even Shiva and Brahma fear such happiness.
R ~ ~ H'V Qfa' iflOT II~II so sukh hamhu saach kar jaanaa. 11211
We believe this happiness to be true. 2
Hi'lcl'rea ~ trfo F\l:fr II sankaadik naarad mun saykhaa.
Sages like Sanak, Nard and Sekh,
130 !it 3()" Hfu HQ oc:it 1hfr II a II tin bhee tan meh man nahee paykhaa. 11311
they abw have not seen mind in their body. 3
m
rea- }f<'j ~ mih:@ II is man ka-o ko-ee khojahu bhaa-ee.
01 my brother, someone should search this mind.
M
3()" ~ HQ a<JT JDf'lft 11811 tan chhootay man kahaa samaa-ee. 11411
O
If body breaks wherein the mind shall live. 4
~ ~ ~ O'W II gur parsaadeejaiday-o naamaa N.
. C
B
With the grace of Guru, Jaideo and Nama,
a- tIm reo
!IaI'f3'
U
tit ~ wot 111.111 bhagat kai paraym in hee hai jaanaa N. 11511
L
C
have known devotion through love. 5
K
rea- }f<'j ~ oc:it ~ iflOT II is man ka-o nahee aavan jaanaa.
O
This mind will neither go nor come.
O
ft:rJ::J at' ~ ~ f3fo H'V 1.IifT()T lIell jis kaa bharam ga-i-aa tin saach pachhaanaa. 11611
H B
One whose doubt is over he has realized True. 6
rea- }f<'j ~ ~ 0' ~ ar8t II is man ka-o reop na raykh-i-aa kaa-ee.
IK
This mind has no form, no design,
S
~ ~ ~ ~ JDf'lft 11;>11 hukmay ho-i-aa hukam boom samaa-ee. 11711
it is from order, realizing His will be in order. 7
m
fuR" }f<'j at' il'1! ~ II is man kaa ko-ee jaanai bhay-o.
Someone should know the secret ofthis mind.
fuu lifo ~!IE ~ 1It:1I ih man leen bha-ay sukh-day-o. 11811
Sukhdev was intuned with this mind (God).
~ ~ ~ JRR'i ~ II jee-o ayk ar sagaI sareeraa.
One soul and whole body.
rea- }f<'j at ~ em a8hJr II~ 1I"111ae II is man ka-o rav rahay kabeeraa. 119111113611
Kabir is remembering this mind. (Soul and mind are treated as one.) 9.1.36
~ ~ II ga-orhee gu-aarayree. GA URI GUARARI
~ ~ O'H it ifT'i II ahinis ayk naam jo jaagay.
Those who awake, day and night, in name.
iEa' fRq !IE RR n 11911 ~ II kaytak siDh bha-ay liv laagay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Many ofthem are perfect by being intuned. 1 (Pause)
JI'Itrcr fRq JRR'i trfo ~ II saaDhak siDh sagaI mun haaray.
719
All perfecting, perfected, sages are tired,
~ (')T){ crfi!N 3G N IIC\II ayk naam kalip tar taaray. 11111
remembering one name could liberate them. 1
A' <Jfu ~ B' ijfu (') ~ II jo har haray so hohi na aanaa.
Those who are grown green by God, they will not go to second.
afc:r cnftG ~ (')T){ tfF('iT 1I~lIa.?1I kahi kabeer raam naam pachhaanaa. 112113711
Kabir says, "They have realized the name ofGod. " 2.37
~ !It Jlafcs !It II ga-orhee Qhee sorath bhee. GA URI AND SORATH BOTH
~ Hmr ~ l!5'tr ~ftr O'<ft II ray jee-a nilaj laaj tohi naahee.
01 my mind, shameless, don't you feel ashamed.
<Jfu 3ft:r CB Q'g i Wdt IIC\II ~ II hartaj kat kaahoo kay jaaNhee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Leaving God, where are you going. 1 (pause)
NT cl ~ ~ ~ II jaa ko thaakur oochaa ho-ee.
One whose Master is supreme,
it tIQ tJ U(Q R'3' (') Jlc:lt II C\II so jan par ghar jaat na sohee. 11111
for that person, it does not look nice to go to other's home. 1
it ~ ~ ~ II so saahib rahi-aa Qharpoor.
M
That Master is all pervading,
O
At!'" Jffirr O"'tit <Jfu ~ II~II sadaa sang naahee har door. 11211
He is ever with, never afar. 2
. C
B
~ tJaO RQO ij- NT i II kavlaa charan saran hai jaa kay.
One whose lotus-feet are refuge for all,
LU
erg iJO W O'<ft U(Q 3" i lIall kaho jan kaa naahee ghar taa kay. 11311
tell 01 person, what is not in His home. 3
K C
O
Rf at em NTH clt S'3'" II saQh ko-oo kahai jaas kee baataa.
O
Everyone talks about Him,
B
it Fil:r! fot:r uS ij- t!I"3T liB II so samrath nij pat hai daataa. 11411
H
K
He is all powerful, self-ruling and Giver. 4
S I
em ~ ~ ;:m mft II kahai kabeer pooran jag so-ee.
Kabir says, "He is perfect in the world.
NT ~ ~ ~ (') ~ 1It1l1atll jaa kay hirdai avar na ho-ee. 115113811
In whose heart there is none other than God. " 5.38
P.331
atQ cl ~ fiar cl w cl II ka-un ko poot pitaa ko kaa ko.
Of whom you are a son? Who is afather ofwhom ?
atQ Ht cl ~ Ji3ri( IIC\II ka-un marai ko day-ay santaapo. 11111
Who dies and who gives sufferings. 1
<Jfu 01J ;:m ~ ~ ~ II har t!:lag jag ka-o t!:lag-uree laa-ee.
God is cheat, has let loose the cheating after world.
<Jfu ~ ftItm iH' ~ )Rft H'lft II C\ II ~ II
har kay bi-og kaisay jee-a-o mayree maa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my mother, how can I live, separatedfrom my God. 1 (pause)
$ cl ~ $ clt t')T(ft II ka-un ko purakh ka-un kee naaree.
Who is a man and who is a woman,
re"". 33' ~ Jfto ft:rtJrat II~II i-aa tat layho sareer bichaaree. 11211
720
think about your body and know this fact. 2
Clfu ilf8tQ oar ~ Hg ~ II kahi kabeer thag si-o man maani-aa.
Kabir says, "Cheat is pleasing to my mind,
mft~~~ lIalla~1I ga-eethag-ureethag pehchaani-aa.113113911
after He left cheating, I could know Him." 3.39
))f8 H ~ e ~ (JT)f ~ II ab mo ka-o bha-ay raajaa raam sahaa-ee.
Now, God-king is my supporter,

tIOH HOO crrc tmf arB l.fTit II~II ~ II janam maran kat param gat paa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Free from the cycle ofbirth and death, I have attained the supreme position. 1 (pause)
~ mrl3 tfttr ~ II saaDhoo sangat gee-o ralaa-ay.
He has got me to join saints congregation,
tftr F3' 3' ~ ~ II panch goot tay lee-o chhadaa-ay.
and has liberated me from five devils.
~ O'lj ~ iIY 'ij"ffi)T II amrit naam japa-o jap rasnaa.
01 my tongue recite the nectar-name,
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II amol gaas kar leeno apnaa. 11111
God has made me His unpaid servant. 1
M
~ cft* ~ II satgur keene par-upkaar.
O
This is all true Guru's benevolence.
~ ~ waJ(J Hwa' II kaadh leen saagar sansaar.
. C
B
He brought me outfrom the world ocean,
U
;ra"O ~ ~ ~ tjlf:r II charan kamal si-o laagee pareet.
L
C
I am in love with His lotus-feet.
m
K
~ aH flo3r f?s II~II gobing basai nitaa nit cheet. 11211
O
God ever abides in soul. 2
O
~ 31ffir ~ ~ II maa+aa tapat bujhi-aa angi-aar.
H B
The burning coal ofworldliness is now cool.
Hfo ~ O'lj ~ II man santokh naam aaDhaar.
IK
My mind is contented as His name is sustaining.
~~ wa- S
em l.{B ~ II jal thai poor rahay parabh su-aamee.
My Master is pervading waters lands,
tI3" ~ 33 ~ lIall jat paykha-o tat antaljaamee. 11311
wherever I see, I see all prevading. 3
~ ~ ))fTl.f eft ~ II apnee bhagat aap hee darirhaa-ee.
He Himself gives His devotion.
~ ~ ~ Ai" m II poorab Iikhat mili-aa mayray bhaa-ee.
01 my brother, I am getting, what is preordainedfor me.
ft:fff ~ ri' f3B' ~ WR II jis kirpaa karay tis pooran saaj.
Upon whom He is kind, he is perfect(v fashioned.
Qlfto a- ~ iffiihJ ~ 118118011 kabeer ko su-aamee gareeb nivaaj. 114114011
Master ofKabir is saviour ofpoor. 4.40
a a
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ mft II jal hai sootak thai hai sootak sootak opat ho-ee.
Impuri~v is in waters, in lands and in all that is created.
HOli~~Fo~ft"3CiI'tmrftriret II~II janmaysootakmoo-ayfunsootaksootakparaj bigo-eelllll
People are born in inpuri~v and then die in impurity,
721
all people are contained by impurity. 1
~ ~ ~$ ~ II kaho ray pandee-aa ka-un paveetaa.
Tell O! Pandit who is pure?
JoHw fdJ))fTQ ~ ~ Ht3r II~II ~ II aisaa gi-aan japahu mayray meetaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O! my friend, learn such knowledge. 1 (pause)
~ ~ i?ilr ~ ~ ~ ~ II nainhu sootak bainhu sootak sootak sarvanee ho-ee.
That impuri(v is in ~ves, in mouth, in ears.
~ 803' ~ n ~ trt ~ II~II oothat baithat sootak laagai sootak parai raso-ee. 11211
Impuri(v is in standing, in sitting, and in kitchen. 1
~ aft ftIfi:f R! ~ w* JGO eft ~ chft II faasan kee biDh saQh ko-oo jaanai chhootan kee ik ko-ee.
Everyone knows, the device to implicate, none knows how to liberate.
cmr cr8ta' ~ ~ ~ ~ 13* (') ~ lIallg~1I
kahi kabeer raam rigai bichaarai sootak tinai na ho-ee. 113114111
Kabir says, "Those who think ofGod in mind, they are not prone to impurity." 3.41
~ II ga-orhee. GA URI
5'aJQI' ~ ~ QI}f II ihagraa ayk nibayrahu raam.
O! my God, revolve my one conflict.
M
~ ~ ~ HO RCfTlj II~II ~ II ja-o tum apnay jan sou kaam. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Ifyou have love for your servants. 1 (pause)
. C
~ HO OT f6r iF ~ HO H'ftopw II ih man badaa ke jaa sa-o man maani-aa.
Is this mind great, or one whom it loves?
U B
~ OT il QI}ffu wf<;low IIClII raam badaa kai raameh jaani-aa. 11111
Is God great or those, who have known Him? 1
C L
K
lJUW OT f6r RTH ~ II barahmaa badaa ke jaas upaa+aa.
O
Is Brahma great, or who gave birth to him?
O
~ OT f6r troT 3' ~ II~ II bayg badaa ke jahaaNtay aa+aa. 11211
cmr
H B
Is Veda great or from where it has come? 2
cr8ta' ~ ~ ~ II kahi kabeer ha-o Qha+aa ugaas.
IK
Kabir says, "1 have become sad
S
3ta'! 8'iP f6r ~ Qf ~ J1allg~1I tirath badaa ke har kaa gaas. 113114211
Is sacredplace great or the servant of God ?" 3.42
QTIf ~ ~ II raag ga-orhee chaytee. RAG GA URI CHETI
~ m ~ aft ~ ~ II gaykhou Qhaa-ee ga-yaan kee aa-ee aaNDhee.
Look brother! there is storm of knowledge.
Ri ~ ~ aft G'it em (') ~ aTdt II~II ~ II
sabhai udaanee Qharam kee taatee rahai na maa+aa baaNDhee. 11111 rahaa-o.
All roofs doubts haveflown. How worldliness can remain intact. 1 (Pause)
~ aft ~ ~ flrratc'ft )fir ~ ~ II guchitay kee gu-ay thoon giraanee moh balaydaa tootaa.
All the two pillars ofdouble-minded have fallen, and the beam ofgreed is broken.
f3"Ror m tft t1Q !1.IftJ ~ W F' IIClII
tisnaa. chhaan paree Dhar oopar gurmat QhaaNdaa footaa. 11111
The hut of lust did fall on earth, and the pot ofevil wisdom is broken. 1
P.332
~ tri' if~ nQ' f3fu ~ iIg iftcV II aaNDhee paachhay jo jal barkhai tihi tayraa jan QheenaaN.
Your servant is wet with rain, that has followed storm.
722
arfu mita" Jifc'l ~ ~ ~ !JlQ tnf ~ II~ 118~ II
kahi kabeer man bha-i-aa pargaasaa ugai bhaan jab cheenaa. 112114311
Kabir says, "My mind is enlightened, when I seee rising sun." 2.43
~ 9'3t ga-orhee chaytee GAURI CHETI
'l@"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
<Jfu Hff BOfu n ~ ~ ~ II har jas suneh na har gun gaavahi.
Neither you listen the praise nor sing the attributes of God
ST3O' ~ ~ ~ 1I'l1l baatan hee asmaan giraaveh. 11111
You knock down the sky with mere talks. 1
~ m fl:Jt ftirrr a<fhH II aisay logan si-o ki-aa kahee-ai.
What to say to such people,
R t{B' ~ Rf3 3' II'ViI 130 3' Jrel' nrt ~ 11911 ~ II
jo para.b.!:l kee-ay bhagat tay baahaj tin tay sagaa daraanay rahee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Whom God keeps asidefrom devotion. We should ever fear them. 1 (pause)
))fTfu n ~ ~ sfG t.fIO'l II aap na geh churoo .b.!:lar paanee.
He does not give a handful ofwater,
amr
M
Etr ~ fi:m ~ II~II tih ningeh jih gangaa aanee. 11211
O
but back-bites one, who brought ganga on plains. 2
803" ~ ~ ~ II baithat uthat kutiltaa chaaleh.
.C
B
Standing or sitting, his moves are ofa wicked
))fT1jare
U
~ -g ~ II~II aap ga-ay a-uran hoo ghaaleh. 11311
L
C
They are gone, now they drive others to go. 3
n ~))fT('j n ;::rrofu II chhaad kuchrachaa aan na jaaneh.
O K
Such people know nothing other than evil talks.
O
a-
'F'W ~ ~ n JiTC'ifu 11811 barahmaa hoc ko kahi-o na maaneh. 11411
are
H B
They do not accept even the order ofBrahma. 4
~ ~ ~ II aap ga-ay a-uran hoo khoveh.
K
))fT1j
SI
They are lost, they want others to follow.
wfdr ~ m H ~ IIt.1l1 aag lagaa-ay mangar mai soveh. 11511
They set their home on fire, while sleeping therein. 5
~ ~ ))fl't.I' afu ~ II avran hasat aap heh kaaNnay.
They will laugh at others, though themselves are ofill-fame.
130 ~ ~ mita" ~ II~ 119118811 tin ka-o gaykh kabeer lajaanay. 1161111/4411
Looking at them, Kabir is in shame. 6.1.44
~ ~ ~ ~ ift raag ga-orhee bairaagan kabeer jeeRAJ GAURIBAIRAGANIKABIR JI
'l@"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
God is one, realized with the grace oftrue Guru.
~ flao n ~ elf ~ fl::rattl ~ II jeevat pitar na maanai ko-oo moo-ayN siraaDh karaahee.
Those who don't serve their forefathers when they are alive. They celebrate the ritual, serving
good.food to priest, after they die.
fir3'a' 'Bt S1R
-
em- ~-
tRfu ~ = =
arcJ l:fICft 11911
pitar bhee bapuray kaho ki-o paavahi ka-oo-aa kookar khaahee. 11111
How the poor (dead) forefathers can get their food, (it is their belief) on(v the crows and dogs
eat. 1
723
H~ ~ ~ m IImo ka-o kusal bataavhu ko-ee.
Tell me one, who is happy?
~ ~ m RIJ ftIoFt ~ ift clH mft 11911 ~ II
kusal kusal kar1ay jag binsai kusal bhee kaisay ho-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Talking happy and happy, the worldfinishes, how can they be happy? 1 (Pause)
H'it j} Clfu ~ ~ f3lJ ~ ~ ~ II maatee kay kar gayvee gayvaa tis aagai jee-o gayhee.
Tltey create gods and goddesses of clay,and surrender their being before tltem.
~ fir3"a' ~ ~ ))fT1.fO ~ ('; ~ II~II
aisay pitar tumaaray kahee-ahi aapan kahi-aa na layhee. 11211
Suclt forefathers are ofyou, ifyou say they are mine, I will not accept. 2
~ QTGfu ~ ~ ~ QTi!i'; ~ il'1'-at II sarjee-o kaateh nirjee-o poojeh ant kaal ka-o bhaaree.
You kill tlte living, worship the dead, this willfall upon you, when you end up.
arM O'licftalf:nrot;::rrol i i8 Fiw<ft lIall raam naam kee gat naheejaanee bhai doobay sansaaree. 11311
The world(v people do not know the dynamics ofthe name of God, they will drown infear. 3
~ ~ ~ il'Sfu ~ mit iJl7)T II gayvee gayvaa poojeh doleh paarbarahm nahee jaanaa.
The wavering worship gods and goddesses, they know not God.
C((J3' cr8hJ ~ mit ~ f8f1:Ilw ~ ~ 118119118~ II
M
kahat kabeer akul nahee chayti-aa bikhi-aa si-o laptaanaa. 114111114511
O
Kabir says, "You have not remembered the beyond lineage (God) and indulging in poison. "4.1.45
. C
~ II ga-orhee. GAURI
B
~ ~ ~ !fc'i ~ ~ BTo ~ II jeevat marai marai fun jeevai aisay sunn samaa+aa.
~ wfu foa'i:Ifo ~ '8"gftJ ('; ~ ~ 11911

L U
The living dies, dies again gets birth, so is the merger in void.
K C
anjan maahi niranjan rahee-ai bahurh na bhavjal paa+aa. 11111
O
Live taintless in taints, then no falling again in the terrible waters. 1
O
j:R arM ~ ~ ~ II mayray raam aisaa kheer bilo-ee-ai.
Of my God, let me churn suclt a milk.
~ HQlW ~ ~ reo
H B
ftrftr ~ ~ 11911 ~ II
K
SI
gurmat manoo-aa asthir raakho in biDh amrit pee-o-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
To keep my mind stable in tlte wisdom of Guru, let me drink nectar in this way. 1 (pause)
a-
~ m 8ffiJ em Rt ~ ~ t.J'aITRT II gur kai baan bajar kal chhaygee pargati-aa pag pargaasaa.
Tlte arrows ofGuru, have dug a hole in hard dark age, titus illuminating verse are all arrows.
Ra13' ~ iR;It ~ F ~ fiN urftJ 8'W II~ II
sakat aDhayr jayvr!lee bharam chookaa nihchal siv ghar baasaa. 11211
Tlte doubt about discrimating between rope and snake in derkness is off, now I am stable in the
Itome of God. 2
f3fo 180 ar! ~ ~ rey RIJ iftpw m II
tin bin baanai Dhanakh cha@aa-ee-ai ih jag bayDhi-aa bhaa-ee.
Of my brother the worldliness has aimed its arrow without bow, still it has pierced world.
P.333
~ ft!H~~~ ifuQdtftRri gah gis boodee pavanjhulaavai dor rahee Iiv laa-ee. 11311
lIall
Tlte dnowned in ten directions, are wavering in air, but the string ofintuned remained intact. 3
~ HQlWBTo JI)fT7jT~~ B"'ait II unman manoo-aa sunn samaanaa QubiDhaa gurmat bhaagee.
the happy mind has merged in void. The doubt, the evil wisdom has run away.
~ cr8hJ ~ ~ ~ arM orfi.f ftR ~ 11811~1I8~1I
724
kaho kabeer anbha-o ik daykhi-aa raam naam Iiv laagee. 114112114611
Kabir says, "1 experienced and saw One, and am intuned with the name of God. "4.2.46
~ ~ ~ II ga-orhee bairaagan tipday. GAURIBAIRAGAN TIPADE
~ ~ tfi 1:1? R B'Oftr Jjn ~ II ultat pavan chakar khat bhaYday surat sunn anraagee.
Turning air upward, I have crossed its six circles, (in body) my attachment now is with void.
~ '0 ~ J.ffl' '0 tM' 3"'ff ~ Sri" 1I'i1l aavai na jaa-ay marai na jeevai taas khoj bairaagee. 11111
OJ detached, search for One, who neither comes nor goes, neither lives nor dies. 1
Aij" HO HO <it ~ 'R'H'O" II mayray man man hee ulat samaanaa.
OJ my mind, turn towards merging in mind.
!JQ trOWfu ~ m JoHri' ~ ~ iiflOT II'i1l ~ II
gur parsaad akal b!J.a-ee avrai naatar thaa baygaanaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Witlt the grace of Guru, my thinking is changed, otherwise I was an alien. 1 (pause)
mri ~ ~ 9fi; fori' ft:Ifn Hw crfa')f/fo))fl' II nivrai door door fun nivrai jin jaisaa kar maani-aa.
Near is afar, afar is again near, it is like one believes.
~ C(1" AA ~ ri;sT ft:Ifn t./tl)fT f3fn ~ II~ II
alutee kaa jaisay bha-i-aa baraydaa jin pee-aa tin jaani-aa. 11211
As (4 tlte syrup, prepared with refined sugar (Misri), only he knows the taste who has drunk it.2
M
3<it ~ crar CifTft!' ~ ~ ~ ifi! ftmft II
O
tayree nirgun kathaa kaa-ay si-o kahee-ai aisaa ko-ay bibaykee.
.C
Whom to tell your story ofbeyond gunnas ? Is there some such logician ?
B
~ crt:ftQ ft:Ifn ~ ~ f3fn 3J:It ~ ~ II it IIit II B;> II
LU
kaho kabeer jin dee-aa paleetaa tin taisee jhal daykhee. /13113114711
Kabir says, " Whoever gives fire (to straws) same kind offlames he sees. " 3.3.41
K C
O
:ro tRJf fl:ig" gtf om ~ :ro ~ ~ N II
O
tah paavas sinDh Dhoop nahee chhahee-aa tah utpat parla-o naahee.
H
~~'O ~~~JjnJDfTfb"et:roN 1I'i1l B
You do not get there river, sunshine, shade, neither there is any creation nor desolation.
IK
jeevan mirat na dukh sukh bi-aapai sunn samaaQh do-oo tah naahee. 11111
S
Neither there is life nor death, neither pain nor pleasure, not even void nor trance both. 1
J1cJ"H eft ~ crar ~ ~ II sahj kee akath kathaa hai niraaree.
The story of, in ease, (God) is unique.
~omut~'O~~~'OrilI'ill ~ II
tul nahee chadhai jaa-ay na mukaatee halukee lagai na bhaaree. /1111 rahaa-o.
Neither it is weighable, nor exhausting, neither it is light nor heavy. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ et :ro ~ ~ ft!o'ff :ro ~ II araDh uraDh do-oo tah naahee raat dinas tah naahee.
There is neither any down world, nor any upper world, neither night and nor day,
~ om~ ~9fi;~~3U"~ II~II
jal nahee pavan paavak fun naahee satgur tahaa samaahee. 11211
Neither there is water, nor air andfire, true Guru is merging there. 2
))fmf ~ em ~ !JQ fciraw 3" ~ II agam agochar rahai nirantar gur kirpaa tay lahee-ai.
The inaccessible, unknowable remains aloof. With the grace of Guru, we can get Him.
~ csr8ta" afi!l; wt!JQ nIY'c5 H3Rdlf3 ~ ~ lIitllBIIBt:1I
kaho kabeer bal jaa-o gur apunay satsangat mil rahee-ai. 113114114811
Kabir says, "1 sacrifice myselffor my Guru, He gets me to join true congregation. "3.4.48
725
tfTY YQ" ~ bs ~ ~ ~ 1.l'a'iJITfRi II paap punn du-ay bail bisaahay pavan poojee pargaasi-o.
The vice and virtue are two oxen, I purchased, the life revealed through the capital of air.
ftpror ~ Rt ure !ft3'ftr ftffi ftIfb' ~ ftrwftJi II 1:\ II
tarisnaa goon bharee ghat bheetar in biDh taaNd bisaahi-o. 11111
The bag filled with lust is in body, with that I purchased the herd 1
~ ~ ~ mf'ar II aisaa naa-ik raam hamaaraa.
My God is such a hero,
R"iJRlS Fiwg cfti ~ 111:\11 ~ II. sagal sansaar kee-o banjaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
that He turns the whole world into merchandising. 1 (pause)
~ ~g ~ ere iRJT3t }f(') ~ ~ II kaam kroDh du-ay bha-ay jagaatee man tarang batvaaraa.
Cupidi~V and anger, both have become hoarders, the mind-waves become divider.
t?;:r ~ ~ t!'Q ~ W ~ war II~II panch tat mil daan nibayreh taaNdaa utri-o paaraa. 11211
The five elements join to exhaust the gifts, the herd gets across. 2
&tS tmg ~ ~ Ji:rg ~ ~ 8fn))fTlft II kahat kabeer sunhu ray santahu ab aisee ban aa-ee.
Kabir says, "Listen 01 saints, now it has become like this:
~ R'3' ~ ~ 1fIQTvi 1ifl'l ~ IISIIt.l1l8tll
M
ghaatee chadhat bail ik thaakaa chalo gon chhitkaa-ee. 113115114911
O
Going uphill, ox was tired, it ran away, throwing bag." 3.5.49
C
~ ~ II ga-orhee panchpadaa. GAUR! PANCH PADA
B .
il'm teo 9'flr 5' ~ WC!T II payvkarhai din chaar hai saahurrhai jaanaa.
U
In parent's home, I am for four days, I have to leavefor in-laws home.
~~n wm
L
~ ~ 111:\11 anDhaa 10k na jaan-ee moorakh ay-aanaa. 11111
C
K
The childish, the blind, thefoolish,folk, does not know even this. 1
~ m>w urQ- Q(') J::r.ft II kaho dadee-aa baaDhai Dhan kharhee.
Tell why she is standing shabbily dressed
O O
B
~ uffiJ ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II paahoo ghar aa-ay muklaa-oo aa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
H
The guests have come, the husband has come to take her home.
K
S I
(] fl:r ft!'R' ~ ~ wtr ~ II oh je disai khoohrhee ka-un laaj vahaaree.
Who is dropping the rope, in the well, I am seeing. 1 (pause)
wtr ur;ft fRt c tdt ~ ~ ~ II~II laaj gharhee si-o toot parhee uth chalee panihaaree. 11211
The rope and pitcher, both are broken, the water-carrier (she) stands and goes. 2
~ ~ ~ ~ ri'))fyC')T ~ ~ II saahib ho-ay da-i-aal kirpaa karay apunaa kaaraj savaaray.
If Master is graceful, He shows His mercy. Then she can look after her matters.
P.334
3T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IISI1 taa sohaganjaanee-ai gur sabad beechaaray. 11311
If she ponders over the word ofGuru, only then she is considered married 3
ftsro'3" eft aT1:ft R'B' ftro' ~ ~ II kirat kee baaNDhee sabh firai daykhhu beechaaree.
Think and look, all are wandering bound by their actions.
m:r ~ ~ ~ ~ ri' ~ 11811 ays no ki-aa aakhee-ai ki-aa karay vichaaree. 11411
What ...hould we call her, what the poor one should do ? 4
!nft f'6orJft ~ ~ ftr:s m n dhJr II bha-ee niraasee utb. chalee chit banDh na Dheeraa.
Becoming hopeless, she stood and left, without having patience in mind
ufa" eft ~ wfdr ~ 8tJ ~ ntcJr 1It.lIII!IIt.lOIl
har kee charnee laag rahu bhaj saran kabeeraa. 115116115011
726
Kabir says, "Run to be at thefeet of God and seek His refuge". 5.6.50
m crofu itIJ ~ Htor ~ 0' iW m II jogee kaheh jog Qhal meethaa avar na goojaa bhaa-ee.
Yogi says, "OJ brother yoga is the best and sweet, no other way. "
~ tf~ ~ mret ~ croftr ft::rfb' l.fIlft IIClII rundit mundit aykai sabQee ay-ay kaheh siDh paa-ee. 11111
The complete(v shaven say one word, that they have gained perfection. 1
~ f8Q Rfi.f ~ ))(Qr II har bin bharam bhulaanay anDhaa.
They, without God, are blind and are astraying in doubts.
HI' ufu ~ ))fT'Y' !!J<::OII'i!Fo 3 8'Q' ~ iw IIClII ~ II
jaa peh jaa-o aap chhutkaavan tay baaDhay baho fanDhaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Ifyou go to someone to get yourselfliberated, they themselves are bound in many bondages. 1
(Pause)
iKJ' 3 ~ 3"dt JDfI7ft' ~ ftrib' ftfmft 3'8 eft II jah tay upjee tahee samaanee ih biQh bisree tab hee.
If merges in, from where it has originated, on(v then this way (of Maya) is forgotten.
t.ffir3 ~ = em ~ ~ croftr 9' em eft II ~ II
- JJ
pandit gunee soor ham gaatay ayhi kaheh bad ham hee. 11211
All they say, "I am great, I am Pandit, I am virtuous, I am brave, I am giver ofgifts. " 2
Whomever He gets to know, he knows, why to live without knowing.

OM
fi:rnfu ~ mft ~ f8Q ~ ~ II jisahi buihaa-ay so-ee booihai bin booihay ki-o rahee-ai.
11311 .C
~~~ftffiftrib'~~ IIall
satgur milai anDhayraa chookai in biDh maanak lahee-ai.
U B
CL
!f we meet a Guru, the darkness goes, this way we can find the gem. 3
3fi::r ~ ~ ~ uftJ ~ ft: qftr crcJPH' II taj baavay gaahnay bikaaraa har pag garirh kar rahee-ai.
cro- iinffiJ aiit

= mr -- ~ tri'
= 3 fcrnfr ~
O K
Leave doing evil deeds, on left or right side, let us live by remembering the feet of God
II 8 II;) II1.lClII
O
kaho kabeer gooNgai gurh khaa-i-aa poochhay tay ki-aa kahee-ai. 114117115111
B
H
Kabir says, "It is like dumb eating Gur (unclarified sugar)
K
~lyou ask about taste, how can he tell?" 5. 7.51
SI
~ a$ft ~ ot8to tit II raag ga-orhee poorbee kabeer jee. RAG GAURI PURBI, KABIR JI
9(t'"'~ tpPft:!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
God is one realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
iKJ' 61!' bRJT 3<JT ~ orc:ft W ~ 3'i1 orc:ft II jah kachh ahaa tahaa kichh naahee panch tat tah naahee.
At one time there was something, now there is nothing, even five elements are not there.
b fi.i1.rw ~ ~ ~ JRiIIO 013" weft 11911 irhaa pingulaa sukhman bangay ay avgan katjaahee. 11111
OJ man, left vein, right vein, and central vein are there, but how will vices go. ? 1
3'TaJT " mig ftJofk ~ 3"ar ~ OICJT JDfQft II
taagaa tootaa gagan binas ga-i-aa tayraa bolat kahaa samaa-ee.
With breaking ofthread, the sky (top ofhead) is broken, where your word is to be placed?
EuriWH~~~H~clO'cro~IIClII ~ II
ayh sansaa mo ka-o an-gin bi-aapai mo ka-o ko na kahai samihaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Day and night I am in this doubt, none helps me to understand 1 (pause)
ffiJ ~ ~ 3'i1 orc:ft ~ 3'i1 orc:ft II jah barQhand pind tah naahee rachanhaar tah naahee.
When there is universe, body is not there, creator is also not there.
ti;f()diij JreT ~ ~ ~ ~ H'c:it II~II jorhanhaaro sagaa ateetaa ih kahee-ai kis maahee. 11211
The uniting (God) is ever detached, now tell me wherein He is placed 2
727

it.ft ~ 0' 3;ft if8 ~ ~ ftrorFlt II jorhee jurhai na torhee tootai jab lag ho-ay binaasee.
Neither it can be united nor disunited, until it vanishes.
err Ii ~ err Ii ~ Ii crrg cl H1Jft 11811 kaa ko thaakur kaa ko sayvak ko kaahoo kai jaasee. 11311
Who is Master ofwhom ? who is servant ofwhom ? to whom will it go ? 3
~ ~ ~ wm ~ a- iror aR ft!o r i II kaho kabeer Iiv laag rahee hai jahaa basay gin raatee.
Kabir says, "1 am intuned with, where He abides day and night.
~ err HGtl' mit tfg w* ~ ~ JW))fftrorFlt 11911Cl1l1.l~II
u-aa kaa maram ohee par jaanai oh ta-o sagaa aQhinaasee. 114111115211
His mystery is known to Him, He is ever Imperishable." 5.1.52
a3t II ga-orhee. GAURI
8'VftJ.
ffaE fi:ffiff3' ~ chft ~ t.ffi.fftJ II surat simrit gu-ay kannee munga parmit baahar khinthaa.
Love and remembrance, both are my ear-rings, truth is my patched outer garb.
1jo F JotfJ ~ ~ ilR'Slllttsdft:l::s thrr IIClII sunn gufaa meh aasan baisan kalap bibarjit panthaa~ 11111
Sitting in poise in cave is my trance, and leaving desires is my path (faith). 1 .
~ ~ if 8R Raft II mayray raajan mai bairaagee jogee.
Of my king, I am a yearning yogi.
HQd" 0" Fm ftrtiaft IIClII ~ II marat na sog bi-ogee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Therefore I am beyond death, sorrows and separation. 1 (pause)
~ ~ Hfu fi:hit iW ~ FI! ~ ~ II
OM
.
khand barahmand meh si~ee mayraa batoo-aa saQh jag QhasmaaDhaaree.
C
B
In continents, in universe, my horn is played upon, my wallet is filled with ash of all world.
U
L
::sr;ft ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ II~ II taarhee laagee taripal paltee-ai chhootai ho-ay pasaaree. 11211
C
With being in trance, three-fold (three gunnas) is turned other way, I expanded after release. 2
O K
HQ ~ ~ 'far cret a- ~ ~ ~ 'R'Rt II man pavan gu-ay toombaa karee hai jug jug saarag saajee.
I made two gourds of my mind, andframe ofthe Master ofages.
P.335
= ~ ~ fthRft
ftrcJ- BEt f f 3Gfk
B O
H
- 8'tft liS II
K
thir Qha-ee tantee tootas naahee anhag kinguree baajee. 11311
SI
Now my string is firm, it does not break,andflute is playing upon unfrictioned word. 3
JJfn HO H'm') ~ a- ~ ~ jp; 0" ~ II sun man magan bha-ay hai pooray maa-i-aa dol na laagee.
Listening, my mind is lost in love, now it does not waver by worldliness.
~ ~ 3T ~ yoafll ~ ocft ~ ~ h'1ft 11911~1I1.1SI1
kaho kabeer taa ka-o punrap janam nahee khayl ga-i-o bairaagee. 114112115311
Kabir says, "The detached has played his game well, to him, no birth again." 4.2.53
a3t II ga-orhee. GA URI
art!' ~ art!' t!'R art!' ft:;cfu:r y<fhw R ~ II gaj nay gaj gas gaj ikees puree-aa ayk tanaa-ee.
(~f nine yards, ten yards, twenty one yards, I got one piece woven.
we WJ ~ Q lI'a"::sftr 'If'? ~ ~ IIClII saath soot nay khand bahtar paat lago aDhikaa-ee. 11111
Sixty threads, nine parts, seventy two webs, still more are used. 1
cnit ~ wfr II ga-ee bunaavan maaho.
She wants to get the yarn woven,
tIfd' ifPt iI'ft! ~ IIClII ~ II ghar chhodi-ai jaa-ay julaaho. 11111 rahaa-o.
she left home and went to weaver. 1 (pause)
mft' 0" ~ 3fti; 0' ~ \.I'lVQ 'Rq ~ II gajee na mini-ai tol na tulee-ai paachan sayr aQ,baa-ee.
It cannot be measured by yards, it cannot be weighed by weights, the body requires two and half
728
seers offood.
R cmr l.fT'e'Q 8fcn n tR ~ d ~ 11:111
jou kar paachan bayg na paavai it!.agar karai gharhaa-ee. 11211
If thefood is not given to body, the soul quarrels and the home collapses. 2
reo-eft 80 1:ffl}{ eft 8acrR' ~ 8C1'S1" CB ~ II gin kee baith khasam kee barkas ih baylaa kat aa-ee.
The day... to live is the gift ofMaster. When again will this opportunity come?
~cii'!itaT~~mri~lIall
= = - -
chhootay koonday bheegai puree-aa chali-o julaaho reesaa-ee. 11311
The threads are wet, the pots are left, the weaver is leaving in desperation. 3 .
m ~~ omfnal'A' 7)3'ij'om
~ II chhochhee nalee tant nahee niksai natar rahee urj,haa-ee.
The thread is not passing through the empty pipes, thus thread is mixing up.
'i1is ~ W ~ ~ ctg ~ ~ 11811all1.l811
chhod pasaar eehaa rahu bapuree kaho kabeer samit!.aa-ee. 114113115411
Of poor, renounce the worldliness, live near. Kabir is saying for you to realize. 5.3.54
8Q ffi3 ~ ~ fchF ~ ~ II ayk jot aykaa milee kimbaa ho-ay maho-ay.
One light is merging into One, is it living or not living?
Those in whose body, name is not coming up, they weep and die. 1
O M
~ urfc (')T}j' n !1.I'H ~ ~ RQ 'Are 11911 jit ghat naam na oopjai foot marai jan so-avo 11111
~ ~ ~ II saaval sungar raam-ee-aa.

. C
Of my beautiful darkish Master.
U B
L
jiaT HQ ~ 3fu 11911 ~ II mayraa man laagaa tohi. 11111 rahaa-o.
C
My mind is in love with you. 1 (Pause)
K
FJTg' ~ mti:r ~ for ~ H!r for iw II saaDh milai siDh paa-ee-ai ke ayhu jog ke bhog.
O O
By meeting a saint, we get perfection, in renouncing or enjoying.
~ f).{W; ~ !1.I'H ~ (')'){ RAil! 11:111 guhu mil kaaraj oopjai raam naam sanjog. 11211
B
When two meet, the result is there, now God and name are in union. 2
H
K
~ ~ ~ ~ ft ~ ~ lfcJH 8tvra' II log jaanai ih geet hai ih ta-o barahm beechaar.
S I
People think it is a song, actual(v this is a thought on Brahma.
~ CfTlft ~ ~ JiI"O'R' ~ 8'0 lIall ji-o kaasee upgays ho-ay maanas mar:!;ee baar. 11311
In Kanshi, the message (of God) is given to a dying man. 3
,hft ~ ci ~ <:rfir C5'W ~ ~ II ko-ee gaavai ko sunai har naamaa chit laa-ay.
But ~l someone sings, someone listens, the name of God with attention.
ctg Cillftcr Jfw om ))jE 1J)f m UTfu II 8 II 9 II 8 II 1.11.1 II
kaho kabeer sansaa nahee ant param gat paa-ay. 11411111411 5511
Kabir says, "No doubt, he will get liberation in the end." 4.1.4.55
H3' ;:J3O Cf(B 3' ~ R ~ om ~ ~ II jaytay jatan karat tay doobay bhav saagar nahee taari-o ray.
All those, who have tried, are drowned. They could not swim across the terrible ocean.
emf tmf cr<r3' ~ Jim.f~HQ ~~ 11911
karam Dharam kar:!;ay baho sanjam ahaN-buDh man jaari-o ray. 11111
Doing many rituals (in faith), and disciplines, the ego from mind has not gone. 1
WR' apR ci ~ ~ it ~ H'O'2 ftrRrMi ~ II saas garaas ko gaato tbaakur so ki-o manhu bisaari-o ray.
The Master is the giver ofbreath and morsel, why, from mind, you forget Him?
~~ ~ ffi'))jft ~~ CJTfa'ij~ 11911 ~ II
729
heeraa laal amol janam hai ka-udee baglai haari-o ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Your life is invaluable ru by and gem, why are you losing it for a shell? 1 (Pause)
ftp:Ior ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ nrfu 8te'rffi WII
tarisnaa tarikhaa !2!:lookh !2!:laram laagee hirgai naahi beechaari-o ray.
The lust, the thirst, the hunger, the doubt all are after you,
why in mind you have not given a thought to it.
~ )f'(') ftrftIif HO w<ft ~ ii(I' ~ n Q'1flrii WII ~ II
unmat maan hiri-o man maahee gur kaa sabag na Dhaari-o ray. 11211
The intoxicated in pride, is looted from within, he has not kept Guru's word in mind 2
~ ~ ft!W aJr t1M ~ aJr b fOrftJi WII
su-aag lubhat ingree ras parayri-o mag ras lait bikaari-o ray.
Indulging is tastes, inspired by sensousness, intoxicated by wine, are made useless.
emf ~ Ji3n ~ C(l"RG icr ~ WIISII
karam Qhaag santan sangaanay kaasat loh uDhaari-o ray. 11311
The good luck and good actions are with saints. The wood gets iron also to float 3
Q1T3' iW5 ;::rn'){ ~ !Pi lW ~ afcf CJ){ <JTflrli WII
Dhaavat jon janam Qharam thaakay ab gukb. kar ham haari-o ray.
M
Passing through life after life, and life in doubts, now suffering so much, I am defeated
O
afu emu
~ fma)fCJT G'B' lfH n13lbHd i fa{j W118111\1I1.l111.l~1I
.
kahi kabeer gur milat mahaa ras paraym tmagat nistaari-o ray. 114111115115611
C
B
Kabir says, "In the union with Guru is great bliss. He liberates with loving devotion." 4.1.5.56
a:ft II ga-orhee. GA URI
~ eft ~ HO ~ W~ ~ mretR II
L U
K C
kaalboot kee hastanee man ba-uraa ray chalat rachi-o jaggees.
O
Of my foolish mind, know, God has modeled this wonder ofcreation,
OJfuf
in the psyche of a she-elephant.
~ iIIif 8fJJ ~ HO ~ W ~
B
RftJi IIC\II
KH
ii(I'){
kaam su-aa-ay gaj bas paray man ba-uraa ray ankas sahi-o sees. 11111
goad. 1
SI
Of my foolish mind, in the lust for sex, the elephant is captured, and on his head he suffers
P.336
~ 8'V <:ffiJ ~ ~ HO ~ WII bikhai baach har raach samaih man ba-uraa ray.
Of my foolish mind, understand, save yourselffrom poison, and merge in God
foai ~ n <:ffiJ BiI HO ~ W~ n ~ i1cJ'I'tJ 111\11 ~ II
nirbhai ho-ay na har Qhajay man ba-uraa ray gahi-o na raam jahaaj. 11111 rahaa-o.
Of my foolish mind, you have not fearlessly remembered God and have not been in His ship. 1
(Pause)
}f'(JQZ ~ ))(()'if eft HO ~ WM ~ 1fHTftr II
markat mustee anaaj kee man ba-uraa ray leenee haath pasaar.
Of my foolish mind, monkey grabs a handful ofcorns by stretching his hands.
~ ~ 'HUH" ~ HO ~ WO'ftrii UIW UIW 8'ftJ II~II
chhootan ko sahsaa pari-aa man ba-uraa ray naachi-o ghar ghar baar. 11211
Of my foolish mind, in the anxiety for freedom, it dances from door to door. 2
ft:rtt- ~ ~
=
arfJCi )fc') riG'"
-
W)f1W ftro- ftItcJra'
- -
II
ji-o nalnee soo-ataa gahi-o man ba-uraa ray maa-yaa ih bi-uhaar.
730
OJ myfoolish mind, as a parrot in trapped through a pipe, similar(y you are caught in the deal of
worldliness.
Hw ~ crffir Ql" HO ~ ~ f3t 1.fRffi t(I'A'tg 11:3 II
jaisaa rang kasumQh kaa man ba-uraa ray ti-o pasri-o paasaar. 11311
OJ myfoolish mind, as is the color ofsafflower, such is the display ofworld 3
~~3talfuffiHO~~VRO~8'g~ II
naavan ka-o tirath ghanay man ba-uraa ray poojan ka-o baho gayv.
OJ my foolish mind, there are so many sacredplaces for bath, and so many gods for worship.
~ Cl8ta" ~ n<ft HO ~ ~ FQ <JAr eft ~ IIQIICl.II~lIl.e)1I
kaho kabeer chhootan nahee man ba-uraa ray chhootan har kee sayv. 114111116115711
"But OJ my foolish mindJ" says Kabir. "This will not give you freedom. The freedom is by
service on(y. " 4.1.6.57
~ 0" tro ~ n<ft ~ ~ *ftr 7) ~ II agan na gahai pavan nahee magnai taskar nayr na aavai.
Neither fire burns, nor wind carries, nor the thiefwill come near.
QT){ O')f QQ cffiJ ~ HQQ Cit'3' ~ 7) tri' II Cl.1I
raam naam Dhan kar sanch-unee so Dhan kat hee na jaavai. 11111
M
Gatlter the name of God, that wealth will go nowhere. 1
O
<OOJT QQ ~ ciiRii: ~ ftro Jl'Q QQ ~ II
hamraa Dhan maaDha-o gobing DharneeDhar ihai saar Dhan kahee-ai.
.C
B
My wealth is God, the sustainer ofearth, titis is the real wealth, know it.
if J315 tpr ~ cit ~ H J315 CPft:r 7) ~ 1IC1.11 ~ II
L U
C
jo sukh parabh gobing kee sayvaa so sukh raaj na lahee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
The kind ofpleasure is in serving God, that cannot be even in kingship. 1 (pause)
O
~ QO ~ flw H6a'rea ~ R' ~ II is Dhan kaaran siv sankaagik khojat bha-ay ugaasee.
O
For earning this wealth, Shiva, Sanak etc, have become renouncers.
B
Hfo~ft:roar~tffl'7)IDfcitmII~II man mukangjihbaa naaraa-in parai najam keefaasee.11211
H
K
God in mind, God on tongue, then there is no noose ofdeath. 2
SI
foH tIQ fcnf'Q !JiJJf3' ~ M '3'1J HHf3 HQ W'arr II
nij Dhan gi-aan bhagat gur geenee taas sumat man laagaa.
Guru gave me own wealth ofknowledge, of devotion, my wise mind is in them.
tm3 ~ l:ffir HQ ~ ~ iqo ~ !Jf'aIT 11:3 II
jalat ambh thambh man Dhaavat bharam banDhan bha-o Qhaagaa. 11311
When pillar of life is under fire, the mind .runs for water.Similarly it runs away for fear of
fetters. 3
a'5' atftg JfeO c} w3 ftra'@' ~ ~ II kahai kabeer magan kay maatay hirgai gaykh beechaaree.
Kabir say.", "OJ intoxicated in sex, think in you mind,
~ UIftJ ~ ire ~ mat ij')f UIftJ ~ ~ IIQIICl.II':>II~t:1I
tum ghar laakh kot asav hastee ham ghar ~yk muraaree. 114111117115811
In your home you have lacs, crores oJ horses, elephants. In my home, there is only one
God." 4.1. 7.58
~ II ga-orhee. GAURI
~ afu c} aG ~ ;rno eft ~ 7) ~ t!ftrti II
ji-o kap kay kar musat chanan kee lubaDh na ti-aag da+o.
As a monkey having handful ofgrams, does not throw them.
731
it it emf cftt ~ fl::It 3' ~ ~ ~ II~II jo jo karam kee-ay laalach si-o tay fir gareh pari-o. 11111
Similar(v whatever actions you do in greed, will become noose around your neck. I
nf3' f8Q ~ ilOt!' ~ II bhagat bin birthay janam ga-i-o.
Without devotion life is passing in waste. .
HIQRdlfi3 BiR'O 8iIn f8Q crot n ~ ~ II~II ~ II
saaDhsangat bhagvaan Qhajan bin kahee na sach rahi-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
Except in saint's congregation and singing of God's name, truth is nowhere. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ijRH ~ ftircr;fu n urt ~ II ji-o ugi-aan kusam parfulit kineh na gharaa-o la-i-o.
Like a flower, flowering in forest, none cares for its fragrance.
3H ~ ~ ;lfo Hftr ~ ~ Q'I'l!l) crft!i II~ II taisay bharmat anayk jon meh fir fir kaal ha-i-o. 11211
Similarly wandering uncared in many births, again and again is taken away by death. 2
fu))fT QO mrn ~ ~ t!"QI' ihfn ~ tJ ~ II i-aa Dhan joban ar sut daaraa pay1<han ka-o jo da-i-o.
This wealth, youthfulness, son, and wife are given to look after.
En m- Ji'I'fu))fCfcr it ~ ~\i{ftr ~ IISII tin hee maahi atak jo urjhay ingree parayr la-i-o. 11311
Whoever stays in them, indulges, he is inspired by senses. 3
$ ))f('Wi 3g En cl ~ ~ ftm O'? ~ II a-oDh anal tan tin ko mangar chahu dis thaat tha-i-o.
His age and body are in fire, his house is on display from aI/ sides.
cmr
M
Cllffir t H"'aI'a' :ran ~ H ~ ijc ~ 11811 ~II t lI~t II
O
kahi kabeer bhai saagar taran ka-o mai satgur ot la-i-o. 114111118115911
. C
Kabir says, "For swimming across the terrible ocean, / came to thefeet oftrue Guru." 4.1.8.59
B
U
tnft Hw H'<!t arat II paanee mailaa maatee goree.
The water is dir(v, the clay is fair.
C L
fim H'<!t eft y:m Hat II~II is maatee kee putree joree. 11111
The model is assembled out ofthis clay. 1
OK
O
Hor<:ft ~ ))fTfu n Jfar II mai naahee kachh aahi na moraa.
B
/ am nothing and nothing is mine.
H
3g ~ JI! G'ff itftre ~ II~II ~ II tan Dhan saQh ras gobing toraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
S I
The body, the wealth, aI/luxuries, are given by you 01 God. 1 (Pause)
fim H'<!t Hftr tRQ JDfTft!lW II is maatee meh pavan samaa-i-aa.
/11 this clay the air is merging.
P.337
" ~ iifu ~ II~II jhoot!:laa parpanch jor chalaa-i-aa. 11211
The false creation is moving by its own strength. 2
~ lIl:I'tR eft itcft II kinhoo laakh paaNch kee joree.
Somebody gathered it (wealth) offive lacs,
~ eft lfTQ ~ rn II S II ant kee baar gagree-aa foree. 11311
but in the end, the pitcher breaks. 3
cmr recr
Cllffir <'iR ~ II kahi kabeer ik neev usaaree.
Kabir says, "You have laid afoundation,
fi:ro Hftr ftInfl::r wfu ~ 11811C\lItll~oll khin meh binas jaa-ay ahaNkaaree. 114111119116011
Olin vanity, this will break in a moment. " 5.1. 9.60
aft II ga-orhee. GA URI
QT}{ ~ tf\))f ~ ~ II 1j ~ RfW ~ AA 11'\11
raam japa-o jee-a aisay aisay. Dharoo par-hilaag japi-o har jaisay. 11111
732
O! my mind, remember name in the way as Dhru and Prahlad remembered God. 1
;fto ~ riit ~ II deen da-i-aal bharosay tayray.
O! merciful to the poor, I depend upon you, so,
RJ ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II sabh parvaar charhaa-i-aa bayrhay. 11111 rahaa-o.
I took my wholefamily on your ship. 1 (Pause)
W f3B' ~ 3T ycQ:f ~ II jaa tis bhaavai taa hukam manaavai.
Ifyou like your order will be obeyed,
fuR ~ ~ ~ II~II is bayrhay ka-o paar laghaavai. 11211
This will take the ship to the other shore. 2
wcr l.fOHl'fu ~ !fir fI}fl't'ft' II gur parsaad aisee buDh samaanee.
With the grace ofGuru I am blessed with such wisdom,
~ mIT fafcr))R(') wo't II~II chook ga-ee fir aavan jaanee. 11311
that my cycle of births has ceased. 3
~ mffiJ iJ!f ~ II kaho kabeer bhaj saarigpaanee.
Kabir says, "Sing of God,
~~~RS8im 11811~II,\OIl~'\1I urvaarpaarsabhaykodaanee.1I41121110116111
He, the sole giver, is on this side and on that side. 4.2.10.61
~ ~ II ga-orhee 9. GAUR! - 9
i1fo A ~ ;:m Hfu ~ II jon chhaad ja-o jag meh aa-i-o.
OM
C
Leaving womb, you came to this world,
B.
~ tRO 1:fHtf f8Hd l 18i 11'\11 laagat pavan khasam bisraa-i-o. 11111
U
The moment you were aware, you forgot Master. 1
O! my mind, sing the God's attributes. 1 (pause)

C L
~ cmr & !J7)T ~ 11'\11 ~ II jee-araa har kay gunaa gaa-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
~ i1fo Hfu ~ 3Y crcJ3T II garabh jon meh uraDh tap kartaa.
O
O
When lay reversed in womb, you meditated.
B
~ iIOQ ~ Hfu ~ II~II ta-o jathar agan meh rahtaa. 11211
H
Then you were living in its heat. 2
I K
~ eli1d 1H1CJ iffir; ~ ~ II lakh cha-oraaseeh jon bharam aa-i-o.
S
You have passed through eighty four lac births.
))Ill a- ~ eta" n ~ II~II ab kay chhutkay tha-ur na thaa-i-o. 11311
Ifyou fail now, you will have no place to live. 3

~ cnita" iJ!f ~ II kaho kabeer bhaj saarigpaanee.
Kabir says, "Sing of God, neither He is seen when coming
l')R"3" ;M- W'3' n wo't IIBII'\II'\'\II~~II aavat deesai jaat na jaanee. 1141111111116211
nor He is known when going." 1.12.62
~ ~ II ga-orhee poorbee. PAURI PURBI
~ 81'ff n ~ ~ n nafct ~ II surag baas na baachhee-ai daree-ai na narak nivaas.
Let us not desire for paradise, and not fear from living in helL
fror ~ R ~ ~ HOfJ n cftH))fl'H' 11'\11 honaa hai so ho-ee hai maneh na keejai aas. 11111
Whatever has to happen, it will happen, build no hope in mind. 1
~ ~ ~ II rama-ee-aa gun gaa-ee-ai.
Let us sing the attributes of God,
w 3" ~ 1.IOH ~ 11'\11 ~ II jaa tay paa-ee-ai param niDhaan. 11111 rahaa-o.
From whom we get the supreme treasure. 1 (Pause)
733
fcxfr trY fcxfr 3Y Jii::D{ fcxfr ~ fcxfr ftmn'rg
ki-aa jap ki-aa tap sanjamo ki-aa barat ki-aa isnaan.
II
What for meditation, what for austerities, disciplines,
what for fasting and what for bath (at sacredplaces) ?
;:m ~ BGJftr 0" ~ ~ B'iJIftr ~ II~II jab lag jugat na jaanee-ai Qhaa-o Qhagat Qhagvaan. 11211
Till we do not know the method ofloving devotion for God 2
Fii) ~ 0" ~ ftrtlf::r ~ 0" ~ II sampai gaykh na harkhee-ai bipat gaykh na ro-ay.
Let us not be happy seeing the collected wealth, and should not weep when in trouble.
~ Fii) ~ ftrtlf::r 5' ftJq 5' ~ Jl ~ liS II ji-o sampai ti-o bipat hai biQl1 nay rachi-aa 50 ho-ay. 11311
17,e collecting wealth and trouble are same, what has been designed that will happen. 3
crfu alfta flf ~ Ji30 fire ~ II kahi kabeer ab jaani-aa santan rigai maihaar.
Kabir says, "Now I understand that He is in the heart ofsaints.
~ Jl ~!ffi fircr l.IIG aH ~ 11811"\1IC\~II~SII
sayvak so sayvaa bhalay jih ghat basai muraar. 1141111112116311
Servant is he, who likes on(v to serve, thus God abides in his body. " 4.1.12.63
ij- HO ~ cift! <'Kit fi:fftJ ~ fl:Ifn iJI'g II ray man tayro ko-ay nahee 1Qlinch lay-ay jin bhaar.
OJ my mind, none ofthem whose burden you are carrying, is yours,
ftrn1:fm- tffif i 3Jl ~ ~ 11"\11 birakh basayro pankh ko taiso ih sansaar. 11111
171is world is like a bird's perch on a tree.
OM
C
Q1}{ Qff t1Pw' ij- II raam ras pee-aa ray.
I drink the nectar of God

B .
U
fircr OR ftm'ftr R OR ~ 11"\11 ~ II jih ras bisar ga-ay ras a-or. 11111 rahaa-o.
L
With drinking this nectar, all other ones areforgotten. 1 (pause)
K
Why we weep on other's death, when we ourselves are not permanent. C
~ tre fcxfr ~ ~ ))fT1.fl' Mg 0" ~ II a-or mu-ay ki-aa ro-ee-ai ja-o aapaa thir na rahaa-ay.
H~ Jl f8ofi::r 5' ~ aflr at awre O

II~II jo upjai so binas hai gukh kar rovai balaa-ay. 11211
O
B
Whoever i.'t born, has to die, weeping in griefare devils. 2
H
iJ' eft ~ 3U ~ tiN3 ~ ~ II jah kee upjee tah rachee peevat margan laag.
K
SI
From where it originated, there she is attached, ...he drinks with men.
crfu alfta ftJS ~ Q1}{ fi:Dffo ~ II S II~ II C\S II ~B II
kahi kabeer chit chayti-aa raam simar bairaag. 1131121113116411
Kabir says, "In my mind, I remember God with love." 3.2.13.64
~ ~ II raag ga-orhee. RAG GAURI
~ ~ Ci{T}f('ft ~ sat ~ fRtw II panth nihaarai kaamnee lochan bharee lay usaasaa.
The w(fe is looking towards his (husband's) way, sighing with tearful eyes
P.338
~ 0" ~ ~ 0" fl:m m-a- ~ cit))fTRT 11"\11 ur na bheejai pag naa khisai har garsan kee aasaa. 11111
Her mind is not happy, her feet are not retreating, in the hope ofseeing God 1
m 0" ~ C{l"ij- II udahu na kaagaa kaaray.
Do not fl.v away, OJ black crow,
am fi.n;ful ~ Q1}{ ~ 11"\11 ~ II bayg mileejai apunay raam pi-aaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
I may soon meet my dear God 1 (Pause)
crfu alfta ~ tre iil'Gfn Q'ftr cit B'iJIftr aratR II kahi kabeer jeevan pag kaaran har kee Qhagat kareejai.
Kabir .'tays, "Be in God's devotion for some position in life.
~ ~ ~ ~ ORO" (I'I'tf~. 1I~1I"\1I"\811~~1I
734
ayk aaDhaar naam naaraa-in rasnaa raam raveejai. /12111/114/165/1
My on(v hope is the name of God, 01 my tongue recite God." 2.1.14.65
ij"lf ~ 99 II raag ga-orhee 11. RA G GA URI 11
~ t(I'R' UfO ~ qT ftrRr )f'Ilf aor a1Jf dliq' ~ II
aas paas ghan tursee kaa birvaa maajh banaa ras gaa-ooNray.
All around, there are thick basil herbs, in their midst is a love(~' village.
~qTJ'i1Y~Hm~H~ifirn~nRTg~ 11911
u-aa kaa saroop gaykh mohee gu-aaran mo ka-o chhod na aa-o na jaahoo ray. 11111
Seeing its beau~v, the milk-maid is charmed. Leaving me neither she goes nor comes. 1
3fu;:JQO JoGi wi WfidlQd II tohi charan man laago saaringDhar.
01 my God, my mind is at your feet.
R' fl.fi; H 0"B"i 11911 ~ II so milai jo badbhaago. 11111 rahaa-o.
On(v he can meet you, who is lucky. 1 (pause)
~)fc'j mrn ~ ff'Rn ~ aJT1 ~ II bingraaban man haran manohar krisan charaavat gaa-oo ray.
Bindraban is beautiful and charming, Krishan is grazing cows there.
W qT i5'CR 3Cft Hi~dlQd Hfcr iSIlftar ~ ~ 1I~1I~1I9~1I~~1I
-- - =
jaa kaa thaakur tuhee saaringDhar mohi kabeeraa naa-oo ray. 1121121115116611
M
Of whom you are Master, 01 God, that Kabira is my name. 2.2.15.66
O
~ ~ 9~ II ga-orhee poorbee 12. GAURI PURRI12
. C
ftrtm 8'H:l a-3" ~ tr1W" ftlrrr an )f1} 8'W II bipal bastar kaytay hai pahiray ki-aa ban maDhay baasaa.
B
One is wearing such cost(v clothes, how he is living in jungle 1
cror ~ Od' ~ ~ ftlrrr Hft!is' ifa'i ~ 11911
L U
C
kahaa bha-i-aa nar gayvaa Dhokhay ki-aa jal bori-o gi-aataa. 11111
K
What is the use ofburning incense before God, and what is the use ofgiving Him a water bath. 1
O
~ wfu'aIr H ifI?)i" II jee-aray jaahigaa mai jaanaa N.
01 my mind, I know, you will go.
~ mf' ~ II abigat samajh i-aanaa.
B O
K H
01 ignorant, do not treat yourselfimperishable.
SI
tI'3' tI'3' ~ ~ n ~ Jffdr ~ ~ 11911 ~ II
jat jat gaykh-a-u bahur na paykha-o sang maa-i-aa laptaanaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Whatever you see now, you will not see it again, yet you are indulging in worldliness. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ HW RiJjj tiw II gi-aanee Dhi-aanee baho upgaysee ih jag saglo DhanDhaa.
The knower, the concentrating teach a lot, but all are occupied by their ties.
Clftr anita' ~ G'H (')1)f ftrQ ~ HW )f1'fulw ~ II ~ 119119~ II~'=> II
kahi kabeer ik raam naam bin i-aajag maa-i-aa anDhaa. /12/11/1161167/1
Kabir says, " Without the name of God, this world is blindfor money." 2.1.16.67
~ 9~ II ga-orhee 12. GA URI 12
Hn~~~1:{1IG~~~~cl" II
man ray chhaadahu lIDaram pargat ho-ay naachahu i-aa maa-i-aa kay daaNday.
01 my mind, the slave ofworldliness, leave doubt and dance in open.
B9 ~ ~ Qc') 3" m- R3t ~ we- R 11911
soor ke sanmukh ran tay darpai satee ke saaNchai .bhaaNday. 11111
You pose to face brave, but fear even wife, and clean her utensils. 1
;raDI'dI' iITflJ ~ Hn afa'r II dagmag chhaad ray man ba-uraa.
01 my mad mind, leave wavering.
735
))flf 3t ~ ~ fR1Q' ~ ~ ij'Tftf ~ lI eUI ~ II
ab ta-o jaray maray siDh paa-ee-ai leeno haath sanDh-uraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Once you have coconut lead in hand, the perfection is in bearing or dying. 1 (Pause)
a-
~ ~Q' ~ ~ ~ ftrftr ~ II kaam kroDh maa+aa kay leenay i-aa biDh jagat bigootaa.
The world is taken over by cupidity, anger and money, this way it is ruining.
~ mftG ~ ~ (') Of JRR'S tu' 3' tvr 1I~1I~1I~1I~t:1I
kahi kabeer raajaa raam na chhoda-o sagal ooch tay oochaa. 1121121117116811
Kabir says, "Do not leave God-King, He is the highest ofthe high." 2.2.17.68
~ 9S II ga-orhee 13. GA URI 13
~ 3'w ~ !1.lfa' ~ (') ~ ~ II furmaan tayraa sirai oopar fir na karat beechaar.
Your order is welcome, now] do not think about it.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3' ~ 11911 tuhee garee-aa tuhee karee-aa tuihai tay nistaar. 11111
You are river, you are boatman, you have to liberate. 1
,re am ~ II bangay bangagee iktee-aar.
OJ man, be in the devotion of God,
wfu! ~ ~ fer ~ 11911 ~ II saahib ros Dhara-o ke pi-aar. 11111 rahaa-o.
whether Master is happy or unhappy. 1 (pause)
~ 3'w ))fT'QTJ Hor ~ ~ mft ~ ~ II naam tayraa aaDhaar mayraa ji-o fool ja-ee hai naar.
Your (God's) name is my sustainer, as water is of.flowers.
O M
1121118116911C
~ mftG ~ UIQ qt' ~ ri H"ftJ 1I~1I9t:1I~~1I
kahi kabeer gulaam ghar kaa jee-aa-ay bhaavai maar.
B .
U
Kabir says, "] am you home servant, let live me or kill me." 2.2.18.69
~ II ga-orhee. GAUR!
~ tJqaiHld i:ft))f iif6 Hfu ~ ~ ~R a-
C L
K
II
O
lakh cha-oraaseeh jee-a jon meh bharmat nang baho thaako ray.
ii a- O
OJ Nand (God), many are very tired, wandering in eighty four lacs of births.
B
!JaI'13 Md' ~ f i ~ iJ'Il!' ri ~ 11911
H
bhagat hayt avtaar lee-o hai bhaag bade bapuraa ko ray.
K
11111
SI
For the love ofBhagat (devotee) he (Krishan) took birth, the poor man (Nand) was ve,:v lucky. 1
~tracsut7reii~7reH~qt'iia-1i
tum H jo kahat ha-o nang ko nangan nang so nangan kaa ko ray.
You tell that, He was son ofNand, how he was Nand's son?
Q'dfo ))fC[I"lJ ~ ftm ~ '31J ~ ~ cror i a- 11911 ~ II
Dharan akaas gaso gis naahee tab ih nang kahaa tho ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
When earth, skv, all the ten directions were not there, then where was this Nand? 1 (pause
P.339 .
JicrfG om ~ im'i om ~ ~ foa'ml ill' ii a- II
sankat nahee parai jon nahee aavai naam niranjan jaa ko ray.
One whose name is God, He does not take birth, does not suffer malady.
mftG ii ~ lirR ~ ill' a- H"1:ft (') 8"iJ' a- II~ 119~ II.?O II
, kabeer ko su-aamee aiso thaakur jaa kai maa-ee na baapo ray. 1121119117011
Kabir's Master is such a God, who has no father, no mother. 2.19.70
~ II ga-orhee. GAUR!
.~ ~ Hort iw ~ II ninga-o ninga-o mo ka-o log ninga-o.
Back-bite me, back-bite me, OJ people back-bite me.
736
f7Rr ffi') ~ l:Kit ~ II ningaa jan ka-o kharee pi-aaree.
To the men ofGod, back-biting is ve,:v dear.
f7Rr STY f7Rr ~ 11"\11 ~ II ningaa baap ningaa mehtaaree. 1111/ rahaa-o.
Back-biting is father, back-biting is mother. 1 (Pause)
f7Rr '5fu 3' ~f5" ~ II ningaa ho-ay ta baikunth jaa-ee-ai.
f/1 suffer back-biting, I will go to paradise.
O'lf ~ HOfu ~ II naam pagaarath maneh basaa-ee-ai.
The gift of name will live in my mind,
~ ~ ~ f7Rr '5fu II rigai suDh ja-o ningaa ho-ay.
~/1 suffer back-biting, my heart will be pure.
~ ~ ~ ijfu 11"\11 hamray kapray ningak Dho-ay. 11111
The back-biters, wash my clothes. 1
~ era- 'ff U)fflT ~ II ningaa karai so hamraa meet.
One who back-bites is my friend
f6t!'a' HTfu CJ'H'Ol' ~ II ningak maahi hamaaraa cheet.
My mind is placed in back-biter.
~ j:j'it f7Rr ~ II ningak so jo ningaa horai.
M
The back-biter is one, who gives up back-biting.
U)fflT ~ ~ ia' II~II hamraa jeevan ningak lorai. 1/211
C O
.
Thus back-biter wishes me to live. 2
f7Rr ~ tIM 1iPwg II ningaa hamree paraym pi-aar.
U B
L
Back-biting is my love, by life.
C
f7Rr U)fflT era- ~ II ningaa hamraa karai uDhaar.
K
I1te back-biting liberates me.
O
ffi') alltcJ ~ f7Rr wg II jan kabeer ka-o ningaa saar.
For Kabir, back-biting is meaningful.
B O
~ P" (J){ ~ 1JTftr lIall~oll.?"\1I ningak doobaa ham utray paar. 1131120117111
KH
The back-biter drowns, and I get across. 3.20.71
ijTffT QTH
SI
'i .;;w ~ :mi 3'Oc') QTH ~ 11"\11 ~ II
raajaa raam tooN aisaa nirbha-o taran taaran raam raa+aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 God-king you are fearless upto the extent, that you are the God of liber~v, that liberates. 1
(Pause)
fI'8 (J){ fr3" 3ir ~ (')'T(ft Jml' ~ ~ (J){ (')'T(ft II jab ham hotay tab tum naahee ab tum hahu ham naahee.
When I was there, you were not, now when you are here, I am not.
Jml' (J){ ~~~ ufu ~ m H"Q ~ 11"\11
ab ham tum ayk Qha-ay heh aykai gaykhat man patee-aahee. 11111
Now you and me have become one, we are one, experiencing this, my mind is happy. 1
fI'8 !ftf fun 3ir ~ ciw Jml' !fb' ~ '0 ~ II jab buDh hotee tab bal kaisaa ab buDh bal na jillataa-ee.
When I was wise, then what kind ofboldness ? now the wisdom and boldness have taken back seat.
afcr alltcJ!ftf ufcr mft)Rft!ftf ~ fRftl ~ II~II~"\II.?~II
kahi kabeer buDh har la-ee mayree buDh baglee siDh paa-ee. 1121121117211
Kabir says, "You have taken away my wisdom, now wisdom is replaced (by love), I have hit my
goal." 2.21.72
1:fG ~ afu io;ft utdt ~ ~ mr ~ II
737
khat naym kar koth-rhee baaNDhee basat anoop beech paa-ee.
He has built home (body) using six codes, and putting a beautiful thing in it.
~tft ~ tpn afcr ~ CfG'3' 8'CJ n ~ II~II kunjee kulaf paraan kar raakhay kartay baar na laa-ee. 11111
He has made air the guard, like lock and key. The Creator has not taken any time. 1 (pause)
~ )fc'i' iI"'1S ~ w!J1lft II ab man jaagat rahu raY.bhaa-ee.
0/ my brother, now may mind remains awake.
~ ~ it ~ ~ ~ ~ UIg R1lft II CUI ~ II
gaafal ho-ay kai janam gavaa-i-o chor musai ghar jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Being negligent, I have lost my life, the thief used to enter home and rob it. 1 (pause)
tR~ewHfJ~f3ncrrMft~II panch pahroo-aagarmeh rahtaytin kaa naheepatee-aaraa.
The five guards used to be at door, but they are not trust worthy.
m ~ fta ~ ~ ~ ~ tmJTB' ~ II~ II chayt suchayt chit ho-ay rahu ta-o lai pargaas ujaaraa. 11211
If mind is conscious, awake, then you can have light, that illumines. 2
~ ttra'~tJcmffopft~~n~ II
na-o ghar gaykh jo kaaman .bhoolee basat anoop na paa-ee.
Seeing nine houses, the woman forgot. She did not care to have the beautiful thing.
~ cnftG i'it ttra' lfR ~ ~ ~ II it II~~ lI.?it II
M
kahat kabeer navai ghar moosay gasvaiN tat samaa-ee. 1131122117311
O
Kabir says, "All the nine houses are looted, the Reality is merging in tenth one. " 3.22. 73
.C
B
wit Hfu ~ n ~ ))fT(')'1"(')T II maa-ee mohi avar na jaani-o aanaanaa N
U
0/ my mother, I do not know anyone other than Him,
fJR ROcrrfu ~ ~ arm 3TH ~ HW ~ II ~ II
C L
K
siv sankaagjaas gun gaavahi taas baseh moray paraanaanaa N rahaa-o.
O
Whose attributes, Shiva and Sanak etc. sing, my life lives in Him. 1 (pause)
O
~ t{aI'ff ~ ~ aIDa RC'i ~ HfJ ~ II
H B
hirgay pargaas gi-aan gur gammit gagan mandai meh Dhi-aanaanaa N
Blessed with the knowledge of Guru, my heart is illumined, and my attention is in the planet of
.."ky (tenth gate).
I K
~ War i' 8qn R )fc'i'
S ~
ftm urftJ R'C'i'C")1' II ~ II
bikhai rag bhai banDhan .bhaagay man nij ghar sukb. jaanaanaa. 11111
The poison, the ailments, the fears, the bondages, all ran away, my mindfoundpleasure in own
home. 1
tor Jj}f13' ~ H'fn H'fn 1{!1 iHO Hnfu n ~ II
ayk sumat rat jaan maan parabh goosar maneh na aanaanaa.
Rich with one wisdom, I know and believe in one Master, my mind does not permit second to
enter.
m 8"'ff R )fc'i' 1JTJfc') ~ urfc'ti ~ II~ II
changan baas .bha-ay man baasan ti-aag ghati-o a.bhimaanaanaa. 11211
Living beside sandal tree, my mind is in fragrance. It has renounced pride. 2
H ffi'j iJTfu ~ iDJ ~ 3TH ll! ~ ~ II
jo jan gaa-ay Dhi-aa-ay jas thaakur taas para.bhoo hai thaanaanaa N
One who remembers, sings, praise ofMaster, he is home of God.
ftro U B'1I' drti Hfo w & creH l{Q'O' ~ II it II
tih bad bhaag basi-o man jaa kai karam parDhaan mathaanaanaa. 11311
738
He is great(v lucky in whose mind God abides. His luck is displayed on hisforehead. 3
CfTfG Jrcrf3' ~ J1cJil ~ ~ h JDfTO'OT II kaat sakat siv sahj pargaasi-o aykai ayk samaanaanaa.
No relation with non-believers, I am enlightened in ease, thus I am merging in one and same.
P.340
cmr cn:ita' ~ BfG }fCJT fflf ~ ~ HQ )fTOT(')i' II 8 II ~a 11-'8 II
kahi kabeer gur bhayt mahaa sukh bharmat rahay man maanaanaaN. 1141123117411
Kabir says, "Meeting Guru is great pleasure, my wandering is over, mind is happy" 4.23. 74
~ ~ ~ ~ ))f1::fCft cn:ita' ~ eft raag ga-orhee poorbee baavan akhree kabeer jee-o kee
RAG GAURI PURBI BAWANAKHRIKABIR JIO KI
'\rJlf3' ~ ~ ~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satnaam kartaa purakh gurparsaag.
One (God) is formless, dynamic. True is (His) name. (He is the) Person who creates. (He is
realized by the) Grace of Guru.
1RO l')fiIQ ~ ~ FI! c( ftro ~ JiTfu II baavan achhar 10k tarai sabh kachh in hee maahi.
F~fiy two letters, three worlds, everything is in them.
~ ))fl:.:fG f1:fftr iI'ftri fi!))fl:.:fG ftro Hfu O'ftr 11'\11 ay akhar khir jaahigay o-ay akhar in meh naahi. 11111
The letters which will melt, those are not in these. 1
ffiJT ~ 3(J l')fiIQ ~ II jahaa bol tah achhar aavaa.
I.lthere is a word, the letter (speech) follows.
tro ~ 3(J HQ ?) ~ II jah abol tah man na rahaavaa.
O M
I.l there is no word, the mind does not stay.
. C
~ ~ Hf1:f ~ Fret II bol abol maDh hai so-ee.
U B
L
That ...ame (God) is in the word and in no word.
C
im' ~ ~ 3'R' ~ ?) et II~II jas oh hai tas lakhai na ko-ee. 11211
K
The kind of (person) He is, none knows Him. 2
O O
~ ~ ~ fafr Cirof Cirof '3' i ~ II alah laha-o ta-o ki-aa kaha-o kaha-o ta ko upkaar.
IfI meet Allah (God) what should I say? say what is in goodfor all
B
lRCif 8tH Hfu ~ CJftJV w i 3tf5 ~ fimlf'G lIa II batak beej meh ray rahi-o jaa ko teen 10k bisthaar. 11311
H
K
He is pervading in the seed ofBanyan tree (all). He is in expansion ofthree worlds. 3
S I
~ ~ R t C(J C(J ll'ftM R II alah lahantaa bhayg mbai kachh kachh paa-i-o Qhayg.
In knowing Allah (God) is there any difference? Do you find any?
~ R HQ i1trii ll'ftM ~ l'HR 11811 ulat Qhayg man bayDhi-o paa-i-o aQhang achhayg. 11411
When against any difference, the mind gets in love, then one gets indivisible, inseparable. 4
~ ~ R"C'ftt 1"Ji R ~ II turak tareekat jaanee-ai hingoo baYQ puraan.
Turk (Muslim) believes in Tarikat, (rising above the worldliness),and Hindu in Ved and Puran.
H7i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1It111 man samihaavan kaarnay kachhoo-ak parhee-ai gi-aan. 11511
To set the mind right, some knowledge must be gained. 5
~ ~ H iI'?i" II o-ankaar aag mai jaanaa.
I know Ongkar (God) was in the beginning.
~ ~ ~ 3"fu ?) )fT7)T II Iikh ar maytai taahi na maanaa.
One who can be written and erased, I do not believe in Him.
~ ~ ~ et II o-ankaar lakhai ja-o ko-ee.
Ifsomeone sees God.
Fret ~ HGC!"?) mft II~II so-ee lakh maytnaa na ho-ee. 11611
That known cannot be erased. 6
QCfT ftrfZ C()Ri5 Hfu ~ II kakaa kiran kamal meh paavaa.
739
Kakka : when I find the rays, falling in lotus.
JrlJ:r ftmrR' ~ ncft ~ II sas bigaas sampat nahee aavaa.
This moonshine's light can not be contained in tin.
))fg' R 3(JT ~ ~ 1R" II ar jay tahaa kusam ras paavaa.
And if therein, I put thejuice offlower.
~ CJT Ci{fu ctr ~ 11.711 akah kahaa kahi kaa samihaavaa. 11711
I will relate the unrelatable, but whom to make understand? 7
1:fl:(l' ftro ~}In ~ II khakhaa ihai khorh man aavaa.
Khakha : In this cave, the mind has come in.

~ n (,);:<J ft!"R ~ II khorhay chhaad na Qah Qis Dhaavaa.
Leaving this cave, I will not run towards ten directions.
1ffi'H'fu ~ fl:mr crftJ oa- II khasmahi jaan lshimaa kar rahai.
Master knows, then forgives.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IItll ta-o ho-ay nikhi-a-o akhai paQ lahai. 11811
Titus one becomes immortal and gets the indivisible position. 8
CffiIIT ~ ~ 8;n) lfilIOl' II gagaa gur kay bachan pachhaanaa.
Gagga : I believe in Guru's word.
M
~ lfT3' (') tJit C[I'OT II Qoojee baat na Dhar-ee kaanaa.
O
I do not allow the second's word to enter my ears.
. C
oa- ftr&rH csfu (') MTlft II rahai bihamgam kateh na jaa-ee.
B
[ remain recluse, go nowhere,
U
~ am arfu amo ~ II~II agah gahai geh gagan rahaa-ee. 11911
L
C
[fare the unfareable, andfaring, [ stay in sky (tenth gate). 9
K
U/1IIT urre urre foHA' Fret II ghaghaa ghat ghat nimsai so-ee.
O
Gltagha : In all bodies, He is living.
B O
U/G urre QliIfu (') mft II ghat footay ghat kabeh na ho-ee.
Even when pitcher (body) breaks, He will not break.
H
3T U/G JiTftJ Uf'C Rt 1R" II taa ghat maahi ghaat ja-o paavaa.
K
SI
Wlten, wltile in that body, one can find a way.
it U/? n ~ CiS ~ II ClO II so ghat chhaad avghat kat Dhaavaa. 111011
leaving tltat body, why should I run for another one. 10
5r foi.Iftr ~ crftJ ~ m II llallaa nigrahi sanayhu kar nirvaaro sanQayh.
Ngana : Discipline yourself, love God and remove doubts.
orcft ~ (') ~ tmf ~ ~ IIClClII naahee Qaykh na Qhaajee-ai param si-aanap ayh. 111111
Finding no way, don't run away, that is the supreme wisdom. 11
;:JeT ~ ftr:I ~ ~ II chachaa rachit chitar hai bhaaree. '
Cltacha : The paintedpainting is very vast.

3ft:r ~ ~ ~ II taj chitrai chaytahu chitkaaree.
Leave the painting and remember the painter.
ftr:I ~ ftro ~ II chitar bachitar ihai avjhayraa.
The painting is good or bad, this is because it paints ofconflicts.
3ft:r ~ ~ ijTfl:r ftl'3w IICl~1I taj chitrai chit raakh chitayraa. 111211
Leave painting and keep in mind the painter. 12
'R" ftm ~ t.fTRT II chhachhaa ihai chhatarpat paasaa.
Cltltachha : This is the side ofking-God.
740
&for fcif 0" ~ ~ fcif 0" ~ II chhak ke na rahhu chhaad ke na aasaa.
Why don't you leave desires and live happy.
~ HO H ~ fl=o fl=o ~ II ray man mai ta-o chhin chhin samihaavaa.
Of my mind, every minute, I am trying to make you understand.
3Tfu ~ OS ~ ~ II~all ta~hi chhaad kat aap baDhaavaa. 111311
Leaving Him, why do you get yourselfbound. 13
RW ~ 30 ~ ~ II jajaa ja-o tan jeevatjaraavai.
JaJja : If one burns body while alive.
itso tfTfir um- HtR" II joban jaar jugat so paavai.
By burning youth (desires) one gets the right way.
))fH' Hfa' tra' Hfa' Hfa' inI ~ II as jar par jar jar jab rahai.
Leave all own or other's wealth, when it is to be abandoned
3lI wftn'ff3' ~ ~ 1I~811 tab jaa-ay jot ujaara-o lahai. 111411
On(v then you can get illumined by His light. 14
P.341
'6'e'1' ~ ~ mit wor II ihaihaa uraih suraih nahee jaanaa.
Jhaiha: you are bewildered and know not how to get out ofit.
~ '6'Ufc;r 0'Cft tR'O" II rahi-o ihaihak naahee parvaanaa.
You do not take initiative, this is not acceptable.
O M
OS 'f.rl1:f 'f.rl1:f ~ ~ II kat ihakh ihakh a-uran samihaavaa.
. C
Why huffing, to make others understand
U B
L
~ cftE ~ eft tR" II~t111 ihagar kee-ay ihagara-o hee paavaa. 111511
C
When you quarrel, you get quarreling. 15
OK
W ~ t!' U/G ~ ifa' crc:JT 3fl:r wre II nianiaa nikat jo ghat rahi-o door kahaa taj jaa-ay.
Njania : He is near, in your body, leaving Him, why you go away?
B O
it'" ~ ~ ~ *at ~ 3Tfu II~~II jaa kaaranjag dhooQhi-a-o nayra-o paa-i-a-o taahi. 111611
H
For whom, you have searched the world, you can get Himfrom very near. 16
K
~ ftrcre UflG U/G weft II tataa bikat ghaat ghat maahee.
S I
Tata : The troubling somewhere is right in your body.
~ C{1../T2' )f(J'ft;s fcif 0" weft II khol kapaat mahal ke na jaahee.
Opening the doors, why don't you enter His home?
~fl:f ~ ~ Cl'3fu 0" ~ II gaykh atal tal kateh na jaavaa.
Seeing Firm, you will not go to any infirm one.
~ ~ U/G ~ tR" II~II rahai lapat ghat parcha-o paavaa. 111711
Remain in God, your body will be happy. 17
oor nm ifa' ~ cfuJr II thathaa ihai door thag neeraa.
17tatha: Keep the cheating away.
i'ftfcs i'ftfcs HQ ciPw tftw II neeth neeth man kee-aa Dheeraa.
With hard labour, I could make my mind ofpatience:
fHfo om ofcrpw- mRl) HW 1::R'" II jin thag thagi-aa sagaI jag khaavaa.
The cheat, who has cheatifd and has eaten up the whole world
Ft ~ ofcrpw- eta' HQ ~ II~t:1I so thag thagi-aa tha-ur man aavaa. 111811
Cheating that cheat gives piece to mind. 18
"'" R ~~ ifllft II dadaa dar upjay dar jaa-ee.
Dada: The fear comes up andfear goes.
741
3T lSO Hfu ;rg <Jfu>w ~ lljaa dar meh dar rahi-aa samaa-ee.
In thatfear, other fear is merged.
~ lSO ri 3T ~ ;rg n II ja-o dar darai taa fir dar laagai.
If one fears in fear, then he feels fear.
fo'iJG ~;rg ~ 5ftnJT~ II'\~II nidar hoo-aa dar ur ho-ay Qhaagai. 111911
Once one isfearless, the fear flees away. 19
ftT h ~ CiS ))fI7)T II QhaQhaa dhig Qhoodheh kat aanaa.
Dhadha : Why are you reaching Him from elsewhere.
~ eft m R ~ II dhoodhat hee Qheh ga-ay paraanaa.
While searching like that, your life may end.
m HHfa' ~ mr))RT II charh sumayr dhooQhjab aavaa.
When I returned after searching Himfrom mountain.
ft:rcJ ~ iJIftrtf 'ff E" Hfu tRT II~OIl jih garh garhi-o so garh meh paavaa. 112011
Ifound Him in His builtfort (body) 20
~ ~ ~ OG %eft ri II naanaa ran roota-o nar nayhee karai.
Nanna: Once engaged in battle, one should adopt firm patience.
or ~ or ~ m II naa nivai naa fun sanchrai.
M
Neither he should submit nor retreat.
O
tiro ROlj 3Tcft i R II Dhan janam taahee ko ganai.
On(v his birth is known as great.
. C
B
~ ~ 3fH wre UI! II~'\II maarai aykeh taj jaa-ay ghanai. 112111
He kills one, when running away are many. 21
LU
C
33T ))f3Q 3M em ;::rrSt lIj;ataa atar tari-o nah jaa-ee.
K
Tatta: Unswimmable is not swum,
O
30 ~ Hfu afuti mfllft II tan tariQhavan meh rahi-o samaa-ee.
O
the body remain merged in three worlds.
B
~ ~ 30 H'fu ~ II ja-o tariQhavan tan maahi samaavaa.
H
K
When three worlds merge in body.
S I
~ 3'3fu 33 ~ RV tRT II ~~ II ta-o tateh tat mili-aa sach paavaa. 112211
Then reali(v unites with Reality, I find this truth. 22
~))fWU qTij" ocft tRT II thathaa athaah thaah nahee paavaa.
Thatha: He is immeasurable, How can I measure?
~ ~ ~ ~ (') ~ II oh athaah ih thir na rahaavaa.
He is immeasurable, my body is not stable.
fi ~ If'ocr ~ II thorhai thai thaanak aaramQhai.
Over little place, one starts building town.
ftIg eft 1:1"iro ~ lit lI~all bin hee thaaQhah mangir thamQhai. 112311
No pillars, but he wants to support homes. 23
~ ~ !J laMb.Nf l II gagaa gaykh jo binsanhaaraa.
Dadda : See what is perishable.
tm' ~ 3l1' ~ ~ II jas agay!ill tas raa!ill bichaaraa.
One who is unseen, keep Him in thoughts.
~ ~ ~ mr;:ftR II gasvai gu-aar kunchee jab geejai.
When the tenth gate is opened with key.
~ ~ i ~ cftH 1I~911 ta-o ga+aal ko garsan keejai. 112411
742
Then you can see the merciful. 24
qqr ~ ~ ~ II DhaDhaa arDhahi uraDh nibayraa.
Dhadhaa : the confusion ofearth and sky is over.
~~ HfiJ ~ II arDhahi urDhah manID basayraa.
God's abode is in earth, in sky and in between.
))f(I'Q'ij' Ff!s ~ ~ ))RT II arDhah chhaad uraDh ja-o aavaa.
When leaving earth, one reaches sky.
~ ~ ~ ~ Bl:f l.R" 1I~~IIJ;a-o arDhahi uraDh mili-aa sukh paavaa. 1/251/
Then earth and sky unite and give happiness. 25
?;nT fofl::r feg ~ tI'lft II nannaa nis gin nirkhat jaa-ee.
Nana : Day and night, pass in search ofHim.
~ ~ ~ ~ II nirkhat nain rahay ratyaa-ee.
While searching my ~ves grew red like blood.
~ ~ mr R'ft! l.R" II nirkhat nirkhat jab jaa-ay paavaa.
Searching and searching when I get Him.
:m ~ ~ ~ ~ II~~II tab lay nirkhahi nirakh milaavaa. 112611
Then the searching one merges in searched. 26
M
tn.r" ))fl.lQ ~ nett l.R" II papaa apar paar nahee paavaa.
O
Pappa : Master is b~vond everyone, I do not know His limits.
tJ}f m ~ ~ ~ II param jot si-o parcha-o laavaa.
. C
B
I am trying to be introduced to the supreme light.
~~ f?>aru ~ II paaNcha-o ingree nigreh kar-ee.
L U
C
I have disciplined my five senses.
K
1.fTl.:!' YQ ~ foacgas1 II~':>II paap punn go-oo nirvar-ee. 112711
O
I am free from vice and virtue both. 27
O
~ fuQ ~ ~ mft II fafaa bin foolah fal ho-ee.
3T ~
H B
Fa.tfa: There is onefruit, produced withoutflower.
'R ~ ~ c1lft II taa fal fank lakhai ja-o ko-ee.
K
SI
If anyone can see, that slice offruit.
~ 0' t.nft 'R ~ II goon na par-ee fank bichaarai.
and can reflect upon it, He will befreefrom cycle ofbirths.
3T ~ 'R Hi 30 ~ lI~tll taa fal fank sabhai tan faarai. 112811
That slice offruit breaks all walls. 28
lJtIT fiRfu fiR ~ II babaa bingeh bing milaavaa.
Babba : When a drop merges in a drop.
~ f t 0' ftIFro l.R" II bingeh bing na bichhuran paavaa.
Then the drop can not separate from other drop.
~ -ij-fu lkait ~ II banga-o ho-ay bangagee gahai.
Be men of God and be in meditation.
P. 342
m frre litr Bib' l!IS5' II~~II bangak ho-ay banDh suDh lahai. 112911
If one is meditator, he should take care ofboth related. 29
!J!JT ~ ~ ~ II bhabhaa bhaygeh bhayg milaavaa.
Bhabha : The difference between the differing is finished.
))f1J ~ BTfo ~))RT II ab bha-o bhaan bharosa-o aavaa.
743
Now tlte fear is off and confidence is building.
if ~ Jl Bt3ftJ ~ II jo baahar so bheetar jaani-aa.
Whatever is outside same is known within.
~ ~ ~ ~ IIS01l !2ha-i-aa bhaYQ !2hoapa! pehchaani-aa. 113011
Through knowing His mystery, I could know the king (God). 30
}f}{l" ~ ~ HQ w* II mamaa mool gahi-aa man maanai.
Mamma: My mind is happy by holding on to my source (God).

H"IDfi ~ ff HO ~ ""* II marmee ho-ay so man ka-o jaanai.
Be knower for knowing mind.
H3' alft HO fi.Rar ~ II mat ko-ee man miltaa bilmaavai.
None should delay the unity ofminds.
)fflO ~ 3' Jl J=IV tR' IISClII magan bha-i-aa tay so sach paavai. 113111
Merging in Him one gets to True. 31
}f}{l" HO ~ C{TiJ ~ HO wQ' fi:Ifb' ~ II mamaa man si-o kaaj hai man saaDhay siDh ho-ay.
Maama: The problem is with mind, disciplining mind, one can hit the target.
HO <it HO ~ em ~ HO 'AT fi.rftIpw i') if\! IIS~ II
man hee man si-o kahai kabeeraa man saa mili-aa na ko~ay. 113211
M
Kahir says, "so the problem is between mind and mind,
O
hut I could not meet anyone like mind. " 32
.C
~ HQ m:r:ft ~ HQ ~ II ih man sak1;ee ih man see-o.
B
This mind is power, this mind is spirit.
~ HQ thJ 33 a- ~ II ih man panch tat ko jee-o.
L U
C
This mind is the life offive elements.
K
~ HQ ~ ~ ~ ri II .ih man lay ja-o unman rahai.
O
One who wins this mind remains happy.
O
~ 3tfo ia' cit 8'3em IISSII ta-o teen 10k kee baatai kahai. 113311
H B
He tells the mysteries ofthree worlds. 33
liIW ~ tf1'C'ifu ~ ~ CJfo afa' 8fH ~ ~ II
I K
ya-yaa ja-o jaaneh ta-o Qurmat han kar bas kaa-i-aa gaa-o.
S
Yayya : Ifyou want to know, slay your evil wisdom, that destroys the town ofbody.
~ ~!PH i')<ft ~ ~ ~ IISQII ran roota-o !2haajai nahee soara-o thaara-o naa-o. 113411
When battle in the field is on, do not run away. Then you name will be 'brave'. 34
QTQT QlJ ~ afa' ~ II raaraa ras niras kar jaani-aa.
Rara : Treat the pleasures as unpleasant.
~ ~ ff QlJ ~ II ho-ay niras so ras pehchaani-aa.
One who leaves pleasures, he knows the pleasures.
tim QJf R ~ QlJ ~ II ih ras chhaaday uh ras aavaa.
Once you leave this pleasure, you enjoy That pleasure.
~ QlJ tiPw ftro QlJ i')<ft ~ IIStllI uh ras pee-aa ih ras nahee tmaavaa. 113511
Once you enjoy That pleasure, you will not like this pleasure. 35
~ ~ ftR HQ ~ II lalaa aisay Iiv man laavai.
Lalla: The mind should have such an intunement,
~ i') wfu ~ J=IV tR' II ana! na jaa-ay param sach paavai.
that it should not think of another, and get to supreme True.
~ ~ 3(JT tlH ftR ~ II ar ja-o tahaa paraym Iiv laavai.
744
and ifhe is in love with That,
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lIa~1I ta-o alah lahai leh charan samaavai. 113611
Then he gets to Allah (God), and merges in His feet. 36
~ '8'10 '8'10 ftrRo R>j1'flr II vavaa baar baar bisan samHaar.
Vava : Again and again remember God.
ftrRo 0" ~ <JTfo II bisan sammhaar na aavai haar.
Once you remember God, you willface no defeat.
~ ~ it faRh3h' R1J aR II bal bal jay bisantanaa jas gaavai.
I sacrifice myselffor one who sings the praise of God.
R'Ho ~ H!f ~ ~ tR' lIa.:>1I visan milay sabh hee sach paavai. 113711
Meeting God one gets to all truth. 37
~ ~ iI"01>K ~ "'* rev ~ II vaavaa vaahee jaanee-ai vaa jaanay ih ho-ay.
Vava : Let us know that by knowing that, this will happen.
~ ~ ~ iI'8' fi.Ii 311 ~ 0" ~ eire lIatll ih ar oh jab milai tab milat na jaanai ko-ay. 113811
When this and that unite, none knows about this union. 38
HAT H ~ afu ~ II sasaa so neekaa kar soDhhu .
. \. 'assa : Purify the mind in perfect manner.
urc tfWT cit a"3" ~ II ghat parchaa kee baat niroDhahu.
Discipline your mind, less said the better.
OM
urc ~ ~ ~ ~ II ghat parchai ja-o upjai bhaa-o.
.C
Even if knowing less, when love shines.
U B
L
yftr oft:mt'r ~ ~ ~ lIa~1I poor rahi-aa tah tariQ!:lavan raa-o. 113911
C
Then the king ofthree worlds is all pervading. 39
O K
l:f1:fT ~ tffl ~ m II it ~ H8'gftr 0" mft II khakhaa khoj parai ja-o ko-ee. jo khojai so bahur na ho-ee.
Khakha : If someone gets into searching. Whoever searches, will not come again.
O
~ ~ ~ cri" ~ lI..kb.oj boom ja-o karai beechaaraa.
B
H
Having searched if one ponders.
K
~ RtIH ~ 0" ~ 81'QT 118011 ta-o bhavjal tarat na laavai baaraa. 114011
SI
Then he will take no time in swimming across the terrible waters. 40
HAT if ffiJ m=r ~ II sasaa 50 sah sayj savaarai.
Sassa : She is a beloved who decorates her bedfor husband.
'mIT Rtit ~ ~ II so-ee sahee sangayh nivaarai.
He real(v removes her doubts.
n
))f5l.( ffl:f tm{ ffl:f tR" II alap 5ukh chhaad param sukh paavaa.
Leaving the small pleasures, she gets supreme happiness.

311reu ~ ~ ~ ~ 118C\IIJab ih taree-a ohu kant kahaavaa. 114111
Then she can be called a women, and He a husband. 41
\J'T(J'T ~ ~ ~ W()T II haahaa hot ho-ay nahee jaanaa.
Haha : He is but none knows that He is.

iI'8' ~ ~ '3"a'fu HQ ){TOT II jab hee ho-ay tabeh man maanaa.
When this (knowing) happens, then mind accepts.
~ ~ Rtit iYiQ' ~ m II hai ta-o sahee lakhai ja-o ko-ee.
He is there, butfor one who knows.
311 ~ ~ ~ 0" mft 118~1I tab ohee uho ayhu na ho-ee. 114211
Then on(v He and He is, this one (me) is nowhere. 42
745
~ ~ ~ M HI ~ II Ii N-o liN-o karat firai sa!m log.
Everyone is wandering around, saying, "I will get, I will get. "
31' ~ ftpwq ~ ~ II taa kaaran bi-aapai baho sag.
Because of this many ailments happen.
~ lrcI' fRt At ~ l!ri' II lakhimee bar si-o ja-o Ii-o laavai.
When he starts loving God's wealth,
~ fire mr eft ~ tR 119S11 sog mitai sabh hee sukh paavai. 114311
all sorrows end, and one gets all pleasures. 43
are
1:Il:IT fl:f03' l:fla ~ II khakhaa !sb.irat khapat ga-ay kaytay.
Khakha : Many melting ones have died.
~ l:fla ~ ncr ~ II khirat khapat ajahooNnah chaytay.
Even after melting and dying, you don't remember Him.
))flf " ' wfn At )fOl' ~ II ab jag jaan ja-o rnanaa rahai.
Ifyou know now and get your mind accepted.
;:ro C{I' ~ 3<J ft@ ~ 119911 jah kaa bichhuraa tah thir lahai. 114411
You will stay firm at the place, from where you separated. 44
P.343
M
1RO ~ ire' ))fT'ft) II baavan akhar joray aan.
O
One has arrangedfifty two letters.
. C
JIfc{))rr 0' ))ft@ ~ l.l&'fn II saki-aa na akhar ayk pachhaan.
B
But he could not recognise even one letter.
U
Fa C{I' ~ cnitar ~ II sat kaa sabag kabeeraa kahai.
Kabir tells the word of True.
m C L
K
t?flJ:J ~ ff ~ II pandit ho-ay so an!mai rahai.
O
[fhe is a scholar (pandit) he can experience.
O
t?flJ:J ~ ~ ~ II pandit logah ka-o bi-uhaar.
H B
This be the behaviour of a Pandit.
~ ~ ~ 8ttJrG II gi-aanvant ka-o tat beechaar.
K
SI
The knowledgeables think ofthis fact.
w cl tfh,r HJ:ft !fb' mft II jaa kai jee-a jaisee buQh ho-ee.
As is the thought of one's mind.
i5l'fu cnlta" ~ m!t 119l.l11 kahi kabeer jaanaigaa so-ee. 114511
Kabir says, "Same way, he will know. " 45
"\r"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
(iod is one, realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
QTW ~ ftSIt cnlta" tit cit II raag ga-orhee thiteeNkabeer jee keeN.
RAJ GA URI THITI KABIR JI KI
~ II salok. SALOK
t1 tl:i:n W3" ~ II pangreh thiteeNsaat vaar.
One who believes in Fifteen, these are dates and seven days.
i5l'fu cnlta" ~ 0' l.l'Q II kahi kabeer urvaar na paar.
Kabir says, "He is neither on this shore nor on that shore."
Jrl'fim fRtr ~ At Bt II saaDhik siDh lakhai ja-o !may-o.
The perfecting perfect, is one who knows this secret.
))(T'i) Cifif3T ))(T'i) ~ 11"\11 aapay kartaa aapay gay-o. 11111
746
That He Himself is Creator and Himself is created. 1
ftr3't II thiteeN THITI
~ Hfu ~ ~ II ammaavas meh aas nivaarahu.
During the dark days (darkest night), shun all hopes.
~ O'lj ~ II antarjaamee raam samaarahu.
And remember the all pervading God.
~ ~ H1::f ~ II jeevat paavhu mokh Qu-aar.
While living get to the doors of liberation.
~ ~ 3'' f1>tJ WQ 11911 anbha-o sabaQtat nij saar. 11111
You will experience word, and think ofyour real self. 1
tJQO ~ amre ~ WiIJ1' II charan kamal gobinQ rang laagaa.
My mind is in love with God's lotus-feet.
Ji:r ~ ~ HO fnami; (J'fir cfta'3o Hfu ~ tnJl" 11911 ~ II
sant prsaaQ Qha-ay man nirmal har kee$n meh an..qin jaagaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace of saints, my mind has become pure. And day and night, it awakes, for singing
tlte praise of God. 1 (pause)
l.fftRr tjSH ~ ~ II parivaa pareetam karahu beechaar.
Fin.t think ofdear.
urc Hfu ~ $IIG ~ lI.,ghat meh khaylai aghat apaar.
O M
. C
He plays (live...) in body, but is beyond body and is Infinite.
~ ~ ere
B
"0 l:I'ft! II kaal kalpanaa kaQay na khaa-ay.
U
L
He is never eaten up by thefancy of death.
C
~ ~ Hfu ~ JDfTft!' II~II aag purakh meh rahai samaa-ay. 11211
K
He always remains merged in Primal being. 2
~~~ "'* O
Q II Qutee-aa Quh kar jaanai ang.
mr
HTfimIr lJUH aM JIS
B O
Second, both are known as each other's parts.
H
II maa+aa barahm ramai sabh sang.
K
Tlte worldliness and God together are merging in all
S I
or ~ ri" (') UfG3T ~ II naa oh badhai na ghattaa jaa-ay.
Neither He increases nor decreases.
~~~R lIall akul niranjan aykai bhaa-ay. 11311
l1ze beyond lineage, God is in the same sense. 3
~ ~ FIH ~ ~ II taritee-aa teenay sam kar Ii-aavai.
Third, ~f he brings making three equally alike.
~ ~ trn){ ~ tri' II aanaQ mool param paQ paavai.
He will get the source ofhappiness and supreme position.
R'QAdlf:3 ~ ftnpr II saaDhsangat upjai bisvaas.
He builds confidence in the congregation ofsaints.
~!it3ftJ m:!" ~ 11811 baahar bheetar saQaa pargaas. 11411
Within and without, there is ever illumination. 4
~ ~ HO ~ ~ II cha-othahi chanchal man ka-o gahhu.
Fourth, hold you slippery mind.
C(T}f ~Q' FffiJr i3I1Jg (') ~ II kaam kroDh sang kabahu na bahhu.
Never let it sit with cupidity, and anger.

~ 1:RlS ~ ~ ~ II jal thai maahay aapeh aap.
747
He Himself is in waters, in lands.
~ ~))fll")T Wtr 111.111 aapai japahu aapnaa jaap. 11511
He Himself meditates on Himself. 5
~ W 3'3' firR1:fra' II paaNchai panch tat bisthaar.
F(fih : It is all expansion offive in five elements.
crfocr ~ tJiI" ~ II kanik kaaminee jug bi-uhaar.
The gold and women are the attraction ofthis age.
t[H BW OH ~ eire II paraym suDhaa ras peevai ko-ay.
Ve~v rare one drinks the pure nectar oflove.
HQT){(fc! ~m (') ~ II~II jaraa maran Qukh fayr na ho-ay. 11611
Then he will not suffer aging and dying. 6
&fa If? Ui' ~ fuJ:r Q1fu II chhath khat chakar chhahoo-a NQis Dhaa-ay.
Sixth, circle ofsix runs towards six directions.
firQ ~ om flw ~ II bin parchai nahee thiraa rahaa-ay.
Without satisfaction it remains not steady.
~ JifG ftrw m ~ II QubiDhaa mayt khimaa geh rahhu.
Elld up with duality, and hold on compassion.
M
croH QQ)f eft ~ (') ~ 11:>11 karam Dharam kee 5001 na sahhu. 11711
O
Do 110t suffer pain ofrituals and rites. 7
C
~ Rftr cmr 8'tI'" iI'fc! II saatai Nsat kar baachaa jaan.
Seventh, know the word as true.
B .
U
~ <Jl'tf ~ ~ II aatam raam layho parvaan.
Accept the all pervading God.
C L
K
~ Jiw 1HfG nrfu ~ II chhootai sansaa mit jaahi Qukh.
O
The doubts will vanish, and sorrows will end.
O
Jjn ~ ~ lJ1:f IItll sunn sarovar paavhu sukh. 11811
B
Enjoy happiness in the voidpooL 8
H
))fJJG}ft))f'RG Ql eft ~ II astamee asat Dhaat kee kaa+aa.
K
SI
Eighth: This body is ofeight metals.
31' Hfu ~ )fCJT f6fb' ~ II taa meh akul mahaa niDh raa+aa.
/11 that is placed the beyond lineage, the great treasures, the king.
~ iJI}f fdJ))fT(') aN B'e' II gur gam gi-aan bataavai Qhayg.
Guru, the master ofhigher knowledge, teaches His mystery.
~ em ~ ~ II~II ultaa rahai abhang achhayg. 11911
He teaches to live detachedfrom worldliness, and attached with indivisible, perfect (God). 9
~Ht ot ~ ~ JIl'fu' II na-umee navai gu-aar ka-o saaDh.
Ninth: Discipline the nine gates.
8'<J3t HOW ~ mil bahtee mansaa raakho baaNDh.
Keep all the desires under control.
~ Htr mr 8tRftJ iI"g II 10Qh moh sabh beesar jaahu.
Forget all greed and avarice (for money).
P.344
mJ mJ ~ ~ ~ ~ 111:\0 II jug jug jeevhu amar fal khaahu. 111011
Live for ever by eating the immortaling fruit. 10
;:mHt t:cJ fuJ:r ~ ~ II Qasmee Qah Qis ho-ay anand.
748
Tenth: is the day of bliss in all ten directions.
~ ~ ~ ~ II chhootai bharam milai gobind..
In this the doubt is removed and God is blessed.
ilfu' ~ 3'3' ~ II jot saroopee tat anoop.
He is embodiment ofbeautiful all prevailing light.
~ (') ~ (') FCJ ncft ~ II~~II amal na mal na chhaah nahee Dhoop. 111111
He is in neither dirty nor clean place, neither in shade nor in sunshine. 11
~ h ~ tri' II aykaad.asee ayk d.is Dhaavai.
Eleventh: Ifyou move in one direction (towards God)
~ ffift Jicre ~ (') ~ II ta-o jonee sankat bahur na aavai.
Then you will not return to suffering ofbirths.
Jfum ~ ~ ~ II seetal nirmal bha-i-aa sareeraa.
Your body will be pure and cooL
~ ~ ~ 75tar II~~II d.oor bataavat paa-i-aa neeraa. 111211
What is told afar, will come near. 12
'8'rlt 8'QU' ~ - JjQ - II baaras baarah ugvai soor.
Tewelth: This day twelve suns rise.
M
nrfc:JfofH lJl'H ~ ~ II ahinis baajay anhad. toor.
O
Day and night, unfrictioned word is played upon bugles.
C
~ ~ icr C(T ~ II d.aykhi-aa tihoo-a N lokkaa pee-o.
I saw the Father ofthree worlds.
B .
U
~ ~ tfR 3 Jftt II~S II achraj bha-i-aa jeev tay see-o. 111311
C
3ofl:r 3m:r ))f1I)f ~ II tayras tayrah agam bakhaan. L
A strange thing happened, the human being turned divine. 13
O
Thirteenth: Thirteen tell of inaccessible.
K
O
))(QtI' ~ ftIftr JDf ~ II araDh uraDh bich sam pehchaan.
B
Recognize Him alike herein and therein.
H
oW ~ ncft){TO))f){IO II neech ooch nahee maan amaan.
K
SI
For Him none is low or high, and no pride and no humbling.
f8Irfircr arH FI'iJRI5 J=I'H'C"i 1I~811 bi-aapik raam sagal saamaan. 111411
God pervades all alike. 14
~ ~ icr H'!Pfo II cha-ud.as cha-od.ah 10k maihaar.
Fourteenth: He is in all the fourteen worlds.
~ ~ Hfu 8FIfu ~ II rom rom meh baseh muraar.
God abides in every hair hole..
J8 ~ C(T ~ ~ II sat santokh kaa Dharahu Dhi-aan.
Have True in mind and be contented.
~ ~ l.f<JH fdIrro 1I~t111 kathnee kathee-ai barahm gi-aan. 111511
Let us speak about the knowledge of God. 15
~ ~ ~ ))fl5(TJJ II pooni-o pooraa chand. akaas.
Moonlit night: the moon is full in the sky.
tIFI'afu cmr mrtr ~ II pasrahi kalaa sahj pargaas.
Hi... art is displayed and there is all around light, is ease.
~ ~ Hftf ~ ~ 1!ffiJ II aad. ant maDh ho-ay rahi-aa theer.
God has placed Himself in the beginning, in the end, in the middle.
749
B'l::l' war<r Hfu ~ q1flv 119~1I sukh saagar meh rameh kabeer. 111611
Kabir remembers Him, while being in the ocean ofpeace. 16
'\r~ tpI'ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur parsaag.
~ ~ ~ i5l1fRr ~ i :> II raag ga-orhee vaar kabeer jee-o kay 7.
RAG GAURI VAR OF KABIR JIO
8'Q 8'Q gftr i ~ ~ II baar baar har kay gun gaava-o.
Sing again and again the attributes of God
IJQ arIH ~ ff gftr err fflll911 ~ II gur gam Qhayg so har kaa paava-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
Reach Guru and know the mystery about God. 1 (pause)
~ ere- Rf3' ~ II aagit karai .I2!lagat aaram.bh.
Sunday: Begin to be in His devotion.
~ ~ ){OW Q II kaa+aa mangar mansaa thamQh.
Have a temple in body and a disciplined mind-set.
))ffufofi:r ~ ~ iI'ft! II ahinis akhand surhee jaa-ay.
Day and night, have indivisible in your mind
~ ~ q- J1cTtf Hfu ~ 11911 ta-o anhag bayn sahj meh baa-avo 11111
M
Then unfrictioned word is spoken, in ease. 1
O
~ Hfl:r ~ ri II somvaar sas amritiharai.
. C
Monday: the nectar trickles/rom moon.
B
;J1'l::S itar JRRlS ftI1:f <:rt II chaakhat bayg sagal bikh harai.
U
Once tasted, allpoison is quickly taken away.
m ~ ~ ~ II banee roki-aa rahai gu-aar.
C L
K
Contained by word (hani), the mind stays at His door.
O
~ HQ ~~ II~II ta-o man matvaaro peevanhaar. 11211
O
Then the mind becomes one who drinks (nectar) and becomes intoxicated 2
B
~ ~){l"(ftftJ II mangalvaaray lay maaheet.
H
Tuesday: Work to know the Great,
K
S I
W ~ cit ;:rrt ~ II panch chor kee jaanai reet.
and also know how fIVe thieves attack.
l.IIG iT 8"(J'fu fi:Ifo iI'ft! II ghar chhodayN baahar jin jaa-ay.
One who leaves home and goes outside.
OT39lW fcJR' a- ~ lIall naatar kharaa risai hai raa-ay. 11311
The king (God) shall be very angry with him.
~ ~ ere- 1{aJlJJ II buDhvaar buDh karai pargaas.
Wednesday: brightens the intellect.
~ Q)RIIS Hfu gftr err 8TH II hirgai kamal meh har kaa baas.
In lotus ofheart, God abides.
IJQ fi.mis ~ ~ RH tit II gur mil go-oo ayk sam Dharai.
Meeting Guru two are realized alike.
~ ~ ii ~ ern- 11811 uraDh pank lai sooDhaa karai. 11411
The reversed lotus is straightened. 4
fi[crRtrfu' ftrfl:p,fr ~ ~ II barihaspat bikhi-aa gay-ay bahaa-ay.
Thursday: The poison should be swelled out.
3ffi; ~ ~ mar wft!' II teen gayv ayk sang laa-ay.
750
Leave the three gods (trinity) and have love with One.
3ffi; net 3U ~ wfu II teen nagee tah tarikutee maahi.
Three streams are in that one confluence.
~ QR'HC!I) tRfu nrfu II~II ahinis kasmal Dhoveh naahi. 11511
Why should you not wash offyour sins day and night. 5
8f4c~ ~ 8' ft!u' 'lftr ri" II sukrit sahaarai so ih brat charhai.
Friday: If one lives with Friday (Good actions), his fast is complete.
~ ))flfu ))fT'll ~ td' II an-gin aap aap si-o larhai.
Thus day and day he himselffights against himself.
~ ~ ij'T'Q- Ri II surkhee paaNcha-o raakhai sabai.
He should keep all the five (senses) under his care.
3t ~ ftprrc n UR d II~II ta-o goojee garisat na paisai kabai. 11611
Then he will not look for other's something. 6
~~ crnr
ij'T'Q- Rft!" II tft m m
U/C Hfu Hre II
thaavar thir kar raakhai so-avo jot gee vatee ghat meh jo-ay.
Saturday: he keeps stable. The wick oflamp burns in his body.
~ !it3fir ~ l;{iI'8' II baahar bheetar bha+aa pargaas.
There is all light within and without.
3lJ ~ R'm'i iii'" (')T!j' II.?II tab hoo-aa sagal karam kaa naas. 11711
O M
C
gm{
.
Then, the whole of ill-deeds are finished. 7
P.345
U B
L
inf ~ U/C Hfu ~ )W(') II jab lag ghat meh goojee aan.
C
As long as there, in the body, one looks for other's support.
~ ~ ~ n wi wn II ta-o la-o mahal na laabhai jaan.
Till then, he cannot find the way to His home.
OK
~~~ wi ~ II
O
ramat raam si-o laago rang.
B
H
Remember God, you will have His love.
Keft
cmr ~ 3lJ ~ ~ 1It:1IC\1I 11811111
I
kahi kabeertab nirmal ang.
S
Kabir says; "Then your heart (and all body parts) shall be purified. " 8.1
QTW ~ e'Eft arit ~ iftt raag ga-orhee chaytee banee naamgay-o jee-o kee
RAG GAURI CHETI BANI OF NAMDEO JEO KI
'\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ W<:J"O' ~ II gayvaa paahan taaree-alay.
God gets even stone to swim.
~ iiJ3" iffi em n :re- IIC\II ~ II raam kahat jan kas na taray. 11111 rahaa-o.
How reciting name, a person cannot liberate? 1 (pause)
~~ftrQ~~~~~II
taareelay ganikaa bin roop kubijaa bi-aaDh ajaamal taaree-alay.
He liberated ug(v Amika, Kubija (with hunch back) hunter AjamaL
;ran aftrct iffi 3t ~ R II charan baDhik jan tay-oo mukat bha-ay.
The person who shot in the foot (of Krishan) even he was liberated.
~ W; W; fHn ~ em 119.11 ha-o bal bal jin raam kahay. 11111
I sacrifice myselffor one, who has recited the name of God. 1
m 8'3' HQ ~ !j't!"W ~ ~ ~ tftS' II gaasee sut jan bigar sugaamaa ugarsain ka-o raaj gee-avo
751
The maid's son Bidar, poor Sudama and Ugarsen were given to rule.
tm <fin 3U <fin ~ <fin ~ <fin orH a- 1Jl'f'}ft 3t ri' II ~ II '\II
jap heen tap heen kul heen karam heen naamay kay su-aamee tay-oo taray. 11211111
No meditations, no austerity, no high family, no virtuous actions, all ofthem were liberated by
the Master ofNama. 2.1
a-
~ ~ ~ tit tre ~ ~ raag ga-orb.ee ravidaas jee kay pagay ga-orhee gu-aarayree
RAG GAUR! OFRAVI DAS JI PADE, GAUR! GUARARI
'\""'Rf3 ~ cra3T ~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satnaam kartaa purakh gurparsaad.
One (God) is formless, dynamic. True is (His) name. (He is the) Person who creates. (He is
realized by the) Grace of Guru.
~ JRJftJ iR mr ~ QT3t II mayree sangat poch soch din raatee.
Day and night, I am in bad company.
jW ~ ~ tI'7i'tl ~ 11'\11 mayraa karam kutiltaa janam kuQhaaNtee. 11111
My actions are of a wicked, and my birth is in not from high fami(v. 1
~ !Jmfuw ifPK a- tfRnr II raam gus-ee-aa jee-a kay jeevnaa.
My Master, God you have given me life.
HfJ 0' ~ H~ 3Gr II 1:\11 ~ II mohi na bisaarahu mai jan tayraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
M
Now please do not forget me, I am your man. 1 (pause)
O
~ ~ ftM3' ifc') ~ ~ II mayree harahu bipat jan karahu suQhaa-ee.
.C
Please remove my calamity, and make your man easy.
B
~ 0' ~ ~ ~ irlt II~II charan na chhaada-o sareer kal jaa-ee. 11211
U
My body may pass away tomorrow, I will not leave yourfeet 2
~ ~ ~ '3"at WiJT II kaho ravigaas para-o tayree saaQhaa.
C L
K
Ravidas says, "I come to you refuge.
O
8fcJr ~ ifc') aflr 0' ftJWar 11::1111:\11 bayg milhu jan kar na bilaaNbaa. 11311111
O
Please meet me now and no delay. " 3.1
B
8cmf ~ FroG Ii ~ II baygam puraa sahar ko naa-o.
KH
Begumpura (the city ofno suffering) Is the name of Ci~v (state).
~~ om
S I
t3fJ OTt II gookh andohu nahee tihi thaa-o.
No ,'wrrow, no worry therein.
0+ ~ ~ 0' ~ II naaNtasvees khiraaj na maal.
No anxiety of Taxes. No payment in kind therein.
~ 0' 1::f3T 0' 3Q'ff ~ 11'\11 kha-uf na khataa na taras javaal. 11111
No fear, no fraud, no hunting, no decline is therein. 1
))f8 HfJ l:f8 ~ iIU l.fTlft II ab mohi Jilloob vatan gah paa-ee.
=
NolV I could vet:v well know the depth ofmy c0l!nty.
~ a-ftJ JreT ~ m 11"\11 ~ II oohaa Nkhair sadaa mayray bhaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my brother, I am ever safe therein. 1 (pause)
~ ~ JreT ~ II kaa-im gaa-im sadaa paatisaahee.
Therein, the rule is firm andpermanent
~ (') RH ~ Jl ~ II gom na saym ayk so aahee.
There is no second, no third (no discrimination), all are alike.
~ JreT ~ II aabaadaan sadaa mashoor.
It is known for no shortage offood or water.
!uf mft IIJIfu H'lfG II~II oohaa Nganee baseh maamoor. 11211
752
Therein the population is rich and well fed. 2
f:3f f:3f ms ~ ~ ~ II ti-o ti-o sail karahi ji-o bhaavai.
One can tour (move) in country, wherever one likes.
HmJ}f ~ n cl ~ II mahram mahal na ko atkaavai.
The rulers are friend(y, they create no hurdle.
cffir ~ !:RlS'JI' g)fIQT II kahi ravigaas khalaas chamaaraa.
Ravi Das says, "I am the liberated shoe-maker (cobbler) ",
il mf ~ H ~ mR" IISII~II jo ham sahree so meet hamaaraa. 11311211
whoever is my countryman, he is my friend. 3.2
'\(t"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~~~~ II ga-orhee bairaagan ravigaasjee-o. GA UR1 BARAGANIRAVlDASS JIO
U/G ~ ~ UfC!T ~ ~ ~ mf'Q II ghat avghat doogar ghanaa ik nirgun bail hamaar.
The way is thick(y mountainous and un-fared, and then my oxen are untrained.
~ M- ~ io3t ~ tf;:ft <JTl:l' HWfu' II '\ II
= - -
ram-ee-ay si-o ik bayntee mayree poonjee raakh muraar. 11111
I pray before God, save some money for me. 1
cl ~ O'}f cl jW etF ~ wre ~ 11'\11 ~ II
ko banjaaro raam ko mayraa taaNdaa laagi-aa jaa-ay ray. 11111
O
rahaa-o. M
So that I can purchase a cartload of God's goods. 1 (Pause)
. C
P.346
U B
L
~~ O'}f cl RUiI' ~ ~ II ha-o banjaaro raam ko sahj kara-o ba-yaapaar.
C
I am a trader, trade in the goods of God, I deal, in ease.
K
HO'}f OTH' QQ ~ ~ wet Jiwfu II~II mai raam naam Dhan laagi-aa bikh laagee sansaar. 11211
O O
I have loaded (purchased) the wealth of God's name, the world is loading poison. 2
~ WO ~ ~ ft;sfl:r ~ ~ ~ II urvaar paar kay gaanee-aa likh layho aal pataal.
H B
OJ wise of here and hereafter, you may write unbelievable.
K
Hfu iDi i! n WiRlft ~ J=RI'8' ~ liS II mohi jam dand na laag-ee tajeelay sarab janjaal. 11311
Rw ~ crffs C{T 3w ~ ~ S I
I have abandoned all world(y ties, therefore, the devil of death, cannot punish me. 3
II jaisaa rang kasumbh kaa taisaa ih sansaar.
As is the colour ofsaf]lower, so is this world.
j{ij- ~ ~ Hifto C{T ~ ~ IDfTQ 118119.11
mayray ram-ee-ay rang majeeth kaa kaha ravigaas chamaar. 11411111
Ravi Dass, the cobbler says, "My God's colour is ofmadder. "4.1
~ ym ~ ~ ga-orhae poorbee ravigaas jee-o GA URI PURRIRAVl DASS JEO
'\(t"'~~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ ilf<rtr AA ~ Q! ~ ~ n ~ II koop bhari-o jaisay gaagiraa kachh gays bigays na boojh.
As afrog lives in a well,full ofwater, knows nothing ofhis land or other's land.
~ jW liQ fiJfl:p,fT ~ Q! ~ l.fIg' n ~ 119.11
aisay mayraa man bikhi-aa bimohi-aa kachh aaraa paar ila soajh. 11111
Similar(y my mind is charmed by poison, knows nothing about this shore or that shore. 1
FJ'mI) RO' ~ <'i'ft:crr ~ flIQ t:cnJ ~ ;:ft 119.11 ~ II
sagal bhavan kay naa-ikaa ik chhin garas gikhaa-ay jee. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ hero ofall worlds, please show me your face just for a moment. 1 (pause)
753
Hfl!5o sit liB )fTtW ~ m
~ (') ~ II malin bha-ee mat maaDhvaa tayree gat lakhee na jaa-ay.
01 my God, my wisdom has turned dir(v.I cannot know your dynamism.
~~~~H~~~II~II
karahu kirpaa bhram chook-ee mai sumat gayh samihaa-ay. 11211
Be kind, remove my doubt, grant me pure wisdom, and let me understand 2
imtJJ tRfu <Xft ~ ~ ~ ~ II jogeesar paavahi nahee tu-a gun kathan apaar.
Even the greatest ofthe yogis does not know your attributes, he is unable to say about Infinite.
l{H ~ &crri" C@ ~ 9Wa' IISIII\II paraym bhagat kai kaarnai kaho ravigaas chamaar. 11311111
Ravi Dass the cobbler is saying, "Because I am in loving devotion with Him". 3.1
~ ~ ga-orhee bairaagan GAURIBAIRAGAN
"\r"~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
FI3!ffdr ~ 3'3r tRft ~ ~ II sagug sat taytaa jagee gu-aapar poojaachaar.
In true age, the truth was the way of life, in third age, rituals,feasts were prominent, in the
second age, the worship was in fashion,
~ Em ~ ft:!i ~ ~ O'H ~ 111\11 teenou jug teenou girhay kal kayval naam aDhaar. 11111
In these ages, above three were well taught. In tlark age, on(v name is the sustaining force. 1
M
~ ill lfTrei ~ II paar kaisay paa-ibo ray.
O
H ~ ~ (') em ~ II mo sa-o ko-oo na kahai samihaa-ay.
.
01 dear, how I will you swim across? None tells me, or teaches me.
C
B
W 3" ~ ~ fiRisrre 111\11 ~ II jaa tay aavaa gavan bilaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
U
L
With which way my cycle of births may cease. 1 (pause)
C
85f ftrltr tmf ~ crcJ3T 'iftA' JIB' ~ II baho biDh Dharam niroopee-ai kartaa geesai sabh lo-ay.
K
In many a ways faith is perceived, Creator is seen in all worlds.
O
a'W) emf 3" ~ fi:ro wQ' JIB' fi:Ifll ~ II~ II
B O
kavan karam tay chhootee-ai jih saaDhay sa.tm. siDh ho-ay. 11211
Which is the liberating action, adapting which every objective is perfected 2
H
emf ~ ~ Jictr Hfn R yarn II karam akram beechaaree-ai sankaa sun bayg puraan.
K
doubt arises.
S I
By listening of Vedas and Purans, and thus by pondering over good or bad actions, a kind of
Jiw Jre ~ 1M ~ rot ~ IISII sansaa sag hirgai basai ka-un hirai abhimaan. 11311
This doubt always abides in mind, that who should get rid me ofego. 3
~ ~ ~ UIG !ft3ftr ftJftJflI ftrcfrcr II baahar ugak pakhaaree-ai ghat bheetar bibiDh bikaar.
Outer self(body) is washed with water, but in mind, there are lot ofevil thoughts.
'ffQ' a'W) tra' ~ H'9' ~ ftIfb' ~ 11911 suDh kavan par ho-ibo such kunchar biDh bi-uhaar. 11411
But how to purifv it, when my behavior is like that ofan elephant. 4
~ 'lfaI"li ~ i=IW m ~ JIB' JiJ::rra' II rav prgaas rajnee jathaa gat jaanat saQh sansaar.
This fact is known to the whole world, that when sun rises, the darkness (ofnight) ends.
l.l'QR' HT7l' '3"i ~ crncr fuJ' <Xft 8"a' 1It111 paaras maano taabo chhu-ay kanak hot nahee baar. 11511
Believe me, the moment touch-stone touches copper, it becomes gold 5
l.faH tm:r ~ ~ ~ fl!5tB ~ II param paras gur Qhaytee-ai poorab Iikhat Iilaat.
Let us meet and be at the feet ofSupreme Guru, ifso preordained
~ HO HO eft ~ 2iiS '8iI' Cf1.I'TG II~II unman man man hee milay chhutkat bajar kapaat. 11611
The happy mind unites with (higher) mind, the stone like hard doors (of mind) are opened 6
~ ~ Hftr FIf:J ~ ~ 8mr; crrrc ftrcfrcr II Qhagatjugat mat sat karee Qharam banmlan kaat bikaar.
754
The device of devotion, purifies the wisdom, and it cuts offthe useless bondages ofdoubts.
Fret sfi:r ~)fi') ~~~ 9 ~ 11;>11 so-ee bas ras man milay gun nirgun ayk bichaar. 11711
The nectar ofHis, abiding in mind is blessed, then the vice and virtue are ofsame consequence. 7
))(foe{ tI'3'O ~ ~ G'lCft n ~ ~ GTR' II anik jatan nigreh kee-ay taaree na tarai bharam faas.
[ tried many disciplines, but the noose of doubt could not be cut.
tIH ~ oc:ft ~ 3T 3 ~~ lit: 119.11 paraym Qhagat nahee oopjai taa tay ravigaas ugaas. 11811111
Ravi Dass is sad because loving devotion - could not be in mind. 8.1
P.347
~ cJ3T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. frel ~ ~ II
9.tf'Rfu'
ik-oNkaar sat naam kartaa purakh nirbha-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee saibha N gur parsaag.
One (God) is formless, dynamic. True is (His) name. (He is the) Person who creates. (He is)
beyondfear and animosity (all love). (He is) eternal Being. (He is) not subject to birth and death.
(He is) self existent. (He is) realized by the, grace of Guru.
~ ))flW )f(JW 9. UIg 9. H ~ II raag aasaa mehlaa 1 ghar 1 so gar.
RA G ASA M: 1 GHAR -1 SODAR
H~3'a'r~HUIg~~8ftTJ=t'ijlJ~
II sogartayraa kayhaasogharkayhaajitbahisarabsamHaalay.
How grand is your door, and how grand is your home, sitting wherein you care for alL
M
~ ~ ~~~iE ~ 'i1'iC!d1d II vaajaytayray naag anaykasankhaa kaytaytayrayvaavanhaaray.
O
Countless are the tunes, being played upon countless bands, by many ofyour band-masters.
C
c'E 3ir <fTifT tft mt ~ iE ~ dli'iC!d1d II
kaytay tayray raag paree si-o kahee-ahi kaytay tayray gaavanhaaray.
B .
Countless ofyour bands, are singing countless rags and raginis.
~ ~ ~ t.rrit ~ aR arw tmf ~ II
L U
K C
gaavni HtuDhno pa-un paanee baisantar gaavai raajaa Dharam gu-aaray.
O
The air, the water, thejire are singing ofyou, and the king ofjustice is also singing at your door.
O
~~ftJ'~~H'C!f6~~~~ II
H B
gaavni HtuDhno chit gupat likh jaanan Iikh likh Dharam veechaaray.
17,e Chitra Gupt, the record keeper, and thejudge ofjustice, are also singing ofyou, and are
K
SI
writing and pondering over religion.
~ ~ ~ lFJW ~ ffirfn ~ ffi!T ~ II
gaavni HtuDhno eesar barahmaa gayvee sohan tayray sagaa savaaray.
The /sher, the Brahma, the goddesses are also singing, and adorned by you, they look nice.
~ ~ ~ rS~IHrc! ~ ~ t!fcr ~ II
gaavni HtuDhno ingar ingaraasan baithay gayviti-aa gar naalay.
[ndar, sitting upon his throne, and surrounded by many gods,is singing at your door.
~ ~ fl:rq HHrdt ~ ~ ~ J=t'Ilf ~ II
gaavni H tuDhno siDh samaaDhee angar gaavni HtuDhno saaDh beechaaray.
The perfecting in trance, are singing ofyou, also the saints think and sing ofyou.
dJT'ifQ: ~ if3t Jcit J@fi amo ~ ~ ~ II
gaavni HtuDhno jatee satee santokhee gaavan tuDhno veer karaaray.
The celibate, the truthful, the contented sing ofyou, and also the bravest of brave sing ofyou.
amo~~tr3'~trotrow~II
gaavan tuDhno pandit parhay rakheesur jug jug baygaa naalay.
The scholars the educator, the greatest ofRishis, alongwith Vedas sing ofyou all through. ages.
amo ~ ~ HQ }firfc') ~ HI ~ II
755
gaavni H tuDhno mohnee-aa man mohan surag machh pa-i-aalay.
The charming damsels oflands, the nether lands and heavens are singing ofyou.
~ ~ (J3(') ~ 3W R'3' ))f(5'Afo ~ ~ "
gaavni H tuDhno ratan upaa-ay tayray jaYtay athsath tirath naalay.
Your created gems and all the sixty eight sacred places sing ofyou.
~~ iN)fij'l'lRIS F ~ ~ 1rlt R II
gaavni H tuDhno joDh mahaabal sooraa gaavni H tuDhno khaanee chaaray.
The mightiest, the bravest, sing ofyou, and also all the fear source." ofcreation.
~~~~~afoafo~3W~1I
gaavni H tuDhno khand mandai barahmandaa kar kar rakhay tayray Dhaaray.
The continents, the worlds, the universe, created and sustained by you, are also singing ofyou.
m!t~~H~~~3WiRS~ II
say-ee tuDhno gaavni H jo tuDh bhaavni H ratay tayray bhagat rasaalay.
On(v they sing ofyou, who are liked by you, thus your nectar enjoying devotees, are in love with
you.
ma- ~ ~ aRfo RH ftJa 0" ~ ~ fcspw 8tR II
hor kaytay tuDhno gaavan say mai chit na aavan naanak ki-aa beechaaray.
M
Many more sing ofyou, they are away from my memory, how Nanak can think of all ?
O
mft mft Jrel' ~ ~ JI'U" JIItft O"lft II so-ee so-ee sadaa sach saahib saachaa saachee naa-ee.
11,e same Master is ever True, He is True, His name is true.
.C
B
~ !it fu:it ~ 0" R"Jft ~ ft:rfo ~ II hai bhee hosee jaa-ay na jaasee rachnaa jin rachaa-ee.
He has created this creation, He is, He will and will never go.
mm L U
iJ"3t ft:roJ:it ~ ft:rfo ~ II rangee rangee bhaatee jinsee maa-i-aa jin upaa-ee.
K C
In many colours, many forms, many kinds, He created this Maya (worldliness)
O
afo ~ ~ aft3T ~ fHt ft:m ;ft ~ " kar kar daykhai keetaa apnaa ji-o tis dee vadi-aa-ee.
O
In series He creates, (then) in pleasure He rejoices, as it is His greatness.
B
H Eff ri mft ~ RftJ ~ 0" iiroC!" iMft II jo tis .!maavai so-ee karsee fir hukam na karnaa jaa-ee.
H
K
Whatever He likes, that He will do, none can order Himfor it.
SI
P.348
Ft ~ W(JT tffir wfu! (')'T'(')Cl' ~ QtI'llft 11q,11q,11
so paatisaahu saahaa pat saahib naanak rahan rajaa-ee. 11111111
Nanak says, "He is king ofthe kings, the Master ofall being, let us live as He wills us to live. " 3.1
lWW HUW 8 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
Ft ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ij'fa' ~ ~ ~ II
so purakh niranjan har purakh niranjan har agmaa agam apaaraa.
That Purakh (God) is taintless. God is taintless. God is inaccessible, infinite.
Rf!r ~ Rf!r ~ ~ tft ij'fa' ~ lttijHC!diijl II
sabh Dhi-aavahi sabh Dhi-aavahi tuDh jee har sachay sirjanhaaraa.
Everyone remembers, everyone remembers you, 0/ God, the true Creator.
Rf!r iftl,r ~ ift ~ ift1W' Qfl' ~ " sabh jee-a tumaaray jee tooN jee-aa kaa daataaraa.
All created ones are yours, and you are giver to all.
ij'fa' ~ ~ ift Rf!r ~ FfAlijC!diiji II har Dhi-aavahu santahu jee sabh Qookh visaaranhaaraa.
(1/ Saints / remember God, He gets you to forget about all sorrows.
ij'fa' ~ ~ ij'fa' ))fIif ~ ift fcspw (')'T'(')Cl' iB ~ II q, II
har aapay thaakur har aapay sayvak jee ki-aa naanak jant vichaaraa. 11111
756
Nanak says, "God Himself is Master, God Himself is serving, what a poor being is ?" 1
~ l1fG l1fG ~ mf8 foi3fo At ~ ~ ~ JDf'C!l" II
too N ghat ghat antar sarab nirantar jee har ayko purakh samaanaa.
You are in all bodies, you pervade all, God alone is pervading all bodies.
ft!fc;r t!T3 ~ ~ ift Hftr ~ ;m. ~ II ik daatay ik bhaykhaaree jee sabh tayray choj vidaanaa.
Some ofthem are givers, Some of them are beggars, you alone play these wonders.
N
- At mt- '3"Q'
3= ))(lit e"'3T ))(lit 'i"aa" -- ftJcrl- ~ 0' ifIC!l' II
-
too aapay daataa aapay bhugtaa jee ha-o tuDh bin avar na jaanaa.
You yourselfare giver, you alone are enjoyer, I know none other then you.
~ ~ ~ ~ At ~ fal,{r ~ wfl:r ~ II
too N paarbarahm bay-ant bay-antjee tayray ki-aa gun aakh vakhaanaa.
You are supreme, limitless, whoever serves you, infinite, How many ofyour attributes, I can telL
Rmfu Rmfu ~ ift itQ ~ ftrQ ~ II~II
jo sayveh jo sayveh tuDh jee jan naanak tin H kurbaanaa. 11211
NCl/1ak says, " Whoever serves you, I sacrifice myselffor him. " 2
<Jfu fl:mRfc:r ~ ~ ~ At Hiffi Em Hfu ~ ~ II
har Dhi-aavahi har Dhi-aavahi tuDh jee say jan jug meh sukh vaasee.
M
Those who remember you, 01 God, those who remember you, they live happi(v in this world.
O
H ~ H~ iJE ~ <Jfu ~ ~ 130 ffi{ eft G'Jit II
.
say mukat say mukat bha-ay jin H har Dhi-aa+aa jee-o tin tootee jam kee faasee.
C
B
17lOse who remember God, they liberate, they are liberated, their noose of death is cut.
ft:ro ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 130 w Bt RW fiTJft II
L U
C
jin nirbha-o jin H har nirQha-o Dhi-aa-i-aa jee-o tin kaa bha-o sabh gavaasee.
K
Those who remember fearless God, thefearless One, all their fears He gets vanished.
O
~ ~ ~ ~ iW <Jfu ~ '3 <Jfu <Jfu ~ mfTJfi II
O
jin H sayvi-aa jin H sayvi-aa mayraa har jee-o tay har har roop samaasee.
H B
17lOse who serve my God, serve One, they merge in the being of God.
HdQ HdQ ft:ro <Jfu ~ ~ itQ ~ 130 8ftls wRt liS II
K
SI
say Dhan say Dhan jin har Dhi-aa-i-aa jee-o jan naanak tin bal jaasee. 11311
Nanak says, "Those who remember God are lucky, they are lucky ones, I sacrifice myselffor
them." 3
~ !J'al'ftr "3-at !J'al'ftr 'fi1o ift R ~ ~ II
tayree bhagat tayree Qhagat bhandaar jee Qharay bay-ant bay-antaa.
The treasures ofyour devotion are full, are full, are immeasurable.
3'ij-BaI3'~BaI3'~~ift~~~~II
tayray bhagat tayray bhagat salaahan tuDh jee har anik anayk anantaa.
Your devotees praise you, they praise You, the limitless, in uncountable ways.
"3-at ~ '3-at ~ CJfu uflr l;fW ift 3Y ~ tNfJ ~ II
tayree anik tayree anik karahi har poojaa jee taP taapeh jaapeh bay-antaa.
Uncountables adore you, 01 God they meditate upon you, meditate and recite ofyou the Infinite.
~~~~ mJfu 8"g fHfiff3 WJB ift afcJ fctflp,rr l:I? emf ri3r II
tayray anayk tayray anayk parheh baho simrit saasat jee kar kiri-aa khat karam karantaa.
Many ofyour created, are reading Simrities, Shastras, many of them, conduct rituals, do six
rites.
HeaBHBaI3'~ iffi'("i'l'(')CrAtR ~~uflr~ 11811
757
say Qhagat say JIDagat JIDalay jan naanak jee jo bhaaveh mayray har .!2!lagvantaa. 11411
Nanalt says, "Such devotees are good, such devotees are good, are liked by God. " 4
~ wfu ~ ~ fi3T tit ~ Rq ~ n chft II
tooN aag purakh aprampar kartaa jee tuDh jayvad avar na ko-ee.
You are the Primal being, the infinite Creator, none else is equal to you.
~ !RT !RT ~ J1t!T J1t!T ~ ~ tit ~ ~ fi3T ihft II
tooN jug jug ayko sagaa sagaa tooN ayko jee tooN nihchal kartaa so-ee.
You are alone in all ages, ever and ever you one alone are, you alone are untiring Creator.
~ ))('if ri mIT m tit 1 ))('if qafu B' mft II
tuDh aapay bhaavai so-ee vartai jee tooN aapay karahi so ho-ee.
Whatever is liked by you that alone happens. Whatever alone you create, that is created
~ ))('if fi)HfG FI1J ~ tit ~ ))('if fJraftI FI1J iBt II
tuDh aapay sarisat sabh upaa-ee jee tuDh aapay siraj saJID go-ee.
You alone have created the whole being, you alone create and then take back.
tIQ ~ ~ A cra'3 cl;:ft it JJS'R' CifI' ~ IIl.1l1~1I
jan naanak gun gaavai kartay kay jee jo sa.!2!lsai kaa jaano-ee. 11511211
Nanak sings ofthe attributes ofCreator, who is the Creator of all 5.1.2
M
'\fr'~ l{Wft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
O
C
~ )WRT H'UW '\ ~ I.l@ ~ II raag aasaa mehlaa 1 cha-upQay ghar 2.
RAGASAM: 1 CHAUPADE GHAR-2
B .
U
~ ~ ~ RB" ihft II sun vadaa aakhai sa.!2!l ko-ee.
When listening everyone says He is great.
~ ~ ~ mrr II kayvad vadaa deethaa ho-ee.
C L
O K
But how great is He ? is known on(v- by seeing Him.
O
P. 349
B
oftHf3' ~ n Cl'fu1w iI'ft! II keemat paa-ay na kahi-aa jaa-ay.
H
None can tell your value, none can say ofyou.
K
SI
~ ~ ~ ~ JDIl'fi:!' 11'\11 kahnai vaalay tayray rahay samaa-ay. 11111
But those who tell ofyou, are merged in you. 1
ri j:ffi wfu'ar CJJfuG ~ ~ arc:fta'r II vaday mayray saahibaa gahir gambheeraa gunee gaheeraa.
01 my great Master, you are deep, profound and ocean of attributes.
cret n iI"i 3ar cl3T ~ ;ftor II '\11 ~ II
ko-ee na jaanai tayraa kaytaa kayvad cheeraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
None knows, the extent ofyour rule. 1 (pause)
RfB' ~ fHftv5 ~ C5Df'lft II saJID surtee mil surat kamaa-ee.
All loving together they love.
Ril' cftHf3' ~ cftHf3' t.fI'lft II sabh keemat mil keemat paa-ee.
All paying (attributes) together they pay.
~.~ ~ ~ ~ II gi-aanee Dhi-aanee gur gur haa-ee.
All knowing, meditating, teaching, together they beat (each other).
~ n frIlft 3<ft ~ ~ II~II kahan na jaa-ee tayree til vadi-aa-ee. 11211
But none can say even a little ofyour greatness. 2
RfB' R3" RfB' 3l.I' RfB' ~ II sabh sat sabh taP sa.!2!l chang-aa-ee-aa.
All truths, all austerities, all virtues,
758
fiw YQl::IT cil>w ~ II siDhaa purkhaa kee-aa vadi-aa-ee-aa N.
also the achievements of all perfecting persons.
~~ fi::rdt ~ 0' ~ II tuDh yin siDhee kinai na paa-ee-aa.
None can achieve perfection till you grant.
crefi.f ~ ordt i51fcr ~ II~II karam milai naahee thaak rahaa-ee-aa. 11311
Thus ifyou grace with, none else can stop. 3
~ ~ fcpw ~ II aakhan vaalaa ki-aa baychaaraa.
How a reciting is helpless?
fl::rrn R ~ Bra'r II sifl;ee bharay tayray bhandaaraa.
Your treasures are already full with praise.
tmr'l efu r:m fcpw ~ II jis tooN geh tisai ki-aa chaaraa.
Whomever you grant, what else he needs to try?
(')T'(')'i3l' ~ H'@ldC!d1d l 11811"\11 naanak sach savaaranhaaraa. 11411111
Nanak says, "True isfashioner." 4.1

))fTW >roW "\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ tfRr ~ Hf<J ~ II aakhaa jeevaa visrai mar jaa-o.
[ recite, I live, forgetting (Him) [ die.
l'H'l:ffc!" ~ JIlUT ~ II aakhan a-ukhaa saachaa naa-o.
But reciting true name is very difficult.
O M
we- (')T}f eft n fl:f II saachay naam kee laagai bhookh.
. C
[fthere is hunger for true name. 3
U B
L
~ ~ 1:f'ft!' ~ il:f 11"\11 tit bhookhai khaa-ay chalee-ahi gookh. 11111
C
and such hungry if eats (recites name), his sorrows will be off. 1
OK
jf fat ~ iMt JiTfu II so ki-o visrai mayree maa-ay.
01 my mother, why should He then beforgotten?
O
JIlUT wfu! R"i orR! 11"\11 ~ II saachaa saahib saachai naa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
B
H
When true is Master, true is His name. 1 (pause)
K
we- (')T}f eft ~ ~ II ))(Tfef ri' cftHf:J ocft l.(Tlft II
S I
saachay naam kee til vadi-aa-ee. aakh thakay keemat nahee paa-ee.
None could appreciate a little oftrue name. Many are tired while trying, but none could appraise
Him.
R mB' fifRls Ii ~ trTfu II jay sabh mil kai aakhan paahi.
[fall get together to say (about Him).
~ 0' ~ UflfG O';::rrre II~II vadaa na hovai ghaat na jaa-ay. 11211
That will make Him neither big nor small.
or ~ ~ 0' ~ iitr II naa oh marai na hovai sog.
Neither He dies nor there is any mourning.
~ ri 0' ~ itr II gayNgaa rahai na chookai bhog.
He continues to give, his store of eatables does not exhaust.
R ~ ~ ordt eire II gun ayho hor naahee ko-ay.
On(v He owns this virtue, none else.
or ~ 'fr>w or ~ ~ II ~ II naa ko ho-aa naa ko ho-ay. 11311
Neither there had been, nor there shall be. 3
~ lWfl.r m 3"at t!"f3' II jayvad aap tayvad tayree d.aat.
As great He is, similar are His gifts.
759
fi::tfo fuQ afa' a- cft3t ~ II jin Qin kar kai keetee raat.
He is one who makes the day dawn and then let us night fall
l:fRtJ ~ 3' COOI'fl3' II khasam visaareh tay kamjaat.
Those who forget Master are mean.
~ Ott 8'! Rn"f3' 11911~1I naanak naavai baaih sanaat 11411211
Nanak says, "Those without remembering name, are outcaste. " 4.2
))fTW HUW "\ II aasaa mehlaa 1.
ASAM: 1
it t!ftJ ~ cri' ~ l:fRtJ ~ II jay Qar maaNgat kook karay mahlee khasam sunay.
If a beggar, at His doors, cries for, the Master sitting in His home, listens.
R tfrncf R Qi ~ ~ ~ II "\11 bhaavai Dheerak b!1aavai Dhakay ayk vadaa-ee Qay-ay. 11111
01 my Master, grant me one boon, console me or push me out 1
~ Hf3 0' ~ iI'3t ~ t=I"f:J 0' ~ 11"\11 ~ II
jaanhu jot na poochhahu jaatee aagai jaat na hay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Know on(v light (divine), and do not ask for caste, as caste is not the consideration hereafter. 1
(Pause)
))fTfi.r ~ ))fTfi.r rifE' II aap karaa-ay aap karay-i.
M
He does and Himselfgets one done.
))fTfi.r ~ M ~ II aap ulaamayH chit Dharay-ay.
C O
.
And Himself attends to complaints.
w '1 ~ cra3'J II jaa tooN karanhaar kartaar.
UB
L
When You the Creator are creating,
C
falW ~ fcipw ~ II~II ki-aa muhtaajee ki-aa sansaar. 11211
K
then why should I be dependent, and why should I carefor the world. 2
O
))fTfi.r ~ ))fTl) ~ II aap upaa-ay aapay Qay-ay.
He Himself creates and Himselfgives.
B O
))fTl) ~ HOfu rifE' II aapay Qurmat maneh karay-i.
KH
He Himself saves from bad wisdom.
SI
~ ~ ri Hfo ~ II gur parsaaQ vasai man aa-ay.
With Guru's grace, He comes to stay in mind.
~ ~ ffi'g ~ II~II Qukh anHayraa vichahu jaa-ay. 11311
The darkness, the sorrows from within run away. 3
JI'1V ~))fl'fif rifE' II saach pi-aaraa aap karay-i.
He Himselfgrants lovefor truth.
~ crt JI'1V 0' ~ II avree ka-o saach na Qay-ay.
None else grants truth.
itrcm~~~~~0'~1I911~1I
jay kisai Qay-ay vakhaanai naanak aagai poochh na lay-ay. 11411311
"If someone grants and tells," Nanak says, "This will not be recognizedfor help hereafter." 4.3
))fTW HUW "\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ ~ uk cllll'G II taal maQeeray ghat ke ghaat.

The waves ofbody (mind) are like, rhythming ankle- bells.
m ~ ~ ~ II Qolak Qunee-aa vaajeh vaaj.
And the world is like thumping drum.
~ ~ ~ Cfl' ~ II naaraQ naachai kal kaa .bb.aa-o.
760
Nard is dancing in tune with the feel ofdark age.
H3t R3t em ~ ~ 111:\11 jatee satee kah raakhahi paa-o. 11111
Now where a truthful, a celibate, should place his foot (live)? 1
('jTOQ (')T){ ~ ~ II naanak naam vitahu kurbaan.
Nanak says, "1 sacrifice myselffor name. "

))ji:ft ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II anDhee gunee-aa saahib jaan. 11111 rahaa-o.
The world is blind and claims to know Master. 1
~ ~ ftrnJ ~ l:I'fu' II guroo paashu fir chaylaa khaa-ay.
Now disciple eats at Guru's place.
31'fif ~ ~ uffir))fTfi: II taam pareet vasai ghar aa-ay.
AIU(for the love for bread he is living in his home.
P.350
R ~ ~ ~ ~ II jay sa-o var-hi-aa jeevan khaan.
Even ~ffor hundred years, one lives and eats.
l:fJ1)f ~ if fuQ ~ II~II khasam pachhaanai so gin parvaan. 11211
On(v that day is registered, when Master cares for him. 2

~ ~ ~ (') ~ II garsan gaykhi-ai ga-i-aa na ho-ay.
On(v seeing does not spring up mercy.
~ ft!"3' ~ ~ (') iire II la-ay gitay vin rahai na ko-ay.
O M
None is satisfied without giving or taking.
.C
CJTW ~ ~ <:rftr mE II raajaa ni-aa-o karay hath ho-ay.
U B
L
King delivers justice, if his palm is greased.
C
em ~ (') w* iifu lIall kahai khugaa-ay na maanai ko-ay. 11311
= - - -
OK
He may speak in the name of God, but non-believes. 3
~ HOf3' ('jTOQ (')T){ II maanas moorat naanak naam.
-
O
Nanak says, "Their frame is ofhuman and have a name also.
B
H
~ ~ ;:ffir ~ II karnee kutaa gar furmaan.
K
But their actions are like that of a dog. Sitting at doors waitingfor His orders.
S I
~ l..f'O'Rlfu ;::r! fi.rol.frQ II gur parsaag jaanai mihmaan.
If the guests are treated as grace of Guru.
3T ~ ~ tR H'Q liB liB II taa kichh gargeh paavai maan. 11411411
Then they can have some respect in His court. 4.4
))fTFfT Hm 1:\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
R3T ~ ~ gfo 3:ft R3T gy ~ 3"at II jaytaa saba.d. surat Dhun taytee jaYtaa reop kaa-i-aa tayree.
As much is word, so much is the sound of love, as much is beauty, it is all ofyour body.
~ ))fTi)' ~ ))fTi)' 8ffi'iT ~ (') ~ ~ ~ II 1:\ II
tooN aapay rasnaa aapay basnaa avar na goojaa kaha-o maa-ee. 11111
I do not talk ofanyone else, O! my mother, He alone is speaking, He alone is sensing. 1
~ Hw ~ 5" II saahib mayraa ayko hai.
My Master is on(v One,
~ 5" iJ1lft ~ 5" 111:\11 ~ II ayko hai bhaa-ee ayko hai. 11111 rahaa-o.
O! my brother, He is justone. 1 (Pause)
))fTi)' JR))fTi)' it))fTi)' ~ ~ II aapay maaray aapay chhodai aapay layvai gay-avo
He Himself kills, and Himself lets live, He Himselfgives and Himself takes back.
))fTi)' ~))fTi)' mrA))fTi)' ~ ~ II~II aapay vaykhai aapay vigsai aapay nagar karay-i. 11211
761
He Himself sees, Himselfpleases, Himself becomes gracious. 2
it ~ crcJC!I' H crnr ~ ~ 0' crcJC!I' iI'lft
II jo kichh karnaa so kar rahi-aa avar na karnaa jaa-ee.
Whatever He likes to do, He is doing, nothing else can be done.
Hw m 3Jl crc:fPK mr 3"at ~ lIall jaisaa vartai taiso kahee-ai saQh tayree vadi-aa-ee. 11311
As you deal, same I say, this is all your greatness. 3
q~~~HtorHQ~titqri II
kal kalvaalee maa+aa mag meethaa man matyaalaa peevat rahai.
Dark-age is wine-serving maid, worldliness is sweet wine, the intoxicated mind is drinking.
))fTl) Ff ri' ~ F3r ~ 8Ya'" h em 11911t111
aapay reop karay baho QhaaNj;eeN naanak bapumaa ayv kahai. 11411511
Nanak says, "He Himselftakes forms in many ways, the poor in me only says like this." 4.5
~ ffiJW 1:\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ ~ ~ iJ1t II vaajaa mat pakhaavaj Qhaa-o.
Make harmonium ofwisdom and (small) drum oflove.
~ ~ JIt!T Hft; ~ II ho-ay anand sagaa man chaa-o.
Then enjoy the bliss and be ever happy,
~ ~ ~ 31.1' ~ II ayhaa bhagat ayho taP taa-o.
M
This is devotion, and same is the methodfor austerity.
O
ft!"' afcrr ~ ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 it rang naachahu rak!l rak!l paa-o. 11111
Dance in this mood, stepping feet in full rhythm. 1
. C
B
~ ~ wt JI'IWCJ' II pooray taal jaanai saalaah.
Know His praise in stepping feet in rhythm.
LU
~ ~ ~ HO)fTij' 111:\11 ~ II hor nachnaa khusee-aa man maah. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
Other dancing is for pleasure ofmind only. 1 (pause)
C
O
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II sat santokh vajeh gu-ay taal.
O
Let tlte truth and contentment, playas pair of cymbals.
B
~ ~ JIt!T ~ II pairee vaajaa sagaa nihaal.
H
K
Let ever bliss be in the steps and beats.
S I
~ ~ ncft iW iJ1t II raag naag nahee goojaa Qhaa-o.
The music, the (vrics are not to promote love for other.
ft!"' & ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II it rang naachahu rak!l rakh paa-o. 11211
Dance in this mood, stepping feet in full rhythm. 2
~ 'fit ~ HO ~ II bha-o fayree hovai man cheet.
Whirling be offear in mind and souL
~ ~ n't3r <ftf3' II bahgi-aa uth-di-aa neetaa neet.
This be ever, whether sitting or standing.
~ ~ wt ag ~ II laytan layt jaanai tan su-aahu.
Lying and rolling, treat body as ash.
ft!"' & ~ ~ ~ ~ lIall it rang naachahu rakh rakh paa-o. 11311
Dance in this mood, stepping feet in full rhythm
6:n:f Jml' ;:ftfl:pw w iJ1t II sikh saQhaa geekhi-aa kaa Qhaa-o.
The assemb(v ofsikhs is innitiation for love.
~ ~ ~ ~ II gurmukh sun-naa saachaa naa-o.
Gurmukh listens true name
<'i"'i"la' ~ ~ ft II naanak aakhan vayraa vayr.
762
Nanak says again and again. 4.6
~ iFdr ~ ~~1)Q 11811~1I it rang naachahu rakh rakh pair. 11411611
Dance in this mood, stepping feet in full rhythm.
))(TAT}fiJ1ISl' '\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ ~ tm mr trcr3t iRIS ))(iffi')'t C(T ig" CifPw II

pa-un upaa-ay Dharee sabh Dhartee jal agnee kaa banDh kee-aa.
Creating air, He sustained the whole of earth, and arranged unity ofwater andfire.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ wftr ~ ftT~ 11'\11
anDhLilai Qehsir moond kataa+aa raavan maar ki-aa vadaa bha+aa. 11111
The blind with ten heads, got his heads cut,
but by killing Ravan, what kind ofgreatness was achieved. 1
~ ~ 'S'(ft ))fI'I:ft ~ II ki-aa upmaa tayree aakhee jaa-ay.
How much praise ofyou, I can say.
1 R"ai 1Jftr ~ fiR wft! II '\ II ~ II tooN sarbay poor rahi-aa Iiv laa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are pervading all, intuning everyone with you. 1 (pause)
ifu,r ~ _ ~ Clftc5t ~ ~ ~ ftT ~ II
jee-a upaa-ay jugat hath keenee kaalee nath ki-aa vadaa bha+aa.
M
After creating beings, you are holding their luck, how much ofgreatness is achieved,
O
by holding the nose-ring of a cobra.
C
B.
fcnJ 1 ~ ~ ~ cr<fhK JIGS' ~ ~ ~ II~II
kis tooN purakh joroo ka-un kahee-ai sarab nirantar rav rahi-aa. 11211
U
Who is a man (husband) and who is said to be a wife? when you are pervading all 2
L
C
~ i!2g wfti ~ lfCJW iJ1'lR fipIfc ~ II
K
naal kutamb saath varQaataa barahmaa bhaalan sarisat ga+aa.
O
Having his fami(v and giver of boons with, Brahma went out in search ofworld.
O
~~7)~3TC(Tiff~~ftT~lIall
B
aagai ant na paa+o taa kaa kans chhayg ki-aa vadaa bha+aa. 11311
H
ma- K fi:J
Going out, he could notfind the end ofit. How much ofgreatness is achieved by killing Kans ?3
SI
CEO ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ cfPw II
ratan upaa-ay Dharay kheer mathi-aa hor bhakhlaa-ay je asee kee-aa.
By churning the milk, they produced gems, then they roared, "We have done it. "
P.351
am ~ ~ ~ ~ Scft Scft <iflr \!Pw liS II.=> II
kahai naanak chhapai ki-o chhapi-aa aykee aykee vand Qee-aa. 11411711
Nanak says, "How they could hide by concealing? He (God) got it distributed one to one." 4.7
))(TAT}fiJ1ISl' ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
Q{Q){ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II karam kartoot bayl bisthaaree raam naam fal hoo-aa.
The creeper ofvices and virtues is spreading, the fruit is by the name of God.
f38' ~ 7) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II
tis roop na raykh anaahaQ vaajai sabag niranjan kee-aa. 11111
He has no form, no sign, unfrictioned sound is playing, thus word represents Taintless (God). .1
c;rij- ~ wt H ~ II karay vakhi-aan jaanai jay ko-ee.
On(v after knowing one can speak about Him.
~ tftt mIT II~II ~ II amrit peevai so-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Such a person drinks nectar. 1 (pause)
763
ft:IQ tiPw R' )ffl'3' ~ ~ 8trc; ~ II jin H peeaa say masat bha-ay hai tootay banDhan faahay.
Those who drink it (nectar), they are intoxicated, Their bonds and noose are cut.
irn irnr JtHT<!t ifuJftr 31" D ~ ii ~ II~ II .
jotee jot samaanee JIDeetar taa chhoday maa-i-aa kay laahay. 11211
/n them, when light merged in Light, the gains ofworldliness are left behind. 2
mrs irnr CN
=- 30r ~ JRRlS ;m; ~ ~ II
sarab jot reop tayraa gaykhi-aa sagaltIDavan tayree maa+aa.
All lights are seen as Your form, and all worlds your play.
~~~ &or creftr fi ~ ~ IISII
= -
raarai reop niraalam baithaa nagar karay vich chhaa-i-aa. 11311
/n allforms, an absolute beauty is sitting aloof, He bestows even those, who are in darkness. 3
~ ~ ~ Haft ;:cmfo ~ ~ II beenaa sabag vajaavai jogee garsan reop apaaraa.
The yogi is playing word on flute, and is seeing the infinite beau(v.
JJ8fu ~ HRg ar3T ~ em ~ 11811tll
sabag anaahag so saho raataa naanak kahai vichaaraa. 11411811
Nanak, after giving thought, says, "That Master is vibrating the unfrictioned word." 4.8
))fTW HCJW '\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
M
H ~ mv i fi::tflJ !I"G II mai gun galaa kay sir JIDaar.
O
Problem with me is that on my head, / am carrying the burdon oftalking.
C
m5t mv lJ:iaHC!<Jlij II galee galaa sirjanhaar.
Most ofthe time, / talk about the Creator.
B .
U
l:fIC!T tfu!r CJRC!T arfu II khaanaa peenaa hasnaa baag.
C L
But eating, drinking (water), laughing, all are meaningless.
H8 ~ fcre n ~ wft! 11'\11 jab lag rigai na aavahi yaag. 11111
Unless His remembrance comes to mind. 1
OK
O
~ ~ im fcsr))fT aftH II ta-o parvaah kayhee ki-aa keejai.
B
Then what for, one should bother?
H
HOfi.f HOfi.f ~ ~ l!lftR 11911 ~ II janamjanam kictlh leejee leejai. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
SI
/lall through lives, he is wooing the Worthy. 1 (Pause)
)fc') eft Hftr ~)f3T II man kee mat mataagal mataa.
Wisdom ofmind is like a drunk elephant.
R~ ~ *' tS 1:f3T II jo kichh bolee-ai sa.!ID khato khataa.
Therefore whatever one speaks, (only) furthers his mistakes.
fcmfr t@ ~ c;OO- ~ II ki-aa muhu lai keechai argaas.
With what face should you pray?
UTlJ YQ" ~ R'lft tMJ::r II~II paap punn gu-ay saakhee paas. 11211
When vice and virtue both are close(v watching you 2
fu:Ir 1 cJfu 3Rr a- ~ II jaisaa tooN karahi taisaa ko ho-ay.
As you (God) make, the same one becomes.
~ f8Q iW (')T(ft are II tujh bin goojaa naahee ko-ay.
There is none else, other than you.
itcft 1 Hftr ~ 3<ft a- tR II jayhee tooN mat geh tayhee ko paavai.
As the kind ofwisdom you grant, the same one gets.
~ ~ ri f:R ~ IISII tuDh aapay bhaavai tivai chalaavai. 11311
As you like yourself, same way, you get one to move. 3
764
QTQl ~ tiPw 1./ftTO II raag ratan paree-aa parvaar.
Thefami~v ofragas and raginis is like a gem.
f3'ff ~ ~ ~ JI1"a' II tis vich upjai amrit saar.
Which produces the essence ofnectar.
('j'T'(')'C( m iit" ~ tIQ ~ II naanak kartay kaa ih Dhan maal.
Nanak says, "This is the wealth and riches ofthe Creator.
Hi ~ ~ ~ 11811~1I jay ko booitlai ayhu beechaar. 11411911
~f someone understands tltis point ofviews. " 4.9
))fTW }f(J'W ~II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
cmr fcrcnrT ~ urftJ ~ 3T ~ mfPw C('tJ ~ II

kar kirpaa apnai ghar aa-i-aa taa mil sakhee-aa kaaj rachaa-i-aa.
(Jracious~v, when He came to my home, my friends then assembled to celebrate my marriage.
~~Hfo~~~~~II~1I
khayl gaykh man anag Q.ha-i-aa saho vee-aahan aa-i-aa. 11111
My Master came to marry me. Going through this (ceremony), my mind was very happy. 1
~ ~ ~ ftrUcr ~ II gaavhu gaavhu kaamnee bibayk beechaar.
OJ damsels, sing the songs ofwisdom and thought.,
~ urftJ ~ ttdltil'EQ 'i"3"9 II~II ~ II hamrai ghar aa-i-aa jagjeevan bhataar. 11111 rahaa-o.
In my home, my ever-living husband has come. 1 (pause)
OM
C
~~mrar~fR~ttT~~:JT~II
.
guroo gu-aarai hamraa '{ee-aahu je ho-aa jaa Nsaho mili-aa taa Njaani-aa.
B
U
My marriage was ceremonised at a gurdwara, this I could know when I met my husband.
~ rio Hfu ~ ~ ~))fry ~ Hn ~ 11:211
C L
tihu lokaa meh sabag ravi-aa hai aap ga-i-aa man maani-aa. 11211
O K
The word is pervading three worlds, after negating my pride I could enjoy it. 2
mrro
O
~ ~ ))fTfir ~ ~ 0 ~ II aapnaa kaaraj aap savaaray horan kaaraj na ho-ee.
B
He Himselffulfills His objectives, none else can do it.
KH
~~H3~~~~~~~lIall
I
jit kaaraj sat santokh ga-i-aa Dharam hai gurmukh booitlai ko-ee. 11311
S
The act, involving truth, contentedness, mercy andfaith, only some Gurmukh can understand. 3
'B013 ~ mJOT iit" filg ~ ~ II bhanat naanak sabhnaa kaa pir ayko so-avo
Nanak says, "The husband of everyone is alone, the Same.
ft:rR ~ M!ftJ ri" w ~ ~ 11811~01l jis no nagar karay saa sohagan ho-ay. 114111011
On~v she can enjoy the marital bliss, whom He graces. " 4.1
))fTW }f(J'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
fdm 8Q m.mftr'R'CJfR HiJTfu II garihu ban samsar sahj suQ.haa-ay.
For one living in ease, home andforest are same.
~ ~ iRft aitaftr orre- II gurmat gat bha-ee keerat thaa-ay.
The praise of God has replaced his bad wisdom.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II sach pa-orhee saacha-o mukh naaN-o.
To recite true name from mouth is to ascent the ladder (to reach God).
P.352
~ ~ tri' fc'iiI ~ II~II satgur sayv paa-ay nij thaa-o. 11111
Serving true Guru, get to real home. 1
H'O ~ ~ ~ II man chooray khat garsan jaan.
765
KnolV that six systems ofPhilosophy arefor disciplining mind.
RQlf iffir ~ B'R"Q 11'\11 ~ II sarab jot pooran b.b.agvaan. 1/111 rahaa-o.
The light ofperfect God is allpervading. 1 (pause)
))ffi:rcr ~ il:r ~ d II aDhik ti-aas b.b.aykh baho karai.
In increased lust one wears lot ofpretentious garbs.
~ ftff1::mfr ~ 3fn ~ II guk!1 bikhi-aa suk!1 :tan parharai.
This poisoning sorrow, takes away the pleasures ofbody.
~ ~g ~ qg fut II kaam kroDh an:tar Dhan hirai.
The cupidi(y, the anger, suck the inner wealth.
~ ~ C')TfH fcmri' II~II gubiQb.aa chhod naam nistarai. 11211
Leave duality and liberate through name. 2
fl::IGf3' ~ R<Jil ~ II sifat salaahan sahj anand.
Praise and adoration, leads to bliss, in ease.
RlfT Ag ih:r iiifift!' II sakhaa sain paraym gobing.
The love of God is my friend, my fami(y.
~ ri' ~ ~ II aapay karay aapay bak!1sing.
He Himself does and Himselfforgives.
3Q Hg aflJ trfu ~ ~ IIall tan man har peh aagai jingo 11311
My mind and body are of God, and my life is before Him. 3
OM
C
~ ~ ){CJT ~ ~ II jhooth vikaar mahaa gukh gayh.
Lie and ill-deeds give lot ofsorrows.
B .
U
~ ~ t!tHfJ Rftr ~ /I b.b.ayk!1 varan geeseh sab.b. khayh.
L
All pretentious garbs and colour - considerations look like dust.
it ~ Jl ~ wfu /I jo upjai so aavai jaa-ay.
Whatever is created, that comes and goes.
K C
O
(')'l"OCl' ~ ~ ~ 11911'\'\11 naanak asthir naam rajaa-ay. 114111111
O
B
Nanak says, "Only His name and will are ever living." 4.11
KH
))fTRT HmI5'" "\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
I
~ ~ com ~ /I ayko sarvar kama! anoop.
S
There is one pool, full with beautiful lotus.
Rt:!'" fimrA ~ ~ /I sagaa bigaasai parmal roop.
/n it, this pure beauty ever blossoms.
~ >at ~ fiJr /I oojal motee choogeh hans.
Swan picks up crystal jewels from therein.
RCJ8' CR ~))jl::r 11'\11 sarab kalaa jaggeesai aNs. 11111
Everywhere is the progeny of God in play. 1
it ~ Jl ~ ftrc'>R II jo geesai so upjai binsai.
Whatever is seen is created and will be destroyed.
fug ~ ~ ~ 0 tftR' /1'\11 ~ II bin jal sarvar kamal na geesai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Without the pool ofwater, no lotus is seen. 1 (pause)
f8G'w ~ ~ q- /I birlaa boojhai paavai .bhayg.
t'ery rare one can know and get to this secret.
am
WlfT 3tfo fl'l3' ~ II saakhaa teen kahai nit bayg.
Veda ever tells about three branches.
~ fire eft ~ JDfTft! II naag bing kee surat samaa-ay.
766

One l1(ho merges in the love ofthe word of originating.
~ ~ tmf ~ tPre 11:)11 satgur sayv param pag paa-ay. 11211
He, by serving true Guru, gets the supreme position. 2
trrl' ~ ~ ~ II mukto raata-o rang ravaaNta-o.
The liberated moves in and enjoys His love.
CfI'fIO orm m:!T f8alAid~ II raajan raaj sagaa bigsaaNta-o.
The kingdom ofthe king (God) is ever in progression.
fitlJ 1 'O'l:ffu ~ qrflr II jis tooN raakhahi kirpaa Dhaar.
Whomever you graciously protect.
~ ~ arafu dlflr lIall boodat paahan taareh taar. 11311
Such stones can float across. 3
~ Hfu iffir ~ Hfu ~ II taribhavan meh jot taribhavan meh jaani-aa.
Your light is in three worlds, and in three worlds you are known.
~ m urg Uf(J Hfu ~ II ulat bha-ee ghar ghar meh aani-aa.
Turning my mind, Ifindyou in my body.
~ nf3' R ftR ~ II ~ 130 t n tPre 11911'\:)11
ahinis bhagat karay Iiv laa-ay. naanak tin kai laagai paa-ay. 114111211
M
One who, day and night, is intuned with His devotion. Nanak says, "1 wish to be at hisfeet. "4.12
))fTW HmiI)I" '\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
C O
.
~ N ~ ~ II gurmat saachee hUjat goor.
Wisdom of Guru is eternal, it takes the hurdles away.
~ ~ n gflf II bahut si-aanap laagai Dhoor.
U B
Excessive (world(v) wisdom dashes to dust.
nrre C L
K
waft ~ 6R" mr II laageemail mitai sach naa-ay.
O
Dirt in mind is washed with name.
B O
~ ~ ~ ftR wft!" 11'\11 gur parsaag rahai liv faa-avo 1111 i
By the grace of Guru one lives intuned. 1
H
~ ~ <JTiIg ~ II hai h"ajoor haajar argaas.
K
SI
Be present andpray before Master.
~ ~ H'V m lfi'tPfi::J 11'\11 ~ II gukh sukh saach kartay parabh paas. 11111 rahaa-o.
The pain and pleasure are with real Master. 1 (pause)
~ cori' ~;:rio II koorh kamaavai aavai jaavai.
One who earns false, he comes and goes.
~ ~ ~ ocft ~ II kahan kathan vaaraa nahee aavai.
He does not allow others to say or tell
fcp,jT ~ ~ (') tR II ki-aa gaykhaa soom boom na paavai.
It i... found that such persons know nothing.
f8Q 01t Hfo ~ (') ~ 11:)11 bin naavai man taripat na aavai. 11211
Without remembering name, their mind is not contented. 2
H ifOH Jl ~ ~ II jo janmay say reg vi-aapay.
Whoever are born, are in ailment.
~ ~ ~ Jidril' II ha-umai maa-i-aa gookh santaapay.
They suffer pains oftorture, in the pride ofworldliness.
Jl trO 81V Htpi' a"'tt II say jan baachay jo parabh raakhay.
On(v those persons are saved, whom Master has saved,
767
~~~ CJH ~ lIall satgur sayv amrit ras chaakhay. 11311
Tltey serve tlte true Guru. and taste the essence ofnectar. 3
~ Hg ~ ~ ~ II chalta-o man raakhai amrit chaakhai.
One who disciplines his slippery mind, he tastes nectar.
~ ~ ~ ~ B'Q' II satgur sayv amrit sabad Qhaakhai.
He ,'lerves true Guru, and drinks the nectar ofword.
~ R'8ft:!' ~ m ~ II saachai sabag mukat gat paa-ay.
Witlt true word. he gets liberation.
(')T(')Cf ~ ~ ~ 11911'\all naanak vichahu aap gavaa-ay. 114111311
Nanak says. "Thus he shuns his ego ofmind. "4.13
))fTRT H<JW '\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
R fufo cftlW' jt ~ ~ II jo tin kee-aa so sach thee-aa.

Whatever He has done, that has proved true.
~ ~ ~ ~ II amrit naam satgur dee-aa.
The name-nectar is given by true Guru.
fua'@' ~ orm Hffi ~ II hirgai naam naahee man Qhang.
If the name is in heart, it does not break.
~ ~ ~ rilr 11'\11 an-gin naal pi-aaray sang. 11111
Thus. day and night. one lives with dear. 1
OM
C
ufu' ~ ~ ~ mfC!'lft II har jee-o raakho apnee sarnaa-ee.
Of God, lovable. keep me in your refuge.
B .
au't U
P.353
~~<JftJCJH~~~ntfofb'~
11'\11
C L II
K
gur parsaadee har ras paa-i-aa naam padaarath na-o niQh paa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
With the grace of Guru, the nectar of God is granted. Thus the gift of nine treasures is also
O
hestowed. 1 (Pause)
H B
emf tmf ~ Ff'U1' ~ II karam Dharam sach saachaa naa-o.
True name is all actions, faith and truth.
K
SI
3'" a- Jre ~ ~ II taa kai sad balihaarai jaa-o.
I ever sacrifice myselffor that.
R ufu' ~ H Rn ~ II jo har raatay say jan parvaan.
Those who are in love with God, they are accepted.
So cihiaTftr t.RJ){ fl;qrg 11:)11 tin kee sangat param niDhaan. 11211
In their congregation is supreme treasure. 2
ufu' ilg ft::Ifo ~ QO nrat II har var jin paa-i-aa Dhan naaree.
She is the lucky woman. who married God as husband.
ufu' mt ~ ~ ~ II vhar si-o raatee sabad veechaaree.
In God's love she ponders over word.
~ ~ mrf3' ~ ~ II aap tarai sangat kul taarai.
She liberates herselfand gets whole congregation liberated.
~~~~ lIall satgursayvtatveechaarai.11311
Serving true Guru, she ponders over Reality. 3
mm wf3' trl3 ~ ~ II hamree jaat pat sach naa-o.
My caste, my honour is true name.
emf tmf Jii:Q:r JI3' ~ II karam Dharam sanjam sat Qhaa-o.
768
True love is my ritual, my faith, my discipline.
(')1"i")'Cf ~ ~ 0" mE II naanak bakhsay poochh na ho-ay.
Nanak says, "Onceforgiven, none is questioned.
~ >R" ei Hre 118119.811 .d.oojaa maytay ayko so-avo 114111411
The duali~v
is off, and one alone is there." 4.14
))(TAT )('ijW 9. II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
refer ~ refer ~ ~ II ik aavahi ik jaaveh aa-ee.

One is coming another is going, to come.
refer <:rfa' or3' ~ JDfTlft II ik har raatay raheh samaa-ee.
Some are in love with God, thus are merging in Him.
refer QGf'n amo HfJ $ 0" t.Rfu II ik Oharan gagan meh tha-ur na paavahi.
Some do not find refuge on earth and in sky.
R' ~ <:rfa' nrH 0" ~ 119.11 say karamheen har naam na Ohi-aavahi. 11111
I1tey are unlucky, they do not remember the name of God. 1
!JO ~ 3' aTftJ fi.ff3 U1lft II gur pooray tay gat mit paa-ee.
On (V from perfect Guru, the capacity to achieve liberation is granted.
reg JfRrg ~ ~ ))ff:J ~ !JO mnft <:rfa' ~ ~ 119.11 ~ II
ih sansaar bikh vat at bha-ojal gur sab.d.ee har paar langhaa-ee. 11111
O M rahaa-o.
This world is of poison, extreme(v terrifying ocean, only through Guru's word, God gets us
across. 1 (pause)
. C
fi:rc1 ~ ~ ~ If! Hft;s II jin H ka-o aap la-ay parabh may!.
U B
L
Some, whom God gets to unite.
130 ~ ~ 0" wa- ~
C
II tin ka-o kaal na saakai payl.
K
They cannot be crushed by death.
~ foIDn;s ~ ~ II gurmukh nirmal raheh pi-aaray.
Lovable Gurmukhs are living pure,
O O
HB
~ ffi'l) ~!1lfa' Q)ftIS ~ II~II ji-o jal ambh oopar kamal niraaray. 11211
K
like a lotus living untouched in water. 2
* I
F iIl ~ fcm' ~ II buraa bhalaa kaho kis no kahee-ai.
Tell, whom to say good or bad,
S
;:!TR ~ ~ ~ ~ II geesai barahm gurmukh sach lahee-ai.
On(v God is seen, Gurmukh has told this truth.
~ ~ ~ ~ II akath katha-o gurmat veechaar.
Tell about the unnarratable thought of Guru's wisdom.
~!JO JRrB ~ ~ II~II mil gur sangat paava-o paar. 11311
Get across by joining the congregation of Guru. 3
WJJ3' ~ fi:ffi:rS ~ ~ II saasat bayg simrit baho bhayg.
Shashtras, Vedas, Simrities tell lot ofsecrets.
~ Jof'Ag <:rfa' ~ ~ II athsath majan har ras ray.d..
That bathing in six~v eight sacred waters, ispurijied in the nectar of God.
~ ~ ~ 0" wit II gurmukh nirmal mail na laagai.
Ourmukhs are ever pure, dirt does not touch them.
(')1"i")'Cf ~ nrH u gf<J ~ 118119.t.l1l naanak hirgai naam vaday Ohur bhaagai. 114111511
Nanak says, "One with name in mind, is in preordained grace. " 4.15
))(TAT ){'ijW 9. II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
769
foNfoN~~~~~~~11
niv niv paa-ay laga-o gur apunay aatam raam nihaari-aa.
Bowing I, be at the feet ofmy Guru, through whom I see the Master ofmy souL
~~~ CJfa' ~ ~ ~~ II C\II
karat beechaar hirgai har ravi-aa hirgai gaykh beechaari-aa. 11111
Do think that God is living in your heart, therefore see and think ofHim in heart 1
~ ~ ~ ~ II bolhu raam karay nistaaraa.
Recite God, He liberates.
~~~(Jflrwt6R~~~ 111\11 ~ II
gur parsaag ratan har laa.bhai mitai agi-aan ho-ay ujee-aaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
By the grace ofGuru, I found the God-jewel, my darkness is eliminated and light has come in. 1
(Pause)
~ ri' 8QO ocft fer ~ ~ ~ n R'lft II
ravnee ravai banDhan nahee tooteh vich ha-umai .bharam na jaa-ee.
The tongue recites, but bondage is not broken, once in ego, the doubts do not end.
~ fi.ri 3 ~ 3T it ~ l.l"lft II~II satgur milai ta ha-umai tootai taa ko laykhai paa-ee. 11211
If true Guru comes to meet, the ego ofone will break, then he is registered. 2
M
(Jflr CJfa' ~ B'iIf3 ~ ~ Hlf Jf"iI'9 tcr QIW II
O
har har naam bhagat pari-a pareetam sukh saagar ur Qb.aaray.
. C
The name of God is His devotion. My love places the ocean ofhappiness in my mind.
B
!JaI'fir ~ Hdltft'i!g ~ Hftr ~ CJfa' ~ 118 II
bhagat vachhal jagjeevan gaataa mat gurmat har nistaaray. 11311
LU
C
Devotee-loving, Giver oflife to the world, Giver ofthe wisdom of Guru, that God liberates. 3
K
}f7) mt ~ ~ 1{! ~ )fORT Hnfu ~ II
O
man si-o joojh marai para.bh paa-ay mansaa maneh samaa-ay.
O
When one dies fighting his ego, he gets to God. Thus desires are buried in mind.
H B
0't'iCf ~ ~ Hdltfl'i!g JrcJiI B'ft!' fiR ~ 118111\~1I
naanak kirpaa karay jagjeevan sahj .bhaa-ay Iiv laa-ay. 114111611
IK
Nanak says, "Ifthe Giver oflife is kind, I will be in His love, in ease." 4.16
S
~ H'CJ'W 1\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
fcm at ~ ~ fcm at ~ ~ RHftJ em II
kis ka-o kaheh sunaaveh kis ka-o kis samjhaavahi samajh rahay.
Whom to tell? whom to make listen ? whom to make understand, they know.
P
forA' ~ llftr ~ ~ R'8'ft! Ji3fl:r em
111\11
kisai parhaaveh parh gun boojhay satgur sabag santokb. rahay. 11111
Whom to teach ? after reading they know the attributes. But contentment is by true Guru's
word. 1
P.354
~ ~ ~ FRftar II aisaa gurmat ramat sareeraa.
Such lfisdom ofGuru, pervades all bodies.
CJfa' Btl' HW }f7) arfuq iiiftQT 111\11 ~ II har .!2haj mayray man gahir gam.!2heeraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ my mind, deep and profound, remember Master. 1 (pause)
~. iRIfl:r CJfa' WdJT II anat tarang .!2hagat har rangaa.
The devotees of God, enjoy many thrills ofHis love.
~ ~ CJfa' !JC!' Jfarr II an-gin soochay har gun sangaa.
770
Day and night they are pure, in the company ofHis attributes.
~ ~ Wiil"3' Jiwar II mithi-aa janam saakat sansaaraa.
The l~fe of a non-believer is meaningless for the world.
QT}{ iJaTf3 trQ ~ ffiora'r 11::111 raam !magat jan rahai niraaraa. 11211
The person, devoted to God, remains aloof. 2

~ crrft!))fl' ufa" ~ ~ II soochee kaa-i-aa har gun gaa-i-aa.
By singing the attributes of God, the body becomes pure.
~;ftfo ~ fiR wftmrr II aatam cheen rahai Iiv laa-i-aa.
By searching soul, one lives intuned with Him.
))fTft!' ~ ~ (furr II aag apaar aprampar heeraa.
The Primal, the infinite, the unlimited, abides in souL
~ ~ Hw)fQ tftar lIall laal rataa mayraa man Qheeraa. 11311
Once in love with Him, my mind is in patience. 3
~ aufu aufu R ~ II kathnee kaheh kaheh say moo-avo
77lOse who on(v recite and say, are dead.
J:r 'l{I ~ (')l"ift 'l{I1 ~ II so parabh goer naahee parabh tooNhai.
That Master is not afar, He isjustface to face with you.
M
'RJ MW ~ ~ ~ II sabh jag gaykhi-aa maa-i-aa chhaa-i-aa.
O
I have seen all the world, it is all shade ofMaya (worldliness).
. C
('iT(')Qf ~ ~ ~ 11811~1I naanak gurmat naam Dhi-aa-i-aa. 114111711
B
Nanak says, "In the wisdom of Guru, remember name." 4.17
U
))fTW )fij'W ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1 titukaa. ASA M: 1 TETUKA (THREE LINES)
L
C
chft ~ Bt11:Pw ~ II ko-ee bheekhak !2heekhi-aa khaa-ay.
K
Someone is beggar, eats by begging.
O
chft ijTifT ~ JDfrft! II ko-ee raajaa rahi-aa samaa-ay.
B O
Someone is king, is always merging (enjoying).
fcm eft H'Q ftm ~ II kis hee maan kisai apmaan.
K H
Someone is honoured, another one is dishonoured.
S I
~ ~ t2 ~ II dhaahi usaaray Dharay Dhi-aan.
Whom to build and whom to belittle, this He keep:; in mind.
~ 3' ~ (')l"ift iire II tum tay vadaa naahee ko-ay.
None is greater than You.
fcqJ ~;hrr ~ II~II kis vaykhaalee changa ho-ay. 11111
Whom to present as better than You? 1
H aT ~ 3Qr ))fIQ1J II mai taa Nnaam tayraa aaDhaar.
For me, Your name is only sustainer.
1 ~ adC!d i ad'3'g II~II ~ II tooN gaataa karanhaar kartaar. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are giver, the creating Creator. 1 (pause)
~ '0 ~ ~ ~ II vaat na paava-o veegaa jaa-o.
One who does not follow the straight path, and follows uneven one.
~ ~ (')l"ift ~ II gargeh baisan naahee thaa-o.
He will not get in His court a place to sit.
HO a-r ~ ~ a-r ig II man kaa anDhulaa maa-i-aa kaa banDh.
He has a blind mind, and is bonded by worldliness.
1:flc'i ~ ~ ~ afg' II kheen kharaab hovai nit kanDh.
771
This wall (of his being) is ever weakening and is in the process of wasting.
~ tfRc!" eft ~ )WR' II khaan jeevan kee bahutee aas.
His greatest hope is of eating and living.
~ 3t WJr ~ II~II laykhai tayrai saas giraas. 11211
Each one ofhis breath and morsel is registered by you. 2
~ ~ ~ ~ II ahinis anDhulay geepak gay-avo
Day and night, He gives a lamp to the blind.
~ ~ ftJ3' cRft! II bha-ojal doobat chint karay-i.
He thinks for the drowning in terrible waters.
crnfu" HC!fu R wofu ~ II ~ ~ 3T & wt II
kaheh suneh jo maaneh naa-o. ha-o balihaarai taa kai jaa-o.
But one who tells, listens, believes in name. I (Nanak) sacrifice myselffor him.
~ 8ct em ~ II naanak ayk kahai argaas.
Nanak offers one prayer.
tilt tU! RI' 3t tPfi::r lIall jee-o pind sabh tayrai paas; 11311
"Own my mind and body, it is with you. " 3
W ~ m iI1Jt '3"ar ~ II jaa NtooN geh japee tayraa naa-o.
M
Ifyou grant your name, I shall meditate upon it.
O
~ ~ ~ ~ II gargeh baisan hovai thaa-o.
So that I should have a place to sit in your court.
. C
B
W ~ R 3T ~ ~ II jaa NtuDh bhaavai taa gurmat jaa-ay.
Ifyou please, my bad wisdom will go.
fdmI'rc; 03g Hfo ~ ~ II gi-aan ratan man vasai aa-ay.
LU
K
The jewel ofknowledge will come to stay in my mind.
C
O
~ ~ 3T ~ ~ II nagar karay taa satgur milai.
O
Ifyou are gracious, I shall have true Guru.
H B
~ ~ ~ ~ 11811'lt:1I paranvat naanak bhavjal tarai.114111811
Nanak says, "Thus I shall swim across, the terri/ving waters. " 4.18
IK
))fTW )fiJW 'l ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1 panchpagay. ASA M: 1 ! PANCH PADE
S
~ ftIQ Qg ~ ftIQ tP:it ~ ftIQ ~ crif orm II
guQh bin Dhayn pankh bin pankhee jal bin ut-bhuj kaam naahee.
The cow without milk, the bird without wings, and vegetation without water, are ofno use.
fcmrr ~ JnIS')f ~ ))jlft io't '3"ar ~ ~ 1I'l1l
ki-aa sultaan salaam vihoonaa anDhee kothee tayraa naam naahee. 11111
What a king ifno solute by (subjects), He is like a blind room, empty ofyour (God's) name. 1
eft ~ ~ ~ wi II kee visrahi gukh bahutaa laagai.
Ifforgetting Him gives lot ofpain?
~ wi ~ ~ ~ 1I'l1l ~ II gukh laagai tooN visar naahee. 11111 rahaa-o.
If it pains you then do not forget Him. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ifur Qff ~ ciC'ft ~ 0';pR II akhee anDh jeebh ras naahee kannee pavan na vaajai.
The eyes can't see, the tongue can't taste, the ears are without air (power to listen),
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ wit II~II charnee chalai pajootaa aagai yin sayvaa fallaagay. 11211
The feet can't walk without support. Such are the fruits ahead ifno service. 2
))flffl' f8(nr 8"iIJ ,re 9l:lt 6ffla ~ cmtt II akhar birakh baag !2hu-ay chokhee sinchit !2haa-o karayhee.
You grow the large garden ofprecious plants, and irrigate it with love.
772
fI"BOT~ r i O'lj ~ f8Q cmfT~ ~ lIa II sabhnaa fallaagai naam ayko bin karmaa kaisay layhee. 11311
In the name of God, all bear fruits alike, but how to get them without (good) deeds? 3
R'3 ;:fll,r 3'3' mB' ~ ~ ~ ~ rcm orcft II jaytay jee-a taytay saQ!1 tayray vin sayvaa fal kisai naahee.
All those living beings are yours, but none can get fruits without service.
~ ~ iJTC!l" W ~ ~ ~ tftt ~ orcft 11911
Qukh sukh bhaanaa tayraa hovai vin naavai jee-o rahai naahee. 11411
Let pain and pleasure be at your wilL Let life not live without name. 4
Hf3" RftJ ~ ~ ~ br AT RRr 3i' tfiIIf3' orcft II
mat vich maran jeevan hor kaisaa jaa jeevaa taa Njugat naahee.
My life and death is in you wisdom, how else? If I live otherwise, I do not know the device.
P.355
cm~ ~tft))fTtrori:ro~~ 1I1.111~~1I
kahai naanak jeevaalay jee-aa jah bhaavai tah raaKb. tuhee. 115111911
Nanak says, "Life is given by you, You keep me in the way, you please. 5.19
))fTRT Hm' ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ 1fIDIT HQ ~ Q-3t II kaa+aa barahmaa man hai Dhotee.

My body is Brahma, mind is loin-cloth (Dhoti),
M
fdmttQ tffi! ~ ~ II gi-aan janay-oo Dhi-aan kuspaatee.
O
knowledge is thread, and concentration is leaves ofgrass.
~ ('jl}fT RB' ~ ort II har naamaa jas jaacha-o naa-o.
. C
B
(Instead of bath at religious places) I beg for the praise ofyour name, 01 God.
U
tJQ ~ 1fmH RHTt II~II gur parsaadee barahm samaa-o. 11111
L
C
By Guru's grace, merge in God. 1
K
Wi' ~ 'FJ'H 8tu'rg II paaNday aisaa barahm beechaar.
O
01 Pande (priest) ponder over, such a thought.
orH Bftr orH ~ orH ;r,:r ~
B O 11111
II~II ~ II
naamay such naamo parha-o naamay chaj aachaar. rahaa-o.
K H
The purity is by name, the education is by name, the behaviour oftruthful living is in name. 1
SI
(Pause)
arufa'iffi! fi:I;:Jg HS ~ ~ II baahar janay-oo jichar jot hai naal.
Instead of outer thread, have His name in mind.
it:ft feaT O'lj ~ II Dhotee tikaa naam samaal.
Im.tead of wearing loin cloth andfrontal mark, you remember His name.
~ ~ fov<ft ~ II aithai othai nibhee naal.
This will stand by you here and hereafter.
~ ~ m'a' emf a B'ftis II~II vin naavai hor karam na Q!1aal. 11211
Don't search for any action, other than name of God. 2
~ t{H H'f8))fT ~ II poojaa paraym maa+aa parjaal.
Adore with love and burn the lust for money.
~ ~ ~ a B'ftis II ayko vaykhhu avar na Q!1aal.
See only one, don't find anyone else.
~ ~ mrc') t!'R' ~ II cheenHai tat gagan Qas Qu-aar.
Be at the sky oftenth door, and thus see the Reality.
(JfcJ ~ tPO td' 8ttJrG lIall har mukh paath parhai beechaar. 11311
Have the text of God in mouth, read and ponder over it. 3
773
iHg srt ~ ~ !Pi II bhojan bhaa-o bharam Qha-o Qhaagai.
With the food oflove, the fear and doubt run away.
~ ifftf ~ (; n II paahroo-araa chhab chor na laagai.
If the guard is courageous, the thiefwill not dare.
~ ~ iI't 1{f ~ II tilak Iilaat jaanai paraQh ayk.
Know on(v one Master, and no frontal mark.
P" ~ ~ ~ 11811 booihai barahm antar bibayk. 11411
Know God with inner logic. 4
~ Oift tftf31W iI'fi:!' II aachaaree nahee jeeti-aa jaa-ay.
You cannot win Him with rites.
~ ~ crrot cfb.tftr ~ II paath parhai nahee keemat paa-ay.
Reading texts does not give His value.
~ m ~..~ (; ~ II asat gasee chahu Qhayg na paa-i-aa.
Even the eighteen (Upnishads) andfour (Vedas) could not know His secret.
(')T(')iif ~ ~ ~ IItlll~OIl naanak satgur barahm gikhaa-i-aa. 115112011
Nanak says, "True Guru has shown me God" 5.20
))fTW H'CJ'l!l5" 9 II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
M
~ ~ ~ iIO iret II sayvak gaas bhagat jan so-ee.
O
The servant, the slave, the devotee are same.
~ W ~ ~ mft II t!:laakur kaa gaas gurmukh ho-ee.
. C
B
The servant of God becomes Gurmukh.
U
fi:Jfc'l ftffiJ JI1ift Eftrl Fo aret II jin sir saajee tin fun go-ee.
L
C
One who has created universe, the same one vanishes it.
K
f3B' ftro ~ ~ (; ihft 11911 tis bin goojaa avar na ko-ee. 11111
O
There is none other than Him. 1
O
~~tJQmIft!'~ II ~W;)ri~ 11911 ~ II
B
saach naam gur sabag veechaar. gurmukh saachay saachai garbaar.
H
Ponder over the true name, the word of Guru.
11111 rahaa-o.
K
SI
Such Gurmukhs are true, in the court of True. 1 (Pause)
JWT ~ mit ~ II sachaa araj sachee argaas.
The ,mrrendering before True is offering true prayer.
)fU'lift ~ ffC!" WlI'fi:r II mahlee khasam sunay saabaas.
Master sitting in home listens, and gives pat.
At 3'tf13' ~ Hre II sachai takhat bulaavai so-avo
The same one calls before His true throne,
~ ~ cR H ~ II~II gay vadi-aa-ee karay so ho-ay. 11211
He gives hanour but then, whatever He does, that happens. 2
3'a'r ~ ~ II tayraa taan toohai geebaan.
You are my strength, I depend upon your court (justice).
~ W ~ ~ ~ II gur kaa sabag sach neesaan.
The word of Guru is my true emblem.
Jffi YCQf B' ~ iI'fi:!' II mannay hukam so pargat jaa-ay.
One who accepts His order, he goes without hesitation.
~ o"tR'r! orcr (; U'ft! II~II sach neesaanai t!:laak na paa-ay. 11311
Since he has the true emblem, none can stop him. 3
774
~ t.Sfu ~ ~ II pandit parheh vakaaneh vayQ.
Pandit reads and explains the Vedas.
~~ (') wm ~ II antar vasat na jaaneh bhayQ.
But knows nothing about, the secrets ofinner being.
~ firQ m ~ (') ~ II gur bin somee "boom na ho-ay.
None can have the understanding, without Guru.
~ m (J'fulw ll' Hre liB II saachaa rav rahi-aa parabh so-avo 11411
That same true God is all pervading. 4
fcmfr ~ ))fTl:fT ))fTf1:r ~ II ki-aa ha-o aakhaa aakh vakhaanee.
What can I say and then explain.
1 fTl) wm RQ8 RiJrit II tooN aapay jaaneh sarab vidaanee.
Vou yourselfknow your all wonders.
(')T("jCjI' ~ ~ ~ II naanak ayko dar deebaan.
Nanak says, "There is only one court and one door.
~ftr ~ 3'ijT ~ 1It111~C!.1I gurmukh saach tahaa gudraan. 115112111
Gurmukhsfind livilihood on(v through True." 5.21
))fTFfT H'()'W C!. II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~~~~~ ftroR ~ ~
M
II kaachee gaagar Qayh duhaylee upjai binsai dukh paa-ee.
17,e suffering body is like earthen pitcher, it suffers in birth and death.
O
~H'!J~~~~firQ~~tI'fo(')~ IIC!.II
. C
ih jag saagar dutar ki-o taree-ai bin har gur paar na paa-ee.
U B 11111
L
This lVorld is an uncrossable ocean, how to cross? Without God-Guru, none can swim across. 1
C
~firQ~(,)mITHa"~~firQ~(')iire~ II
OK
tum bin avar na ko-ee mayray pi-aaray tum bin avar na ko-ay haray.
01 my dear, there is none other than you. 01 my God, there is none other than you.
:f~ f:m 8l:fR ft::m ~ era-
II C!. II ~ II
O
HB
R'a"8t <hit <rt1t
= = - - -
sarbee rangee roopee tooNhai tis bakhsay jis nadar karay. 11111 rahaa-o.
IK
Vou are in allforms, in all colours, you forgive one whom you grace. 1 (pause)
S
Wff~uffiJ~(')~fire~~(,)1!re~II
saas buree ghar vaas na Qayvai pir si-o milan na day-ay buree.
My mother-in-law is misbehaving, she does not allow me to live in home, thus the misbehaving
does not allow me to meet my husband.
mfi JI1'i1t'ft a ~ ;rQO ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ tft II~ II
sakhee saajnee kay ha-o charan sarayva-o har gur kirpaa tay naQar Dharee. 11211
I serve at thefeet ofmy friends, my dears, He becomes graceful and glances at me. 2
P.356
lWlJ lffiJrfu HTfir HQ ~ ~
fIT ~ (') ~ mIT II
aap beechaar maar man daykhi-aa tum saa meet na avar ko-ee.
I disciplined my mind, pondered andfound, that no other friend is like you.
m
fi::rtt- :f= QTl:(fu ~ ~ t!l:f
-- --
Rl:f ~ Qij'fu IUt II mrr
ji-o tooN raakhahi tiv hee rahnaa Qukh sukh Qayveh karahi so-ee. 11311
I live as you wish me to live. You give pain andpleasure, what you do, that happens. 3
))fTFfT HOW ~ ftrnrR3' f:rg ~ ))fTH ~ m II
aasaa mansaa do-co binaasat tarihu gun aas niraas bha-ee.

My hope and desire, both are vanished, now I am detachedfrom the hope regarding three gunnas.

~~ ~ t.r'lfuK ffir FIF eft tic ~ 11811
turee-aavasthaa gurmukh paa-ee-ai sant saQhaa kee ot lahee. 11411
Gurmukh gets to the fourth state, by depending upon the congregation ofsaints. 4
fdmro 1iPwn ~ RfB R1l 3l.I' fiqJ uftJ ~ ~ l'JIRr II
gi-aan Dhi-aan saglay sabh jap taP jis har hirgai alakh aQhayvaa.
All knowledge, concentration, and all meditation and austerities, are for one, in whose heart
abides unknowable, indivisible.
('iT('iCf QTH 0'fH HQ CJ13I' ~ wS' R<JiI ~ II~ II~~ II
naanak raam naam man raataa gurmat paa-ay sahj sayvaa. 115112211
Nanak says, "My mind is in love for the name of God, and through the wisdom ofGuru, I get to
be in service. in ease. " 5.22
))fT'RT )fij'W ~ t.?utre II aasaa mehlaa 1 panchpagay. ASA M: 1 PANCH PADE
~ m ~ mr QTG II moh kutamb moh sabh kaar.

Thefami(v, all actions are avarice,
~ ~ ~ JRRl) ~ II~II moh tum tajahu sagal vaykaar. 11111
you leave this avarice, this all is waste. 1
~ ))@ ~ ~ ~ m II moh ar bharam tajahu tum H beer.
0/ my brother / you leave avarice and doubts,
~ (')T)j' fcre ~ ~ II~II ~ II saach naam rigay ravai sareer. 11111 rahaa-o.
OM
and remember true name, in mind in body. 1 (pause)
.C
~ (')T)j' tv (W fn'fli tm II sach naam jaa nay niDh paa-ee.
U B
L
Once you get the nine-fold treasure oftrue name,
C
~ n ~ w8t II~II rovai poot na kalpai maa-ee. 11211
--
then son will not weep and mother will not wail 2
~ Hfu F ~ II ayt mohi doobaa sansaar.
O K
The world is drowning in this avarice.
B O
~ chIT ~ wftJ IU~II gurmukh ko-ee utrai paar. 11311
K H
Ver:v rare of a Gurmukh can swim across. 3
SI
~ Hfu tafcr lfO't 1.l'fu II ayt mohi fir joonee paahi.
This avarice commits to the cycle ofbirths.
Jro l!i5'CJIT iDf yfa' wftr 11811 mohay laagaa jam pur jaahi. 11411
Submitting to avarice, gets to the domain ofdeath. 4
~ ~ ~ HY 3Y cni"fu II gur geekhi-aa lay jap taP kamaahi.
After getting Guru's initiation, get to meditation and austerities.
(')T ~ wre
(')T 1.l'fu II~II naa moh tootai naa thaa-ay paahi. 11511
Till the avarice is done away, none can reach his destiny. 5
~ a-a- 3'" ~ ~ wfu II nagar karay taa ayhu moh jaa-ay.
[fHe becomes graceful, then this avarice can get away.
('iT('iCf uftJ ~ Qij- Jt}fl'fu 1I~II~all naanak har si-o rahai samaa-ay. 116112311
Nanak says, "Then one can live merged in God." 6.23
~ )fij'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
))fTf\.r a-a- ~ ))fl!IStf ~ II aap karay sach alakh apaar.
All that He creates is true, unknowable, infinite (God).
~ wtft 'i !f'qHC!dig II~II ha-o paapee too N bakhsanhaar. 11111
[ am a sinner, you areforgiving. 1
776
~ ~ FI! ~ ~ II tayraa bhaanaa sabh kichh hovai.
All that happens is you will.
~ ciW ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II manhath keechai ant vigovai. 11111 rahaa-o.
The obstinate mind, means losing in the end. 1 (Pause)
~ cit HS ~ ~ II manmukh kee mat koorh vi-aapee.
The wisdom ofManmukh is all-prevailing lie.
~ <Jfa' ~ l.fTfu R3n1t II~II bin har simran paap santaapee. 11211
Without remembering God, he suffers his sins. 2
~ f3>wfcrr WijT ~ ~ II gurmat ti-aag laahaa kichh layvhu.
Abandon bad wisdom, and gather some gain.
it ~ R ~ ~ lIall jo upjai so alakh abhayvhu. 11311
Whatever is created, is all by unknowable, indivisible. 3
~ (J}f(fT 'R't(T ~ II aisaa hamraa sakhaa sC'haa-ee.
Such is myfriend, my support,
~ <Jfa' fkfl!ipw nf3" ~ 11811 gur har mili-aa bhagat garirhaa-ee. 11411
Guru taught me devotion, and then God. 4
J:I"aR'ft ~ 3Gr ~ II sagleeN sa-ogeeN totaa aavai.
All other bargains mean loss.
O M
("jT'(')'O{ <JT)f O'l.:f Hfo ri IItlll~811 naanak raam naam man bhaavai. 115112411
Nanak says, "The name of God is pleasing to my mind." 5.24

. C
B
))fTW }f(J"W '\ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1 cha-upgay. ASA M: 1 eHA UPADE
U
L
~ ~ '3i" ~ II vigi-aa veechaaree taa N par-upkaaree.
C
Education i.~ to think, and to dedicate for other's well being.
OK
Hi" t.f;:r a"Jft '3i" 3talJ ~ 11'\11 jaa N panch raasee taa N tirath vaasee. 11111
Living at sacred place, is to discipline jive (senses) 1
B O
~~ ~ ~ HQ A II ghunghroo vaajai jay man laagai.
The playing ofankle-bells is, if mind is involved.
KH
~ if!:f i5fijT criJ H ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II ta-o jam kahaa karay mo si-o aagai. 11111 rahaa-o.
SI
Then hereafter, what harm, the devil of death can cause to me. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ II aas niraasee ta-o sani-aasee.
Being beyond desires means being true abdicator.
Hi" ~ m m
'3i" ~ II~II jaa N jatjogee taa N kaa+aa bhogee. 11211
Ifyogi is celibate he enjoys his body. 2
~ fuai8g ~ ~ II ga+aa gigambar gayh beechaaree.
The mercy of a (jain) saint, is if he cares for body.
))fTf4 ~ ~ 7ro Jil"<ft lIall aap marai avraa nah maaree. 11311
He (such a person) dies himself, and does not let others die. 3
~~~ m ~ II ayk too hor vays bahutayray.
You are alone,though lot of others are in garbs.
~ H'"! ~ '0 3"a" 11811~tlll naanak jaanai choj na tayray. 114112511
Nanak says, "1 do not know all your feats. " 4.25
))fTW }f(J"W '\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
Ecr '0 ~ ~ afcr iRr II ayk na bharee-aa gun kar Dhovaa.

I am not dir~v on(v in one way, so that I can wash it with virtues.
m
Jfa'r ~ ~ CIt fofl::r iW 11'\11 mayraa saho jaagai ha-o nis bhar sovaa. 11111
777
My husband awakes, and I sleep all through night. 1
~ ~ h fi,m(r(ft ~ II i-o ki-o kant pi-aaree hovaa.
11';." way, how can I be dear to my husband.
~ trit CJt fc';J:r Bfu Jlw 11"\11 ~ II saho jaagai ha-o nis .!mar sovaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
My love awakes, and I sleep all through night. 1 (Pause)
P. 357
fulwJ:ft m1 ~ II aas pi-aasee sayjai aavaa.
l')fTR'
Thirs~v, I am hoping, to come to (his) bed.

~ mr ~ ft:f (') ~ II~II aagai sah bhaavaa ke na bhaavaa. 11211
But it depends, whether my husband accepts me or not 2
fcmrr iJIOT fcmrr ~ ~ H'lft II ki-aa jaanaa ki-aa ho-igaa ree maa-ee.
01 my mother, I do not know, what will happen.
~~ ftrQ ~ (') trit 11"\11 ~ II har garsan bin rahan na jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
But (one thing I know) I cannot live without seeing God. 1 (pause)
iltf (') ~ lMt flm (') ~ n paraym na chaakhi-aa mayree tis na bui!:laanee.
I did not enjoy His love, and my desire is not quenched.
~B'ihlQtlO~ IISI1 ga-i-aasojoban Dhan pachhutaanee.1I311
M
Now the youth is withering, (me) the wife is left only to repent. 3
~ B' ~ l')fTR' fulwJ:ft II ajai so jaaga-o aas pi-aasee.
C O
.
Thirsty in hope, still I awake,
B
~ ~ ~ fmrrl:ft 11"\11 ~ II bha-eelay ugaasee raha-o niraasee. 11111 rahaa-o.
U
L
but (now) as hopeless, I am sad. 1 (pause)
~ ~ era- ~ II ha-umai kho-ay karay seegaar.
If leaving ego, she decorates herself,
K C
O
~ ct"Hfc!' AA ~ ~ IIBII ta-o kaaman sayjai ravai bhataar. 11411
then wife can enjoy her husband's bed. 4
B O
~ i'i'(')C[ CiS Hfo R II ta-o naanak kantai man bhaavai.
K H
Nanak says, "Only then she can be pleasing to His mind.
S I
D<:m~1:fFI}{mR 11"\11 ~ II~~II chhodvadaa-eeapnaykhasamsamaavai.1I111 rahaa-o.1I2611
If leaving ego, she merges in her husband." 1 (pause).26
))fTW}fiJ'W "\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ tlO ~ ~ II payvkarhai Dhan kharee i-aanee.

In my parent's home, I was on(v child like.
ftnJ mr eft H JR (') ~ 11"\11 tis sah kee mai saar na jaanee. 11111
Therefore, I did not know, the worth ofmy husband. 1
~ Jfa'r ~ ~ om chft II saho mayraa ayk goojaa nahee ko-ee.
My husband is on(v one (God) and none else. .
oefu era- ~ fuft 11"\11 ~ II nagar karay maylaavaa ho-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
If He is gracious, then there can be union. 1 (Pause)
~ tlO ~ ~ II saahurrhai Dhan saach pachhaani-aa.
In father-in-law's home, the wife could know the truth.
mJfl:r ~ ~ flrg ~ II~II sahj su.!maa-ay apnaa pir jaani-aa. 11211
there she could know her husband, in ease. 2
~ tfaHltft ~ ~ ~ II gur parsaadee aisee mat aavai.
If, with the grace of Guru, such wisdom prevails.
778
3f ~ ci3 Hfo!R 1I:t1l taa Nkaaman kantai man bhaavai. 11311
On(v then the wife is pleasing to her husband's mind. 3
~ ~ B- !R CfT ere- ~ II kahat naanak bhai bhaav kaa karay seegaar.
Nanak says, "Ifshe decorates herself, with fear and love (of God).
Jre tit AA ~ ~ 11811~;>1I saQ hee sayjai ravai bhataar. 114112711
Then she can always, enjoy her husband's bed." 4.27
))fTW Jim!':jI' ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
'0 fcur CfT ;@ '0 fcur cit w8t II na kis kaa poot na kis kee maa-ee.
No one is son and, no one is mother of any.
Hfu R6f ~ II '\11 ihoothai mohi bharam bhulaa-ee. 11111
(All these are) false attachments, and astraying in illusion. 1
~ wfua ~ cit3t' W II mayray saahib ha-o keetaa tayraa.
OJ my Master, I am your creation,
i
;:rr ~ HlJt ~ W 11'\11 ~ II jaaNtooN Qeh japee naa-o tayraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
(!'you bless, I will remember your name. 1 (pause)
~~ mIT II bahutay a-ugan kookai ko-ee.
Committing lot ofvices, one may cry.
M
tIT f3"ff!R 8l:l'R mIT II~II jaa tis bhaavai bakhsay so-ee. 11211
O
He will beforgiven on(v ifHe wills. 2
C
~ ~ ~ ~ II gur parsaadee Qurmat kho-ee.
With the grace of Guru, ill-wisdom is washed off.
B .
U
tro ~ 3'ij" Ei mIT 1I:t1l jah Qaykhaa tah ayko so-ee. 11311
(Then) wherever I see, Ifind only same one (God). 3
C L
K
~ (')T'(')CI ~ Hf::r ~ II kahat naanak aisee mat aavai.
O
Nanak says, "If one is blessed with such a wisdom,
O
3f & JW ~ mri 11811~t:1I taa Nko sachay sach samaavai. 114112811
H B
then he can truly merge in True." 4.28
))fTW Jim!':jI' '\ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1 QupQay. ASA M: 1 DOPADE
I K
~ ~ ~ ~ l.l"it ~ f30fu cftlW II
S
tit saravrarhai bha-eelay nivaasaa paanee paavak tineh kee-aa.
One has made a living, in such a pool (world), in which God has made water andfire?
~ }fir l.ftJ otft ;ri; (J}f ~ 3U' ~ II '\ II
pankaj moh pag nahee chaalai ham Qaykhaa tah doobee-alay. 11111
Then in the greed for lotus (temptation) he does not move a step ahead, whereas I find it like
drowning. 1
HO ~ '0 ~ ~ HOT II man ayk na chaytas moorh manaa.
OJ my idiot mind, you do not remember one (God).
()'fu ftI1::IQ3 ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II har bisrat tayray gun gali-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Forgetting Him, all your virtues will go in vain. 1 (pause)
or <rtr- H3t R3t otft ~ ){Cf1:I'=
JmQT iJO}{ ~ II
- -
naa ha-o jatee satee nahee parhi-aa moorakh mugDhaa janam bha-i-aa.
Neither I am a celibate, a truthful, nor an educated one instead I am a foolish, an idiot, since my
birth.
~ (')T'(')CI ~ cit ~ fi::rQ 1 orcft ~ II~ II~~ II
paranvat naanak tin H kee sarnaa jin H tooN naahee veesri-aa. 112112911
779
Nanak says, "1 wish to be at their feet, whom you are notforgotten. " 2.29
))fT'RT H'Cn ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
f&))f lIJ f&))f ~ 1iPK ~ II chhi-a ghar chhi-a gur chhi-a upQays.
There are six systems, six teachers and six doctrines.
~~~~~ II~II gurguraykovaysanayk.lllll
But teacher ofthe teachers is One (God), having various forms. 1
are
H urfa" crcr3' cftQS II jai ghar kartay keerat ho-ay.
The home, wherein Creator is praised.
R l.l@ ~ ~ 3fu II~II ~ II so ghar raakh vadaa-ee tohi. 11111 rahaa-o.
That home retains your glory. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ UI3hw tT<fl" f83t ~ ~ ~ II ~ ~ gf.r ~ II
visu-ay chasi-aa gharhee-aa pahraa thitee vaaree maahu Jma-i-aa. sooraj ayko rut anayk.
There are seconds, minutes, hours, weeks, days and months. But the sun is one, giving many
seasons.
0'0Cf crcr3' a- ca- ~ 1I~lIaOIl naanak kartay kay kaytay vays. 112113011
Nanak says, "The Creator's expressions are as many. " 2.30
P.358
Cl{f'~~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
One God, realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
OM
C
))fT'RT l.l@ a H'Cn ~ II aasaa ghar 3 mehlaa 1. ASA GHAR 3 M: 1
.
~ ~ ~ ;:tH ~ ~ ~ QCIfcr msrcr II lakh laskar lakh vaajay nayjay lakh uth karahi salaam.
B
U
You may have lacs ofarmy men, lacs ofbands, lacs oflaces, and lacs to stand and salute.
C L
l?l::fT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CJTl:ffu H'Q II lakhaa upar furmaa-is tayree lakh uth raakhahi maan.
You may have lacs to wait for your orders, and lacs may stand to obey.
K
W t.ffir AA- ('iT t :P' ~ ~ CfT)f II~II jaa N pat laykhai naa pavai taa N saJm niraafal kaam. 11111
O
O
But if it is not credited to your honour, then all that you achieve is in vain. 1
B
~ a- O'li f8nr R!f Q!qr II har kay naam binaa jag DhanDhaa.
H
Except name of God, all that we do is bargain.
I K
R ~ ~ iw!ft R))(it))(qr II~II ~ II
S
jay bahutaa samjaa-ee-ai Jmolaa bhee so anDho anDhaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
We may teach afool a lot, he, the blind, will remain a blind. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ Jfi:IPHfu t(I'fI'fu ~ ~ ~ iI'fu II
lakh khatee-ah lakh sanjee-ah khaajeh laKb. aavahi lakh jaahi.
We may earn lacs, gather and eat lacs, lacs may come and lacs may go.
W tIT:r ~ ('iT tR :P' tftlH' fld faftr wfu II~II jaa Npat laykhai naa pavai taa N jee-a kithai fir paahi. 11211
If it is not credited to our honour, where our soul willfind a place to stay. 2
~ JIlla ~ ~ ~ tr.Ifu ~ II lakh saasat samihaavanee lakh pandit parheh puraan.
Lacs ofShashtras are teaching, lacs ofPandits are reading out Purans.
W tIT:r ~ ('iT tR:P' J1i ~ lIall jaa Npat laykhai naa pavai taa Nsabhay kuparvaan. 11311
If it is not credited to our honour, all this is then unacceptable. 3
m:r orf){ t.ffir !trtl crcrfi.r i'rlj ~ II sach naam pat oopjai karam naam kartaar.
The honour originates from true name, and name ofCreator from His grace.
~~H~O'()ol'~1.l'g IIQII~lIa~1I ahinishirgaijayvasai naanaknagreepaar.1I4111113111
Nanak says, "If, day and night, He abides in heart, His grace will get you to other shore." 4.1.31
))fT'RT H'Cn ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
780
~ Hor ~ nttr ~ ~ ~ ~ II geevaa mayraa ayk naam gukh vich paa-i-aa tayl.
My lamp is your name alone, and oil to burn therein is my miseries.
~ ~ ~ 'R11:Pw ~ if){ ~ ~ II~II un chaanan oh sokhi-aa chookaa jam si-o mayl. 1\11\
With that light, the oil is dried up, and the encounter with devil ofdeath is off. 1
~ H3 a- ~ urft:!' II lokaa mat ko fakarh paa-ay.
Of people no castigation upon me.
l'Iil:f }ff3lw' ~ ~ ~ Q3l ~ B'fu II~II ~ II
lakh marhi-aa kar aykthay ayk ratee lay .!IDaahi. 11111 rahaa-o.
Let the lacs ofbundles ofwood be put together, a little offire is enough to burn it. 1 (Pause)
fl4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ nttr ~ II pind patal mayree kaysa-o kiri-aa sach naam kartaar.
God is my leaf-plate, and ball of rice is therein, the Creator's true name is my ritual.
~ a ~ wi ~ Hor ~ 11:)11 aithai othai aagai paa@ai ayhu mayraa aaDhaar. 11211
Here and hereafter, before and after, on(v He is my sustainer. 2
afar aorafi:I ft::rm ~ ~ ))f'3H ~ II gang banaaras sifat tumaaree naavai aatam raa-o.
Ganga and Banaras are in your praise, my soul-king takes bath therein.
ffiJT ~:JT liPK Hi' ~ n ~ lIall sachaa naavan taa Nthee-ai jaa Nahinis laagai bhaa-o. 11311
The bath is real on(v when, I am, day and night, in His love. 3
fua' ti. ~ &fkfit ~ ~ fl4 l::fTft!" II ik lokee hor chhamichharee baraahman vat pind khaa-ay.
fl4 81:Dfu:J ill" ~ ~ O'fu IIBII:)lIa:)1I

O M
Pandit rolls and eats up rice, one roll in the name ofgods, one roll in the name of ancestors.
.C
(')'1'(')cif
naanak pind bakhsees kaa kabahooNnikhootas naahi. 1\4112113211
Nanak says, "Let there be a roll ofHis grace, it will never exhaust." 4.2.32
U B
))fTFfT UIg B }fiJW ~ aasaa ghar 4 mehlaa 1 ASA GHAR - 4 M:-1
~r~ l{R'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
C L
God is one, can be realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
OK
~ ~ a- 311ft il:I' ~ 3\Q"a' ~ II gayviti-aa garsan kai taa-ee gookh bhookh tirath kee-ay.
B O
For seeing God, gods underwent fasts, pilgrimages, and sufferings.
H
#aft tat tmB Hfu ~ ~ ~ BR il:f e II~II
K
SI
jogee jatee jugat meh rahtay kar kar .!IDagvay bhaykh .!IDa-ay. 11111
The yogis, the celibates, live by a code of conduct, many dress themselves in saffron-colour
dress,
~ crrofc! wfulrr ~ G3' II ta-o kaaran saahibaa rang ratay.
For you, they live in your love, Of Master.
~'O"H~~~~oilTCft~~ctlll~1I ~ II
tayray naam anaykaa roop anantaa kahan na jaahee tayray gun kaytay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Your names are many, yourforms are many, number ofyour attributes is indescribable.l(pause)
~ UfQ H'CJ"l!5l' cnr:ft US ~ ~C!'SIft!fd ~ are II
gar ghar mehlaa hastee ghorhay chhod vilaa-it gays ga-ay.
Leaving homes, palaces, elephants, horses, some have gone western countries.
tfuJ ~ ~ wft:or Dt ~ ~ tre 11:)11
peer paykaaNbar saalik saagik chhodee gunee-aa thaa-ay pa-ay. 11211
The peers (teachers), prophets, the g~ides, thefaithful, have left worldliness, to be right(v placed. 2
~ m:r;:r 8l::f QR' em ~ ~ fi UlG ~ II
saag sahj sukh ras kas tajee-alay kaaparh chhoday chamarh lee-ay.
Some, leaving tastes, temperance, happiness, delicacies, and also wearing clothes, are now
781
wearing skins.
~~m3WOT6fG3"~R II:JII
gukhee-ay garagvang gar tayrai naam ratay garvays bha-ay. 11311
The miserables, the sufferers, are at you door, falling in name, have become saints. 3
l$;ft ~ ~ ~ 1Jtlf' ~ iJ3t ettctt II
khalrhee khapree lakrhee chamrhee sikhaa soot Dhotee keenHee.
Some wear skin, carry wooden or skinny begging bowl. Some raise hair-tufts, wear sacredthread
and loin-cloth.
w
"i ~ iJf Jhit ~ wftJ cbIt IIBIII:\/I:J:JII
tooN saahib ha-o saaNgee tayraa paranvai naanakjaat kaisee. 11411 1113311
Nanak says, !'You are Master, we all are your disguiser, then where is the need for caste
(distinction) ?" 4.1.33
P.359
))fTW ~ tI )fiJ'W 9 aasaa ghar 5 mehlaa 1 ASA GHAR - 5, M: 1
98""~ l{W1i! /I ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ W ~ Hfo ~ /I bheetar panch gupat man vaasay.
171efive (senses) are hiding unsean within my mind.
M
ft@ 0" Q'(J'fu AA RfJ ~ II 1:\11 thir na raheh jaisay bhaveh ugaasay. 11111
CO
17,ese do not remain stable, instead are wandering like alienated. 1
My mind does not remain fIXed in merciful (God).

B .
Hg Jfflr ~ R3t ft@ 0" ~ II man mayraa ga-i-aal saytee thir na rahai.
m &ldt tP1ft ~ wfuJw ))fftrcr g 119/1 ~ /I

L U
C
. lobhee kaptee paapee paakhandee maa-i-aa aDhik lagai. 11111 rahaa-o.
O K
It is greedy, wicked, sinner, cheat, and is more attached to worldliness. 1 (Pause)
~ JiTW D t1roa~dft ~ II fool maalaa gal pahir-ugee haaro.
B O
I will wear flower garland around my neck.
H
~ t{t3lj 3'8' ~ ~ II~II milaigaa pareetam tab kar-ugee seegaaro. 1/211
K
SI
I will decorate my body when meeting my lov,er. 2
W Rl:ft UH ~ ~ /I panch sakhee ham ayk bhataaro.
We are five friends having one lover.
W ~ fr ~ ~IMC!~:Jid II:JII payd lagee hai jee-arhaa chaalanhaaro. 11311
It is ordained that soul is to movefarther. 3
~ Rl:ft 1Hfl!;s ~ ~ II panch sakhee mil rugan karayhaa.
Fivefriends meet and weep.
wg~~(')1'(')OI'ilfr~IIBII911:JB/I saahu pajootaa paranvatnaanaklaykhaagayhaa. 114111113411
Nanak says, "When the fIXed time comes, the soul is asked to account for. " 4.1.34
98""~ l{W1i! /I ik-oNkaar satgur parsaag.
God is one, relized by the grace oftrue Guru.
))fTW l.Ifg ~ 9 /I aasaa ghar 6 mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
)f<JW
Hg H3t H ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ qrcft II man motee jay gahnaa hovai pa-un hovai soot Dhaaree.
Let the jewf!l ofname be my ornament and the air be a thread to string.
ftfw FitaJrg ~ 3fo trfut ~ ~ ~ 111:\11
khimaa seegaar kaaman tan pahirai raavai laal pi-aaree. 11111
Let the damsel wear the ornaments offorgiveness on body, and enjoy her loving dear.
782

W8" ~ ~ ~ Hm II laal baho gun kaaman mohee.
OJ my dear, the damsel is tempted by your lot of attributes.
~ ~C! iffir (') ~ 119.11 ~ II tayray gun hohi na avree. 11111 rahaa-o.
None else can match your virtues.
<Jfa" <Jfa" CJTg cifo ~ tffirn ~ ~ ~ II har har haar kanth lay pahirai l1aamol1ar l1ant lay-ee.
She should wear, around her nech, the nectklace ofGod and decorate her teeth with His powder.
0lQ crfa crcJ3T chro tffirn reo ftrfb" ~ ~ II ~ II kar kar kartaa kangan pahirai in biDh chit Dharay-ee. 11211
She should wear the bangle of God and keep her heart in Him, in tltis way.
~ 0lQ ti~ tffirn ~ t.l? ~ II maDhusool1an kar munl1ree pahirai parmaysar pat lay-ee.
She should wear the ring of God and get silk from Him.
tfurtr mit 8tri' ~ ~ HQHT m lIa II
Dheeraj Dharhee banDhaavai kaaman sareerang surmaa l1ay-ee. 11311
The domsel should make the hair-plaits ofpatience, wear the anjan of God.
HO J.RftJ ~ ~ ~ ~ iliI crilft II man manl1ar jay l1eepakjaalay kaa-i-aa sayj karay-ee.
flshe light the lamp in the home ofmind, then the body should be her decorated bed
fdmro ~ im AA ~ 3" (')"I'(')CI' ~ crilft 118 II 9. II atl II
gi-aan raa-o jab sayjai aavai ta naanak bhog karay-ee. 114111113511
M
When the king ofkhowledge comes to bed, Nanak will enjoy his love.
O
nrw H<JW 9. II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
cft3T ~ crit ~ f3lJ ~ ~ m II keetaa hovai karay karaa-i-aa tis ki-aa kahee-ai bhaa-ee.
. C
B
The created one acts as is ordained, OJ brother what can we suggest him.
t1 ~ 0lQC!T j:j" crfa afu>w ett5" ~ ~ 119.11
L U
11111
C
jo kichh karnaa so kar rahi-aa keetay ki-aa chaturaa-ee.
K
Whatever has to be done, the Creator does, where is the created one's smartness? 1
O
3"QT ~~ '8W ~ ~ II tayraa hukam bhalaa tuDh bhaavai.
O
Your order is good, if it pleases you.
(')"I'(')CI' 3T~
H B
fi.ffi ~ ~ orf>.r mR 119.11 ~ II
naanak taa ka-o milai vadaa-ee saachay naam samaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
SI mft
Naiwk says, "On(v those enjoy your e.'Ccellence, who are merged in true name." 1 (pause)
~ 1.I'Ww ~ ~f3" ~ (')
mtl:mrr II kirat pa-i-aa parvaanaa likhi-aa baahurh hukam na ho-ee.
As is ordained, so is written our future, it cannot be reversed.
RW mtl:mrr 3w ~ Jifc (') ~ chft II~II jaisaa Iikhi-aa taisaa parhi-aa mayt na sakai ko-ee. 11211
As is ,written, same is read (applied), none can erase it. 2
~ c:i ~ ~ iffi ~ ~ ~ II jay ko dargeh bahutaa bolai naa-o pavai baajaaree.
Ifin court one talks, more than need, he is named as unbelievable.
~ a'tit tr& O'<ft ~ ~ w<ft lIall satranj baajee pakai naahee kachee aavai saaree. 11311
His playing of chess remains unsuccessful, and he loses whole of it. 3
('iT c:i ~ ~ 8tor ('iT c:i ~ Jkr II naa ko parhi-aa pandit beenaa naa ko moorakh manl1aa.
Neither an educated one is praiseworthy scholar, nor afoolish unworthy one.
rn~~~3T~~W 11811~lIa~1I
banl1ee andar sifat karaa-ay taa ka-o kahee-ai banl1aa. 114112113611
If He gets one to discipline ofpraise (of God), he is said to be a person. 4.2.36
nrw H<JW 9. II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ w ~ >ffi Hfu ti;r flhIT ftmr ~ II
gur kaa sabad manai meh munl1raa khinthaa khimaa hadhaava-o.
783
Have the word of Guru, as ear-rings ofmind, and dress up in the patched cloth offorgiveness.
Hfcsf cri' iRIS" crftr ~ JroH im rofll ~ II C\II
jo kichh karai .!2b.alaa kar maan-o sahj jog niQh paava-o. 11111
Whatever God does, accept it as ever good, thus receive the treasure ofyoga, in ease. 1
P.360
8'8'" ~iftt ffaJa' ~ Haft tmf'33' Hfu H1Y II baabaa jugtaa jee-o jugah jug jogee param tant meh joga N
O! elder, the united soul, is yogi in all ages, thus the yoga is in supreme being.
~ ~fot,:m~~~QR'n "'11 ~ II
amrit naam niranjan paa-i-aa gi-aan kaa-i-aa ras .!2b.ogaN 11111 rahaa-o.
The nectar ofthe name of God is blessed, and the abstract body (mind) enjoys it. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ Hfu ~ ~ ~ ~ R II siv nagree meh aasan baisa-o kalap ti-aagee baaga N
Sit on the seat in the city ofShiv (God), and be free from the riddle ofdesires.
fl:nft' ~ m!" gfo JW ~ ~ ~ II~II si~ee sabad, sad,aa Dhun sohai ahinis poorai naad,a N 11211
The sound ofthe voice of horn is ever pleasing, day and night are filled with this voice. 2
~;furrg ~ Hftr Dr fi3)fl'(') ~ II pat veechaar gi-aan mat dandaa varatmaan bibhoota N
Have a bowl ofthought, the wisdom ofknowledge, and staffof ashes in (His) presence.
<Jfu c!lGf::r ~ ~ ~ tl'! ~ liS II har keerat rahraas hamaaree gurmukh panth ateeta N 11311
M
God's praise is my real way, thus Gurmukh's path is ever detached. 3
O
Rmft Hf::r ~ Jffif>w (')T(')l' ~ ~ II saglee jot hamaaree sammi-aa naanaa varan anayka N
. C
All that is created is related to us, and this is in many colours, forms.
B
i5l2 (')l'Oij[ ~ ~ Haft ~ ~ tel 11811S liS.? II
U
kaho naanak sun bharthar jogee paarbarahm IivaykaN 114113113711
HCJW'
C L
Nanak says, "Listen O! Bhartharjogi, love of God is the only one." 4.3.31
K
))fI"RT II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ crftr ~ fb))fTQ afu ~ afu cmt Cfff ~ II
O O
gurh kar gi-aan Dhi-aan kar Dhaavai kar karnee kas paa-ee-ai.
B
Make Gur (unclarified sugar) ofknowledge, make Mahoa floers of concentration and bark of
your actions.
K H
SI
m fig i{H w t1ur reg G'fi:f ~ ~ 11'11
bhaathee bhavan paraym kaa pochaa it ras ami-o chu-aa-ee-ai. 11111
Let your faith be furnance, your love its plaster and this way let sweet nectar be trickle. 1
8'8'" HQ ~ (')I)f ~ tftt JroH B G'ftJ ~ II
baabaa man matvaaro naam ras peevai sahj rang rach rahi-aa.
O! elder, by drinking the nectar of name, my mind is intoxicated, and is enjoying His love, in
ease.
))ffufnfJ:r 81ft" i{H fiR W1ft ~ ~ aTfc:mrr II '11 ~ II
ahinis banee paraym Iiv laagee sabad, anaahad, gahi-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Day and night is to be merged in His love and be intuned with unfrictioned word. 1 (pause)
~ JflV fiPWW JrcJil ftrRfu tlPri w ~ m!ftJ iR II
pooraa saach pi-aalaa sehjay tiseh pee-aa-ay jaa ka-o nad,ar karay.
The bowl ofthe True is full, He will get to drink one in ease, upon whom He is kind.
~w~at~H&pBTtqW II~II
amrit kaa vaapaaree hovai ki-aa mag chhoochhai .!2b.aa-o Dharay. 11211
One who is trade (habituated) in nectar, why should he care/or petty wine.2
~cft~~arit~cft~~11
784
...
gur kee saakhee amrit banee peevat hee parvaan bha-i-aa.
The story of Guru is nectar - word, just by drinking i~ one becomes acceptable (in His court).
t!"a" t!QRO ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ fa>w lIa II
dar darsan kaa pareetam hovai mukat baikunthay karai ki-aa. 113/1
One who loves to see Him, why should he carefor liberation or paradise. 3
tmSt Q31'm! hrait ~ trc"il:f 0' ~ II siftee rataa sad bairaagee joo-ai janam na haarai.
One who is absorbed in His praise is ever detached, he does not lose life in gamble.
~ 0'C"i0f ~ ~ Haft 1:iRr ~ ~ IIBIIBllat:1I
kaho naanak sun bharthar jogee kheevaa amrit Dhaarai. 114114//3811
Nanak says, "Listen 01 yogi Bharthar, be intoxicated by nectar. " 4.4.38
".,-w }KJW ct II aasaa mehlaa 1. Aasa M: 1
~ l:fJIWOT CifPw rJ~H3iO ~ II khuraasaan khasmaanaa kee-aa hingusataan daraa-i-aa.
Leaving Khurasen, in someone's custody He, (Babar) came to threaten India.
~ ~ 0' m Cfa'3T mf crnr
~ ~ II aapai dos na day-ee kartaa jam kar mugal charhaa-i-aa.
To remain free from blame, the Creator, created demon in Mughal to invade.
8'3t){I'Q tnft ~ 5" cit ~ 0' ~ IIctll aytee maar pa-ee karlaanay tai Nkee darad na aa-i-aa. 11111
They (people) were so much slashed that they did c~v, you, (God) did not feel their agony.
= H'BO" ~ mft II kartaa
M
Cfa'3T :f - tooN
- sa.bb.naa kaa so-ee.
O
()1 Creator you are samefor all.
~ HCf3T HOl"3' ~ wa- 3'" Hfo ~ 0' ~ II ct II ~ II
.C
jay saktaa saktay ka-o maaray taa man res na ho-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
U B
If a migh(v one slashes another migh~v, then mind may not feel agitated. 1 (pause)
L
HCf3T Jft'g wa- u ri l:OfH FIT ycrH"lft II saktaa seehu maaray pai vagai khasmai saa pursaa-ee.
C
K
If a migh~v lion, attacks a herd to kill, then the Master's grace is to be evoked.
O
Q30 ~ ~ ~ ~ H'Q 0' m II ratan vigaarh vigo-ay kuteeNmu-i-aa saar na kaa-ee.
O
The dogs are busy in destroying the jewel, dead (they) will not be cared.
B
))fTit iffir ~ ~ ~ 3'at ~ II~II aapay jorh vichhorhay aapay vaykh tayree vadi-aa-ee. 11211
H
K
You yourselfunite, and yourself disunite see this is your excellence. 2
SI
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ H""e' ~ Hfo ~ II jay ko naa-o Dharaa-ay vadaa saad karay man bhaanay.
If one boasts ofhis big name, and enjoys the delicacies of choice.
l:OfH ~ cfuJr ~ H3" ~ ~ II khasmai nadree keerhaa aavai jaYtay chugai daanay.
In the eyes ofMaster, he is on(v a worm, as to pick grains.
Hftr Hftr ~ 3'" fa wS' 0'C"i0f ~ ~ II a 1It111 a~ II
mar mar jeevai taa kichh paa-ay naanak naam vakhaanay. 1/3115113911
Nanak says, "Name tells, die and die, ifyou want to live and achieve something." 3. 5.39 God is
~ ".,-w ll@ ~ }KJW a raag aasaa ghar 2 mehlaa 3 RAG ASA GHAR 2, M: 3
ctf""'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.
One, (God) realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
(Jfa' ~ tR ~ II har darsan paavai vadbhaag.
If one gets to see God, he is greatly fortunate.
trcr &' ~ ~ htfcn II gur kai sabad sachai bairaag.
The real yearning is through the word of Guru.
l:I? ~ m ~ II khat darsan vartai vartaaraa.
The world is busy in six systems.
785
P.361
~ i5l'" ~ ~ ~ IIClII gur kaa garsan agam apaaraa. 11111
But Guru's philosophy is unknowable and infinite. 1
~ &~ ~ m '5fu II gur kai garsan mukat gat ho-ay.
The philosophy ofGuru, is way to liberation.
~ ))fTf4 .m Hfo Rft!' II 1\11 ~ II saachaa aap vasai man so-avo 11111 rahaa-o.
The same true Himself comes to stay in mind. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ JiR'rar II gur garsan uDhrai sansaaraa.
The philosophy of Guru, liberates the world,
a-
H ~ ~ ~ II jay ko laa-ay bhaa-o pi-aaraa.
If one dedicates with love to dear.
~ ~ ~ ffiw ~ II Qhaa:-e pi-aaraa laa-ay virlaa ko-ay.
The rare one loves dear.
~ & ~ JIt!T ~ '5fu II~II gur kai garsan sagaa sukh ho-ay. 11211
The philosophy of Guru, ever gives happiness. 2
~ & ~ Hlf ~ II gur kai garsan mokh gu-aar.
The philosophy of Guru is way to liberation.
M
~ Rt ~ ~ II satgur sayvai parvaar saaDhaar.
O
One serving Guru is the sustainer ofhis fami(v.
~~ m nrm a"lft
.
II niguray ka-o gat kaa-ee naahee.
C
B
A person with no Guru,finds no way.
~ ~ ijcT ~ lIiJlI avgan mut!:!.ay chotaa khaahee. 11311
LU
C
They are robbed by vices, and are suffering humiliation. 3
K
~ & FI"8fu ~ WB ~ II gur kai sabag sukh saaNt sareer..
O
The philosophy of Guru is way to peace, happiness for all persons.
O
~ 3" ~ l!dr 0 t/tQ II gurmukh taa ka-o lagai na peer.
H B
Such Gurmukhs are ones, who suffer no pain.
~ fu"ff *f3' 0 ~ II jamkaal tis nayrh na aavai.
IK
The devil of death does not touch them.
S
0"0'iil' ~ wftJ J=I>ri 118111\118011 naanak gurmukh saach samaavai. 114111114011
Nanak says, "Such Gurmukhs merge in truth." 4.1.40
l')f'W )fij(!I)l' iJ II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
FI"8fu ~ ~ flY ~ II sabag mu-aa vichahu aap gavaa-ay.

One who dies in word, turns out ego from within.
~ ~ ~ 0 ~ II satgur sayvay til na tamaa-ay.
One who serves true Guru, does not give to greed, even a little.
~ ~ JIt!T Hfo '5fu II nirbha-o gaataa sagaa man ho-ay.
The fearless Giver, abides ever in his mind.
~ m ~ !JIfdr a-re II 1\ II sachee banee paa-ay Qhaag ko-ay. 11111
Very rare are blessed, with true word. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ wfu II gun sangrahu vichahu a-ogun jaahi.
Gather virtues, so that vices leave from within.
~ & RlIft! JDfTfu 111\11 ~ II pooray gur kai sabag samaahi. 11111 rahaa-o.
Merge in the word ofperfeet Guru. 1
~ i5l'" ~ ~ Jl ~;::ri II gunaa kaa gaahak hovai so gun jaanai.
786
One who buys virtues, he knows their worth.
nID:r3" 'FI'1Jfu 0TtJ ~ II amrit sabag naam vakhaanai.
He recites the name ofnectar-word.
wm arit ~ ~ II saachee banee soochaa ho-ay.
In the true word, one becomes pure.
~ 3' 0TtJ ~ ~ II~II gun tay naam paraapat ho-ay. 11211
Through virtues, the name is availed.2
~ ~ ur8' (') wfu II gun amolak paa-ay na jaahi.
The virtues are beyond value, not easi(v available.
Hfo ~ ~ J:I'8'fu FOfI'fu II man nirmal saachai sabag samaahi.
The mind is pure, merging in true word.
H ~ ~ ~ ~ II say vadbhaagee jin H naam Dhi-aa-i-aa.
They are lucky, who have remembered name.
J:!T ~ Hfo ~ lIall sagaa gundaataa man vasaa-i-aa. 11311
17ze Giver of virtues is ever abiding in their mind. 3
H ~~ ~ f3<'i ~ ~ II jo gun sangrahai tin H -balihaarai jaa-o.
I sacrifice myselffor those, who gather virtues.
M
tffi:r ~ we- ~ ~ II gar saachai saachay gun gaa-o.
O
At the doors of True, I sing the attributes of True.
))fTl) ~ ffil'fR ~ II aapay gayvai sahj subhaa-ay.
. C
He Himself blesses, in ease.
U B
0T0'a' cfu.ff3" ~ (') i'f1'ft! 11811~1I8"\1I naanak keemat kahan na jaa-ay. 114112114111
C L
Nanak says, "Its value is beyond description. " 4.2.4
K
))fTW}{(JW a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
OO
~~ m ~ II satgur vich vadee vadi-aa-ee.
The greatest ofthe virtue is in true Guru.
B
fu<ft ~ Am ~ II chiree vichhunay mayl milaa-ee.
H
K
He unites the separated since long.
SI
))fTl) J:m Am ~ II aapay maylay mayt milaa-ay.
He Himselfunites, thus causes the union.
~ cfu.ff3" ~ ur8' 11"\11 aapnee keemat aapay paa-ay. 11111
On(v He himselfknows His value. 1
<Jfcr at cfh.fftr fcto ftrftr ~ II har kee keemat kin biQh ho-ay.
In which way, God's worth can beflXed ?
<Jfcr ~ ~ ~ ~ i H'1ifu fkM ~ ifu 11"\11 ~ II
har aprampar agam agochar gur kai sabag milai jan ko-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
God is infinite, inaccessible, unknowable, though someone through Guru may meet Him ? 1
(Pause)
~ cfh.fftr w! are II gurmukh keemat jaanai ko-ay.
Some one like a Gurmukh, may know His worth.
~ ~ tfT1.rl3 ~ II virlay karam paraapat ho-ay.
But this grace is available to very rare.
~ arit ~ ~ II oochee banee oochaa ho-ay.
They have attained this light, with the help ofsupreme bani (word).
~ H'1ifu ~ ifu II~II gurmukh sabag vakhaanai ko-ay. 11211
787
This word is recited by very few, like a Gurmukh. 2
~~~~ mftftJ II yin naavai gukh garag sareer.
With no name, body suffers sorrows, pains.
~ R 3" ~ tffir II satgur bhaytay taa utrai peer.
If one meets true Guru, then the pain is cured
ftIg ~ R ~ ~ II bin gur bhaytay gukh kamaa-ay.
Ifno meeting with Guru, one earns only sorrows.
~~fHi ~ IIqll manmukh bahutee milai sajaa-ay. 11311
Main(y Manmukh suffers punishment. 3
~ err C5'tf Htor ~ ij'ff ml!' II har kaa naam meethaa at ras ho-ay.
The name of God is sweet, high(y blissful.
~ oa ~ JlfS' II peevat rahai pee-aa-ay so-avo
Some are drinking, He is blessing them to drink.
~ fcm.rr 3" ~ ij'ff ~ II gur kirpaa tay har ras paa-ay.
With the grace of Guru, some get the nectar of God
0'001' (')TfH cE alE ~ liB IIq IIB~II naanak naam ratay gat paa-ay. 114/13114211
Nanak says, "In love with His name, get liberation." 4.3.42
M
))fTW H<JW q II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
Hw 1:& wtJl' arftro' aMv II mayraa parabh saachaa gahir gambheer.
C O
.
My Master is true, deep and profound
m tit ~ Rif:r ~ II sayvat hee sukh saaNt sareer.
U B
L
The body serves and gets into happiness andpeace.
C
~ ~ iIO Jrofl::r ~ II sabag taray jan sahj suQbaa-ay.
K
Thus with word, people swim across, in ease.
O
130 cl mi Jre ~ tPfu 1Il:l1l tin kai ham sag laagah paa-ay. 111"
P.362
B O
I always wish to be at the feet ofsuch people. 1
K H
H Hf6 or3" ~ ~ l'ft: II jo man raatay har rang laa-ay.
SI
Those, whose minds are in love with the love of God
130 err trOH )f(JC!" ~ WEfT 3" ~ ~ Dm ~ 1Il:l1l ~ II
tin kaa janam maran gukh laathaa tay har gargeh milay subhaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Their suffering ofbirth and death are over, and they natural(y meet God in His court. 1 (pause)
~ ~ w;Jl' ~ ~ II sabag chaakhai saachaa saag paa-ay. .
By tasting word, one gets the real taste.
CJftJ err C5'tf Hfo ~ II har kaa naam man vasaa-ay.
Then he gets name to stay in his mind
CJftJ 1:& JreT Gfcpw ~ II har paraQb sagaa rahi-aa bharpoor.
The Master, God is ever pervading.
))fTiJ ~ ~ ~ II~II aapay nayrhai aapay goor. 11211
He himself is near and Himself is away. 2
~ ~ 8cl JI! &ft! II aakhan aakhai bakai sabh ko-ay.
For saying, everyone says.
))fTiJ 8'tIfl:J ~ ~ II aapay bakhas milaa-ay so-avo
But He Himselfgraces all and Himselfgets to meet.
crot ~ 0' ~ wre II kahnai kathan na paa-i-aa jaa-ay.
788
By mere(v speaking about Him, one cannot get Him.
WCJ l:IWfu ~ Hfo))fTfu lIall gur parsaag vasai man aa-ay. 11311
On(v by the grace of Guru, He comes to stay in mind. 3
~ ~ lWY ~ II gurmukh vichahu aap gavaa-ay.
Gurmukh is one who shuns the ego from within.
<Jfa' \ffdr or3' ~ ~ II har rang raatay moh chukaa-ay.
In the love of God, he renounces (other) attachment.
))ff3 ~ WCJ FIlJt!' &0 II at nirmal gur sabag veechaar.
Absolute(v pure is the word, ponder over it.
(')'1"(')Cil' 0Tfi.r H'@'dC!did lie lie Ilea II naanak naam savaaranhaar. 114114114311
Nanak says, "On(v name can refashion. " 4.4.43
)){I"HT){(JW a \I aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II goojai bhaa-ay lagay gukh paa-i-aa.

Once in other's love, one suffers sorrows.
f8Q m- ~ iIOlj ~ II bin sabgai birthaa janam gavaa-i-aa.
If no word, one loses one's life, in vain.
~ ~ Jl6t ~ II satgur sayvai soihee ho-ay.
Serving true Guru, one gets to realization.
~ ~ 0' n clfu 11"\11 goojai bhaa-ay na laagai ko-ay. 11111
O M
None should be in other's love. ]
. C
~ war R iffi ~ II mool laagay say jan parvaan.
U B
L
Those who are in love with God, they are acceptable ones.
C
~ ~ ~ Hf4 fcJd' WCJ Jt'8'et ~ ~ ~ 11"\11 ~ \I
K
an-gin raam naam jap hirgai gur sabgee har ayko jaan. 11111 rahaa-o.
(Pause)
O O
In heart, day and night, remember God, through the word ofGuru, havefaith, on(v in one God.]
mn B
~ i'f1'ft! II daalee laagai nihfal jaa-ay.
H
K
Those involved in branch (worldliness), get no fruit.
S I
))jl;ft cbft ))[q ~ II aNDheeNkammee anDh sajaa-ay.
Those in blind actions, get blind (unlimited) punishment.
~ )){qr $ (') wfu II manmukh anDhaa tha-ur na paa-ay.
The blind Manmukh, gets no place to stay.
ftrH'GT QT c;fup ftrH'GT)fTfu ~ II~II bistaa kaa keerhaa bistaa maahi pachaa-ay. 11211
The worm offilth, burns in filth. 2
~d' eft R<e'r m:!T ~ ~ II gur kee sayvaa sagaa sukh paa-ay.
17tose who serve Guru, ever get happiness.
R3Rdlfd fi.ffi!is ~ ~ ri' II santsangat mil har gun gaa-ay.
Byioining the true congregation, they sing the attributes of God.
orA orfH ere- ~ II naamay naam karay veechaar.
Thm.e in name, ponder over name,
))f1'f4 ~ ~ (jlQijC!di!j! lIall aap tarai kul uDhranhaar. 11311
they are liberated, also they liberate their family. 3
~ eft ~ orfH ~ \I gur kee banee naam vajaa-ay.
The bani (in music) of Guru, plays on name.
0'0Cil' ~ mrft! llIg ~ II naanak mahal sabag ghar paa-ay.
789
Nanak says, "Guru helps to get, word in home (mind). "
~ FI3 Rfu ufu ~ orft!>H'r II gurmat sat sar har jal naa-i-aa.
With the wisdom of Guru, have bath in true pool of God.
~ ~ R! ~ ~ IIBIIUIIBBII gurmat mail sabh gurat gavaa-i-aa. 114115114411
This will wash offyour filth ofsins, produced by bad-wisdom. 4.5.44
nfTW H<Ji!i5l' a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~ Hafu HflJ ~ ~ II manmukh mareh mar maran vigaarheh.
Manmukh dies, dying, he spoils his death.
~ srfu fT3){ R1aP"afu II goojai bhaa-ay aatam san9.!J.aareh.
He slays himselfin other's love.
HcJr HcJr cffiJ cffiJ ~ II mayraa mayraa kar kar vigootaa.
Always attempting to have more, he dies away.
~ (') ~ saN ~ ~ II~II aatam na cheenHai Qharmai vich sootaa. 111/1
He cares not for his se(f, and sleeps in doubts. 1
Jq ~ m Hfu' wre II mar mu-i-aa sabQay mar jaa-ay.
If one has to die, die in word. (The gain ofthis age is) :
~ ~ !Jfu RH ~ 18'ff traJ Hfu WijT ufu Rf4 ~ wre II 'III ~ II
M
ustat ningaa gur sam jaanaa-ee is jug meh faahaa har jap lai jaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Guru helps to 'treat praise and slander alike, and one goes while remembering God. 1 (Pause)
O"H ~ ~ ~ wre
.
II naam vihoon garabh gal jaa-ay.
C
B
Not in name, is wasted in womb,
~ ~ ~ ~ II birthaa janam goojai lobhaa-ay.
LU
C
They waste in greedfor other.
K
OT){ ~ ~ ;m mfTlft II naam bihoonee gukh jafai sabaa-ee.
O
Devoid ofname are burning in sorrows.
B O
~ ~ p ~ II~II satgur poorai booi!:l bui!:laa-ee. 112/1
The perfect true Guru, has got me to realize. 2
H
Hg ~ ~ ijcT l:[1fu II man chanchal baho chotaa khaa-ay.
K
SI
Slippery mind is suffering a lot oflosses.
~ ~$ (') urre II aythahu chhurhki-aa tha-ur na paa-ay.
Once astrayed here he will not find a place.
~ Mo ~ iSl" ~ II garabh jon vistaa kaa vaas.
The life in womb is like living in filth.
~ l.IIfcr ~ cri' ~ lIall tit 9.!J.ar manmukh karay nivaas. 113/1
Manmukh has to live in that home. 3
~ ~ ~ Fre" am wit II apunay satgur ka-o sagaa bal jaa-ee.
I always sacrifice myself, for my true Guru.
~ ;l3t ii13 fHmft II gurmukh jotee jot milaa-ee.
He merges the Gurmukh's light, in (higher) Light.
~ arit fcm l.IIfcr ~ II nirmal banee nij 9.!J.ar vaasaa.
With the help ofpure bani (word), one gets to live in own home.
(')T(')Ol' crtH JR Fre" ~ liB II~IIBUII naanak ha-umai maaray sagaa ugaasaa. 114116114511
Nanak says, "One who kills ego, is ever detached." 4.6.45

nfTW)fiJW a /I aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~ ~ tfTf3' ~ II laalai aapnee jaat gavaa-ee.
790
Slave (of God) has sacrificed his life,
P.363
3Q HQ ~ ~ ~ 11 tan man arpay satgur sarnaa-ee.
By surrendering his mind and body, before true Guru.
~ O'lj m ~ II hirgai naam vadee vadi-aa-ee.
{f name is in mind, he is the greatest ofgreat.
FreT ~ l{I ~ 1PfIlft 111:\11 sagaa pareetam parabh ho-ay sakhaa-ee. 11111
The dear Master becomes afriendforever. 1
R ~ ~ ~ II so laalaa jeevat marai.
That slave dies while living.
Ji{r~~HH~w!~~~~ 111:\11 ~ II
sog harakh gu-ay sam kar jaanai gur parsaadee sabag uDhrai. 11111 rahaa-o.
He treats pleasure and pain alike,
and thus with the grace of Guru, he liberates with word. 1 (pause)
~ QIQ YQg ~ II karnee kaar Dharahu furmaa-ee.
All that one does is preordained.
ftrQ ~ Ii lflfu 0" tfIlft II bin sabgai ko thaa-ay na paa-ee.
Without word none can find a place.
~ clta13' O'lj ~ II karnee keerat naam vasaa-ee.
OM
By being in praise, name comes to stay in mind.
. C
B
l?flil' ~ NliS 0" trit II~II aapay gayvai dhil na paa-ee. 11211
U
L
He Himselfgives, and loses no time. 2
C
HOl::.ffc:f !rnfk ~ FiJ:Irg II manmukh bharam bhulai sansaar.
K
Manmukh in the world, is astraying in illusion.
Having no capital, he trades false(~'.

O O
ftrQ QTFft ~ ern ~ II bin raasee koorhaa karay vaapaar.
B
~ QTFft ~ ~ 0" t.fTfu II vin raasee vakhar palai na paa-ay.
H
K
Without capital, nothing can be gained.
SI
HOl::.ffc:f ~ ~ ~ lIall manmukh bhulaa janam gavaa-ay. 11311
Manmukh astrays and wastes his life. 3
~ ~ B' ~ ~ II satgur sayvay so laalaa ho-ay.
By serving true Guru, one becomes a slave (of God).
~;::rr3t f3l:f Rre II ootam jaatee ootam so-avo
He is of high caste and enjoys good reputation.
~ ~ mJ ~ ~ ~ II gur pa-orhee sab.b. goo oochaa ho-av.
Ascending the ladder of Guru, he becomes the highest.
0'0Cl' orfH ~ ~ 11811;>1I8~1I naanak naam vadaa-ee ho-av. 114117114611
Nanak say.", "(Good) reputation is through name." 4. 7.46
))fTW }f()W a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3

HOl::.ffc:f ~ ~ II manmukh IDootho IDooth kamaavai.
Manmukh earns false in falsehood.
~~~ ere 0" t.R 11 khasmai kaa mahal kaQay na paavai.
He never gets to the home ofMaster.
~ ~ il'01H ~ II goojai lagee bharam bhulaavai.
In love with others, he is astraying in doubts.
791
){H3T 8TQT ~ ;::rrt 11911 mamtaa baaDhaa aavai jaavai. 11111
Bound by worldly love, he comes and goes. 1
~ C(T )ffi ~ ~ II duhaaganee kaa man daykh seegaar.
01 my mind, look at the make-up of a deserted wife.
Y:f ~ tIfo wh' ~ ~ !2 ~ tfI'lh ~ II ~ 11911
putar kalat Dhan maa-i-aa chit laa-ay ihooth moh pakhand vikaar. rahaa-o. 11111
Her mind isflXed in sons, infamily, in wealth, infalsehood, in greed, in bad deeds, all illusions.
1 (Pause)
Jrel' ~ R lfS' R II sadaa sohagan jo para.b.!l.b.!laavai.
One, liked by Master is ever a wife.
!JQ mnft ~ 8C!'t II gur sabdee seegaar banaavai.
She decorates herselfwith the word of Guru.
RiJ ~ ~ ufa' ~ II sayj sukhaalee an-d.in har raavai.
Day and night, she enjoys, her comfortable bed, with husband (God).
fH'f51{t3H Jrel' ~ toR' II~II mil pareetam sadaa sujill paavai. 11211
Meeting dear, she ever enjoys happiness. 2
fIT ~ J=I'l-et fi:rff wftr fl.mfrg II saa sohagan saachee jis saach pi-aar.
M
She is a faithful wife, who has love for True.
O
~ ~ ~ Jrel' ~ qrfu II apnaa pir raakhai sadaa ur Dhaar.
. C
She ever keeps her dear in heart.
B
~ ~ Jrel' ~ II nayrhai vaykhai sadaa hadoor.
U
She.finds him close, ever present.
L
jfflr 1{1' Jmf Q'fulw ~ lIall mayraa para.b.!l sarab rahi-aa .b.!larpoor. 11311
C
K
My Master is all pervading. 3
O
~ wftr !Y (') ~ II aagai jaat reop na jaa-ay.
O
The caste and beau(v will not accompany hereafter.
One becomes what he does.

H B
~ ~ ~ emf cPf'ft!' II tayhaa hovai jayhay karam kamaa-ay.
IK
J:I'R ~ ~ ml! II sabQay oocho oochaa ho-ay.
S
With word, one becomes the highest ofhigh.
(')I'Oc5f wftr mri' itftr IIQIlt:IIQ'=>1I naanak saach samaavai so-avo 114118114711
Nanak says, "He will merge in the truth." 4.8.47

))fTW )fiJ'W a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
!m'ftJ ~ iIQ Jrofi:I ~ II .b.!lagat rataa jan sahj suJ2haa-ay.

One who is in love with devotion, in ease.
!JQ i t FI"'9' wftr ~ II gur kai .b.!lai saachai saach samaa-ay.
In the fear of Guru, he is merging in True.
ftfQ !JQ ~ !m'ftJ (') ml! II bin gur pooray J2hagat na ho-ay.
Without a perfect Guru, devotion is nowhere.
HOtJ1:I' ~))flfi')'t $ iifu 11911 manmukh runnay apnee pat kho-ay. 11111
The Manmukhs weep, hey have lost their honour. 1
~ )ffi ufa' irllr JreI" ~ II mayray man har jap sadaa Dhi-aa-ay.
01 my mind, remember God, ever meditate.
Jrel'~~~ar3til~iret~~ 11911 ~ II
sadaa anand hovai din raatee jo ichhai so-ee fal paa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
792
Be always in bliss, day and night, and get the fruits you desired. 1 (pause)
~ ~ 3" ~ ~ II gur pooray tay pooraa paa-ay.
With the help ofperfect Guru, one gets the Perfect.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II hirgai sabag sach naam vasaa-ay.
Since through word, he gets to place true name in heart.
~ ~ ~ ma- ~ II antar nirmal amrit sar naa-ay.
His mind becomes pure, he takes bath in the pool ofnectar.
~ ~ wftJ mf"S' II~II sagaa soochay saach samaa-ay. 11211
Being always pure, he merges in the True. 2
ufo 'l:& ~ ~ ~ II har parabh vaykhai sagaa hajoor.
Hefinds God ever present.
~ tmfTfu ~ RlJflr II gur parsaag rahi-aa bharpoor.
With the grace of Guru , He has found all pervading.
troT ~ :rn ~ Hft!' II jahaa jaa-o tah vaykhaa so-avo
Wherever I go, I find the same.
~ ftr?i ~ ~ (') are lIall gur bin gaataa avar na ko-ay. 11311
None except Guru, is the Giver. 3
M
~ ~ ~ i;sra II gur saagar pooraa bhandaar.
O
Guru is an ocean, inexhaustible treasure.
~ 030 iRTCJQ))fllIQ II ootam ratan javaahar apaar.
. C
B
Therein are best rubies, andjewels in abundance.
~ ~ t!t@C!(Jig II gur parsaadee gayvanhaar.
L U
C
17te gracious Guru is the giver.
K
~ 8l:IH 81:IAc!(Jig 11811~1I8t:1I naanak bakhsay bakhsanhaar. 114119114811
O
Nanak ...ays, " Theforgiving, forgives. "4.9.48
O
fTW )f(J'W a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
B
~ ~ ~ ~ Hft!' II gur saa-ir satgur sach so-avo
KH
Guru is like an ocean, the same is true Guru.
S I
~ iJTfdr ~ ~ ~ II poorai bhaag gur sayvaa ho-ay.
It isfu(filling luck, if one can serve Guru.
P.364
jt ~ fHff ))fl'f4 ~ II so booi!1ai jis aap bui!1aa-ay.
On(v he realizes, whom He Himself gets to realize.
~ ~ jW ~ 1ICl,1I gur parsaadee sayv karaa-ay. 11111
Guru, with His grace, gets to serve. 1
fcrpwo Q'3fo Jm' Fnft '5re II gi-aan ratan sabh soi!1ee ho-ay.
All realization is through the, jewel ofknowledge.
~ tmI'fu ~ ~ ~ wit ~ ~ Hft!' 11Cl,11 ~ II
gur parsaag agi-aan binaasai an-gin jaagai vaykhai sach so-avo 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace ofguru, One's ignorance vanishes.
he keeps awake day and night, on(v realizes the True. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ mrft!' ~ II moh gumaan gur sabag jalaa-ay.
The word of Guru, burns one's attachment and ego.
~ ~ 3" m ~ II pooray gur tay soi!1ee paa-ay.
From the perfect Guru One gets to realize.
793
I?i3fo ~ ~ R'8ft!' ~ II anlar mahal gur sabad pachhaanai.
Within his self, he realizes the word of Guru.
~ ~ ri ft@ orfi.r JtHTC! II~II aavan jaan rahai thir naam samaanay. 11211
His cycle of birth and death ceases, he remains imperishable, and merges in name. 2
~ }{QC!" ~ ~ II jaman marnaa hai sansaar.
Birth and death is part ofworld
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II manmukh achayt maa+aa moh gubaar.
Manmukh is unwitting(v charmed by the wealth, the darkness.
tra" fcfur ~ ~ ~ II par nindaa baho koorh kamaavai.
He indulges in slandering and lot of lies.
~ ~ cfuJr ~ Ji'l'fu mR II it II vistaa kaa keerhaa vistaa maahi samaavai. 11311
The worm offilth, merges in filth. 3
A3Adlfd fi.fft;s Hi1 m ~ II satsangal mil sabh soihee paa-ay.
Joining the true congregation, one is blessed with perfect realization.
~ ~ ~ ufo RB ~ II gur kaa sabad har bhagal drirh-aa-ay.
The word of Guru makes him firm, in devotion for God
~ Joffi JreI' ~ ~ II bhaanaa mannay sadaa sukh ho-ay.
M
One who surrenders before Guru, gets ever happiness.
O
(';'l'(')'c;r FJftJ Jf>ri Jlre 11811~OIl8~11 naanak sach samaavai 50-avo 1141110114911
. C
Nanak says, "On(v such a person, merges in truth." 4.10.49
B
))fTAT )f(JW it ~ II aasaa mehlaa 3 panchpaday. ASA M: 3 PANCH PADE
U
mffi!' ~ f3'B" JreI' ~ II sabad marai lis sadaa anand.
One who dies in word, is in ever bliss.
~ B'Z ~ itfire II salgur bhaytay gur gobind.
C L
He meets the true Guru, Guru-God
OK
O
or fafu ~ 0' ~ t=fl'fu' II naa fir marai na aavai jaa-ay.
B
Then he will not die, neither will come nor go.
H
~ 3' wftr JDf'fi! II~II pooray gur laY saach samaa-ay. 11111
K
SI
Through the perfect Guru, he merges in true. 1
fi:fQ" ~ ~ ftisfl:pw gfu ~ II jin H ka-o naam Iikhi-aa Dhur layktl.
For whom, the name is preordained,
3'~~JreI'~~~3'nflJ~II~II ~ II
tay an-din naam sadaa Dhi-aavahi gur pooray tay bhagat visaykh. 11111 rahaa-o.
they, day and night, ever remember it. And get from perfect Guru, the status ofa distinguished
devotee. 1 (pause)
fi:fQ" ~ (Jfa' l:f! ~ ~ II jin H ka-o har parabh la-ay milaa-ay.
Whom God, Master gets to unite.
13"?i cit ~ arftr crot 0' ~ II tin H kee gahan gat kahee na jaa-ay.
Their profound life style cannot be told
~ ~ ft!'3t ~ II poorai satgur gitee vadi-aa-ee.
The prefect Guru blesses with merit.
~ ~ (Jfa' orfi.r JDfllft II~ II oolam pagvee har naam samaa-ee. 11211
Thus I got the exalted position, by merging in name. 2
R ~ ri' B' ~ ~ II jo kichh karay so aapay aap.
Whatever is done, is by Himself.
794
Eel' tdt Hfu trfi.r ~ II ayk gharhee meh thaap uthaap.
/11 ol1e moment He can base and debase
Qfu Qfu ~~ ~ II H ~ ~ liflfu'O l.l"E' lIall
kahi kahi kahnaa aakh sunaa-ay. jay sa-o ghaalay thaa-ay na paa-ay. 11311
Repeating the said and again sayingfor others to listen. This may happen hundred times., it will
l10t bear fruits. 3
fi:Iq: ci ia ljQ f3cr ~ fi.fri" II jin Hkai potai punn tinHaa guroo milaa-ay.
/11 whose account are virtues, them, Guru gets to meet.
~ 8'it ~ ~ ~ II sach banee gur sabag sunaa-ay.
Guru relates them the word oftrue bani.
tJT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II jahaa N sabag vasai tahaa N gukh jaa-ay.
Wherever the word stays, from there the sufferings run away.
fdp,frfo ~ wi mJfl:r ~ liB II .gi-aan ratan saachai sahj samaa-ay. 11411
With theiewel ofknowledge, one merges in True, in ease. 4
~ ~ ~ QQ N are- II naavai jayvad hor Dhan naahee ko-ay.
No other wealth is equal to name.
ftm ~ Sl:fH Jfl'eT Rre II jis no bakhsay saachaa so-avo
Whoever has it, is blessed by same true.
1ft R8fu Hfo ~ II poorai sabag man vasaa-ay.
OM
171ey get stayed perfect word in mind.
.C
B
(')TO'6f orfi.r 03' 1J!f l.l"E' 111.1111:\1:\111.10 II naanak naam ratay sukh paa-ay. 1151111115011
U
L
Nal1ak says, "Those who are in love with name, they are in bliss." 5.11.50
C
))fTRT HUl a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
K
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II nirat karay baho vaajay vajaa-ay.
Ol1e may dance and play upon many bands.
O O
reg HQ I')jlqr iw ~ ~ ~ ~ II ih man anDhaa bolaa hai kis aakh sunaa-ay.
B
This mind is blind, deaf, for whom he is saying to listen ?
H
K
nf3fu ~ fit( ~ ~ II antar lobh bharam anal vaa-o.
SI
Within him is the air andfire ofgreed and doubts.
~ ~ '0 m W 111:\11 geevaa balai na soihee paa-ay. 11111
Thus neither lamp kindles for him, nor he realizes. 1
~ !mftr urfc ~ '5fu II gurmukh bhagat ghat chaanan ho-ay.
111 the self of a Gurmukh, devotion gives the light.
)){Tlj ~ ~ lffl Rfu 1I~1I ~ II aap pachhaan milai para.!ID. so-avo 11111 rahaa-o.
Realize yourself, you will meet the same Master. 1 (pause)
~ ~ vftr n ~ II gurmukh nirat har laagai bhaa-o.
Gurmukh dances when in love for God.
~it ~ ~ ))f'1] ~ II pooray taal vichahu aap gavaa-ay.
He dances in perfect rhythm, but abdicating self (ego).
Hor ll! Jfl'eT ))fTil' ~ II mayraa parabh saachaa aapay jaan.
My true Master, Himself knows.
~ ci 'Raft! ~ ~ ~ 1I~1I gur kai sabag antar barahm pachhaan. 11211
With the word of Guru, realize God within. 2
~ !mftr ~ tItS ~ II gurmukh bhagat antar pareet pi-aar.
The devotion ofthe Gurmukh is, that his innerselfisfull oflove for Him.
795
~ at" ~ m:rm ~ II gur kaa sabag sahj veechaar.
He ponders over the word of Guru, in ease.
~ Rf3 ~ FI'f Rfu II gurmukh Q!1agat jugat sach so-avo
For a Gurmukh, devotion, is the way to same True.
~ Rf3 foafiJ ~ ~ IISII pakhand Q!1agat niratgukh ho-ay. 11311
l1ze dance for hypocritical devotion, brings sorrows. 3
P.365
E<Jr Rf3 iIQ ~ ~ II ayhaa bhagatjan jeevat marai.
This devotion is in which the devotee dies while living.
~ trcrR"tft ~ 3t II gur parsaadee Q!1avjal tarai.
With the grace of Guru, he swims across the terrifying water.
~ & ~ Rf3 lPft!' ~ II gur kai bachan Q!1agat thaa-ay paa-ay.
Such a devotee, takes the word of Guru for success.
uftJ iftt ~.m Hfn ~ 11811 har jee-o aap vasai man aa-ay. 11411
God Himself comes to stay in his mind. 4
ufa' ~ era- ~ fifwS' II har kirpaa karay satguroo milaa-ay.
fl God is gracious, he gets to meet true Guru.
M
~ n13' uftJ fi:Jt ~ wS' II nihchal Q!1agat har si-o chit laa-ay.
O
The firm devotion, gets the mind intuned with God.
. C
Rf3 G3' f3"Q mit Jlft!' II bhagat ratay tin H sachee so-avo
B
The devotees in love, are truly known.
U
orocr (')Tfk G3' ~ ~ IIl.1llC\~lIl.1l\lI naanak naam ratay sukh ho-ay. 1151112115111
L
Nanak says, "Being in love for name, get happiness." 5.12.51
C
K
))(TW urg t: ~ HQW S aasaa ghar 8 kaafee mehlaa 3 ASA GHAR - 4 KAFI M: 3
O
C\a-'Rfutro ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
O
God is one realized with the grace oftrue Guru.
B
uftJ & N ~ fi.m FI'f mtt mft II har kai Q!1aanai satgur milai sach so.i!lee ho-ee.
H
If God wills one can have true Guru, through him the truth can be realized.
K
I
~ trcrR"tft Hfn.m uftJ!i mft 111\11 gur parsaadee man vasai har boo.i!lai so-ee. 11111
Sm
With the grace of Guru, in whose mind, He come to stay, he realizes God. 1
Hmr t!"'3'" ~ ~ ~ ~ II mai saho gaataa ayk hai avar naahee ko-ee.
My dear Giver is one, and none else.
~ fcrat./T 3" Hfo .m 3" Jrel' ~ mft II 1\11 ~ II
gur kirpaa tay man vasai taa sagaa sukh ho-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace of Guru, if H~ comes to stay in mind, then there is ever happiness. 1 (pause)
ft!!r nor Hfu ~ ma- C'i"H ~ ~ ~ ~ II is jug meh nirQ!1a-o har naam hai paa-ee-ai gur veechaar.
In this world, fear-liberating is the name ofGod, we can get only by the thoughts of Guru.
fug ~ tni cl ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II bin naavai jam kai vas hai manmukh anDh gavaar. 11211
Devoid ofname, Manmukh, the blind idiot, is in tlte possession ofthe devil ofdeath. 2
uftJ & N iIQ Rw ri J@ Rit II har kai Q!1aanai jan sayvaa karai boo.i!lai sach so-ee.
As per will ofGod, if one serves, on{v he realizes the truth.
<Jf<J (} N ~ N ~ ~ mft liS II har kai .bhaanai salaahee-ai .bhaanai mani-ai sukh ho-ee. 11311
As per will ofGod, we praise, happiness is on{v in accepting Him. 3
<Jf<J (} iJTC!' trc'itr ~ ~ HfS" ~ mft II
har kai bhaanai janam padaarath paa-i-aa mat ootam ho-ee.
796.
As per will of God, we get the being of life, and get better sense of it.
0'0Cl' ('jI}f
-
msrfu"i ~ ~ m
;a: - -
IIQIIS~III:\SlIl.I~1I
naanak naam salaahi tooNgurmukh gat ho-ee. 11411391113115211
Nanak says, "01 Gurmukh praise the name, you will be liberated." 4.39.13.52
))fTW J.roW Q UIg ~ aasaa mehlaa 4 ghar 2 ASA M: 4 GHAR - 2
'\tr"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.

"i= ~ ~- KiT J1T8t II - tooN-
kartaa sachiaar maidaa saaN-ee.
You are the Creator, the truthful being, my Master.
RatRfufttiR'l~mft~~ 111:\11 ~ II
jo ta-o Qhaavai so-ee theesee jo tooNgeh so-ee ha-o paa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Whatever you will that will happen, whatever you give, that we will get. 1 (pause)
mr ~ 'l Jm'>'t ~ II sabh tayree tooNsaQhnee Dhi-aa-i-aa.
Everyone is your(creation), and everyone remembers you.
*
ft:n:r ~ Q[afu fdfn ('jI}f 039 ~ II jis no kirpaa karahi tin naam ratan paa-i-aa.
For whomever you are gracious, he gets the jewel ofname.
~ WQ1' ~ ~ II gurmukh laaDhaa manmukh gavaa-i-aa.
M
Gurmukh has found, the Manmuk has lost.
O
~ ))lTflr ~ ))lTflr ~ 111:\11 tuDh aap vichhorhi-aa aap milaa-i-aa. 11111
.C
You yourself separate and yourselfget to unite. 1
B
'1 ~ mr ~ tit )f1ftr II tooNgaree-aa-o saQh tum hee maahi.
U
You are a river, everyone is in you,
~ ftIQ iW m O'ftr II tum bin goojaa ko-ee naahi.
C L
K
Other then you, there is none.
O
tihK ;:a 'RfB' ~ ~ II jee-a jant sabh tayraa khayl.
O
All created being are your play.
* H B
~ ~ ~ Jimft ~ II~II vijog mil vichhurhi-aa sanjogee mayl. 11211
The separated are united, again separated, they unite as preordained. 2
I K
ft:n:r ~ H'C!ilt!fu mft Rg iri' II jis no too jaanaa-ihi so-ee jan jaanai.
S
On(v he can know you, whom You will to know.
~ ~ Jre tit lWfl:r ~ II har gun sag hee aakh vakhaanai.
He ever recites and explains the attributes of God,
ma-
fi:Ifn ~ f3fi; ~ ~ II jin har sayvi-aa tin sukh paa-i-aa.
whoever serves God, he gets happiness.
ma-
Fftt tit i'l'fK ~ II S II sehjay hee har naam samaa-i-aa. 11311
He merges in God's name, in ease. 3
~ ~ ~ ~ aft1')f1' Jt! ~ II too aapay kartaa Iayraa kee-aa sabh ho-ay.
You yourself are Creator, everything is created by you.
~ ftIQ iW ~ n aft! II tuDh bin goojaa avar na ko-ay.
There is none, other than you.
~ &ftJ &ftJ ~ WC!ftr Hft!' II too kar kar vaYJilleh jaaneh so-avo
You repeated(v create and only you see and know.
trc'i (")T()oI' ~ ~ ~ IIQlIl:\lIl.ISII jan naanak gurmukh pargat ho-ay. 114111115311
Nanak says, "Gurmukh is revealed." 4.1.53
797
P.366
ctr"Rf3wa' tpI'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
O"'!f >wW l.lIg ~ HUW S II raag aasaa ghar 2 mehlaa 4. RAG ASA M: 2 M: 4
fcsm dt QaT cimfr ~ B3' ~ m II kis hee Dhar!:laa kee-aa mitar sut naal Qb.aa-ee.
Some form a group, comprising friends, sons, brothers.
fcsm dt QaT cimfr ~ Ri ~ iRQft II kis hee Qharhaa kee-aa kurham sakay naal javaa-ee.
Some form a group, comprising relations, son-in-law and his father.
fcsm dt QaT cimfr fi:rcw<J ~ ~ ~ ~ II
kis hee Dharhaa kee-aa sikgaar cha-uDhree naal aapnai su-aa-ee.
Someform a group, comprising chiefs,feudals, serving selfish ends.
tnfTOT QaT uftJ ~ ~ 11911 hamaaraa Dhar!:laa har rahi-aa samaa-ee. 11111
My group is ofGod, who is all pervading. 1
(J'){ <JflJ ~ QaT cimfr Hat uftr ~ II ham har si-o Qhar!:laa kee-aa mayree har tayk.
I joined the group ofGod, thus my refuge is God.

)f uftJ ftrg ~ QaT ~ a iEt ~ uftr ~ ~ mftr ~ IIClII crort II
mai har bin pakh Dharhaa avar na ko-ee ha-o har gun gaavaa asaNkh anayk. 1/1/ / rahaa-o.
Other than of God, I joined no group, and took no side. I sing the attributes ofGod, many and
uncountable ones. 1 (Pause)
ra
fi:IQ ~ crafu Jl wfu II jin H si-o Dharhay karahi say jaahi.
O M
IfI form a group, with other ones, they will go (die).
. C
~ ra crfa mrfu' II mooth Dharhay kar pachhotaahi.
U B
L
Natural(v,ifI join such a false group, I will have to repent.
K C
ftrg a oufu' Hfn ~ CDfTfu II thir na raheh man khot kamaahi.
Forming such groups, are not stable, their mind always indulge in wickedness.
OO
(J'){ uftJ ~ QaT cimfr ft:m' qr iEt ~ O'fu II~ II
B
ham har si-o Dharhaa kee-aa jis kaa ko-ee samrath naahi. 112/ I
H
I have joined the group of God, ofwhom none other is comparable. 2
K
SI
~ RfB tS' ~ }fa U'R"at II ayh saQb. Dhar!:lay maa-i-aa moh pasaaree.
All these groups are, the spread oflove for money.
~ mt ~ ~ II maa-i-aa ka-o loomeh gaavaaree.
The idiots are crazy for wealth.
nofH JoJfu ~ m ~ II janam mareh joo-ai baajee haaree.
They take birth and die, and lose the gamble oflife.
~ uftJ QaT 1R ~ ~ J=If ~ lIall hamrai har Dharhaa je halat palat sabh savaaree. 113/1
My group is ofGod, who has fashioned my this world and the other world. 3
~ Hfu ra tR ijQ ~ II kalijug meh Dharhay panch chor ihagrhaa-ay.
The groups formed in dark-age quarrel like five thieves.
~ ~9' if ~ ~ <:tI"'i' II kaam kroDh 10Qb. moh aQb.imaan vaDhaa-ay.
They increase cupidi(v, anger, greed, avarice, ego.
ft:m' ~ ~ ~ ~ Jr3JfFdr fi.mrS' II jis no kirpaa karay tis satsang milaa-ay.
Upon whomever He is kind, He gets him to join true congregation.
ra
(J'}{QT uftJ QaT 1Rf6 ~ RfB ~ IISI1 hamraa har Qharhaa jin ayh Qharhay saQb. gavaa-ay. 11411
My group is ofGod, Who breaks all other groups. 4
fi.fftp"T piT ~ ra 8fu tR II mithi-aa goojaa .!maa-o Dharhay bahi paavai.
798

Ifsitting in a group, One puts in love for others
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II paraa-i-aa chhigar atkalai aapnaa ahaNkaar vaDhaavai.
Findsfaults with others, thus increases his ego.
Hw mR 3"w ~ II jaisaa beejai taisaa khaavai.
As one sows, so will he eat.
t1'O ('i'1'('iCj[ ~~ Q;JT QG)j mr fi:rHfG ~ ~ 1I\.111~II\.1811
jan naanak kaa har Dharhaa Dharam sabh sarisatjin aavai. 115112115411
Nanak says, "My group is offaithful in God, who comes conquering all world." 5.2.54
))fTW H<JW 8 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
fc:ra'e' '8fc!" '8fc!" Hfo ~ !JTfu>w II hirgai sun sun man amrit bhaa-i-aa.
Listening continuous(v, (Gurbani) with heart, the nectar becomes, pleasing to mind.
~~~~ 1Iq,1I gurbaanee haralakh lakhaa-i-aa.1I111
Gurbani has made unknowable God knowable. 1
~ ~ ~ jflft icr;T II gurmukh naam sunhu mayree bhainaa.
01 my sisters, Gurmukhs listen the name (of God).
~~~UIG~tJftf~~~inr 1Iq,1I ~ II
ayko ray rahi-aa ghat antar mukh bolhu gur amrit bainaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
M
One alone is pervading all bodies. Sing from mouth the nectar-giving hyms. 1 (pause)
O
A Hfo 3fo iItr )f(JT ~ II mai man tan paraym mahaa bairaag.
/n my mind and body is the great yearning for His love.
.C
B
~ ~ l.fTftmrr ~ II~II satgur purakh paa-i-aa vadbhaag. 11211
Thus I am blessed with true Guru, my greatfortune. 2
~ srre Rfu ~ ~ II goojai bhaa-ay bhaveh bikh maa-i-aa.
L U
In other's love is all poisonous worldliness.
K C
O
~ o<ft ~ t.[1'fu))fT lIall bhaagheen nahee satgur paa-i-aa. 11311
O
The unfortunate ones can not get true Guru. 3
B
~ ~ OB' ~ ))fTfir ~ II amrit har ras har aap pee-aa-i-aa.
H
K
God Himself has got to drink, His nectar.
SI
~ ~ ('i'1'('iCj[ ~ t.[1'fu))fT 11811all\.l\.lll gur poorai naanak har paa-i-aa. 114113115511
Nanak has got it through perfect Guru. 4.3.55
))fTW H<JW 8 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
~ Hfo 3fo iItr ~ ~ II mayrai man tan paraym naam aaDhaar.

17,e loving name is the sustainer ofmy mind and body.
~ iRit orH Hl:f wg 1Iq,1I naam japee naamo sukh saar. 11111
I remember name, as all pleasures are through name.
~ ~ jffl R"'iIO Hor II naam japahu mayray saajan sainaa.
01 my dear, my related, remember name.
(')T){ ftrorA ~n~ri' iJTfdr~~~ 1Iq,1I ~ II
naam binaa mai avar na ko-ee vadai bhaag gurmukh har lainaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
None other than name is for me. But I am great(v lucky, that "J could get to God (name) through
Gurmukh. 1 (Pause)
(')T){ ftror o<ft ~ wre
II naam binaa nahee jeevi-aa jaa-ay.
Impossible for me is to live without name.
ri' !J1fcrr ~ CJftJ ~ II~II vadai bhaag gurmukh har paa-ay. 11211
/ am great(v lucky, that I could get to God through Gurmukh. 2
799
iWfifto ~ tffl:f ~ II naamheen kaalakh mukh maa-i-aa. - -
Devoid ofname, have got blackened their face with (lust for) worldliness.
O'H f80r flRJ flRJ ~ IISII naam binaa Dharig Dharig jeevaa-i-aa. 11311
Without name it is a curse to live. 3
P.367
~~ ufa' ~ ~ ~ II vadaa vadaa har .tmaag kar paa-i-aa.
God is the greatest ofthe great, it is my luck that I have got Him.
i")l(')Q ~ mf ~ IISIISlIlI~1I naanak gurmukh naam givaa-i-aa. 114114115611
Nanak says, "Gurmukh has got me name." 4.4.56
))fTW)fiJW S lIaasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
~ ~ ~ mst r i II gun gaavaCl gun bolee banee.

I sing attributes, all my words are about His attributes.
~ ufa' ~ ))fTfi:f ~ 11'\11 gurmukh har gun aakh vakhaanee. 11111
Gurmukh can tell and explain God's attributes. 1
nfu nfu mf Hfo ~ ~ II jap jap naam man bha-i-aa anangaa.
Remembering and remembering name, my mind is enraptured.
Hf:rHf:r~mf~~R~~ 11'\11 ~ II
M
sat sat satgur naam girhaa-i-aa ras gaa-ay gun parmaanangaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
True Guru got me to remember the truest ofthe true name. Thus singing the attributes ofsupreme
blissful (God), gives me great pleasure. 1 (pause)
.C
B
ufa' ~ ri' ufa' iIO icnr II har gun gaavai har jan logaa;
The attributes of God are sung, by men of God.
L U
ri R lITS' ufa' flmmr II~II vadai .tmaag paa-ay har nirjogaa. 11211
K C
They are great(v lucky, thO;! they are blessed with God, unbound. 2
O
~ ~ ~ ~ qrcft II gun vihoon maa-i-aa mal Dhaaree.
O
Devoid ofvirtues are held by the dirt of worldliness.
B
~ ~;:rofi.r tre ~ IISII vin gunjanam mu-ay ahaNkaaree. 11311
H
K
Devoid ofvirtues, the egoists are rJead since birth. 3
SI
~ ~ ~ tmrFc ~ II sareer sarovar gun pargat kee-ay.
The body is the ocean which reveals virtues,
i")l(')Q ~ Hftf ~ aNte' IISlIlIlIlI.=>1I naanak gurmukh math tat kad.b.ee-ay. 114115115711
Nanak says, "Gurmukh churns these elements (virtues) out." 4.5.57
))fTW )fiJW 8 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
mf B'c!t O'H )ffo ri II naam sunee naamo man .tmaavai.

One who listens name, only name pleases him.
ri R ~ ufa' tR 11'\11 vadai .tmaag gurmukh har paavai. 11111
Gurmukh is greatly lucky, he meets God. 1
mf ~ ~ l.Rm'W ,II naam japahu gurmukh pargaasaa.
Remember name, He reveals through Gurmukh.
O'H ftIor H QG mft qqft mf ~ RB' R'JJ farRr II '\11 ~ II
naam binaa mai Dhar nahee kaa-ee naam ravi-aa sa.tm saas giraasaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
I have no refuge other than name. Name is all pervading, my breath and morsel. 1 (pause)
orH ffa13' Bo't )ffo B'it II naamai surat sunee man .tmaa-ee.
I heard about the love for name, this pleases me.
ii mf ~ Jl HGr ~ Hlf'lft II~II jo naam sunaavai so mayraa meet sakhaa-ee. 11211
800
Whoever recites name for me, he is my dear, my friend. 2
~ are ~ ~ II naamheen ga-ay moorh nangaa.
Devoid ofname, the idiots have left naked.
t.ffiJ t.ffiJ ~ ~ ~ ~ lIall pach pach mu-ay bikh qaykh patangaa. 11311
They died burning in poison, thus look like a moth. 3
))fl'i( ~ wfi.r ~ II aapay thaapay thaap uthaapay.
He Himselfplaces, then places and displaces.
0'(')'i5f ~ ~ crnr ))fl'il1l911~1It1t:1I naanak naam qayvai har aapay. 114116115811
Nanak says, "God Himselfgives name. " 4.6.58
))fTW JfCJW 9 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
~ crnr crnr ~ ~ II gurmukh har har vayl vaDhaa-ee.

Gurmukhs extends the progeny of God.
~ n uflJ <mer ~ II 1:\11 fal laagay har rasak rasaa-ee. 11111
It bearsfruits, thus God gives the relishers to relish. 1
crnr crnr ~ Hf4 ~ mr II har har naam jap anat tarangaa.
Remember the name of God, thus enjoy the unlimited thrilL
tlftrtlftr~~wriHrftmrr~~~ 111:\11 ~ II
OM
jap jap naam gurmat saalaahee maari-aa kaal jamkankar bhu-i-angaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remember the name of God, praise the wisdom of Guru, and killing the devil ofdeath, throw it
in dust. 1 (pause)
. C
crnr crnr ~ HfJ Rftr ~ II har har gur meh bhagat rakhaa-ee.
U B
L
God placed the devotion in Guru.
m
C
~ ~ fR1:r ~ ~ II~II gur tuthaa sikh qayvai mayray Qhaa-ee. 11211
K
So, ~fGuru is gracious, 01 my brother, he teaches it to his Sikhs (learners).
O O
~ ami ~ ftrfb' n<ft tri II ha;umai karam kichh biDh nahee jaanai.
The deeds done in ego, are never in any system.
B
mt cj~ O"'ft!' ~ fi:IftJ R lIall ji-o kunchar naa-ay khaak sir chhaanai. 11311
H
K
It i... like elephant, takes bath, then throws dust around with head (Trunk). 3
SI
# f i !JT'aI' ~ fi ~ II jay vad bhaag hoveh vad oochay.
. If one is the luckiest,
0'(')'i5f ~ RtIfu JIftr ~ 119IL?IIt1~1I naanak naam jaapeh sach soochay. 114117115911
Nanak says, "Then he remembers name, and becomes pure in True." 4.7.59
))fTW JfCJW 9 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
crnr uflJ ('iT){ cit Hfi; ~ R'lft II har har naam kee man bhookh lagaa-ee.
I am in hunger for the name of God.
orfi.f ~ Hg f:S ~ ii'Qft 111:\11 naam suni-ai man tariptai mayray bhaa-ee. 11111
01 my brother, listening name, satisfies my mind. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ Ht'3T II naam japahu mayray gursikh meetaa.
Remember name, the Sikhs of Guru, my friends,
~ ~ OTH J.:P-f tR"g ~ ~ ~ Hfi; ;furr 111:\11 ~ II
naam japahu naamay sukh paavhu naam rakhahu gurmat man cheetaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remember name, keep name, the wisdom ofGuru, in mind, in memory, and be happy. 1 (Pause)
or}{ ~ Hit Hg mrw II naamo naam sunee man sarsaa.
Listening the name of Master, my mind becomes blissfuL
0'Jj \'ijT i ~ ftnIw II~II naam laahaa lai gurmat bigsaa. 11211
801
By getting the gain ofname, the wisdom of Guru progresses in me. 2
0'){ fiffir ~ Her))jlQr II naam binaa kustee moh anDhaa.
Devoid ofname, the leper is blind in greed

RiI ~ C[(J)f~ ~ Qqr IISII sabh nihfal karam kee-ay gukh DhanDhaa. 11311
All that he does is in vain, since his actions are pain-giving. 3
ufu ufu ufu iJff iW ~ II har har har jas japai vadbhaagee.
On(v ve,:v lucky, recite the praise of God
(')'I'(')cl ~ 01'f){ RR ~ IISIlt:II~OIl naanakgurmat naam Iiv laagee. 114118116011
Nanak says, "Thewisdom of Guru, gets me to be intunedwith name." 4.8.60

P.368
~t?"~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur parsaag.
HCJW B QT{J))fTRT llI! ~ a- S II mehlaa 4 raag aasaa ghar 6 kay 3.
M: 4, RAG ASA, GHAR 6 KE 3

uftr ~ ~ ~ m m ~ 80 II hath kar tant vajaavai jogee thothar vaajai bayn.
Yogi plays by holding strings in hand, but the produced music is unpleasing.
~ufu~~m~HWWQflr~ia II~II
M
gurmat har gun bolhu jogee ih manoo-aa har rang tmayn. 11111
O
OJ yogi, in the wisdom of Guru, sing the attributes of God, and colour your mind in the colour
(love) ofGod 1
. C
B
m ufu ~ H:ft ~ II jogee har gayh matee upgays.
OJ yogi, teach the philosophy of God
m f3B' ))fTfr IDf ~ II~II ~ II
LU
C
ffiJ ffiJ ufu ufu ~
K
jug jug har har ayko vartai tis aagai ham aagays. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
/11 all ages on(v God pervades, I surrender before Him. 1 (pause)
O
arm ~ m ag itISftr ~ HWW ~ ~ II gaavahi raag .!IDaat baho boleh ih manoo-aa khaylai khayl.
~ ~ fifun d 8JW itfo bs B

He sings (vrics, speaks in lot ofways, this only is the mind playing its play.
H are ;JftJ ~ II~II
K
SI
= - - -
joveh koop sinchan ka-o basuDhaa ut!:l bail ga-ay char bayl. 11211
He yokes for well to irrigate land, but the oxen stop and leave for grazing grass. 2
ctTftmfr nora Hfu C[(J)f Qflr ~ (JftJ R'H ~ ~ II
kaa-i-aa nagar meh karam har bovhu har jaamai hari-aa khayt.
/11 the village ofbody (land) sow the deeds for God, God will give a green crop.
HWW~~Hg~(JftJ~~~ IISI1
manoo-aa asthir bail man jovhu har sinchahu gurmat jayt. 11311
OJ my mind, yoke the mind with stable oxen, irrigate God given field in the wisdom of Guru. 3
m tmH flJHfG RiI ~ it ~ H3t ~ ~ II jogee jangam sarisat sa.!ID tumree jo gayh matee tit chayl.
17,e yogis, the naked wanderers, and all creation, are owned by you, whatever the wisdom you
give. that. works,
a-
Hc'i (')'I'(')cl ~ ~ ufu ~ HQlH" ~ IIBII~II~~II
jan naanak kay parabh antarjaamee har laavhu manoo-aa payl. 114119116111
()J all pervading Master ofNanak, God bring my mind in your discipline. 4.9.61
~ H<JW B II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
i5f8 ~ ~ ~ 3TW C(8' i 1rtI"t Ga'! II kab ko .!IDaalai ghunghroo taalaa kab ko bajaavai rabaab.
Why should one go for searching, the ankle bell's rhythm, and why to play on rabab.
802
))R3 nr:1 S'Q fl:fQ wit ~ 311 ~ ~ ~ II~II
aavat jaat baar khin laagai ha-o tab lag samaara-o naam. 11111
For this, coming and going will take time, and will cause delay, that time I will spend in
remembering name. 1
~ lifo ~ iJiJIfg ufo ~ II mayrai man aisee .!IDagat ban aa-ee.
Such a devotion is the choice ofmy mind.
~ <Jfu' ftrQ fl:fQ ~ afu (') ~ Hit tR1j ftrQ HtQ Hfo fI1lft II ~ II ~ II
ha-o har bin khin pal reh na saka-o jaisay jal bin meen mar jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
I cannot live without God, even for a moment, like a fish outside ofwater, dies. 1 (pause)
em~AAwJB~niiQliJqfo~II
= - -
kab ko-oo maylai panch sat gaa-in kab ko raag Dhun uthaavai.
Why should one go and gather, five or seven singers,and why should one take to the tune of(vric.
j:Ra ~ fl:fQ ~ ;mr wit 311 ~ Hw HO QTH ~ ft II~ II
maylat chunat khin pal chasaa laagai tab lag mayraa man raam gun gaavai. 11211
It takes time to select, choose, gather, that time I will spend in singing the attributes ofGod. 2
em ii ore- t.R' ~ cn:r ii ~ ~ II kab ko naachai paav pasaarai kab ko haath pasaarai.
Why should one dance, stretching feet, and also why should one stretch hands.
M
~ t.R' tm'l"a"3' ~ ~ wit 311 ~ Hw HO QTH ~ 11:1 II
O
haath paav pasaarat bilam tillaagai tab lag mayraa man raam samHaarai. 11311
. C
Stretching hands andfeet takes time and delays, that time I will spend in remembering my God.
B
em~ ~~ ~ifa'~ortrl3"~ II
kab ko-oo logan ka-o patee-aavai 10k pateenai naa pat ho-ay.
L U
C
Why should one go and please people, pleasing people brings no honour.
K
tfO ~ <Jfu' ~ 'At!' ~ 31' HH cR HI iire 11911~OIl~~11
O
jan naanak har hirgai sag Dhi-aavahu taa jai jai karay sa.!ID ko-ay. 1141110116211
O
Nanak says, "Remember always God in heart, everyone will hail you. " 4.10.62
HdRdl fd
9 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
)){T'RT}fi)'W
H B
fl..RiMt <Jfu' FfT'Q'= ~ mrf3' <Jfu' ~ dT'fu
K
II
SI
-
satsangat milee-ai har saaDhoo mil sangat har gun gaa-ay.
Congregation ofthe saints ofGod, assembles and sings the attributes ofGod, let usjoin this true
congregation.
fcrp,fro 'a'3Q ~ UIfG ~ ~ ~ iI'f8" II~II
gi-aan ratan bali-aa ghat chaanan agi-aan anDhayraa jaa-ay. 11111
The gem of light has enlighten the body (mind, thus the darkness of ignorance is over. 1
<Jfu' tfO ~ <Jfu' <Jfu' ft:p,fTft! II har jan naachahu har har Dhi-aa-ay.
Of men of God, dance while remembering Him.
~ Jfu fi.ni5ftr Jffl' ~ CJ){ tfO cl ~ urfu II ~ II ~ II
aisay sant mileh mayray bhaa-ee ham jan kay Dhovah paa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Let me meet such saints Of my brother, I will wish thefeet of such men. 1 (Pause)
<Jfu' <Jfu' ~ ~ NO Jffl' ~ <Jfu' ~ llS'ft! II
har har naam japahu man mayray an-gin har liv laa-ay.
Of my mind, day and night, be intune with God, remember the name of God.
if fu'irg fret ~ ~ fa'ftJ ~ (') wit ~ II~ II
jo ichhahu so-ee fal paavhu fir bhookh na laagai aa-ay. 11211
Get the same fruits, which you desiredfor, and suffer no hunger. 2
803
~ ma- ~ cro3T ma- ~ ~ !Wft! II aapay har aprampar kartaa har aapay 001 bulaa-ay.
God Himself is infinite Creator, He himselfgets us to recite.
,ret Jis" Bi ~ RfJ fHq oft trl3 tRfu 'fTft! II a II
say-ee sant Q.!}alay tuDh Q.!}aaveh jinHkee pat paavahi thaa-ay. 1131/
On~v those saints are good, who are liked by you, their honour is well placed. 3
~ ))fTfi:l' 0 CPR ma- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ tPfu II
naanak aakh na raajai har gun ji-o aakhai ti-o sukh paa-ay. .
Nanak ,'tays, "1 never feel tired, ofreciting God's attributes, as much I recite, so much I enjoy.
Rrf3" 'firG tft8" crfa" ~ ~ ~ ~ t iI'ft!' IIQII"\"\II~all
bhagat bhandaar gee-ay har apunay gun gaahak vanaj lai jaa-ay. 1141111116311
God has given the treasure of His devotion, purchase attributes and take them home. 4.11. 63
P.369
'lr~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
Ciod is one realized by the grace oftrue Guru
~ JWW tl/9 ~ ~ ~ Hm 8 II raag aasaa ghar 8 kay kaafee niehlaa 4.
RAG ASA, GHAR 8 OF THE KAFI M: 4
~ ~ ~ CJfH ~ II aa+aa maran Dhuraahu ha-umai ro-ee-ai.
M
One has come on~v to die, but in ego he is weeping.
O
~ ~ 1t:Pwft!' ~ ~ 11"\11 gurmukh naam Dhi-aa-ay asthir ho-ee-ai. 11111
. C
Gurmukhs by remembering name, have become stable. 1
B
!JQ ~ W8"'fi::J ~ ~ II gur pooray saabaas chalan jaani-aa.
U
Thanks to the perfect Guru, from whom I learnt about death.
-- - - L
WijT ('jT}f H R'Q mrfu ~ 11"\11 ~ II laahaa naam so saar sabag samaani-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
C
-
K
Ciain the essence ofname, and merge in word. 1 (Pause)
O
~ ~;m fi:J ~ H'ftrnrr II poorab Iikhay dayh se aa-ay maa+aa.
O
Of my mother the days of life are numbered, they have to end up.
B
~ ))Iff fer ~ ~ ~ II~II chalan aj ke kaleh Dharahu furmaa-i-aa. 11211
H
It is preordained, one may leave today or tomorrow. 2
K
SI
~ ~ f3nr ft::rc1t ~ ~ II birthaa janam tinaa jinHee naam visaari-aa.
Those who forget name, they waste their life.
~ ~ Rfcn flsr ~ JiQ ~ lIall joo-ai khaylan jag ke ih man haari-aa. 113/1
17ley gamble their life in world, and lose their mind (life). 3
~ H<ffc! ~ ~ ft:rcr' ~ ~ II jeevan maran sukb. ho-ay jinHaa gur paa-i-aa.
But those who meet their Guru, they are happy, in life, in death.
(')'1"(")cI' ~ ~ ~ HH'ftrnrr IIQII"\~1I~811 naanak sachay sach sach samaa-i-aa. 1141112116411
Nanak says, "The true are in truth, and are merged in true." 4.12.64
JWW Hm 8 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
~ tre'a'! 1.Pft!" ~ ~ II janam pagaarath paa-ay naam Dhi-aa-i-aa.
Blessed with birth, I remember name.
!JQ ~ ~ me- ~ 11"\11 gur parsaadee bum sach samaa-i-aa. 11111
Realising by the grace of Guru, I have merged in True. 1
ft1c'i gfo ~ ~ f3<1t ~ ~ II jinHDhur Iikhi-aa laykh tinHee naam kamaa-i-aa.
On~v they gained name, for whom it is preordained.
;:ffiJ Rt ~ ffiJft;s ~ 1I'l1l ~ II gar sachai sachiaar mahal bulaa+aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Through the true doors oftruthful, He called me to His palace. 1 (pause)
804
nBfu ~ ~ ~ ~ IIantar naam niDhaan gurmukh paa-ee-ai.
Within one is the treasure ofname, only Gurmukh gets it.
~ ~ ~ ()'ftJ ~ iJI'llMt II~II an-din naam Dhi-aa-ay har gun gaa-ee-ai. 11211
Day and night, remember the name, and sing the attributes ofGod. 2
nBfu ~ ~ ~ Mft ~ II antar vasat anayk manmukh nahee paa-ee-ai.
So many things are within (body) Manmukh never gets,
~ ifIri ~ ))fTf4 ~ II~II ha-umai garbai 9arab aap khu-aa-ee-ai. 11311
In ego he takes pride and loses himself. 3
(')l"Oci{ ))flit ))fTf4 ))fTf4 ~ II naanak aapay aap aap khu-aa-ee-ai.
Nanak says, "Such a person, himselfloses himself.
~ Hfo ~ mJI'~ 11811'\~1I~1.I11 gurmat man pargaas sachaa paa-ee-ai. 1141113116511
The mind enlightes in the wisdom of Guru, thus one gains True." 4.13.65
QIlJ ~ UIg '\~ ~ ~ HiJW 8 JJtRr raag aasaavaree ghar 16 kay 2 mehlaa 4 suDhang
RAG ASAWARIGHARI60F2M: 4 SUDHONG
'\r"~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.
<Jt ~ (Jfu ~ cfur3Q ~ II ha-o an-din har naam keertan kara-o.
M
Day and night, I sing the praise of God.
O
~ H ~ ()'ftJ ~ ~ <Jt ()'ftJ ftrQ fl:rg ~ afu ('j ~ 11'\11 ~ II
C
satgur mo ka-o har naam bataa-i-aa ha-o har bin khin pal reh na saka-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
B .
True Guru has taught me of God's name, now I cannot live, without it, even for moment. 1
U
(Pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ cfur3Q df ~ ft!Q afu ('j ~ <Jt ~ fl:rg II
C L
K
hamrai sarvan simran har keertan ha-o har bin reh na saka-o ha-o ik khin.
O
My ears listen the singing ofthe hymns ofpraise ofGod, now I cannot live without God, even for
Oem
a moment.
H B
AA m:r mRO ftrQ afu ('j Jrcl 3R ~ i1Q ~ ~ ~ ftrQ II '\11
jaisay hans sarvar bin reh na sakai taisay har jan ki-o rahai har sayvaa bin. 11111
IK
As a swan cannot live without pond, same way, why a man of God, should live without His
.<iervice. 1
S
~ t{ta ~ iW ~ ~ qrftr ~ 1{tf3 ~ Her ~ II
kinhoo Npareet laa-ee doojaa Qhaa-o rid. Dhaar kinhooNpareet laa-ee moh apmaan.
Some peoplefrom their heart start loving other's love, and some people start loving greed, hence
dishonour.
~ ifc') tllf:J ~ ()'ftJ ~ t.re (')l"Oci{ fRHo'3 ~ ()'ftJ ~ II ~ II '\811 ~~ II
har jan pareet laa-ee har nirbaan pad. naanak simrat har har Qhagvaan. 1121114116611
The men of God start loving the liberating word of God, same way Nanak remembers the all-
embracing God. 2.14.66
~ HiJW 8 II aasaavaree mehlaa 4. ASAWARI M: 5
HTlft Hi ~ ~ ~ ~ HTlft II maa-ee moro pareetam raam bataavhu ree maa-ee.
01 my mother, tell me, about my love, God.
<Jt ~ flJQ fl:rg ~ afu ('j ~ AA ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II
ha-o har bin khin pal reh na saka-o jaisay karhal bayl reeihaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
I cannot live without God, even for a while, like the charmed camel without creeper. 1 (pause)
(J}fOf HQ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Ht3 a- 3'lft II
805
hamraa man bairaag birkat bha+o har .d.arsan meet kai taa-ee.
My mind in yearning is away from worldliness, for seeing my love, God
AA ~ ctHW fiJQ ~ n ~ 3Jl Hfu afv ftIQ (JUQ n R'lft II "II
jaisay al kamlaa bin reh na sakai taisay mohi har bin rahan na jaa-ee. 11111
As the lotus-eater cannot live without lotus, same wav, I cannot live without God 1
P.370 .
~ JJfc!" ttdlaed ~ Hfu HOW vfcJ CJfu ~ II
raakh saran jaggeesur pi-aaray mohi sarDhaa poor har gusaa-ee.
01 my dear God, keep me in your refuge. 01 Master, Godfulfilling my faith.
itO' i"5"Ocir & Hfo ~ ~ ~ CJfu t!'d'RQ f7f1:f ~ II ~ II S~ II "S II "till e:> II
jan naanak kai man ana!1 hot hai har .d.arsan nimakh .d.ikhaa-ee. 112113911131115116711
Nanak enjoys the bliss ofseeing, 01 God let me seefor a moment. 2.39.13.15.67
~ ))fTW UIg ~ )f(JW tI raag aasaa ghar 2 mehlaa 5 RAG ASA GHAR - 2 M: 5
I:lij"'~ 1pI'ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
fi:rfo r i 1:ft13 mft faf<r ~ II jin laa-ee pareet so-ee fir khaa+aa.
Whoever developed love for worldliness, it in return eats him up.
M
fi:rfo Bfi:r ~ f3H iJt ~ ~ II jin sukh baithaalee tis bha-o bahut gikhaa+aa.
O
One who gives it comfortable placing, in return find lot offear.
C
m Ha ~ ~ ~ II bhaa-ee meet kutamb .d.aykh bibaagay.
B
Seeing it, brothers, friends, relations, get involved in clash.
.
U
<J){ l')fllft ~ ~ ~ 11"11 ham aa-ee vasgat gur parsaagay. 11111
By the grace ofGuru I could overpower it. 1

tHw ~ ft:rHfu3' ~ II aisaa gaykh bimohit ho-ay.
C L
Seeing this, many got charmed.
OK
O
wftrcr fRq ~ ~ fiJQ ~ Hfs ijm7> ijij' III:lI1 ~ II
B
saaDhik siDh surgayv manukhaa bin saaDhoo sa.bh Dharohan Dharohay. 11111 rahaa-o.
H
Other than saints, like meditator, the perfects, the gods, the divines, the men, all are tempted 1
K
(Pause)
S I
fufcr ~ ~ f3Q a"fi.r ~ II ik fireh ugaasee tin H kaam vi-aapai.
Some are wandering medicants they are overpowered by sex.
fufcr Jiufu fcmrot ftrQ ~ n ))fTQ' II ik saNcheh girhee tin H ho-ay na aapai.
Some house holders are gathering wealth, that does not become theirs.
fufcr R3t ~ ftrQ ~ ~ II ik satee kahaaveh tin H bahut kalpaapai.
Some are called celibates, they are great(v bothered
<J}{ ij'flr d'lir 5fcn ~ tri' II~II ham har raajillay lag satgur paavai. 112//
God saved me by keeping at the feet oftrue Guru. 2

3Y cre3' 3tll:ft ~ II tap kartay tapsee bhoolaa-ay.
The penancing austeres are astrayed
~ )ro ~ ~ II pandit mohay loQb. sabaa-ay.
The Pandits are robbed when all in greed.
~ ~ )ro Hf<mfr ~ II tarai gun mohay mohi-aa aakaas.
In three gunnas they are tempted, sky is the end
<J}{ ~ d'lir ~ orftJ (J'1! IISII ham satgur raakhay gay kar haath. 11311
True Guru saved me by extending His hand 3
806
~ aft ~ ~ ~ II gi-aanee kee ho-ay vartee gaas.
She (worldliness) behaves, like a servant before knowledgeable.
crcJ Hi' ~ ri' ~ II kar jorhay sayvaa karay argaas.
Folding hands she prays and serves.
R 1 crofu 'ff CfGr CDR" II jo tooN kaheh so kaar kamaavaa.
She asks for his orders to act.
tIC') (")'(')Q ~ *ftr n ~ 11811 C\II jan naanak gurmu.!sb. naym na aavaa. 11411111
Nanak says, "She does not touch a Gurmukh." 4.1

lWW HCJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
'RD' 3' flrftJ cfuft' ~ II sasoo tay pir keenee vaa.!sb..
My love kept me away from mother-in-law (Maya).
~ ~ ~ ~ Jf3r1\l II gayr jithaanee mu-ee gookll santaap.
My husband's younger brother's wife and elder brother's wife, are dying in (us) so"ow, in
agony.
llIG c} ~ aft ja6 ~ II ghar kay jit!:layray kee chookee kaan.
I do not carefor my husband's elder brother.
flrftJ ~ cfuft' BUI8' ~ 11'11 pir raklli-aa keenee sugham sujaan. 11111
M
Since my wise and intelligent husband, saved me. 1
~ ia'r H 1}H ~ U'ft!lM'r II sunhu lokaa mai paraym ras paa-i-aa.
C O
.
Listen 01 people, I am blessed with the bliss oflove.
~ lri MJilri ~ H ~ CJftr ~ ~ 11'11 ~ II
U B
gurjan maaray vairee sanghaaray satgur mo ka-o har naam givaa-i-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
C L
The ill-mannered are killed, the enemies are slain, the true Guru has got me name of God. 1
K
(Pause)
O
~ ~ ~ tltft:r II parathmay ti-aagee ha-umai pareet.
First, I renounced the lovefor ego.
B O
~ ~ tbIr dtf3 II gutee-aa ti-aagee logaa reet.
KH
Second, I renouncedfollowing the other's canvenions
S I
~ Ie! ~ ~ Hhf ~ II tarai gun ti-aag gurjan meet samaanay.
Then I renounced the three gunnas. Now friends andfoes are samefor me.
~ ~ fHftIs WQ' ~ II~II turee-aa gun mil saaQh padlhaanay. 11211
Worth ofthefourth state, I realized by meeting saints. 2
mm pr Hftr ~ 8'fbIMr II sahj gufaa meh aasan baaQhi-aa.
I placed, myselfin trance in cave, in ease.
iffiJ ~ ~ ~ II jot saroop anaahag vaaji-aa.
There the divine unfrinctioned sound started playing.
)f(JT ~ ~ ~ ~ II mahaa anand gur sabag veechaar.
Reflecting upon the word of Guru, gives immense pleasure.
~ fl::It ~ Q'O ~ i'i'fW IISII pari-a si-o raatee Qhan sohagan naar. 11311
Great is such a married woman, who is in love with dear. 3
tIC') ~ i i 1FJlf ~ II jan naanak bolay barahm beechaar.
Nanak speaks ofthe thought of God.

R ~ a>flt 'ff ~ ll'flr II jo sunay kamaavai so utrai paar.
Whoever listens, practises, swims across.
ifc'ifH n HW n ~ n wft!' II janam na marai na aavai na jaa-ay.
807
He is neither born, nor dies, neither comes nor goes.
c:ffiJ H:ft' ~ ~ JDfTfE' IIBII~II har saytee oh rahai samaa-ay. 11411211
He ever remains merged in God. 4.2
))flW HCJW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
foR Bmft' ~ C'l'flr II nij .b.b.agtee seelvantee naar.

Busy in devotion is the woman of character,
~ ~ ~ ~ II roop anoop pooree aachaar.
She is ofdazzling beauty andperfect behaviour.
~ fa.lftJ ~ it faN ~ II jit garihi vasai so garihu sojIDaavantaa.
In whicheverfamily she is married, it becomes ofpraiseworthy reputation.
~ ~ ftr* ~ ii'3T II~II gurmukh paa-ee kinai virlai jantaa. 11111
But some ve,:v rare ofa Gurmukh gets her. 1
~ Cl'Hfc! ~ fi.ffl!i5 (J){ ~ II sukarnee kaaman gur mil ham paa-ee.
Meeting Guru, I got a well behaving wife.
P.37!
tIfi:r C(Tft:pJl!(rfu' ~ II '\11 ~ II jaj kaaj parthaa-ay suhaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
She graces eve,:v act offaith. 1 (pause)
M
~ ~ flar it wftJ II jichar vasee pitaa kai saath.
O
Till she was living with father,
f39g ~ ~ ~ ~ II tichar kant baho firai ud.aas.
. C
B
her husband was wandering disheartened.
cmr jRr Fa ~ ~ II kar sayvaa sat purakh manaa-i-aa.
L U
C
Serving true purakh (God) I pleased Him.
K
~fu ~ U/G Hfu 3T mJ8 Jjlf ~ II~II gur aanee ghar meh taa sarab sukh paa-i-aa. 11211
O
Guru brought her home, then I was all in happiness. 2
a:fur ~ ~ Ji313 ~ II ~ BUm' H!tI' II
B O
bateeh sulakh-nee sach santat poot. aagi-aakaaree sughar!:l saroop.
H
She is expert in thir~v two arts, and she bore a truthful saintly son. She is obedient, intelligent,
K
SI
beautiful
res ~ }fO i3 ~ II ichh pooray man kant su-aamee.
She acts as her husband, Master desires.
Rmi5 JEl:it ~ Rorcft nan sagal santokhee gayr javt!J.aanee. 11311
The wires ofthe younger brother, ofhusband and ofthe elder brother ofhusband, all are satisfied.
RiJ ~ wfu ~ n sabh parvaarai maahi saraysat.
She is well respected by whole family.
H'St ~ m;U:re II matee d.ayvee d.ayvar jaysat.
She advises her husband's younger and elder brothers.
dg ff fdn1 ~ l:farZt ~ II Dhan so garihu jit pargatee aa-ay.
Lucky is that family in which she has come to stay.
m; (')1'(')'Cjf ~ fffif ~ IIslIall jan naanak sukhay sukh vihaa-ay. 11411311
Nanak says, "Alllive in pleasure ofhappiness." 4.3
))flW HCJW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
H3T ~ it tICffo (') ~ II mataa kara-o so pakan na d.ay-ee.

No resolution she allows to pass.
Jfm JftDf it foclfc ~ II seel sanjam kai nikat khalo-ee.
808
Site does not stand by worthy behaviour and discipline.
~R' ~ ~ gl.f ~ II vays karay baho reop Qikhaavai.
Site is crazy in dressing and showing her beauty,
fdIfu m:rfo '0 ~ ~ ~ 'Rlri' IIC\II garihi basan na Qay-ee vakh vakh bharmaavai. 11111
Site will not find a home to be settled and will make everyone to roam about. 1
UI'a' eft orft!'ft;r UI'a' ~ '0 ~ II ghar kee naa-ik ghar vaas na Qayvai.
Once she is Master ofhome, she does not allow me to live in.
tI'3O' ~ ~ ~ IIC\II ~ II jatan kara-o urjhaa-ay parayvai. 11111 rahaa-o.
When I try, she dazzles me. 1 (Pause)
9Q eft 'Bift ))f1'lft ~ II Dhur kee bhayjee aa-ee aamar.
She, the invader (ruler) is sent by God
~ ~ ;:ft3' R'fB' 'EI'O ~ II na-o khand jeetay sabh thaan thanantar.
She has conquered nine parts, the place and space.
3fc 3ta1lr '0 B im ~ II tat tirath na chhodai jog sanni-aas.
She has not spared either, the banks ofsacred waters, or the yogis and renouncers.
tffiJ w& fiffi:fB ~ ~ II~II parh thaakay simrit baYQ abhi-aas. 11211
Many are tired (for facing it) ofreading Vedas, simrities and conducting (religious) practices. 2
M
;::rcr ~ 3CJ' ~ 8H II jah baisa-o tah naalay baisai.
O
But wherever one sits, she sits along with.
Jml1j RO Hfu ~ ~ II sagal bhavan meh sabal parvaysai.
. C
B
In all homes she enters by force.
~ ~ ~ ~ '0 ~ II hochhee saran pa-i-aa rahan na paa-ee.
L U
C
Once in the refuge ofsuch misbehaving, none can live.
K
~ Joft3r ~ & t.ffir Wlft lIall kaho meetaa ha-o kai peh jaa-ee. 11311
O
01 myfriend, then tell, to whom to go ? 3
O
lJfc! ~ ~ t.ffir ~ II sun uPQays satgur peh aa-i-aa.
H B
Having heard of his teachings, I came to true Guru.
~ crfo crfo ~ Hfu >q ~ II gur har har naam mohi mantar drirh-aa-i-aa.
I K
Guru gave me the name of God, as mantar for me.
S
foiJ urftJ ~ ~ ~ ~ II nij ghar vasi-aa gun gaa-ay anantaa.
Having sung the attributes ofInfinite, I came to stay in my own home.
l:@' ~ (')l'Oi5f R' ~ liB II parabh mili-o naanak bha-ay achintaa. 11411
Meeting Master, Nanak is now carefree. 4
~ Hw ft:m' ~ ~ II ghar mayraa ih naa-ik hamaaree.
It is my home, but she has become my hero (master).
ft:m'~(J){~~~ IIC\II ~iW liB liB II
ih aamar ham gur kee-ay Qarbaaree. 11111 rahaa-o Qoojaa. 11411411
She is the overpowering, but Guru has elevated me to His court 1 (Pause second) 4.4
))\'1'JfI'){(J'W t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
tpri{ H:JT ft:f ~ ~ II parathmay mataa je patree chalaava-o.

First, we resolved to send a letter.
~ H:JT ~ H'glf ~ II Qutee-ay mataa Qu-ay maanukh pahuchaava-o.
Second, we resolved to send two persons (to explain).
f::!3tS' H:JT ~ ~ ~ II taritee-ay mataa kichh kara-o upaa-i-aa.
Third(v, we resolved to adopt some other means.
809
HR! faJ i&' tIi1 ~ ~ IIC\II mai saQh kichh Qlhod parabhtuhee Dhi-aa-i-aa. 111//
Then I decided leaving evet:v other method, to remember you, the Master. 1
)f(JT ~ ))ffta HdHift:!))f1' II mahaa anand achint sehjaa-i-aa.
Now I am in great bliss, carefree and, in ease.

:gJDfO ~ ~ ~ ~ IIC\II ~ II gusman goot mu-ay sukh paa-i-aa. // 111 rahaa-o.
The wicked enemy, the devil died, now we are relieved. 1 (pause)
~ H ~ ~ ~ II satgur mo ka-o gee'-aa upgays.
True Guru gave me his teachings.
rot ft1t R! ~ Ci(T' ~ II jee-o pind saQh har kaa gays.
That my mind and body are God's possession.
HfaJ ~ ff ~ ~ II jo kichh karee so tayraa taan.
Whatever I do, is ofyour might,
i 'H(ft R ~ II~II tooN mayree ot tooNhai geebaan. 112/1
you are my shelter, you are ~v strength. 2
~ i&' ~ tIi1 i" qfcJ II tuDhno chhod jaa-ee-ai parabh kai N Dhar.
Leaving you 0/ Master, to whom should I go ?
))fI'(') 0 !ft))fI' 3"at JI'HJIflJ II aan na bee-aa tayree samsar.
M
None else, the other one, is equal to you.
m
O
~ ~ fcm eft ~ II tayray sayvak ka-o kis kee kaan.
.C
Your servant need not carefor anyone else.
B
~ F'S" fat 8lPfcf IISII saakat Qhoolaa firai baybaan. 11311
U
The non-believer astrays in wilderness. 3
3-at ~ crcft 0 ~ II tayree vadi-aa-ee kahee na jaa-ay.
C L
K
Your greatness is beyond expression.
O
Ad' Cl'd' CfTfl:r ~ 11k 8'ft!' II jah kah raakh laihi gallaa-ay.
O
Save me in the way you like, keeping me in your embrace.
H B
l)T(')C[ ~ 3-at ~ II naanak gaas tayree sarnaa-ee.
Nanak, the servant is in your refuge.
K
SI
l{fB'ri Q;:{ ~ ~ 119111.111 paraQh raakhee paij vajee vaaQbaa-ee. 114115//
Master saved my honour, I hail Him. 4.5
P.372
I')f'W )fiJW aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
1.1 II
~ 'S'faJ ~ ~ ~ II pargays ihaag sa-ugay ka-o aa-i-aa.
Passing through foreign lands, I came to you for purchasing.
~ ~ Hit ~ II vasat anoop sunee laa.!2baa-i-aa.
I heard ofwonderful things here, so I was tempted.
~ ~ ~ 1.li ))f1"('ft II gun raas baneh palai aanee.
Carrying capital ofvirtues, I came to you.
;!ftr G'3Q ~)fQ ~ IIC\II gaYkh ratan ih man laptaanee. //1//
Seeing there jewels, my mind is out to get them. 1
fIT(] ~ ~ ~ II saah vaapaaree gu-aarai aa-ay.
The rich (with your capital) trader has come to your door.
~ ~ ~ ~ IIC\II ~ II vakhar kaaQhahu sa-ugaa karaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Bring out the goods, so that deal is struck. 1 (pause)
wfu ~ Jri wft:r II saahi pat!J.aa-i-aa saahai paas.
810
The traders were made to sit face to face.
~ ~ ~ G"fk II amol ratan amolaa raas.
Invaluable is the jewel and invaluable is the capitaL
~ ~ ~ HS II visat suQhaa-ee paa+aa meet.
With the help ofmediator, I got a friend.
~ ~ ~;fS II~II sa-ugaa mili-aa nihchal cheet. 11211
I could purchase the goods, now I my mind is stable, in ease. 2
!rl! odt 3'RQQ ~ n ~ II Qha-o nahee taskar pa-un na paanee.
No.fear ofthief, the wind-storm, the cyclones.
JJft:r ~ JJft:r i iI'i'ft II sahj vihaajee sahj lai jaanee.
I bargained, in ease, and will take with, in ease.
R3' il ~ ~ C'Kft ~ II sat kai khati-ai gukh nahee paa+aa.
I earned True, now no suffering.
FRit ~ uffiJ i ~ lIitll sahee salaamat ghar lai aa+aa. 11311
I brought home all safe. 3
~ W<JT R' ~ II mili-aa laahaa bha-ayanand.
I gained out ofit, thus I am happy.
tiQ RI(J ~ ~ II Dhan saah pooray bakhsing.
Great i,," the Master, a perfect giver.
O M
.
~ ~ ~ rcffi" ~ ~ II ih sa-ugaa gurmukh kinai virlai paa+aa.
C
These goods, very rare of a Gurmukh could get.
U B
L
FImI'ft ~~ i ~ IIQII~II sahlee khayp naanak lai aa+aa. 11411611
C
Nanak struck this gaining deal, and brought profit home. 4.6
K
))fTRT)f(J'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
O O
~ ~ jffl- Cil! n ~ II gun avgan mayro kachh na beechaaro.
Please do not bother for my plus and minus merits.
B
C'ro ~ ~ ~ ~ II nah gaykhi-o reap rang seeNgaaro.
H
K
Also do not bother about my colour, my make-up, my beauty.
S I
uti ~ ftirI ftrfb' C'Kft iI'C'ft II chaj achaar kichh biDh nahee jaanee.
Neither, I could know the method, the behaviour, nor any virtue.
~ trcrnr ~ AA ))IT('ft IIC\II baah pakar pari-a sayjai aanee. 11111
Holding by arm, my dear, brought me to bed. 1
fffoi J:P:ft ciftr mri ~ l:Imf1()1' II sunibo sakhee kant hamaaro kee-alo khasmaanaa.
Listen 01 my friend, my husband got me under his protection.
Cl'g' ~ QTftr 'a'Mi qftJ ~ ftp)fr"'* ft!'g ~ ~ IIC\II ~ II
kar mastak Dhaar raakhi-o kar apunaa ki-aa jaanai ih 10k ajaanaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
By placing his hand on myfore-head, he owned me, protected me. What these unknowingpeople
can know ? 1 (pause)
~ mri ~ ~ JlftJ1ir II suhaag hamaaro ab hun sohi-o.
My married life is now comfortable.
ci' fi.fftW H'a" FI'f ~ iift:J1i II kant mili-o mayro saQh gukh johi-o.
Meeting /1tV husband, all my sorrows are over.
~ ~ mrr ~ II aaNgan mayrai sobhaa chang.
My moon (husband) has glorified my courtyard.
fofl:r lfI'ffa' ~ ~ ~ II~ II nis baasur pari-a sang anand. 11211
811
Day and night, I am enjoying, the company ofmy dear. 2
8J1:! mR am ~ II bastar hamaaray rang chalool.
My clothes are of deep red colour.
m
~ ))fTRC!' fuJr Fi II sagal aabhran soQhaa kantb fool.
All ornaments, the necklace offlowers, are beautifying me.
fi:r'r ihit firRfe' ~ ~ fotrro II pari-a paykhee garisat paa-ay sagal niDhaan.
My husband glanced at me, itfelt like getting all treasures.
SRC oft t QTfo IISII gusat goot kee chookee kaan. 11311
Now, I do not carefor the wicked, the devil 3
~ ~ JreT R ~ II sag khusee-aa sagaa rang maanay.
Now there is lasting pleasure of love, and all happiness.
~ fofi:f O'tr fcIFr Hfu ~ II na-o niDh naam garih meh tariptaanay.
The nine-fold name is now in my home, I am satisfied.
~ (')'l'(")'Q ~ fiJfu Jft1J'rcft II kaho naanak ja-o pireh seegaaree.
Nanak says, "When decorated by my love,
~ ~ Jirdr ~ IIBII;>II thir sohaagan sang Qhataaree. 11411711
I am the married, amfirm in the company ofmy husband." 4.7
M
fTW Hm 1.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
O
~ ~ crfQ ~ Ci{Q'('jT II gaan gay-ay kar poojaa karnaa.
Offering alms, one goes for worship.
. C
B
~ ~ ~ ~ tffiT II lait gayt un H mookar parnaa.
But the receiving one denies.
~ m L U
~ fr 1fCJ>fi!' iI'C!" II jit gar tum H hai baraahman jaanaa.
Of Brahman, to the door you have to go,
K C
O
~ m ~ fr ~ 11911 tit gar tooNhee hai pachhutaanaa. 11111
O
there, on(v you have to repent. 1
m
l1fR' 1fCJ>fi!' P
B
II aisay baraahman doobay bhaa-ee.
H
Of brother, the Brahmans have gone so low,
K
SI
flwtra'rq ~ ~ 11911 ~ II niraapraaQh chityahi buri-aa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
that they think of committing evil, against those who have committed no crime. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ftra'fu ~ II antar 10Qh fireh halkaa-ay.
They are greedy from within, and are roaming like a mad (dog).
~ ~ f'Rfu' iJ'lg ~ II ningaa karahi sir Qhaar utbaa-ay.
They bite other's back, and are carrying this load on their heads.
~ ~ ~ O"'dt II maa-i-aa moot!:laa chaYtai naahee.
Robbed by money, remember not (God).
RH ~ ~ arcft II~II Qharmay Qhoolaa bahutee raahee. 11211
Seeing many paths, he is astryaing in illusion. 2
8"'<Jf;:r il:f ~ ~ II baahar bhaykh karahi ghanayray.
Lot ofdresses (ritualistic) he wears for pretension.
~ ~ ~ ~ II antar bikhi-aa utree ghayray.
But his mind is invaded by poison.
~ ~ ~ (') ~ II avar upgaysai aap na booihai.
He preaches for others, but does not realize himself.
~ ~ crc:ft (') Jftt IISII aisaa baraahman kahee na seeihai. 11311
812
Such a Brahman can succeed in no way. 3
~ ~ 1:!' ~ II moorakh baaman parabhoo samaal.
O/foolish Brahman, remember God,
re B'03" 3t ij- 0'ftIs II gaykhat sunat tayrai hai naal.
seeing or listening, He is ever with you.
~ (";'('j'C[ it ~ ~ II kaho naanakjay hovee .tmaag.
Nanak says, "Ifyou are lucky enough,
JiTQ ifis ~ vac!t ~ 11811tll maan chhod gur charnee laag. 11411811
Leave ego and be at the feet of Guru. " 4.8
))fTRT ffiJW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
P.373
~fte ~ 30-3 HQ ~ cmrcmr~1I'ft! II
Qookh rag bha-ay gat tan tay man nirmal har har gun gaa-ay.
The sorrows and ailments are offfrom body, my mind is purified, by singing the attributes of
God.
~ ~ fi.fft;s H'9' Jirdr )Q ){(IT HQ CE eft a ~ II '\11
bha-ay anand mil saaDhoo sang ab mayraa man kat hee na jaa-ay. 11111
M
Joining the congregation of saints, I am well pleased, now my mind sure(v does not wander
O
anywhere.]
C
3\rl3 ~ ~ Jmft H'ft! II tapat buihee gur sabgee maa-ay.
B.
0/ my mother, with the word of Guru, my fire is put off.
U
ftrafR ~ 3'tI' FIil' JroW ~ ~ ~ mJfi:r ~ 11'\11 ~ II
L
binas ga-i-o taap sa.tm sahsaa gur seetal mili-o sahj su.tmaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
C
K
All my fire of doubts is finished, by meeting my Guru, a cool being. ] (pause)
O
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lWft!' ml ))f1f ~ ~ II
O
Dhaavat rahay ayk ik booihi-aa aa-ay basay ab nihchal thaa-ay.
B
I realized one alone, and my roaming about is over, now I have come to stay at a stable place.
~~Ji3~~l)la~~II::l1l
KH
I
jagat uDhaaran sant tumaaray garsan paykhat rahay aghaa-ay. 11211
S
Your saints are for liberating world, seeing them I am satisfied. 2
ifOH ~ ~ Ha' tri" ))f1f ~ ~ ~ 1.l'ft!' II
janam gokh paray mayray paachhai ab pakray nihchal saaDhoo paa-ay.
My sufferings oflife are left behind, lam firm(v holding the feet ofsaints.
J1cJH gfn A ){mI) ~ II sahj Dhun gaavai mangal manoo-aa.
Now my happy mind sings soothing hymns,
))f1f 3T ~ ~ ~ a l:fTfu lIall ab taa ka-o fun kaal na khaa-ay. 11311
The death will not eat it again. 3

QQO QTGO JDf'CM 'Ulri' ~ ~ cmr cmr ~ II
karan kaaran samrath hamaaray sukh-gaa-ee mayray har har raa-ay.
My bliss-giving God-king, is all powerful to cause and to effect.
(')T1j '3Qr ~ ~ ~ ~ iif:J ~ Jifcn' JrcJTft!' 11811 ~ II
naam tayraa jap jeevai naanak ot pot mayrai sang sahaa-ay. 11411911
Nanak lives by remembering your name, you are accompanying me, helping me on all
occasions. 4.9
))fTRT Hm 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
813
---~._----
~ ~ ~ II arrbaavai billaavai nindak.
The back-biter, bemoans and cries.
~trcOO@~~aft3rtl't~ 11'11 ~ II
paarbarahm parmaysar bisri-aa apnaa keetaa paavai nindak. 11111 rahaa-o.
He, the back biter, hasforgotten supreme God, he is suffering his own deeds. 1 (pause)
R ~ ~ i5fI' JRIt ~ nti R' ftwt II jay ko-ee us kaa sangee hovai naalay la-ay siQbaavai.
If someone is friendly with him, he will take him alongwith.
~ ~ B'J ~ ~ HiRft M'ftr mR H'II
anhogaa ajgar bbaar utbaa-ay nindak agnee maahi jalaavai. 11111
The back-biter, like a dragon, carries unnecessary load, and gets to burn in fire. 1
tOOrcr et ~ fR ~ ~ ~ ~ )JfIfI:r BR II
parmaysar kai du-aarai je ho-ay biteetai SO naanak aakb sunaavai.
What happens, how happens, at the doors ofMaster, that Nanak tells and na"ates.
R3' m;r att ~ ~ ~ CJftJ ~ ari1 ftRrJPt H~II'OII
Q.!:!.agatjanaa ka-o sadaa anand hai har keertan gaa-ay bigsaavai. 112111011
The devotees are ever in bliss, singing the praise ofGod, they are in progression. 2.10
fIW HmI5" tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
" ' H f i Rn Jft1Irar II ja-o mai kee-o sagaI seegaaraa.
Though I triedfull face-lifting,
O M
C
~ !it Ha'r Hg n ~ II ta-o!IDee mayraa man na patee-aaraa.
yet my mind is not satisfied
B .
U
~ 81its ~ HftT ~ II anik suganQhat tan meh laava-o.
~ ~ ~ ~ cxft ~ II oh sukh til sarnaan nahee paava-o.

C L
I applied a variety ofperfumes on body, with that even,
I could not get a little ofpleasure.

OK
HO' Hfu ~ ~ ~ II man meh chitva-o aisee aasaa-ee.
B O
01 my mother, get me, think ofsuch a desire in my mind,
H
fipHm ifRt ~ ~ 11'11 pari-a daykhatjeeva-o mayree maa-ee. 11111
IK
that lives by seeing my Dear. 1
S
~ cror ~ ftrg Hg n dtt II maa-ee kahaa kara-o ih man na Qbeerai.
01 my mother, what should I do, my mind does not take patience.
fipH t:ft:m hrw fbt IIctll crort II pari-a pareetam bairaag hirai. 11111 rahaa-o.
It yearnsfor union with dear. 1 (pause)
8Jr:l ftIFrc'; ~ 8g'3 ftnlQ- II bastar bi.bb.ookhan sukh bahut bisaykbai.
I have enjoyed lot ofpleasures ofdress, ofornaments.
~ !it iI'C'if ftd n ~ II o-ay .bb.ee jaan-o kitai na laykbai.
I believe all those are ofno avaiL
l.lft:r RiJr q' H'g ~ II pat sobhaa ar maan mahat.
The honour, the reputation, the dignity and importance,
~ JRRI'j ~ II aagi-aakaaree sagaI jagat.
Say all world is in obedience.
faN Ji'Rr ~ ~ ~ II garihu aisaa hai sundar laal.
My home is ofdeep red beauty.
llB' ~ 3" ~ ~ II~II para.bb. bhaavaa taa sadaa nihaal. 11211
But if I am ltked by Master, only then I am ever happy.2
814
f8;::rn fiIo ~ 1.lQciI'1G II binjan bhojan anik parkaar.
Lot ofvarie(v is in food items.
h 3lf'Jl ~ ftJmfrQ II rang tamaasay bahut bisthaar.
Lot ofmeans are for entertaining.
(JIH fi.mlf ))@ ~ ~ II raaj milakh ar bahut furmaa-is.
Lot ofrule is over lot oflands. And lot many are obeying my commands.
HQ nm ~ f:ptor or iI'ft!ft:r II man nahee Dharaapai tarisnaa naa jaa-is.
But iflust is not quenched, the mind will not be happy.
ftIQ fi.Risi ft!g ft!g 0 ftrc:rrt II bin milbay ih gin na bihaavai.
If no meeting, this day does not pass.
6m 1[f 3" JIB' ~ ll't 11811 milai parabhoo taa sabh sukh paavai. 11311
If I could meet my Master, then I could be happy. 3
ifta ifta B1ft ~ 'Aft!' II khojat khojat sunee ih so-avo
Searching and reaching I heard a whisper,
H'QRal~ ftIQ ~ 0 ~ II saaDhsangat bin tari-o na ko-ay.
that none could liberate, without joining the congregation ofsaints.
~ J.fJafcf iJ11!' f3fn ~ ~ II jis mastak bhaag tin satgur paa-i-aa.
One is blessed with a Guru, for whom he is preordained
~ )WW HQ ~ II pooree aasaa man tariptaa-i-aa.
OM
Thus desire fulfills and mind satisfies.
. C
1{B' ~ 3" fii8' ~ II para.!ID mili-aa taa chookee danihaa.
U B
L
When meeting Master, all my thirst is quenched
C
(')l"Oc5f l!I5Q1' )fO 30 ~ 11811'\'\11 naanak laDhaa man tan manihaa. 114111111
K
Nanakfound Him, from within mind and body. 4.22
P.374
O O
)WW >roW 1.1 ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 panchpagay. ASA M: 5 PANCH PADE
~~ i'ftcft tI'13' II
B
parathmay tayree neekee jaat.
H
K
First, you are ofpure (blood) caste.
SI
~ ~ ~ tPf3' II gutee-aa tayree manee-ai paaNj;.
Second, yourfami(v is ofaccepted status.
fl:r3Pw 30r ~ ~ II taritee-aa tayraa sungar thaan.
Third, your home is beautifuL
ftrmr IY )fO"Hftr ~ 11'\11 bigarh roop man meh a.!IDimaan. 11111
But your form is distorted, ego is in your mind 1
~ RfI4 ~ ~ II sohnee saroop sujaan bichkhan.
You are beautiful, charming, aware and well-shaped
))ff3' Ri Hftr m i 11'\11 ~ II at garbai mohi faakee toON. 11111 rahaa-o.
But you are overpowered by ego, greed 1 (pause)
))ff3' ~ ~ ~ II at soochee tayree paaksaal.
Your kitchen is ve,:v clean.
crftJ ft!"RorQ ~ ~ ~ II kar isnaan poojaa tilak laal.
After bath, you go for worship, wear redfrontal-mark.
ami' ~ ~ Rftr ftpwo II galee garbeh mukh goveh gi-aan.
You, from mouth, preach (spiritual) knowledge, but are rotten in ego.
Rftr ftrftr tilft iftJ Bl'f'O II~II sabh biDh kho-ee lobh su-aan. 11211
815
The greedy dog, in you, has lost all sense. 2
QTl.((J1.ffc:rcJftJ iarftr icrr II kaapar pahirahi bhogeh bhog.
You dress in (fine) clothes and enjoy the delicacies.
))fTV'Q ~ mrr HftJ iir II aachaar karahi sobhaa meh log.
You actfor building your image in people.
~ m ~ ftmtI'rQ II cho-aa changan suganDh bisthaar.
You use lot ofperfume from drops ofsandal wood.
m ~ ~ ~ lIall sangee khotaa kroDh chandaal. 11311
But your companion (mind) is dishonest, angry and diabolic. 3
~ Hfo 3cit ~ II avar jon tayree panihaaree.
All other kinds of life are your water carrier (subservient).
fuB tfa"3t HftJ 3cit ~ II is Dhartee meh tayree sikgaaree.
On(v you hold the reign on this earth.
~ ~ ~ tffi:r t!'H II su-inaa roopaa tum peh gaam.
The gold, the wealth, the money are with you.
~ 18al i fdG ~ emf 119 II seel bigaari-o tayraa kaam. 11411
But your lust has distorted your character. 4
M
tIT ~ ~ ~ c:rflr QIft! II jaa ka-o garisat ma+aa har raa-ay.
O
Upon whom king-God is gracious,
AT 8tft 3' m fiIfu II saa bangee tay la-ee chhadaa-ay.
C
B.
they are released from prison.
wmffin ~ c:rflr ~ ~ II saaDhsang mil har ras paa+aa.
L U
C
Joining the congregation ofsaints, ifone could enjoy the nectar of God.
K
~ ('j1'()cJ' ~ cr ~ 111.111 kaho naanak safal oh kaa+aa. 11511
O
Nanak says, "Such a person is a success. " 5
O
RfB' gtf RfB' H1:f s* JjU'iIIfo II sabh roop sabh sukh banay suhaagan.
H B
Ifyou enjoy marital bliss, all beau~v, all pleasures, you will own,
))fft:qfm- ~ 111'=\11 ~ it'" II'=\~II at sungar bichkhan tooN 11111 rahaa-o goojaa. 111211
I K
Then you are very beautiful, very charming. 1 (Pause record). 12
S
))fTW lfmi'jT 1.1 ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 iktukay 2. ASA M: 5, IK TUKE - 2
~ tAA- ftrff ~ ~ II jeevat geesai tis sarpar marnaa.

One who looks living is sure to die.
~ ~ ftrff ~ ~ 11'=\11 mu-aa hovai tis nihchal rahnaa. 11111
But if one dies (while living), he is to live forever. 1
~ ~ ~ H ~ II jeevat mu-ay mu-ay say jeevay.
The living are dead and dead are alive.
~~O'lj~~~~mret~~tM 11'=\11 ~ II
har har naam avkhaDh mukh paa+aa gur sabgee ras amrit peevay. 11111 rahaa-o.
When the medicine ofname, is given in mouth, he drinks the blissful nectar ofname. 1 (pause)
Cl'tft ~ ftJofi:r ft:RwIr II kaachee matukee binas binaasaa.
The earthen pot (body), the perishable is perishing.
fRff JZ ~ f:nJ fcm urfd' ~ II~II jis chhootai tarikutee tis nij ghar vaasaa. 11211
But one who is free from three gunnas, he stays in own home (self) 2
~ tit H ~ ~ II oochaa charhai so pavai pa-i-aalaa.
One who is crazy to rise, falls down to earth.
816
t:l"CJfcri ~ f3B' gO' a"'W IIall Dharan parhai tis lagai na kaalaa. 11311
One who sticks to ground, does not die. 3
~ ~ 130 ~ 0' ~ II bharmat firay tin kichhoo na paa-i-aa.
They who roam about, do not get to achieve anything.
H' ~ fl::ro ~ ~ ~ IIgll say asthir jin gur sabag kamaa-i-aa. 11411
But those who practice word are stable. 4
~ fi.ll '" (]fa' err ~ II jee-o pind sabh har kaa maal.
Mind and body and everything, belongs to God.
'(')l'(')'Cf ~ 6ms ~ ~ II~II"\all naanak gur mil bha-ay nihaal. 115111311
Nanak says, "Meeting Guru becomes happy." 5.13
~ )fCJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
y3(ft ~ ftrltr amr
~ II putree tayree biDh kar thaatee.
Your body is modeled with care (device).
WQ FI13' amr ~ wit 11"\11 jaan sat kar ho-igee maatee. 11111
Realize the fact, that it shall be reduced to dust. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ II mool samaalahu achayt gavaaraa.
Carefor your self, 01 unawaring idiot.
How are you proudfor this much? 1 (pause)

O M
~ ~ ~ fcirlW m 11"\11 ~ II itnay ka-o tum H ki-aa garbay. 11111 rahaa-o.
3tfo RG err ~ ~ II teen sayr kaa gihaarhee mihmaan.

. C
You are a guest, consuming three seers offlour a day.
U B
L
~ ~ ~ tPfu ~ II~II avar vasattujh paahi amaan. 11211
C
You are only custodian of everything else. 2
OK
fimcr))fFl'3' ~ ~ 9"H II bistaa asat rakat paraytay chaam.
You are on(v earth, bones, blood, wrapped in skin.
You are proud ofthis ? 3

B O
ft!"ff ~ ~ ~!Df'O IIall is oopar lay raakhi-o gumaan. 11311
K H
Ect ~ ~ 3" ~ 1fIOI: II ayk vasat boojheh taa hoveh paak.
S I
!fyou realize one fact, then you will turn pure.
f8Q P' 1 m!'" 0'll'Cf IIgll bin boojhay tooN sagaa naapaak. 114/1
Without realizing it you are always impure. 4
~ '(')l'(')'Cf ~ ~ ~ II kaho naanak gur ka-o kurbaan.
Nanak says, "! sacrifice myself,for Guru,
ft:m 3' ~ (]fa' ~ ~ II~II,,\gll jis tay paa-ee-ai har purakh sujaan. 115111411
from whom! may get to ever awaking Purakh (God). " 5.14
~ )fCJW ~ ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 iktukay cha-upgay.
ASAM: 5,IKTUKE, CHAUPADE
ftra' ~ ft!off H ~ ~ ~ II ik gharhee ginas mo ka-o bahut gihaaray.
One moment or a day, for me is like many days.
Hg 0' <ro cbl ~ ~ 11"\11 man na rahai kaisay mila-o pi-aaray. 11111
My mind is not at rest, how to meet my dear.
~ ~ ft!off H ~ cr82 0' ~ II ik pal ginas mo ka-o kabahu na bihaavai.
One moment or a day, I can never spend.
P.375
~cftHfo))f'JJ~cM~~H~~~11"\11 ~ II
817
garsan kee man aas ghanayree ko-ee aisaa sant mo ka-o pireh milaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
My mind is great(v hopeful, that some such a saint, ~v dear will get me meet. 1 (pause)
tJTftr 1JG ~ !J1IC1 ~ II chaar pahar chahu jugah samaanay.
Four quarters (ofa day) are, likefour ages (in separation),
Me! Rhra ~ (')ill* II~II rain Qha-ee tab ant na jaanay. 11211
When it is night, it does not end. 2
l1;r i3 fi.Ift;; ~ fft;it II panch goot mil pirahu vichhorhee.
Joining together,five devils have, got her separatedfrom her dear.
~ ~ ft (J'llI' l.fi;ft lIall bharam Qharam rovai haath pachhorbee. 11311
Roaming around, she weeps in hyper state (wringing hands). 3
tIO ('i'l'(')iif ~ iJftr ~ ~ II jan naanak ka-o har garas gikhaa-i-aa.
God blesses Nanak to see Him.
~ ~ tmi ~ ~ 11811l:l~1I aatam cheeneh param sukh paa-i-aa. 114111511
Knowing his self, he achieved supreme happiness. 4.15
))fTW J1<JW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ Hfu tmi foqrg II har sayvaa meh param niQhaan.

In the service ofGod is the supreme treasure.
M
~~~~~ 1Il:l1l harsayvaa mukhamritnaam.11111
O
Service of God is nectar in mouth. 1
. C
~ HGr R'lit Jffin JIl:f'lft II har mayraa saathee sang saJmaa-ee.
B
God is my companion, my co-traveler andfriend.
~~~:m~mfsycrrH~QCJT~1Il:l1l ~ II
L U
C
gukh sukh simree tah ma-ujoog jam bapuraa mo ka-o kahaa daraa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
In pain or pleasure, when I remember Him, He is present, then how the poor devil ofdeath, can
O
frighten me ? 1 (Pause)
O
~ H'dt tk H iJftr err ~ II har mayree ot mai har kaa taan.
H B
God is ~v refuge, and I look for His strength.
~ HGr Hlf" HO H'ftJ ~ II~II har mayraa saJmaa man maahi geebaan. 11211
I K
God my friend, is placed in my mind. 2
S
~ H'dt ~ HGr iJftr ~ II har mayree poonjee mayraa har vaysaahu.
God is my capital, and He is my guarantee.
~ QQ ~ iJftr HGr ~ lIall gurmukh Dhan khatee har mayraa saahu. 11311
God is my financer, and I earn wealth through Gurmukh. 3
~ fcRw 3' re<:r Hftr ~ II gur kirpaa tay ih mat aavai.
With the grace of Guru, I could be wise (in this matter)
tIO ~ (Jfu a- ))jlfcr mri 11811l:ll!1I jan naanak har kai ank samaavai. 114111611
Me, Nanak will be in God's embrace. 4.16
))fTW J1<JW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
llJ ~ ~ '3' ~ HQ ri' II paraQh ho-ay kirpaal ta ih man laa-ee.
If Master is gracious, my mind will be intuned with Him.
~ ~ Hi ~ ~ 1Il:l1l satgur sayv saQhai fal paa-ee. 11111
Serving Guru, I can get allfruits (of actions). 1
HO ~ ~ ~ ~ HGr F II man ki-o bairaag karhigaa satgur mayraa pooraa.
When my true Guru is perfect, why my mind be disheartened?
){(')AT err ~ RiI' Bl:I' foqrg ~ Hftr Jre eft ~ 11l:l1I ~ II
818
mansaa kaa gaataa saQh sukh niDhaan amrit sar sag hee bharpooraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
My hopesfulfilling (God) is the treasure ofallpleasures, and ever full pool ofnectar. 1 (pause)
~ ({)ffi flre ~ t:I"W II charan kamal rig antar Dhaaray.
His lotus feet are placed in my heart
~ iffir ~ ~ ~ II~II pargatee jot milay raam pi-aaray. 11211
The light is kindled. I met my dear God. 2
W JP:it fi.fftIs ~ ~ II panch sakhee mil mangal gaa-i-aa.
Joining together,frvefriends sang the song ofjoy,
~ri~~ lIall anhagbaneenaagvajaa-i-aa.11311
and played upon the unfrictioned word (bani). 3
~ ~ ~ fi.fRpw CJflJ a"ft!' II gur naanak tutl}aa mili-aa har raa-ay.
Nanak says, "When Guru was gracious, I met the God-king.
Hfi:r ~ f~cJ'rc!hroft:r ~ IIYII~II sukh rain vihaanee sahj suQhaa-ay. 114111711
The night passed in happiness, in ease." 4.17
))fTW)f'ij"W 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
Cifftr ~ CJflJ ~ ~ II kar kirpaa har pargatee aa-i-aa.

Being gracious, God revealed Himself.
M
fHRls ~ QQ ~ ~ II C\II mil satgur Dhan pooraa paa-i-aa. 11111
O
Meeting true Guru, I could get all wealth. 1
.
~ CJflJ QQ Ji;ftlK B'lft II aisaa har Dhan sanchee-ai Qhaa-ee.
C
B
OJ my brother, let us gather such a wealth of God,
P
iJTfu 0 ~ Hftis ncft
U
Jilr iftr Cifftr ia2 0 R'lft II '\ II ~ II
L
C
bhaahi na jaalai jal nahee doobai sang chhod kar katahu na jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
That will not be burnt by fire, that will not be drowned by water, that will never go leaving us
O
alone. 1 (pause)
O
3fG 0 ~ ~ 0 wft! II tot na aavai nikhut na jaa-ay.
H B
It will not fall short, it will not exhaust
~ ~ H9 ~ ~ II~II khaa-ay kharach man rahi-aa aghaa-ay. 11211
K
SI
Spending and eating, the mind will remain contented. 2
it ~ ~ ft:r1J ~ CJflJ QQ ~ II so sach saahu jis ghar har Dhan sanchaanaa.
He i,~ the real rich, in whose home God's wealth is collected,
f8"ff QO 3' HI ~ ~ lIall is Dhan tay saQhjag varsaanaa. 11311
with the wealth, the whole world will benefit.3
fu'fc'> CJflJ QQ ~ ft:r1J ycnI ~ qr l!I5CI? II tin har Dhan paa-i-aa jis purab Iikhay kaa lahnaa.
On(v those got the wealth pf God, for whom it is preordained.
tfO 0'i"iCf ~ ;:rcr O'H iICJC!l' IIYIIC\t:1I jan naanak ant vaar naam gahnaa. 114111811
Nanak says, "The name is your wealth (ornament) in the end. " 4.18
))fTW)f'ij"W 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
AA ~ it ftm:po't II jaisay kirsaan bovai kirsaanee.

Once the farmer sows his land,
~ 1.I'cft 8'fV 1.IO'C'l't IIC\II kaachee paakee baad.h paraanee. 11111
it has to be cut whether ripe or unripe. 1
it H"O"H it ~ ~ II jo janmai so jaanhu moo-aa.
One who takes birth, know it as dead.
~ ~ ~ ~ 1ftlw 11'\11 ~ II goving Qhagat asthir hai thee-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
819
On(v God's devotee, remains alive (stable). 1 (Pause)
ft:cr; 3' R'alfa' ~ arf3 II gin tay sarpar pa-usee raat.
If there is a day, night has to come.
~ mft fefa' ~ tmJTftJ II~II rain ga-ee fir ho-ay parQhaat. 11211
Afier night passes, then morning dawns. 2
~ Hfu Rre ~ ~ II maa-i-aa mohi so-ay rahay abhaagay.
Robbed by Maya, the unfortunate remain sleep.
~ ~ i Naw iI"i lIall gur parsaag ko virlaa jaagay. 11311
With the grace ofguru, some very rare remais awake. 3
P.376
C{g (')T(')iif ~ ~ o't3' II kaho naanak gun gaa-ee-ah neet.
Nanak says, "Ever sing the attributes (of God),
~ ~ ~ foomnfur 11811'\tll mukh oojal ho-ay nirmal cheet. 114111911
so that the heart be pure andface be bright." 4.19
))fTW Ji"m' tl II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ foftr ~ ~ ~ II na-o niDh tayrai sagal niDhaan.

All the nine treasures will be your treasures.
M
b ~ ~ f<rero 11'\11 ichhaa poorak rakhai nigaan. 11111
O
The hope fulfilling (God), protects the unprotected. 1
C
'1 jffl- ~ 3T ibft ~ II tooN mayro pi-aaro taa kaisee Qhookhaa.
When you are my love, then what kind ofhunger ?
B .
U
'1 Hfo ~ ~ (') i1:f" 11'\11 ~ II tooN man vasi-aa lagai na gookhaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
it '1 iRfu ..ret ~ II jo tooN karahi so-ee parvaan.
C L
Once you are staying in my mind, then I suffer no sorrow. 1 (pause)
Whatever you do, I accept it.

OK
O
~ JI'l'fW 3"ar FIV ~ II~II saachay saahib tayraa sach furmaan. 11211
B
OJ my true Master, it is your true order. 2
H
HI' ~ iR 3T ~ ~ ~ II jaa tuDh Qhaavai taa har gun gaa-o.
K
SI
Ifyou like, I will sing your attributes.
~ uffir JreT JreT ~ ~ lIall tayrai ghar sagaa sagaa hai ni-aa-o. 11311
In your home, it is always justice. 3
Jri" J'I'I'fua ))RIp:f ~ II saachay saahib alakh a.bhayv.
OJ true Master, you are unknowable, indivisible.
(')T(')iif ~ WCIIT ~ 11811 ~o II naanak laa-i-aa laagaa sayv. 1141120II
Nanak once put on, is ever in service. 4.20
))fTW Ji"m' tl II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ i&r cl Jre eft Jiirr II nikat jee-a kai sag hee sangaa.
He is a near self and is ever along.
~ m ~ ))fg chJr 11'\11 kugrat vartai roop ar rangaa. 11111
His creation is in different forms and colours. 1
~ (') ~ ('iT HQ d'@()did i II karHai na .i.!1urai naa man rovanhaaraa.
Neither cries, nor worries, nor my mind is set to weep.
~ ~ ~ JreT fIWHftJ ~ mi'O" 11'\11 ~ II
avinaasee avigat agochar sagaa salaamat khasam hamaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Because my Master is, imperishable, indivisible, unknowable, and ever living. 1 (pause)
820
3'~ ~ CIt fcm eft ~ II tayray daasray ka-o kis kee kaan.
Why should your servant, care for anyone else?
ft:m eft)ftQr ~ ~ II~II jis kee meeraa raakhai aan. 11211
One who rules, comes to protect. 2
it ~ l{fB' ofPw))fi(Tf::r II jo la-udaa parabh kee-aa ajaat.
The servant whom Master freed from caste.
13ff ~ CIt fcm eft 3TftJ lIall tis la-uday ka-o kis kee taat. 11311
Whom that servant should look to ? 3
~ ~ II vaymuhtaajaa vayparvaahu.
He is beyond needs, carefree.
(')"l"(')Q t!'JI' ~ IfO ~ IIBII~4:\1I naanak daas kahhu gur vaahu. 114112111
Nanak says, "01 servant hail Guru, the wonderful." 4.21

l')fTW)f(JW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
ufcr Qff i& -at ~)fl"3l' II har ras chhod hochhai ras maataa.
Leaving the nectar of God, you are indulging in hallow (bad) tastes.
URI' Hfu ~ ~ ~ W3" 114:\11 ghar meh vasat baahar ut!1jaataa. 11111
You have Real in your home, but you run outwardfor it.
M
lJi'l't 0" ifTit ~ ~ CifIlIT II sunee na jaa-ee sach amrit kaathaa.
O
Why cannot you listen the story of God?
m n
CR3' ~
. C
~ 114:\11 ~ II raar karat jhoot!1ee lag gaathaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
B
Getting in false story, you indulge in conflicts. 1 (pause)
~ 'R"'f<m C(1' jR ~ II vajahu saahib kaa sayv biraanee.
LU
C
You get to eat from Master, but you serve another one.
K
~~~ II~II aisay gunah achhaadi-o paraanee. 11211
OO
01 being You are buried in such sins. 2
13ff ~ ~ it m:!' eft Jiaft II tis si-o look jo sad hee sangee.
H B
You hidefrom One, who is even accompanying.
crrfH 0" ~ Jl ~ r.ftr Haft lIall kaam na aavai so fir fir mangee. 11311
K
SI
You again and again beg for what is ofno use. 3
~ (')"l"(')Q lfi' ;:fin i!'ftrnfrw II kaho naanak parabh deen da+aalaa.
Nanak says, "01 my Master, generous to poor,
~ ri ~ Cffd' l{f31.rrw IIBII~~II ji-o bhaavai ti-o kar partipaalaa. 114112211
Nourish me in the way you like." 4.22
l')fTW)f(JW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
;::ft))f 1fO qg ufcr i ~ II jee-a paraan Dhan har ko naam.

My life, breath, wealth is the name of God.
8tur ~ ~ JffiIr ~ 114:\11 eehaa oohaa N un sang kaam. 11111
Here and hereafter, I have, something to getfrom Him. 1 (Pause)
ftIg ufcr (;T){ ~ R! ~ II bin har naam avar sabh thoraa.
Other than name of God, everything is less.
~ ~ ufcr ~ Jig )far 114:\11 ~ II taripat aghaavai har darsan man moraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
My mind is happy, satisfied, by seeing God. 1 (pause)
!l'ifI'ftr ~ ~ ~ II bhagat Qhandaar gurbaanee laal.
The treasure ofdevotion, Gurbani (word ofGuru) is precious like gems.
~ ~ ~ ~ II~II gaavat sunat kamaavat nihaal. 11211
821
One who sings, listens, earns eternal happiness. 2
~ CiDfl!iS fRf wi H'g II charan kamal si-o laago maan.
My mind is fIXed on His lotus-Jeet.
~ cfl* t!'9 11:111 satgur toothai keene gaan. 11311
True Guru is pleased to give me this in charity. 3
0'0Cf ~ ~ ~;fur II naanak ka-o gur geekhi-aa geen H
Guru taught to Nanak,
l:{B ~ urrc urrc ~ 11811~:l1I parabh abhinaasee ghat ghat cheen H 114112311
that find God-Master in everybody. 4.23
))fTW ffiJW t.I II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
~ ~ riyfW Q1'flpw II anag binog bharaypur Qb,aari-aa.
All recreations for pleasure, are created by perfect (God).
~ ~ ))fIflr ~ 11911 apunaa kaaraj aap savaari-aa. 11111
It was His duty and He did it. 1
~ FDR.ft ~ ~ eft II poor samagree pooray thaakur kee.
All material (for creation) is ofperfect Master.
iJ'fcfyflJ Q'TfcJ ~ Jlir if" eft 11911 ~ II bharipur Dhaar rahee sobh jaa kee. 11111 rahaa-o.
M
Whose praise is ful(v prevailing? 1 (pause)
O
~ ~ if" eft fmoois Rft! II naam niDhaan jaa kee nirmal so-avo
.C
Whose pure reputation is the treasure ofname?
B
))('if ~ ~ (') lift! II~II aapay kartaa avar na ko-ay. 11211
U
He Himself creates and none else. 2
L
tfPK tB FI1B' '3T t iJ"Iftf II jee-a jant sabh taa kai haath.
C
K
All life ofbeings, is in His hands.
O
~ <1'fu1w 1{! RiI' t wftf 11:111 rav rahi-aa parabh sabh kai saath. 11311
O
That Master is accompanying everyone.
B
P.377
~~~
H
aa 8C!1lft II pooraa gur pooree banat banaa-ee.
K
SI
The perfect Guru, created perfect
0'0Cf Bas 6mt ~ 11811~811 naanak bhagat milee vadi-aa-ee. 114112411
Nanak says, "Devotees are ever hailed." 4.24
))fTW ffiJW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
~ t ~ ~ ~ HQ II gur kai sabag banaavahu ih man.
Model your mind in the word ofGuru.
~ ii(T ~ ~ ~ QQ 11911 gur kaa garsan sanchahu har Dhan. 11111
Seeing Guru is God's wealth, gather it 1
~ HftJ ~ fa@' 1 ~ II ootam mat mayrai rigai tooN aa-o.
OJ sublime wisdom, come to my mind.
~ ~ ~ ~))fftr ~ Hfu r i nrt 11911 <J'a'If II
Dhi-aava-o gaava-o gun govingaa at pareetam mohi laagai naa-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
Let me remember, sing the attributes of God, He is very loving, He gets me to His name. 1
(pause)
~ ~ Rtt ~ II taripat aghaavan saachai naa-ay.
I am happy, contented by true name,
~ HiIQ F8 ~ II~II at!:lsath majan sant Dhooraa-ay. 11211
822
Batlt in tlte feet-dust of saints, is like bath in six~v-eight waters. 2
'RiJ' Hftr ~ Qij'3I' ~ II sabh meh jaan-o kartaa ayk.
Know one Creator in everyone.
H'QAdlf:3 fi.fftis ~ f8icI' II~II saaDhsangat mil buDh bibayk. 11311
Joining the congregation ofsaints, get discerning wisdom. 3
~ JJd'R1j a'" m ~ II gaas sagaI kaa chhod atmimaan.
Leave ego and be servant of all
('iT('jQf ~ ~ ~ ~ 11811~~1I naanak ka-o gur geeno gaan. 114.112511
Guru blessed Nanak with this charity. 4.2

))fTW )f'(J"W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ 1fdI"R' m H'ftf ~ II buDh pargaas tma-ee mat pooree.

Witlt tlte light ofwisdom, my wisdom is perfect.
3" -g fi:roJft ~ ~ IIClII taa tay binsee gurmat gooree. 11111
Witlt this my evil wisdom is finished.
~ ~ ~ II aisee gurmat paa-ee-alay.
I could get such a wisdom of Guru.
~ Ula" ~ ~ Hftr ~ ~ iJ1lft ~ IIClII ~ II
M
boodat ghor anDh koop meh niksi-o mayray tmaa-ee ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
01 my brother, He pulled me out, when drowning, in dead blind welL 1 (pause)
11211.C
}fi)T))fdJT(J'))fifJfn a'" FIl'd@ II ~ ifu!' N ij::s6 i dlg II~II
B
mahaa agaah agan kaa saagar. gur bohith taaray ratnaagar.
U
The ocean offire is great(v uncrossable. Guru, the boat ofgems, gets me to swim across. 2
L
C
~ ~ ftI1:Of ftm)fTftrnjT II gutar anDh bikham ih maa-i-aa.
K
Tltis blind Maya is not easy, very difficult and unsurmountable.
OO
~ 1ft tRrdI? H'Cflf ~ II~II gur poorai pargat maarag gikhaa-i-aa. 11311
Revealing Himself, the perfect Guru, showed me the way. 3
B
ifTl.l' 3Tl.f Cf! ~ 6" ){(ft II jaap taap kachh ukat na moree.
H
K
Neither remembrance nor meditation, nor any defence I have.
S I
~ ('iT('jQf Hij,!'dIf3 3-at 11811~~1I gur naanak sarnaagattoree. 114112611
"But one thing I know, that I am (Guru Nanak) in your refuge." 4.26
IWW )f'(J"W ~ Btre ~. II aasaa mehlaa 5 tipgay 2. ASA M: 5 TIPADE
m
<ffir ij'ff tR::s' m!' ijl'3T II har ras peevat sag hee raataa.
Drinking the nectar of God, is ever in love.
))IT(') <JRT f1:rn HftJ tlSfu ifT3" II aan rasaa khin meh leh jaataa.
All otlter tastes get offin a moment.

<ffir QFj' ~ H'3' Hf5 'At!'" ~ II har ras kay maatay man sagaa anand.
Intoxicated in the nectar of God, mind is ever in bliss.
fTC') <JRT Hftr ~ Are IIClII aan rasaa meh vi-aapai ching. 11111
In all otlter tastes, on(v worry overpowers. 1
<ffir ij'ff ~ ~ ~ II har ras peevai almasat matvaaraa.
Drinking the nectar of God, one gets fully intoxicated.
))IT(') <JRT 'RiB' ~ ~ IIClII ~ II aan rasaa satm hochhay ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
All other tastes are tasleless (shallow). 1 (pause)

<ffir QFj' eft cfiH'ftf crot 6" ifTft:!" II har ras kee keemat kahee na jaa-ay.
The value ofnectar of God, is beyond description.
823
(Jfu Qff ~ iJlfG JDfJfu'
har ras saaDhoo haat samaa-ay.
II
Nectar ofGod is available at the shop ofsaints.
l'5Tl:f ~ ~ '0 acr
II laakh karoree milai na kayh.
From nowhere else one can get for lacs or crores (of rupees).
ft:mfu ~ f:m m~ II~II jisahi paraapat tis hee .cIeh. 11211
They give on(y to one, for whom it is preordained. 2
orocr ~ ~ ~ II naanak chaakh bha-ay bismaa.cl.
Tasting it, Nanak is in thrill.
orocr !JQ 3' ~ ~ II naanak gur tay aa-i-aa saa.cl.
He says, "This I enjoyedfrom Guru.
iB !3' ca n '0 iI"'ft!' II eet oot kat chhod na jaa-ay.
Here and hereafter it will not desert.
orocr mw(Jfu ~ wfu II;'II~"II naanak geeDhaa har ras maahi. 113112711
Nanak is habitually in the nectar ofGod. " 3.27
))flW lroW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~g ~ Hy ~ ~))fy(ft QT(ft II
kaam kroDh lobh moh mitaavai chhutkai .cIurmat apunee Qhaaree.
If one banishes cupidi(y, anger, greed, avarice, and also selfadopted evil wisdom.
~ foHrit JR CORfu 3T tlhm ~ Hf7) ~ 11'\11
ho-ay nimaanee sayv kamaaveh taa pareetam hoveh man pi-aaree. 11111
O M
.
And becoming modest, serves her dear, she will be loved by His mind. 1
C
~ ~ ~ avo ~ II sun sun.clar saaDhoo bachan uDhaaree.
U B
L
Listening beautiful words ofsaints, you can be liberated.
~~Dre ~JTRTB'tftRftri~~ 11'\11 ~ II
K C
gookh bhookh mitai tayro sahsaa sukh paavahi tooN sukhman naaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Then your hunger, sorrows and doubts will finish. 01 women, mindfulfor happiness, you will
O
B
get happiness. 1 (pause)
H
~ ~ ~ !JQ JW))fT3}f H9' f8!f ~ ~ II
I K
charan pakhaar kara-o gur sayvaa aatam suDh bUm ti-aas nivaaree.
StRftr RiP" CJflr

Wm,hing Guru's,feet, serve him, your selfwill be purijied,and thirstfor poison (Maya) will be
removed.
t!T'RO cit ~ t!'fi:f ~ 3'" ~ II~ II
gaasan kee ho-ay gaas .cIaasree taa paavahi sobhaa har .cIu-aaree. 11211
Of servant, be a servant ofservants, then you can get praise at the doors of God. 2
rem ~ rem ft$Jra'r ~ H"fn iJ"iII13 ~ ~ II
ihee achaar ihee bi-uhaaraa aagi-aa maan bhagat ho-ay tumHaaree.
This should be your character, this should be your behaviour,
accept His order, this is your devotion.
if ~>q iiDRorocrjj~ wftJ~ lIall~t:1I
jo ih mantar kamaavai naanak so bha-ojal paar utaaree. 113112811
Nanak says, "Whoever practices this dictum. she will get across the terrible waters. " 3.28
P.378
))flW lroW ~ ~ II
aasaa mehlaa 5 gupQay. ASA M: 5 DOPADE
Bit ~ H'Ql:f ~ II bha-ee paraapat maanu.!m .cIayhuree-aa.
You are blessed will human body.
824
~ fi..Ri5c!" cit ftm ~ ~ II gobinQ milan kee ih tayree baree-aa.
This is time for you to meet God.
~ CfTtr 3i" m (') C(T}f II avar kaaj tayrai kitai na kaam.
No other action will be of any use to you.
~ AiQAdlfd BtJ m OJ}{ 111:\11 mil saaDhsangat bhaj kayval naam. 11111
.Join the congregation ofsaints, and remember on(y name (of God). 1
FRJwfl.r ~ 'RtRIS 3a'O Ii II saraNjaam laag bhavjal taran kai.
Preparefor swimming across the terrible waters.
~ fr W3' Mdr ~ Ii 111:\11 ~ II janam baritha jaat rang maa-i-aa kai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Your l~fe is being wasted in the colour (love) ofMaya. 1 (pause)
i=JY 3Y JiiQf ~ (') CDfTftmIr II jap tap sanjam Dharam na kamaa-i-aa.
/ could not remember, meditate, be faithful, and also could not be in discipline.
~ ATQ" (');::rfO))fT CJfa' ~ II sayvaa saaDh na jaani-aa har raa-i-aa.
/ could neither serve a saint nor God-king.
crnw
a-q (')'T'(')"Cl' (J){ l'ffiJ II kaho naanak ham neech karammaa.
Nanak says, "/ am given to committing bad deeds.
~ ~ cit 0Tl:@ J1<f)fT II~II~~II saran paray kee raakho sarmaa. 112112911
Now / am in your refuge, keep your promise and save me." 2.29
~ }fiJW t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
O M
~ fiJQ ~ orm
. C
H ~ 1 jffl- HO weft II tum bin avar naahee mai Qoojaa tooN mayray man maahee.
Other than you, none else is for me, on(y you are in my mind.
U B
1 ~ Jfaft t;{!Hwi5l"'fr tfP,r~ 111:\11 tooN saajan sangee parabh mayraa kaahayjee-a daraahee. 1111/
C L
You are dear, my companion, my Master, why you frighten my heart. 1
~ G ~ ~ II tumree ot tumaaree aasaa.
You are my refuge, you are my hope.
OK
S03 ths'3'
= m m:r orm
WdT3'
B
- O ~ WFI' fRrw 111:\11 ~ II
= -
baithat oothat sovat jaagat visar naahee tooN saas giraasaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
KH
I
Whether sitting, standing, sleeping, awakening,
S
/ don't wish to forget you even for a breath or morsel. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ llif ~ ~ WiTa' ~ II raakh raakh saran parabh apnee agan saagar vikraalaa.
01 my Master, keep me in your refuge, the ocean offire (Maya) is terrifying.
orocr & ~ ~ (J){ ~ ~ !ft.l'W II~IIaOIl
naanak kay sukh-Qaatay satgur ham tumray baal gupaalaa. 112113011
01 true Guru ofNanak, giver ofhappiness, / am your loving, ignorant child. 2.30
~ }fiJW t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
CJfa' ffi') ~ ~ BTfu II har jan leenay parabhoo chhadaa-ay.
Master got liberated the men of God.
1;{l3H ~ jffl- ~ ~ 3T1J ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II
pareetam si-o mayro man maani-aa taap mu-aa bikh khaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
My mind is plea.'.ed with dear, thus my lust died by eating poison. 1
UTW ~ ~ (') ~ Ql}{ OJ}{ ~ dJ'Ifu II paalaa taa-oo kachhoo na bi-aapai raam naam gun gaa-ay.
No fear overpowers one, who sings the attributes ofname of God.
l5"'cit ~ fuf::r.air= (') war ~ CI'Joni'i ~ II 1:\ II
daakee ko chit kachhoo na laagai charan kamal sarnaa-ay. 11111
One who is at the lotus feet, no witch (Maya) will touch him. 1
825
~~ R' ~ ~ ~ ~ sant parsaag bha-ay kirpaalaa ho-ay aap sahaa-ay.
II
With the grace ofsaint, He becomes kind, thus He Himself comes to help.
~ f?;Qto fof3' ri ~ JJW ~ fHGTre' II ~ II iSCl II
gun niDhaan nit gaavai naanak sahsaa gukh mitaa-ay. 112113111
Nanak ever sings the treasure of attributes (God), thisfinishes my sorrows and doubts. 2.31
))fTJfT )f(JW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ i OTt II a-ukhaDh khaa-i-o har ko naa-o.

I took the medicine of God's name.
ff1:f ~ ~ ftrofi:p,fr ~ IIClIl sukh paa-ay gukh binsi-aa thaa-o. 11111
This at once cured my ailment, and I am rejoicing. 1
3'Y ~ 8Ufo ~ ~ II taap ga-i-aa bachan gur pooray.
Guru's word struck wonder, and my fever has gone,
~ ~ Rfir 6R ~ IIClIl ~ II anag bha-i-aa sa.bh mitay visooray. 11111 rahaa-o.
All worries over and I am enjoying happiness. 1 (pause)
tft1')f ti3' Jml7i ~ ~ II jee-a jant sagal sukh paa-i-aa.
All living and being are rejoicing.
~ (')'I'(')cjf Hf?i ~ 1I~lIiS~1I paarbarahm naanak man Dhi-aa-i-aa. 112113211
M
Nanak, from mind, remembers supreme God. 2.32
O
))fTJfT)f(JW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ orm B' 8w))fllft II baaNchhat naahee so baylaa aa-ee.

.C
B
I do not wish but the time has come,
f8Q ~ ~!t ~ IIClIl bin hukmai ki-o buihai buihaa-ee.lllll
not realising His order, none understands it, even if one tries. 1
LU
K
c5;it 3T'3t fifit 1:fTlft II thadhee taatee mitee khaa-ee.
C
O
Cold (voung) and hot (old age) earth is eaten.
O
~ (') 8'W ~ B'it IIClIl ~ II oh na baalaa boodllaa bhaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
H B
01 my brother, He is neither child nor elder. 1 (pause)
(')'I'(')cjf ~ H'lf ~ II naanak gaas saaDh sarnaa-ee.
IK
Nanak, the servant is at the feet ofsaint
S
~ ~ st tPflJ ~ 1I~lIiSiSll gur parsaag bha-o paar paraa-ee. 112113311
With the grace of Guru, I could surmount the fear (of separation). 2.33
))fTJfT )f(JW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
JreT JreT ))fI3){ tRI"'!J II sagaa sagaa aatam pargaas.

For having an ever enlightened mind,
A'QAdlfd ~ ~ ~ IIClIl saaDhsangat har charan nivaas. 11111
in the congregation ofsaints, be at the feet of God. 1
~ O'li fof3' Rflr HO HW II raam naam nit jap man mayray.
01 my mind, ever remember the name of God.
~ WftJ m!" ff1:f tRfu ~ wfu J=Ii' HO 3W IIClIl ~ II
seetal saaNt sagaa sukh paavahi kilvikh jaahi sa.bhay man tayray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Be ever happy, cool, patient, all sins ofyour mind will go. 1 (pause)
~ (')'I'(')cjf if" cl ~ emf II kaho naanak jaa kay pooran karam.
Nanak says, "One whose luck is perfect,
~ ~ ~ tl"alJIDf 1I~lIiS811 satgur .bhaytay pooran paarbarahm. 112113411
he meets true Guru, perfectly supreme God." 2.34
826
~il UfQ & ~ II Qoojay ghar kay cha-utees.
171ir~vf()ur ofsecond ghar.
))fTRT HmlS" ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
HT err <:ffir ~ t{! 8c.;ft II jaa kaa har su-aamee parabh baylee.
Whosefriend is Master, God,
P.379
tfur aret ~ om ~ 119.11 ~ II peerh ga-ee fir nahee Quhaylee. 11111 rahaa-o.
her pain goes, then no suffering. 1 (pause)
cmr ft;ral..rr ;:JQO Jifdr m5t II kar kirpaa charan sang maylee.
Being gracious, He got her to be at His feet,
~ R<Ttl ~ ~ 119.11 sookh sahj aananQ suhaylee. 11111
then there is happiness, bliss, love. 1
WtUifdr ~ CIJTft!' ~ II saaDhsang gun gaa-ay atolee.
In the congregation ofsaints, she sings the immeasurable attributes.
<:ffir fRlf<B ~ m ~ II~IIS~II har simrat naanak bha-ee amolee. 112113511
Remembering God, Nanak, She becomes invaluable. 2.35
))fTRT HmlS" ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
M
~ ~q ~ )fi!' lG'RQ ~~ JIfiJ ~ ~ II
kaam kroDh maa-i-aa maQ matsar ay khaylat sa.!;ill joo-ai haaray.
C O
.
Cupidity, anger, money, wine andjealous(v, I got them all defeated in playing gamble.
~ ~ ~ trcJt!" ~ ft!C1 ~ ta:ra' !fuJftJ ~ 119.11
sat santokh Qa-i-aa Dharam sach ih apunai garih bheetar vaaray. 11111
U B
C L
Truth, contentedness, mercY,faith, Truth, all of them, I brought in home. 1
K
MOH HQO JIfiJ ~ II jan.am maran chookay sabh bhaaray.
O
All stress of birth and death is gone.
B O
fH53 Jifdr !l'fuij Hg ~ ~ ~ i fi40 Hfu ~ 119.11 ~ II
milat sang bha-i-o man nirmal gur poorai lai khin meh taaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
KH
Joining congregation, my mind becamepure, perfect Guru, liberated me in a moment. 1 (pause)
Flecit~~cro~Hri~Hhr~II
SI
sabh kee rayn ho-ay rahai manoo-aa saglay Qeeseh meet pi-aaray.
O! my mind, be the feet - dust of all, thus all be seen as dear friends.
FIe ){Q' ~ ~ ~ :erg a 'Rftr ;:fp,r ~ II~ II
sabh maDhay ravi-aa mayraa thaakur Qaan Qayt sabh jee-a samHaaray. 11211
My Master is pervading alL He gives charity to all and thus looks after everyone. 2
~ ~))fT'/if ~ 8cl8cl ~ JmW lfTJR II ayko ayk aap ik aykai aykai hai saglaa paasaaray.
He Himself is one and one alone, and all expansion is by same one.
i'I'ftr i'I'ftr ~ JIm5 Wtf iIO ~ O'lj ~ ~ ~ liS II
jap jap ho-ay sagal saaDh jan ayk naam Dhi-aa-ay bahut uDhaaray. 11311
Remembering you all have grown saints, remembering one name, many are liberated. 3
aTfuo ai'BtcJ ftp)S ~ ~ rot fq' ~ II
gahir gambheer bi-ant gusaa-ee ant nahee kichh paaraavaaray.
Deep, profound, limitless Master, you are beyond all limits all ends.
~ ~"3' tJ(') A ~ ftpwft! ftpwft! 1fB ~ ~ 11811S~ II
tumHree kirpaa tay gun gaavai naanak Dhi-aa-ay Dhi-aa-ay parabh ka-o namaskaaray. 114113611
By your grace, Nanak sings your attributes, remembering and remembering, he salutes
827
Master. 4.36
lWW )f(J'W tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ H! 3Qr ~ II too bi-ant avigat agochar ih saQh tayraa aakaar.
You are limitless, imperishable, unknowable, all this is your form.
fcmrT IDf iB ~ ~ At H! fa ~ ~ 11911
ki-aa ham jant karah chaturaa-ee jaaNsaQh kichh tuihai maihaar. 11111
What smartness, we creatures can play, everything is within you. 1
~ ~ ))ft,ffi 8'ftscr ~ qrflJ II mayray satgur apnay baalik raakho leelaa Dhaar.
01 my true Guru, save your children, by some wonder.
~ EJ)fftr Jrt!T ~ ~ jfij' ~ ~ l')flflG 11911 ~ II
d.ayh sumat sad.aa gun gaavaa mayray thaakur agam apaar. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my Master, infinite, unlimited, teach me to ever sing your attributes. 1 (pause)
AA nofo i1c5'a' Hfu trn't ~ QCJ3T (')T)i ~ II jaisay janan jat!:!.ar meh paraanee oh rahtaa naam aDhaar.
As a being in the womb ofmother, he lives by Name.
~ cR wfk wfk ~ nr iro ~ 11=111 anad. karai saas saas samHaarai naa pohai agnaar. 11211
He remembers, rejoices by every breath, the heat does not touch him. 2
tra' QO tra' ~ tra' firer fun ~ 1{tB ~ II par Dhan par daaraa par nind.aa in si-o pareet nivaar.
M
Do not have love for, other's wealth, other's women, other's slandering.
O
tIQO~mftRre~~~a-~ liS II charan kamalsayveerigantargurpooraykaiaaDhaar.11311
.C
With the help ofperfect Guru, serve the lotus-feet in heart. 3
m
B
fiN )f(J'W ii t!tRfu nr ~ JfcnrftJ II garihu mangar mehlaa jo deeseh naa ko-ee sangaar.
U
The home, the buildings, the wife, which are seen, none will accompany.
tnr ~ titm m ~ Hfu iIO i')Ti')c1' ~ RJfflr 11811 S", II
C L
K
jab lag jeeveh kalee kaal meh jan naanak naam samHaar. 114113711
O
Nanak says, "Till living in dark age, remember the name (of God)." 4.37
O
lWW l.lIg it )f(J'W tI aasaa ghar 3 mehlaa 5 ASA GHAR -3, M: 5
H B
l.:Itr"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad..
IK
QTiJ fi.Rscf ii8n fa[cr Hirr ~ 1J~ II raaj milakjoban garih soQhaa roopvantjo-aanee.
S
The empire, the lands, the youthfulness the palaces, the reputation, the beautiful andyoung age.
~ ~ mat ~ ~ ~ lI5"l:I' t ~ II bahut darab hastee ar ghorhay laal laakh bai aanee.
The elephants, the horses, the gems, purchased with lot ofmoney,
m ~ crrfH (') ~ ~ 9'i ~ 11911 aagai dargahi kaam na aavai chhod chalai abhimaanee. 11111
will not be ofany use in His court, and the arrogants will leave them behind. 1
~ ~ ftIor ~ ~ II kaahay ayk binaa chit laa-ee-ai.
Why to have love for other than One?
~. Uo3' FRo ~ Jrt!T Jrt!T <Jflr ~ 11911 ~ II
oothat baithat sovat jaagat sadaa sad.aa har Qhi-aa-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Standing, sitting, sleeping, awakening, ever and ever remember one, God. 1 (pause)
}fi)T ~ ~ ~ ~ Hfu fi:I3' ~ II mahaa bachitar sundar aakhaarhay ran meh jitay pavaarhay.
In great(v wonderful and beautiful battles, I won in all clashes.

P.380
~~ c:Jt ~ ~ ~ 3 ~ ~ II ha-o maara-o ha-o banDha-o chhoda-o mukh tay ayv babaarhay.
I killed, I fettered, I released, he roars from mouth.
~~~ err iflr ~ ~ ft:!c:rr6" 11=111
828
aa-i-aa hukam paarbarahm kaa chhod chali-aa ayk gihaarhay. 11211
Once the order fro,!, God comes, leaving everything, he leaves one day. 2
&Q}{ tra'H ~ ~ ~ otddig 0' w* II karam Dharam juga! baho kartaa karnaihaar na jaanai.
In matter of action,faith, behaviour, he does a lot, but does not know the Doer.
~ d ~ 0' a'H"t ~ R'8S 0' ~ II upgays karai aap na kamaavai !a! sabag na pachhaanai.
He preaches a lot but does notfollow himself, and does not realize the meaning ofthe word.
~~otiwRt~d'Jt3t~~ IIall
naaNgaa aa-i-aa naaNgo jaasee ji-o hastee khaak chhaanai. 11311
He came naked, will leave naked, he plays like an elephant plays in dust. 3
Ji3' JrtIO ~ Hf!r Mar fl5" ~ trWa'" II san! sajan sunhu sabh mee!aa ihoothaa ayhu pasaaraa.
01 dear saints, all my friends, listen, this whole exercise is futile.
~ ~ otfa' otfa' I81:ffu' 1:ffu' ~ R'(IT II mayree mayree kar kar doobay khap khap mu-ay gavaaraa.
All are drowned while crying for owning, the idiots died barking.
~ fHm 0'00t ~ fl:mrrftmrr wftr orfi.r ~ II 8 II ~II at: II
gur mil naanak naam Dhi-aa-i-aa saach naam nistaaraa. 114111113811
"Meeting Guru ", Nanak says "remember name, the liberation is by true name on(v. " 4.1.38
~))fTJ:lT lII'g' tI )f(JW tI raag aasaa ghar 5 mehlaa 5 RAG ASA GHAR - 5, M: 5
"lij"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar sa!gur prsaag.
OM
C
Ood is one realized by the grace oftrue Ouru.
.
~ Hfu m:ft fIiIRlS im3' tN))ji:r II bharam meh so-ee sagaI jaga! DhanDh anDh.
B
U
17,e whole world is in blind trap, thus sleeping in illusion.
L
~ ii1i ~;::rn II~II ko-oo jaagai har jan. 11111
Some ve,:v rare ofmen of God awake. 1
K C
)fijT H<nft Hmj f1pK 1{tftr yro II mahaa mohnee magan pari-a paree! paraan.
~~~ II~II ko-oo!i-aagaivirlaa.11211

O O
Indulging in great(v charming (Maya), they love it more than their life.
H B
Some ve,:v rare one can renounce it. 2
I K
;:roo 0(}0RlS ~ ~ Ji3' H3' II charan kamal aanoop har san! manto
S
At the ve,:v beautiful, lotus-feet ofsaints, to listen his dictum.
~ n 'R"9' lIall ko-oo laagai saaDhoo. 11311
On(v a truth loving can attend. 3
0'00t 'R"9' Jffdr iI'iit ~ ffcrr II naanak saaDhoo sang jaagay gi-aan rang.
Nanak says, "In the congregation ofsaints, awakes the lovefor knowledge.
~ fclJw 11811"\IIa~II vadbhaagay kirpaa. 114111113911
Very lucky are blessed. " 4.1.39
"lij"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.
~))fTJ:lT lII'g' ~ )f(JW tI II raag aasaa ghar 6 mehlaa 5. RAO ASA GHAR - 6, M: 5
H ~ R it tFl'O" ~ JIdt!' Hfo fuft II jo tuDh bhaavai so parvaanaa sookh sahj man so-ee.
Whatever is liked by you, the same I live with, and that gives my mind happiness, in ease.
~ ~ JDffl!f ~ ~ O'<ft ~ m 11"\11 karan kaaran samrath apaaraa avar naahee ray ko-ee. 11111
The Omnipotent, infinite is the cause and effect, and none else. 1
~ RO ~ ~ ~ iR'fu II tayray jan rasak rasak gun gaavahi.
Your men sing your attributes, rejoicing and rejoicing.
~lf3T~ROcftH1arafJ~ 11"\11 ~ II

maslat mataa si-aanap jan kee jo tooNkarahi karaaveh. 11111 rahaa-o.
Whatever you do, or get done, that is the wise advice and resolution. 1 (Pause)
~ i'>'1:f ~ ~ JI1"QJfflIr ~ ~ II amrit naam tumaaraa pi-aaray saaDhsang ras paa+aa.
01 my dear your name is nectar, one gets from the congregation ofsaints.
f:plfir ~ mft m; ~ ~ ~ mw ~ II~II
taripat aghaa-ay say-ee jan pooray sukh niQbaan har gaa+aa. 11211
On(v happy and satisfying people arefulfilling, since they sing ofGod, treasure ofhappiness. 2
W ~ ~ ~ ~ 3" ~ or:ft fti3r II jaa ka-o tayk tumHaaree su-aamee taa ka-o naahee chintaa.
01 Master, those who depend upon you, they have no worry.
W ~ ~ ~ mft Jl JI'ICJ Bi ~ 11811
jaa ka-o ga-i-aa tumaaree ho-ee say saah ,bhalay b,hagvantaa. 11311
On(v those rich are the luckiest, upon whom you are kind. 3
B'ali )fir ~ JIftr ft;cM tnJ err ~ ~ II b,haram moh QIlaroh sabh niksay jab kaa garsan paa+aa.
The time I saw you, the doubt, the greed, the betraying, all are purgated.
~ i'>'1:f 7)1'(')ijI' ~ cftor mw ml & ~ 119 II C\II 90 II
vartan naam naanak sach keenaa har naamay rang samaa+aa. 114111114011
Nanak says, "Dealing in name is the true dealing, therefore, merge in love ofGod's name. "4.1.40
M
))f'W JimIIS" tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
O
tIO){ tIO){ eft ~ iN ~ ~ cft3" tR II janam janam kee mal Qbovai paraa-ee aapnaa keetaa paavai.
.C
If .'wmeone washes some one's dirt oflives (back-bites) he will have to suffer his actions.
B
~ ~ ~ ~ et iDf yflJ ifTft! ~ IIC\II
eehaa sukh nahee gargeh Qho-ee jam pur jaa-ay pachaavai. 11111
L U
C
No happinessfor him, here and in His court He willfind no refuge, and burn himselfin the city
K
ofdead. 1
O
~ ~ ~ ~ II ningak ahilaa janam gavaa-i-aa.
O
The back-biter has wasted enough ofhis life.
- 0" ~ QTU= 8'3" ~ o@o
1J'ftr - 0" ~
H B IIC\II ~ II
-
pahuch na saakai kaahoo baatai aagai tha-ur na paa+aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
SI
In no way, he can achieve anything, and he gets no place hereafter. 1 (pause)
~ t.rfufr f6;:cr ayW err fa1W ~ ~ ftfiJra'r II kirat pa-i-aa ningak bapuray kaa ki-aa oh karai bichaaraa.
The poor back-biter is placed in his actions, what the helpless one can do ?
3<1" ircJ ifu 0" QI'Q' ~ ftqJ llfu iR ~ II ~ II
tahaa bigootaa jah ko-ay na raak!lai oh kis peh karay pukaaraa. 11211
He is lost there, where none can save Him, before whom he should cry for help? 2
P.381
~ eft CIJfir ~ or:ft l:fRH ~ iJ'C!T IIningak kee gat katahooNnaahee khasmai ayvai bhaanaa.
The back-biter has no solutions, the Master wills so.
it it fcfu iR ffiro eft ftJt ffiro B! )f'7)T 118 II jo jo ning karay santan kee ti-o santan sukh maanaa. 11311
If someone back bites a saint, this way saints treat it as joyfuL 3
J=i3T ~ ~ ~ 1 ffiro err Jro'Ilft II santaa tayk tumaaree su-aamee tooN santan kaa sahaa-ee.
01 Master, saints look for your refuge, you are their help.
~7)1'(')ijI'Fi:rmw~~~~ 11911~1I9C\1I
kaho naanak sant har raak!lay ningak gee-ay rurhaa-ee. 114112114111
Nanak says, "God has protected saints, the back-biters are driven away." 4.2.42
))f'W JimIIS" tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
830
~itre~HQHw~$~~ II
baahar Dho-ay antar man mailaa gu-ay tha-ur apunay kho-ay.
One may wash his outer side (body), but, if his inner-self, mind is dirty, he is sure to lose both
places, here and hereafter.
wEI"fHfu"Hfu~m~~~ 11911
eehaa kaam kroDh mohi vi-aapi-aa aagai mus mus ro-ay. 11111
Here cupidity, anger and greed, prevails, and hereafter, he weeps, robbed 1
~ 'BiIO eft Hftr 5" m,r II goving bhajan kee mat hai horaa.
The wisdom ofreciting about God is different.
~ JRt wy 0" Hcnft O'lj 0" ~ ior 11911 ~ II
varmee maaree saap na mar-ee naam na sun-ee doraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
By filling hole, the snake does not die, and deaf cannot hear name. 1 (pause)
~ eft ~ iflr iR'lft n3t RTa" 0" ~ II maa-i-aa kee kirat chhod gavaa-ee Qhagtee saar na jaanai.
Leaving the way ofMaya, one has lost it, he knows not the substance ofdevotion also,
it!' ~ ~ ~ WifIT ~ Hw 0" ~ II ~ II bayg saastar ka-o tarkan laagaa tat jog na pachhaanai. 11211
One is learning Vedas and Shastras, but he does not know the substance ofyoga also. 2
~ aTh" Hw ~ ~ oefu JIQTGT ~ II
ughar ga-i-aa jaisaa khotaa dhaboo-aa nagar saraafaa aa-i-aa.
H ~ goes waste like a worthless silver coin, once it faces the jeweler.
O M
~ R! fori "'* tR 3' cr.JT ~ II:J II
. C
B
antarjaamee sabh kichh jaanai us tay kahaa chhapaa-i-aa. 11311
U
L
All pervading (God) knows everything, what can one hide from Him ? 3
C
crnr
= ~& ~ - ftIofH aTh" ~ II
OK
koorh kapat banch nimmunee-aagaa binas ga-i-aa tatkaalay.
The lie, the wickedness, the betrayal, are baseless, these immediate(v vanish.
m m FIB ~ i3l'fulW' ~ ~ ~ ~ IIBII:JIIB~II
B O
H
sat sat sat naanak kahi-aa apnai hirgai gaykh samaalay. 114113114211
K
Nanak is saying all about True, see your heart and know. 4.3.42
S I
))fTW HUW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ i5(Q3' ~ HQ ~ ~ ))fll] ~ II ugam karat hovai man nirmal naachai aap nivaaray.
By work the mind gets pure, thus one dances while surrendering.
tffi ifc')T iY; ~ ~)fc') Hfu ~ 11911 panch janaa lay vasgat raakhai man meh aykankaaray. 11111
He overpowers thefive senses, and in mind he keeps God. 1
3'OT RQ foaf::r ~ ~ iR II tayraa jan nirat karay gun gaavai.
Your servant dances and sings your attributes.
~ l./l:RH 3'C!IS ~ ~ ~ ~ 11911 ~ II
rabaab pakhaavaj taal ghunghroo anhag sabag vajaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
With rebeck, drums, rhythm ofanklets, he plays upon the unfrictioned word. 1 (pause)
tpfH HQ trriQ' ~ tPi' ~ ~ II parathmay man parboDhai apnaa paachhai avar reeihaavai.
Fin,t, one has to know one's mind, then he shouldplease others.
CJT}{ OTH tIY fJa@';:rrQ- ~ 3' JRRJ ~ II~II raam naam jap hirgai jaapai mukh tay sagal sunaavai. 11211
The recitation of the name of God, he should recite from heart,

and whole of it, he should tell from mouth. 2
QfO Fffin wg ;rao 1.Il:I't Ji3 gfW :rill ~ II kar sang saaDhoo charall pakhaarai sant Dhoor tan laavai.
Joining the congregation ofsaints, he should wash their feet, and with theirfeet-dust, he should

smear his body.
HQ 3Q ~mr ~m Hf:r t.fe'l"a'!tR' IISII man tan arap Dharaygur aagai sat pagaarath paavai. 1/31/
He should submit his mind andplace it before Guru, he will get the realfruits. 3
HH B* ~ ~ JIG'QT 3" Cfl' iInH Jof'a7) ~ A II
jo jo sunai paykhai laa-ay sarDhaa taa kaa janam maran gukh bhaagai.
Whoever listens, sees in faith, his sufferings ofbirth and death will go.
~fcrn3'~~i'i"'(')cf~trit 118118118S11
aisee nirat narak nivaarai naanak gurmukh jaagai. 114114114311
Nanak says, "Such a dance saves from hell, and awakes a Gurmukh. " 4.4.43
))fTW)f(J'W l.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
))fQ){~Rt~~~~WII
aDham chandaalee tma-ee barahmanee sooQee tay sarestaa-ee ray.
The condemned Pariah, has become Brahmani, and Shudra (woman) has become ofhigh caste.
~))f1'i5(1Jft' Rl:(cfhro'8Q ~ ~ WII '\11 paataalee aakaasee sakhnee lahbar booihee khaa-ee ray. 11111
In between nether regions and skies, the empty (stomach) fire (lust) extinguishes, only after
eating. 1
U/Q eft ftrw8t ~ ~ wrr
efl:r ~ WII
ghar kee bilaa-ee avar sikhaa-ee moosaa gaykh daraa-ee ray.
OM
Now the cat in home is trained otherwise, fearing she runs away even seeing the rat.
))rtf Ii <:fk !Jfa' offfi ~ ~ ftrofcr tIm'lft W II '\11 ~ II
.C
aj kai vas gur keene kayhar kookar tineh lagaa-ee ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
UB
L
The Guru has handed over lion to a goat, and has put a bitch on grass. 1 (pause)
C
8T! ~ ~ ~ cfturfa))fT urg ~ a- II
For homeless He built a home without pillars.

O K
baaih thoonee-aa chhapraa thaamiH-aa neeghari-aa ghar paa-i-aa ray.
ftJg ~ i R'fiJi ffiRT ftr ~ ~ a- II~II

B O
bin jarhee-ay lai jarhi-i jarhaavaa thayvaa achraj laa-i-aa ray. 11211
KH
Without the expert, the gem is studded, and a wonderful stone is used. 2
SI
~ t!Tft! 0 l.lYQ6CJ i d l ~ fn'a'6t ~ a- II
gaagee gaag na pahuchanhaaraa choopee nirna-o paa-i-aa ray.
The beggar may not get by begging, but he is sure to get in silence.
~~~~~*o~~a-IISII
maal guleechai baithee lay mirtak nain gikhaalan Dhaa-i-aa ray. 11311
Tlte one keeping and sitting on precious carpets, is dead, but still she dares other showing her
eyes. 3
P.382
mft ~ em H RJOT H'6C!CJlg
0 iIJ'6T WII so-ee ajaan kahai mai jaanaa jaananhaar na chhaanaa ray.
The one unknowledgeable says that he knows, when knower cannot hide himself.
i3lg' i'i"'(')cf!Jfa' ~ ~ a'Rfcf a'Rfcf 18d1R 16 1 W118111.1118811
kaho naanak gur ami-o pee-aa-i-aa rasak rasak bigsaanaa ray. 114115114411
Nanak says, "Guru has got me drink nectar, I am rejoicing and am in progression. " 4.5.44
))fTW )f(J'W l.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
iqc; ct'fc f8'R'rW ~ ))f1fflT ~ ~ II banDhan kaat bisaaray a-ugan apnaa birag samHaari-a.
Guru cuting my bondages,forgets my misdeeds and thus he responds His nature.
~ ~)fl"6' fia ~ 8'facr fHt ~ 11'\11
832
ho-ay kirpaal maat pit ni-aa-ee baarik ji-o partipaari-aa. 1/1/1
Becoming kind like mother andfather, He nourishes me like his child. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ II gursikh raakhay gur gopaal.
Guru -God protects the Sikhs of Guru.
i5l'1ftl ~ HtJT RiR5' 3' ~ M!'ftr ~ II~II ~ II
kaadh lee-ay mahaa bhavjal tay apnee naQar nihaal. 11111 rahaa-o.
By becoming gracious, He saves from the great terrible waters. 1 (pause)
Wci~tf){3'~~~~~11
jaa kai simran jam tay chhutee-ai halat palat sukh paa-ee-ai.
By remembering Him, we can be rescuedfrom the devil ofdeath, and be happy here and hereafter.
wfi:J ~ ~ till <JJ1c')T o'tr o'tr ~ ~ II ~ II
saas giraas japahu jap rasnaa neet neet gun gaa-ee-ai. 11211
01 my tongue, recite ofHim, with evet:v breath and morsel, sing His attributes ever and ever. 2
~ tIH tmf ~ ~ wtnfflrr ~ orcS II bhagat paraym param paQ paa-i-aa saaDhsang Qukh naathay.
With loving devotion one gets supreme position, and on joining the congregation of saints, the
sorrows run away.
ftrtl (') ~ fcl'! Bt (') fip,rTl) CJfQ qg ~ ~ II a II
chhijai na jaa-ay kichh bha-o na bi-aapay har Dhan nirmal gaatilay. 11311
OM
Once the wealth of God is in purse, it neither wears out nor goes, nor the fear catches it. 3
.C
~ ~ 1fB' e Jro"'l'ft fiE ~ ~ II ant kaal parabh bha-ay sahaa-ee it ut raakhanhaaray.
B
At the time ofdeath, Master becomes protector, He is the saviour, here and hereafter.
U
L
lfO)fur (fur qg Ht (')1"(')01' Jre ~ lIallella~1I
C
paraan meet heet Dhan mayrai naanak saQ balihaaray. 114116114511
Him." 4.6.45
O K
Nanak says, "He is my wealth, my life, my dear, my loving, 1 always sacrifices myselffor
~ ){tJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
B O
KH
w1wfu'! 3'"Bt~CJt~f8gfmIJITWCft II jaatooNsaahibtaa bha-okayhaa ha-otuDh bin kissaalaahee.
I
Ifyou are my Master, where is thefear? other than you, whom should 1 praise?
S
~13'"Rf~~H~f8g ~ortit II~II ayktooNtaa sabh kichh hai mai tuDh bin Qoojaa naahee. 11111
When you alone is mine, everything is mine, and none other than you is there. 1
8T8" ~ ~ JfJ:Irg II baa baa bikh Qaykhi-aa sansaar.
01 my elder, 1 have seen that this world is poison.
~~~Jfa'Hn'tJ'3Gr~ II~II ~ II
rakhi-aa karahu gusaa-ee mayray mai naam tayraa aaDhaar. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my Master, save me, on(v your name is my sustainer. 1 (Pause)
A""C!fu ~ JffjT HO cit ~ fmI tlftr ))f11if ~ II
jaaneh birthaa sabhaa man kee hor kis peh aakh sunaa-ee-ai.
You know the whole state ofmy mind, whom else to tell and make listen.
~ ~ Rf;:qr aCj(jIft:!))f1' n'tJ ~ ~ ~ II~II
yin naavai sabh jag ba-uraa-i-aa naam milai sukh paa-ee-ai. 11211
Without name the whole world is dazzled, the happiness is in getting to name. 2
fafr acfhK fmI ))f11if ~ ftI QCTc!I" B' 1fB' tft UTfl:J II
ki-aa kahee-ai kis aakh sunaa-ee-ai je kahnaa so para.bh jee paas.
What to say, whom to tell, whatever has to be said, it is to the Master only.
Rf fcl'! clt3'"'3GrmJrel'Jrel'~))fTJf lIall sabh kichh keetaa tayraa vartai saQaa saQaa tayree aas. 11311
Whatever you do, that happens, I ever have hope on you. 3
~~~3T3"at~ftra'~~~ II
jay geh vadi-aa-ee taa tayree vadi-aa-ee it ut tuiheh Dhi-aa-o.
Ifyou grant honour, it is your greatness, here and hereafter, I remember on(v you.
0"'0Cl' ~ l:lS J1t!T ~ H~ 3Gr ~ ~ 118 II.? 118~ II
naanak kay parabh sagaa sukh-gaatay mai taan tayraa ik naa-o. 114117114611
Nanak says, "My Master is ever bliss-giver, my refuge is on(v your name. " 4. 7.46
))fTRT ){(J'llSI' tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ tg )fCJT 'aH iIOftT tft(i II

amrit, naam tumHaaraa thaakur ayhu mahaa ras janeh pee-o.
01 my Master, your name is nectar, treating it great bliss, I drink it.
;:r(')}{ ;:r(')}{ ~ t ~ ~ ftIorfi::rti fit!' 8ti II ct II
janam janam chookay Qhai bhaaray gurat binaasi-o Qharam bee-o. 11111
The fears ofall lives are removed, the serious sins are perished, and the doubts are cleared. 1
~ ~ H i:ftij II garsan paykhat mai jee-o.
I live by seeing you.
cmr
afo 8UO ~ ~ }fQ 3Q JW i5'! f i IIctll <nJl! II
M
sun kar bachan tumHaaray satgur man tan mayraa thaar thee-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
01 my true Guru, listening your word, my mind atid body have become cooL 1 (pause)
C
.
~~3"errei~tgWB~~cfti II
B
tumHree kirpaa tay Qha-i-o saaDhsang ayhu kaaj tum Haap kee-o.
U
L
By your grace, I havejoined the congregation of saints, this duty you yourselfhave performed.
cmr
C
~ ~ -am l:lS ~ JroH ftl1i:pw Rt f i II~ II
K
d.irh kar charan gahay paraQh tumHray sehjay bikhi-aa Qha-ee khee-o. 11211
O
01 my Master, I hold your feetfirm(v, the poison is perished, in ease. 2
fflf f5qro ~ l:lS ~ tg ~ >q tIft{i II
B O
sukh niDhaan naam paraQh tumraa ayhu aQhinaasee mantar lee-o.
KH
01 my Master, your name is treasure ofhappiness. I got this imperishable dictum.
cmr
I
fcrow Hfu ~ ;fu;r 3'Y Ji3ty JW tg ~ liS II
S
kar kirpaa mohi satgur geenaa taap santaap mayraa bair gee-o. 11311
The true Guru, being gracious gave it to me, my tension, my clashes, my enmity, all have gone. 3
dQ ff H'C!FI' ~ 1.f1lft ~ 1{ft1 ~ Hftls tIft{i II
Dhan so maanas gayhee paa-ee jit parabh apnai mayllee-o.
I am lucky to have got human body, through which Master got me united.
dQ ff ~ Rl'tUirdr cft<:I'3Q ~ 0"'0Cl' ~))f'QIg f i 11811t1l8;)11
Dhan so kalijug saaDhsang keertan gaa-ee-ai naanak naam aQ,baar hee-o. 114118114711
Nanak says, "In dark age, it is sheer luck, to sing your praise in the congregation ofsaints, now
on(v name is the sustainer ofmy heart." 4.8.47
P.383
aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
))fTRT ){(J'llSI' tI II
~ eft 3" H! fk'! ~ ~ fa' RT! fcIpwnr
II aagai hee tay sabh kichh hoo-aa avar ke jaanai gi-aanaa.
Every thing is preordained, what else is to be known, through knowledge.
~ 1))fl.fOT ~ 81::rlFPw tI"alFJH iRNW Ilctll
bhool chook apnaa baarik bakhsi-aa paarbarahm bhagvaanaa. 11111
Supreme God, forgave me, His child. All mistakes and misdeeds I committed. 1
834
~ ~ JW ~ Hfu ~ ~ O'fl:f ~ II
satgur mayraa sagaa ga+aalaa mohi geen ka-o raakh lee-aa.
My true Guru is ever gracious, He saved the oppressed in me.
~ ~ )fiJT ~ ~ uflr ~ tffif O'tr ~ 1Il:l1l ~ II
kaati-aa rog mahaa sukh paa+aa har amrit mukh naam gee-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
He cured my ailment, I am great(v happy. God gave the nectar of his name, in my mouth. 1
(Pause)
l')ffosr ~ jffl- ~ 8trc'i' ~ HCS R' II anik paap mayray parhari-aa banDhan kaatay mukat bha-ay.
He removed lot of my sins, he cut my fetters, now I am liberated.
nfq ~ )fiJT UiG 3 ~ trcfftr ~ ~ ~ II~ II
anDh koop mahaa ghor tay baah pakar gur kaadh lee-ay. 11211
From the terrib(v dreadful blind well, Guru pulled me out by holding my hand. 2
~ R' JRRI5 ~ fi&rr QTir ~ II nirbha-o bha-ay sagar bha-o miti-aa raakhay raakhanhaaray.
I am now fearless, as all my fears are over, the protecting has protected me.
~ ~ ~1pJ'jffl-QIQR' JRRI5~ lIall aiseegaattayree parabh mayray kaaraj sagal savaaray. 11311
0/ my Master, your gifts are much, all my matters are now settled. 3
~ foQto wfua lifo Hw II gun niDhaan saahib man maylaa.
M
Master, the treasure ofattributes, has met my mind.
O
R<Jfc! trftmfr 0'C">Cr ~ II B II ~ liSt II saran pa+aa naanak sohaylaa. 114119114811
C
.
In His refuge, Nanak is very happy. 4.9.48
))fTW H<:IW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: -5
U B
~ RmIfu 3i' FlY ii ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II tooN visrahi taa Nsabh ko laagoo cheet aavahi taa Nsayvaa.
C L
If You are forgotten, everyone becomes enemy, but ifyou are in mind, then everyone serves me.
K
~ (') cl! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1Il:l1l avar na ko-oo goojaa sooihai saachay alakh abhayvaa. 11111
O
None else I know, but only one unknowable indivisible. 1
B O
~ ~ ~ JW ~ ~ ~ ~ II cheet aavai taa Nsagaa ga-i-aalaa logan ki-aa vaychaaray.
If I remember, I ever remember merciful, what I care for (mentally) poor people.
~BW~ fcmi5
K H
~Jtri;::ft))f~ 1Il:l1l ~ II
SI
buraa bhalaa kaho kis no kahee-ai saglay jee-a tumHaaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Tell, whom to call good or bad,when all being are yours. 1 (pause)
~ ~ 3"ar ))fTQTQT <:J1li ~ ~ (JTl::ffu II tayree tayk tayraa aaDhaaraa haath gay-ay tooN raakhahi.
You are my refuge, my sustainer, you protect by giving your hand (umbrella).
fHff;:ro ~ ~ ~ ftm ~ ftIy (') if ~ II~II
jis jan oopar tayree kirpaa tis ka-o bip na ko-oo bhaakhai. 11211
One, upon whom you are kind, no suffering can finish him. 2
W ~ trot- ~ H 1pJ' Ht lifo Fit II oho sukh ohaa vadi-aa-ee jo parabh jee man bhaanee.
On(v that is happiness and that is excellence, which pleases my Master.
~ t!'T(')T ~ m!" ~ O"tf ~ ~ Hrc!t II a II
tooN gaanaa tooN sag miharvaanaa naam milai rang maanee. 11311
You are wise, ever kind, I will enjoy, ifI get your name. 3
~ ~ ~ ~ tftt fii'! FlY 3"ar II tuDh aagai argaas hamaaree jee-o pind sabh tayraa.
I pray b~fore you, that this mind this body is yours.
~ 0'C">Cr Jm' ~ ~ m ~ (') tri";w IISIl'\OIlS~1I
kaho naanak sabh tayree vadi-aa-ee ko-ee naa-o na jaanai mayraa. 1141110114911
Nanak says, "It is all your, greatness, none knows even my name. " 4.10.49
835
))fTW H<JW ~ " aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
em, mur l;{B' ~ WQJifdr (J'ftr ~ " kar kirpaa paraQh antarjaamee saaDh5ang har paa-ee-ai.
OJ my Master, all pervading, be kind, let me be blessed with God by joining the congregation of
saints.
~ ~~~~m>fH0"~ 11'\11
khol kivaar gikhaalay garsan punrap janam na aa-ee-ai. 11111
Opening the door (of my mind), He showed Himself to me, now I will not take birth again. 1
~ trcft3>.r !P'f')ft ~ mni ~ ~ ~ II mila-o pareetam su-aamee apunay saglay gookh hara-o ray.
I met my dear, my Master, all my sorrows are taken away.
~fHfcy~~3Timar~~ 11'\11 ~ II
paarbarahm jini Hrigai araaDhi-aa taa kai sang tara-o ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Those who in heart, have adored supreme God. I am liberated in their company. 1 (Pause)
}fiJT ~ l(I'Eclr JAIQ R ClCf1:I' mr Hfu 8Jrc')l' II
mahaa ugi-aan paavak saagar bha-ay harakh sog meh basnaa.
The world has become great forest, an ocean offire and we live in pleasure and pains. (of
sorrows)
~ Bfc ~ HQ ~ ttW ~ (J'ftr ~ II~II
M
satgur bhayt bha-i-aa man nirmal jap amrit har rasnaa. 11211
O
Meeting true Guru, my mind is pure, recites with tongue about the nectar ofGod. 2
.C
3Q ~ arfir ~ R! ~ ~ itIO atfQ))fT II
B
tan Dhan thaap kee-o sabh apnaa komal banDhan baaNDhi-aa.
U
Giving mind and wealth, He owned everything in me, thus have bound me in soft bond.
~ ~ R no ~ crftJ crftJ O'l:f ~ lIall
C L
K
gur parsaag bha-ay jan muktaY har har naam araaDhi-aa. 11311
O
By the grace of Guru, his men are liberated, they adore the name of God. 3
O
G"fl:r ~ ~ ~ Hl;{B' ~ r i II raakh lee-ay paraQh raakhanhaarai jo parabh apunay bhaanay.
H B
Master, the saviour, saved, but to on(v those, whom He liked.
~ fUl' R! ~ ~ 0'C'i'6I' J1t!' ~ II Q II '\'\II~O"
IK
jee-o pind sabh tumHraa gaatay naanak sag kurbaanay. 1141111115011
S
Nanak says, "OJ Giver, the life and body all are yours, I ever sacrifice myselffor you." 4.12.50
))fTW H<JW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
>:m m50 ~ 3" ~ ~ ~ ~ eft II moh malan neeg tay chhutkee ka-un anoograhu Qha-i-o ree.
With whose kindness, OJ dear, you are liberatedfrom greed, filth and slumber.
}fiJT Hmft ~ 0" ~ Sor ~ 6rcJT ~ eft 11'\11 ~ II
mahaa mohnee tuDh na vi-aapai tayraa aalas kahaa ga-i-o ree. 11111 rahaa-o.
The mind-charming has not overpowered you, where has your laziness gone? 1 (Pause)
P.384
~ '9' ~~ Jii:rfJ.f ~ ~ eft
kaam kroDh ahaNkaar gaakhro sanjam ka-un chhuti-o ree.
II
The cupidity, the anger, the ego, are painful, with which discipline you are liberated?
~OQ~~~~~RQ~eft11'\11
sur nar gayv asur tarai gunee-aa saglo bhavan'luti-o ree. 11111
The three g';nnas, have robbed, the divine, the demon, the men, the gods, the whole world 1
~~~ f:rC!" ~ chft ~ ~ ~ eft II
gaavaa agan bahut tarin jaalay ko-ee hari-aa boot rahi-o ree.
The forest-fire has burnt lot ofgrass, some rare of a plant has remained green.
836
~ffifO!~o~3Tcft~ifT3o~~ II~II
aiso samrath varan na saaka-o taa kee upmaa jaat na kahi-o ree. 11211
He is so much powerful, that I cannot tell, His praise is inexpressible.
ct'tIO~Hfumori~8OQ~~ II
kaajar koth meh bha-ee na kaaree nirmal baran bani-o ree.
You have escaped becoming black, even in the room of Kajal, and your pure (white) colour is
intact.
HCJT>q~~8fl:I(i~~~~ II~II
mahaa mantar gur hirgai basi-o achraj naam suni-o ree. 11311
Guru's great dictum has come to stay in your mind. you I listened the wonderful name. 3
Cffcrfcmr'~~~~~~ II
kar kirpaa parabh nagar avlokan apunai charan lagaa-ee.
01 my Master ofgracious look, be kind to me, and keep me at your feet.
tiM ~ ("j'l'(')Cj[ ~ ~ ~ mar JDflit 11811~~1I1.1~1I
paraym bhagat naanak sukh paa+aa saaDhoo sang samaa-ee. 1141112115111
Nanak says, "I am happy in loving devotion, since I joined the congregation ofsaints. " 4.2.51
,\{Y'~ tp:I'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
M
O
~ ))fTJlT U/g :> )KJ'W 1.1 II raag aasaa ghar 7 mehlaa 5. RAG ASA, GHAR - 7, M: 5
C
~ ~ 3" 3fo iiftmrr II laal cholnaa tai tan sohi-aa.
Wearing red dress, has beautified your (of she) body.
B .
U
fffimo m ~ HQ ){fulw II~II surijan .bhaanee taa Nman mohi-aa. 11111
m C L
It is liked by all-awaring God, thus you charmed His heart. 1
K
OIW) 8O't ~ ffi II kavan banee ree !ayree laalee.
O
Which one has become your redness.
mr m
O
OIW) ~ ~ II~II ~ II kavan rang tooN bha-ee gulaalee. 11111 rahaa-o.
B
In whose colour (love) you have, become rosy. 1 (Pause)
H
~ 'dt ~ ~ ~ II tum hee sungar tumeh suhaag.
K
S I
You are beautifuL Thus you are enjoying married life.
~ t.IIfa' ~ ~ t.IIfa' B"W II~II tum ghar laalan tum ghar bhaag. 11211
In your home is your dear, thus in your home is fortune. 2
'i R"3i3t ~ ~ II tooN satyantee tooN parDhaan.
You are truthful and you are prominent.
'i tlSH m ~ BO ~ II~II tooN paree!am .bhaaneetuhee sur gi-aan. 11311
You are liked by dear, as you understand his call.
l:{T3H m mr ~ ~ II pareetam bhaanee taa Nrang gulaal.
I am liked by my dear, therefore, my complexion is like rose.
~ ("j'l'(')Cj[ lJB' ftrRfG ~ 11811 kaho naanak subh garisat nihaal. 11411
Nanak says, "Thus whole world is happy. 4
Bfn ~ Rl:it ft!ij' eft ~ II sun ree sakhee ih hamree ghaal.
Listen 01 my friend, this is my labour.
~))fTfu Jftcrrrr<J Hi@lij6(Jlij II~II ~ ~ 1I~1I1.1~1I
parabh aap seegaar savaaranhaar. 11111 rahaa-o goojaa. 111115211
Master himselfis decorating and remodeling me." 1 (pause record) 1.52
))fTJlT )KJ'W 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
837
~ uffi iIlI 'fr3' ~ II gookh ghano jab hotay goor.
-I suffer -
a lot when you are away.
))f8 HmlSf:J Hftr fiRSt ~ II 1:\11 ab maslat mohi milee hagoor. 11111
Now, when in His presence, I could get His advice. 1

~ ~ mit JWat II chukaa nihoraa sakhee sahayree.
The complaint offriends, my dears, is well answered.
~ ~ ~ fira' Jffcrr ~ 111:\11 ~ II bharam ga-i-aa gur pir sang mayree. 11111 rahaa-o.
My doubt has gone, Guru got me to unite with dear. 1 (pause)
~ lWfn fipH' RiJ ~ II nikat aan pari-a sayj Dharee.
Coming near, my dear, hold me on bed.
Cflfc! CNi') 3 JfG trcft II~II kaan kaQhan tay chhoot paree. 11211
Now I amfreefrom dependence. 2
~ ~ FJ8'ft! ~ II mangar mayrai sabag ujaaraa.
My home is brightened by His word.
~ ftI*et ~ IDfT(fI" IISI1 anag bino.d.ee khasam hamaaraa. 11311
My Master is joyful, blissful 3
HFI'3for!l"1!' H ~ urfa' ~ II mastak bhaag mai pir ghar aa-i-aa.
M
I am lucky that my dear has come home.
O
ft!g ~ (')T(lc{ iJO ~ 11811~II1.1SII thir sohaag naanakjan paa-i-aa. 114112115311
.C
Nanak says, "And I could get an ever -lasting married love." 4.2.53
B
))(TAT HUW l.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
wftJ orfi.f)Rr Hg ~ II saach naam mayraa man laagaa.

L U
C
My mind is in true name.
K
~ ~ )Rr i5"i5" srarr 111:\11 logan si-o. mayraa t!laat!laa baagaa. 11111
* O
With people, I am only in joke for joy. 1
O
~ ~ JRRIS ~ II baahar soot sagal si-o ma-ulaa.
B
In outside world, my link is pleasing with everyone.
KH
~ ~ ftR m'S Hfu ~ 111:\11 ~ II alipat raha-o jaisay jal meh ka-ulaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
S I
But I am detached like lotus in water. 1 (pause)
~ cit 1JT3' JRRIS ~ ~ II mukh kee baat sagar si-o kartaa.
I have customary dialogue with everyone.
;:ft))f Jffirr l:'" ~ QG3T II~II jee-a sang paraQh apunaa Dhartaa. 11211
But I keep my mind, with my own Master. 2
~ ~ ~ ~!ftcJtw II gees aavat hai bahut bheehaalaa.
When s.eeing I look very nice.
JRRIS;ran cit ~ Hg CI'l'W IISII sagaI charan kee ih man raalaa. 11311
My mind is dust of everyone's feet. 3
(')T(lc{ Hfn ~ ~ ~ II naanak jan gur pooraa paa-i-aa.
Nan~k says, "when blessed with perfect Guru,

P.385
~ ~ ~ ~ 11811SII1.l811 antarbaaharaykgikhaa-i-aa. 114113115411
he showed me One within and without. " 4.3.54
))(TAT HUW l.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ilafo m&rr II paavat ralee-aajoban balee-aa.

When youth bloomed, I enjoyed.
838
i')T}{ ftrcr;T H"<ft & naam binaa maatee sang ralee-aa. 11111
~ 11'111
But devoid ofname, I got mixed up with dust. 1
TO cgRfuw ~ ~ II kaan kundlee-aa bastar odhalee-aa.
I wore clothes with rings in ears.
jl'i:qr:f~tlW lifo ~ 11'111 ~ II sayj sukhlee-aa man garablee-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Having luxury in bed, my mind got in pride. 1 (pause)
~ cg~ fl:rftr ~ ~ II talai kunchree-aa sir kanik chhatree-aa.
Ride on elephant with umbrella ofgold on head.
<:J'fu!mf3 ftrcr;T ~ ~ ~ II~II har bhagat binaa lay Oharan gadlee-aa. 11211
Devoid ofdevotion of God, all this will bury under earth. 2
~ ~ ~ ~H3JlIJf" II reop sungree-aa anik istaree-aa.
For the women may be ofbeautiful complexion,
<:J'fu QH' ~ JlfB' ~ ~ II~ II har ras bin sabh su-aag fikree-aa. 11311
devoid ofnectar of God, all tastes, taste, tasteless. 3
~ mtr ftmrQ ft:ooiftIJf" II maa-i-aa chhalee-aa bikaar bikhlee-aa.
Once charmed by Maya, one indulges in useless mischiefs.
~ 0'?iCf 1pf YQl:I' ~ IIBIIBII~~II saran naanak paraQh purakh ga-i-alee-aa. 114114115511
Nanak says, "Be in the refuge of kind Purakh (God). 4.4.55
))fTW HCJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
OM
~ 8'after ihr UfO ~ II ayk bageechaa payd ghan kari-aa.
.C
There is one garden, wherein lot ofplants are planted.
U B
L
~ nrtf 3<Jl' Hftr ~ 11'111 amrit naam tahaa meh fali-aa. 11111
Nectar ofnamefructifies therein. 1
K
~ ~ 8nJrg fdJJwcrft II aisaa karahu beechaar gi-aanee. C
Of knowledge, think like this,
O O
;:rr 3" ~ ~ foalJTC'ft II jaa tay paa-ee-ai pag nirbaanee.
by which we can get a liberated state.
H Ba-
K
tfTfR' ~ a- c!cr f t ~ ~ m
I
))fTfH 11'111 ~ II
S
aas paas bikhoo-aa kay kuntaa beech amrit hai bhaa-ee ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Of my brother, around the tank, there is poison, and within it is nectar. 1 (pause)
fH\:IC'i(Jld ffil H'tIft II sinchanhaaray aykai maalee.
There is One gardener to irrigate,
l:f8flr ~ ~ ~ t(3 m II~II khabar karat hai paat pat daalee. 11211
He looks after eve,:v branch, every leaf. 2
mm ~ !Wfc!' it3'it II sagal banaspat aan jarhaa-ee.
He brought and planted all vegetation.
HiR9ft ~ ~ (')' Cll"it II~II saglee foolee nifal na kaa-ee. 11311
All bore flowers and none was fruitless. 3
~ ~ nrtf fi::rfi; WQ 3" ~ II amrit fal naam jin gur tay paa-i-aa.
Fruit ofnectar name, whoever got from of Guru.
0'?iCf 'e'FI':m f3fo ~ IIBII~II~~II naanak gaas taree tin maa-i-aa. 114115115611
Nanak says, "He swims across the ocean ofMaya." 4.5.56
))fTW HCJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA.M: 5
Q'I'R liftc!;sr '3"ij- or6f ~ II raaj leelaa tayrai naam banaa-ee.

The royal play is created by your name.
839
Hlr 'Sfn>w 3'at" ofta'3Q aJ'llft IIctll jog bani-aa tayraa keertan gaa-ee. 11111
Yogi is in singing your praise. 1
ffiJ8 Hl:fT 8% 3t ~ II sarab sukhaa banay tayrai olHai.
All pleasures are in your refuge,
~ cl ~ ~ ~ IIctll ~ II Qharam kay pard-ay satgur kholHay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Once the true Guru opens the curtain ofdoubt. 1 (pause)
~ ~ h GR' Jri" II hukam boom rang ras maanay.
Realising His order, one enjoys the nectar oflove.
~ jRT)fiJI' ~ II~II satgur sayvaa mahaa nirbaanay. 11211
Tlte liberated is in tlte service oftrue Guru. 2
ft::Ifo 1 ifl'3T Jl faraJa' ~ ~ II jin tooN jaataa so girsat ud-aasee parvaan.
Whoever could know you, may be a house-holder or recluse, he is accepted.
orfl.f ~ Jlit ~ lIall naam rataa so-ee nirbaan. 11311
Wltoever is in love with name, same one is liberated. 3
NT ~ ~ ~ foqror II jaa ka-o mili-o naam niQ.!}aanaa.
Wltoever could get the treasure ofname.
5c"i'f3' (')'(')iii[ 3" orr ~ tm"O' IIBII~II~:>II Qhanat naanak taa kaa poor khajaanaa. 114116115711
M
Nanak says, "His treasure isfull." 4.6.57
O
))fTW ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ :r ~ ~ m II tirath jaa-o ta ha-o ha-o kartay.
. C
B
If we go to a sacredplace, there people (priests) speak in vani(v.
tffl:s:r ~:r ~ w3 IIctll pandit pooQilla-o ta maa+aa raatay. 11111
L U
C
If we ask a Pandit, he is in love with money. 1
K
it ~ ~ HEr II so asthaan bataavhu meetaa.
O
O!friend, tell me about such a place,
O
NT a- ~ ~ ~ cft:rr IIctll ~ II jaa kai har har keertan neetaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
B
wltere tlte praise of God is ever sung. 1 (Pause)
KH
~ ~ 1P1.f Yo ~ II saastar bayd- paap punn veechaar.
S I
Sit astra, Ved, ponder over virtue and vice,
~ ~ fi'ftf fi'ftf ~ II~II narak surag fir fir a-utaar. 11211
and tell about hell, heaven and rebirth. 2
~ Hfu fti:r ~ ~ II girsat meh chint ud-aas ahaNkaar.
Worry is part ofhouse-Itolder's life, and ego is part ofrecluse life.
aQH ~ ifPM' ~ tI'wG lIa II karam karat jee-a ka-o janjaar. 11311
Indulging in actions (rituals) trQuble the soul 3
~ ~ 3" HQ m ~ II paraQh kirpaa tay man vas aa+aa.
With tlte grace ofMaster, whose mind is under control
(')'(')iii[ ~ ~ f3fo ~ liB II naanak gurmu.!m taree tin maa+aa. 11411
Nanak says, "such a Gurmukh, swims across Maya." 4
WtIlffirr ~ ofta'3Q ~ II saaDhsang har keertan gaa-ee-ai.
In the congregation ofsaints, let us sing the praise of God.
fuu- ~ -= 3" ~ IIctll ~- t!W
- CR II:>II~~II
ih asthaan guroo tay paa-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o d-oojaa. 11711581.1
Tltis position we can get from Guru." 1 (pause record) 4.7.58
))fTW ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
840
lllQHfu ~ ~ sfo ~ II ghar meh sookh baahar fun sookhaa.
I am happy at home and also outside.
ufu fJ:IHao ~ ftrnrFt ~ 1Iq,1I har simrat sagal binaasay gookhaa. 11111
Remembering God, all my sufferings are finished. 1
~ ~ Hi' ~ ~ ~ II sagal sookh jaa NtooN chit aaNvai N.
All pleasures are blessed when you are remembered.
P.386
j{ ortr ~ A' tlg ~ ri 1Iq,1I ~ II so naam japai jo jan tuDh bhaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
On(v he remembers your name, who is liked by you. 1 (pause)
3g HQ ~ ~ ortr 3"a'r II tan man seetal jap naam tayraa.
Remembering your name, my mind and body are cooL
ufu ufu Ala ri S1:f hr II~II har har japat dhahai gukh dayraa. 11211
Remembering God, the home ofsufferings collapses. 2
~ ~ Fret ~ II hukam booihai so-ee parvaan.
One who realizes your order, on(v he is accepted.
~ ~;:rr ctT ~ lIitll saach sabagjaa kaa neesaan. 11311
His emblem is true word. 3
~ ~ ufu ortr ~ II gur poorai har naam drirh-aa-i-aa.
The perfect Guru has taught me the name of God.
O M
. C
!J'Of::r ~ At Jifc'l ~ 1.PftmIr IIBIlt:llt1~1I bhanat naanak mayrai man sukh paa-i-aa. 114118115911
Nanak says, "Thus my mind is in happiness." 4.8.59
U B
L
))fTW H<JW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
C
trcJT ~ 3(J 3(J ~ II jahaa pathaavhu tah tah jaa-eeN.
OK
Wherever you place, there and there [ shall go.
A' ~ ~ Fret ~ tI"i9' 1Iq,1I jo tum gayh so-ee sukh paa-eeN. 11111
B O
Whatever you give in that [shall be happy. 1
H
JreT ~ ~ ~ II sagaa chayray goving gosaa-ee.
I K
I am ever a servant of God-Master,
S
~ ~ 3' ~ ~ 1Iq,1I ~ II tumHree kirpaa tay taripat aghaa-eeN. 11111 rahaa-o.
With your kindness, [ shall be contented and happy. 1 (pause)
~;:ft>w ~ ~ II tumraa gee-aa painHa-o khaa-eeN.
[ wear and eat, what you have given me.
~ ~ 1{!f JJl:it ~ II~II ta-o parsaag parabh sukhee valaa-eeN. 11211
Of my Master, with your grace, [am living in happiness. 2
}fi') 30 ~ ~ ~ II man tan antar tuihai Dhi-aa-ee .
N
In my mind and body, I remember you.
~ ~ ('j it m9' lIitli tumHrai lavai na ko-oo laa-eeN. 11311
I do not care for anyone other than you. 3
~ (')l'(')Cf feE ~ ~ II kaho naanak nit ivai Dhi-aa-eeN.
Nanak says, "[ ever remember you this way,
*
crrf3' ~ Jf3<:r tI"i9' IIBII~lIeoli gat hovai santeh lag paa-ee N. 114119116011
that liberation is by being at thefeet ofsaints. " 4.9.60
))fTW H<JW l.I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ io3" m ~ II oothat baithat sovat Dhi-aa-ee-ai.

Let us remember Him, while standing, sitting or sleeping.
841
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 maarag chalat haray har gaa-ee-ai. 11111
When moving on way also let us sing ofGod. 1
~ ~ ~ crlfl' II sarvan suneejai amrit kathaa.
Let us listen the story ofnectar with ear.
tI"ff ffn't Hfo ~ ~ ilf R )f('j Rri ~ 111:\11 ~ II
jaas sunee man ho-ay anangaa gookh rog man saglay lathaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Whoever hears, his mind lives in bliss, and his all ailments and pains are cured 1 (pause)
Cll'CI'fk crfi.f 8'G UI"G RtAA II kaaraj kaam baat ghaat japeejai.
Let us remember Him, when on work, on road, on bank.
~ ~ ~ ~ tJtft' II~II gur parsaag har amrit peejai. 11211
With the grace of Guru, let us drink nectar of God 2
fuoH ~ ~ ~ ~ II ginas rain har keertan gaa-ee-ai.
Let us sing the praise of God, day and night
Jl tIQ iIH cit ~ 0' l.f'lfuK lIall so jan jam kee vaat na paa-ee-ai. 11311
Thus 01 men ofGod, let us not be at the road to death. 3
))flO 1.('ij'G fi:IH fmafu ordt II aat.!J. pahar jis visrahi naahee.
All through day and night, do not forget Him.
M
m3' ~ (')TOC( f3H n tnt IIBIII:\OIl~'\1I gat hovai naanak tis lag paa-ee. 1141110116111
Nanak says, "The liberation is in being at Hisfeet." 4.10.61
C O
.
))fIW Hm!V 1I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
w ci fl:n.Rrfn D1:f ~ II jaa kai simran sookh nivaas.

U B
L
Remembering whom one lives in happiness.
m ~ ~~ l)Tff 111:\11 bha-ee kali-aaogukh hovat naas. 1/111
K
One is liberated and his sorrows have perished 1 C
O
~ ~ l:{i1 c} ~ ~ II anag karahu parab,h kay gun gaavhu.
B O
Sing the attributes ofMaster and be in bliss.
~ ~ m! In!T ~ 111:\11 ~ II satgur apnaa sag sagaa manaavahu. 11111 rahaa-o.
K H
Ever and ever, please your true Guru. 1 (pause)
S I
~ C{I' ~ ~ ~ II satgur kaa sach sabag kamaavahu.
Earn the true word oftrue Guru,
~ uffiJ 88" ll! ~ ~ II~II thir ghar bait.!J.ay parabh apnaa paav.hu. 11211
Meet you Master and be stable at home. 2
1IQ C{I' F 0' ~ ~ II par kaa buraa na raakho cheet.
Never to wish illfor others.
~ at ~ nc:it iMft Ht3 lIall tum ka-o gukh nahee b,haa-ee meet. 11311
01 my brother, my friend, thus you will not suffer any agony. 3
U"fa' U"fa' ~ ~ ~ tftcr' II har har tant mant gur geenHaa.
Guru has given me the dictum of God
~ ~ (')TOC( ~ ~ IIBIII:\I:\II~~11 ih sukh naanak an..gin cheenHaa. 1141111116211
Nanak says, "This pleasure I rejoice day and night " 4.11.62
))fIW Hm!V 1I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
fi:IH ~ at m 0' tilt II jis neech ka-o ko-ee na jaanai.

An evil minded, whom none knows.
0'T)j iIla ~ ~ ~ w* 11'\11 naam japat uho chahu kunt maanai. 11111
By remembering name, he becomes famous in four directions. 1
842
~~ m ~ II garsan maaga-o geh pi-aaray.
01 dear, I beg to see you, please grant.
~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ 111:\11 ~ II tumree sayvaa ka-un ka-un na taaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Who and who are not liberated (all liberated), when in your service. 1 (pause)
tIT a- ~ a ~ ~ II jaa kai nikat na aavai ko-ee.
One whom none wants to be close.
~ 1irAfc ~ ~;:ran Hftis Qlft II~II sagaI sarisat u-aa kay charan mal Dho-ee. 11211
The whole world is rubbing and washing his feet. 2
i:i l:f'O'l ~ a ~ CfI}f II jo paraanee kaahoo na aavat kaam.
One who is ofno use to anyone.
Fi3 ~ 31' ~ R'lJPK 0'Ji lIall sant parsaag taa ko japee-ai naam. 11311
With the grace of saints, people meditate upon His name. 3
~ HO m iI"iit II saaDhsang man sovatjaagay.
If sleeping mind awakes in the congregation ofsaints.
3"8l:fS O'ocr >-itt Wiit IIQIII:\~II~all tab parabh naanak meethay laagay. 1141112116311
Nanak says, "Then Master tastes sweet." 4.12.63
))fTW ).{<JW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
M
Eci ~ *0 ~ II ayko aykee nain nihaara-o.
O
Seeiust One with eyes.
. C
JreT JreT ufa' ()T)j ~ 111:\11 sagaa sagaa har naam samHaara-o. 1111\
Ever and ever remember the name of that God. 1
P.387
U B
C L
~ ~ II raam raamaa raamaa gun gaava-o.
Q1){ Q1}{l' Q1}{l'
K
God is pervading, sing the attributes ofthat pervading.
O
Fi3 ll31'fu WQ' t mr
crlW (]fa' C'i"tf ~ ~ II 1:\11 ~ II
B O
sant partaap saaDh kai sangay har har naam Dhi-aava-o ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 men of God ,by the grace ofsaints, remember the name ofGod, and be in their congrega~ion.
1 (Pause)
K H
S I
~ R>fajt tIT t J ~ II sagaI samagree jaa kai soot paro-ee.
All created are strung in whose thread,
UIG UIG ~ ~ mrr II~II ghat ghat antar ravi-aa so-ee. 11211
the same one is pervading evet:.v body. 2
~ ~ ftrn Hfu CR3'" II opat parla-o khin meh kartaa.
He creates and dissolves in a moment.
lWf4 ~ ~ ~ lIall aap alaypaa nirgun rahtaa. 11311
He Himself, remains detached beyond gunnas. 3
Cfa<') ~ ~ II karan karaavan antarjaamee.
The all pervading is one to do and to get done,

~ ~ O'ocr Ci(T ~ IIQlIl:\all~811 anand karai naanak kaa su-aamee. 1141113116411
Nanak's Master is ever happiness giving. 4.13.64
))fTW){(J'W 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
ate ffi')}{ ~ ~ ~ II kot janam kay rahay bhavaaray.

Journey of crores of births is covered.
~ ffiT ift'3t ocft ~ 111:\11 gulaQh gayh jeetee nahee haaray. 11111
The rare body is blessed, so I am not defeated. 1
843
fcm'ftrtf f8orA' ~ ~ ~ II kilbikh binaasay gukh garag goor.
The sins, the sorrows, the pains, all are finished away.
ere yo't3' Ji'3n eft 9fa' II~II ~ II .b.ba-ay puneet santan kee Dhoor. 11111 rahaa-o.
I am sanctified with thefeet-dust ofsaints. 1 (pause)
1{iI a- JB ~ im II para.b.b kay sant uDhaaran jog.
The saints ofMaster are liberating.
f3B' R fiJff ~ JiHar II~II tis .b.baytay jis Dhur sanjog. 11211
On(v he can meet for whom is preordained. 2
lifo ~ li:I ~ t!Pw II man aanand. mantar gur gee-aa.
Guru gave me His dictum, my mind is in bliss.
f:pfo ~ Hg ~ 1iftlw' lIall tarisan buihee man nihchal thee-aa. 11311
My lust is quenched, now my mind is stable. 3
~ ~ nt fl'>ftl fRflt II naam pad.aarath na-o niDh siDh.
The name (of God) is perfect(v nine-fold treasure.
O'OCf!JO'3" t.Mft!ftf 11811~811~t111 naanakgurtay paa-ee buDh.1I41114116511
Nanak says, "This realization, I am blessed by Guru." 4.14.65
))fIW H'<J'W tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
M
fi.Rt ~ ~ ~ II mitee ti-aas agi-aan anDhayray.
O
The thirst is quenched, the darkness of ignorance is over.
C
ere
.
FfT'Q' ~))flll' ~ II~II saaDh sayvaa agh katay ghanayray. 11111
B
With the service ofsaints, lot ofsufferings are marginalized. 1
U
~ Rmt ~ llfOT II sookh sahj aanang ghanaa.
I am enjoying lot ofhappiness, bliss, in ease.
C L
K
!JO' ~ 3" ~ HO f<m.nIs vfu vfu vfu vfu ~ B<'i'" II ~II ~ II
O
gur sayvaa tay bha-ay man nirmal har har har har naam sunaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
With the service of Guru, my mind is purified, I hear the name ofGod. 1 (Pause)
B
~ HO err ~ ~ II binsi-o man kaa moorakh dheethaa.
H
The foolish and obstinate in mind, is finished.
K
SI
1{iI err!JTC!T WiI'" Htor II~II parabh kaa .b.baanaa laagaa meet!:laa. 11211
The will ofMaster now tastes sweet to me. 2
!JO ~ a- ~ am II gur pooray kay charan gahay.
I am holding the feet ofperfect Guru.
~ iIOH ~ t(Tl.f ~ lIall kotjanam kay paap lahay. 11311
The sins of crores of lives are over. 3
Q30 ti'Ot!' ~ JmI) ~ II ratan janam ih safal b!:la-i-aa.
The jewel of life is fructifying.
~ 0'0Cf 1{iI Clit ~ 118111:\t111~~11 kaho naanak parab!:l karee ma-i-aa. 1141115116611
Nanak says, "Master has become kind." 4.15.66
))fIW H'<J'W tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~))f1ffiT Fre m:!'" ~ II satgur apnaa sad. sagaa samHaaray.
Ever and ever, I remember my true Guru.
!JO' ~ ;:rao mr Jffin ~ 111:\11 gur kay charan kays sang ihaaray. 11111
I clean thefeet ofmy Guru with my hair. 1
tI'!J ~ HO H'dl()dia II jaag ray man jaaganhaaray.
Awake 01 my awakening mind.
844
ftrQ <:rfij' ~ 0" ~ C(T}fT' ~ ~ fi.fftmrr ~ II ClII ~ II
bin har avar na aavas kaamaa ihoothaa moh mithi-aa pasaaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
None other God comes to rescue, all display ofthe myth ofgreed isfalse. 1 (pause)
~ eft 8Yit ~ <fIr ~ II gur kee banee si-o rang laa-ay.
I have love for the word of Guru.
q@ ~ ~ ~ tl'l'fu II~II gur kirpaal ho-ay gukh jaa-ay. 11211
My Guru becomes kind all sorrows vanish. 2
~ ftrQ iW O"ift ~ II gur bin goojaa naahee thaa-o.
17tere i... no place, other than that of Guru.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IISII gur gaataa gur gayvai naa-o. 11311
Guru is giver, he gives name. 3
~~ ~ ~))(Tflr II gur paarbarahm parmaysar aap.
Guru himself is supreme God.
))(TO 'lJO 0'C'iCf ~ ~ lIaIlCl~II~;>1I aath pahar naanak gur jaap. 1141116116711
Nanak says, "Remember Guru, all through day and night. " 4.16.67
))fTW HiJW l.I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
))fTl) il! ~ Wl:f II aapay payd bisthaaree saakh.
M
He Himse(fis tree, whose branches are expanding around.
O
))ftfi'ft ~ ))fTl} QIl:f IIClII apnee khaytee aapay raakh. 11111
. C
All this is His crop, He himselfguarding. " 1
B
;:s CI'3' ~ ~ ~ II jat kat paykha-o aykai ohee.
Whenever and wherever I see, same one is there.
LU
UIG UIG ~ ))fTl} 'Fret IIClII ~ II ghat ghat antar aapay so-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
In all bodies, same one is pervading. 1 (pause)
K C
O
))fTl) ~ ~ ~ II aapay soor kiran bisthaar.
O
He Himself is sun spreading His rays.
H B
mIT ~ mIT ~ II~II so-ee gupat so-ee aakaar. 11211
The same is unseen and same is in all forms. 2
IK
~ ~ Iflil" ~ II sargun nirgun thaapai naa-o.
S
Sargun and Nirgun are given names.
~ ~ ~ cfffi ~ IISII guh mil aykai keeno thaa-o. 11311
Joining together, both made one home. 3
~ 0'C'iCf ~ W sf ~ II kaho naanak gur bharam bha-o kho-i-aa.
Nanak says, "Guru got me rid of doubts andfears.
))f<'R' g'Y R'f *0 ~ lIallCl.=>II~t:1I anag roop sabh nain alo-i-aa. 1141117116811
My eyes see blissful beings in allforms." 4.17.68
))fTW HiJW l.I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ fi::rnItotliaJ 0" wor II ukat si-aanap kichhoo na jaanaa.
I do not have any wisdom or logic.
P.388
reg ~ 3"aT O'lj ~ IIClII gin rain tayraa naam vakhaanaa. 11111
But, day and night, I recite you name. 1
H~ R orcft ift:!' II mai nirgun gun naahee ko-ay.
I am virtueless having no virtue.
i5l"a'O a<:ii"itl'')cNI l;[B' Jtft!' IIClII ~ II karan karaavanhaar parabh so-avo 11111 rahaa-o.
845
Same Master does and gets done. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ II moorakh mugaDh agi-aan aveechaaree.
I am foolish, ignorant, unknowledgable and unthinking.
O')f ~ cit))fl"R' Hfo ri' II~II naam tayray kee aas man Dhaaree. 11211
But in my mind, I have hope on your name. 2
iJY '3Y ~ Qmf n R'QT II jap tap sanjam karam na saaDhaa.
Remembering, meditation, discipline, and good deed, I could do nothing.
~ tIl err J.fOfu)ffiJTW lIali naam para!IDoo kaa maneh araaDhaa. 11311
But I adore in my mind the name ofMaster. 3
~ n R'(')T Hf3 ~ icft II kichhoo na jaanaa mat mayree thoree.
I could know nothing, my wisdom is very little.
f8o~ftn;rncr (k 1{if ~ IIBII'\t::lI~~1I binvat naanak ot para!IDtoree. 1141118116911
Nanak says, "01 my Master, I look for your refuge." 4.18.69
~ HUW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ (Jfu ))fl:fO ~ ftro' JfIW II har har akhar gu-ay ih maalaa.
My rosary is only oftwo words, God and God.
A1a A1a R' tftn ~ 11'\11 japat japat !IDa-ay geen ga-i-aalaa. 11111
Remembering and remembering, I became the servant ofthe Generous. 1
~ 8o:ft 'Rf3tRr ~ II kara-o bayntee satgur apunee.
O M
C
I submit my own request before the true Guru.
iiffa' ftirGtIT ~ ~ Hat ~ ~ (Jfu Rtnft 11'\11 ~ II
B .
U
kar kirpaa raakho sarnaa-ee mo ka-o gayh haray har japnee. 11111 rahaa-o.
C L
That becoming merciful keep me in your refuge, andgive me to remember God ofgods. 1 (pause)
<Jfa' JfIW ~ ~ qrW II har maalaa ur antar Dhaarai.
O
Whoever wears the rosary of God in heart.
K
ffi')}{ ~ err ~ ~ II~II janam maran kaa gookh nivaarai. 11211
B O
His pain of birth and death it removes. 2
H
~ JDfTt ~ <Jfa' aflJ it II hird.ai samaalai mukh har har bolai.
K
SI
One who remembers in heart and speaks God and Godfrom mouth,
jT RQ fa ~ l3f3fu n j-i lIali so jan it ut kateh na dolai. 11311
That person, neither here nor hereafter, will ever be shaken. 3
~ i')1'(')c[ H ~ nrftr II kaho naanak jo raachai naa-ay.
Nanak says, "One who is in love with God.
a-
<Jfa' JfIW 3T FiTdr wf2' IIBII'\~II"OIi har maalaa taa kai sang jaa-ay. 1141119117011
This rosary of God (His love) will accompany him. " 4.19.70
fl"RT HUW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
tim err H! ~ ftm err 'OO! II jis kaa sa!ID kichh tis kaa ho-ay.
One who surrenders everything to God,
f3lJ iIO ~ n ftP>rrtl ift!" 11'\11 tis jan layp na bi-aapai ko-ay. 11111
t7lat person will suffer no disgust. 1
m
<Jfa' err ~ FIt!' HQ3T II har kaa sayvak sag hee muktaa.
God's servant is ever liberated.
H~ d m DS iIO a- ))ff3" ~ t!'R' cit tJ1I'3T II '\11 ~ II
jo kichh karai so-ee bhal jan kai at nirmal gaas kee jugtaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Whatever God does, it is in his interest, thus the servant's way oflife is very pure. 1 (pause)
846
~ f:p,rrfdr uftJ Jrc!t ~ II sagal ti-aag har sarnee aa-i-aa.
Leaving everyone, he came to God's refuge.
f3lJ tIO crcJT ~ ~ II~II tis jan kahaa bi-aapai maa-i-aa. 11211
How Maya can trap him? 2
'i'i"tf fotIrQ iF a- )f(') wfu II naam niDhaan jaa kay man maahi.
In whose mind is the treasure ofname,
f3H ~ fti3r ~ nrfu lIall tis ka-o chintaa supnai naahi. 11311
He will not suffer any worry even in dream. 3
erg ('j'l"(')Ci{ ~ 1JW ~ II kaho naanak gur pooraa paa-i-aa.
Nanak says, "1 am blessed with perfect Guru.
~ My ~ f86H'f8b(l' 11811~OIl;>'\11 Qharam moh sagal binsaa-i-aa. 1141120117111
My doubt and greed, all vanish. " 4.20.71
))fTW }f'ij(i ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ If! HQr II ja-o suparsan ho-i-o parabh mayraa.

From the day, my Master is happy with me,
3i' ~ iJ'atI' erg ciR ~ 11'\11 taa Ngookh bharam kaho kaisay nayraa. 11111
Then tell how sorrow and doubt can touch me? 1
M
Bfc'; Bfc'; tfRr Jlre ~ II sun sun jeevaa so-ay tumHaaree.
O
I live by listening and listening your praise,
C
Hfu ~ ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II mohi nirgun ka-o layho uDhaaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
Please save me, the virtueless. 1 (Pause)
B .
U
fi.k ~ ~ ftrRt'at fti3r II mit ga-i-aa gookh bisaaree chintaa.
My sorrows are over, my worry is forgotten.
C L
K
~ ~ trl4 ~ H3r II~II fal paa-i-aa jap satgur manntaa. 11211
O
This is thefruit I gotfor reciting the dictum oftrue Guru. 2
O
Fret FJf3' FJf3' 5" Jlre II so-ee sat sat hai so-avo
The same is true, the true is same.
H B
1J:n.rfu' fi:rHftr ~ ciFc5 ~ lIa II simar simar rakh kanth paro-ay. 11311
K
SI
Remembering and remebering keep Him in embrace. 3
erg ('j'l"(')Ci{ $ ~ crcJW II kaho naanak ka-un uh karmaa.
Nanak says, "What is any action for him?
iF Ii Hfn ~ uftJ (')THT 11811~'\1I;>~1I jaa kai man vasi-aa har naamaa. 1141121117211
In whose mind, the name of God, abides. " 4.21.72
))fTW }f'ij(i ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
a"fH' ~fu' ~ ~ II kaam kroDh ahaNkaar vigootay.

Many are lost in cupidity, anger and ego.
uftJ ~ afcr uftJ tIO JZ 11'\11 har simran kar har jan chhootay. 11111
By singing the praise of God, the men of God are liberated. 1
Jlre ~ ~ J! H'3 II so-ay rahay maa-i-aa mag maatay.
The intoxicated by the wine ofMaya, are sleeping.
;:JICJJ3' iJ'iIT3' fl::n.rcs uftJ 'a"'3' 11'\11 ~ II jaagat bhagat simrat har raatay. 11111 rahaa-o.
The devotees, singing the praise of God, in the love of God, are awakening. 1 (pause)
Her RfH ag tWo ~ II moh Qharam baho jon Qhavaa-i-aa.
The greed, the doubts, pushed me through many lives,
~ iJ'iIT3' uftJ ~ ~ II~II asthir bhagat har charan Dhi-aa-i-aa. 11211
847
The perfect in devotion, remembers about the feet of God. 2
im'> ~ ~ faFJ jW II banDhan anDh koop garih mayraa.
The bondage, the blind well is my home.
~ JB ~ cmr ~ lIall muktay sant buiheh har nayraa. 11311
The .vaints are liberated, their darkness is off. 3
~ (')T(')Cr H 1{B ~ II kaho naanak jo paraJ2h sarnaa-ee.
Nanak says, " Those who are in the refuge of God.
~~~ m
trlt 11911~~II"all eehaa sukh aagai gat paa-ee. 1141122117311
They are happy here and liberated hereafter. " 4.22.73
P.389
))fTAT)fi)'W t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ jW ~ (J){ Hto ~ II too mayraa tarang ham meen tumaaray.
You are my waves in water, I am your fish.
~ jW ~ (J){ 3t ~ 111:\11 too mayraa thaakur ham tayrai gu-aaray. 11111
You are my Master, I am at your door. 1
"1 jW iSf03T CJt ~ 3G'r II tooN mayraa kartaa ha-o sayvak tayraa.
You are my Creator, I am you servant.
M
JIOfl! cnc:ft 1{B!J('it aroor 111:\11 ~ II saran gahee paraJ2h gunee gahayraa. II 1II rahaa-o.
O
O! my Master, ofprofound attributes, I am in your refuge. 1 (pause)
~ jW tfRQ ~ ~ II too mayraa jeevan too aaDhaar.
. C
B
You are my life, my sustainer.
~ 'Ufl:r fimA' ~ II~II tuiheh paykh bigsai ka-ulaar. 11211
LU
C
Seeing you, blossoms my heart-lotus. 2
m
K
~ )Mt t.lf3' ~ ~ II too mayree gat pat too parvaan.
O
You are my dynamism, my honour, you accept me.
O
~ ~ H3G'r ~ lIall too samrath mai tayraa taan. 11311
H B
You are all-power, I depend upon you. 3
~ ~ 0T)f ~ II an-gin japa-o naam guntaas.
IK
Day and night, I remember the treasure of attributes.
S
(')T(')Cr cit 1{B t.lfu ~ 11911~all"911 naanak kee paraJ2h peh argaas. 1141123117411
Nanak prays before Master. 4.23.74
))fTAT)fi)'W t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ CiDfTOT II rovanhaarai jhooth kamaanaa.

The weeping are pretending,
CJfl:r CJfl:r iqJ ~ 8'aJw 111:\11 has has sog karat baygaanaa. 11111
They mourn for others while laughing. 1
~ ~ QT cl urfij' ~ II ko moo-aa kaa kai ghar gaavan.
In some One's home is death, in someone's home is singing
~ ~ ~ CJfl:r CJfl:r ~ 111:\11 ~ II ko rovai ko has has paavan. 11111 rahaa-o.
Some are weeping, some are busy in laughing. 1 (pause)
~ fimIw 3" fimrrnr II baal bivasthaa tay birDhaanaa.
From childhood, one is grown old,
~ n ~ R'ftJ ~ II~II pahuch na mookaa fir pachhutaanaa. 11211
But he could not reach his goal, and thus is repenting. 2
f:rn' ~ Hfu m JiRrar1I tarihu gun meh vartai sansaaraa.
848
The world is busy in three gunnas.
0QCil' ~ fafu fafu ~ lIall narak surag fir fir a-utaaraa. 11311
They wander in hell, in heaven and be born again and again. 3
~ (')l'("j'Cjf it ~ ('iT){ II kaho naanakjo laa-i-aa naam.
Nanak says, "Whoever is put on name,
~ ~ 3T W ~ IIBII~BII;>t.l1l safal janam taa kaa parvaan. 1141124117511
His l~fe is a success and accepted. " 4.24.75
~ lfm!'i" t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
Hfu Q(ft tpr l:I'a'fu' 0' fIl'C'ft II so-ay rahee parabh khabar na jaanee.
You are ...leeping, knowing nothing about Master.
~ ~ avflr ~ IIC\II bhor bha-i-aa bahur pachhutaanee. 11111
When it has dawned, you are repenting. 1
~ t!H m:rfi::r Hfo ~ ~ <ft II pari-a paraym sahj man anag Dhara-o ree.
01 damsel, have dear's love in mind and enjoy, in ease.
tpr fl.R;s8 eft ~ 3T 3' ~ cror ~ <ft IIC\II ~ II
parabh milbay kee laalsaa taa tay aalas kahaa kara-o ree. 11111 rahaa-o.
When you yearn for union with Master, why are you lazy? 1 (pause)
M
ao Hfu ~ ~ f6H 1fdQ II kar meh amrit aan nisaari-o.
She brought nectar in her hand,
C O
.
flfAfcJ arreii!H uftJ ~ II~II khisar ga-i-o bhoom par gaari-o. 11211
It slipped andfell on earth. 2
~ Hfu wet ~ II saag mohi laagee ahaNkaaray.
U B
III the joy oflove, she is loaded with ego,
C L
K
~ orc:ft tpr aij!d1d lIall gos naahee parabh karnaihaaray. 11311
O
Therefore, do not blame, the Creator. 3
B O
RTtI'Jifar fiR BQH' ~ II saaDhsang mitay bharam anDhaaray.
The doubt, the ignorance end, in the congregation ofsaints.
KH
(')l'("j'Cjf):R;ft fHijAC!d1d IIBII~t.lIl;>l!1I naanak maylee sirjanhaaray. 1141125117611
SI
Nanak says, "The Creator has got her united. " 4.25. 76
~ lfm!'i" t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ eft ~ tiPwd' II charan kamal kee aas pi-aaray.
01 my dear, Your lotus-feet are my hope,
HHCiaG om ~ ~ IIC\II jamkankar nas ga-ay vichaaray. 11111
17lUS the devil of death helpless(v ran away. 1
~ fufu ~ 3'<ft Hfulw II too chit aavahi tayree ma-i-aa.
It is your grace, if you come to my memory.
fl:n.t"a'3" ('iT){ J=mtIIS ~ 1:fftrnrr IIC\II ~ II simrat naam sagaI reg kha-i-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
All ailments are cured by remembering your name. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ l')NijT ~ II anik gookh gayveh avraa ka-o.
One who inflicts innumberable suffering on others,
~ 0' JIl'afu A'O 3-d' ~ II~II pahuch na saakeh jan tayray ka-o. 11211
he cannot reach to your men. 2
~ 3-d' eft fl.mrrR Hfo ~ II garas tayray kee pi-aas man laagee.
In my mind is the thirst for seeing you.
F((Jif l')ffre aR ~ lIall sahj anand basai bairaagee. 11311
849
The detached one lives in bliss, in ease. 3
O'ocr cit ~ B"ihlll naanak kee ardaas suneejai.
Please listen the prayer ofNanak,
m O'l:f fW' HfJ ~ IIQII~~II~~II kayval naam rigay meh geejai. 1141126117711
and give only your name to my mind. 4.26.77
))fTW >row 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
If!j ~ fire ~ II man tariptaano mitay janjaal.

My mind is contented, all world(v fetters are broken.
~.~~~ 11"\11 parabh apunaa ho-i-aa kirpaal. 11111
It is because my Master has become generous. 1
FS ~ B'lifi' sol II sant parsaag Qhalee banee.
With the grace ofsaints, it is well done.
tIT ci B.Ifu '" ~ ~ ~ H ~ fnat Q?fi 11"\11 ~ II
jaa kai garihi sabh kichh hai pooran so Qhayti-aa nirQhai Dhanee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Like, in whose home is everything perfect. I met that fearless and rich (God) Saint. 1 (pause)
O'l:f ~ WQ' ~ II naam drirh-aa-i-aa saaDh kirpaal.
Becoming kind, saint got me to remember name.
M
fi.ffG aret p)fiJT ~ II~II mit ga-ee Qhookh mahaa bikraal. 11211
O
Thus my great terrifying hunger (lust) is satisfied. 2
~ ~ cftcft ~ II thaakur apunai keenee gaat.
. C
My Master has blessed me a gift,
;::mfn ~ Hfcrl ~ WB lIall jalan bujhee man ho-ee saaNt. 11311
U B
C L
Thus my burning is off, and my mind is at peace. 3
K
fi.ffG aret ~ If!j RUft:r RH'n" II mit ga-ee Qhaal man sahj samaanaa.
O
My search is over and my mind is merged, in ease.
P.390
O'ocr
B O
l.ITftmfr O'H l:fiIlOT IIQII~~II~tll naanak paa-i-aa naam khajaanaa. 1141127117811
KH
Nanak is blessed with the treasure ofname. 4.27. 78
SI
))fTW >row 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ fi:It tIT cit 8fn ))fI1ft II thaakur si-o jaa kee ban aa-ee.
Those, who are in good books of Master,
iHo ~ ~ ~ 11"\11 bhojan pooran rahay aghaa-ee. 11111
They are well fed (with name) and are satisfied. 1
~ ('; iar ijfij- R30 CIt II kachhoo na thoraa har Qhagtan ka-o.
Nothing is in short for the devotees of God.
~ l:fa'e3" fiRMs m CIt 11"\11 ~ II khaat kharchat bilchhat gayvan ka-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
They have enough to spend, to eat, to enjoy and to present before their dei(v. 1 (pause)
tIT C(T tnft ~ ~ II jaa kaa Dhanee agam gusaa-ee.
One whose lender is inaccessible Master,
~ cit iXg i3' ~ II~ II maanukh kee kaho kayt chalaa-ee. 11211
how any person can measure courage against him? 2
tIT cit ~ ~ ))fRG ~ II jaa kee sayvaa gas asat siDhaa-ee.
In .whose service are eighteen perfections,
tma' ft!'Rfc 3" cit warg ~ lIall palak gisat taa kee laagahu paa-ee. 11311
change your view and be at His feet. 3
850
w ~ ~ Cfa"g Ha' Bbf'}It II jaa ka-o ga-i-aa karahu mayray su-aamee.
orm
~ i'i"'(')'Cf 130 cmft 11811::;1tll.?tll kaho naanak naahee tin kaamee. 1141128117911
Nanak says, "OJ my Master, upon whom you are kind he is beyond all wants. " 4.28.79
))ITRT }f'(J(i5I" tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ H ~ ~ ~ II ja-o mai apunaa satgur Dhi-aa-i-aa.

When I remembered my true Guru,
3lJ ~ Hfo )oRJT ~ ~ 1ICl,1I tab mayrai man mahaa sukh paa+aa. 11111
from there on, my mind is blessed with great peace. 1
~ crret CJIE 18t')ifA~ Jiw II mit ga-ee ganat binaasi-o sansaa.
My calculations are over and my doubts are vanished.
orfH E;:ro ere ~ 11'\11 ~ II naam ratay jan Qha-ay bhagvantaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Those men in love with name have become greatly lucky. 1 (pause)
~ H ~ RTfug ;ftfir II ja-o mai apunaa saahib cheet.
When I remember my Master,
~ ~ ~ Ha' JfuJ 11::;111 ta-o bha-o miti-o mayray meet. 11211
then OJ my friend, my fears vanish. 2
~ H C iffift lf8 ~ II ja-o mai ot gahee parabh tayree.
OJ my Master, when I be in you refuge,
3f ~ mft HnW jf(ft lIall taa Npooran ho-ee mansaa mayree' 11311
OM
then my desire isfulfilled. 3
. C
~ ~ Hfo ere
B
fuww II gaykh chalit man bha-ay gilaasaa.
U
L
Seeing your feats, my mind is assured.
C
i'i"'(')'Cf t!'FI' 3"ar ~ 11811::;1tlltOll naanak gaas tayraa bharvaasaa. 1141129118011
O
))ITRT }f'(J(i5I" tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5 K
Nanak says, "The servant (in me), depends upon you. " 4.29.80
~ ~ ~ ~ II an-gin moosaa laaj tukaa-ee.
B O
H
Day and night the mouse (death) is cutting the rope (of life)
K
~ ~ HftJ l::fTfu fi.fotlft' 11'\11 girat koop meh khaahi mithaa-ee. 11111
SI
Thus falling into well, yet is after eating sweets. 1
m ~ tfo ftrcrrcrft II sochat saachat rain bihaanee.
Worried spends night in worrying.
~ <hi' ~ Ii ~ ~ n fI::Dffl' ~ 11'\11 ~ II
anik rang maa+aa kay chitvat kabhoo na simrai saringpaanee. 11111 rahaa-o.
He remembers ofvarious colours ofMaya, but never remembers God. 1 (pause)
~H cit ~ ~ fdN ~ II garum kee chhaa+aa nihchal garihu baaNDhi-aa.
Believing, the shade oftree as permanent, one builds a home.
~ a- aifl:r RCa FIg Wftp,rr 11::;111 kaal kai faaNs sakat sar saaNDhi-aa. 11211
The devil of death fastens the noose and thus targets his arrow. 2
~ CfOl"aT ~ trfi:f ~ II baaloo kanaaraa tarang mukh aa+aa.
The sandy shore is swallowed by waves.
'R ~ ~ ~ erftr ~ lIall so thaan moorh nihchal kar paa-i-aa. 11311
But the idiot treats this place as permanent. 3
wm:ifdr ~ <:rftJ CJTfu II saaDhsang japi-o har raa-ay.
In the congregation of saints, I remember God-king.
i'i"'(')'Cf ~ <:rftJ ~ iJTft:! 11811aOllt'\lI naanakjeevai har gun gaa-ay. 1141130118111
851
Nanak lives by remembering His attributes. 4.30.81
I')fT'RTHUW tI ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 Qutukay 9. ASA M: 5 DOTUKE - 9
~ a- FffiIr i R3t ibs II un kai sang too kartee kay!.
In His company you (she) play love,
~ a- FffiIr (J)f ~ FffiIr HllS II un kai sang ham tum sang may!.
In His company, I am united with you.
~ a- Jffirr ~ R! iitt lR II un H kai sang tum sa.b.!:l ko-oo lorai.
In His company you desire for everything.
~ f8nr iitt ~ acft Ha- II'lII os binaa ko-oo mukh nahee jorai. 11111
Without Him, none cares for you. 1
3 ta'raft iX<Jf JDfTS' II tay bairaagee kahaa samaa-ay.
Wherein all detached are merging,
f3H 180 ~ ~ eft II'lII ~ II tis bin tuhee Quhayree ree. 11111 rahaa-o.
Devoid ofHim, you are in trouble 01 madam. 1 (pause)
~ a- Jffirr i fiIu Hfu )f'I(Jfcr II un H kai sang too garih meh maahar.
In His company you are expert in home.
~ a- FffiIr ~ mft ~ ifI'CJ'fcr II un H kai sang too ho-ee hai jaahar.
M
In His company, you got fame.
~ a- Jffirr i ~ ~ II un H kai sang too rakhee papol.
C O
.
In His company you are pampered one.
~ f8nr 1 !GCft ~ 11:111 os binaa too N chhutkee rei. 11211
U B
L
Without Him, you are left to role in dust. 2
~ a- Jffirr 3w H'Q ~ II un H kai sang tayraa maan mahat.
In His company is your respect and digni~v.
K C
O
~ a- Jffirr ~ ~ ~ II un H kai sang tum saak jagat.
O
In His company you are related to world.
B
~ a- Jffirr 3cft He ftIfb' 1!I"'it II un H kai sang tayree sa.b.!:l biDh thaatee.
H
K
In His company, you are well decorated.
SI
~ f8nr 1 mft ~ wit IIall os binaa too N ho-ee hai maatee. 11311
Without Him, you are reduced to dust. 3
~ ta'raft HW 0' R1fu II oh bairaagee marai na jaa-ay.
He, the detached, neither dies nor goes.
~ 1J'W Cl"'a' cnf'fi:!' II hukmay baaDhaa kaar kamaa-ay.
Bound in order he acts.
i1flJ m- oroor 1iI'N II jorh vichhorhay naanak thaap.
Nanak says, "After basing, He unites and separates.
~ ~ ~ ~ IIBlla'lllt:111 apnee kugratjaanai aap. 1141131118211
On(v He Himselfknows His creation." 4.31.82
I')fT'RT HUW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
P.391
or ~ ~ or (J)f i'ftpw II naa oh martaa naa ham dari-aa.
Neither He dies, nor I fear (death)
or ~ ft:rnft' or (J)f ~ II naa oh binsai naa ham karhi-aa.
Neither He vanishes, nor I worry.
or ~ ~ or (J)f ~ II naa oh nirDhan naa ham Qhookhay.
852
Neither He is poor, nor I am hungry.
or ~ ~ (') IDf ~ ~ II~II naa os gookh na ham ka-o gookhay. 11111
Neither He suffers, nor gives me suffering. 1
~ (') it }tld(,)iii!id l II avar na ko-oo maaranvaaraa.
There is none other, able to kill
~ U)fTQT tftt ~ II~II ~ II jee-a-o hamaaraa jee-o gaynhaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Long live, the Giver of my life. 1 (pause)
or ~ 8tJo or IDf 8'it II naa us banDhan naa ham baaDhay.
Neither He isfettered, nor fetters me.
or ~ Qqr or IDf 'QTQ' II naa us DhanDhaa naa ham DhaaDhay.
Neither He is in ties, nor puts me in.
or ~ ~ (') IDf ~ Kw II naa us mail na ham ka-o mailaa.
Neither He is dir~v, nor makes me so.
~ ~ ~ IDf Jre aw II~II os anand ta ham sag kaylaa. 11211
If He is happy, I am ever playful. 2
or ~ ~ (') IDf ~ HUT II naa us soch na ham ka-o sochaa.
Neither He worries, nor lets me worry.
M
or ~ ~ (') IDf ~ i:iur II naa us layp na ham ka-o pochaa.
Neither He is hypocrite, nor lets me to pretend.
C O
.
or ~ Il:f (') IDf ~ ftpIor II naa us .l2b.ookh na ham ka-o tarisnaa.
Neither He is hungry, nor I am in lust.
U B
if!" ~ ~ 3i'IDf HUO" IISII jaa uho nirmal taa Nham jachnaa. 11311
When He is pure, then I am praying. 3
C L
K
IDf fa! orcft ~ ~ II ham kichh naahee aykai ohee.
O
I am nothing, He alone is everything.
Here and hereafter is same one.

B O
~ l.fTi ~ mft II aagai paachhai ayko so-ee.
KH
(')'T(')Q ~ ire ~ Rrr II naanak gur kho-ay bharam .l2b.angaa.
SI
Nanak says, "Guru removes doubts and troubles.
IDf ire ~ ~ ft!Cr ~ IIQIIS~IIt:SII ham o-ay mil ho-ay ik rangaa. 1141132118311
Meeting Him, we have become one in love." 4.32.83
))flW HUW ~ II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
>Hflocr Bifu cri'o Jliii!r ~ II anik bhaaNt kar sayvaa karee-ai.

Let us serve Him in many ways.
tflt 1fO ~ ~ ~ II jee-o paraan Dhan aagai Dharee-ai.
Let us surrender our wealth oflife and breath.
tnft ~ ~ 3ft:I ~ II paanee pakhaa kara-o taj aQllimaan.
Leaving ego, let us serve Him by serving water and whisking fan.
~ 8TQ ~ ~ II~II anik baar jaa-ee-ai kurbaan. 11111
Let us again and again sacrifice ourselves for Him. 1
~ ~ Rl:[B' m II saa-ee suhaagan jo para.l2b. .l2b.aa-ee.
On(v she enjoys marital bliss, who is liked by Master.
f3"R' cl JffiJr ~ 'H*)fTlft II ~II ~ II tis kai sang mila-o mayree maa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Of my brothers, meet Him in her company. 1 (pause)
~ r i c;fi 1.ffocJ1ftJ II gaasan gaasee kee panihaar.
853
I am servant (water carrier) ofher servants.
~ aft ~ aH iftr orftIs II un H kee rayn basai jee-a naal.
Their feet-dust abides in my mind.
wi' B'W 3' ~ ~ II maathai bhaag ta paava-o sang.
I.ffortunate, then I can enjoy their company.
fi.fi Bl'>f'l'ft ~ & II~II milai su-aamee apunai rang. 11211
Master unites me in His love. 2
~ '3Tl.l ~ FIB' *w II jaap taap gayva-o sa.b.h naymaa.
Meditation, penance, surrender all such codes,
emf tmf ~ FIB' fufr II karam Dharam arpa-o sa.b.h homaa.
and also surrender all rituals andfire worship.
~ ~ 3fi:J ~ Wn II garab moh taj hova-o rayn.
Abandoning ego and greed, become feet-dust (of saints).
~ a- JffiIr MY:! 8'0 lIall un H kai sang gaykh-a-u para.b.h nain. 11311
In their congregation, see Master with eyes. 3
fcroo:r fcroo:r ffift ~ II nimakh nimakh ayhee aaraaQb.a-o.
Every moment adore the Same.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ginas rain ayh sayvaa saaDha-o.
Day and night do this service,
O M
~ ~ ~ ~ II .b.ha-ay kirpaal gupaal gobing.
. C
God thus becomes kind.
U B
L
~ 0'00l' 81:f6re 118 lIaaIIt8II saaDhsang naanak bakhsing. 1141133118411
C
Nanak says, "Heforgives when in the congregation ofsaints. "4.33.84
K
))fTHT Hm tI II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
O
In the love ofMaster, is eternal happiness.O
~ at titS m!" ~ ~ II parabh kee pareet sagaa sukh ho-ay.
B
l{B' at tJH3' ~ ~ (') ift! II para.b.h kee pareet gukh lagai na ko-ay.
H
K
In the love ofMaster, is no suffering.
S I
~ at tJH3' ~ ~ ~ II para.b.h kee pareet ha-umai mal kho-ay.
In the love ofMaster, the dirt ofego vanishes.
~ at tJtftJ Jre ~ ~ IIClII parabh kee pareet sag nirmal ho-ay. 11111
In the love ofMaster, is eternal purity. 1
~ HE ~ ipf f1.mrrg II sunhu meet aisaa paraym pi-aar.
Listen 01 my friend, such is attachment and love.
iftr If'?) UIG UIG ~ IIClII ~ II jee-a paraan ghat ghat aaDhaar. 11111 rahaa-o.
In life, in breath, it is sustaining all bodies. 1 (pause)
~ at tJH3' ~ ~ flr>qrc; II para.b.h kee pareet .b.ha-ay sagaI niDhaan.
In the love ofMaster, are all treasures.
~ at ~ ~ ~ ()T){ II parabh kee pareet rigai nirmal naam.
In the love ofMaster, is pure name in heart.
~ at tJH3' Jre ~ II parabh kee pareet sag so.b.haavant.
In the love ofMaster, is eternal praise.
~ at tJH3' FIB' 6ret a- ftf3' II~II parabh kee pareet saJ2!:l mitee hai chint 11211
In the love ofMaster, all worries end. 2
~ cit tJtftJ rey ~ ~ II parabh kee pareet ih .b.havjal tarai.
854
In the love ofMaster, is swimming across the terrible waters.
~ cit titS iDf 3' om ri' II parabh kee pareet jam tay nahee darai.
In the love ofMaster, is no fear of death-devil.
~ cit titS FIiIWi ~ II parabh kee pareet sagal uDhaarai.
In the love ofMaster, is liberation for all.
l!!J cit titS ri ~ II~II parabh kee pareet chalai sangaaray. 11311
In the love ofMaster, are all accompanying. 3
~ chft f).ffi '0 ~ II aaphu ko-ee milai na bhoolai.
None by himselfseparates or forgets.
fm:!' ~ ftnJ W1Ufm ~ II jis kirpaal tis saaDhsang ghoolai.
Upon whom He is kind, he participates in the congregation ofsaints.
cxy 7)T(')cf ~ ~ II kaho naanak tayrai kurbaan.
Nanak says, "1 sacrifice myselffor you.
FB ~ ~ 3Qr ~ IIQII~QIlt:tlll sant ot parabh tayraa taan. 1141134118511
0/ my Master, you are the refuge and strength ofsaints. " 4.34.85
))fTW JroW tl II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ -a-re il ~ ~ II bhoopat ho-ay kai raaj kamaa-i-aa.
M
Becoming king, he rules,
orfa' orfa' ~ ~ wfu1'Hr II kar kar anrath vihaajee maa-i-aa.
C O
.
committing atrocities, he gathers wealth.
P. 392
mm
U B
L
~ ~ II sanchat sanchat thailee keenHee.
C
Gathering and gathering hefills bags.
K
l:{fB' ~ 3' m ~ ~;ftl{t II~II parabh us tay daar avar ka-o geenHee. 11111
O O
Master withdraws from him and gives to someone else. 1
~ mr<ftlw ))j1r ~ II kaach gagree-aa amQh majhree-aa.
The unbaked pot (body) is in water.
H B
K
iffiI'f8 iffiI'f8 ~ Hfu ~ II~II ~ II garab garab u-aahoo meh paree-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
~ ~~ fo<hJr
S I
In ego, it remains (erodes) therein. 1 (pause)
II nirbha-o ho-i-o bha-i-aa nihangaa.
Notfearing, he has become carefree,
tftf3' '0 ~ aQ3T mrr II cheet na aa-i-o kartaa sangaa.
and does not care for the company ofegocntric.
~ ia c;ftlw Fi8rcJr II laskar jorhay kee-aa sambaahaa.
He recruits army and collects arms.
ffia'fl::pw:or '3 -a-re ~ ~ II~II niksi-aa fook ta ho-ay ga-i-o su-aahaa. 11211
Once the air breathes out, he is razed to dust. 2
~ ~ ~ ))@ vro9' II oochay mangar mahal ar raanee.
High homes, palaces, and queens,
<:J'FfS ~ ia lifo m
II hasat ghorhay jorhay man bhaanee.
Also he collects elephants, horses of choice,
~ ~ ~ ))@ tfi1W II vad parvaar poot ar Dhee-aa.
and owns a large fami(v of sons and daughters.
):fro tJ tffiJ))j!qr ~ II~II mohi pachay pach anDhaa moo-aa. 11311
17te blind burns in greed, and thus dies in greed. 3
855
fi::rofu ~ f::rof<J ftInrcJr II jineh upaahaa tineh binaahaa.
One who creates him, Hefinishes him.
~ QAT AA ~ II rang rasaa jaisay supnaahaa.
All pleasures and luxuries are like a dream.
Fret ~ ftra' G'tJ ~ II so-ee mulqaa tis raaj maal.
On(v one is liberated and only he owns wealth and kingdom.
(')'()cf ~ fHH l:Ilqf ~ 118I1al.lll~~11 naanak daas jis khasam da+aal. 1141135118611
Nanak says, "Upon whom, Master is kind. " 4.35.86
))fT'RT HUW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
ft:c5: fi:It ~ ~ uffictt II inH si-o pareet karee ghanayree.

I have a lot oflove for them.
~ ~ ~ <:Q- ~ II ja-o milee-ai ta-o vaDhai vaDhayree.
17,e more I get, the more I desire.
m tOOft ~ it nrat II gal chamrhee ja-o chhodai naahee.
It has caught me by neck, now it does not leave.
~ ~ ~ aft w8t 119.11 laag chhuto satgur kee paa-ee. 11111
But by being at thefeet of Guru, one can get rid ofit. 1
M
tm >l'u?ft mf ~ ~ II jag mohnee ham ti-aag gavaa-ee.
The all charming one, I renounced andfinished.
C O
.
~ fHftW m ~ 119.11 ~ II nirgun mili-o vajee vaDhaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
~ ~ HO ~ lro II aisee sundar man ka-o mohai.

U B
Thus I am blessed with Taintless, and am congratulated. 1 (pause)
Such a beautiful one charms the mind.

C L
K
'8'Ifc urrfc ta.lfa' afi; afi; Fro II baat ghaat garihi ban ban johai.
O
In home, in bazaar, inforests, on the way, it grabs.
Hfi; 3fon
B
Being sweet it touches the mind and body. O
~ a- HRft II man tan laagai ho-ay kai meethee.
H
~ ~ H ~;ftcft II~II gur parsaad mai khotee deethee. 11211
K
SI
But with the grace of Guru I could see offthis deceiving. 2
~ ~ ~ fi 0iJ'f1l agrak us kay vaday thagaa-oo.
Its guards are great robbers.
i;sfu orcft 811.l' (') HTt II chhodeh naahee baap na maa-oo.
They spare neither mother nor father.
Hm' ~ ~ ~ atQ- II maylee apnay un lay baaNDhay.
They have chained even their own friends.
~ fcrew 3' H ~ 'R'Q' lIall gur kirpaa tay mai saglay saaDhay. 11311
With the grace of Guru, I could set all right. 3
))f8 ~ lifo ~ ~ II ab morai man .bha-i-aa anand.
Now my mind is in bliss.

~ F 'RftJ ~ II .bha-o chookaa tootay saQh fand.
All my fetters are broken, fears are finished.
~ (')'()cf if" ~ ~ II kaho naanak jaa satgur paa+aa.
Nanak says, "When I met mv true Guru,
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IIglla~'II~~11 ghar saglaa mai sukhee basaa-i-aa. 1141136118711
I set all my home in happiness." 4.36.87
856
!WW )fiJ'W aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
l./ II
I')fTO tra' fc'>afG Cil'ftr nr*
II aath pahar nikat kar jaanai.
All through day and night, ifone believes Him ve,:v near.
~ QT cfmrr Jitor ~ II parabh kaa kee-aa meetb.aa maanai.
Whatever Master does he accepts it as very sweet.
~ ~ Fi3n ~ II ayk naam santan aaDhaar.
Saints depend upon one name.
frfu Qij' Fl!J eft tm 5'9 1Il:l1l ho-ay rahay sabh kee pag chhaar. 11111
They live like the feet-dust ofall. 1
R3 <Jij"3' ~ ~ m II sant rahat sunhu mayray .bb.aa-ee.
01 my brother, listen the saints' code of living.
~ eft Hfuw ~ 0 R"lft 1Il:l1l ~ II u-aa kee mahimaa kathan na jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Their reputation cannot be described. 1 (pause)
~ W ci ~ ('j1){ II vartan jaa kai kayval naam.
Their dealing is on(v in name.
~ ~ ~ finrH II anag reop keertan bisraam.
Their rest (satisfaction) is in blissful singing (about God).
M
~ ~ W ci 8a ~ II mitar satar jaa kai ayk samaanai.
O
Thefriends andfoes are same for them.
.
l{W ~ ftrQ ~ 0 nr* II~II parabh apunay bin avar na jaanai. 11211
C
B
They know none other than their Master. 2
~ ~ ))fUf a'c::6ij i d l II kot kot agh katanhaaraa.
L U
C
He can cut down crores and crores ofsins.
K
~l:f ~ a"d'O RPH cl ~ II gukh goor karan jee-a kay gaataaraa.
O
They Giver of life removes all sufferings.
O
~ 8'eO cl 8i!lft II soorbeer bachan kay balee.
He is brave and true to His word.
H B
~w ~ Jf3t m lIall ka-ulaa bapuree santee chhalee. 11311
I
17te saints take away the poor mammon. 3
K
S
3T QT rilr lJT&fu ~ II taa kaa sang baachheh surgayv.
Their company is desired by divine gods.
nrHur ;;!'d"ff ~ w eft ~ II amogh garas safal jaa kee sayv.
Seeing them is gainful and serving them is fruitful
Cl"d' itf3" ~ cri' ~ II kar jorh naanak karay argaas.
Folding hands, Nanak prays,
Hfu Ji3'd" ~ tful ~ IIBII:I':>lIttli mohi santeh tahal geejai guntaas. 1141137118811
01 saints bless me with the service ofthe treasure of attributes (God). 4.37.88
!WW )fiJ'W l./ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
mRi'j ~ trl4 ~ ('j1){ II sagal sookh jap aykai naam.
Remember one name and have all pleasures.

mRi'j Q'd}f CJ"ftJ cl ~ aJTH II sagal Dharam har kay gun gaam.
The whole offaith is in singing of God's attributes.

HtJT ~ FI"Q' QT rilr II mahaa pavitar saaDh kaa sang.
Saint'... congregation is great(v pure.
857
P.393
firff m n 1f!J ~ IIC\II jis bhaytat laagai paraQh rang. 11111
Meeting them gives love for God. 1
~ ~ ire ~ tri' II gur parsaag o-ay aanang paavai.
By tlte grace of Guru he (loving one) gets happiness.
firff ~ Hfo ~ ~ 3T oft 1Jftr fHf3 Q(J'Q (') HIt II C\II ~ II
jis simrat man ho-ay pargaasaa taa kee gat mit kahan na jaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remembering whom mind illuminates, His dynamism is beyond, description. 1 (pause)
fi3' ~)fifc') f3'ff ~ II varat naym majan tis poojaa.
Their worship, fasting, bathing, code ofliving,
it!' YQ"O f3fo ~ ~ II bayg puraan tin simrit suneejaa.
listening of Vedas, Purans, Simrities, all are in His love.
}f(]T ~ W Cif" ~ ~ II mahaa puneet jaa kaa nirmal thaan.
Their place is clean and very pure.

HIQAdl13 W cl ~ ~ O'l:f II~II saaDhsangatjaa kai har har naam. 11211
Their congregation is ofsaints, wherein is the name of God. 2
~ it tIQ mm R?) II pargati-o so jan saglay Qhavan.
M
Those saints are active in all over world.
O
tfu ~ 3T oft tRJ ~ II patit puneet taa kee pag rayn.
. C
Theirfeed-dust purifies the .declined.
B
W ~ ~ uflJ uflJ arft!' II jaa ka-o Qhayti-o har har raa-ay.
U
Those who have met God-king,
L
3T at 1Jftr fHf3 ~ (') iI"ft!' IISII taa kee gat mit kathan na jaa-ay. 11311
C
K
Their dynamism is beyond description. 3
O
))fTC tJQ iR irnr ~ II aath pahar kar jorh Dhi-aava-o.
O
All through day and night, remember with folded hands,
thus see those saints.

H B
~ RTQT Cif" ~ ~ II un saaDhaa kaa garsan paava-o.
K
SI
Hfu ~ at ~ ~ II mohi gareeb ka-o layho ralaa-ay.
Let me, the poor, join your company.
('jT(')Ci[))fTfu w ~ IIQIIStllt~1I naanak aa-ay pa-ay sarnaa-ay. 1141138118911
Nanak, for this, has come to your refuge. 4.38.89
l')fTHT HUW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
))fTC tJQ ~ B:!H6 161 II aath pahar ugak isnaanee.
All through day and night, he is having bath with water.

Jre m itr ~ ~ II sag hee .!mag lagaa-ay sugi-aanee.
Such knowledgeable is ever presenting food before deity.
ftra"qr ~ it O"ift II birthaa kaahoo chhodai naahee.
He does not leave anyone (withoutfood)
~ ~ f3'ff ~ l.I'lft IIC\II bahur bahur tis laagah paa-ee. 11111
Let us, again and again, be at His feet. 1
HiMl'atij'tf mR iRr II saalgiraam hamaarai sayvaa.
17te object ofmy service is God.
~ ))fijUT m ~ IIC\II acJTt II poojaa archaa bangan gayvaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
He is my dei~v to worship, to adore, to salute. 1 (Pause)
858
ukr w CIT ~ ~ 'fje II ghantaa jaa kaa sunee-ai chahu kunt.
He is one whose bell is listened, from allfour directions.
~ W CIT FIt!" ~o II aasan jaa kaa sagaa baikunth.
He seats ever in paradise.
W CIT ~ Jl!l' ~ ~ II jaa kaa chavar sabh oopar moolai.
Whose whisk flies over everyone,
3T CIT ~ FIt!" ~ II~II taa kaa Dhoop sagaa parfulai. 11211
His perfume is ever fragranting. 2
urfc urfc ~ 5' ~ W CIT II ghat ghat sampat hai ray jaa kaa.
Everybody is container for Him.
))f!j'aJ mJT mar ~ WQT II abhag sab.!laa sang hai saaDhaa.
His gathering is an unshaking congregation ofsaints.
~ cfur3Q FIt!" lire II aartee keertan sagaa anand.
Therein praying and singing is ever blissful
HfuHr ~ FIt!" iPH3 lIa II mahimaa sungar sagaa bay-ant. 11311
His reputation is unlimited, ever charming. 3
ft:rRfu ~ f3l:r eft ffiI'7)T II jisahi paraapat tis hee lahnaa.
M
OI1(V he can have, whom it is available.
R3;;rcro ~ ~ mJOT II sant charan oh aa-i-o sarnaa.
C O
.
He has come to the refuge at saints' feet.
(JTfti ~ ~ H'i."Sfald't!' II haath charhi-o har saalgiraam.
U B
L
God, the adorable, is being served by hand.
C
~ (')TO'i3{ ~ c:;fffi t!'Q i18I1a~lI~oll kaho naanak gur keene gaan. 1141139119011
K
Nanak says, "This Guru has gifted to me." 5.39.90
O
))flW H(Jl."ST 1.1 ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 panchpagaa. ASA M: 5 PANCH PADA
ftm ~ ~ ~ II jih paidai lootee panihaaree.
B
The way on which the water carrier (she) is robbed. O
it ~ Fi3n ~
KH
IIC\II so maarag santan gooraaree. 11111
That way is far away from saints. 1
SI
~ ~ ~ Qffulw II satgur poorai saach kahi-aa.
True and perfect Guru has told the truth,
~ cit Hrllihft' iD{ CIT ~ ~ ~ IIC\II ~
(')T}f II
naam tayray kee muktay beetheejam kaa maarag door rahi-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
That your name is the way to liberation and the way ofthe devil is left far behind. 1 (Pause)
;:rc:r ~ ~ UItG II jah laalach jaagaatee ghaat.
The bank on which the greedy collector, collects taxes.
~ Q<ft ~ iIO 3' 8"G II~II goor rahee uh jan tay baat. 11211
That way is away from men of God. 2
;:rc:r ~ ~ l.IIO wer II jah aavtay bahut ghan saath.
Where lot ofco-travellers are troubled,
t.I"'<fl[cJH ci mit JITQ' lIall paarbarahm kay sangee saaDh. 11311
There the saints remain in the company ofsupreme God. 3
~ ~ Jl!l' ftisl::f3' ~ II chitar gupat sabh Iikh-tay laykhaa.
Chitar Gupt writes the account ofall
!m3' ffi')T ~ ft:'Rfe' n ih:fr 11811 bhagatjanaa ka-o d.arisat na paykhaa. 11411
859
But he cannot see the men of devotion. 4
~ (')l'()cjf ft:fH ~ ~ II kaho naanakjis satgur pooraa.
Nanak says, " Whose true Guru is perfect,
~ 3'T a- ~ F 1I~1I801l~'\1I vaajay taa kai anhagtooraa. 1151140119111
the unfrictioned soundplays for him. " 5.40.91
~ ){(JW ~ ~ '\ II aasaa mehlaa 5 gUpQaa 1. ASA M: 5
~ Jim ~ ~ II saaDhoo sang sikhaa-i-o naam.
I1te congregation ofsaints, teaches the name,
JmI' ~ ~ iil'H II sarab manorath pooran kaam.
With this, all matters are settled and all desires are fulfilled.
!fi1 anft ftprc'lr CJftJ tmfu ~ II bum ga-ee tarisnaa har jaseh aghaanay.
My lust is quenched and I am happy in praising God.
;:rfir ;:rfir ;:iNr ~ 11'\11 jap jap jeevaa saarigpaanay. 11111
I live by remembering and remembering God. 1
era?) ~ JI'a'fn tffipw II karan karaavan saran pari-aa.
I am at the feet of one who does and gets done.

~ ~ JroiI U@ ~ ~ ~ thJ vftpw 11'\11 <rcJTt II
M
gur parsaag sahj ghar paa-i-aa miti-aa anDhayraa chang charhi-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
With the grace of Guru, I could come home, in ease. Thus the moon has risen and the darkness
isfinished. 1 (Pause)
. C
B
P.394
~ ~ ri ~ II laal javayhar Qb.aray bhandaar.
LU
C
The treasure is full with gems andjewels.
K
3fG (Ii ~ ;:rfir ~ II tot na aavai jap nirankaar.
O
No shortage when remembering God.
O
~ ~ 1M' Hg ire II amrit sabag peevai jan ko-ay.
H B
Ve,:v rare man of God, drinks the nectar ofword.
(')l'()cjf 3'T cit tJH arE' ~ 1I~1I8'\1I~~1I naanak taa kee param gat ho-ay. 1121141119211
IK
Nanak says, "His position becomes supreme and liberated." 2.41.92
S
~ U@ :> ){(JW ~ II aasaa ghar 7 mehlaa 5. ASA GHAR 7, M: 5
ufcr orr ~ ~ fo:r fQlwlft II har kaa naam rigai nit Dhi-aa-ee.
Remember always the name of God in heart,
m wtft' mm ~ II '\ II sangee saathee sagal taraaN-ee. 11111
and get all friends and companions liberated. 1
~ ~ Jim J1t!T ij- OTM II gur mayrai sang sagaa hai naalay.
Guru is always accompanying me.
fRHftJ fRHftJ f3ff J1t!T ~ 11'\11 <rcJTt II simar simar tis sagaa samHaalay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remember Him, He ever takes care. 1 (pause)
3w cihw Htor n II tayraa kee-aa meethaa laagai.
Your acts are ever sweet for me.
ufcr ~ ~ ~ Wi 1I~1I8~II~SIl har naam pagaarath naanak maaNgai. 1121142119311
Nanak begsfor the wealth ofthe name of God. 2.42.93
~ ){(JW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
RT'9' FiaTftr 3fa))fr JiRtg II saaDhoo sangat tari-aa sansaar.
Through the congregation ofsaints, the world is liberated.
860
<Jfu E(T 0Tl:f Hnfu ~ II~II har kaa naam maneh aaDhaar. 11111
God's name is the base ofmind. 1
t1'QO COOlS ~ ~ II charan kamal gurgayv pi-aaray.
The lotus-feet of Guru are love(v.
~ JB <Jfu 1ltf3' ~ II~II ~ II poojeh sant har pareet pi-aa~y. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ dear worship saints, and have lovefor God. 1 (pause)
wa- HJB'fi5r ~!JTW II jaa kai mastak Iikhi-aa b!laag.
One, for whom it is preordained.
~ (')T(;Q 3T E(T ft@ ~ 1I~1I9all~911 kaho naanak taa kaa thir sohaag. 1121143119411
Nanak says, "Their married life is stable." 2.43.94
))fTW HmlS" 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
Hto9' ~ fir cit Wilt II meethee aagi-aa pir kee laagee.

Master's order is sweet to me.
~ U/G cit cffiJ ftp,nft II sa-ukan ghar kee kant ti-aagee.
My husband has deserted his other wife.
fl:rr ~ Jft'aI'fa' mit II pari-a sohaagan seegaar karee.
The loved, married wives decorate themselves.
M
}ffi ire' cit ~ mft II~II man mayray kee tapat haree. 11111
O
The heat of my mind is cooled. 1
C
ri ~ fl:rr Cffulw ~ II Qhalo bha-i-o pari-a kahi-aa maani-aa.
It proved good that I obeyed my dear.
B .
U
~ JJtJ ~ U/G QT ~ II ~ II sookh sahj is ghar kaa jaani-aa. rahaa-o.
m C L
Thus I could know the peace, ofthis home, in ease. 1 (pause)
fl:rr fl:fi:n.m!rG II ha-o bangee pari-a khijmatQaar.
K
~
O
I, the slave, am the servant ofmy love.
O
~ ~ ~))NI'Q II oh abhinaasee agam apaar.
H B
He is imperishable, inaccessible and infinite.
~ ~ fl:rr ~ lfI8" II lay pakhaa pari-a ihala-o paa-ay.
K
SI
Sitting at his feet, I fan my love.
erfdr are t19' p ~ II~II bhaag ga-ay panch goot laavay. 11211
The.five devils, troubling me, have run away. 2
(')T ii ~ (')T ~ II naa mai kul naa soQhaavant.
Neither I am of a good lineage nor praiseworthy.

fcsmtT wor ~ m ci3 II ki-aa jaanaa ki-o Qhaanee kant.
I am a not aware, how I am liked by my husband.
Hfu ~ ~ fo>.rrcft II mohi anaath gareeb nimaanee.
I am a poor, prideless, orphan.
m
ci31.1CiffiJ CJ){ cftC'ft lIall kant pakar ham keenee raanee. 11311
My Master has got me and made me queen. 3
iPf ~ ~ ~ warr II jab mukh pareetam saajan laagaa.
When I saw His face, it was love(v.
lJl:f Jm H? Qg' ffi:rr1Ir II sookh sahj mayraa Dhan sohaagaa.
My married life became peaceful, lucky, in ease.
~ (')T(;Q ~ 1JOO))fTW II kaho naanak moree pooran aasaa.
Nanak .'tays, "My wish isfulfilled,
861
~ mst 1{8 ~ IIBII~II~t.l1l satgur maylee para.t!.!:l guntaasaa. 114111119511
True Guru has got me united with the treasure ofattributes (God). " 4.1.95
))fTRT ~ t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ argfa' II maathai tarikutee garisat karoor.

,\'he Itas a frowning fore-head aJd rough looks,
~ ~ fi::r<nIr cit F II bolai ka-urhaa jihbaa kee foorh.
She has rude tongue and she speaks bitter.
Fft!T ~ ~ "'* ~ II~II sagaa bhookhee pir jaanai door. 11111
Ever hungry, she perceived her husband afar. 1
lffi::it ~ f8cr ~ ~ II aisee istaree ik raam upaa-ee.
Such a woman (M7a), God has created.
~H!tIl!'~mr~~~iJIlft II ~ II
un sabh jag khaa-i-aa ham gur raakhay mayray tmaa-ee. rahaa-o.
She has eaten up the whole world, OJ my brother, only Guru saved me. 1 (Pause)
l.fI'fu ~ H! til!' iifu>w II paa-ay thag-ulee sabh jag johi-aa.
Serving poison (Maya) the whole world is captured.
1f<JW fln::IQ ~ Hfcmfr II barahmaa bisan mahaagay-o mohi-aa.
M
Brahma, Vishnuand Mahadeva are robbed.
O
~ O'fi.f ~ Jl Jifulw II~II gurmukh naam lagay say sohi-aa. 11211
. C
Those of Gurmukhs who remember name are looking nice (saved).2
B
~ ~ cmr ~ y(')CJdd(,)' II varat naym kar thaakay punharchanaa.
U
Some are tired repeated(v doing fasting, following codes.
L
3G '3talf R RB' Q'Qc')T II tat tirath bhavay sabh Dharnaa.
C
K
Some are roaming around all banks, all sacredplaces on earth.
O
R' ~ fi:r ~ cit Hd(')T lIall say ubray je satgur kee sarnaa. 11311
O
But on(v those are saved, who are in the refuge oftrue Guru. 3
B
~ Hfu Ai til!' 8"QI' II maa-i-aa mohi satmo jag baaDhaa.
H
The whole world is chained in the greedfor Maya.
K
SI
~ tffl' ~ ~ II ha-umai pachai manmukh mooraakhaa.
The Manmukh, idiots, are burnt in ego.
~ (')T(')i5l' 81(J trcilfa' mr ~ IIBII~II~~II gur naanak baah pakar ham raakhaa. 114112119611
Holding my hand Guru Nanak saved me. 4.2.96
))fTRT ~ t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
R'd1J ~ tnf ~ ~ II sarab gookh jab bisrahi su-aamee.

Forgetting Master are all sorrows,
~ ~ Cl"fi.f (') lfO't II~II eehaa oohaa kaam na paraanee. 11111
Here or hereafter, man becomes ofno use. 1
18 ~ CJfa' CJfa' wre II sant tariptaasay har har Dhayaa-ay.
Remembering God, saints are satisfied.
P.395
cmr mw~ 0Tft!" ~ R'd1J ~ 1{8 ~ crwre II ~ II
kar kirpaa apunai naa-ay laa-ay sarab sookh paraQll tumree rajaa-ay. rahaa-o.
Becoming kind, you have got me in your name, thus in your will, are all pleasures. (pause)
Jffirr ~ ri ~ t!'fu' II Jl m; HQ3l' filg filg ~ II ~ II
- == - =
sang hovat ka-o jaanat door. so jan martaa nit nit moor. 11211
862
He is near, but if one treats Him afar. That person dies ever worrying. 2
fi::rfo R! ~ ~ f3lJ ~ orfu II jin sabh kichh .dee-aa tis chityat naahi.
One who has given everything, he does not remember Him.
HW ftIfl:mt'r Hfu ft!Q ~ wfu lIall mahaa bikhi-aa meh .din rain jaahi. 11311
Thus he passes his day and night in deadly poison. 3
~ 'i')'1"('jO[ 11! ~ ~ II kaho naanak parabh simrahu ayk.
Nanak says, "Remember one and same Master,
m~~~~ IIBllall~;>1I gatpaa-ee-aigurpooraytayk.1I4113119711
liberation is on(v in faith for perfect Guru. " 4.3.97
)WAT)of'UW l.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ if1(3' HQ 3'g R! ~ II naam japat man tan sabh hari-aa.

Remembering name, my mind and body are all green (happy);
~ ~ JRRlS t.rn<JfaJW 11"'\11 kalmal .dokh sagal parhari-aa. 11111
All my sorrows and pains are over. 1
mrr m
~ i1W ~ II so-ee .divas bhalaa mayray bhaa-ee.
01 my brother, on(v that day is good,
()fu iTO aJ'lfu tm{ m l.fTit II ~ II har gun gaa-ay param gat paa-ee. rahaa-o.
M
When through singing the attributes of God, 1 gained supreme position. 1 (Pause)
FfTtr f1Ol' ii' ~ t1G II saaDh janaa kay poojay pair.
C O
.
By lVorshipping the feet ofsaints,
fH2" ~ HO 3" h' II~II mitay uP.dareh man tay bair. 11211
U B
L
The conflicts ofmy mind, the animosi~v is finished. 2
C
~ ~ f).ffiIs lJiR9 ~ II gur pooray milihagar chukaa-i-aa.
K
When meeting Guru, he resolved all my clashes.
Thus allfive devils are controlled. 3

O O
tfu RfB' ~ ~ lIall panch .doot sabh vasgat aa-i-aa. 11311
B
fi:rB' Hffi' ~ ()fu QT ~ II jis man vasi-aa har kaa naam.
H
K
In whose mind abides the name of God.
S I
'i')'1"('jO[ f:rff!tffiJ ~ IIBIIBII~t:1I naanaktis oopar kurbaan. 114114119811
Nanak says, "I sacrifice myselffor him". 4.4.98
)WAT )of'UW l.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ m ~ dll'it'liJld II gaav layhi too gaavanhaaray.

You now sing 01 singing one.
tfP,r ~ ii' t{'O ~ II jee-a pind kay paraan aDhaaray.
About the sustainer oflife, soul and body.
W eft ~ mrs Blf tRfu II Jaa kee sayvaa sarab sukh paavahi.
By whose service you get all pleasures.
~ ~ ufu ~ t')" tI""i'fu 11"'\11 avar kaahoo peh bahurh na jaaveh. 11111
Do not go again to anyone else. 1
FreT ~ ~ JI'1'ftr! iTO foqto foa" foa" ~ II
sa.daa anand anandee saahib gun niDhaan nit nit jaapee-ai.
Let us ever remember and enjoy the blissful Master ofall attributes.
~ f:rff JS ~ fi:rB' tpPfu 11! Hffi' ~ II ~ II
balihaaree tis sant pi-aaray jis parsaa.d parabh man vaasee-ai. rahaa-o.
I sacr~fice myselffor that dear saint, by whose grace, Master abides in my mind. 1 (pause)
863
fIT ~ ~ ~ nrcft II jaa kaa daan nikhootai naahee.
He is one, whose gifts never exhaust.
~ !Pft3' mr mrft:r JDfGft II bhalee bhaat sabh sahj samaahee.
Living happi(v all merge in ease.
fIT cit 8l:m' 0 ~ iii' II jaa kee bakhas na maytai ko-ee.
Whm.e grace none can snatch.
lifo ~ JJI'9T mft II~II man vaasaa-ee-ai saachaa so-ee. 11211
Let us have same True in our mind. 2
~ mrajt faF:r fIT t ~ II sagal samagree garih jaa kai pooran.
In whose perfect home is all material.
m
tpr a- il:f 0 JaO II parabh kay sayvak dookh na jhooran.
The servant ofMaster never broods in sorrow.
fG ~ ~ ~ ~ II ot gahee nirbha-o pad paa-ee-ai.
Holding Hisfeet, let us get thefearless state.
wfi:r Wfi:JJf ~ fnftnl'~ lIall saas saas so gun niDh gaa-ee-ai. 11311
Let us sing that treasure of attributes by every breath. 3
~ 0 fuft ~ ~ II door na ho-ee kathoo jaa-ee-ai.
M
From whichever direction we approach, he is never afar.
O
M!flr ~ 3'" <JftJ <JftJ ~ II nadar karay taa har har paa-ee-ai.
Once he is graceful, we can be blessed with God.
. C
B
~ rn ~ ~ wfi:r II ardaas karee pooray gur paas.
I pray before perfect Guru.
LU
~ Hit <Jfu Qg ~ IIYII~II~~II naanak mangai har Dhan raas. 114115119911
K C
Nanak begs for the capital of God's wealth. 4.5.99
O
I'W Ji'CJ'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
O
~ ~ 30 ~ il:I' II parathmay miti-aa tan kaa dookh.
H B
First, the pain ofbody is cured.
HO ~ ~ ~ ~ II man sagal ka-o ho-aa sookh.
IK
Then my mind got all pleasures.
S
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kar kirpaa gur deeno naa-o.
Being graceful, Guru gave me the name (of God).
am am E1J ~~ ~ II~II bal bal tis satgur ka-ojaa-o. 11111
I ..oacr~fice myselffor that Guru. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ iJ1lft II gur pooraa paa-i-o mayray bhaa-ee.
01 my brother, I am blessed with perfect Guru.
n im mr il:f ftffirR ~ cit ~ II ~ II
rog sog sabh dookh binaasay satgur kee sarnaa-ee. rahaa-o.
In the refuge oftrue Guru, all my ailments, sorrows andpains are vanished. 1 (pause)
~ a- trnO fcra@' ~ II gur kay charan hirdai vasaa-ay.
I placed the feet of Guru in my heart.
HO AAB ~ ~ \fit II man chintat saglay fal paa-ay.
Thus I got all desiredfruits.
~ ~ mr fuft Wf3 II agan bujhee sabh ho-ee saa't.
My heat is silenced, now it is all peace.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II kar kirpaa gur keenee daat. 11211
864
Being kind, Guru gave me this gift. 2
folri ~ '{TflJ t!ffi tflQ II nithaavay ka-o gur deena thaan.
Guru gives shelter to the shelterless.
~ ~ '{TflJ i:ifffi HTQ II nimaanay ka-o gur keene maan.
Guru gives honour to the honourless.
8tm crfG ~ crfa' ~ II banDhan kaat sayvak kar raakhay.
Cutting fetters, He accepts as servant,
~ 8"t'ft (JJfc')T ~ 1I:tll amrit baanee rasnaa chaakhay. 11311
The tongue thus tastes the nectar ofword. 3
ri erm ~ ~ ;m')T II vadai bhaag pooj gur charnaa.
I am great(v lucky that I worship Guru's feet.
JrnH f3>wm l.fTlft ~ 'A'Q'OT II sagaI ti-aag paa-ee parabh sarnaa.
Leaving everyone, I am in the refuge ofMaster.
P.396
~ 0'0Cif W ~ ~ ~ II it tIQ ~ ~ fcrro"rw IIBIIEIII:\OOIl
gur naanak jaa ka-o bha-i-aa ga-i-aalaa. so jan ho-aa sagaa nihaalaa. 1141161110011
Upon whom Guru Nanak is kind, that person is ever happy. 4.6.100
~ Hm!lS'" tl II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ;:!hw ~ II satgur saachai gee-aa bhayj.
O M
The true Guru has blessed us with a child.
. C
fug ~ ~ mrnrr II chir jeevan upji-aa sanjog.
U B
L
Thus the union has become long lasting.
C
~ }{Tfu ))I'1'fu cftfT ~ II ugrai maahi aa-ay kee-aa nivaas.
When He (the child) came to live in womb,
OK
)fT3T cl lifo ~ ftmrff 111:\11 maataa kai man bahut bigaas. 111//
the mother's mind was in great bliss.
B O
;:ffi.mrr ~ ~ ~ Q(T II jammi-aa poot bhagat goving kaa.
K H
The born son is the devotee of God.
S I
~ JJ!I' Hfu ~ gQ Q(T II ~ II pargati-aa sabh meh Iikhi-aa Dhur kaa. rahaa-o.
The Primal will is revealed to all. 1 (pause)
m H"Fit ~ ~ ROlj ~ II gasee maasee hukam baalak janam lee-aa.
After tenth months, as per order, (of God) the baby is born.
fHfG1w ~ HCJT ~ lihw II miti-aa sog mahaa anand thee-aa.
Ending sorrows, it was great happiness.
~ JI1:ft ~ ~ II gurbaanee sakhee anand gaavai.
Thefemalefriends are singing blissful songs of Gurbani.
FI"V JI'l'fus cl lifo R II~II saachay saahib kai man bhaavai. 11211
This is liked by true Master's mind. 2
~ ~ ~ tfuJt ~ II vaDhee vayl baho peerhee chaalee.
The lineage is extended, as another generation has taken place.
tmf crw <:Jfu lifb' ~ II Dharam kalaa har banDh bahaalee.
God has given firmness to the way offaith.
)fc') ~ ~ ~ II man chingi-aa satguroo givaa-i-aa.
Thus, true Guru has granted what we wished.

ri' ~ B'a' ftR ~ 1I:tll bha-ay achint ayk Iiv laa-i-aa. 11311
865
Having One in mind, I am free of any anxiety. 3
~ ~ flar ~ era- ~ ~ II ji-o baalak pitaa oopar karay baho maan.
Like a child is greatly proud ofhis father.
~~~i m II bulaa-i-aa bolai gur kai Qhaan.
I speak, as Guru wills me to speak.
~ m O'(ft '8"3' II guihee chhannee naahee baa!.
It is not a hidden mystery,
~ ~ ~ ~ t!"B 11811;>IIC\OC\1I gur naanaktuthaa keenee gaat. 1141171110111
that Guru Nanak is pleased, and he granted us this gift. 4.7.101
))fTRT)f(JW tl II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ e- (JTli II gur pooray raakhi-aa gay haath.

The perfect Guru protected him (the child), giving his hand.
llaJ? !Jftmrr ;:ro w lJ31Y' IIC\II pargat bha-i-aa jan kaa partaap. 11111
thus His excellence is in action. 1
~ ~ Htit ~ ~ 1i:Pwit II gur gur japee guroo gur Dhi-aa-ee.
Let us remember Guru and meditate upon Guru,
;:ft".- eft ~ ~ l.ffu tm II ~ II jee-a kee argaas guroo peh paa-ee. rahaa-o.
M
The prayer ofmy mind is answered by Guru. ! (pause)
J1'afo ~ ~ ~ II saran paray saachay gurgayv.
C O
.
I placed myselfat the feet oftru(v divine Guru.
~ mIT m
B
~ II~II pooran ho-ee sayvak sayv. 11211
U
L
Thus servant's service is rewarded.
C
~ fill' furQ ~ 1{'n II jee-o pind joban raakhai paraan.
K
He protects mind, body, youth and breath.
O O
~ 0'0Qf ~ ~ ~ lIalltllC\O~1I kaho naanak gur ka-o kurbaan. 1131181110211
Nanak says, "I sacrifice myselffor such a Guru. " 3.8.102
B
))fTRT U@ t crrcit )f(JW tl aasaa ghar 8 kaafee mehlaa 5 ASA GHAR - 8, KAFI M: 5
H
K
,\ij"""~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
SI
a
H trer ~ ~ ~ Hor II mai bangaa bai khareeg sach saahib mayraa.
I am a purchased slave, true is my Master.
~ fill' JI! f:m ~ JI! fcr ~ 30r IIC\II jee-o pind saQh tis gaa sa.bb. kichh hai tayraa. 11111
Body and mind, belong to you, thus everything is yours. 1
~ foHrc!' 1 ~ 30r ~ II maan nimaanay tooN Dhanee tayraa Qharvaasaa.
You, the rich, are the pride of the poor, and I depend upon you.
ftrQ ~ )ffi') ~ ~ jf ~ ~ IIC\II ~ II bin saachay an tayk hai so jaanhu kaachaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Whoever has faith upon other than True, know Him raw in faith. 1 (Pause)
30r ~ ~ ~ iii' ~ '0 ~ II !ayraa hukam apaar hai ko-ee ant na paa-ay.
Your rule is infinite, none can know its limits.
fi:qJ ~ ~ BGJ::it jf ~ ~ II~II jis gur pooraa Qhaytsee so chalai rajaa-ay. 11211
Whoever serves perfect Guru, he lives as per His will 2
~~ rca ~ '0 ~ II chaturaa-ee si-aanpaa kitai kaam na aa-ee-ai.
The cleverness, the wisdom are ofno avail
~ Rfu! it ~ mft ~ ~ lIall tuthaa saahib jo gayvai so-ee sukh paa-ee-ai. 11311
Whatever the pleased Master gives, that happiness we should enjoy. 3
866
R ~ craH ~ fa'! ~ n Iitfr II jay lakh karam kamaa-ee-ahi kichh pavai na banDhaa.
Even ifwe act lacs oftimes, it disciplines not.
ffi') 7)T('jCjf cit3r ~ tra" ~ iflp"r Qqr 11811 1:\II I:\O~ II
jan naanak keetaa naam Dhar hor chhodi-aa DhanDhaa. //411111103/1

Nanak, the man of God has made name my base, and I have left all other occupations. 4.1.103
))fTW HUW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
ffif8 81:fT H ~ uftr ~ n m II sarab sukhaa mai bhaali-aa har jayvad na ko-ee.
.Toyful(v, I searched and searched everywhere, none is equal to God.
~ ~ 3" ~ ~ FI'ft1! mft 111:\11 gur tuthay tay paa-ee-ai sach saahib so-ee. 11111
!l Guru is pleased, we can get the same true Master. 1
~ ~ ~ Jre Jre ~ II balihaaree gur aapnay sag sag kurbaanaa.
I sacrifice myselffor my Guru, ever and ever I sacrifice.
~ n~~ ftrQ;mr~ cftH;!'7)T 111:\11 ~ II
naam na visra-o ik khin chasaa ih keejai gaanaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Give me this gift, that I should notforget name, even for a while. 1 (Pause)
'8'1GIQ m:rr Fire 5" fmJ uftr QQ ~ II bhaagath sachaa so-ay hai jis har Dhan antar.
The tru(v lucky in one, who owns God's wealth in mind.
M
P.397
j:J ~}fi)T ~ 3" fmJ ~ ~ ~
O
II~II so chhootai mahaa jaal tay jis gur sabag nirantar. 11211
C
.
One in whose mind, the word of Guru is pervading, he is liberatedfrom the deadly net 2
B
~ eft Hfuw RiPw ~'~ f8i'(j{ FI'3 FIg II gur kee mahimaa ki-aa kahaa gur bibayk sat sar.
U
L
What praise of Guru can be said, he is all logic, essence oftruth.
C
~ lWfu ~!J1ro tm ~ ~ II~II oh aagjugaageejugah jug pooraa parmaysar. 11311
K
He is in the beginning, in ages, in age after age, on(v he is perfect God. 3
O
~ ~ Jre FreT uftr uftr Jig R II naam Dhi-aavahu sag sagaa har har man rangay.
B O
Ever and ever, remember name of God, He will have your mind in His love.
~ ~QQ~5"7)T('jCjfiJRt 11811~III:\0811 jee-o paraanDhan gureo hai naanakkai sangay.1141121110411
K H
My soul, my breath is great Guru, He is always with Nanak. 4.2.104
SI
))fTW HUW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
FfTlIT ~ ~ i<ft Hfn ~ II saa-ee alakh apaar bhoree man vasaL

My master is unknowable, infinite, let little ofHim live in my mind.
~~~ wre HF CJ! nR II 1:\11 gookh garag reg maa-ay rnaidaa habh nasaL 11111
01 my mother, my sorrows, pains, ailments all have run away. 1
~ W ~ wl:!t ~ II ha-o vaniaa kurbaan saa-ee aapnay.
J sacrifice myselffor my Master.
~ ~ Ufc!1' Hfn 3fo ~ 111:\11 ~ II hovai anag ghanaa man tan jaapnay. 11111 rahaa-o.
I will enjoy lot of bliss, by remembering Him, in mind, in body. 1 (Pause)
ftrecr ~ ~ JW f3ff qc!t II bingak gaaleh sunee sachay tis Dhanee.
I heard a little about that tru(v rich.
~ ~ '6l5 tPft!wre n cfb.f m II~II sookhee hooN sukh paa-ay rnaa-ay na keern ganee. 11211
01 my mother, I am happy, enjoying happiness, His worth is invaluable. 2
m
~ tnre Fire 1W:f trJl3"'i5l' II nain pasango so-ay paykh mustaak bha-ee.
He is pleasing to my ~ves, seeing, I am madfor Him.
H~ ~ wre ~ tISftr wrem II~II rnai nirgun mayree rnaa-ay aap larh laa-ay la-ee. 11311
01 my mother, I am virtueless, He Himself accepted me. 3
867
8t!' cr3lr JiJ::rra' CJiJT t 8'CJ"ijT II bayg katayb sansaar haQ!laa hooNbaahraa.
He is outside ofall Vedas, worlds and Kateb.
O'(')cjfCIT ~ ft!'R ~ liB II:I 11901.111 naanak kaa paatisaahu gisai jaahraa. 1141131110511
Such Master ofNanak, is seen with eyes clearly. 4.2.105
~ )f(JW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~))I'IOTtIfU R1S tftt tftt II laakh bhagat aaraaDheh japtay pee-o pee-o.
Lac of devotees adore Him, reciting dear.
em; ~ ~ ~ ftp:aft ~ 11911 kavan jugat maylaava-o nirgun bikh-ee jee-o. 11111
With which device you will get the virtueless to unite, my mind is lustful. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l:{!r II tayree tayk goving gupaal ga-i-aal paraQ!l.
01 God, merciful, Master, I depend only upon you.
1 Jm')T cl 0"'liJ ~ fJ:rRfG R'i' 11911 ~ II tooN sabhnaa kay naath tayree sarisat saQh. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are Master ofall, the whole world is yours. 1 (pause)
FreT ffiJ1lft FB l)l:ffu FreT ~ II sagaa sahaa-ee sant paykheh sagaa hajoor.
You are always helping saints, they alway.~ see you present.
O"H' lltg6f;J"'" R~ ~ ~ II~II naam bihoonrhi-aa say marni Hvisoor visoor. 11211
Those without name, forgetting they will die. 2
M
~ ~ R fi.ffe>w f30r ~ II gaas gaastan btiaa-ay miti-aa tinaa ga-on.
O
The servants who loving(v serve, their transmigration is ceased. '
~ ~ ~ f3or3r ~ ~ lIall visri-aa jinHaa naam tinaarhaa haal ka-un. 11311
. C
B
Those who have forgotten name, what shall their condition be? 3
U
AA l.l'ff ~ 3w JiRrg R'i' II jaisay pas hariH-aa-o taisaa sansaar saQh.
L
C
A.\' is an astraying animal, so is all world.
K
O'(')cjf iqo a"fG~~ l:{!r IIBIIBII90~1I naanak banDhan kaat milaavhu aap paraQh. 1141141110611
O
Nanak says, "Master Himself cuts my bondages, and Himselfgets me to unite. " 4.4.106
O
~ )f(JW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
H B
~ a ~ fui ~ aft!' II haQhay thok visaar hiko khi-aal kar.
Forget all and everyone, have only One in mind.
IK
~ l'5lfu ~ HQ 3Q ~ qfu 11911 ihoothaa laahi gumaan man tan arap Dhar. 11111
S
Throwaway all false vanity, and surrender your mind and body before the sustainer.l
'11"0 tTa" wwfu IltdH6CJ 1d ~ II aath pahar saalaahi sirjanhaar tooN.
You praise on(v the Creator,for all through day and night,
i'iRt ~ ~ ~ ~ J;111911 ~ II jeevaa Ntayree gaat kirpaa karahu mooN. 11111 rahaa-o.
If I live, it is your gift, please be kind to me. 1 (Pause)
iret ci>j ~ ~ ~ ~ II so-ee kamm kamaa-ay jit mukh ujlaa.
Do 011(V that action, which brightens your face.
mIT ~ ~ ~ 1 efu ))fW II~II so-ee lagai sach jis tooN geh alaa. 11211
01 Alia (God) only he will be in truth, whom you give. 2
if 6' rn ~ Rll@ 'a'fl:r aft!' II jo na dhahango mooI so ghar raas kar.
Set on(v that home, which does 110t collapse.
ere
fui ftJf3" ~ 6' wftr Hfu' lIall hiko chit vasaa-ay kagay na jaa-ay mar. 11311
Have on(v One in mind, who will never die. 3
Ecr~ ~ if l:{!r ~ II tinHaa pi-aaraa raam jo parabh Qhaani-aa.
God is loved on(v by them, for whom Master wills,
~ trWft!' ~ 6"6fc;r ~ liB 111.1 1190'=>11 gur parsaag akath naanak vakhaani-aa. 1141151110711
868
With the grace of Guru, the unrelatable is related by Nanak. 4.5.107
))(TAT )fC)'Wl.I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
ft:rcrr" 0' ~ (')1'tf H ~ II jinHaa na visrai naam say kinayhi-aa.
What kind ofpeople they are, who do not forget name.
~ 0' ~ ~ Wlft ~ 1I'i1l .!IDayg na jaanhu mool saaN-ee jayhi-aa. 11111
They are same as Master, make no difference. 1
Hg 3Q '5re ~ ~ Jffitr ~ II man tan ho-ay nihaal tum Hsang bhayti-aa.
Meeting you, my mind and body are happy.
~ ~ iIO tJWft! ~ HI ~ 1I'i1l ~ II
sukh paa-i-aa jan parsaag .d.ukh sa.!ID mayti-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace ofthe men of God, I am happy and all my sorrows are over. 1 (Pause)
H3" l:ftr ~ ~ f3Q ~ II jaYtay khand barahmand uDhaaray tin Hkhay.
As many are the parts, or whole, ofuniverse, all are liberated by you.
fi:IQ Hfo!'OT))fTfu ~ ~ H II~II jin Hman vuthaa aap pooray bhagat say. 11211
In wthe minds, He Himself is placed, they are the perfect devotees. 2
P.398
ft:rR' ~ Jffi))fTfu Rlft ~ II jis no mannay aap so-ee maanee-ai.
M
Whoever is accepted by Himself, he is accepted by everyone.
O
~ ~ ~ mrO'lft ~ lIall pargat purakh parvaan sal2h thaa-eejaanee-ai. 11311
.C
The manifesting Purakh is accepted, He is known at every place. 3
B
fuoff ~ ~ mri WU WU II .d.inas rain aaraaDh samHaalay saah saah.
U
Adore Him day and night, and remember Him by every breath.
L
C
OTocUft ri< ~ ~ ~ IIQII~II'iOt:1I naanak kee lochaa poor sachay paatisaah. 1141161110811
K
OJ my true king, pleasefulfill the wish ofNanak. 4.6.108
O
))(TAT)fC)'W l.I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
B O
~ ~ Jf1I orftJ ~ ~ Rft! II poor rahi-aa sarab thaa-ay hamaaraa khasam so-avo
He is pervading all places, same is my Master.
H
~ wf<:rg fJ::IftJ ~ iW O'fu cift!' 1I'i1l ayk saahib sir chhat Qoojaa naahi ko-ay. 11111
K
SI
On(v Ma.'lter is umbrella (protection) on my head and none else. 1
~ R f3t ~ G"l:Ic!(Jlrdbi'" II ji-o l2haavai ti-o raakh raakhanhaari-aa.
OJ protecting, protect me as you like.
~ f8g ~ 0' cift!' treftr ~ 1I'i1l ~ II tum bin avar na ko-ay na.d.ar nihaari-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ light of my eyes, there is none other than you. 1 (pause)
~ ll!' ))fTfu tIIfc tIIfc ~ II partipaalay parabh aap ghat ghat saaree-ai.
Master Himselfnourishes, thus looks after every body.
ft:Jff Hfo!'OT))fTfu ftnJ 0' ~ II~II jis man vuthaa aap tis na visaaree-ai. 11211
In whose mind, He places Himself, they do notforget Him. 2
;:r ~ cri' H ))fTfu ~ ~ II jo kichh karay so aap aapan bhaani-aa.
Whatever He does, He does it Himself, as He wills.
R3Tar~~~~ lIall bhagtaa kaasahaa-eejugjugjaani-aa.1I311
He is helper ofdevotees, this is known in every age. 3
ere
Mfu tIfi.r uftr ar (')1'tf 0' ~ II jap jap har kaa naam kagay na mooree-ai.
Remember and remember the name of God and never worry.
(')I'OCi[ t!'alf ~ ri< ~ IIQII~II'iO~1I naanak .d.aras pi-aas lochaa pooree-ai. 1141171110911
Nanak says, "My thirst is to see you, pleasefulfill my this desire." 4. 7.109
869
))fTW aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
lic:J'W tI II
fWw iRfu nrtr ~ ~ ~ II ki-aa soyeh naam visaar gaafal gahili-aa.
01 neglecting, careless, ignorant, forgetting name, how you are sleeping?
ftBt ~ ~ ~ ~ 1Il:l1l kiteeNit Qaree-aa-ay vaNnini HvehQi-aa. 11111
So many offorgetting are carried away, by the running river (Maya). 1
itfula'r (Jfu ~)f(') 9ftJ ~ II bohithrhaa har charan man charh langhee-ai.
God's feet are boat, OJ my mind, embark to cross over.
))fTO 'tJG ~ arfu "'9' ~ 1Il:l1l ~ II aath pahar gun gaa-ay saaDhoo sangee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Be in the congregation ofsaints, and sing His attributes all through day and night. 1 (pause)
iaTfu ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II bhogeh bhog anayk yin naavai sunii-aa.
The enjoying one is eating many delicacies, but is yet empty (stomach) without name.
(Jfu eft !fiBS fuor Hfcr Hfcr ~ II~II har kee Q!}agat binaa mar mar runni-aa. 11211
Devoid ofthe devotion of God, one dies, weeps and dies. 2 .
Ci{l.(;f nr ~ 3fn Jmffi ~ II kaparh Q!}og suganDh tan marQan maalnaa.
Men eat, dress, use perfumes on body.
ftrQ fJ:o.rcrn 3Q ~ ffiJ1.J ~ lIall bin simran tan chhaar sarpar chaalnaa. 11311
Without remembering, one has to leave and his body has to be in dust. 3
M
ffiJT ~ RWg ~ 'il'tl:Pw II mahaa bikham sansaarvirlai paykhi-aa.
O
The world is deadly difficult, vary rare one has seen it so.
.C
&GO (Jfu eft ~ ~ 0'C')i5[ ~ 118I1tlll:ll:lOIl
= - -
B
chhootan har kee saran laykh naanak laykhi-aa. 1141181111011
U
The liberation is in God's refuge, this writing Nanak writes. 4.8.10
))fTW lic:J'W tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
m C L
K
~ (') ftm Jffirr ~ ~ II ko-ay na kis hee sang kaahay garbee-ai.
O
None is with anyone, why to be proud?
O
~ O'H ~ ~ ~ 1Il:l1l ayk naam aaDhaar bha-ojal tarbee-ai. 11111
H B
On(v one name is helping, so let us swim across terrible waters. 1
if 'RhI ~ ~ ~ HW ~ ~ II mai gareeb sach tayk tooN mayray satgur pooray.
I K
01 my perfect true Guru, I am poor, you are my true support.
~~~Jfa'rHg~ 1Il:l1l ~ II
S
Qaykh tumHaaraa Qarsano mayraa man Dheeray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Seeing you, my mind gains patience. 1 (pause)
0'tJ ~ ~ ~ (') rca ~ II raaj maal janjaal kaaj na kitai gano.
The kingdom, the wealth are on(v botherations, thus are ofno avail.
(Jfu cffir30 ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II har keertan aaDhaar nihchal ayhu Dhano. 11211
The singing of God is base (of life), this wealth is ever lasting. 2
iE ~ h 33' ~ II jaytay maa+aa rang tayt pachhaavi-aa.
As many are the feats ofwealth, all are only shadows.
H'tI' ctT O'H ~ ~ ~ lIall sukh kaa naam niDhaan gurmukh gaavi-aa. 11311
The treasure ofname is for happiness, Gurmukh has sung it. 3
ReT ~ ~ ~ 'l{S ~ ~ II sachaa gunee niDhaan tooN parabh gahir gamQ!}eeray.
01 my Master, the real treasure ofattributes, you are deep and profound.
))flRriwl:fJD{ctTO'C')i5[~~11811~1Il:ll:ll:l1l aas bharosaa khasamkaa naanakkayjee-aray.1141191111111
01 soul ofNanak, have hope andfaith in Master. 4.9.111
))fTW lic:J'W tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
870
fi:rB' fHHo3" ~ wre ffiJi{ ~ ~ II jis simrat gukh jaa-ay sahj sukh paa-ee-ai.
Remembering whom, our sorrows end, and we have happiness, in ease.
~ ft:!oJJ oro iffiJ vfa' crla' ~ II C\II rain ginas kar jorh har har Dhi-aa-ee-ai. 11111
Folding hands, day and night, let us remember that God. 1
0T0Cl' err tIl j{ft!' ft::m err 'AI' iffi!" II naanak kaa parabh so-ay jis kaa sabh ko-ay.
God ofNanak is same, who owns everyone.
ROlf oftmfr ~ mJl' ~ j{ft!' IIC\II ~ II sarab rahi-aa bharpoor sachaa sach so-avo 11111 rahaa-o.
The same tru(v True is pervading all 1 (pause)
nf3ftr 8'CJ'fa" Jifdr ~ fcrpwo iiqr II antar baahar sang sahaa-ee gi-aan jog.
Inside and outside (home) is a helping company, worth knowing.
f3'Rfu" RJTfb'}JOT ftInrA' HifRlS ~ II~II tiseh araaDh manaa binaasai sagal rag. 11211
01 my mind, adore Him, He will cure all ailments. 2
~ ~ ~ ))BJfo JiTftI II raajillanhaar apaar raakhai agan maahi.
The saviour is infinite, He saves even in fire.
P.399
~ m~J<:rf<J ~ fHHo3" ~ wre II~II seetal har har naam simrat tapatjaa-ay. 11311
God's name is cooling, remembering Him, the heat goes out. 3
M
~ JItJ ~ UfC!T (')T(')cl' Hn ~ II sookh sahj aanang ghanaa naanak jan Dhooraa.
O
The happiness, the bliss, in ease, is enough. Nanak says, "It is the feet-dust of God's men.
. C
ClTQiJ ~ fi:Ifu' ~ ifclw ~ ~ II BII C\O II C\C\~ II
B
kaaraj saglay siDh Qha-ay bhayti-aa gur pooraa. 11411101111211
Meeting perfect Guru, all matters arefully settled." 8.10.112
LU
C
nfTW >-roW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
K
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II gobing gunee niDhaan gurmukh jaanee-ai.
O
God is the treasure of attributes, know 01 Gurmukh.
O
irre ~ ~ vfa' ~ wiPK IIC\II ho-ay kirpaal ga-i-aal har rang maanee-ai. 11111
H B
When He is kind, merciful, enjoy all His wonders (of love). 1
~ H:r ~ vfa' qli(T ~ II aavhu sant milaah har kathaa kahaanee-aa.
IK
Come and let us meet 01 saints and tell the stories of God.
S
~ fm.fatJ ~ 3'fi:J l!l5'tr ~ IIC\II ~ II
an-gin simreh naam taj laaj lokaanee-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Day and night, remember the name of God, and do not care for the public opinion. 1 (pause)
Mfu Mfu thr ~ ~ ~ UfC!T II jap jap jeevaa naam hovai anag ghanaa.
I live by remembering name, thus I enjoy lot of bliss.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II mithi-aa moh sansaar jhoothaa vinsanaa. 11211
The lovefor worldliness is all illusion, this will perish. 2
~ ~ Jifdr ~ fct* ~ ~ II charan kamal sang nayhu kinai virlai laa-i-aa.
Very rare one could have love for lotus-feet.
dQ ~ J.ftf ft::rfc; crla' ~ II~II Dhan suhaavaa mukh jin har Dhi-aa-i-aa. 11311
Hail the beautifulface ofone, who has remembered God. 3
;:r('j}f ~ ~ CRS fl:Dfa'3' fHfG ~ II janam maran gukh kaal simrat mit jaav-ee.
By remembering Him, the time, the pain ofbirth and death ends.
(')T(')cl' a- ~ j{ft!' it tpJ' ~ IIBIIC\C\IIC\C\~II naanak kai sukh so-ay jo paraQh Qhaav-ee. 11411111111311
Nanak takes pleasure in that, which is liked by Master. 4.11.113

nfTW >-roW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
871
~ >fur ~ ~ m:J em g ~ II aavhu meet ikatar ho-ay ras kas sabh bhunchah.
Come OJ friends, joining together, let us enjoy all sweet and sour.
~ ~ <ffir <ffir nt1 " t.r'W ~ II~II amrit naam har har japah mil paapaa munchah. 11111
The name of God is nectar, remember andfinish with sins. 1
~ ~ R3 ~ 31' '3 ft1urQ 0' n II tat veechaarahu sant janhu taa tay bighan na laagai.
OJ .'taints, ponder upon the essence, then you will have no hurdle.
l:fto ~ g 3"A'CfaT ~ RQ irir II~II ~ II
kheen bha-ay sabh taskaraa gurmukh jan jaagai. 11111 rahaa-o.
All thieves have turned weak, when Gurmukhs, men ofGod, awake. 1 (pause)
~ arat8t ~ ~ CJfH ~ ~ II buDh gareebee kharach laihu ha-umai bikh jaarahu.
Havefor expenses (for journey) the wisdom and modes~v, and burn the poison of ego.
R"'eT <J? ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II saachaa hat pooraa sa-ugaa vakhar naam vaapaarahu. 11211
True is the trading centre, perfect is bargain, trade in the goods ofname. 2
~ fl4 QQ ~ mft ~ II jee-o pind Dhan arpi-aa say-ee pativantay.
1110se who surrender their mind, body and wealth, on(v they are honorable.
~ tIB ~ fn3' ~ m liS II aapnarhay para.!m .!maani-aa nit kayl karantay. 11311
Those who are liked by their Master, they ever are merrying. 3
M
~ ~ H tJR3' ft:Mft trf3' CiOn'ft II durmat mad jo peevtay bikhlee pat kamlee.
O
Those who drink the wine ofevil wisdom, they foolishly own poisonous mindset.
. C
QT}f~Ho3"O'OOrHtl'~ 11811~~1I~~811 raam rasaa-injorataynaanaksachamlee.11411121111411
B
Those who are enjoying the nectar ofGod. Nanak says, "They are genuine drunkards. " 4.12.114
l'>fTW HCJ'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
LU
~ cftlW' ~ ~ ~ II udam kee-aa karaa+aa aarambh rachaa+aa.
K
I tried and got tried, thus I made a beginning.
C
O
~ tp) ;:rli.r ~ ~ ~ ~ 11911 naam japay jap jeevnaa gur mantar drirh-aa~i-aa. 11111
O
I remember name, I live by remembering name, this Mantar, Guru has got me to learn. 1
H B
wfu tm ~ c} ft:Jfo !JOt!' ftrerfcpw II paa-ay parah satguroo kai jin bharam bidaari-aa.
I prostrate at the feet of true Guru, who has destroyed my doubts.
IK
~ mw ~))fTl.fC!t ~ wft:J ~ 11911 ~ II
S
kar kirpaa parabh aapnee sach saaj savaari-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Becoming merciful, Master Himself, created and modelled me in truth. 1 (pause)
C@ ~ m ~ ~ ~ 'a'A"lft II kar geh leenay aapnay sach hukam rajaa-ee.
In order and as per His will, He held my hand and owned me.
R ~ W ~ w ~ ~ II~II jo parabh gitee gaat saa pooran vadi-aa-ee. 11211
The kind ofgift, Master gave me that is perfectly His greatness. 2
Jrt!T Jrt!T ~ ri))ffu ;:rli.r ~ ~ II sadaa sadaa gun gaa-ee-ah jap naam muraaree.
Remembering the name of God, let us ever sing His attributes.
mt fo8'rfufi ~ ~ mw 'Ql"dt IISII naym nibaahi-o satguroo para.!m kirpaa Dhaaree. 11311
OJ my true Guru, Master, be kind to me, and get me to live as per code ofconduct 3
~ QQ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ft!3r II naam Dhan gun gaa-o laabh poorai gur ditaa.
The wealth ofname and singing ofHis attributes, is the gain given by perfect Guru.
~ Ji3' (')'l"(')'CtT tIl ~ ))(fiaT 11811~S II~~~ II
vanjaara'lsant naankaa parabh saahu amitaa. 11411131111511
Nanak says, "The saints are traders, the Master is infinitefinancer". 4.13.115
l'>fTW HCJ'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
872
a-
nr err ~ ~ 1pJ' 3" ~ II jaa kaa thaakur tuhee parabh taa kay vadbhaagaa.
17lOse, whose Master are you, they are great(v lucky.
fg ~ Jre ~ Hf ~ ~ ~ 11911 oh suhaylaa sag sukhee sa.b.!1 bharam bha-o bhaagaa. 11111
They are ever happy and in ease, all their fears and doubts have run away. 1
mf;J1"CfQ ~ a- ~ ifa'r!JTQl' II ham chaakar gobing kay thaakur mayraa bhaaraa.
I am servant of God, my Master is vet:.v great.
Cfa"(')~~f8fQ'Jl~~ 11911 ~ II
karan karaavan sagaI biDh so satguroo hamaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
One who does and gets done, in all ways, He is my true Guru. 1 (pause)
~ orcft ~ Ii 3" err ~ ~ II goojaa naahee a-or ko taa kaa bha-o karee-ai.
There is none else, whom we shouldfear.
P.400
~ jW ~ ~ Hlf ~ ~ 11::)11 gur sayvaa mahal paa-ee-ai jag gutar taree-ai. 11211
Let us enter into the home by serving Guru, and swim across the uncrossable worldliness. 2
~ 3"at ~ ~ HO wfu fc'rQrnr II garisat tayree sukh paa-ee-ai man maahi niDhaanaa.
We get happiness by seeing you, and get this treasure in mind
nr ~ ~ ~ tre m it ~ IISI1 jaa ka-o tum kirpaal bha-ay sayvak say parvaanaa. 11311
O M
Upon whom, you have become kind, those servants become acceptable. 3
~ ij'ff <:J'fiJ ~ Ii ~ t.itt II amrit ras har keertano ko virlaa peevai.
. C
Singing of God's praise, is the nectar of bliss, some very rare one drinks it.
~ 0'0Cf fHi ~ ~ fat!' tI1ir tI1ir ~ 11811981199~ II
U B
L
vajahu naanak milai ayk naam rig jap jap jeevai. 11411141111611
~ H(JW l.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5

K C
Compensation for Nanak is one name, my mind lives by remembering it. 4.14.116
O
nr tpt eft <:Jt ~ Jl 'RiJ' 3' ~ II jaa parabh kee ha-o chayrulee so sabh tay oochaa.
O
B
The Master ofwhom I am a maid, He is the greatest.
H
Hf ftifJ 3" err ~ itar ~ ~ 11911 sabh kichh taa kaa kaaNdhee-ai thoraa ar moochaa. 11111
IK
All things are said to be His, whether they are small or big. 1
S
;:ft))f 1fO ifa'r tffi wftnf eft )f(')'llw II jee-a paraan mayraa Dhano saahib kee manee-aa.
My mind, body and wealth are the ownership of my Master.
a-
mk ft:rR ~ f3H r i ~ 11911 ~ II naam jisai kai oojlee tis gaasee ganee-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
By whose name I am purified, treat me as His maid 1 (pause)
~ ~ H ~)fl' cftOT II vayparvaahu anand mai naa-o maanak heeraa.
He i... blissful, carefree, His name is gem andjeweL
ijtft Qllft JreT ~ nr err '1 Htw 11::)11 rajee Dhaa-ee sagaa sukh jaa kaa tooNmeeraa. 11211
Of one you are a Master, she is rich, happy and ever contented 2
Rl:it ~ RaJ eft ~ ~ II sakhee sahayree sang kee sumat garirhaava-o.
The friends, the maids of my association, give me right counseling.
~ W1] ~ qftJ ~ fi;fQ' <:J'fiJ ~ IISII sayvhu saaDhoo bhaa-o kar ta-o niDh har paava-o. 11311
Serve saints with love, then you can get the treasure of God 3
R'mft r i ~ 'RiJ' cro3t ifa'r II saglee gaasee thaakurai sabh kahtee mayraa.
All maids are ofMaster, everyone says, He is 'mine'.
fi::mft:r ~ 0'7iCf" f3H ~ 8'Rw 118 119l.l1199? II
jisahi seegaaray naankaa tis sukheh basayraa. 11411151111711
Nanak says, "JVhomever, He decorates, she lives in happiness." 4.15.117

))ITRT HQW aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
tI II
H3T cit ~ ~ ~ ))fU1Ql' ~ ~ II santaa kee ho-ay gaasree ayhu achaaraa sikh ree.
Of damsel, be the maid ofsaints, learn this behaviour.
~ F ~ !3H BQ3T ~ 0' ~ ~ 111:\11 sagal gunaa gun ootmo bhartaa door na pikh ree. 11111
Of damsel, this quality is the best ofqualities, do not see your husband afar. 1
~ HQ ~ ~ CJflr O'fi.r Htit5' ~ ~ II ih man sungar aapnaa har naam majeet!:lai rang ree.
Of damsel, beautify your mind, colour it in the madder ofname.
f3lwfcrT ~ ~:i
- = i n- ~
- Jim ~ II~II ~ II
-
ti-aag si-aanap chaaturee tooN jaan gupaaleh sang ree. 11111 rahaa-o.
Of damsel, Leave wisdom and cleverness and join the company of God. 1 (Pause)
BQ3T em H ~ ~ ~ 8C!rfE ~ II bhar!;aa kahai so maanee-ai ayhu seegaar banaa-ay ree.
Of damsel, whatever husband says, obey Him, decorate with this make-up.
~ ~ ~ ~ 3liw l:fl'ft:! ~ II~II goojaa .bb.aa-o visaaree-ai ayhu tambolaa khaa-ay ree. 11211
Of damsel, forget love for anyone else, chew this betel (of love of God). 2
~ err ~ crfcr;fui ftro R3' cit Air ftI&rre ~ II gur kaa sabag kar geepko ih sat kee sayj bichhaa-ay ree.
Of damsel kindle this lamp of Guru's word, and decorate the bed with sheets ofchastity.
))(TO t.JQ Cfa' iif3' ~ ~ ~ CJflr ~ ~ lIali aat!:l pahar kar jorh rahu ta-o .bb.aytai har raa-ay ree. 11311
Of damsel, keep your hand folded all through day and night, then you can meet God-king. 3
m
f3Jr Vff ~ 'AY w8t g1l.l ~ ~ II tis hee chaj seegaar sa.bb. saa-ee roop apaar ree.
OM
On(y such damsel is perfect in behaviour, in make-up,and she is extremely beautiful.
.C
'R'lft ~ (')l'(')QI' H m ~ ~ 11811 I:\~ II 1:\1:\t: II
U B
L
saa-ee sohagan naankaa jo bhaanee kar!;aar ree. 11411161111811
C
Nanak says, "Only that damsel enjoys marital bliss, who is liked by the Creator." 4.16.118
K
))ITRT HQW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
On(y such person wavers,falls, in whose mind is doubt.

O O
;ft'm) iw ~ ~ tit HO ~ !IGW II deegan dolaa ta-oo la-o ja-o man kaY.bb.armaa.
B
~ ~ ~ ))fTl./t ~ f8HGrw 111:\11 bharam kaatay gur aapnai paa-ay bisraamaa. 11111
H
K
When my Guru removes doubts, then I will be in peace. 1
S3' I
gre ~ ~ 3' ~ 3' ~ II o-ay bikhaagee gokhee-aa tay gur tay hootay.
Guru has saved me from jealousy and quarreling.
mf ~ I')flf ~ 3' gre mf ~ 111:\11 ~ II
ham chhootay ab unHaa tay o-ay ham tay Qllootay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Now I am relieved ofthem, they are relieved ofme. 1 (Pause)
m
Ha-r 3cfr iJ'l"03T 3'8 3' 8qr II mayraa tayraa jaantaa tab hee tay banDhaa.
The time, I started discriminating between mine and yours, since then I am bonded.
trftJ ~ ~ 3'8 ~ tqr II~II gur kaatee agi-aantaa tab chhutkay fanQhaa. 11211
Guru removed my ignorance, since then my bondages are cut. 2
inr ~ ~ 0' ~ 3'8 m
~ ~ II jab lag hukam na booi!l-taa tab hee la-o gukhee-aa.
Till one does not realize His order, he has to suffer sorrows.
~ ~ ~ ~ 3'8 m3' ~ lIall gur mil hukam paQillaani-aa tab hee tay sukhee-aa. 11311
Meeting Guru I have realized order, since then I am happy. 3
a-
('IT a-
~ ~ nrcft >fi!r II naa ko gusman gokhee-aa naahee ko mangaa.
Neither there is my enemy nor jealous, nor bad.
~ cit ~ m (')'l"O'6l' l:fR'H ~ 11811'\?1I1:\~~1I
gur kee sayvaa sayvko naanak khasmai bangaa. 11411171111911
874
Of serving in the service of Guru, Nanak is man ofMaster. 4.17.119
))fI'W >rnW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ J:I"C)"H ~ l.Ifc!T c:rftr ~ ~ II sookh sahj aanad ghanaa har keertan gaa-o.
..\'ing the praise of God and have enough happiness, bliss, in ease.
aTQ(J ~ ~ ~ l')f1.fc!I' ~ II~II garah nivaaray satguroo day apnaa naa-o. 11111
True Guru, giving his name, removes evil inflicting.
~ !RI' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II balihaaree gur aapnay sad sad bal jaa-o.
P.40t
~~~~ ft:nJ fHft1; 'RV ~ II~II ~ II
guroo vitahu ha-o vaari-aa jis mil sach su-aa-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
I sacrifice for my Guru, meeting whom I gain truth. 1 (Pause)
'AWo ~ f:m ~ ~ fi:rff ~ 0 ~ II sagun apasgun tis ka-o lageh jis cheet na aavai.
Good and bad omens are for one, who does not remember (God).
f::rJJ iOj m 0 ~ it c:rftr l{fB' R II~II tis jam nayrh na aavee jo har parabh bhaavai. 11211
The devil of death does not touch one, who is liked by Master. 2
yo ~ ;:p.f 3tl' it3' 'R!J' !1.ffu O'l.:f II punn daan jap tap jaytay sabh oopar naam.
Very many are charities, austerities, meditations, but name of God is above all.
M
c:rftr c:rftr ij'm')T it ~ f::rJJ ~ ~ II a II har har rasnaa jo japai tis pooran kaam. 11311
O
Whoever with tongue (person) remembers the name of God, all his matters are settled. 3
C
are a- fuR 0 8tfr II bhai binsay bharam moh ga-ay ko disai na bee-aa.
.
~ firoH ~ Hu
B
Thefear vanishes, doubt and greed way out, none is seen other (than God).
U
~~ faftJ ~ 0 Shw liB 1I~t: II~~O II
L
(')TO'Cf
naanak raakhay paarbarahm fir dookh na thee-aa. 11411181112011
KC
Nanak says, "When God is to save, then no sufferings. " 4.18.120
O
))fI'W U@ ~ JiUW 1.1 aasaa ghar 9 mehlaa 5 ASA GHAR - 9, M: 5
O
'\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.
~ ~ 'R08 H1f ~ ~ ~ for 0 ~ II

H B
K
SI
chitya-o chitav sarab sukh paava-o aagai bhaava-o ke na bhaava-o.
Remember and enjoy remembering, (and leave it to Him) whether He likes it or not.
~a: ~ ~ ~ iI"flrcf t!'HQ a- tlfu ~ II ~ II
- - = -
ayk daataar sagal hai jaachik doosar kai peh jaava-o. 11111
There is One Giver, everyone else is beggar, whom else should I go to ? 1
~ ~ ))flO ~ II ha-o maaga-o aan lajaava-o.
If I beg from someone else, I feel ashamed.
~ ~~ ~~ mmflr~ II~II ~ II
sagal chhatarpat ayko thaakur ka-un samsar laava-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
On(v one God is ruler for all, who else can be equal to Him. 1 (Pause)
~ot s~ m fir 0 ~ ~ iffi:r ~ II ooth-o baisa-o reh bhe na saaka-o darsan khoj khojaava-o.
Standing or sitting, I cannot live, therefore, I search and get searched to see Him.
~ A(')al'fi!a: AOa: ~ JfOT3(')" ~ f3'Q ~ ~ ~M!li'il1 II~II
barahmaadik sankaadik sanak sanandan sanaatan sanatkumaar tin H ka-o mahal dulbhaava-o. 11211
lJil!ine like Brahma, and saints like Sanak, Sanandan, Snatan, Sanat Kumar, for them His
home is made unavailable. 2
~ ~ ~ itf aftHf::r tffl" 0 ~ II agam agam aagaaDh boDh keemat parai na paava-o.
875
Master.s worth is inaccessible, unknowable, unapproachable, none can pay for it.
310ft ~ Rf3' ycJlf cit ~ ~ ~ liS II
taakee saran sat purakh kee satgur purakh Dhi-aava-o. 11311
Their refuge is that oftrue Purakh, remember Purakh through true Guru. 3
~ ~ ~ 1lJ ~ Cl'fcij 8g" ~ II
bha-i-o kirpaal Qa-i-aal parabh thaakur kaati-o banDh garaava-o.
My Master, God is now kind, merciful He has cut the chain around my neck.
O@ 0T0Cr ~ ~ ~ 3t ~;::rofH n ~ IIBII9.I19.~9.11
kaho naanak ja-o saaDhsang paa-i-o ta-o fir janam na aava-o. 1141111112111
Nanak says, "Whoever joins the congregation ofsaints, he does not return to birth. " 4.1.121
WW lfiRISl' ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
i3fu' ~ 8"CJfcJ ~ ~ wfar ~ II antar gaava-o baahar gaava-o gaava-o jaag savaaree.
Sing when you are at home, sing when you are outside home,
...ing when you are awake or in sleep.
Jffin ~ att 3w;fur ~ nrH c} ~ 119.11
sang chalan ka-o tosaa d.eenHaa gobind. naam kay bi-uhaaree. 11111
01 trading in the name of God, He has given youfoodfor journey. 1
~ ftfR'rat ~ II avar bisaaree bisaaree.
I have forgotten everything else.
OM
C
(')I}{~~~~JlW~ 119.11 ~ II
naam Qaan gur poorai Qee-o mai ayho aaDhaaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
B .
U
The perfect Guru has given me the gift ofname, same is my support 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ~ itt ~ ~ tffli mr<ft II
Qookhan gaava-o sukh bhee gaava-o maarag panth samHaaree.
C L
Sing in pains, also in pleasures, remember when on way.
ft@ ~ )fc') Hfu ~ Hat ftmr ~
O
II~ II
K
O
(')I){
B
naam Qarirh gur man meh Qee-aa moree tisaa bujhaaree. 11211
KH
Guru taught name to my mind, that quenched all my thirst. 2
I
~ !it ~ tlft ~ ~ RrfJr RrfJr ~ II
S
Qin bhee gaava-o rainee gaava-o gaava-o saas saas rasnaaree.
Sing during day, sing during night, sing with tongue, with every breath and morsel
A::ufdlf3 Hfu ftmrB' ~ cffiJ i'fR3' JoR3 JiaIrat IISI1
satsangat meh bisaas ho-ay har jeevat marat sangaaree. 11311
Learn faith in true congregation then God is with you, whether in life or in death. 3
tf7) 0T0Cr att re-g ~ ~ liB" ~ Ji3 ~ ~ ~ II
jan naanak ka-o ih d.aan Qayh para12h paava-o sant rayn ur Qhaaree.
Nanak prays for this charity. 01 Master, bless my mind with feet-dust ofsaints.
~ ~*O ~ ~ ~ WG~ IISIl~II9.~~1I
sarvanee kathaa nain d.aras paykha-o mastak gur charnaaree. 1141121112211
That my ears may listen your story, my eyes may see you.
and my fore-head may be at your feet 4.2.122
9.r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaaQ.
God is one, realized with the grace oftrue Guru.
WW UIg 9.0 lfiRISl' ~ II aasaa ghar 10 mehlaa 5. ASA GHAR 10, M: 5
ft:m' ~*t cnw
)fI'(')fu 3' If'I'2li i \!'cJT II jis no tooN asthir kar maaneh tay paahun d.o d.aahaa.
876
l1te one, you believe to be permanent, he is guestfor two days.
P.402
~~ fdFr RaJ'lIj JOOjt mr ~ ~ 11911
putar kaltar garih sagaI samagree sabh mithi-aa asnaahaa. 11111
Lovefor sons, wife, home or all things, is on(v an illusion. 1
ij' HO RiP?fr ClOfu ~ <JT <JT II ray man ki-aa karahi hai haa haa.
O! my mind, what are you doing when laughing and laughing.
~~ AA' ijr~Jt!f1dl ~ QT}f !JiIg i l!iS'<JT 11911 ~ II
Qarisat Qaykh jaisay harichanQ-uree ik raam bhajan lai laahaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
See with ~ves, God has created this illusion, therefore, remember Him and gain from it. 1 (pause)
AA 8'R'3CJ ~ ~ ft!'o ~;:pfa' ia'r<JT II jaisay bastar Qayh odhaanay Qin Qo-ay chaar bhoraahaa.
Like body is wearing clothes, after two-four days th~v will wear off.
~ ~ ~ ~))jf::r m))(T(JT II~II bheet oopray kaytak Dhaa-ee-ai ant orko aahaa. 11211
How long one can run on a wall, at last, one has to reach to end. 2
AA ~ cj~ cmr O'fe:rii ~ fi:ig ~ tfI'ijT II jaisay ambh kund kar raakhi-o parat sinDh gal jaahaa.
One may reserve water in a pot, but ultimate(v, it has to return to embrace river (ocean).
~ fTfdmrr 1.POlfcJli eft ~ wRt ~ trW<JT II a II
M
aavag aagi-aa paarbarahm kee uth jaasee muhat chasaahaa. 11311
O
Once comes the order of God, he will stand and leave, at fixed time. 3
.C
ij' HO ~ ~ ~ 8Hfu ~ ~ W<JT II ray man laykhai chaaleh laykhai baiseh laykhai laigaa saahaa.
B
O! my mind you walk, you sit, and you breathe, as preordained.
JreI' cftaf::r afa' (')l7)Qf ufa' eft ~ ~ ~ ~ II B 119119~a II
L U
saQaa keerat kar naanak har kee ubray satgur charan otaahaa. 1141111112311
K C
Nanak says, "Always praise God, you will liberate, with the support oftrue Guru'sfeet. " 4.1.123
O
fTW ).f(JW t.l II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
O
~ W3" ~ m Jftmit SHe ~ II apusat baat tay Qha-ee seeDhree goot gusat sajna-ee.
~ Hfu Q3Q ~ m5lo !fir ~ 11911

H B
The complex matter is straighten to the extant that, the wicked devil has become friend.
K
SI
anDhkaar meh ratan pargaasi-o maleen buDh hachhna-ee. 11111
In darkness, the jewel has given light, and evil wisdom is purified. 1
~ ~~ m II ja-o kirpaa gobing bha-ee.
When God became merciful,
Blf Htrt3" ufa' OT){ ~ ~ ~ tHm 11911 ~ II
sukh sampat har naam fal paa-ay satgur mil-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
True Guru blessed me with fruits, like name of God, richness, happiness. 1 (pause)
Hfu fcm.ro ~ clre '0 iI'03 Jmll) 'RO ~ II
mohi kirpan ka-o ko-ay na jaanat sagaI bhavan pargata-ee.
None knew me the poor one, He made me known all over the world.
Jffin ~ cmt '0 ~ ~ RaJ'lIj ~ imft II~ II
sang baithno kahee na paavat hun sagal charan sayv-ee. 11211
None wanted me to sit with, now everyone serves my feet. 2
~~~ ~ t5 HO RaJ'lIj f:rRo ~ aret II
aadh aadh ka-o FIrat dhoondh-tay man sagal tarisan bum ga-ee.
I was searching on(v for half(loaf), now all my lust ofmind is quenched.
~ ~ 2ft l:fri N RiQRdlf:3 ~ lIall ayk bol bhee khavto naahee saaDhsangat seetla-ee. 11311
877
(I was so impatient that) I could not hear even one word, but now the congregation ofsaints has
cooled me. 3
~ tfur ~ em; ~ ))fiIJ){ ))fiIJ){))fiIJ>aft II ayk jeeh gun kavan vakhaanai agam agam agma-ee.
I have one tongue, how many attributes ofthe inaccessible, I can tell
~ ~ ~ iii ~ iIO (')Tt')'ii c:rfW ~ IISIl~ II~~SII
daas daas daas ko karee-ahu jan naanak har sarna-ee. 1141121112411
Make me the servant ofyour servants, and have Nanak in your (God's) refuge. 4.2.124
))fl'RT}fCJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
a-~~~1~~~~ifcrr~1I
ray moorhay laahay ka-o tooN dheelaa dheelaa totay ka-o bayg Dhaa+aa.
01 idiot, you are lazy for gaining, andfor loss you runfast.
Jm3' ~ ~ fUioftr ()'Gft t.rrtft 8"QT ~ II ~II
- =
sasat vakhar tooN ghinneh naahee paapee baaDhaa raynaa+aa. 11111
You do not purchase the cheap goods, thus the sinner is fastened in debt. 1
~ ~ ~ II satgur tayree aasaa+aa.
True Guru is your hope.
l.lf:r:r ~ 3W O'?j ~ H ~ ~ II~II ~ II
M
patit paavan tayro naam paarbarahm mai ayhaa ota"a+aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
01 God, your name is declined liberating, same is my support. 1 (pause)
.C
rn tc! ~ lla$i'ifiJ O'?j b ~ II ganDhan vain suneh ur:i!1aavahi naam lait alkaa+aa.
U B
You are busy in listening obscene songs, when comes to listen His name you are lazy.
~ M!" ~ ~ ~ pt llM2 i R:!bjT II~II nind chind ka-o bahut umaahi-o booi!1ee ultaa+aa. 11211
C L
You are excited to enjoy the feel ofback-biting, when comes to realizing, you turn your back.
K
trd" tIO trd" 37) trd" 3t fcrer JH1:Pftr 1:I'ftr CJ aa l R:!bjT II
O
par Dhan par tan par tee nindaa akhaaDh khaahi harkaa+aa.
O
You are mad for other's wealth other's body, other's wife, andfor eating the uneatable.
H B
~ QGH ~ g1\1 oi1t ~ Rftr 1jE icPftrnrr II S II
saach Dharam si-o ruch nahee aavai sat sunat chhohaa+aa. 11311
K
SI c:rfW
You do not feel interested in true faith, therefore, listening truth you get angry. 3
~ ~ ~ 1:{!f ~ n3' ~ ~ II
deen da+aal kirpaal paraQh thaakur bhagat tayk har naa+aa.
Of my Master, merciful, kind to poor, devotees' refuge is your name.
(')Tt')'ii btTfu ~ 1:{!f ~ ~ WR' ~ liS liS II~~~ II
naanak aahi saran paraQh aa+o raakh laaj apnaa+aa. 1141131112511

Nanak says, "01 my Master, I have come to your refuge, please own me and protect my
honour. " 4.3.125
))fl'RT }fCJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ JffiIr JffiIr ~ ~ wfulw Cffa" ~ II mithi-aa sang sang laptaa-ay moh maa+aa kar baaDhay.
We are in illusion, running after illusion, greedy for wealth and are fettered.
ffiT ~ Jl ~ 0 ~ ~ R JWQ- II~II jah jaano so cheet na aavai ahaN-buDh bha-ay aaNDhay. 11111
Where we are to go, we do not remember, we have turned blind in ego. 1
)ffi ia'raft ~ 0 ~ II man bairaagee ki-o na araaDhay.
Why tht: alienated mind does not adore?

~ ~ )fTfu i 8Jf3T mar JImIS ftN eft ftpwq II 1\11 ~ II
kaach kothree maahi tooN bastaa sang sagal bikhai kee bi-aaDhay. 11111 rahaa-o.
878
You live in the home made of glass, all ailments ofpoison are also living with you. 1 (pause)
)i(jt ~ a<J3' ~ afo ~ ~ fl:fQ iftH ))fflHTl} II
mayree mayree karat .din rain bihaavai pal khin chheejai arjaaDhay.
You pass day and night in gathering wealth, but t(te life is wearing off every moment.
P. 403
Hit Ht'5 wft! ~ tifQ' ~ II~ II jaisay meethai saa.d lobhaa-ay jhooth DhanDh .durgaaDhay. 11211
As we are charmed by sweet tastes, and are smelling foul in false vocations. 2
CifTH ~))@ is 'lfu fffi:r re;t ij'fl:r ~ II kaam kroDh ar lobh moh ih in.dree ras laptaaDhay.
The cupidi~v, anger, greed, lust, we are engrossed in sensuousness.
;fuft ~ YQfi:r ftIqr3 ~ ~ MO>fTir II i:J II
.dee-ee bhavaaree purakh biDhaatai bahur bahur janmaaDhay. 11311
Once the destiny giving God, puts us in cycle, we are born again and again. 3
~ ~ ~ tfto ~ itrQ ~ !JQ f}{ftls mr ~ wQ- II
ja-o bha-i-o kirpaal .deen .dukh bhanjan ta-o gur mil sabh sukh laaDhay.
The moment, the merciful, the destroyer ofthe suffering ofthe poor, becomes kind, then meeting
Guru, wefind all pleasures.
~'(")'I"(')OI'ft!Qafn~HTflJ~mm~ IIBII
M
kaho naanak .din rain Dhi-aava-o maar kaadhee sagaI upaaDhay. 11411
O
Nanak says, "Remember Him day and night, He will beat and pull out all ailments." 4
C
.
~~ m ~ ~ II i-o japi-o bhaa-ee purakh biDhaatay.
OJ my brother, thus remember destiny-giving God.
tfto ~ itrQ if(')){ KaC!' ~ ~
U B
L
~~ IIC\II ~ ~ IIBIIBIIC\~~II
C
bha-i-o kirpaal .deen .dukh bhanjan janam maran .dukh laathay. 11111 rahaa-o .doojaa. 1141141112611
K
The destroyer of the poor's sufferings, has become kind, thus pains, of birth and death are
thrown away. 1 (Pause) second 4.4.126
O
))(l'W}fij"W l.I II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5 O
B
fo}fl:f CifTH ~ ~ clfc fuoJ:r ~ tRfu II nimakh kaam su-aa.d kaaran kot .dinas .dukh paavahi.
H
K
For a moment ofsensuous pleasure, one suffers crores of days.
SI
um~iarH"dJ~~~~ IIC\II
gharee muhat rang maaneh fir bahur bahur pachhutaavahi. 11111
For a little time, one enjoys pleasure, then repents again and again. 1
~ m CJ'fu CJ'fu ~ II anDhay chayt har har raa-i-aa.
OJ blind, remember God-king.
30r it ft!Q ~ ~ 119.11 ~ II tayraa so Qin nayrhai aa-i-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Your that (death) day is drawing near. 1 (Pause)
tR5Cr ~ ~ ~ ~ cfu.r ~ ~~ II palak .darisat .daykh bhoolo aak neem ko tooNmar.
- -
For a momentyou haveforgotten that what you are looking at is oak, neem, tumma. (bitterfruit
giving trees).
fuIr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3ll <it fu'g l.IQ faN II~ II
jaisaa sang bisee-ar si-o hai ray taiso hee ih par garihu. 11211
Sleeping with another's wife is like sleeping with a serpent. 2
am ~ l.I'tl iifa"3T ~ ~ ))f}{I('jT II bairee kaaran paap kartaa basat rahee amaanaa.
You commit sins for an enemy, and care not for the thing in your custody (faith).
iflJif/'ftrf30<it~ JRftJll'm')~hrnr 1Ii:J1I chhodjaahi tin hee si-osangeesaajan si-o bairaanaa. 11311
You are in love with that which will leave you, and with dear one you are a stranger. 3
879
JJaR1i ~ ftm ftIfi:r ~ Ft ~ fHH ~ F II
sagaI sansaar ihai biDh bi-aapi-o SO ubri-o jis gur pooraa.
The whole world is living like this, only that one is liberates, whose Guru is perfect.
- (")'I"(')C[ R
im
- ~ ri' l.I'-C'ft'3 Jfhrr 11811 ~ II C\~.? .II
J=I11IQ
kaho naanak bhav saagar tari-o bha-ay puneet sareeraa. 1141151112711
Nanak says, "Swim across the terrible ocean, the body (and mind) will be pure." 4.5.127
))fTW JoroW ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 gupgay. ASA M: 5, DOPADE
~ ~ m~ 1l11:f(i HiJ~~ II look kamaanoso-ee tum H paykhi-o moorh mugaDh mukraanee.

- -
One acts in secret, but you (God) are watching, yet, the foolish, idiot denies.
~ CiDril ~ ~ &iii faflr tPt ~ IIC\II
aap kamaanay ka-o lay baaNDhay fir paachhai pachhutaanee. 11111
He is bound by his own actions, then he repents. 1
~ ~ FI!f ftIfi:r ~ ;:rrcrft II parabh mayray sabh biQh aagai jaanee.
My Master knows everything, before it happens.
~ a- ~ 1 ~ tm!I" tri' iftlK oft H'C'ft II C\II ~ II
bharam kay moosay tooN raakhat pargaa paachhai jee-a kee maanee. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 robbed by doubts, you hide your deeds, but in the end you will have to accept the voice ofyour
M
self. 1 (Pause)
O
~~~~~ wit fcmrr ii era- ~ II jit jit laa-ay tit tit laagay ki-aa ko karai paraanee.
.C
When and wherever He puts, one has to work, what a person can do ?
B
8'tIfi:r ~ ~ ~ (")'I"(')C[ m!' ~ 1I~1I~1IC\~t:1I
U
bakhas laihu paarbarahm su-aamee naanak sag kurbaanee. 1121161112811
L
Nanak says, "01 supreme Master, please forgive me, I sacrifice myselffor you." 2.6.128
C
K
))fTW JoroW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ m oft l')fTil' ~ l')fTil' O'tf ~ II apunay sayvak kee aapay raakhai aapay naam japaavai.
O O
He Himself saves the honour ofHis servant, and Himself gets His name remembered.
B
i1<J i1<J Cl'H fiRS m oft ~ ~ ~ tri IIC\II
H
jah jah kaaj kirat sayvak kee tahaa tahaa utb. Dhaavai. 11111
K
m I
When and wherever His servant needs His help, then and there He runs for it 1
S
~ ~ ~ ~ II sayvak ka-o niktee ho-ay gikhaavai.
He shows His servant becoming closer to Him.
HHcm~tffir~~~~ IIC\II ~ II
jo jo kahai thaakur peh sayvak tatkaal ho-ayaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
For whatever servant prays before Master, then and there it happens. 1 (Pause)
f::nJ m cl ~ ~ R ~ tpJ' iR' II tis sayvak kai ha-o balihaaree jo apnay parabh bhaavai.
I sacrifice myselffor that servant, who is liked by his Master.
f3l:r oft Rfi! ~ H9 CJ'ftp,fr f3'ff (")'I"(')C[ ~ ~ II~ II.? II C\~~ II
tis kee so-ay sunee man hari-aa tis naanak parsan aavai. 1121171112911
Nanak says, "Listening his praise, my mind turns green (happy, young), I will come to touch his
feet. " 2. 7.129
))fTW l.I@ C\C\ JoroW ~ aasaa ghar 11 mehlaa 5ASA GHAR 11, M: 5
~r~ l{R'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.

~ il:f ~ 8V ftIfi:r Rw a- ~ '3w WII natoo-aa QhaYkb gikhaavai baho biDh jaisaa hai oh taisaa ray.
The disguiser shows his feats in many ways, but remains the same as he was.
880
~ Hfo ~ ~ !it3"ftr ~ ortit ~ ~ 11911
anik jon bharmi-o bharam bheetar sukheh naahee parvaysaa ray. 11111
/11 doubts, he wandered through many births, but happiness could not enter his mind. 1
P.404
wtI"OFi3 mR Ht3r f8g <ffir <ffir ~ ~ II saajan sant hamaaray meetaa bin har har aaneetaa ray.
01 my dear friend saint, anything other than God is not lasting.
~ fHft;s <ffir ~ iR' ~ ~ 1RlCI'! tfl3'r ~ 11911 ~ II
saaDhsang mil har gun gaa-ay ih janam pagaarath jeetaa ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 dear one, join the congregation of saints, sing the attributes of God. Then you will win the
battle oflife. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ~ lfcJH cit ~ ~ ilNO ftrlQ' ~ ~ II
tarai gun maa+aa barahm kee keenHee kahhu kavan biDh taree-ai ray.
The Maya of three gunnas, is created by God, tell how to swim across.
urHO~))f1JTU~RJmft~~~ II~II
= --
ghooman ghayr agaah gaakhree gur sabgee paar utree-ai ray. 11211
The whirlpool is inaccessible and impossible one,
one can swim across on(v with the word of Guru. 2
M
~ ~ ijiH dh::I' fda ~ 0T0iir ~ tIW ~ II
O
khojat khojat khoj beechaari-o tat naanak ih jaanaa ray.
. C
The researchers have searched and thought over, thus Nanak could know this reality.
B
fl::n.ra3' ~ ~ ~ H' ~ ~ ~ IISII9119S011
U
simrat naam niDhaan nirmolak man maanak patee-aanaa ray. 1131111113011
L
Remembering invaluable treasure of name, thejewel ofmy mind is contented. 3.1.130
C
K
))(TW lro'W ~ ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 QUPQay. ASA M: 5, DOPADE
O
~~HWHfc'i~H~Jl~w II
O
gur parsaag mayrai man vasi-aa jo maaga-o so paava-o ray.
OTHMen~H'~~O"~~~ 11911
H B
With the grace of Guru, He came to stay in my mind, now whatever. I beg for, that I get.
K
Sf:JffI
naam rang ih man tariptaanaa bahur na katahoo N Dhaava-o ray. 11111
My mind is contented in the love for name, now it will not run anywhere else. 1
iJHGI' ~ mr 3 !tJr ~ ~ ~ WII hamraa t!1aakur sabh tay oochaa rain ginas tis gaava-o ray.
My Master is the highest, I sing ofHim, day and night.
fl:foHfulfTf4~f3Jr3~~W 11911 ~ II
khin meh thaap uthaapanhaaraa tis tay tuiheh daraava-o ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
He can base and debase in a moment, therefore, people get you frightened. 1 (pause)
;:ra M 1ff ))f1jOT ~ 3t ~ ~ 0" ~ WII
jab gaykh-a-u parabh apunaa su-aamee ta-o avrahi cheet na paava-o ray.
When I see my own Master, I do not want anyone else to enter my mind.
~ ~ ~ JWfir ~ ~ ~ HfG ~ W1I~1I~1I9S911
naanakgaas parabh aap pehraa+aa bharam bha-o mayt likhaava-o ray. 1121121113111
Nanak says, "Master Himself has awarded His servant with the robe ofhonour;
let it be recorded that all my fears and doubts are now over. " 2.2.131
))(TW lro'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
wftJ 1m) t$Jr a- ~ l:f? t!GRO Cfa' 3lift WII

chaar baran cha-uhaa kay margan khat garsan kar talee ray.
881
There arefour classes, all thefour have (great) men, they are keeping six systems on their palm.
m
-
HUIO Jm.I' ~
- =
thru- <ft Hfu ~ W11911
sungar sughar saroop si-aanay panchahu hee mohi chhalee ray. 11111
They are handsome, smart, wise, and well built, but are charmed and robbed by five senses. 1
fi:lfo ~ JR thJ ~ ~ ~ lRIft WII jin mil maaray panch soorbeer aiso ka-un balee ray.
Those, who joining together, have killed the five brave (senses), who are such brave ones.
fi:lfo thJ wftr ftrerflJ ~ JT l.faT re<r ~ W11911 ~ II
- = -
jin panch maar bigaar gugaaray so pooraa ih kalee ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
One has who killed and have thrown away the five, he is a success in this dark age. 1 (Pause)
m IDf m- erarfu O'<ft ~ $ ~ WII vadee kom vas Q!laageh naahee muhkam fa-uj hathlee ray.
They (thefive) are a big nation, neither they are overcome nor they run away, that army is strong
and ofthose who resist.
~ 0'0Cf 1317> iIfc5 f6defa))fT H'QAdlfd & ~ W1I~lIitIl9it~1I
kaho naanak tin jan nirgali-aa saaDhsangat kai ,ihalee ray. 1121131113211
Nanak says, 'j4 person, who .'0 under theprotection ofsaint's congregation, can face them. " 2.3.132
))fTRT }f(JW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
olcft ;:ftl,r cit c:rftJ C(W ~ ))fTO mm OR ~ W11911 ~ II

= -
M
neekee jee-a kee har kathaa ootam aan sagal ras feekee ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
The story ofGod is pure and nice for soul, all other tastes are tasteless. 1 (pause)
~ IJfo gfo ~ iIO If? B ~ n fcirJ ~ W11911
.C
B
baho gun Dhun mun jan khat baytay avar na kichh laa-eekee ray. 11111
U
Many ofthe men ofvirtues, like musicians, practising silence, sages, the experts in six systems,
L
C
have nothing else to do. 1
K
~ ~ ~ ~ WtMfdr (')T(')Cif tltaft WII~ IISII9itit II
O
bikhaaree niraaree apaaree sehjaaree saaDhsang naanak peekee ray. 1121141113311
O
(This story of God) is a passion killing the worldliness, it is uncomparable, infinite and in ease
H B
giving. Nanak drinks (listens) it in the congregation ofsaint. 2.4.133
I
tJW<ft~~~~fnHl:I'nHn3~W 11911 ~ II
K
S
hamaaree pi-aaree amrit Dhaaree gur nimakh na man tay taaree ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
My beloved is the stream ofnectar. Guru has not taken it away from my mind, even for a while.
1 (Pause)
i:!'a"ffi') tmIO ~ CJ'a'RO ~ m ~ W11911
garsan parsan sarsan harsan rang rangee kartaaree ray. 11111
Seeing it, touching it, is sweet and blissful, she is coloured in the love of Creator. 1
fi:fQ Q){ tJQ iDf c:rftJ eM C"iCJ iDf c:rftJ cifo 0'0Cf ~ ~ WII ~ II ~ 119itSII
khin ram gur gam har gam nah jam har kanth naanak ur haaree ray. 1121151113411
While living even for some time, always move towards Guru, then no devil ofdeath. Nanak keeps
Him in embrace, in mind. 2.5.134
olcft WQ' ~ II ~ II neekee saaDh sangaanee. rahaa-o.

The congregation ofsaints is pure. (pause)
tJ"O ~ ~ 'dJ"il3' 'dJ"il3' 1tNe' ~ ~ 11911
pahar moorat pal gaavat gaavat goving goving vakhaanee. 11111
All through time (day, quarter of the day, every moment), sing of God and speak of God. 1
882
~ 8J:r:r m (Jfu HlJ Hfo 3fo troO ~ II~ II
chaalat baisat sovat har jas man tan charan khataanee. 11211
Moving, sitting, sleeping, sing the praise ofGod, and keep mind and body at His feet. 2
;TIt ~ 3" (5'IQO ~ ('i'1"OC[ JJfn ~ IISII~III:\S~1I
- - = -- -
haN-o ha-uro too thaakur ga-uro naanak saran pachhaanee. 1131161113511
I am ...mall, you, my Master are great, Nanak has come to your refuge. 3.6.135
P.405
~ ))fI'RT)f()'W ~ l.I@ I:\~ raag aasaa mehlaa 5 ghar 12 RAG ASA M: 5, GHAR -12
'\"'"'~ l.{Wft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
God is one, realized by the grace of true Guru.
fu>wfdr mm ~ 8!J ~ ~ II ti-aag sagal si-aanpaa bhaj paarbarahm nirankaar.
Leave all other wisdoms and remember supreme, formless, God.
~cr ~ (')T){ ~ mm;!tR ~ 111:\11 ayk saachay naam baaihahu sagal geesai chhaar. 11111
Everything other than one true name, looks like ash. 1
Ft ~ w!t>K Jre Jim II so parabh jaanee-ai sag sang.
Let us know that God Master is ever accompanying.
a-
~ ~ ~ ~ (Jfu & 111:\11 ~ II gur parsaadee booihee-ai ayk har kai rang. 11111 rahaa-o.
M
With the grace ofGuru, let us understand that love for God is one. 1 (Pause)
~ RHOll ~ am-
O
~ ~ ~ II saran samrath ayk kayree goojaa naahee thaa-o.
C
.
Be in the refuge of one omnipotent, there is no other place.
B
H<JT ~ ~ JW' (Jfu ~ ~ II~II mahaa bha-ojallanghee-ai sagaa har gun gaa-o. 11211
U
L
We can swim across the dead(v terrifying waters, by ever singing the attributes ofGod. 2
C
ffi'j){ ~ ~ ~ (') iDf yfa' ~ II janam maran nivaaree-ai gukh na jam pur ho-ay.
K
The cycle of birth and death when ceases, then no suffering in the ci~v of devil ofdeath.
O O
0T)j foqrg mft 1.fT8" fitrr ~ ~ Ftre IISII naam niDhaan so-ee paa-ay kirpaa karay para.bh so-avo 11311
On(v he can get the treasure o.fname, upon whom Master is kind. 3
B
~ 2ct ~ tci ~ err Hfo Hg II ayk tayk aDhaar ayko ayk kaa man jor.
H
K
My refuge, my support is one, on(v He disciplines my mind.
SI
('i'1"OC[ ~ fi.ffi!is H'QAdl1'3 (Jfu f8g ~ (') ~ IIBIII:\III:\S~1I
naanakjapee-ai mil saaDhsangat har bin avar na hor. 1141111113611
Nanak says, "Let us remember Him, in the congregation of saints, there is none other than
God". 4.1.136
))fI'RT )f()'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ Hg 3" l{"O l{B' cl ~ JIfB' 'ij'R" iar IIjee-o man tan paraan para.bh kay gee-ay sa.bh ras .bhog.
My soul, my mind, my body, my breath, all are given by Master, He has given me all tastes to
e/~;oy.
't!lo" 8tnr tftlK t!"'3'" ~ ~ iitr 111:\11 geen banDhap jee-a gaataa saran raakhan jog. 11111
He is friend ofpoor, the giver of life, and is capable ofkeeping me in His refuge. 1
Jffl }fi'i fQl')ftfu (Jfu (Jfu ~ II mayray man Dhi-aa-ay har har naa-o.
01 my mind, remember the name of God.
~ tmf3" JJTft! Hi ~ ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II
halat palat sahaa-ay sangay ayk si-o liv laa-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
Have love with One, here and hereafter, He will be a helping company. 1 (Pause)
ite ~ t') ~ ~ ~ JiJ:Irg II bayg saastar jan Dhi-aavahi taran ka-o sansaar.
For swimming across the world-ocean people study Veda and Shashtras.
883
cmfrmr~~Ri1!trftJO'l:!'~ II~II karam Dharamanaykkiri-aa sabh ooparnaamachaar.11211
They do many rituals, many ceremonies, but above all is the conduct given by name. 2
~~~ ftIoft' 6fA' ~ ~ II kaam kroDh ahaNkaar binsai milai satgur gayv.
With this the cupidity, the anger, the ego vanish, and one meets the divine Guru.
O'l:!' ~ cmr ~ ~ eft Rft ~ eft ~ II it II
naam garirh kar bhagat har kee bhalee para.!m kee sayv. 11311
Learn name, be in the devotion of God, the best is service ofMaster. 3
~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ ~ II charan saran ga-i-aal tayree tooN nimaanay maan.
OJ merciful, I am at your feet, in you refuge, you are the pride ofthose without pride.
~ l{'C! ~ 3Qr (')"I7)Cjf ~ 1{! ~ 11811~II9.it.?1I
jee-a paraan aDhaartayraa naanak kaa para.!m taan. 1141121113711
The support ofmy mind and body is ofyou. OJ Master you are the pride ofNanak. 4.2.137
))fI'RT JofiJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
mm H<JT ~ ~ ftror ~ mr II dol dol mahaa gukh paa-i-aa binaa saaDhoo sang.
Devoid ofthe congregation ofsaints, wavering and wavering, I suffered a lot.
l:fIfG tISTJ iftre ~ Qff ~ ~ ~ 119.11 khaat laabh gobing har ras paarbarahm ik rang. 11111
Earn the gain of Gods' nectar and be one with love ofsupreme. 1
~ il O'l:!' ~ C'ftftr II har ko naam japee-ai neet.
Let us ever remember the name of God.
OM
wfi:r wfi:r ftp,rrft:!" it 1{! ~ ))RG tftf::f 119.11 ~ II
. C
B
saas saas Dhi-aa-ay so parabh ti-aag avar pareet. 11111 rahaa-o.
U
L
Remember that Master by evet:v breath, leave all other love. 1 (Pause)
C
~ ~ R>fa!f it 1{! tftl'H' ~ JWfir II karan kaaran samrath so parabh jee-a gaataa aap.
K
That Master is competent to be cause and effect. He Himselfis the giver oflife.
O O
~ RmS ~))fIO tra' 1:1 wf4 II~II ti-aag sagal si-aanpaa aath pahar parabh jaap. 11211
Leave all other wisdoms and all through day and night, remember that Master. 2
B
~ FI1:fT JJ'I'ft!" mtt ~ ))fmf ~ II meet sakhaa sahaa-ay sangee ooch agam apaar.
H
K
He is a dear friend, helping companion, the highest, inaccessible, infinite.
SI
~ CDfl!iIS uwre ~ ~ ~))fl'Q1'J lIitll charan kamal basaa-ay hirgai jee-a ko aaDhaar. 11311
Have His lotus-feet in your heart, He is the sustainer oflife. 3
cmr fcraw 1{S 1.l'CJlfIDf ~ 3Qr RH art II kar kirpaa parabh paarbarahm gun tayraa jas gaa-o.
OJ my Master, supreme, be kind, that I may sing the praise ofyour attributes.
Jmf ~ m ~ Hf4 tftt ~ ~ 118l1itll9.ittll
sarab sookh vadee vadi-aa-ee jap jeevai naanak naa-o. 1141131113811
Your reputation is great, all pleasure giving. Nanak lives remembering your name. 4.3.138
))fI'RT JofiJW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ iha' ~ J:ffin II ugam kara-o karaavahu t!1aakur paykhat saaDhoo sang.

OJ my Master, help me to endeavour, so that I can see (join) the congregation ofsaints.
~ ~ O'l:!' ~ ~ ))fTl) mtp1 ~ 119.11
har har naam charaavahu rangan aapay hee parabh rang. 11111
Please get me coloured in the name of God, OJ Master, colour me yourself. 1
){(') Hfu G"H O'W wf4 II man meh raam naamaa jaap.
Let me remember the name of God in mind.
crnr ~ ~ ~ ftrd aft! JroTlft wf4 119.11 ~ II
kar kirpaa vashu mayrai hirgai ho-ay sahaa-ee aap. 11111 rahaa-o.
884
Be kind and live in my heart, thus help me yourself. 1 (Pause)
Bfc! Bfc! O'tf ~ l;{SH lff ihffi ~ ~ II
sun sun naam tumaaraa pareetam parabh paykhan kaa chaa-o.
OJ my dear, listening and listening your name, I am excited to see you, the Master.
P.406
,~~fcmf~~fim~~II~II
ga-i-aa karahu kiram apunay ka-o ihai manorath su-aa-o. 11211
Be kind, upon your own worm, this is my purpose, my ambition. 2
3Q tIQ 3"aT ~ lff Har c:Dffl' ~ ~ orfu II tan Dhan tayraa tooN parabh mayraa hamrai vas kichh naahi.
My body, my mind are yours, you are my Master, nothing is in my hands.
~ ~ ~ f3t f3t ~ 3"aT ;ft))fT tI'fu liS II
ji-o ji-o raakhahi ti-o ti-o rahnaa tayraa gee-aa khaahi. 11311
As you keep, so I live, I eat what you give. 3
i1<')}{ i1<')}{ a- ~ ~ ~ ufd' m; 9fcr II janam janam kay kilvikh kaatai majan har jan Dhoor.
By granting a bath in feet-dust of the men of God, you have removed my sins of all lives.
BTfu nftr RH st nrR' c:rftr 0'(')Cf J1t!T ~ II B II B II C\S~ II
bhaa-ay bhagat bharam bha-o naasai har naanak sagaa hajoor. 1141141113911
With loving devotion, the doubts andfears run away. Nanak is always in attendance. 4.4.139
H<JW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
OM
C
))fIW
))lID{ ~~ 3"aT Jl ~ ft:nJ JfR'3'fEr ~

.
II agam agochar garas tayraa so paa-ay jis mastak bhaag.
B
Seeing you is inaccessible, unknowable, on(v he can have it, for whom it is preordained.
U
CL
))f1fu ~ ~ l{f!r tl'"at ~ 81:ffipw c:rftr O'tf II C\ II
aap kirpaal kirpaa parabh Dhaaree satgur bakhsi-aa har naam. 11111
~ ~ ~ II kalijug uDhaari-aa gurgayv.

O K
Merciful Master Himself became kind, and true Guru granted the name of God. 1
Divine Guru liberated the people ofdark age.
B O
~ H3' ){;f fi:r ~ '5"3 HfiI ffiit ~ ~ II C\ II ~ II
H
= = - -
KHfu
mal moot moorh je mughag hotay sabh lagay tayree sayv. 11111
I
rahaa-o.
S
The idiots, who were busy in the filth ofexcretion, are now busy in your service. 1 (Pause)
~ ))fTflr ~ mr ftpfrc tre3'T mr ~ JDfl'ft:!' II
too aap kartaa sabh sarisat Dhartaa sa.b.!:l meh rahi-aa samaa-ay.
You yourself are Creator, the sustainer ofthe whole world and all pervading.
tJ}f Q1iIT~iPwmrtret"OmJWfi:II~II Dharam raajaa bismaag ho-aa sabh pa-ee pairee aa-ay. 11211
Thejudge ofjustice is wonder-struck, when all come to be on Guru'sfeet. 2
Fr3"fRI' ~3T ~ ~ ~ f3H tmT wfu II
sagug taraytaa gu-aapar bhanee-ai kalijug ootmo jugaa maahi.
Sa(vug, Treta, Doaper, all are said to be good ages, but dark-age is the best ofalL
))ffu erg oro- B' ))ffu erg ~ chft 0' ~ fcm ~ II S II
ah kar karay so ah kar paa-ay ko-ee na pakrhee-ai kisai thaa-ay. 11311
(Because in it) do with one hand, get the fruits on other hand, none is punished for other's
crime. 3
ufd' ~ ,:ret crafu fi:r n3' ~ ~ ~ 3"aT ~ II
har jee-o so-ee karahi je bhagat tayray jaacheh ayhu tayraa birag.
OJ lovable God, on(v they are in devotion, whom you wish, this is in your nature.
oro ;:m,. 0'(')Cf ~ wi ~ Ji3'r -efu ufd' ~ II B II~ II C\BO II

kar jorh naanak gaan maagai apni-aa santaa geh har garas. 1141151114011
Folding hands, Nanak begs for a chari(v, 01 God, let your saints see you. 4.5.140
~ ))flW )f(]liIST tI lII9 '\~ raag aasaa mehlaa 5 ghar 13 RAG ASA M: 5, GHAR 13
Clr~ 1pI'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ WO ~ II satgur bachan tumHaaray.

01 True Guru, your words,
~ ~ IIClII ~ II nirgun nistaaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
liberate even the virtueless. 1 (pause)
}fiJTftIlfrtft~~3yC'la~ 11'\11 mahaa bikhaageegusatapvaageetay puneetsangaaray. 11111
The most quarreling, exceptional~v sinner, they also are purified in congregation. 1
iIOHm (')(Jft;r~ ~ a- ~~ 11:)11 janam Qb.avantay narak parhantaytin Hkay kul uDhaaraY.11211
Wandering in births, thrown in hell, even their families you liberate. 2
iifu '0 iI"t iifu '0 ~ H' t.mI? iIfo ~ II ~ II
ko-ay na jaanai ko-ay na maanai say pargat har gu-aaray. 11311
No body knows, no body believes, even then they are seen at the (at the door ofGod) doors. 3
CfW) ~~ CfW) ~ (')'T'(')Cl' ~ ~ ~ 11911'\11'\9'\11
M
kavan upmaa gay-o kavan vadaa-ee naanak khin khin vaaray. 1141111114111
O
Which kind of praise? Which kind of greatness ? I can say. Nanak says, "I only sacrifices
.C
myselffor you, by every moment." 4.1.141
B
))flW )f(]liIST tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
U
!RO Rre ~ 11'\11 ~ II baavar so-ay rahay. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 crazy one, you are sleeping. 1 (Pause)
C L
K
Her ~ f8ir GR' w3" ~ iroO R 11'\11 moh kutamb bikhai ras maatay mithi-aa gahan gahay. 11111
O
You are intoxicated by the love for fami~v, in the essence ofpoison, you are gripped by illusion. 1
ern
O
6P:io ~ !J1fc'i ~ ~ Hfo ~ Hf3 II:) II
B
mithan manorath supan aanang ulaas man mukh sat kahay. 11211
H
Unreal objectives are like bliss in dream, Mammukh says these pleasures are true. 2
K
SI
~ ~ 1R'G! Hat ~ ~ '0 ~ II~II amrit naam pagaarath sangay til maram na lahay. 11311
The product ofnectar-name is with but he is not knowing even a little (like sesame) ofits worth. 3
cUa' ~ ~ J:aJii (')'T'(')Cl' ~ ~ 11911:)IICl9:)1I
kar kirpaa raakhay satsangay naanak saran aahay. 1141121114211
Becoming kind, He keeps in His congregation, Nanak has come to His refuge. 4.2.142
~ )f(]liIST tI ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5 tipgay. ASA M: 5, TIPADE
(i(JT iJ:H W 11'\11 ~ II ohaa paraym piree. 11111 rahaa-o.
On~v He is my love. 1 (pause)
crfocr )ofl'f.!a' m:r ~ ~ ocr nrcr oift 11'\11 kanik maanik gaj motee-an laalan nah naah nahee. 11111
The gold, the gems, the pearls from elephant's forehead, the rubies.
orA' '0 ~ '0 ~ '0 H't!O II raaj na bhaag na hukam na saagan.
Neither kingdom, nor delicacies, nor wealth, nor power to pass orders, I do not need any more. 1
P.407
for! for! '0 ~ 11:)11 kichh kichh na chaahee. 11211
I do not want any. 2
m
;:raoo Jfa'OO Ji30 II charnan sarnan santan bangan.
To be in the refuge of God's feet, to salute the saints,
886
~ ~ 1.PCft II sukho sukh paahee.
these pleasure I wish to enjoy.
(')1'(')Cl' 31rl3' c:mt II ~ Q'H W IISIISIICl8S11 naanak tapat haree. milay paraym piree. 1131131114311
On meeting loving dear, Nanak's burning is put off. 3.3.143
~ H<l"W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ IIClII ~ II gureh gikhaa+o lo-inaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Guru has shown me with my eyes. 1 (pause)
lft3fu ~ urFc urFc urFc urFc 1cJt 1cJt Hfuor II ClII
eeteh ooteh ghat ghat ghat ghat tooNhee tooNhee mohinaa. 11111
Here and there, in everybody, you alone are 01 my charming One. 1
~ aGi')T Q'IQO tre()1' ~ ~ 'Rfuot' II~II kaaran karnaa Dhaaran Dharnaa aykai"aykai sohinaa. 11211
The cause and the effect, the sustainer of earth, you, alone are beautiful. 2
J=f3o trcmo ~ ~ (')1'(')Cl' Bftr Bftr Rreor liS 11811 Cl8811
santan parsan balihaaree garsan naanak sukh sukh so-inaa. 1131141114411
Nanak says, "[ sacrifice myselffor meeting and seeing, saints, thus I sleep in peace." 3.4.144
(Jfu (Jfu ortr ~ II har har naam amolaa.
M
The name of God is invaluable,
O
~ J1cJft:I' ~ IIClII ~ II oh sahj suhaylaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
He is loving, in ease. 1 (pause)
. C
B
Rfdr JJ"Ilft if!r 0" iNft ~ lH'aKJ' ~ IIClII sang sahaa-ee chhod na jaa-ee oh agah atolaa. 11111
He is inaccessible and unweighable,
LU
C
hut once He is in mood to help companions, He never deserts. 1
K
~ !JTl:!hI'YHihfT~t'Rl'3Oii(Tfur II~II pareetambhaa-ee baap moro maa-eebhagtan kaa olHaa. 11211
O
My dear is my father, my mother, my brother, He is custodian of devotees. 2
O
~ ~ ifG 3 ~ (')1'(')Cl' ~ (Jfu ii(T ~ IISII~IICl8~1I
H B
alakh lakhaa+aa gur tay paa+aa naanak ih har kaa cholHaa. 1131151114511
Guru made the unseen seen and Nanak got the garb of Godfrom him. 3.5.145
K
SI
~ ~ R\"aTfu II aapunee bhagat nibaahi.
Let me be in your devotion.
~ ~ wfu IIClII ~ II thaakur aa+o aahi. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 Master, I have come to you. 1 (pause)
ortr ~ mi! JIa'1"a'! ~ UGO awfu IIClII naam pagaarath ho-ay sakaarath hirgai charan basaahi. 11111
The wealth ofname is ever purposeful, please place your feet in my heart. 1
ffiJ ~ ffiJ ~ ~ H3' JRrTftr II~II ayh muktaa ayh jugtaa raakho sant sangaahi. 11211
This is liberation, this is device for it, that keeps me in the company ofsaints.
ortr ~ J1cJft:I' ~ (')1'(')Cl' <Jfa' IJO mils II ~ II Cl8~ II
naam Dhi-aava-o sahj samaava-o naanak har gun gaahi. 1131161114611
Remembering name, merge, in ease. Nanak sings the attributes of God. 3.6.146
~ ~ ~ II thaakur charan suhaavay.
Thefeet ofMaster are charming.
(Jfu J=f3o tR IIClII ~ II har santan paavay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Saints are blessed with God. 1 (pause)
887
))fTy ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R aap gavaa+aa sayv kamaa+aa gun ras ras gaavay.
11'\11 11111
Abdicating self, they serve Him, and in sweet voice they sing His blissful attributes. 1
~ ))fTW ~ ftp)pw))flO 0' ~ II~II aykeh aasaa garas pi-aasaa aan na bhaavay. 11211
Having on(v one wish, that they are thirs(v for seeing Him, and nothing else they like. 2
~~~ H3" ~ 0"0Cir m m tri IISII:>II,\8:>1I
Qa+aa tuhaaree ki-aa jant vichaaree naanak bal bal jaavay. 1131171114711
It is allyour generosity, what the poor ones are? Nanak says, "1 sacrifice my selfforyou.3. 7.147
))fTW)fiJW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
~ fi:rHftr )fO ~ 11'\11 ~ II ayk simar man maahee. 11111 rahaa-o.

Remember one in mind. 1 (pause)
~ ~ flJ@' 8JRg ftrB' ftIg i nrcft 11'\11 naam Dhi-aavahu rigai basaavhu tis bin ko naahee. 11111
Remember name and have Him in mind, none other than Him is there. 1
lfB' Jf<'ft ~ JmI GC!IS ~ ~ ~ weft II~ II
parabh sarnee aa-ee-ai sarab fal paa-ee-ai saglay gukh jaahee. 11211
1 came to the refuge ofMaster, and am blessed with all fruits, all my sorrows are over. 2
~ i ~ ~ ftItIr3r 0"0Cir Uffc Uffc ~ II Slit: 1I'\8t:II
jee-an ko gaataa purakh biDhaataa naanak ghat ghat aahee. 1131181114811
M
The life-giving is Giver of life to all beings, Nanak says, "He is in all bodies." 3.8.148
O
))fTW )fiJW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
. C
ufu f8J::Rr3 Jl ~ 11'\11 ~ II har bisrat so moo-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
B
One, forgetting God, is dead. 1 (pause)
~ ~ JmI GC!IS tR Jl itQ ~ ~ 11'\11
L
naam Dhi-aavai sarab fal paavai so jan sukhee-aa hoo-aa. U11111
K C
One, who remembers name, gets allfruits, he is ever happy. 1
O
QTff~~cmfCPR'8'fQi~~~ II~II
O
raaj kahaavai ha-o karam kamaavai baaDhi-o nalinee bharam soo-aa. 11211
H B
One who claims to be a king but acts in ego, is trapped in doubts like a parrot in cage. 2
Cil2 0"0Cir fi:rff ~ ~ Jl itQ ~ ~ liS II~ 1I'\8~ II
I K
kaho naanak jis satgur bhayti-aa so jan nihchal thee-aa. 1131191114911
S
Nanak says, " Whoever has met True Guru, he has become stable." 3.9.149
))fTW )fiJW 1.1 ~ '\8 aasaa mehlaa 5 ghar 14 ASA M: 5, GHAR - 14
,\ij"""'~ 1:{R'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~"5g~ II ~~fift~ri 11'\11 ~ II
oh nayhu navaylaa. apunay pareetam si-o laag rahai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Those who are intuned with their dear, their love is everfresh. 1 (Pause)
H lfB' R tI06f 0' ~ II jo parabh .bb.aavai janam na aavai.
Those who are liked by Master, they do not return to the cycle ofbirths.
ufu ilH ifiIIftr ufu tllf:J ri' 11'\11 har paraym .bb.agat har pareet rachai. 11111
They are busy in loving devotion for God. 1
P.408
lfB' Jffdr ~ ~ Jig ;;AA II parabh sang mileejai ih man geejai.
01 my Mbster, please let me meet my love, and let me give my mind to Him.
0"0Cir OTt' fi.fi ~ t!'ftrnIr iiOY II:) II C\l1 '\UO II naanak naam milai apnee ga-i-aa karahu. 1121111115011
Nanak says, "Give me your mercy, so that 1 can be blessed with name. " 2.1.150
888
nfTRT H'CJW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ ftJQ tffirtJ cl (') era- II"\I( ~ II
mil raam pi-aaray tum bin Dheeraj ko na karai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Let me meet dear God, none other than you, gives consolation. 1 (pause)
fiffi:rB ~ ~ emf ~ llir ~ ~ ftJQ ~ (')T(ft II "\11
simrit saastar baho karam kamaa-ay parabh tumray Qaras bin sukh naahee. 11111
I have tried many options, like conducting rituals as per Simrities and Shashtras, but 01 Master,
without seeing you, there is no happiness. 1
~ IDf JfHH afu -qrc} (')l"(')'Cjf FI"Q' JJafn llir & ~ 1I~1I~II"\tI"\lI
varat naym sanjam kar thaakay naanak saaDh saran parabh sang vasai. 1121121115111
I am tired offasting,following code, disciplining. Nanak now wishes to live at saint'sfeet, and in
Master's company. 2.2.151
nfTRT H'CJW tI urg "\tI ~ aasaa mehlaa 5 ghar 15 parh-taal
ASA M: 5, GHAR - 15, PARTAL
"l6""~ l{Wfu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaaQ.
fira'ra ~ wfu' Hre ~ ~ (') ~ II bikaar maa-i-aa maaQ so-i-o soom boom na aavai.
M
Meaningless(v, one sleeps in the intoxication of wealth, neither he is understanding nor is
O
realizing.
C
~ c:m iIfi.f ~ ~ eft urfa' tri' 11"\11 pakar kays jam uthaari-o taQ hee ghar jaavai. 11111
B .
When, holding by hair, the devil of death will wake him up, then he will move to his (next)
U
home. 1
L
~ ftrfl:p,rT ftrQ- R fufa' ~ fta ~ II lobh bikhi-aa bikhai laagay hir vit chit Qukhaahee.
C
K
He was busy in the poison ofgreed, looting other's money and torturing their souL
O
fl:m~&wfo~~~'(')l"(ft 11"\11 ~ II
O
khin bhangunaa kai maan maatay asur jaaneh naahee. 11111 rahaa-o.
H B
The intoxicatedfor a moment, do not you know the devil. 1 (Pause)
itt!' ~ tIO ycrrafu B* (')T(ft i"a'r II baYQ saastar jan pukaareh sunai naahee doraa.
K
SI
The Vedas, the Shastras, the men of God, are crying, but the deaf does not listen.
~ 8'tft <JTftr ~ tI~3lreG Hfir> iGr II~II nipat baajee haar mookaa pachhutaa-i-o man bhoraa. 11211
The on(v gamble, he has lost and is now finished, the ignorant's mind repents. 2
~ JRR? ita" ~ ~ ~ ~ (') tffimrr II
daan sagal gair vajeh bhari-aa Qeevaan laykhai na pari-aa.
He has paidfine without reason, therefore, it is not credited in the court.
~ ~ em fur Jifu ~ (') Qfcpw lIall jayNh kaaraj rahai olHaa so-ay kaam na kari-aa. 11311
The work, which provides veil (securi~v), that he has not done. 3
~ ~ Hfu ~ ~ ~ ~ cft'af:J ~ II aiso jag mohi gur Qikhaa-i-o ta-o ayk keerat gaa-i-aa.
When my Guru showed me such a world, then I started singing the praise of One.
H1"Q 3TQ 3fi:r ~ ~ ~ ~ IIBII"\II"\tI~1I
maan taan taj si-aanap saran naanak aa-i-aa. 1141111115211
Leaving pride, power, wisdom, Nanak has come to your refuge. 4.1.152
nfTRT H'CJW tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
8Tl./Tfc:r ~ orE' II baapaar govinQ naa-ay.
I trade in the name of God.
FI"Q' Ji3 ~ f1{r tIlE ~ CJI'T8" tfu ~ 8'fITS' II "\11 ~ II
889
saaDh sant manaa-ay pari-a paa-ay gun gaa-ay panch naag toor bajaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
By playing upon five-string musical instrument, I sang His attributes, pleased the saints and am
blessed with my love. 1 (pause)
facnrr tre ~ ~))pI ~ ~ ft:It II
kirpaa paa-ay sehjaa-ay garsaa-ay ab raati-aa goving si-o.
I saw Him, got Him with His grace, in ease, now I am in love with Him.
~ ~ ~ 0Itf ~ Wl!R) wa- IIC\II sant sayv pareet naath rang laalan laa-ay. 11111
By ,~erving saints, I am blessed with the love ofMaster. 1
~ ~ Hf6 ~ ~ ocft ~ ~ Hfn flriqrg tre II
gur gi-aan man drirh-aa-ay rahsaa-ay nahee aa-ay sehjaa-ay man niDhaan paa-ay.
Guru taught me knowledge, I am in wonder, that I am savedfrom cycle ofbirths, now I am, in
ease and am blessed with His treasures.
mr 3ift >ffl eft qt){ Cl[(IT II sa.b.b. tajee manai kee kaam karaa.
I have left all desires ofmy mind.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Hf6 ~ ~ WCIft II chir chir chir chir .b.b.a+aa man bahut pi-aas laagee.
Since vet:v long, my mind is very thirsty.
U'ftJ ~ ~ Hftr ~ ~ II har garsano gikhaavhu mohi tum bataavhu.
M
01 God, let me see you and let this be known to me.
~ tfto JJafa' ~ ~ wa-
O
1I~1I~1IC\~all naanak geen saran aa-ay gallaa-ay. 1121121115311
C
.
Nanak says, "I the modest has come for your refuge, please embrace me. " 2.2.153
))fTW >roW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
it ftIl:I>f iI'O fl' II ko-oo bikham gaar torai.

U B
May someone break the strong fort.
C L
K
))fI'R ~ mr)fir 'RH 'ift 'S' ~ IIC\II ~ II aas pi-aas Dhoh moh .b.b.aram hee tay horai. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
May he save mefrom hope, from thirst, from betrayal, from avarice, from doubts. 1 (pause)
B O
C{T}{ ~ R)fI() ~ ftp,rrftr R IIC\II kaam kroDh lo.b.b. maan ih bi-aaDh chhorai. 11111
May he save mefrom the disease of cupidity, of anger, ofKTeed, ofpride. 1
H
Ji'3l:ifcn O')f & ~ ~ ~ II satsang naam rang gun goving gaava-o.
K
S I
In the congregation ofsaints, in the love ofname, sing the attributes of God.
~ tpr ~ II angino paraQh Dhi-aava-o.
Remember Master, day and night.
~ iil13' iftftJ ~ II Qharam .b.b.eet jeet mitaava-o.
Win and destroy the wall ofdoubts.
*
ftr>fb' ~ O'()'Q 1I~lIallC\~811 niDh naam naanak morai. 1121131115411
Nanak says, "My treasure is His name." 2.3.154
))fTW >roW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ '9' if ~ II kaam kroDh lo.b.b. ti-aag.

Leave cupidity, anger and greed.
Hfo fl::D.rfu atftre O')f II man simar gobing naam.
01 my mind, remember the name of God.
U'ftJ BtIO 'mn'S C{T}{ IIC\II ~ II har bhajan safal kaam. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remembering God is the fruitful work. 1 (pause)
P.409
3fl:r )fI() )fir ~ fi.fftp,rr trfil QTH QTH QTH II taj maan moh vikaar mithi-aa jap raam raam raam.
Leave pride, greed, evil deeds, doubts, and remember God.
890
HO ~ ci ~ ~ 11"\11 man santnaa kai charan laag. 11111
OJ my mind, be at thefeet ofsaints. 1
llW ~ tfto ~ tnE tRO ~ <Jftr ~ fi:nffiJ fI1lJ II
parabh gopaal Qeen Qa-i-aal patit paavan paarbarahm har charan simar jaag.
Master is merciful to poor, the liberator ofdeclined, awake and remember the feet of God.
afd' B'aI'f3 (')I'OCl' ~ ~ 1I~1I911"\t1lHI kar Qhagat naanak pooran bhaag. 1121141115511
Nanak says, "Dedicate to devotion and be perfect(v lucky." 2.4.155
))fTW J.rn'l!lST tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
(JOl.f itn ~ ~ ~ ~ ft!'qIIHi 11"\11 ~ II
harakh sog bairaag anandee khayl ree gikhaa-i-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ dear, happiness and sorrow, detachment and merry making, is the play shown by God. 1
(pau.<;e)
~ i" ffi'ai ~ ~ ~ q t i II khinhoo-a NQhai nirQhai khinhoo-a Nkhinhoo-a Nuth Dhaa-i-o.
In one moment, one is fearful, in another, one is fearless, in a moment, he stands to leave.
~m m
~ ~ 5fi:I ;::rrftM1I"\1I khinhoo-a Nras bhogan khinhoo-a Nkhinhoo taj jaa-i-o. 11111
In one moment, one is enjoying bliss, in another moment, he abdicates and leaves. 1
~ irn 3'tI' ~ ~ ~ ~ II khinhoo-a Njog taap baho poojaa khinhoo-a NQharmaa-i-o.
M
In one moment, one is in yogic austerities, in lot ofworship, in another moment, he is in wandering.
~ fcm(r J1"9' mr (')I'OCl' <Jftr ~ ~ 1I~1It111"\t1~1I
C O
.
khinhoo-a Nkirpaa saaDhoo sang naanak har rang laa-i-o. 1121151115611
B
In one moment, one is enjoying the blessing ofsaint's congregation. Nanak says, "All this is the
U
L
play ofGod. " 2.5.156
C
~ ))fTW J.rn'l!lST tI llI'g "\;> ~ raag aasaa mehlaa 5 ghar 17 aasaavaree
K
RA G ASA M: 5, GHAR - 17, ASA WARI
O
"I""~ ~ II ik-oNkaar si;ltgur prsaag.
O
amre amre
B
afd' ut II gobing gobinQ kar haa N.
H
K
I recite God, God, .
SI
<Jftr <Jftr Hf5 fi.mrrfa' ut II har har man pi-aar haaN.
and have lovefor God in mind.
Iffir Cff<mfr ff ftJB qftf ut II gur kahi-aa so chit Dhar haaN.
Whatever Guru has said, I pay attention to it.
~ ~ 3ftr m ut II an si-o tor fayr haa N.
I detach from another and attach with God.
~ ~ ~ ~ JP:it 11"\11 ~ II aisay laalan paa-i-o ree sakhee. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ my friend, thus I could get my love. 1 (Pause)
t.?crtr H<r 'Rf<J ut II pankaj moh sar haa N.
Lotus has love for pond, (leaving it)
~ i')(ft ri <Jftr ut II pag nahee chalai har haa N.
it does not move a step towards God.
~ ~ oftJ ut II gahdi-o moorh nar haa N.
(Simi/ar(v) The idiot person (in me) is planted in Maya,
l?Ifno ~ cmr ut II anin upaav kar haa N.
I do many other efforts.
~ fncm' ~ a- ~ JP:it 11"\11 ta-o niksai saran pai ree sakhee. 11111
891
Of my friend, on(v then my ego can be rooted out,ifI come in the refuge of God. 1
ftra' ftra' fu3' ftra' (JT
II thir thir chit thir haa N
If my mind is firm, then I am firm,
~ fd.@ RHHfd' (JT II ban garihu samsar haa N
For me home andjungle are same.
~ Ecr fira' (JT II antar ayk pir haa N
In my mind is on(v dear.
lIl<Jfcr ~ qftJ (JT II baahar anayk Dhar haa N
In outside world, there are so many places.
(JTtIO ~ Ciftr (JT II raajan jog kar haa N
I do the Raj-Yoga.
erg (')'T'(')'Ol' iR ~ eft JItit 1I~II'lII'lt.l"lI kaho naanak log agolee ree sakhee. 1121111115711
Nanak says, "01 dear friend, live aloofeven when in people. " 2.1.157
~ )fCJW t.I II aasaavaree mehlaa 5.
ASAWARI M: 5
H7)RT Ecr wfn (JT II mansaa ayk maan haa N
I desire for a dignified life.
M
~ 1Rt *:f fQlwfo (JT II gur si-o nayt Dhi-aan haa N
For this, I am ever in concentration for the Guru.
C O
.
~ Ji3' H3' famrrfo (JT II o.arirh sant mant gi-aan haa N
I learn the dictum and knowledge ofsaint.
U B
L
Rw ~ tro'fo (JT II sayvaa gur charaan haa N
C
I am in the service of Guru's feet.
K
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ )fOT 1I'llI ~ II ta-o milee-ai gur kirpaan mayray manaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Of my mind, on(v then I get in the mercy of Guru. 1 (pause)
All other doubts are thrown away.

B O
))fO iJG'lfo (JT II tootay an bharaan haa N
K H
~ mnr ~ (JT II ravi-o sarab thaan haa N
I have wandered all places
S I
~ ffi{ ~ (JT II lahi-o jam bha-i-aan haa N
Thefear of death is off.
~ ~ ~ (JT II paa-i-o payd thaan haa N
I have achieved permanent place.
~ t FIiJI'i!7i a"fo 11'\11 ta-o chookee sagal kaan. 11111
Thus I have not to depend upon anyone. 1
~ fi:nJ HliI'fo (JT II lahno jis mathaan haa N
On(v he gets for whom He is preordained.
~ 1.RCif 1Pf<J tJTfi; (JT II bhai paavak paar paraan haa N
The terrifying fire is now crossed.
foi:r uffiJ f:mfu ~ (JT II nij ghar tiseh thaan haa N
His place is now in my home (mind).
<Jftr OR' QR'fu wfn (JT II har ras raseh maan haa N
My mind enjoys the nectar of God.
r i Em ~ (JT II laathee tis bhukaan haa N
With this my hunger is over.
892
orocr FI'Ufi:r ~ W)fOT 1I~1I~1I~1.ltll naanak sahj samaa-i-o ray manaa. 1121121115811
Nanak says, "OJ my mind merge, in ease." 2.2.158
~ HUW 1.l II aasaavaree mehlaa 5. ASAWARI M: 5
ufu ufu ufu ~ ut II har har har gunee haa N
I am ofthe attributes of God.
~ JJ<rn' ~ ut II japee-ai sahj Dhunee haa N
Let me meditate upon the sound, in ease.
FI"'tf ~ m ut II saaDhoo rasan bhanee haa N
= - -
I am enjoying the nectar ofsaint's tongue.
RO ftrfu' R'O't ut II chhootan biDh sunee haa N
= - - -
I have heard about the way to liberation.
~ ~ y?it HW )fOT II~II ~ II paa-ee-ai vad punee mayray manaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ my mind, let me have great virtues. 1 (pause)
~ HO ~ ut II khojeh jan munee haa N
Even man of God, sages, are searching Him.
JflI C(T lfB' tnft ut II sarab kaa parabh Dhanee haa N
Everyone's Master is all rich.
~ m ut II Qulabh kal Qunee haa N
In dark age, it is difficult is to find His place.
OM
~ f8ot'Rn9' ut II Qookh binaasanee haa N
. C
B
That place is sorrow-destroying.
U
lfB' ~ fTJfc'ft HW)fOT II~II parabh pooran aasnee mayray manaa. 11111
L
C
OJ my mind, Master isfulfilling my wishes. 1
K
}ffi H ~ ut II man so sayvee-ai haa
N
O
OJ my mind, let us serve Him.
O
P.410
~~
B
ut II alakh abhayvee-ai haa N
H
Let mefathom the unfathomable.
K
SI
~~ lJtE' cmr ut II taa N si-o pareet kar haa N
Let me love Him.
fuofl:r '0 ~ >ffiJ ut II binas na jaa-ay mar haa N
So that I may not perish after dying.
~ 3' ;::rrfolw ut II gur tay jaani-aa haa N
I could know it through Guru.
orocrHQ~HW)fOT 1I~lIall~1.l~1I naanakman maani-aa mayraymanaa.1I21131115911
Nanak says, "OJ my mind having Him, I am pleased. " 2.3.159
~ HUW 1.l II aasaavaree mehlaa 5. ASAWARI M: 5
~ tk ~ ut II aykaa ot gahu haa N
I have the support of One,
~ C(T ~ ~ ut II gur kaa sabaQ kaho haa N
I recite the word of Guru.
~ Rf3' ~ ut II aagi-aa sat saho haa N
I bear with the true order.
HOfu foqrg ~ ut II maneh niDhaan lahu haa N
I have the treasure ofname in mind.
893
lJl:ffu ~ ~ )fC'iT IIClII
~ II suJilleh samaa-ee-ai mayray manaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ my mind, thus merge in happiness.
~ R ~ (JT II jeevatjo marai haa N
I am dead whilee living
~ it :re- (JT II gutar so tarai haa N
I swims across the difficult one.
FI'!J' eft ~ ~ (JT II sabh kee rayn ho-ay haa N
I amfeet-dust of everyone's.
~ ~ Rfi! (JT II nirQha-o kaha-o so-ay haa N
I recite the same fearless, yes.
fiR' ~ (JT II mitay angaysi-aa haa N
My all anxieties will end.
R3 ~ ~)fC'iT IIClII sant upgaysi-aa mayray manaa. 11111
OJ my mind, this is the teaching ofsaints. 1
fi:Itr RO OT){ ~ (JT II jis jan naam sukh haaN
Whomever name gives pleasure,
ere
13ff focrrG 0" ~ (JT II tis nikat na kagay gukh haa N
M
No suffering will ever touch him.
O
H (]fa' (]fa' iJff ff* (JT II jo har har jas sunay haa N
. C
Whoever listens the praise of God,
B
~ ci 13ff lffi (JT II sabh ko tis mannay haa N
U
Everyone obeys him,
~ H ~ (JT II safal so aa-i-aa haa N
C L
K
His birth is fruitful.
O
0'0Cl" 1{B' ~ ~)fC'iT 1I:)1I8I1Cl~OIl naanak para.l2!l Qhaa-i-aa mayray manaa. 1121141116011
O
Nanak says, "God is pleasing to my mind. 2.4.160
H B
~ ){(JW ~ II aasaavaree mehlaa S. ASAWARI M: 5
~ ~ iJff ~ (JT II mil har jas gaa-ee-ai haa N
K
SI
Joining together, let us sing the praise of God.
lJ){ ~ ~ (JT II param pag paa-ee-ai haa
N
Let us, thus, achieve supreme position.

~ OR H ftIQ' (JT II u-aa ras jo biDhay haa N
Those who gain this nectar,
31' ~ ~.fRQ' (JT II taa ka-o sagal siDhay haa N
all their matters are settled.
~ i'I"fdpw (JT II an-gin jaagi-aa haa N
Day and night I awake.
0'0Cl" 8ii!!lIFclI'W Ka' )fC'iT JlClII ~ II naanak bad.bhaagi-aa mayray manaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Nanak says, "My mind is greatly lucky. " 1 (pause)
R3 1./01' ~ (JT II sant pag Dho-ee-ai haa N
Let us wash the feet ofsaints,
~ ~ (JT II gurmat kho-ee-ai haa N
Let us negate our evil wisdom.
~ ~ ~ (JT II gaasah rayn ho-ay haa N
Let us be the feet-dust ofservants.
894
furrl) ~ (') ire ~ II bi-aapai gukh na ko-ay haa N.
Then no sorrow will happen to us.
~ Jrnfn ~ ~ II bhagtaa Nsaran par haa N.
Let us be in the refuge of devotees,
ere
tI'Ofi.f (') Jig ~ II janam na kagay mar haa N.
then we will neither be born nor die.
~ H ~ ~ II asthir say bha-ay haa N.
Thus we will be stable.
~ ~ fi:IQ trf4 ~ HW)f('jT II~II har har jin H jap la-ay mayray manaa. 11111
01 my mind, remember and win God. 1
J=I"'fIQ ~ 1 ~ II saajan meet tooN haaN.
You are my dear, my friend,
~ ~ J;] ~ II naam drirh-aa-ay mooN haa N.
You teach me name.
f3lJ ftfg oTfu ire ~ II tis bin naahi ko-ay haa N.
There is name other than Him.
H<"i'fu ~ Rre ~ II maneh araaDh so-ay haa N.
01 my mind adore the same.
foHl:r (') ~ ~ II nimakh na veesrai haaN.
O M
Let me notforget Him even for a while.
. C
f3lJ ftfg ~ JM ~ II tis bin ki-o sarai haa N.
U B
L
Devoid ofHim, I can do nothing.
C
~ ~ ~ wt ~ II gur ka-o kurbaan jaa-o haa N.
K
I ...acrifice myselffor Guru.
O O
~;:ril ~ HW)f('jT II~II~II~~~II naanakjapay naa-o mayray manaa. 1121151116111
Nanak says, "01 my mind, remember His name." 2.5.161
H B
~ li'U'W ~ II aasaavaree mehlaa 5. ASAWARI M: 5
iil""aO cran 1 ~ II kaaran karan tooN haa N,
IK
S
You are the cause and the effect,
~ (')T Bt J;] ~ II avar naa suihai mooN haa N.
Ifind none else.
crafu H ~ ~ II karahi so ho-ee-ai haa N.
Whatever you do, that happens,
Jmfl:I 'B1l:r ~ u+ II sahj sukh so-ee-ai haa N.
I sleep in happiness, in ease.
timI Hf?l ~ u+ II Dheeraj man bha-ay haa N.
My mind is in patience.
lf5 a- m tre HW )f('jT II~II ~ II parabh kai gar pa-ay mayray manaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my mind, be at the door ofMaster. 1 (pause)
W9' RarH ~ II saaDhoo sangmay haa N,
I am in saint's assembly,
~ Jii::rH ~ II pooran sanjmay haa N.
I am in perfect discipline.
tnI 3' ~ ))fIl.f ~ II jab tay chhutay aap haa N.
The day I am free from ego,
895
~ 3" Dre 3"ll eft II tab tay mitay taap haa N
Since then my lust is quenched.
~ ~ eft II kirpaa Dhaaree-aa haa N
You are ever merciful.
l..I'ftr ~ at'>t:'d11)fl' ~ JfOT 111:\11 pat rakh banvaaree-aa mayray manaa. 11111
Of my mind, God saves honour. 1
~ ~ ~ eft II ih sukh jaanee-ai haa N
Let me enjoy this pleasure.
ufa" am- ff ~ eft II har karay so maanee-ai haa N
I accept what God does.
~ o'Tfu ~ eft II mangaa naahi ko-ay haa N
I do not wish ill for anyone,
JE eft ~ ~ eft II sant kee rayn ho-ay haa N
I have become feet-dust ofsaints.
))fTl) fi::rff ~ eft II aapay jis rakhai haa N
Whomever He Himselfprotects.
ufa" ~ R- ;:rQ- ~ JfOT II~II har amrit so chakhai mayray manaa. 11211
M
Of my mind, he tastes the nectar of God. 2
O
ft:n:r err o'Tfu ~ eft II jis kaa naahi ko-ay haa N
.C
One, who has none,
B
f3"R' err ~ .,:rre eft II tis kaa paraQhoo so-ay haa N
U
same God is for him.
~!Ji eft II antargat buibai haa N
C L
K
He understands his mind,
O
FI! ~ f3'B' Hi eft II saQh kichh tis suibai haa N
O
He realizes everything.
He liberates the declined.

H B
tff:r3" ~ ~ eft II patit uDhaar layho haa N
IK
('iTOCf ~ ~ ~ JfOT lIall~III:\~~1I naanak argaas ayhu mayray manaa. 1131161116211
S
Nanak says, "Of my mind, pray for this." 3.6.162
~ H<JW t.l ~ II aasaavaree mehlaa 5 iktukaa. ASAWARI M: 5, IK TUKA
fu ~ eft II o-ay pargaysee-aa haa N
Of my mind, I am a an alien.
B<'l3' ~ eft 111:\11 ~ II sunat sangaysi-aa haa N 11111 rahaa-o.
I am listening the message. 1 (pause)
;:rr ~ G'ftr 'ij"ij' eft II jaa si-o rach rahay haa N
With Him I am in love.,
P.411
fliT ~ 3fl::r are eft sabh ka-o taj ga-ay haa N
II
I have renounced everyone.
!Jl.I'OT ~ ~ eft II supnaa ji-o Qha-ay haa N
I have become like a dream,
ufa" O'lj fi:ffQ ~ 111:\11 har naam jini H la-ay. 11111
I have won the name of God. 1
ufa" 3fl::r ))fO ~ eft II har taj an lagay haa N
896
Leaving God, If I am interested in someone else.
tI(')}ffu Hfu rit (JT II janmeh mar bhagay haa N.
I will be running through transmigration.
<:rftJ <:rftJ tIfo ~ (JT II har har jan lahay haaN.
Men of God remember God.
~ H O'fr (JT II jeevat say rahay haa N.
171ey remain alive.
fl:rRfu ~ -ijfu (JT II jisahi kirpaal ho-ay haa N.
Upon whomever He is kind.
("i"I'(')Cil' ~ Are 1I~1I?1I~~SIl~S~1I naanak bhagat so-avo 112117111631123211
Nanak ...ays, "They are devotees." 2.7.163.232
~r~ lfR'fu II
ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.
~ ~ HCJW ~ II raag aasaa mehlaa 9. RAG ASA M: 9
f8'acIr ~ ato ){(') ~ cit II birthaa kaha-o ka-un si-o man kee.
Whom to tell my mind's pain ?
Hm- ~ ~ ~ full QTil3" ~ ~ QO cit II~II ~ II
lobh garsi-o das hoo dis Dhaavat aasaa laagi-o Dhan kee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Gripped by greed, it runs in ten directions, always in hope for money. 1 (pause)
OM
Efl:f & m3' ~ ~ ~ ~ aQ3" iIO iIO cit II sukh kai hayt bahut dukh paavat sayv karat jan jan kee.
For happiness, it suffers lot ofsorrows, it serves one and all
. C
~ ~ ~ ~ m ?ro 'Bll (JT}{ !JtIO cit II~II
U B11111
L
du-aareh du-aar su-aan ji-o dolat nah suDh raam bhajan kee.
C
Like a dog, it runs about from door to door, and has no sense for remembering God. 1
K
H'OH iIOH ~ ~ WiI' 0' ~ <J"R'O cit II maanas janam akaarath khovat laaj na 10k hasan kee.
O O
It is useless(v losing human life, and does not feel shy of other's sarcasm.
("i"I'(')Cil' 'ij"fu- tIlj ~ mit ~ ~ f8'orR' 30 cit II~II~II~SSII
H B
naanak har jas ki-o nahee gaavat kumat binaasai tan kee. 1121111123311
K
Nanak says, "Why he does not sing the praise ofGod, so that his body's bad wisdom goes. "2.1.233
SI
~ ~ HCJW ~ ~ U@ ~ raag aasaa mehlaa 1 asatpadee-aa ghar 2
RAG ASA M: 1 ASHTPADIAN GHAR - 2
~r~ tpI'fe' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.
God is one, realized by the grace of true Guru.
~3'ftJ ~ ~ ~ II utar avghat sarvar nHaavai.
Descending the difficult slope, he takes bath in pond.
a&- 0' ~ ~ ~ ~ II bakai na bolai har gun gaavai.
He does not boast or speak, but sings the attributes of God.
~ ~ JjFo ~ II jal aakaasee sunn samaavai.
Like water in air, he merges in void.
ij"ff ~ ~ JiUT ij"ff tR II~II ras sat mol mahaa ras paavai. 11111
Churning for the true nectar, he drinks great nectar. 1
~~~ ))f!J' ):R II aisaa gi-aan sunhu abh moray.
Of my mind, listen such a knowledge.

wfuyfa" qrflr ~ HS ~ II~II ~ II bharipur Dhaar rahi-aa sabh tha-uray. 11111 rahaa-o.
God isful(v sustaining all places. 1 (pause)
~ If' mt 0' ~ ~ II sach barat naym na kaal santaavai.
897
With truefast and code of conduct, death does not trouble.
~ ~ rig' ~ " satgur sabad karoDh jalaavai.
The word oftrue Guru, burns anger.
amfc'l ~ mfT1Q' ~ " gagan nivaas samaaDh lagaavai.
He lives in tenth state and goes into trance.
tRlJ tJft:r lJ){ ~ tR "~,, paaras paras param pad paavai. 11211
Touching the touch-stone, he gains supreme position. 2
~ HO ~ ~ ftJR' " sach man kaaran tat bilovai.
For purifying his mind, he churns essence.
HiJ'Q ~ ~ n * II subhar sarvar mail na Dhovai.
Even brimful pond does not wash dirt.
ft' ~ ~ 3"R ~ II jai si-o raataa taiso hovai.
The one, he loves, the same he becomes.
~ CiJ3T cR' H ~ "SII aapay kartaa karay so hovai. 11311
Whatever the Creator Himself does, that happens. 3
!RI' ~ ~ ~ ~ " gur hiv seetal agan buihaavai.
With the coolness ofice, Guru puts out thefire.
M
jW BQf3' ~ ~ " sayvaa surat bi!2hoot charhaavai.
O
He smears with the ash ofservice and love.
. C
~ ))fTfi.r Jro'R urftJ ~ " darsan aap sahj ghar aavai.
B
Seeing Him, he returns home, in ease.
U
fcm.m r i ~ ~ 119" nirmal banee naad vajaavai. 11411
The pure word sounds the conch. 4
C L
K
~ 1iPwQ )fUT ~ JI1'a1'.1I antar gi-aan mahaa ras saaraa.
O
The knowledge of inner self, is the essence ofgreat nectar.
O
3ta'er HiIQ !RI' ~ " tirath majan gur veechaaraa.
H B
Worshipping selfis the place of God.
~ ~ ~ ~ " antar poojaa thaan muraaraa.
IK
The pondering over Guru's thoughts is bath in sacred waters.
S
H3t m fi.tWiiC!C)ld l "~,, jotee jot milaavanhaaraa. 11511
God is one, who unites light with light. 5
afi:r d'fi::pw Hf:J ~ B"ft!' II ras rasi-aa mat aykai Qhaa-ay.
The wisdom of one who enjoys nectar, is love for one.
31::S fiv:rJ:it W JDfIfu II takhat nivaasee panch samaa-ay.
The.five merge in One, who is occupying throne.
a'1'd' Cit>f1'8t lfRH CJHTft! " kaar kamaa-ee khasam rajaa-ay.
I work in Master's will
~ (')1'! n ~ iI"'fu "e" avigat naath na lakhi-aa jaa-ay. 11611
The unknowable Master cannot be known. 6
tm Hfu ~ tm 3" ~ II jal meh upjai jal tay door.
The originatingfrom water, are away from water.
tRiS Hfu m ~ ~ " jal meh jot rahi-aa !2harpoor.
In water, His light is pervading.
fmJ ~ ~ JWl:IT ~ " kis nayrhai kis aakhaa goor.
Who is near, whom to say afar.
898
f7lfu" ~ ~ ~ ~ II.? II niDh gun gaavaa gaykh hagoor. 11711
I sing ofth e treasure of attributes and find Him persenL 7
~ 81"afo ~ 0' ~ II antar baahar avar na ko-ay.
There is none else inside or outside.
P.412
it f::rff iR it !f5 mt! II jo tis bhaavai so fun ho-ay.
Whatever He likes that just happens.
JJfc! ~ ~ em ~ II sun bharthar naanak kahai beechaar.
Listen OJ Bharthari, Nanak is saying this thought.
~ ~ HCfT ~ 11\:111:\11 nirmal naam mayraa aaDhaar. 11811111
"Pure name is my base. " 8.1
~ HC:R 1:\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
Rfir HtI' Rfir 3\f Hi' ~ II sabh jap sabh taP saQh chaturaa-ee.
All meditations, all austerities, all wisdoms.
~ eraH O'fu 0' ~ II oojharh bharmai raahi na paa-ee.
Are astraying in doubt andfinding no way.
ftIQ J6' ~ ~ 0' ~ II bin boojhay ko thaa-ay na paa-ee.
M
Without understanding none couldfind a place.
('IT){ m
)fTl} 111:\11 naam bihoonai maathay chhaa-ee. 11111
C O
.
Devoid ofname are with blackenedface. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ ftrnrw II saach Dhanee jag aa-ay binaasaa.
U B
L
True Master remains, the world comes and perishes.
~ lfCft ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II QIDootas paraanee gurmukh gaasaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
K C
Men like Gurmukh and servant (of God) are liberated. 1 (pause)
O
~ Hfu lfT'Ql' ~ ~ II jag mohi baaQ!1aa bahutee aasaa.
O
Tlte world is bound in greed and with hopefor more.
B
~ refcf R' ~ II gurmatee ik bha-ay ugaasaa.
H
K
Witlt tlte wisdom of Guru, some are now detached.
SI
~ ~ ~ UQcIITW II antar naam kamal pargaasaa.
In their mind, the lotus of name is blossoming.
~ ~ ('j"I(ft mi eft ~ II~II tin H ka-o naahee jam kee taraasaa. 11211
They do not need to fear the devil of death. 2
~ ftpK ~ ~ ~ II jag tari-a jit kaaman hitkaaree.
Winning a woman, world (people) becomes woman loving.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II putar kaltar lag naam visaaree.
By attachment with son, wife they haveforgotten name.
ftrcra'r ~ ~ artft (JT(ft II birthaa janam gavaa-i-aa baajee haaree.
They have lost life in vain, and thus lost the gamble.
~ ~ ~ wat lIa II satgur sayvay karnee saaree. 11311
Serving the true Guru, is the essence ofaction. 3
~~ em ~ II baahrahu ha-umai kahai kahaa-ay.
Those who display ego outside,
~ ~ ~ ~ 0' ~ II angrahu mukat layp kagay na laa-ay.
Liberatedfrom within will never need plaster (show).
~ ~ ~ FI'8R! fR'lSI'S' II maa-i-aa moh gur sabagjalaa-ay.
899
The word of Guru, burns the greed ofwealth.
~ ~ Jre ~ ~ IIBII nirmal naam sad hirdai Dhi-aa-ay. 11411
Ever remember the pure name in mind. 4
~ ~ orft;r ~ II Dhaavat raakhai thaak rahaa-ay.
It stops wandering and keeps under control.
fi::Il:I' JRrfu' QQfH ~ II sikh sangat karam milaa-ay.
The congregation ofSikhs is available with His grace.
~ ftrQ ~ ~ RTt II gur bin bhoolo aavai jaa-ay.
Without Guru, the astraying comes and goes.
oefu ern- JiHfdr ~ 1Il.l1l nagar karay sanjog milaa-ay. 11511
With His grace, there is chance for union. 5
~ ~ 0' ~ R"lft II roorho kaha-o na kahi-aa jaa-ee.
If I tell about handsome (God), I cannot tell
~ ~ i'KT cihif3' tnt II akath katha-o nah keemat paa-ee.
If I relate about the unrelatable, I cannot do justice.
mr ~ 3'a" ~ ~ II sabh gukh tayray sookh rajaa-ee.
All pains andpleasures are by your wilL
M
RfiJ ~ jR wi O'lft II~II sabh gukh maytay saachai naa-ee. 11611
O
The true name finishes all sufferings. 6
C
ere ftrQ ~ 1m' ftrQ 3'W II kar bin vaajaa pag bin taalaa.
B .
One plays upon Vaja (harmonium) without hands, and upon beat without feet.
U
H ~ ~ 3" ~ f?ro'rw II jay sabag buihai taa sach nihaalaa.
If he understands word, then he enjoys the True.
C L
~ wv JIi Bl:f O'W II antar saach sa.bbay sukh naalaa.
O K
If true is within, all pleasures are alongwith.
O
oefu ern- ~ ~ 11;)11 nadar karay raakhai rakhvaalaa. 11711
H B
If He is kind, He the protector protects. 7
~ ~))f"!:f ~ II taribhavan sooihai aap gavaavai.
K
SI
By losing self (ego) one can know three worlds.
F
8'C!t HftJ JDt'It II banee booihai sach samaavai.
By understanding the word ofGuru (Gurbani) one merges in True.
~ ~ ffiiI' ftR '3"QT II sabag veechaaray ayk liv taaraa.
By realising word, one merges in true. By pondering over word, one is on same wavelength.
(')l"("i'C[ tig H'i1dc!(Jld i 1It:1I~1I naanak Dhan savaaranhaaraa. 11811211
Nanak says, "Great is the refashioner." 8.2

))fTW H<JW C\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~))f'J{tr ~ ~ WO II laykh asaNkh Iikh Iikh maan.
Many people are proud ofbeing educated, they write a lot ofwritings.
Hfo ~ ~ ~ fi1:f'Q II man maanee-ai sach surat vakhaan.
But write about truth, love (for God) that will be pleasing to mind.
Cl'lf<'ft ~ trll:t tffif B'9 II kathnee bagnee parh parh bhaar.
Reading and reading, and telling through mouth is on~v a burden.
~))f'J{tr ~ ~ IIC\II laykh asaNkh alaykh apaar. 11111
A lot ofpeople write, but Infinite-is beyond writing. 1
~ w;JI' 1 ~ WJ II aisaa saachaa tooN ayko jaan.
900
You know on(v One as true.
~ ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II jaman marnaa hukam pachhaan. 11111 rahaa-o.
Realize that birth and death are in order. 1 (pause)
HTfurr Hfu ~ 8'tI" ~ II maa-i-aa mohi jag baaDhaa jamkaal.
The world in love for wealth, is bound by the devil ofdeath.
aitfr ~ ~ mrftls II baaNDhaa chhootai naam samHaal.
The bound one can befree ifhe remembers name.
~ ~ ~ n m II gur sukh-gaata avar na bhaal.
On(v Guru i... happiness giving, do not search for anyone else.
<n7>B trHf3' fc'ilTcft ~ 7j'Tftl; II~II halat palat nibhee tuDh naal. 11211
Here and hereafter, on(v He stands by you. 2
mffu ~ 3i' h ~ ~ II sabag marai taa Nayk liv laa-ay.
If one dies in word, he can be intuned with One.
~ ri 3i' ~ ~ II achar charai taa Nbharam chukaa-ay.
If one eats the uneatble, his doubts will be over
~ ~ Hf<'i ~ ~ II jeevan mukat man naam vasaa-ay.
If one gets name abide in his mind, he is liberated while living.
M
~ ~ 3 JffiJ ~ lIall gurmukh ho-ay ta sach samaa-ay. 11311
O
If one is Gurmukh, he merges in True. 3
C
B.
ft:ITo tra' Wift mrg ~ II jin Dhar saajee gagan akaas.
One who has created earth, sky and sound.
m
ft:ITo mr lifTl1t
U
~ II jin sabh thaapee thaap uthaap.
L
C
One who has created all, and places and displaces.
K
JmJ ~ ))flit ))fTfu II sarab nirantar aapay aap.
O
He Himself, alone is all pervading.
O
Fcm n ~ 8lffl"))fTfu 11811 kisai na poochhay bakhsay aap. 11411
H B
He does not consult anyone, Himselfforgives. 4
g yg J=I'1"aIg ~ ~ II too pur saagar maanak heer.
I K
You are an ocean filled with gems and rubies.
S
g ~ ~ ~ ~ II too nirmal sach gunee gaheer.
You are pure, deep and profound truth.
P.413
~~ R ~ ~ II sukh maanai bhaytai gur peer.
Meeting Guru-Pir, gives pleasure.
~ ~ ~ mg 111.111 ayko saahib ayk vajeer. 11511
There is on(v one king, and one (same) minister.
~ M ~ ~ )fT(ft II jag bangee muktay ha-o maaree.
The world is in cage, but killing ego is liberated.
tlfdr fdJlwo't ~ ~ II jag gi-aanee virlaa aachaaree.
The world is knowledgeable, but rare one is of(good) conduct.
tlfdr ~ ~ ~ II jag pandit virlaa veechaaree.
The world is scholar, but rare one reflects.
f8Q ~ R mr fd ~ II~II bin satgur Qhaytay saQh firai ahaNkaaree. 11611
Without meeting true Guru, all wanderings are in ego. 6
~ ~ ~ iIg ~ II jag gukhee-aa sukhee-aa jan ko-ay.
901
The world is in misery, and happy is rare one.
~~ m ~ ~ II jag rogee .!2hcgee gun ro-ay.
The world is in ailments, the enjoyer's weeps for virtues (cure)
~ ~ ftrc'>R trl3' ~ II jag upjai binsai pat kho-ay.
The people ofworld take birth and losing honour they perish.
~ ~ ~ Rft!' II.?II gurmukh hovai booihai so-avo 11711
If there is a Gurmukh, he understands. 7
HuUr ~ B"flJ ~ II mahgho mol bhaar afaar.
He is cost(y in price and heavy in weight.
~ ~ ~ Q'lg II atal achhal gurmatee Qhaar.
With the wisdom of Guru, have stable and pure in mind.
iJI'fE nm R ~ II .!2haa-ay milai .!2haavai .!2ha-ikaar.
Have Him with love and be accepted by working in Hisfear.
~~ ern ~ 1It:llall naanak neech kahai beechaar. IIS11311
Nanak, the modest, says after pondering. 8.3.
))fTW )f(JW 9 II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 5
~ ~ tffi fi.mi; ~ II ayk marai panchay mil roveh.
M
One dies andfivejoin to weep.
O
~ wre ~ ~ ~ II ha-umai jaa-ay sabag mal Dhoveh.
. C
The ego goes after washing with word.
B
JDfftJ ~ JroiI urfu' ~ II samaih sooih sahj ghar hoveh.
U
With understanding and realising, one enters the home, in ease.
~ JRRIft 1fS ~ 11911 bin booihay saglee pat khoveh. 111 II
C L
K
Without understanding, one loses all honour. 1
O
~ ~ ~ ft ~ II ka-un marai ka-un rovai ohee.
O
Who dies and who weeps for the same.
~~ mm
H B
1J:IAJ 3'dt 11911 ~ II karan kaaran sa.!2hsai sir tohee. 11111 rahaa-o.
You alone are cause and effect and on every body's head. 1 (pause)
K
SI
~ ~ ft ~ iftr II moo-ay ka-o rovai Qukh ko-ay.
People weep for the dead, but very rare one is sad.
m
it ft ft:qJ ~ II so rovai jis baygan ho-ay.
Weeps on(y one, who is in agony.
ft:qJ 8t3t w! 1;B' Rft!' II jis beetee jaanai para.!2h so-avo
With whom it happens, only Master knows it.
))fT'i)' aar ri' ff ~ II~II aapay kartaa karay so ho-ay. 11211
Whatever the Creator Himself does, that happens. 2
~ ){Qc!T N ~ II jeevat marnaa taaray tarnaa.
One wlto dies wltile living, liberates and liberates others.
H ~ tmf CIJftr ~ II jai jaggees param gat sarnaa.
Hail Master, and be in tlte refuge ofsupreme power.
~ ~ ~ \JGC!T II ha-o balihaaree satgur charnaa.
I sacrifice myselffor the feet oftrue Guru.
~ ~ ~ t ~ lIall gur bohith sabag Qhai tarnaa. 11311
Guru is boat, be in thefear ofword and swim across. 3
~ ))fTf4 ~ Hflr II nir.bha-o aap nirantar jot.
902
He, all pervading light, is Himselffearless.
ftJQ ~ ~ Rfln m II bin naavai sootak jag chhot,
Without name, the world is impure and thus untouchable.
~ ftInR' fcmIr Qfu ~ IIgurmat binsai ki-aa kahi rot.
With evil wisdom one is perished, now why weep and c,:v.
ffi'i6.r ~ ftJQ !J'iII'f:J HiftJ 11811 janam moo-ay bin bhagat sarot. 11411
Without going into source of devotion, people take birth and die. 4
~ ~ ~ ~ Ht3' II moo-ay ka-o sach roveh meet.
It is on(v dear ones who real(v weep for dead.
~ IJC!" ~ 01'3" liE II tarai gun roveh neetaa neet.
Otherwise people in three gunnas weep forever.
~ ~ lffiJftr Jrofi:r ~ II gukh sukh parhar sahj sucheet.
The aware, in ease, care notfor pleasure or pain.
3Q HQ ~ ~ tRftf:J 1It111 tan man sa-opa-o krisan pareet. 11511
They surrender mind and body for the love of God. 5
!ft3fu ~ ~ ~ II bheetar ayk anayk asaNkh.
Within many uncountables, is one alone.
~ Q'a){ 8'Y JfI:f ~ II karam Dharam baho sankh asaNkh.
I1te rituals andfaiths are in lot, countable and uncountable.
O M
ftJQ i' !JOI3t ROlf flralf II bin bhai bhagtee janam biranth.
. C
Without loving devotion, life goes in vain.
U B
L
<Jfir IJC!" ~ fi.fftis tmm II~II har gun gaavahi mil parmaaranth. 11611
C
Sing the attributes of God, by meeting supreme. 6
K
))(Tflr ~ Jri' !it ))(Tflr II aap marai maaray bhee aap.
He Himself dies and Himselfgets others die.
O
))(Tflr ~ ~ ~ II aap upaa-ay thaap uthaap. O
B
He Himself creates, bases and debases.
H
K
firRTG ~ iat ~ iI"f3' II sarisat upaa-ee jotee too jaat.
SI
You have created worldputting your light in all
~ ~ ~ om ~ II~II sabag veechaar milan nahee bharaat. 11711
Pondering upon the word you will meet, no doubt. 7
~ ~ sQ- illf ~ II sootak agan bhakhai jag khaa-ay.
The fire oflust is burning, it eats the world.
~ ;::rn,; 1ifWi mJ (ft lifTfu II sootak jal thai sabh hee thaa-ay.
Impuri~v (if any) is in water, in land, and in every place.
~ ~ ffi'i6.r H<ftH II naanak sootak janam mareejai.
Nanak says, "Impuri~v is in birth, in death.
~ ~ <Jfir ~ 1M 1It:1I811 gur parsaadee har ras peejai. 11811411
With the grace of Guru, drink the nectar ofGod. " 8.4
~))fTRT){(JW "\ II raag aasaa mehlaa 1. RAG ASA M: 1
))fly ~ B' ~ ~ II aap veechaarai so parkhay heeraa.
One who himselfponders, can test a jewel.
~ ~ N ~ ~ II ayk garisat taaray gur pooraa.
l1te perfect Guru, liberates by mere looking at.
~ ~ HO ~ HQ titar 11"\11 gur maanai man tay man Dheeraa. 11111
903
Obeying Guru gives patience to mind. 1
nrw ~ Fra"at ri' II aisaa saahu saraafee karai.
My suclt a Master, tests.
wtil om ~ ~ 3t IIC\II ~ II saachee nad-ar ayk Iiv tarai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Witlt tlte grace of True, one liberates while intuned with One. 1 (pause)
~tit ~ ~ ~ II poonjee naam niranjan saar.
God's name is the essential capital
~ wfu Q3" ~ II nirmal saach rataa paikaar.
Tlte follower is in love with pure true.
fJ::Ia13" FI<JR lIlfa' ~ ~ II~II sifat sahj ghar gur kartaar. 11211
With tlte praise, in ease, one enters the home ofGuru-Creator. 2
))fTRT }fc')RT mJfu ~ II aasaa mansaa sabad- jalaa-ay.
The word burns one's hopes and desires.

QT}f ~ oro ~ II raam naraa-in kahai kahaa-ay.
One sltould recite and help others to recite the name of God.
~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lIall gurtayvaat mahal ghar paa-ay. 11311
With tlte help of Guru one knows the way to His home, palace. 3
M
P.414
O
citro ~ iif3' rgY II kanchan kaa+aa jot anoop.
. C
Tlte delighting light is in golden body.
B
~ ~ JImS ~ II tariQ.!J.avan d-ayvaa sagal saroop.
U
Tlte Master ofthree worlds, is in allforms.
L
HHQQ 1$ ~ ~ 11811 mai so Dhan palai saach akb.oot. 11411
C
K
Suclt inexhaustible wealth is in my pocket. 4
O
tfiJ 3tfc'l ~ ~ ~ II panch teen nav chaar samaavai.
O
He pervades five (elements) and three (worlds), nine (regions) and four (directions).
H B
t::l"a'fc! araTQ m'i QTftr ~ II Dharan gagan kal Dhaar rahaavai.
He sustains earth and sky in His own way.
IK
8T(JflJ ~ ~ tR 1It111 baahar jaata-o ulat paraavai. 11511
~~ ~ S
He brings back tlte running out 5
(') II moorakh ho-ay na aakhee soomai.
Tltefoolish one cannot see with his eyes.
~ Qff odt Cit'ful)jT ~ II jihvaa ras nahee kahi-aa boomai.
Hi... tongue neither understands what it says and nor it gives pleasure.
f89' ~ )fT3T iRI' fAt ~ II~II bikh kaa maataa jag si-o loomai. 11611
Intoxicated in poison, clashes with world. 6
!3'H mrs !3l1 ~ II ootam sangat ootam hovai.
In good company one becomes good.
~ ~ tri' ~ tit II gun ksl-o Dhaavai avgan Dhovai.
He runs for virtues, and washes offvices.
fiJg ~ JW JrotJ (') ~ 11;>11 bin gur sayvay sahj na hovai. 11711
Without serving Guru, no patience. 7
<fuJr ~ iR<Jo ~ II heeraa naam javayhar laal.
God's name is diamond,jewel, and ruby.
HQ H3t 5' f:m ~ ~ II man motee hai tis kaa maal.
904
His wealth is the pearl ofmind.
(')l"(")Q ~ M!fa' ~ IItll1.l11 naanak parkhai nagar nihaal. 11811511
Nanak says, "God tests with one pleasing glance." 8.5
))fTW litJ"W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ fdmfr?i ~ Hfn HTg II gurmukh gi-aan Dhi-aan man maan.
Gurmukh's mind pleases in knowledge, in concentration.
~ ~ ~ ~ II gurmukh mahlee mahal pachhaan.
Gurmukh in His home, knows His place.
~ BGf3' ~ ~ II~II gurmukh surat sabag neesaan. 11111
Gurmukh's emblem is His word, His love. 1
~ t}H !RJf3' ~ II aisay paraym bhagat veechaaree.
Such a loving devotion is in question.
~ wer ~ JjQ'Cft II~II ~ II gurmukh saachaa naam muraaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
Gurmukh knows that true name is of God. 1 (pause)
~ ~ arfn fll'I'Q II ahinis nirmal thaan suthaan.
He is ever (day and night) pure, whether at good place or at bad place.
'3tn RO ro()a~l!5 fdmfr?i II teen bhavan nihkayval gi-aan.
M
/n three worlds is His unique knowledge.
O
we-!JCf 3 ~ ~ II~II saachay gur tay hukam pachhaan. 11211
With the help oftrue Guru, know His order. 2
. C
B
WW ~ ~ f3'ff Rw II saachaa harakh naahee tis sog.
True one is neither in joy nor in sorrow.
L U
~ fdmfr?i )f()T Gff ~ II amrit gi-aan mahaa ras bhog.
K C
Immortal knowledge is to enjoy supreme nectar.
O
W JDfTlft fftit R! ~ lIall panch samaa-ee sukhee sabh log. 11311
O
Disciplining five, everyone is happy. 3
~ m
B
3QT R! chft II saglee jot tayraa sabh ko-ee.
H
K
In everyone is your light, so all are yours.
SI
))fTl) ma- ~ Fret II aapay jorh vichhorhay so-ee.
He Himself unites and Himself separates.
))fTl) Qij'3T cre-Jj mft liB II aapay kartaa karay SO ho-ee. 11411
He Himself is Creator, what He does that happens. 4
'eTfu ~ ~ FIJori' II dhaahi usaaray hukam samaavai.
He Him..elf builds and de-builds, in order, He merges in.
~ m H f3JJ R II hukmo vartai jo tis bhaavai.
The order that He likes prevails.
!JCf fuQ ~ ~ (') t.R' 111.111 gur bin pooraa ko-ay na paavai. 11511
None can meet perfect, without the help of Guru. 5
l!'l!5'a' ftrafQ' (') BGS l.fO'fo II baalak biraDh na surat paraan.
In childhood and old age, one is less aware of attachment and breathing.
m mrrn P' ~ II bhar joban boodai aQhimaan.
In prime youth one sinks in pride.
ftIg ~ ~ l!5CJ'fi:r ftre'rfo II~II bin naavai ki-aa lahas nigaan. 11611
Devoid ofname, what the foolish can have? 6
fi:m" C{T tg tIQ JJft:r (') iI'O'" II jis kaa an Dhan sahj na jaanaa.
905
One who has given you food, wealth and peace, you do not care to know Him.
BOfi.r !'WO" ftJfo ~ II bharam bhulaanaa fir pachhutaanaa.
Astraying in doubts then you repent.
m N $ ~ II.?II gal faahee ba-uraa ba-uraanaa. 11711
When noose is around the neck, then you, the bewildered become mentaL 7
~ HtJ ~ ~ ifa'!Pi II boodat jag gaykhi-aa ta-o dar bhaagay.
While seeing the world drowning, you run about in fear.
~ ~ R ~ II satgur raakhay say vadbhaagay.
Those whom true Guru saves, are greatly lucky.
~ ~ cit ~ wi IItll~1I naanak gur kee charnee laagay. 11811611
Nanak says, "They are at thefeet of Guru. "8.6
>wRT )fiJ'W 9 II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ iIft3' ~ ~ II gaavahi geetay cheet aneetay.
One sings hymns but his mind is wicked
~ BC!'fu ~ 8t3' II raag sunaa-ay kahaaveh beetay.
He sings and tells ofthe past.
ftrQ ~ Hfo ~ ~ 11911 bin naavai man .ihoot!l aneetay. 11111
M
Without name, his mind is in lie and wickedness. 1
Q<JT ~ HO ~ urn- II kahaa chalhu man rahhu gharay.
C O
.
Where OJ my mind you are going? stay at home.
~~or6f~~~JrofH~ 11911 ~ II
U B
gurmukh raam naam tariptaasay khojat paavhu sahj haray. 11111 rahaa-o.
C L
Gurmukhs are contented with name-searching, they find God, in ease. 1 (pause)
K
~ ~9' Hfo Hg ~ II kaam kroDh man moh sareeraa.
Cupidi~v and anger, charm mind and body.
O O
~ ~ ~ H tfuJr II lab 10Qh ahaNkaar so peeraa.
B
(but with them), The greed, the avarice, the ego, they all bring pains.
KH
~ i')1){ ftrQ fkt HQ tfurr 11:)11 raam naam bin ki-o man Dheeraa. 11211
S I
Devoid ofthe name of God, how mind can be at rest? 2
~ ~ 'R"f ~ II antar naavan saach pachhaanai.
Bathing in selfrealizes True.
~ cit m ~ iI'i II antar kee gat gurmukh jaanai.
On(v Gurmukh knows the dynamism ofthe self.
~ mre ftrQ ~ c; ~ IISII saach sabag bin mahal na pachhaanai. 11311
He cannot recognise home without true word 3
~ Hfu ~ mri' II nirankaar meh aakaar samaavai.
Theform merges in Formless.
~ QW ~ wftr ~ II akal kalaa sach saach tikaavai.
God (Aka/), with His art, is holding the true in True.
it og amr iffi; mit r i liS II so nar garaQ!l jon nahee aavai. 11411
(One who realizes it)he does not return to womb for birth.
;::r.:rT ~ ~ '3CJ wt II jahaa Nnaam milai tah jaa-o.
Go to the place, where you get name.
P. 415
~ ~ amf orwt II gur parsaadee karam kamaa-o.
906
With His grace you earn (do) actions.
orH QT3T <JfcJ ~ ~ 1It111 naamay raataa har gun gaa-o. 11511
In loving name sing the attributes of God. 5
~ ~ 3" ))fT1J 1./5T3T II gur sayvaa tay aap pachhaataa.
With the service of Guru, He is recognized.
~ O"'tf ~ ~ II amrit naam vasi-aa sukh-gaata.
The name-nectar and Giver of happiness abides in mind.
~ r i orH QT3T II~II an-gin banee naamay raataa. 11611
Day and night, he is in love ofthe word-name. 6
H<JT'llI' wS':JT & R II mayraa parabh laa-ay taa ko laagai.
Whomever my Master accepts, he loves Him.
~~ mre A II ha-umai maaray sabgay jaagai.
Ego kills, word awakes.
~ a m!'" ~ ))f1'jjt 11;>11 aithai othai sagaa sukh aagai. 11711
Here and hereafter, the happiness is ever ahead. 7
HQ ~ ftrlQ' orcft;ri- II man chanchal biDh naahee jaanai.
Mind is slippery, it knows not the way.
M
~ Hw ~ (') ~ II manmukh mailaa sabag na pachhaanai.
Manmukh is dir(v, does not know word.
C O
.
~ ~ ~ ~ IItll gurmukh nirmal naam vakhaanai. 11811
Gurmukh is pure, he recites name. 8
em-
<JfcJ ~ ))f1'jjt
U B
~ II har jee-o aagai karee argaas.
I prayed before lovable God.
C L
K
W9" trO mrt3 ~ ~ II saaDhoo jan sangat ho-ay nivaas.
O
That places me in the congregation ofsaints.
B O
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l:if"B' II~II kilvikh gukh kaatay har naam pargaas. 11911
When the name of God lightens, all pains ofsins are over. 9
H
cmr 8twg ~ \.Rr'3T II kar beechaar aachaar paraataa.
K
S I
Reflect upon good conduct with others.
~ ~ ~ W3'" II satgur bachnee ayko jaataa.
With the teachings oftrue Guru, know on(v One.
(T)T(")'C[ QT}f O'fif HQ QT3T IIC\OIl;>1I naanak raam naam man raataa. 111011711
Nanak says, "My mind is in lovefor the name of God. " 10.7
))fTW }{(J'i!lSI" C\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
HQ ~ ~ ~ II man maigal saakat gayvaanaa.

My mind is non-believing, an elephant, mad.
81i' lfflJ ~ Hfu ~ II ban khand maa-i-aa mohi hairaanaa.
In lovefor wealth, it is confounding in jungle (world).
fh t:r wfu QlC!lS a- ~ II it ut jaahi kaal kay chaapay.
When devil of death, thrashes, it runs hither and thither.
~ ~ ~ l.lI2 ))fTif IIC\II gurmukh khoj lahai ghar aapay. 11111
Gurmukh himselffinds his home. 1
~ ~ mre HQ ocft ~ II bin gur sabgai man nahee tha-uraa.
Wit/lOut the word of Guru, mind is not stable.
~QT}f~~~~~~~ IIC\II ~ II
907
simrahu raam naam at nirmal avar !i-aagahu ha-umai ka-uraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remember the name ofGod, it is ve,:v pure, and leave everything else, it is all bitter ego. 1 (pause)
~ HQ ~ ~ fclt ~ " ih man mugaDh kahhu ki-o rahsee.
Tell, how this idiot mind can be restrained.
f8Q ~ IDf CifI" ~ JroJft " bin samihay jam kaa gukh sahsee.
Without understanding it will suffer the tortll.re ofdevil
))fTl) al:IJl ~ Hi " aapay bakbsay satgur~ylai.
He Himselfforgives and gets to unite with true Guru.
~ ~ wa- R!' ~ "~,, kaal kantak maaray sach paylai. 11211
He kills the sufferings ofdeath and nourishes the true. 2
~ HQ crcJW ~ HQ Q'6)fl' " ih man karmaa ih man Dharmaa.
This mind is in action, this mind is in faith.
~ HQ W ~ 3' HOW " ih man panch tat tay janmaa.
This mind is the (mind is the most refined product ofmatter) product offive elements.
~ m ~ HQ F " saakat loJIDee ih man moorhaa.
The non-believer idiot, this mind is greedy.
~ ~ iN HQ ~ "a" gurmukh naam japai man roorhaa. 11311
M
Remembering name the mind of a Gurmukh is beautiful 3
~ HQ ~ mIT " gurmukh man asthaanay so-ee.
C O
.
Gurmukh is one, whose mind is stable.
~~ m
B
mft " gurmukh taribhavan soihee ho-ee.
U
L
Gurmukh is one, who has the understanding ofthree worlds.
~ HQ Haft m '3Y ~ " ih man jogee JIDogee tap taapai.
K C
This mind is meditator, enjoyer, penancing austerities.
~ ~ ~ 1lI))fTil' "B"
O
gurmukh cheenHai har paraJID aapai. 11411
God Himself cares for the Gurmukhs. 4
O
B
HQ iQraft utA' ~ " man bairaagee ha-umai ti-aagee.
H
K
Negating ego the mind is detached.
SI
l.lffG l.lffG ){(')R'I' ~ wait " ghat ghat mansaa gubiDhaa laagee.
Everybody's mind is set in the duality.
~ ~ ~;pQ- " raam rasaa-in gurmukh chaakhai.
Gurmukh tastes the bliss ofname.
efu UIflJ ~ ~ tffir orQ- "1.1,, gar ghar mahlee har pat raakhai. 11511
God protects his honour at His doors, in His home. 5
~ HQ QIiI" ~ Jiar1H " ih man raajaa soor sangraam.
This mind is king, brave in battle.
~ HQ ~ ~ mH " ih man nirJIDa-o gurmukh naam.
If his mind is fearless, his name is Gurmukh.
~ Uu ~ ~ eftS' " maaray panch apunai vas kee-ay.
He disciplines the five and kills them,
~ arm ~ atft!' eftS' "~,, ha-umai garaas ikat thaa-ay kee-ay. 11611
Gripped by ego, are placed at one place. 6
~ (JICJJ ~ ))fc') ~ " gurmukh raag su-aag an ti-aagay.
Gurmukh abdicates music, other than about God, and spicy foods.
~ ~ HQ !m3t tnt " gurmukh ih man JIDagtee jaagay.
908
OJ Gurmukh, this mind awakes in devotion.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II anhag sun maani-aa sabag veechaaree.
It is pleased by listening unfrictioned sound and reflects upon word.
~ ~ ~ ~ II?II aatam cheeneh bha-ay nirankaaree. 11711
Then realising Atma (self) it become of God. 7
~ Hg ~ ~ uffiJ mft II ih man nirmal gar ghar so-ee.
This mind is pure, therefore, it is at His door and in His home.
~ il'aIf3' ~ 1Jfo mit II gurmukh bhagat bhaa-o Dhun ho-ee.
OJ Gurmukh sound (pure) occurs in loving devotion.
nrfufofl:r uftJ inJ ~ ~ II ahinis har jas gur parsaag.
By Guru's grace, day and night, there is praise of God.
urfG urfG Ft l{f ~ ~ II t: II ghat ghat so parabh aag jugaag. 11811
That Master is in the beginning and all through ages,in every body. 8
<JI"H ~ ~ Hg ~ II raam rasaa-in ih man maataa.
This mind is intoxicated in the nectar of God.
mnr ~ ~ ifT3T II sarab rasaa-in gurmukh jaataa.
On(v Gurmukh knows all about nectar.
M
il'aIf3' ~ ~ ~ ~ II bhagat hayt gur charan nivaasaa.
O
For devoting be at the feet of Guru.
. C
7)T(')C{ uftJ ifc') a ~ t!'W 1I~1It:1I naanak har jan kay gaasan gaasaa. 11911811
B
Nanak is the servant ofthe servants ofmen of God. 9.8
P.416
LU
C
))fTW HU'W 1:\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
K
3?F f80R QQ ~ i ~ II tan binsai Dhan kaa ko kahee-ai.
OO
When body perishes, what to talk ofwealth.
ftrQ ~ <JI"H O'lj Cf3 ~ II bin gur raam naam kat lahee-ai.
B
Without Guru, how to get name of God.
H
K
<JI"H ('jT){ QQ JffiJr Jfl:fTlft II raam naam Dhan sang sakhaa-ee.
SI
Wealth ofthe name of God, is ever helping companion,
~ ~ uftJ ~ w8t 111:\11 ahinis nirmal har Iiv laa-ee. 111\\
Day and night, be pure and intuned with God. 1
<JI"H ('jT){ ftrQ ~ ~ II raam naam bin kavan hamaaraa.
Who is ours? Other than the name of God.
~ ~ mf ~ O'lj (') iiJt I"il' sl:ffi::r fl.tMiiU(Jid i 111:\11 aurt II
sukh gukh sam kar naam na chhoda-o aapay bakhas milaavanhaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Treat pain and pleasure alike, and do not leave name. He Himself is forgiving and uniting. 1
(Pause)
~ Cif'}f('ft ~ iIR"d1' II kanik kaamnee hayt gavaaraa.
Idiot loves on(v gold and woman.
sftrqr A O'lj f.mraT II ,QubiDhaa laagay naam visaaraa.
Forgetting name, he is in duality.
fi::rff 181:mfu O'lj Rll'fu II jis tooN bakhsahi naam japaa-ay.
Whomever you forget he gets to remember your name.
~ (') M'fdT 'At ~ aJTfu 11:111 goot na laag sakai gun gaa-ay. 11211
Remembering attributes, the devil of death cannot touch. 2
909
<:ffir ~ ~ ~ ~ II har gur gaataa raam gupaalaa.
God is guru and giver offood.
~ ri ~ ~ ~ II ji-o Qb.aavai ti-o raakb. ga-i-aalaa.
OJ merciful, save me as you like.
~ ~ HW Hfo ~ II gurmukh raam mayrai man jIDaa-i-aa.
OJ Gurmukh, my mind is charmed by God.
~ fire ~ i5'fcif ~ lIall rog mitay gukh tbaak rahaa-i-aa. 11311
All ailments are cured, sufferings are stopped to happen. 3
~ 0' ~ ~ 0' H3t" II avar na a-ukhaDh tant na manntaa.
Neither any other treatment nor any other magic works.
<:ffir <:ffir ~ ~ iEr II har har simran kilvikb. hantaa.
17ze remembrance ofthe name of God, kills all sins.
i ."rfir ~ 01lf fWrrftr II tooN aap .!mulaaveh naam visaar.
You yourselfmislead to forget name.
i ~ O"l:fftr FcirGl.I'" t:I'fa' 11811 tooN aapay raakhahi kirpaa Dhaar. 11411
You yourselfprotect, by being merciful 4
aw!rot' ~ Hfo iW II rog bharam Qb.ayg man goojaa.
M
The disease, doubt, discrimination are the product ofhaving other in mind.
O
~ ftrQ !JOfH tNfu RY iW II gur bin Qharam jaapeh jap goojaa.
C
Without Guru, one remembers ofother, in doubt.
flfu YQl:f ~ ~ 0' ~ II aag purakh gur garas na gaykheh.
B .
U
He does not see Guru, the Primal Purakh.
L
~ ~ mre ffi'itl ~ il:ffu IItlll yin gur sabQai janam ke laykheh. 11511
C
K
Without the word ofGuru, what is this lifefor ? 5
O
~ ~ ~ ~ II gaykh achraj rahay bismaag.
O
Seeing wonderful one lives in wonder.
B
UIfc UIfc ffa' (')G JroiI" IDfTflr II ghat ghat sur nar sahj samaaDh.
H
In men, divine and in every body, He lives in trance, in ease.
IK
~ qrfo ~ HO HTm II bharipur Dhaar rahay man maahee.
S
Thus perfecting is placed in mind.
~ mmfu' ~ Ii orm- II~II tum samsar avar ko naahee. 11611
None else is equal to you. 6
w cit B'aIf:J ~ trfi:r 01lf II jaa kee bhagat hayt mukh naam.
For devotion of One, keep His name in mind.
JE !I'iJS cit JicnS ~ II sant bhagat kee sangat raam.
God is in the congregation ofsaints.
8ln; ~ JJfi:f 1tPHrQ II banDhan toray sahj Dhi-aan.
He cuts the fetters and keeps in concentration, in ease.
' ~ <:ffir ~ fdpwg 11;)11 chhootai gurmukh har gur gi-aan. 11711
Gurmukh is liberated by the knowledge of Guru-God. 7
(')T ~ ~ 13B" n II naa jamgoot gookh tis laagai.
He sujJerli no pain ofthe devil ofdeath.
it iIQ ~ nrfi.f ~ ifli' II jo jan raam naam Iiv jaagai.
Those man, who are in love with the name of God.
B'aIf:J ~ iRI3"cmr Jffirr II .!magat vachhal jIDagtaa har sang.
910
God loves His such devotees and He is in their congregation.
(')T(')cl" ~ R <:rflJ ~ IItll~1I naanak mukat bha-ay har rang. 11811911
Nanak says, "They are liberated, being in the love with God. " 8.9
))fIW )f(JW 9 ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1 iktukee. ASA M: 1, EK TUKI
~ ~ Jl ~ w* II gur sayvay so thaakur jaanai.

Whoever serves Guru, knows Master.
~ M ~ mrft! ~ 11911 gookh mitai sach sabag pachhaanai. 11111
Thus his sufferings end and he realizes true word. 1
Qlt!' H1@ Hal JP:ft ~ II raam japahu mayree sakhee sakhainee.
01 my dear (female) friend, remember name.
~ ~ ~ 1{1 ~ 11911 ~ II satgur sayv gaykhhu parabh nainee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Serve true Guru, and see Master with ~ves. 1 (pause)
8tTc'i H'3' fiaT JiJfIfu II banDhan maat pitaa sansaar.
The mother, thefather, the world are bondages.
8tTc'i H3" ~ ~ (')'I'fir II~II banDhan sut kanniaa ar naar. 11211
The sons, the daughters, and wife are bondages. 2
8tTc'i cr<f){ 1m{ ijf Cift))fI' II banDhan karam Dharam ha-o kee-aa.
The rituals, the ceremonies, I do, are bondages.
8tTc'i ~ ~ Hfo 8Pw lIall banDhan put kalat man bee-aa. 11311
O M
.
The sons, the wives, other's love in mind, are bondages. 3
C
8tTc'i ~ ~ flsrawo II banDhan kirkhee karahi kirsaan.
U B
L
Bondage farming done by farmer.
C
~ iQ FI'5' ~ ~ t!'O 11811 ha-umai dann sahai raajaa mangai gaan. 11411
OK
He suffers punishment in ego when king asksfor taxes. 4
8tTc'i ~ biC!4tu l di II banDhan sa-ugaa anveechaaree.
B O
Bondage is trading in other's thoughts.
~ ~ ~ ){(:r t.nrlt 1It111 tipat naahee maa-i-aa moh pasaaree. 11511
K H
No contentedness in expanding love for wealth. 5
SI
8tTc'i RTU Jfufu qg iflft!' II banDhan saah saNcheh Dhan jaa-ay.
Bondage is the wealth, the rich goes to collect.
~ <:rflJ!mS 0" tmft lfIfu II~II bin har bhagat na pav-ee thaa-ay. 11611
Devoid ofthe devotion of God, it makes no sense. 6
8tTc'i ~ ~ ~ II banDhan bayg baag ahaNkaar.
Bondage is the debate on Vedas, on ego.
8Qfo 18oA" ){(:r ~ II" II banDhan binsai moh vikaar. 11711
Bondage is in perishing in love for greed and evil deeds. 7
(')T(')cl" 0Tlf O'H ~ II naanak raam naam sarnaa-ee.
Nanak is in the refuge ofthe name of God.
~ ~ ig 0" ~ lit 1190 II satgur raakhay banDh na paa-ee. 118111011
When true Guru protects, no bondage takes place. 8.10.'
P.417
~))fIW)f(JW 9 ~ lI@ a raag aasaa mehlaa 1 asatpadee-aa ghar 3
RAGASAM: 1ASTPADIAN, GHAR-3
9r~ l{Wft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
911
fi::ro fi::rfa' Jrofo l.IiPw Jflft wre H951
jin sir sohan patee-aa maaNgee paa-ay sanDhoor.
II
Those of the ladies who dressed hair in plaits, and worn vermibious in them and to look very
beautifuL
it fi:Io Cit"St ~ 'ml) r.:w
~ gflJ II say sir kaatee munnee-ani Hgal vich aavai Dhoorh.
Their hair are cut with scissors and dust arefalling around neck.
Hm ~ ~ ~ 1rofc! (') ~ ~ II~II mehlaa angar hogee-aa hun bahan na milniH hagoor. 11111
They used to live in palaces, now they find no place even to sit in His presence
~ 8QIT ~ II aagays baabaa aagays.
01 elder, I solute and solute you.
~YQlf~~(')~afa'afa'~~ II~II ~ II
aag purakh tayraa ant na paa-i-aa kar kar gaykheh vays. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 Primal Purakh, I could not know your limits, you change your view and see. 1 Pause
~ FIhw ~ ~ Jl<:rfn 1PfR II jagahu see-aa vee-aahee-aa laarhay sohan paas.
When they were married, their husbands look nice sitting beside them.
mnst ~ ~ 'h ~ cft3' CJ'fl:f II heedolee charh aa-ee-aa gang khand keetay raas.
They came riding palanguin, their ivory teeth were set to bright.
~ wc!t ~ ri fu'Hafo 1PfR II~II uprahu paanee vaaree-ai malay mimkan paas. 11211
whisking with glass-studedfans. 2

O M
The water was sacrijied (by mother-in-law) by whirling around their head and were served by
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l:f3Pw II ik lakh lehni Hbehthee-aa lakh lehniHkharhee-aa.

.C
They were presented one lac when sitting and one lac when standing.
R ~ ~ ~ ~ II garee chhuhaaray khaaNgee-aa maanniHsayjrhee-aa.
U B
The used to eat coco-nut and dried dates and enjoy decorated beds.
C L
OK
f3Q: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11811 tin Hgal silkaa paa-ee-aa tutni Hmotsaree-aa. 11311
They are tied with noose around their neck and their pearl necklaces are broken. 3
O
trg HaQ ~ ~ 'frS' ~ Gtr ~ ~ II Dhan joban gu-ay vairee ho-ay jinHee rakhay rang laa-ay.
B
H
The wealth and youth, the sources ofluxuries, have become enemies.
*
K
F ~ A ;m llftJ ~ II gootaa no furmaa-i-aa lai chalay pat gavaa-ay.
HRSI JrtITfu
They devils (cruel soldiers) are ordered to molest and take them away.
H ft3"ff R ~~ ~ 11811
jay tis .Qhaavai gay vadi-aa-ee jay b.!1aavai gay-ay sajaa-ay. 11411
01 God whomever you will, you give laurels, whomever you will, you punish them. 4
m ~ H ~ 3i' ~ fHA JrtITfu II ago gay jay chaytee-ai taa Nkaa-it milai sajaa-ay.
If they (local rulers) could think before, the people would have not suffered punishment.
N lJQf3' ~ am 3H'R ;:pfu II saahaaNsurat gavaa-ee-aa rang tamaasai chaa-ay.
The rulers have lost their conscience and are indulging in luxuries, in pleasures.
iNid4 i c!t ~ ~ ~ (') ~ l:fTft!' 1It111 baabarvaanee fir ga-ee ku-ir na rotee khaa-ay. 11511
The order ofBabar is current, even dog is not eatingfood. 5
fucror 4l:S ~ ~ 1JW ifI'ft! II iknaa vakhat khu-aa-ee-ah iknHaa poojaa jaa-ay.
Some (Muslim women) are deprived oftime to pray, and some (Hindu women) to worship.
~ ~ rJe4 i c!t1JlT ~ fee} ~ O'ft!' II cha-ukay vin hingvaanee-aa ki-o tikay kaQheh naa-ay.
. The Hindu women are now, deprived ofcooking place, bathing and wearing of frontal mark.
CfTl:f (') ~ ~ ~ ~ (') fHA ~ II~ II raam na kabhoo chayti-o hun kahan na milai khugaa-ay. 11611
They never remembered Ram (God), now they are not allowed to recite eve Khudari. 6
ft!fc;r urfa' ~ IJIT1fc!" ~ fHfl!is fHfl!is ysftJ Btr II ik ghar aavahi aapnai ik mil mil puchheh sukh.
912
Some ones returned (from battle-field) to their home, someones would come to meet them, and
ask about the well-being oftheir ones.
recrcr- ~ ~ IIfu IIfu ~ ~ II iknHaa ayho likhi-aa bahi bahi roveh gukh.
For some, it was on(v preordained, they sat together and wept (for their dead ones) in anguish.
it ftrff ~ Jl ~ C"l'C"iCf h ' Ji1Ql:f II.?IIC!.C!.II jo tis bhaavai so thee-ai naanak ki-aa maanukh. 117111111
Whatever He likes, that happens, Nanak says, "What a human being is ?" 7.11
~ HmiS" C!. II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
crnr 'ff ~ 38w US crnr i'at JJOllft II kahaa so khayl tabaylaa ghorhay kahaa bhayree sehnaa-ee.
Where are the sports, stables, and horses? and where are kettle-drums, flutes.
crnr 'ff ~ ~ crnr 'ff ~ ~ II kahaa so taygbang gaadayrarh kahaa so laal kavaa-ee.
Where are the sword belts and chariots? and where are the scarlets and uniforms ?
crnr 'ff ~ tro icl JKt fu'Rfu '(')l"Cft IIC!.II kahaa so aarsee-aa muh bankay aithai gisehnaahee. 11111
Where are the glass-decorated rings, and where are beautiful faces? they'are no more seen. 1
fuy RW 3GT ~ ~ II ih jag tayraa too gosaa-ee.
This world is yours andyou are its Master.
ffiir~Hfum~Hg'~~m IIC!.II ~ II
ayk gharhee meh thaap uthaapay jar vand gayvai bhaaN-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
In a moment you base and debase. Wealth divides even brothers. 1 (pause)
OM
crot 'ff l.IfQ ~ ~ HmiS" crnr 'ff 8cr JP'it II kahaa Nso ghar gar mandap mehlaa kahaa so bank saraa-ee.
. C
B
Where are homes, doors, the domes ofpalaces, and where are beautiful inns?
crot 'ff m=r ~ C(T)ffc! ft:rB' ~ ~ 0" ~ II
L
kahaa Nso sayj sukhaalee kaaman jis vaykh neeg na paa-ee.
U
crnr 'ff t.I"O ~ crow ~ I'lft wit II ~ II
K C
Where are the comfortable beds of damsels, seeing which one cannot sleep.
O
kahaa so paan tambolee harmaa ho-ee-aa chhaa-ee maa-ee. 11211
O
B
Where are beetle-leaves, the wedding gifts, and lady's chambers? all have vanished 2
KH
~ HQ orrafc!' urit ~ ft!fl'; HQ urit ~ II is jar kaaran ghanee vigutee in jar ghanee khu-aa-ee.
I
For this wealth, lot many are ruined, this wealth has created lot oftroubles.
S
tI'W ~ ~ '(')l"Cft ~ wftf 0" tI'lft II paapaa baaib.ahu hovai naahee mu-i-aa saath na jaa-ee.
This (wealth) cannot be collected without committing sins, and this will not accompany after
death.
ft:m' ~ ))fTflr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II:J II jis no aap khu-aa-ay kartaa khus la-ay changi-aa-ee. 11311
Whomever the Creator wants to get robbed, He snatches his virtues. 3
clit g tfur ~ ~ itT ~ ~ qrftmrr II kotee hoo peer varaj rahaa-ay jaa meer suni-aa Dhaa-i-aa.
Crores of Pirs kept away, when they heard ofking's attack,
P.418
ffTO ~ tm ftn:r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
thaan mukaam jalay bij mangar muchh muchh ku-ir rulaa-i-aa.
He (the invader) burnt homes, halting places, well built palaces, even the princes were cut into
pieces and rolled down.
m~O"~~fcffi 0"tfUl"~ 11811
ko-ee mugal na ho-aa anDhaa kinai na parchaa laa-i-aa. 11411
No Mughal became blind, as none could show any miracle. 4
~ 1fO'1? 51ft ~ ~ Hfu 3Gr ~ II mugal pathaanaa Qha-ee larhaa-ee ran meh tayg vagaa-ee.
Battle between Mughals and Pathans took place, both wielded sword in it.

~~ N ~~ m:ri3' ftJ3tl:ft onHee tupak taan chalaa-ee onHee hasat chirhaa-ee.
II
They (Mughals) fired aims with guns, and others (Pathans) fought riding on elephants.
~ cit titat ~ 1.Pit f:rcr Ha'C!" m 111.111 jinHkee cheeree gargeh paatee tinHaa marnaa Qhaa-ee. 11511
Those whose letter oflife is torn in His court, 01 my brother, they have to die. 5
ft:cf ~ ))RQ ~ ~ ~ II ik hingvaanee avar turkaanee Qhati-aanee t!:lakuraanee.
There, some ofthe women were ofHindus, some ofTurks, some ofRhatts, and some ofThakurs.
~ ~ fRo ~ tR ~ <:"ff HWC!t II iknHaa payran sir khur paatay iknHaa vaas masaanee.
0F'lOme, cloth-veiling from head to feet was torn, and some were living (wailing) in grave-yard.
~a-8ium7)~f3"Q~~~ II~II
jin Hkay bankay gharee na aa-i-aa tin Hki-o rain vihaanee. 11611
Those whoseyoung husbands did not return homes (from battle), how their nights were to pass? 6
))fTl} ~ ~ ~ ftim ~ ))fl'fif ~ II aapay karay karaa-ay kartaa kis no aakh sunaa-ee-ai.
The Creator Himself does and Himselfgets done, whom to tell for listening.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ftim & wre ~ II gukh sukh tayrai bhaanai hovai kis thai jaa-ay roo-aa-ee-ai.
Pain and pleasure are by your will, whom to go and weep before. ?
~ ~ ~ ~ 0T7)CI' ~ ~ II:>II'\~II
hukmee hukam chalaa-ay vigsai naanak Iikhi-aa paa-ee-ai. 117111211
M
The ruler orders and pleases, Nanak says, "We get, what is preordained." 7.12
O
'\r~ tp=I'ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
.C
B
))fTW ~ ){(JW '\ UI! t ~ II aasaa kaafee mehlaa 1 ghar 8 asatpagee-aa.
U
L
ASA KAFI M: 1 GHAR - 8, ASHTPADIAN
C
AA ~ ~ 3H JiJtror II jaisay go-il go-ilee taisay sansaaraa.
K
As a grazer is in grazing ground (for limited period), same is a person in the world.
O
~ ~ ~ aiQfu uro 8TQT II '\11 koorh kamaaveh aagmee baaNDheh ghar baaraa. 11111
B O
Man earns by telling lies, and thus raises a home, afami/y. 1
;:rrarq ;:rrarq ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II jaagahu jaagahu sootiho chali-aa vanjaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
H
IK
Awake OJ sleeping, the hawker is leaving. 1 (pause)
n't3' n't3' uro ~ if CKJC!I" mft II neet neet ghar baaNDhee-ah jay rahnaa ho-ee.
~ ~ ~ ~ if w!
S
Let us build an ever lasting home, ifwe have to live in (forever).
m II~II pind pavai jee-o chalsee jay jaanai ko-ee. 11211
The body decays and soul leaves, this everyone should know. 2
<ft <ft fc;pw ~ 5" fu:ft mIT II ohee ohee ki-aa karahu hai hosee so-ee.
Why yelling about what should happen, whatever has to happen, shall happen.
~ ~ m ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ liS II tum rovhugay os no tumHka-o ka-un ro-ee. 11311
You will weep for him (dead), who will weep for you? 3
Ql:rr fufGy ~ ~ ~ ~ II DhanDhaa pitihu bhaa-eeho tum Hkoorh kamaavahu.
OJ my brother, you are weeping in pretension, thus you earn falsehood.
~ 7) ~ iE eft ~ ~ ~ 11811 oh na sun-ee kat hee tumH10k sunavhu. 11411
He (the dead one) does not listen at all, you weep for others to listen. 4
fi:m ~ ff3T 7)Ti')Q1' iI"iII"'S' mIT II jis taY sutaa naankaa jaagaa-ay so-ee.
Nanak says, "One who has got you to sleep, he will get you to awake. "
if UI! ~ ~ 3i' C'lre 7) mft 111.111 jay ghar booihai aapnaa taa Nneed. na ho-ee. 11511
If you are to realize own home, you will not fall asleep. 5
if ~ i ~ tali JiQ' ~ II jay chalgaa lai chali-aa kichh sampai naalay.
914
If the leaving one is taking with him some ofthe collected wealth.
3T 'QQ ~ ~ & ~f$Y ~ II~II taa Dhan sanchahu gaykh kai boojhhu beechaaray. 11611
Then collect wealth, but after seeing, think and realize. 6
~ ~ ~ ~ )f3' ~ II vanaj karahu makhsood laihu mat pachhotaavahu.
Trade with a purpose, lest you trade and repent.
~CIIC!" ~ ~ ~ ,;m ~ ~ 11;)11 a-ugan chhodahu gun karahu aisay tat paraavahu. 11711
Leave vices, have virtues, thus you will gain the essential 7
~ ~ ~ 8tn ~ ~ fcroJ:r ~ II Dharam bhoom sat beej kar aisee kiras kamaavahu.
Make thefaith your land, sow the seed oftruth, do such afarming.
3i" ~ ~ ~ i ~ IItll taa N vaapaaree jaanee-ahu laahaa lai jaavhu. 11811
On~v then we will treat you trader, ifyou leave with such gains. 8 .
~ ~ ~ fHi 8tera'r II karam hovai satgur milai boojhai beechaaraa.
fl God is gracious, you will meet true Guru and know his thoughts.
~ ~ 1ft ~ orA fa(1(J'ij' II~II naam vakhaanai sunay naam naamay bi-uhaaraa. 11911
He tells name, listens name and deals with name. 9
~ ~ 3'GT ftR ~ em ))fTlft II ji-o laahaa totaa tivai vaat chaldee aa-ee.
The way one earns, same way he loses, this is the given praxis.
Nanak says, "Whatever He likes, that is His greatness." 10.13

OM
i:i f3lJ R (')T("ii5(T J=I'llft ~ lI~oll~all jo tis bhaavai naankaa saa-ee vadi-aa-ee. 1110111311
))fTW )f(J'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
. C
~ c!F ~ a-7ffi!t
B
AF II chaaray kundaa dhoodhee-aa ko neemHee maidaa.
U
L
1 searched all the four corners, none is mine.
C
R ~ R JIlfcnIr g H ~ br II~II jay tuDh bhaavai saahibaa too mai ha-o taidaa. 11111
K
Ifyou accept Master then say: I am yours, you are mine. 1
a-
O
~ 8tiJr H o9fit cl ~ ~ II dar beebhaa mai neemi Hko kai karee salaam.
O
I have no other door, where to prostrate.
B
fuci AF g tIC!t R'UT trAf' ~ II~II ~ II hiko maidaa too Dhanee saachaa mukh naam. 11111 rahaa-o.
KH
You alone are mv . Master, let me have .your true name in mouth. 1 (Pause)
S I
fi:rqr ~ fi:Itf titG H'iIJfu fifft:r fi:Iftf II siDhaa sayvan siDh peer maageh riDh siDh.
\'ome serve perfecting Guru, and beg for magical powers.
H~ ~ 0" ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II mai ik naam na veesrai saachay gur buDh. 11211
I may not forget one name, let this wisdom be granted to me. 2
P.419
i:iim !taft C(T1f3t fcpw Rfu fu'J::i3'a' II jogee bhogee kaaprhee ki-aa bhaveh disantar.
The disciplining, the enjoying, the meditating, whatfor they are roaming in other lands,
~ iX'" ~ 0" ~ ~ Rrg ~ lIall gur kaa sabad na cheenhee tat saar nirantar. 11311
They do not realize the word of Guru, the ever living Primal reality. 3
~ wa iifi!Rt fo3' ~ ~ II pandit paaDhay jo-isee nit parheh puraanaa.
The Pandits, the teachers, the astrologers, ever read Purans.
~ ~ 0" ~ urfG ~ ~ 11811 antar vasat na jaananHee ghat barahm lukaanaa. 11411
They do not know the reality within, that God is hiding in body. 4
reia' 31fflt 80 Hfu 3Y i5fd'fu fo3' ::ffin:J ~ II ik tapsee ban meh tap karahi nit tirath vaasaa.
Some austerer, meditate in forests, always live at sacred places.
))fTy 0" ~ 3'HFft ~ R' ~ IIl.1l1 aap na cheeneh taamsee kaahay bha-ay ugaasaa. 11511
The greedy do not know themselves, that is why they have become renouncers. 5
915
n ~ taO cmr ~ if H3t ~ II ik bind jatan kar raakh-day say jatee kahaaveh.
Some try to save their semen, they are called celibates.
firg ~ FIlre 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II bin gur sabad na chhoothee .b.haram aavahi jaaveh. 11611
Without the word of Guru they are not liberated, they come and go in doubt. 6
n m
fdracft wftrcrr ~ war II ik girhee sayvak saaDhikaa gurmatee laagay.
Someone is house-holder, serves the saint, and lives in the wisdom of Guru.
O'tr t:!"Q ~ ft:g iIftr ifiBftr JJ iril' 11-'11 naam daan isnaan darirh har bhagat so jaagay. 11711
He confirms to name, charity-giving, bath, and awakes in devotion of God. 7
~ 3 t!g l.I@ ~ Jl wft!' fl:R"r! II gur tay dar ghar jaanee-ai so jaa-ay siniaanai.
He learnsfrom Guru, about the real doors, home, there he goes and recognizes.
0'0Cf O'tr 0 ~ ~ HQ ~ lit 1198 II naanak naam na veesrai saachay man maanai. 118111411
Nanak says, "Let name may not beforgotten, so that mind shouldplease with True." 8.14
))fT'AT J.ro'W 9 II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
HOW H<'lfu ~ ~ JIftr 3(IC!l' II mansaa maneh samaa-i1ay .b.ha-ojal sach tarnaa.
Ifyou real(v want to swim across the terrifying water, keep the desires under controL
>wfu ~ ~ ~ ~ 3m' FIG<!" 11911 aad jugaad da-i-aal toot!laakur tayree sarnaa. 11111
01 my Master, you are merciful in the beginning in ages, I am at yourfeet. 1
M
~ ~ (J){ ~ ~ ~ tftH II too daatou ham jaachikaa har darsan deejai.
O
You are Giver, I am beggar, 01 God, bless me to see you.
. C
~O'tr~JfOHt!geitR 11911 ~ II
B
gurmukh naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai man mandar .b.heejai. 11111 rahaa-o.
U
Gurmukh remembers name, his mind is ever happy in the temple of God. 1 (pause)
L
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II koorhaa laalach chhodee-ai ta-o saach pachhaanai.
C
K
By leaving the false greed, one realizes true.
O
~ ii FIlffu ~ ~ wei II~II gur kai sabad samaa-ee-ai parmaarath jaanai. 11211
O
By merging in the word of Guru, he knows the supreme knowledge. 2
H B
~ HQ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ih man raajaa lo.b.hee-aa lu.b.h-ta-o lobhaa-ee.
This mind is a greedy king, it is tempted by greed.
IK
~ ~ ~ ~ fHt 8ft! ~ II:JII gurmukh lobh nivaaree-ai har si-o ban aa-ee. 11311
S
Gurmukh is free ofgreed, his relation. with God are cordiaL 3
~ ~ 8ti:ihK ~ t'lS'CJT t.R II kalar khaytee beejee-ai ki-o laahaa paavai.
By sowing in saline land, how can one gain ?
~ JIftr 0 ~ ~ ~ ari 11811 manmukh sach na .b.heej-ee koorh koorh gadaavai. 11411
Manmukh is never happy with truth, the liar buries himself in lies. 4
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II laalach chhodahu anDhiho laalach dukh .b.haaree.
01 blind, leave greed, greed is great(v painful.
~ R"fu! lifo.m ~ ~ ~ 1It111 saachou saahib man vasai ha-umai bikh maaree. 11511
Let the true Master abide in mind, He will kill the poison ofego. 5
~ n ~ ~ 'Bllft II dubiDhaa chhod kuvaatarhee mooshugay bhaa-ee.
01 brother, leave duality, otherwise you will be beaten and robbed.
~ O'tr ~ ~ ~ II~II ahinis naam salaahee-ai satgur sarnaa-ee. 11611
In the refuge of Due Guru, praise name, day and night. 6
~ t.riIg ~ ~ 11m ~ cftcfr II manmukh pathar sail hai Dharig jeevan feekaa.
Manmukh is a stone, a rock, his accursed life is tasteless.
tIi!i Hfu ~ ~))f'I' ~ ~ 11-'11 jal meh kaytaa raakhee-ai abh antar sookaa. 11711
916
It may be kept in water for long, it remains dry from within. 7
ufu ~ ~ fo'qrg ~ ~ ~ t!PHr II har kaa naam niDhaan hai poorai gur d.ee-aa.
Name of God is a treasure, blessed by perfect Guru.
('j'T'(")Cf ~ 0' ~ Hftr ~ t./t))fT 1It:1I'\~1I naanak naam na veesrai math amrit pee-aa. 118111511
Nanak says, "Let name may not beforgotten and let us churn nectar to drink." 8.15
))(TW >roW '\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ iJ8C!CJ 1d ~ ~ II chalay chalanhaar vaat vataa-i-aa.

The going ones are going to cover the journey.
dg fire JiRtg ~ 0' ~ 11'\11 DhanDh pitay sansaar sach na bhaa-i-aa. 11111
The world is yelling for earning, Truth is not liked by them. 1
~ !JWK ~ ~ !Jd' ~ ~ II ki-aa bhavee-ai ki-aa Qhoodhee-ai gur sabad. d.ikhaa+aa.
Where to roam, what to find, Guru's word has shown.
HH3T ~ ffAdr",W ~ l.Iffu ~ 11'\11 ~ II
mamtaa moh visarji-aa apnai ghar aa+aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Leaving greed and avarice, I returned to my own home. 1 (pause)
HftJ fHi ~ ~ 0' ~ II sach milai sachiaar koorh na paa-ee-ai.
The truthful living gets the True, not available by falsehood.
M
~ ~ ftrg 8"ft!' ~ 0' ~ II~II sachay si-o chit laa-ay bahurh na aa-ee-ai. 11211
O
Having love with True one does not return to birth. 2
.
>:rf8>w ~ ~ ~ ~ 0' ~ II mo+aa ka-o ki-aa rovhu ro-ay na jaanhoo.
C
B
How you weep for the dead? you do not know weeping.
U
~ ~ AWfu ~ ~ lIall rovhu sach salaahi hu' am pachhaanhoo. 11311
L
C
Weep in praise of the of the True and realize His rJrder. 3
K
~ iliI'g ~ ~ wiPH' II hukmee vajahu Iikhaa-ay aa-i-aa jaanee-ai.
O
The preordained reason is in order, thus one has come.
O
WCJT 1$ ~ ~ ~ IIBII laahaa palai paa-ay hukam siniaanee-ai. 11411
P.420
H B
Realize His order and have the gain in pocket. 4
K
SI
~ ih:Ir ;:rrfu ~ ~ II hukmee paiDhaa jaa-ay d.argeh bhaanee-ai.
In order, one is liked, honored in His court.
~ <:It fRftr WQ ~ ~ II~II hukmay hee sir maar band. rabaanee-ai. 11511
In order,one is beaten on head, in His cage. 5
WCJT ~ ~ Hf7l ~ II laahaa sach ni-aa-o man vasaa-ee-ai.
Let the gain ofthe truth, thejustice be in our mind.
~ tm trrft!' ~ ~ II~II Iikhi-aa palai paa-ay garab vaniaa-ee-ai. 11611
By accepting the preordained, let the ego be vanish. 6
~ fRftr WQ ~ ~ II manmukhee-aa sir maar vaad khapaa-ee-ai.
Hitting the Manmukh on head, let him end in clash.
om ~ ~ ~ ~ 11'=>11 t!:lag muthee koorhi-aar baneh chalaa-ee-ai. 11711
The false-living are robbed by robbers, and are chained to drive. 7
A'Tfu! ~ ~ 0' ~ II saahib rid.ai vasaa-ay na pachhotaavhee.
Place Master in mind, so that no repenting.
~ ~ ~ ~ 1It:1I gunhaa N balillsanhaar sabad kamaavahee. 11811
He is forgiver for criminals, ifthey earn word. 8
~ Hit ~ ~ ~ II naanak mangai sach gurmukh ghaalee-ai.
917
Nanak begs for the true, whom Gurmukhs have laboured for.
A' ~ filg ~ 0' ire ~ ~ 1I~119~1I mai tum bin
avar na ko-ay nadar nihaalee-ai. 119111611
None other than you is mine, please give me the pleasure to see you. 9.16
))fTRT HUW 9 II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
fcmrr ~ ~ ~ A' uffir 1fQ ~ II ki-aa jangal dhoodhee jaa-ay mai ghar ban haree-aavlaa.
Why ...llOuld I need to go for finding in jungle, the green forest is right is my home.
Rflr fct urftr ~ R'8'ft:!' ~ 11911 sach tikai ghar aa-ay sabad utaavalaa. 11111
With the help ofword, True immediate(y comes to stay in home. 1
iJ ~ 3(J Hft!' ~ 0' ~ II jah daykhaa tah so-ay avar na jaanee-ai.
Wherever I see, I see Him, and know none else.
~citC{lO~~~ 11911 ~ II
gur kee kaar kamaa-ay mahal pachhaanee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
By earning the service of Guru, let us realize home. 1 (Pause)
))fIfl.r ~ ~ 3T Hfo ~ II aap milaavai sach taa man bhaav-ee.
He gets one to meet true, this pleases my mind.
tffi JRT ~ ~ ~ II~II chalai sadaa rajaa-ay ank samaava-ee. 11211
M
Those who always live as He wills, they merge in Him. 2
O
m:JT wfuJ Hfo ~ ~ Hfo mft II sachaa saahib man vasai vasi-aa man so-ee.
The true Master abides in mind, the mind lives in same.
. C
He himselfgives laurels and gives inexhausting. 3
U B
~ ~ ~ ~ 3fu 0' ~ IISII aapay day vadi-aa-ee-aa day tot na ho-ee. 11311
C L
~ 3'8' cit ~ ~ ~ tR II abay tabay kee chaakree ki-o dargeh paavai.
K
How the service ofthis or that can lead you to His court.
O
l.llf(J cit 8'3t H ~ R ~!R IIBII pathar kee bayrhee jay charhai Qhar naal budaavai. 11411
O
If one embarks upon the boat ofstone, it shall drown with weight. 4
B
))fT1ffi'3T ~ ~ fif! ;ful ~ II aapnarhaa man vaychee-ai sir deejai naalay.
H
K
Let us sell our mind, alongwith head.
S I
~ ~ ~ ))f1fc')T l1@ ~ II~II gurmukh vasat padlhaanee-ai apnaa ghar bhaalay. 11511
Gurmukh realizes the reali(y, thus he finds his own home. 5
~ HOc!'" ~ f3fc'; Cfd cftl)fT II jaman marnaa aakhee-ai tin kartai kee-aa.
What we call birth and death, it is the creation of Creator.
))fly ~ JffiJ ~ " ~ 0' liPw II~II aap gavaa-i-aa mar rahay fir maran na thee-aa. 11611
Those who surrender their selfand die, they do not die again. 6
wit C{IO ~ gG cit ~ II saa-ee kaar kamaavnee Dhur kee furmaa-ee.
You do on(y those things, which are preordained.
H ~ ~ ~ fHA fcrf<r) cfh.ff3 ~ 11':>11 jay man satgur gay milai kin keemat paa-ee. 11711
Ifby giving mind to true Guru, God is blessed, then what is the price (means noprice is enough)?7
CJ30T ~ R' qc!t f3fc'; cfh.ff3 ~ II ratnaa paarakh so Dhanee tin keemat paa-ee.
One who can examine the jewels, he is rich, can fix the price.
orocr wfuJ Hfo ~ mit ~ 1It:1I9.:> II
naanak saahib man vasai sachee vadi-aa-ee. 118111711
Nanak says, "IfMa.'iter abides in name, that is the real excellence. " 8.17
))fTRT){ij'W 9 II aasaa mehlaa -1 ASA M: 1
fi:rc!t ~ ~ ~ iJ'a'fH ~ II jinHee naam visaari-aa doojai bharam Qhulaa-ee.
918
Those who haveforgotten name, they are astraying in doubts ofothers.
~ m ~ A fcir>w ~ m
111:\11 mool chhod daalee lagay ki-aa paavahi chhaa-ee. 11111
Leaving roots, and sticking to branch, how can they get the shade? ]
f8Q ~ ~ ~ H w! iitft' II bin naavai ki-o chhootee-ai jay jaanai ko-ee.
How can one liberate without name? this he should know.
~ -ij-fu 3' ~ HOHfl:r t.rftf -tret II 1:\11 ~ II
- - = - -
gurmukh ho-ay ta chhootee-ai manmuk!:l pat kho-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
If one is Gurmukh, he liberates, Manmukhs lose honour.] (pause)
~ 8i ~ ~ Hf::J ~ II jinHee ayko sayvi-aa pooree mat bhaa-ee.
01 my brethren, those who serve One, their wisdom is perfect.
~ ~ ~ trc') uflr ~ II~II aag jugaag niranjanaa jan har sarnaa-ee. 11211
God is in the beginning, in the ages, men are in His refuge. 2
J=ITftJ! )fflr ~ ~ ~ (IRft ~ II saahib mayraa ayk hai avar nahee bhaa-ee.
My Master is on(v one and none else 01 my brother.
~ 3' ~ ~ 'R"9' ~ lIall kirpaa tay sukh paa-i-aa saachay parthaa-ee. 11311
We can get happiness by His grace, this is in the name of True. 3
~ f8Q ta* n tPft!ii i3t cro
~ II gur bin kinai na paa-i-o kaytee kahai kahaa-ay.
M
None could get Him without Guru, many have said and claimed
O
wfu ~ ~ mit fiIf3' ~ 118 II aap gikhaavai vaatrheeN sachee bhagat drirh-aa-ay. 11411
He Himselfshows the way and gives true devotion. 4 J.
.C
B
~ H ~ !it ~ wS' II manmukh jay samjaa-ee-ai bhee uiharh jaa-ay.
IfManmukh is even counseled, he will astray.
L U
f8Q uflr (')T){ n ~ Hftr naar FDfT8' 1It111 bin har naam na chhootsee mar narak samaa-ay. 11511
K C
Devoid ofthe name of God, he can not liberate, after death he goes to the hell 5
O
mrtli Hi ~ uflr ~ n R II janam marai bharmaa-ee-ai har naam na layvai.
O
One is born, dies and wanders in doubts, he does not remember the name of God
B
31' eft cftHf::J nr tN ftIg ~ aft Rt II~II taa kee keemat naa pavai bin gur kee sayvai. 11611
H
K
His (God's) worth cannot be evaluated, without the service of Guru. 6
ift JIIlft I
P.421
Heft mr ~ Qnt
S
II jayhee sayv karaa-ee-ai karnee bhee saa-ee.
Whatever the kind of service, He gets you to do, do the same.
wfu ri' fcinJ ~ ~ ~ II.?II aap karay kis aakhee-ai vaykhai vadi-aa-ee. 11711
This all is done by Himself, whom to tell? if He sees, it is His greatness. 7
~ eft FRr 'R ri' ft::rff ))fTfir ~ II gur kee sayvaa so karay jis aap karaa-ay.
On(v He serves Guru, whom He gets to do.
'(')l'(')CI' ft:rg ~ ~ ~ t.rftf ~ 111::111:\1::11 naanak sir gay chhootee-ai gargeh pat paa-ay. 118111811
Nanak says, "One who liberates by offering head, He receives honour, in His court. 8.18
))fTAT HCJW 1:\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: ]
~ ~ JofTCJ'i Fit ~ II roorho thaakur maahro roorhee gurbaanee.

My Master is absolute beauty and so is the word of Guru (Gurbani)
ri' BTflrr ~ 6m ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 vadai bhaag satgur milai paa-eeai pag nirbaanee. 11111
I am greatly lucky that I am blessed with true Guru, now I may get liberated position. 1
4
H ~ ~ <J){ ~ II mai olHgee-aa olHgee ham chhoroo thaaray.
I am the smallest ofthe small, I am your serving boy.
fi:rtt-=3 <fTlffu flrit- GUT Hfi:r
- - mri
(')T){ II 1:\ II ~- II
919
ji-o tooN raakhahi ti-o rahaa mu.!ill naam hamaaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
As you keep I wililive~ with your name in mouth. 1 (pause)
~ cit 1iPww lIIit ir't Hfn ~ II garsan kee pi-aasaa ghanee .bhaanai man bhaa-ee-ai.
I am great(v thirs~v for seeing you, be gracefully pleasing to my mind.
~~(J'Tftf~ir't~~ II~II
mayray thaakur haath vagi-aa-ee-aa .bhaanai pat paa-ee-ai. 11211
AI/laurels are in my Master's hands, thus this honour isfor one whom He wills. 2
~ Wa' 0' ~ ~ a- Fnft II saacha-o goer na jaanee-ai antar hai so-ee.
Do not think true is afar, He abides within.
i1<1 ~ 3(J ~ ~ ftilfo aftHftr m:ft II a II jah gay.!illaa tah rav rahay kin keemat ho-ee. 11311
Wherever I see, He is prevailing, but who can know His worth? 3
~ ~ ))fTi) ~ ~ ~ II aap karay aapay haray vaykhai vadi-aa-ee.
He creates, Himselfwithdraws, He is seeing His greatness.
~ ~ ~ ret aftHftr lfllft 11911 gurmu.!ill ho-ay nihaalee-ai i-o keemat paa-ee. 11411
Let us be Gurmukh, be happy, thus we know for His worth. 4
~ WCJT fl.f5 ~ qTG c;o.R II jeevgi-aa laahaa milai gur kaar kamaavai.
If one ...erves Guru, one will get reward while living~
M
~ ~ ~ 3" ~ tri' II~II poorab hovai Iikhi-aa taa satgur paavai. 11511
O
If it is preordained, then one can have true Guru. 5
C
HOtJl:f 3Gr fir>'3' a- RHfu ~ II manmukh totaa nit hai .bharmeh .bharmaa-ay.
Manmukh daily suffers loss, he is wandering in wilderness.
B .
U
~ ig 0' ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II manmukh anDh na chayt-ee ki-o garsan paa-ay. 11611
C L
Manmukh, the blind does not remember, how can he see Him? 6
3" tIfcn ~ ~ Jri' ftR ~ II taa jag aa-i-aa jaanee-ai saachai Iiv laa-ay.
OK
On(v that person is known to be born who is intuned with True.
O
~ B-2 tJTOB' ere il3t R13" ~ 11':>11 gur .bhaytay paaras .bha-ay joteejot milaa-ay. 11711
B
Those who meet Guru, they become touchstone, their light merges in His light 7
~ cro
H
~ qTG gcJ eft' ~ II ahinis rahai niraalmo kaar Qhur kee karnee.
K
S I
Day and night, he lives detached, serves His God.
0Ti"iCr nrfH ~ or3" CJftr ~ 1It:1IC\~1I naanak naam santo.!illee-aa raatay har charnee. 118111911
Nonak says, "Contented in name are tn love with Hisfeet." 8.19
))fTW )f'(JW 'i II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
&3T ~ ~ 3" i ~ 0' tflC!T II kaYtaa aakhan aakhee-ai taa kay ant na jaanaa.
How much may I say by saying, I do not know His limits.
H~ QO tcr 1 H~ JaTC!" IIC\II mai niQhri-aa Dhar ayk tooN mai taan sataanaa. 11111
I am devoid ofbase, you are my base, you are my strength, the greatest strength. 1
0Ti"iCr cit ~ a- mr nrfH ~ II naanak kee argaas hai sach naam suhaylaa.
Nanak prays that let me be happy in true name.
~~~tnft~~HwIl'i1l ~ II
aap ga-i-aa soihee pa-ee gur sabd.ee maylaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Negating self(ego) I could know, that union is by the word ofGuru. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ha-umai garab gavaa-ee-ai paa-ee-ai veechaar.
Let us l'ose pride, ego, and get His thoughts.
R"fu1f ~ HQ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II saahib si-o man maani-aa gay saach aDhaar. 11211
My mind is pleased with Master, please give me the base oftruth. 2
920
~ orfi.r ~ jRr ~ JIllft II ahinis naam santokhee-aa sayvaa sach saa-ee.
Day and night, be contented in name, that is the true service.
'3T ~ ftrurQ n wm ~ ~ <JfITit lIall taa ka-o bighan na laag-ee chaalai hukam rajaa-ee. 11311
One who lives in order, as per His will, suffers no hurdle. 3
~ <JfITit i1 vi Jl ~ ~ II hukam rajaa-ee jo chalai so pavai khajaanai.
One who lives in order, and as per His will, he is part ofHis treasury.
~ ~ n 1.fTft!1ft ~ ~ 11911 khotay thavar na paa-inee ralay joothaanai. 11411
The worthless find no place, they are mixed up with dirty. 4
fn3' fn3' l:faT ~ ~ ~ ~ II nit nit kharaa samaalee-ai sach sa-ugaa paa-ee-ai.
Let us, everyday, look for the worthy, and get the real goods.
~ neftJ n ~ ~ mfo ~ 1It111 khotay nagar na aavnee lay agan jalaa-ee-ai. 11511
The unworthy should not be seen, let us have and consign them to fire. 5
fi:ro't ~ ~ tmfT3l:f Jlit II jinee aatam cheeni-aa parmaatam so-ee.
Those who realized self, they are supreme, God.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ mft II~II ayko amrit birakh hai fal amrit ho-ee. 11611
The tree ofnectar is on(v One, its fruit is also nectar. 6
~ ~ fi:ro't tI"1l:Pw JIftr ~ ~ II amrit fal jinee chaakhi-aa sach rahay aghaa-ee.
Those who have tasted nectar fruits, they are ever contented with truth.
OM
f31;r iJOH' n ~ ~ ij'flf OR(') ~ 11;>11 tinnaa bharam na bhayg hai har rasan rasaa-ee. 11711
. C
They are not in doubt or discrimination, and are enjoying the taste of God. 7
B
~ ~ ~ ~ Fre" <JfITit II hukam sanjogee aa-i-aa chal sadaa rajaa-ee.
U
L
One is born in order to be in union and to live ever as He wills.
~~~~~fifi~IIt:II~oll
K C
a-ogani-aaray ka-o gun naankai sach milai vadaa-ee. 118112011
O
Nanak says, "He gives virtues to the vicious and prqisefor meeting the True." 8.20
O
B
))(TAT H<JW C\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
KH
HQ ~ ij'flf 01fu ~ ~ II man raata-o har naa-ay sach vakhaani-aa.
I
The mind is coloured in God's name, thus true is told.
S
~ t!'" fWw wre w ~ ~ II C\II lokaa gaa ki-aa jaa-ay jaa tuDh bhaani-aa. 11111
What people lose? ifyou have liked. 1
P.422
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ja-o lag jee-o paraan sach Dhi-aa-ee-ai.
Tilll~fe and breath are, let us remember True.
~ ij'flf ~ R fifi ~ ~ IIC\II ~ II
laahaa har gun gaa-ay milai sukh paa-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
To sing the attributes of God is profitable, ifwe meet, we get happiness. 1 (pause)
mit 3m CfTQ ~ ~ 111 sachee tayree kaar geh ga-i-aal tooN,
Your service is true, OJ merciful give it to me.
~ ;:fRr ~ R'Wfu H~ ~ 111~1I ha-o jeevaa tuDh saalaahi mai tayk aDhaar toON. 11211
I live by praising you, you are my support base. 2
t!'ftr ~ ~ ~ 1 ~ II gar sayvak garvaan garag tooNjaanhee.
I am your servant, gatekeeper, only you know my pains.
~3m~~~ lIall bhagattayreehairaangaraggavaavhee.11311
Your devotion is ofwonders, it cures all pains. 3
~ ~ ~ ~ iI'mft II gargeh naam hagoor gurmukh jaansee.

With your name one gets to your presence, in your court This Gurmukh knows.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11911 vaylaa sach parvaan sabag patbhaansee. 11411
By realizing word, he will know the real time ofacceptance. 4
~ ~ ill'ftr BTt 3w a1W ~ M! II sat santokh kar bhaa-o tosaa har naam say-avo
Those who are in truth, in contentedness, in love (with God),
tltey get name of God as food for journey.
~ iflr ~ mrr ~ ~ IIl.1ll manhu t.!:lhod vikaar sachaa sach gay-ay. 11511
01 my mind, leave ill-deeds, the True will grant you truth. 5
~ mrr <5g IN ~ II sachay sachaa nayhu sachai laa-i-aa.
Love with True is true, and is granted by True.
~ ri' ~ it f3B ~ II~II aapay karay ni-aa-o jo tis !2!laa-i-aa. 11611
He Himself delivers justice, as He likes. 6
~ mft t!'f3 ~ ~ ~ II sachay sachee gaat geh ga-i-aal hai.
Tlte True gives the true, He is mercifuL
f3B' mft fuQ CJTS ~ ~ ~ 11"11 tis sayvee gin raat naam amol hai. 11711
Let us serve Him day and night, His name is invaluable. 7
1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II tooN utam ha-o neech sayvak kaaNd,hee-aa.
M
You are the highest, I am the lowest, thus I am your selected servant.
O
O'(')iif creftJ ~ fifi ~ ~ IItll~'1I naanak nagar karayhu milai sach vaaNd,hee-aa. 118112111
Nanak says, "IfHe is kind, the separated will unite. " 8.21
. C
B
~ )f(J'W , II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
U
~ ;:rTc!1' ~ ~ ~ Hw mft II aavan jaanaa ki-o rahai ki-o maylaa ho-ee.
L
C
How to stop coming and going and how to unite.
K
ROH )f(JC!" C(T ~ uri fn3 J1cJRT ~ 11'11 janam maran kaa guk!l ghano nit sahsaa go-ee. 11111
O
Tlte pain of birth and death is terrible, this doubt is ever increasing. 1
O
ftIQ N fWw tim;r ~ 11m ~ II bin naavarki-aa jeevnaa fit Qharig chaturaa-ee.
~HTg'n~a1WnfiJnB'St 11'11 ~ II
H B
What is life without name? the smartness is a detesting curse.
IK
satgur saaDh na sayvi-aa har bhagat na J2haa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
S
If I did not serve saint, true Guru, I cannot enjoy devotion for God. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t!J F II aavan jaavan ta-o rahai paa-ee-ai gur pooraa.
Tlte coming and going can stop only, ifwe meet a perfect Guru.
(JT){ ~ qg ~ ~ ftrnR' ~ F II~II raam naam Dhan raas gay-ay binsai J2haram kooraa. 11211
He gives tlte capital of God's name, thus the false doubts vanish. 2
Fi3' trc')T ~ fi.rftI5 ~ qg qg HB' ri' II sant janaa ka-o mil rahai Dhan Qhan jas gaa-ay.
Tlte ...aints, men of God, could get Him, they sing His great praise.
~ ~ ~ ~ a1W trr8' 1IS111 aag puraktl apramparaa gurmuktl har paa-ay. 11311
Tlte Primal Purakh is infinite, Gurmukh gets suclt a God. 3
~ WIr ~ 8"iIt ~ II natoo-ai saaNg banaa-i-aa baajee sansaaraa.
This world is a drama created like a play by disguiseer.
~ ~ 8'ift ~ ~ nc:lt '8'G'" 11911 khin pal baajee gaykhee-ai ujhrat nahee baaraa. 11411
This play is seen for a moment, and it takes no time in vanishing. 4
<JtH ~ ~ ~ ~ II ha-umai cha-uparh ktlaylnaa jhoothay ahaNkaaraa.
Ego plays chaupar (a game), infalse vanity.
FI! ~ <J'Tt R ft::r! ~ ~ ~ IIl.1l1 saJ2hjag haarai so jinai gur sabag veechaaraa. 11511
922
The whole world loses, on(v he wins who ponders upon the word of Guru. 5
~~~~ vfa' ~ CJ"H1t II ji-o anDhulai hath tohnee har naam hamaarai.
As stick in blind's hand, so is name of Godfor me.
GTH ~ ufa' ~ ~ fl;fi::r ~ ~ IIEII raam naam har tayk hai nis ga-ut savaarai. 11611
God's name is my base, it makes my day and night pleasant 6
~ t ~ f3t 'QcJT vfa' 0T)f ~ II ji-o tooN raakhahi ti-o rahaa har naam aDhaaraa.
As you keep so I live, your (God's) name is my base.
~ JP:fIlft ~ iIO ~ ~ II.?II ant sakhaa-ee paa-i-aa jan mukat gu-aaraa. 11711
In the end, I met my dear, he showed me the door to liberation. 7
ffi')}f ~ Sl:f HfelW iIfi.r ~ ~ II janam maran gukh mayti-aa jap naam muraaray.
Remembering the name of God, the agony ofbirth and death is over.
(')1'(")i5l" ~ 0' ~ ~ fl ~ 1It:1I~~1I naanak naam na veesrai pooraa gur taaray. 118112211
Nanak says, "Name should not beforgotten, thus perfect Guru liberates." 8.22
))fTW H'UW a ~ UfJ ~ aasaa mehlaa 3 asatpagee-aa war 2
ASA M: 2ASHTPADIAN GHAR - 2

"\""~ tpI'fi:!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
O M
~ ~ Mfi:rftr JIg 3'ar ~ ~ mnt II saasat bayg simrit sar tayraa sursaree charan samaanee.
Shashtra, Vedas, Simritis, are in ocean (you), and Sursari (Ganges) is at your feeL
t
. C
H'l:f'":fifo ~ Hf::J ~ 3T mra ~ 11"\11 saakhaa teen mool mat raavai tooN taa Nsarab vidaanee. 11111
3Ta-~tPl'iIQ~Q-~ri 11"\11 ~ II
U B
In three branches the Primal wisdom pervades, thus you are in all wonders. 1
taa kay charan japai jan naanak belay amrit banee.

C L
11111
rahaa-o.
K
Nanak, man of God, remembers your feet, and recites blissful hymns (bani). 1 (pause)
O O
3'"3tJ:rri;it~~ftJfb'ft:IfQ'~~II taytees karorheegaastumHaaray riDh siDh paraanaDhaaree.
Thirty three crores are your servants, your magic is my life-base.
P.423
a- ~ H B
K
3T 0' HT'(ft ~ ftimrr crftJ ))fTftr ~ II ~ II
I
=
taa kay reop na jaahee lakh-nay ki-aa kar aakh veechaaree. 11211
S
Theirforms cannot be known, what can I do, see and think? 2
:fifo ~ ~ !Jar eft ~;rio ~ l::f'c!t II teen gunaa tayray jug hee antar chaaray tayree-aa khaanee.
All the three Gunnas are in your age (time). All the four sources oflife are yours.
~~3"'tmf~~ri~~Iiall
karam hovai taa param pag paa-ee-ai kathay akath kahaanee. 11311
Ifyou are kind, I may get supreme position, then I will relate the unrelatable story. 3
t CifQ3T ofP,fr '" 3'ar ftimrr cl aM tf1"it II tooN kartaa kee-aa sabh tayraa ki-aa ko karay paraanee.
You are Creator, all that created is yours, what a human being can do ?
;:rr ri mmr qofu ~ ~ JII'8t JW mnt 11911
- =
jaa ka-o nagar karahi tooN apnee saa-ee sach samaanee. 11411
Upon whomever you are kind, on(v he merges in True. 4
~ 3'ar '" chft ~ ~ R3t ~ ~ II naam tayraa sabh ko-ee layt hai jaytee aavan jaanee.
Everyone, that comes and goes, remembers your name.
;:rr ~ R 3'" ~ P mr ~ ~ ~ Iitlil
jaa tuDh bhaavai taa gurmukh beoihai hor manmukh firai i-aanee. 11511
Ifyou like, Gurmukh understands, all other, Manmukhs ignorants are wandering. 5
923
~~lFJli~;:ft8'tlflJtlflJcR~ II chaarayvayg barahmay ka-ogee-ay parh parh karayveechaaree.
All the four Vedas are given to Brahma, reading and reading, he thinks over them.
3"~~0"J&~~~~1I~1I .
taa kaa hukam na booihai bapurhaa narak surag avtaaree. 11611
But the poor does not understand His order, and descends in hell or heaven. 6
ffaRJ ffaRJ a- a"H eftS' ~ crftJ ~ II jugah jugah kay raajay kee-ay gaavahi kar avtaaree.
They were made kings in different ages, people started singing about them as incarnations.
130 !it ~ 0" ~ 3" ~ ~ crftJ ~ ~ 11"11
tin bhee ant na paa-i-aa taa kaa ki-aa kar aakh veechaaree. 11711
Even they did not know His limits, what they can say or think. 7
"3= mJT 30r cfPHr mJ- R'U" ~ 3' In'
-
~ II
tooN sachaa tayraa kee-aa sabh saachaa geh ta saach vakhaanee.
You are True, all that you created is true, ifyou bless, I can tell about you (true).
W ~ ~ ~ JHllC!" RU'R orfk JDf'it II t: II ctll~a II
jaa ka-o sach buihaaveh apnaa sehjay naam samaanee. 118111112311
Whomever you make to understand your truth, he merges in name, in ease. 8.1.23
))fTW Hml)I" a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~ c:J}fijT B<fH" ~ II satgur hamraa .b!:laram gavaa-i-aa.
True Guru got my doubts lost.
OM
C
CJfu ~ ~ Hfn ~ II har naam niranjan man vasaa-i-aa.
He got His taintless name to abide in me.
B .
U
~;fifo J1t!T ~ ~ IIctll sabag cheen sagaa sukh paa-i-aa. 11111
Meditating over word, I am in ever bliss. 1
~ HO H-a- ~ fdpwg II sun man mayray tat gi-aan.
C L
O
Listen OJ my mind, the knowledge about Reality.
m ~ mJ ftIftr w! ~ ~ ~ foqrg IIctll ~ II
K
B O
gayvan vaalaa sabh biDh jaanai gurmukh paa-ee-ai naam niDhaan. II 111 rahaa-o.
H
The Giver knows all methods, Gurmukh gets the treasure ofname. 1 (pause)
K
SI
~ ~ eft ~ II satgur bhaytay kee vadi-aa-ee.
The importance is in meeting true Guru.
fi:tfo H>a" ~ f:pmt'!S"lft II jin mamtaa agan tarisnaa buihaa-ee.
That puts offthefire ofgreed oflust.
~ )fT3T CJfu ~ ~ II~II sehjay maataa har gun gaa-ee. 11211
.The intoxicated, in ease, sings the attributes of God. 2
~ ~ ~ im!' 0" t=fI'C!t II yin gur pooray ko-ay na jaanee.
None knows without perfect Guru.
JofT1El)fT iiftr ~ ~ II maa-i-aa mohi goojai lo.b!:laanee.
All are charmed by wealth, thus are attracted by otherness.
~ ~ fHA ~ 8'C!t lIall gurmukh naam milai har banee. 11311
Gurmukh gets the word of God, His name. 3
~ ~ 31ft fl:IfcJ 3Y J=I"g II gur sayvaa tapaa N sir tap saar.
The service of Guru is the austerity ofall austerities, the essence.
CJfu ~ Hfo dt mJ il:f ~Hld(!(Jlg II har jee-o man vasai sa.b!:l gookl:l visaaranhaar.
OJ lovable God, let the pain-forgetting, live in my mind.
creftr FJlt tftH ~ 11811 .dar saachai .deesai sachiaar. 11411
924
The truthful living is seen at the door of True. 4
~ ~ 3' ftIRC! m ~ II gur sayvaa tay taribhavan soihee ho-ay.
With the service of Guru, three worlds are known.
l?fTY ~ ~ tR 'Il're II aap pachhaan har paavai so-avo
One who understands self, meets God.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II saachee banee mahal paraapat ho-ay. 11511
True word is blessed by the home of True. 5
~ ~ 3' 'RB' ~ ~ II gur sayvaa tay sabh kul uDhaaray.
With the service of Guru, one gets his whole family liberated.
~ C"i"l:f ~ ~ ~ II nirmal naam rakhai ur Dhaaray.
Pure name, he keeps in mind.
~ RiJr wftJ ~ II~II saachee sobhaa saach gu-aaray. 11611
True praise is offered at the true door. 6
H' ~ fl::J ~ ~ wS' II say vadbhaagee je gur sayvaa laa-ay.
They are great(v lucky, who are placed in the service of Guru.
~ 'RI'f:J ~ C"i"l:f ~ II an-gin bhagat sach naam drirh-aa-ay.
Day and night, they are in devotion, and they remember the true name.
i'i'H ~ ~ ~ 11"11 naamay uDhray kul sabaa-ay. 11711
With the name, the whole fami(v liberates. 7
OM
~ ~ em ~ II naanak saach kahai veechaar.
.C
Nanak says the true thought.
U B
L
~ CfT C"i"l:f ~ ~ QTflr II har kaa naam rakhahu ur Dhaar.
C
Keep the name of God in mind.
K
~ Bar:ft ~ Hlf ~ 1It:1I~II~BII har bhagtee raatay mokh gu-aar. 118112112411
O O
Those, in the love for devotion ofGod, are at the doors ofLiberation. 8.2.24
))fT'RT 'H(JW' Sf II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
m
))fT'RT ))fT'R' era- H!
B
II aasaa aas karay sabh ko-ee.
H
K
Everyone is hoping in hopes.
SI
~ ~ ~ ~ II hukmai booihai niraasaa ho-ee.
Realising His order, one abdicates hopes.
m
))fT'RT ~ Jfi cret II aasaa vich sutay ka-ee lo-ee.
Many people are sleeping in hopes,
jJ nrat Rri mft 11'\11 so jaagai jaagaavai so-ee. 11111
He awakes, whom God awakens. 1
~ C"i"l:f ~ ~ C5't Il:f 0" fIllft II satgur naam buihaa-i-aa vin naavai bhukh na jaa-ee.
True Guru teaches to realize name, devoid of name, hunger does not go.
P.424
i'i'H ftpror ~ ~ C"i"l:f ~ ftm ~ 11'\11 ~ II
naamay tarisnaa agan buihai naam milai tisai rajaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Thefire of lust is put out by name, and name one gets if He wills. 1 (pause)
crm cftijf:r ~ ~ II kal keerat sabag pachhaan.
In dark age, know to sing the praising wordfor God.
~ !l'aI13' ~ ~ II ayhaa bhagat chookai abhimaan.
This the devotion that eradicates ego.
~ ~ ~ ~ II satgur sayvi-ai hovai parvaan.
925
Let us !ierve true Guru and be accepted.
ft::ffio; ))fTRT cft3t f:m ~ R'Q II~II jin aasaa keetee tis no jaan. 11211
One who gives you hope, know Him. 2
f3ff fcmrr ;:ftH fi:I ~ ~ II tis ki-aa deejai je sabad sunaa-ay.
What to give one, who recites wordfor you.
&fu' ~ 01l:!' Hfn ~ II kar kirpaa naam man vasaa-ay.
Being kind, He gives name in mind.
~ fl::Ig ;:ftH JWY ~ II ih sir deejai aap gavaa-ay.
Leave ego and surrender your head before Him.
~ ~ m!" ~ tPt lIa II hukmai booihay sadaa sukh paa-ay. 11311
Realising order, ever remains in happiness. 3
mrfir era- 3' mrfir ~ II aap karay tai aap karaa-ay.
He Himself does and Himselfgets done.
))fTl) ~ 01l:!' ~ II aapay gurmuk!1 naam vasaa-ay.
He Himself lets His name to abide in Gurmukh's mind.
mrfir ~ ~ ~ tPt II aap bhulaavai aap maarag.paa-ay.
He Himselfgets to astray and Himselfshows the way.
M
JW FI'lfft:!' JffiJ ~ 11811 sachai sabad sach samaa-ay. 11411
O
With true word, one merges in True. 4
C
mJT ~ mft ~ 8'C!t II sachaa sabad sachee hai banee.
True is the word, truly spoken.
um um B .
U
~ JWfl:f ~ II gurmukh jug jug aakh vakhaanee.
Gurmukh, in all ages, recites and explains.
C L
~ Hftr .mH iwit II manmukh mohi .bb.aram J2holaanee.
O
Manmukh is astraying in greed, in doubt.
K
O
f8Q 01t mr fri ~ II~II bin naavai sa.bb. firai ba-uraanee. 11511
B
Without name all are wandering in wilderness. 5
H
3lfc'l RO Hfu ~ ~ II teen Qhavan meh aykaa maa-i-aa.
K
SI
In all the three worlds, is one darkforce (Maya).
~ W W ~ ~ ~ II moorakh parh parh doojaa .bb.aa-o drirh-aa-i-aa.
The foolish reading and reading, starts loving the other.
8'g crnH CDR ~ ~ II baho karam kamaavai dukh sabaa+aa.
He earns lot ofactions, but all are pain producing,
~ ~ m!" ~ ~ II~II satgur sayv sadaa sukh paa+aa. 11611
Serving True Guru one is ever happy. 6
~ Htor ~ ~ II amrit meethaa sabad veechaar.
The thought ofword is sweet nectar.
~ i"i ~ HTf<J II an-din .bb.ogay ha-umai maar.
Killing ego, one enjoys day and night.
R<Jfi:J ~ ~ QTftr II sahj anand kirpaa Dhaar.
Have merciful in mind and be in bliss, in ease.
nrfi.f G3' RW JffiJ ~ 11':>11 naam ratay sadaa sach pi-aar. 11711
Loving name, always love True. 7
<Jfu Nfl.f tr;Mt !fV ~ ~ II har jap parhee-ai gur sabad veechaar.
Remember God and read and think of Guru's word.
926
cmr ;:rfir t.r3PK ~ li'flJ II har jap parhee-ai ha-umai maar.
Killing ego, read and remember God
cmr ~ ~ Hftr 1iPwfa' II har japee-ai bha-ay sach pi-aar.
Remembering God brings love for True.
(')l'(')'CI' ~ ~ ~ QTfir IIt:IISII~tllI naanak naam gurmat ur Dhaar. 118113112511
Nanak says, "Keep in mind, the wisdom of Guru.: 8.3.25
~ij"'"'~ l{Wft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ ))fTW )f(JW S ~ ~ t: CfTG!t II raag aasaa mehlaa 3 asatpagee-aa ghar 8 kaafee.
RAGASAM: 3ASHTPADIAN GHAR-8, KAFI
~ '3 fIif:J !lftl ft::rfn f:pR;r ~ ~ II gur tay saaNt oopjai jin tarisnaa agan buihaa-ee.
Peace originates from Guru, as he extinguishes the fire oflust.
~ '3 ~ ~ fit ~ II C\II gur tay naam paa-ee-ai vadee vadi-aa-ee. 11111
Let us have namefrom Guru, this will be a greatest luck. 1
~ ~ 9f:J HW !J1lft II ayko naam chart mayray Qhaa-ee.
01 my brother, remember on(v one name.
~~~ilBft:rtre~ 111:\11 ~ II
M
jagat jalangaa gaykh kai bhaj pa-ay sarnaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Seeing the world burning, rush to the refuge of God 1 (pause)
C O
.
~ '3 ~ !lftl )f(JT ~ ~ II gur tay gi-aan oopjai mahaa tat beechaaraa.
U B
The knowledge originates from Guru, to ponder over the supreme Reality.
~ '3 ~ ~ ~ im'3t R ~ II~II gur tay ghar gar paa-i-aa Qhagtee bharay Qhandaaraa. 11211
C L
I am blessed with home by Guru, now my treasures arefull with devotion. 2
K
~~~ p ~ II gurmukh naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai booihai veechaaraa.
O
Gurmukh remembers name and realizes His thought.
B O
~ iJ'iBftJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IISII gurmukh bhagat salaah hai antar sabag apaaraa. 11311
Gurmukh's devotion is His praise, in him abides the infinite word 3
~ ~ !lftl ~ ere (') mrr
K H
II gurmukh sookh oopjai gukh kagay na ho-ee.
~ ~ wM HQ ~
S I
The happiness orignates in Gurmukh, he never suffers pains.
mrr 11811 gurmukh ha-umai maaree-ai man nirmal ho-ee. 11411
Gurmukh kills ego, his mind is ever pure. 4
~ fifW ))fTy ~ ftIRC! m tI'l'8t II satgur mili-ai aap ga-i-aa tariQhavan soihee paa-ee.
Meeting true Guru, ego goes, one realizes three worlds.
fcrn.n;s RftJ tmftr ~ it3t RftJ fi.Risrlft 1It111 nirmal jot pasar rahee jotee jot milaa-ee. 11511
The pure light is spreading, thus light is merging in light. 5
~ ~ ~ Hftr !3H mrr II poorai gur samihaa-i-aa mat ootam ho-ee.
The perfect Guru counseled, my wisdom is now better.
~ ~ fIif:J ~ orH ~ mft II~II antar seetal saaNt ho-ay naamay sukh ho-ee. 11611
My mind is cool, peaceful, I am happy in name. 6
~ ~ 3T fHi Hi' ~ rilft II pooraa satgur taa Nmilai jaa Nnagar karay-ee.
The perfect Guru I can meet on(v, if He is kind
~ t(1l.f mr ~ ~ ~ ftIUIQ (') mft 11:>11
kilvikh paap sabh katee-ah fir gukh bighan na ho-ee. 11711
All sins and sorrows are removed, no sorrow, no hurdle happens. 7
927
P.425
lWlfc!' uftr ~ ~ C5"H wS' II aapnai hath vagi-aa-ee-aa gay naamay laa-ay.
All laurels are in His hand, after giving, He gets one to remember name.
orocr ~ foqrg Hfn ~ ~ ~ 1It:1I811~~1I
naanak naam niDhaan man vasi-aa vadi-aa-ee paa-ay. 118114112611
Nanak says, "Name is a treasure, ifit abides in mind, then one gets great laurels." 8.4.26
))fTW )fij'W S II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~HOHfo~:i))fT1)'~6m~m II
- =
sun man man vasaa-ay tooN aapay aa-ay milai mayray Qhaa-ee.
01 my brother, listen and reflect and have Him in mind, He Himselfwill come and meet
~ mit Rf3' crla' ri ~ ~ IIClIl an-i!.in sachee .bb.agat kar sachai chit laa-ee. 11111
Day and night, be in true devotion, intune your mind with True. 1
~ ~ ~ 1~ ~ ~ m II ayko naam Dhi-aa-ay tooNsukh paavahi mayray Qhaa-ee.
01 my brother, remember on(v one name, and enjoy happiness.
~ iii'" ~ crla' m ~ IIClII ~ II ha-umai goojaa goor kar vadee vadi-aa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Cast away ego and duality, and dedicate yourselfto His great praise. 1 (pause)
*
ft!"ff eor3t ~ OQ ~ tri') ~ ~ ~ ~ 0" R'ft!' II
M
is bhagtee no sur nar mun jan lochgay yin satgur paa-ee na jaa-ay.
O
The men, the saints, the gods, the sages, yearn for this devotion, none can get it without true Guru.
. C
t.ffirn" ~ ifflrcft 130 ~ 0" ~ II~II pandit parh-gay jotikee tin boom na paa-ay. 11211
B
The pandits and astrologers read but they can not know it. 2
U
~ Q- RJ ~ ~ ~ 0" ~ II aapai thai sa.bb. rakhi-on kichh kahan na jaa-ee.
L
C
Keeping in His hands, He protects, nothing can be said about it.
K
))fT1)' ~ ff ~ wfG ~ ~ liS II aapay gay-ay so paa-ee-ai gur boom bumaa-ee. 11311
O
Whatever He Himselfgives, we get, Guru has let me understand this. 3
O
;:ft))f ti3' Rftr ftm ~ 'R'BC')1' w iret II jee-a jant sa.bb. tis gay sabhnaa kaa so-ee.
*
All created beings are His, He is ofall
H B
~ fcm ~ Hiii'" mft 11811 mangaa kis no aakhee-ai jay goojaa ho-ee. 11411
K
SI
Whom to call bad, only if someone else is ? (that means there is none else. ) 4
rei ~ ~ ~ fi:Ifd' ~ II iko hukam varatd,aa aykaa sir kaaraa.
There is on(v one government, so only one order is operating.
ri.r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1It111 aap .bb.avaalee gitee-an antar lobh vikaaraa. 11511
He Himself directs troubles, by creating greed and evil-intention in mind. 5
rear ~ ~ ~ pfo ~ II ik aapay gurmukh keeti-an booman veechaaraa.
To some He Himself makes Gurmukh, they realize His thoughts.
*
Rf3' eft ri, ~ ~ 'fiIQI' II~II .bb.agat Qhee onaa no bakhsee-an antar Qhandaaraa. 11611
Devotion also is blessed to them, treasure within. 6
*
~ HI' ~ ~ ~ Jl6t mft II gi-aanee-aa no sa.bb. sach hai sach somee ho-ee.
For learned, everything is known, they understand all truth.
ft!' ~ fcnl ~ 0" ~ ~ R"'C!fn iret II;) II o-ay bhulaa-ay kisai gay na .bb.ulnHee sach jaanan so-ee. 11711
They do no astray, even it one tries, they know the True. 7
UIO Hfu w ~ w ~ II ghar meh panch varatd,ay panchay veechaaree.
In homefive are living, they (five) are under debate.
0'7)Q ftIQ ~ ~ 0" ~ ntfH eJtA' Mrcft 1It:1lt111~;)1I
naanak bin satgur vas na aavnHee naam ha-umai maaree. 118115112711
928
Nanak says, "They cannot be disciplined without the true Guru,Name kills the ego. " 8.5.27
IWW )fi]W a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~ ~ JII ~ ~ ~ fa! nrm II gharai andar sabh vath hai baahar kichh naahee.
Everything is in home (body) nothing is outside.
~ ~ ~ ~Ci[lfG ~ 11'\11 gur parsaadee paa-ee-ai antar kapat khulaahee. 11111
Let us get with the grace of Guru, and open the doors ofmind. 1
~ 3' CJfd' ~ m II satgur tay har paa-ee-ai bhaa-ee.
0/ brother, let us meet God through true Guru.
~~fnqTg~~~t!Pw~ 11'\11 ~ II
antar naam niDhaan hai poorai satgur dee-aa dikhaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
In mind is the treasure ofname, perfect true Guru has shown it. 1 (pause)
CJfd' C(T ~ ~ jt ~ ~ Q3Q ~ II har kaa gaahak hovai so la-ay paa-ay ratan veechaaraa.
If there is a purchaser (seeker) for God, he can get the gems ofthoughts.
~ ~ ft!lr ft!'RfG ~ trctf3' 'fi'ra'r II~II andar kholai dib disat daykhai mukat bhandaaraa. 11211
In his mind, the divine eye opens, he sees the treasure of devotion. 2
~ ~ ~ (Jfu ~ era- mor
II andar mahal anayk heh jee-o karay vasayraa.
In lot ofhomes (bodies), the lovable God makes His home.
M
HO ~ ~ l.llfuJ:it ftffir ~ 0' i'ar lIall man chindi-aa fal paa-isee fir ho-ay na fayraa. 11311
O
Thus let us get the desiredfruits, then there will be no return. 3
~ ~ JI)fTftls ~ ~ m
.C
fu:ft II paarkhee-aa vath samaal la-ee gur sojhee ho-ee.
B
The Guru blessed the experts with understanding, thus they handle the given material
U
~ ~ ~ W ~ tri' iret 11811 naam padaarath amul saa gurmukh paavai ko-ee. 11411
L
C
Name is invaluable wealth, only very rare of a Gurmukh can have it. 4
K
~ ~ B' fc;pw ~ ~ ~ ~ m II baahar bhaalay so ki-aa lahai vath gharai andar bhaa-ee.
O
0/ brother, whoever searches outside, what can hefind ? when the gift is in home.
B O
ilGH ~ JII t:llJ fat ~ trS ~ II~ II bharmay bhoolaa sabh jag firai manmukh pat gavaa-ee. 11511
The whole'world is astraying in doubts, the Manmukhs have lost their honour. 5
UIg t!g e H
~ tR Uffa' ~ R"lft II ghar dar chhoday aapnaa par ghar jhoothaa jaa-ee.
K
S I
The liars leave their own home, comforts and go to other's home.
~ ~ ua;Mt f8Q ~ Rr ~ IIEII chorai vaaNgoo pakrhee-ai bin naavai chotaa khaa-ee. 11611
They are caught like thieves, devoid ofname, they suffer blows. 6
~ UIg tfT3T ~ H ~ m II jinHee ghar jaataa aapnaa say sukhee-ay bhaa-ee.
0/ brother, those who could recognize their home, they are happy.
~ ~ ~!JO cit ~ 11'=>11 antar barahm pachhaani-aa gur kee vadi-aa-ee. 11111
They recognize God within, this is the greatness of Guru. 7
~ t!"Q era- fcirB' ~ ~ ~ ~ II aapay daan karay kis aakhee-ai aapay day-ay buihaa-ee.
Whom to tell? that God Himselfgives gifts, and Himself makes to understand.
(")T(')Cl' ~ ~ 1 ~ R9' mrr trrffi II~IIEII~~II
naanak naam Dhi-aa-ay tooN dar sachai sobhaa paa-ee. 118116112811
Nanak says, "You remember name, then you will earn praise at the doors of True. " 8.6.28
P.426
IWW )fi]W a
aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
II
~~~~ Htor iJllft II aapai aap pachhaani-aa saad meethaa bhaa-ee.
0/ brother, realizing selfby self, the taste is sweet.
~ cJfl:r ~ ~ ri' ft::rcr' FI'i m 11'\11 har ras chaakhi-ai mukat bha-ay jinHaa saacho bhaa-ee. 11111
929
Of brother, tasting the nectar ofGod, the truthful become liberated 1
crnr ~ ~ fncn.fw ~ Hfn ~ II 'har jee-o nirmal nirmalaa nirmal man vaasaa.
Of lovable, God is pure and He stays in pure mind
~ ~ ftIfl:p,rr H'fu ~ 1Il:l1l ~ II
gurmatee salaahee-ai bikhi-aa maahi ugaasaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Praise with the wisdom of Guru, and live detached in poison. 1 (pause)
fi:rQ Rri' ))fTy' n wmft mr ))ji:ft ~ II bin sabQai aap na jaap-ee sabh anDhee bhaa-ee.
Of brother, without word, selfis not known, and all are blind
~ urFc ~ ~ ~ R1:I'it II~II gurmatee ghat chaannaa naam ant sakhaa-ee. 11211
With the wisdom of Guru, the body is enlightened, the name becomes friend in the end 2
O'li c:ft nrfH ~ O'li ~ II naamay hee naam varatday naamay vartaaraa.
The name-remembering live in name, their whole inter-action is in name.
~~ Hfl:f~ ~ O'li J:IIIft!'~ liS II antar naam mukh naam hai naamaysabag veechaaraa. 11311
Name is in their mouth, name is in their mind, through name they think upon word 3
~ ~ ~ HcfuK n#H ~ II naam sunee-ai naam mannee-ai naamay vadi-aa-ee.
Let w. listen name, reflect upon name, through name are laurels.
~ ~ J1t!" J1t!" O'li ~ tI"lft 11811 naam salaahay sagaa sagaa naamay mahal paa-ee. 11411
M
If one ever praises name, then through name he enters His home. 4
O
O'li c:ft urFc ~ O'li RiJT tI"lft II naamay hee ghat chaannaa naamay sobhaa paa-ee.
With name the body is enlightened, with name one is praised
. C
B
O'li c:ft H!f tuH O'li ~ 1I1111 naamay hee sukh oopjai naamay sarnaa-ee. 11511
L U
With name is happiness, with name one is in His refuge. 5
fi:rQ ~ m n HcfuK ~ t.rftJ ~ II bin naavai ko-ay na mannee-ai manmukh pat gavaa-ee.
K C
Devoid ofname, none is accepted, Manmukh loses his honour.
O
IDf yfa' arQ' ~ ftmtr iI'nl::!' ~ II~II jam pur baaDhay maaree-ah birthaa janam gavaa-ee. 11611
O
They are tied and thrashed in hell, and lose their life in waste. 6
H B
nrH eft mr ~ ri ~ ~ ~ II naamai kee sabh sayvaa karai gurmukh naam buihaa-ee.
All serve the name, name is given to Gurmukh.
I K
0'li'2 c:ft ~ HcfuK O'li ~ II.?II naamhu hee naam mannee-ai naamay vadi-aa-ee. 11711
* S
Name is pleasing to my mind, and laurels are also by name. 7
fi:Iir ~ f3B' fHii ~ ~ ~ II jis no gayvai tis milai gurmatee naam buihaa-ee.
Whomever He gives, he gets, name is understood by the wisdom ofGuru.
('iT(')'Cf mr fcifI ~ cl <:fi:r ~ ~ B'fir i tI"lft II'=II.?II~~II
naanak sabh kichh naavai kai vas hai poorai bhaag ko paa-ee. 118117112911
Nanak says, "Everything is under the control of name, very rare with perfect luck can get
it. " 8.7.29
~ )f(J'W S II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~~n~nR'C!fomw~ II
Quhaaganee mahal na paa-inHee na jaanan pir kaa su-aa-o.
The deserted wives are not allowed to enter husband's home, they do not know the taste ofHis
love.
~ ~ nr ~ ~!JTf ~ 1Il:l1l fikaa boleh naa niveh goojaa bhaa-o su-aa-o. 11111
They speak stupid, do not submit, and are in the taste ofother's love. 1
reg HQ))IT ~ cdtr ~ JWt II ih manoo-aa ki-o kar vas aavai.
How this mind can be disciplined?
930
~~~1iPwo~uriW~ II~II~ II
gur parsaadee thaakee-ai gi-aan matee ghar aavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
With grace of Guru, it should be controlled, and intoxicated by knowledge she should come
home. 1 (Pause)
~ ))fTfi.r H'iIJlijo n- ipf ~ II sohaaganee aap savaaree-on laa-ay paraym pi-aar.
The happi(v marrieds refashion themselves, by having love with Him.
~ ci ~ ~ O'H HUfiI ~ II~II satgur kai bhaanai chalgee-aa naamay sahj seegaar. 11211
They live in the will oftrue Guru and decorate themselves with name, in ease. 2
~ ~ ~ ~ mit m:r ~ II sagaa raaveh pir aapnaa sachee sayj suQhaa-ay.
They always enjoy their husband, and look beautiful in the decorated bed of True.
tiro' ci i{fH ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lIall pir kai paraym mohee-aa mil pareetam sukh paa-ay. 11311
They are charmed by the love oftheir husband, meeting Him, they enjoy happiness. 3
faJ>wo ~ Jft'arg ~ ~ nrfu II gi-aan apaar seegaar hai soQhaavantee naar.
Knowledge is infinite decoration, for a praiseworthy wife.
AT ~ ~ flr ci Mo 1iPKrftJ 11911 saa sabhraa-ee sungree pir kai hart pi-aar. 11411
She is made beautiful lucky with the love ofher husband. 4
~ ~ ~ ~ IN ~ JoHlPftJ II sohaaganee vich rang rakhi-on sachai alakh apaar.
M
The happily marrieds are held in love by the True, unknowable, infinite.
O
~ R'if7> ~ IN iJTft!' 1iPKrftJ 1It111 satgur sayvan aapnaa sachai bhaa-ay pi-aar. 11511
They all serve their true Guru, with intense love. 5
. C
B
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ iIftis UTg II sohaaganee seegaar banaa-i-aa gun kaa gal haar.
L U
The happi(v marrieds decorate themselves, by wearing the necklace ofvirtues around neck.
i{H ~ '3fn ~ ~ a3Q ~ II~II paraym pirmal tan laavnaa antar ratan veechaar. 11611
K C
They u..~e the perfume oflove on body, and within their mind is the gem ofthoughts. 6
O
RS ~ it !3>fT tIS tI13' m ~ II Qhagat ratay say ootmaa jat pat sabgay ho-ay.
B O
Absorbed in devotion are good, all their honour and caste is by word.
ftIQ ~ mr <fur H"f:r ~ ftmGr ~ ~ ~ II.' II
H
bin naavai saQh neech jaat hai bistaa kaa keerhaa ho-ay. 11711
K
SI
All devoid ofname are of low caste, they are worms in filth. 7 .
~ ~ ~ mr fa ftIg mre ~ "0 iI'& II ha-o ha-o kargee sabh firai bin sabgai ha-o na jaa-ay.
Everyone is wandering in ego, without word, ego does not go.
('jT('jiif 0'fH ~ ftJo ~ anft IN Qij' JDt'l'ft! II tilt II ao II
naanak naam ratay tin ha-umai ga-ee sachai rahay samaa-ay. 118118113011
Nanak says, "Ego ofthose, who are in love with name, has gone they are merging in True. "8.8.30
))fTHT Hm a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
~ ~ it ~ ~ mit ~ II sachay ratay say nirmalay sagaa sachee so-avo

Those in love with true are pure, their reputation is ever true (good)
~ uriW uriW iI'lR' l'Wi tJflIJ tJflIJ ~ ~ II~II aithai ghar ghar jaapgay aagai jug jug pargat ho-ay. 11111
Here they are praised in home, hereafter, they are revealed in all ages. 1
P.427
~ HO rt ~ mJr ~ ~ II ay man roorhHai rangulay tooN sachaa rang charhaa-ay.
01 my mind, beautiful, carefree, be in true colour.
m8'itH~7)T~~ri"OiI'& II~II ~ II
= - - -
roorhee banee jay rapai naa ih rang lahai na jaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Ifyou recite the beautiful word, then this colour will neither fade nor erase. 1 (pause)
931
IDf cfu:r ~ ~~ iil R ~ II ham neech mailay at abhimaanee goojai bhaa-ay vikaar.
We are condemned, dirty, acting in extreme ego, and are ofevil mind in other's love.
~ l.I"a'ft:r fl.fW ciuQ ~ fcrn.m RftJ JHlR II~II gur paaras mili-ai kanchan ho-ay nirmal jot apaar. 11211
WIzen we meet Guru, the touchstone, we are turned into gold, pure infinite light 2
18Q tJQ are () ~ ~ fl.fW ~ mPf II bin gur ko-ay na rangee-ai gur mili-ai rang charhaa-o.
Without Guru none can be in love, therefore, dye yourselfwhile meeting Guru.
~ a- t R it ~ fi:Ia:ft JIftJ ~ lIiJlI gur kai bhai bhaa-ay jo ratay siftee sach samaa-o. 11311
Those who are in love with Guru's feel, praising they merge in True. 3
~ 18Q wFcJr () ~ (')l' Hg ~ ~ II bhai bin laag na lag-ee naa man nirmal ho-ay.
Withoutfear (of losing Him), there is neither inspiration, nor mind becomes pure.
18Q t emf 0DfIri"!5 ~ () ~ 11911 bin bhai karam kamaavnay ihoothay thaa-o na ko-ay. 11411
Those who act without fear, they are liars, have no place to live. 4
*
ft:n:r ))fTl) a
B' ~ A3RdlFd fi.fwft? II jis no aapay rangay so rapsee satsangat milaa-ay.
Whomever He colours (in his love) he is in bliss, and hejoins true congregation.
~ ~ ~ A3Rdlf3 tml JrcJ'H JIftJ B'i"ft!' IltllI poorciy gur tay satsangat oopjai sehjay sach subhaa-ay. 115II
True congregation is given by perfect Guru, with true love thus one is, in ease. 5
18Q ~ RftJ ~ (fQfu AA l.IB' ft II bin sangtee sabh aisay raheh jaisay pas Qhor.
M
Devoid ofcongregation all live like animals, cattles.
O
~ cft3' ftm () ~ ftrg ~ RftJ ia' II~II jiniHkeetay tisai na jaananHee bin naavai sabh chor. 11611
They do not know their Creator, without name, all are thieves. 6
.C
B
retct ~ ~ ~ ~ tJQ it A'a'fR ~ II
ik gun vihaaiheh a-ugan viknahi gur kai sahj subhaa-ay.
L U
C
Some purchase virtues, and sell (finish) vices, they are in love with Guru, in ease.
K
~ iRr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~!Wft! 11"11 gur sayvaa tay naa-o paa-i-aa vuthaa angar aa-ay. 11711
O
With the service of Guru, I could gain name, now it has come to stay in mind 7
O
RiJOT W :er3T ~ ~ fi::Iftr tiQ' wftr II sabhnaa kaa gaataa ayk hai sir DhanDhai laa-ay.
mre fi.fwft? B
Everyone's Giver is one, He puts everyone on job.
(')'I'(")cf O"'H ~ ~ ~
K H 1It:1I~lIiJI:I1I
SI
naanak naamay laa-ay savaari-an sabgay la-ay milaa-ay. 1/8119113111
Nanak says, "He refashions in name, and gets to unite in word" 8.9.31
))fTW )fiJW iJ II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
ffif ~ *
~ ft:rff ~ ~ it l./TS' II sabh naavai no lochgee jis kirpaa karay so paa-ay.
Everyone seeksfor name, upon whomever, He is kind, he will get.
18Q ~ A! ~ ~ ~ f3B' ft:rff Hfo ~ 111:111 bin naavai sabh gukh hai sukh tis jis man vasaa-ay. 11111
Devoid ofname, everyone suffers, therefore happy in one, in whose mind, God comes to stay. 1
1 ~ ~ ~ 3lfi ~ II tooN bay-ant ga-i-aal hai tayree sarnaa-ee.
You are unlimited, merciful, we are at your feet.
tJQ ~ ~ ~ O"'H ~ 111:111 ~ II gur pooray tay paa-ee-ai naamay vadi-aa-ee. 1111/ rahaa-o.
We can getfrom the perfect Guru, the greatness ofname. 1 (Pause)
.~ 8'l'CJ'ftJ ~ ~ ~ ftJfb' ftptfG ~ II antar baahar ayk hai baho biDh sarisat upaa-ee.
He alone is inside and outside, He created the world in many ways.
~ Cf"a' ~ i'W fcirB' ~ iJ1lft II~II hukmay kaar karaa-igaa goojaa kis kahee-ai bhaa-ee. 11211
OJ brother, He gets one to act in order, whom to call second 2
~ ~ ~ iiiPw ftm' ~ fi:Iftr Cf"a' II buih-naa abuih-naa tuDh kee-aa ih tayree sir kaar.
To understand or not to understand is done by you, this is your reserve (rule).
932
~ 8l:ffHfu ~ ~ ~ ~ HTfiJ CiN ~ lIa II
iknHaa bakhsihi mayllaihi ik gargeh maar kadhay koorhi-aar. 11311
To some you forgive and get them unite, some liars are beaten and thrown out ofyour court.3
~ gfa' ~ ~ ufu ~ OTK ~ II ik Dhur pavit paavan heh tuDh naamay laa-ay.
Some are pure and preordained, and you put them on name.
~ ~ 3" ~ !1f1l ~ mrre ~ 11811 gur sayvaa tay sukh oopjai sachai sabag bujhaa-ay. 11411
True word has made to understand that happiness springs from the service of Guru. 4
~ ~ ~ ~ l3 ~ lWftr ~ II ik kuchal kucheel vikhlee patay naavhu aap khu-aa-ay.
Some are dirty, dirtiest, and adulterers, marriedto prostitutes, they themselves have missed name.
They are, by Him, astrayedfrom name.
or tio fi:rfQ' n!fb' 5' n Jim.it fRftr Q3iiii3 1S 1It111 naa on siDh na buDh hai na sanjmee fireh utvataa-ay. 11511
Neither they have skill (for perfection), nor wisdom, nor discipline, they are wandering
bewildered. 5
*
i'reftr are- ft:Jff ))fTlfc!t flm B"'iiii7ft ~ II nagar karay jis aapnee tis no bhaavnee laa-ay.
Upon whomever He is kind, to him He gets to love.
~ ~ ftm Jim.it >fQ ~ ~ ~ II~II sat santokh ih sanjmee man nirmal sabag sunaa-ay. 11611
He is in truth, in contentedness, in discipline, his pure mind sings hymns. 6
cmr
M
~ tffiJ n ~ crot ~ n ~ II laykhaa parh na pahoochee-ai kath kahnai ant na paa-ay.
O
By reading account, one cannot reach, none can know his end, by telling and saying.
C
mrre mft' ~ 11':>11 gur tay keemat paa-ee-ai sach sabag sojhee paa-ay. 11711
.
~ 3" cft>.rS l.l"l'ft>K Jffir
B
We can know His worthfrom Guru, He gives understanding oftrue word. 7
U
ft!1r >fQ ;!<it Rfi:r ~ 1 mrre ~ II ih man gayhee soDh tooN gur sabag veechaar.
L
OJ my mind, you purify your body, and ponder over the word of Guru.
C
K
(')'l"(')'a' ft!'ff ;!<it ~ ~ ~ 5' l.l"l'ft>K ~ ci' 'MiJ ~ II t II ~o II a::) II
O
naanak is gayhee vich naam niDhaan hai paa-ee-ai gur kai hayt apaar. 1181110113211
O
Nanak says, "In this body, is treasure ofname, we can get it with the infinite lovefor Guru. "8.1032
))fTW }fiJW a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
H B
Jffir ~ ~ fi:Ior ~ ci' ~ Jftarrftr II sach ratee-aa sohaaganee jinaa gur kai sabag seegaar.
K
SI
Such happi(v married women are in love with True, they decorate themselves with the word of
Guru.
P.428
llIQ eft it firg ~~ mrre ~ II~II ghar hee so pir paa-i-aa sachai sabag veechaar. 11111
That husband (God) is blessed right in home, by pondering over true word.
~ ~ 8'qR'lE".,. CJflJ ~ ftR C!I5'lft II avgan gunee bakhsaa-i-aa har si-o liv laa-ee.
Vices are forgiven by Virtuous, and mind is attached with God.
CJflJ~~~wftJ~~ IIC!.II ~ II
har var paa-i-aa kaamnee gur mayl milaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
The damsel married God, Guru blessed her with this union. 1 (Pause)
~ firg ~ n ~ ~ Rfk ~ II ik pir hagoor na jaananHee goojai Qharam Qhulaa-ay.
Some do not know even when in the presence of God, others are astraying in doubts.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II::) II ki-o paa-ini H dohaaganee gukhee rain vihaa-ay. 11211
How the discarded ones can meet, they spend their night in agony. 2
fuo ci' Hfo JIV ~ mit CllQ CiOf"ft!" II jin kai man sach vasi-aa sachee kaar kamaa-ay.
In whose mind true lives, they do true work.
~ Riiiifu FICJiI ~ ~ wfu JDfI'ft! lIall an-gin sayveh sahj si-o sachay maahi samaa-ay. 11311
933
Day and night, they serve, in ease, they merge in true. 3
~ RfH ~ !3 iftis ~ l:fIfu II guhaaganee Qharam Qhulaa-ee-aa koorh bol bikh khaahi.
The deserted are astraying in doubts they tell lies, eat poison. .
filg (') ~ ))fI'l!I' ~ RiJ ~ ll'fu 11811 pir na jaanan aapnaa suniee sayj gukh paahi. 11411
They do not care for their love, and suffer agony in empty bed. 4
m:JT JITftr! ~ ~ ~ HO RfH psrfu II sachaa saahib ayk hai mat man Qharam bhulaahi.
The true Master is one, lest mind astrays in doubts.
!RJ ~ jW mJfu ~ ~ Hro ~ II~II gur pooQ)h sayvaa karahi sach nirmal man vasaahi. 11511
Seeking permission from Guru, she serves, and gets the pure to abide in mind. 5
~ Jrel' filg t.JTf8lW ~ fTY Rtft:r II sohaaganee sagaa pir paa-i-aa ha-umai aap gavaa-ay.
The happily marrieds are always in union with husband, God Himself banishes their ego.
f1rR~hlO~ 1Ifu~mftRiJ~ 1.Pft! II~II pirsaytee an-gin geh rahee sacheesayj sukh paa-ay. 11611
Day and night, she lives with husband, she enjoys the truly decorated bed. 6
Hat Hat i:lffu R llt ~ (') 1.Pft! II mayree mayree kar ga-ay palai kichh na paa-ay.
All have left while yelling for worldliness, they could carry nothing with them.
~ orijt ~ ~ 1nft ~ 11,:)11 mahal naahee dohaaganee ant ga-ee pachhutaa-ay. 11711
The deserted is not staying in home, in the end, she leaves repenting. 7
Jl filg H<Jr ~ ~ ~ 1tIt fiR wft!' II so pir mayraa ayk hai aykas si-o Iiv laa-ay.
My husband is one, alone, I love the same one on(v.
OM
C
0'0Cf R ~ i;Jftr ~ c:rflJ qr ~ Jffl; ~ II t II C\C\II aa II
B .
naanakjay sukh lorheh kaamnee har kaa naam man vasaa-ay. IISll11113311
U
Nanak says, "If the damsel seeks for happiness, she should have God's name in mind. " 811.33
))fT'RT )f(JW a II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
tmr C L
K
~ ~ ~ ~ Jro'ft:r ~ II amrit jinHaa chhakhaa-i-on ras aa-i-aa sahj suQhaa-ay.
O
To whom God has given nectar to taste, they enjoy, in ease.
O
m:JT ~ ~ f:m 5' ~ (') 3H'fl? IIC\II sachaa vayparvaahu hai tis no til na tamaa-ay. 11111
H B
The True is carefree, even little ofgreed does not charm Him. 1
~ m:JT fim!T ~ ~ 1.Pft! II amrit sachaa varasgaa gurmukhaa mukh paa-ay.
Jroi1' c:rflJ IK
True nectar rains andpours in Gurmukh's mouth.
HQ Jrel' ~
S
~ ~ IIC\II ~ II
man sagaa haree-aavlaa sehjay har gun gaa-ay. 111/1 rahaa-o.
By singing the attributes of God, in ease, the mind remains evergreen. 1 (pause)
HOlj11:f Jrel' ~ i!ftr ~ ~ II manmukh sagaa guhaaganee gar kharhee-aa billaahi.
Manmukhs are like ever deserted wives, they always are standing at His door and wailing.
tmr f1r qr ~ (') ~ it gftr ~ ~ infTfu II~II
jinHaa pir kaa su-aag na aa-i-o jo Dhur Iikhi-aa so kamaahi. 11211
Some, who do not enjoy their husbands, they earn their preordained. 2
~ &ttl ~ HH ~ ~ ~ II gurmukh beejay sach jamai sach naam vaapaar.
If Gurmukhs sows, the truth springs outs, his trade is in true name.
it ~ ~ ~ Bmft ~ Ora' lIall jo it laahai laa-i-an Qhagtee gay-ay Qhandaar. 11311
Those who are born to gain, He gives them the treasure of devotion. 3
~ Jrel' ~ t imf3' Jft'aJrftf II gurmukh sagaa sohaaganee .lmai Qhagat seegaar.
Gurmukhs are ever enjoying marital bliss, their make-up is of devotion in fear.
~ ~ filg ))fI'l!I' ~ ~ ta' qrflJ 118 II an..gin raaveh pir aapnaa sach rakheh ur Dhaar. 11411
Day and night they enjoy their husband, and keep True in mind. 4
934
fi:urp" ~ ~ l')fT1!" f3cr' ~ aftis wt II jinHaa pir raavi-aa aapnaa tinHaa vitahu bal jaa-o.
Those who enjoy their own husband, I sacrifice myselffor them.
J1t!T fl.r it Jffcrr Gijfu ~))fIy' Rrftr 1It111 sagaa pir kai sang raheh vichahu aap gavaa-ay. 11511
Ever live with husband and negate your ego. 5
3Q HQ ~ H1:I' ~ fl.r it R 1tPHrftJ II tan man seetal mukh ujlay pir kai bhaa-ay pi-aar.
In the intense love for husband, mind and body are cool, face i... bright.
ffi:r ~ ~ ri' ~ ftprnt' Ji'l'ftJ II~II sayj sukhaalee pir ravai ha-umai tarisnaa maar. 11611
Killing ego and lust, enjoy your husband in comfortable bed. 6
crnrmaw l.IfftJ ~ !JQ a- M::r ))ftI'Iftr II kar kirpaa ghar aa-i-aa gur kai hayt apaar.
In the infinite love of Guru, being graceful He comes home.
~ ~ ~ cl<m ~ ~ 11;)11 var paa-i-aa sohaaganee kayval ayk muraar. 11711
The married ones are blessed with husband, only one God. 7
R"B' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II sabhay gunah bakhsaa-ay la-i-on maylay maylanhaar.
All my sins are forgiven, the uniting One unites.
ornor~~H~W~ 1It:1I9.~lIa811
naanak aakhan aakhee-ai jay sun Dharay pi-aar. 1181112113411
Nanak says, "Let us say, what is to be said, if one listens and loves. " 8.12.34
fTW ).f(JW a " aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 5
OM
C
~ 3 ~ ~ W 1:! im Rfu II satgur tay gun oopjai jaa parabh maylai so-avo
The virtues originatefrom True Guru, when Master gets to meet same.
B .
U
P.429
~
C L
0Ttr ~ 1iPwQ ~ '5re 119.11 sehjay naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai gi-aan pargat ho-ay. Iflll
Let us remember name, in ease, thus knowledge is revealed. 1
K
E' HO H3' tI'C!fu ure- ~ ~ J1t!T ~ ~ II ay man mat jaaneh har door hai sagaa vaykh hagoor.
O
O
O! my mind, do not think God is afar, see Him ever present.
B
Rt!' ljC"fi!T Rt!' ~ J:r8'ft!' ofc:rnrr ~ 119.11 ~ II
KH
sag sundaa sag vaykh-gaa sabag rahi-aa bharpoor. 11111 rahaa-o.
I
He ever listens, ever sees, and is pervading word. 1 (pause)
S
~ ))fly' ~ f3c1l' rea- Hfn ~ II gurmukh aap pachhaani-aa tinHee ik man Dhi-aa-i-aa.
(iurmukhs themselves recognize, they remember Him with single-mind.
J1t!T ~ ~ l')fT1!" ~ orfH ~ ~ II~II sagaa raveh pir aapnaa sachai naam sukh paa-i-aa. 11211
They ever enjoy their husband, and are happy in True name. 1
E' HO '3aT cl ~ crnr ~ R'8fu ~ II ay man tayraa ko nahee kar vaykh sabag veechaar.
O! my mind, none isfor you, you know it by reflecting upon word.
ure- ~ m tIiI ~ H1:f ~ II a II har sarnaa-ee bhaj pa-o paa-ihi mokh Qu-aar. 11311
Rush to the refuge ofGod, then you get to the doors ofliberation. 3
J:r8'ft!' ~ R'8fu ~ Hftr em flR wft!' II sabag sunee-ai sabag bujhee-ai sach rahai Iiv laa-ay.
Let us listen word, realize word, and be intuned with True.
mre- <JtH ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11811 sabd.ay ha-umai maaree-ai sachai mahal sukh paa-ay. 11411
Let us kill ego with word, and be happy in True home. 4
fuH B'iJ Hfu JlBr O'H eft f8g ~ Hs n '5re " is jug meh sobhaa naam kee bin naavai sobh na ho-ay.
In this age, the praise is ofname, without name no praise.
~ ~ eft JlBr ;pftJ ~ iJI'tft ~ n ~ 1It111
ih maa-i-aa kee sobhaa chaar gihaarhay jaagee bilam na ho-ay. 11511
The praise for wealth is for four days, it takes no time in fading. 5

fi::ro't ~ ~ H ~ Hfu' wfu II jinee naam visaari-aa say mu-ay mar jaahi.
Those who forget name, they are dead, will die.
<Jfu QR WS '0 ~ fto:rer wfu FDfTftJ II~II har ras saad na aa-i-o bistaa maahi samaahi. 11611
They do not enjoy the nectar of God, they remain merged in filth. 6
rercr ))fl'il' 81:ffH ~ ~ orH l!'S'ft!' II ik aapay bak!las milaa-i-an an-din naamay laa-ay.
Some are forgiven and united by Himself, and are given name day and night.
~ IDRfu JffiJ (J(Jfu ~ JffiJ FDfTftJ 11"11 sach kamaaveh sach raheh sachay sach samaahi. 11711
17tey earn True, live in True, the True merge in True. 7
ftrQ mre ~ '0 ~ Rtf iw ~ RJffft!" II
bin sabdai sunee-ai na daykhee-ai jag bolaa anHaa bharmaa-ay.
Devoid ofword, neither one listens nor sees, deaf and blind world is in doubts.
ftrQ ~ ~ t.r'ft!lft ~ 6fi ftM ~ IItll bin naavai guk!l paa-isee naam milai tisai rajaa-ay. 11811
Devoid ofname, it suffers sorrows, the name is blessed ifHe wills. 8
fifo lfTC!t ~ ~ ~ H if7) ~ ~ II jin banee si-o chit laa-i-aa say jan nirmal parvaan.
Those, whose mind is in word, they are pure and accepted.
~ ~ f3<r' ere m
'0 ~ H IN ~ 1I~11'\::IIIiJ1.UI
naanak naam tinHaa kagay na veesrai say gar sachay jaan. 1191113113511
))fTRT HUW::I II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3

O M
Nanak says, "They never forget name, and they reach to the doors of True. " 9.13.35
. C
m m!RI3 tfTlR' ~ cit '8"it mit ~ II sabgou hee bhagat jaapgay jinHkee banee sachee ho-ay.
The devotees are known by word, their word is True.
U B
L
~ ))fTy ~ ~ Hfolw JffiJ ~ ~ 11'\11
C
vichahu aap ga-i-aa naa-o mani-aa sach milaavaa ho-ay. 11111
OK
Negating ego from within, they believe in name, thus they unite with True. 1
<Jfu <Jfu ~ if7) cit l.fS ~ II har har naam jan kee pat ho-ay.
B O
17te name of God is the honour ofthe men of God
H
~ f3<r' ~ iIOtJ ~ f3"cy w7i JI! iifu II '\11 ~ II
K
safa I tinHaa kaa janam hai tin Hmaanai sabh ko-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
S I
Their birth is a success, everyone has faith in them. 1 (pause)
<JtH HCJT iI'f3 ~ ~ ~9' ~ II ha-umai mayraa jaat hai at kroQh abhimaan.
Ego is my caste, (identity) extreme anger and pride.
R8fu ~ 3T iI'f3 wftd~:ft Hf3 6fi ~ II ~ II sabag marai taa jaatjaa-ay jotee jot milai bhagvaan. 11211
rr dies in word, then caste goes, his light will unite with light of God 2
~ ~ ~ ~ iIOtJ mf'W II pooraa satgur bhayti-aa safal janam hamaaraa.
Meeting perfect True guru, my life is a success.
~ ~ fofQ' ~ R ~ 'fir6r 11::111 naam navai niDh paa-i-aa bharay akhut bhandaaraa. 11311
With name, I am blessed with nine treasures, my stock is fully inexhaustible. 3
~ fuH m a- ~ fi:rcr' ~ fl.mr1Q1' II aavahi is raasee kay vaapaaree-ay jinHaa naam pi-aaraa.
The traders with their capital come, to them name is dear.
~~ it QQ ~ f3<r' ~ ~ ~ 11811
gurmukh hovai so Dhan paa-ay tinHaa antar sabad veechaaraa. 11411
If one is Gurmukh, he will get this wealth, within him is the thought ofword 4
8GI3l WO '0 ~ ~ ~ II bhagtee saar na jaananHee manmuk!l ahaNkaaree.
Manmukhs are egoists, they do not know the worth ofdevotion.
g"a'g ))fl'fu- ~ wH' ar;:ft ~ 111.111 Dharahu aap khu-aa-i-an joo-ai baajee haaree. 11511
936
They have lost as preordained, thus they lose their gamble oflife. 5
firQ ~ !JaIf3' (') ~ or ~ ~ Jdtftr II bin pi-aarai Qhagat na hova-ee naa sukh ho-ay sareer.
Without loving one, neither devotion, nor any pleasure is for body.
t!H ~ ~ ~ iJ"aI'3t)ffi' tftftJ II~II paraym pa.daarath paa-ee-ai gur Qhagtee man Dheer. 11611
The g~fi of love is blessed with, devotion for Guru, andpatience for mind. 6
fi:n::r <5 ~ ~ R cR ~ FI'8t!' ~ II jis no J2!lagat karaa-ay so karay gur sabad veechaar.
Whomever He puts on devotion, he ponders over the thought of Guru's word.
furi' ~ ~ WI" ~ ~ H'ftr 11'=>11 hir.dai ayko naam vasai ha-umai .dubiDhaa maar. 11711
Killing ego and duality, on(v one name abides in heart. 7
!m3" eft iIftr trl3 ~ ~ ij-))fTl)' ~ JWftr II Qhagtaa kee jat pat ayko naam hai aapay la-ay savaar.
Devotee's honour and identity is in one name, He Himselfrefashions.
Rt!"'FIOC!'lft f3l:reft~ R f3t ~ 'R'flJ IItll sagaa sarnaa-eetis keeji-o J2!laavai ti-o kaaraj saar. 11811
They are ever in His refuge, help them in the way it is liked. 8
P.430
~~ ))RISI'(J ;ft wQ' ~ ~ II bhagat niraalee alaah gee jaapai gur veechaar.
God's devotion is ofwonders, it could befound by the thought of Guru.

(')T('jCf ~ ~ WI" i' !m3t C'MH JWftr II~ 1Il:l811:t~ II
naanak naam hirgai vasai bhai bhagtee naam savaar. 1191114113611
O M
C
Nanak says, "Name abides in mind, the devotion is in Hisfear, His name refashions." 9.14.36
~ Hm:t II aasaa mehlaa 3. ASA M: 3
B .
U
))fi') ~ Hfu ~ firQ orH ~ ~ II an ras meh bholaa-i-aa bin naamai gukh paa-ay.
C L
You are astraying in other tastes, without name you are suffering.
~ ~ (') ~ ft:I mit ~ ~ 1Il:l1l satgur purakh na bhayti-o je sachee boom bumaa-ay. 11111
OK
You have not met True Guru, Purakh, who gives you real realisation. 1
O
~)ffi' ~ ~ '(]'ftJ ~ ufl:r ~ ~ II ay man mayray baavlay har ras chakh saag paa-ay.
B
01 my mad mind, taste the nectar of God.
H
))fi') Qfl::r WaJT :f ~ ftJa'E(T ROH' ~ 11l:l11 ~ II
K
= - -
I
an ras laagaa tooN fireh birthaa janam gavaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
S
You are busy in other tastes, losing your life in vain. 1 (pause)
fu'ff Em Hfu ~ ~ 'Rftr C'MH oc:rfu ~ (I5Tfu II
is jug meh gurmukh nirmalay sach naam raheh Iiv laa-ay.
The Gurmukhs are pure in this age, they live intuned with True name.
~ emf" ~ ~ om
fW>rr crnr
~;::rre II~ II
vin karmaa kichh paa-ee-ai nahee ki-aa kar kahi-aa jaa-ay. 11211
Nothing can be begotten without good deeds, what can be done or said. 2
nfTY ~ R'8fu H<Jfu ~ 3'fi::r ~ II aap pachhaaneh sabag mareh manhu taj vikaar.
One who realizes self, dies in word, and leaves evil ofmind.
~ FIOC!'lft!JfH tre 8l:fH ~ 1I:t1l gur sarnaa-ee bhaj pa-ay bakhsay bakhsanhaar. 11311
Rush to the refuge of Guru, the forgiving forgives. 3
firQ ort' ~ (') ~ or ~ ~ ;::rre II bin naavai sukh na paa-ee-ai naa dukh vichahu jaa-ay.
Wit/lOut name, no happiness, neither agony from within goes.
~ NW wftmrr Hfu ~ ~ sofH !Wfu 11811
ih jag maa-i-aa mohi vi-aapi-aa doojai J2!laram bhulaa-ay. 11411
This world is busy in love for wealth, and is astraying in other doubts. 4
~ flra' eft R'(J (') ~ fW>rr crnr cmcr
~ II

Quhaaganee pir kee saar na jaanhee ki-aa kar karahi seegaar.
The deserted do not know about their husband, what they do if decorate themselves.
~ Jre" ~ ~ AA ri' (') ~ 11\.111 an..gin sagaa jalgee-aa fireh sayjai ravai na jIDataar. 11511
Day and night they are ever in heat, they never enjoy husband in bed. 5
~ ~ ~ ~ ))fly R"ft! II sohaaganee mahal paa-i-aa vichahu aap gavaa-ay.
The happi(v marrieds are blessed with home, as they lose ego from within.
IJCJmrehitill'-aPw~J=Iftr~f)nIsrfuII~II gursabgeeseegaaree-aa apnayseh la-ee-aa milaa-ay.11611
They are decorated with the word ofGuru, and are united with their hush,and. 6
~ ~ ~ H'ftrnrr ~ ~ II marnaa manhu visaari-aa maa-i-aa moh gubaar.
In the love for wealth, the darkness, they forget death from mind.
~ Hfu' Hfu' iHftJ !it HQfu if){ efcr ~ ~ II:> II
manmukh mar mar jameh jIDee mareh jam gar hohi khu-aar. 11711
Manmukhs are born after dying and dying, again they die and are troubled at devil's door.
J2ITfir ~ it fi.fi IJCJ mrft:! ~ II aap milaa-i-an say milay gur sabaQ veechaar.
Those whom He gets to unite, they are united, they ponder over thought ofthe word of Guru.
(')1"(")a" 0"'fH JDri" Hlf ~ f3g d ~ lit: II~~ 119\.1 II a:> II
naanak naam samaanay mukh ujlay tit sachai Qarbaar. 11811221115113711
M
Nanak says, "Those who are merging in name, theirfaces radiate in the court ofGuru. " 8.22.15.3 7
))fT'RT JfCJ'W \.I ~ ~ ~ aasaa mehlaa 5 asatpagee-aa ghar 2
C O
.
ASA M: 5ASTHPADIAN GHAR 2
9ij""'~ 1{R'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
U B
L
C
thJ ~ thJ ~ II thJ ~ thJ ~ 11911
K
panch manaa-ay panch rusaa-ay. panch vasaa-ay panch gavaa-ay. 11111
O O
The five are brought round, the five got annoyed, thefive are inhabited, thefwer are uprooted. 1
~ fiIfQ' 0iII9 ~ ~ ~ II in H biDh nagar vut!laa mayray Qhaa-ee.
B
Of my brother, this way the city isfounded.
KH
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11911 ~ II gurat ga-i-aa gur gi-aan garirhaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
S I
Once Guru blesses with knowledge, the evil (of darkness) leaves. 1 (pa~se)
wv tmf aft cffir M ~ II saach Dharam kee kar geenee vaar.
The fence oftruth andfaith, is constructed.
m ~ IJCJ ~ 8te'rfa' II~II farhay muhkam gur gi-aan beechaar. 11211
The thought of Guru's knowledge forms a strong gate. 2
0'tJ ~ ~ ~ )fuJ II naam khaytee beejahu Qhaa-ee meet.
O! my brother, my friend sows the seed ofname,
~ ~ ~ ~ C'fur lIall sa-uQaa karahu gur sayvhu neet. 11311
Strike the bargain of ever serving Guru. 3
Wftr Jrotr Hl:I' c} Rftr CJIC II saaNt sahj sukh kay sa.bb. haat.
All shops (bodies) are ofpeace, happiness, in ease.
FI'(J ~ ~ I!'G 11811 saah vaapaaree aykai thaat. 11411
The rich trader is at one place. 4

~ i?i ci ~ (') iI'iII"ftr II jayjee-aa dann ko la-ay na jagaat.
None is to charge tax or octroi.
~ cffir M!Ja' eft Fll 11\.111 satgur kar geenee .Qhur kee chhaap. 11511
The True Guru has put the seal of God. 5 .
938
~ 7iTtf ~ ill.r ~ II vakhar naam lag khayp chalaavahu.
Load the goods ofname and dispatch this cargo.
~ W(JT ~ tIIftr ~ II~II lai laahaa gurmukh ghar aavhu. 11611
OJ Gurmukh, earn profit and return home. 6
~ ~ fRl:r ~ II satgur saahu sikh varuaaray.
True Guru is fin ancer and Sikhs are dealt;rs.
~tft 7iTtf ~ Wi ~ 11'::>11 poonjee naam laykhaa saach samHaaray. 11711
Their capital is ofname, and True looks after their accounts. 7
crit ~ ~ tIIftr ft::rff ~ ~ ~ II so vasai it ghar jis gur pooraa sayv.
In this home (of God) lives on(v one, who has been serving perfect Guru.
~ ~ (')1"(')'Q ~ 1It:1I'\1I abichal nagree naanakgayv. 11811111
Stable in the ci~v of Nanak dev. 8.1
P.431
~ HCJW tI urg a aasaavaree mehlaa 5 ghar 3 ASAWARI M: 1 GHAR 3
'\~~ l{Wft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
Hit HO tJftr ~ ri' tpf3 II mayray man har si-o laagee pareet.
M
OJ my mind, have lovefor God.
O
R"tJJffirr tJftr tJftr Hta ~ wet ~ 11"\ II ~ II
saaDhsang har har japat nirmal saachee reet. 11111 rahaa-o.
. C
B
In the congregation ofsaints remember God, this is the pure and true fashion. 1 (pause)
U
t!'a"RO eft fiPHTJr urc!t ~ ~ ~ II garsan kee pi-aas ghanee chitvat anik parkaar.
L
C
I am greatly thirsty for seeing Him, I think ofHim in many ways.
K
~~~~~qrfiJ~II'\1I
OO
11111
karahu anoograhu paarbarahm har kirpaa Dhaar muraar.
Be kind OJ God, be merciful. 1
HQ ~ ~ ~ wq ci
H B
mar II man pargaysee aa-i-aa mili-o saaDh kai sang.
K
My other world(v mind has come, and has joined the congregation ofsaints.
SI
ft::rff ~ ~ ~ H' ~ 0""Hfu ~ II~II jis vakhar ka-o chaahtaa so paa-i-o naameh rang. 11211
Tlte word it wants, that it has got in the love ofname. 2
;:a ~ R QFI' ftInfi:f tI"fu fl:fo H'fu II jaytay maa-i-aa rang ras binas jaahi khin maahi.
As many are the colours, tastes ofwealth, all vanish in a moment.
iJ'a'I'3' ~ ~ ('j1){ ~ '8!f ~ Jli' 0Tft!' II a II
bhagat ratay tayray naam si-o sukh bhuNcheh sabh thaa-ay. 11311
Devotees are in your love, they enjoy happiness at all places. 3
~ iIW ~ ~ ~ tJftr i ~ II sabh jag chalta-o paykhee-ai nihchal har ko naa-o.
I am seeing the whole world leaving, on(v God's name is stable.
~ ~ WQ' ~ ~ tRfu CIt 11811 kar mitraa-ee saaDh si-o nihchal paavahi thaa-o. 11411
Havefriendship with saints, and get the stable place. 4
Ht3 H'tfc'j lJ5 ~ cit fr3 0' JITlf II meet saajan sut banDhpaa ko-oo hot na saath.
Thefriends, the dears, the sons, the relations, none will accompany.
~ ~ QT){ ('j1){ W Ci(l' ~ (')1lI' 1It111 ayk nivaahoo raam naam geenaa kaa para.bh naath. 11511
On(v God's name stands by, Master is the protector for poor. 5
*
eon Cf}f'5 ifulf R ~ '3flm ~ II charan kamal bohith bha-ay lag saagar tari-o tayh.
His lotus-feet have become ship, embarking them, I can swim across the ocean.
939
~ ~ ~ JIl'UT l:{S fHt ~ IIell .b.hayti-o pooraa satguroo saachaa para.b.h si-o nayh. 11611
I am meeting the prefect true Guru, my love for Master is true. 6
WQ' ~ cit tfI;R)" ~ (') Wfi:r fararft:r II saaDh tayray kee jaachnaa visar na saas giraas.
The prayer ofyour saint is that, let me notforget you with every breath and morsel
H~ R Jl !JW 3t B"t ~ ~ II~II jo tuDh bhaavai so bhalaa tayrai .b.haanai kaaraj raas. 11711
Whatever you like is good, you will settle my matters. 7 ."
fflf ~ tp3H ~ ~ )f(]l' ~ II sukh saagar pareetam milay upjay mahaa anand.
I am meeting my dear, the ocean ofhappiness, from there originates the great bliss.
erg 0'0Cf mr ~ fire l:{S R ~ lit: II 9.II~ II
kaho naanak sabh gukh mitay parabh .Qbaytay parmaanang. 11811111211
Nanak says, "Once I meet my supreme bliss giving Master, my all sorrows are over." '8.1.2
))fT'RT )fiJW tI ~ urg 8 i3" cit Rf:r aasaa mehlaa 5 birharhay ghar 4 Qiliantaa kee jat
ASA M: 5 BIRHARE GHAR 4 Sing on the tune ofChhants

9.""~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ l{! fi:oofPK ~ ~ ~ ~ RTf 119.11
paarbarahm parabh simree-ai pi-aaray garsan ka-o bal jaa-o. 11111
OJ my dear, let us remember supreme God, I sacrifice myselffor seeing Him. 1
fuff fm.ra':r ~ 8tmJftT ~ Jl ~ 3ffi!T wfu II ~ II
jis simrat gukh beesrahi pi-aaray so ki-o tajnaa jaa-ay. 11211
OM
C
B.
OJ my dear, remembering whom the sorrows areforgotten, why to leave Him? 2
~ 3Q ~ Ji:r ~ ~ ~ ~ f}nIstft!
U
liS II
L
ih tan vaychee sant peh pi-aaray pareetam gay-ay milaa-ay. 11311
C
OJ my dear, I sell this body to saint, he can get me meet (dear). 3
a-
fflf JfuJro 18tl:Pw ~ 3ft:r D ~ H'ft! 11811
O K
sukh seegaar bikhi-aa kay feekay taj chhoday mayree maa-ay. 11411
B O
OJ my mother, the pleasant decorations, with poison are tasteless, abandon and leave them. 4
H
Clllf ~g ~ 3ft:r R ~ ~ trGc'ft ~ IIti II
K wfu
kaam kroDh lobh taj ga-ay pi-aaray satgur charnee paa-ay. 11511
SI
OJ my dear, when I sit at the feet oftrue guru, the cupidity, anger, greed, leave me. 5
H trc'i G"'3' O'}f fHt ~ Jffi')3" (') ~ II e II
jo jan raatay raam si-o pi-aaray anat na kaahoo jaa-ay. 11611
OJ my dear, those men, who love God, will go to none else. 6
ufa' CJff ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fI'UI'ft! II~II
har ras jinHee chaakhi-aa pi-aaray taripat rahay aaghaa-ay. 11711
OJ my dear, those who have tasted nectar of God, they are happy and contented 7
~~WQ'QTO'OCft~t.Pftr~ IIt:II9.IIS11
anchal gahi-aa saaDh kaa naanak bhai saagar paar paraa-ay. 11811111311
They have held the scarf(refuge) ofsaints. Nanak says, "And are swimming across the terrible
ocean. " 8.1.3
trOli ~ ~ ~ ~ Rlf i'Z c:rfu' G"ft! II 9. II
janam maran gukh katee-ai pi-aaray jab bhaytai har raa-ay. 11111
OJ my dear, on meeting God-king, the suffering ofbirth and death end 1
Beg HtIIg ~ l{! JW ifurg ~ ~ II~II
sungar sughar sujaan parabh mayraa jeevan garas gikhaa-ay. 11211
940
My Master is beautiful, accomplished, well aware, my life, let me see Him. 2
it tft))f ~ 3" ~ ~ iIOfH ffiffu ~ ~ lIa II
jo jee-a tum tay beechhuray pi-aaray janam mareh bikh khaa-ay. 11311
01 my dear, those who are separatedfrom you, they take birth, die and eat poison. 3
fnEr~mmrH6m~ftm~~~ 11911
jis tooN mayleh so milai pi-aaray tis kai laaga-o paa-ay. 11411
01 my dear, whom you get to meet, they meet, let me be at their feet. 4
it~~ma~~3"~'Owre II~II
jo sukh garsan paykh-tay pi-aaray mukh tay kahan na jaa-ay. 11511
01 my dear, those who see the bliss-giving, they cannot tell about Himfrom mouth. 5
wtft l{tf3' '0 ~ ~ tro tro m FDf'ft! II~ II
saachee pareet na tut-ee pi-aaray jug jug rahee samaa-ay. 11611
01 my dear, True love does not break, I remain merging in all ages. 6
P.432
it ~ ~ HDr ~ ~ ~ ~ It? II jo tuDh Qhaavai so bhalaa pi-aaray tayree amar rajaa-ay. 11711
01 my dear, whatever is liked by you, is good, one your will is ever-living. 7
(')"1(")0[ mr a3" ~ ~ H'3" ffiJ'fi:I ~ 1I~1I~1I911
naanak rang ratay naaraa-inai pi-aaray maatay sahj subhaa-ay. 11811211411
Nanak says, "01 my dear, those in love with God, are intoxicated, in ease." 8.2
O M
11111C
flrlQ' ~ eft H'"03' ~ fcqr tffir ~ ~ II~II
.
FIe
B
sabh biDh tum hee jaantay pi-aaray kis peh kaha-o sunaa-ay.
U 11211
01 my dear, you know every device, whom to go and tell? 1
~ t!'"3T ;:ftl)fI' 'RB1)T C(I' ~ far 1.IfcJQfu l:flfu II ~ II
C L
K
tooN gaataa jee-aa sabhnaa kaa tayraa gitaa pahirahi khaa-ay.
O
You are the Giver to all beings, we eat and dress what you give. 2
O
~~~~~~O'cftwre lIall
B
sukh gukh tayree aagi-aa pi-aaray Qoojee naahee jaa-ay. 11311
H
01 my dear, pain and pleasures are in your order, there is no other place. 3
K
I
it~~Rq-al~~fc@~'Owre 11911
S
jo tooN karaaveh so karee pi-aaray avar kichh karan na jaa-ay. 11411
01 my dear, whatever you let me do, I do, I can do nothing else. 4
feQ M! FIe ~ ~ ~ H1Mt (Jftr OTt II~ II
gin rain sabh suhaavanay pi-aaray jit japee-ai har naa-o. 11511
01 my dear, all days and nights are pleasant, during which I remember name of God. 5
~ C(I'Q ~ ~ gftr lffl'3fcsf ~ ~ II~II
saa-ee kaar kamaavnee pi-aaray Dhur mastak laykh likhaa-ay. 11611
01 my dear, I do on(v the deeds, which are preordained. 6
~lWf4~~urfGurfG~~ 11;)11
ayko aap varatdaa pi-aaray ghat ghat rahi-aa samaa-ay. 11711
01 my dear, One alone is pervading, He is merging in all bodies.
JiRrw ~ 3" ~ i ~ (')"1(")0[ uflJ mrC!'ft!' 1I~lIall~~II~~1I~1I9~1I
sansaar koop tay uDhar lai pi-aaray naanak har sarnaa-ay. 11811311221115112114211
Nanak says, "01 my dear, save mefrom the well ofworld, I am at your feet." 8.3.1.3.
CfllJ ))fTW HCJ'W ~ t.rit W raag aasaa mehlaa 1 patee Iikhee
RAG ASA M: 1 PATTI WRITTEN
941
9r'~ tpI'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
RR Rre firRfG fRfo R'iit RiJOT R'lfJ! ~ ~ II
sasai so-ay sarisatjin saajee sa.b!:!.naa saahib ayk bha-i-aa.
Sasse: Same is He, who created the world, and alone became Master ofall
m ~ ~ ftIQ qr lIST" ~ 13?i qr ~ ~ 11911
sayvat rahay chit jin Hkaa laagaa aa+aa tin Hkaa safal Jma+aa. 11111
Those whose mind is in Him, they continue to server Him, their birth has become a success. 1
HO qrij- ~ ~ HC')T II man kaahay bhoolay moorh manaa.
0/ my mind, idiot, why do you forget Him?
;:ra ~ ~ 8ta'r 3f ~ 11911 ~ II jab laykhaa gayveh beeraa ta-o parhi-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
0/ my brother, ifyou could settle your account, on(v then you are an educated one. 1 (paust!)
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ))fTl} RUT mIT II eevrhee aag purakh hai gaataa aapay sachaa so-ee.
IVRI: Earliest (Primal) person is Giver, He alone is True.
~ ~ Hfu H ~ p f:ra' fRftJ ~ 0" mfi II~II
aynaa akhraa meh jo gurmukh booihai tis sir layK!l na ho-ee. 11211
Whoever, the Gurmukh finds Him in these words, he has no dues to pay. 2
~ ~ 3"" cit csitA if" qr ~ 0" tPft!rr II oorhai upmaa Pia kee keejai jaa kaa ant na paa+aa.
ORE: Obliged one, praise Him, whose limits can not known by anyone.
~ cJfu mft ~ ~ ~ J1'! ~ lIall
OM
sayvaa karahi say-ee faJ paavahi jinHee sach kamaa-i-aa. 11311
.C
Those who serve are rewarded, they have earned the True. 3
UB
L
~~ R mft ufimrr ~ mIT II ~a~ai ~i-aan booihai jay ko-ee parhi-aa pandit so-ee.
C
NGAN: Knowledge is, ifone understands, same is learned scholar.
RQU tmw..Hfu ~ iI't 3"" mni a-a- 0" cnft 11911
O K
sarab jee~ameh aykoja-anai taa ha-umai kahai na ko-ee. 11411
B O
If eve,:v one knows that 01ie is in all beings, then none will speak in ego. 4
a-a- ~ y~ ;:ra ~ ~ wp- ~ II kakai kays pundar jab hoo-ay yin saaboonai ujli-aa.
KH
KAKE : Kind ofany soap is not required to brighten hair, when they grow grey.
SI
RH wR ~ ~ ~ H'ftrnfr i JRrft;s iftr ~ II~ II
jam raajay kay hayroo aa-ay maa+aa kai sangal banDh la-i-aa. 11511
The messengers ofthe king of death have come, they tie with the chain ofwealth. 5
~~ Ff'(J ~ crnr ~ fRfo ~ ~ II
khakhai khungkaar saah aalam kar khareeg jin kharach gee-aa.
KHAKHE : King ofthe world is Creator, who purchases and pays expenses.
atlfo if" Ii ~ ~ 8'1tPw ~ iii'" odt ~ ~ II!!II
banDhan jaa kai sabh jag baaDhi-aa avree kaa nahee hukam pa-i-aa. 11611
In whose tie, whole world is bound, no order is from anyone else. 6
~mnfHfomd~~~ II
gagai go-ay gaa-ay jin chhodee galee gobig garab Jma+aa.
GAGE: God's word if is left by someone to be sung, he becomes proudy in talks.
urS' ~ fHfn ~ R'iit 9"3C!' ~ 3lft' cfPHr II" II
gharh bhaaNday jin aavee saajee chaarhan vaahai ta-ee kee-aa. 11711
One who after shaping pots, prepares a kiln, He puts him therein. 7
11M ~ ~ Rlri FI8'ft! ~ Ii ~ ~ II ghaghai ghaal sayvakjay ghaalai sabag guroo kai laag rahai.
942

GHAGHE: Hardworking servant ever remains in the word ofGuru.
F!JW H JDf ~ w! reo
ftm:r ~ ~ ~ IItll
buraa bhalaa jay samkar jaanai in biDh saahib ramat rahai. 11811
He treats good and bad alike, then remains attached with Master. 8
~ ~ ~ fi::Ifo wH ;:rrij-l::fTit ~ tm" II chachai chaar vayg jin saajay chaaray khaanee chaar jugaa.
CHACHE: Charming is He, who has createdfour Vedas, four sources oflife, four ages.
!rn !rn Haft l::fTit m ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II
jug jug jogee khaanee bhogee parhi-aa pandit aap thee-aa. 11911
Throughout all ages, He is renouncer, He is enjoyer of the products and He is the learned
scholar. 9
P.433
R~~HB~3QrcftlW~~1I
chhachhai chhaa-i-aa vartee sabh antar tayraa kee-aa bharam ho-aa.
CHHACHHE: Shade ispervading ever:v body, what you have done, has become a shade (illusion).
~ ~ ~))fTl) 3Qr ~ ~ fErq: ~ ~ II~OII
bharam upaa-ay Qhulaa-ee-an aapay tayraa karam ho-aa tin H guroo mili-aa. 111011
Creating illusion, You got one to astray, But upon whomever You are kind, hejinds a Guru. 10
M
;:rH WQ HE RQ ~ ~ i1~aifftij !ih:f ~ II
O
jajai jaan mangat jan jaachai lakh cha-oraaseeh Qheekh bhavi-aa.
C
B.
JAJE : Journey ofeigh(v four lac lives is, what the begging men have prayedfor.
~ R ~ R ~ n ~ H ~ II~~II ayko layvai ayko gayvai avar na goojaa mai suni-aa. 111111
U
There is one who gives, One who takes back, I have not heard ofanyone else. 11
"" ~ Ha'"g fcpw ~ H fer! W JJ ~ afcmfr II
C L
K
ihaihai ihoor marahu ki-aa paraanee jo kichh gaynaa so gay rahi-aa .
O
.THAJHE: Justice-giving is giving whatever He wills to give, why are you worrying and dying?
O
~~~~~mtiftfT~~~II~~II
HB
gay gay vaykhai hukam chalaa-ay ji-o jee-aa kaa rijak pa-i-aa. 111211
He sees, then gives then, passes orders, this is the way He gives food to living beings. 12
IK
~ ~ ere- fIT ~ iii'" cret O"'dt II nianiai nagar karay jaa gaykhaa goojaa ko-ee naahee.
S
NAN.TEN: No where is any second, as for as I can see,
~ ~ afcmfr HB ~ ~ ~ Hn wm lI~all
ayko rav rahi-aa sabh thaa-ee ayk vasi-aa man maahee. 111311
on(v One is pervading all places, same is abiding in mind. 13
GZ ~ ~ fcpw ~ umt fcsr ~ fcsr ~ ~ II
tatai tanch karahu ki-aa paraanee gharhee ke muhat ke uth chalnaa.
TATE: Torture not with deceit, 01 man, you have to stand and leave, after a moment or so.
tM ~ n ~ ~ il"ft:J ~ ~ uftJ Rnr 1I~811
joo-ai janam na haarahu apnaa bhaaj parhahu tum har sarnaa. 111411
Do /lot lose your life in gamble, you rush to thefeet of God. 14
~ ~ ~ f3n ~ uftJ iIGc!t fHQ ~ ~ l!lS'iftT II
thathai thaadh vartee tin antar har charnee jin H kaa chit laagaa.
THATHE: Their minds become cool, and happy, who come to His feet.
~ l!lS'iftT mrr ffi') ~ ~ ~ ~ tfTftmrr II~~ II
chit laagaa say-ee jan nistaray ta-o parsaadee sukh paa-i-aa. 111511
T~o~e whose mind is intuned, they are liberated. By His grace they get happiness. 15
943
B ~ cra-g ~ 1fc!t Rfa! ~ ff HJ ~ II
dadai damf karahu ki-aa paraanee jo kichh ho-aa SO sa.bb. chalnaa.
DADE: 01 man why are you drenched in pretentions, whatever is created, has to leave.
EH~31'~~mra~~~ II'\~II
tisai sarayvhu taa sukh paavhu sarab nirantar rav rahi-aa. 111611
He is pervading all, serve Him and be happy. 16
ri' vrfu ~ ~ ft:It f3ff R f3t ~ II .c!.ha.c!.hai .c!.haahi usaarai aapay ji-o tis Imaavai tivai karay.
DHADHE : Destroys and constructs, He Himself, He does what he likes.
crflr crflr ~ ~ ~ ftrff ~ w ~ cref<r ~ II~II
kar kar vaykhai hukam chalaa-ay tis nistaaray jaa ka-o nagar karay. 111711
He creates, sees and then passes order, He liberates one whom He caresfor. 17
~ ~ ~ UfC ~ c:rfa' ~ aR mft II naanai ravat rahai ghat antar har gun gaavai so-ee.
NANHE : None other than Him pervades one's body. He sings ofHis attributes,
~ ~ fi.nv;rt ~ ~ trc'Qf (') ait lI'\tll aapay aap milaa-ay kar1;aa punrap janam na ho-ee. 111811
He the Creator, Himselfgets to meet, then no birth again. 18
33' 31g ~ ~ 31' QI' ~ (') ~ II tatai taaroo JIDavjal ho-aa taa kaa ant na paa-i-aa.
TATE : The terrible water, has to be crossed but I know not its end
or 3Q or ~ IDf pfl:r 3"ftr ~ ~ ~ II'\~II
naa tar naa tulhaa ham boodas taar layhi taaran raa-i-aa. 111911
OM
C
I have no boat, no raft to swim, and am drowning, save me 01 my saving king. 19
.
at wfn ~ mft w QI' ci\l)fT HJ ~ II thathai thaan thaanantar so-ee jaa kaa kee-aa sa.bb. ho-aa.
B
U
THATHE : In place and space is same, who creates and owns everything.
~~~~~RftrffRmft!JW 1I~01l
C L
ki-aa bharam ki-aa maa-i-aa kahee-ai jo tis Imaavai so-ee .bb.alaa. 112011
O K
What to call a doubt? what do call a Maya? whatever He likes is the best. 20
ri ~ (') ~ Fcm ~ crcfHr ~ II gagai gos na gay-co kisai gos karammaa aapni-aa.
B O
DADE: Dare not blame anyone, blame is on own actions,
H
RHci\l)fT Jl H~ ~ (') ;ftH ~ RO" II ~'\ II
I K
jo mai kee-aa so mai paa-i-aa gos na geejai avar janaa. 112111
S
whatever I do, I get the same, no blame on any other person. 21
qQ- ~ ~ fRfo fit c:rfa' M fHfo R ctPw II
DhaDhai Dhaar kalaa jin chhodee har cheejee jin rang kee-aa.
DHADHE : He has created and placed this earth, He gives colour to everything.
ftm ;:!T t!Pw HB'(')'t l'iPw cmft cmft ~ ~ II~~ II
tis gaa gee-aa sabhnee lee-aa karmee karmee hukam pa-i-aa. 112211
Whatever He gives, everyone receives it, everyone is in order as preordained. 22
~ ~ R fn'3" i i or iftor or ~ II nannai naah JIDog nit JIDogai naa deethaa naa sammli-aa.
NANE : Neither I saw Him, nor I remember Him, nor ever I enjoyed His love.
m5t ~ ~ ic!" ~ (') ~ H ~ II~SII
galee ha-o sohagan bhainay kant na kabahooN mai mili-aa. 112311
01 Sister, in talks I am a enjoying marital bliss, but I never met my husband. 23
W~~ m ~ ~ afPw II papai paatisaahu parmaysar vaykhan ka-o parpanch kee-aa.
PAPE : Prime Master, God has created this play to see.
~
. - -
at RB' ffi tri" ~ 8'CJftJ ~ ~ 1I~911
gaykhai boojhai salm kichh jaanai antar baahar rav rahi-aa. 112411
944
He sees, knows, realizes, everything, He is pervading inside and outside. 24
R m R! ~ G'W iJ)f cl JRrft;s ifi:r ~ II fafai faahee saQ!:ljag faasaa jam kai sangal banDh la-i-aa.
FAFE: Fetters have chained everyone, they are bound by the one chain ofdeath.
ifQ tIWtft Jl ncr tri ft:I iJfa' HdC! i dlf:3 sft:I ~ 1I~t.l1l
gur parsaadee say nar ubray je har sarnaagat bhaj pa-i-aa. 112511
With the grace of Guru, those men liberate, who rush to the feet ofGuru. 25
at 8'ift ~ ww ~ clt3' 9'fa'tJ1I" II babai baajee khaylan laagaa cha-uparh keetay chaar jugaa.
BABE: He began to play His game, He made chaupar offour ages.
P.434
iftl2f H3' He H"<ft clt3' t.l"W ~ ))fTf4 l!mT II ~~ II
jee-a jant saQ!:l saaree keetay paasaa gnaalan aap lagaa. 112611
All living beings are made checkers (dices), and Himself began to play with them. 26
ri ~ Jl ~ ~ ifQ tIWtft ftrcy ~ st ~ II
bhabhai Q!:laaleh say fal paavahi gur parsaadee jin H ka-o Qha-o pa-i-aa.
BHABHE : Beggars (seekers) get the fruit, which they begfor, but on(v those in whose mind is
the grace, andfear ofGuru.
- -.
H7ilfl:I' ~ (') ~ H3' ~ eQd'md R ~ II~.?II
-
M
manmukh fireh na cheeteh moorhay lakh cha-oraaseeh fayr pa-i-aa. 112711
O
Manmukhs are wandering, the idiots do not remember, they are cycling in eighty four lacs of
.C
live.~. 27
B
HH ~ ~ ~ ~ !Jftmrr :J1J ~ II
U
mammai moh maran maDhusooQan maran bha-i-aa tab chaytvi-aa.
L
MAME : OJ my God, greed for wealth is death, but one remembers you on(v, when he is
C
K
approaching death.
O
~ !ft'3ftJ ~ 1lftpw Hw )Jf1:@' ~ 1I~t: II
O
kaa-i-aa bheetar avro parhi-aa mammaa akhar veesri-aa. 112811
B
In body lies someone else, word MAMA (for maran = death) isforgotten. 28
~ ~ (') ~ are <it R crnr
H
~ tri" II ya-yai janam na hovee kaQ hee jay kar sach pachhaanai.
K
SI
YAYA: You will never reborn, if you realize True.
~~~~~~tI"i II~~II gurmukh aakhai gurmukh booihai gurmukh aykojaanai.112911
Gurmukh says, Gurmukh realizes, Gurmukh alone knows Him. 29
~ ~ ~ He ~ R'S' ~ ti3r II raarai ray rahi-aa saQh antar jaYtay kee-ay jantaa.
RARE : Real is pervading everyone, all those created.
H3' ~ ti& Ail' ~ ~ fuw 130 ortr ~ lIaoll
jant upaa-ay DhanDhai saQh laa-ay karam ho-aa tin naam la-i-aa. 113011
He created living beings, gave them job, but upon whomever He is kind, He gave them His
name. 30
~ ~ ti& ft:Ifo fit ~ HTft!lw ~ cfP>rr II
lalai laa-ay DhanDhai jin chhodee meethaa maa-i-aa moh kee-aa.
LALE : Lovefor wealth, He made sweet, then He put everyone on it.
't:fI'C!" tfu!r H){ crnr JroC!T R 3'" cl ~ ~ Ila"\ll
khaanaa peenaa sam kar sahnaa bhaanai taa kai hUkam pa-i-aa. 113111
It is in order, and in His will, that treat eating and drinking (water) alike. 31
ri' ~ ~ M ~ ft:Ifo ~ cfP>rr II vavai vaasuQay-o parmaysar vaykhan ka-o jin vays kee-aa.
VA VE : God has taken a form on(v to see (His play).
945
~ erQ- '" ~ tn" ~ 1JT'a'ftr ~ ~ IIS::1 II
vaykhai chaakhai sabh kichh jaanai antar baahar ray rahi-aa. 113211
He sees, tastes, knows everything, He is pervading inside and outside. 32
~ ~ ~ fcp,fr 1{'C!t r:mfu ~ ft:r ~ ~ II fdRftJ ~ RftJ ~ tiB' ~ ~ cfPw II.aall
rhaarhai raarh karahi ki-aa paraanee tiseh Dhi-aavahu je amar ho-aa. tiseh Dhi-aavahu sach
samaavahu os vitahu kurbaan kee-aa. 113311
RARE : Raise no quarrels OJ man, remember Him, who is ImmortaL Remember True merge in
Him, and sacrifice yourselffor Him. 33
~ ~ 0' em ~ ift))f ~ ft:rfn ~ ~ II
haahai hor na ko-ee gaataa jee-a upaa-ay jin rijak gee-aa.
HARE: Have no other Giver, but one, who has created life in you, and givesfoodfor it.
<Jfa' O'lj ~ <Jfa' orft.f ~ ~ l!IS'CJI' C1ftJ O'lj ~ IIaa II
har naam Dhi-aavahu har naam samaavahu an-tUn laahaa har naam lee-aa. 113411
Remember the name of God, merge in name of God, day and night earn the gain ofname. 34
~ ))fTfll aW fi:Ifo Dt it fa'! ~ ff il(ftr ~ II
aa-irhai aap karay jin chhodee jo kichh karnaa so kar rahi-aa.
AERE : All that He has created and given, whatever He likes to do, He is doing;
M
~ ~ FIB' ~ tn" (')1"(')Ci{ RTft!G ~ illfcmrr IISl.IIIC\l1
O
karay karaa-ay sabh kichh jaanai naanak saa-ir iv kahi-aa. 113511111
. C
He does, He gets done, He knows everything, thus the poet Nanak says. 251
B
~ WW HmI5" S 1dt raag aasaa mehlaa 3 patee RAG ASA M: 3 PATTI
U
~r~ 1pI'ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
C L
K
~ ~ '" tI!f ~ i3I"'Q' u1t ~ ri?lw II avo a~ai sabhjag aa+aa kaakhai gha~ai kaal bha+aa.
O
You come alone, through (the way), the whole world comes. Like a straw, your neck is broken by
O
death.
B
~~ tI"1.( ~ l.lF:r ~ ~ ~ II~II
H
reeree lalee paap kamaanay parh avgan gun veesri-aa. 11111
K
SI
Whimpering and weeping, you earn sins, trqpped by vices, you forget virtues. 1
HO ~ ~ ~ cit uftpw II man aisaa laykhaa toONkee parhi-aa.
OJ my mind, what kind ofbook you have read?
~ W ~ fi::IfcJ ~ 11911 ~ II laykhaa gaynaa tayrai sir rahi-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
The debt is yet on your head to pay. 1 (pause)
lHQiillSrH fJ::DJfu or<ft 5t ()T ~ O'lj ~ II
siDhaN~aa-ee-ai simrahi naahee nannai naa tuDh naam la-i-aa.
You neither perfected, nor you remembered, nor you are blessed with name.
d iimfu ~ ~ ~ Ffu' Hfi.r ~ 11::111
chhachhai chheejeh ahinis moorhay ki-o chhooteh jam paakrhi-aa. 11211
CHHACHHE: OJ idiot you are day and night wearing out, How will you be liberated? when
caught by devil ofdeath. 2
ai.efu
" =
or<ft JB - 3CfT R<'iH- ~
= RfH ri' II
babai booiheh naahee moorhay bharam bhulay tayraa janam ga+aa.
BABE: OJ idiot, you are not realizing, your life is wasting in doubts.
~ ~ ~ l.f'lII' ))ffl" lifT B'9 ~ ~ liS II
anhogaa naa-o Dharaa+o paaQ.!laa avraa kaa bhaar tuDh la-i-aa. 11311
946
You do not deserve, but you got your name to be called 'teacher'. thus you have loaded yourself
with other's load. 3
t:ffi m fufu ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l.I'd i 'i!Fddl l II
jajai jot hir la-ee tayree moorhay ant ga+aa pachhutaavhigaa .
.TA.TE: OJ idiot, once your light is drawn out, leaving in the end, you will repent
~~1~orm~~~~11811
ayk sabaq tooNcheeneh naahee fir fir joonee aavhigaa. 11411
You do not remember one word, you will born again and again. 4
~ fl:mr ~ Jl ~ t.ffir:r ~ *(')
~ ftrl1:p,rr II
tuDh sir likhi-aa so parh pandit avraa no na sikhaal bikhi-aa.
OJ Pandit, read your luck, do not teach poison to others.
P.435
l.I'fuw~~1.I'Q'~~~~111.111
pahilaa faahaa pa-i-aa paaQhay pichho qay gal chaatrhi-aa. 11511
First teacher is himself chained by neck, then he is giving it to the neck of students. 5
JMJimf~~~~~~~11
sasai sanjam ga-i-o moorhay ayk qaan tuDh kuthaa-ay la+aa.
M
SASE: OJ idiot, you have lost your discipline, one gift you had but you spent it at wrong place.
~ y;il iIIDfTO eft w ~ ~ tI'fo l:(TQ- 30r trmf ~ II ~ II
C O
.
saa-ee putree jajmaan kee saa tayree ayt Dhaan khaaDhai tayraa janam ga-i-aa. 11611
B
The daughter of charity-giving, is like your daugther, by eating this charity, you have lost your
U
L
I~fe.
6
C
HHHSfufu~~~~ur~~ II
K
mammai mat hir la-ee tayree moorhay ha-umai vadaa rog pa+aa.
~ ~ lfcTtr (') ~ ~ 0[1' ~ ~ 11:>11

O O
MAME: OJ idiot, your wisdom has been taken away, you are caught by deadly disease of ego.
B
antar aatmai barahm na cheenHi-aa maa+aa kaa muhtaaj bha+aa.
H
11711
K
You have never remembered God in mind, and are dependent upon wealth. 7
SI
ri: 0[1'fH ft:r ~ ~ mar war ~ uftr ~ II
kakai kaam kroDh bharmi-ohu moorhay mamtaa laagay tuDh har visri-aa.
KAKE : OJ idiot, you are charmed by cupidity and anger, in their love you have forgotten God.
t.lafu !JC!fu 1 ~ ~ ~ P 1 P ~ IItll
parheh guneh tooN bahut pukaareh vin booihay tooN doob mu-aa. 11811
You read, you reflect, you cry a lot, but without understanding you are drowning to die. 7
:rn- 3'lifi:r ~ ~ d 1JITO ~ iPw II tatai taamasjali-ohu moorhay thathai thaan bharisat ho-aa.
TATE: OJ idiot, you are burning in greed, THATHE: the place is turned impure.
uoir UIftJ l.lIftr ~ 1 ~ ri ~ (') ~ ~ II~II
ghaghai ghar ghar fireh tooN moorhay qaqai qaan na tuQh la+aa. 11911
GHAGHE: OJ idiot, you are wandering,from home to home. DADE: You do not get His gifts. 9
t.rif 1.jTftJ (') ~ ~ 1.ICJ1.ffir 1 ~ ~ II
papai paar na pavhee moorhay parpanch tooN palach rahi-aa.
PAPE: OJ idiot you will not swim across, since you are charmed by wealth.
~~~~~fl:mr~~~ IIClOII
sachai aap khu-aa+ohu moorhay ih sir tayrai laykh pa+aa. 111011
OJ idiot, True Himself has got you to lose, this is preordained for you. 10
947
ri' RnftIs pg ~ ~ ~ mr3'g ~ II
bhabhai bhavjal dubohu nioorhay maa-i-aa vich galtaan bha-i-aa.
BHABHE: 01 idiot you are drowning in terrible waters, you are lost in wealth.
~ tmJIlft ~ R"i 5 unit Hfu urftr ~ II '\'\11
gur parsaadee ayko jaanai ayk gharhee meh paar pa-i-aa. 1111 II
With the grace of Guru, if you realize One, you will swim across, in a moment. 11
ri' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II vavai vaaree aa-ee-aa moorhay vaasugay-o tuOb. veesri-aa.
VA VE : 01 idiot when your turn has came, you haveforgotten God
~ ~ (; l.'Xm'fu ~ ~ "1 iDf it ilfJ:r ~ II'\~ II
ayh vaylaa na lehsahi moorhay fir tooN jam kai vas pa-i-aa. 111211
01 idiot you will not get this chance again, you will be at the mercy ofthe devil again. 12
"~(;~~~~~~1h'1I
ihaihai kagay na ihooreh moorhay satgur kaa upgays sun tooN vikhaa .
.lHAJHE: 01 idiot, never worry, show it that you listen to the teaching oftrue Guru.
~ ~ ~ odt ~ ~ ~ ~ ~!CJl" II,\all
satgur baaihahu gur nahee ko-ee niguray kaa hai naa-o bu~a. 111311
There is no Guru, other than true Guru, name ofone, without Guru, is bad. 13
tNtR3~~~~3W~~II
DhaDhai Dhaavat varaj rakh moorhay anfar tayrai niDhaan pa+aa.
O M
. C
DHADHE: 01 idiot keep the running under control, in your mind is His treasure. 14
~ ~ 31' ~ ~ tlRfu !JaJ1' ~ lfl'fJ ~ 11'\911
U B
L
gurmukh hoveh taa har ras peeveh jugaa jugantar khaahi pa+aa. 111411
C
If one is Gurmukh, he will drink the nectar of God, he may eat drink it in age in ages
OK
~ ~ ftJftJ Qftr ~ m5t ~ (; tJTftrnIr II gagai gobig chit kar moorhay galee kinai na paa-i-aa.
GAGE: 01 idiot, remember God, none can get Him by mere talking.
~ i ;reo ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ RB'
O
II'tffl:r
B
~ 1I'\t111
gur kay charan hirgai vasaa-ay moorhay pichhlay gunah sabh bakhas la-i-aa. 111511
K H
01 idiot, have the feet of Guru in heart, and get all earlier sins forgiven. 15
SI
~ ~~n "1
~ 31' JreI' ~ihft II haahai har kathaa booih tooNmoorhay taa sagaa sukh ho-ee.
HARE: 01 idiot, realize the story of God, then you will be ever happy.
~tafu33r~n~~~(;ihft II'\~II
manmukh parheh taYtaa QU]sh laagai yin satgur mukat na ho-ee. 111611
More a Manmukh studies, more he suffers, without true Guru, no liberation. 16
~ G"tf ftJftJ Qftr ~ fua@' ft:Iq it ~ crftrnrr II raarai raam chit kar moorhay hirgai jin H kai ray rahi-aa.
RARE: 01 idiot remember God, learnfrom one, in whose mind, He prevails.
~ tmJIlft ft:rc1l G"tf ~ ~ ~ f3Qt Jfl1 ~ II'\;> II
gur parsaadee jinHee raam pachhaataa nirgun raam tinHee boom lahi-aa. 111711
With .the grace of Guru, those who realized transcendent God, they are now knowing. 17
3<fr ~ (; wit ~ ~ (; iI'l!t Qftr C5l'fl;p,rr II
tayraa ant na jaa-ee lakhi-aa akath na jaa-ee har kathi-aa.
Your end cannot be known, God, unrelateable cannot be related
('i"I1)Ci[ ft:Iq CIt ~ ~ ftrq ~ ~ ~ lI'\tll'\II~1I
n~anak jin Hka-o satgur mili-aa tin Hkaa laykhaa nibrhi-aa. 111811111211
Nanak says, "Those who are blessed with true Guru, their accounts are settled" 18.2
~ ~)fiJW '\ is U@ '\ raag aasaa mehlaa 1 chhant ghar 1
948
RAG ASA M: 1 eHHANT GHAR 1
C\@"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
tftr mrro ~ Har fi.@ ~ QI}{ II munDh joban baalrhee-ay mayraa pir ralee-aalaa raam.
01 youthful innocent damsel, my husband is ever playful, God.
QO fl.ro' ~ ~ m litftJ ~ QI}{ II Dhan pir nayhu ghanaa ras pareet ga+ aalaa raam.
Love between husband and wife is thick, this bliss of love is by your mercy; 01 God.
P.436
QO ftrcffu Hw ~ ~ lWfi.r 1:! fcirew cR II Dhan pireh maylaa ho-ay su-aamee aap parabh kirpaa karay.
01 Master, when husband and wife meet, God Himself becomes kind to them.
fu::Ir ~ JffdI fl.ro' ~ Jfl3 J1cf ~ R II sayjaa suhaavee sang pir kai saat sar amrit Q!1aray.
With husband, the decorated bed looks beautiful, it is like seven tanks filled with nectar.
afo ~ Hh' ~ Jri' mrte fkft;s ~ ~ II
kar ga+aa ma+aa ga+aal saachay sabag mil gun gaava-o.
Please be merciful, loving, kind, let me be in true word and sing attributes.
OTnQ{l'CJfu'~~fOJfttf'trlifo ~ 111:\11 naankaa harvargaykh bigsee munDh man omaaha-o. 11111
Nanak says, "Seeing God-husband, she is happy, the damsel's mind is in bliss." 1
Damsel, with beautiful ~ves, in ease, prays for love 01 God.

O M
tftr 'R"Ufl::r Hci6;:fts fl::!a' iIH ftI*3t QI}{ II munDh sahj salonrhee-ay ik paraym binantee raam.
. C
H lifo 3f5 CJfu' A tIS JhriH r i QI}{ II mai man tan har Q!1aavai para.bh sangam raatee raam.
U B
God is pleasing to my mind and body, I am lost in union with Master, 01 God.
tIS llfH r i CJftJ ftI*3t nrfH CJftJ cl 'Bfl:r ~ II parabh paraym raatee har binantee naam har kai sukh vasaL
C L
Intoxicated in love ofMaster, prays before God, that let me live happily in your name.
~~~31"1:!iVc!fu~m~oH II
OK
ta-o gun pachhaaneh taa paraQ!1 jaaneh gunah vas avgan nasaL
~8T!~~~owcrr~otfu:re II
B O
Ifyou realize the virtues, then you can know the Master, own virtues and leave vices.
K H
tuDh baaih ik til reh na saakaa kahan sunan na Dheej-ay.
S I
Without you, I cannot live for a moment, the telling and listening do not satisfy me.
0TnQ{l' ~ ~ afo ~ ORO m HQ iittre II~ II
naankaa pari-o pari-o kar pukaaray rasan ras man bheej-ay. 11211
Nanak prays for his love, His tongue and mind are full with nectar.
H'tiro H<lesatii Har fi.@ ~ QI}{ II sakheeho sahaylrheeho mayraa pir vanjaaraa raam.
01 my dear, my friends, my love is trading in God.
crl'a' orB ~ m Hfi!is ))fl.(I'aT QI}{ II har naamo vananjrhi-aa ras mol apaaraa raam.
Trading for the name of God, I could know, the value of bliss is infinite, 01 God.
Hfi!is ~ HUuffiJ~ tISR 3Ttftrm II mol amolo sach ghardholo parabhbhaavai taa munDh bhalee.
His value is invaluable, He, my Master is in true home, if liked by Him, the damsel is nice.
ft!fc;(' & CJftJ ~ arefu ~ ~ ~ ~ l:R'ft II ik sang har kai karahi ralee-aa ha-o pukaaree gar khalee.
Some are enjoying the company of God, but I am crying standing on His doors.
~ ~ H'H'a1f JjltTcJ lWfi.r C[TCJt!' ~ II karan kaaran samrath sareeDhar aap kaaraj saar-avo
God is competent, to cause an to effect, He Himself settles all matters.
(')TOQ ~ QO ~ ~ lO' ~ liS II naanak nagree Dhan sohagan sabag abh saaDhaar-ay. 11311
Nanak says, "With His grace, the happily married is lucky, the word now is placed in her heart. "3
(J){ uffiJ ~ ~ tIS ~ Ht31" QI){ II
949
ham ghar saachaa sohilrhaa paraQ.!1 aa-i-arhay meetaa raam.
In my home, the true, the beautiful Master, my dear has come 01 God
~ ffdr ~ HQ ~ tft3'" QIH II raavay rang raat-r!li-aa man lee-arhaa geetaa raam.
Intoxicated by love, He enjoys, I give my mind to Him, and also get His mind, 01 God
))fIt!l" HQ t!Pw crfa' ~ tIflrr ~ R f3t ~ II
aapnaa man gee-aa har var lee-aa ji-o Q.!1aavai ti-o raav-ay.
Giving my mind, I married Him, now He enjoys me, as He likes.
3Q HQ 1ir ri' ~ Jml"i lIIfu ~ ~ ~ II
tan man pir aagai sabag saQ.!1aagai ghar amrit fal paav-ay.
I am surrendering my mind and body before my husband I am now lucky, by His word, I am
blessed with nectar-Jruit, right in my home.
!ftf tPfo n ~ ~ 9!d 'ilrK B'fi! 6m Hfn R II
buDh paath na paa-ee-ai baho chaturaa-ee-ai Q.!1aa-ay miJai man bhaanay.
World(y wisdom and scriptural reading, do not help to meet, these are simp(y clever attempts. He
is blessed through love, and is pleasing to mind
('i'I'(')cf~Ht3CJ'HTWmr(")l'Cft~"8"'"naanakthaakurmeethamaarayhamnaaheelokaanaY.1I411111
Nanak says, "My Master is my friend, I do not hide it. " 41
M
"fTW Hm' , II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ QIH II anhago anhag vaajai run jhunkaaray raam.
C O
B.
Unfrictioned sounds by unfrictioned, this makes tinkling, 01 God
H'a'r ~ H'a'r HQ (Jl":J1' l!5'tI5' ~ QIH II mayraa mane mayraa man raataa laal pi-aaray raam.
L U
From my mind, my mind is in joy, this love is ofyouthful dear, 01 God
C
~ (Jl":J1' HQ icJraft Jfti ~ lIIJ ~ II an..gin raataa man bairaagee sunn mandai ghar paa+aa.
K
Day and night, my intense(y loving mind is in love, thus I get the void-poise (the highest stage of
O
mind) in my 'home.
))fTfu~~~~~~II
B O
aaQ purakh aprampar pi-aaraa satgur alakh lakhaa-i-aa.
KH
Primal Purakh is infinitely loving, true Guru has let me know this unknowable.
SI
))fTJJfc! ~ ~ ~ f:3'!' HQ (Jl":J1' ~ II aasan baisan thir naaraa-in tit man raataa veechaaray.
01 God, your sitting seat is stable, loving that, my mind thinks.
('i'I'(')cf nrfi.f cr3' icJraft ~ ~ ~ "'" naanak naam ratay bairaagee anhaQ run jhunkaaray. 11111
Nanak says, "Loving names are detached, they listen the tinkling of unfrictioned sound." 1
~ ~ f:3'!' ~ yW iif2 ~ ftIftr ~ QIH II tit agam tit agam puray kaho kit biDh jaa-ee-ai raam.
He is unapproachable in unapproachable home, tell, how to reach Him, 01 God
~ Jii:::rH wf<r We!" wcr ~ ~ QIH II sach sanjamo saar gunaa gur sabaQ kamaa-ee-ai raam.
Truth and discipline are the essence ofvirtues, therefore, let us earn the word ofGuru, 01 God
~ ~ ~ fnillllFcf ~ ~ ~ ~ II
sach sabaQ kamaa-ee-ai nij ghar jaa-ee-ai paa-ee-ai gunee niDhaanaa.
We should earn true word, and go to our home, thus we should meet the treasure ofattributes.
~ Ff1l:fl' ~ t.r!' oc:ft ~ ftlflufic')l' trQTOT II tit saakhaa mool pat nahee daalee sir sabhnaa parDhaahaa.
He is beyond root, stem, branches, leaves, yet is very importantfor every head
MY 3Y ~ ~ Jimf ~ C1fo fo1.ffu ncft ~ II
jap taP kar kar sanjain thaakee hath nigrahi nahee paa-ee-ai.
I am tired of tonducing, meditation, austerity, discipline, even hard postures, yet, I could not
meet Him.
950
R<:I"ft:I fim Hd1H1<e6 Hf3tro ~ ~ II~II
0'0Cl'
naanak sahj milay jagjeevan satgur booi!1 bui!1aa-ee-ai. 11211
Nanak says, "The life-Giver meets, in ease, this realization is by true Guru. " 2
~ wri d36 i dl!!! ~ <J3'()' ~ QTH II gur saagro ratnaagar tit ratan ghanayray raam.
Guru is an ocean, in it are lot ofjewels, 01 God.
P.437
~ liffi5 Jft(3' ~ ){()' ~ j:ffl- QTH II kar majno sapat saray man nirmal mayray raam.
Take bath in pure tank, so that your mind becomes pure.
~ Rfti5 Q"S' AT lfB' B't w fim ~ II nirmal jal nHaa-ay jaa parabh bhaa-ay panch milay veechaaray.
If like by Master, one takes bath in pure waters, reflects and is blessed with five (virtues)
crrtr rig CP.f? ~ 3fi:J ~ ortr ~ tri' II kaam karoDh kapat bikhi-aa taj sach naarn ur Dhaaray.
Leaving cupidity, anger, wickedness, poison, keeps true name in heart.
~ ~ l!IXIfa' n lri' wS' tfuj ~ II ha-umai lobh lahar lab thaakay paa-ay geen ga-i-aalaa.
The currents of ego, greed, love for money are vanished, one is blessed with merciful
0'0Cl' ~ fI'HTfo ~ ()'(ft chft ~ ~ atl.PW II a II
naanak gur samaan tirath nahee ko-ee saachay gur gopaalaa. 11311
Nanak says, "There is no sacred place equaling Guru, know itfrom true Guru, God." 3
I am searching in jungles, the grass ofjungles is all around, 01 God.

OM
~ 8Q ~ e1l:f CRft f:& e1l:f ~ QTH II ha-o ban bane gaykh rahee tarin gaykh sabaa-i-aa raam.
. C
~ ~ Ciftrr J1f ~ ~ QTH II taribhavno tui!1eh kee-aa sabh jagat sabaa-i-aa raam.
You have created three worlds, the whole universe, 01 God.
U B
L
3"d'" J1f Ciftrr 1~ ~ ~ JDfIfo i 6"C.ft II tayraa sabh kee-aa tooN thir thee-aa tuDh samaan ko naahee.
C
Everything is your creation, you are staying in it, none is equal to you.
O K
1 ~ R!J' HTftJcr ~ ~ ftrQ ftirB' wwm II tooN gaataa sabh jaachik tayray tuDh bin kis saalaahee.
You are Giver, everyone is a beggar before you, whom other than you to praise.
~ t!'IQ ;ftfr t!"'3' 3'at ~ ~ Brar
B OII
H
anmangi-aa gaan geejai gaatay tayree bhagat bharay bhandaaraa.
K
SI
01 Giver, give me your gifts, without begging, that my store befull ofyour devotion.
QTH ()T){ ftrQ ~O' fuft~ em ~ 11811~II
raam naam bin mukat na ho-ee naanak kahai veechaaraa. 11411211
No liberation without the name of God, Nanak says this after giving thought to it. 4.2
))fTW }of(J'W '\ II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
)faT ~)faT HQ GT3" QTH ~ QTH II mayraa mane mayraa man raataa raam pi-aaray raam.
From my mind, my mind is intuned with the loving God.
~ wftr8 ~ ~ ~ tri' QTH II sach saahibo aag purakh aprampro Dhaaray raam.
True Master, Primal Purakh, infinitely sustains, 01 God.
nmH ~ ))ftJ ))fl(I(JT ~ ~ II agam agochar apar apaaraa paarbarahm parDhaano.
He is unapproachable, unknowable, infinite, supreme God, all prominence.
~ ~ ~ ift mft ~ Fi" J1f ~ II aag jugaagee hai bhee hosee avar i!1oothaa sabh maano.
He was in the beginning, during the ages, He is and He will be; treat everything else as false.
CJ){ tmf cit WQ 0' we!" ~ ~ ~ ~ II
karam Dharam kee saar na jaanai surat mukat ki-o paa-ee-ai.

If not knowing the nature of action or faith, then know how to get liberation through love.
0'0Cl' ~ mrfu tri ))ffufofi:r ortr ~ II '\11
naanak gurmukh sabag pachhaanai ahinis naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai. 11111

Nanak says, "Gurmukh realizes word, day and night he remembers name." 1
HQT J.ffi HQT Hg wfolW ~ ~ (JT){ II mayraa mane mayraa man maani-aa naam sakhaa-ee raam.
From my mind, my mind is in happiness, on(v name is afriend, 01 God

~ ){)f'3T ~ Jim (') iI'lft (JT){ II ha-umai mamtaa maa+aa sang na jaa-ee raam.
The ego, the greed, the wealth, do not accompany 01 God
)fT'3T fia iJTlft H3 ~ Jim (') FiQ' ~ II maataa pit Qhaa-ee sut chaturaa-ee sang na sampai naaray.
The mother, the father, the brother, the son, the wealth, the wife, even, smartness, do not
accompany 01 God
'R'ft!cJ eft y:p ~ ~ ~ 3i ~ II saa-ir kee putree parhar ti-aagee charan talai veechaaray.
I have left the daughter of ocean (wealth), the poor is now under my feet.
~ YQfl:f ~ ~ ~ iro ~ 3'ij' mft II aag purakh ik chalat gikhaa+aa jah gaykhaa tah so-ee.
The Primal Purakh has shown me a feat, wherever I see, I find Him there.
(')'l'(')CI' miJ cit imf::r (') ~ 'R'iJR afu H mft II ~ II
naanak har kee bhagat na chhoda-o sehjay ho-ay so ho-ee. 11211
Nanak says, "Do not leave the devotion of God, whatever is done in ease, is done. 2
HQT J.ffi HQT Hg ~ WV ~ (JT){ II mayraa mane mayraa man nirmal saach samaalay raam.
From my mind, my mind is pure, it remembers True, 01 God
M
~ HfG ~ ~ Rimf O"i (JT){ II avgan mayt clialay gun sangam naalay raam.
O
Removing vices, gathering virtues, leaving alongwith, 01 God
. C
~ tJ<Jfa' ~ w6t t!ftr JI9' ~ II avgan parhar karnee saaree gar sachai sachi-aaro.
B
Do the fruitful deeds, and throwaway vices, be at the true doors of True.
U
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II aavan jaavan thaak rahaa-ay gurmukh tat veechaaro.
L
C
He will cease your cycle of birth and death, 01 Gurmukh think ofthis reality.
WiJQ ~ ~ FP:I" 1 HftJ ~ ~ II saajan meet sujaan sakhaa tooN sach milai vadi-aa-ee.
OK
You are my all awaring friend, my dear, meeting you the True one, I am honoured
O
(')'l'(')CI'~G39~~~l(Ilft lIall naanaknaam ratan pargaasi-aa aiseegurmatpaa-ee.11311
H B
Nanak says, "The jewel of name is brightened, such is the begotten wisdom ofGuru. " 3
~ ~ ~ wfa' ~ QT3l' (JT){ II sach anjno anjan saar niranjan raataa raam.
IK
The essence ofanjan is true anjan, with which one knows God
S
Hfo 3fo ~ ~ itdlm<e6 t!"'3" (JT){ II man tan rav rahi-aa jagjeevano gaataa raam.
The Giver oflife to world, is pervading my mind and body, 01 God
Hdltfl<eg t!"'3" miJ Hfo QT3l' Jroft:I ~ ~ II jagjeevan gaataa har man raataa sahj milai maylaa+aa.
The l~fe-giving Giver, God, is enjoying my mind, He blessed this union, in ease.
Ffl"Q' mJT Ji3r cit HarftJ ~ l:[!' ~ ~ II
saaDh sabhaa santaa kee sangat nagar paraQhoo sukh paa+aa.
The saint's congregation is the assembly ofsaints, the pleasure ofthis is by the grace ofMaster.
c:rfu cit imf::r G'3 braft vi Her fi.mI'rRr II har kee Qhagat ratay bairaagee chookay moh pi-aasaa.
Those in devotion of God are detached, their thirst and greed are finished
(')'l'(')CI'~HTftrll3ti~~~1I8I1all naanakha-umaimaarpateenayvirlaygaasugaasaa.11411311
Nanak says, "Killing ego, they are satisfied, they are very rare ofthe detached servants. " 4.3.4.3
P.438
~ ))fTRT )f<JW C\ ~ l1@ ~ raag aasaa mehlaa 1 chhant ghar 2
RAG ASA M: 1 eHHANT GHAR 2
l:ltr"~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
God is one, realized by the grace of True Guru.
952
~ J1!l'<'ft ~ fi:lt (J{t- ~ ~ ft:IdHC!iJ1d- ;::Mt- II
=
tooN sabhnee thaa-ee jithai ha-o jaa-ee saachaa sirjanhaar jee-o.
You are at all places, wherever I go, there you the true Creator are, 01 lovable.
ar t!'3T crcJ){ ftJQr3r ~ 18R 1dC!iJ l g ~ II
J:I!fOT
sabhnaa kaa daataa karam biDhaataa dookh bisaaranhaar jee-o.
You are Giver to all, you direct the action to do, and you give will to forget pain, 01 lovable.
~ faR'dc!ij'g ~ cft3r AT ar ~ II dookh bisaaranhaar su-aamee keetaa jaa kaa hovai.
01 Master, giver ofthe will to forget pains, whatever you do that happens.
~ ~ 1.fTW iR ~ ur.ft Hfu ~ II kot kotantar paapaa kayray ayk gharhee meh khovai.
There are crores and crores ofsins, you finish them in a moment.
WI fi:J <Jw R fi:J 8aJT l.t/G l.t/G iri: ~ ~ II
hans se hansaa bag se bagaa ghat ghat karay beechaar jee-o.
Swans are swans, Cranes are cranes, thus every body is given a thought, 01 lovable.
~ J1!l'<'ft ~ fi:lt ~ ~ ~ IHdHc!ijlg ~ 111:\11
tooN sabhnee thaa-ee jithai ha-o jaa-ee saachaa sirjanhaar jee-o. 11111
Wherever I go, there you are, you are the true Creator, 01 Lovable. 1
~ ~ Hf?; ~ f3Q: ~ ~ 3' ~ JiJ:Irfu' ~ II
M
jin Hik man Dhi-aa-i-aa tin Hsukh paa-i-aa tay virlay sansaar jee-o.
O
17lOse who remember with single-mind, they are blessed with happiness, they are veryfew in this
world, 01 lovable.
. C
fun Htr *fa" (') ri' ~ ~ ~ ~ (') ~ CJTftr ~ II
U B
L
tin jam nayrh na aavai gur sabad kamaavai kabahu na aavahi haar jee-o.
C
The devil of death does not touch them, because they earn the word of Guru, and never face
K
d~leat,01 lovable.
O
3' ~ (') UTafu CJfcr CJfcr ~ JoII'"a'fu f3Q: Htr %ft1 (') ri' II
B O
tay kabahu na haareh har har gun saareh tin Hjam nayrh na aavai.
They are never defeated, they remember the attributes of God,
KH
devil ofDeath does not touch them,.
SI
~ ~ f3Q: ar ~ ;:r CJfcr wit tR' II jaman maran tinHaa kaa chookaa jo har laagay paavai.
Those who are at the feet of God, their cycle of birth and death is ceased.
~ CJfcr dlJ CJfcr ~ ~ CJfcr CJfcr ~ ~ qrfu ~ II
gurmat har ras har fal paa-i-aa har har naam ur Dhaar jee-o.
With the wisdom of Guru, one gets nectar of God, all fruits and the name of God, are in his
mind, 01 lovable.
~ ~ Hfo ~ f3Q: ~ ~ 3' ~ JiJ:Irfu' ~ II~II
jin H ik man Dhi-aa-i-aa tin Hsukh paa-i-aa tay virlay sansaar jee-o. 11211
Those who remember with single-mind, they are blessed with happiness, they are very few in the
world, 01 lovable. 2
fi:Ifo~ ~ qq ~ r,m ~ ~ ~ II
jin jagat upaa-i-aa DhanDhai laa-i-aa tisai vitahu kurbaan jee-o.
One, who created world, gave them work to do, I sacrifice myselffor Him, 01 lovable.
3T eft lW cmR l')I"ijT ~ CJfcr ~ ~ ~ ~ II
taa kee sayv kareejai laahaa leejai har dargeh paa-ee-ai maan jee-o.
Let us serve Him, be rewarded, so be honoured at His court, 01 lovable.
CJfcr t:cJaI(J WQ mft iIQ tR' ;:r <'iJ ~ ~ II har dargeh maan so-ee jan paavai jo nar ayk pachhaanai.
953
On(v that person, who recognizes One, can be honoured in His court.
~ Ml' foftr tR ~ (Jfcr ~ fiE (Jfcr ~ fTfl:r M II
oh nav niDh paavai gurmat har Dhi-aavai nit har gun aakh vakhaanai.
One who remembers God, he gets nine treasures, ever and ever he relates His attributes.
~ ~ ftm Ql' liful ~ ~ ~ tltI'Q tftt II
ahinis naam tisai kaa leejai har ootam purakh parDhaan jee-o.
Day and night recite His name, God is the best person, Supreme 01 lovable.
firl?j~~tiQ-~~ftnl~~~ 11811
jin jagat upaa-i-aa DhanDhai laa-i-aa ha-o tisai vitahu kurbaan jee-o. 11311
One who has created the world, give them work to do. I sacrifice myselffor Him, 01 lovable. 3
~ ifn fi:r fuJfu En 8l:f ~ ~ HTOftr R' ~ wftJ ~ II
naam lain se soheh tin sukh fal hoveh maaneh say jin jaahi jee-o.
Those who recite name, they look nice, they are rewardedwith the gift ofhappiness, thus believing
become winners, OJ lovable.
En ~ 3fc n ~ HI" f3B' ~ H Em ti wftJ tftt II
tin fal tot na aavai jaa tis Qhaavai jay jug kaYtay jaahi jee-o.
They are never short ofgifts, ifliked by Him, many ages may pass, OJ lovable.
M
H Em ti wfu ~ En ~ 3fc n ~ II jay jug kaYtay jaahi su-aamee tin fal tot na aavai.
O
01 Master, many ages may pass, they are never short ofgifts.
~iWn~~n~H~~~ II
.C
B
tin H jaraa na marnaa narak na parnaa jo har naam Dhi-aavai.
U
Those who remember God's name, they are neither born nor die, they never go to helL
crnr (Jfcr CJftr fi:r ~ C5"'dt (')T7)'Cj[ tb n lfTfu ~ II
C L
K
har har karahi se sookeh naahee naanak peerh na khaahi jee-o.
O
Those who recite God, God, they do notwither,Nanak says, "They do not sufferpains, 01 lovable. "
O
~ ~ fi:r fuJfu ftrQ 8l:f ~ ~ HTOftr R' ft:tfc! wftJ tftt II B11911 BII
H B
. naam laini H se soheh tin H sukh fal hoveh maaneh say jin jaahi jee-o. 11411111411
17tose who recite name, they look nice, they are rewarded with the gift ofhappiness, thus believing,
K
SI
they leave as winners, 01 lovable. 4.1.4
9r"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.
nfTRT}fiJW c\ is l.lIg 8 II aasaa mehlaa 1 chhant ghar 3. ASA M: 1, eHRANT, GHAR 3
1 ~ ~ ~ eft ~ QT3T ~ II tooNsun harnaa kaali-aa kee vaarhee-ai raataa raam.
You listen, OJ black deer, how are you engrossed in the garden 01 God?
f89' ~ Htor ~ ~ faflr ~ 3':Jl' ~ II bikh fat meet!:laa chaar din fir hovai taataa raam.
Allfruits is poison,sweetforfour days, then it will become hot (difficult to swallow) 01 God.
faflr ~ 3':Jl' ~)fI'3T (')T)f ftfQ ~ II fir ho-ay taataa kharaa maataa naam bin partaapa-ay.
Then it will become hot, for which you are deadly intoxicated, without name it burns.
P.439
~ ~ fII'ft!Q ~ ~ ~ fiN uHcre II oh jayv saa-ir daY-aY lahree bijul jivai chamka-ay.
Tltat (garden-fruit) is like the waves in sea, fleeting flash in lightening,
crnr ~ WtIT ~ (')I"(ft Hfu ~ f8wfa'IW II har baaih raakhaa ko-ay naahee so-ay tuiheh bisaari-aa.
None other than God is protector, that you have forgotten.
~ ere ~ if3 ~)fc'j ~ mJC!T ~ 11"\11
sach kahai naanak chayt ray man mareh harnaa kaali-aa. 11111
954
Nanak says, the truth: awake 01 my mind, black deer is dying. 1
ROT ~ Rftpw ~))ff3' B"<ft QT}f " bhavraa fool bhavanti-aa Qukh at bhaaree raam.
01 Bhanvar,a, roaming in flowers, sufferings ahead are heavy, 01 God.
H ~ ~ ~ ~.~ QT}f 11 mai gur poochhi-aa aapnaa saachaa beechaaree raam.
I did ask my Guru, for giving his real thought 01 God.
atwftr ~ ~ ~ Rg ~ ~ " beechaar satgur mum.ai poochhi-aa bhavar baylee raata-o.
I askedfor the thought oftrue Guru, 01 Bhanvar, crazy for flower - plants.
~ ~ flq ~ ~ ~ ~ " sooraj charhi-aa pind parhi-aa tayl taavan taata-o.
Sun rises, enters the village, burns like hot oil
tIH ~ 8TQT l:fTfu ~ mR' f8Q ~ 11 jam mag baaDhaa khaahi chotaa sabag bin baYtaali-aa.
One on the way of devil is chained, he suffers strokes, and is bewildered without word.
~em~~~)ffi~ROT~ "~,,
sach kahai naanak chayt ray man mareh bhavraa kaali-aa. 11211
Nanak says the truth: awake 01 my mind, 01 dying black-bee.
>:rn ~ ~ fiir' t.Rfu ~ QT}f " mayray jee-arhi-aa pargaysee-aa kit paveh janjaalay raam.
01 my sou I, in foreign land, how are you trapped in worldliness, 01 God?
~ ~ Hfi'; ~ eft ~ tIH iI"5 QT}f 11 saachaa saahib man vasai kee faaseh jam jaalay raam.
God.
O M
Have true Master to abide in your mind, then how the devil ofdeath will catch you in his net, 01
. C
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a1l:rfcr ~ 11 machhulee vichhunnee nain runnee jaal baDhik paa-i-aa.
B
The separated.!ish, weeps bitter(v, because the net (offisherman) has spread.
U
L
R'Rrg ~ ~ Htor ))jE ~ ~ 11 sansaar maa-i-aa moh meethaa ant bharam chukaa-i-aa.
C
The world is Maya,love with it is sweet, but in the end this illusion disillusions.
OK
~ cmr ~ ~ CJfcr ~ e H"O'' ~ 11 bhagat kar chit laa-ay har si-o chhod manhu angaysi-aa.
Be in devotion, intune your mind with God, and leave the fears ofmind.
~em~~~)ffi~~ lIall
B O
sach kahai naanak chayt ray man jee-arhi-aa pargaysee-aa. 11311
KH
Nanak says the truth: awake 01 my mind, ~v soul in foreign land. 3
SI
cRPw ~ ~ Hw mbft QT}f 11 nagee-aa vaah vichhunni-aa maylaa sanjogee raam.
Rivers with separated course, will meet by chance 01 God.
~ ~ Htor Rtr R & ~ m QT}f 11 jug jug meethaa vis bharay ko jaanai jogee raam.
17,e sweet in all ages, is in fact poison-filled, only some disciplined can know, 01 God.
&lft FI<Jf;::r ~ CJfcr ~ ~ ft:Ifo ~ II ko-ee sahj jaanai har pachhaanai satguroo jin chayti-aa.
Someone may know, in ease, may recognise God, but on(v one, who has remembered Guru.
f8Q OTH CJfcr Ii !ICI'1H P tRfu ~ ~ II
bin naam har kay bharam bhoolay pacheh mugaDh achayti-aa.
Without the name of God, all are astraying in doubts, the idiots burn unawaring(v.
CJfcr ~ ~ "0 f<re ~ Fr ms QT(Jt ~ II
har naam bhagat na rigai saachaa say ant Dhaahee runni-aa.
Those in whose mind, neither is True, nor His name, nor devotion, in the end they weep and cry.
~ em ~ ~ Jri' Hftis ~ ~ 11811C\1I~1I
sach kahai naanak sabag saachai mayI chiree vichhunni-aa. 11411111511
Nanak says the truth: that the word of the True, unites the separated since long. 4.1.5
C\r~ ~ 11 ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
955
))fTW )f(J"W a i3 urg 1:\ II aasaa mehlaa 3 chhant ghar 1. ASA M: 3 CHHANT GHAR 1
(J){ uffl" ~ Fi1bw Jri' ~ ~ ~ II ham gharay saachaa sohilaa saachai sabag suhaa-i-aa raam.
In my home songs ofpurejoy are being sung, thus my home looks nice with true word, O! God.
QO fl./Q ~ ~ ~ ))fTflr ~ ~ II Dhan pir mayl bha-i-aa parabh aap milaa-i-aa raam.
The man and wife are united, Master Himselfgot them to unite, O! God.
~ ))fTflr ~ ~ Hfo ~ ~ Jrot) w3t II
parabh aap milaa-i-aa sach man vasaa-i-aa kaaman sehjay maatee.
Master Himselfgot united, got true to abide in mind, the wife is intoxicated, in ease.
~ R8fu Jfmrat RAJ ~ JreT ri' & r i II
gur sabag seegaaree sach savaaree sagaa raavay rang raatee.
Guru decorated her with word, refashioned with truth, she is ever enjoying drenched in His love.
>wlJ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3T ~ Qff Hfn ~ II aap gavaa-ay har var paa-ay taa har ras man vasaa-i-aa.
She herself surrendered and married Master, thus got the nectar of God in her mind.
~ 0'7)0[ ~~~~~ JI8Th 111:\11
kaho naanak gur sabag savaaree safli-o janam sabaa-i-aa. 11111
Nanak says, "She is refashioned by the word of Guru, her whole life is a success." 1
~ safH pSt CJfa' ~ '0 ~ ~ II goojrhai kaaman bharam bhulee har var na paa-ay raam.
M
Other women are astraying in doubts, they do not marry the Master, O! God.
O
~ ~ or<ft fimfr ~ ~ ~ II kaaman gun naahee birthaa janam gavaa-ay raam.
. C
Ifwife is not virtuous, she has uselessely wasted her life, O! God.
B
fimfr ~ ~ ~ h'C!t ))I~alC!<lJt II
U
birthaa janam gavaa-ay manmukh i-aanee a-uganvantee mooray.
L
C
Manmukh wasted her life, the ignorant, the vicious now repents.
K
~~HRJreT~~3T~~~11
O
aapnaa satgur sayv sagaa sukh paa-i-aa taa pir mili-aa hagooray.
O
Serving her true Guru, if she is ever happy, then she meets her husband, ever present.
~~~~HOFft~~~ II
H B
gaykh pir vigsee angrahu sarsee sachai sabag subhaa-ay.
I K
Seeing her husband, she is in joy, her mind is in bliss, the true word has beautified her.
O'7)o[~~~safH~~~~~ II~II
S
naanak vin naavai kaaman Qharam bhulaanee mil pareetam sukh paa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "Devoid ofname, the wife is taken over by doubts, only by meeting her love, she can
enjoy pleasure. " 2
P.440
~ Am ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II .pir sang kaaman jaani-aa gur mayl milaa-ee raam.
The wife when united, can know, that Guru got her to unite, 01 God.
~ ~ fmft JroR 3tIf3' ~ ~ II antar sabag milee sehjay tapat bumaa-ee raam.
Once word abides in, her heart is cooled down in ease, 01 God.
R8fu 31.rf3 ~ ~ Wftr ))Illft Jrot) ~ Qff ~ II
sabag tapat bumaa-ee antar saa' aa-ee sehjay har ras chaakhi-aa.
The word cools down her heat, she is at peace in mind, she has tasted the nedar ofGod, in ease.
fHmitJhm~JreT~~~~~ II
mil pareetam apnay sagaa rang maanay sachai sabag suQhaakhi-aa.
Meeting her dear, she ever enjoys His love, this is told by true word.
trl3' trl3' ~ Ho9" 1ri' ilfi ~ 0' lMft II pam pam pandit monee thaakay Qhayjffiee mukat na paa-ee.
956
Reading and reading, scholars and saints are tired, they will get no liberation by pretention.
('j1'(')Cf f8g !m3t ~ ~ ~ 'R"8fu ~ liS II
naanak bin bhagtee jag ba-uraanaa sachai sabag milaa-ee. 11311

Nanak says, "Without devotion, the world has gone mad, but true word can unite. " 3
WQO){17P)f~~'ijfu~){ftls~arK II saa Dhan man anagbha-i-aa harjee-omayl pi-aarayraam.
The woman's mind is in bliss, 01 my lovable, my dear God, please unite.
W QO 'ijfu a- ~ m ~ a- 'R"8fu ~ arK II saa Dhan har kai ras rasee gur kai sabag apaaray raam.
The woman is in rapture, with the infinite word of Guru, 01 God.
'R"8fu ~ ~ ~ JreT ~ ~ J-Ifc5 ~ II sabag apaaray milay pi-aaray sagaa gun saaray man vasay.
Infinite word, can be had with love. It always is blessed with all virtues, to abide in mind.
RH ~ AT firfa' ~ fi.fft;s' 1Jhm ~ oR' II sayj suhaavee jaa pir raavee mil pareetam avgan nasay.
If husband comes to enjoy, my decorated bed becomes nice, meeting my dear, my all vices run
away.
~ ~(')T)j'ijfuJreT~~tl1J~ II jitghar naam harsagaa Dhi-aa-ee-ai sohilrhaajug chaaray.
In the home in which the name ofGod is ever remembered, it will be happy all through four ages.
('j1'(')Cf orfj.{ <r3' Jrt!T ~ ij- 'ijfu ~ C('I'QiJ ~ II B II Ci II ~ II
naanak naam ratay sagaa anag hai har mili-aa kaaraj saaray. 11411111611
M
Nanak says, "Being in name, is ever blissful thus God meets and all matters are settled." 4.1.6
O
Ciij""~ 1:Wfu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
. C
B
))fTRT >roW S i3 U@ S II aasaa mehlaa 3 chhant ghar 3. ASA M: 3, CHHANT GHAR 3
U
J=ITtIO ~ ~ ~ J1cJ" eft eaTftr criro II saajan mayray pareetmahu tum sah kee bhagat karayho.
L
01 my dear, friends, you go for the devotion ofMaster.
C
K
~ ~ JreT ~ (')T)j ~ ~ II gur sayvhu sagaa aapnaa naam pagaarath layho.
O
Ever remember your Guru, and get the gift ofname.
O
!J'a'Ii3' ~ ~ J:W c}(ft H J1cJ" ~ ~ II .!IDagat karahu tum sahai kayree jo sah pi-aaray bhaav-ay.
H B
Do the devotion for Master, which pleases Him.
~ !J1'C!'" ~ ~ '3'" faftJ J1cJ" ~ 0" ~ II aapnaa bhaanaa tum karahu taa fir sah khusee na aav-ay.
K
SI
If you act in your own will, then Master does not please.
!J'a'Ii3' !Jl7: ft!'g ~ ~ ~ ~ cl ~ II
bhagat bhaav ih maarag bikh-rhaa gur gu-aarai ko paav-ay.
The loving devotion is uneven path, someone at the doors of Guru, can get on it.
em ~ ft:rff ri' ~ J1 'ijfu !m3t ~ ~ IlCiIl
kahai naanak jis karay kirpaa so har bhagtee chit laav-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Upon whomever He is kind, he can put his mind in the devotion for God." 1
~ ){O ~ 1 ~ cmr ftrtr ~ II mayray man bairaagee-aa tooN bairaag kar kis gikhaaveh.
01 my detached mind, remain detached, whom to show?
<:JflJ Rfuw fuQ: Jre JreT H'a'fa' ~ ~ II har sohilaa tin H sag sagaa jo har gun gaavahi.
The pleasing song of God is ever for them, who sing the attributes of God.
cmr~1m~J1~~~~1I
kar bairaag tooN chhod pakhand so saho sabh kichh jaan-ay.
Leave hypocrisy and be detached, that Master knows everything.
i13~~8clm~~~ II
jal thai mahee-al ayko so-ee gurmukh hukam pachhaan-ay.
In waters, in lands, is nether regions, is same One, Gurmukhs know this order.
957
fHfo ~ ll&f3T mft clcJr mft J1Q8' JJlf ~ II
jin hukam pachhaataa haree kayraa so-ee sarab sukh paav-ay.
Those who realize the order of God, they enjoy all pleasures.
~ em ~ Jlta'raft ~ mwflR' ~ II~II iv kahai naanakso bairaagee an..gin har Iiv laav-ay. 11211
Nanak says, like this: he is detached, who, day and night, is intuned with God. 2
;:ro;:ro HO 1 ~ '3CJ '3CJ mw 3t ~ II jah jah man tooN Dhaavgaa tah tah har tayrai naalay.
01 my mind, where and where you run, there and there God, is with you.
HO ~ m,;r ~ Cil'" ~ ~ II man si-aanap chhodee-ai gur kaa sabag samaalay.
01 my mind, leave all wisdoms, and remember the word of Guru.
wftr 3t Jl ~ m!" ~ ~ fi:fQ (]fa' ~ ~ II saath tayrai so saho sagaa hai ik khin har naam samaalhay.
That Master is ever with you, if you remember His name evenfor a while.
ifc'j}f ifc'j}f ~ ~ ~ ere
~ tm{ ~ trW II janam janam kay tayray paap katay ant param pag paavhay.
Your sins ofall lives are eliminated, in the end you will have supreme position.
~ 0"'fi!7; 3Qr ~ wit ~ m!" ~ II saachay naal tayraa ganQh laagai gurmukh sagaa samaalay.
You should have tie up, (friendship) with True, Gurmukh ever remembers.
~
- em - ;:ro HO ~= ~ '3CJ mw 3t m!" ~
(')'TOCit liS II
i-o kahai naanakjah man tooN Dhaavgaa tah hartayrai sagaa naalay. 11311
Nanak says like this: 01 my mind, where and where you run, there and there God is with you. 3
M
~ ~ ~ ~ fm::r l.IIftJ ~ ~ II satgur mili-ai Dhaavat thamiH-aa nij ghar vasi-aa aa-ay.
O
C
Meeting true Guru, wandering is stopped, one comes to stay in own home.
.
0'tJ ~ 0'tJ ~ nrfi.f em JDf"8' II naam vihaaihay naam la-ay naam rahay samaa-ay.
B
U
He purchases name, gets name, and remains merging in name.
P.441
~ ~ ~ fHW ~ ~ ~ II
C L
DhaavatthamiH-aa satgur mili-ai gasvaa gu-aar paa-i-aa.
~ ffi:r:r ~ Jm gfo ~ ~ FIlIfu ~ tffit ~ II

O K
Wandering is stopped,blessed with true Guru, gets to the tenth gate.
O
tithai amrit bhojan sahj Dhun upjai jit sabagjagat thami Hrahaa+aa.
B
H
There thefood is ofnectar, sound, in ease, originates. This word (sound) keeps the world stable.
K
SI fon l.IIftJ riPw
'3CJ ~ ~ m!" ~ ~ ~ oftrnfr JDf"8' II tah anayk vaajay sagaa anag hai sachay rahi-aa samaa-ay.
There are many ofmusical instruments, their sound is ever blissful, they are dedicated to True.
~ em ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11811
i-a kahai naanak satgur mili-ai Dhaavat thamiH-aa nij ghar vasi-aa aa-ay. 11411
Nanak says like this: True Guru is blessed, the wandering is stopped, now I am living in own
home. 4
HO 1 iffi:r ~ ~ ))fT1.lC!" ~ ~ II man tooN jot saroop hai aapnaa mool pachhaan.
01 my mind, you are embodiment ofHis light, know yourself.
HO <Jfa';:ft ~ 0"'fi!7; ~ ~ ~ ~ II man har jee tayrai naal hai gurmatee rang maan.
01 my mind, lovable God is with you, enjoy His love, in the wisdom of Guru.
~~ 3T ~ tnfu )fQZ ifRc!" at mft ~ II
mool pachhaaneh taa Nsaho jaaneh maran jeevan kee soihee ho-ee.
Ifyou know the self, you can know the Master, then you will realize about birth and death.
~ ~ ~ ~ 3i' iW ~ n fu:fi II gur parsaadee ayko jaaneh taa Ngoojaa !m.aa-o na ho-ee.
With the grace of Guru if you know One, then there will be no second to love.
Hfo JfS ~ ifift ~ 3"" IDw ~ II man saaNt aa-ee vajee vaQhaa-ee taa ho-aa parvaan
Mind is in peace, the music ofbliss is sounding, now I am accepted.
958
~ em
~ HO 1m
RgY ~ I1fC!I" ~ ~ II~II
i-o kahai naanak man tooN jot saroop hai apnaa mool pachhaan. 11511
Nanak says like this: OJ my mind, you are the embodiment ofHis light, know yourself. 5
HO 1 'aJTa'ftr ~ 'aJTa'ftr ~ wfu II man tooNgaarab ati-aa gaarab lagi-aa jaahi.
OJ my mind, you are fu II with pride, and will leave loaded with pride.
If''ft!'lW' >:roc!t j:ffip,fr RftJ RftJ Deft R'ftJ II maa-i-aa mohnee mohi-aa fir fir joonee bhavaahi.
You are charmed by the charming Maya, you will be born again and gain.
'aJTa'ftr ~ wfu ~ HO ~ arfulW" ~ II
gaarab laagaa jaahi mugaDh man ant ga-i-aa pachhutaavhay.
OJ my idiot mind, the pride is catching you, in the end you will leave repenting.
~ f3Ror ~ llIfcIIT ftJo1:rr Rnl:f ~ II ahaNkaar tisnaa rog lagaa birthaa janam gavaavhay.
You are in ailment ofego and lust, and are wasting your life.
~~~O'cft~~~ II
manmukh mugaDh cheeteh naahee agai ga-i-aa pachhutaavhay.
Manmukh, the idiot does not remember, you will repent hereafter.
~ em ~ HO 1 'aJTa'ftr ~ 'aJTa'ftr ~ ~ II~ II
i-o kahai naanak man tooN gaarab ati-aa gaarab lagi-aa jaavhay. 11611
M
Nanak says like this: OJ my mind you arefull with pride, and will leave loaded with pride. 6
-- ~ mr-
- crafu' fH ~- feu:"- ~ ~
O
HO 3 H3' )fTC!' II
C
:;:
.
man tooN mat rnaan karahi je ha-o kichh jaandaa gurmukh nimaanaa hohu.
B
OJ my mind, do not be proud, that you know everything, because Gurmukh is always modest.
U
~ ~ ~ !fQ' ~ RftJ J=I1Ifu ~ ~ II antar agi-aan ha-o buDh hai sach sabag mal khohu.
L
C
Within you is ignorance, ego centric intellect, only true word can wash offthis dirt.
K
frg ~ ~ ~ H3' ftl! ))fTy ~ II hohu nimaanaa satguroo agai mat kichh aap lakhaavhay.
O
Be modest before true Guru, lest you start boasting.
O
))fTl/i ~ ~ ~ H3' 1 JWtIC!T ))fTy ~ II
B
aapnai ahaNkaar jagatjali-aa mat tooN aapnaa aap gavaavhay.
KH
The world is burning in own ego, lest you waste yourself.
~ a-
S I
!JT'! crafu' Ci(IQ ~ a- !JT'! ~ ~ II
satgur kai bhaanai karahi kaar satgur kai bhaanai laag rahu.
Work as per the will oftrue Guru, and live in His will.
~em~))fTy~~l.RfuHO~~~ 11:>11
i-o kahai naanak aap chhad sukh paavahi man nimaanaa ho-ay rahu. 11711
Nanak says like this: leave ego, be happy. OJ my mind, be modest. 7
dgff~~H~~jt~ftJfu'~ II
Dhan so vaylaa jit mai satgur mili-aa so saho chit aa-i-aa.
Lucky is that time, when I meet true Guru, Master has come to stay in my mind.
HUT ~ Jrn!f ~ Hfo 3ft; ~ ~ II mahaa anand sahj bha-i-aa man tan sukh paa-i-aa.
With great bliss, I am in ease, in my mind and body is happiness.
jt~ftJfu'~Hfn~~~~ II sosahochitaa-i-aa manvasaa-i-aa avgansabhvisaaray.
That Master comes, I get Him abide in my mind, thus Iforget all my vices.
fIT f3ff ere!" ~ tmG ~ ~ ))fl'fif ~ II jaa tis bhaanaa gun pargat ho-ay satgur aap savaaray.
When He has liked all my virtues are revealed, True Guru Himself has refashioned me.
R iIO ~ ~ firc1t ~ O'lj ft!falW ~ ~ ~ II
say jan parvaan ho-ay jinHee ik naam girhi-aa gutee-aa bhaa-o chukaa-i-aa.
959
Those persons are accepted, who remember one name, andfinish with the love for second.
~ ~ ~ tiQ H ~ ~ H ~ ~Jl J@ ftJf3' ~ IItll
i-o kahai naanak Dhan so vaylaa jit mai satgur mili-aa so saho chit aa-i-aa. 11811
Nanak says like this: Lucky is that time, when I meet true Guru, that Master has came to stay in
my mind. 8
refct ra !J'a'fl.f ~ fufo Hfu ))fTfi( pri' II ik jant Jmaram J2hulay tin seh aap .b.!J.ulaa-ay.
Some people are taken over by doubt God himselfhas got them to astray.
~ iJTfu ftrafu ~ Cf)f cnri' II goojai bhaa-ay fireh ha-umai karam kamaa-ay.
They are wandering in others' love, and earn actions in ego.
fufo Rfu ))fTfi( pri' ~ ~ 130 i5lT faJ 0" ~ II
tin seh aap bhulaa-ay kumaarag paa-ay tin kaa kichh na vasaa-ee.
Master Himselfhas got them to astray, they are put on wrongpath, they are no more trustworthy.
130 eft m ~ WC!ftr fHfn ft!"a' ~ ~ II
tin kee gat avgat tooNhai jaaneh jin ih rachan rachaa-ee.
On(v you know, their rise andfall, you have created this world.
~ 3Gr 1::fijT !J'W ~ r.m ~ II hukam tayraa kharaa bhaaraa gurmukh kisai bujhaa-ay.
Your order is veJ:,V powerful, on(v some Gurmukh can know it
~ ~ ~ fcirJW ra ~ HI' ~ !J'a'fl.f pri' II~ II
OM
i-o kahai naanak ki-aa jant vichaaray jaa tuDh bharam bhulaa-ay. 11911
. C
Nanak says, like this: what the poor people are? when you astray them in doubt 9
B
P.442
U
~~ wfu8r mit ~ ~ IIsachay mayray saahibaa sachee tayree vadi-aa-ee.
01 my true Master, true is your praise.
C L
K
~~~~gcft~~O"~ II
too Npaarbarahm bay-ant su-aamee tayree kugrat kahan na jaa-ee.
O O
You are supreme, unlimited Master, your creation cannot be narrated.
B
mit ~ ~ HI' ~ ~ Hfo ~ JreI' 3W ~ iJ1W II
KH
sachee tayree vadi-aa-ee jaa ka-o tuDh man vasaa-ee sagaa tayray gun gaavhay.
attributes.
S
~~aRfuHl'~~~mt~l!'S'W II
I
Your praise is true, but for those, in whose mind you have got it abide, they always sing your
tayray gun gaavahi jaa tuDh bhaaveh sachay si-o chit laavhay.
They sing your praise, if it pleases you, then they put their mind in True.
ft:n:r ~ 1 ~ ~ H ~ ~ ~ II jis no tooNaapay mayleh so gurmukh rahai samaa-ee.
One whom you yourselfget to unite, that Gurmukh remains merged.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ wfu8r mit gcft ~ IIC\OIl~II':>lIl1ll~II':>1I
i-o kahai naanak sachay mayray saahibaa sachee tayree vadi-aa-ee. 111011211711511211711
Nanak says, like this: 01 my true Master, true is your praise. 10.2.7.5.27
~ ))fTW i3 ffiJW 8 ll@ C\ raag aasaa chhant mehlaa 4 ghar 1
RAG ASA CHHANT M: 4, GHAR 1
C\tr"'~ tpI'ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ H ifRg ~ ~ !JTt ~ II jeevno mai jeevan paa-i-aa gurmukh Jmaa-ay raam.
01 livable, I got my lifefromyou, and am liked by Gurmukhs, 01 God.
<JfcJ orH <JfcJ O'l:f ~ ~ trfn ~ ~ II har naamo har naam gayvai mayrai paraan vasaa-ay raam.
960
In the name of God, He gave me His name, thus my breath is rehabilitated, 01 God.
Qfo Qfo i'lTtr jR tpfn ~ JI! Hw ~ ~ II
har har naam mayrai paraan vasaa-ay sabh sansaa gookh gavaa-i-aa.
In the name of God, my breath is rehabilitated, all my pains of doubts are removed.
~~~8'efo~~tmf~~ II
agisat agochar gur bachan Dhi-aa-i-aa pavitar param pag paa-i-aa.
The unseen, unknowable is remembered by the word ofGuru, and I am blessedwith pure supreme
position.
~ gfo ~ f<a ~ Wlft ~ 8"it II anhag Dhun vaajeh nit vaajay gaa-ee satgur banee.
The sound ofthe unfrictioned word, plays, ever plays, as I sing the word oftrue Guru.
0'0i5I' t!"f3 ~ 1[fir ~ R:ft Rf3 mfTit 11'\11 naanak gaat karee parabh gaatai jotee jot samaanee. 11111
Nanak says, "The giving Master gave a gift, thus light is merging in His light. 1
~~ tre Hm' Qfu H'ft:!lw QT}f II manmukhaa manmukh mu-ay mayree kar maa-i-aa raam.
Of Manmukhs, Manmukhs are dead, by greed of owning wealth, 01 God.
fifQ ~ fifQ ;::R- ~ Jd ~ ~ QT}f II khin aavai khin jaavai gurganDh marhai chit laa-i-aa raam.
17tis (wealth)comes quick(v, goes quick(V, but they put their mind in the heap offoul smelling,
01 God.
~ ~ Jd ~ laJT mt ~ affir ~ II
laa-i-aa gurganDh marhai chit laagaa ji-o rang kasumbh gikhaa-i-aa.
O M
. C
They put their mind in the heap offoul smelling, like the colour ofsafflower is shown.
fifQ ~ fifQ tmH R mt ~ ~ ~ II
U B
L
khin poorab khin pachham chhaa-ay ji-o chak kumHi-aar bhavaa-i-aa.
C
Like the shade, now towards east, now towards west, as ifthe wheel ofpotter is circling.
K
~ lRfu ~ Jfefu Rfu ~ eft ~ ~ II
O O
gukh khaaveh gukh saNcheh bhogeh gukh kee biraDh vaDhaa-ee.
They collect misery, eat misery, enjoy misery, thus they increase the age ofmisery.
B
0'0i5I'~~~;:rr~~~ II~II
H
K
11211
naanak bikham suhaylaa taree-ai jaa aavai gur sarnaa-ee.
Hw ~~
oTcir'
SI
Nanak says, "The difficult one is easi(v crossed, if one comes to the refuge of Guru. " 2
~ ~ QT}f II mayraa thaakuro thaakur neekaa agam athaahaa raam.
01 my Master, my Master is pure, He is inaccessible, immeasurable, 01 God.
Qfo ~ Qfo ~ ;:rrcft ~ ~ FIlCJT QT}f II har poojee har poojee chaahee mayray satgur saahaa raam.
I wish for the capital of God, since my true Guru is jinancer, Of God.
Qfo ~ ;:rrcft 0'1.:f ftn:rm ~ ~ ~ R II har poojee chaahee naam bisaahee gun gaavai gun bhaavai.
I wish for the capital of God, His name blessed me with it, now I sing His attributes. I like His
attributes.
<'ffi! ~ RB ~ ~ J#i 'fffn mR II neeg bhookh sabh parhar ti-aagee sunnay sunn samaavai.
The sleep, the hunger, I have forsaken, renounced, now the void is merging in void.
~ f8Cf ~ ~ W(JT CJfcJ 0'1.:f i ;::rra- II vanjaaray ik bhaatee aavahi laahaa har naam lai jaahay.
The traders come in this way, and take away the gain of God's name.
0'0i5I' ~ 3?i ~ ~ ))fT#r ftrB' 1f1rl3' j{ ~ II a II
naanak man tan arap gur aagai jis paraapat so paa-ay. 11311'
Nanak says, "Surrender mind and body before Guru, whomever He gives, he receives. " 3
Q30T Q30 ~ ~ R"'aI! !J'flpw' QT}f II ratnaa ratan pagaarath baho saagar bhari-aa raam.
With the jewels, the wealth ofjewels, ocean is full to brim, Of God.
961
urit ~ n ftJQ <:rftr ~ <J1){ II
banee gurbaanee laagay tin H hath charhi-aa raam.
Word, the word of Guru, whoever are intuned with it, they have got it, OJ God
~nftJQ<:rftr~~~~1I
gurbaanee laagay tin H hath charhi-aa nirmolak ratan apaaraa.
The word ofGuru (Gurbani), whoever are intuned with it, they have got his invaluable, infinite,
iewel.
~~~~~~nftrri'fir6r II
har har naam atolak paa-i-aa tayree bhagat .bharay .bhandaaraa.
The unweighable name of God is blessed, thus your devotion hasfilled my treasures.
Rtf~~~CDf~~~~~1I
samung virol sareer ham gaykhi-aa ik vasat anoop gikhaa-ee.
I saw the body ofocean churning, He has shown me a beautiful thing.
~ ~ ~f.i~ ~ ~ C'i"C'iQl' is (') ~ 11811'\lltll
gur goving goving guroo hai naanak .bhayg na .bhaa-ee. 11411111811
Guru is God, God is Guru.Nanak says, "OJ brqthers, no difference between the two. " 4.1.8
))(TW )f'(JW B II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M:- 4
ftriH ftrii ftriH ftriH m ~ Q"IW <J1){ II mim mimay mim mim varsai amrit Dhaaraa raam.
M
Slow(v and softly rains the stream ofnectar, OJ God
O
P.443
.C
~~ creat ~ ft.rnfrcJr <J1){
gurmuK/1ay gurmuK/1 nagree raam pi-aaraa raam.
II
B
OJ Gurmukh, Gurmukh with His grace is dear to God
U
<J1){ ~ ft.rnfrcJr tm3' fcm3r<fr <J1){ or6f ~ II
raam naam pi-aaraa jagat nistaaraa raam naam vadi~aa-ee.
C L
K
In the love for name of God, the world is liberated, this is the greatness of God's name.
O
~ <J1){ ~ ifc:rqr ~ ~ ~ II kalijug raam naam bohithaa gurmukh paar laghaa-ee.
O
In darkage, the name of God is a boat, Gurmukh helps to cross.
B
<:rm ~ <J1){ or6f ~ ~ ~ wijt II halat palat raam naam suhaylay gurmukh karnee saaree.
H
K
Here and herafter, in the name of God arefine, Gurmukh does this all
S I
C'i"C'iQl'~~ctfa'et<J1){or6f~ 11'\11 naanakgaatga-i-aa kargayvai raam naam nistaaree.11111
Nanak says, "Being merciful, He gives gifts, name of God liberates. 1
CJT'H <J1){ ~ ~ ~ ~ O"R' ~ <J1){ II
raamo raam naam japi-aa Qukh kilvikh naas gavaa-i-aa raam.
From God, the name of God is remembered, all sins, all pains are removed, OJ God.
~~~~~H~~~<J1){1I
gurparchai gur parchai Dhi-aa-i-aa mai hirgai raam ravaa-i-aa raam.
With the grace of Guru He is remembered, I enjoy Him in my heart, OJ God
~~~ tJ){ m tPit w ~ Rn'lft ~ II
ravi-aa raam hirgai param gat paa-ee jaa gur sarnaa-ee aa-ay.
I enjoy God in heart, I get the supreme position, when I come to the feet of Guru.
iir~~~~w~~~ II
lobh vikaar naav dubgee niklee jaa satgur naam girhaa-ay.
The boat ofJJreed, evil intention, is sinking, it sails when true Guru gives name.
tfll)f ~ ~ ~ ;fuw <J1){ or6f ft:fg ri' II jee-a gaan gur poorai gee-aa raam naam chit laa-ay.
Perfect Guru gave me a gift oflife. He has intuned my mind with the name of God.
))fTf4 ~ ~ amr
et C'i"C'iQl' ~ ~ II~II aap kirpaal kirpaa kar gayvai naanak gur sarnaa-ay. 11211
962
Nanak says, "He, the merciful becomes kind and gives, to be at thefeet of Guru. " 2
srit 'ijT){ OTH ffit fl::tftr QTo;:r JIftr ~ 'ijT){ II banee raam naam sunee siDh kaaraj sabh suhaa-ay raam.
Listening the word ofthe name of God, / meditated, all my matters are settled, 0/ God.
IDi ~ ~ IDi H ~ ~ ftp,f't 'ijT){ II romay rom rom romay mai gurmukh raam Dhi-aa-ay raam.
With evet:v hair, 0/ Gurmukh, / remember God.
'ijT){ (')T}j ftp,f't ~ ~ ~ f3!r ~ n ~ ~ II
raam naam Dhi-aa-ay pavit ho-ay aa-ay tis roop na raykh-i-aa kaa-ee.
Remembering the name of God, / become pure, He has no form, no sign.
QT}{~~llIG~mr~~~ II
raamo raam ravi-aa ghat antar sabh tarisnaa bhookh gavaa-ee.
01 God, you are pervading my body, all my hunger, lust is quenched.
HQ '3Q ~ FIRJTJ ~ ~ ~ ~ lfaI'W II
man tan seetal seegaar sabh ho-aa gurmat raam pargaasaa.
My mind and body are cool, whole ofme is decorated. With the wisdom ofGuru, God is revealed.
(')TOCf ))fIfu ~ ciPw ij')f t!THfn t!THfn ;:!TAT II it II
naanak aap anoograhu kee-aa ham gaasan gaasan gaasaa. 11311
Nanak says, "He Himself became merciful, and made me the servant ofHis servants. " 3
fi:ro't QT){ 'ijT){ ~ ~ Jl )fc')}jl:f ~ ~ 'ijT){
jinee raamo raam naam visaari-aa say manmukh moorh abhaagee raam.
II
OM
Those who forget the name of God, they are Manmukhs, unlucky idiots, 0/ God.
.C
B
f3o' ~ Kg ~ fl:IQ fl:IQ ~ ~ 'ijT){ II tin antray moh vi-aapai khin khin maa-i-aa laagee raam.
U
L
/n them pervades greed, moment by moment, they are after wealth, 0/ God.
C
HTftmrr Hfi ~ ~ R ~ ft:rn 'ijT){ (')T}j C'ro ~ II
K
maa-i-aa mal laagee moorh bha-ay abhaagee jin raam naam nah bhaa-i-aa.
them not.
O O
They are in the filth of wealth, the idiots have become unlucky, even the name of God, pleases
~ emf crafu ~ ~ QT){ ~ ~ II
H B
K
anayk karam karahi abhimaanee har raamo naam choraa-i-aa.
SI
The egoists do many religious rituals, their mind evades name of God.
HUT ~ HH t.i! ~ ~)fir ~ II
mahaa bikham jam panth guhaylaa kaalookhat moh anDhi-aaraa.
The uneven way of death is very difficult, it is blackened by ignorant's greed.
(')TOCf ~ (')T}j ~ 31' t.rTS' Hl:I' ~ liB II
naanak gurmukh naam Dhi-aa-i-aa taa paa-ay mokh Yu-aaraa. 11411
Nanak says, "Gurmukh remembers name, then he moves on the way to liberation." 4
QT}f 'ijT){ (')T}j ~ ~ ~ W'! 'ijT){ II raamo raam naam guroo raam gurmukhay jaanai raam.
Name o.fGod, ofthe Guru-God, Gurmukh knows God.
re-g HglW fl:IQ ~ ~ !mft!l" ~ UIftr ~ 'ijT){ II
ih manoo-aa khin ooQh paa-i-aalee bharmagaa ikat ghar aanai raam.
This mind, in a moment is high, in another moment is low. after wandering, it comes to one
home, 0/ God..
HQ ~ UIftr ~ mr cn13" 6fftJ W'! ~ QT}{ (')T}j ~ II
man ikat ghar aanai saQh gat mit jaanai har raamo naam rasaa-ay.
When mind comes to one home, it knows all plus and minus, then it becomes friendly with the
name of God.
963
trc') cit im ~ (JT)f nrw ~ ~ ~ II
jan kee paij rakhai raam naamaa par-hilaag uDhaar taraa-ay.

God, protects, the honour ofHis men, He liberated Nama and Prah/ad.
GTH~vH~~~~~n~1/
raamo raam ramo ram oochaa gun kehti-aa ant na paa+aa.
Recite loudly the name ofGod, no end, when narrating His attributes.
~ (JT)f ~ ~ iit* a-rH (')'Tfl.{ JDfTftrntr II~ 1/
naanak raam naam sun b.!:leenay raamai naam samaa+aa. 11511
Nanak says, "Listening the name of God are in rapture, they are merging in His name. " 5
fiJo ~ (JT)f ~ ~ En fiJ3r mr ~ (JT)f 1/
jin antray raam naam vasai tin chintaa sab.!:l gavaa-i-aa raam.
In whom abides the name of God, all their worries are removed, 01 God.
Rfer ~ Rfer tmf ~ Hfo ~ R ~ ~ (JT)f II
sabh arthaa sabh Dharam milay man chingi-aa so fal paa-i-aa raam.
All objectives, all morals, they realize, thefruits th!!y desire, they get, 01 God.
H'O ~ ~ ~ (JT)f ~~ (JT)f (')I)f ~ R 1/
man chingi-aa fal paa+aa raam naam Dhi-aa+aa raam naam gun gaa-ay.
M
Allfruits they desire, they get, as they remember the name of God, and sing the attributes of
O
God's name.
~ ~ mIT ffftf ~ (JT)f (')'Tfl.{ HQ R 1/ gurmat kabuDh ga-ee suDh ho-ee raam naam man laa-ay.
.C
B
The bad wisdom, the bad intellect, are gone I am now awake, my mind is in the name of God.
P.444
L U
C
~ ~ ~ HJ ~ ~ (JT)f ~ tmJTfJpw 1/
K
safal janam sareer sabh ho-aa jit raam naam pargaasi-aa.
O
My birth and also the whole body is a success, from the time, the name of God is revealed.
~ uftJ S!J JreT reg r i ~ foil UIfcJ ~ II~ II
B O
naanak har bhaj sagaa Q.in raatee gurmukh nij 9.!J.ar vaasi-aa. 11611
KH
Nanak says, "Remembering God, every day and night, Gurmukh abides in own home. " 6
S I
fiJo JJQT (JT)f (')'Tfl.{ ~ f3Q ~ ~ n ~ (JT)f
jin sarDhaa raam naam lagee tin H goojai chit na laa+aa raam.
II
Those who are in faith of the name of God, they are not interested in second (other).
it qa:ft R'B ~ cmr ;ftft ftrQ ~ ~ n ~ (JT)f II
jay Dhartee' sabh kanchan kar geejai bin naavai avar na b.!:laa-i-aa raam.
All land may be changed, into gold and given to them, they do not like anything other than His
name,
(JT)f ~ Hfo ~ tmr ~ ~ ~ ~ O"ftis Rlfllft II
raam naam man bhaa+aa param sukh paa+aa ant chalgi-aa naal sakhaa-ee.
When name of God, pleases my mind, I enjoy the supreme happiness, He is an accompanying
friend, when to leave in the end.
(JT)f (')T){ ~ ~tft mit (')T ~ (')T ;:rrlft 1/ raam naam Dhan poonjee sanchee naa doobai naa jaa-ee.
I collected the wealth of the name of God, neither it drowns nor is lost.
(JT)f ~ full ~ Hfu ~ ~ *fir n ~ 1/ raam naam is jug meh tulhaa jamkaal nayrh na aavai.
Name of God is the raft of this age, the devil of death does not dare touch.
~ ~ ~ 1J5T3T aftJ ftmlr ))fTfu' ~ 1/':>1/
naanak gurmukh raam pachhaataa kar kirpaa aap milaavai. 11711
964
Nanak says, "Gurmukh has recognized God, being kind, He Himselfgets to unite. " 7
O'H QI}f ~ ~ Hftr ~ ~ QI}f II raamo raam naam satay sat gurmukh jaani-aa raam.
l11e name of God, is the truest oftrue, Gurmukh knows it, 0/ God,
Rri" {JCJ Hw ~ fi::If5 HQ 3Q ~ ~ QI}f II
sayvko gur sayvaa laagaa jin man tan arap charhaa-i-aa raam.
Servant gets to the service of Guru, he surrenders and submits, his mind and body, 0/ God.
Hg ~ ~ ~ Hflri ~ {JCJ ~ iJTfu' 6fm II
man tan arpi-aa bahut man sarDhi-aa gur sayvak bhaa-ay milaa-ay.
Submitting mind and body, his mind is extreme(v in faith, the servants of Guru loving(v unite.
;fu;r ~ tfP,fr QT t!"3T ~ {JCJ 3' t.rE II geenaa naath jee-aa kaa gaataa pooray gur tay paa-ay.
0/ Master ofthe poor, the giver oflife, I am blessed by perfect Guru.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ !JO ~ ~ II guroo sikh sikh guroo hai ayko gur upgays chataa-ay.
Guru is Sikh, Sikh is Guru, they are same. Guru has given this message.
QI}f ('jT){ ~ fmre ~ '(")T'('iQ ~ ~ 1It:1I~1I~1I
raam naam mant hirgai gayvai naanak milan suQhaa-ay. 11811211911
Nanak says, "The Mantar (dictum) of name of God, He gives to my heart. Thus union is, in
ease." 8.2.9
M
,,\ij""'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
C O
.
))fTFfT i:J HUW 8 tl@ ~ II aasaa chhant mehlaa 4 ghar 2.
ASA CHHANT M: 4, GHAR 2

<:rfu <:rfu crQ3T ~ ~ lfftr:r ~ <:rfu ~ ~ II
UB
har har kartaa gookh binaasan patit paavan har naam jee-o.
C L
K
God is Creator, is suffering-remover, His name liberates even the declined, 0/ lovable.
O
<:rfu Hw m tf)f iDS trlft <:rfu i3lf <:rfu <:rfu QT}f ;:ft II
O
= - --
har sayvaa bhaa-ee param gat paa-ee har ootam har har kaam jee-o.
B .
God's service pleases my mind, I am blessed with supremeposition. God is supreme, and whatever
.
H
K
He does IS supreme 0/ lovable.
SI
<:rfu ~ ~ tIl1tit <:rfu ~ <:rfu tIl1tit ~ ~ II
har ootam kaam japee-ai har naam har japee-ai asthir hovai.
The best act is remembering the name of God, be stable by remembering Him.
tlOH H'QC"! ~ ~ ~ mrH <ft Bftf jR II janam maran govai Qukh maytay sehjay hee sukh sovai.
The sufferings of birth and death, both are finished, sleep in peace, in ease.
<:rfu <:rfu fcmrT ~ 0'g'0 crla' iI'l1Ptt fT3}f ~ ~ II
har har kirpaa Dhaarahu thaakur har japee-ai aatam raam jee-o.
Have in mind the grace ofMaster, 0/ my soul, let us remember God, lovable.
<:rfu <:rfu crQ3T ~ ~ lfftr:r ~ <:rfu ~ ~ II '\11
har har kartaa gookh binaasan patit paavan har naam jee-o. 11111
God is the Creator, the suffering-destroyer, His name liberates the declined, 0/ lovable. 1
<:rfu ~ ~ ~ ~ <:rfu tIl1tit ~ iJTfu' ~ II
har naam pagaarath kalijug ootam har japee-ai satgur bhaa-ay jee-o.
Name of God is the best wealth in dark age, Let us remember Him, it pleases true Guru, 0/
lovable.
~ (JftJ tr.fu)f ~ <:rfu ~ <:rfu Rla BE ~ wre ~ II
gurmukh har parhee-ai gurmukh har sunee-ai har japat sunat Qukh jaa-ay jee-o.
965
Gurmukh reads about God, Gurmukh listens about God, remembering and listening God, all
sufferings vanish.
mama- ~ R1iPw ~ ftroft:p,r- C1ftr ~ lmf ~ ~ II
har har naam japi-aa gukh binsi-aa har naam param sukh paa-i-aa.
Remembering name the sorrows end, supreme bliss is bestowed in the name ofGod. OJ lovable.
~~~urfz~~~~11
satgur gi-aan bali-aa ghat chaanan agi-aan anDhayr gavaa-i-aa.
The knowledge given by true Guru is enlightening, the body is shining, the darkness ofignorance
i!'l'.finished.
mama- ~ f3c'ft ~ ftrn HJBftir yfcJ ~ urft!' ~ II
har har naam tinee aaraaDhi-aa jin mastak Qhur Iikh paa-ay jee-o.
On(v those adore the name of God, for whom it is preordained, 01 lovable.
ma- ~ tre"'a! ~ ~ C1ftr Rt.fPK ~ iJl'ft!' ~ II~II
har naam pagaarath kalijug ootam har japee-ai satgur .b!1aa-ay jee-o. 11211
Name of God is the best wealth in dark age, let us remember God, it pleases true Guru, OJ
lovable. 2
mama- Hfo ~ lmf Blf ~ ma- ~ ~ ~ tftt II
M
har har man bhaa-i-aa param sukh paa-i-aa har laahaa pag nirbaan jee-o.
O
God is pleasing to my mind, I get the supreme happiness. God blessed me with the position ofa
liberated, OJ lovable.
.C
ma- titf3' ~ ma- ~ Jfl:I!lfi ~ F ~ ~ ~ II ~
U B
har pareet lagaa-ee har naam sakhaa-ee .b!1aram chookaa aavan jaan jee-o.
C L
God gave me His love, His name is now my friend, my doubts are over. My cycle of birth and
K
death is ceased, OJ lovable. 2
O
P.445
~ iI'C!'" ~ ~ BTW
BO
ma- C1ftr C1ftr ~ ~ II
aavan jaanaa .b!1aram .b!1a-o bhaagaa har har har gun gaa-i-aa.
K H
The birth and death, fear and doubt all vanish, I sing the attributes of God.
SI
tIO'H ffi')}{ c} ~ ~ ~C1ftr ma- 0'fH
~ II
janam janam kay kilvikh gukh utray har har naam samaa-i-aa.
The pains and sufferings of all births are removed, I am merging in the name of God.
fi:Io ma-
~ gflJ AI' ~ ~ ftro ~ ROtr ~ tftt II
jin har Dhi-aa-i-aa Dhur bhaag Iikh paa-i-aa tin safal janam parvaan jee-o.
Those who remember God, as is preordained, their birth is accepted and is a success, OJ lovable.
mama- Hfo ~ tmf Blf ~ C1ftr ~ ~ ~ ~ 11811
har har man bhaa-i-aa param sukh paa-i-aa har laahaa pag nirbaan jee-o. 11311
I am blessed with this supreme bliss. God's given gain is the position ofliberated OJ lovable. 3
fitQ ma- Hto lISiJTOl' 3' m'i l.lQtlTi')T 3' !3H C1ftr C1ftr jar ~ II
jin har meeth lagaanaa tay jan parDhaanaa tay ootam har har log jee-o.
H
Those whom God is sweet, they are prominent people, they are the best men ofGod; OJ lovable.
m
C1ftr ~ U'lft C1ftr ~ Jfl:I!lfi ~ Jm!t C1ftr UR" tftt II
har naam vadaa-ee har naam sakhaa-ee gur sabgee har ras .b!1og jee-o.
God's name is great, God's name isfriend, with the word of Guru, enjoy the nectar of God, OJ
lovable.
ma- UR" iar)fiJT ~ usraft C1ftr ~ ~ II har ras.b!1og mahaa nirjog vad.b!1aagee har ras paa-i-aa.
966
E/~ioy the nectar of God, it is for total detathmeht;'/uckyare'those"w!t'r/ gJdftedai ofG~if. .
R' do ~ JI3' tJl:IT 1R fifo ~ ('jT){ ~ h' '." , ,; .. ' \
,
say -Dhan vaday s~t purkhaa poor~y jin gurmafna~ffi DH(i-~~~j-aa.'
,
'," ' , , : ,:, ',';
Of True person, su elt people are tuck_~,great, who re1fEeinber the nimte; "ii{the wisdoinO! Gutu.
RO~~mrtmJ1Tlf'~~mr~;M II l ' ',:1
- -- = = - --
jan naanak rayn mangai pag saaDhoo man chookaa sog vijog jee-o.
Nanak begs for feet-dust ofsaints, so that the pai"
ahd agonydfstipardtioh is over; 6t ibvable. "
~ <JflJ Hto ~ ' RO tm'O' 3' f9"H ()'ftr afu~i~rtBlrall'\OlI ' 7 ' "
jin hat m-eeth lagaanaa'tay jan' parDhaanaa tav ootam'har har'log jee-b. If4113111011
K
Those whom God is sweet, they are prominent people, they are tht!. best men of God, 01
IOllable. 4.3.10 . '.'" 'r, . " . "
~ )fiJ"W 8 II
aasaa mehlaa 4~ ASA M: 4
~H! Jf3l!f'~l.I1r~'~~iftt II
sagug sa.bh santokh sareeraa pag chaaray Dharam Dhi-aan jee-o.
III true age, all men were contented, and religibusjaith hiii/foar legs; Otlovable. '
Hftrl3fcr; <JflJ ~ lmf Jtl:f tRftr ttflj ftrat uflrn ~-'ftmll '
~a-rar'n'Stikh paavahl h;r hirga'j":"har-gun Qi-aan jee-o,~
M
ma'h tan har gaavahi .
O
Their mind and body, sang ofGodfor supreme pleasure, God'in hefJrt w9s due to the knowledge
C
(~f His attributes, Of l o v a b l e . ' < ' . ,." "- -
ate!' fdmfrn ~ <JflJ (Jftr fctl19'di!l ft'If 1mfflf inff. It'
gun ;gi-'a~n padaarath h~l'r'har kjrtaa~th sobhaa gtirmukh ho-ee. B .
L U
Knowledge of attributes was their wealth, they were grateful to God, and such Gurmukhs were
praised.
K C
O
~ 8'ufa' <JflJ y:! ~ ~ ))filg 0' ~ II Cllitar oaahar har parabh ayko Qoojaa avar nakb-ee.
O
Inside and outside; was Master ~God alohe, and',ujlieefse was peh:eilJed.
B
tffir tffir fR ~ tffir ~ Rl:fIlft tffir t!Gafij' tR W9 tflt II " -,;, -:. '
KH
har har liv laa-ee har naam sakhaa-ee har gargeh paavai maan jee-o.
court Of God, Of lovable.

m
JBtJfdr J=IJ" S I
The.Vl~~teintuned with' 'God, and had the name of Ood as, friend, and were honoured in the
JI"&r tm ~ ~ 1l:PwQ ~ 11'" -"

satiug sabh santokh sareeraa'pag chaaray Dharam'oni~aanree-o. 11111
In true dge;'illl men Were contented, 'lind religiousfaitit Midfour legs, Of lovable. 1
33T ffi!' ~ ~ itg ~ ~ Him Cimf awre ~ II
taytaa jug aa-i-aa antar jor paa-i-aa jat sanjam karam kamaa-ay jee-o.
Tlte third age came, the mind became powerful,
the action to earn were celibacr dnd'discipline,' Ot lovable.
If{J ~ ~ t tm ~ Hfo'~ fg figrftr ~. II
pag cha-uthaa khisi-aa tarai pag tiki-aa manllir1lai kroDh jalaa-ay jee-o.
Tltefourth leg got slipped, it Was basing iww upon three legs. The mind started burning, with
anger ihhe'ilrt, O!lovabie;" ' -
Hftrl ~ ~g)fijT ftrRiy ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
man hirgai kroDh mahaa bisloDh nirap Dhaaveh larh dukh paa-i-aa.
In mi~ld and heart was anger, great(v poisonous maiter. The king would rush lor invading,
ever.Vonew6ittd suffer in battle. '
~}{}f3T~ ~~ ~~ II

antar mamtaa rog lagaanaa ha-umai ahaNkaar vaDhaa+aa.
In mind was the ailment ofgreed, this increased ego and pride.
uftr uftr fFp" ~ Ht ~ ~ ~ ij'ftr 0'fH t'Sftr ~ tftt II
har har kirpaa Dhaaree mayrai t!:laakur bikh gurmat har naam leh jaa-ay jee-o.
My Master, God became kind, in the name of God, in the wisdom of Guru, He removed this
poison, 01 lovable.
33r trn ~ ~ Rg ~ ~ Jimf emf CDf'ft! tftt II~II
taytaa jug aa+aa antar jor paa+aa jat sanjam karam kamaa-ay jee-o. 11211
The third age came, the mind became powerful, the actions to earn were celibacy and discipline
01 lovable. 2
trn ~ ~ R6f ~ ij'ftr aNt crq ~ tftt II
jug Qu-aapur aa+aa bharam bharmaa+aa har gopee kaan Hupaa-ay jee-o.
Now the second age came, during it people roamed in doubts, God created Gopi (maid) and
Kahn (Krishna), 01 lovable.
3Y 3'tfO ~ im Yo ~ ))fftJ ~ emf CDf'ft! tftt II
tap taapan taapeh jag punn aarambheh at kiri-~a karam kamaa-ay jee-o.
The austerities were austered, sacred fire, rituals for alms were started, lot of rituals and
ceremonies were conducted, 01 lovable.
~ emf ~ tm sft! fl:IAa,!Sijfl' sft! tm rca ~ tftt II
OM
.C
kiri-aa karam kamaa-i-aa pag Qu-ay khiskaa+aa Qu-ay pag tikai tikaa-ay jee-o.
B
The rituals were in fashion, the second leg got slipped, now only two legs were left to stand, 01
U
L
lovable.
H<JT tJtf Rtf ~ ~ ~ ~ w ~ tftt II
K C
mahaa juDh joDh baho keenHay vich ha-umai pachai pachaa-ay jee-o.
m O O
Lot of brave people,fought great wars, but all were burnt burning in ego, 01 lovable.
~ f i JITY ~ fkftis ~ ~ t'Sftr ~ tftt II
H B
Qeen Qa+aal gur saaDh milaa+aa mil satgur malleh jaa-ay jee-o.
K
SI aNt
Guru, mercifulfor poor, got me to meet a saint, meeting true Guru, the dirt was washed off, 01
lovable.
trn ~ ~ R6f ~ ij'ftr ~ ~ tftt II~ II
jug Qu-aapur aa+aa bharam bharmaa+aa har gopee kaan Hupaa-ay jee-o. 11311
The second age came, during it the people roamed in doubts, God created Gopi (maid) and
.rd
Kahn, 01 lovable. 3
P.446
~ uftr otPw tm ~ fl:mcfPw ~ ~ tftt II
kalijug har kee-aa pag tarai khiskee-aa pag cha-uthaa tikai tikaa-ay jee-o.
God created dark age, three legs got slipped, the fourth leg stood to stand 01 lovable.
~ ~ ~ ~ ij'ftr ~ ~ GftaftJ ~ Affl:r tl'ft!' tftt II
gur sabaQ kamaa+aa a-uk!laDh har paa+aa har keerat har saaNt paa-ay jee-o.
People earned the word of Guru, God granted this curefor ailments. Singing the praise of God,
they achieved peace, 01 lovable.
~ cltaf:J ~ ))f'lft ~ 01lf u1l!t ~ ij'ftr 01lf ~ ~ II
har keerat rut aa-ee har naam vadaa-ee har har naam khayt jamaa+aa.
The seasonfor singing the praise ofGod has come, in it the greatness is ofthe name ofGod The
crop ofGod's name is sprouted
968
~ JtB ~ JRlS ~ II
- atH- 8tH ftro-
Cl'ft?t:rtar - =-
kalijug beej beejay bin naavai sabh laahaa mool gavaa-i-aa.
/n dark age, ifthe sown seed is other than ofname, all capital andprofit will get lost.
NO(')'I'('jfc;r~~~lifo~~~~ II
jan naanak gur pooraa paa-i-aa man hir,gai naam lakhaa-ay jee-o.
Nanak says, "People are blessed with perfect Guru, he has shown name to the mind and heart of
the people, 0/ lovable.
~ ~ cihw ~ ~ fc:IJ:rcfPw ~ ~ fct fG'a'rfu ~ 118118111:\1:\11
kaljug har kee-aa pag tarai khiskee-aa pag cha-uthaa tikai tikaa-ay jee-o. 114114111111
God created dark-age, the three legs got slipped, the fourth leg stood to stand 0/ lovable. 4.4.11
~)f(JW 8 1I ..~asaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
~ cftaf:r Hfo ~ tmf m tnt ~ Hfo 3fcri Hto ~ ~ II
har keerat man bhaa-ee param gat paa-ee har man tan meeth lagaan jee-o.
Singing ofHis praise is pleasing to my mind, with this I have attained the supreme position, God
is now sweet to my mind and body, 0/ lovable.
~ ~ a'ff ~ ~ ~ ~ gfo H'A'3ft:ir ~ ywo ~ II
har har ras paa-i-aa gurmat har Dhi-aa-i-aa Dhur mastak bhaag puraan jee-o.
lovable.
OM
/ enjoyed the nectar ofGod. With the wisdom of Guru, I remember God, this is preordained, 0/
gfo H'A'3ft:ir 'B'1!' ~ (')'l'fH ~ ~ ntH ~ ~ ~ II

. C
U B
Dhur mastak bhaag har naam suhaag har naamai har gun gaa-i-aa.
L
As preordained, I am married to the name of God. In His name, I sing his attributes.
H'A'3ft:ir Hit tltf3' lfg 1{iIit ~ ntH ~ ~ II
K C
mastak manee pareet baho pargatee har naamai har sohaa-i-aa.
O
Gem of love in forehead, great(v shines with His name. God is absolute beauty.
O
B
im iffir f)n;ft tIl ~ fkfti5 ~ HglW WO ~ II
KH
jotee jot milee para.bh paa-i-aa mil satgur manoo-aa maan jee-o.
I
/ meet my Master, light merged in light. Meeting true Guru my mind is rejoicing, 0/ lovable.
S
~ cftaf:r lifo B"lft tmf m tnt uflr lifo 3fo Hto ~ ~ 111:\11
har keerat man bhaa-ee param gat paa-ee har man tan meeth lagaan jee-o. 11111
Singing ofHis praise is pleasing to my mind. With this I attained supreme position, God is now
sweet to my mind and body, 0/ lovable. 1
~ uflr irff ~ tmf ~ ~ 3' ~ NO lffltf'O iftt II
har har jas gaa-i-aa param pa,g paa-i-aa tay ootam jan parDhaan jee-o.
/ sing the praise of God, and attain supreme position. The best men of God are prominent, 0/
lovable.
f3q (J'){ ~ ~ 1l:IQ 1l:IQ ~ tmr fi:rc'; ~ Hto ~ iftt II
tin H ham charan sar:ayveh khin khin pag Dhovah jin har meeth lagaan jee-o.
Thosefor whom God is sweet, I serve at their feet, wash their feet. softly and softly, 0/ lovable.
~ Jfusr ~ tmf ffl:I" UTftrnrr !ffi:f ~ a3t ~ II
har meethaa laa-i-aa param sukh paa-i-aa mukh bhaagaa ratee chaaray.
God became sweet to me, I attain the supreme bliss, my face has become lucky and beautiful
~uflr~~~~~~O'WaTc5~
II
gurmat har gaa-i-aa har haar ur paa-i-aa har naamaa kanth Dhaaray.
/n the wisdom of Guru, I sing of God. / wear Him as garland around waist (neck) and keep

(iod's name in throat (in voice) ,"
mr~~~cffiJ~R!~~~.~II", '.. '
sabh ayk Qari?~t SPITIA~~aNtCly~i, ~~ ;aatam @~r:t:\ paQlbaan ~~. ,,..'
I see everyone with one eye, in same way, in everyo"ejlfJ]o.d,.Jc~owit,OI,:lolla*
ufa' ufa' HB" ~ tJH ~ ~ 3 ~iIO, ~ ~ U~,U I,' ,
har:,~~O~,~ig~e"\i~,~,pi,l~r.n,pap.,paa-i-:~~'~y:\~aqqa.n par.Qbaanjee~o., II~II"
I sing the praise ofGod, and attain the supreme position. The best men ofGolU(?prominent, OJ
lovable. 2 '. " ',., '< '
H3Rdlfd Hfo Rl: a:fW,~,~ ~t~qiar~:~'~,~ijtj," , _, '
sats~n9~t rn,~{1,.bbaa# h~r r~5~{l rasa~~ idl ~ng,~ha.~ ras h~-i3yjee-o!"
True cong~~g~tion is pleasing to' my mind, therein' ftlyto~gJle enkl~"ff!c,i#I,of God. In
congregation is this nectar of God, OJ lovab~", " r,i
ufa'ufa'~!fQ~~i)~,~,Q,~:~11I
'.
har hi~{ ~~~~,Q.b.i-:~~"g,urt~a~a~ v,i!1a.~~kqaJ~~eja,~p;(ar,,,a ~()-ay~. " "" .
I adore God, thus the word of Guru blooms. None els.e-i,s t!ter,e, OJ lovfl/Jle. "
~ 0" ~ cJftJ ~ Rre fHfa l~rjl fttflf,Rti""u, , : " , '
avar na ko-ay har amrit SQ-:c!y jin ~-aa~ biDh jaanai., ,"
M
None, else.i{i,t"~rf, tJ,i1, ~e~t,'!r~alGod,'is ~(lme .(ever.V~h:ere). ~II~ w/to has,taste~ he knows the
O
meihod't~drink."" ,
QQdQ~~1;{I~~JiiBftr~~ II ",'
. C
Dhan Dhan guroo pooraa parabh ~~~i-:~)ag,sa~gCll Jli,lam ~aanai.
U B
The great is pe'1e{:,t ,qurlliffll!itfr,J\co/r,b"l!!~dwithjoining, congregl!tion,!ar, knowing His
name.
C L
K
or){ ~ or}{ ~ ftIg orH ~ 0" ~ tfttu.
O
naamo sayv naamo ~r~aQhaj pi,~naimlc~t~var,nako'rayojee-o." ,
B O
Serve the name, adore the name, none other than na",~.itiJbBl'e,O!.lov(l/JIe.
H3Rdlf:s Hfo B"lft ~ ~ ~ ~ ~,yW,~.~tftt,ii~1I .
KH
satsaIJQ~tr;ncim',bh~~~har rfl~an~~a;eeyjcJ:\sal)QatJlin ras ho-ay jee-:q. J1311
S I
The true congregation is pleasing to my .mi"t4th8l'ein~vtongue enjoy~ the nectar,of God. In
congregation is this ',?f?ctar lit Gpd,. O!:lt:JV.J/J,k. 3 " , '
cJftJ~~~~:~~~,~,_ ~,tftt II ,
har d,a-i-aa parabh Dhaa'rahu paakhan ham taarahu kadh layvhu saPaQ suQhaa--ayjee-o.
OJ God, be merciful Master, get me the stone, to S1fJim,acr~s,withwor4 pull f71i! ou4 in ease, OJ
lovable. ,
Hu~,,~,~.~~$~,Y:j~tft! u
moh cheekarh faathay nighrat ham jaatay har baaNh parabhoo pakraa-ay jee-o.
I am ensnared in the mud ofgreed, I am sinking in it, O!Godlet~ehold your h(lJfd,M(Isler, OJ
lovable. .'" ,', ' ' '. '
tf!r~,,~;~l:$.~:~~,iIg,,~ II,
parabh baaNh pakraa-ee oota,m mat paa-ee gur charnee jan laagaa.,
Mm.ter gave His hand, I am b/e$sedwith {he be$,t counsel, thus Jget to be at th~f~etofGuru.
P. 447", ,', " ..\ " , , ' , ' .
cJftJ cJftJ nTtr idirnfr ~ ~ HR31lif ~ JIiJT'dIT II
har har naam japi-aa aaraaDhi-aa m~ mastak ~ag sabhaagaa. ,
I re'!!~'!'~e.r tbtf(lR.m.,~,'?lG,g~,l.luJQr.e:' the luc~ at my mouth and face (preQrdained), be.cam(!
970
luckier.
trO 0T0Cl' ma-
fcrow trit Hfo cmr
vfu'-. ~ tftt-II
jan naanak h~rkjr'paa Dtlaareeman har har meethaa .aa-aYJe~o.
Nanak says, "God became kind, He beetimt!s-wei!t'tonty mind; O/lovable.
ma- ~ 'llB' ~ ~ <nf~ amr ~'J=I'8ft!' ~-~ i191l~fl/C\:)II,
,harga'+"cJa'parabh'Dhaarahupaakhan hamtaaratl'u kadh layvhu sabad:subhaa"ayjee~;ll4tI5t 11211
Of God, be merciful Master, get me, the stone, to swim across, with wordpull me out, in ease, Of
lovable."4.5.12 '"e',,' ,.;
))fTW ~ B II aasaa metiJaa 4. ASA M: 4 '
,lifc!) ~'~ bftJrir'~,!J'l)T U'Arwn tRi' Hf6 ~iftt'\11

man naam japaanaa har har man bhaanaa harN'tagMt j8rlacFman- chaa'O':)ee--a.' .', "
Of my mind, remember,mpne. God is plea$ing 'to nt_v miird 'The'devo'tites-'of Godai'e great(v
. excifed,O! 'lovable., , " --"
ff trO Mfa' ~ f3Q: ~~ Hfo laJT ~ ~ ~ II
jo jan mar jeevay tin H amrit peevay man laagaa gurm~tbhaa~ jee-()~( -~
One who can live after dYing, he drinks neciar, his mi;ulisintuitedivith the Idve ofwisdon1.'of
'Guru; ' . ' " '\
M
Hfoma-ma-~!@cR~;:iRo~~mft II ",
man har har bhaa-o gur karay pasaa-ojeevanmukatsukh ho-ee. ( "n
C O
.
Of my mind, I01J6'God, Guru has giwm.th'is mess(fge"tht!happi;,ess~is in liberatingw/file.living.
B
~~ ma- orfi.r ~ Hfo mama- ~ mft II \ ,'; "
L
jeevan maran har naam suhaylay manhar her hirQai'so-ee.
U
C
L~tC!' tind death is beautified by His name. Some (}()(J is' in my mind" in '~v,heart.
K
Hfo mama- ~ ~ ~ a1J:p)fT uftJ uftJ'~ ~ thf1t:iftt 'II'
O O
man har har va5i~aa gurmattlar raSi-aahar'har r-asgataakpee-aa-01ee:-o.
, God is'Obiding 'in mmtt,in the wisdom of Gutii is bliss, drink the,hectot-.of God, in one go, Of
lovable.
H
Hfo ~ ~ ~ ma- Hfo iJTOT ~ iJaI3' iJOT B Hfc9 ert ~ 1l~U1
K
-,
SI
man naam japaanaa har har man bhaanaa harbhagatjanaa,rnan thaa~o jee--o. 11111 ..
O'h'llY' mind~\ ,rememlJei" name. GOd is pleasing'to my mind. 'Fhe d'VOkeS of God are 'greatly
excited, Of lovable.
HfcJr ~ (') ~ f5:r ))fly ~ H3' Htr trd'lJ ~ ;fit II
jag maran na bhaa-i--aa'mt aap fukaa-i-aamat'jam'pakrai..laijaa.:a'f jee-o:
171e peopl~ do n'olUke to'die, the_v ever hideth'emsell1es, Lest,th-e,d~il ~fdeathcatchs them to
take with, Of lovable. '. "
ma- ~ lfl(]fu ma-l:{!
~ ft!giftJgr'~ (') ~ ~ II'
har ama'r baahai:har parabh ayko Ih jee-all'haa rakhi-aanajaa-ay jee-o.
Inside and outside, God Master alone is there. My hf!tirt remains n6tunder mycfJiftrol, ::Of
lovable.
,,~,iftt ~ ,<Jftr.~. iiftR _ eft ~ R'$-R1fW ~ II "
ki-o jee-o rakheejai har vasat lorheejai jis kee vasat'so'tai jaa-ay je&-O.'-
Why to control heart. God needs His bel~Jnging, He who OWns it, He '$hfll1 taktt it 01 to~able.
HOtJ1:f ~ ~illftrntf Mlr ~ ~'n ~ II "
manmukh karan palaav kar bharmay'sabh a~uthClDh Qaaroo laa-ay jee;"6. ,'" -
Manmukhs are wandering creating hue'and cry, they have'triedallmedidnesj Of'lovabk,
971
ftm cit ~ ll! ~ ~ iffi ~ ~ CDffft! tftt II
jis kee vasat para.bh la-ay su-aamee jan ubray sabad kamaa-ay jee-o.
Master, who owns it, He takes it back, people liberate by earning word, 01 lovable.
Hfcrr ~ 0" ~ fla iWy ~ )S ~ lI'CR t iI'ft! tftt II~ II
jag maran na bhaa-i-aa nit aap lukaa-i-aa mat jam pakrai lai jaa-ay jee-o. 11211
The people do not like to die, they ever hide themselves. Lest the devil ofdeath, catches them to
take with, 01 lovable. 2
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ iffi ~ uftr uftr ftp)rrfo tftt II
Dhur maran Iikhaa-i-aa gurmukh sohaa-i-aa jan ubray har har Dhi-aan jee-o.
Death ofall ispreordained, only Gurmukhs look nice, they liberate remembering God, 01 lovable.
uftr Ji!JT tMft uftr 01fH ~ uftr ecJmJ ~ iI'fn tftt II
har soQhaa paa-ee har naam vadi-aa-ee har dargeh paiDhay jaan jee-o.
God commands praise, name ofGod is great, they go to His court, wearing honourable robe, 01
lovable.
tJfu ecJmJ ~ tJfu orH ~ tJfu orH ~ ~ ~ II
har gargeh paiOhay har naamai seeDhay har naamai tay sukh paa-i-aa.
Well dressed in His court, refashioned in His name are enjoying happiness with name of God.
M
ffi')){ ~ ~ ~ jR uftr QTH mH ~ II
O
janam maran govai gukh maytay har raamai naam samaa-i-aa.
. C
Their sufferings of both, birth and death, art! off, they merge in the name of God.
B
tJfu iffi ll! ~ ~ ~ uftr iffi ll! h JDf'fn tftt II
U
har jan parabh ral ayko ho-ay har jan para.bh ayk samaan jee-o.
L
God and His men, both are one after uniting, now God and His men are alike, 01 lovable.
Ctftt
K
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ iffi ~ uftr uftr ftp)rrfo 11i111
O
Dhur maran Iikhaa-i-aa gurmukh sohaa-i-aa jan ubray har har Dhi-aan jee-o. 11311
O
Death for people is preordained, on(v Gurmukh is well placed, he liberates, remembering God,
* HB
01 lovable. 3
~ ~ f8oR' ftJofJr ftI'n1'H ~ ~ ~ tftt II
K
SI
jag upjai binsai binas binaasai lag gurmukh asthir ho-ay jee-o.
The world takes birth, and perishes, perishes after perishing, joining Gurmukhs one can be
stable, 01 lovable.
!J9' ~ ~ uftr G'Rfc;r ~ uftr ~ uftr ~ 9fir tftt II
gur mantar drirh-aa-ay har rasak rasaa-ay har amrit har mukh cho-ay jee-o.
Guru gives Mantar, lovers of God enjoy, God's nectar trickles in their mouth, 01 lovable.
tJfu~~~~~Ma'~~O"mft II
har amrit ras paa-i-aa mu-aa jeevaa-i-aa fir baahurh maran na ho-ee.
Once blessed with nectar of God in mouth, the dead get alive, no death for them again,
uftr tJfu ~ ))f)fO ~ ~ uftr 01fH ~ mft II
har har naam amar pad paa-i-aa har naam samaavai so-ee.
With the name of God, one is blessed with immortal position, same one merges in God's name.
iffi 0Tncr ~ ~ ~ ~ ftIg Ott JR'J 0" ift! tftt II
jan naanak naam aDhaar tayk hai bin naavai avar na ko-ay jee-o.
~ ~ f8oR' ftJofJr ftIorR *

Nanak says, "Name is the support base, other than name is none, 01 lovable. "
~ ~ Uftl' tftt 11811~II'iI II
jag upjai binsai binas binaasai lag gurmukh asthir ho-ay jee-o. 114116111311
972
17te world takes birth and perishes, perishes after perishing, joining Gurmukhs one can be
...table OJ lovable. 4.6.13
P.448
))ITAT lJW B ig II aasaa mehlaa 4 chhant. ASA M: 4, CHHANT
~ )faT dif.8~ ))Ii(}{ ~ lWft! ~ ~ ~ II
vadaa mayraa goving ~gam agochar aag niranjan nirankaar jee-o.
My Master is great, He is inaccessible, unknowable, Primal, taintless andformless, OJ lovable.
3T cit cnfg cmt (') tNft ~ ~ jfar di~~ ~))ItfIG tit II
taa kee gat kahee na jaa-ee amit vadi-aa:ee mayraa goving alakh apaar jee-o.
Hi... worth is beyond expression, immeasurable is His praise, my Master is unknowable, infinite,
OJ lovable.
difii~ ~ ~ ~ ))fTy ~ wt II goving alakh apaar aprampar aap aapnaa jaanai.
Master is unknowable, infinite, beyond end, He knows Himself.
fIDw reu tis" ~ ~ it ~ lWftr ~ II ki-aa ih jant vichaaray kahee-ahi jo tuDh aakh vakhaanai.
What to talk about these poor people? that they should talk and explain about you.
ft:m c5 mmr C(G'fu ~ ~ Ft ~ cri' ~ tit II
jis no nagar karahi tooN apnee so gurmukh karay veechaar jee-o.
Upon whomever you are kind, that Gurmukh thinks about you, OJ lovable.
~ )faT dir.@~ ))Ii(}{ ~ lWft! ~ ~ ~ IIClII
O
vadaa mayraa goving agam agochar aag niranjan nirankaar jee-o. 11111 M
.C
My Master is great, He is unapproachable, infinite, unknowable, taintless and formless, OJ
lovable. 1
U B
~ lWft! ~ ~ QQ3T 3crr l.l'g (') ~ wre ~
C L
II
tooN aag purakh aprampar kartaa tayraa paar na paa-i-aa jaa-ay jee-o.
~ U/G U/G ~ JrelI ~ mr K

You are Primal Purakh, Creator of all worlds, your end cannot be known, OJ lovable.
O
~ ~ II
Hfu CJftmrr
B O
tooN ghat ghat antar sarab nirantar sabh meh rahi-aa samaa-ay jee-o.
KH
You pervade all bodies, all continuing and all merging, OJ lovable.
SI
U/G~~~3TCifI'~(,)~11
ghat antar paarbarahm parmaysar taa kaa ant na paa-i-aa.
In body is supreme God, His end is not known.
f3tr~(,)~~~~~~11
tis roop na raykh agisat agochar gurmukh alakh lakhaa-i-aa.
He is unseen, unknowable, has noform, no sign, only Gurmukh can know the unknowable.
JreT~~fug~RURntfH~~II
sagaa anand rahai gin raatee sehjay naam samaa-ay jee-o.
He ever enjoys happiness day and night, and merges in name, in ease.
~ lWft! ~ ~ QQ3T 3crr tPJ (') ~ wre tit II~II
tooN aag purakh aprampar kartaa tayraa paar na paa-i-aa jaa-ay jee-o. 11211
You are Primal Purakh, Creator of all worlds, your end is not known, OJ lovable. 2
~ m ~ JreT ~ (]fa' (]fa' ~ ~ tit II
tooN sat parmaysar sagaa abhinaasee har har gunee niDhaan jee-o.
You are true God, ever imperishable, Master of all attributes, OJ lovable.
<Jfu<Jfu1:lJ~~(')mft~~~~~ II
har har parabh ayko avar na ko-ee tooN aapay purakh sujaan jee-o.
973

.,c 4()(1, is,.P,t.e,tmh,Mfte!,fJIId. n,o~~ f{{S(!rj(.Jli#' ql(!ne is. (!.ll~ aW4ring\ One, OJ lovable.
~ HR'Q ~ trcJQTg ~ ~ ~ 0' ~ II purakh sujaan tooN parDhaan tuQ.b javvad,avar fla,ko::ee.
You are all-awaring Purakh, you are prominent, none else is equal to you. :", ~ ~.
~~R!~~))fTl)~B\~11 '! ;/; ". 'I',} ,,"
tayraa sabag sabh tooNhai varteh tooN aapay karabf~oh:c)~~.' ')11: ',;:':' '1.:,.S' ,0-'.'
Your word is all-power, you al()nt!tP~B]""~l)#J'ouqe}f.'!In,th(I,Otappetts.:()U~v4~.
"~'JW.~~ O\~ Wa.~ffl:(JVjfi:IWr:.~A~,..I~L\;\\".. ,.'t' . \ , , " ; , ,.', i .(
har sabh meh ravi-aa ayko so-ee gurfJl-' ijttbHtjl,lhar:J1~jeeo()i:';~ilJ:- ' . , ,':'0 !, , .
God, on(v one and akI_n~~:PIfI9,'fJ.@if'g:fA!I.)~1!I!t1uk4.!Jmow..,HJs.-ll~~ QV(JlIabf!!.

,:j;~f;P~iRtfT),~~,~"t"/~,"itU"\'\\:'\ ,,', \H , ", . , ,
,/ f' '
tooN sat parmaysar sagaa abhinaasee har har gunee niDhaan jee-o. 11311
You ar(fffiTUf!; (i(Jft.:~(fj'!.jqIptt('ishfIjJ/(ff,fY!!Il',~~fl~!itfMf!(J/tUtriJlM~()Uov.alJle.'3" r,;' "C ,',
~~~crcJ3l'RiI~~fH~\i1t;J~i,~,~;II,'i' .. ,., """"'.""

c~~jQot-tnaH(a~a~:~,*@y~vaQi.iCt~lili>J2.!Blava_itrva;~cb$aT'ay',j-.o., ; , !,i J: n .. :'
You are Cr-K4tOf:\of ai/;, it. ~ all )l(!~" .g~~;: Y(ffIt.mO,"age. a~in" tite.H(<J... :Jl'lU ,lik~ 01,It)WlI1le.
~ ))fTl) ~ ~ ~ RiI 3t mrft!'JJ)frft! Rtf II ~:i; ,.:' :J~', '~:' r: ", ;I , : / . i.
tuDh aapay bhaavai tivai chalaaVeb,~C!~:t~i~Qad~maa':'S'lVjee:-o..i~:' " .

Til e way you your$#f U~,\ Sflme. w".r, 'Wfl ,1I;I!I-1IRl/(!f, >!AU/ff(f'g{Iin Y-QJlT ~o.rd~. 0 llov.able. .
OM
RiIR'8fu ~ W ~ ri ~ JI8ft!' ~ II " .' ~.;;,,: ' c- :;1., ;~":~:,.' :'.:'>': :-,.' : ,.
sabh sabag samaavai jaa~ t~QIil ~aY....}.,tq.Y@i ~a~i~aQi,a~'i!Ek:, .. "',
.C
" ,:
"\A !J.nJ,efg1 ill. ~(}r.dj\ 'b.1!t'fJ.nlJ' .i!.vfJll/iIf,,, lh,fAgr:(f(lt"'~f-, As, <J/ jI(Jlf,f wonL. '. . \:
~~~~~~RR~JDf'lft II .
U B I" ..
CL
gurmukh buDh paa-ee-ai aap gavaa-ee-ai sabQ"iral)~a~~fjllCijl;ee. I:. ",:
The wisdom of a Gurmu:~h"c;(ln:bf:d?~~se@fifl1',ed~f:ipJi~ l#Ir:~o,.;:,Jt!e:cal' 1;~Qi~ ~rg,ed in

lV(Jrd. "~ ,,' ,; "', I'.' ; ' ' ' ' (, ,\
~~~~~('j'1"(')cjfnrfi.r~tftj #,::;;~.".
:' \ ;., t ,"
OK
; ': , ', , " 1', '. '\
-.,r,,',),
'.
"
'~ _ ~~.,' '."
,>:'.i'i:>.",,
" ", \" .
tayraa sabag agochar gurroulm P4:P~:~na~ naam 'Sama.;l.-jt,yj~::-Q.. ; ',','
B O
H
Your word is unknowable.\ (iUl'm~"h..j.s, "'eJiSed ,-w~ ,it: Na1;l.q.k is'ff'lf.'fJing. ill your nOl71e, ',O!
K
lovable. . .:.: , ... ' ...... ;~,:, "",>;: ,;:.",
S I
~ ~~ crcJ3l' RiI 3m ~ mt ri ~ ~.~; H~HI:?Jl,~~UJ.'
sabh tooNhai kartaa saQh tayree vadi-aa-eeji-o J2llaqvai ti"'aH:haJa~~av
,(' " ; ' i , .
jee:-e.,,1I4HZIU4Il,'
It is you alone, the Creator, it is all your greatB~.'-YQH':mtmq,g6:::i"'ithfl . .",.~,'.roll Jike"OJ
lovable. 4 . 7 . 1 4 . , !:':~:c' ,:. " :, . ..;: ;, .. : ' . . . ; ", '"
'~~:"~;,H,ik';Q~aqr-~prseag:\ ' ',~" .,
Go(lis one, realized by the grace oftrue G u r u . : : '.>. " ' ' "1"," .
))fTW HCJW 8 i3 U@ 8 " aasaa mehlaa 4 ~~[ltghar.4 .A.$A. "M.., 4. C,fJllANT .G.f/AR. 4
~~Rffi~HOi}:~.~~tU:,.",< .. ". . .", ',. "",,'," "."

har amrit bhinnay lo-inaa man paraym ratanna~:@~iraaj8Y. ~"':\"';.,' "", , ' : ;'
God's ~ves are into~~t~,,.,j(h..~~et.m:PtIY'!J1inflis.,dftmC!*e(1';n21(Jl!e,f~rdhem~OJ;
Godrkingo J :
HO 0'fH ~~$a,~ fI ,man;~am.Jcvatee:laa+~a ~n(;tlan ~Q\linnaa. ",'~ . ,

My mind is tested by touch-stone of God, it tur"9.QlIt~J;,e:pll"i!.gf/J4.:, ;;f" ." :',i""
~ m-r
~ Hw HO ~~,JIQ"rmUJm r~n9 ~J@li:.~,~ay~. ~.tano-'bbinnaa.
Gurmukh'gets me t~--K~,Hi.s19~,~'IPi,n_~\an(l,~.t)JlJ!ar#mral!t~f., . ,,'
Po 449,~ .,; ; " "', , , '., ' '
tIQ ~ tmfcil ~ Jt! itOlj'.tI?i,,!:iC'iT,ILC\u" 'I,,, . r , . , . . ,'"
'974'

jan naanakmusakihakoli-aa sabbjanam QUan Dhannaa. lIill
Nanak says, "I am allin !ragram:e, al/my life is now lucky" 1
,~~H~~~,~~~'f'){wRU
har paraym banee man maari;-:aa anee-aCllay an~e-aa raam raajay.
Words of God's love are like sharpened arrows. they, have targeted /:n.V mind, 01 God-king.
fi::rff waft tffiJ ftmf eft 11 ~ tft>w II jis laag,ee peer piramm kee so jaanai jaree-aa.
Whoever is in tht! Pl/g, 01 df!,(lr's love, on(v he knows, how to bear it. '
~ ~ll~HUJ,~;~_U j~evarrT!ukatso aa!illee",ai marjeeyai maree-aa.
On(v Ite is calle.d #beratf!(l"whfJ ~s., wh~le t~ving and lives w.hile dying.
frc5)')~na:~ AA5 ~"! j~ ~ II~JJ Jann~ana~satgur mayl har j~ ~utar taree-aa. 11211
Nan//:It pra.vs,. ~'(Jt..True.(i~ru~pleaseunite.me.with(}oc4 so that the difftc1,llt ocean ofworld, I
can swim 00:08S.":1 '" ' ,
e)'l{ ~ ~Aij~ldF.:ft.~.~m'~,$Jr~,ep;lll " ' '\, '
hamor;npora.kla,~aQti~naqg~~ mil govinQ. r~n9aa raam-raajay., , ',"" ,
I am unwise,ll~o"vili~~e~at yONr f(!(:t., Me,et~~g God, I sh(lll be l~ "is loye, .01 God-~ing.
~ '~:~:'~ ~ ~i~, ~ II gur PQ6r~i har Paa+aa OClf .Q!lag~ i~ ~nga~~" ,
I Ittlve met GodJ,lu:t!flglt,p(!rfeetG~I1:u!1p raJfor. devotion of One. " " " .-
)W HQ 3Q R8fu ~imtf~~~ II mayraaJll':Hltansabag vigpasj:-~J~P- ana&~@ngaa .. "
OM
By remembering q~dOfl!l~~i1Jl.itedc%li.rs, my,min.d and body are /1l(Jo~g in, His word.
C
~,~RO" ~,<~,~,~ II~U mil santjanaa!lar paa'+7~ naal1~~atsaAga.a~U~IL
B .
, M~eting saini~, I am,/;Jle'sse4,with qod, Na't'!/,i is in trlfe congregatio~. .i ,," '.'"
U
tfto ~ ~ io3t (Jfa' lfB" (Jfa' ~ 'f'){ orR II
C L
deen ga-i-aal sun bayntee har parabh har raa-i-aa raam raajay. ,'I
K
01 merciful to poor, God-Mtlster the king.-o/the. kings, plell$e listen mypllayer.
ma:
O
~ ~ ~\~ l)Tl{ cit (Jfa' ~ ~II '
O
ha-o ma~~-9~ran nar.na~m kee har hc;lrm~kb paa-i-aa.
H B
I begfor the refuge ofyou.rname,please put yo.ur name. in mymouth,., ,
3"aTftr ~~~~ a-,mtJ ~ ~ II b.bagat.v~WllaI har birag hai harj~J rakhaa+-aa.
I K
To love dev.,Qt~fU./~yourgrqce,youprotectt*,~r, h o n o u r . , c ,
S
HQ~ Aaa i dld1 (Jfa'or6f~ 11811t:1I~t111 jan,n~n~ksarnaa~ harnPatlJ,~@a+aa. L14U~II,1511
Ntl/7tlk says, "I am at your feet, ,vour name, has liberated me". 4.8.15
))fTW H<JW 8 II aasa~m~hJa~ 4,. ASA, M: . 4,
~ ~ ~ (Jfa' ~ ~ 'f'){ orR II .... ~ , j
gurmukh dhoondh dhoodh~y~,i-aa har SClja!llpQhaar~m faajaY~ ,

Searching andsr;,flfchiflga, GW:mukh, IJound dear ,God, 01 God-king. , .
~ ~ ~.~ .~\iJfcJi~P,:IwIl kanc:han~a+~ kot garrLvich:har:ha r sjQQ.aa..
My gold-like body is a fort, therein .stays my liod.' .'
(Jfa' (Jfa' <fiaT ~ a- )W HQ 3Q ~ II har har heeraa ra@nhai:m~yraa qli)Ot.ao.YiQ!laa. "
God is ajewel, a ruby, m:v.~ndand,body qrepierced. . ;
gfcr ~ fi' .~ ~~~,FII '\.11 Q!lur b1\aagyaday har paa-i-a9, naa,nalvas g.~aa . 11111
I am great(v lucky, as preordained, that I am blessed with God, thus Nanak is one with!'4.ctlU. 1
~ ~ ~t-~ ijlI.~ ~,~, i'f'Jl~1 panth dasaavaa flit !.barb~.mutJQh~\l~~ea@aJll.ra~jaY.
I tlte childlike, youthful, wife, am ever sLfP1.di",g to. know ~"e Path"thtlf leads, (owq.rds G,od.
(Jfa' (Jfa' 0Tlj ~ ~ (Jfa' WQfcn ~ II har har naam cha,ytaa-:a,Y. 9l\r hat JtU:ij!~il9-(Qla,af~.
Guru gives me the name 01 GfId,tq remembeT, thus I mo,v.e Qn the path, to..ll.i(n...
.. 975
~ Hf6 3fn O'H ))fTQTg U ijfH ~
iAIft II mayrai man tan naam aaDhaar hai ha-umai bikh jaalee.
Name is the base ofmy mind and body, thus I have burnt the poison of ego.
ffi')(')1"t')Ef~Hft5gflJgflJ~~ II~II jan naanaksatgurmayl har har mili-aa banvaalee.1I211
Nanak prays, "01 True Guru, please let me meet God, so I am meeting Him. " 2
~fimRlWft!~HfWt~nf~ II
gurmukh pi-aaray aa-ay mil mai chiree vichhunay raam raajay.
01 my dear Gurmukh, come and meet, I am separated since long 01 God-king.
H'aT HQ 3Q ~ ~ gflJ ~ ri:r fi* II mayraa man tan bahut bairaagi-aa har nain ras J;IDinnay.
My mind and body are in intense yearning, to see Him, His nectar-giving eyes.
HgflJ 1ff ~ ;rlk n fi.fftis gflJ HQ HW II mai har paraJ;ID pi-aaraa gas gur mil har man mannay.
. 01 my Guru, please tell me about my dear God-Master, meeting Him my mind will please.
~ ~ cA ~ ~ gflJ ciH II:JU ha-o moorakh kaarai laa-ee-aa naanak har kammay. 11311
Nanak says, "God has given me, an unaccomplished, this job ofserving Him. 3
~ ifif3 ftRfi ~ ~ ~ nf ~ II gur amrit bhinnee gayhuree amrit burkay raam raajay.
Body ofGuru is all drenched in nectar, it always sprinkles nectar, 01 God-king.
ft:roT ~ Hft; ~ ~ ..tor R II jinaa gurbaanee man bhaa-ee-aa amrit chhak chhakay.
Those who enjoy the word ofGuru (Gurbani), they enjoy the nectar-drinking.
M
~ ~ gflJ ~ ~ trcl' tTcl II gur tuthaihar paa+aa chookay Dhak Dhakay.
O
If Guru becomes generous, I can meet God, then all my hurdles will be off.
C
B.
gflJ HQ <:rfo gflJ ~ ~ gflJ ftrci 11911~1I1:\~1I har jan har har ho+aa naanak har ikay. 114119111611
God and men, of God become same. so, Nanak and God are same. 4.9.16
))ffW lJW 9 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
gflJ ~ !mftJ firo U ~ ~ lfI1l nf ~

L U
C
II
K
har amrit bhagat !IDandaar hai gur satgur paasay raam raajay.
O
The nectar of God and treasure ofdevotion, are with Guru, the true Guru, 01 God-king.
O
~ ~ JtU1' ~ U fRl:f ~ gflJ ~ II gur satgur sachaa saahu hai sikh gay-ay har raasay.
H B
Guru True Guru is real financer, He gives capital of God to his Sikhs.
tfQ Q?i ~ ~ U n ~ 'R"8"'R II Qhan Dhan vanjaaraa vanaj hai gur saahu saabaasay.
K
SI
Trader and his trading, both are great, still greater is the financer, Guru; hail him.
HQ~~~~ft:rngflJ~~~ 111:\11
jan naanak gur tinHee paa-i-aa jin Dhur Iikhat liIaat Iikhaasay. 11111
Nanak says, "On(v those are blessed with Guru, for whom He is preordained." 1
RV ~ mf'GT 1 QC!t FI! ~ ~ nf ~ II
sach saahu hamaaraa tooN Dhanee saJ;ID jagat vanjaaraa raam raajay.
You are our truefinancer, the rich, everyone on earth is a trader 01 God-king.
JJ5 Bii ~ wftmIr" ~ gflJ 1R" II sabh J;IDaaNday tuDhai saaji-aa vich vasat har thaaraa.
You alone created all bodies, contained within them is your spirit.
HlRfuBii"~wrnri~cbftn~ II
jo paavahi bhaaNday vich vasat saa niklai ki-aa ko-ee karay vaychaaraa.
JVhatever the material, one puts in pot, that comes out, what else the poor can do?
P.450
ffi')~~gflJ~gflJnrftJ~U~II jan naanakka-oharbakhsi-aa har!IDagat J;IDandaaraa. 11211
God blessed Nanak, with the treasure ofHis devotion. 2
IDJ~~~~~1KllW~nf~ II
ham ki-aa gun tayray vithreh su-aamee tooN apar apaaro raam raajay.
976
Of Master how many ofyour qualities? I can narrate, you are beyond even infinity Of God-king.
c:rf<r ~ ~ reg ~ ~ JWR' ~ II har naam saalaahah gin raat ayhaa aas aaDhaaro.
I praise God's name day and night, this is the base ofmy hope.
(J){ ~ rcrpr (') ~ .~ 1R(J tri" II ham moorakh kichhoo-a na jaanhaa kiv paavah paaro.
I, the unwise know nothing, how can I reach the other shore?
iJQ ~ c:rfu: C(T t!1H ~ c:rf<r ~ ~ IISII jan naanak har kaa gaas hai har .daas panihaaro. 11311
Nanak is the servant of God, the servant who brings water. 3
mt R f3t ~ A (J){ ~ l{il' ~ ij'I}f atH II
ji-o bhaavai ti-o raakh lai ham saran parabh aa-ay raam raajay.
Save in the way you like, Of Master, I am at your feet, Of God-king.
(J){ ~ ~ ft!oB' G"f3' c:rf<r l!'5'iI' ~ II ham .!mool vigaarhah ginas raat har laaj rakhaa-ay.
I commit mistakes, spoil day and night, Of God, you save my honour.
(J){ arftra" 1 ~ flaT ~ ~ Hf3' ~ II ham baarik too gur pitaa hai .day mat samjhaa-ay.
N
I am your child, you are my Guru-father. You counsel and let me understand.
iJQ ~ t!1H c:rfu: ~ c:rf<r ~ ~ II B 11"\0 II"\;> II
jan naanakgaas har kaaNdhi-aa har paij rakhaa-ay. 1141110111711
God chose me Nanak, as His servant, thus He saved my honour. 4. 10.17
M
))fTW H<n B II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
O
fi:Io HFI3fcT gftr c:rf<r ~ f30r ~ ~ ij'I}f atH II
jin mastak Dhur har Iikhi-aa tinaa satgur mili-aa raam raajay.
. C
B
Those for whom, God is preordained, True Guru meets them, Of God-king.
U
~ ~ ~ WG ~ UIfG ~ II agi-aan anDhayraa kati-aa gur gi-aan ghat bali-aa.
L
C
The darkness ofignorance is removed, the knowledge of Guru now enkindles my body.
K
c:rfu: ~ <BQ ~ fcflJ ~ (') ~ II har laDhaa ratan pagaaratho fir bahurh na chali-aa.
O
I have found God's wealth ofjewels, that has never deserted me again.
O
NO (")l'(')'C ~ ~ ~ c:rf<r ~ 11"\11 jan naanak naam aaraaDhi-aa aaraaDh har mili-aa. 11111
H B
Nanak adores God, adoring he meets Him. 1
~ ~ c:rf<r ~ (') ~ H ~ iIfdr ~ ij'I}f atH II
IK
jinee aisaa har naam na chayti-o say kaahay jag aa-ay raam raajay.
S
Those who do not remember such a name, whatfor they have come to the world Of God-king?
rey H'C!H irc'ilf ~ ~ O'H ftIoT ftJalIr '" ~ II
ih maanas janam gulam.!m hai naam binaa birthaa sabh jaa-ay.
This human life is very rare, devoid ofname, all is going in vain.
~ ri c:rfu: ~ (') ~ ~ !lff ~ ~ II hun vatai har naam na beeji-o agai bhukhaa ki-aa khaa-ay.
Now, when the soil is ready, you are not sowing the seed (of name) what the hungry hereafter'
will eat?
HOljl:f" c5 ft:fu irc'ilf ~ (")l'(')'C c:rfu: R II~II manmukhaa no fir janam hai naanak har bhaa-ay. 11211
Manmukhs have to take rebirth, again. Nanak says, "This is the will of God. " 2
1 c:rfu: 3"ar '" i Rftr ~ ~ ij'I}f atH II tooNhar tayraa sabh ko sabh tuDh upaa-ay raam raajay.
You are of God, then everyone is yours, since you have created all, 01 God-king.
fcsl1' ~ ftm @' ftirJ or<:it Rftr ;nsfu ~ II kichh haath kisai gai kichh naahee sabh chaleh chalaa-ay.
Nothing is in the hands of anyone, all live in the way you let them live.
fHQ 1 ~~H~6mfuR c:rf<rKfoR II
jin H tooN mayleh pi-aaray say tuDh mileh jo har man bhaa-ay.
Of dear, those whom you let meet, they meet you, but only those who are pleasing to God.
977
iffi 0'?iiI' ~'~ aftr orfi.r ~ IIall jan naanak satgur bhayti-aahar naam taraa-ay. f13f1
Nanak has 11td true Guru, so the name of God has liberated him. 3
cW aR' ~ ~ m 8'g B"B crnr
~ (1ftr aftr M ~ arR n
ko-ee gaavai raagee naagee baygee baho bhaat kar nahee har har bheejai raam raajay.
Some are singing in tunes, some one pla.vs music', $omeont! reads scriptu,.e~, many waJisthe,v try.
But do not they please you, O! God-king. ' - -,
ft:ror ~ ~ ~ ~ f30r ~ fcpw aMn jinaa antar kapat vikaar hai tinaa ro~ay ki-aa keejaL '
Those whose mind i.'i filled with evil and wickedness, even if the.v weep; hoW does it ma/ter.
ufu CRJ3T R'! ~ ~ fi:rfa' B CJ! ;ftft tI har'kartBa sabh klchh jaandaa<sit rag hath geejai~ '
God, the Creator knows /!Verything, one may hid his headache'wifh hand~;' , ' ,'
ft:ror 0'7i'i5r ~'~ ~~ c:rf(r" C1ftnJh\lnlH~IIC\tll' ',C
jinaa naanak gurmukh hirgaa suDh hai har !:maga1; haT leejai. If'4t1llfllBIf'
Nanak says, ~tThosewhose heart (mind) ispurt!, they ar~Gurmlikhs;theydevote and-tiri'Messed
hy God." 4 . 1 1 . 1 8 ' ,
))fTRT}fiJW 8 II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4 < '"
fuo ~ ufu ufu tJffir ~ 3' ;:ro HG ~ ~ ~ II .

jin antar har har pareet hai tay jan sLigharh si:'aanay ral!m raajay.
M
Those, in whose mind, is the love for God, they are wise and awakelted, O/God-king:
O
H ~ !ft;s ~ ~ !it ~ ufu R II jay baahrahu nnulchuk bolg8Y bhee'tdlatay harbh'a-anay;
. C
Outward(v even if they speak something wrong, even then they me well 'liked 1J.~' Goil. --", - ,
B
ufu JBr 5' ~ ~ orclt 'ij'ftf ~ ~ II,hat santaa' no hot thaao naahee hat m~an 'htrnMnay. ,\"
LU
Saints ofGod, h~ no other place to go, -God is the pride of suchmiitie~pi/)fi'fe.\' ,;' 'c
;:ro 0'7i'i5ri'\llj ~~'<J'ftr~ ~ n"it jan naanak naam geebaan hai hartliatlsataanay. Ilil'''' ,
K C
Nanak -sa.v9, ttThose whose coatt (tot justice) is name, 'they ate stro1igl:~M; Obi/'s strength: 'J
O
ftIt wftnm HGr ~ H1!i"Q ~ ~ ~'II , " '
O
"jithaf~aa;.;.it'y'ti~hai 'mayraa satguroosothaan suhaavaa raam raajaY." ", , '
H B
Wherever my true Guru goes and sits, that place becomes charming O!60i/-liiltg.
~ R l:I'Q ~ ~ ~ l:fftr ~ II gusikheeN so thaan btlaali~aa ratOhoOf,tlllkh fasvaar.. .
IK
The Sikhs of Guru have found thai place, they pick up-dustftom'fflet'e; 'ahdpurit on t"eir face
(fohhead): \
S \,\,' "
~cfhll1(!1jwftnnftfuoufuO'tf~ II gursikhaa keeghaatthaa"ay~~eejin hCftnaaiTl Df1j.;;aavaa.
17,e labour ofSikhs has born fridts, since they remember the hoine 'of God ' ,
~ ~ ~ ~ 13'0 ufu ~'~ Il~Ji-jin~'naanak satgul' pooji-air tin han>oOj karaavaa. 11211
ThiJ.~Whii~()Yshippi!dtrue'(Ju;u-;Nanak,t'hey'ilreworshippln'g Giid.'-' """ - -, " -,
,,~ H1{l)~ ~ U' a1'r?i"H'* 3cft nr ~ h '
gursikhaa man har pareet hai har naam har tayree raam raajay.
GuiSikh'tHifi,;;U$jitll oflovefor (}od,!oryou andyour name, OJ God-king. . '
P.451 -' .,-" ",', '
crftJ'~ ~~'!llf iI"ft!,. met' If' k:arsayveh pOoraa satglJroo bhukh'jaa..aY leh' may~."
Serving the pei'ftCttrue Otfru,' ifly"/iungersilti!ijies. ' ,., , - ,
~'~!'f'RW~iR!t'trBMrw1:frft!i~n -. "," '
'gursikhaa kee bhukh sa.bb.'gcree tin J>ictl!J.a;horkhaa-ay Qhanayr~. ,
The whole hunger ofthe Sikhs is satisfied, lot of othm ettt irftehh'em (lefto1ter). '
;:ro 0'7i'i5r ufu YQ tftft:p)fr fafcr ~ c'Pri ~~ M 11811 ' -,:,
jan naanaK har punn beeji-aa firtot ria'aavai har punn kayree. H311
978
Nanak says, "I have sown the virtue, given by God. I am never short .ofHis virtues. " 3
~ Hfo ~ fuo iW ~ &or (JI)f orR II
gursikhaa man vaaDhaa-ee-aa jjn mayraa satguroo dithaa raam raajay.
Hail the mind ojGuru's Sikhs, who have seen my true Guru, Of God-king.
~ cmr ~ Bri' (Jfo O'H eft it ~ ~ Hfo fHoT II
ko-ee kar gal sunaavai har naam kee so lagai gursikhaa man mithaa.
Whoever talks ofthe name of God, this tastes sweet to the minds ofSikhs.
(Jfo ~ ~ ~.fi:rlr iW ~ ~ II
har Qargeh gursikh painaa-ee-ah jinHaa mayraa satgur tu11laa.
Upon whom, my true Guru is kind, those of GurSikhs are honoured with robe in God's Court.
ffi") ~ (Jfo (Jfo ~ (Jfo (Jfo Hfo ~ II Q n9~ 119~ u.
jan naanak har har ho+aa har har man vuthaa. 11411121/19//
Nanak say, "Those in whose minds the name of God is placed, they themselves become men of
God." 4.12.19
))fTW }f(RlST Q II aasaa mehlaa 4. ASA M: 4
tmr" ~ iW ~ ~ fuo (Jfo ~ ~ (JI)f orR II

jinHaa bhayti~aa mayraa pooraa satguroo tin har naam Qarirh-aavai raam raajay.
Those who have met my perfect true Guru, he teaches His name to them, OJ God king.
OM
f3l:r eft ftpffir.!l:f JIB' ~ if (Jfo 01H ~ u tis kee tarisnaa bhukh sabh utrai jo har naam .Qhi-aavai.
Those who remember Gods' name, their hunger and lust are quenched.
. C
B
if (Jfo (Jfo ~ ~ ftJQ ~ Ma" n ~ II jo har har naam Qhi-aa-igay tin Hjam nayrh na aavai.
U
L
Those who remember the name ofGod, devil of death does not touch them.
cdif fta FN (Jfo (')llf Qftr nrfH m
C
ffi") 0T0Cf ~ ~.~ 11911
O K
jan naanak ka-o har kirpaa kar nit japai har naam har naam taraavai. 1/11/
Nanak says, "Of God, be kind to me, that I may ever remember you, and swim across on the
strength of name." 1
M~~~f3nrMofilUfQn~~~ II
B O
K H
jinee gurmukh naam Qhi-aa-i-aa tinaa fir bighan na ho-ee raam raajay.
SI
l'hose of Gurmukhs, who remember name, they face no hurdle OJ God king.
M ~ ~ ~ fuo ~ JtI ~ II jinee satgur purakh manaa+aa tin poojay saQb ko-ee.
Those who celebrate their true Guru Purakh, everyone (on earth) worships them.
ft:rql ~ fu>Hra'r ~ f3cr ~ ~ ~ II jinHee satgur pi-aaraa sayvi-aa tinHaa sukh saQ ho-ee..
17lOse who serve the loving true Guru, they ever enjo.V happiness.
tmr"~~~f3cr~(Jfomft II~II
jinHaa naanaksatgur !mayti-aa tinHaa mili-aa har so-ee. //211
17lOse who meet Nanak, the true Guru, God Himself comes to meet them. 2
tmr" ))j3fa' ~ tItS 5' ~ (Jfo ~ CfT)f.wit II
jinHaa antar gurmukh pareet hai tin Hhar rakhanhaaraa raam raajay.
Those in whose rnind is the love for Gurmukh, God is their saviour, OJ God-king.
~ joft f6;:!t: ietftipw em ft:IQ Qftr (')llf fu>Hra'r II tin Hkee ninQaa ko-ee ki-aa karay jinHhar naam pi-aaraa.
Those, whom the name of God is dear, how can anyone slander them?
fuo (Jfo R3t Hg H1fl'rnIr FIB' ~ ~)f101" II jin har saytee man maani-aa saQb, Qusat ihakh maaraa.
Those whose mind is happy with God, all their enemies are yelling.
ffi") 0T0Cf ~ ~ iJ'ftJ dCfc!did i lIall jan naanak naam Qhi-aa-i-aa har raJillanhaaraa. 11311
Nanak says, "Those who remember name, God is their saviour. " 3
979
ufcJ tm' tm' BaI3' ~ ~ ~ ~ (J1)f ~ II
har jug jug b.!:lagat upaa-i-aa paij rakh-gaa aa-i-aa raam raajay.
God sends devotees in all ages, and protects their honour 01 God-King.
~ ~ ufcJ ~ ~ ~ II harnaakhas gusat har maari-aa parahlaag taraa-i-aa.
Harnaksh, the wicked, was killed by God, thus Prahlad was liberated.
~ fcrecrr ~ ~ ~ ~ rilW II
ahaNkaaree-aa ningkaa pith gay-ay naamgay-o mukh laa-i-aa.
Turning His back towards the proudy, the back-biters, He embraced Nam Deo.
ffi') (;T(')'Cjf ~ ufcJ ~ lifflr ~ ~ 11811 ,\S II ~o II
jan naanak aisaa har sayvi-aa ant la-ay chhadaa-i-aa. 1141113112011
Nanak serves such a God, who liberates in the end. 4.13.20
))fT'RT ~ 8 is U/g 1.1 aasaa mehlaa 4 chhant ghar 5 ASA M: 4 CHHANT GHAR 5

~ JiO ~ ~ ~ ~ uffl' II mayray man pargaysee yay pi-aaray aa-o gharay.
01 my mind, my love, residing in other land, please come home.
ufcJ ~ ~ ~ ~ l.lffa' ~ ~ II har guroo milaavhu mayray pi-aaray ghar vasai haray.
01 my love, God-Guru get us to meet Him. He is living in (our) home.
am ~ ~ ~ ~ ufcJ ftiret.rr cR II rang ralee-aa maanhu mayray pi-aaray har kirpaa karay.
O M
01 my love, once God is kind, let us enjoy love and be merry.
.C
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 gur naanaktuthaa mayray pi-aaray maylay haray. 11111
U B
L
Of my love, Guru Nanak is generous, he gets us to meet God. 1
C
H tlt!' (') ~ ~ ~ ~ cR II mai paraym na chaakhi-aa mayray pi-aaray bhaa-o karay.
K
Of my love, I have not tasted, the love ofthe loving.
O O
Hft; ~ (') ~ ~ ~ fn3 ))fI"R' cR II man tarisnaa na buihee mayray pi-aaray nit aas karay.
01 my love, my mind's yearning for you is not quenched, it, ever hopes (for union).
B
fn3 inIg ~ ~ ~ iftf WH' ftrij' II nit joban jaavai mayray pi-aaray jam saas hiray.
H
KufcJ tri'
f my love, my youth is ever decaying, and devil ofdeath is counting my breath.
!JTifT Hc!t ~ ~ ~ (;T(')'Cjf
S I ~
bhaag manee sohagan mayray pi-aaray naanak har ur Dhaaray. 11211
II~ II
Of my love, married woman is the gem ofluck. Nanak says, "She keeps God in mind. " 2
P.452
fiJ~Hi~~~~!~fHtII
pir rati-arhay maiday lo-in mayray pi-aaray chaatrik boongjivai.
01 my love, my ~ves are charmed by your love, like Chatrik is charmed by the drop ofrain.
HQ ~ ~ ~ ~ ufcJ #~ ~ II man seetal ho-aa mayray pi-aaray har boong peevai.
01 my love, my mind becomes cool, by drinking drop ofHis love.
3fo ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (') tN fiR II tan birahu jagaavai mayray pi-aaray neeg na pavai kivai.
01 my love, my body remains awake, in the pangs ofseparation it does not sleep any way.
~~~~~ (;T(')'Cjf ~ ftR IISI1 har sajan laDhaa mayray pi-aaray naanak guroo livai. 11311
01 my love, I have found dear in God, by continuing my faith in Guru Nanak. 3
efiJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ charh chayt basant mayray pi-aaray bhalee-a rutay.
II
Of my love, in the month of Chet, spring has come, it is nice season.
fiJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II pir baaih-rhi-ahu mayray pi-aaray aaNgan Dhoorh lutay.
Of my love, without dear, in my cour~vardonly dust is blowing.
980
Hf5 fTJf ~ ~ ~ ~ '5n tJ3' II man aas udeenee mayray pi-aaray gu-ay nain jutay.
OJ my love, my mind is yet waiting in hope, and both my eyes arefzxed on His way.
~~~~~~ ft:rt)fT'g ff3 IIBII
gur naanak gaykh vigsee mayray pi-aaray ji-o maat sutay. 11411
Nanak says, "OJ my love, seeing you I am overjoyed, like a mother seeing her son. 4
ufo cft>w CfEIT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
har kee-aa kathaa kahaanee-aa mayray pi-aaray satguroo sunaa-ee-aa.
OJ my love, the stories and tales of God, true Guru has nar1'ated to me.
~~Q ~~ ft:Ifo ufo ~
CITQ
- .- - II
gur vitrhi-ahu ha-o gholee mayray pi-aaray jin har maylaa-ee-aa.
OJ my love, I sacrifice myselffor Guru, who gets me to meet God.
~))fTW ma- ~
= ~ ~ Hf5 ~ GlIS- l.fTftmIr II
sabh aasaa har pooree-aa mayray pi-aaray man chingi-arhaa fal paa-i-aa.
OJ my love, all my hopes are fulfilled, I get thefruit I desired.
ufo ~ ~ ~ tIQ ~ nrfH ~ 1It111
hartuth-rhaa mayray pi-aaray jan naanak naam samaa-i-aa. 11511
OJ my love, God is merciful, thus Nanak is merging in name. 5
~ ufo ftIQ ihf n Qw II pi-aaray har bin paraym na khaylsaa.
OJ my G~d, I will not play love, with any other, than God.
O M
~ tIllft ~ ~ ~ fimrrar ~ II ki-o paa-ee gur jit lag pi-aaraa gaykhsaa.
. C
How to fllld my Guru, following whom I will see my love.
U B
L
ufo ~ ~ ' I ~ ~ msw II har gaat-rhay mayl guroo mukb gurmukh maylsaa.
C
OJ generous let me meet Guru, I will be in union, on(y with Gurmukh.
~ ~ l.fTftmIr ~ ~ gftJ HJafof ~ W 1I~1I9BII~911
OK
gur naanak paa-i-aa mayray pi-aaray Dhur mastak laYJill saa. 1161114112111
B O
OJ my love, I am blessed with Guru Nanak, as it is preordained. 6.14.21
H
9@""'"'~ 1{Wfu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
I K
S
~))fTW >roW tI i:J U@ 9 II raag aasaa mehlaa 5 chhant ghar 1.
RAG ASA M: 4 CHHANT GHAR 1
~ ~ ~ H HlfI ;ftor (JT){ II ango anag ghanaa mai so para.b!l deethaa raam.
I see my that Master, I am great(y happy, OJ God.
~ ~ H ufo Gff Joftor (JT){ II chaakhi-arhaa chaakhi-arhaa mai har ras meethaa raam.
I am tasting and tasting, God's nectar is sweet, OJ God.
ufo Gff Htor )fc') Hfu ~ ~ iOI" HU!J ~ II
har ras meethaa man meh vootbaa satgur tootbaa sahj bha-i-aa.
God's nectar is sweet, it trickles in my mind. True Guru is generous, I am, in ease.
fd:@ m ~ ~ ~ thJ ~ tire !JTfiJ ~ II
garihu vas aa-i-aa mangal gaa-i-aa panch gusat o-ay .b!laag ga-i-aa.
He has come to stay in my home, I sing the song ofhappiness, thejive wicked ran away.
~~~R H1iffi Jf3 '8Jftor II seetal aaghaanay amrit baanay saajan sant baseethaa.
The words of Guru are nectar-giving, they give coolness, contentedness. My dear saint is my
mediator.
~ nrna' ma- ~ ~ ~ HlfI 8"it;ftor 11911
kaho naanak har si-o man maani-aa so parabh nainee deethaa. 11111
981
Nanak says, ,"My mind ispJeasedwith God, whom I saw with mYe.ves." 1
~ ~ Ht,icr~'V'H"sohi~arhay.sohiarhay rnayray batl~'du~aaray raam~ \:
My love(v doors look veJ:V nice, Of God. :, . ""
~ ~ )fit ffir ~ Q1li " paahunarhay paahunartlay mayray sant pi-aarav raam.
My guests (marriageparly) are dearsaint~, Of. God .
ffir ~ crratJ Jri' 0>ffli5l"(J qfu ~ ~ " sant pi-aaray kaarajSaaraynamaskear kal-Jagay sayvaa;
Dear saints have settled my allmaters, salutmg'!st(R1'serving them.
))fTl) ~))fTl) ~))f1'f4 ~ ))f'fif,~ IIaapajaaD1eeaapay'maanjee aapsu-aamee aap Qayvaa;'
They themselves are members ofmarriage par(v, and themselvesarjltost: God iiMiiSter{ffrlde-' ,
groom) and they are divine (priests). . ". ,
))ftJC!T ~))f1'f4 ~))fTl) QTO(') ~," apnea kaarajaapsavaaray aapay,t)haaran'Qbaaray;
It is all His own matter, He Himselfsettles, andHimsi!If'Sflstmn'i.the'~li8#ai;'hMe."':.

~ (')1'(')Cl' ~ l.IlO Hfu 80r jW icr,~II:)" '.
kaho naanak saho ghar meh baithaa sohaybankgu-8atay.H2U "
Nanak says, "My husband is sitting in home, my loving doorsfdo/iitice. "2
~ fc5'Q' ~ fc5'Q' ~ l.IlO Hfu ~ Q1li " nay nlDhay na-<>niDhay mayray 9-har meh aa-ee raam.
Nine treasures in nine ways, have comeJo my home,.'OlGod'"
By remembering name, I am blessed with every treasure OIG-od"

O M
'R! fa! H'R! fa! ~ O'tr 1tPHr8t Q1li t1sabhkie~hmai saQh kiehhpaa'-t--aa'haam Dhi;.aa-ee manlo
,',"
. C
O'tr 1tPHr8t JRl' J=I1:I'it J1cJiI ~iitf;Rr unaamQlli-aa-ee sattaasakhaa-eesahj'5uIma'a-ee,govinoaa:"
Remembering name, I am ever in happiness, lilJing, in ease 01 God
U B ' ;.'....
L
~ ~ ;rcft QJ'Ift.Q ('j ~ )fl) ftJ:er" "'(.
=
C
ganat mitaa-ee chookee Dhaa-eekaQay na vi~apai man chtngaa. '
~A ~~~ n K
My all calculations are settled, my wandering is over~ I win never sUffer WiJrri~.~ "
O
Uret II govintt gaajayanhatt vaajayachrajsotm banaa-ee.
B O
When God speaks, unfrictiimed sound ispla.ved. His excellmc6becomes wonderous.
H
~ (')1'(')Cl' flrg ~ FRt 3'" H Oil foftf ~ IISII
IK
kaho naanak pir mayrai sangay taa mai nav niDh paa-ee.1f3H
S
Nanak says, "My husband is with me, that ish()w I get ninetreosu'res. " 3
~ ~ )fit B'lft J18 Ht3'" Q1li II sarsi-arhay sarsi-arhay mayray'bhaa"ee sabh meetaa 1raam.'
Of my brothers, all m.vftiends~ rejfJicetlndrejoice. ' , " "
P.453
ftfl:fH ftp,qf ~ H P fHfJs ifuJr nr II bikbmo bikham akhaarhaa mai gOr mil jeetaa raeITh '
Tlte most difficult may be the battle, I will win with the help ()f Guru; Of G(Jd.
~fi.fmift3r~~cft3'"t!ft3'"RHmJI' II gurmiljeetaa harharkeetaatoOtee'bheetBa bharamgarhaa.
I remember God, and am helped by Guru, the wall.(jfthefmt ofdoubts is broken; t1Ius Twin;
~ 1:fWOT ~ foqw WR ~ tWflr le', n,
paa-i-aa khajaanaa bahut niDhaanaa saanath mayree aap kharhaa.
I could lay my hand on treasures,!ull o/wealth) God Himself stands by me to help me.
mft ~Jll.RfQl'Ol' it f{1W' I')fln')T ~ " so"eesUgi-aanaa sO parOhaanaa jo paraQb. apnaa keetaa
On(v thaHme'is khowledge.able, and that one is prominent, wh'oin'GiJd'lrimsel/"owns;
~ li'l)ii{,;:V'ft!5 ~ gr.,mm:Ffftlhr.IIBI19n
kaho naanak jaaN val su-aamee taa sarsay bhaa-ee meetaa. 114/1111
Nanak ...ays, "IfMaster is on my side, then all brothers,frieiulS it'uf.iJears'tireinjo.y". 4.1
))fTRT )fiJW 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa S. AiSA MOHALA'S
982
))fCfEIT (Jfu ~ CillifI' ftir! i1"fu 0' wit ~
II akthaa har akath kathaa kichh jaa-ay na jaanee raam.
Unrelatable is God and unrelatable is His story, it cannot be known, 01 God.
Bfcr OG ~ OG ~ iJO' J1<J'fi:r ~ ~ II sur nar sur nar mun jan sahj vakhaanee raam.
Tlte men and divines and sages have related it, in ease, 01 God.
J1cftl' ~ ~ r i ~ ~ ifJ ~ II
sehjay vakhaanee ami-o banee charan kamal rang laa+aa.
The nectar giving word is narrated, in ease, thus I get in love with His lotus-feet.
;:rli.r ~ ~ l:J ~ HO ~ ~ ~ II
jap ayk alakh parabh niranjan man chingi-aa fal paa+aa.
Remember one unknowable God-Master and have the desiredfruits.
3ft:r H'Q ~ ~~ fuft Hf3' mfIit II taj maan moh vikaar goojaa jotee jot samaanee.
Leave pride, greed, bad intention, and duali(v, and merge your light in higher light.
~(')'I'i')cir!IG1pI'tft~(JfuifJwit 1Il:l1l binvantnaanakgurprsaadeesagaa harrang maanee.l/lll
Nanak says, "With the grace of Guru, ever enjoy the love ofGod." 1
(Jfu JBr (Jfu ~ m:ro jffl HE' ~ ~ II har santaa har sant sajan mayray meet sahaa-ee raam.
01 saints o.f God, saints ofGod are my dearestfriends, they are my guide, 01 God.
~ ~ A3Adlf:s ~ ~ II vadbhaagee vadbhaagee satsangat paa-ee raam.
With great luck, I am blessed with true congregation, 01 God.
OM
C
~~ ~~~ i1:f ~ II vadbhaagee paa-ay naam Dhi-aa-ay laathay gookh santaapai.
B .
Witlt great luck, I am blessed with them (saints) I remember His name, thus all my sufferings
U
and sorrows are over.
!IG~n~~rit))fTy~~ II
gur charnee laagay bharam bha-o bhaagay aap mitaa+aa aapai.
C L
O K
I get to be at the feet of Guru, all my fears and doubts, run away. God Himselfgot my ego set
O
right.
B
crfcr fcsrQlrr ~ 1[fer ~ ~ ~ 0' ifIlft II kar kirpaa maylay parabh apunai vichhurh kateh na jaa-ee.
H
Being kind, Master got me to meet Him, now I will never separate and shall go nowhere.
K
SI
~ (')'I'i')cir ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II binvant naanak gaas tayraa sagaa har sarnaa-ee. 1/211
Nanak prays, "I am your servant, keep me ever in your refuge. " 2
(Jfu ~ (Jfu ;:ffiJ Jrof6 ~ n3' ~ ~ II har garay har gar sohan tayray bhagat pi-aaray raam.
01 God, at your doors, your dear devotees look nice.
~ 130 ~ iI"W m!' ~ ~ II vaaree tin vaaree jaavaa sag balihaaray raam.
I sacrifice myselffor them, I ever sacrifice 01 God.
m!' ~ crfcr ~ ft::Jo m
l:J tfT3T II sag balihaaray kar namaskaaray jin bhaytat parabh jaataa.
Saluting, I ever sacrifice myselffor them, meeting whom I could know my Master.
l.IlfGl.IlfG~~mr1!l"it~~ftJtIr3r IIghatghatravrahi-aasaQhthaa-eepooran purakh biDhaataa.
He is pervading all bodies, all places, He is perfect(v life-giving Purakh (God).
~~~~~~iJO'tfO'~ II
gur pooraa paa-i-aa naam Dhi-aa+aa joo-ai janam na haaray.
Those who are blessed with perfect Guru, and have remembered His name, they never lose life
in gamble.
~ (')'I'i')cir ~ 3cft ~ fcTa'trT wa-
lIall binvant naanak saran tayree raakh kirpaa Dhaaray. 11311
Nanak says, "I am in your refuge, be kind and save me. " 3
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II bay-antaa bay-ant gun tayray kaytak gaavaa raam.
01 beyond limitations, your attributes are unlimited, how many ofthem, I can sing, 01 God.

3'ij- trQC!T ~ tJaC! 9f5 ~ ~ G'H II tayray charnaa tayray charan Dhoorh vadbhaagee paavaa raam.
Ofyourfeet, I will get dust, on(v ifI am lucky, OJ God.
(Jfa"~~~~ROH~~tri II
har Dhoorhee nHaa-ee-ai mail gavaa-ee-ai janam maran gukh laathay.
Let us have bath, in His feet-dust, and wash our dirt off, then the pains of birth and death
will go.
f3fu ~ JreT ~ ~ l{f Jri' II antar baahar sagaa hagooray parmaysar paraQh saathay.
Inside or outside, God is present. Master is ever accompanying.
f).R' ~ ~ cftQ30 ~ ;Wo 0" ~ II mitay gookh kali-aan keertan bahurh jon na paavaa.
Sing the liberating praise ofGod. your pains will be removed, and you will not return to womb.
~ ('j'T'('j'Cj[ ~ ~ ~ ~ l;{B'iRl' 11811=211
binvant naanak gur saran taree-ai aapnay paraQh Qhaavaa. 11411211
Nanak says, "Let us liberate by being in the refuge of Guru, my Master will like me." 4.2
))[lW E >fUl tl U@ 8 aasaa chhant mehlaa 5 ghar 4 ASA CHHANT M: 5 GHAR 4
9r'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.

(Jfa" ~ ~ HQ i1tPw fa: ))flO 0" >fu5r G'H ~ II
har charan kamal man bayDhi-aa kichh aan na meethaa raam raajay.
O M
God's lotus-feet have pierced through my mind, now nothing tastes sweet to me, OJ God king
fi.fR? Fi'::sFi'alr~ ~ (Jfa" 1IIfG ure;ftor G'H ~ II
.C
mil santsangat aaraaDhi-aa har ghat ghatay deethaa raam raajay.
U B
L
Joining the congregation ofsaints, I adore,thus I see God is everybody, OJ God-king.
C
(Jfa" urfG ure ;ihsr ~ ~ ROH H'a'O ~ ~ II
O K
har ghat ghatay deethaa amrito voothaa janam maran gukh naathay.
Seeing Him in everybody, the nectar trickles, my pains of birth and death are off.
qrc! f1;fq dJl'ftmrr H!f ~ ~ ~
B O
f8oJ:ft CIJlt II
H
gun niDh gaa-i-aa saQh gookh mitaa-i-aa ha-umai binsee gaathay.
K
I sing the treasure of attributes (God), my sorrows and the bundle ofego are lost.
P.454
1W mrtr ~ D 0"
S I
Hf7; ~ ~ Hiftor II
R'llft
pari-o sahj subhaa-ee chhod na jaa-ee man laagaa rang majeethaa.
OJ my love, in ease, please do not leave me, my mind is happy in your sweet-love.
(Jfa" 0"'0"Cl' 8Q" e-ao ~ fa: ))flO 0" >fu5r 11911
har naanak bayDhay charan kamal kichh aan na meethaa. 11111
Nanak says, "God's lotus-feet have pierced me, now nothing else is sweet for me." 1
~ CJl'3t tI'fi!l; HT ~ G'H Gfi::r w3 G'H ~ II ji-o raatee jal maachhulee ti-o raam ras maatay raam raajay.
Like a.fish loves water, same way are the intoxicated ones by the nectar of God.
~ 1ft ~ ;:fRo m3' B'3' G'H ~ II gur poorai upgaysi-aa jeevan gat Qhaatay raam raajay.
17,e perfect Guru taught me, how to love life - current, OJ God-King.
;:fRo m3' ~ ~ ))fTf4 ~ ~ ~ II jeevan gat su-aamee antarjaamee aap lee-ay larh laa-ay.
Master of my life current, is all pervading. He Himself has accepted me.
(Jfa" <J3O ~ ~ ~ iflr 0" ~ tn II
har ratan pagaaratho pargato poorno chhod na kathoo jaa-ay.
God is wealth ofgems, perfectly granted, I will not leave to go, anywhere.
~ BU@ ~ B'fI"Q Bl'f')ft 3T cit fi.re 0" ~ II
984
parabh sughar saroop sujaan su-aamee taa kee mitai na daatay.
God is profound and beautiful, all aware Master. His gifts never exhaust.
iR? JffdT ~ ~ ("j"I()ciI' ij'ftJ H"'3" II~II jal sang raatee maachhulee naanak har maatay. 11211
Like a fish is in love with water. Nanak is in love with God. 2
~ ~ ~'i! ~ ij'ftJ l:flO ~ QI}{ orR II chaatrikjaachai boondji-o har paraan aQhaaraa raam raajay.
Chatrik prays for the life-drop, God is his sustainer of life, 01 God-king.
~ 1:fifujT ~ ~ JiB Hili 3" ~ QI}{ orR II
maal khajeenaa sut bharaat meet sabhahoo Ntay pi-aaraa raam raajay.
God is dearer than wealth, treasury, son, brother, friend, and all others, 01 God-king.
A"!I(f 3" ~ t.IQl:f ~ 3" eft m ~ ~ II
= - -
sabhahoo Ntay pi-aaraa purakh niraaraa taa kee gat nahee jaanee-ai.
He is dearer than all, a wonderful Purakh, His dynamics cannot be known.
ij'ftJ wfH fdrarfH (') ftrRa' m= aTiI 'Alftft ~
- -
H'C!PK II
har saas giraas na bisrai kabahoo Ngur sabdee rang maanee-ai.
God is never to be forgotten, He is to remain in mind, in every breath, eve,:v morsel,
and let us enjoy His love, through the word of Guru.
It ...
'l:& ~ Hdli1'i!o .~ -'I. ...
M
ft
JI3' ~ <.l1'iO t11<.l irQH )fiJ' ~ ~ II
O
parabh purakh jagjeevano sant ras peevno jap bharam moh dukh daaraa.
C
God is life-giving Purakh and is nectar that saints drink, remember Him, all doubts sorrows and
greed are off.
B .
U
~ ~ ~'i! ~ ("j"I()ciI' ij'ftJ ~ lIall chaatrikjaachai boondji-o naanak har pi-aaraa. 11311
Like chatrik he begs for a drop, God is dearer to Nanak. 3
C L
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ QI}{ orR II milay naraa-in aapnay maanoratho pooraa raam raajay.
Meeting God, my objectives are achieved 01 God-king.
~ !ftE riM eft m OK
~ ~ QI}{ orR II dhaathee bheet bharamm kee bhaytat gur sooraa raam raajay.
B II O
Meeting the brave Guru, ~v wall of doubts has collapsed, 01 God-king.
KH
~ IJO ~ ~ ~ AS foftf m~
I
pooran gur paa-ay purab Iikhaa-ay sabh niDh deen da+aalaa.
S
I am blessed with perfect Guru as preordained, I find all the treasures ofmerciful to poor.
))fTfu Hfq ~ 'l:& mft ~ IJO aP.rrw II aad maDh ant parabh so-ee sundar gur gopaalaa.
Same Master is in the beginning, in the middle and in the end, He is beautiful Guru-God.
~ Rutr ~ uma-
trf:a tRO ~ ~ II sookh sahj aanand ghanayray patit paavan saaDhoo Dhooraa.
Now I have lot of happiness, bliss, in ease, and also the feet-dust of saints, that liberates the
declined.
ij'ftJ ~ ~ (')T()cifI' ~ ~ 11811~lIa II har milay naraa-in naankaa maanoratho pooraa. 11411111311
Nanak says, "Meeting God, my objective are achieved." 4.1.3
))ITAT HCJW U 5 urg E aasaa mehlaa 5 chhant ghar 6 ASA M: 5, CHHANT GHAR 6
ctr'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.

~ II salok. SALOK
w ~ !IE' ~ ~ ij'ftJ ij'ftJ mft HlJT3" II jaa ka-o bha-ay kirpaal parabh har har say-ee japaat.
Upon whom Master is kind, they remember God.
("j"I()ciI' tllf:r ~ f3Q QI}{ fRt m ATtf JhJT3" II ~II
naanak pareet lagee tin H raam si-o bhaytat saaDh sangaat. 11111
Nanak says, "They are in love with God, they join the congregation ofsaints." 1

~ II chhant. CHHANT
iR'5 ~ ~ cftf3 ))flf ~ ))flU i'i"dt )fc') ~ tltf3 ~ II
jal QuDh ni-aa-ee reet ab QuDh aach nahee man aisee pareet haray.
Of my mind, love God like water loves milk, it burns itselfto keep the milk safe.
))flf ~ ~ ~ 8'FIO H'fu )RIO ~ fl:Ig ift nrfu ~ II
ab urihi-o at kamlayh baasan maahi magan ik khin Qhee naahi tarai.

Now intoxicated by the fragrance of lotus, black bee does not flyaway even for a while.
fl:Ig O'fu ~ 1Jtf:r craPK Rmrcr ufB' ~ ~ II
khin naahi taree-ai pareet haree-ai seegaar ha.bb. ras arpee-ai.
When in love for God, we should never be away even for a while, and surrender our decorated
bo((v before Him to enjoy.
ffiJ ~ ~ RH t1! ~ 3(J ~ n R1JPK II
jah Qookh sunee-ai jam panth bhanee-ai tah saaDhsang na darpee-ai.
Where we come to listen about sorrows, or where we come to know about the path ofdeath. Even
there we need not to fear, because there is congregation ofsaints. .
amr ~ ~ ~ JtmS 1fiS ~ ~ II kar keerat goving gunee-ai sagal paraachhat gukh haray.
Let us sing the praise of God ofvirtues. So that all sufferings and sorrows get lost.
C@ 0T0Ql' i3 ~ ~ i )fc') ~~~~~ )fc') tltf3 ~ II~II
OM
kaho naanak chhant goving har kay man har si-o nayhu karayhu aisee man pareet haray. 11111
.C
Nanak says, "Sing the songs of God, so that mind be in His love, and let such a love win my
heart." 1
fuft ~ <fur ~ fl:Ig ift nr ~ )f(') ~ ~ ~ II
U B
C L
jaisee machhulee neer ik khin Qhee naa Qheeray man aisaa nayhu karayhu.
K
Of my mind love likeafish, which does not be in patience(restful), even for a while, when in love
with water.
P.455
OHvO
H B
fuft erf flmfTR fl:Ig fl:Ig ~ ~ 8Gff ~ II
K
jaisee chaatrik pi-aas khin khin boong chavai baras suhaavay mayhu.
S I
Of my mind, like a thirs(v chatrik, who, all through, desires only for a drop ofwater, andprays
for rain to fall nicely in love.
~ 1Jtf:r ~ ft!g )fQ tftH))ffu' ~ ~ ~ II
har pareet kareejai ih man geejai at laa-ee-ai chit muraaree.
In love, surrender your mind, before God.Have intensefeelings in mind, for Him.
HTQ n citR ~ trcM ~ at ~ II maan na keejai saran pareejai garsan ka-o balihaaree.
Do not be in vanity, be at the feet of God, and sacrifice yourselffor seeing Him.
~~~nrcJfW*Q(')~Wi~ II
gur suparsannay mil naah vichhunay Qhan gaygee saach sanayhaa.
Please your Guru, meet your separated husband, this is the real love, a woman gives.
C@ 0T0Ql' i3 ~ ~ i ~~ attR ~)f(') ~ ~ ~ II~II
kaho naanak chhant anant thaakur kay har si-o keejai nayhaa man aisaa nayhu karayhu. 11211
Nanak says, "Master's'songs are uncountable, love God, through them, 01 my mind, love like
this." 2
vcm ~ ~ ~ ))f'A' l.llC!t Cfft!' ~ ~ II
chakvee soor sanayhu chitvai aas ghanee kag dinee-ar daykhee-ai.
Chakvi remembers her love for sun, she is in great hope, when to see the day.
986
~ ))[a tftf3 ~ ~ HO ~ ~ ~ II
kokil amb pareet chavai suhaavee-aa man har rang keejee-ai.
The cuckoo sings her love for mango, she is very nice. 01 my mind, love God like this.
~t{lS~WQO"eMftrcr~~mir~ II
har pareet kareejai maan na keejai ik raatee kay habh paahuni-aa.
Love God and have no ego, all are guests for one night.
))flJ ~ ~ ~ Jfg ~ ori ~ ~ II
ab ki-aa rang laa-i-o moh rachaa-i-o naagay aavan jaavani-aa.

Now in what kind ofthings? you are involved; you have gained greed on(v, you have to come and
go naked.
ftrcr- R"Q'= RGit ~ ;rac!t ))flJ ccfi:r
=:
Hu- if- fa'3hK II
thir saaDhoo sarnee parhee-ai charnee ab tootas moh jo kitee-ai.
Let be stable in the refuge ofsaints, be at their feet, then the developed greed willfinish.
~(')'I(')Cl'i:J~~~HO~fttftf3mf~~II~1I
kaho naanak chhant ga-i-aal purakh kay man har laa-ay pareet kab ginee-ar gaykhee-ai. 11311
Nanak says, "sing the songs ofmerciful God, Having His love in mind, and see when your ~ves
open to see the sun. " 3
M
f'o6:r ~ AA ore- fffc! JFit ~ ~ HO ~ t{lS eM II
O
nis kurank jaisay naag sun sarvanee hee-o divai man aisee pareet keejai.
C
.
01 my mind, love God like a deer. His ears listen sound during night and he gives his heart.
B
fuft~'B"3"'Q~fifflfufJ:R~JiQ~;:ftH II jaiseetarunbhataarurjhee pirehsivai ih man laalgeejai.
U
L
Like a wife, engrossed in the love ofher husband, sarves Him, surrender your mind to your love.
C
JiQ~;:ftH ~~ mir~B~ II man laaleh geejai bhog kareejai habh khusee-aa rang maanay.
K
Give your heart to your dear, enjoy in His love, loving Him, enjoy all pleasures.
O
~ ))f1')T ~ ~ ~ ~))(fir ~ 6r:l ~ II
B O
pir apnaa paa-i-aa rang laal banaa-i-aa at mili-o mitar chiraanay.
I am blessed with my love. 1 changed to extremely red colour. Since 1 am meeting my love after
long time.
K H
S I
~ 'EiPw W1:lt 3T ~ ))fTlfi M" fror ~ 0" tftA" II
gur thee-aa saakhee taa ditham aakhee pir jayhaa avar na geesai.
When Guru becomes my witness, then 1 see Him with my eyes, none else, 1 see is matching my
love.
~ (')'I(')Cl' i:J ~ Huo~ HOd'ftr~ar<:ftR~ HOt{lS eM 119111:\11911
kaho naanakchhantga-i-aal mohan kay man harcharangaheejaiaisee man pareetkeejai.11411111411
Nanak says, "Sing the song ofcharming merciful, be at His feet, and win His heart, 01 my mind
love Him like this. " 4.1.4
))fTW Ji"iJ'W ~ II aasa M: 5 Asa mehlaa 5.
~ II salok. SALOK
8Q 8Q ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ban ban firtee khojtee haaree baho avgaahi.
Treading uneven ways, 1 wandered in forests to find Him, but 1 have failed in searching Him.
(')'I(')Cl'R R"Q' ;:ra d'ftr ~ HO H'fu 111:\11 naanak bhaytay saaDh jab har paa-i-aa man maahi. 11111
Nanak says, "1 serve the saints, thus God comes to say in my mind." 1
i:J II chhant. eHHANT
HT ~ if;:rfu ~ ~ ~ 3'11' II jaa ka-o khojeh asaNkh munee anayk tapay.
One, whom number ofsages and austeres are searching.
987
~ crrc
~ ~ Wtl tp) II barahmay kot araaDheh gi-aanee jaap japay.
Crores ofBrahmha adore Him, and knowledgeable are meditating.
Rl./' 3'1.1' Him ~ ~ ~ Jlqn 8t!Or II jap taap sanjam kiri-aa poojaa anik soDhan bangnaa.
Meditation, austeri~v, discipline, ritualistic worhip, and many more, are offered solutions.
~~8'ffQT~Hil'Q6mo~~II kargavan basuDhaateerthah majan milan ka-oniranjanaa.
Many are roaming on earth, bathing in sacred waters, to meet the Taintless (God).
Ji1'g1:r 8Q f3Q ~ tNt JRJC!I) ~ ~ II maanukh ban tin pasco pankhee sagal tui!:leh araaDhatay.
Tlte men, the forests, the vegetation, the animals, the birds, all are adoring you.
~ ~ jftre (')1(')i5[ ~ H'qAdlfd ~ ar3' II~II
ga-i-aal laal gobing naanak mil saaDhsangat ho-ay gatay. 11111
Nanak says, "Meet God, the merciful ,the loving, liberation is through the congregation of
saints. "1
cifc ftrAo" ~ JicrQ HG'tI'Q II kot bisan avtaar sankar jataaDhaar.
Crores ofincarnations of Vishnu, and ofSankar, are there with matting hair.
~ ~ ~ Hfo 3fo 9'J ~ II chaaheh tui!:leh ga-i-aar man tan ruch apaar.
O! merciful, I desire for you, with infinite interest, with mind and body.
~ ))fdJ){ jftre ~JRJC!I) ~ l;{B'tnlt II apaar agam gobing t!laakur sagal poorak paraQh Dhanee.
M
O! inaccessible, infinite God, you are allfulfilling, you are the rich, Master.
O
ffQmtnl~afqQa~iI1:ffiiC'iG~i1Cft II sursiDh gan ganDharab Dhi-aavahijakh kinnargun bhanee.
.C
The men, the gods, the perfects, the divine singers, remember you. Yaksh, the divine dancers
B
recite you.
U
cifc ~ ~ ~ H1a ~ HH C['<J II kot ingar anayk gayvaa japat su-aamee jai jai kaar.
Crores ofIndar, many ofgods, remember you, O! my Master, I hail you.
0'Tl:f ~ (')1(')i5[ H'qAdll'd ~ ~ II~II
C L
K
))f('jlli
O
anaath naath ga-i-aal naanak saaDhsangat mil uDhaar. 11211
O
Nanak says, "The father of orphans, merciful, liberate us by letting us to join, the congregation
B
ofsaints. " 2
crrc rn
H
HI' ~ ~ ~ ~ 'B"f:r II kot gayvee jaa ka-o sayveh lakhimee anik bhaat.
K
I
Whom tlte crores ofgoddesses and Lakhmis serve in many ways.
P.456
iJ1S l;{R HI' ~ ~ ~ Stnt f~(,i,,!PJTftf II gupat pargatjaa ka-o araaDheh pa-un paanee ginas raat.
Whom the manifest and unmanife...t, and the air and the water, day and night, adore.
~ RJftra' ~ ~ 8B'll R(')l" ~ II
nakhi-atar sasee-ar soor Dhi-aavahi basuDh gagnaa gaav-ay.
Whom tlte stars, the moons, the suns, the lands, the skies, sing.
JRJC!I) l:f'"B JRJC!I) 8"it m!" m!" ~ II sagal khaanee sagal banee sagaa sagaa Dhi-aav-ay.
Whom all sources of life, all spoken words, ever and ever remember.
~ YQ'C!' ~ ~ 1:f? H"'R":l HI' ~ ~ II simrit puraan chatur baygah khat saastar jaa ka-o japaat.
Whom the Simritis, Purans, Four Vedas, six systems ofphilosophy remember.
~ l.fT':'O B'iIIf:J ~ (')1(')i5[ ~ Jifdr JI'ftr II a II
patit paavan Qhagat vachhal naanak milee-ai sang saat. 11311
Nanak says, "He is the devotee loving liberator for all declined We can meet Him through the
congregation ofsaints. " 3
i8t ~ ilO'it QROT ~ m II jaytee parabhoo janaa-ee rasnaa tayt bhanee.
As much as, master taught me, same my tongue recites.
988
~ H~ 3:ft 1ro' wrem II anjaanat jo sayvai tavtee nah jaa-ay ganee.
All those who serve you, are not known to me. I cannot count them.
~ ~ ~ ~ JIaR'lS lW 8'<JGT II avigat agnat athaah thaakur sagal manib.ay baahraa.
Indivisible, uncountable, immeasurable is Master, He is inside everything, and outside everything.
RQlI ;::rrft;rc{ ~ ~ 1ro' ~ Raft W'ijQT II sarab jaachik ayk Qaataa nah Qoor sangee jaahraa.
All are beggars, and Giver is one, He is not away, but is ever seen accompanying.
m BaT3' ePw ~ ~ '3" eft ~ feB cn<ft' II vas bhagat thee-aa milay jee-aa taa kee upmaa kit ganee.
He is bound by the love ofHis devotees, He meets through heart, how can I measure His praise?
futr t!"'Q H'Q ~ t.rE JfuJ JIIlro Q'ftr ~ II Q II ~ II~ II
ih Qaan maan naanak paa-ay sees saaDhah Dhar charnee. 11411211511
Nanak says, " I beg for this aim and honour, let me place my head at the feet ofsaints. " 4.2.5
))fTW HUW ~ II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5,
~ II salok. SALOK
~ ~ d!lianJ ~ (]fa' (]fa' crrre II uQam karahu vadbhaageeho simrahu har har raa-ay.
Do try 01 lucky ones, and remember God-king.
(')TOOl' tRff ~ 'R'!I' Jjlf ~ ~ ~ ~ wre 119.11
naanak jis simrat sabh sukh hoveh Qookh QaraQ bharam jaa-ay. 11111
M
Nanak says, "Remembering whom, there are allpleasures, the sorrows, the pains, the doubts, all
O
go. " 1
C
~ II chhant. CHHANT
B.
(')T}j Hta amre 1ro' ~ II naam japat gobinQ nah alsaa-ee-ai.
U
Don't be lazy, remember God.
L
'k3' W9' mr ffif yfcr 1ro' ~ II bhaytat saaDhoo sang jam pur nah jaa-ee-ai.
C
K
Meeting saints, no leaving for hell
O
~ '0 ~ ~ (')T}j ~ Jre ~ II Qookh QaraQ na bha-o bi-aapai naam simrat saQ sukhee.
O
No sorrow, no pain, no fear happens, remembering name are ever happy.
B
wfl:Jwfi:p,,~,Tftf(]fa'(]fa'~Jtl{!Hfl>tn:it II saassaas araaDh harharDhi-aa-ayso parabh man mukhee.
H
Adore by eve,:v breath, remember God, and speak having Master in mind.
K
I
~~~~fo1trafa'~~~ II
S
kirpaal Qa-i-aal rasaal gun niDh kar Qa-i-aa sayvaa laa-ee-ai.
He is generous, merciful, blissful, the treasure of attributes, being kind He gives His service.
~ ~ ~ ;:N (')T}j Hta amre 1ro' ~ 119.11
naanak pa-i-ampai charan jampai naam japat gobinQ nah alsaa-ee-ai. 11111
Nanak says, "Be at His feet, remember His name, do not be lazy in remembering Him." 1
'IRO trf33' Y<'iE (')I'){ ~ II paavan patit puneet naam niranjanaa.
Name ofthe God is liberator for the declined, pure and taintless.
~ ~ ftIoTJ:J fdmfro ~ ~ II bharam anDhayr binaas gi-aan gur anjnaa.
The knowledge given by Guru, is anjan, it removes the darkness of doubts.
~Q fdmfro ))(;:ro lpf foaiIo tms ~ ~ ~ II
gur gi-aan anjan parabh niranjan jal thai mahee-aI poori-aa.
17ze knowledge of Guru is anjan given by taintless Master, who pervades waters, lands and
nether regions.
fuQ foHl:f i(l' &- ftre ~ fi.re f:mfu ~ II ik nimakh jaa kai riQai vasi-aa mitay tiseh visoori-aa.
In whose mind, He abides even for a moment, his sufferings end.
))fdJTfi:r 8q JOOfE{ ~ RQlI ~ ~ itIor II agaaDh boDh samrath su-aamee sarab kaa bha-o bhanjnaa.
989
Master of inaccessible wisdom, is competentfor destroying everyone'sfear.
~ ~ ~ tin' ~ ~ ycful ntH ~ II~II
naanak pa-i-ampai charan jampai paavan patit puneet naam niranjanaa. 11211
Nanak says, "Be at His feet, remember His name, His name is liberator for the declined. " 2
tk aRit ~ ~ fitrr feW II ot gahee gopaal ga-i-aal kirpaa niQhay.
I am depending upon the support ofmerciful Master, the treasure ofgrace.
Hfu ))flmJ ~ ;mr; ~ mrfa ft:N II mohi aasar tu-a charan tumaaree saran siDhay.
My hope is yourfeet, and success is in your refuge.
<Jfu;mr;~CifQOB"'f')ft1ff3'3'~<Jfu~ II harcharan kaaran karan su-aamee patituDhran harharay.
His feet are to cause and to effect, thus Master is liberator for declined, OJ God ofgods.
FnIQ ~ R ~ ~ fi:oos ~ ~ II saagar sansaar Qhav utaar naam simrat baho taray.
The world is ocean of terrible waters, please get me to the other shore, like remembering your
name, many have got across by swiming.
))I'lfu ~ ~ ijiIfu 87ft ~ H3J:m fiN II aag ant bay-ant khojeh sunee uDhran satsang biDhay.
Master is in the beginning, in the end, unlimited, Be is searched by countless. I have heard that
many are liberated, by joining the congregation ofsaints.
~~;mr;tin'tk~~~~feW IISII
naanak pa-i-ampai.charan jampai ot gahee gopaal ga-i-aal kirpaa niQhay. 11311
M
Nanak .~ays, "Be at His feet, remember His name, I am depending upon the support ofmerciful
O
C
Master, the treasure ofgrace. " 3
.
~ ~ <Jfa' ~ JW1l.r ~ II bhagat vachhal har birag aap banaa-i-aa.
B
U
He is devotee-loving, this is His nature, He Himself has protected it.
L
trc:r trc:r J:B ))f(Jl'tIfu 3C1 3C1 ~ II jah jah sant araaDheh tah tah paragtaa-i-aa.
K C
Where and where saints are adored, there and there God are reveals.
l{fB" JW1l.r lISre ~ Jroftr ffiJ'ft!' iRI3' ill'CIiI' FI'faw II
O
parabh aap lee-ay samaa-ay sahj suQhaa-ay bhagat kaaraj saari-aa.
O
B
Master Himself helps to get merged, in ease. thus He settled the matters ofHis devotees.
H
~ <Jfu tm' J1c]T ~ ROS ~ ~ II aanang har jas mahaa mangal sarab gookh visaari-aa.
K
SI
God's praise in blissful, great(v pleasing, He gets all sufferings to forget.
P.457
tJH3'Cr'Q ~ eu ft:!FJ ~ 3C1 ~H<:'li!bfl' II chamatkaar pargaas gah gis ayk tah garistaa-i-aa.
His wonder is manifesting in ten directions, only one level ofit, He has shown.
~ ~ ~ tm ~ ~ CJftr ~ JW1l.r ~ 11811SII~11
naanak pa-i-ampai charan jampai Qhagat vachhal har birag aap banaa-i-aa. 11411311611
Nanak says, "Be at His feet, remember His word, devotees-loving is His nature, He Himself
developed it. " 4.3.6
))fTHT Hm 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ Ji30 ~ ~ 0' ~ II thir santan sohaag marai na jaav-ay.

Saint's husband is ever living, neither He dies, nor goes.
i:rr ;i fd:lftr <Jfa' ~ B' ~ <:it ~ II jaa kai garihi har naahu so sag hee raav-ay.
In whmie home is her love, God, she always enjoys Him,
~ ~ jj l[f ~ ~ ~ II avinaasee avigat so parabh sagaa navtan nirmalaa.
That Master is imperishable indivisible and ever fresh andpure.
i'm ~ ~ <JfcJ ~ eu ftm ~ ~ ~ II nah goor sagaa hagoor t!laakur gah gis pooran sag sagaa.
Master is ever present, never afar, He is ever pervading, in all the ten directions.
990
~mHf3'HT3'~tltf3'~~ II
paraanpat gat mat jaa tay pari-a pareet pareetam bhaav-ay.
He is Master ofmy breath, (life) my dynamism and wisdom are by Him, He helps me to get my
dear's love.
~~~&ufowift@Jf30~~7)~ IIClII
naanak vakhaanai gur bachan jaanai thir santan sohaag marai na jaav-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Know the words of Guru, saints love is ever living, neither He dies nor goes." 1
HT ~ ~ B'3"'2 3" & ~ ~ II jaa ka-o raam bhataar taa kai anag ghanaa.
One whose husband is God, she is greatly happy.
~ W orfu" Jl!JT wa- ~ II sukhvantee saa naar sobhaa poor banaa.
That woman is all happy, her fame is perfect.
~ ~ ~ (Jfu' iJff RfcJr ~ Jl ~ II maan mahat kali-aan har jas sang surjan so parabhoo.
Honour, excellence, well-being, all are in the praise of God. That Master, ever awaken, is
accompanying.
J1<J8 fi::I1Q" ~ f<;fQ' ~ fcqfJ mit ~ JfJ Of II sarab siDh nay niDh tit garihi nahee oonaa sabh kachhoo.
- -
Every perfection, nine treasures are in that home, there is every thing and no shortage.
HgQ m fitfu H'?it ft@ ~ 3" QT ~ II maDhur baanee pireh maanee thir sohaag taa kaa banaa.
M
One, who receives husband's voice as sweet, her marital life becomes ever stable.
O
~ ~ ~ &ufo wi HT ci ifTl:f B'3"'2 3" & ~ ~ II~ II
C
naanak vakhaanai gur bachan jaanai jaa ko raam bhataar taa kai anag ghanaa. 11211
B .
Nanak says, "One who knows the words of Guru, her love is God, she is greatly happy." 2
U
~ JIl:it H3 t.rTfi:r jRr ~ II aa-o sakhee sant paas sayvaa laagee-ai.
Come OJ friend, let us go to saints, and start serving.
C L
tJ'tRt ~ t.fl::l'l'ftJ ~ ~ II peesa-o charan pakhaar aap ti-aagee-ai.
O K
Let us leave ego and grind grains for them (saints), and wash their feet.
n.re
O
3fl:i ~ Ji3"y ~ 0i1 ~ II taj aap mitai santaap aap nah jaanaa-ee-ai.
B
Leave ego, know your love yourself, your sufferings will end.
H
~ iI'CitH wft; ~ cri' Jl ~ ~ II saran gaheejai maan leejai karay so sukh paa-ee-ai.
K
I
Hold His feet and be honoured, whatever He does, enjoy the same.
~ t!1lf rn
S
3fl:i ~ C(Q iffiJ fe'" ~ H"aiPH II
kar gaas gaasee taj ugaasee kar jorh gin rainjaagee-ai.
Folding my hand, day and night, I awake to pray, that makes me the servant ofyour servants and
removes my alienation.
~ ~ ~ &ufo iI1i ~ JIl:it H3 t.rTfi:r jRr ~ 11:3 II
naanak vakhaanai gur bachan jaanai aa-o sakhee sant paas sayvaa laagee-ai. 11311
Nanak says, "Come OJ friend, let us know the word ofGuru and be in the service ofsaints." 3
HT & ~ B"aI m jRr wftrnIr II jaa kai mastak bhaag se sayvaa laa-i-aa.
They are given to serve,for whom it is preordained.
3" cit l,;fQO ~ fHQ ~ ~ II taa kee pooran aas jin H saaDhsang paa-i-aa.
Those who have joined the congregation ofsaints, their hopes are fulfilled.
JtTtIJITdr (Jfu' & Mcrr iii"ftR fi:Dfac!" ~ II saaDhsang har kai rang gobing simran laagi-aa.
God's love is from the congregation of saints, this gives to remember Him.
~ Hg ~ ~ FRRi) ftrofJ ~ II Qharam moh vikaar goojaa sagal tineh ti-aagi-aa.
Doubt, greed, ill intention and duality, they have negated alL
Hf?) Ria R<J"ff ~ ~ ))f'(')t!' Hms ~ ~ II
991
man saa~ sahj subhaa-o voothaa anag mangal gun gaa+aa.
Their mind is placed in peace, in ease, they sing ofHis bliss, happiness and virtues.
~ ~ ~ fifn tI't w it HFI3ftr !r'iIJ fir ~ ~ 11811811;) II
naanak vakhaanai gur bachan jaanai jaa kai mastak J;IDaag se sayvaa laa+aa. 11411411711
Nanak says, "Those who know the words of Guru, on(v they are given to serve, but on(v for
whom it is preordained. " 4.4. 7
))fTRT )f<J'W 1.1 II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5,
~ II salok. SALOK
uftr uftr O'l:f ~ Cl! (') em ~ II har har naam japanti-aa kachh na kahai jamkaal.
Remembering name of God, the devil ofdeath cannot touch.
(")l'7)C[ HQ 3Q Hl:it ~ ~ fH* ~ lIetll naanak man tan sukhee ho-ay antay milai gopaal. 11111
Nanak says, "Mind and body become happy, and in the end meets God." 1
i3 II chhant. CHHANT
~ Ji30 cl JffiIr Hfi:r ~ ~ II mila-o santan kai sang mohi uDhaar layho.
Let me join the congregation ofsaints, and liberate.
~ ~ Ci(Q iffiJ uftr uftr O'l:f ~ II bin-o kara-o kar jorh har har naam gayh.
Folding hands, I pray, give me your (God's) name.
M
uftr O'l:f ~ ~ ~ wg ~ ~ ~ II
O
har naam maaga-o charanlaaga-o maan ti-aaga-o tum H ga+aa.
. C
I beg for the name of God, I want to be at His feet, I want to shun ego, please be kind.
B
C13g(,)~~~~Hlf!J'crfir~ II
U
katahoo N na Dhaava-o saran paava-o karunaa mai parabh kar ma+aa.
L
01 all-compassion, I do not want to go anywhere else, I want to be at your feet, 01 Master be
C
K
kind to me.
RHa1i))f'allf))NTQ ~ ~ ~ ft:rnt ~ II samrath agath apaar nirmal sunhu su-aamee bin-o ayhu.
O O
Absolute power, unapproachable, infinite, pure, Master, please listen my prayer.
B
CIQ iffiJ (")l'7)C[ ~ ~ iIOH ~ ~ ~ II etll
H
kar jorh naanak gaan maagai janam maran nivaar layho. 11111
K
SolvI
Folding hands Nanak says, "beg for a gift, please liberate me from birth and death. 1
P.458
~ Hf:r<:ftQ ~ ~ II apraaDhee matiheen nirgun anaath neech.
I am convict, orphan, week, virtueless and devoid ofwisdom.
FlO ~ ~ ftp,rna Her aftg II sath kathor kulheen bi-aapat moh keech.
I am stone-like hard, ofno (bad) lineage, and ever involved in mud ofgreed.
~ ir<fH emf ~ ){)f3I' ~ tftftJ (') ~ II mal J;IDaram karam aha N mamtaa maran cheet na aav-ay.
I am possessed by dirt of doubt, greed, my actions, and do not remember that I have to die.
afo3'r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II banitaa binog anand maa+aa agi-aantaa laptaav-ay.
Out ofignorance, I am indulging in love ofwealth and pleasures ofwoman.
flm H8Q sa- ~ fun ~ Jifln ~ II khisai joban baDhai jaroo-aa gin nihaaray sang meech.
The youth is eloping, old-age is approaching, and the death will be my companion, my days are
numbered.
~ (")l'7)C[))fI'R' ~ ~ wg ~ olv II ~ II binvant naanak aas tayree saran saaDhoo raakh neech. 112"
.Nanak prays, "My hopes are on your, keep me, the virtueless, at the feet ofsaints. 2
~ iIOH ~ ~ }f'ijT Ro II J;IDarmay janam anayk sankat mahaa jon.
Doubts give birth to many hazards, and lot ofbirths.
992
~~ f3u Jffin' Ht8" i'iIT Ho II lapat rahi-o tih sang meethay bhog son.
Believing pleasures ofwealth (gold) to be sweets, I am indulging in them.
~ B'1'ij' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II bharmat bhaar agnat aa-i-o baho parQayseh Dhaa-i-o.
Wandering, I am great(v loaded, I have wandered in lot of countries.

nra tk wa1 tliJ' ~ Jta'8 Bl:f <JflJ ~ II ab ot Dhaaree paraJID muraaree sarab sukh har naa-i-o.
NolV I am in the refuge ofMaster, all pleasures are now in the name of God.
(JTl:Il'lifia tliJ'~tf5'3' ~(';~fui II raakhanhaaray parabh pi-aaray muihtay kachhoo na ho-aa hon.
Dear Master is my saviour, neither I could do anything, nor I will be (able to do).
~ JJH ~ 0"C"iCiI' ~ 3cit ~ Bto II~II sookh sahj aananQ naanak kirpaa tayree tarai bha-un. 11311
Nanak says, "By your grace, I enjoyed lot of comforts, bliss, in ease, and swam across many
oceans. 3
7)T}{ QT<ftor ~ iRr:ScJ JiJ:rr ~ II naam Dhaareek uDhaaray Qhagtah sansaa ka-un.
01 devotees, allfollowers ofname are liberated where is the cause for doubt?
ito an- ~ <JflJ uflr iJff ~ ~ II jayn kayn parkaaray har har jas sunhu sarvan.
Any way, with your ears, listen the praise of God.
fffl';~mYQ1:ffdrnIT(')'hrli'lfnqrortrW II sun sarvan baanee purakh gi-aanee man niDhaanaa paavhay.
17te knowledgeable person, listens His word with ears, and his mind gets the treasure ofname.
trfa' ffcn' CJT3' tliJ' f1rqT3' ~ a- ~ ~ II har rang raatay parabh biDhaatay raam kay gun gaavhay.
O M
7710se in love for God, the Master of destiny, they sing the attributes of God.
C
~~8OQTi{cmw~~H~tO II basuDh kaagaQbanraaj kalmaa Iikhanka-ojayho-aypavan.
B .
(I'the earth be a paper, the vegetation be a pen, and speed ofwriting be of air.
U
ana ~ ('; tr'ft!' tJTfu>w emit 0"C"iCiI' ~ ffifO 11811 till t: II
L
bay-ant ant na jaa-ay paa-i-aa gahee naanak charan saran. 11411511811
C
K
Yet you are unlimited, your end cannot be known, Nanak, therefore, is in the refuge ofyourfeet.
O
4.5.8
O
))fTW JimiST tI IIaasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
B
YQ1:f tI"3 iRR'O 3T eft ~ arc:ft II purakh patay bhagvaan taa kee saran gahee.
H
My person, my husband is God, I am holding His feet.
K
SI
~ BE lJTO fti3r ~ ~ II nirbha-o bha-ay paraan chintaa sagal lahee.
My 1~l'e (breath) has become fearless, all my worries are over.
H'3' fl.r3T ff3" lola ~ reRG itnr ~ II maat pitaa sut meet surijan isat banDhap jaani-aa.
I believe that my deity (God) is my mother, my father, my son, my friend, my kin and my love.
m cffo ~ wftr ~ iJff ~ Ji3' ~ II
geh kanth laa-i-aa gur milaa-i-aa jas bimal sant vakhaani-aa.
Holding He embraced me, He got me to meet Guru, He taught me the praise ofpure saints.
ana ~~ HfuHr cftHf3' ~ ('; tr'ft!' crot II bay-ant gun anayk mahimaa keemat kachhoo na jaa-ay kahee.
You are Master of innumerable, attributes, same is your praise.
tliJ' ~ ~ ~ ~ tk 0"C"iCiI' f3'ff arc:ft 119.11 parabh ayk anik alakh thaakur ot naanak tis gahee. 11111
I cannot tell its value. Master is one, unknowablefor many, Nanak has come to His refuge. 1
~ '8Q ~ ~ ))fTf1.r BE II amrit ban sansaar sahaa-ee aap bha-ay.
When God Himself becomes a helper, the word becomes a store ofnectar.
~ 0'1.:f ~ <JT! ~ a- are
ftmt II raam naam ur haar bikh kay Qivas ga-ay.
Have the name of God in mind, the days ofpoison are over.
~ RH}fir ftmra' ftI'oR Hfo ~ J=IB oa II gat bharam moh bikaar binsay jon aavan saQh rahay.
The state of doubts, greed, ill-intention is finished, my cycle of birth and death is ceased.
993
l'H'a'Ifo Fnra' R' ~ WtI' ~ arfu GU II agan saagar bha-ay seetal saaDh anchal geh rahay.
By holding the scarf ofsaints (following them), the ocean of.fire is cooled.
~~~~~~uftrRtre II
goving gupaal ga-i-aal sammrith bol saaDhoo har jai ja-ay.
My loving Master is merciful, powerful, 01 saints hail Him.
as
(')"I(')Cf O'l:f ~ ~ wm:ifcn t.(1(ft tmf II~ II
naanak naam Dhi-aa-ay pooran saaDhsang paa-ee param gatay. 11211
Nanak says, "Remember the name ofPerfect and, get liberated byjoining the.company ofsaints. "2
trc:r M 3U JifcIr ~ ~ G'fulW' II jah gaykh-a-u tah sang ayko ray rahi-aa.
Wherever I see, I see, the union with only One, He is prevailing.
m
lllG lllG ))fTfu ~ ftl* ~ II ghat ghat vaasee aap virlai kinai lahi-aa.
He Himselfis abiding in all bodies, very rare one could know it.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ cftG mrl3' ~ II jal thai rna hee-aI poor pooran keet hasat samaani-aa.
The perfecting perfect is in waters, lands, nether regions, and merged in ant and elephant alike.
))ITft!' ))j3 Hftr mft ~ ~ ;::rrfo>w II aag antay maDh so-ee gur parsaadee jaani-aa.
He alone is in the beginning, in the middle and in the end. This could be known to me with the
grace of True Guru.
M
~ tmftrnrr lJmf ~ aiM! ~ f6ftr Rfo afd))fr II
O
barahm pasri-aa barahm leelaa goving gun niDh jan kahi-aa.
. C
God is spreading, men ofGod, have said about, His play. He is the treasure ofattributes.
B
fJ:n.ffiJ ~ ~ uftr ~ (')"I(')Cf ~ G'fulW' Iia II
U
simar su-aamee antarjaamee har ayk naanak ray rahi-aa. 11311
L
C
Remember God, all pervading, Nanak says, "One God is all prevailing. " 3
K
reg ~ ~ ~ fJ:IJ.ra O'l:f ~ II gin rain suhaavarhee aa-ee simrat naam haray.
O
Beautiful season has come, remember the name of God, day and night.
O
P.459
eOc!" ~
B
Jffdr ~ ~ tP1l ~ II charan kamal sang pareet kalmal paap taray.
H
With love for His lotus-feet, the sins and sufferings are off.
IK
~ il:I' ~ orcS' ~ ~ ~ II gookh Qhookh garigar naatbay pargat mag gikhaa-i-aa.
S
The poverty, the pain, the agony all run away, when He shows the way clearly.
~ ~ O')f fi Hfo i;fier ~ II mil saaDhsangay naam rangay man lorheedaa paa-i-aa.
Meeting the congregationpfsaints, I am in love with name. I have achieved what I desired.
~ ~ ~ 19' Ycft ~ ~ RIB' 3W II har gaykh garsan ichh punnee kul samboohaa sabh taray.
Seeing God, my desire is fulfilled, the whole lot ofmy family is liberated.
fe'off Me! ~ ~ ft:IHh' (')"I(')Cf uftr ~ 11811~ II~ II
ginas rain anand an-gin simrant naanak har haray. 11411611911
Nanak says, "Day and night, remember God, and ever be in bliss. " 4.6.9.
))fTW HQW ~ is U@:> aasaa mehlaa 5 chhant ghar 7 ASA M: 5, CHHANT GHAR 7

~ II salok. SALOK
amre
BB ftJ3C'l ~~~ mr II suQh chintan gobing raman nirmal saaDhoo sang.
Thinking about God, is auspicious, moving with saints is pure,
(')"I(')Cf O'l:f (') ~ ~ tat afcJ fcmlr nh II~II
naanak naam na visra-o ik gharhee kar kirpaa Qhagvant. 11111
994
"0/ God, be kind to me", says Nanak. "So that 1 should notforgetyour name, evenfor a while."1
i:f II chhant. CHAANT
finft ~ ~ N II bhinnee rainrhee-ai chaamkan taaray:
The stars are shining, in the soggy night, in fragrance.
tl'T'aI'fu JB ffi')T ~ ~ ~ II jaageh sant janaa mayray raam pi-aaray.
17,e saints, the men dear to my God, are awakening.
~ ~ JreT R"iIfJ ~ fi:n.rafu ~ II raam pi-aaray sadaa jaageh naam simrahi andino.
The lovers of God, remain ever awake, day and night, they remember His name.
~ CfHiYj ~ ~ 1.I!J ftI'Rg orm- ~ fl:Rl' II charan kamal Dhi-aan hirdai parabh bisar naahee ik khino.
Their mind is in His lotus-feet, their heart is in His memory, so that He should not beforgotten, I
even for a while.
~ WQ ~ ftrcrrg HO C{l' CiRlSlf'W ~ wa- II taj maan moh bikaar man kaa kalmalaa dukh jaaray.
Leave vanity, greed, evil intention ofmind, and thus burn the pain of suffering.
~ ('j'I(')'C( JreT R"iIfJ c:rftr t!TH JB ~ '119.11 binvant naanak sadaa jaageh har daas sant pi-aaray. 11111 <
Nanak says, "0/ dear saints, the servants of God remain ever awake." 1
Am ~ ~ 8h II mayree sayjrhee-ai aadambarbani-aa.
My bed is now, well decorated.
M
Hfo ~ ~ 1lf ~ ~ II man anad bha-i-aa parabh aavat suni-aa.
My mind is great(v in joy, when 1 heard that my Master is visiting.
C O
.
1.I!J ~ JjlWHt ~ ~ ~ lfaRtis m:r R II
parabh milay su-aamee sukhah gaamee chaav mangal ras bharay.
U B
L
I have met my Master, 1 am in happiness, am excited, am singing the sweet songs ofunion.
n
C
~ Jifar ~ R ~ HO '30 Jlftr ~ II ang sang laagay dookh Q.!laagay paraan man tan sabh haray..
K
He touched my body, all my sufferings ran away. My mind, my body, my breath, all are now
O
green (refreshing).
HO re& ~ 1.I!J ~ AflC!! WilT BW ~ II
B O
man ichh paa-ee parabh Dhi-aa-ee sanjog saahaa subh gani-aa.
K H
I remember Master, my desire is fulfilled, the day and time of auspicious union (wedding) is
.fvced.
S I
~('j'I(')'C(~~JfmS~G1J~ II~II
binvant naanak milay sareeDhar sagal aariand ras bani-aa. 11211
Nanak says, "I have met God, every thing has turned into bliss, into nectar. " 2
~ ~ y&fu ~ ct:r C'fu::rrc!t II mil sakhee-aa puchheh kaho kant neesaanee.
About my meeting, my friends ask, tell us something special about your union with husband.
ij'fi:r t{H ~ ~ ifts (') ~ II ras paraym bharee kachh bel na jaanee.
(On meeting Him) I was so jilled with the bliss ofHis love, that 1 do not know, what to speak.
~ ~ Wtr:J f1.R m flm>f ~ 0 ~ II gun goorh gupat apaar ka$y nigam ant na paavhay.
Profound in atributes, the Creator is injinite(v mysterious. I, the immobilized could not know the
limit,~ ofyour person, 0/ Creator.
~ ~ fi:mItft!' JjlWHt JreT ~ ~~ II Qb,agat bhaa-ay Dhi-aa-ay su-aamee sadaa har gun gaavhay.
The devotee, remembering Master in love, ever sings the attributes of God.
JfmS ~ ~ ~ ~ 1.I!J m II sagaI gun sugi-aan pooran aapnay parabh JIDaanee.
One who is liked by her husband, she is expert in all attributes (arts), she isfully knowledgeable.
~ ('j'I(')'C( ~ r i ifH mJ'ft:i mfT<!t 11:111 binvant naanak rang raatee paraym sahj samaanee. 11311
Nanak says, "She is enjoying His love, and is merging, in ease. " 3
995
Jj1:I' ~ CJfcJ ~ n II WR'C') ~~~R II
sukh sohilrhay har gaavan laagay. saajan sarsi-arhay dukh dusman bhaagay.
When I began to sing, songs of happiness about God The dears were overjoyed, the enemies,
sorrows ran with.
Jj1:I' ffiJiI Ha'Jl CJfcJ orfH ~ 1:{fiI JWfil brr ~ II
sukh sahj sarsay har naam rahsay parabh aap kirpaa Dhaaree-aa.
.Joyful in the name of God, are rejoicing in happiness, in ease, Master Him..~elf is gracefuL
CJfcJ ~ n JreT;::rri fi.ti tp1 S6,@iiftrw II har charan laagay sadaa jaagay milay paraQh banvaaree-aa.
Those at the feet ofGuru, are ever awake, they meet the Master-God
ff!' ft!"@Jr ~ JJ'fH ~ mm roftr tp1 tPiT II subh divas aa-ay sahj paa-ay sagaI niDh paraQh paagay.
The auspicious days have come, they are blessed, in ease, with the Master ofall treasures.
~ C'i"C'ia' mrfc!' ~ JreT CJfcJ iI'6' 3rM 11811 '\ II '\0 II
binvant naanak saran su-aamee sadaa har jan taagay. 114111111011
Nanak says, "Being in the refuge ofMaster, men of God are ever intuned with Him.. " 4.1.10
1WW H'<J'W ~ II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ,@<:Iqlarw 3" fa))fl' ftJg ~ II uth vam vataa-oorhi-aa tai ki-aa chir laa-i-aa.
01 traveller, awake and move on, why are you delaying.
M
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II muhlat punrhee-aa kit koorh lobhaa-i-aa.
The fIXed time is over, for which falsehood are you charmed?
C O
.
~ ~ HTftmrr ~ 1P1.l ~ II koorhay lubhaa-i-aa Dhohu maa-i-aa karahi paap amiti-aa.
You are tempted by false, this Maya is betraying, for this you commit so many sins?
3Q BJDf ~ iDffu ~ ~ ~ ~ II tan Qhasam dhayree jameh hayree kaal bapurhai jiti-aa.
U B
C L
01 poor, the devil ofdeath has located you, he will win, your body will become a heap ofdust.
K
P.460
~ itag iflr tAt GfJi ~ ~
O
maal joban chhod vaisee rahi-o painan khaa-i-aa.
II
O
The wealth and youth, you will leave back when leaving, even the food and dress will be left
behind
H B
K
oroor CDfTC!l' ~ ~ ocr ~ ~ ~
SI
Iletll
naanak kamaanaa sang juli-aa nah jaa-ay kirat mitaa-i-aa. 11111
Nanak says, ':vour actions will accompany you, the deeds once done cannot be wiped out. 1 "
~ fi.mr ftR' ~ ~ ~ II faathohu mirag jivai paykh rain chandraa-in.
Seeing the moonlit night, as a deer is caged
~ ilf BE ~ 1P1.l ~ II sookhahu dookh Qha-ay nit paap kamaa-in.
Similar(v, 01 ever earning sins, the pleasures will turn into pains.
tPtlT ~ Dfcr orcft i ~ U/ftr ~ II
paapaa kamaanay chhadeh naahee lai chalay ghat galaavi-aa.
If You do not leave earning sins, they will take you by chaining your neck.
(Jfijee~d1 ~ ~ ~ Rw ~ II harichand-uree daykh moothaa koorh sayjaa raavi-aa.
You are robbed by illusion, and enjoying a false decorated bed
~ jftr ~ )fT3T iIG'ftJ ~ ~ II lab loQh ahaNkaar maataa garab Qha-i-aa samaa-in.
You are intoxicated in greed, ego, avarice, and are merging in pride.
C'i"C'ia' ~ ~ ftrc'iJl ocr fi.re ~ ~ II~ II
naanak marig agi-aan binsay nah mitai aavan jaa-in 11211
Nanak says, "You will perish like a deer in ignorance,
thus your cycle ofbirth and death does not cease. " 2
996
fi.rc5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II mithai makh mu-aa ki-o la-ay odaaree.
Theflies are dead in sweets, how can now they fly?
UH3t ~ ~ ~ ~ '3'T6t II hastee garat pa-i-aa ki-o taree-ai taaree.
The elephant has fallan in a pit, how can it now pull out safe(v?
~ ~ ~ fifo Hfu l:fFQ1 M:J 0" ~ II
taran guhaylaa bha-i-aa khin meh khasam chit na aa-i-o.
Once you do not remember your husband, even for a while, it is ve,:v difficult for you to swim
across.
~ ~ RO orm cihw ~ ~ II gookhaa sajaa-ee ganat naahee kee-aa apnaa paa-i-o.
Your punishment, your sorrows, shall not be countable, you will suffer your deeds.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II gui!laa kamaanaa pargat ho-aa eet uteh khu-aaree.
What you thought is a hidden income, is now revealed, you will suffer here and hereafter.
(')TO'C{ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IISII naanak satgur baai!l moothaa manmukho ahaNkaaree. 11311
Nanak says, "Without a true Guru, Manmukh, the egoist is robbed. " 3
<:Jfu a- ~ ~ ~ tpr cit ecrc!t II har kay gaas jeevay lag paraQh kee charnee.
Servants of God, live by being at the feet ofMaster.
cffo ~ ~ f3H ~ mrit II kant!1lagaa-ay lee-ay tis t!1aakur sarnee.
One who is at the feet ofMaster, He gets him in His embrace.
O M
1m ~ ~ ttPwQ ~ lWfi.J ~ ~ II bal buDh gi-aan Dhi-aan apnaa aap naam japaa-i-aa.
. C
All that one has, like power, wisdom, knowledge, is of God. He gets him in His embrace.
B
A'QRdlfd lWfi.J ~ lWfi.J ~ ~ II saaDhsangat aap ho-aa aap jagat taraa-i-aa.
U
L
God Himself is in the congregation ofsaints. and Himself liberates the world.
C
ijTfI:r ~ ~ Jrel" ~ ~ II raakh lee-ay rakhanhaarai sagaa nirmal karnee.
OK
The protector has protected me, now my deeds are ever pure.
(')TO'C{ ~ 0" wfu aag ijfu R3 ma- cit mrit IIQII~II~~II
O
naanak narak na jaahi kabahoo Nhar sant har kee sarnee. 114112111111
B
H
Nanak says, "The saints of God are, at the feet of God, they will never go to helL" 4.2.11
K
))fTRI' }{(J'llSl' tI II aasaa mehlaa S. ASA M: 5
S I
~ ~ ~ ijfu t.rfi::r 8t5t II vani mayray aalsaa har paas baynantee.
Of my laziness, leave me, so that I may pray before God.
~ ~ ~ 1.fB' Jim" mr:ft II raava-o saho aapnarhaa parabh sang sohantee.
Let me enjoy my own husband, so that I look nice with Master.
Fii ~ iE ~ fu'o'a' tit ~ II sangay sohantee kant su-aamee ginas rainee raavee-ai.
I look nice with my husband, Master, so, I enjoy Him day and night.
wfJ:r wfJ:r ~ tfRr tIl ~ ma- ~ ~ II
saas saas chitaar jeevaa paraQh paykh har gun gaavee-ai.
I live by remembering Him with eve,:v breath, seeing Master, let me sing the attributes of God.
ftRror ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fi:i;j3t II birhaa lajaa-i-aa garas paa-i-aa ami-o garisat siNchantee.
Shy in pangs ofseparation, I serve Him, His eyes arefull ofnectar.
~ ~ ~ b yo't ~ fi:rff if;:i3t II~II
binvant naanak mayree ichh punnee milay jis khojantee. 11111
Nanak says, "My desire is fulfilled, I am meeting Him, whom I was searching." 1
ofl:r ~ ~ acJ'3T l.IIfa' ~ II nas vaniahu kilvikhahu kartaa ghar aa-i-aa.
Run away 01 sins, my Creator has come home.
~ tmQ ~ ciif'@~ ~ II gootah gahan bha-i-aa goving paragtaa-i-aa.
997
Once Master has come, all devils are burning.
~ ~ ~ ~ R"QJffirr ~ II pargatay gupaal gobing laalan saaDhsang vakhaani-aa.
My love, God has come, I see Him in the congregation ofsaints.
~ iftor ~ ~ ~ tpI'tft ~ II aacharaj deet!laa ami-o voot!laa gur parsaadee jaani-aa.
I see a wonder that the nectar is trickling, this I could know, with the grace ofGuru.
Hfo Wf::r ~ ~ ~ oc:r ~ iJ'lft ~ II
man saaNt aa-ee vajee vaDhaa-ee nah ant jaa-ee paa-i-aa.
My mind has become Cool, I am congratulated, I cannot know His limits.
~ (')I'i')c[ Hlf RC1fH Hw l;{f ))fTfU ~ II~ II
binvant naanak sukh sahj maylaa parabhoo aap banaa-i-aa. 11211
Nanak says, "Master Himself, got me to unite, I am in His bliss, in ease." 2
0Qcil' (') ~ fJ:DfE ~ II narak na deeth-rhi-aa simrat naaraa-in.
Remembering God, do not see hell
HH tIOtf ri' ~ R ~ II jai jai Dharam karay goot bha-ay palaa-in.
The faith wins, hail, the devils have run away.
tJH dmr fJif ~ A'QAdlf3 c:rftJ BR II Dharam Dheeraj sahj sukhee-ay saaDhsangat har bhajay.
Remembering God in the congregation ofsaints, gives faith, patience, happiness.
M
crlij' ))fQON ~ ~ )fir H}f3T mr 3'R II kar anoograhu raakh leenay moh mamtaa sabh tajay.
Being graceful, He has saved, thus I get rid ofgreed, avarice etc.
we-
C O
.
dIfu cifo ~ ~ ~ illS ~ II geh kant!llaa-ay gur milaa-ay goving japat aghaa-in.
U B
Remembering God, I am contented, Guru has got me to unite, thus He has embraced me.
~ (')I'i')c[ 1RHftr ~ JRRIS))fIJI' ~ II S II binvant naanak simar su-aamee sagal aas pujaa-in. 11311
C L
Nanak says, "Remember Master, He isfulfilling my all hopes" 3
K
P.461
O
fc'>fl:r fi:JfQ' ~ W 31' a<:rr Qr;P' II niDh siDh charan gahay taa kayhaa kaarhaa.
B O
Miracles are in being at His feet, after that no sufferings.
R!' fcrJ ~ ft:rR' Jl1:{f JoHWaT II sabh kichh vas jisai so parabhoo asaarhaa.
K H
One in whose hand is everything, He is my Master.
SI
dIfu IW ~ O'H t!t* qg qrfcr mafa' ~ II
geh bhujaa leenay naam geenay kar Dhaar mastak raakhi-aa.
He held me by His hand, He put His hand on my forehead, and saved me by giving His Name.
~ ~ oc:r ~ ~ c:rftJ <JH tI"fl:pw II sansaar saagar nah vi-aapai ami-o har ras chaakhi-aa.
Now world does not look like ocean, I have tasted the nectar of God
R"tIJfat O'H q ~ iftf3 n'T ~ II saaDhsangay naam rangay ran jeet vadaa akhaarhaa.
In the congregation ofsaints, in the love ofname, I won battles, the great wars.
~ (')I'i')c[ Jrefc! ~ ~ trfH (') ~ liS liS IIct~ II
binvant naanak saran su-aamee bahurh jam na upaarhaa. 114113111211
Nanak says, "I am at your feet, OJ my Master, the devil ofdeath cannot reach me." 4.3.12
)')fTW Jofm'lST tI II aasaa mehlaa 5. ASA M: 5
~ ~ ~ Jl ~ HIt II gin raat kamaa-i-arho so aa-i-o maathai.

Whatever I earn day and night, that comes before me (my forehead),
tmr t.rff:r ~ccift::~a Jl ~ Jri II jis paas lukaa-ig-rbo so vaykhee saathai.
From whom, I wanted to hide, I find Him with me.
Rfdr ~ ccdC!did i ~ 1PY CCH'lftt II sang gaykhai karanhaaraa kaa-ay paap kamaa-ee-ai.
When the Creating one is with, why to earn sins?
998
8f'iill~ cftH O'tr l!ful mrfct ~ n ~ sukarit keejai naam leejai narak mooI na jaa-ee-ai.
II
Do good deeds, remember His name, you will not go to hell
".,-0 t:RI' (Jf<J O'tr ~ ~ ~ wi II aath pahar har naam simrahu chalai tayrai saathay.
Day and night, remember name of God, that will accompany you.
~ RiQAdlf:s JreT (')T(')Q firefu;hr wf13' 11"\11 bhaj saaDhsangat sagaa naanak miteh gokh kamaatay. 11111
Nanak says, "Ever remember God, in the congregation ofsaints, your earned sins willfinish. " 1
~ Clfa' ~ BGfu ~ ~ II valvanch kar ugar bhareh moorakh gaavaaraa.
Thefoolish, idiot, earns by cheating, andfills stomach.
R'! ~ :e ~ (Jf<J e<;C!ijld i II saQh kichh gay rahi-aa har gayvanhaaraa.
G.od is giver, He is giving everything.
~JreT~~~}fc'@~1I
gaataar sagaa ga-i-aal su-aamee kaa-ay manhu visaaree-ai.
O! Master, giver is ever kind, why to forget Him from mind?
~ ~ ~ roRi ~ ~ ~ II mil saaDhsangay bhaj nisangay kul samoohaa taaree-ai.
Joining the congregation ofsaints, remember Him without hesitation, whole ofyour fami(v will
liberate.
fl:rq wftrcr ~ ~ Rn!liJl3' O'tr ~ II siDh saaDhik gayv mun jan bhagat naam aDhaaraa.
O
The perfects, the perfecting, the divines, the sages, devotion in the sustainerfor all
M
C
~ JreT Bift,;j- l:f! ~ Cla~ij Id l II ~ II
.
(')T(')Q
binvant naanak sagaa bhajee-ai paraQh ayk karnaihaaraa. 11211

Nanak says, "Let us ever remember one, one the creating Master. " 2
U B
~ n cfunft 1:{J ~ II khot na keech-ee parabh parkhanhaaraa.
Do no indulge in adulteration, Master is a great tester.
C L
~ ~ ~ trc'ffJ Jiwor II koorh kapat kamaavgarhay janmeh sansaaraa.
OK
O
Those who earn by falsehood, by cheating, they are to born (again) in the world.
B
JiJ:Irg ~ f3Ql3ftrntT ft::rc1l' ~ ~ II sansaar saagar tinHee tari-aa jinHee ayk Dhi-aa-i-aa.
H
On(v those could swim across the world ocean, who could remember one God.
I K
3ft:r ~ ~g ~ fcrer l:[B' ~ ~ II taj kaam kroDh aning ningaa parabh sarnaa-ee aa-i-aa.
S
Leaving cupidi~V, anger back-biting ofinnocents, I come to the refuge ofMaster.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~!e' nrarH ~ II jal thai mahee-al ravi-aa su-aamee ooch agam apaaraa.
My Master is supreme, unapproachable, infinite. He ispervading waters, lands and nether regions.
~ (')T(')Q ~ Rn eft ed'C!" C(}RIS ~ lIall binvant naanak taykjan kee charan kamal aDhaaraa. 11311
Nanak says, "God is the hope ofHis men. His lotus-feet are sustaining all. " 3
~ (JlitJeqdiift ~ fcit@ nrcft II paykh harichang-urrhee asthir kichh naahee.
Loot at God's created illusion, nothing is stable.
~ R it3' H Jifar n tfI'(ft II maa-i-aa rang jaYtay say sang na jaahee.
So many are the colours ofMaya, but they are not accompanying.
ijfu marR'lit JreT ~ ft!'nff ~ ~ II har sang saathee sagaa tayrai ginas rain samaalee-ai.
On(v God is your ever companion, your guide, let us remember Him, day and night.
ijfu ~ ftr Cl! ~ (')'I'(ft i"f! ~ ~ II har ayk bin kachh avar naahee bhaa-o gutee-aa jaalee-ai.
There is nothing other than one God, let us burn our love for other.
~ it8Q ~ ~ l:f! ~ Clfa' HO" HT<ft II meet joban maal sarbas parabh ayk kar man maahee.
Friends, youth, wealth andfami(v are by on(v one Master, have Him in mind.
~ (')T(')Q ~ ~ JJfl:f R<Jfi::r mfTCft II B II B II "\S II
- =
binvant naanak vadbhaag paa-ee-ai sookh sahj samaahee. 114114111311

Nanak says, "With great luck, let us have Him, and merge in happiness, in ease." 4.3.13
))(TAT J.mW tI is urg t aasaa mehlaa 5 chhant ghar 8 ASA M: 5 eHHANT GHAR 8
98""'~ tp=I'fu II ik~oNkaar satgur prsaag.

(;od is one, realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
cmw ~ !ftf:J cmw ~!ftf:J ~ ~ Jre' ~ ~ ~ ~ W3' II
kamlaa bharam bhee1; kamlaa Qharam Qheet hay teekhan mag bipreet hay avaDh akaarath jaat.
Maya is the wall ofdoubts, Maya is the wall ofdoubts, strongly overturning intoxication (having
it) my l~fe is going in vain.
~ an tllcr ~ an tllcr ~ fd.ra ~ HO ~ ~ ft!ori ~ lfI"3' II
gahbar ban ghor gahbar ban ghor hay garih moosat man chor hay ginkaro an-gin khaat.
It is thick and dreadfulforest, it is thick and dreadfulforest,mind is a thief, looting my home, in
day light, day and night it is eating it up.
reo lfI"3' W3' ~ ~ f8Q ~ ~ ~ tI'3 II
gin khaat jaat bihaat parabh bin milhu paraQh karunaa.patay.
Without Master, day is passing in eating, meet the Master of compassion.
P.462
ffi')}{ HQC!' ~ m ~ mr f8Q Cif!' OCJ E
janam rnaran anayk beetay pari-a sang bin kachh nah gatay.
II
M
Many of the births, deaths, I have gone through, without the company ofmy husband, there is
O
no liberation.
C
~ gtr ~ ~ ~ ftJoT Hfu im'))oR II kul roop Dhoop gi-aanheenee tum binaa mohi kavan maat.
B .
I am ofno fami(v, beau~v, achievements, knowledge, without you, who will accept me.
U
CJ irnr ~ RGfc! ~ ~ (')lli ~ ~ iI'3" 11911
kar jorh naanak saran aa-i-o pari-a naath narhar karahu gaat. 11111
C L
K
Nanak says, " Folding hands I have come to your refuge. 0/ my dear Master, all powers, please
O
liberate me. 1
O
Htor ~ Htor ~ ~ ~ ~ HO 30 lito ~ CiS ~ ~ f8Q ~ II
B
meenaa jalheen meenaa jalheen hay oh bichhurat man tan kheen hay kat jeevan pari-a bin hot.
H
Fish is out of water, fish is out of water, by separation, mind and body is decaying, where
Kflrar
I
without dear, the life can be?
ROlj1f Rfu 8'0 ROlj1f Rfu
S
8'0 ~ ~ HO 30 1{'0 ~ ~ 8M ffiTfI' FIb II
sanmukh seh baan sanmukh seh baan hay marig arpay man tan paraan hay oh bayDhi-o sahj sarot.
Bearing arrow." face to face, bearing arrows face to face, the deer submits mind, body, breath.
His heart is pierced by the source (God), in ease.
~ tltfu" ~ ~ ~ ftIQ ~ ftm 3Q f3H ftJoT II
pari-a pareet laagee mil bairaagee khin rahan Dharig tan tis binaa.
Detaching from world, I am in the love with my husband. Living in separation from Him, even
for a while, is a curse.
1R?<5[T (') n ~ i{H trit ~ ~ ~ )fOT II
palkaa ~a laagai pari-a paraym paagai chityant an-gin paraQh manaa.
Being in love with my husband, I cannot sleep, day and night, my mind remembers that Master.
~ CfT3 O'H Jri t RH ~ FIR ~ II
sareerang raatay naam maatay Qhai bharam gutee-aa sagal khot.
Being in love with Great, I am intoxicated by His name, all/ears, doubts, dualities are removed.
cffiJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ma-lpf (')l'(')OI' Hal(') ~ II~II
kar ma-i-aa ga-i-aa ga-i-aal pooran har paraym naanak magan hot. 11211
1000
Nanak says, "Be kind, show mercy 01 merciful, I amfully intuned with your love." 2
~ !yW3' ~ ~ ~ ~ 'aH 8'HO ) R ~ t{tf3" C()flI) ~ ~ II
alee-al guNjaat alee-al guNjaat hay makranQ ras baasan maat hay pareet kamal banDhaavat aap.
The black-bee is humming, the black- bee is humming, it isfascinated by the honey andfragrance
from .flowers, therefore has chained itself, in it slove for lotus.
~ fu3' fi.mfrR ~ fu3' fi.mfrR ~ Uf<') ~~ 8ftJf:I Hfo ))fTR" ~ R') ~ ftroJ:B 3Tl.f II
chaatrik chit pi-aas chaatrik chit pi-aas hay ghan boonQ bachitar man aas hay al peevat binsat taap.
Chaatrik's mind is thirs(v, Chaatriks' mind is thirsty. Its mind hopes for a wonder drop ofrain,
drinking it , its heat will cool down.
3"Il.fT ftrorRo ~ ('jl'Jf(') ~ lfH" Hfo 3fo ~ UfOT II
taapaa binaasan Qookh naasan mil paraym man tan at ghanaa.
01 my mind's heat cooling, pain removing, my mind and body are intensly in love with you.
Beg ~ Bif'O ~ ~ QR7)T ~ !JOT II sunQar chatur sUjaan su-aamee kavan rasnaa gun bhanaa.
01 my beautiful, smart, all-awaring Master, with which tongue, I should speak your attributes.
muF~O'H"~~'QT'a'3'fHG3'~II geh bhujaa layvhu naamQayvhu QarisatDhaarat mitatpaap.
~ Holding my hand, give me your name, once you look at me, all my sins are washed off.
~ tro ~ ~ uftJ !"a'ff ihs i'W Ji3n.f II ~ II
naanak jampai patit paavan har Qaras paykhat nah santaap. 11311
O M
Nanak says, "I remember the liberator of the declined, seeing Him, remains no hurdle. " 3
~ fu3' (')lli ~ fu3' (')lli ~ ml:r ~ ~ )ffi')Ilf ~ ~ ~ ~ 1fO II
.C
B
ch itva-o chit naath chitva-o chit naath hay rakh layvhu saran anaath hay mil chaa-o chaa-eelay paraan.
U
L
Remember Master, Remember Master, please keep me, an orphan, in your, refuge, the joy of
C
meeting you drives my life.
OK
Eka' 30 fQlwo Eka' 30 fQlwo ~ HQ ~ ~ fdmfro ~ ;:rrftrcr iIO (JIl:S }flO II
sunQar tan Dhi-aan sunQar tan Dhi-aan hay man lubaDh gopaal gi-aan hay jaachikjan raakhat maan.
B O
My mind is charmed by your beaut~ful body, my mind is charmed by your beautiful body. It is
H
mad to know about you, 01 God, your man begs, please save my pride (about you).
I K
~}flO l;!QO ~ ftretao" Jfm5 re& yti3Pw II parabh maan pooran Qu.!sb. biQeeran sagaI ichh pujantee-aa.
S
Master protects my pride, casts away my sorrows, andfulfills all my hopes.
uftJ cffo war reo FI!JTat ~ O'(J AM ~ II
har kanth laagay Qin sabhaagay mil naah sayj suhantee-aa.
When in embrace of God, the lucky days are ahead, the decorated bed becomes charming in
union with love.
~~~fi.f8~Jfm5~~UTO II
parabh Qarisat Dhaaree milay muraaree sagal kalmal bha-ay haan.
Master became graceful, I met God, to let all my sufferings end.
~ nrocr ~ ))fTR" ~ fi.f8 J.ftqa' ~ ffitrro 118119.119.811
binvant naanak mayree aas pooran milay sareeDhar gun niDhaan. 114111111411
Nanak says, "My hope isfulfilled, I met God, the treasure of attributes." 4. 1.14
9.tr'Jrl3" O'H" C(03T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Hi ~ tpPft! II
ik-oNkaar satnaam kartaa purakh nirbha-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee saibha Ngur parsaaQ.
heyondfear and animosity (all love). (He is) eternal Being. (He is) not subject to birth and death.
(He is) se{f existent. (He is) realized by the, grace of Guru.
>wW Hm 9. II aasaa mehlaa 1. ASA M: 1
1001
~~ O'fl!s !it m ~~~ "# ))IJI' G"H eft ~ II
vaar salokaa naal salok .l2hee mahlay pahilay kay Iikhay tunday as raajai kee Dhunee.
Var with Saloks also written by Mohall}. Sing on the Tune of Tunde As Raje
~ H: 1:\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: }
~ ~ ~ It!lfld'sft m? ~ II balihaaree gur aapnay d-i-uhaarhee sad- vaar.
A hundred times a day, I sacrifice myselffor my Guru,
m
ft::rfc5 )fTi!R' 3" cft8' n=3' 0 ~ ~ 111:\11 jin maanas tay d-ayvtay kee-ay karat na laagee vaar. 11111
Who, in no time, transforms being into divine. }
P.463
)f(JW ~ II mehlaa 2. SALOK M: 2
H ~ ~ ~ ~ 93fu m:I1Q II jay sa-o chand-aa ugvahi sooraj charheh hajaar.
Even with the light ofhundreds ofmoons, and the shine ofthe thousands ofsuns,
a ~ ~ ~ ftIg UiG ~ II~II aYtay chaanan hid-i-aa Ngur bin ghor anDhaar. 11211
With so much light there is there, complete darkness, without their being a Guru.
H: 1:\ II mehlaa 1. SALOK M:}
(')T(')'Q ~ 0 ~ Hfi; ~ ~ II naanak guroo na chaytnee man aapnai suchayt.
Nanak says, "Some people do not remember Guru, but claim themselves to be astute.
~ ~ ~ fHt ~ ~ ~ II chhutay til boo-aarh ji-o suniay and-ar khayt.
M
CO
They are like a plant ofsesame, which is left aloofin the harvestedfield.
~ ~ ~ il@ (')T(')'Q ~ O'd' II khaYtai and-ar chhuti-aa kaho naanak sa-o naah.
B .
Nanak says, "Such left out plants in the field, are never cared by the Master,
U
~ ~ sy;t!it 30 ~ ~ 11811 falee-ah fulee-ah bapurhay .l2hee tan vich su-aah. 11311
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
C L
They bearflower andfruits, yet the poor are mashed in dust."
O K
~ JWY JI'lftm ~ CJftJi ~ II aapeenHai aap saaji-o aapeenHai rachi-o naa-o.
O
He(God) created Himself out ofHimself, and Himselfgave a name to Himself.
B
~ ~ ~ iSl'ftr ~ &* ~ II d-uyee kud-rat saajee-ai kar aasan dit!lo chaa-o.
H
Then He created His nature (universe) the second one, and by seating in it He enjoys, His
K
SI
creation.
~ CM3'" ))fTfir j ~ ~ Rfu lfR't II gaataa kartaa aap tooN tus d-ayveh karahi pasaa-o.
You (God) are the Creator, You are the giver, You have given this expansion (universe),
~ ~ mnl ~ iHfu ft:is ~ II tooN jaano-ee sa.l2hsai d-ay laisahi jind- kavaa-o.
You know everything, to give and take back life, is by your own word.
~ ~ ftJi5 ~ 111:\11 kar aasan dit!lo chaa-o. 11111
By seating here you enjoy your creation.
~ H: 1:\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: }
~ 3'a' ~ m} ~ II sachay tayray khand sachay barahmand.
True are your parts and true is your whole (universe).
~ 3'a' m m} f'Ci(IQ II sachay tayray lo-a sachay aakaar.
True are your worlds and true are allforms.
~ 3'a' crri' mnr ~ II sachay tayray karnay sarab beechaar.
True are your deeds, true are all thoughts.
Rvr 3vr ~ Rvr ~ II sachaa tayraa amar sachaa d-eebaan.
True is your rule and true is your court.
Rvr '3qr ~ RUT ~ II sachaa tayraa hukam sachaa furmaan.
1002
True is your order and True is your ordinance.
mrr 30r ~ mrr ~ II sachaa tayraa karam sachaa neesaan.
True is your generousi(v and true is your insignia.
~ ~ ~ ~ riftr II sachay tuDh aakhahi lakh karorh.
Lacs and crores (all) ofpeople believe you to be True.
R'9' HfB' N ~ HfB' Hfu II sachai sabh taan sachai sabh jor.
True is your potence and true are your powers.
mft 3"at fl::rGfg mJt FJIlIISIV II sachee tayree sifat sachee saalaah.
True is your attribute and true is your praise.
mft 3"at ~ Fffi ~ II sachee tayree kugrat sachay paatisaah.
True is your creation and true are you, the king.
(';1"(")Cl ~ ~ ~ II naanak sach Dhi-aa-in sach.
Nanak says, "On(v true remembers the True.

RHfu tiH B' q ~ IIC!.II jo mar jammay so kach nikach. 11111
That which takes birth and dies is truly false." 1
H~ q" II mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
m ~ iF ~ 'O'lt II vadee vadi-aa-ee jaa vadaa naa-o.
m
Great is praise if name is big.
~ iF ~ ~ II vadee vadi-aa-ee jaa sach ni-aa-o.
O M
Great is praise ifjustice is true.
. C
m
B
~ iF ~ ~ II vadee vadi-aa-ee jaa nihchal thaa-o.
U
L
Great is praise if one is stable.
C
m ~ w! ~ II vadee vadi-aa-ee jaanai aalaa-o.
Great is praise if one learns to speak.
m
OK
~ ~ HfB' ~ II vadee vadi-aa-ee buihai sabh bhaa-o.
m B O
Great is praise if one understands the feelings.
H
~ iF yfl:" '0 ~ II vadee vadi-aa-ee jaa puchh na gaat.
K
Great is praise if one is savedfrom begging.
SI
m ~ iF ~ ))fTfi.r II vadee vadi-aa-ee jaa aapay aap.
Great is praise if one is absorbed in himself.
wre
(';1"(")Cl &'0 '0 C(1iI'('ft II naanak kaar na kathnee jaa-ay.
Nanak says, "(God's) Deeds are undescribable.
cfup- ~ JmI ~ II~II keetaa karnaa sarab rajaa-ay. 11211
Whatever is done and whatever is to be done, it is all by His will"
H<J'W ~ II mehlaa 2. SALOK M: II
~ ~ ~ eft ~ ~ Fffi QT ~ ~ II ih jag sachai kee hai koth-rhee sachay kaa vich vaas.
This universe is the abode of True, True one abides in it.
~ ~ JDfTf8' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II iknHaa hukam samaa-ay la-ay iknHaa hukmay karay vinaas.
Some are absorbed by (His) Order, Some are destroyed by (His) Will
~ !I"'Z crf\f ~ ~ wful'H'r ~ fcwB' II iknHaa bhaanai kaQh la-ay iknHaa maa-i-aa vich nivaas.
Some are saved by His pleasure,and some are to be in illusion.
~ 1W ))f1'fl:f '0 wmft ft::J ftifH ~ crrfk II ayv bhe aakh na jaap-ee je kisai aanay raas.
One cannot say even this, that whom will it suit?
(';1"(")Cl ~ ~ iF ~ ))fTfi.r ~ U<RJTff 11i:J II
naanak gurmukh jaanee-ai jaa ka-o aap karay pargaas. 11311
1003
Nanak says, "On(v he should be known as a Gurmukh, who is enlightened by Him (God). "3
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
0T0Cl' ;:ft))f ~ a- filsfl:f ~ t:rotr ~ " naanak jee-a upaa-ay kai Iikh naavai Dharam bahaali-aa.
Nanak says, "He creates the being, and commits them to judiciously written Dharma.
~JWmJffiJ~~~~~11
othai sachay hee sach nibrhai chun vakh kadhay jajmaali-aa.
On(l' truth survives there, the evil-doers are put aloof.
~ '0 t.rrefo ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " thaa-o na paa-in koorhi-aar muh kaalHai gojak chaali-aa.
The liers do not find a place. They are driven to hell with blackenedfaces.
~ ~ G3" R' ~ are are m
CJ'lfu oaJC!" ~ II
tayrai naa-ay ratay say jin ga-ay haar ga-ay se t!lagan vaali-aa.
Those who absorb themselves in your name, they win, and the cheaters are defeated
filsfl:f ~ t:rotr ~ "~,, Iikh naavai Dharam bahaali-aa. 11211
In His name, He has established a court ofDharma (Justice).
~cr )fg l:l II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
~ ~ ~ ~ " vismaag naag vismaag vayg.
r..
Wonderous are sounds, wonderous are words criptures ofknowledge).
~ ;:ft))f ~ it!' " vismaag jee-a vismaag bhayg.
Wonderous are being, wonderous are varieties.
O M
C
~ ~ ~ ~ II vismaag roop vismaag rang.
Wonderous areforms, wonderous are colours.
B .
U
~ orar faQfu ta " vismaag naagay fireh jant.
Wonderous are naked wanderers.
P.464
C L
~ ~~
OK
U'C!t " vismaag pa-un vismaag paanee.
O
Wonderous i... air, wonderous is water.
B
~ ~ ~ ~ " vismaag agnee khaydeh vidaanee.
H
Wonderous is fire which plays wonderous(v.
K
I
~ tJ3t ~ l:fTit " vismaag Dhartee vismaag khaanee.
S
Wonderous is earth, wonderous are sources (of life).
~ wfu ttmfu lr'C!t " vismaag saag lageh paraanee.
Wonderous are tastes which people are addicted to.
~ RfiC!! ~ ~ " vismaag sanjog vismaag vijog.
Wonderous is the union, wonderous is disunion.
~ ~ ~ jqr II vismaag bhukh vismaag bhog.
WOl1derous is hunger, wonderous is consumption.
~ fi:fafu ~ ~ " vismaag sifat vismaag saalaah.
WOl1derous are attributes, wonderous are praises.
~ ~ ~ ~ " vismaag ufuarh vismaag raah.
Wonderous are in wilderness, wonderous are on the right path.
~ ~ ~ ~ " vismaag nayrhai vismaag goor.
Wonderous are near, wonderous are far.
~ ~ <:l"i'IQT ~ " vismaag gaykhai haajraa hajoor.
Wonderous are those who are seen ever in His Court.
~ ~ Qfulw ~ " vaykh vidaan rahi-aa vismaag.
1004
I am looking at this wonderful play, and am struck by this wonder.
~ 1ft iJTfdr 111:\11 naanak buihan poorai bhaag. 11111
('j1'('j'C{
Nanak says, "On(v ful(v blessed can understand this. "
}{g 1:\ II mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
~ fuR ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kUQrat Qisai kUQrat sunee-ai kUQrat bha-o sukh saar.

Your (God's) creation is seen, Your creation is heard, Your creation is source offear and joy.
~ ~ ~ ~ R'a"8 ~ II kUQrat paataalee aakaasee kUQrat sarab aakaar.
Nether regions and skies are your creation, and your creation is in all forms.
~ ~ ~ ar3'sr ~ R'a"8 ~ II kUQrat vaYQ puraan kataybaa kUQrat sarab veechaar.
Ved, Kuran, Kateb are your creation, Your creation is the whole thought in these.
~ 'l::(1(!T tfu!T ~ ~ R'a"8 ~ II kUQrat khaanaa peenaa painHan kUQrat sarab pi-aar.
Eating, drinking (water), dressing is your creation, your creation is all love.
~ w3t fHoRt m ~ ;:ftl,r iJ1?i II kUQrat jaatee jinsee rangee kUQrat jee-a jahaan.
Castes, races, colours are your creation, Life in universe is your creation,
~~~8tfuw~wg ~ II
kUQrat naykee-aa kUQrat baQee-aa kUQrat maan abhimaan.
The virtue, the evil is your creation, the dignity, the self-respect is your creation.
M
~ ~ UTC!t 8Jtrg ~ trn3t ~ II kUQrat pa-un paanee baisantar kUQrat Dhartee khaak.
O
Air, water, fire are your creation. The earth and dust are your creation.
C
t
.
RW 3'(ft ~ QTfug Qa"3T ~ O'it ~ II sabh tayree kUQrat tooN kaaQir kartaa paakee naa-ee paak.
B
You are the Master, everything is your creation. You are the Creator, pure in being, pure in
name.
L U
0"06t ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ II~II naanak hukmai anQarvaykhai vartai taakotaak. 11211
K C
Nanak .mys, "After creating it in order, He (God) looks at and pervades it smart(v."
O
~ II pa-orhee. Pauri
O
~ i"ar mr a- ~ BJDfftJ ~ ~ II
B
aapeenHai bhog bhog kai ho-aY.!2!lasmarh bha-ur siDhaa-i-aa.
KH
The one led by oneselfto lust,last(v is reduced to ashes. But, the soul moves on.
~~~
~~
m
S I
~ urf3 ~ II vadaa ho-aa QuneeQaar gal sangal ghat chalaa-i-aa.
11UIS, when the worldy one is grown, he is chained and driven (to death).
citaftr ~ lffu ~ ~ ~ II
agai karnee keerat vaachee-ai bahi laykhaa kar samihaa-i-aa.
In the next court, his good and bad deeds are accountedfor, and he is patient(v explained (his
account).
r i- (') ~ ~ -
~
-
~
-
falw" ~
=
II
thaa-o na hovee pa-uQee-ee hun sunee-ai ki-aa roo-aa-i-aa.
And when struck for punishment, the weeping does not find place to hide.
Hfo ~ ffi'itJ ~ lIall man anDhai janam gavaa-i-aa. 11311
The blind mind has lost his life. 3
~}fg 1:\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
!' ~ ~ ~ ~ II bhai viGh pavan vahai saQvaa-o.
/n (God's) fear the air is ever blowing.
!' ~ ~ ~ ~ II .!2!lai vich chaleh lakh Qaree-aa-o.
/n fear the lacs of rivers are flowing.
!' ~ ~ at ~ II bhai vich agan kadhai vaygaar.
1005
~n fear the fire is burning without reward
~ ~ mr3t m srft:r II bhai vich Dhartee gabee .!IDaar.
In fear the earth is bearing burden.
~ ~ ~ 1R fi:rcJ B"fa' II .!IDai vich in,g firai sir bhaar.
In fear the Ind (cloud) is moving head down.
~ ~ ijTiJT tmf ~ II .!IDai vich raajaa Dharam gu-aar.
In fear kings courts arejudicious.
~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ II bhai vich sooraj .!IDai vich chang.
In fear is sun, in fear is moon,
~ ri;ft ;n;a (') ~ II koh karorhee chalat na ant.
Crores ofmiles they journey endlessly.
~ ~ fi::ftr!Q' ffG (';l1f II bhai vich siDh buDh sur naath.
In fear are perfect men, intellectuals, divines, Masters.
~ ~ ~ ))f1'ilf'JJ II bhai vich aadaanay aakaas.
In fear are hanging skies.
~ ~ Rtf ~ ~ II Qhai vich joDh mahaabal soor.
In fear are the brave the most powerful
~ ~ ~ ~ 1JQ II .!IDai vich aavahi jaaveh poor.
In fear one is transmigrating by turn.
~ ~ ~ fi:JfcJ ~ II sagli-aa bha-o Iikhi-aa sir laykh.
OM
Everyone's destiny is fear.
.C
B
orocr ~ ~ RV ~ II~II naanak nirbha-o nirankaar sach ayk. 11111
U
L
Nanak says, "Only one, True, Formless, is beyondfear.
C
l{g ~ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
O K
orocr ~ ~ Ma- i3' Ql)f ~ II naanak nirbha-o nirankaar hor kaytay raam ravaal.
Nanak says, "On (v Formless is beyondfear, many other poor Ramas are there."
O
~ ciQ ~ i3' ~ lffiJro II kaytee-aa kan H kahaanee-aa kaytay bayg beechaar.
B
H
Many are the stories ofKahn(Krishna). Many are the discourses on Vedas.
I K
iE 0tJfu mE' " ~ ~ ~ II kaytay nacheh mangtay girh murh pooreh taal.
S
Many beggars are dancing to the tune repeatedly.
~ lJTWQ Hfu' ))f1fu 0Nfu lJTWQ II baajaaree baajaar meh aa-ay kad.heh baajaar.
Guisers display theirfeats in bazaar.
aRfu ~ ~ mrnr ))('tIS ~ II gaavahi raajay raanee-aa boleh aal pataal.
They sing about the kings, about queens tunelessly,
~ ~ a- Jja lIStf ~ a- CJ"IQ II lakh taki-aa kay mun,g-rhay lalill taki-aa kay haar.
They are wearing ear-rings of lacs of Takas and necklesses oflacs oftakas.
~ 3fo ~ 0'0Cfl' H 30 ~ irG II jit tan paa-ee-ah naankaa say tan hoveh chhaar.
Nanak says, "But the bodies who wear dash to dust. "
P.465
~ (') mmft ~ ~ ~ J:I'Ig II gi-aan na galee-ee d.hood.hee-ai kathnaa karrhaa saar.
Knowledge cannot be gained by mere talks. It is difficult to explail' the truth.
cra1H6ffi3""~~ftrco.ff:r~~ II~II karam milai taa paa-ee-ai horhikmat hukam khu-aar.1I211
We get it on(y ifin His grace. Our schemes and decisions do not work.
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
Mffir &'afu # ~ 3" ~ ~ ~ II nagar karahi jay aapnee taa nagree satgur paa-i-aa.
1006

If He is gracious, then, by His grace on(v, true Guru can be blessed.
~~~iffiH~3T~~~11
ayhu jee-o bahutay janam bharammi-aa taa satgur sabad. sunaa-i-aa.
The being has journeyed through many lives, only then true Guru has given his word.
~ ~ t!"3'" i om- mw ~ ia' ~ II
satgur jayvad gaataa ko nahee sabh suni-ahu 10k sabaa-i-aa.
No one is as generous as the true Guru is, I have heard about all the people.
~ ~ RV ~ ft:rctt ~))fIy ~ "
satgur mili-ai sach paa-i-aa jinHee vichahu aap gavaa-i-aa.
By meeting a true Guru the truth is revealed.
But to those on(v who have eliminated ego form within.
fi::Ifo R'9" RV ~ "a" jin sacho sach buihaa-i-aa. "~,,
This i... for those who are made to understand truth only. 4
~ H: ~ " salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
~ JIB' ~ tJQ ciQ ~ " gharhee-aa sa!IDay gopee-aa pahar kan Hgopaal.
All Gharian are maids (dancing girls), Pehar is Kan (Krishna) the herdsman.
m ~ tnt 8J:i3g ~ ~ ))R3"Q " gahnay pa-un paanee baisantar chand. sooraj avtaar.
M
Air, water andfire is the jewellery. Sun and moon are deities.
O
RiJRift QQ3t ~ QQ ~ J=IQll ~ " saglee Dhartee maal Dhan vartan sarab janjaal.
. C
The whole earth is wealth, but users are ill-involved.
B
~~~~~arftrnIT~ II~II
U
naanak musai gi-aan vihoonee khaa-ay ga-i-aa jamkaal. 11111
L
C
Nanak says, "The ignorants are robbed and thus are eaten up by death".
K
H: ~ " mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
O
;:rrefo ~ 0U'fn !fW " vaa-in chaylay nachan gur.
O
The disciples are playing music, the Gurus are dancing.
H B
mr <JCS1ft:!f6 ~ fHG " pair halaa-in fayrni Hsir.
They dance by feet, and wave their heads.
K
SI
~ ~ ~ ~ t.rTft!' " ud ud raavaa ihaatai paa-ay.
The rising dust falls upon their hair (heads).
~ ~ ml uffiJ wre " vaykhai 10k hasai ghar jaa-ay.
The people see, laugh and go home.
~ ~ ~ ~ " rotee-aa kaaran pooreh taal.
All this dancing to the tune is for earning meal
))fly 1.l&"3fu QQ3t orft;s " aap pachhaarheh Dhartee naal.
They are dashing themselves against earth.
~ ~ ~ ~ " gaavan gopee-aa gaavan kaan H.
They sing about the maids, and about the Kan (Krishna).
~ Jfurr CJ'R QI)f " gaavan seetaa raajay raam.
They sing about Sita, the king Ramo.
~ ~ RV 'l>1l:f " nirbha-o nirankaar sach naam.
True is the name ofthe Fearless, Formless.
W i5IT etPw JrnCS ircJTQ " jaa kaa kee-aa sagar jahaan.
The whole universe is His creation,
~ ~ CRfH ~ " sayvak sayveh karam charhaa-o.
1007
The servant serves and submits to Him.
&o't ~ ft:rcy Hfn ~ II Qhinnee rainjinHaa man chaa-o.
The night is blissful for those, who are thrilled by (love of) God.
fm:it fl:rll:pw ~ ~ II sikhee sikhi-aa gur veechaar.
Sikh i is th e process oflearning and reflecting upon (the word of) Guru.
~ ~ ~ l.l'fcJ II naQree karam laghaa-ay paar.
By His grace, God takes you to the other shore.
~ ~ ;rcft ~ II koloo charkhaa chakee chak.
The oil press, spinning wheel, quern, potter's wheel,
'1m ~ ~ ~ II thai vaarolay bahut anant.
and innumerable are whirlwinds in desert,
~ ~ ~ II laatoo maaDhaanee-aa angaah.
They all and the tops, the churning staves, are moving on.
tP:lt ~ ifo (') JIl"(J II pankhee bha-uQee-aa lain na saah.
The birds are flying restless(v.
~ U"f.J ~ ti3' II soo-ai chaarh bhavaa-ee-ah jant.
The beings are mounted on the stakes and are moving ceaseless(v.
M
(';l"(";Cl' ~ ~ (') ~ II naanak Qha-uQi-aa ganat na ant.
O
Nanak says, "The tumblers cannot be counted.
it:ro m 'R"'S' Rfu II banDhan banDh bhavaa-ay so-avo
. C
B
He (God) destined them (everything) to move.
U
~ flilGf::r cW "! clft!' II pa-i-ai kirat nachai saQh ko-ay.
L
C
Everyone is preordainedfar dancing.
mrnr
K
oftJ oftJ ~ H ~ II nach nach haseh chaleh say ro-ay.
O
They laugh while dancing, and weep while leaving.
O
~ (') weft fi::Jq (') ~ II ud na jaahee siDh na hohi.
H B
Neither they can Rv, nor they attain perfection.
~ ~ HO Ci(l' ~ II nachan kUQan man kaa chaa-o.
I K
The dancing andjumping is the pleasure ofmind.
S H
(';l"(";Cl' 1H7i Hfn ~ f3cr' Hfn ~ II~II naanakjin man bha-o tinHaa man bhaa-o. 11211
Saith Nanak: On(v they are in attachment, (with God), in whose mind abides fear (of God).
~ II pa-orhee.PAURf
~3"a'r~~orre-~~(')~II
naa-o tayraa nirankaar hai naa-ay la-i-ai narak na jaa-ee-ai.
Your name is Formless. By remembering your name one escapes the helL
~ fi4 "! ftm ~ ~ l:fIt1))fTfl:t' ~ II jee-o pind saQh tis Qaa Qay khaajai aakh gavaa-ee-ai.
The mind, the body, everything is yours, we eat what you give, but we loose the meaning when we
say it,
H ~ ;hIT ~ orftr ~ o'lv ~ II jay lorheh changa aapnaa kar punnhu neech saQaa-ee-ai.
lfyou want some goodfor you, do virtue and be called a low.
A' ~ ~ iI9 ~ ri;ft ~ II jay jarvaanaa parharai jar vays karaYQee aa-ee-ai.
If a powerful person loots other's wealth, this act will destroy him in the same way.
~ ~ (') ~ ~ 1It111 ko rahai na bharee-ai paa-ee-ai. 11511
No body can live beyond his deeds.
loU 9. II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
1008
~ fi::rGrf3' ~ tffiJ tffiJ CRJfu ~ II musalmaanaa sifat saree-at parh parh karahi beechaar.
Musalmans are known by shariat. They read and reflect upon it.
ie H" fi:J ~ ~ 1M' ~ ~ ~ II bangay say je paveh vich bangee vaykhan ka-o geegaar.
On(v those are persons, who accept discipline, for attaining a vision (of God).
~ ~ R'~NJrc') ~ gfir ~ II hingoo saalaahee saalaahan garsan roop apaar.
Hindus praise innumerable forms ofpraiseworthy (God).
3taflf ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II tirath naaveh archaa poojaa agar vaas behkaar.
They bathe in sacred waters, worship their deity, with the fragrance of eagle wood.
m BTo ~ H3" ~ ~ ~ II jogee sunn Dhi-aavni Hjaytay alakh naam kartaar.
Yogis, in void-posture, remember all the unknowable names of the Creator (God).
P.466
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Cifl' ~ II sookham moorat naam niranjan kaa-i-aa kaa aakaar.
Being is abstract taintless is His name. But body has a form
R3Pw Hfo ~ ~ ~ a- ~ II satee-aa man santokh upjai gaynai kai veechaar.
The idea ofgiving chari(v creates contentedness, in the mind oftruthful (giver).
e- e- Hm JTRT F Rw era- ~ II gay gay mangeh sahsaa goonaa sobh karay sansaar.
People give but hope for hundred times return, yet are praised by the world (socie(v).
M
ij(rr tJTGT 3' ~ ~ ~ II choraa jaaraa tai koorhi-aaraa khaaraabaa vaykaar.
The thieves, the adulterers, the lien" the bad, the useless,
C O
.
fEfcr ~ l:fTft!' ~ ~ f:ror 1W Cl'llft iSl"Q II ik hogaa khaa-ay chaleh aithaa-oo tinaa bhe kaa-ee kaar.
B
they have enough and have eaten enough here. Have they done any (good) deed?
U
L
~ ~ tft>w ~ ~ ~ l')fTCl'I'Q II jal thai jee-aa puree-aa lo-aa aakaaraa aakaar.
C
They are habitating in water, in mountains, in planets and other places.
K
are F
fi:J ~ B" ~ f:ror 1W ~ WQ II o-ay je aakhahi so tooNhai jaaneh tinaa bhe tayree saar.
O O
Whatever they say, you (God) listen even to them They also depend upon your support.
7)T(')Cl' !m3'T !l:I' ~ ~ (')T}j' ~ II naanak bhagtaa bhukh saalaahan sach naam aaDhaar.
B
Nanak says, "Hunger ofthe devotees is your praise. Their food is the name of True (God).
H
K
JreT~<f'U'furegor3t~1JT~ 111:\11 sagaa anand rahehgin raateegunvanti-aa paa chhaar.llll1
SI
Day and night, they are in ever bliss. They are the feet-dust ofmen ofvirtues.
H~ 1:\ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
fi.Rt ~ eft is" tret ~ II mitee musalmaan kee payrhai pa-ee kumHj-aar.
Clay ofthe Musalman, when is passed on to the pot-maker,
umr R recr citfr tmtft era- ycrrcr II gharh bhaaNday itaa kee-aa jalgee karay pukaar.
he makes bricks of it, it cries while in fire.
~ ~ ~ uy;it tJfi:r tJfa' t.Rfu ~ IIjal jal rovai bapurhee iharh iharh paveh angi-aar.
The burning poor clay weeps, when turns to embers.
m
7)T(')Cl' fi:Jfo ~ citfr J1' ~ ~ II~II naanak jin kartai kaaran kee-aa so jaanai kartaar. 11211
Nanak ...ays, "He "Who makes the men and material, only that Creator knows. "
t8ii ~ rcm "0 ~ t8ii ~ rcm (j ~ II
bin satgur kinai na paa-i-o bin satgur kinai na paa-i-aa.
Without true Guru none can attain, none has ever attained.
~ ~))fTy ~ afa' ~ lWfl:f ~ II satgur vich aap rakhi-on kar pargat aakh sunaa-i-aa.
True Guru Himselfplaced light into body, He Himselfrelates after revealing it.
~ ~ JreT ~ ~ fi:Jfo ~ >fg ~ II
1009
satgur mili-ai sagaa mukat hai jin vichahu moh chukaa-i-aa.
Those who meet true Guru, are ever liberated, provided they have parted with greed.
~ ~ ~ ~ ft:Iflr> ri ~ ~ ~ II utam ayhu beechaar hai jin sachay si-o chit laa-i-aa.
This is pure thought, It attaches the mind with true.
Hdltfl'i! ~ ~ II~II jagjeevan gaataa paa-i-aa. 11611
Thus I have attained the Giver (God) oflife to the world.
~ H: 1:\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ha-o vich aa-i-aa ha-o vich ga-i-aa.
In ego I came, in ego I left,
~ ~ tifi.pw ~ ~ H1W' II ha-o vich jammi-aa ha-o vich mu-aa.
In ego I was born, in ego I died.
~ ~ ft!3'r ~ N& ~ II ha-o vich gitaa ha-o vich la-i-aa.
In ego I gave, in ego I received,
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ha-o vich khati-aa ha-o vich ga-i-aa.
In ego I earned, in ego I spent
~ ~ ~ ~ II ha-o vich sachiaar koorhi-aar.
In ego I am Sachiar, Kudiar,
~ ~ tP1l Yo ~ II ha-o vich paap punn veechaar.
In ego I reflected upon sin and virtue.
OM
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ha-o vich narak surag avtaar.
.C
In ego is the hell, the paradise, the birth.
mr U B
L
~~ ~ N& it II ha-o vich ha~ai ha-o vich rovai.
C
In ego I laugh, in ego I weep.
In ego onefills, in ego one empties.

O K
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ iR II ha-o vich bharee-ai ha-o vich Dhovai.
O
~ ~ H"'3t ftIoRt ~ II ha-o vich jaatee jinsee khovai.
B
H
In ego one loses the caste, the kind.
K
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1t:Pwc!T II ha-o vich moorakh ha-o vich si-aanaa.
SI
In ego is the foolish, in ego is the wise.
l:n:r JjCiri!:r cit JI'l'Q (') in" II mokh mukat kee saar na jaanaa.
They do not know the meaning offreedom.
~ ~ wre".,. ~ ~ ~ II ha-o vich maa-i-aa ha-o vich chhaa-i-aa.
In ego is the illusion, in ego is the shadow.
~ cmr cmr ii3' ~ II ha-umai kar kar jant upaa-i-aa.
In ego the life (of world) is created,
~ ~ 3T ~ ei' II ha-umai booibai taa gar sooibai.
But, ifyou realize ego, only then you find the door (of liberation).
P'
fdpwn ~ crfti crfti II gi-aan vihoonaa kath kath looibai.
The ignorant suffers his words.
'(')'l"(')a' ~ ~ ~ II naanak hukmee Iikee-ai laykh.
Nanak says, "We write our fortune within the ambit of Order. "
;rnr ~ 3cJr ~ 111:\11 jayhaa vaykheh tayhaa vaykh. 11111
We see on(v what He makes us to see.
HCJ1!ISI" ':J II mehlae 2. M: 2
~ ~ H"f3' ~ atH emf CDf'fu II ha-umai ayhaa jaat hai ha-umai karam kamaahi.
1010
17li... is the nature ofego, actions are due to it.
~ ~ Sllor fcftJ ~ Rcft tPfu 1/ ha-umai ay-ee banDhnaa fir fir jonee paahi.
Ego is thus a bondage which commits to the birth and death repeated(v.
~ ~ ~ ~ Jii:r6.f ~ wre 1/ ha-umai kithhu oopjai kit sanjam ih jaa-ay.
Where does this ego take birth from, with which discipline it vanishes.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1/ ha-umai ayho hukam hai pa-i-ai kirat firaahi.
Ego is under His order, and it keeps the preordained wheel moving.
~ tfuJur ~ ~ ~ !it ftrB' wfu 1/ ha-umai geeragh reg hai gaaroo !IDee is maahi.
Ego is severe disease, but medicine is also in it.
fcrow ~ H ~ 3" WO err ~ qwfu 1/ kirpaa karay jay aapnee taa gur kaa sabag kamaahi.
If He blesses, one meditates upon the word of Guru.
~ em- ~ ~ ~ Jii:rfH ~ wfu II~I/ naanak kahai sunhu janhu it sanjam gukh jaahi. 11211
Nanak says, "Listen 'Oh Man' with this discipline the sorrows vanish. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
iR cft3t ~ ~ Hi ~ ~ II sayv keetee santokhee-eeNjinHee sacho sach Dhi-aa-i-aa.
Service is done by those contented ones, who meditate upon true only,
P.467
M
~JR~o~QftJm~~I/
onHee mangai pair na rakhi-o kar sukarit Dharam kamaa-i-aa.
C O
.
They never step into evil By good deeds they have earned virtues.
~ ~ ~ Sllor ~ ~ i3r ~ II
U B
L
onHee gunee-aa torhay banQhnaa ann paanee thorhaa khaa-i-aa.
C
They break the chains of worldliness, they eat and drink (water) less.
K
~ 8l:flfu:ft' ~ fn'3' ~ ~ ~ 1/ tooN bakhseesee aglaa nit gayveh charheh savaa-i-aa.
O
You (God) are the great giver, You dai(v add a quarter ofwhat already is given.
B
By prai...ing, the Migh(v is realized.O
~ur~ 1/;>1/ vadi-aa-eevadaa paa-i-aa.11711
KH
Ria)fg 1:\ 1/ salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
SI
~ ftrol:lt 3tW 3eT Hurt ~ 1/ purkhaa Nbirkhaa Nteerthaa Ntataa Nmayghaa NkhaYtaaNh.
Of all the persons, trees, sacred places, banks, clouds andfields.
~ ~ ~ liJt ~ 1/ geepaa N10-aaNmandlaa Nkhandaa NvarbhandaaNh.
Of all the islands, spheres, earths, parts and whole ofuniverse.
~ H01=r ~ lfTC!t ~ 1/ andaj jayraj ut-!IDujaa Njffiaanee saytjaaNh.
Of all the four sources oflife, like egg, placenta, terrigenous, and moistur.
Ft fl.rf::r wi 0'0Cl'" JrT Hat ti3r<r 1/ so mit jaanai naankaa saraa Nmayraa Njantaah.
Nanak says, "Having created the life, He knows the measurement ofseas, mountains and living
beings.
(')T7)Q rB ~ il ~ mJ(')l'(J 1/ naanakjant upaa-ay kai sammaalay sanhnaah.
"After creating the living beings, He looks after everyone". Nanak says"
1Hfn m ~ cfPw ftf3r fB" CfWit 3'(J 1/ jin kar1;ai karnaa kee-aa chintaa bhe karnee taah.
He, the Creator ofthe universe, is to worry for His creation.
Ft ao3" ftJ3" ~ 1Hfn ~ iI!J II so kartaa chintaa karay jin upaa-i-aa jag.
That creator who has created the world, should worry
f::rff ~ ~ fu'H' f::rff ~ ~ 1/ tis johaaree su-asat tis tis geebaan abhag.
Health isfor those, who submit in his indivisible court.
1011
0"0Cf ~ 0'){ flfQ fcsmrr few fcsmrr 3tr IIC!II naanak sachay naam bin ki-aa tikaa ki-aa tag. 11111
Nanak says, "Without the name of the True, What is mark on forehead and wearing of the
sacred thread. "
H: C! II mehlaa 1. M: 1
l?lf ~ ~ l?lf yO" ~ II lakh naykee-aa chang-aa-ee-aa lakh punnaa parvaan.
Lacs are generosities and virtues, lacs are accepted as charities,
l?lf ~ ~ ~ H(JH irn 8'arc!' II lakh tap upar teerthaa Nsahj jog baybaan.
Lacs meditate at the centre ofpilgrimage. Lacs are in quiet meditation in forests.
l?lf ~ ~ ~ Hfu !Gfu ~ II lakh soortan sangraam ran meh chhuteh paraan.
Lacs ofbrave men ofbattles, die in battle.
l?lf B'Q'3t l?lf fip,fTo 1tPwo ~ UTO ~ II lakh surtee lakh gi-aan Dhi-aan parhee-ah paath puraan.
Lacs are in attachment, lacs are in meditation. Lacs are reading the text ofPuranas.
m
fl::rfo ~ citlW ~ ~ ~ II jin kartai karnaa kee-aa Iikhi-aa aavan jaan.
Whatever the Creator has created, is spelled to transmigration.
0"0Cf H3t fHftp,fr cre'tf mJT ~ II~II naanak matee mithi-aa karam sachaa neesaan. 11211
Nanak says, "Mere counseling is meaningless, Deed is the real recognition. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
You, the true Master i... one. You make the truth to pervade.
O M
mJT ~ ~ 1 fl::rfo m1 ~ <1dd ' relW II sachaa saahib ayk tooN jin sacho sach vartaa-i-aa.
. C
fl::rff 1 m f3B' ~ ~ 3T f3Ql ~ ~ II jis tooN deh tis milai sach taa tinHee sach kamaa-i-aa.
B
Whomever you give, he gets the truth and on(v he acts upon it.
U
L
~ fHW ~ WlW fircri ~ ~ ~ ~ II
C
satgur mili-ai sach paa-i-aa jin Hkai hirdai sach vasaa-i-aa.
K
By meeting the true Guru, one gets the true, in his mind true abides.
O O
trcJ1:f ~ n ~ Hntn:it tIOlf ~ II moorakh sach na jaananHee manmukhee janam gavaa-i-aa.
Tlte foolish ones do not know the True, such Manmukhs lose their life.
B
~ ~ ~ ~ IItll vich dunee-aa kaahay aa-i-aa. 11811
H
K
For what such people take birth in the world
S I
~ H: C! II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
W w ann ~ w w ~ H'lf II parh parh gadee ladee-ah parh parh bharee-ah saath.
We may read a cart-load ofbooks. We may take the read ones with.
W W 8;it ~ ww ~ ~ II parh parh bayrhee paa-ee-ai parh parh gadee-ah khaat.
We may read the books, equalling the load ofa boat. We may read like sowing a field.
~ H3' !mf !mf ~ ~ WR II parhee-ah jaytay baras baras parhee-ah jaytay maas.
We may read all the available years. We may read all the available months.
~ R3t JWdW ~ ~ JlTR II parhee-ai jaytee aarjaa parhee-ah jaytay saas.
We may readfor whole ofthe life. We may read by each breath.
0"0Cf. ~ ft:cr ~ ~ <JtH ~ lPl::f IIC!II naanak laykhai ik gal hor ha-umai jhakh-naa jhaakh. 11111
Nanak says, "Reading ofone thing on(v (the name ofGod) is accountedfor. All other reading is
activity in ego (waste). "
H: C! II mehlaa 1. M: 1
~ ~ l.ff;pw II Iikh Iikh parhi-aa.
The more one reads and writes
33T ~ II taytaa karhi-aa.
The more one becomes iritative
1012
8'g 3tal:r ~ II baho tirath bhavi-aa.
The more one journeys to the places 0/ pilgrimage,
~ ~ II tayto lavi-aa.
More he becomes a boast.
8'g il:f c!l'I2fT ~ ~ ;:!Pw II baho bhaykh kee-aa gayhee gukh gee-aa.
11,e more one wears a ritualistic dress, the more one tortures one's body.
'R"g ~ tft>w ~ c!l'I2fT II saho vay jee-aa apnaa kee-aa.
Bear OJ my sole, with your deeds.
~ (5 ~ ~ ~ II ann na khaa-i-aa saag gavaa-i-aa.
By not eating the/ood, one loses interest (in life),
8'g ~ t.r'ftmrr ~ ~ II baho gukh paa-i-aa goojaa b!:laa-i-aa.
By loving the other (than God), one suffers sorrows.
S"A':l (5 ~ II bastar na pahirai.
By not wearing clothes,
l'H'fufofi:r ~ II ahinis kahrai.
One ...uffers day and night.
Hm ~ II mon vigootaa.
M
When absorbed in silence.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ki-o jaagai gur bin sootaa.
C O
.
How thus sleeping can be awakened without a Guru.
tm ~ II pag upaytaanaa.
U B
L
One may walk bare-foot,
C
~ c;ft))fT ~ II apnaa kee-aa kamaanaa.
K
He has to reap what he sows.
O O
~ ~ l:fTtt fi:ffir 5'lft t.l'lft II al mal khaa-ee sir chhaa-ee paa-ee.
By eating filth andfilling head with dirt,
B
~ ~ tmr ~ II moorakh anDhai pat gavaa-ee.
H
K
Thefoolish blind have lost his dignity.
S I
~ ~ faI ~ (5 t.l'lft II vin naavai kichh thaa-ay na paa-ee.
Without the name (o/God/Guru), they find no refuge.
~ 88'C!t ~ HWC!t II rahai baybaanee marhee masaanee.
By living in jungles, in graveyards,
)){g (5 ;:ri ~ ~ II anDh na jaanai fir pachhutaanee.
The blind does not realize and repents.
P.468
~ ~ j:j ~ ~ II satgur bhaytay so sukh paa-ay.
Those who meet the Guru, will enjoy the happiness,
uflJ err O'li Hfo ~ II har kaa naam man vasaa-ay.
They keep God's name residing in their mind.
0"'i')'Cf M!fu ~ j:j ~ II naanak nagar karay so paa-ay.
Nanak ...ays, "This only the blessed (by God) can get.
~ ~ 3' f()ija'i~ ~ ~ RW8' II~ II aas angaysay tay nihkayval ha-umai sabag jalaa-ay. 11211
(It is) by distancing/rom desire andfear, by burning the ego with word (o/God).
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
!m3' ~ Hfo ~ ~ Jldfo ~ ~ II b!:lagat tayrai man bhaavgay gar sohan keerat gaavgay.
1013
The devotees are liked by you (God), Their praising at your door looks beautifuL
craw ~ ~ ~ 0' ~ ~ II naanak karmaa baahray gar Qho-a na lehnHee Qhaavgay.
i'i"'l'iCl'
Nanak says, "Without virtuous deeds, even rushing to your door, will not give them a refuge.
~ ~ 0' ~ ))fT1.IC!l' ~ tTY R'fW' II ik mool na buihni Haapnaa anhogaa aap ganaa-igay.
Some do not realize their being, whey assert without strength.
~ vr;ft ~ C'ffir iJ1ftJ ma- ~ wS ~ II ha-o QhaaQhee kaa neech jaat hor utam jaat sagaa-igay.
I am a bard oflow-caste, when others pretend to be ofhigher-castes.
ftrQ >hrr fi:J ~ ~ II~II tin Hmangaa je tuihai Ohi-aa-igay. 11911
I bey for those who remember you.
~ QIW ~ tJW ~ RJ Jiwg II koorh raajaa koorh parjaa koorh sabh sansaar.
The king is false, the subjects are false, the whole world is false.
~ HTtl ~ )ofl";It ~ 8HC!d l g II koorh mandap koorh maarhee koorh baisanhaar.
The homes arefalse, the high buildings arefalse, the dwellers arefalse.
~ ~ ~ gw ~ ~ II koorh su-inaa koorh rupaa koorh painHanhaar.
The gold is false, the money'is false, the wearing is false.
~ ~ ~ CP.I3 ~ gy ~ II koorh kaa-i-aa koorh kaparh koorh reop apaar.
M
The body is false, the clothes are false, the peerless beauty is false.
O
~ HPw ~ 8hft 1:ff4 ire ~ II koorh mee-aa koorh beebee khap ho-ay khaar.
C
.
The husband isfalse, the wife is false, they are consumed by death.
B
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a<J3'l"g' II koorh koorhai nayhu lagaa visri-aa kartaar.
U
L
The false love is attached to false, thus God is forgotten.
C
~ orftis cOO ~ RJ RW 9C'SC!d i g II kis naal keechai gostee sa.b!J. jag chalanhaar.
K
Who should be got as afriend, the whole world is subject to death.
O O
~ 1HOT ~ ~ ~ p ~ II koorh mit!:laa koorh maakhi-o koorh dobay poor.
The sweet is false, the honey is false, the falseness drowns the boat,
B
~ ~ iIo3t ~ lI'! P ~ 11911 naanak vakhaanai bayntee tuOh baaih koorho koorh. 11111
H
K
Nanak says, "I pray, everything other than you (God) is false. "
SI
~ 3'" trg" ~ W fa@' Her ~ II sach taa par jaanee-ai jaa rigai sachaa ho-ay.
On(v that is to be known as truth which purifies the souL
cit ~ ~ 3Q ri' U'ifl' Q& II koorh kee mal utrai tan karay hachhaa Oho-ay.
It washes offthe dust offalsehood, and purifies the body by washing it (with the name ofGod).
~::P- trg" ~ w FffiJ w fimrg II sach taa par jaanee-ai jaa sach Oharay pi-aar.
On(v that is to be known as truth which strengthens love for True.
~ ~ Hg acJJfPK 3'" ~ Hl:I' ~ II naa-o sun man rehsee-ai taa paa-ay mokh gu-aar.
By listening the name (of God), the mind enters into ecstasy, andthus enters the door ofliberation.
~ 3'" trg" ~ W ~ ;ri iftt II sach taa par jaanee-ai jaa juga! jaanai jee-o.
On(v that is to be known as truth, which helps to know the art ofliving.
~ ~ wftl i ~ ~ C{CJ'3T!Itt II Ohara! kaa-i-aa saaOh kai vich gay-ay kartaa bee-o.
By leveling the body like earth, and sowing the seed ofthe Creator in it.
~ 3'" trg" nrc!PH w fR1:r mft ~ II sach taa par jaanee-ai jaa sikh sachee lay-ay.
On(v that is to be known as truth, which promotes the truthful teaching,
~;ri iftl'H" cit fk! Yo ~ rire II ga-i-aa jaanai jee-a kee kichh punn gaan karay-i.
like the mercy upon beings, and giving something in alms.
1014
~ 3i' t@' wc!PK tIT ))fT3)f :ftaftr ri' ~ II sach taa N par jaanee-ai jaa aatam tirath karay nivaas.
On(v that is to be known as truth, which abides in the pilgrimage ofsouL
~ 5" yftf a- 8fcr em ri' ~ II satguroo no puchh kai bahi rahai karay nivaas.
After knowing the will oftrue Guru, it lives in the self.
~ 'RB(')T ~ t!'! l.(T1.f ri iffi:!" II sach sabhnaa ho-ay gaaroo paap kadhai Dho-ay.
This truth is the medicine for all, it washes the sins off.
~ ~ iIo3t fRo ~ ~ ~ II~II naanak vakhaanai bayntee jin sach palai ho-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "I pray for those who are imbued with truth. "
t$ft II pa-orhee. PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ H fi.ft ~ ~ ~ II gaan mahindaa talee khaak jay milai ta mastak laa-ee-ai.
I deserve on(v the dust ofyour feet, IfI get it, I shall apply.it to my forehead
~ li'i'ffiJ ~ ~ ~ lifo ~- ~ II
= -
koorhaa laalach chhadee-ai ho-ay ik man alakh Dhi-aa-ee-ai.
Let us denounce false, the greed, concentrate our mind and meditate upon the unknowable.
~ 3-W ~ ~ C(TQ ~ II fal tayvayho paa-ee-ai jayvayhee kaar kamaa-ee-ai.
We get the fruits, in consonance with what we do.
H ~ ~ ~ 31' 9fts f::rcr' ~ ~ II jay hovai poorab Iikhi-aa taa Dhoorh tinHaa gee paa-ee-ai.
If it is preordained, only then we get the dust (of saint's feet).
)f/3" ~ JW ~ 11'\011 mat thorhee sayv gavaa-ee-ai. 111011
OM
Petty wisdom wastes the service.
. C
~ H: '\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
U B
L
Jffir ~ ~ ~ orft;s ~ ~ II sach kaal koorh varti-aa kal kaalakh baYtaal.
~ 8tft:IlJftr ~ R )mJ ~ ~ m C
Falsehood is prevailing upon the time oftruth, the black ego is dancing tunelessly.
K
II bee-o beej pat lai ga-ay ab ki-o ugvai gaal.
O O
The seed ofhonour is stolen away, how, now can grow a plant ofpulse?
H ~ ~ ~ ~ !3t i ~ ~ II jay ik ho-ay ta ugvai rutee hoo rut ho-ay.
B
KH
It could grow if the seed was unbroken, and the season and soil were appropriate.
0'?)Cf ~ ~ fi ~ n ~ II naanak paahai baahraa korai rang na so-ay.
S I
Nanak says, "Without mordancy, a new cloth cannot be dyed".
B- ~ ~ ~ ~ t.r'g 3fi; ~ II bhai vich khumb charhaa-ee-ai saram paahu tan ho-ay.
Let the modesty be the mordant, andfear of God be the agent ofwhitening, purifying mind and
body.
0'?)Cf ~ H~ ~ n ~ 11'\11 naanak .!magtee jay rapai koorhai so-ay na ko-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "If one is absorbed in devotion, the falsehood will not touch him".
H: '\ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
~ tPY ~ QlW )fiJ31' ;g ~ ~ II lab paap gu-ay raajaa mahtaa koorh ho-aa sikgaar.
Greed and sin are king and courtier, falsehood is the mint-man.
ct'llf *! ~ ~ 8fcr 8fcr ri' ~ II kaam nayb sag puchhee-ai bahi bahi karay beechaar.
Cupidid~v is asked to sit on judgement, which it decides and delivers.
P.469
))(tft (Iti(flr fdJ))IlO ~ iJTfu sa- ~
anDhee rayat gi-aan vihoonee bhaahi bharay murgaar.
II
The blind and ignorant subjects, behave like a born corpse.
fdJ>Kro't cwfu ~ ~ ~ CfGfu Jft1I'!' II gi-aanee nacheh vaajay vaaveh roop karahi seegaar.
The learned ones dance, play upon musical instruments, and ornate their body.
~ ~ ifIt!T ~ Hw T ~ II oochay kookeh vaagaa gaavahi joDhaa kaa veechaar.

They sing at high-pitch, the tales of bravery ofthe brave in battle.
~~ fucM3 ~ FiR Ci('ij'fu ~ II moorakh pandit hikmat hujat sanjai karahi pi-aar.
the foolish Pandits invent arguments, and love to togather (wealth).
tmft QQH' arnfu ~ lfarfu Hlf ~ II Dharmee Dharam karahi gaavaaveh mangeh mokh d.u-aar.
The religious people waste their religiousity, by begging for the door to salvation.
tr3t ~ nm (')R'C!fu ~ irofu ~ 11'9 II jatee sadaaveh jugat na jaaneh chhad baheh ghar baar.
Those who claim to be celibates, do not know the art ofcelibacy, but the poor have denounced
their homes.
JI! a- ~ l')fIl) ~ lIIfG (') ibft ~ II sabh ko pooraa aapay hovai ghat na ko-ee aakhai.
Everyone is perfect by himself, none wants to be called a less.
llB~M~3T(')'I'(')a'~wO' II~II
pat parvaanaa pichhai paa-ee-ai taa naanak toli-aa jaapai. 11211
Nanak says, "Measured is on(v he, who is measured against the weight ofdignity. "
Hg C\ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
m ff Ifar (')TOijfT mJT ~ Hft! II vad.ee so vajag naankaa sachaa vaykhai so-avo
Nanak says, "One is known by the act one does, and True one is looking at it. "
~ ~ H'CiPw crcf3T cR ff ~ II sa.bb.nee .d1haalaa maaree-aa kartaa karay so ho-ay.
Everyone tries his best, but only that is done what He does.
nm tI"f3' (') Hg ~ ~ ~ ~ II agai jaat na jor hai agai jee-o navay.
O M
.
No caste or might matters in the next (world), only the selfis accountable.
C
B
ft:ro cit ~ llB tR';m m:!t iift! IISJII jin kee laykhai pat pavai changay say-ee kay-avo 11311
U
L
On(v those are lucky whose honour is protected.
C
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
gfu ~ ft:ffir ~ ~ ~ 3T ftrcft 1:IJIl:f ~ II
OK
Dhur karam jinaa ka-o tuDh paa+aa taa tinee khasam Dhi-aa+aa.
B
m ~ or(ft ~ icit ~ ~ II O
On(v they remember the Master, who are blessed by Him,.
H
tl;T ;:f3r it
K
aynaa jantaa kai vas kichh naahee tuDh vaykee jagat upaa+aa.
SI
Nothing is in the hands ofthe people. You have created the universe in your own logic.
~ ~ 1 Hfi!J ifu fi:!'fq ~ ~ ~ II iknaa no tooN mayl laihi ik aaphu tuDh khu-aa+aa.
To some you bless to meet (vou), the rest are astrayed by yourself.
~ fcto1.fT 3" ~ ~ ~ ))flY' ~ II gur kirpaa tay jaani-aa jithai' tuDh aap bujhaa-i-aa.
By Guru's grace only they know, whom you made to know.
FTR mHfiJ JDfTftmfr II C\C\ II sehjay hee sach samaa-i-aa. 111111
They are merged in truth in ease.
~ Hg C\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fIT ~ 3'f).r (') mft II dukh d.aaroo sukh rag .bb.a+aa jaa sukh taam na ho-ee.
Pleasure is malady, pain is cure if there is no greedfor pleasure.
'i C[Q3T iltGC!" HC')T(ft tI'" c:Jt ornt (') mft IIC\II tooN kartaa karnaa mai naahee jaa ha-o karee na ho-ee. 11111
You are the Creator, not I, if I attempt upon it, nothing will be done.
~ ~ ~ II balihaaree kudrat vasi-aa.
I sacrtjice myselffor the One, who is residing in His creation.
3"a'r ~ (') iIQft ~ IIC\II crott II tayraa ant na jaa-ee lakhi-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Your limit ofthis (Creation), cannot be known.
tI"f3' Hfu M:r M:r Hfu iI'3T ~ illW ~ <JfulHr II
1016
jaat meh jot jot meh jaataa akal kalaa bharpoor rahi-aa.
Your light is in evet:v body, and everyone is in your light. Thus the self-existent is pervading
everywhere, through His device.
1 FffiT RTfu! fiR'ftr ~ fi:Ifo cft3t JltPfiJ ~ II
tooN sachaa saahib sifat su-aaliha-o jin keetee so paar pa+aa.
You are true Master, elevating is your praise, whosoever has done it, he can swim across.
erg (';l"(')6f ~ c;ft1w W3T it Fcil! ~ H afa' ~ II:J II
kaho naanak kar1ay kee-aa baataa jo kichh karnaa so kar rahi-aa. 11211
Nanak "Jays, "Speak only about His deeds, the Creator is He, and He is doing what He wills to do.
Hg :J II mehlaa 2. SALOK M: 2
im mre ~ mre R mre ~ II jog sabga Ngi-aan sabga Nbayg sabga Nbaraahmaneh.
The word of the Jogi is knowledge. The word of the Brahman is to learn and teach Veda,
~ mre mre 1Jt: mre t(QT ~ II khatree sabga Nsoor sabga Nsoogar sabQa Nparaa kir1eh.
The word of the Khatri is bravet:v (in the battlefield), The word of the Sudrais the service of
others.
R'a"8 mre ~ mre Rii tri ~ II ~ 3T QT ~ ~ Fret foitrn ~ II~ II
sarab sabga Nayk sabga Njay ko jaanai bhay-o. naanak taa kaa gaas hai so-ee niranjan gay-o. 11311
M
But the word of evet:vone is One, If one knows this secret. Nanak says, "I am servant of that,
CO
Who is great the Taintless.
Hg :J II mehlaa 2. M: 2
B .
~ ~ R'a"8 ~ ~ ~ 3' ~ II ayk krisan N sarab gayvaa gayv gayvaa ta aatmaa.
One is Krishn, and he is the soul ofall gods,
L U
K C
~ 8'6eiEft:! R ii tri ~ II ~ 3T QT ~ ~ mft foairo ~ 11911
aatmaa baasgayvsi-y jay ko jaanai bhay-o. naanak taa kaa gaas hai so-ee niranjan gay-o. 11411
O
Soul is Basudeva (God), if one knows this secret. Nanak says, "I am servant ofthat, who is great,
O
B
the Taintless. "
H
HX Cl, II mehlaa 1. M: 1
K
SI
~w 8'QT ~ ~ ffiII) ftrQ ~ (') ~ II kumbhay baDhaa jal rahai jal bin kumQb. na ho-ay.
The water is contained by pitcher, there can be no pitcher without water.
~QT8'QTHQ~~ftrQ~(')~ 1I1111 gi-aan kaa baDhaa man rahaigurbin gi-aan na ho-aY.IISII
(Similar(v) mind is contained by knowledge, there can be no knowledge without Guru.
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
tI'fa))fr ~ i!!6ddl l g 3T m.ft wy (') wM II parhi-aa hovai gunahgaar taa omee saaDh na maaree-ai.
If educated person commits crimes, then an illiterate mendicant, should never be punished.
RtJr ~ ~ m ~ ~ II jayhaa ghaalay ghaalnaa tayvayho naa-o pachaaree-ai.
As are the deeds ofa person, similar is the type of name, he is given.
~ cmr (') ~ ~ ~ dTftmrr ~ II aisee kalaa na khaydee-ai jit gargeh ga+aa haaree-ai.
We should not do a thing, which defeats us in (His) court.
tI'fa))fr ~ IDfPw ~ ~ ~ II parhi-aa atai omee-aa veechaar agai veechaaree-ai.
The thought ofeducated and uneducated, shall be considered hereafter.
~ ri ff ~ ~ 1ICl,:J1I muhi chalai so agai maaree-ai. 111211
The head-strong is bound to fall there. 12
P.470
~ HX Cl, II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
(';l"(')6f Jig' ~ QT ~ Q! ~ ~ II naanak mayr sareer kaa ik rath ik rathvaahu.
1017
Nanak says, "Body is ofmountain. It has one chariot and one charioteer.
trn trn ifa' ~ ~ ~ 3rfJ II jug jug fayr vataa-ee-ah gi-aanee bujheh taahi.
In evet:vage, it changes its course. This on(v savants know.
~ ~ Ji3l:r iit" ~ ~ ~ II sagug rath santokh kaa Dharam agai rathvaahu.
In Satyug the chariot was ofcontentment, and Dharma was its charioteer.
~3' ~ ta iit" itg ~ ~ II taraytai rath jatai kaa jor agai rathvaahu.
In Treta the chariot was ofcelibacy, and might was its charioteer.
~ ~ 3ll' iit" JI'' ~ ~ II gu-aapur rath tapai kaa sat agai rathvaahu.
In Doapar the chariot was ofmeditation, and truth was its charioteer.
~ ~ ~ iit" ~ ~ ~ IIC\II kaljug rath agan kaa koorh agai rathvaahu. 11111
In Ka(yug the chariot is of.fire, andfalsehood is its charioteer.
H: C\ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
WH em ~ ~ mJ Hfu JWi R'ftJ em II JJf i. RftJ J:DR II
saam kahai saytambar su-aamee sach meh aachhai saach rahay. sajID ko sach samaavai.
Saam tells the colour ofthe Master is white, He was in truth and was living by truth. (Therefore)
Everyone was absorbed in truth.
ftJw em ~ ~ II rig kahai rahi-aa JIDarpoor.
M
Rig tells that He was evet:vwhere.
a"H O'tr ~ Hfu ~ II raam naam gayvaa meh soor.
C O
.
Rama was the name for God. He is the bravest in all the gods.
B
O'fu ~ tJl'iS' wftr II naa-ay la-i-ai paraaQillat jaahi.
His vet:Y name used to defeat others.
L U
C
(')l'O'CiI' ~ ~ -qrfu II naanak ta-o mokhantar paahi.
K
Nanak says, "This bravery leads to freedom".
O
t!'N Hfu ifflJ m ~ qrq fi'Rn ~ ~ II
O
juj meh jor chhalee changraaval kaan H krisan jaagam .b.ba-i-aa.
H B
In .Juj was .Jadam Krishn, who took away Chandrawal by force.
~ attIt A- ~ ~ Hfa' q cfPHr II paarjaat gopee lai aa-i-aa bingraaban meh rang kee-aa.
I K
He brought elysian treefor this damsel, and enjoyed her in Bindraban.
amHfu~~~nrt~~~11
S
kal meh bayg atharban hoo-aa naa-o khugaa-ee alhu JIDa-i-aa.
In kal, Atherbun is the ved, Allah has become the name of God.
~ lJJ1:l ~ m- tlfcR ~ tnrlt ~ cfPw II
neel bastar lay kaprhay pahiray turak pathaanee amal kee-aa.
People wear the clothes ofblue colour, and live by the culture of Turks and Pathanas.
~ ~ ~ ~ II chaaray vayg ho-ay sachiaar.
Thus, all the four Vedas claim to be true.
t.r.Jfu ~ fuQ 9'Q ~ II parheh guneh tin H chaar veechaar.
They (people) read andpreach four kinds ofthought.
~nftrcnw~~ II ~(')l'O'CiI'~~ II~II
bhaa-o Qhagat kar neech sagaa-ay. ta-o naanak mokhantar paa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "The liberation is on(v, by loving devotion and extreme modesty. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ ~ ~ ~ 6fW lfRH' FDfTftipw II satgur vitahu vaari-aa jit mili-ai khasam samaali-aa.
I sacrifice myselffor my true Guru, by meeting whom, I remember the Master.
1018
fHfo crfa' ~ fiImrrn ~ ;fuw fuc1t ~ ;:mg ~ II
jin kar upgays gi-aan anjan gee-aa inHee naytree jagat nihaali-aa.
His preaching are like anjan for my ~ves. I perceive the world through them.
m
1ffi'!j ~ C!I5i\' 18' H"i!C!H'fil'H" II khasam chhod goojai lagay dubay say vanjaari-aa.
Those who betray their Master and love someone else, such traders turn bankrupt.
~ ~ ifutr' ~ ftrn ~ II satguroo hai bohithaa virlai kinai veechaari-aa.
True Guru is a ship, on(v few can realize it.
crfa' ~ l.fTfa' ~ IIC\::JII kar kirpaa paar utaari-aa. 111311
By his grace, he takes us to the other shore.
~ Hg ~ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
fl:iHt;s ~ ~ ))ff3 ;furur ))ff3 ~ II simmal rukh saraa-iraa at geeragh at much.
Bombax tree is straight like arrow, very tall and ver:.v thick.
~ ft:r ~ ))fTFJ Clfu wfu foGrR' ~ II o-ay je aavahi aas kar jaahi niraasay kit.
I.lsomeone comes with a hope, he goes back dismayed.
~ ~ ~ 8Cifri' cifi.f (') ~ ta II fal fikay ful bakbakay kamm na aavahi pat.
Its fruits are tasteless, flowers are nauseating and leaves are ofno use.
~ ~ ('i'l"(")QT ~ ~ ~ II mithat neevee naankaa gun chang-aa-ee-aa tat.
M
Nanak says, "Modesty is sweet and is the essence ofall virtues. "
O
FI'f i foi ~ ~ 1.lQ ~ ~ (') ~ II sabh ko nivai aap ka-o par ka-o nivai na ko-ay.
Everyone bows before himself, none bows before another.
. C
B
qftJ ~ ~ foi H' ~ Uti! II Dhar taaraajoo tolee-ai nivai so ga-uraa ho-ay.
LU
Let us test by weighing with scale. Tilting downward must be heavier.
))f1.fij'Itfi ~ ~ it iJ3r fi.mTrfu II apraaDhee goonaa nivai jo hantaa miragaahi.
K C
The criminal will bow down double, like a hunter of a deer.
O
Jftfl:r ~ ~ lfPK ifI' flre ~ wfu IIC\II sees nivaa-i-ai ki-aa thee-ai jaa rigai kusuDhay jaahi. 11111
O
What is the use of bowing head? When the mind is straying.
H B
tIS' YJBa' JifQl)fr ar,! II parh pu5tak sanDhi-aa baaga N
IK
They read a book, perform Sandhya and utter hymns.
S
fl::I5 ~ ~ JDfTti II sil poojas bagul samaaDha N
They worship stones (the idol), and pose like heron.
~ ~ ~ II mukh jhooth bibhookhan saara N
Th~v tell a lie, and prove that iron is gold.
~~ ~ f8trrcJ II taraipaal tihaal bichaara N
Three times a day, they reflect upon the book ofthree lines (Gyatri).
~ HTW ~ ~ II gal maalaa tilak liIaata N
Thq wear rosary around their neck, and sacred mark on their forehead.
~ it3t 8FI:! ~ II gu-ay Dhotee bastar kapaata N
They wear two cloths, a loin's-cloth (dhoti) and a head-gear,
R ~ ~ ~ II jay jaanas barahma karma N
If th~v know the secret of divine deed.
mw icre' ~ ~ II sa.lID fokat nischa-o karma N
Then they must also know the futility ofthese rituals.
~ 0'0a' ~ ~ II kaho naanak nihcha-o Dhi-aavai.
Nanak says, "Remember with unflinching faith,
1019
~~~ n tri' II~II yin satgur vaat na paavai. 11211
because without true Guru none willfind the way. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
Cf1.Ig '!Y ~ m1r ~ ~ fRC!T II kaparh roop suhaavanaa dlhad gunee-aa angar jaavnaa.
The clothes, the charming beauty, have to be left back in this world.
>Rt" ~ ))fT1.rc!" rril' ~ cft3r ~ II mangaa changa aapnaa aapay hee keetaa paavnaa.
One has to bear, one's own good and bad deeds.
~ aftS' Hfn ~ ~ !Itt ~ fRC!T II hukamkee-ay man Q!1aavgay raahi Q!1eerhai agai jaavnaa.
Here he orders at will, but hereafter he has to pass through a narrow lane.
P.471
~ itrfcr ~ '3" ft!A' l:I'ar ~ II nangaa gojak chaali-aa taa gisai kharaa daraavanaa.
Walking naked(v to hell, willfairly look terrible.
cdo~~ 119811 kara-uganpachhotaavanaa.111411
Doing evil deeds means repenting.
~ H: ct II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1 .
~ i5PR ~ ~ ~ aM ~ ~ II ga-i-aa kapaah santokh soot jat gandhee sat vat.
Let mercy be the cotton, contentment be the thread, countenance be the knot, truth be the twist.
~ ~ tftr i5(T ~ 3 tri' ~ II ayhu janay-oo jee-a kaa ha-ee ta paaday ghat.
Such a thread isfor the soul, 0 pandel put on me only ifyou have it
n OM
C
nr ~ ~ nr ~ ()1' ~ ;:m n wfu II naa ayhu tutai naa mal lagai naa ayhu jalai na jaa-ay.
B.
Such a thread will neither break, nor will it be dirty, nor will it burn, nor will it go waste.
U
dQ B' wcm (')I(')'i5(T ;1 iJftls ~ ~ II Dhan so maanas naankaa jo gal chalay paa-ay.
C L
Nanak says, "Blessed are those persons, who live by wearing such a thread. "
~ ~ ~ afu ~ ~ II cha-ukarh mul anaa-i-aa bahi cha-ukai paa-i-aa.
O K
A thread is purchasedfor four shells and is worn while sitting in the cour(vead.
fR1fT cffir> ~ ~ ~ ftpw II sikhaa kann charhaa-ee-aa gur baraahman thi-aa.
B O
The Brahman whispers in the ear, and thus he becomes the Guru.
H
~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ 11911 oh mu-aa oh iharh pa-i-aa vaytgaa ga-i-aa. 11111
I K
He dies, the threadfalls away, and he leaves without it.
H: ct II mehlaa 1. M: 1
S
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II lakh choree-aa lakh jaaree-aa lakh koorhee-aa lakh gaal.
There are lacs ofthefts, lacs ofadulteries, lacs offalsehoods, and lacs ofabuses.
~ oafPw ~ ~ ~ tftr nrftIs II lakh thagee-aa pahinaamee-aa raat ginas jee-a naal.
There are lacs ofdeceptions, lacs ofdefamations, they are with the soul, day and night
~ ~ cr:ftlK 81lg' ~ f'ft!' II tag kapaahahu katee-ai baamHan vatay aa-ay.
The thread is made ofspun cotton, Brahman comes and twists it into a janeu,
~ 8ClQT ~ ~ Jrf i ~ tPft!' II kuhi bakraa rinni Hkhaa-i-aa saQ!1 ko aakhai paa-ay.
The goat is killed, cooked and eaten up, everyone says now put on.
iJre ~ ~ !It Rflr ~ ~ II ho-ay puraanaa sutee-ai Q!1ee fir paa-ee-ai hor.
When it is worn out, it is thrown away, then another one is put on.
cwrcr ~ n ~ H 3fcIr ~ itJ II~II naanak tag na tut-ee jay tag hovai jor. 11211
Nanak says, "The thread would not have broken, If it had strength. "
(')l'fu ~ tmr ~ wri ~ ~ II naa-ay mani-ai pat oopjai saalaahee sach soot.
The beliefin the name gives honour, the praise (of God) makes the thread true.
1020
~ ~ ~ 3'{t (') fH ~ lIall gargeh angar paa-ee-ai tag na tootas poot 11311
Ifsuch a thread is worn, it does not break in the court of True.
}{: ~ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
3'{t (') ~ 3'{t (') ~ II tag na ingree tag na naaree.
Neither you (one who claims) denounce the sex, nor the women.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II bhalkay thuk pavai nit gaarhee.
And thus your beard is spat upon dai(v (i. e. you face disgrace).
3'{t (') 'Om 3'{t (') <Jlft II tag na pairee tag na hathee.
You neither discipline your feet, nor you discipline your hands.
3'{t (') ~ 3'{t (') ~ II tag na jihvaa tag na akhee.
You neither discipline your tongue, nor you discipline your eyes.
~))fI'if ~ II ~ wi ~ uS II vaytgaa aapay vatai. vat Dhaagay avraa ghatai.
You live without any discipline (given by thread) but, you prescribe discipline for others.
i !JTftJ ~ ~ II lai bhaarh karay vee-aahu.
You charge wages for cermonising marriage,
&N ~ ;:m ~ II kadh kaagal gasay raahu.
and for telling the prescription from the scriptures.
JJfe ~ iw ~ ~ II sun vaykhhu lokaa ayhu vidaan.
0, people! hear and see this strangeness.
Hfo))fqr i'MI ~ 11911 man anDhaa naa-o sujaan. 11411
OM
Blindfrom within is known as wise.
. C
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
U B
L
~~~~R5I"'R'lftWa'~II
K C
saahib ho-ay ga-i-aal kirpaa karay taa saa-ee kaar karaa-isee.
If Master is generous and kind, He will put me on work, which He likes me to do.
* O
if ~ ~ ~ fi:m' ~ ~ II so sayvak sayvaa karay jis no hukam manaa-isee.
B O
Only that servant will serve, whom He commands to obey.
H
~ >ifot ~ ~ 51" l:I'RH QT ~ ~ II
K
SI
hukam mani-ai hovai parvaan taa khasmai kaa mahal paa-isee.
One who obeys His command is accepted, only he enters the palace of the Master.
1:fFIH R if ~ H<'lY ~ if ~ ~ II khasmai bhaavai so karay manhu chingi-aa so fal paa-isee.
He will do on(v what pleases the Master. And thus will get the reward ofhis choice,
51" ~ ~ rrrfuJft lI~l.IlI taa gargeh paiDhaa jaa-isee. 111511
Only then he enters the court (of God/people) honourably.
FI'iaf H: ~ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
at! ftrarmrc!" crj ii@ ~ 'furfa' ~ (') tI'lft II ga-oo biraahman ka-o kar laavhu gobar taran na jaa-ee.
You tax the cow and Brahman, the cow-dung will not help you to swim across.
mft fGcrr ~ iMf1tI'ft Q1" ~ 1::I'tft II Dhotee tikaa tai japmaalee Dhaan malaychhaa N lshaa-ee.
You wear loin-cloth, put a mark upon your forehead, carry a rosary,
and eat the charity given by impure ones.
~ ~ l.fi!Jfu cS'8T Jiiqf ~ m II antar poojaa parheh kataybaa sanjam turkaa bhaa-ee.
o brethren! in your home you worship (idoi), outside you read kateb, and live in the discipline
of Turks.
~ ~ II chhodeelay paakhandaa.
Get rid ofthis hypocrisy,
1021

(')'Tfi.{ ~ wfu ~ """ naam la-i-ai jaahi tarandaa. 11111
On(v by remembering the name of God, you can swim across.
){g "l " mehlaa 1. M: 1
)fTC!R" ~ emir ~ " maanas kbaanay karahi nivaaj.
The man-eaters are living everywhere.

~ t;#dI 1ref6 130 ~ 3"'dI' " chhuree vagaa-in tin gal taag.
The wearers ofthread are using daggers.
130 uffiJ Ifc:JHC! ~ ~ " tin ghar barahman pooreh naad.
In their homes Brahmans are sounding the conch
~ fir ~ ~ ~ " unHaa bhe aavahi o-ee saad.
They are also having the same taste.
~ ~ ;pr ~ " koorhee raas koorhaa vaapaar.
Their capital is false, their trade is false,
cr.I
=- m crnfu JWUTQ
- " koorh
- bol karahi aahaar.
They eat by telling lie.
FI'Q){ tDf i3l'" ~ ~ " saram Dharam kaa dayraa door.
The modes(y and piety arefar from them.
(')T(')Cl' ~ ~ ~ " naanak koorh rahi-aa bharpoor.
Nanak says, "Falsehood i.~ pervading everywhere. "
~ fcarr 3f.J ii3t CiftfllIT " mathai tikaa !ayrh Dhotee kakhaa-ee.
OM
They wear sacred mark on theirforehead, dhoti of ochre colour.
. C
(J'ftr ~ ffdJ'3' QTR1'8t " hath chhuree jagat kaasaa-ee.
U B
L
But they butcher the world (everyone), with a dagger in hand
P.472
K C
o'W; ~ tIfJfiJ ~ ~ " neel vastar pahir hoveh parvaan.
O
By wearing blue cloths, they try to be accepted (by the ruler).
O
B
~ tI'g ~ ~ ~ " malaychh Dhaan lay poojeh puraan.
H
By getting alms from impures, they worship Purans.
K
SI
f!l'1'fl::pw i3l'" C!O" 8aG" ~ " abhaakhi-aa kaa kutb.aa bakraa kbaanaa.
171ey eat the meat ofa goat, which is killed in the ruler's way (language).
~ ~ ftm 0' ~ " cha-ukay upar kisai na jaanaa.
But they forbid ever.yone from entering their cooking place.
~ ~ ~ m iil'a " day kai cha-ukaa kagnee kaar.
They plaster the cooking place and draw a line around.
~ ))flfu tc5" ~ " upar aa-ay bait!1ay koorhi-aar.
But there come and sit the Kudiars.
~ ftrZ ~ ~ ftrZ " ~ ~ ~ ~ " mat bhitai yay mat bhitai. ih ann asaadaa fitai.
17tey cry not to touch theirfood, lest it be polluted. 1
3fo fd a aMo " tan fitai fayrh karayn.
But with their polluted body their minds are polluted.
Hfo et ~ rifn " man joothai chulee bharayn.
With polluted-mind they hold palm-full water to offer.
~ (')T(')Cl' RV ~ " kaho naanak sach Dhi-aa-ee-ai.
Nanak says, "Let us remember True,
Bfu ~ '3T RV ~ ";J,, such hovai taa sach paa-ee-ai. 112/1
1022

~lwe are pure, the then we can meet Him."
fu3' ~ R! ~ ~ ~ ~ QMiree l II chi!ai andar sabh ko vaykh nadree hayth chalaa-idaa.
Everyone is under the care of God. He lets everyone live, keeping them under His ~ve.
~ ~ ~ ~ eft ClQ){ ~ II aapay day vadi-aa-ee-aa aapay hee karam karaa-idaa.
He Himself gets them work and grants them laurels.
~ -:F ~ Heo't ~ fi:rfa' tiQ' ~ II vadahu vadaa vad maydnee siray sir DhanDhai laa-idaa.
Even (~lthe large number ofpeople ofthe large world, each one is provided work.
Otffir ~ H ~ ~ ~ ~ II nadar upthee jay karay sultaanaa ghaahu karaa-idaa.
fl He withdraws His grace, even the kings have to cut grass.
efu >hrfo fi!n:r 7) l.fTft:!'er IIC\~II dar mangan bhikh na paa-idaa. 111611
They have to beg from door to door, but none gives them alms. 16
~ H: C\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
H){(JTCfl' U@ tro U@ ~ ~ ~ II jay mohaakaa ghar muhai ghar muhi pi!ree day-avo
fl a thief loots a home, and brings the booty to give to his elders (family).
l'Hit ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II agai vasa! siniaanee-ai pi!ree chor karay-i.
Hereafter, the boo(v shall be recognized. The elders will be treated as thieve....
M
~ mr ~ il tom ~ ~ II vadhee-ah hath dalaal kay musfee ayh karay-i.
O
Thejustice demands that the hands ofthe man in between must be cut.
. C
(')TO'Cl'l'Hit H' fi.fi fit 1R ~ ~ IIC\II naanak agai so milai je khatay ghaalay day-avo 11111
B
Nanak says, "Hereafter, a man gets, what he here labours, earns and gives (in charity)"
U
H: C\ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
L
~ itg fHa6 1'ilc!l ~ ~ ~ II ji-o joroo sirnaavanee aavai vaaro vaar.
C
K
As a woman menstruates repeatedly,
O
~ '" l;fftf o;;R ~ ~ ~ ~ II joothay joothaa mukh vasai nit nit ho-ay khu-aar.
O
similar(v liars with impure mouth, suffer malady everyday.
B
~ 8fu 7) ~ 8CJfn fit fUF are II soochay ayhi na aakhee-ahi bahan je pindaa Dho-ay.
KH
They cannot be called pure, who sit after washing their bodies.
S I
~ mrr 7)T'6'6lT ft:ro Hfl; WPw Jlre II~II soochay say-ee naankaa jin man vasi-aa so-avo 11211
Nanak says, "The pure are those, in whose mind He abides".
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ tI'M'C!" ~ ~ mr m CJ(J){ JRTfcpw II luray palaanay pa-un vayg har rangee haram savaari-aa.
They have decorated horses, which run by air speed.

And the women ofever:v colour ornate their house.
i5 ~ ~ wre ~ afu ~ II kothay mandap maarhee-aa laa-ay baithay kar paasaari-aa.
They own mansions, palaces, and thus they sit exhibiting their wealth.
tfttr crafo Hfl; ~ 'iJflJ ~ (')T(ft <:J'1'faJw II cheej karan man bhaavday har burnan naahee haari-aa.
Th~v indulge in pleasures oftheir choice, and thus defeated ones do not remember God.
afu ~ 1:fTftmIr ~ ~ ~ ~ II kar furmaa-is khaa+aa vaykh mahlat maran visaari-aa.
They eat on demand, but have forgotten their time of death.
trg' ))fllft itlIfo <:J'1'faJw II~ II jar aa-ee joban haari-aa. 111711
When old age comes, it overcomes the youth.
~ H: C\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK J.~: 1
H afu ~ Ho'\lK H'B' 3' ~ ~ II jay kar soo!ak mannee-ai sabh tai soo!ak ho-ay.
flwe believe in impuri(v, then it isfrom everything.
1023
am ~ ~ ~ afhJr ~ II gohay atai lakrhee angar keerhaa ho-ay.
The insect is in cow-dung and wood.
iE ~ ~ i RPw 1JT! 0' if\! II jaYtay gaanay ann kay jee-aa baajh na ko-ay.
No foodgrain is without life.
mbw 'l(I'(ft iftt ~ ~ ~ RJ if\! II pahilaa paanee jee-o hai jit hari-aa sa.bh ko-ay.
First the water is life which keeps everything green.
~ ~ arftJ ~ ~ tR ~ II sootak ki-o kar rakhee-ai sootak pavai raso-ay.
How can we escape impurity, it is just in our kitchen.
(')1'('iCil' ~ R 0' ~ ~ ~ Qre IIctll naanak sootak ayv na utrai gi-aan utaaray Dho-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Impuri(v cannot be removed thus, only knowledge can wash it off". 3
. HO C(T ~ Q' ~ ~ ~ ~ II man kaa sootak lobh hai jihvaa sootak koorh.
The impuri(v ofmind is greed, the impurity oftongue is lie.
))flfi tj3i! ~ tra' ftpK tra' QO!y II akhee sootak vaykh-naa par tari-a par Dhan roop.
The impuri(v ofeyes is in greed for other's women and wealth.
m ~ iifn a- (i)lfS38 lijt l:fTfu II kannee sootak kann pai laa-itbaaree khaahi.
The impurity ofears is in disbelief in honest saying.
(')1'('iCil' ID:Jr ~ IN iD{ yftr wfu II~II naanak hansaa aagmee baQhay jam pur jaahi. 11211
Nanak says, "Impure man is driven in chains to hell"
OM
C
.
Ai ~ ~ ~ P d;:rrft!' II sabho sootak bharam hai goojai lagai jaa-ay.
B
U
(Belief in) impurity ofsuch kinds is ignorance,which drives to duality.
L
~ ~ ~ ~ R ~ ;:rrft!' II jaman marnaa hukam hai .bhaanai aavai jaa-ay.
C
K
Birth and death is 'in Order' By (His) will one comes and goes.
l::flC!T tfu!r ~ ~ ft!3Q fln::rcg Jiarfu II khaanaa peenaa pavitar hai giton rijak sambaahi.
O O
Eating, drinking (water) is pure, He has grantedfood to all
B
(')1'('iCil' fR7{t ~!ftpHr f3cr ~ (')Tfu IISII naanakjinHee gurmukh bujhi-aa tinHaa sootak naahi. 11311
KH
Nanak says, "The Gurmukhs who have realized it, are not taken in by impurity. "
I
P.473
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ urcrnr~ S ~~ ~ II
ft:JB"
satgur vadaa kar salaahee-ai jis vich vadee-aa vagi-aa-ee-aa.
True Guru must be praised as great, because He masters all greatness,
Rfu ~ '3T crecfi ~ II seh maylay taa nagree aa-ee-aa.
If Master bestows His grace, then we can unit.
if" f3H iJ'IC!l' '3T Hfo ~ II jaa tis .bhaanaa taa man vasaa-ee-aa.
IfHe wills He abides in our mind.
crnr ~ HJafc;r <J! Qflr ~ H'ftf cftPw ~ II
kar hukam mastak hath Dhar vichahu maar kaQhee-aa buri-aa-ee-aa.
In order he puts His hand on our forehead, He kills and throws out the evilfrom within.
Rfu ~ <'it fnfb' ~ IIcttll seh tuthai na-o niDh paa-ee-aa. 111811
IfMaster is gracious, we are blessed with nine treasure.
~ H: ct II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
mbw ~ ~ ~ ~ tor ~ II pahilaa suchaa aap ho-ay suchai bait!:laa aa-ay.
Firstly, he purifies himself then he sits on a purified place.
1024
~~~ are (') ~ ~ II suchay agai rakhi-on ko-ay na bhiti-o jaa-ay.
Purefood is served because, none has impurijied it by touch.
~ ~ a- ~ l!m" mJfc! ~ II suchaa ho-ay kai jayvi-aa lagaa parhan salok.
Thus purijied has started eating, also has started uttering hymns.
~ ~ ~ ftiqJ ~ l!m" ~ II kuhthee jaa-ee sati-aa kis ayhu lagaa gokh.
(In fact) the food is being thrown into wrong place (stomach). Who is sorry for it?
~~tPit~~~~tffRr~~ II
ann gayvtaa paanee gayvtaa baisantar gayvtaa loon panjvaa paa-i-aa ghirat.
Corn is divine (pure), water is divine,fire is divine, salt is divine, thefifth ghee (divine) is mixed.
3" ~ ~ ~ II taa ho-aa paak pavit.
Thus preparedfood is pure.
unIT mt 3Q ~ !Q" tnfuw'~ II paapee si-o tan gadi-aa thukaa pa-ee-aa tit.
When evil-doers body is sustained by it, then, it becomes impure, like being spitten.
~ ~ 0Ttr (') ~ ftrg ~ cn:r 1:fTfu II jit mukh naam na oochrahi bin naavai ras khaahi.
A mouth which does not speak the name (of God), and enjoys food without doing so.
(')T(')Cf ~ ;:rriWt ~ ~ !Q" wfu IIC\II naanak ayvai jaanee-ai tit mukh thukaa paahi. 11111
Nanak says, "Treat it as a mouth, which is spitten in (impure)."
M
m ~ m f5HPK !ffir ~ ~ II bhand jammee-ai bhand nimmee-ai QIland mangan vee-aahu.
C O
.
We are born ofwomen and brought up by her. We are engaged to woman and we marry her,
B
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II bhandahu hovai gostee bhandahu chalai raahu.
U
We befriend a woman, and our worldliness is by her.
L
~ ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ II bhand mu-aa bhand bhaalee-ai bhand hovai banDhaan.
C
K
If woman dies, we find another one. Our relationships are through her.
O
R' ~ lkr ~ ~ tiHfu QIWO II so ki-o mangaa aakhee-ai jit jameh raajaan.
O
Why should she be called bad, she gives birth to kings.
~ eft ~!1fR it 1fT! (') are
B
II bhandahu hee bhand oopjai bhandai baaih na ko-ay.
H
Woman is also given by another woman, none is without her.
I K
(')T(')Cf B 8"<JW Bel mP'Rfu II naanak bhandai baahraa ayko sachaa so-avo
~ ~ JW" ~ irraJT Srn;:pfcr

Nanak says, "On(v True one is not born ofwoman. "
II jit mukh sagaa salaahee-ai bhaagaa ratee chaar.
Those mouths who always praise (God) they are born lucky.
(')T(')Cf 3' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II naanak tay mukh oojlay tit sachai garbaar. 11211
Nanak says, "Such faces always radiate, and are accepted in His Court. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ & ~ ~ fi:rff O'<ft R' ~ ~ II sabh ko aakhai aapnaa jis naahee so chun kadhee-ai.
Everyone praises himself, let us find one, who does not do so.
aft3"))(Tit ~ ~ eft ~ ~ II keetaa aapo aapnaa aapay hee laykhaa sanQhee-ai.
Everyone has to account for his own deeds.
it" ~ O'<ft ~ tIfcIT 3" ~ aI"'a'ftf ~ II jaa rahnaa naahee aitjag taa kaa-it gaarab hanQhee-ai.
If we have not to live ever in this world, why then to live in ego?
lkr rcm (') ~ lffa' ~ ~ ~ II mangaa kisai na aakhee-ai parh akhar ayho buihee-ai.
Not to call bad to anyone, reading word we should learn it.
~ m (') ~ IIC\~II moorkhai naal na luihee-ai. 111911
We should not interact with an angry foolish.
1025
~ H: Cl II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
~ iW 3Q Hg fRr ~ II naanak fikai boli-ai tan man fikaa ho-ay.
(')'l'(')Cf
Nanak says, "Speaking harsh to others, dries up the mind and body. "
fR fRr ~ ~ fRt Rft! II fiko fikaa sagee-ai fikay fikee so-aVo
Harsh person is called harsh, and so is his reputation.
faaT ~ ~ ~ !ilt" ~ ~ II fikaa gargeh satee-ai muhi thukaa fikay paa-ay.
The harsh person is thrown out ofHis court, and is spat upon his face (insulted everywhere).
fRr ~ ~ 1.fTC!" ~ ~ IIClII fikaa moorakh aakhee-ai paanaa lahai sajaa-ay. 11111
The harsh person is calledfoolish, and is beaten up with shoes.
H: Cl II mehlaa 1. M: 1
~ ~ 1J'V'ftJ ~ ~ ~ II angrahu ihootbay paij baahar gunee-aa angar fail.
Some are liars from within, but honourable to the outside world.
They spread evil in the world (socie~v).
~ ~ R ~ ~ (')T(ft ~ II athsath tirath jay n,aaveh utrai naahee mail.
Even if they take bath in six~v eight sacred waters, this will not wash away their dirt.
fi:JQ ~ ~ 1J'V'ftJ ~ '3' ~ Jiwftr II jin Hpat angar baahar gugarh tay .bhalay sansaar.
Those who are rich from within, and look poor to the world outside, they are good in the world.
M
f3Q: ~ R" Q8' R:lt ~ ~ II tin Hnayhu lagaa rab saytee gaykhnHay veechaar.
O
They are in love with God, and are determined to see Him.
C
B.
Men' m:rftr & ~ ~ !It afl:r wftr II rang haseh rang roveh chup .bhee kar jaahi.
They laugh in His love, they weep in His love. Sometime in love they are silent also.
U
tR'(J 0"C:it rcm cRt ~ JW (")TCJ' II parvaah naahee kisai kayree baaih sachay naah.
L
C
They do not care for anyone, except for the true lover (God).
K
~ ~ ~ ~ JRrr Rt ~ 3' l:f'ftr II gar vaat upar kharach mangaa jabai gay-ay ta khaahi.
O
They sit on His doors, beg for eating only from Him, and eat only when He gives.
O
~ ~ ~ ~ mfT ~ ~ II geebaan ayko kalam aykaa hamaa tumHaa mayl.
H B
There is on{v one court (of God), pen to write (order) is one, I and you are on{v put together.
~ ~ ~ tftfiJ ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II gar la-ay laykhaa peerh chhutai naankaa ji-o tayl. 11211
I K
Nanak says, "He accepts at His door, liberates from pain ofaccountability, as oil is driven out
from seed."
P.474 S
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ eft ct'aC!" cfti ilR'S ~ eft 3" ~ II aapay hee karnaa kee-o kal aapay hee tai Dhaaree-ai.
He Himself created by His device, He Himselfis sustaining it.
~ cfBr))fTl!" qftr CAft t.rcft ~ " gaykheh keetaa aapnaa Dhar kachee pakee saaree-ai.
He looks at His creation, the whole, the complete and incomplete one.
R ~ Jl ~ Rf ciit))f1lft ~ II jo aa-i-aa so chalsee sa.b!l ko-ee aa-ee vaaree-ai.
Whatsoever has come will leave, by one's own turn.
ftn::r i tfPK ~ ~ ~ wfuJ ~ ~ II jis kay jee-a paraan heh ki-o saahib manhu visaaree-ai.
We sh04ld not forget the Master from mind, He gives us body and soul.
~))fl'l(C!' mft'))fTl!" ~ eft ~ ~ II~OIl aapan hathee aapnaa aapay hee kaaj savaaree-ai. 112011
Let us serve our needs by our own hands.
~ Jro'W ~ II salok mehlaa 2. SALOK M: 2
ffir ftX<rot ))fTJ1cift ~ ~ wft! II ayh kinayhee aaskee goojai lagai jaa-ay.
What type of love it is? If it is with the other one.
1026
7)T(')'Cl' ~ ~ Jre m~ 'ffJiTfu II naanak aasak kaaNdhee-ai sag hee rahai samaa-ay.
Nanak says, "On(v he is known as lover, who is ever merged in love. "
;m ;iaTr afa' H7i >re >rer ij-ft!' II changai changa kar mannay mangai mangaa ho-ay.
If he enjoys the good as good, but loses heart in bad days.
~ ~ (') ~ fir AA' m j:jfu 111:\11 aasak ayhu na aakhee-ai je laykhai vartai so-avo 11111
Suclt a person cannot be a lover, because Ite beltaves like settling accounts with Him.
H<JW ~ II mehlaa 2. M: 2
H'W)j ~ ~ ri' ~ ~ wre II salaam jabaab govai karay mundhhu ghuthaa jaa-ay.
If a person salutes and defies, at the same time, Ite astrays in tlte very beginning.
7)T(')'Cl' ~ ~ wft!" (') Cl"lft t.rre II~II naanak govai koorhee-aa thaa-ay na kaa-ee paa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "Both the actions are false (unproductive), they will lead nowhere. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ Ft JtTfu! JreT ~ II jit sayvi-ai sukh paa-ee-ai so saahib sagaa samHaalee-ai.
Tlte service of One that gives us pleasure, that Master must ever be remembered.
~cfup-~~w~~f4~ II
jit keetaa paa-ee-ai aapnaa saa ghaal buree ki-o ghaalee-ai.
Ifwe have to reap (get), what we sow (do) ,then why should we do evil deeds?
M
~ ~ (') cfunft ~ iHt ot!'ftJ ~ II mangaa mool na keech-ee gay lammee nagar nihaalee-ai.
O
Tlteforesightedness demands, (that) we should never commit evil.
. C
~ J=I'l'fua ~ (') ~ ~ lM ~ II ji-o saahib naal na haaree-ai tavayhaa paasaa Qhaalee-ai.
B
We should play only that game (chess), which strengthens our love for the Master.
fcr!" ~ ~ ~ II~I:\II kichh laahay upar ghaalee-ai. 112111
L U
C
We should play only through which we gain.
K
Hicg H<JW ~ II salok mehlaa 2. SALOK M: 2
O
~ ~ ~ ~ iI"a'! ~ II chaakar lagai chaakree naalay gaarab vaag.
B O
Tlte servant is serving, but with the clash of ego.
aR ri' ~ lfR)f (') ~ 'R";: II galaa karay ghanayree-aa khasam na paa-ay saag.
KH
He talks too much, and does not know the bliss of union with Master.
SI
))fT1j ~ ~ ri' 3T fa'! ~ MIg II aap gavaa-ay sayvaa karay taa kichh paa-ay maan.
On(v by denouncing the ego and serving, he can receive the honour,
*
7)T(')'Cl' ftm ~ ftrB' fi.fi ~ Ft ~ 111:\11 naanak jis no lagaa tis milai lagaa so parvaan. 11111
Nanak says, "Meet on(v One, whom you are in love with, only that love is acceptable."
if tftft! ij-ft!' 1J ~ H<J Ql' ~ ~ II jo jee-ay ho-ay so ugvai muh kaa kahi-aa vaa-o.
What you sow, will sprout, mere words will be futile,
8tR ftI1j Hi ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II beejay bikh mangai amrit vaykhhu ayhu ni-aa-o. 11211
You sow poison, expect nectar, what kind oflogic is this?
~~~ ere (') ~ ~ II naal i-aanay gostee kagay na aavai raas.
Friendship with a child, will never be lasting.
m
Hc:rr wZ 3"ij- ~ i fmmrfi:r II jayhaa jaanai tayho vartai vayJs!lhu ko nirjaas.
His beltaviour in guided by his own judgement, let anyone try for himself.
~ ~ ~ mri' Fit ~ tMt:r II vastoo angar vasat samaavai goojee hovai paas.
A thing can merge into a similar one, the other one, willjust be off.
J=I'l'fua R3t ~ (') ~ crot ri' ~ II saahib saytee hukam na chalai kahee banai argaas.
1027
The order will not work on Master, we should only pray.
~ ar>ri" ~ ~ 0'i'ii5f flm3' ~ IISII koorh kamaanai koorho hovai naanak sifat vigaas. 11311
The lie shall result in liar. Nanak says, "The praise brings happiness."
HCJ'W ~ II mehlaa 2. M: 2
~ ~ ~ ~ ft::rt *y II naal i-aanay gostee vadaaroo si-o nayhu.
Friendship with a child and love with an elderly person,
tfI'it ~ l'lfta ~ f:m t!'" ~ n ~ 11811 paanee angar leekji-o tis gaa thaa-o na thayhu. 11411
is non-existent like a line in water.
HCJ'W ~ II mehlaa 2. M: 2
frre ~ ri' ~ f'Ifl!' n FIi ~ II ho-ay i-aanaa karay kamm aan na sakai raas.
If a child does ajob it will bring no success.
it ftrcsr ~ m
ri' ~ !it ~ 1It111 jay ik aQh changee karay goojee bhee vayraas. 11511
If something is done well, the second one will be spoiled.
t.rf;ft' II pa-orhee. PAURI
~ t'5'i ~ it ~ lfJIJf B"fE' II chaakar lagai chaakree jay chalai khasmai bhaa-ay.
If a servant is at work, according to Master's will
*
~ f:m ))I'mft ~ ~ fir ~ ~ II hurmat tis no aglee oh vajahu Qhe goonaa khaa-ay.
He gets lot ofpraise, and double to eat.
O M
1:fJJH ri' ~ fda' taf3 ~ ~ II khasmai karay baraabaree fir gairat angar paa-ay.
.
If he acts like that ofMaster's equal. This fills him with jealously.
C
B
~ ~ ~ ~ H'ftr 1.I'C!" ~ II vajahu gavaa-ay aglaa muhay muhi paanaa khaa-ay.
U
L
Thus he loses the rewards, and is beaten up with shoes.
C
fi:m t!'" fu'3T ~ f3B' ~ 'R'lI'ft:J II jis gaa gitaa khaavnaa tis kahee-ai saabaas.
K
One who gives us to eat, we must thank Him.
O O
O'i'ii5f~n;:n;ret~~~~ II~~II naanakhukam na chal-eenaal khasamchalai argaas112211
Nanak says, "Order will not work on Master, here only prayer works. "
~ HCJ'W ~ II salok mehlaa 2. SALOK M: 2
H B
K
Ecr fcfficJt t!'ftJ J)fTtm 3' it ~ II ayh kinayhee gaat aapas tay jo paa-ee-ai.
S I
What ~vpe ofgift it is ? ifwe get it by begging.
P.475
(")T7)ilf Ffl' naanak saa karmaat saahib tut!:lai jo milai. 11111
amf"f3 FI"fua ~ it 6ft 11911
Nanak says, "The chrisma is that, which He give us out ofHis pleasure. "
HCJW ~ II mehlaa 2. M: 2 .
Ecr ~ ~ ~ Bt ~ n wfu' II ayh kinayhee chaakree jit Qha-o khasam na jaa-ay.
What ~vpe ofservice it is? ifit does not mitigate the fear ofMaster.
0'i'ii5f ~ ~ fir R:ft ~ JDfTft! II~II naanak sayvak kaadhee-ai je saytee khasam samaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "On(v he can be called a servant, who merges in his Master. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
(")T7)ilf ))j3 (') ~ CJ'flJ 31' cl ~ II naanak ant na jaapnHee har taa kay paaraavaar.
Nanak says, "God is limitless, none can realize His ends. "
l'H'fif ~ W1:St fda' l'H'fif ~ )f'G II aap karaa-ay saakh-tee fir aap karaa-ay maar.
He Himself creates, and Himself destroys.
~ ~ ~ fl3ft;r ~ ~ ~ II iknHaa galee janjeeree-aa ik turee charheh bisee-aar.
Some are chained by neck. Some have plen~v ofhorses to ride.
a-
flf4 ~ ri' l'H'fif CJf ft:It iRt ~ II aap karaa-ay karay aap ha-o kai si-o karee pukaar.
1028
He Himself does, and Himselfgets done, I have none else to pray before.
~ ~ ft:rfo cfP,rr fa'ftfftm eft ~ JI'IQ II~~II naanak karnaajin kee-aa fir tis hee karneesaar. 112311
Nanak says, "One who creates, on(v He cares for alL"
~ ){g "\ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
lWit Bij' ~ lWit ~ ~ II aapay bhaaNday saaji-an aapay pooran gay-avo
He Him...elf creates bodies, then Himselffills them.
~ ~ ~ ft!Tcr ~ ~ 9'3' II iknHee guDh samaa-ee-ai ik chulHai rehni Hcharhay.
Some (pots; bodies) are filled with milk (life). Some empty are ever on furnace.
ft!Tcr ~ 1) ~ ft!Tcr ~ 0CJf0 1:S II ik nihaalee pai savni Hik upar rahan kharhay.
Some are in blissful sleep, some are serving by standing,
f:rcr' ~ (')T(')C(f ~ ~ M!fu ~ 11"\11 tinHaa savaaray naankaa jin H ka-o nagar karay. 11111
Nanak says, "On(v those are redeemed, who are blessed by Him.
>JW ~ II mehlaa 2. M: 2
lWit wR ~ ~ iI"lft fir ~ ~ II aapay saajay karay aap jaa-ee bhe rakhai aap.
He creates (universe) and makes (bodies) Himself. He Himself decides the place to keep.
f3lJ " ti3' ~ t ~ wfir ~ II tis vich jant upaa-ay kai gaykhai thaap uthaap.
*
In them He creates the beings, and Himselflooks after basing and debasing.
M
fcsrR ~ (')T(')C(f 'R! ftirllWit ~ II~II kis no kahee-ai naankaa sabh kichh aapay aap. 11211
O
Nanak says, "Whom else to say anything, everything is He by Himself."
C
B.
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
ri' cfP,rr ~ ftirI ~ ~ 0' wft:!' II vaday kee-aa vagi-aa-ee-aa kichh kahnaa kahan na jaa-ay.
L U
This is the greatness ofthe Great (God), nothing can be said about it,
C
R ~ ~ ~ ~ ;:ftlw flmg Rarfu II so kartaa kaagar kareem gay jee-aa rijak sambaahi.
O K
He is the Creator, the power, the merciful, He looks after every being by providing food.
Wlft CI'TQ ~ gfu 'fit 13* l.fTfu II saa-ee kaar kamaavnee Dhur chhodee tinnai paa-ay.
B O
We have to do, what we are ordained to do.
~ ~ ara-at ~ Fft' orc:ft wft:!' II naanak aykee baahree hor goojee naahee jaa-ay.
KH
I
Nanak says, "There is no other refuge, except that of One.
awre
S
R ~ ft:r f3R 1I~811"\1I H9' so karay je tisai rajaa-ay. 112411111 suDhu
He does what He wills to do." 24.1 (su dh)
..rHf3 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ mJ WQ tpI'fu II
ik-oNkaar satnaam kartaa purakh nirbha-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee saibha Ngurparsaag.
(He is) selfexistent. (He is) realized by the, grace of Guru.
~ ))fTW 8'C!t iJaI3T Glt II raag aasaa banee bhagtaa kee.
Rag A sa, Bani ofBhagats,
mer iftt ~ ~ ~ ~ II kabeer jee-o naamgay-o jee-o ravigaas jee-o.
Kabir Jeo, Nam Deo Jeo, Ravi Dass Jeo.
))(TAT 1ft mh iftt II aasaa saree kabeer jee-o. ASA SRI KABIR JEO
WQ ~ ~ mf ~ ~ ~ ~ l.fTftrnrr II
gur charan laag ham binvataa poochhat kah jee-o paa-i-aa.
Being at the feet of Guru, praying I ask, where from the life has come?
QilO QTfi:I ~ ~ ft:Ioft' CTg Hfu ~ 11"\11
kavan kaaj jag upjai binsai kahhu mohi samihaa-i-aa. 11111
1029
For what purpose, the world is created and destroyed, please tell and explain it to me. 1
~~~Hfuw*~~titn;~ II
gayv karahu ga-i-aa mohi maarag laavhu jit .bb.ai banDhan tootai.
OJ God, be merciful, put me on the right path, by which the chains offear are broken.
tI'OH' )offiO ~ 'D emf ~ Hmr tI'OH' 3' F' II 1\11 ~ II
janam maran gukh fayrh karam sukh jee-a janam tay chhootai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Tlte birtlt and death are painful, the product of our deeds, the peace is in liberating life from
birtlts. 1 (Pause)
~ G"R' * O"ift R ~ )fc'j Bfc'i' n ~ II maa-i-aa faas banDh nahee faarai ar man sunn na lookay.
One does not break tlte noose ofMaya, and mind cannot hide in void.
))fT1fT ~~ n ~ ~ ftrflJ ~ n ~ II~II
aapaa pag nirbaan na cheenHi-aa in biDh a.bhi-o na chookay. 11211
One does neither realize selfnor liberation, this is not tlte way to shun fear. 2
crcft n ~ ~ tI"t ~ ~. II kahee na upjai upjee jaanai .bb.aav a.bb.aav bihoonaa.
One does not create or know the created, he is devoid ofthe sense ofbeing or no being.
~ ))fJB eft )fc'j !ftr olJ# 3f Jrt!T FrofH fR * II iI II
ugai asat kee man buDh naasee ta-o sagaa sahj Iiv leenaa. 11311
M
If one is free from the sense ofrise or fall, then he is ever intuned, in ease.
O
mt ~ ftia ~ fiRvft U~ ~ ftraRrrnr II ji-o partibimb bimb ka-o milee hai ugak kum.bb. bigraanaa.
C
.
As an image blends with counter image, in the water ofa broken pitcher.
Cl'Y cnfto Hw tfc!' ~ !JT 3f Hg ~ FI)f1()T 11811 1\II
U B
kaho kabeer aisaa gun .bb.aram .bb.aagaa ta-o man sunn samaanaa N. 11411111
C L
Kabir says, "With such a characteristic, doubt vanishes, mind merges in void. " 4.1
K
P.476
O
~ II aasaa. ASA
B O
mr wi' 3' 3' Q3Pw ftroa' ~ 3il II gaj saadhay tai tai Dhotee-aa tihray paa-in tag.
Those who wear a dhoti ofthree and half-yard length, and three-fold thread.
KH
m;ft fi:rcr' ~ R' Qftf Fnlm II galee jinHaa japmaalee-aa lotay hath nibag.
S I
Those who wear rosary around neck and carry shining Lota in hand.
are- <Jfa' et JE n ~ ~ et 9 111\11 o-ay har kay sant na aakhee-ahi baanaaras kay thag. 111/1
They are not said to be saints of God, rather they should be called, cheats ofBanaras. 1
~ JE n H~ ~ II aisay sant na mo ka-o .bb.aaveh.
I do not like such saints.
;rtW ~ ihr' dl<:Oli'ifij 111\11 ~ II daalaa si-o paydaa gatkaavahi. 111/1 rahaa-o.
They eat up the tree (source) with branch (product). 1 (pause)
arm'))fffR ~ ttlftr 0l'01' Qfu ~ II baasan maaNj charaaveh oopar kaathee Dho-ay jalaaveh.
Cleaning vessels, they put on hearth and burn wood (for fire) after washing.
~ iifu CRfu ~ ~ ~ WC!Ff ~ II~II
basuDhaa khog karahi gu-ay choolHay saaray maanas khaaveh. 11211
Digging earth they make two hearths and eat up all kinds oflife. 2
are- 1.f11ft Jrt!T facJfu ~ ~ ))fl.mJ ~ II
o-ay paapee sagaa fireh apraaDhee mukhahu apras kahaaveh.
Such sinners and culprits are always wandering but,from (other's) mouth, they like to be called
detached saints.
Jrt!T Jrt!T ~ ~ RdRIS gill ~ 1Ii1 II
1030
sad.aa sad.aa fireh abhimaanee sagal kutamb dubaaveh. 11311
They ever and ever wander in ego, and get their whole family drowned 3
~ ~ ~ ftr3' eft waJ1' 3R ~ aori' II jit ko laa+aa tit hee laagaa taisay karam kamaavai.
Wherever one is put, there he is working, he acts in the same way.
erg cnftQ fi:rff ~ R ~ ifc'iiH 0 ~ 11811~ II
kaho kabeer jis satgur bhaytai punrap janam na aavai. 11411211
Kabir says, "Who ever meets true Guru, he does not return to womb, again. " 4.21
))flW II aasaa.ASA
~~~ cftor II m:r ~ ~ ~ t!tqr II

baap d.ilaasaa mayro keenHaa. sayj sukhaalee mukh amrit d.eenHaa.
Myfather consoled me. He gave me a comfortably decorated bed (to sleep), andput nectar in my
mouth.
f3"[f l:fTtf ~ ~ ~ ~ II tis baap ka-o ki-o manhu visaaree.
How can I,from my mind,forget my thatfather.
m arftmrr 0 8"ift ~ IIClII aagai ga+aa na baajee haaree. 11111
On reaching hereafter, I will not lose my gamble. 1
tret j:fifi HTl!t ~ l:RJl' ~ II mu-ee mayree maa-ee ha-o kharaa sukhaalaa.
My mother (Maya) is dead, I am now very easy.
O M
~ oc:ft t!mft ~ 0 ~ IIClII ~ II pahira-o nahee d.aglee lagai na paalaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
. C
I am not now dressed in ragged blanket I do not feel cold 1 (pause)
am
af5 f3"[f
B
ft:Ifi; ~ ~ II bal tis baapai jin ha-o jaa+aa.
U
L
Strength is ofmy father, who gave me birth.
C
~ 3" 'ifar ~ ~ II panchaa tay mayraa sang chukaa+aa.
thJ wfu' 1R" :ms K

He liberated mefrom the company offive (senses).
O
~ II panch maar paavaa tal d.eenay.
B
Killing five I put them under my feet.
O
cmr ~ 'ifar Hg 3g!it* II~II har simran mayraa man tan bheenay. 11211
K H
I
Remembering God, my mind and body are in rapture. 2
S
fiaT ~ f i ~ II pitaa hamaaro vad gosaa-ee.
My father is great Master.
f3"[f fta'r tffir ~ ~ Qfa' R"lft II tis pitaa peh ha-o ki-o kar jaa-ee.
How can I reach my thatfather?
~ ~ 3 HTalJ ~ II satgur milay ta maarag d.ikhaa+aa.
If I meet a true Guru, he can show me the way.
tm3' fta'r HW Hfo ~ 11i~1I jagat pitaa mayrai man Qhaa+aa. 11311
Thefather ofthe world, is pleasing to my mind. 3
~ ~ 3Qr 1lJTY 'ifar II ha-o poot tayraa tooN baap mayraa.
I am your son, you are my father.
~ ormr ~ 8H'ar II aykai thaahar d.uhaa basayraa.
We both reside at one place.
erg cnftQ RTo ~ ~ II kaho kabeer jan ayko boojhi-aa.
Kabir says, "Men of God, know only One.
~ l{Wft! H Rf ~ ~ 118115111 gur parsaad. mai saQh kichh soojhi-aa. 11411311
With the grace of Guru, I can realize everything. " 4.3
))flW II aasaa. ASA
1031
~ taflJ iI'ftJ ~ ~ ~ tafcJ iJfW ll'Cft' II ikat patar bhar urkat kurkat ikat patar .lIDar paanee.
In one plate, they place cooked chicken, and in one vessel they put water.
lWfH ~ tfu" imPw ic5' f t C'iilre ~ ~ II 1\11
aas paas panch jogee-aa baithay beech nakat day raanee. 11111
Around it sit five yogis, amid them sits queen (Maya) with clipped nose. 1
t
~ a- ocrnQ ~ II naktee ko t!:langan baadaa dooN.
l1te bugle ofthe clipped nose, queen, sounds in two worlds.
~ fi:r8cft ~ 111911 ~ II kineh bibaykee kaatee toON. 11111 rahaa-o.
Who ofthe logicians has cut your nose? 1 (pause)
mRi'i H'fu ~ Cfl' ~ mRi'i H'fa' ~ II sagal maahi naktee kaa vaasaa sagaI maar a-uhayree.
The clipped nose queen lives in all, killing all she amuses.
~ cit ~ 8fuo B"oHt fHoftr ~ f3B ~ II~ II
sagli-aa kee ha-o bahin .bhaanjee jineh baree tis chayree. 11211
Of all, I am sister or sister's daughter, but one who marries me; I am his servant 2
~ R3T ri fi:r8cft ))fTl) ~ ~ II hamro bhartaa bade bibaykee aapay sant kahaavai.
My husband is afamous logician, He likes to be called a saint.
~ <nR wt ~ ~ mft fnafc n r i Iiall
M
oh hamaarai maathai kaa-im a-or hamrai nikat na aavai. 11311
He lives in my forehead none else can come near to me. 3
C O
.
~ ~ ~ ~ arrfG !fG i i"CIt II naakahu kaatee kaanahu kaatee kaat koot kai daaree.
~ cr8ta' Ji3n cit hfn 3trn icr cit ~ 119 II 9 II

U B
She is with clipped nose, clipped ear, clipped and chopped she is thrown away.
C L
kaho kabeer santan kee bairan teen 10k kee pi-aaree. 11411411
K
Kabir, "She is enemy ofsaints, but liked by three worlds. " 4.4
O
))fTRT II aasaa. ASA
B O
Hm tr:ft '3tit ~ ~ 3tal:r ~ II jogee jatee tapee sani-aasee baho tirath bharmanaa.
The yogis, celibates, meditators, renouncers are wandering about at many sacred places. 1
KH
~ft:a HftE Jffn ~ ~ 5! JiGc'iT 11911 luNjit muNjit mon jataa.Qhar ant ta-oo marnaa. 11111
S I
With plucked hair, shaven hair, matted hair sages, all are to die in the end. 1
3T ~ ~ CJ1)fc')1' II taa tay sayvee-alay raamnaa.
Then let us serve God.
QJIOT G'H O')f ~ wa- OW d iDfOT 11911 ~ II
rasnaa raam naam hit jaa kai kahaa karai jamnaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
If one's tongue is in the love for name ofGod, what the devil ofdeath can do? 1 (pause)
~ fmmH ilftrct ifI'O'ftr ~ ~ hcm;r II aagam nirgam jotik jaaneh baho baho bi-aakarnaa.
They know Vedas, Upnishads, astrology and also many grammars.
P.477
E ~ mr ~ ifI'O'ftr ~ 3f JiGc'iT II~ II tant mantar sabh a-ukhaDh jaaneh ant ta-oo marnaa. 11211
They know the magical treatment, and also medicines, they also are to die in end. 2
ij'TH' n ~ ~ flfurrJ:rn ~ Jj;:!fa' ~ II raaj .!mog ar chhatar singhaasan baho sundar ramnaa.
They, who enjoy political power, canopies and thrones, and also many beautiful women.
l/TO ~ ~ m ~ '3f )f'Qc")T lIa II paan kapoor subaasak chandan ant ta-oo marnaa. 11311
Also, betel, camphor, strong fragrance ofsandaL They too are to die in the end. 3
~ ~ ~ mr im ~ n ~ II bayd puraan simrit sah!:l khojay kahoo na oobarnaa.
They search Veda, Puranas, Simritis, but none will liberate.
1032
erg cnfto ret ~ titIt Hrc flO){ Jm'i" 118111111
kaho kabeer i-o raameh jampa-o maytjanam marnaa. 11411511
Kabir says, "Remember God like this, that your cycle ofbirth and death is ceased. " 4.5
~ II aasaa. ASA
~ ~ ~ t.(l:I1flf ~ ~ 8iR II feel rabaabee balad pakhaavaj ka-oo-aa taal bajaavai.
Elephant plays on rebeck, ox on trumpet, and crow on cymbals.
trft:rftJ ~ arecJT Ott tAr n& ~ IIctll pahir cholnaa gadhaa naachai bhaisaa bhagat karaavai. 11111
The donkey, wearing gown, dances, and he-buffalo gets to devotion. 1
O'W (JT){ arcrcfPw R lri' II raajaa raam kakree-aa baray pakaa-ay.
The God-king cooks the lumps offrost.
~ !!t$rid'a ~ IIctll ~ II kinai booihanhaarai khaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Some ofthe realising eat them. l(pause)
tfo ~ UffW 1R) ~ IIih:r ~ ~ II baith singh ghar paan lagaavai ghees gal-uray Ii-aavai.
Sitting home, the lion prepares betel, and the mole brings nuts.
uffiJ uffiJ ~ ~ aRfu ~ Fi\r m II~II
ghar ghar musree mangal gaavahi kachhoo-aa sankh bajaavai. 11211
The mouse, in every home, sings happy songs, and the tortoise blows the shelL 2
a-
M
8Fr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R II bans ko poot bee-aahan chali-aa su-inay mandap chhaa-ay.
O
The son of a barren is going for marrying and canopy ofgold is providing him shade.
.C
gtr ~ ~ itft RR ft:iur ~ R IISII roop kanniaa sundar bayDhee sasai singh gun gaa-ay. 11311
B
He is marring a beautiful, lovely girl, lion and hare are singing songs ofpraise. 3
U
L
~ cr8lG ~ WJtrg cft<!t ~ ~ II kahat kabeer sunhu ray santahu keetee parbat khaa+aa.
C
Kabir says, "Listen 01 saints, an ant has eaten up a mountain.
~cro~ftrntpt~~1I811~1I
O K
kachhoo-aa kahai angaar bhe lora-o lookee sabad sunaa+aa. 11411611
B O
The tortoise seeks a burning coal, and bitch is singing hymns." 4.6
H
~ II aasaa. ASA
K
~ ~ ~ ~ 9 ft:rRfu ~ II batoo-aa ayk bahtar aaDhaaree ayko jisahi du-aaraa.
SI
The wallet (body) is one, having seventy two bases, and it has one (tenth) gate.
~ ~ eft ~ H"i R;bIt Rftr WGT IIctll navai khand kee parithmee maagai so jogee jag saaraa. 11111
One who begs for the earth ofnine regions, he is a jogi in the whole world.
~ ;bit nt fn1tf tri II aisaa jogee na-o niDh paavai.
Such a jogi achieves nine treasures.
~ W ~ ~ 1mfo ~ IIctll GCPt II tal kaa barahm lay gagan charaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
He l~fts the soulfrom earth to sky. 1 (pause)
fl:hfr fdp)fl'o 1tPHrn Qftr ust ~ 3'iIl" Hftf lri' II
khinthaa gi-aan Dhi-aan kar soo-ee sabad taagaa math ghaalai.
Have the patch ofknowledge, the needle ofconcentration and thread ofword, for hard laboure.
W ~ eft Qftr fl.mrrc!t ~ a- JRfdr uri II~II panch tat kee kar mirgaanee gur kai maarag chaalai. 11211
The carpet ofdeer-skin, should be offive elements, then move on the way of Guru. 2
~~~Qftr~eft~~ II
da-i-aa faahuree kaa+aa kar Dhoo-ee darisat kee agan jalaavai.
Make wooden spade ofmercy, burning smoke of body, and burningfire ofvision.
ftm' w ~ R' fa;! ))f3ftr ~ tJiI' 3"3l ~ II S II
tis kaa .lIDaa-o la-ay rid antar chahu jug taarhee laavai. 11311
1033
Place God's love in heart, and sit in trance in four ages. 3
FI!I' ~ QI}{ ~ ij- fi::n::J Cl'" fUJ l.lQ1'Ol' II sabh jogtan raam naam hai jis kaa pind paraanaa.
All yoga is in the name of God, who owns mind and body.
~ ~ H fcmrr 1ri' ~ mJT cftwnr 11811:> II
kaho kabeer jay kirpaa Dhaarai gay-ay sachaa neesaanaa. 11411711
Kabir says, ttlfGod is kind, He provides the real mark." 4. 7
~ II aasaa.ASA
~ ~ C{(]T 3" ri' fcUo Su ijTij' ~ II hingoo turak kahaa lay aa-ay kin ayh raah chalaa-ee.
From where the Hindus and Turks have come, who has initiated this tradition?
fuci5 Hfu imJ f8tJrftJ ~ ftn:a ~ fcUo ll'lft II '\ II
gil meh soch bichaar kavaagay Qhisat gojak kin paa-ee. 11111
Of disputing, think in your mind, who gets to paradise or hell? }
~ 3 em') a3ll8l:f'Cft' II kaajee tai kavan kataYb bakhaanee.
Of kazi, which books you are explaining?
~ ~ ~ FI!I' Jri' ~ l:I'8ftr 0" ifT7ft II '\11 ~ II
parhHat gunat aisay sabh maaray kinhooNkhabar na jaanee. 11111 rahaa-o.
All vanished while reading and practising, none knows anything about them. }(pause)
Jrcrl3' ~ cmr ~ ~ H 0" ~ B'lft II
sakat sanayhu kar sunat karee-ai mai na bag-ugaa Qhaa-ee.
OM
.C
Of brother, I do not believe that, for loving a woman, one should go for circumcision.
~~~ Hfu ~ ctbJr ))fTtn') (jt cdc ~ II~ II
U B
L
ja-o ray khugaa-ay mohi turak karaigaa aapan hee katjaa-ee. 11211
C
fr God makes me a Turk, my circumcision shall automatical(v take place. 2
O K
!fm ~ ~ H~ ~ Cl'" ftlmfr ~ II sunat kee-ay turakjay ho-igaa a-urat kaa ki-aa karee-ai.
ftby circumcision, one becomes a Turk, what should we do for a women?
.. O
))f'(JtI' Fft'at orf<J 0" B 3T 3" ~ (jt ~ II S II
B
araDh sareeree naar na chhodai laa tay hingoo hee rahee-ai. 11311
KH
fr we do not restrain from, our better half, women, then let us remain Hindus. 3
S I
R a3ll ~ iJ!J ~ !Jmf ~ ij- B"-at II chhaad katayb raam Qhaj ba-uray julam karat hai bhaaree.
Of mad, leaving Kateb, remember God, you are doing a great injustice.
cnita" ~ ~ QI){ eft ~ ri ~ 11811t:1I
kabeerai pakree tayk raam kee turak rahay pachihaaree. 11411811
Kabir says, ttl am hoping for the help of God, the Turks are only is heat. "
;:ra ~ ~ m ~ ~ 38 RJ ~ II jab lag tayl geevay mukh baat~.e tab sooihai sabh ko-ee.
Till there is oil in the lamp, and wick on the face of lamp, then one can see everyone.
P.478
~ tm 8T3t 0(J(fT7)'t Jjnr ~ mft 11'\11 layl jalay baatee thehraanee soonnaa mangar ho-ee. 11111
When oil is burnt the wick is finished, the house will look deserted.}
~ ~ ~ uret 0" ~ ~ II ray ba-uray tuhi gharee na raakhai ko-ee.
Of mad, none will keep you in home evenfor a while.
~ QI}{ ~ iIfif mft 11'\11 ~ II tooN raam naamjap so-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
you on(v remember the name of God. } (pause)
err eft HT3' fiar ~ err i em; YQlf aft mft II kaa kee maat pitaa kaho kaa ko kavan purakh kee jo-ee.
Tell me, whose is the mother, and whose is father? ofwhom, the man, she is a wife?
1034
urcat8':J'"O~~~m II~II
ghat footay ko-oo baat na poochhai kaadhahu kaadhahu ho-ee. 11211
When body breaks (dies), none cares for it, eve,:v one says, "Take it out. " 2
~ m ){T3T ~ l:fiPw ~ ~ iJ'llft II gayhuree baithee maataa rovai khatee-aa lay ga-ay bhaa-ee.
Brothers take away on bed, and mother weeps sitting in doors.

~ ~ ~ ~ cJB' ~ ifllft lIall tat chhitkaa-ay tiree-aa rovai hans ikaylaa jaa-ee. 11311
With wild hair, wife is weeping, but the swan (soul) is going alone. 3
C{(J3" cn:fta' ~ ~ ~ i ~ cl 3"lft II kahat kabeer sunhu ray santahu bhai saagar kai taa-ee.
Kabir says, "Listen OJ saints, how to swim across the terrible ocean.?
fuB" ~ fi:rftr ~ fur ~ iqf ocft crZ ~ 11811~ II
is bangay sir julam hot hai jam nahee hatai gusaa-ee. 11411911
OJ Master, man suffers cruelity, the devil ofdeath does not hold back itself." 4.9. Dotuke
~ gutukay
9.ij"""~ lfR'lfu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
))fTRT lit cn:fta' ~ ~ ~ ~ II aasaa saree kabeer jee-o kay cha-upgay iktukay.
ASA OFKABIRJEOCHAUPADE IK TUKE
M
FIi'iiX ~ ~ om ~ II sanak sanand ant nahee paa-i-aa.
O
Sanak and Snand could not know His limits.
C
B.
8t! ~ tffiJ ~ ~ ~ 11"\11 bayg parhay parh barahmay janam gavaa-i-aa. 11111
Reading and reading Vedas, Brahma wasted His life. 1
U
uftr err ~ ~ ~ iJ'llft II har kaa bilovanaa bilovahu mayray bhaa-ee.
L
C
OJ my brother, churn on(V for the churning of God.
K
RtJft:r ~ AA ~ "0 tI'lft 11"\11 ~ II sahj bilovahu jaisay tat na jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Churn soft(v so that butter is not mixed up. 1 (pause)
B O
3Q crnr H?Cit Hi') wfu ~ II tan kar matukee man maahi bilo-ee.
Make your body a pitcher, and churn your mind therein.
H
fuB" H?Cit Hfu ~ mret II~II is matukee meh sabag sanjo-ee. 11211
K
SI
In this pitcher collect word (curd). 2
uftr err ~ Hi') err 1ffirrar II har kaa bilovanaa man kaa beechaaraa.
The churning for God, is for thoughts ofmind.
~ lJH'fu tR ~ Ql'(IT lIall gur parsaag paavai amrit Dhaaraa. 11311
With the grace of Guru, the stream of nectar trickles. 3
erg cn:fta' ~ ~ it J.furr II kaho kabeer nagar karay jay meeNraa.
Kabir says, "Ifthe great (God) is graceful,
QTH mr n ~ 3hJr IIBII"\II"\OIl raam naam lag utray teeraa. 114111111011
then getting in the name ofGod, one gets to other shore." 4.1.10
ar3t lJcit ~ ~ II baatee sookee tayl nikhootaa.

The oil is burnt, the wick is dry.
~ "0 8'tl O? 'Q' ~ 11"\11 mangal na baajai nat pai sootaa. 11111
The player is sleeping, drum is not being played upon. 1
~ftr anft ~"O foafJ:Iti ~ II bum ga-ee agan na niksi-o DhooN-aa.
Thefire is off, no smoke is emitting.
~~~ ~ om ~ 11"\11 ~ II rav rahi-aa ayk avar nahee goo-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
1035
One is pervading, none else is there. 1 (pause)
~ 0" 8H B'! II tootee tant na bajai rabaab.
The string is broken, the rebeck is not playing.
~ f8dl 1fdQ )Hl.IOT crrtJ II~II .!mool bigaari-o apnaa kaaj. 11211
The mistaking one spoils owns matters. 2
am
mrc'ft' crog ~ II RHft1 t.rcft 3t ftn::tflJtj ~ liS II
kathnee bagnee kahan kahaavan. samaih paree ta-o bisri-o gaavan. 11311
Saying or doing, telling or getting told, when I am able to understand, I/orget to sing. 3
~ ar8hr w il;R z
II 130 3' orftJ lRJ)f tre ~ 11811~1I~~11
-
kahat kabeer panch jo chooray. tin tay naahi param pad dooray. 114112111111
Kabir says, "Those who killfive,/rom them the supreme is not away." 4.2.11
~ II aasaa.L4SL4
a
!rn' ))f1.IQTQ' Q(B R3' II sut apraaDh karat hai jaytay.
Son may commit lot many crimes.
;:r(')'('ft ;ftf3' 0" CJ'l:f6:r 3'3' 119.11 jannee cheet na raakhas taYtay. 11111
The mother does not keep them in mind. 1
~ ~ ~ 3'a'r II raam-ee-aa ha-o baarik tayraa.
M
0/ God, I am your child,.
O
~ 0" l:iifl:r ~ j{aT II~II ~ II kaahay na khandas avgan mayraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
.C
Why do not you kill my vices? 1 (pause)
B
H ))ff::r ~ ri' crftr ~ II jay at karop karay kar Dhaa-i-aa.
U
If in extreme anger, son runs away.
L
3" Bt ;ftf3' 0" ~ ~ II~II taa .!mee cheet na raakhas maa+aa. 11211
C
K
Even that mother does not mind. 2
O
fta Rfc') Hg llflrti mf1(JI' II chint Qhavan man pari-o hamaaraa.
O
My mind is now in the whirlpool o/worry.
H B
O'}f f80r cbl ~ tnr IISII naam binaa kaisay utras paaraa. 11311
How without name, I shall swim across? 3
I K
~ ftoo;s HE ReT ~ II geh bimal mat sagaa sareeraa.
S
Grant me an ever pure wisdom.
JJfi:I JJfi:I ~ ai c;n;fhrr 118I1SII~~1I sahj sahj gun ravai kabeeraa. 114113111211
So that, Kabir remembers your virtues, in ease." 4.3.12
~ II aasaa. L4SL4
<JiI' mfl"Cft mat 3tG II haj hamaaree gomtee teer.
My Haj is at the bank o/gomati (name o/river).
tJT lMfu tfuf8G tfto II~II jahaa baseh peetambar peer. 11111
Where resides my yellow-wearing Peer (teacher). 1
a
~ ~ fc;pw ~ ~ II vaahu vaahu ki-aa khoob gaavtaa hai.
Great, great how sweet he sings.
a
uftr i5fl' O'M' ~ Hfn ~ II~II ~ II har kaa naam mayrai man .!maavtaa hai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Thus name of God becomes, pleasing to my mind. 1 (pause)
P. 479
~~ aofu ~ II naarag saarad karahi khavaasee.
Nard, Sard are in service.
tMR to't 8t8t am ~ II~II paas baitllee beebee kavlaa gaasee. /1211
1036
Near Him is sitting, madam Kamla, the maid. 2
~ H'W ~ ~ II kanthay maalaa jihvaa raam.
Site is wearing roasary around neck, and reciting name with tongue.
**
ffiil:r (')T)j ~ msrtr lIa II sahaNs naam lai lai kara-o salaam. 11311
Reciting His name, thousand times, she salutes Him. 3
~ mita' (JT){ tJO ~ II kahat kabeer raam gun gaava--o.
Kabir says, "Sing the attributes of God.
~ ~ ~ ~ 11811811C\all hin.d.oo turak.d.o-oo samihaava-o. 114114111311
01 Hindus and Turks, let both understand." 4. 4.13
))(TRT Jft mita' ~ cl ~ ~ 'il ~ aasaa saree kabeer jee-o kay panchpa.d.ay 9 .d.utukay 5
ASA OF SRI KABIR JEO, FIVE PADE 9 DOTUKE 5

C\r~ l{JI'ft!' II ik--oNkaar satgur prsaa.d..
l.I"'3t ~ ~ l.I"'3t l.I"'3t ~ II paatee torai maalini paatee paatee jee-o.
01 flower-girl, you pluck tlte leaves, know every leaf has a life.
fi:ttr 1.flCJ'O ~ tfT3t ~ Jl1.flCJ'O ~ IIC\II jis paahan ka-o paatee torai so paahan nirjee-o. 11111
For the stone, you are plucking leaves, that stone is inanimate. 1
M
~ H'C!i5O't ij- ~ II bhoolee maalnee hai ay-o.
O
In tltis way, the flower-girl is mistaking.
.
~ ~ ij- ~ IIC\II ~ II satgur jaagtela hai .d.ay-o. 11111 rahaa--o.
C
B
Tlte true Guru, the divine is awakening. 1 (pause)
U
~ tfT3t flm'g ~ ~ ~ II barahm paatee bisan daaree fool sankar.d.ay-o.
L
C
Brahma is leaves, Vishnu is branch, Sankar deo is flower.
K
:fifo ~ ~ 3Qfu ~ fcm cit Rt II~II teen .d.ayv partakh toreh karahi kis kee say--o. 11211
O
All the three are being plucked right before me, whom to serve then? 2
O
~ R a- ~ citQl ~ a- ~ ~ II paakhaan gadh kai moorat keenHee .d.ay kai chhaatee paa-o.
breast.
H B
Carving tlte stone, an idol is brought out, while carving, the sculpture, keeps his feet on its
IK
it ~ ~ w;fi ij- ~ dll!C!d1d tfTt lIall jayayh moorat saachee hai teI-o garhHanhaaray khaa-o. 11311
S
If this idol is true, then it should eat the sculpture. 3
~ t.rfuf3' @ ~ CfQcil'ijT cmrg II b.!laat pahit ar laapsee karkaraa kaasaar.
The rice, the pulse and sweet pudding, also crisp fritter and panjeeri.
idlOdld ~ ~ ~ cl ~ iI'J 11811 bhoganhaaray bhogi-aa is moorat kay mukh chhaar. 11411
The enjoyer has enjoyed, but for the mouth ofthis idol, only dust is left. 4
~ ~ ~ psror (J){ ~ O'fu II maalin bhoolee jag lIDulaanaa ham bhulaanay naahi.
The flower-girl has forgotten, the world has forgotten, but I have not forgotten.
~ mita' (J'H nf ~ ~ cmr ~ GI'ft! II~IIC\IIC\QII
kaho kabeer ham raam raakhay kirpaa kar har raa-ay. 115111111411
Kabir says, "I am protected by God, thus it is the grace of God-king. " 5.1.14
))(TRT II aasaa. ASA
8"Qij' 8'a'R' tnSlffi 8t3 8tFr 8'a'R' ClI 3Y '0 aftii II

baarah baras baalpan beetay bees baras kachh tap na kee--o.
Twelve years I passed in childhood, when twenty, I did not meditate.
3M 8'a'R' a'I ~ '0 1JW ffcr lfI3'O" ftra1tJ ~ II C\ II
tees baras kachh .d.ayv na poojaa fir pachhutaanaa biraDh bha-i-o. 11111
1037
Wlten tltir(y I did no worsltip ofdei(y. When became old, I am repenting. 1
~ ~ m ~ arftN II mayree mayree kartay janam ga-i-o.
I lots my life in craze for wealth.
RTfug iffi:f!ii ~ 111:\11 ~ II saa-ir sokh bhuja N bali-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
Now tlte tank (of life) is dried up, the power of arms is no more. 1 (Pause)
~ ~ trft5litR ~ ali ~ d II sookay sarvar paal banQhaavai loonai jIDayt hath vaar karai.
One makes a fence around dried tank, and also fences around saltish farm
~~~ i arftN ~ ~ ~ ftR II~II
aa-i-o chor turantah lay ga-i-o mayree raakhat mugaDh firai. 11211
when the thief(devil & death) comes, he quickly takes away, now thefoolish may roam around
for yet protecting his ownership. 2
tJQO FihJ CfQ cit.fo wi *eft ~ ~ ri II charan sees kar kampan laagay nainee neer asaar bahai.
Tltefeet, the head, the hands, have begun to tremble The uncontrolled water flows from eyes.
~ ~ BY" ocft fncm 38 Wtmf eft wR'd liS II
jihvaa bachan suDh nahee niksai tab ray Qharam kee aas karai. 11311
The words from tongue are not spoken correctly, yet you hopefor faith. 3
~~~d~~l'IS"'ijT~~~tlftill
har jee-o kirpaa karai Iiv laavai laahaa har har naam lee-o.
O M
If lovable God becomes kind, and helps me to intune, and let me have the profit of God's name.
C
!JQ tmI'tfr ~ qg ll'ft!i ))j3 ~ orftvs dsi II B II
.
gur parsaadee har Dhan paa-i-o antay chalgi-aa naal chali-o. 11411
B
U
With the grace of Guru, I got this wealth ofGod, it accompanies at the time to leave.
cro3' c;nftQ ~ wJi3g ~ qg ~ it (') arftN II
C L
kahat kabeer sunhu ray santahu an Dhan kachhoo-ai lai na ga-i-o.
OK
Kabir says, "Listen OJ saints, none will take along any wealth andfood.
))fTlft ~ ~ ~ eft ~ m iftr dsi IIl.1l1~lIl:\l.IlI
B O
aa-ee talab gopaal raa-ay kee maa-i-aa mangar ctlhod chali-o. 115112111511
H
When God-king issues fl call, the wealth, the homes everything is left behind. " 5.2.15
))fTW II aasaa. ASA
IK
S
~ ~ tPC l.Ii8<r ~ tnI5Ul ~ II kaahoo geenHay paat patambar kaahoo palagh nivaaraa.
Some people are given silken-clothes, and some, beds, woven with cotton strips
~ ~ ~ C'i"ilt ~ 1:fTO 1.lCPCJI' 11'11 kaahoo garee gogree naahee kaahoo jIDaan paraaraa. 11111
Some are not given even patched cloths, and some not even thatched hut. 1
~ ~ (') cful WHO II ahirakh vaag na keejai ray man.
OJ my mind, do not indulge in jealousy and clashes"
8~ afa" afa" ~ WHO 111:\11 ~ /I sukarit kar kar leejai ray man. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ my mind, do good deeds and get reward. 1 (pause)
~ ~ t!' JiTit fdt ~ ftIftl8'7lt l!IS'1!ft II kumHaarai aykjo maatee goonDhee baho biDh baanee laa-ee.
Potter kneads just one clay, then he creates pots, in many colours, with many ways.
~ Hfinbft ~~ ftpwftJ~ !I~ II kaahoo meh motee mu!<t.aahal kaahoo bi-aaDh lagaa-ee. 11211
Some are studded with pearls, with string ofpearls and some are with faults. 2
~qg~~~~croqgHar II soomehQhan raakhan ka-ogee-aa mugaDh kahai Dhan mayraa.
Miser is given wealtlt to keep in custody, the idiot says this wealth is mine
P.480
HH
= Hfu n fifo Hfu d f68a'r
ar h - HB' /I S II
1038
jam kaa dand moond meh laagai khin meh karai nibayraa. 11311
When the devils's stafffalls on head, it decides in a moment. 3
<:rftJ tIQ ~ ~ ~))fTfcJpw Hfo ~ 1.fTlft II har jan ootam bhagat sagaavai aagi-aa man sukh paa-ee.
The perfect devotes are called men of God, accepting His order, they are happy.
Hf3'B' R m Cffu ~ !r'C!T Hfo ~ 11811 jo tis bhaavai sat kar maanai bhaanaa man vasaa-ee. 11411
Whatever He likes, they accept it as final truth, thus His will abides in their mind 4
em cr8tg ~ ~ R3'g H'at H'at ~ II kahai kabeer sunhu ray santahu mayree mayree ihoothee.
Kabir says, " listen 01 saints, claim of mine mine is false.
~ m ;:JG'lQT ~~ 3-at 3"aICit II~ lIa 1I1:\~ II
chirgat faar chataaraa lai ga-i-o taree taagree chhootee. 115113111611
Breaking the cage when the bird is taken away, then the thread oflife will break. 5.3.16
<J}{ HJrcfio ~ 8;) ~ Ql'iI'ff Hfo ~ II ham maskeen khugaa-ee bangay tum raajas man bhaavai.
I am a humble man of God, your power pleases my mind

))RlS'U ~ an a- wfu! ~ mit ~ 111:\11 alah aval geen ko saahib jor nahee furmaavai. 11111
First(v God is Master ofpoor, His order is never oppressive. 1
wtft ~ ufo mit ~ 111:\11 ~ II kaajee boli-aa ban nahee aavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
M
What kazi says is not behoving. 1 (pause)
O
~ ~ fcwiI ~ cmw fB'RB 0' ~ II rojaa Dharai nivaaj gujaarai kalmaa bhisat na ho-ee.
.C
Hefasts, prays for five times a day, reads Kalma (word ofGod), but all this does not take him to
B
heaven.
Seven~v Kabas are placed in body, Ifsomeone knows it. 2

LU
FI"3'ftJ ii{T8T lIIG eft!ft3fu H Cffu w* iaft II~II satar kaabaa ghat hee bheetar jay kar jaanai-ko-ee. 11211
K C
fcwiI Fret H ~ ~ cmw ~ w* II nivaaj so-ee jo ni-aa-o bichaarai kalmaa aklahi jaanai.
O
Prayer is that, which considers for justice. Kalma is known with intelligence.
O
~trfi:r~~3lJ~~~ lIall
H B
paachahu mus muslaa bichhaavai tab ta-o geen pachhaanai. 11311
Killing five (senses) you make a prayer mat, then you know the faith. 3
IK
l:fRtJ ~ 3<JJJ Cffu tft))f Hfu wftr Hit Cffu ~ II
S
khasam pachhaan taras kar jee-a meh maar manee kar feekee.
Recongize Master, have mercy in heart, kill your ego and make it inactive.
fry ;:rorfu ~ ~ w* 3lJ ~ m:a mftcft 11811
aap janaa-ay avar ka-o jaanai tab ho-ay bhisat sareekee. 11411
One should know himself, and help other to know, then he can share paradise. 4
l-Rt E'er Wl:f t:I'fu OW 3T Hfu ~ ~ II maatee ayk bhaykh Dhar naanaa taa meh barahm pachhaanaa.
There is one clay, moulded into many forms, know God is therein.
ern cmw m:a m Cffu fu:rcr ~ HQ H'O" II~ 11811 ~ II
kahai kabeeraa bhisat chhod kar gojak si-o man maanaa. 115114111711
Kabir says, "Forsaking paradise, My mind is happy in hell" 5.4.17
iI'mO ~ recr!i! 0' ~ ~ CJT ff JDfl"OT II gagan nagar ik boong na barkhai naad. kahaa jo samaanaa.
From the city ofsky, not a drop has rained, where is the sound that merges?
~ ~ H'it 1.f){ m:r ~ fi:JQw 111:\11
paarbarahm parmaysur maaDho param hans lay siDhaanaa. 11111
Transcendent and Supreme God, has taken away the real swan. 1
1039
WlJT m are ecrr n
3" aror a- ~ II baabaa boltay tay kahaa ga-ay dayhee kay sang rahtay.
01 elder, now he was speaking, where he has gone now? He was living with body.
~ MTfJ il mea m anrr 8"a'3T m 114:\11 ~ II
surat maahi jo nirtay kartay kathaa baartaa kahtay. 11111 rahaa-o.
He was dancing in love, telling stories and dialogues. 1 (pause)
SH'4ts(j i d aror cnftrtj ft:Iro ~ ~ aftcy II bajaavanhaaro kahaa ga-i-o jin ih mandar keenHaa.
Where the player has gone? one who has created this temple (body).
~ ~ ~ <'iCft ~ MU 3"tJ R! ~ II~II
saakhee sabag surat nahee upjai khinch tayj saQh leenHaa. 11211
NolV story telling, the word, thefine feeling, do not come up, as ifHe has withdrawn all energy. 2
~ ftJ';u; R' n 3t ~ err ~ ~ II saravnan bikal .b.!la-ay sang tayray indree kaa bal thaakaa.
The ears have turned deaf, alongwith it, the power of other senses is exhausted.
~ em iR ftftlf ~ a- ~ n fiiorA' 8'3T II it II
charan rahay kar dharak paray hai mukhahu na niksai baataa. 11311
Feet are inactive, the hands are declined, mouth is unable to speak. 3
l:I"Cl t1u P' JIB' 3JIQQ ~ ~ II thaakay panch doot saQh taskar aap aapnai .b.!laramtay.
Five devils, and all other thieves are tired, they roam free(v.
M
~Hg~~~3"tJ~QftrM' 11911 thaakaa man kuncharurthaakaatayjsootDharramtay. 11411
O
The elephant ofmind is tired, the heart is tired, also the power to wander on earth is tired. 4
C
~ R';M 1M F ~ nft' JIB' R II mirtak bha-ay dasai band dlhootay mitar Qhaa-ee sa.b.!l chhoray.
B .
When dead, all the ten gates are opened, allfriends, brothers are left behind.
U
crcT3' cnftcJr il mw ftp,pt ~ 8tRi ft 1I1111111l4:\t:1I
kahat kabeeraa jo har Dhi-aavai jeevat banDhan toray. 11511511 1811
C L
K
Kabir says, "Whoever remembers God, He breaks his bondages even while he is alive." 5.5.18
O
))fTW ~ 9 II aasaa iktukay 4. ASA ONE TUKE (LINE) 4
O
~ 3" ~ <'iCft ~ II sarpanee tay oopar nahee balee-aa.
H B
None is powerful 'more than, she-serpent (Maya).
ft:Iro 'fmfl' ftmg ~ DPw 114:\11 jin barahmaa bisan mahaaday-o chhalee-aa. 11111
K
SI
She is one, who has charmed, Brahma, Vishnu and Mahadeo. 1
wg wg ~ ~ Hfi!i5l1o't II maar maar sarpanee nirmal jal paithee.
Beaten and beaten now she is resting in pure water.
ft::Ifo ~ ~ ~ ~ M 11911 ~ II
jin tariQhavan dasee-alay gur parsaad deethee. 11111 rahaa-o.
She is one who has bitten three worlds, with grace of Guru, I could see her. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ B'lft II sarpanee sarpanee ki-aa kahhu J2baa-ee.
01 brother, what are you shouting: she-serpent, she-repent.
ft:rro Wi ~ f3fo ~ ~ II~II jin saach pachhaani-aa tin sarpanee khaa-ee. 11211
Those who have realized True, they have eaten up the she-serpent. 2
~ 3" ~ ~ n<ft ~ II sarpanee tay aan chhoodlh nahee avraa.
None is more mean than she-serpent.
~ ift3t aror ri iOOf" liS II sarpanee jeetee kahaa karai jamraa. 11311
When she is conquered, what the devil of death can do? 3
P.481
reu lJ1.Rft 31' aft aft3t ~ II ih sarpanee taa kee keetee ho-ee.
This she-serpent is his creation.
1040
~ ~ fc;rlw fim 3" mft 11811 bal abal ki-aa is tay ho-ee. 11411
Left to herself, what kind ofpower or no-power she can have? 4
reu m:r:fi '3T 8'R3' Jfta'r II ih bastee taa basat sareeraa.
Tlte body is living if she is living.
!JO ~ J1c1ftt ~ ~ 1It111~1I'\~1I gur parsaag sahjtaray kabeeraa. 115116111911
Kabira liberates with the grace ofGuru, in ease? 5.6.19
))fTW II aasaa. ASA
~ JJlWO ~ fJ:r6ff3 ~ II kahaa su-aan ka-o simrit sunaa-ay.

How are you teaching simriti to a dog?
~ J1TCS trfu CJflJ ~ arrS' 11'\11 kahaa saakat peh har gun gaa-ay. 11111
How are you singing the attributes of God, before a non-believer? 1
QTH QTH QTH oH G1H ~ II raam raam raam ramay ram rahee-ai.
God i... all-pervading, let us live in Him.
J1TCS ~ ~ om ~ 11'\11 ~ II saakat si-o bhool nahee kahee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
No talk with non-believer even by mistake. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ II ka-oo-aa kahaa kapoor charaa-ay.
How can you offer camphor to a crow, for eating?
M
cro ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II kah bisee-ar ka-o gooDh pee-aa-ay. 11211
How can you offer milk to a serpentfor drinking? 2
C O
.
A:3I'1dlf'd fi.fm f88cr ~ mft II satsangat mil bibayk buDh ho-ee.
U B
Joining the true congregation, one gets discriminating wisdom.
tI"'a'ff tJft:r jQr ~ Fret lIall paaras paras lohaa kanchan so-ee. 11311
Touching a touch-stone, iron becomes gold. 3
C L
K
~ ~ H1' ~ ~ II saakat su-aan sabh karay karaa-i-aa.
O
Non-believer and dog also do, what Master wills them to do.
B O
Hgfcr ~ H' QOH ~ 11811 jo Dhur Iikhi-aa so karam kamaa-i-aa. 11411
They earned the action, which is preordainedfor them.
H
~ ~ ~ o'll:!' ~ II amrit lai lai neem sinchaa-ee.
K
S I
They are blessed with nectar, but they irrigate morgosa.
~ cnftG ~ i 'A(JtJ (') tI'lft 1It111':>II~OIl kahat kabeer u-aa ko sahj na jaa-ee. 115117112011
Kabir says, "None goes there (changes) in ease. " 5. 7.20
))fTW II aasaa. ASA
~ AT i? JQj~ Jft 1:(Qft II lankaa saa kot samung see khaa-ee.

Fort like that of Ceylon, and moat like that of ocean.
f3'ij' ~ l.qQ 1:flIfu (') tI"lft II '\11 tih raavan ghar khabar na paa-ee. 11111
Therein was Ravan's home, now none knows anything about it. 1
fc;rlw ~ faI'! ~ (') ~ II ki-aa maaga-o kichh thir na rahaa-ee.
What should I begfor, nothing is everlasting.
ro *0 rirti R'W R"lft 11'\11 ~ II gaykhat nain chali-o jag jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Seeing with my eyes, I find the world passing. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ JW ~ 0T3t II ik lakh poot savaa lakh naatee.
One lac ofsons, one and quarter oflac are grandsons.
f3'ij' ~ l.qQ;:!Pw (') 8'Eft II~II tih raavan ghar gee-aa na baatee. 11211
In the home ofthat Ravana, none is there to place lamp, and none is there to light the wick. 2
~ ~ w i 31S Ginft II chang sooraj jaa kay tapat raso-ee.
1041
His kitclten was prepared, by Moon and Sun.
~ fIT i ~ Qlft lIall baisantar jaa kay kapray Dho-ee. 11311
The Fire used to wash his clothes. 3
~ ijTji nrfH SFJ'I'it II gurmat raamai naam basaa-ee.
With wisdom of Guru, one habitates in the name of God.
~ ~ 0" ~ iI'lft 118 II asthir rahai na katahooNjaa-ee. 11411
He is ever stable, never goes. 4
~ mmr m
~ a- II kahat kabeer sunhu ray lo-ee.
Kabir says, "Listen 01 people,
QT}{ (')l){ ftrQ ~ 0" ~ 1I~lItll~"\1I raam naam bin mukat na ho-ee. 115118112111
no liberation without the name of God. " 5.8.21
l')fTRT II aasaa. ASA
l.I'fuw ~ fui\ft m II pahilaa poot pichhairee maa-ee.

Son was born first, then mother was born.
~ ri ~ cit lPlft 11"\11 gur laago chaylay kee paa-ee. 11111
Guru sits on the feet of disciple. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ !JIlft II ayk achambha-o sunhu tum H bhaa-ee.
M
01 brother, listen about one wonder:
O
ffi fi:itg ~ aJTtft 11"\11 ~ II gaykhat singh charaavat gaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
. C
I saw a lion, grazing cows. 1 (pause)
B
tffi cit ~ ~ ~ II jal kee machhulee tarvar bi-aa-ee.
U
Fish ofwater, bears on tree.
L
ffi ~ ~ m!t ftRisril' II~II gaykhat kutraa lai ga-ee bilaa-ee. 11211
C
K
I.'ww a cat carrying a dog. 2
O
~ a- 8w ~ ~ II talai ray baisaa oopar soolaa.
O
The branches are below, and roots are up.
B
f3J:r;i ~ ~ ~ ~ lIall tis kai payd lagay fal foolaa. 11311
H
What kind offlowers andfruits, that tree will give? 3
K
SI
m
ura- ufu' ~ iI'lft II ghorai char bhais charaavan jaa-ee.
Riding a horse, buffalo goes out to graze.
8'<Jfu ~ jffl; urfa' ~ 118 II baahar bail gon ghar aa-ee. 11411
The ox is still out, double pack, (bag) has reached home. 4
~ mmr tJ ftm ~ ~ II kahat kabeer jo is pag boomai.
Kabir says, "Whoever understands these words.
QT}{ ~ ftrff Jl'! fcir! ~ II~II~II~~II raam ramaBis sabh kichh soomai. 115119112211
Remembering God, he understands everything. " 5.9.22
S'lfuJ ~ 3lf" ~ baa-ees cha-upQay tathaa panchpagay
TWENTY TWO CHA UPADE THAT IS PANCH PADE
l')fTRT'Iit anftG ~ i f3tR t ~ :> ~ "\ aasaa saree kabeer jee-o kay tipgay 8 gutukay 7 iktukaal
ASA OF SRI KABIR JEO TIPADE 8, DO DUKE TIK TUKA 1

"\r~ 1pI"ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ 3' fl:rfo fi1I' cfPw ~ ~~ ~ II bing tay jin pind kee-aa agan kund rahaa-i-aa.
One who created body from semen, and kept it in fire pit.
;?R' ){l'R' )fT3T ~ G"fl:mrr ~ waft ~ 11"\ II
1042
Qas maas maataa uQar raakhi-aa bahur laagee maa-i-aa. 11111
For ten months He kept it in mother's womb, then Maya came in picture. 1
1f('ft Cl'T'fr ~ ~ A ~ ~ ~ II paraanee kaahay ka-o lobh laagay ratan janam kho-i-aa.
OJ being, why are you in greed? you have lost gem ofyour life.
= iI'O'fi.f C(GH !J1H
t(QlI
=
8h:r- orm iftrnfr II ~ II crcMt- II
poorab janam karam bhoom beej naahee bo-i-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
In the earth o.fprevious birth, you have not sown seed ofgood actions. 1 (pause)
~ 3" fireftr ~ ~ Ft ~ II baarik tay biraDh bha-i-aa honaa so ho-i-aa.
You have grown old, from a child, what has happened was to happen.
tp" Mlj ))fTfu k trcri' 3lJfu Cl'T'fr ~ II~II jaa jam aa-ay mot pakrai tabeh kaahay ro-i-aa. 11211
When the devil of death comes, and catches you by hair-tail, why you weep then? 2
P.482
~ eft ))fTR" ~ Mlj ~ R'W II jeevnai kee aas karahi jam nihaarai saasaa.
You hope for life, and devil counts (watches) your breaths.
I:JTtitri Jiwg i5l1ftor ~ m l.PW II a II ~ II ~a II
baajeegaree sansaar kabeeraa chayt dhaal paasaa. 113111112311
OJ Kabira, think that world is player's chess, throw your dice." 3.1.3
fTW II aasaa. ASA
O M
3Q ~ HQ yo Qfl.r crnr ~ ~ ~ ~ II tan rainee man pun rap kar ha-o paacha-o tat baraatee.
.C
I decorated (coloured) my body and then refashioned my mind,jive elementsform my marriage
par(v.
orre ~ ~ ~ ))fl3){ f::ro &
U B
L
(fl}{ ri II~II
C
raam raa-ay si-o bhaavar laiha-o aatam tih rang raatee. 11111
OK
[followed my God-king to take rounds, sing and my soul to enjoy His love. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ HdlMil1iji II gaa-o gaa-o ree gulhanee mangalchaaraa.
B O
Sing, OJ sing, OJ my marriedfriends, the songs of bliss.
~ fdFr ~ ~ (fl}{ iJ3TaT II~II ~ II mayray garih aa-ay raajaa raam bhataaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
KH
My husband, God-King, has come to my home. 1 (pause)
SI
O'li!r ~ Hfu ~ afu ~ 1fmf ~ ~ II naabh kamal meh baygee rach lay barahm gi-aan uchaaraa.
I am preparing the altar in my naval lotus, and reciting (hymns) of divine knowledge.
(fl}{arft!'Ft~~))f'R'~mf1QI'II~II raam raa-aysoQoolahu paa-i-oas badbhaag hamaaraa. 11211
For ceremonising my marriage. I am marrying God-king, so great is my luck. 2
fffo Od' ~ trO ~ ~ ifG 3"3tH ~ II sur nar mun jan ka-utak aa-ay kot taytees ujaanaaN
Thirty three crores gods, sages, men ofGod, came in theirflying shuttles, to witness the ceremony.
crr<:r Cllita' Hfu fipwfu ~ ~ YGl:f ~!fRTOT II a II ~ II ~811
kahi kabeer mohi bi-aahi chalay hai purakh ayk bhagvaanaa. 113112112411
Kabir says, "One Purakh, God has married me and is taking me alongwith Him." 3.2.24
fTW II aasaa. ASA
W'ff eft ~ JI'BQ eft fimrrat He a- orfi.r ~ ~ II
saas kee Qukhee sasur kee pi-aaree jayth kay naam dara-o ray.
Agonised by Mother-in-law, loved byfather-in-law. I fear the name ofmy husband's else brother.
Rlfi ~OOt!~milftrafu~~ II~II
sakhee sahaylee nanaQ gahaylee gayvar kai bireh jara-o ray. 11111
My friends, dears, sisters-in-law are holding me (my heart) and I am enduring the pangs of
separation from my husband's younger brother. 1
1043
~ Hf::f ~ H~ ftm'rftfi ftrn ftJftf Gafn ~ WII
mayree mat ba-uree mai raam bisaari-o kin biDh rahan raha-o ray.
My wisdom is bewildered that I forget God, in which way I am enjoying ~y stay.
AA~*oocft~&y~C(I'~~w II~II ~ II
sayjai ramat nain nahee paykha-o ih gukh kaa sa-o kaha-o ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
My eyes have not seen Him enjoying my bed, whom to tell my this pain? 1 (pause)
8'lJ JI"I'i:C(I' ri' ~ ~ Jre ~ II baap saavkaa karai laraa-ee maa-i-aa sag matvaaree.
My step father quarrels with me, and my mother is ever intoxicated
ri' !J1lft it R'8 Jfflrr fuft 311 CJt ()ICJ ~ II ~ II
baday bhaa-ee kai jab sang hotee tab ha-o naah pi-aaree. 11211
When I was staying with my elder brother, then I was one loving for my husband
cro3' ~ W il 'f:J'RI' QCJ3' ~ ~ II kahat kabeer panch ko .i!lagraa .i!lagratjanam gavaa-i-aa.
Kabir says, "T/te clash is only withfwe, clashing I have lost my life.
~ ~ '" ~ arfb>w H at1i (f)f3 ~ ~ 11811a li~l.Ill
.i!loothee maa-i-aa sabh jag baaDhi-aa mai raam ramat sukh paa-i-aa. i 13113112511
The false Maya has chained the whole world, remembering God, I am happy. " 3.3.25
))fTW II aasaa. ASA
M
UH urfa' ~ '3'C'i'fu ~ '3"'l)T cffi5' tffit ~ II ham ghar soot taneh nit taanaa kant!1 janay-oo tumaaray.
O
The cotton is in ~y home, I weave thread every day, but thread is around your neck.
C
.
~ ~ R l.I'a'g ~ ~ fire 'CJlri' II~II
tum Hta-o baYQ parhahu gaa-itaree gobing rigai hamaaray. 11111
U B
L
You read Vedas and Gayatri,. but God is in my heart. 1
C
)ffltftrolrrflrRQ *0 ~ftrri' 8'Rfu~ II mayreejihbaa bisan nain naaraa-in hirgai baseh gobingaa.
K
On my tongue, in my eyes, is God, same stays in my mind
iDf ~ R'8 v&Dr sri' 311 ~ ~ ~ II~II ~ II
O O
jam Qu-aar jab poodlhas bavray tab ki-aa kahas mukangaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
B
OJ mad Brahma, when at devil's gate,you will be questioned, what will be your reply? 1 (pause)
KH
UH aig 3M ~ ~ ROlf ROlf ~ II ham goroo tum gu-aar gusaa-ee janam janam rakhvaaray.
S I
I am a cow, you are herdsman, OJ my Master, you are my protector in all lives.
~ n l.fTflJ ~ ~ ilH lfR)f 'CJlri' II~ II
kabahoo N na paar utaar charaa-ihu kaisay khasam hamaaray. 11211
You have never taken me across to graze, what kind ofmy Master you are? 2
1STlffl' H Cl"Jfta{ ~ ~ Hw ~ II tooN baamHan mai kaaseek julhaa booihhu mor gi-aanaa.
You are a Brahman, I am a weaver ofKasi, reply my knowledge (question).
~~ we- J1rl3 ~ ij'ftr ~ Hw ~ 118118 II~~II
tumHta-o jaachay bhoopat raajay har sa-o mor Qhi-aanaa. 113114112611
You beg from lords, kings, my mind is in God" 3.4.26
))fTW II aasaa. ASA
;:rfar tlRQ ~ B"l.I* ftw tlRQ Bt/'i'i" ~ II jag jeevan aisaa supnay jaisaa jeevan supan samaana N
Life ofthe world is a dream, life is also like a dream. 1
~ arflJ UH iJI'fo M iftr tmf ~ II~II saach kar ham gaat!1 geenee chhod param niDhaana N 11111
Accepting it as true, I was firmly in it, and left the supreme treasure. 1
8'8T H'ft?))fr Her ~ ~ II baabaa maa-i-aa moh hit keen H.
OJ elder, whatever I did, I did it in the love for wealth.
fi:lf61aP>fro G3Q fuflJ ~ II~II ~ II jin gi-aan ratan hir leenH. 11111 rahaa-o.
1044
This snatched away the gem ofmy knowledge. 1 (pause)
!i'l ~ tSlJ ~ 1fB' 'li ~ ~ II nain gaykh patang urihai pas na gaykhai aag.
While seeing with eyes, the moth is crazy, the animal is not seeing fire.
~ ~ 'li ~ ~ ~ ~ l!i9fir II~II kaal faas na mugaDh chaytai kanik kaamin laag. 11211
The idiot, is not remembering the noose ofdeath, he is involved in gold, in women. 2
Qflr ~ ftIwa' troflr 3QO ~ iifu II kar bichaar bikaar parhar taran taaran so-avo
Think and abandon ill intentions, He alone is to liberate those for liberating.
QfcJ ~ Hdltft.O .;mr ~ nrdt ~ 1I~1It111~;;)1I
kahi kabeer jagjeevan aisaa gutee-a naahee ko-ay. 113115112711
Kabir says, "Life ofthe world (God) is such, as none else is there." 3.5.27
))fTW II aasaa. ASA.
P.483
~ H!tI' ~ ~!K8 ~!Y 'li fu:ft II ja-o mai reop kee-ay bahutayray ab fun reop na ho-ee.
I have alread.V gone through so many forms, now no more form is possible.
~ ~ H1J '" t(I'Cj(I' ~ (;T){ 8D:r fu:ft 11'\11 taagaa tant saaj sa.bb. thaakaa raam naam bas ho-ee. 11111
I am alread.v tired ofplaying upon thread based, string based, musical instruments. Only name
(~r God can help (my mind). 1
M
!K8 j:jfu ~ 'li ~ II ab mohi naachno na aavai.
Now, I do no know how to dance.
C O
B.
H'a'r ~ ~ 'li ~ 11'\11 ~ II mayraa man mangaree-aa na bajaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
'9'
My mind no more plays upon drums. 1 (pause)
U
~ t HGit f!pffir ~ ~ II kaam kroDh maa-i-aa lai jaaree tarisnaa gaagar footee.
L
Ci{l'1j
C
I have learnt that my cupidity, anger, worldliness, and the pitcher of lust has burst.
K
~ ~ B'h' ~ l.RfIOT dIftmtr RH FIil' s2t II ~ II
O
- - - =
kaam cholnaa .bb.a-i-aa hai puraanaa ga-i-aa .bb.aram sabh chhootee. 11211
B O
Lust/or sex is worn out, all my doubts are off, I am now free.
FIQ8 f3' 8'a' Qflr ~ ~ 8"e' ~ II sarab bhoot aykai kar jaani-aa chookay baag bibaagaa.
KH
I believe all bodies are futile, thus all clashes are over.
SI
QfcJ cn:ftQ H ~ ~ R ~ tI'a'R"e'" II ~ II ~ 1I~t: II
kahi kabeer mai pooraa paa-i-aa bha-ay raam parsaagaa. 113116112811
Kabir says, "I am blessed with the perfect, God has become graceful to me. " 3.6.28
))fTW II aasaaASA
ijw qW ~ ~ ~ tftl)f Jit.ri' II rojaa Dharai manaavai alhu su-aagat jee-a sanghaarai.
He observes Roza (fast) believes in God, but kills beings for taste (eating).
))fTl.(T ~ ~ odt ~ ~ at t:n:r wa- II '\II
aapaa gaykh avar nahee gaykhai kaahay ka-o ihakh maarai. 11111
He cares on(v for him, and not for anyone else. Why indulge in yelling? 1
ct'ift J=lTfJ! ~ 3cfhlfu3"ar HftJftmrftJ'li ~ II kaajee saahib ayktohee meh tayraa soch bichaar na gaykhai.
Kazi sahib (sir) your self alone in you, you do not care to think or discuss.
lf8'ftr n ~ tftc; c} $ 5T 3' HC'>l:f ~ II '\ II ~ II
khabar na karahi geen kay ba-uray taa tay janam alaykhai. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are crazy for your faith, and care not for Him, therefore your life is of no avaiL 1 (pause)
~ rilJ lfl:fIt ~ 'li'ftJ ~ odt ~ II saach katayb bakhaanai alhu naar purakh nahee ko-ee.
The Kateb (religious texts), tell that God is True. He is neither man, nor woman.
tR ~ nrdt cq $ ~ ft:!tIS Hfu lf8'ftr 'li mft II ~ II
1045
padhay gunay naahee kachh ba-uray ja-o Qil meh khabar na ho-ee. 11211
01 mad, you do not read and think, about anything, therefore your mind knows nothing. 2
~ ~ JImI5 UIG iit3ftr fu'ri' ~ ~ II alhu gaib sagal ghat .bheetar hirgai layho bichaaree.
God is hiding in all bodies, you may think in your mind.
~ ~ ~ Hfu M ~ anh ~ IISII:>II~~II
hingoo turak duhoo-aNmeh aykai kahai kabeer pukaaree. 113117112911
Kabir cries aloud that He alone is in both. Hindus and turks. 3.7.29
wW II f3lrer II ~ II aasaa. tipQaa. iktukaa. ASA TIPADE IK TUKA
~ ~ 6mo il 3"'lft II kee-o singaar milan kay taa-ee.
I decorated myselffor union.
c:rfa' i'i 6m Hdlt'ft<:6 ~ II '\11 har na milay jagjeevan gusaa-ee. 11111
But I could not meet the Master, the giver ofworld-life. 1
c:rfa' Hi ~ ~ vflJ oft ~ II har mayro pir ha-o har kee bahuree-aa.
God is my husband, I am His wife.
<JT)f U H 3i'iCif ~ 11'\11 ~ II raam baday mai tanak lahuree-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
God i... great, I am little, small one. 1 (pause)

Q'6' flrG ~ Jim 8R'ar II Dhan pir aykai sang basayraa.
M
W~fe and husband live together,
mr h i} ~ ~ II~II sayj ayk pai milan guhayraa. 11211
C O
.
Our decorated bed is one, yet union is difficult. 2
tiTo ~ H tJ\'))f R II Dhan suhaagan jo pee-a .bhaavai.
U B
L
That married woman is lucky, who is liked by her husband.
C
Cffu anh fa'ftr m;fH i'i ~ IISIIt:IIS01l kahi kabeer fir janam na aavai. 113118113011
K
Kabir says, "She does not return to womb again. " 3. 8.30
ASA OF SRI KABIR JEODOPADE

O O
wW 1ft mfta' tilt il ~ aasaa saree kabeer jee-o kay Qupgay
B
'\(?"'~ 1pI'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaaQ.
H
K
SI
~ mar 8fQ' tm'i" Hg m:rH (Jftp,rr JDfTl!t II heerai heeraa bayDh pavan man sehjay rahi-aa samaa-ee.
The diamond has cut the diamond, the air like mind (skipping) is merging, in ease.
~ m ftmi ~ 8dt ~ ~ H tMft 11'\11
sagal jot in heerai bayDhee satgur bachnee mai paa-ee. 11111
The whole light is occupied by this diamond, I could know it with the words oftrue Guru. 1
c:rfa' oft QT' ~ IJl'(')'t II har kee kathaa anaahaQ baanee.
Story of God is in unfrictioned word.
<fB' ~ <furr ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II hans hu-ay heeraa lay-ay pachhaanee. 11111 rahaa-o.
If there is a swan, he can recognize diamond. 1 (pause)
Cffu mfta' mar ))IJJ ~ iRI' ){ij' cror JDfTl!t II kahi kabeer heeraa as Qaykhi-o jag mah rahaa samaa-ee.
Kabir says, "I have seen diamond, it is pervading all world.

!J1l3T <furr l{R iJftrti mr ~ mf tft))f'/' ft!lMft II ~ II '\II S,\ II
guptaa heeraa pargat .bha-i-o jab gur gam gee-aa gikhaa-ee. 112111113111
The hidden diamond is revealed, when perfect Guru got me to see. " 2.1.31
wW II aasaa.ASA
1lfullft ~ ~ ~ ~ illftW!* II pahilee karoop kujaat kulakhnee saahurai pay-ee-ai buree.
My first wife was ugly, ofbadfamily, bad training, disliked in parent's and in in-law's home.
1046
))RJ eft Hgf4 ~ ~ mm ~ ~ 111:\11 ab kee saroop sujaan sulakhnee sehjay ugar Dharee. 11111
My present wife is beautiful, intelligent ofgood training, she has entered my mind, in ease. I
m ~ ~ ~ tlfcnift '8(ft II Qhalee saree mu-ee mayree pahilee baree.
It proved good, that ~v first wife is dead.
tm tm ~ ~ ))RJ oft ~ 111:\11 oc:rrt II jug jug jeeva-o mayree ab kee Dharee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Long live my present one. I (pause)
~ mfta mr ~ JWlft Ut err BCJ'1r cftri II kaho kabeer jab lahuree aa-ee badee kaa suhaag tari-o.
Kabir says, "When the younger one came, the elder's husband turned back towards her.
~ JiflrJ!Rft'))RJ HW mft' ~ ~ 11~11~lIa~1I
lahuree sang bha-ee ab mayrai jaythee a-or Dhari-o. 112112113211
The younger is now living with me, the elder has married another one." 2.2.32
P.484
ifflt ~ cl ~ ~ II mayree bahuree-aa ko Dhanee-aa naa-o.
My wife's name is Dhania (of wealth}.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 lay raakhi-o raam janee-aa naa-o. 11111
But now she is named Janea (daughter of God).
ft:!Q" ti;fuHo )faT tIIg ~ II in H mundee-an mayraa ghar DhunDhraavaa.
This boy has mystify my home.
O M
.
~ ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 oc:rrt II bitvahi raam ram-oo-aa laavaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
C
My son is set in remembering God. I (pause)
U B
L
~ mfta ~ ~ ~ II kahat kabeer sunhu mayree maa-ee.
C
Kabir says, "Listen 01 my mother,
this boy have spoiled my person. " 2.3.33

OK
ft:!Q" ti;fuHo ~ wftr ~ 1I~lIallaall in H mundee-an mayree jaat gavaa-ee. 112113113311
B O
H
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fl::rfo cri' II rahu rahu ree bahuree-aa ghoonghat jin kaaQ!:lai.
IK
Stop, stop 01 my wife, one who wears veiL
S
~ eft ~ ~ n l'H't 111:\11 oc:rrt II ant kee baar lahaigee na aaQ!:lai. 11111 rahaa-o.
At the last time, you will not be even near me. I (pause)
~ crrAl ~ ~ ~ II ghoonghat kaadh ga-ee tayree aagai.
Your predecessor also used to veil her face.
~ eft tiiS 3fu fl::rfo R 111:\11 un kee gail tohi jin laagai. 11111
You ought not to be like her. I
~ ~ oft ftro ~ II ghoonghat kaadhay kee ihai badaa-ee.
This veil-wearing thus is useful,
fun tm tPu ag R JWlft II~II gin gas paaNch bahoo bhalay aa-ee. 11211
that for five or ten days, it is said, that good bride has come. 2
~ 3'ij- ~ ufa' Jri' II ghoonghat tayro ta-o par saachai.
Your veil-wearing is goodfor you.
tJftJ!JO ~ ~))@ O'i lIall har gun gaa-ay kOoQeh ar naachai. 11311
Ifyou sing the attributes of God, jump and dance. 3
crn3' mfta ag 38 ift3' II kahat kabeer bahoo tab jeetai.
Kabir says, "The wife will win only,
tJftJ!JO iIR3 ~ ftr3t3 118 II 1:\ II a8 II har gun gaavatjanam biteetai. 114111113411

if she spends her life in singing His attributes. " 4.1.34
))ITAT II aasaa. ASA
~ !JW '0 ~ 3at II karvat J;IDalaa na karvat tayree.

It is better to be cut by saw, than to turn back towards you.
~ ri B2 ftrn:lt Kat 11911 laag galay sun bintee mayree. 11111
Embracing me, listen my prayer. 1
~ ~ ~ iftr fi.rri II ha-o vaaree mukh fayr pi-aaray.
I sacrifice myselffor you, 01 dear, turn your face towards me.
~ ~ H~ crra- ~ H'W 11911 ~ II karvatday mo ka-o kaahay ka-o maaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Turning your face, why do you kill me? 1 (pause)
~ 3Q ;furfu ~ '0 ~ II ja-o tan cheereh ang na mora-o.
You may slit my body, I will not turn away from you.
~ tffl' ~ tltftI '0 ~ II~II pind parai ta-o pareet na tora-o. 11211
Even ifmy body decays, I will not stop loving you. 2
UH ''H ~!Jftl'(i ocft cbft II ham tum beech J;IDa+o nahee ko-ee.
None is between you and me.
'l{fu B' tE O'fu' UH m:ft II~II tumeh so kant naar ham so-ee. 11311
M
You are same husband, I am same wife.
~ Cllftg ~ ~ ilft II kahat kabeer sunhu ray lo-ee.
C O
.
Kabir says, "Listen 01 my wife,
B
))IlJ ~ l.fa3tftr '0 mft 11911~1I~t111 ab tumree parteet na ho-ee. 114112113511
U
L
now I have no faith in you.
C
K
~ i ~ ~ '0 wnt II koree ko kaahoo maram na jaanaa N
None knows the mystique tongue ofweaver (me)
O O
FIf HtJ ))fife') ~ 3'ot 11911 ~ II sa.!2!:l jag aan tanaa-i-o taanaa N 11111 rahaa-o.
B
Everyone comes for getting me to weave for them.
H
K
iI'a ''H Bfo i i;!' ~ II jab tum sun lay baYd puraanaa N
S I
When you listen Ved and Purans
3lf UH ~ l.lHfui 3'ot 11911 tab ham itnak pasri-o taanaa N 11111
Then I spread a little ofmy warp.
trafo ))fCifTJf cit iil'Cfml' ~ II Oharan akaas kee kargah banaa-ee.
In between earth and sky, I made my pit.
~ ~ ~ W'l' ~ II~II chand sooraj du-ay saath chalaa-ee. 11211
Sun and moon are working as my pipes
recr
trlt iiftr 8'3' cftcrft 3CJ ~ HQ H'ot II paa-ee jor baat ik keenee tah taattee man maanaa N
Joining together my feet, I could weave one thing. With that weaving my mind is pleased.
~ UIg JHtIOf tftQi' UIG eft CJ1lf tI'iI'('iT II ~ II
jolaahay ghar apnaa cheenHaa N ghat hee raam pachhaanaa N 11311
The weaver reflected upon his own home and recognized God in body. 3
~ Cllftg ~ ~ II kahat kabeer kaargah toree.
Kabir says, "I started with a work-place.
~ ~ ~ ~ 11911~1I~~1I sootai soot milaa-ay koree. 114113113611
There the weaver is blending thread in thread. " 4.3.36
1048
~ ~ H 3mf C'R f3B ~i5 (') R'(')i" II antar mail jay tirath naavai tis baikuntb. na jaanaaN.
With dirt within, if one takes bath in sacred waters, he will not go to paradise.
~~ a'f (') ~ O'(ft CJTlf ))f1i(T'('iT II '\11 10k pateenay kachhoo na hovai naahee raam ayaanaa. 11111
I.lpeople are pleased, it matters nothing, God is not ignorant. 1
~ CJTlf ~ eft ~ II poojahu raam ayk hee gayvaa.
Worship God, on(v one dei~v.
RTeT ~ ~ eft ~ 11'\11 ~ II saachaa naavan gur kee sayvaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
True bath is in the service of Guru. 1 (pause)
iWi ci liiIfo H arf3 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II jal kai majan jay gat hovai nit nit mayNduk naaveh.
If liberation is in bath with water, the frog bathes ever and ever.
AA ~ 3H ~ (;Q fGfa'" Heft ~ II~II jaisay mayNduk taisay o-ay nar fir fir jonee aavahi. 11211
Such a person andfrog are same, they again and again take birth. 2
)f(')g $ Ht ~ ~ (') atftmrr iI'lft II manhu kathor marai baanaaras narak na baaNchi-aa jaa-ee.
With hard mind, if one dies in Banaras, he cannot escape helL
<:I'fuw~ Ht ~ 3 mRlftfto ~ II~II har kaa sant marai haarhambai ta saglee sain taraa-ee.11311
The saint of God, may die in Harambe, his wholefamity liberates. 3
fu'off (') ~ ~ ocft ~ 3'ijT 8Jl ~ II ginas na rain bayg nahee saastar tahaa basai nirankaaraa.
Where there is neither day nor night, nor Veda and Shashtra, there resides God.
Clfu cr8ta" (;Q f3'RftJ ~ ~ JiRrcJr 11911911~':> II
OM
kahi kabeer nar tiseh Dhi-aavahu baavri-aa sansaaraa. 114114113711
. C
Kabir says, "01 man, remember God, in the mad world. " 4.4.37
P.485
U B
t:tij""~ 1:[H'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
C L
K
HYMNS IN ASA (RAG) OF SRI NAMDEO JI

O O
))(TW r i lit ~ ;:It eft II aasaa banee saree naamgay-o jee kee
B
~ ~ ~ ~ iI3' ~ 33 mft II aykanayk bi-aapak poorakjatgaykh-a-u tatso-ee.
IKH
One in many, pervades all, wherever one sees God is fulfilling there.
S
~ ~ ~ ftrHfu3 ftRJw ~ 11'\11 maa-i-aa chitar bachitar bimohit birlaa booihai ko-ee. 11111
Mayaforms wonderful charmas to charm, very rare one realizes. 1
R! ~ ~ R! Jifti~ ~ ~ ftrQ ocft mft II sabh gobing hai saQh gobing hai gobing bin nahee ko-ee.
It is all God, it is all God. nothing is without God.
~ ~ ~ Jr3 JI'Cili ml ~ lifo 1f!' mft 11'\11 ~ II
soot ayk man sat sahaNs jaisay ot pot parabh so-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
In one thread hundreds and thousands of beads are woven,same way God is in allfibre. 1
iWi 3'iar ~ io ~ iWi 3' ftio (') ~ II jal tarang ar fayn bugbugaa jal tay Qhinn na ho-ee.
There are waves and then foam and bubbles in water, none is different than water.
fug~~eft~~~(')~ II~II
ih parpanch paarbarahm kee leelaa bichrat aan na ho-ee. 11211
This phenomenon is the play of God, none else is there to cause it happen. 2
fHftmfr ~ ~ 'Blffi ~ Jrl3' ~ iI'f6))fT II
mithi-aa bharam ar supan manorath sat pagaarath jaani-aa.
Thefalse, the illusionary, the dream, and all such objects, you believe this to be materially true.
~ HOW ~ ~ WE eft HQ ~ II~II
sukarit mansaa gur upQaysee jaagat hee man maani-aa. 11311
1049
Guru taught me to have fine mind-set, and my mind is awaken to accept it 3
C(U3" ~ (Jflr eft 'fi'OT ~ ~ ~ II kahat naamQay-o har kee rachnaa Qaykhhu riQai beechaaree.
Namdeo says, "It is all God's creation, see and think in mind
ure ure ~ ~ ~ ~ h ~ 11911'\1/
ghat ghat antar sarab nirantar kayval ayk muraaree. 11411111
In all bodies is all pervading, it is only one God" 4.1
~ II aasaa.~~~
~~~~~~~~II
aaneelay kumbh bharaa-eelay ooQak tbaakur ka-o isnaan kara-o.
You bring pitchers full with water, for giving bath to Master.
~ Blf tit RlIS Hfu a ~ br arrft!' ~ 11'\11
ba-i-aalees lakh jee jal meh hotay beetbal .b!:lailaa kaa-ay kara-o. 11111
Forty two lacs oflife, are in water. 01 my brother, how differently you will give bath to God 1
tr:! ~ ~ ~ bsr II jatar jaa-o tat beethal .b!:lailaa.
OJ my brother, wherever you go, there is God
}f(JT ~ aro- Jre iw 11'\11 ~ \I mahaa anand karay sag kaylaa. 11111 rahaa-o..
He is ever playing in supreme bliss. 1 (pause)

. ~FS~)flW~eft~Vi'~ II
aaneelay fool paro-eelay maalaa tbaakur kee ha-o pooj kara-o.
O M
.
You bring flowers, string a garland, with that to worship God
C
~ 8T!:J ~ a- RcrcJ' ~ br arrft!' ~ II~II
U B
L
pahilay baas la-ee hai .b!:lavrah beetbal .!;IDailaa kaa-ay kara-o. 11211
C
OJ my brother, the black bee has, already enjoyed its fragrance, what with them God will do.? 2
~ ~ a1Q 1elA 1:ftal ~ ~ ~ ~ II
OK
aaneelay gooDh reeDhaa-eelay kheeraNt!:laakur ka-o naivaYQ kara-o.
~ ~ ftrerfcrti O
You bring milk, cook, kheer, to offer Master for eating.
B liS II
an ~ br arrft!' ~
K H
pahilay gooDh bitaari-o bactlhrai beet!:lal.b!:lailaa kaa-ay kara-o. 11311
SI
First the calfhas enjoyed milk, OJ my brother, what God will do with the left over share. 3
~ ~ !t ~ ~ ftrQ ~ ncft II ee.b!:lai beetbal oo.b!:lai beetbal beetbal bin sansaar nahee.
God is here, God is there, no world is without God
~~O'W~~~1~Jft11811~1I
thaan thanantar naamaa paranvai poor rahi-o tooN sarab mahee. 11411211
Nama says, "God is pervading all places and all spaces, He isfulfilling every where." 4.2
~ II aasaa.~~~
H?i H'a' aJtJ ft:ro1Ir Kat qr3t II man mayro gaj jihbaa mayree kaatee.
My mind is a yard, and my tongue is a scissor.
Hfir Hfir ~ iDI eft G'Jft 11'\11 map map kaata-o jam kee faasee. 11111
Measuring and measuring, I cut the noose ofdevil ofdeath. 1
cmr ~ w3t i5fij' ~ l.fT3t II kahaa kara-o jaatee kah kara-o paatee.
What will you do with caste? and what with honour (there oJ)?
(JT}f ~ ~ ~ ft!n r i 11'\11 ~ II raam ko naam japa-o Qin raatee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Day and night, remember name ofGod 1 (pause)

WaTfo ~ Jhfn JfRt II raaNgan raaNga-o seevan seeva-o.
I dye with one brought for it, and sew with brought for sewing.
1050
~ (')T)f ftJQ ~ 0" ~ II~II raam naam bin gharee-a na jeeva-o. 11211
But I do not live a moment without the name of God 2
!J"aI'S ~ CJftr il wo ~ II Qhagat kara-o har kay gun gaava-o.
I deVote and sing God's attributes.
))(TO l.RJQ))f1.R)T l:IFqf ~ IISII aath pahar apnaa jg}asam Dhi-aava-o. 11311
For all the twenty four hours, I remember my Master. 3

Bre7l eft ~ gil" Cl{T ~ II su-inay kee soo-ee rupay kaa Dhaagaa.
I have a golden needle, and silver thread
0"Tli Cl{T ~ CJftr ~ ~ 11811S11 naamay kaa chit har sa-o laagaa. 114113.11
Tlte mind ofNama, is intuned with God 4.3
))fTW II aasaa. ASA
wy ~u it ~ om iri II saap kunch. chhodai bikh nahee chhaadai.

Tlte s~rpent leaves slough, but not poison.
~ H'fu;lH ~ ~ wi' 111:\11 ugak maahi jaisay bag Dhi~aan maadai. 11111
As a heron fIXes his attention in water. 1
~ ~ cful ~ ifl.i1lr II kaahay ka-o keejai Dhi-aan japannaa.
Why are you .remembering in concentration?
M
tr8 3' Erg (')l(ft HQ ))f1.R)T 11"\11 ~ II jab tay suDh naahee man apnaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Till your own mind is not pure. 1 (pause)
"'* C
.
fJ:Juru iiIQ it ng II singhach Qhojan jo nar jaanai.
B
If a person knows, Itow a tiger procures food,
~ eft ~ ~ II~II aisay hee thaggay-o bakhaanai. 11211
L U
C
tlten know tltat same is said (done) by god ofcheats. 2
K
0"Tli il ~ m ~ 'lm'O'.1I naamay kay su-aamee laahi lay jhagraa.
O
Master ofNama has settled all clashes.
O
P.486 .
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ liS 118 II
H B
raam rasaa-in pee-o ray gagraa. 11311411
IK
Drink 01 lustrous, the nectar of God 3.4
))fTW II aasaa.ASA
Ssrm
~ fit ;ftqJft ))fTJIT 3' 0" II paarbarahm je cheenHsee aasaa tay na Qhaavsee.
Whoever one thinks ofsupreme God, his hopes will not remain unanswered
~ !JCIJ3(J ~ ~ HQ CfTtfFft 111:\11 raamaa bhagtah chaytee-alay achint man raakhsee. 11111
01 devotees, remember God, and have mindfree/rom worries. 1
clH HO ~ ~ ~ W1I9 ~ i 80" II kaisay man tarhigaa ray sansaar saagar bijg}ai ko banaa.
How will one swim across, the world~ocean is filled with poison.
~~~cipst'~)ffiT 11"\11 ~ II
jhoothee maa-i-aa gaykh kai Qhoolaa ray manaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my mind, seeing false Maya, you are astraying. 1 (pause)
iftil' il urftJ ~ ~ tra' ~ iw II chheepay kay ghar janam gailaa gur upgays bhailaa.
God has given me brith, in the house ofa calico-printer, but Guru's teachings arepleasing to my
mind.
m ci ~ 0')f1' CJftr ~ 1I~1It.l1l santeh kai parsaag naamaa har Qhaytulaa. 11211511
With tlte grace ofsaints, Nama has met God 2.5
))fTJIT ~ Jjt ~ ~ eft aasaa banee saree ravigaas jee-o kee
ASA HYMNS OF SRI RAVI DASS
1051
"\tr""~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ lito ~ tci'in ~ Bcr ~ ftIorR' II marig meen Jmaring patang kunchar ayk gokh binaas.
The deer, the fish, the wasp, the moth, the elephant, all perish because oftheir one weakness.
titJ ~ 1$'Q'if'" Hfu 3T eft ~ )WR' 11"\11 panch gokh asaaDh jaa meh taa kee kaytak aas. 11111
One who is diseased by incurable fIVe ailments, how can he hope?
HTtl ~ fu3' cftn II maaDho abigi-aa hit keen.
01 God, this love is all in ignorance.
ftricrtfttfHl!fto II C\II ~ II bibaykgeepmaleen.llll1 rahaa-o.
Their lamp oflogic is dirty. 1 (pause)
~ Rfi; ~ FiR Yo lPll))fJlu II tarigag jon achayt sam.bt!av punn paap asoch.
The creeping ones live in probable ignorance, theirperception ofvirtue andvice is notfunctioning.
H1"g1:I" ~ ~ 13m Jtcnf3' iR II~II maanukhaa avtaar gula.bt! tihee sangat poch. 11211
The human birth is rare, yet people indulge in bad company. 2
tiPH ti:J i1cJT i1cJT lI5I!' ClQ)f i afl:r wft! II jee-a jant jahaa jahaa lag karam kay bas jaa-ay.
The living beings, wherever they go for living, they go as preordained.
~ G"A'))f8Q' n CfJ 0' et ~ IISII kaal faas abaDh laagay kachh na chalai upaa-ay. 11311
M
The noose ofdeath is sure(v uncut, no endeavour works. 3
O
~ ~ ~ 3tJ ~ 31lO 3Y ~ fdrttro II ravigaas gaas ugaas taj .bt!aram tapan tap gur gi-aan.
Ravi Dass says, "Leave hopelessness, doubts, teachings,
. C
B
and meditate as per knowledge of Guru".
U
R3' RO t ~ ~ ~ fcrern 11911"\11 .bt!agat jan .bt!ai haran parmaanang karahu nigaan. 11411111
L
C
01 fear destroying for devotees, bless the ignorant with bliss." 4.1
K
l')fTW II aasaa. ASA
O
~ ~ 3Q JRrf::r zrn II sant tuihee tan sangat paraan.
O
Saint's body is with you, and their breath in congregation.
B
~ 1aPw<;",* ~ ~ ~ 11"\11 satgur gi-aan jaanai santgayvaa gayv. 11111
H
KHIt em
Know through the knowledge oftrue Guru, that a saint is God ofgods. 1
~~ JRrf::r ~ ClW ~
I
II ~ tlM
S
~ ~ 11911 ~ II
sant chee sangat sant kathaa ras. sant paraym maaihai geejai gayvaa gayv. 11111 rahaa-o.
In the congregation ofsaints, is the bliss ofsaint-words. 01 God ofgods bless me with the love
for saints. 1 (pause)
~~~i~~g'.~II~1I
sant aachran sant cho maarag sant cha olahg olahgnee. 11211
The conduct ofa saint, is the way ofa saint, bless me to serve the servant ofsaints. 2
~ ft;cr H'1It BaJf:J fti3rHfc! II a-or ik maaga-o .bt!agat chintaaman.
Another thing I pray for, is desire for gem ofdevotion.
trit ~ ~ trtJt ~ IISII janee Iikhaavahu asant paapee san. 11311
I mean do not show me non-saints, and sinners. 3
~ ri R R'i if ~ II ravigaas Jmanai jo jaanai so jaan.
Ravi Dass says, ttKnow, what is knowable.
~ ~ ~ nrcJt 11911~1I sant anaNteh antar naahee. 11411211
That no difference between a saint and unlimited (God) is. " 4.2
l')fTW II aasaa. ASA
~ m mf re<hr 8'yWmar ~ 8'W II tum changan ham irand baapuray sang tumaaray baasaa.
1052
You are sandal, I am poor castor, I live beside you.
o'te'gtf3- turi'ij- aitr~~111:\11 neech rookh tay ooch bha-ay hai ganDh suganDh nivaasaa. 11111
From a mean tree, I have grown into sublime one. Your (sandal's) fragrance now resides in
me.]
~ H3Rdlf::s mrfo ~ II maaDha-o satsangat saran tumHaaree.
01 God, I am in the refuge ofyour saint's congregation.
H
(J}f rtarn ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II ham a-ugan tum upkaaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
I am vicious, you are generous. ] (pause)
~ Hl:fS H1R ~ (J}f ~ tm' ~ II tum makh-tool supayg sapee-al ham bapuray jas keeraa.
You are white and yellow, thread ofsilk, I am on(v its poor worm.
H3Rdlf::s fHftis ~ ~ AA ~ ~ II~II
satsangat mil rahee-ai maaDha-o jaisay maDhup makheeraa. 11211
01 God, let me live in the true congregation, as honey in bee. 2
iI'3t ijsr 1.P:ft ijsr iF ~ ~ II jaatee ochhaa paatee ochhaa ochhaa janam hamaaraa.
My caste is mean, my fami(v is mean, my birth is also mean.
U"W <JI'H' cit iR '0 cfto't afu ~ ~ liS liS II
raajaa raam kee sayv na keenee kahi ravigaas chamaaraa. 11311311
M
I could not serve the God-king, tell 01 Ravi Dass, the cobbler. 3.3
O
))fTHT II aasaa. ASA
iifUT ~ t=rt 3g ~ ~ ~ II kahaa bha-i-o ja-o tan bha-i-o chhin chhin.
. C
B
How does it matter ifmy body is cut into pieces?
U
t{l:f if1'& at m- 3"a'RQ 111:\11 paraym jaa-ay ta-o darpai tayro jan. 11111
L
C
But ifI lose your love, then I, your man, fear. ]
K
~ ~ ~ RO NO II tujheh charan arbing Qhavan man.
O
My mind is the home, for your lotus-feet.
O 11111
1.fTO aG3 ~ lfIft!'i ~ QQ 111:\11 ~ II
H B
paan karat paa-i-o paa-i-o raam-ee-aa Dhan. rahaa-o.
K
Serving God, I am blessed with his wealth. ] (pause)
S I
~ ftrtrf3' l.faIS ~ QQ II sampat bipat patal maa-i-aa Dhan.
Property or calamity, wealth or money, it is all illusion.
P.487
3'" Hfu HalO U3 '0 3"a' RQ II~II taa meh magan hot na tayro jan. 11211
Your man (me) does not indulge in them. 2
t{H aft Rftt 8"fb{i 3"a' RO II paraym kee jayvree baaDhi-o tayro jan.
Your man is bound by the thread ofyour love.
afu ~ Irei em') ~ IISII911 kahi ravigaas chootibo kavan gun. 11311411
Ravi Dass says, "With which virtue I can liberate. " 3.4
))fTHT II aasaa. ASA
(Jfa' c:rftJ c:rftJ c:rftJ c:rftJ c:rftJ ~ II har har har har har har haray.
01 all pervading God,
(Jfa' ~ RO are fnJ:BflJ 3W 111:\11 ~ II har simrat jan ga-ay nistar taray. 11111 rahaa-o.
remembering you (God), saints and sinners, both liberate. ] (pause)
(Jfa'i ('iT){ cnftw ~ II har kay naam kabeer ujaagar.
In the name of God, Kabir became famous.
RO'H' RO'H' i R crraJ'a' 111:\11 janam janam kay kaatay kaagar. 11111
1053
All his papers (of accounts) ofprevious births are torn. 1
fc'a ~ ~ ~ II nimat naam.day-o .dooQ,b pee-aa-i-aa.
As a token ofhis devotion, Nam Deo offered, milk for Master, to drink.
3f HaT ffi'f mre crot ~ 11::)11 ta-o jag janam sankat nahee aa+aa. 11211
Thereby he suffered no pain ofbirths. 2
tJO ~ QI){ (jFcIr ~ II jan ravi.daas raam rang raataa.
Ravi Dass, your man is enjoying your (God's) love.
ft!t ~ tJJIl'ft!' (')'Qc:f crot W31' lIall~1I i-o gur parsaag narak nahee jaataa. 113/1511
Thus, with the grace ofGuru, I escaped helL 3.4
wit cl ~ etA' ~ ij- II maatee ko putraa kaisay nachat hai.
OJ puppet of clay, how are you danci.ng?
~ ~ a* e ~ fRg ij- 11911 ~ II .daYkbai gaykhai sunai bolai .da-ori-o firat hai. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are seeing, listening, speaking and running about. 1 (pause)
tnf QJ tR 3lf ~ ~ ij- II jab kachh paavai tab garab karat hai.
When you earn something, you are in ego.
HTftmtT mft 3lf ~ ~ ij- 11911 maa+aa ga-ee tab rovan lagat hai. 11111
When wealth disappears, you start weeping. 1
Hi') lfiJ ~ GlJ cmfu ~ II man bach karam ras kaseh lubhaanaa.
O M
You, by mind, by word, by actions, are charmed by the sweet and sour tastes.
f8ofi:J ~ wfi:!' Cl# JI)fI(')I' 11::)11 binas ga-i-aa jaa-ay kahoo-a Nsamaanaa. 11211
. C
B
When perish, you go to merge somewhere else. 2
U
crftr ~ 8'ift RW iJIl!t II kahi ravigaas baajee jag bhaa-ee.
Ravi Dass says, "OJ brother, this, world is a play.
C L
8'iima' ~ ~ tJtf3' 1Ifo ~ lIall~1I baajeegar sa-o mohi pareet ban aa-ee. 11311611
I have started loving the player (God). 3.6
OK
))fTW 8'C!t im3' ti* tit cit aasaa banee bhagat Dhannay jee kee
ASA,HYMNOFBHAGAT DHANNA JI
B O
H
9r~ l;{Wft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prs.aag.
I K om
S
~ ~ 82 ffi'f ftJw* 3Q Hg Qg tftW II
bharmat firat baho janam bilaanay tan man Dhan nahee Dheeray.
In wandering, I spent all my births, but my body, my mind, my wealth, could not be satisfying.
~~ CfT}{ ptl ~ Hfo ~ l:{i1 <fta' 11911 ~ II
laalach bikh kaam lubaDh raataa man bisray para!2h heeray. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ my mind, you are indulging in lust (poison), in greed, and haveforgotten the gem ofMaster.
1 (pause)
~ ~ Hto l!i5it )fc') ~ ~ flRra' 0' ~ II
bikh fal meeth lagay man ba-uray chaar bichaar na jaani-aa.
The poisonousfruits taste sweet, mind is crazyfor them, it does not carefor good or bad behaviour.
!TO ~ ~ ~ ))fc') iP3t ffi'f ~ fGfW ~ 11911
gun tay pareet ba.dhee an bhaaNtee janam maran fir taani-aa. 11111
Love for other kinds increases, due to my inherent nature, then the web ofbirth,
and death starts weaving. 1
~ifTfocrotflJ@'~;::RIBif"lIISRHitJ~ II jugatjaan nahee ri.dai nivaaseejalatjaaljamfanDh paray.
The device to know mind-abiding (God) is not known, I am burning in the net of death, and
1054
noose is around my neck.
~~ Jffi:r R )fO ~ tmf ~ IlB' )fO f8J::ro' II~ II
bikh far sanch bharay man aisay param purakh parabh man bisray. 11211
The mind is sofilled with collectedpoisonousfruits, that the supreme Purakh, Master isforgotten
from mind. 2
fdp,rrn ~ ~ 1!g tft>w ftmfrQ H'Q )fO ~ ~ II
gi-aan parvays gureh Dhan gee-aa Dhi-aan maan man ayk ma-ay.
Guru gave the wealth ofknowledge to enter home, concentrating, the mind has the honour of
becoming one with Him.
ilH BaTS H'7lt ~ iI'flrpw ftp.rf3' ~ ~ ~ II a II
paraym bhagat maanee sukh jaani-aa taripat aghaanay mukat bha-ay. 11311
Accepting loving devotion, I have enjoyed His bliss, I am contented, happy and liberated. 3
iffir Rlfl'fu 'RH'C'ft tIT cl ~ l:[! ~ II
jot samaa-ay samaanee jaa kai achhlee parabh pehchaani-aa.
Those in whom the light is ful(v merged, they uncheating, can know the Master.
ti8" 1!g ~ ~ fHft1i iIO R3' JDfl'foJw 11811 '\11
Dhannai Dhan paa-i-aa DharneeDhar mil jan sant samaani-aa. 11411111
M
I, Dhanna could get God's wealth, meeting men ofGod, I am one with saints. 4.1
O
Hm 1.1 II mehlaa 5. M: 5
amre amre amre
. C
Jim ~ HQ tIffi!r II gobing gobing gobing sang naamgay-o man leenaa.
B
Namdeo has intuned his mind with God.
U
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11'\11 ~ II aadh gaam ko chheepro ho-i-o laakheenaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
L
C
The calico-printer, worth the price ofa shell, has become oflacs. 1 (pause)
K
~ 300" f:p,fTfdr cl1JtS uao ~ II bunnaa tannaa ti-aag kai pareet charan kabeeraa.
O
Kabir left weaving and stretching, and became in love with Hisfeet.
O
tfuJ ~ ~ ri!1i ~ cm:ftaT 11'\11 neech kulaa jolaaharaa bha-i-o guneey gaheeraa. 11111
B
A weaver of mean family, became deep and profound with virtues. 1
KH
~ ~ VG C'ftS fufo ~ ~ II ravigaas dhuvantaa dhor neet tin ti-aagee maa-i-aa.
S I
Ravi Dass used to carry dead cattle daily, then he abdicated worldliness.
t.m'I? ~ wtnffiJr ufa' ~ ~ II~II pargat ho-aa saaDhsang har garsan paa-i-aa. 11211
Being blessed with seeing God, he was revealed to the congregation ofsaints. 2
ftg ~ ~:::salJtt)IT ~ urfu' urfu' Bfc'pw II sain naa-ee butkaaree-aa oh ghar ghar suni-aa.
Sain, the barber doing mean jobs, became talk of evet:.v home.
~ ~ ~ R3" Hfu ~ lIall hirgay vasi-aa paarbarahm bhagtaa meh gani-aa. 11311
God resided in his heart, he is counted one in devotees. 3
P.488
ftro fl:rlb' ~ cl ~ ~ ~ ~ II ih biDh sun kai jaatro uth bhagtee laagaa.
Hearing in such a way, ajat stood to be in devotion.
~ ~ ~ tk;r ~ 11811~1I milay partakh gusaa-ee-aa Dhannaa vadQb.aagaa. 11411211
Master has met me face to face, Dhanna became the luckiest. 4.2
~ Ar:::s' ~ eft 0' ~ ~ ftmfu 0' iP'(')'fJr m II
ray chit chaytas kee na ga-yaal gamogar bibahi na jaanas ko-ee.
01 my mind, why do not you remember merciful God, leaving anyone else to know.
H~~~~Cfa"3TdHmrr 11'\11 ~ II
jay Dhaaveh barahmand khand ka-o kartaa karai so hci-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
1055
One may run through continents and universe, whatever Creator does, that will happen. 1 (pause)
iIOi'I't n ~ ~ Hftr fUl' cfPHr ~ ~ II jannee kayray ugar ugak meh pind kee-aa gas gu-aaraa.
In the water ofmother's womb, the body with ten gates, is created.
~ ~ bmfo Hftr ~ Mw ~ ~ IIctll
gay-ay ahaar agan meh raakhai aisaa khasam hamaaraa. 11111
He gives food, protects in fire, such is our Master. 1
~ im wfu '30 f3B' ~ til:r l:itg ftJn ~ II kummee jal maahi tan tis baahar pankh kheer tin naahee.
The she-tortoise is in water, her off-springs are outside, they have neitherfood nor wings.
~~~JDfftJ~)fi')~ II~II pooran parmaanangmanoharsamaihgaykh man maahee.11211
God is charming, the Master ofperfect bliss, see and understand Him, in mind. 2
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3'" i H"'a1!' ~ II paakhan keet gupat ho-ay rahtaa taa cho maarag naahee.
The insect remains hidden in stones, it does not know the way out.
ri tfnr ~ ~ i Ja ij' ift>,r ~ lIallall
kahai Dhannaa pooran taahoo ko mat ray jee-a daraaNhee. 11311311
Dhanna says, "Only he is perfect, who does notfear, O! my mind." 3.3
))fTW Hl:r ~ iftt eft 8'C!t aasaa saykh fa reed. jee-o kee banee
ASA OF SEIKH FARID JEO HYMNS
M
ctr~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
O
~ ~ ft:iQ mft ~ II gilahu muhabat jin H say-ee sachi-aa.
. C
B
Those who love from heart, are true.
U
ft:IQ Hfo ~ ~ ~ ft:r en- ~ IIctll jin H man hor mukh hor se kaaNQbay kachi-aa. 11111
L
C
.Those whose mind and word, (from mouth) are at variance, they are known as men ofno stand. 1
K
03" fum{ ~ & ~ il II ratay isak khugaa-ay rang geeQaar kay.
O
Those who are intoxicated in love for God, they yearn for seeing him.
B O
~ ft:IQ 7i'lj 3' Ifu ~ ~ IIctll ~ II visri-aa jin H naam tay Qhu-ay Qhaar thee-avo 11111 rahaa-o.
Those who have forgotten His name, they are burden on earth. 1
H
~ ~ ~ wft! eftr ~ ir II aap lee-ay larh laa-ay gar garvays say.
K
SI
Those who are owned by him, they are saints at His door.
ftJn tig tmft wt ~ JIq ir II~II tin Dhan janaygee maa-o aa-ay safal say. 11211
Great is their birth-giving mother, their birth is a success. 2
t1ijiiedl 1ij ~ ))fcIJ)f ~ i II parvargagaar apaar agam bay-ant too.
O! nourishing God, You are inaccessible, unlimited and Infinite.
ft:ror 1lF3'" ~ ~ 1R lj lIall jinaa pachhaataa sach chummaa pair mooN. 11311
Those who have understood true, I kiss theirfeet. 3
~ t.rc'ro ~ i 8l:iR'eaft II tayree panah khugaa-ay too bakhsanggee.
O! God, I am in your refuge, you are all forgiving.
Hl:r ~ ~ ~ Raft 11811ctll saykh fareegai khair geejai bangagee. 11411111
Seikh Farid begs: bless me with gift ofmeditation. 4.1
))fTW II aasaa. ASA
i i Hl:r ~ ~ ~ ~ II bolai saykh fareed. pi-aaray alah lagay.

Seikh FariJsavs, "Dear are those who are intuned with God. "
rev 3Q mtt l:l1Cr fnHrit R ~ IIctll ih tan hosee k,baak nimaanee gor gharay. 11111
This body shall become dust, poor, in the home ofgrave. 1
))fI"ff ~ Hl:r ~ crfam ~ HC'>g ~ IIctll ~ II
1056
aaj milaavaa saykh fareeg taakim koonjarhee-aa manhu maching-rhee-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 Seikh FarM, today is the day to be in union,
therefore, stop your heart-burning floricans (desires). 1 (pause)
H ~ ){fa' ~ tyfH 0" ~ II jay jaanaa mar jaa-ee-ai ghum na aa-ee-ai.
IfI could know that I have to die, and no return.
~ ~ ~ 0"))fT'y ~ II~II ihoothee gunee-aa lag na aap vaDiaa-ee-ai. 11211
I would have notfallen prey to false worldliness, and would have not wasted myself. 2
~ ~ ~ !2 0" ~ II bolee-ai sach Dharam ihooth na bolee-ai.
Let us speak truth, in faith, and no lie.
tl!Jg t!'R' ~ ~~ IIall jo gur gasai vaat mureegaa jolee-ai. 11311
Whatever the way Guru shows, let the disciples follow. 3
bs ~ tPflJ ~ HQ tftftrnfr II chhaillanghangay paar goree man Dheeri-aa.
Seeing young swimming across, the damsel's mind got encouraged.
~ Wi !PH ~;ftftrnrr IIgll kanchan vannay paasay kalvat cheeri-aa. 11411
Those who side with gold (worldliness), they are cut into two pieces by saw. 4
R1:f ~ RfcIr 0" m ~ ~ II saykh haiyaatee jag na ko-ee thir rahi-aa.
01 Seikh, the life in the world, is such as none can live for ever.
O
The seat upon which I am sitting, lot many have occupied it earlier. 5M
fl::rB' ~ mf itc5 ~ ifi:J ~ IIU II jis aasan ham baithay kaytay bais ga-i-aa. 11511
. C
CTftrct' ~w 9f::r ~ ~ ~ II katik kooNjaa Nchayt da-o saavan bijulee-aa N.
U B
The floricans in Katak, the fire in chet, and lightening in sawan.
~ ~ fuo ~ ~ II~II see-aalay sohangee-aa Npir gal baahrhee-aa N. 11611
Arms around husband's neck in winter look nice. 6
C L
OK
~ i:!(i)C!ij1d ~ ~ >.ffi II chalay chalanhaar vichaaraa lay-ay mano.
The leaving ones are leaving, you may think in mind.
O
~ 1Pr)fTtT ~ ~ M- 11;>11 gandhaygi-aa Nchhi-a maah turhangi-aa hik khino. 117/1
areHB
It takes six months to unite, and no time to break. 7
m
K
fi:rHt yt ~ ~ II jimee puchhai asmaan fareegaa khayvat kinn ga-ay.
I
rcffi;
S
01 FarM, the earth asks the sky, where the boatsmen, (leaders) have gone.
iJT(i)C!' aia+ ~ ~ tfP,r JW IIt:II~1I jaalan goraa Nnaal ulaamay jee-a sahay. 11811211
They are suffering in graves, and their souls are facing blames. 8.2
P.489
C\r'm ~ CR3T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . . Ai!JW ~ II
ik-oNkaar sat naam kartaa purakh nirbha-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee saitma Ngur parsaag.
d'llT ~ )fiJ(i)I' C\ ~ l.I@ C\ II raag goojree mehlaa 1 cha-upQay ghar 1.
RAG GUJRI M: 1 CHAUPADE GHAR 1
~ ~ cr<ft i:!(')C!i61'JIT R' HQ ~ ~ II tayraa naam karee channaathee-aa jay man ursaa ho-ay.
If my mind could be a round stone (for grating), I would have your name as sandal wood.
aait !W Hd UIG ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 karnee kungoo jay raJai ghat antar poojaa ho-ay. 11111
If the saffron and deeds are mixed up, then He, in body is worshiped.
~ ~ ~ ~ ftrg ~ ~ 0" ~ 111:\11 ~ II
poojaa keechai naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai bin naavai pooj na ho-ay. 111/1 rahaa-o.
1057
Worship Him and remember His name, without name no worship can be. 1 (pause)
8'<Jfcr ~ ~ R HQ at ift!' II baahar gayv pakhaalee-ah jay man Qhovai ko-ay.
As a person, gives bath to his dei(v, similarly ifhe washes his mind.
ijfo ~ ~ H'iftit i:Pf ~ ~ II~II jooth lahai jee-o maajee-ai mokh pa-i-aanaa ho-ay. 11211
Thus washing mind, his pollution is cleaned and he goes to liberate. 2
~ fi.Rlsfu ~ tff ~ ~ ~ II pasco mileh chang-aa-ee-aakharll khaaveh amrit geh.
Even animals are blessed with virtues, like they eat grass and give milk.
OTH ~ ~ flm tiRe!' emf Qfu lIall naam vihoonay aad-mee Dharig jeevan karam karayhi. 11311
But the men, without His name, are cursed when act in life. 3
~~ wa- 0 ~ fia Jri' JUri II nayrhaa h~i d-oor na jaani-ahu nit saaray samHaalay.
He is very near to you, do not think Him afar, and ever remember His virtues.
it ~ H~ C5(y (')I"Ocjl' ~ ~ 11811'\11 jo gayvai so khaavnaa kaho naanak saachaa hay. 11411111
Whatever He gives we eat. Nanak says, "This is the bare truth." 4.1
~ )f(J'W 1:\ II goojree mehlaa 1. GUJRJ M: 1
orfW COO') ~ ~ ttrR e tBfu Hfif i& JRTftr II
naabh kamal tay barahmaa upjay baYd- parheh mukh kanth savaar.
People believe that Brahma was born from Naval-lotus,
M
he read Vedas after cleaning mouth and tuning throat
O
3T i ~ 0 ifIlft ~ ~ W3' ~ ~ 111:\11 taa ko ant na jaa-ee lakh-naa aavatjaat rahai gubaar. 11111
. C
he could not know His limits, such people come and go in pitch darkness. 1
B
~ ~ ftrmrftr Q 1{'CY))fQTO II pareetam ki-o bisrahi mayray paraan aDhaar.
My love is my life-base, how can I forget Him?
L
tIT oft !mftJ CRfJ iIO ~ ~ iIO mfJ ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II U
K C
jaa kee bhagat karahi jan pooray mun jan sayveh gur veechaar. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
The perfect devotees are absorbed in His devotion. The sages, the saints, serve and ponder over
O
the thought of Guru. 1 (pause)
H B
~ JIfl::r ;fttrcr tIT i ~ ~ itf3 ~ II rav sas d-eepak jaa kay tari.bb.avan aykaa jot muraar.
God is one, who owns suns, moons, stars, His one light is pervading three worlds.
~~B'~~~~~II~II
I K
S
gurmukh ho-ay so ahinis nirmal manmukh rain anDhaar. 11211
If one is Gurmukh, he is ever pure, the Manmukh suffers the pitch dark night 2
fl:rq JDfTfb' ~ fia ViIIQT ~ ~ tcPw ~ II siDh samaaDh karahi nitihagraa Quhu lochan ki-aa hayrai.
The yogis in trance are ever in clash, what can they see with two eyes?
~ itf3 ~ yf6 tri' ~ 'Qg f6it lIa II antar jot sabad- Dhun jaagai satgur ihagar nibayray. 11311
If within them kindles the light ofword-sound, then true Guru will settle their clashes. 3
atcr OG 0'1f ~ ~ A ~ ~ II sur nar naath bay-ant ajonee saachai mahal apaaraa.
The gods, the men, the unborn masters, are uncountable, they seek for infinite home of True.
(')T(')Cf J1cJfi:I ~ i1dltft'Ui M!flr ~ fnR3rcJr 11811~1I
naanak sahj milay jagjeevan nad-ar karahu nistaaraa. 11411211

Nanak says, "One can meet the world life Giver, in ease, His kindness blesses with liberation.4.2
P.490
a'I1!' wmft )f(J'W a urg 1:\ raag gooJree mehlaa 3 ghar 1 RAJ GUJRJ M: 3, GHAR 1
'\r~ tp:I'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad-.
flrn ~ RRC!" ~ vftr 1:ftf3' 0 ~ II Dharig ivayhaa jeevnaa jit har pareet na paa-ay.
1058
Such life is a curse, if one is not blessed with the love of God.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ wre IIC\II jit kamm har veesrai goojai lagai jaa-ay. 11111
The kind ofwork, for which oneforgets God, and starts loving the other (Maya), is ofno good. 1
~~~)fOT~~~1itf3'~~~mrwrell
aisaa satgur sayvee-ai manaa jit sayvi-ai govig pareet oopjai avar visar sabh jaa-ay.
01 my mind, let us serve such a true Guru, serving whom the lovefor God kindles, and everything
else is forgotten.
~ W3t ~ arfJ em iJijT W sf n ~ tfRn ~ tPft!" IIC\II ~ II
har saytee chit geh rahai jaraa kaa bha-o na hova-ee jeevan pagvee paa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
The mind continuous(v may hold Him, no fear of death may remain, and one may get the eve,:-
living life. 1 (pause)
amR 1itf3' ~ ~ mJ!J ~ ~ fuft 'Rf:r m II
gobing pareet si-o ik sahj upji-aa vaykh jaisee bhagat banee.
The love of God gave me, One, in ease, see how the devotion has come to be?
~ W3t ))fTlJ ~ 3T HQ ~ ~ H3t m mret II~II
aap saytee aap khaa-i-aa taa man nirmal ho-aa jotee jot sam-ee. 11211
With your grace, I killed my ego, then my mind becamepure, and thus my light is merging in His
light. 2
f8Q !JICIIT ~ ~ n ~ ;1 ~ JJ! are II
O M
bin bhaagaa aisaa satgur na paa-ee-ai jay lochai sabh ko-ay.
.C

U B
If not preordained, such a Guru is not blessed,even ifeveryone desires. 3
L
eft ~ ~ ~ 3T Jrt!T ~ ~ liS II koorhai kee paal vichahu niklai taa sagaa sukh ho-ay. 11311
C
If the wall offalsehood in mind is removed, then there is ever happiness. 4
orocr~~eft~~~~~'t!G~~~ II
OK
naanak aisay satgur kee ki-aa oh sayvak sayvaa karay gur aagai jee-o Dharay-ay.
O
Nanak says, "Of such a true Guru, how a servant should do service? He should surrender his
B
H
mind before Him.
K
~ W ~ ft:rf3' ~ ~))('if ~ rifu IIBIIC\IISII
S I
satgur kaa bhaanaa chit karay satgur aapay kirpaa karay-i. 11411111311
He should keep in mind, the will oftrue Guru. True Guru Himseifshall be generous.' 4.1.3
~ )f(JW S II goojree mehlaa 3. GAJRI M: 3
uftJeft~~~~~~nareAt II
har kee tum sayvaa karahu goojee sayvaa karahu na ko-ay jee.
You serve on(v God, none ofyou should serve anyone else, 01 lovable.
~ eft ~ 3' ~ ~ ~ trM ~ ~ iJOtf ~ it'fu At IIC\II
har kee sayvaa tay manhu chingi-aa fal paa-ee-ai goojee sayvaa janam birthaa jaa-ay jee. 11111
While serving Guru, we get the desired fruits, otherwise the life goes in waste. 1
uftJ ~ tltf3 atftJ ~ uftJ ~ uftJ ~ Q(l:(I" crorC'ft At II
har mayree pareet reet hai har mayree har mayree kathaa kahaanee jee.
Love of God is my way ofliving, and God is my story, my narration.
't!G ~ lW HQ iftR ~ ~ m
tftt IIC\II ~ II
gur parsaag mayraa man bheejai ayhaa sayv banee jee-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 lovable, my mind pleases with the grace of Guru, thus my service is accepted. 1 (pause)
~ lW fl:1fi:ff3 ~ lW ~ ~ lW 8qy uftJ lW iJTlft II
har mayraa simrit har mayraa saastar har mayraa banDhap har mayraa !2b.aa-ee.
1059
God is my Simriti, God is my Shastra, God is my brother, God is my relation.
uftJ eft H Fl' n uftJ orfH ~ Hg ftpS uftJ ~ ~ ~ ~ RI:f'1ft II ~ II
har keemai!2hookhlaagaiharnaammayraamantariptaiharmayraasaakantho-aysakhaa-ee.11211
I am hungry for God, name of God satisfies me, God is my relation, He is friend in the end 2
uftJ ftIQ ~ CJTfH' ~ ~ ~ ~ n tI'lft II har bin hor raas koorhee hai chalgi-aa naal na jaa-ee.
Any capital, other than of God is false, it does not accompany when in journey.
uftJ ~ tJQ Ht wftf uri troT ut RTf 3C1 tI'lft II S II
har mayraa Dhan mayrai saath chaalai jahaa ha-o jaa-o tah jaa-ee. 11311
God is my capital, it accompanies me, wherever I go it accompanies. 3
Jl !OT H f5 n ' imf CDf'lft II so jhoothaa jo jhoothay laagai jhoothay karam kamaa-ee.
One who indulges in falsehood, is a liar, and earns lies.
em ~ ij'flJ Cfl' ~~ ~ ilr! n tI'lft IIBII~IIBII
kahai naanak har kaa .b!J.aanaa ho-aa kahnaa kachhoo na jaa-ee. 11411211411
Nanak ...ays, "This all is ofHis will, nothing can be said a/;Jout it." 4.2.4
~ lroW S II goojree mehlaa 3. GUJRI M: 3
~ )fI'fu C'i"lf ~A! ~ ~ U'ftrnIr wft!' II jug maahi naam gulam.b!J. hai gurmukh paa-i-aa jaa-ay.
Name ofGod is rare in this age, Gurmukh can be it.
M
~ ~ ~ n ~ ~ i ~ 11'\11 bin naavai mukat na hova-ee vaykhhu ko vi-upaa-ay. 11111
O
Without name, no liberation, one may try it anywhere. 1
~ ~ ~ Jre ~ RTf II balihaaree gur aapnay sag balihaarai jaa-o.
. C
B
I sacrifice myselffor my Guru, I ever sacrifice.
~ fHW" uftJ Hfo ~ 'ITcJit ri JDfTft! II '\11 ~ II
L U
C
satgur mili-ai har man vasai sehjay rahai samaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
K
Meeting true Guru, God abides in mind, it merges in Him, in ease. 1 (pause)
O
W Bt ~ ~ t<rrw tllil Hfo ~ II jaa N .bha-o paa-ay aapnaa bairaag upjai man aa-ay.
O
When He fills mind with His fear, the mind enters in yearning for Him.
B
hri 3' ij'flJ ~ uftJ fi::tt ri JDfTft! II~II bairaagai tay har paa-ee-ai har si-o rahai samaa-ay. 11211
H
K
With yearning God is blessed, thus mind lives merged in Him. 2
SI
R'ft! ~ ftI Hg ft:t'c!fu ~ ~ n n ~ II say-ay mukat je man jineh fir Dhaat na laagai aa-ay.
On(v they are liberated, who win their mind, then mundane does not touch it.
~ ~ QCE cR ~ mit ll'ft!' IISI1 gasvai gu-aar rahat karay tariQhavan soihee paa-ay. 11311
Such a person lives at tenth door, and knows about three worlds. 3
i'i'OCr ~ 3' wg ~ ~ ftJ'R' eft G'iI"ft! II naanak gur tay gur ho-i-aa vaykhhu tis kee rajaa-ay.
Nanak says, "God becomes Guru with Guru, see His will
P. 491 .
~ ~ ara'3" cR ii3t iffiJ Rlfl'fu IIBIISII~II ih kaaran kartaa karay jotee jot samaa-ay. 11411311511
This only Creator can cause, He gets the light merged in light. " 4.3.5
~ lroW S II goojree mehlaa 3. GUJRI M: 3
em
QT}f QT}f Jf!' i ~ ~ n ~ II raam raam sa.b!J. ko kahai kahi-ai raam na ho-ay.
Everyone rec~tes God, God, only by reciting does not mean God
~ ~ ~ Hfo ~ 3" ~ tR ~ 11'\11 gur parsaadee raam man vasai taa fal paavai ko-ay. 11111
With the grace of Guru have God residing in mind, then you can be blessed with its fruits. 1
~ ~ ft:IB' n ~ II antar goving jis laagai pareet.
God abides in one, who is in love with Him.
uftJ f3'ff ~ n ~ fJftJ fJftJ crcJftr JreT Hfo 9tftJ II '\ II ~ II
1060
har tis kaQay na veesrai har har karahi saQaa man cheet. 11111 rahaa-o.
God is never forgotten by him, he ever remembers God in mind, in heart. ] (pause)
~ fl::rq: cl crtr? ~ ~ H3' ~ II hirQai jin H kai kapat vasai baahrahu sant kahaahi.
The minds, in which abides a cheat, but likes to be called saint.
ftrRor ~ 0' ~ ~ R' ~ II~II tarisnaa mool na chuk-ee ant ga-ay pachhutaahi. 11211
Their lust in never quenched In the end, they leave repenting. 2
~ '3ta'Ef # taO cR ~ ~ eft ~ ere 0' ~ II
anayk tirath jay jatan karai taa antar kee ha-umai kaQay na jaa-ay.
One may try at lot ofsacred places, but their dirt within never goes.
ft:qJ OQ eft ~ 0' ~ tmf a'lfu f3H ~ JlRl'fu lIa II
jis nar kee QubiDhaa na jaa-ay Q,baram raa-ay tis Qay-ay sajaa-ay. 11311
The man whose duality does not leave him. The judge ofjustice will punish Him. 3
~ ut Fret tIQ 1.fI'8' ~ P cret II karam hovai so-ee jan paa-ay gurmukh booihai ko-ee.
If He is graceful, then one can meet Him, very rare ofa Gurmukh realizes it.
7i""OOI' ~ ~ Jri' 3i' CJ'ftr ~ m 11811811 EII
naanak vichahu ha-umai maaray taa Nhar bhaytai so-ee. 11411411611
Nanak says, "If ego from within is dead, then one can meet Him. " 4.4.6
M
armft
=
Hm a II goojree mehlaa 3. GUJRI M: 3
f3Er RO Hif3' m!T HfiJ fcrrofi ftm C(T ~ ~ II
C O
.
tis jan saaNt saQaa mat nihchal jis kaa abhimaan gavaa-ay.
That person is in peace, his wisdom is ever stable, whose ego is removed
'R RO- ~- ft:I aTQHftr
-- ri = CJ'ftr 9CIC!t ~- wS'
U B
L
II C\ II
C
so jan nirmal je gurmukh booihai har charnee chit laa-ay. 11111
K
That person, who understands Gurmukh andfvces his mind at his feet, is pure. ]
O
CJftJ ~ ~ )f(')T H ftr.IfJ 'R ~ mft II har chart achayt manaa jo ichheh so fal ho-ee.
B O
OJ my mind, knowingly and unknowingly remember God and get the desiredfruits.
~ 1..I'aW\ft CJ'ftr Off tRfJ t.fR'3' QiJfu J1t!T ~ mft II C\ II ~ II
K H
gur parsaadee har ras paavahi peevat raheh saQaa sukh ho-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
S I
With the grace of Guru, be blessed, with the nectar of God, keep on drinking it, and be ever
happy.] (pause)
~R~1R1Jut1R1J~'3~~ II
satgur bhaytay taa paaras hovai paaras ho-ay ta pooj karaa":ay.
Meeting true Guru, becomes touch-stone, on becoming touch-stone, one is worshipped
H ~ ~ 'R ~ 1.fI'8' ;;ftftpw ~ ~ ~ II~ II
jo us poojay so fal paa-ay Qeekhi-aa Qayvai saach buihaa-ay. 11211
Whoever worships Him, he gets fruits, that by His teaching he gets to realize True. 2
~~~O'~~)fO~~~ II
vin paarsai pooj na hova-ee vin man parchay avraa samihaa-ay.
Devoid oftouch stone, no worship. Without knowing own mind, one starts teaching others.
aTG~~wftm~~1.fI'8'
-= - -
lIall
guroo saaaa-ay agi-aanee anDhaa kis oh maarag paa-ay. 11311
Known as Guru, if himself is ignorant blind, whom he can show the way? 3
7i""OOI' ~ ~ fa! 0' ~ ft:rff M!'ftr cR 'R 1.fI'8' II
naanak vin naaree kichhoo na paa-ee-ai jis naQar karay so paa-ay.
Nanak says, "Without His grace, one can get nothing, for one He is graceful, he gets everything.
1061
!J<J tJRI't!t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 118111.111:>11
gur parsaadee gay vadi-aa-ee apnaa sabag vartaa-ay. 11411511711
Being graceful, Guru grants His excellence, he gets His word to prevail" 4.5. 7
~ HmlS" S ~ II goojree mehlaa 3 panchpagay. GUJRI M: 3, PANCHPADE
OT crrRt Hf3' ttm'
OT r i Hf3' iI'ft! II naa kaasee mat oopjai naa kaasee mat jaa-ay.
Neither one aUains wisdom at Kansi, nor one loses wisdom at Kansi.
~ fi.fW Hf3' ~ 31' ftro mit t.Pft! 11'\11 satgur mili-ai mat oopjai taa ih soihee paa-ay. 11111
Meeting true Guru, the wisdom springs.up, then this realization is gained.
CJftr a1fT 1 ~ WHO ~ ~ ~ II har kathaa tooNsun ray man sabag man vasaa-ay.
0/ my mind, you listen the story of God and have his word abiding in mind.
ftro Hf3' ~ ftig ~ 3f ~ ~ iI'ft! 11'\11 ~ II
ih mat tayree thir rahai taa Nbharam vichahu jaa-ay. 1111/ rahaa-o.
If this ofyour wisdom remains stable, then the doubts from within will go. 1 (pause)
CJftr ~ fire WI'ft! i ~ ~ 0'lJ II har charan rid,ai vasaa-ay too kilvikh hoveh naas.
Let the feet ofGod abide in your mind, allyour sins will vanish.
t.iu ~ ))fI'3W ~ CilG'ftJ 31' 3tft CilG'ftJ ~ II ~ II
panch bhoo aatmaa vas karahi taa tirath karahi nivaas. 11211
M
Ifyou control your mind, made ofjive elements, then you can live at sacred place. 2
O
~ ~ Hg ~ a- mit fclJ (') t.Pft! II manmukh ih man mugaDh hai soihee kichhoo na paa-ay.
C
.
This mind ofManmukhs is idiot, it realizes no wisdom.
B
CJftr qr ~ (') ~ iftJ ~ ~ IISII har kaa naam na buih-ee ant ga-i-aa pachhutaa-ay. 11311
U
L
Realizing not the name of God, in the end, they will leave repenting. 3
C
~ Hg crrRt RfW 3mf 6I6ffir ~ ~!5'ft! II
K
ih man kaasee saJ;ID tfrath simrit satgur gee-aa buihaa-ay.
O
This mind is Kansi, all sacredplaces, Simritis are in it. True Guru has taught me to realize this.
))fORfo 3mf ftIff ~ ~ fkn uflf W ~ RH'ft! 11811
B O
athsath tirath tis sang raheh jin har hirgai rahi-aa samaa-ay. 11411
KH
Sixty eight sacredplaces, live with him, in whose mind God remains merged. 4
S I
~~fi.fW~~~~Hfn~11
naanak satgur mili-ai hukam buihi-aa ayk vasi-aa man aa-ay. .
Nanak says, 'Meeting true Guru, His order is realized, thus One comes to stay in mind.
it ~ ri FI! RY a- ~ ~ RH'ft! 1I1.111Elltll
jo tuDh J;IDaavai sabh sach hai sachay rahai samaa-ay. 11511611811
Whatever is liked by you (God), is all true, it remains merged in True." 5.6.8
P.492
wmft HmlS" S 3tw II goojree mehlaa 3 teejaa. GUJRI M: 3, THIRD
~ 0l1:!' fotIrQ ~ ~ ~ ~ mft II ayko naam niDhaan pandit sun sikh sach so-ee.
0/ Pandit, the treasure is ofone name only, listen this true teaching, thejinal truth.
~ ~ R'3r tnJftr tnB ~ Jref ~ mft 11'\11
goojai'bhaa-ay jaYtaa parheh parhat gunat sagaa gukb ho-ee. 11111
In the love for other, all that you read, practice, always becomes the cause ofsuffering. 1
uflf ~ 1 wfdr ~ !J<J R8'ft! mit mft II har charnee tooN laag rahu gur sabag soihee ho-ee.
You ever remain at the feet of God, the word of Guru dawns realization.
t
uflf Off GROT ~ 3f H9 ~ mft 11'\11 ~ II
har ras rasnaa chaakh tooNtaa Nman nirmal ho-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
1062
01 my tongue enjoy the ne.ctar of God, then mind shall be pure. 1 (pause)
~fHWHQ~~~ftprnrp(')~ II
satgur mili-ai man santokhee-ai taa fir tarisnaa bhookh na ho-ay.
Meeting true Guru, let our mind be contented, then the hunger and lust will not stay within.
O'tl fotItQ ~ mr urftr tI'fE' (') a-re
II~II naam niDhaan paa-i-aa par ghar jaa-ay na ko-ay. 11211
Blessed with the treasure ofname, none goes to other's home. 2
i5fEI?ft ~ H cffl' ~ (') ~ II kathnee baqnee jay karay manmukh booih na ho-ay.
It may be in words, in practice, Manmukh cannot realize.
~ UIfG ~ (Jf'a' O'tl tR Hft!' lIall gurmatee ghat chaannaa har naam paavai so-ay. 11311
With (he wisdom of Guru, one whose body is enlightened, he is blessed with the name of God 3
~ ~ ~ (') ~ ~ fQfu ari !I'Q II sun saastar tooN na buihhee taa fireh baaro baar.
Hearing shastras, you do not understand, therefore you wander (are born), again and again.
R ~ it))fTlj (') ~"Rftr (') qij- ~ 11811
so moorakh jo aap na pachhaan-ee sach na Dharay pi-aar. 11411
That one is foolish, who does not understand even himself, and does not love True. 4
JW ~ ~ ~ crJ (') tI'fE' II sachai jagat dahkaa-i-aa kahnaa kachhoo na jaa-ay.
The True Himself has astrayed world, we cannot say anything.
(')'TO'Cif it f3ff A' R cffl' ~ 13ft' eft ~ 111.1 II? II~ II
naanakjo tis bhaavai so karay ji-o tis kee rajaa-ay. 11511711911
OM
Nanak says, "Whatever He likes, He does, it is all His wilL" 5.7.9
.C
ctij""~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaaq.
UB
L
C
~ ~ )f(JW 8 ~ l.I@ ~ II raag goojree mehlaa 4 cha-uPd-ay ghar 1.
K
RAJ GUJRI M: 4 CHAUPADE GHAR 1
a-
(Jf'a' tJO ~ Ja ~ ~ ~ ~ WQ tJTfit II
O O
har kay jan satgur sat purkhaa ha-o bin-o kara-o gur paas.
H B
01 man ofGod, true Guru-Purakh, I pray before, my Guru.
K
UH efta fc:m.{ ~ ~ crftJ ~ O'tl tmJTfl:I 11'\11
SI
ham keeray kiram satgur sarnaa-ee kar qa-i-aa naam pargaas. 11111
I am a poor worm, be kind and enlighten your name in me. 1
~ Ha ~ H ~ (JT){ O'tl tmJTfl:I II mayray meet gurqayv mo ka-o raam naam pargaas.
01 my friend, my divine Guru, enlighten me with the name of God
~ O'tl H'aT l:'O H1:fTlft (Jf'a' cftaf3 mom ~ II~II ~ II
gurmat naam mayraa paraan sakhaa-ee har keerat hamree rahraas. 11111 rahaa-o.
In the wisdom of Guru, name is my friend, oflife, the praise ofGod is my right path. 1 (pause)
ufu tJO a- U'Al' m fHo (Jf'a' (Jf'a' ~ (Jf'a' fip,m II
har jan kay vadbhaag vadayray jin har har sarDhaa har pi-aas.
Great(v lucky are His men, in whose mind is the thirst, for thefaith of God
ufu (Jf'a' O'tl fHi ~ f){ftI; JiaIf:r F tmJTfl:I II ~ II
har har naam milai tariptaasahi mil sangat gun pargaas. 11211
Being blessed with the name of God, I am contented, joining the congregation, my virtues
spring up.
~ (Jf'a' (Jf'a' (Jf'a' ~ ~ (') ~ 3' ~ iDf tJTfit II
jin H har har har ras naam na paa-i-aa tay bhaagheen jam paas.
Those who are not blessed with the nectar ofname, unluckily they are approaching the devil of
1063
death.
it ~ ~ JiaTB o<ft ~ ttrn ~ ttrn ~ lIa II
jo satgur saran sangat nahee aa-ay Dharig jeevay Dharig jeevaas. 11311
Those who have not come to the congregation, the refuge oftrue Guru, their birth is a curse,
their life is a curse. 3
ftIo crfa" RO ~ mrt3' trlt f3n ~ HFI3'fcr ~ ~ II
jin har jan satgur sangat paa-ee tin Dhur mastak Iikhi-aa Iikhaas.
Those men of God, who are blessed with the congregation oftrue Guru, He is preordainedfor
them.
tig tig A3Rail3 ~ iJftr ~ ~ fkftiIs ('iT(')'Ct ~ tlOdI'ff:f 11911'\11
Dhan Dhan satsangat jit har ras paa-i-aa mil naanak naam pargaas. 11411111
Great and great is the true congregation, by which I am blessed with the nectar ofGod, meeting
Nanak name has enlightened in me. 4.1
~}{(]'W 9 II goojree mehlaa 4. GUJRI M: 4
~f.i~ ~ ~ Hf6l:ft3l1 fkftiIs A3Ralf3 A'8fu H9 ~ II
goving goving pareetam man pareetam mil satsangat sabag man mohai.
God is ~v dear, 01 my dear, live in ~v mind, your word in true congregation, charms my mind
Mfu ~ dif.i~ ~ A"i' ~ t!Ig ~ tI! tro 11'\11
jap goving goving Dhi-aa-ee-ai sa.bh ka-o gaan gay-ay para.bh ohai. 11111
O M
Let us meditate upon God, remember God, the same Master gives gifts to everyone. 1
.C
~ m ffi')l' H ~ dif.i~ dif.i~ dif.i~ H9 ~ II
U B
L
mayray bhaa-ee janaa mo ka-o goving goving goving man mohai.
C
01 my brothers, men of God, my mind is charmed by God
~ ~ ~ ~ aRT fkftiIs ~ A'QRaIF:::s
K
;:rg 'fro
O
11'\11 ~ II
goving goving goving gun gaavaa mil gur saaDhsangat jan sohai. 11111 rahaa-o.
B O
Let me sing the attributes of God, in the congregation ofsaints, the men of God, look nice with
H
Guru. 1 (pause)
K
~ ~ crfa" !l"aI'S ~ ~ ~ ftI1Q' fHfif n trfdr tro II
S I
sukh saagar har bhagat hai gurmat ka-ulaa riDh siDh laagai pag ohai.
The devotion of God is ocean of happiness, thus with the wisdom of Guru , the wealth, the
temporal and spiritual powers, be at the feet ofdevotees.
RO ~ a"}f ~~ iJftr OTt!' iflS iJftr orH 'fro II ~ II
jan ka-o raam naam aaDhaaraa har naam japat har naamay sohai. 11211
Men of God are based, upon the name ofGod, they remember His name and look nice in it.2
P.493
~ sTaronnmnfti ~ tI03' ~ Hf6 ~ II gurmat.bhaagheen mat feekay naam sunataavai man rohai.
With evil wisdom are unlucky, their wisdom is worthless, listening name they get angry in mind
~iA'~~~~ftpSfbrer~~aro
lIall
ka-oo-aa kaag ka-o amrit ras paa-ee-ai tariptai vistaa khaa-ay mukh gohai. 11311
Even ifwe may serve blissful nectar to a crow, it will content by eating filth, putting, his mouth
in dung. 3
~JJg~~~~c$w~W II amritsarsatgursativaageejitnaatai ka-oo-aa hanshohai.
The pool of nectar (Amritsar) is the product oftrue thinking oftrue Guru, taking bath wherein
the crow turns into a swan.
0"0Cir QQ tig ri' fi'iJ'CIft fHQ ~ OTt!' ftre ~ tro 11911 ~ II
1064
naanak Dhan Dhan vaday vadbhaagee jin H gurmat naam rigai mal Dhohai. 11411211
Nanak says, "Those people are great(v lucky, whose dirt ofmind is washed with name, given in
the wisdom of Guru. " 4.2
~ Hm 8 II goojree mehlaa 4. GUJRI M: 4
(ffir itO ~ ~ 8'it ~ bifu ~ II har jan ootam ootam banee mukh boleh par-upkaaray.
The men of God are the best, the best is their word. Whatever they speak, it is for other's well-
being.
H tIQ ff! mrqr firS H3t afo ~ (ffir foJara' II ~II
jo jan sunai sarDhaa bhagat saytee kar kirpaa har nistaaray. 11111
Whoever listens with faith, with devotion in mind, being kind, God liberates him. 1
QI){ 'Ii ~ uf<J itO 'Hfl!is ~ II raam mo ka-o har jan mayI pi-aaray.
OJ God, my dream, let me meet men of God.

~ t{t3H tpn ~ ~ ~ CJ){ 1P1it ~ foJara' II~II ~ II
mayray pareetam paraan satgur gur pooraa ham paapee gur nistaaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
My life, my dear is perfect true Guru, I am a sinner, Guru liberates me. 1 (pause)
~~~ftto~(ffirmj~ II
gurmukh vadbhaagee vadbhaagay jin har har naam aDhaaray.
M
Gurmukhs are greatly lucky, they are ofgreat luck, whose base is the name of God.
O
C
~(ffir~~CJH~~firS~ II~II
har har amrit har ras paavahi gurmat bhagat Qhandaaray. 11211
B .
U
They are blessed with the bliss of God, the nectar of God, their treasure is full with devotion in
L
the wisdom of Guru. 2
ft:ro ~ ~ JB YCI1f 0 ~ 3 ~ HfH lR II
K C
jin garsan satgur sat purakh na paa-i-aa tay bhaagheen jam maaray.
O O
Those who have not seen Guru, true Purakh, they are unlucky, cursed by the devil of death.
fuft m lR
B
R~ ~ ~ ~
t.Rfu JroT ~ IISJII
H
say kookar sookar garDhaQh paveh garaQh jonee ga-yi maaray mahaa hati-aaray. 11311
!tffir afo IK
Such dogs, pigs, donkeys are, put into womb, to born,therein the ghastly killers are punished. 3
SiR foJara'
;:fto ~ ~ itO ~ ~ ~ II geen ga-i-aal hohu jan oopar kar kirpaa layho ubaaray.
OJ merciful to poor, be kind upon your men, and liberate them.
0'0Cf itO (ffir cit ~ ~ ~ 11811SJ II
naanak jan har kee sarnaa-ee har bhaavai har nistaaray. 11411311
Nanak says, "I am in the refuge of God, ifHe likes, He will liberate me. " 4.3
~ Hm 8 II goojree mehlaa 4. GUJRI M: 4
~ ~)W HQ ~ ~ ~ QI){ ~ ~ 1tPw8t II
hohu ga-i-aal mayraa man laavhu ha-o an-din raam naam nit Dhi-aa-ee.
OJ God be kind and be in my mind, so that, day and night, ever I remember your name.
~ Bl:f ~ ~ ~ fnwo (ffir ~ irllPH ~ !l:f Rif ~ irlt II~II
sabh sukh sabh gun sabh niDhaan har jit japi-ai gukh Qhukh saQh leh jaa-ee. 11111
Whoever has remembered God, he is blessed with, allpleasures, all treasures, all virtues, all his
hunger and suffering are of! 1
}fi'j ~ )W QI){ ~ J{tIT (ffir!MIT II man mayray mayraa raam naam sakhaa har bhaa-ee.
OJ my mind, God is my brother, His name is my friend.

~ QI){ mj Rff iJTil'" JKftr 8c.vft ~ tre Dllft II ~II ~ II
gurmat raam naam jas gaavaa ant baylee gargeh la-ay chhadaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.

With the wisdom of Guru, I sing the praise ofname, in the end, in His court, it will liberate me.
1 (pause)
~ ))fTl)' ~ 1lJ ~ crfW ~ R Ht Hf5 ~ II
tooN aapay gaataa paraJm antarjaamee kar kirpaa loch mayrai man laa-ee.
You yourselfare Giver, all pervading Master, be kind and let there in my mind, be a desire for
you.
HHfo3fnR~~H3t1{fWR~~~ II~II
mai man tan loch lagee har saytee paraJID loch pooree satgur sarnaa-ee. 11211
In my mind and body, is a desirefor God. 01 Master fulfill my desire, and let me be in the refuge
oftrue Guru. 2
~ iI'C'Qf Yfo crfW ~ ftrg ~ fIRr fIRr ftra1tr R'1ft II
maanas janam punn kar paa-i-aa bin naavai Dharig Qharig birthaa jaa-ee.
The human birth is blessed due to do virtues, without name it is curse and is going waste.
O'H ftJor QJf CM ~ tPt ~ ~ !Of !ilf ~ tPl:!t 1Ii1 II
naam binaa ras kas gukh khaavai mukh feekaa thuk thook mulch paa-ee. 11311
Without name, one suffers sweet and sour, he speaks stupid and is spitten onface.
it il7) ~ 1liI" ~ ~ mJC!I' ftrn t!GcIro ~ ~ ~ ~ II
jo jan har paraJm har har sarnaa tin gargeh har har gay vadi-aa-ee.
OM
C
Those, men of God, ofMaster, are in the refuge of God. They are honoured with laurels in the
court ofGod.
tfQ tfQ FI'8'fl:f oro 1{f il7) ctt il7) 0'C"iCf ~ R' 1Iftis ~
B .
U
11811811
L
Dhan Dhan saabaas kahai paraJm jan ka-o jan naanak maylla-ay gallaa-ee. 11411411
are in His embrace. " 4.4

K C
"Lucky are those whom Master pats. " Nanak says, "Such men are blessed with His union and
~ )fCJW 8 II goojree mehlaa 4. GUJRl M: 4

~mit~~Hctt~~~l:f'O~
O O
B
II
H
gurmukh sakhee sahaylee mayree mo ka-o gayvhu gaan har paraan jeevaa-i-aa.
n am ~ ~ fRqrIK
01 Gurmukh my (female) friend, my dear, give me a charity, that my life becomes livable.
S
UH ~ ~ ~ 1{f ~ ~ IIC\II
ham hovah laalay golay gursikhaa kay jinHaa an-gin har paraJID purakb. Dhi-aa-i-aa. 11111
Let me be slave and servant ofthe Sikhs of Guru, who day and night, remember God-Master. 1
At Hfo 3fn ~ ~ tm ~ II mayrai man tan birahu gursikh pag laa-i-aa.
My mind and body, suffer pangs ofseparation, from the feet ofSikhs of Guru.
~ tpC') JI1:fT ~ ~ ft::nf nft Hctt ~ ~ ~ 6ft ~ IIC\II ~ II mayray paraan sakhaa gur kay
sikh Jmaa-ee mo ka-o karahu upgays har milai milaa-i-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
The friends of my life, the Sikhs of Guru, my brothers, please teach me so that I meet God,
blessed by you. 1 (pause)
P.494
fIT ~ 1liI"!R 3T ~ ~ fHq ft(') Q ~ Hf5 ~ II
jaa har parabh JIDaavai taa gurmukh maylay jinHvachan guroo satgur man JIDaa-i-aa.
If liked by God-Master, the Gurmukh can unite, those, whose words are pleasing to Guru, the
True Guru.
~~~ fRlf ~ ~ ~ fna'arz ~ ~ II~II
vadbhaagee gur kay sikh pi-aaray har nirbaanee nirbaan pag paa-i-aa. 11211
The Sikhs of Guru are greatly lucky, the liberating God, liberates them. 2

H3Rdlf::s ~ eft <:rftr ~ fi:rn <:rftr <:rftr 01)j Htor lffn ~ II
satsangat gur kee har pi-aaree jin har har naam meethaa man bhaa-i-aa.
Guru's true congregation is dear to God, name of God is sweet to them, it is pleasing to their
mind.
fi:rn ~ Jiara ~ n 1PftmIr H ~ ~ RfH ~ II~II
jin satgur sangat sang na paa-i-aa say bhaagheen paapee jam khaa-i-aa. 11311
Those who could notparticipate, in the congregation oftrue Guru, they are unfortunate, sinners,
and are eaten up by death. 3
))fTfu ~ ~ 1{f tri' <:rftr ~ ~ ~ ~ II
aap kirpaal kirpaa parabh Dhaaray har aapay gurmukh milai milaa-i-aa.
If merciful Himself becomes kind, He Himself unites with a Gurmukh, one to unite.
tIQ ~ ~ ~ 1fI'it ~ iJ'ftr ntfk ~ 118111.111
jan naanak bolay gun banee gurbaanee har naam samaa-i-aa. 11411511
Nanak tells the virtues ofword, that in the word ofGuru, (Gurbani) God is merging. " 4.5
~ )f(JW 8 II goojree mehlaa 4. GUJRI M: 4
fi:rn ~ ~ ftlfi'j iJ'ftr 1{f ~ H ~ ~ ~ <:rftr >fus ~ II
jin satgur purakh jin har parabh paa-i-aa mo ka-o kar upgays har meeth lagaavai.
M
Those who are blessed with God-Master, through the person oftrue-Guru, may teach me, how
O
God can be sweet to me.
C11111
Hg 3Q ~ mr ~ ~ ~ iJ'ftr 01)j ~
.
IIC\II
B
man tan seetal sabh hari-aa ho-aa vadbhaagee har naam Dhi-aavai.
U
My mind and body are cool, everything has become green, only greatly lucky remember the
name of God. 1
B"'8t ~ H ~ cilft ))fTft!' ~ <:rftr 01)j ~
C L
K
II
O
bhaa-ee ray mo ka-o ko-ee aa-ay milai har naam garirh-aavai.
O
01 my brother, let someone come and meet me to teach me about the name of God.
H B
~ tJhrH 1{'0 Hg 3Q ' " ~ ~ iJ'ftr l:(B' eft iJ'ftr arw ~ IIC\II ~ II mayray pareetam paraan man tan
sabh gayvaa mayray har parabh kee har kathaa sunaavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
I K
01 my dear, my life, you are the giver ofmy mind and body and everything, you relate me the
S
story ofmy God-Master. 1 (pause)
thtJ tJtr ~ iJ'ftr 1PftmIr fog CJ'ftr nrK iJ'ftr mq ~ R' II
Dheeraj Dharam gurmat har paa-i-aa nit har naamai har si-o chit laavai.
I am blessed with patience, faith, and wisdom of Guru, given by God, He, every day, through
name, intunes my mind with God.
~ lWO ~ eft 1fI'it it ~ H ljflf ~ tR' II~ II
amrit bachan satgur kee banee jo bolai so mukh amrit paavai. 11211
The words of Guru are nectar-giving words, whoever recites gets nectar in his mouth. 2
~01)j~~nn~01)j~ftRR' II
nirmal naam jit mail na laagai gurmat naam japai Iiv laavai.
The name is pure, which removes dirt, with the wisdom of Guru, be intuned with name, and
remember it.
01)j ~ ft:ro (')Q lKft 1PftmIr R ~ ~ Hftr iR II~ II
naam pagaarath jin nar nahee paa-i-aa say bhaagheen mu-ay mar jaavai. 11311
Those men who have not got the gift ofname, they are unlucky dead, dying they leave. 3
))fT'O't!' ~ Adltftiiii!6 ~ mr A'6' ~ ~ crev iJ'ftr ~ II
1067
aanad. mool jagjeevan d.aataa sa.!ID. jan ka-o anag karahu har Dhi-aavai.
L~/e-giving, Giver ofworld, is the source ofbliss, He gives happiness to whole world,
when they remember Him.
1 er3T tiPK Rftr 3"a" m; ('jT(')Cf ~ ~ fHm 11811 ~ II
tooN d.aataa jee-a sabh tayray jan naanak gurmukh bakhas milaavai. 11411611
Nanak says, "You are the giver, everyone is your creation, Gurmukhforgives andgets to unite. 4.6
'\r'~ tpI'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ )f(Ri5I" 8 l.lf9 S II goojree mehlaa 4 ghar 3. GUJRI M: 4 GHAR 3
~ IJTU ~ Rftr trfa' il cil'S' II maa-ee baap putar sa.!ID. har kay kee-ay.
The mother, thefather, the son all are God's creation.
R"B(';T art J=I'Oliy uftJ crftJ ~ 11'\11 sa.!ID.naa ka-o san-banDh har kar gee-avo 11111
All are bound in relation by God 1

(OOJT ;lg ~ ~ Hi' 8ta' II hamraa jor sabh rahi-o mayray beer.
Of my brother, all my strength is not working.

c:rfcJ &T 3Q HQ ~ c:rfcJ cl ~ ~ Jffir 11'\11 crcrrt II
har kaa tan man sabh har kai vas hai sareer. 11111 rahaa-o.
The body, the mind, every thing, is of God and under His control 1 (pause)
M
~ iJOT ~ ~ fTfu c:rfcJ lSt II .!ID.agat janaa ka-o sarDhaa aap har laa-ee.
O
C
God Himselfgives faith to devotees, His men.
fW" tapa ~ ~ II~II vichay garisat ugaas rahaa-ee. 11211
B .
U
God keeps them detached even when in house-holding. 2
When,from within, love with God comes to be.

C L
ir8 ~ 1jtftJ uftJ ~ !Ifn ~ II jab antar pareet har si-o ban aa-ee.
K
3lf H~ ere- ~ Hi' uftJ lIB' ~ IISI1 tab jo kichh karay so mayray har para.!ID. .!ID.aa-ee. 11311
O
O
Then whatever one does, is liked by my God-Master. 3
B
~ iil'rW cffif IDf uftJ tri' II jit kaarai kamm ham har laa-ay.
H
All that I do God puts me on.
I K
it IDf Cl(RJ' tJ fTfu ~ 11811 so ham karah jo aap karaa-ay. 11411
I do what God gives me to do. 4
S
fi:Ji'I' cit earl3' Hi' lIB' ~ II jin kee bhagat mayray para.!ID. .!ID.aa-ee.
Nanak says, "Those whose devotion in liked by my Master,
3" m; ('jT(')Cf CJ1){ (')T}f ~ ~ II~II'\II~II'\~II tay jan naanak raam naam Iiv laa-ee. 115111117111611
they are intuned with the name of God" 5.1. 7.16
P.495
~ )f(Ri5I" ~ ~ l.lf9 '\ goojree mehlaa 5 cha-upgay ghar 1
GUJRI M: 5 CHAUPADE GHAR 1
'\r'~ tpI'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad..
~ ~ HO ~ ~ w ~ trfa' tftt ~ II
kaahay ray man chityahi ud.am jaa aahar har jee-o pari-aa.
Of my mind, why are you worrying for some endevour, when all initiatives are with God
R5 ~ Hfu ti3' ~ 3T &T ~ ~ crftJ Q'ftpw 11'\11
sail pathar meh jant upaa-ay taa kaa rijak aagai kar Dhari-aa. 11111
He gave birth to living in stones, in rocks, andplacedfood before them. 1.
1068
~ ~ ;:it H3Rdl13 ~ fi:r '3ftrnIr II mayray maaDha-o jee satsangat milay se tari-aa.
01 My God whoever joins true congregation, he will be liberated.
~ lfaHlfu tmf ~ ~ ~ ctrHG ~ IIClII ~ II
gur parsaag param pag paa-i-aa sookay kaasat hari-aa. 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace ofGuru, f am blessed with supremeposition, He has turned dry into green wood.
1 (Pause)
m;fo fiar A ~ afcEr afu n fcm clt Qfa>w II janan pitaa 10k sut banitaa ko-ay na kis kee Dhari-aa.
The mother, thefather, thefriend, the son, the wife, none can be anyone sustainance.
fi:ffiJ fi:ffiJ ~ ~ ~ ~ )fc') ~ ~ II:J II
sir sir rijak sambaahay thaakur kaahay man bha-o kari-aa. 11211
My Master makes food available to everyone, why fearing in mind. 2
~ ~ ~ H ilw ftnJ ~ m
&faIr II oodai ood aavai sai kosaa tis paachhai bachray chhari-aa.
The birds flyaway for hundreds ofmiles, leaving behind their children.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~)fc') Hfu fJoorQ ~ lIall
un kavan khalaavai kavan chugaavai man meh simran kari-aa. 11311
Who feeds them, who helps them to peck, have you ever pondered over it? 3
mr fowo t!H'))fFIC fRqTn ~ ~ ~ Qfa>w II sabh niDhaan gas asat signaan thaakur kar tal Dhari-aa.
M
All treasures, eighteen powers are held by Master, at His palm.
am am Jre am wm 30r ~ n ~ II a II ClII
O
tI?) (')'l"OCl'
.C
jan naanak bal bal sag bal jaa-ee-ai tayraa ant na paraavari-aa. 11411111
B
Nanak says, "f sacrifice, ever sacrifice myselffor you, your limit and end are not known. 4.5
U
~ H"U'W 1.1 ~ lIIg:J goojree mehlaa 5 cha-upgay ghar 2
GUJRf M: 5CHAUPADE GHAR 2
C L
K
"\r'"'~ l{H'fu II ik-oNkaar satgur parsaag.
O
O
~ crafu ~ emf" ~ ~ ~ II kiri-aachaar karahi khat karmaa it raatay sansaaree.
B
The world(v people are busy, in four rituals and six rites.
H
Joi3fa' ~ n ~ ~ ftrQ ~ 8'ift <JT<it IIClII antar mail na utrai ha-umai bin gur baajee haaree. 11111
K
SI
The dirt of ego is not washedfrom within, without Guru, their game oflife is defeated. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ bfr QT'Cft II mayray thaakur rakh layvhu kirpaa Dhaaree.
01 my Master, save me by becoming kind.
~ ~ cl Waw ~ ma- ~ Fa~dIJl 1I'llI ~ II
kot maDhay ko virlaa sayvak hor saglay bi-uhaaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
Very rare from crores is a servant of God, everyone else is a trader. 1 (pause)
W'R3' ~ ~ H1W jJq mr ~ ~ ~ II saasat bayg simrit sabh soDhay sabh aykaa baat pukaaree.
I have gone through all Shastras, Vedas, Simritis, everyone speaks of one thing.
f8Q~~ncl!tRHfo~af<r~ II:JII
bin gur mukat na ko-oo paavai man vaykhhu kar beechaaree. 11211
Then none can get liberation without a Guru, let him think in mind. 2
))(ORfo HiIQ af<J ft::H(')I(')1 tfH ~ tTcJ ~ II athsath majan kar isnaanaa ,bharam aa-ay Dhar saaree.
One may take bath in sixty eight sacred waters, and tour the whole earth,
nrfocrRucrafufenrif8Q~~lIall aniksoch karahigin raateebin satguranDhi-aaree.11311
and also may think a lot during day and night, but without true Guru, it is all pitch darkness. 3
QT3 QT3 H'I ~ ~ IH8 ~ ma- ~ II Dhaavat Dhaavat sabh jag Dhaa-i-o ab aa-ay har Qu-aaree.
Wandering and wandering, I traveled through world, now I have come to the doors of God.
1069
~ Hfu !ftr tRRI'Jft m; 0'C')cil' ~ ~ 11811~1I~ II
Qurmat mayt buDh pargaasee jan naanak gurmukh taaree. 11411111211
Nanak says, "Finishing with evil wisdom, the wonder has bloomed, that God liberates
Gurmukhs." 4.1.2
Imft )f(JW l.l II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
~ QQ Wtl m'a' QQ 3"l( m'a' QQ iHg ~ II har Dhan jaap har Dhan taap har Dhan .!2hojan .!2haa-i-aa.
Meditation is the wealth of God, austerity is the wealth of God,food is the wealth of God, and
this all I like.
foHl:f (') ~){O 3' m'a' m'a' H'QRalls Hfu ~ II~II
nimakh na bisara-o man tay har harsaaDhsangat meh paa-i-aa. 11111
Like me from my mind not forget God, even for a moment, I am blessed with it, by joining the
congregation ofsaints. 1
H'lft ~ ~ urftr ~ II maa-ee khaat aa-i-o ghar pootaa.
OJ my mother, your son has come back after earning.
ma- QQ ~ ma- QQ iR' CJftr QQ R'1B F II~II ~ II
har Dhan chaltay har Dhan baisay har Qhan jaagat sootaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
God's wealth is with when I walk, God's wealth is with when I sit. God's wealth is with when I
M
sleep and awake. 1 (pause)
O
ma- QQ ~ CJftr QQ ~ CJftr JifM ~ fb))fI()r II
.C
har Dhan isnaan har Qhan gi-aan har sang laa-ay Dhi-aanaa.
B
My bath is wealth ofGod, my knowledge is wealth ofGod. My concentration is wealth of God.
ma- QQ ~ CJftr QQ i;;t CJftr m'a' 3'fa' ~II~II
har Dhan tulhaa har Dhan bayrhee har har taar paraanaa.
L U11211
K C
My raft is wealth ofGod, My boat is wealth ofGod. God is my ship to take across. 2
O
P.496
O
ma- Qo Hat fti3 ~ CJftr qft; l.'S'ftrntr ihrr II har Dhan mayree chint visaaree har Dhan laahi-aa Dhok!:laa.
H B
God's wealth removes my worries, and God's wealth saves me from cheats.
ma- QO 3' HCW rnfIl t.rr8t Q'flf ur m'a' Qr 11811
I K
har Dhan tay mai nav niDh paa-ee haath chari-o har thokaa. 11311
S
With this wealth of God,I am blessed with nine treasures, and thus God is available to me in
total. 3
~ ~ 3fG (') ~ ~ 1.fC!l53' cl Fii II kaavahu kharchahu tot na aavai halat palat kai sangay.
I may spend, eat this wealth, no shortage. It is accompanying here and hereafter.
~ l:tiI'O" ~ 0'C')cil' ~ ~ ~ Hg CJftr ifcIr iii' 11811~ 11811
laa.d. khajaanaa gur naanak ka-o gee-aa ih man har rang rangay. 11411211311
God has given to Guru Nanak load ofthis treasure and to colour his mind in the love of God.
4.2.3
~ )f(JW l.l II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
fi:ra' fJDfcs RiB' b h 0"FI'ftr f\mft ~ ~ II jis simrat sa.!2h kilvikh naaseh pitree ho-ay uDhaaro.
One remembering whom, all sins end, and the ancestors are liberated.
it (Jfu m'a' ~ m! eft iJIl.lV w qr ~ (') tR II ~II
so har har tum H sag hee jaapahu jaa kaa ant na paaro. 11111
That God you remember always, He neither has an end nor limit. 1
~ )fT3T eft ~ II pootaa maataa kee aasees.
Mother is blessing this to her sons.
1070
foH1:f '0 f8'R'at ~ ~ ~ ~ JreT ~ iRRftR' 119.11 ~ II
nimakh na bisara-o tum Hka-o har har saQaa Qhajahu jagQees. 11111 rahaa-o.
You do notforget God, even for a while, ever remember Him. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R3JiFdr 3<ft 1JlB II satgur tumHka-o ho-ay Qa-i-aalaa satsang tayree pareet.
True Guru is kind to you, thus he gives you love for the congregation ofsaints.
ii['Il./g t.rS ~ ~ iRQ cfta'3'g C'ftB 11::)11 kaaparh pat parmaysar raakhee bhojan keertan neet. 11211
God has given you cloth to protect your honour,He has given you food, sing His praise daily. 2
~~JreT~~c:rftJfl:rHa~~ II amritpeevhu saQaachirjeevhu harsimratanaQanantaa.
Drink nectar, live for ever, remembering God is blissful beyond limits.
~'3>f'W~fTWmrftr'Oftp,rUfti3'" liS II rang tamaasaa pooran aasaa kabeh na bi-aapai chintaa.11311
Thus enjoy the play ofHis love, fulfilling hopes, and never suffer any way. 3
Rg ~ ~ HQ M c:rftJ 9CJC!l' fty ~ II bhavartumHaaraa ih man hova-o har charnaa hohu ka-ulaa.
Let my mind be a black-bee, and your (God's) feet be lotus.
(')T"O'Cft!"ff~Rm~~,m~~ 11811S11811
naanak Qaas un sang laptaa-i-o ji-o booNQeh chaatrik ma-ulaa. 11411311411
Nanak says, "I, the servant, am crazy for them, as chatrik enraptures, with rain drop. " 4.3.4
~ J1cJC!ISI' 1.1 II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
){3T id tl&H il3'lft ~ eft * M
W3' II mataa karai pachham kai taa-ee poorab hee lai jaat.
One resolves to move towards west, but he is led to east.
C O
.
~Hfu~~))fI"lfc')~~ 119.11 khin meh thaap uthaapanhaaraa aapan haath mataat.11111
B
God is capable to base and debase, in a moment, all resolutions are in His hands. 1
U
L
fi:mrro1.l' ~ C(Tf){ '0 ))fT3' II si-aanap kaahoo kaam na aat.
C
No wisdom is ofany avail
H~~HW~~~8"'3'119.11 G'ri II
= - -
O K
-
jo anroopi-o thaakur mayrai ho-ay rahee uh baat. 11111 rahaa-o.
B O
Whatever is perceived by my Master, that has to happen. 1 (pause)
~~ QO RGo cft)fORT 8t9' fncm WFI' II Qays kamaavan Dhanjoran kee mansaa beechay niksay saas.
KH
One goes to earn land, nourishes desires for collecting wealth, but the breath leaves in between.
S I
l!ISJrcifa' *'a ~ mr f3))fTjt iIH yftJ tfc5 fl:rQrl::r II::) II
laskar nayb khavaas saQh ti-aagay jam pur ooth siDhaas. 11211
He abdicates all his army, his assistants, his servants, and stands to leavefor the home ofdeath. 2
~ ~ 1iOCJO cit ~ lW1.l"R' ~ ~ II ho-ay annan manhath kee Qarirh-taa aapas ka-o jaana"t.
Isolated, he becomes strong-headed, obstinate, thus exhibits only himself.
H ~ ~ qftr ~ mft flIflr flIflr l:I'3' IISII jo aninQ ninQ kar chhodi-o so-ee fir fir khaat. 11311
The non-condemnable food, he condemns, same he eats again and again. 3
J:JH ~ e ~ EH' iIO aft ~ ~ II sahj subhaa-ay bha-ay kirpaalaa tis jan kee kaatee faas
Upon whoever He is kind, his noose is cut, in ease.
~ (')T"O'Cf WJ ~ ife))f1' ~ flIma ~ 118118111.111
kaho naanak gur pooraa bhayti-aa parvaan girsat uQaas. 11411411511
Nanak says, "q the perfect Guru is found, whether one is householder or a recluse, he
accepted. "4.4.5
~ J1cJC!ISI'1.I II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: j
~ ~ ft::Ifl') Rfo RflR 130 i iqo ~ II naam niDhaan jin jan japi-o tin kay banDhan kaatay.
Whoever has remembered the treasure ofname, his bondages are cut.
C(T}{ ~~~ )f){3T ~ fPIrfll ~ ~ 119.11
1071
kaam kroDh maa+aa bikh mamtaa ih bi-aaDh tay haatay. 11111
He is cured ofall ailments, like cupidity, anger, worldliness and greed. 1
<Jfa' iI1J JI11lJifcIr fi.fftis ~ II har jas saaDhsang mil gaa+o.
I sing the praise of God, in the congrega~on ofsaints.
~~sfirtiHg~Jmf~Hl:f~ IIClII ~ II
gur parsaag J2ha+o man nirmal sarab sukhaa sukh paa+a-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace of Guru, my mind becomes pure, and I am granted pleasure ofall pleasures. 1
(pause)
it ~ cft(i' m ~ ~ 10ftRt BaTftr iSf)fI(ft' II jo kichh kee-o so-ee J2hal maanai aisee bhagat kamaanee.
Whatever He does, is good, accept it. Such is the devotion to be earned.
~ ~ mr 9 ~ Har ~ C'ft'R1o't 11::)11 mitar satar saJ2h ayk samaanay jog jugat neesaanee. 11211
Friends andfoes are treated alike, this is the proofofyogic device.
~ ~ afuti JFl ~ ))fl(') (') ~ iI'3T II pooran poor rahi-o sarab thaa-ee aan na katahooNjaataa.
The perfect is perfecting all places, I know none else.
U/G U/G ~ Jmf ~ & ~ & CJT3T IISII
ghat ghat antar sarab nirantar rang ravi-o rang raataa. 11311
All pervading is all bodies, let the one in love, enjoy His love. 3
M
~~~~3Tfoat&UIftJ~ II
O
bha-ay kirpaal ga+aal gupaalaa taa nirbhai kai ghar aa+aa.
.C
God has become kind, merciful, then I entered the home ofbeyond-fears.
B
P.497
U
am ~ fi.re fl4'o ifuJfa' (')'(')0[ JI'CJ'fi:I ~ II Q 1It111 ~ II
kal kalays mitay khin bheetar naanak sahj samaa+aa.
C L
11411511611
K
Nanak says, ''All my clashes and sufferings, are finished, in a moment, now I am merging, in
O
ease. " 4. 5.6
O
~ )f'CJW tI II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
Bt H
B
fi::Iff)fTQl:f tffir crat in3t H ~ ~ B'ftpw II jis maanukh peh kara-o bayntee so apnai gukh bhari-aa.
Whomever, I pray for help, he already is full ofhis own troubles.
mro ~ ~ f3fo K
SI
~ ~ ~ IIClII
paarbarahm jin rigai araaDhi-aa tin bha-o saagar tari-aa. 11111
But whoever remembers God in heart, he swims across the terrible ocean. 1
~ <Jfa' fiIg i (') flp:ir ~ arZ II gur har bin ko na baritha gukh kaatai.
Guru says, "None other than God, removes the state ofsufferings.
1f!"31H~~Rmft~~WQ~iI1JuR IIClII ~ II
parabh taj avar sayvak jay ho-ee hai tit maan mahat jas ghaatai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Leaving Master, if one serves someone else, his honour, relevance, fame suffer. 1 (pause)
~ ~ FI'O'itf An R'i5f rca ~ C(Tf){ (') ~ II
maa+aa kay san-banDh sain saak kit hee kaam na aa+aa.
The world(v relations like members offamily, tribe, kin are nowhere usefuL
<Jfa' QT ~ <rft;J ~ tu" flrff Jffin )f(') siB US ~ II::) II
har kaa gaas (leech kul oochaa tis sang man baaNchhat fal paa+aa. 11211
The servant ofGod may be ofmean lineage, in his company one is blessed, with desiredfruit. 2
~ ife t8ii:Pw' ~ ftii:Ic'> 3T Hfu ftptn (') pt II laakb. kot bikhi-aa kay binjan taa meh tarisan na booihee.
If lacs offorts, full ofluxuries are built, even then lust does not quench.
~ ~ ife ~ ~ ~ ~ IISII simrat naam kot ujee-aaraa basat agochar sooihee. 11311
1072
Remembering name fort (body) is enlighten, then the unseen (One) is seen. 3
~~~~~wiifO()fu~ II
firat firat tumHrai Qu-aar aa-i-aa bhai bhanjan har raa-i-aa.
Wandering and wandering, 0/ my fear-destroying God-king, I have come to your door.
RTtf a- ;:rao ~ trg 1ri' ~ (')'I(")c[ ~ 1..f1fi:!lw 11811 Ell:> II
saaDh kay charan Dhoor jan baachhai sukh naanak ih paa-i-aa. 11411611711
Nanak says, "I beg for the feet-dust ofsaints and am blessed with this pleasure. "
~ ){(J"W tI ~ U@ ~ goojree mehlaa 5 panchpaQaa ghar 2
GUJRI M: 5 PANCHPADE GHAR 2
,\ij""'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaaQ.
~ CJRriJ )fI31' & ~ ~ D trnfo Hftr ~ II
parathmay garabh maataa kai vaasaa oohaa chhod Dharan meh aa-i-aa.
First I was placed in mother's womb, leaving that I came to the earth.
~ ~ ~ 8"iIJ ~ Fifdr n~~ 11'\11
chitar saal sunQar baag manQar sang na kachhhoo jaa-i-aa. 11111
When to leave, the decorated homes, the beautiful gardens, palaces, nothing will be
M
accompanying. 1
O
~ FIiI' fi.fftpw is m II avar sabh mithi-aa lobh labee.
Everything else is illusion, the greed ofthe greedy.
.C
B
{Jfu' ~ ~ ()fu 7i'W tftnr ~ tcr- ~ Glft II '\ II ~ II
gur poorai Qee-o har naamaa jee-a ka-o ayhaa vasat fabee. 11111 rahaa-o.
L U
C
The perfect Guru has blessed me with the name of God, that beautifies my mind. 1 (pause)
K
fimG HS itN B'3 F8t Fifdr 8fo3r ~ (Jfi:pw II
O
isat meet banDhap sut bhaa-ee sang banitaa rach hasi-aa.
OaffiPw
Enjoying the company of dei~v, with friends, relations, sons, brothers, wife, he is laughing.
iI8' ~ ~ ~ afn{i ~ ~
H B ihs m~
jab antee a-osar aa-ay bani-o hai unHpaykhat hee kaal garsi-aa. 11211
II~II
I K
When the last time comes, death snaches, even when they are looking (present). 2
S
afcr afcr ))f'(')'ijliJ ftror!ft' RQ- ~ gtr' t!"W II kar kar anrath bihaaihee sampai su-inaa roopaa Qaamaa.
Adopting cruel means, one collects gold, silver, money.
m ~~ iJT;p ~ ~ JRRIS ~ f8<JroT liS II
bhaarhee ka-o oh bhaarhaa mili-aa hor sagal bha-i-o biraanaa. 11311
The labourer gets on(v wages, everything else becomes ofsomeone else. 3
~ m QEf ~ ~ afcr cft* ~ II haivar gaivar rath sambaahay gahu kar keenay mayray.
One collects horses, elephants, chariots, holding them he claims ownership.
iI8' 3" mft WHt tMft ~ ~ ft!cf ~ 11811 jab tay ho-ee laaNmee Dhaa-ee chaleh naahee ik pairay. 11411
When on long journey, they do not accompany (serve) even for one foot. 4
~ qg ~ Bl:f ~ ~ ~ J1cJTlft II naam Dhan naam sukh raajaa naam kutamb sahaa-ee.
Name is my wealth, name is my happiness-giving king, name is my helping family.
~ Jitrf3" {Jfu' (')'I(")c[ ~ ;fuft ~ ~ n ~ il'lft 1It111 '\ II t II
naam sampat gur naanak ka-o Qee-ee oh marai na aavai jaa-ee. 11511111811
Guru gave this wealth ofname to Guru Nanak, this neither exhausts, nor comes nor goes. 5.1.8
~ ){(J"W tI Etre u@ ~ goojree mehlaa 5 tipQay ghar 2 GUJRI M: 5, TIPADE GHAR 2
,\ij""'~ tp:I'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaaQ.
1073
~ fiJnJl ~ cfPJrr ~ f:pInr ~ ~ II
gukh binsay sukh kee-aa nivaasaa tarisnaa jalan buihaa-ee.
My agonies are over, the happiness is staying, the heat oflust is quenched.
(')'If ~ ~ ~ ftrcoi1Jr n ~ iI'lft 1I'llI
naam niDhaan satguroo drirh-aa-i-aa binas na aavai jaa-ee. 11111
True Guru gave me the treasure ofname, neither it finishes nor comes nor goes. 1
CJfu ;:rl4 ~ 8lffi II har jap maa-i-aa banOhan tootay.
Remembering God, the bondages ofMaya are broken.
~ ~ ~ 1:[B' ~ H'QRdlf3 fitflli; ~ 1I'lll ~ II
bha-ay kirpaal ga-i-aal para.bh mayray saaQhsangat mil chhootay. 11111 rahaa-o.
My merciful Master when becomes kind, I join the congregation ofsaints, and am liberated. 1
(pause)
P.498
))fTO a-
troG CJfu ~ A iJ'dI'ftJ ipf rir)fI3T II aatb, pahar har kay gun gaavai .bhagat paraym ras maataa.
The intoxicated in loving devotion, sings God's attributes, day and night.
~ JRr ~ H'fu fffiJrw aaaij'! ~ II ~ II harakb. sog guhu maahi niraalaa karnaihaar pachhaataa. 11211
M
He is full both with pleasure and pains, thus he realizes the Creator. 2
O
fi:n:r iii'" W 13<; eft ~ ~ JRRlS tJdIftr 8Fc!' ~ II jis kaa saa tin hee rakh lee-aa sagal jugat ban aa-ee.
.C
One who owns, me He saves, this device is a total success.
B
~ 0T0a' 1:[B' ~ ~ cftHft:r ~ n iI'lft II a II 'l1I~ II
U
kaho naanak parabh purakh ga-i-aalaa keemat kahan na jaa-ee. 11311111911
L
Nanak says, "Master is merciful Purakh, His worth is beyond description. 3.1.9
C
K
~ )fiJW ~ ~ UIg ~ goojree mehlaa 5 gupgay ghar 2 GUJRI M: 5 DOPADE, GHAR 2
O
'lr~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
O
B
trlE ~ ~ crfa' ~ JRRlS Cfa'3 C'ilfR'iri II patit pavitar lee-ay kar apunay sagal karat namaskaaro.
KH
He purifies and owns the declined, all salute Him.
~ wftr
S I
Ii! vi nrat 8'-.fu nn ftIW 1I'llI
baran jaat ko-oo poogmai naahee baachheh charan ravaaro. 11111
None asks for His colour or caste, but desires for His feet-dust 1
~ ~ (')'If ~ II tb,aakur aiso naam tumHaaro.
01 Master, such is your name.
JRRlS firAfc i ~ ~ irc'i i ~ ft;crti 1I'lII ~ II
sagal sarisat ko Q!}anee kaheejai jan ko ang niraaro. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are the richest on whole ofthe earth, your relationship with man is wonderful 1 (pause)
JtT'QJffirr 0T0a' !fQ' tMft CJftJ ~ ~ II saaOhsang naanak buDh paa-ee har keertan aaDhaaro.
The congregation ofsaints, is available in the wisdom ofNanak, singing the praise ofGod is his
base.
~~nhJ~~ri!ii6PKri 1I~II'lII'lOIl
naamgay-o tarilochan kabeer gaasro mukat .bha-i-o chammi-aaro. 112111111011
Servants of God, like Nam Deo, Trilochan, Kabir and also, cobbler (Ravi Dass) are all
liberated. "2.1.10
~ )fijW ~ II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
"'*
5' O"'ift Ii! !!1;I(')ij1d ~ iJ3I' II hai naahee ko-oo booihanhaaro jaanai kavan .bhataa.
1074
There is none, who can guess, who can know His plans.
fi:R ftRffi:J))@ JtmIS Hfo ffi'j arftr n Jrct'IfJ mJ1' IIC\II siv biranch ar sagaI mon jan geh na sakaahi gataa. 11111
Shiv, Brahma, and all sages, could not grasp His dynamics. 1
1.{!f cit l'>mli ~ C{W II parabh kee agam agaaDh kathaa.
Master's story is inaccessible and unapproachable.
~))RQ))RQ ftIfb' ~ 1JCffi C(Ifc'j crmJI' IIC\II GCJT! II
sunee-ai avar avar biDh buihee-ai bakan kathan rahtaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
When we listen about Him it is one way, when we understand Him it is another way, He is
beyond speech and word. 1 (pause)
lWil' frn3T))fTfi.r ~ ))fT1ffi Jirdr ~ II aapay bhagtaa aap su-aamee aapan sang rataa.
He Himself is devotee, Himselfis Master, and He loves Himself.
i')TOc5l' a- ll! ~ ~ ~ itflR ~ car II ~ II ~ II C\C\II
naanak ko parabh poor rahi-o hai paykhi-o jatar kataa. 112112111111
The Master ofNanak is all pervading, see Him everywhere. 2.2.11
~ )fiJ'l ~ II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
>aT ~ ))RQ ~ ffi'j crt Clf n ~ II
mataa masoorat avar si-aanap jan ka-o kachhoo na aa-i-o.
tro tro ~ lWfu ~ ~ 3(JT 3(JT ma- ~ IIC\II

OM
The resolution, the counseling, and other wisdoms, men of God know nothing like this.
11111 C
jah jah a-osar aa-ay bani-o hai tahaa tahaa har Dhi-aa-i-o.
B .
LU
When and where a problem surfaces, then and there they remember God. 1
a-
1.{!f iJaIf:r ~ R:iael~' II parabh ko bhagat vachhal birgaari-o.
Master is known devotee loving.
ri' ~ arftrc{ eft ~ ffi') ~ ~ ~
K C
IIC\II ~ II
O
karay par1;ipaal baarik kee ni-aa-ee jan ka-o laad ladaa-i-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
B
He nourishes them like His children, and provides all luxuries to him. 1 (pause)
Hl.f ~ Ri=ni emf tmf ma- ethsQ iI'fo ~ II jap tap sanjam karam Dharam har keertan jan gaa-i-o.
KH
I
The men ofGod meditate, contemplate, be disciplined, conductfaithful deeds, sing the praise of
S ll'ftrti
God.
RQfo ~ (')1'(')0( ~ eft fi' ~~ II ~ II Q II C\~ II
saran pari-o naanak thaakur k~e abhai gaan sukh paa-i-o. 112113111211
Nanak, being in the refuge ofMaster, begs a charity to befearless, and happy. 2.3.12
~ )fiJ'l ~ II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
ft!Q ~ ~ ~ ftriHtr 0' altR;itw II gin raatee aaraaDhahu pi-aaro nima.!m na keejai Qheelaa.
Adore your dear, day and night, and do not delay even for a moment.
~ W:r em- ~ ~ ~ wg mw IIC\II
sant sayvaa kar bhaavnee laa-ee-ai ti-aag maan haatheelaa. 11111
Abdicate your vanity and obstinacy, and serve saints with feelings. 1
Hug If?l we; d"'aftw II mohan paraan maan raageelaa.
God is my life, my pride, my love.
arm ~ cft>ri' t Jfit it1lf ~ Hg II C\II GCJT! II
baas rahi-o hee-aray kai sangay paykh mohi-o man leelaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
Seeing Hisfeats, my mind is charmed, He lives in my heart. 1 (pause)
finJ fl:n.ra'3 Hfo irn' ~ ~ ~ iAftw II jis simrat man hot anangaa utrai manhu jangeelaa.
Remembering Him my mind is in bliss, and its rust is removed.
1075
fHc!1;8 cit Hfuw 8'a'fo c; ~
(')I"(")c tR l.Rftw II:) 11911 "811
milbay kee mahimaa baran na saaka-o naanak parai pareelaa. 112114111311
Nanak says, "The mystique of union cannot be described, it is beyond and yet beyond
description. " 2.4.13
~)f'UW tI II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 13
~ Haft ~ ~ FIB' ethl afi:r ~ II mun jogee saastarag kahaavat saQh keenHay bas apnahee.
Those who are called sages, yogis, experts in shastras, all are empowered by ego.
3tfo ~ ~ clftJ 33tw f:ro cit ~ ~ c; wm 11"11
teen gayv ar korh tayteesaa tin kee hairat kachh na rahee. 11111
Three gods and thirty three crores of divines, are surprised beyond limits. 1
P.499
~~ wm FIB')fift II balvant bi-aap rahee saQh mahee.
Because the powerful (ego), is pervading all
~ c; tI'C5fi:f iffl HIDf" 1JQ fcra1.fT 3" l.IIXit II"II ~ n
- = - -
avar na jaanas ko-oo marmaa gur kirpaa tay lahee. 11111 rahaa-o.
None else knows its secret, on(v the grace of Guru blesses with this realization. 1 (pause)
tilE tftf3" ift3" Hfir ~ mR'S R?l ~ II jeet jeet jeetay sabh thaanaa sagal Qhavan laptahee.
erg (')I"(")c H'll 3" ifICIit ~ ~ tml mit II:) II till "9 II
O M
Winning and winning, she (Maya) has won all places, and is pouncing at all homes (bodies).
. C
kaho naanak saaDh tay bhaagee ho-ay chayree charan gahee. 112115111411
U B
Nanak says, "She is defeated by a saint only, becoming his servant she is holding hisfeet. "2.5.14
L
~ )f'UW tI II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
~~ m cffit 8t3t ~))(la;r ~ II
K C
gu-ay kar jorh karee baynantee thaakur apnaa Dhi-aa-i-aa.
O
Folding both hands, I pray, and remember my Master.
O
B
CJ'TliI'~~~JICIIW~~II"1I
H
haath gay-ay raakbay parmaysar saglaa gurat mitaa-i-aa. 11111
K
SI
He saves giving His hands, and gets all my sufferings lost. 1
~ fr8" ~ ~ II thaakur ho-ay aap ga-i-aal.
Master Himselfis merciful
m~~~ylfta-~~~11"11 ~ II
bha-ee kali-aan aanang roop hu-ee hai ubray baal gupaal. 11111 rahaa-o.
My child-loving Master has liberated me, and is giving me all bliss and well being. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ aI'ftmrr ~ w ~ II mil var naaree mangal gaa-i-aa t!:laakur kaa jaikaar.
Meeting their groom, the brides sing blissful songs, they hail their Master.
erg (')I"(")c f3B" ~ ~ fi:Ifo FIB' W cfPw ~ II:) II~ II "till
kaho naanak tis gur balihaaree jin sabh kaa kee-aa uDhaar. 112116111511
Nanak says, "I sacrifice myselffor that Guru, who has liberated all" 2.6.15
~ )f'UW tI II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
H'3 fiaT m tI3' itItr fun w ~ a- ~ II maat pitaa Qhaa-ee sut banDhap tin kaa bal hai thoraa.
Mother, father, brother, son, relations, their strength is ver:.v little.
))ffncr R ~ a- tN' fa! wftf c; ~ Rr 11"11
anik rang maa-i-aa kay paykhay kichh saath na chaalai bhoraa. 11111
I have seen many forms ofMaya, not a little ofthem, accompanies.
~ ~ f8g ))fTfu c; HGr II thaakur tum bin aahi na moraa.

01 my Master none other than you is mine.
Hfu~~~orcftH~~ifar II~II ~ II
mohi anaath nirgun gun naahee mai aahi-o tumHraa Dhoraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
I am orphan, virtueless, have no virtue, I have therefore come to your side. 1 (pause)
sft;r; sft;r; sft;r; sft;r; ~ ~ 8tuT fa'r ~ ffiJr II
bal bal bal bal charan tumHaaray eehaa oohaa tumHaaraa joraa.
I sacrifice myselffor your feet, here and hereafter only you are my strength.
J'I'TtDffiJr '(')'l'(')Cjf ~ t.fTft:!ii ftrofl::Iii 'RiJRlS fc'roor 11:211:::> II ~~ II
saaDhsang naanak garas paa-i-o binsi-o sagal nihoraa. 112117111611
In the congregation ofsaints, Nanak has saved me, I have nothing to complain. 2.7.16
~ Jro'W 1.l II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
~ tfl"tl'i ~ ){'ij' 3fR 1:{B H:ft ~ ~ II aal jaal bharam moh tajaavai paraQh saytee rang laa-ee.
My Master takes me away fromfami(y ties, doubts, greed, and embraces in love.
HO ~ ~ ~ ~ mJft:r Jrofi=r ~ iI'lft II~II
man ka-o ih upgays garirh-aavai sahj sahj gun gaa-ee. 11111
He teaches this to my mind, to sing His attributes, in ease. 1
WifO ~ ~ ~ II saajan aiso sant sahaa-ee.
My dear, saint is such a helper.
fuH B-z fer ~ iq ftrRflJ (') ~ w8t II~II ~ II
OM
.C
jis bhaytay tooteh maa-i-aa banDh bisar na kabahoo N jaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
U B
Meeting whom, the bondages ofMaya are broken, never I forget Him. 1
L
CfQ3 CfQ3 ~ ~ r i C'ftctt ~ ~ II karat karat anik baho bhaatee neekee ih thahraa-ee.
K C
Doing deeds in lot many ways, I could conclude that this is the best.
fi.fft;s FI"'9" ijfu trff R (')'T(')Q ~ 1.fTftJ tfa1lft 11:211 t: II ~ II
O
mil saaDhoo har jas gaavai naanak bhavjal paar paraa-ee. 112118111711
O
B
Nanak : So, meeting saints I sing the praise ofGod, He willget me across the terrible waters. "2.8.17
H
iJffift )f(JW 1.l II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
K
SI
ftfo Hfu !l'fu ~ iSfb.fS wft! (') ~ II khin meh thaap uthaapanhaaraa keemat jaa-ay na karee.
He is capable to base and debase in a moment, none can tell His worth.
O'W ~ ere- ftfo ift3fa' 'i'l'lw itftJ tm--II ~II raajaa rank karai khin bheetar neechah jot Dharee. 11111
He can turn a king into a beggar, and a low into lime light, in a moment. 1
~ ~ JreT ~ II Dhi-aa-ee-ai apno sagaa haree.
Always remember own God.
~ ~ 3" CifT CRJT ~ ;:rr Hfu ~ urat 11"\11 ~ II
soch angaysaa taa kaa kahaa karee-ai jaa meh ayk gharee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Why to worry andfear for one? wherein we livefor a while on(y. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ Ha' ~}fO mJfo ~ tft II
tumHree tayk pooray mayray satgur man saran tumHaarai paree.
01 my perfect true Guru, I am in your refuge, my mind is at your feet.
~ ~ 8'facr (')'T(')Q mf ~ ~ QTfu' ~ 1I:211~ 1I~t: II
achayt i-aanay baarik naanak ham tum raakho Dhaar karee. 112119111811
Nanak says, "I am your unawaring, ignorant child, save me, giving your hand. " 2. 9.18
iJffift HUW 1.l II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
'1 t:!"3" tiPw R'BO" CifT 8R'g Ha' HO H'cft II tooN daataa jee-aa saQhnaa kaa bashu mayray man maahee.
You are giver to all your beings, please stay in my mind.
1077
~ Cf)RI5 ~
wfu ~ 3U ~ ))jQQT m:ft II c\II
charan kamal rig maahi samaa-ay tah .bharam anQhayraa naahee. 11111
Your lotus-feet are in my mind, now no doubt, no darkness. 1
i
~ ;:rr fJ:n.w ~ II tb,aakur jaa simraa tooN taahee.
01 my Master, wherever I remember, you are there.
afcJ ~ RQ8 ~ 1fB' ~ m!T JRI5'I'ift 111:\11 ~ II
kar kirpaa sarab par:!;ipaalak para.bh ka-o sagaa salaahee. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my all nourishing Master, be kind, and let me ever praise you. } (pause)
wfl:r wfl:r 3a'r 0'1j ~ ~ eft ~ 1fB'))fI(ft II
saas saas tayraa naam samaara-o tum hee ka-o para.bh aahee.
By ever:v breath, 01 my Master, let me remember your name, and long only for you.
(')'00[ ~ inft m mraft ))f'I'R' fO'rit weft II ~ II C\O II C\~ II
naanak tayk bha-ee kar1ay kee hor aas bidaanee laahee. 1121110111911
Nanak says, "On(v Creator is my hope, hope on anyone else is abandoned." 2.10.19
P.500
~ ){UW goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
t.l II
afcJ ~ ))ftfOT ~ ;ftH tiff ~ tMk ))@ h II kar kirpaa apnaa garas geejai jas gaava-o nis ar .bhor.
Be kind and let me see you, I may sing your praise, day and night
O M
IDf JffirJ ~ tm ~ ftro ~ Ho IIC\II kays sang gaas pag maara-o ihai manorath mor. 11111
.C
My, the servant's, ambition oflife is that, I should clean your feet with my hair. 1
~ ~ ftJg 8Pw n mr
II thaakur tum bin bee-aa na hor.
U B
L
01 my Master none other than you is there.
C11111
ftJftr~ufo~~~~iw IIC\II ~ II
chit chitva-o har rasan araaDha-o nirkha-o tumree or.
OK rahaa-o.
I remember you in my heart, recite you with my tongue, and look only for you. } (pause)
O
~ ycJl:I' RQ8 ~ ~ ~ ~ iR Hfcr II ga-i-aal purakh sarab kay tb,aakur bin-o kara-o kar jor.
B
H
01 my merciful purakh, Master of all, folding hands I pray.
K
0'1j ~ ~ t!'B' ~ ~))fTlfi iG 1I~1IC\C\II~OIl
S I
naam japai naanak gaas tumro uDhras aakhee for. 1121111112011
Let your servant Nanak, remember your name, and be liberated in the twinkling ofeye." 2.11.20
~ ){UW t.l II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
Jfmf ~ ))@ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3 ~ II barahm 10k ar rugr 10k aa-ee ingar 10k tay Dhaa-ay.
Stabilising in the realm ofBrahma, in the realm ofRuder, in the realm ofIndira, she (Maya)
has come to invade here.
H'QRdl13 ~ iifu n JITCl Hftis Hftis at ~ IIC\II
saaDhsangat ka-o johi na saakai mal mal Dhovai paa-ay. 11111
She cannot touch one in congregation ofsaints, she rubs and washes his feet 1
))flf Hfu ~ ~ ~ II ab mohi aa-ay pari-o sarnaa-ay.
Now I have come to be at the feet of God.

~~~tpri'H~~~~lJ3Tft: 111:\11 ~ II
guhaj paavko bahut parjaarai mo ka-o satgur gee-o hai bataa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
The hidden fire is highly inflaming, true Guru has told me this.} (pause)
fRtr wftrcr ))@ " ft:h>Q MJ (Weft cifo ~ II siDh saaQhik ar jakh-y kinnar nar rahee kantb, urjhaa-ay.
she is at the neck ofperfect, perfecting, gods, singers in their courts, and men.
iTc'l (')'00[ ~ cfPw llftr m;:rr it ~ ~ ~ 1I~1I1:\~1I~1:\1I
1078
jan naanak ang kee-aa paraQh kartai jaa kai kot aisee gaasaa-ay. 1121112112111
Nanak is in the embrace of Creator-Master, who owns crores ofsuch servants. 2.12.21
~ )JW 1.1 II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
~ fire ~ Rfar cftaf:J ~ ~ ~ II apjas mitai hovai jag keerat gargeh baisan paa-ee-ai.
The ill-reputation ends, and spreads good reputation in the world, thus we get a place to sit in
His court.
ffi{ eft ~ (')TH ~ fl:ro Hfu B1:f lffire ffiit uffir ~ II ~ II
jam kee taraas naas ho-ay khin meh sukh anag saytee ghar jaa-ee-ai. 11111
The fear ofdeath will vanishin a moment, we will move towards our home, with happiness and
bliss. 1
;:rr .g ~ n ftra1;ft ~ II jaa tay ghaal na birthee jaa-ee-ai.
Thus our labour will not go waste.
))flO tro'a' ft:D.Iog \:fI ))fl.((')l' Hf5 3fn J1t!T ~ II ~ II ~ II
aath pahar simrahu paraQh apnaa man tan sagaa Dhi-aa-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Let us remember our Master, day and night, and keep Him ever in mind and body. 1 (pause)
Hfu 'A'Oftr) tftn ~iRo i efu ffift l.I' ~ II
mohi saran geen gukh Qhanjan tooN geh so-ee parabh paa-ee-ai.
will have.
O M
Destroying my sorrows, you give me, the poor, your refuge, what you give OJ my Maser, that I
~ am> m G"'3' cmr ~ -an ~ 1I~II~all~~1I

. C
B
(')TOO[
charan kamal naanak rang raataY har gaasah paij rakhaa-ee-ai. 1121113112211
L U
Nanak Says, "My love is with God's lotus-feet, please save the honour ofyour servant. " 2.13.22
C
~ )JW 1.1 II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
O K
~ tfuHo' ~ ~ B'1I'f3' R ~ II bisamvQhar jee-an ko gaataa Qhagat bharay Qhandaar.
God is the giver to all beings, Hefills the store of devotion.
O
;:rr eft ~ ~ n ~ fl:ro Hfu ~ ~ II~II jaa kee sayvaa nifal na hovat khin meh karay uDhaar. 11111
B
H
Their service does not go waste, He liberates them in a moment.
K
HO' ~ eQO COOlS Jffar ~ II man mayray charan kamal sang raach.
SI
OJ my mind have love, with His lotus-feet.
~;:ft))f;:rr~~~~1~ II~II ~ II
sagaI jee-a jaa ka-o aaraaDheh taahoo ka-o tooN jaach. 11111 rahaa-o.
One who is adored by all people, you also begfroni Him. 1 (pause)
(')TOO[ ~ ~ m Il.1' lfO IQ1G II naanak saran tumHaaree kartay tooN paraQh paraan aDhaar.
OJ Creator me, Nanak is in your refuge, you are my Master, the sustainer ofmy life.
'5"fu FroTlft ft::nJ 1 ~ f3lJ ar<JT cR ~ II ~ II C\811 ~a II
ho-ay sahaa-ee jis tooN raakhahi tis kahaa karay sansaar. 1121114112311
Helping me, ifyou protect, how the world can harm me? 2.14.23
~ )f'(JW 1.1 II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
-an
ffi') eft ~ ))fTl.I' II jan kee paij savaaree aap.
He Himselffashions the honour of His people.
cmr cmr (')I}j ;ft{i ~ ~ ~ ~ R! 3'1.1' II~II ~ II
har har naam gee-o gur avkhaDh utar ga-i-o saQh taap. 11111 rahaa-o.
Guru gave the medicine of God's name, thus, he cured my allfever. 1 (pause)
ijrdciif8~ <Jfl:I(i 1.IOHHftJ ~ ftratrr tI'ftr II harigobing rakhi-o parmaysar apunee kirpaa Dhaar.
God being merciful, Himselfprotected Hargobind.
1079
fi.Rt ftp)pftt RGS B1:f ~ CJftr We! m!1' ~ II '\11
mitee bi-aaDh sarab suJill ho-ay har gun sadaa beechaar. 11111
All his ailments are cured. I am enjoying all happiness, by pondering over the attributes of
God. 1
~ cfti Ht ~ ~ ~ eft ~ II angeekaar kee-o mayrai kaltai gur pooray kee vadi-aa-ee.
My Creator has accepted me, this is the greatness ofmy perfect Guru.
~ tR mit ~ (')'l"(')Cr fo3' fo3' ri JRTlft II ~ II '\~ lI~e II
abichal neev Dharee gur naanak nit nit charhai savaa-ee. 1121115112411
Guru Nanak has laid strong foundations, everyday he adds a quarter to its strength. 2.15.24
~ >roW ~ II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ II kabhoo har si-o cheet na laa-i-o.
You never has lovefor God.
P.501
Qqr Qa3" ftrotcft ~ We! fofb' i'i'l:f 0 ifTft:rlj II '\ II ~ II
DhanDhaa karat bihaanee a-uQ,hahi gun niDh naam na gaa-i-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
Your life is passing in doingfor worldly ties, you never sing his name, the treasure ofattributes. 1
(pause)
~ c$ft RG3 ~ ))ffnq pf3 qflJ ~ II ka-udee ka-udee jorat kaptay anik jugat kar Dhaa-i-o.
O M
By cheating in a lot ofways, you havegathered wealth collecting shellby shell, you are crazyfor it.
C
f8ms 1fB' i'3' ~ ~ )f(JT Jim':t ~ 11'\11
bisrat para.!2!J. kaytay dukh ganee-ah mahaa mohnee Jillaa-i-o. 11111
B .
U
Forgetting Master, how to count your sorrows? you are being eaten by dreadfully charming
Maya. 1
~ ))fQa.@' ~ HW ~ 0 Hfu ~
C L
K
II
O
karahu anoograhu su-aamee mayray ganhu na mohi kamaa-i-o.
O
01 my Master, be kind, I never earned any virtue.
B
iiiftk ~ ~ B1:f ~ (')'l"(')Cr CJftr HdC!l~fi II~II'\~II~~II
H
gobing ga-i-aal kirpaal sukh saagar naanak har sarnaa-i-o. 1121116112511
K
SI
God is kind, merciful, the ocean ofhappiness, Nanak is in the refuge ofGod. 2.16.25
~ >roW ~ II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
<JFIOT CJT)f CJT)f ~ II rasnaa raam raam ravant.
01 my tongue, recite the name of God.
D )WO ~ fkftp,rr B!J m!1' BR3 11'\11 ~ II
chhod aan bi-uhaar mithi-aa Qhaj sagaa Qhagvant. 11111 rahaa-o.
Leave all otherfalse dealings, and ever remember God. 1 (pause)
i'i'l:f ~ ~ im3" lfur ri' ~ II naam ayk aQ,haar .bhagtaa eet aagai tayk.
The devotee's base is only one name, it will help here and hereafter.
cmr fiw ifth!' ~ ~ ~ !ftr ftI8Q 11'\11 kar kirpaa gobing dee-aa gur gi-aan buQ!:1 bibayk. 11111
Being kind, God gave me, the knowledge, the wisdom, the logic ofGuru. 1
~ ~ JiJ:ra' JfttR ~ 31' eft arcft II karan kaaran samrath sareeDhar saran taa kee gahee.
God is competent to cause and to effect, I am holding His feet.
HCff::r
- ;::mf::r .
- ~ JI'tI' C")'I(')'Of CJftr fofb' ~ II ~ II ~ II ~~ II
mukat jugat ravaal saaDhoo naanak har niQh lahee. 1121117112611
The device of liberation is, in the feet-dust of saints. Nanak is blessed with this treasure of
God. 2.17.26
1080
~ HC:I'W l.l UIg 8 ~ goojree mehlaa 5 ghar 4 cha-upd.ay
GUJRI M: 5 GHAR 4, CHAUPADE
'=tij""~ l:{Wft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad..
n ~ ~ 'RTQ' FI'Qcft ~ II chhaad sagal si-aanpaa saaDh sarnee aa-o.
Leave all wisdoms, come to the refuge ofsaints,
~ ~ 1{f il ~ 1JIt 1I'=t1l paarbarahm parmaysaro parabhoo kay gun gaa-o. 11111
and sing the attributes ofGod-Master. 1
~ ftJ3' ~ ~ l'ffiPfl:r II ray chit charan kamal araaDh.
01 my mind, adore the lotus-feet of God.
JmJ ~ ~ lRfu fire Jm1$ ~ II '=tIl ~ II
sarab sookh kali-aan paavahi mitai sagal upaaDh. 1111\ rahaa-o.
All sorrows will end, and you will have all, pleasures and well-being. 1 (pause)
HT3" fiar 'ff3' ME m om
f3"8' flJnr ire II maat pitaa sut meet bhaa-ee tis binaa nahee ko-ay.
Mother, father, sons, friend, brother, none ofthem except God, is yours.
m ~ ;::ftl,r ~ Jim JmJ ~ 'Rfu II~II eet oot jee-a naal sangee sarab ravi-aa so-avo 11211
He will accompany you, here and hereafter, He is all pervading. 2
&fc if30 ~ ~ ~ n ~ Cl"fH II kot jatan upaav mithi-aa kachh na aavai kaam.
M
f
O
Crores ofschemes, efforts, are false, nothing comes to rescue.
-are
C
~ ~ foGHw m 1{B' cl C'l'fi.f lIa II saran saaDhoo nirmalaa gat ho-ay parabh kai naam. 11311
Be pure in the refuge of saints, your liberation is in Master's name. 3
B .
U
)){mf ~ 1{f j;Jr ~ ~ ~ II agam d.a-i-aal parabhoo oochaa saran saaDhoo jog.
C L
Inaccessible, merciful Master is the highest, He is capable ofgiving refuge to saints.
f3JJ 1.f01'l.l13' (')T(')i3tT ft::rB' ~ gft:J fiR CD 118 II '=t II ~? II
O K
tis paraap~ naankaa jis likhi-aa Dhur sanjog. 114111112711
O
Nanak says, "God is available to one, for whom is preordained. " 4.1.27
B
~ H<J"W l.l II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
H
!2fTl.IOT W9 ~ FIt!' m~ ~ ~ II aapnaa gur sayv sad. hee ramhu gun gobing.
K
I
Always serve your own Guru, and ever recite the attributes of God.
S
wfi:Jwfl:p)fQ'rfl:r~~mwre Hncitftre' 1I'=t1l saas saas araaDh harhar lehjaa-ay man kee ching. 11111
Adore God by every breath, so that your minds' won:v ends. 1
jffl Hn ~ 1{B' C(l' ~ II mayray man jaap parabh kaa naa-o.
01 my mind, remember Master's name,
~J=roRt7re1RfuW~~ 1I'=t1l ~ II
sookh sahj anand paavahi milee nirmal thaa-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
and be blessed with happiness, bliss, also pure place. 1 (pause)
WtJJffdT ~ ~ H9 ))ITO l.lUQ' ))fTQ'l'ftf II saaDhsang uDhaar ih man aath pahar aaraaDh.
Liberate this mind in the congregation ofsaints, and adore God, all twenty four hours.
C{T!:f ~'9' ~ ftInA fl.re 'R'iJR1j ~ II~II kaam kroDh ahaNkaar binsai mitai sagal upaaDh. 11211
This will finish cupidity, anger, ego, and also all sufferings. 2
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3" cit ~ II atal achhayd. abhayg su-aamee saran taa kee aa-o.
Master is stable, indivisible, indiscernible, come to His refuge.
~ ~ J'HCIrftl ~ 8a' fl:It flR ~ lIall charan kamal araaDh hird.ai ayk si-o Iiv laa-o. 11311
Adore His lotus-feet in heart, and be intuned with One. 3
~ l:{fB" ~ ~ lI1:ffR' ~ fTftr II paarbarahm parabh d.a-i-aa Dhaaree bakhas leenHay aap.
1081
Supreme God, Master is all merciful, He Himselfforgives.
R08 EJ1:f ~ ~ ~ O"'i')cl' R' l{! wfu II 9 II~ II ~t II
sarab sukh har naam gee-aa naanak so para.b!:!. jaap. 114112112811
Nanak says, "All pleasure, giving is the name of God, remember that Master. " 4.2.48
~ )f()'W 1.1 II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
!JQ ~ 1:l! ~ mft Jiclr ~ II gur parsaadee para.bh Dhi-aa-i-aa ga-ee sankaa toot.
With the grace of Guru, I remembered Master, my all doubts are vanished.
P.502
~~i ftrorR l.ITl( are lI e\ll gukh anayraa .b!:!.ai binaasay paap ga-ay nikhoot. 11111
The sorrows the darkness, the fear finishes, all sins are off. 1
(J'ftJ ijfu (')'){ aft Hfo tpftJ II har har naam kee man pareet.
Have love for the name of God, in mind.
fi.ffti5 H'll sen atf1re fbri' )fijT fo'amIJ f t II ct II ~ II
mil saaDh bachan gobing Dhi-aa-ay mahaa nirmal reet. 11111 rahaa-o.
Joining together, remember the words ofsaints about God, this is the purest tradition. 1 (pause)
iI'1l 3'tI' ~ Cl'G'it 1m.') fJ:n.fo3' (')'){ II jaap taap anayk karn~ safal simrat naam.
Meditations, austerities and rituals, are many but remembering name is a success.
&fcJ ~ IWfil ~ R ~ ct'){ II~II kar anoograhu aap raakhay .b!:!.a-ay pooran kaam. 11211
Becoming kind, He Himself saves, all my matters are settled. 2
O M
C
wft:r wft:r (') ftJRJ ~ 1fCJlf 1:{B' JOOPf II saas saas na bisar kabahooNbarahm para.b!:!. samrath.
01 my God, competent Master, in no breath I may forget you.
B .
U
~~(Jffi)1'fcp,fr~mli'3JreTJ'HCnf liS II gunanikrasnaa ki-aa bakb,aanai agnatsagaa akath.1I311
unrelatable are there. 3

C L
There are lot many ofyour attributes, how my one tongue can speak about all, uncountable,
O K
tfto ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II geen garag nivaar taaran ga-i-aal kirpaa karan.
Oa
You remove the pains ofpoor, be kind, be compassionate and liberate.
B
~ ~ (')'){ ~ ~ 0"'0Cil' (J'ftJ (J'ftJ fRJC!' II 9 II II ~~ II
H
atal pagvee naam simran garirh naanak har har saran. 114113112911
K
I
Nanak says, "Remembering name get stable position, befirm in the refuge of God. "4.3.29
S
~ J.fCnIiISI' 1.1 II goojree mehlaa 5. GUJRI M: 5
~ ~ FPIIO ~ )fijT ~ ~ II ahaN-buDh baho saghan maa-i-aa mahaa geeragh reg.
The egocentric mind and, thick ties with Maya, are most serious ailments.
ijfu O'tr ~ ~ O'tr t!ffi ~ ~ Rtr IIctll
har naam a-ukhaDh gur naam geeno karan kaaran jog. 11111
The medicine ofname, Guru gave for them. He is all potent to cause and to effect 1
Hfo 3ft; ~ RO gflr II man tan baachhee-ai jan Dhoor.
With mind and body, let us long for the feet-dust ofsaints.
clfu ffi'))f c} ~ lI"f3Q ilftre ivr vftr II ctII ~ II
kot janam kay laheh paatik gobing lochaa poor. 11111 rahaa-o.
The sins ofmany births are removed, God is wish fulfilling. 1 (pause)
~ ~ Hfb' ))f'I'RT ~ ~ II aag antay maQ,h aasaa kookree bikraal.
In the beginlting, middle and end, the bitch ofhope is terrible.
~~afta'30 ~~~mnrr~ II~II gurgi-aan keertan gobing ramna Nkaatee-aijamjaal. 11211
With the knowledge given by Guru, singing the praise ofGod, and reciting about God, let us cut
the net ofthe devil ofdeath. 2
1082
QT}{ ~q is lro ~ JreT ~ ~ II kaam kroDh loQh moh moothay sagaa aavaa gavan.
Those who are robbed by cupidity, anger, greed, avarice, are ever in transmigration.
l{B'tIM Rf3' ~ ~ fi.re:r Rol ~ II:J II
parabh paraym bhagat gupaal simran mitat jonee bhavan. 11311
With loving devotion ofMaster, remembering God, cycle of births ceases. 3
fi.r:! ~ ~ 1JQ fire 3tfo 'gTlf Ria II mitar putar kaltar sur rig teen taap jalant.
Friends, sons, wife, and other like ones, all are burning in three fevers.
tI'f4 ~ QIH1' ~ ~ fifi uftJ m; JB II~ II jap raam raamaa gukh nivaaray milai har jan santo 11411
Remember all pervading God, cast away sorrows, and meet the saints, the men ofGod. 4
Ffa"8 f8fQ' ~ CEftJ CMft ifG II sarab biDh bharamtay pukaareh kateh naahee chhot.
Wandering in all ways are crying, but their liberation is no where.
uftJ ~ ~ ~ l{B' i ~ mft ~ iG 1I~1I811:JOII
har charan saran apaar parabh kaY4arirh gahee naanak ot. 115114113011
The refuge of God's feet is infinite, Nanak isfirmly holding it. 5.4.30
~ Hm!lS'" ~ U@ 8 ~ goojree mehlaa 5 ghar 4 gupgay GUJRI M: 5 GHAR 4, DOPADE
~r~ 1.[Wfu II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.:.
M
~ JjtqQ ~ ~ ~ ~ iilJ II aaraaDh sareeDhar safal moorat karan kaaran jog.
O
C
Adore God, on(v everlasting being, competent to cause and to effect.
~ ~ ~ ~ HfuHr ~ n mr
.
ftIq 11'\11 gun raman sarvan apaar mahimaa fir na hot bi-og. 11111
B
U
Recite His attributes, listen his infinite fame, then no separation again. 1
L
HO t1dC! l dMe ~ II man charnaarbing upaas.
01 my mind, be at His lotus-feet.
~ ~ fi.f'b ~ Cit'fG iDfi3 G"R 11'\11 ~ II
K C
O
kal kalays mitant simran kaat jamgoot faas. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
B
It will finish sorrows and clashes, remembering, cut, the noose ofdeath. 1 (pause)
H
~ e<:ro uftJ (')T){ cron ~ aJ n M II satar gahan har naam kahan avar kachh na upaa-o.
I K
By reciting God's name, the enemies are captured, there is no other solution.
S
cmr ~ lff ~ ~ (')T){ ~ II~II'\II:J'\II
kar anoograhu parabhoo mayray naanak naam su-aa-o. 112111113111
01 my Master be kind, Nanak begs for your name. 2.1.31
~ Hm!lS'" ~ II goojree mehlaa S. GUJRI M: 5
~ ~ HOfer> it er3" Sl:I' 'B'Hg Bl:I' ~ II tooNsamrath saran ko gaataa gukh bhanjan sukh raa-ay.
You are all powerful, giver ofrefuge,destroyer ofsorrows, and king ofhappiness.
wfu ~ fire i R)fl' ~ ~ l{B' iI"ft!' II '\11
jaahi kalays mitay Qhai Qharmaa nirmal gun parabh gaa-ay. 11111
Sing thepure attributes ofMaster, thatwill removeyour sufferings,finish yourfears and doubts. 1
~ ~ f8Q ~ n ~ II goving tum bin avar na tb,aa-o.
01 my God, there is no place other than that ofyou.
cmr fimp' ~ ~ iflft ~ ~ II ~ II
kar kirpaa paarbarahm su-aamee japee tumaaraa naa-o. rahaa-o.
Be kind, 01 my God-Master, and let me remember your name. 1 (pause)
~ ~ ~ uftJ 9'd?ft ri 8'fcrr fR' l.IS'iIft II satgur sayv lagay har charnee vadai Qhaag Iiv laagee.
Serving true Guru, I am at his feet, I am great(v lucky to be intuned with Him.
1083
P.503
~ ~ R' JIItDii ~ !fb' 13>waft "~,,
kavaI pargaas bha-ay saaDhsangay gurmat buDh ti-aagee. 11211
In the congregation ofsaints, my lotus is blossoming, and I rescinded the evil wisdom. 2
l')fTO tJQ iIfa' ii ~ ~ fi:IHt tfto ~ " aatb pahar har kay gun gaavai simrai geen gai-aalaa.
One who sings God's attributes, day and night, and remember merciful to poor.
~ 3t JRra RiI' ~ ftrn'R R'iIIl!'i titrw liS" aap tarai sangat sa.bh uDhrai binsay sagaIjanjaalaa. 11311
He liberates Himself, and also the whole congregation, thus all his worldly ties are untied. 3
ua<!' ~ W l{B' ~ if3 iffiJ ~ wftr " charan aDhaartayraa paraJ2!:l su-aamee ot POt parabh saath.
Of my Master, my base is your feet, you are my guide in good or bad days.
RQfo ~ (')"(')cf l{B' ~ e arftIi uftr QI1f 11811~IIS~1I
saran pari-o naanak parabh tumree gay raakhi-o har haath. 114112113211
Nanak has come to yourfeet, Of Master protect by giving your hand. 4.2.32
~ ~ )KJW 9 lIIg 9 goojree asatpagee-aa mehlaa 1 ghar 1
GUJRI ASHTPADIANM: 1, GHAR 1
"\tr'"'~ tpI'ft! " ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
OM
ffiir ~ W 9G ~ 8CrtI3' ;'icft qrt II ayk nagree panch chor basee-alay barjat choree Dhaavai.
There is one ci(v (body) five thieves live therein, even after prohibiting, they run outfor thieving.
. C
f:rcreJr ~ crQ- R(')"(')cf Jflf ~ Jl tri" 11"\11 tarihgas maal rakhai jo naanak mokh mukat so paavai. 11111
B
Nanak says, "One who saves his wealth from thirteen (ten senses and three gunnas), he
U
L
liberates. "1
~ ~ ~ " chaytahu baasugay-o banvaalee.
Remember God of all (forests).
K C
O
~ ~ ~ 11911 ~" raam rigaijapmaalee.1I111 rahaa-o.
O
n B"
Remember God, the gardener in heart. 1 (pause)
KH
~ ~ ft:qJ RTlf 3WijT ~ it!' ~ uraQb moor jis saakh talaahaa chaar bayg jit laagay.
I
The tree, whose roots and branches are in reversedposition, andfour Vedas are dedicated to it.
S
JJtr!l"lfi; iI"'fl! 3' (')"(')cf l.fTGI[cJ"H ftR triT II~II sahj J2!:laa-ay jaa-ay tay naanak paarbarahm Iivjaagay. 11211
Nanak says, "Reach there, in ease, so that the love for God awakes. " 2
~ uffir I')fl"aJ'fo ~ y<rn ~ ~ ~ II paarjaat ghar aagan mayrai puhap patar tat daalaa.
The e(vsion tree is in my home, courtyard, there upon are flowers, leaves, branches ofreality.
ffiJlf iffir ~ Jif bg 8Yi titrw IISI1 sarab jot niranjan sam.bhoo chhodahu bahutjanjaalaa. 11311
God, the self-existent is the light in all, leave all other worldly ties. 3
ljfc! ~ ~ f80t ~ ~ H'W II sun sikhvantay naanak binvai mbodahu maa-i-aa jaalaa.
Listen Of learner, Nanak is saying, liberate yourselffrom the net ofMaya.
Hfo 8turftr ffiir ftR waft yoafil ROtr (') Q1W "8 II
man beechaar ayk Iiv laagee punrap janam na kaalaa. 11411
Of my mind, think ofhaving lovefor One, then no birth, no death. 4
it ~ it ~ ~ it ~ fk ;:rrZ iaft " so guroo so sikh kathee-alay so vaig je jaanai rogee.
The relatitlnship of Guru and a Sikh is like that ofa doctor, who knows hir patient.
f3tr crraft! ~ (') Q'Qr 7)1'(ft tN fRcJt imt II~"
tis kaaran kamm na DhanQbaa naahee DhanDhai girhee jogee. 11511
For Him there is no job, no occupation, neither He is in world(v ties, like a house-holder nor a
yogi. 5
1084
C{T}j ~'9' ~ ~ i! ~ ftm ~ II kaam kroDh ahaNkaar tajee-alay lobh moh tis maa-i-aa.
God removes cupidity, anger, ego and also greed, avarice, Maya.
Hfo ~ ~ ~~ lfflmft ~ III!II man tat aVigat Dhi-aa-i-aa gur parsaadee paa-i-aa. 11611
In his mind, he remembers imperishable Reality, and he is blessed by the grace of Guru. 6
~~mr~~jfglm)Jffir~1I
gi-aan Dhi-aan sabh gaat kathee-alay sayt baran sabh gootaa.
The knowledge, the concentration, are said to be His gifts. this way all blacks (devils) become
white (divines)
lfcJH IDm Hg' 3'B ~ ;::ns ('jTijt ~ II:> II
barahm kamal maDh taas rasaaga Njaagat naahee sootaa. 11711
He enjoys the honey of God-lotus, he is ever awake, does not sleep. 7
)fi]T mfto tr:l ~ (')'I()cl' FIGa ~ II mahaa gambheer patar paataalaa naanak sarab ju-aa-i-aa.
Nanak says, "That (God-lotus) is vet:v profound, its leaves are in nether regions, and is attached
with all.
~ W)f){ yofu (') m ~ 3fi.T ~ ~ 1It:1I1:\1I
upgays guroo mam puneh na garbha Nbikh taj amrit pee-aa-i-aa. 11811111
Guru's teachings will not let me, again enter into womb, leaving poison, he gets me to drink
nectar, " 8.1
~ JicJl! 1:\ II goojree mehlaa 1. GUJRI M: 1
OM
C
B.
a-
~ ~ wufu 1fi' ~ 3" ~ 1fG'fu ~ II (')
kavan kavan jaacheh parabh gaatay taa kay ant na pareh sumaar.
L U
01 Giving Master, How many are begging from you, none can count and know their limit.
mu!1l:l'
C 1111\
~ ~ ~.g Jt)fQf{ eiiUdiij
F(;J 111:\11
K
= = --
jaisee bhookh ho-ay abh antar tooN samrath sach gayvanhaar.
O O
The kind of hunger, they have in mind, you are truly capable of satisfying them. 1
~ ;:it H1J '3Y ~ FIV ))IQTij" II ai jee jap tap sanjam sach aDhaar.
H B
01 lovables have the base of meditation, austerity, discipline, truth.
K
uftr uftr ~ em ~ ~ ~ !mftJ ri BIQ 111:\11 ~ II
SI
har har naam geh sukh paa-ee-ai tayree bhagat bharay bhandaar. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 God give me your name, so that I be happy, the devotion for you fills the stores. 1 (pause)
ffomfl'ftf~ftRR~~~8Nra'lIsunnsamaaDhrahehlivlaagayaykaaaykeesabagbeechaar.
I may live in void-trance, intuned with you alone, and ponder over your word.
~ ~ ~ imQ B'd' t')TCft ~ ~ cfPw Q(J3Tiff II~ II
jal thaI Dharan gagan tah naahee aapay aap kee-aa kartaar. 11211
In such a state, there was no water, no desert, no earth, no sky, you alone, the Creator was by
yourself. 2
(')T ~ ~ JoBJg (') ~ (')T ~ ~ (') Rf3 ))ft.(Tij' II
naa tag maa-i-aa magan na chhaa-i-aa naa sooraj chang na jot apaar.
Then neither there was intoxicated shadow ofMaya, nof sun, moon, the infinite light.
FIGa~m~~~creftJB'~JPO IISII
sarab garisat lochan abh antar aykaa nagar so taribhavan saar. 11311
The ~ve ofthe whole world is in heart. His one glancefashions the three worlds. 3
P.504
~ tl'c!t ~ f3fn ciPw lfcJW ftmg HfrR ~ II
pavan paanee agan tin kee-aa barahmaa bisan mahays akaar.
1085
He has created air, water,jire, and also Brahma, Vishnu, Mahesh, giving themform.
Ra'i ifI'ftrc{ 'it{! et3T ~ cR ~ 8tvro II B II
sarbay jaachik tooN parabh gaataa gaat karay apunai beechaar. 11411
You alone are giver, everyone else is beggar, you give as and when you think so. 4
cifc 3"3tR" ff1'9'ftr t{W ~ ~ 3fG O'cft Rrw II
kot taytees jaacheh para.b!l naa-ik gaygay tot naahee .b!landaar.
Thirty three crores beg from you, 01 God ,the hero for all, while giving, your stores do not
exhaust.
~ Bit aw 0 mR Jftll ~ ~ fcro'G 1It111
ooNDhai bhaaNdai kachh na samaavai seeQb.ai amrit parai nihaar. 11511
Once the pot is reversed, it can contain nothing. Once it is rightly placed, the nectar is seen
trickling. 5
emu
fJftf JDfTtft ni3ftJ ff1'9'ftr flfftr fHftf wftJ ~ II
siDh samaaDhee antar jaacheh riDh siDh jaach karahi jaikaar.
The perfects (sidhs) beg when they are in perfect trance, begging for magical powers, they hail
you.
fu:it 1imPH' frft!' )fc') ~ 3j ~ hfu ~ II ~ II
jaisee pi-aas ho-ay man antar taiso jal gayveh parkaar. 11611
The kind ofthirst one has in mind, the same kind ofwater you give. 6
O M
C
ri !JTiI' ~ ~ ))fyOI' ~ O'cft ~ ~
.
II
B
baday .b!laag gur sayveh apunaa .!2!layg naahee gurgayv muraar.
U 11711
Be lucky, serve your Guru, there is no difference between Guru and God.
3T ~ ~ O'cft ~ ~ pfa ~ ~ 8tvro 11:>11
taa ka-o kaal naahee jam johai booiheh antar sabag beechaar.
C L
OK
Those who understand the thought ofword in mind, neither death nor its devil can touch them. 7
O
))f8 3lJ ~ 0 ~ ij'ftr ~ O'tr ~ ~ fiMrf6 II
B
ab tab avar na maaga-o har peh naam niranjan geejai pi-aar.
H
I do not beg for this or that from God, I beg lovefor the name oftaintless, One.
K
I
0'0Cr ~ ~ ~ HTir ij'ftr RB' ~ ftrcnrr qrftr II t: II~ II
S
naanak chaatrik amritjal maagai har jas geejai kirpaa Qb.aar. 11811211
Nanak says, "Me, the Chatrik begs, for nectar-water, for this, be kind and give me your praise
OJ God. " 8.2
~ )fiJW '\ II goojree mehlaa 1. GUJRI M: 1
m
Jr ROtH HW nR fo iR ftrQ WG ~ MIt ~ II
ai jee janam marai aavai fun jaavai bin gur gat nahee kaa-ee.
01 lovable, one takes birth and dies, comes then goes, knowing not that there is no liberation,
without Guru.
~ lfC!t nrH ~ nrH arf3' tlf3' llQft 11911
gurmukh paraanee naamay raatay naamay gat pat paa-ee. 11111
Gurmukh beings are in love with name, they get honour ofliberation through name. 1
!Pit ~ <JT)f orf).r ~ ~ II .b!laa-ee ray raam naam chit laa-ee.
OJ my brothers, have your mind in the name of God.
WG ~ ij'ftr t{W iI'9' ~ O')f ~ 11911 ~ II
gur parsaadee har parabh jaachay aisee naam badaa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace ofGuru, you beg for God-Master. His name is so great. 1 (pause)
1086
~ m~ ~ arafu ~ at ca ~ sao ci 3"lft II
ai jee bahutay bhaykh karahi Qhikhi-aa ka-o kaytay ugar bharan kai taa-ee.
OJ lovable, a lot many wear pretentious garbs for begging, many for filling their stomach.
f8g (Jflr !mftr ~ ~ ~ f8g ~ ~ (Ii tf1lft II~ II
bin har bhagat naahee sukh paraanee bin gur garab na jaa-ee. 11211
OJ being there is no happiness without devotion for God, and without Guru, ego does not leave. 2
~ m~ m:!' fmr ~ cri i1<'i'fH i1<'i'fH ~ II
ai jee kaal sagaa sir oopar thaadhay janam janam vairaa-ee.
OJ lovable, death ever stands on head, it is enemy in all births.
Jri" mrft!' G3" Jl A ~ p ~ liS II saachai sabag ratay say baachay satgur boo.ih bu.ihaa-ee. 113 II
When true are in love with word, they are safe. This riddle is explained by true Guru. 3
~ ~ Rfu (Ii wei ~ (Ii FIci Jtrrit II gur sarnaa-ee johi na saakai goot na sakai santaa-ee.
Once in the refuge of Guru, the devil ofdeath cannot touch, it cannot harass.
~?)11f ft;cil:rfinJT~ ~ ~ ~ tIS'lft 11811 avigat naath niranjan raatay nirQha-o si-o liv laa-ee. 11411
Those who are in love with imperishable, taintless, Master, they are intuned with fearless. 4
~ ~ ~ ft!;rg c;rH ftR ~ ~ ~ ~ II
ai jee-o naam girhahu naamay liv laavhu satgur tayk tikaa-ee.
M
OJ lovable, remember name, be intuned with name, and be in the refuge oftrue Guru.
O
H13ff R Jl8t crcn:ft' ~ (Ii ~ tf1lft 111.111 jo tis bhaavai so-ee karsee kirat na mayti-aa jaa-ee. 11511
C
.
Whatever He wills, he will do, none can avoid, what he has done. 5
~mB"fcn~~~~H~(Ii~m II
U B
L
ai jee Qhaag paray gur saran tumHaaree mai avar na goojee Qhaa-ee.
C
OJ lovable Guru, rushing I have come to your refuge, I do not like any other place.
K
))fl:f 3lt ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Rl:fIlft II~II ab tab ayko ayk pukaara-o aagjugaag sakhaa-ee. 11611
~m~OH('iT){~cft~~Msfo~ II
O O
Now and ever, I cry for One alone, He is my friend, in the beginning, in ages. 6
B
ai jee ra~kho paij n~am a3unay k~ tu.ih hee si-o ban aa-ee.
H
K
OJ lovable protect the honour ofyour name, only with you, I have an understanding.
crftJ~~~~~mrft!'~11:;11
S I
kar kirpaa gur garas gikhaavhu ha-umai sabag jalaa-ee. 11711
OJ Guru be kind, let me see you, burn my ego with your word. 7
~ tit ~ ~ fcrJ ~ (Ii ;:ftH ftrB' tm Hfu ~ tf1lft II
ai jee ki-aa maaga-o kichh rahai na geesai is jag meh aa-i-aa jaa-ee.
OJ lovable what should I beg, nothing seems stable, in this world, it is only coming and going.
orner ~ ~ tftft' ftJri' cifts Rllft II t: II S II
naanak naam pagaarath geejai hirgai kanth banaa-ee. 11811311
Nanak says, "Give me the wealth ofyour name, so that I may keep it safe, in my heart, in my
throat. " 8.5
~ J.fm!lST '\ II goojree mehlaa 1. GUJRI M: 1
~ tft ('iT (J){ ~ cfl;J (Ii HfbH (Jflr Hdeidlrd (Jflr i icrr II
ai jee naa ham utam neech na maDhim har sarnaagat har kay log.
OJ lovable, neither we are of high, nor of middle nor of low class, we are men of God, in the
refuge of God.
('iT){ G3" ~ hr1ft im ftrim f8Hdlita War II '\11 naam ratay kayval bairaagee sog bijog bisarjit rog. 11111
In love for name are detached, they are alooffrom the disease ofsorrow and separation. 1
1087
nIT ~ ~ fcRw 3' !J'iHf::r orgcJ clt II Qhaa-ee ray gur kirpaa tay Qhagat t!:laakur kee.
01 my brother, the devotion ofMaster is only by the grace of Guru.
P.505
~ m ~ CJfa' ~ or iDf ~ 0" iDf clt II'clt II~II ~ II
satgur vaak hird.ai har nirmal naa jam kaan na jam kee baakee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Let the word oftrue Guru, pure God, be in your heart, then no need to carefor the devil ofdeath,
nor he will dare. 1 (pause)
CJfa' ~ QRO ~ 1{S JRt it ftrff B"t JrofH ~ II
har gun rasan raveh parabh sangay jo tis Qhaavai sahj haree.
01 my tongue, recitethe attributes ofGod, in the company ofMaster, whateverHe wills, bein ease.
ftrQ CJfa' O"H filw Rfdr tfRg CJfa' ftrQ ~ ~ d II:) II
bin har naam baritha jag jeevan har bin nihfal mayk gharee. 11211
Without the name ofGod, the world-life is a waste, without God even a moment has no purpose. 2
~ ;:ft ~ $ O"'dt UIfa' 8'iI'flr flrecr 1Iftr Mit ~ II
ai jee khotay tha-ur naahee ghar baahar nind.ak gat nahee kaa-ee.
01 my lovable, unworthy has no place, neither at home nor outside, and the back-biters can
have no emancipation.
~ cri' ll! !Pm 0" ~ fla fla ri' ~ liS II
ros karai parabh bakhas na maytai nit nit charhai savaa-ee. 11311
OM
.C
Master may protest, but he does not stop gifting, He daily adds a quarter to already given. 3
~;:ft ~ clt ~ 0" ~ chft ~ ~ ~ ~ II
U B
L
ai jee gur kee d.aat na maytai ko-ee mayrai t!:laakur aap d.ivaa-ee.
C
01 my lovable, none can hold the gift given by Guru, Master Himself has got me given.
~ OG'cri' ~rcrerft:rq~clt ~O"~ IISII
O K
nind.ak nar kaalay mukh nind.aa jin H gur kee d.aat na Qhaa-ee. 11411
B O
The back-biting men are with blackenedfaces, their mouths are busy in back-biting,
H
they can not like the gift ofGuru. 4
K
~ ;:ft R'afc!" ~ 1{f 81:f6:r ~ ftmH 0" ~ ftt
SI
II
ai jee saran paray paraQh bakhas milaavai bilam na aDhoo-aa raa-ee.
01 lovable those who are in His refuge, Master forgives and lets them to meet. He makes not a
little ofdelay.
~ ~ ~ ft::IflJ 0'1'1" ~ j{ftl; ~ IItllI aanad. mool naath sir naathaa satgur mayl milaa-ee. 115II
The source ofbliss, the Master oforphans, true Guru gets to unite. 5
~;:ftJreT~~aflJ~~~~ II
ai jee sad.aa d.a+aal d.a+aa kar ravi-aa gurmat Qharman chukaa-ee.
01 lovable, ever kind is mercifully pervading, wisdom ofGuru liberates from wandering.
~ Bfc mrg 'QI'9 mft HEnidlf':s clt ~ II~II
paaras bhayt kanchan Dhaat ho-ee satsangat kee vadi-aa-ee. 11611
Touching a touch-stone, the metal has become gold, this is greatness of the congregation of
saints. 6
CJfa' ~ ~ Hg R::H6 i 61 HHg ~ B'lft II har jal nirmal man isnaanee majan satgur Qhaa-ee.
01 my.brother, God is pure water, true Guru gives a bath, let the mind have it.
y6Gflr ~ O"'dt m; FRrfl3' ihft itft:r ~ II.? II punrap janam naahee jan sangatjotee jot milaa-ee. 11711
Once in the congregation ofthe men ofGod, no birth again, they get the light merged in light. 7
i n ~ ~ ~ mf tNt g8' M'cft II tooN vad purakb, agamm tarovar ham pankb,ee tum maahee.
1088
You, the greatest Purakh, are an immeasurable tree, we are birds in you.
(")'T('jCj[ ~ foat:ro tftH t!fcn t!fcn mrfu m!!S'Cit II t II 8 II
naanak naam niranjan geejai jug jug sabag salaahee. 11811411

Nanank begs, "Give me your name OJ Taintless, so that I praise your word ofall ages. " 8.4
~ H'Ul!IS" 1:\ 1.IIg 8 goojree mehlaa 1 ghar 4 GUJRI M: 1, GHAR 4
C\r"'~ l:{Wft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
God is one, reaslied by the grace oftrue Guru.
imf3 t}H ~ '" ~ lJ)f fu3l II bhagat paraym aaraaDhita Nsach pi-aas param hitaN.
The devotees adore with love, and are thirsty for the love ofSupreme.
~ ~ ~ H1:f trre ftJ3' fu3l1l1:\11 billaap bilal binantee-aa sukh bhaa-ay chit hita N. 11111
Wailing and crying they pray, please give happiness for pleasing their mind. 1
trf1.l HO ~ <:rftr RGC!t II jap man naam har sarnee.
OJ my mind, remember God, and be in His refuge.
crra
JiRra' waJQ 3'ftJ ~ Q){ O'H CJit II 1:\11 ~ II
sansaar saagar taar taaran ram naam kar karnee. 11111 rahaa-o.
Remember name, do good deeds, so that this be your boat, to get you across the world-ocean. 1
(pause)
M
8" HO ~ ~ ~ ~ mrfu <:rftr CfHi II ay man mirat subh chi-a~N gur sabag har ramna N.
O
C
OJ my mind, once you are remembering God, in pure thought, through the word of Guru, even
death will be pleasing.
B .
U
HB ~ ~ ~ fotIrii CJflJ O'H Hf7) CfHi II~ II
C L
mat tat gi-aanaNkali-aan niDhaanaNhar naam man ramna N. 11211
OJ my mind, in reciting name, is God's treasure ofwisdom, real knowledge, well being. 2
K
;m ftJ3' R'3' ~ ~ iIW Her)RJ7) fu3l11 chal chit vit JIDarmaa bharama Njag moh magan hita N.
O
O
OJ my mind, you are wandering, for collecting wealth, like the world is intoxicated by greed.
B
ftlg ~ sm3' fa' H3t ~ ~ JnM ri liS II thir naam JIDagat girhaNmatee gur vaak sabag rata N. 11311
H
Have lovefor the word of Guru, leave wisdom, and be stable in devotion. 3
I K
~ ~ n ~ iIW;:rnfi.r ftp,frfb' tIti II bharmaat JIDaram na chook-ee jag janam bi-aaDh khapa N.
S
Wandering does not remove doubts, the world is ending up II. ,"'th and death.
~ <:rftr ~CJa~A J:If3' H3t i'l'H 31i 118 II asthaan h21'" nihkayvalaNsat matee naam tapa N. 11411
Meditate upon name, it is pure wisdom, God's place is untouched (pure). 4
~ iIW Her mr ~ ~ rftrcr ROH HQi II ih jag moh hayt bi-aapita Ngukh aDhikjanam marna N.
This world is possessed by love for greed, and suffering a lot in birth and death.
flff ~ ~ ~ <:rftr ~ RR:!' CfHi II~ II bhaj saran satgur oobrahi har naam rig ramna N. 11511
Rush to the refuge oftrue Guru, remember His name in mind, He will liberate. 5
~ ~ Hf7) HQ Jff; 11cJ'R' 8turijl1l gurmat nihchal man man mana Nsahj beechaara N.
Through the wisdom of Guru, be stable, think, in ease, it shall please your mind.
it HQ ~ ~ ~ ~ flH))fI7) G3Q J=R II~II so man nirmal jit saach antar gi-aan ratan saara N. 11611
That mind is pure, which has the essence ofjewel ofknowledge. 6
t !JTft! BaTf::J :Jg ~ )fc')T ~ wfu CJflJ ~ II
JIDai bhaa-ay Qhagat tar bhavjal manaa chit laa-ay har charnee.
OJ my mind, be at thefeet of God, go in for fearing and loving devotion, and thus swim across
the terrible waters.
P.506
CJflJ ~ fcTcJ@' ~ ~ ft?y mftg ~ RGC!t IL? II

har naam hirgai pavitelr paavan ih sareer tel-o sarnee. 11711
Name of God, in heart, is purifying, this body is in your refuge. 7
58 ~ ~ ~ CJfW O'H 'a"fi:r Jffl' II lab 10Jm lahar nivaarana Nhar naam raas mana N.
The wealth ofname in mind, stops the waves ofgreed and avarice.
HQ HTfu' ~ ~ C@ (')l'OS[T JIQc\' II t: II '\1It111
man maartuhee niranjanaa kaho naankaa samaNo 11811111511
Nanak says, '01 God, you set my mind right, I am in your refuge. " 8.1.15
~ HCJW S U@ '\ goojree mehlaa 3 ghar 1 GUJRI M: 3, GHAR 1
"t@""~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaatt.
foQft:r ~ ~ HQ ~ II nirat karee ih man nachaa-ee.
I dance as my mind gets me to dance.
!JQ tmrrtft wy ~ II gur parsaadee aap gavaa-ee.
But with the grace ofGuru, I can lose my self (ego).
~ tag arQ- jf ~ ~ if N ,:ret ~ U1lft 11'\11
chit thir raakhai so mukat hovai jo ichhee so-ee fal paa-ee. 11111
One who keeps mind stable, he is liberated, whatever he desires, same fruits he gets. 1
51V ~ HO !JQ i ~ II naach ray man gur kai aagai.
Dance 01 my mind dance, dance before Guru.
O M
!JQ i !Jlt ~ 3T ~ tRfJ ~ iDf Bf iJTir II ~ II
. C
B
gur kai bhaanai naacheh taa sukh paavahi antay jam Jma-o Jmaagai. rahaa-o.
U
L
One who dances as per the will ofGuru, he gets happiness, thefear ofdeath in the endfinishes.l
C
(pause)
))('fir mPt jf ~ eMt ~ ~ ~ ~ II
OK
aap nachaa-ay so JIDagat kahee-ai aap,Qaa pi-aar aap laa-ay.
B
))fIl)' A ~ ~ ~ HO ~ qf H'GfcIr ~ II~IIO
One whom he wills to dance, he is called a devotee.He Himselfgives His love in one's mind.
K H
aapay gaavai aap sunaavai is man anQ!lay ka-o maarag paa-ay. 11211
S I
He Himself sings, Himself listens, thus he brings this blind mind on right path. 2
~ nre-11cl'f3 ~ fiR urftr C'lre (; mft II an-d.in naachai sakat nivaarai siv ghar nee.d. na ho-ee.
Day and night, he dances, and derails sakt (Shakti), and in the home ofShiva, he does not sleep.
Jrct'3t l.lIftr ~ F nre- ~ ~ iJR' ~ B1If;r (; mft liS II
saktee ghar jagat sootaa naachai taapai avro gaavai manmukh Jmagat na ho-ee. 11311
In the home ofShakti, the world is sleeping, it dances, jumps and sings, but such a Manmukh
cannot be in devotion. 3
EJftr OQ ~ triif cm# are- trfo RO ~ ~ II
sur nar virat pakh karmee naachay mun jan gi-aan beechaaree.
The divines, men, recluse, ritual-doers, dance, and sages, the men of God think over His
knowledge.
fi:ttl wflrcr ftR ~ are- tHo ~ !ftf ~ 11811
siDh saaDhik Iiv laagee naachay jin gurmujill buDh veechaaree. 11411
The perfects, the perfecting and intuned ones do dance, but such Gurmukhs think with wisdom. 4
~~~ ~are-tHowaitmwftR~ II
khand barahmand tarai gun naachay jin laagee har Iiv tumaaree.
The continents, the universe, three gunnas are dancing, those who are intuned with you are
1090
dancing.
tftr ii'3" 'RW tit nre- ~ r i ~ 111.111 jee-a jant saQb.ay hee naachay naacheh k!1aanee chaaree. 11511
The livings, the beings all are dancing, the four sources (of life) are also dancing. 5
it ~ iRfu mft ~ iRa ~ mrfe fiR ~ II
jo tuDh bhaaveh say-ee naacheh jin gurmukh sabag Iiv laa-ay.
Those who are liked by you, they dance, Grumukh has got them intuned with word.
R~ R~ ~ ft:R; ~ ~ ~ II~ II say bhagat say tat gi-aanee jin ka-o hukam manaa-ay. 11611
They are devotees, real knowledgeable, whom He gets to obey His order. 6
ffi:rr !rnf3 JM ~ ftR wit ftIg ~ !rnf3 (') mft II
ayhaa Qhagat sachay si-o Iiv laagai bin sayvaa bhagat na ho-ee.
This is the devotion that leads one to be intuned with True, without service, there can be no
devotion.
~ ~ '3"" ~ ~ '3""~ tR m II;) II jeevat marai taa sabag beechaarai taa sach paavai ko-ee. 11711
If one dies while living, he can think upon word, and he gets the True. 7
a-
~ l'H"a'ftr ~ icr ~ ci ~ ~ lfu:rrat II
maa-i-aa kai arath bahut 10k naachay ko virlaa tat beechaaree.
For money, lot many people dance, but ve,:v rare ofthem, ponder over Reality.
tra"~JretHg~iRa~~~ IItll
gur parsaadee so-ee jan paa-ay jin ka-o kirpaa tumaaree. 11811
OM
. C
With the grace of Guru, only that person can get, upon whom you are generous. 8
B
~ ~ Jl";JT ~ w ~ ftralfr wft? II ik gam saachaa veesrai saa vaylaa birthaa jaa-ay.
U
If True is forgotten even for a breath, that time goes waste.
wfu wfu ffi!T ~ ~ ~ d ~ II~II
C L
saahi saahi sagaa samaalee-ai aapay bakhsay karay rajaa-ay. 11911
O K
Let us remember Him by every breath, He Himselfwills and Himselfforgives. 9
O
mft~R~iRfu1H~~~ II
B
say-ee naacheh jo tuDh Qhaaveh je gurmukh sabag veechaaree.
H
On(v they dance, whom You will, Gurmukh ponders over word.
K
SI
~ O'OC{ R mm ~ tRftr iRa ~ ~ ~ III:\OIlI:\II~1I
kaho naanak say sahj suk!1 paavahi jin ka-o nagartumaaree. 111011111611
Nanak says, "They are blessed with happiness, in ease, upon whom.You are generous. " 10.1.6
~ )fCJW 8 UIg ~ goojree mehlaa 4 ghar 2 GUJRI M: 4, GHAR 2
I:\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
uftr ftIQ ~ Q'ftr (') ~ ft::It ~ ~ ~ II har bin jee-araa reh na sakai ji-o baalak kheer aDhaaree.
Without God, my soul is unable to live, like child who lives by milk.
))filM ~ 1{! ~ ~ ~ ~ a- ~ 111:\11
agam agochar parab.b. gurmukh paa-ee-ai apunay satgur kai balihaaree. 11111
Gurmukh is blessed with inaccessible, unknowable Master, I sacrifice myselffor my true Guru. 1
}ffi ~ ij'fa' ~ 39 ~ II man ray har keerat tar taaree.
O! my mind, singing ofthe praise of God, is the boat to swim across.

~~~Rfi~iRa~~~ II ~ II
gurmukh naam amrit jal paa-ee-ai jin ka-o kirpaa tumaaree. rahaa-o.
Gurmukh is blessed with the nectar-water ofname, for him you are generous (pause),
1091
P.507
ffi')ijf mreo ore ~ ~ ~ iN3 ~ snAt II
sanak sanangan naarag mun sayveh an"1lin japat raheh banvaaree.
Nard, Sanak, Snandan, the sage serve, day and night, they remember God.
Adc!'dl13 ~ iIO ~ 130 ell $ JR'<ft II~II sarnaagat parahlaagjan aa-ay tin kee paij savaaree. 11211
Prahlad, man of God, came to your refuge, you yourselfsaved his honour. 2
))RIS'tI' ~ Bet m hr iffir ~ II alak!J. niranjan ayko vartai aykaa jot muraaree.
Unknown Taintless alone, pervades it is the light ofon(v one God.

RftJ fI'l'ftrcr ~ Bet i!'3T)RJftr (]T1itfA1'-at IISII sabh jaachik too ayko gaataa maageh haath pasaaree. 11311
On(v you alone are Giver, everyone else is a beggar, they beg stretching their hands. 3
H3' m;r ell 13M 1f'C!t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11
bhagat janaa kee ootam banee gaavahi akath kathaa nit ni-aaree.
The word (bani) of devotees is fine word, it sings of ever wonderous unrelatable story
~ iIi'itr ~ 130 cid"'))fIfi.r ~ ~ ~ 11911 safal janam tm.a+aa tin kayraa aap taray kul taaree. 1/411
Their life is a success, they liberate and liberate their family. 4
~ ~ ~ ftp,rt) firo ~ Her ~
manmukh gubiDhaa gurmat bi-aapay jin antar moh gubaaree.
Manmukhs are bw~y in duality, in bad wisdom, within them is the darkness ofgreed.
H3" m;r ell all" n R ~ Ii ~ ~ Ill/II
O M
C
sant janaa kee kathaa na tm.aavai o-ay doobay san parvaaree. 11511
B .
They do not like the life-story ofsaints, they drown alongwith theirfamily. 5
U
~fcre'r~~iR~~~1I
ningak ningaa kar mal Dhovai oh malbhakh maa+aaDhaaree.
C L
Back-biter bites and washes the dirt, he is filth-eater, money-monger.
K
H3"ffi')Tellf<rer~ nr~n ~ II~II santjanaa kee ningaa vi-aapay naa urvaar na paaree.
O
11611
O
He remains busy in back-biting saints, neither he is on this shore nor on that. 6
m m
B
~ ~ ~ cfP>rr RJ CJfa' AW CiRIS qraCt II
H
ayhu parpanch khayl kee-aa satm. kartai har kar1;ai satm. kal Qhaaree.
IK
This world is a play, created by the Creator, the Creator God is holding its reins.
S
CJfa' Bet ~ m ;raJ ~ ~ Nt ~ 11.711
har ayko soot vartai jug antar soot khinchai aykankaaree. 11711
On(v one thread (rein) of God is working in the world, only He pulls it. 7
QAfo QAftr; afl::r iR'flr CJfa'!JC!' d"RO" CJfa' dB' qrcft II rasan rasan ras gaavahi har gun rasnaa har ras Qhaaree.
The tongue sweetly sings ofthe nectar ofthe attributes ofGod, thus it is sustained by His nectar.
0'(')Cif CJfa' ftrg ~ n ~ afu' dR tJtf3 ~ II t: 1Il:l1l;) II
naanak har bin avar na maaga-o har ras pareet pi-aaree. 11811111711
Nanak begs for nothing, other than God, he loves the love for His nectar. 8.1. 7
~ HCJW l/ lI@ :1 goojree mehlaa 5 ghar 2 GUJRI M: 5, GHAR 2
l:lr'"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
~ Hfu 1 ~ ~ pm Hfu fW II raajan meh tooN raajaa kahee-ahi tm.ooman meh tm.oomaa.
Among the landlords, you are a land-lord, and among the kings, you are called a king.
~ Hfu ~ ~ ciHn fi:Jftr iHr 1Il:l11 thaakur meh thakuraa-ee tayree koman sir komaa. 11111
It is your rule over Masters, and you are a nation, heading nations. 1
flar Ha- fi tnft ~ II pitaa mayro bade Dhanee agmaa.
1092
My Father is the biggest rich, inaccessible.
~ iSN(') mftR ~ ilPf ~ ftmw II~II ~ II
ustat kavan kareejai kartay paykh rahay bismaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
How to praise you, the Creator, I am on(v watching you with wonder. 1 (pause)
~ HfJ ~1 esfPHfu ~ fi:Iftr ~ II sukhee-an meh sukhee-aa tooNkahee-ahi gaatan sir gaataa.
You are the happiest, among happy, and the Giver over and above other givers.
3HoHfumJft~~Hfu~ II~II tayjan mehtayjvansee kahee-ahi rasee-an meh raataa.11211
You are the grandest among grand, Qnd the rejoicer among the rejoicing. 2
~ HfJ ~ 1 esfPHfu m Hftr nt II sooran meh sooraa tooNkahee-ahi bhogan meh bhogee.
You are the bravest, among brave, and the enjoyer among enjoying.
ipa'O HfJ 1 ri fdFm3t imo Hfu Haft 1Ii1 II garastan meh tooN bade garihsatee jogan meh jogee. 11311
You are the greatest householder, among householders, and yogi among yogis. 3
ClHO Hftr 1~ ~ ~ Hfu ~ II
kartan meh tooNkartaa kahee-ahi aachaaran meh aachaaree.
You are called Creator among Creators, and the character among characters.
FI"m) Hfu 1 ~ WCJT ~ Hftr ~ 11811
saahan meh tooNsaachaa saahaa vaapaaran meh vaapaaree. 11411
M
You are the Truefinancer, amongfinancers, and true trader, among traders. 4
O
~ Hfu 3i ~ mJO lASn ~ II garbaaran meh tayro garbaaraa saran paalan teekaa.
C
Among the courts is your court, you head the protection givers.
~~ mit (') ~ iIft; (') ~ Jfl'w 111.111
B .
U
lakhimee kaYtak ganee na jaa-ee-ai gan na saka-o seekaa. 11511
C L
None can count the extent ofyour wealth, even coins cannot be counted. 5
OTHO HfJ 3i tIS 0')fI' ~ Hfu ~ II naaman meh tayro parabh naamaa gi-aanan meh gi-aanee.
OK
Among thefamous you are the Master offamous ones, you are knowledgeable among knowledge
O
seekers.
B
~Hfu~tIS~ ~H(h,)6 Hfu ~H61611l~1I
H
jugtan meh tayree parabh jugtaa isnaanan meh isnaanee. 11611
K
I
your device is the best of the devices 01 Master, you are the cleanest among the clean (who
bathe). 6
S
fRtIo HfJ ~ tIS fl:rqr cmt'6' fi:Iftr emf" II siDhan meh tayree paraQh siDhaa karman sir karmaa.
Among the perfects, you are the most perfect, you head the men in action.
~Hfu3*tIS~~fkftr~ 11:>11
aagi-aa meh tayree parabh aagi-aa hukman sir hukmaa. 11711
Among the orders, 01 Master, your order is supreme. 7
P.508
~ ~ftJtiRro ~~iSN(') mRt II ji-o bolaaveh ti-o bolah su-aarnee kugrat kavan hamaaree.
01 Master, as you will me to speak, so I speak, otherwise how I can dare?
~ 6"OCf iI'ff ~ it tIS eft ))f'f3 ~ II t: II ~II t: II
saaDhsang naanakjas gaa-i-o jo paraQh kee at pi-aaree. 11811111811
Nanak sings praise in the congregation ofsaints, that praise ofMaster, is really lovely. 8.1.8
~ JiUlll)I" 1.1 urg 8 goojree mehlaa 5 ghar 4 GUJRI M: 5, GHAR 4
9.r"~ 1{JI'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaag.
(')Tli 7)Q'ij'O tfu; itN tI'f33' tRn R II naath narhar geen banQhav patit paavan gayv.
1093
OJ my God-Master, you are the friend ofpoor, the purifier ofdeclined.
W~ O'JI' ~ ~ fofl:r JmI5 ~ ~ 11911 .b!:1ai taraas naas kirpaal gun niDh safal su-aamee sayv. 11111
OJ Master, you are destroyer offear and terror, you are generous, the treasure ofattributes, you
let my service be a success. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ II har gopaal gur gobing.
God is earth preserver, God is Guru.
9n" ~ ~ ibN 31ftJ tm R fR'q 11911 ~ II
charan saran ga-i-aal kaysav taar jag l2hav sinDh. /1111 rahaa-o.
I am at thefeet, in the refuge ofyou, you are merciful God, let me swim across the world, terrible
imf ,tl
ocean. 1 (pause)
em; )fi!' Her eun ~ )fc') ~ II kaam kroDh haran mag moh gahan muraar man makrang.
You are cupidity and anger quenching, greed and pride burning, and honey-giving for mind.
ROM ~ ~ mrc!ttJ 1.lftJ ~ ~ II~II
janam maran nivaar DharneeDhar pat raakh parmaanang. 11211
You savefrom birth and death, sustain the earth, save my honour, OJ Supreme God. 2
ffiIS3' ))ffocr ~ ~ ftIp,rro uftJ ~ H3 II jalat anik tarang maa-i-aa gur gi-aan har rig manto
Many people wavefor mongering wealth, they are burning (in mind), O! God, give me, my mind,
M
the knowledge, the mantar ofGuru.
O
ifu~~Hftj:nffG~~ USII ctlhaygahaN-buDh karunaa mai chintmaytpurakh anant.11311
.C
OJ infinite Purakh, the source of compassion, cut my ego andfinish my worriers. 3
B
fRHfG FIJi01f t~cnf~3' 1lB' ~ JroiI JDfTfb' II simar samrath pal mahoorat para.l2b. Qhi-aan sahj samaaQh.
U
Remember all powerful, God in every moment, and have Master in mind, when in contemplative
trance, in ease.
C L
K
t!to ~ tpfo ~ ~ Qt:J R'tl liS II geen ga-i-aal parsann pooran jaachee-ai raj saaDh. 11411
O
OJ merciful to poor, perfect in bliss, I begfor the feet-dust ofsaints. 4
O
Her 6-Prc'; ~ ).IfTHI' 8'JI(')T ftrclra' II moh mithan gurant aasaa baasnaa bikaar.
~ tmf B
False is greed, filth are hopes, and evil in mind is lust.
H
firerfu' )fc') ~ ~ uftJ ~ II~ II
K
R)f
SI
rakh Dharam Qharam bigaar man tay uDhar har nirankaar. 11511
Havefaith, throwaway doubtsfrom mind, God, theformless, will liberate you. 5
~ JWfV Bra mw fofl:r ~ ft:Inr 0' 9tw II QhanaaQh aaQh .l2b.andaar har niDh hot jinaa na cheer.
Those who do not have even cloth to wear, have become rich, through the treasure of God.
~~~~ J:ft'qG !It ~ Hftr dtcr II~ II
khal mugaQh moorh kataakh-y sareeQ!1ar .l2b.a-ay gun mat Dheer. //611
The foolish, the idiot, the stubborn, are turned virtuous, wise and patient, with one glance of
Master. 6
t:ftw; ~ iI'RtJJ Rfil HO qrfij' ~ tr:ftf3 II jeevan mukat jaggees jap man Dhaar rig parteet.
OJ my mind, have faith, remember God, and be liberated while living.
i:ftl)f ~ ~ ~ IDfi tmf m:ro Glf::r II:; II
jee-a ga-i-aa ma-i-aa sarbatar ramna Nparam hansah reet 11711
To be kind to being, to have compassion for all, to remember allpervading, this is the conduct of
swans. 7
a ~ ~ mw fIB' ~ O"H ~ II gay! garsan sarvan har jas rasan naam uchaar.
Listen the praise ofGod, with ears, recite the name of God wit.h tongue, and see Him with eyes.
))jjnmr BR"O t.mIO llB' (')'I'(')Cf ~ ~ II ang sang .!2hagvaan parsan paral2h naanak patit uQ!1aar.
1094
Nanak says, "Have the touch and company ofGod, He liberates even the declined "8.1.2.5.1.1.2.57
~ eft ~ )f(JW S ~ ftIG'rftrH eft ~ eft gn't ~
goojree kee vaar mehlaa 3 sikangar biraahim kee vaar kee Dhunee gaa-unee
VAR (BALLAD) OF GUJRI M: 3 Sing on the tune ofvar ofSikander Biraham
,\ij""'~~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad... .
~ ~ }f)f3I' ~ ~ eft ftrfQ' O'fu II ih jagat mamtaa mu-aa jeevan kee biDh naahi.
This world is dying in greed, does not know the art ofliving.
~ a-!J1! it ri' gi' ~ ~ tPfu II gur kai bhaanai jo chalai taa Njeevan pagvee paahi.
If it lives in the will of Guru, then it can achieve the position ofliving.
tire Fre" Fre" iIO tiR3' it iI'flf ~ ~ wfu II o-ay sagaa sagaa jan jee$y jo har charnee chit laahi.
Such people ever live, who fIX their mind on the feet of God
0'(')Cf M!"dl Hfo ~ ~ JrofH FDfl'fu 11'\11 naanak nagree man vasai gurmukh sahj samaahi. 11111
Nanak says, "God is graceful, He comes to stay in mind, thus Gurmukh merges, in ease. 1
H: S II mehlaa 3. M: 3
iefu 'ffiJW ~ ~ ~ fJ::rfiJ tiQ' )fl(J II angar sahsaa gukh hai aapai sir DhanDhai maar.
~ R B"3' Q8fu n wm wful'Hr Her fl.mrra' II M

Within their mind is the pain ofdoubts, they themselves give their head in worldly ties.
O
goojai bhaa-ay sutay kabeh na jaageh maa-i-aa moh pi-aar.
. C
B
Sleeping in other's love, will never awake, they are in love for greed ofwealth.
U
L
nrtrn~~n~~~at'~ II
C
naam na cheeteh sabag na vichaareh ih manmukh kaa aachaar.
K
Neither they remember name, nor they ponder over word, this is the conduct ofManmukhs.
P.509
iI'flf nrtr n ~ ~ ~~
O O
iQf wftJ ~ ~ II~II
HB
0'(')Cf
har naam na paa-i-aa janam birthaa gavaa-i-aa naanak jam maar karay khu-aar. 11211
K
Nanak says, "They could not be in name of God and wasted their life. The devil of death will
S I
harass them and kill them. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
)')fTl!f ))fTy ~ ~ ~ n m II aapnaa aap upaa-i-on tagahu hor na ko-ee.
He Himself created Himself, therefore, there is none else.
){3T ~ ))fTf4 ~ it ~ ff mft II mataa masoorat aap karay jo karay so ho-ee.
He counsels and Himselfresolves, whatever He does that happens.

~ ~ n ~ ~ (')T ~ cRt II tagahu aakaas na paataal hai naa tarai lo-ee.
There is neither sky, nor nether regions, nor three worlds.
~ ~ ))fTf4 ~ ~ (')T ~ mft II tagahu aapay aap nirankaar hai naa opat ho-ee.
There Formless is by Himself, neither there is any creation nor existence.
ft:It f3ff R f::R ~ f3ff f8g ~ n m 11'\11 ji-o tis bhaavai tivai karay tis bin avar na ko-ee. 11111
He does the way he likes, there is none other than Him. 1
~ JfflT Fre" ~ ft!A ~ iOfTfi! II saahib mayraa sagaa hai gisai sabag kamaa-ay.
My Master is eternal, He is seen by earning His word.
iy ~ ~ O'fu (')T ~ (')T R"ft:l' II oh a-uhaanee kagay naahi naa aavai naa jaa-ay.
He is never perishable, neither He comes nor goes.
1095
FreT FreT H ~ it mr Hfu ri JDfI'f'! II sagaa sagaa SO sayvee..;ai jo sabh meh rahai samaa-ay.
Let us serve Him always, who is merging in all.
~ ~ ~ ~ tiH 3" J.ffir tI'fi! II avar goojaa ki-o sayvee-ai jammai tai mar jaa-ay.
Why to serve second one, who takes birth and dies.
~ 130 QT ~ fH ~ (') WC!fu ))fTtfc!T ~ ~ ~ ~ II
nihfal tin kaa jeevi-aa je khasam na jaaneh aapnaa avree ka-o chit laa-ay.
Those who do not know their Master, and have other in mind, their life is without worth,
orocr ~ (') Wtnft ~ i3t ~ FIiI'ft! 11'\11 naanak ayv na jaap-ee kartaa kaytee gay-ay sajaa-ay. 11111
Nanak does not know, how much the punishment Creator will award them.
lo{g a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
mJT 0T)j ~ Hi m ~ II sachaa naam Qhi-aa-ee-ai sabho vartai sach.

Let us remember true name, only True pervades all
orocr ~ !ftJ ~ ~ 3'" ~ ~ ~ II naanak hukam buill parvaan ho-ay taa fal paavai sach.
Nanak says, "One realizing order is accepted, then he gets the true fruit.
Cllffit ~ ~ fR ~ ~ (') ~ ))jqr Q! ~ II~II
kathnee bagnee kartaa firai hukmai mool na bui!l-ee anDhaa kach nikach. 11211
He moves about talking and telling, and does not realize His order at all, thus is false in
M
falsehood. "2
O
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
C
HAl!! ~ ~ fip:r2t QT ~ ~ II sanjog vijog upaa-i-on saristee kaa moor rachaa-i-aa.
B .
God created beings in union and disunion, thus began th<e origin ofworld.
U
~ fipIfG ~ ;'at iif3' ~ II hukmee sarisat saajee-an jotee jot milaa-i-aa.
C L
He created world in order, and merged His light in light.
K
ii3t ~ HI ~ ~ J=I'iIS ~ II jotee hoo N sabh chaannaa satgur sabag sunaa-i-aa.
O
All light is from light, true Guru gave an illuminating word to listen.
O
'FJW ftrRQ ~ ~ ~ fi::rflJ qq ~ II barahmaa bisan mahays tarai gun sir DhanDhai laa-i-aa.
H B
Brahma, Vishnu and Mahesh, are putting their head in the ties ofthree gunnas.
~QT~a;:jIft:!Qg~ ~ ~II~II maa-i-aa kaa moor rachaa-i-onturee-aasukh paa-i-aa.11211
IK
Thus the origin ofMaya is created, but the happiness is in fourth state (Turya). 2
S
~ H: a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
H iIlJ H 3Y fH ~ ~ II so jap so tap je satgur .!2b.aavai.
On(v that is meditation, that is austerity, which is liked by true Guru.
~ ci !fI! ~ ~ II satgur kai bhaanai vadi-aa-ee paavai.
If true Guru wills, one gets praise.
n
orocr ))(TlJ i!G wfu mri 11'\11 naanak aap mood gur maahi samaavai. 11111
Nanak says, "Leave self (ego) and merge in Guru." 1
~ eft fi:Ilf ~ ~ ~ II gur kee si!s!:l ko virlaa layvai.
Very rare one gets the teachings of Guru.
orocr ftqJ))fTf4 ~ ~ II~II naanakjis aap vadi-aa-ee gayvai. 11211
Nanak says, "On (V he gets, to whom He Himself blesses with praise." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ))fftJ ~ II maa-i-aa moh agi-aan hai bikham at .!2b.aaree.
The greedfor Maya is ignorance, it is difficult and heavier one.
tn:rcr ~ 1lg ~ ~ ~ ~ II pathar paap baho lagi-aa ki-o taree-ai taaree.
1096
A lot ofsin-stones are loaded, how the boat can float?
~ ircJI3t oF:Pw c:Jftr tPfu' ~ II an-gin bhagtee rati-aa har paar utaaree.
Tltose being all the day and night in devotion, God gets them to swim across.
~ ~ HQ fMnfw ~ iffir ~ II gur sabgee man nirmalaa ha-umai chhad vikaaree.
Witlt the word ofGuru, mind gets pure, leave ego and bad intention.
ufu ufu O'lj ~ c:Jftr c:Jftr ~ IIQII har har naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai har har nistaaree. 11311
Let us remember name of God, since only God liberates. 3
~ II salok. SALOK
cr8ta" trcri3' ~ ~ CfIlft m R II kabeer mukat gu-aaraa sankurhaa raa-ee gasvai bhaa-ay.
Kabir, the door ofliberation, is very narrow, equaling one tenth ofa mustard seed
HQ ~ ~ -ijfu cror ~ ~ afa';::rrre II man ta-o maigal ho-ay rahaa niksi-aa ki-o kar jaa-ay.
OJ mind you have grown like an elephant, how can you pass through?
~~ H~ ~ ~ ~ II aisaa satgur jay milai tuthaa karay pasaa-o.
Ifsuch a true Guru meets, who becoming kind, expands it.
~ ~ Hcrw Jrn'H ~ ~ 11"\11 mukat gu-aaraa moklaa sehjay aava-o jaa-o. 11111
If the door ofliberation is expanded You can come and go, is ease. 1
H: Q II mehlaa 3. M: 3
trcri3' ~ ))fftJ 7ftcrr orcr- -ijfu H;::rrre II
0'C'iCI'
naanak mukat gu-aaraa at neekaa naanHaa ho-ay so jaa-ay.
O M
. C
Nanak says, "The door of liberation is extremely narrow, becoming a tiny one can pass.
~ HQ ~ ~ ~ afa' ~ ~ ;::rrre
B
II ha-umai man asthool hai ki-o kar vich gay jaa-ay.
U
L
In ego, mind has become concrete, how can it pass through?
R13qra" ~ ~ mft m ~ JJi' ~ II satgur mili-ai ha-umai ga-ee jot rahee sabh aa-ay.
K C
Meeting true Guru, the ego has gone, the whole light has come to stay in.
P.510
~ ~ 'ffi!T ~ ~ Jrn'H ofulw JI'HI'fi:r
O O
11;111 ih jee-o sagaa mukat hai sehjay rahi-aa samaa-ay. 11211
H B
Such soul is ever liberated, it merges, in ease. " 2
K
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~~~
S I
a- ~ ~ cft'3r II parabh sansaar upaa-ay kai vas aapnai keetaa.
Master, after creating world, keeps it in His own order.
m ~ 0' ~ ~ ircJHt3r II gantai parabhoo na paa-ee-ai goojai bharmeetaa.
Master cannot be blessed with calculations, rather, mind wanders in other's Love.
R13qra" fHW ~ HW ~ FIftr m.ft'3T II satgur mili-ai jeevat marai bum sach sameetaa.
Meeting true Guru, if one dies while living, knowing true, he merges in Him.
mR ~ ~ ufu ~ ~ II sabgay ha-umai kho-ee-ai har mayI mileetaa.
Witlt word ego is finished, God unites in union.
JJi' fct! tI"'!" ~))fTfir ~ RldlA13 1 IIBII sabh kichh jaanai karay aap aapay vigseetaa. 11411
He knows everything, does everything, and Himself is in progression. 4
~ H: Q II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
R13qra" fHt ~ 0' ~ O'lj 0' <:fi::rti Hfo ~ II satgur si-o chit na laa+o naam na vasi-o man aa-ay.
You have not been in love with True Guru, name has not come to stay in your mind
flrn ~ ~ fcmrr tJdI Hfu ~ ~ II Dharig ivayhaa jeevi-aa ki-aa jug meh paa+aa aa-ay.
Such l~fe is a curse, what have you gained by taking birth in this age. 3
~ 1Rt ~ ~ ~ ell Hfu t.rtn l!lSfu ;::rrre II maa+aa khotee raas hai ayk chasay meh paaj leh jaa-ay.
Maya is unworthy capital, in a moment, this secret is disclosed,
1097
~ 3g ~ ~ lre9 ~ ~ II
<J"Efg
hathahu chhurhkee tan si-aahu ho-ay bagan jaa-ay kumlaa-ay.
Once it slips from hand, body becomes black, and physique withers.
rno ~ tHt ~ ~ ftrQ ~ riPJIT Hft; ))fI'ft! II
jin satgur si-o chit laa-i-aa tin Hsukh vasi-aa man aa-ay.
Those who have love with true Guru, the happiness comes to stay in their mind
<JflJ O"tf ~ R tHt ~ 0'fH W ~ ~ II
har naam Dhi-aavahi rang si-o har naam rahay Iiv laa-ay.
They remember the name of God with love, and are intuned with His name.
('jT7)Cf ~ RQ9 ~ ft:r ifPK Hftr ~ JDf'ftJ II
naanak satgur so Dhan sa-upi-aa je jee-a meh rahi-aa samaa-ay.
Nanak says, "True Guru has blessed with such a wealth, that remains merged in souL
al.r ftnl ~ ))faJW cin't et ~ II CUI rang tisai ka-o aglaa vannee charhai charhaa-ay. 11111
It gives Him lot of colour (happiness) and its tintfastens fast." }
H: it II mehlaa 3. M: 3
){l'fu))fl' ~ mffit imf3' ~ ~ II maa+aa ho-ee.naagnee jagat rahee laptaa-ay.
Maya has become she-serpent. and is engulfing the whole world
M
fuR' cit ~ HcR ftm ~ ~ ~ ~ II is kee sayvaa jo karay tis hee ka-o fir khaa-ay.
Whoever rescues her, she eats him up.
C O
.
~ mft ~ f3fn Hfk :eft!; ~ tl'ftJ II gurmukh ko-ee gaarrhoo tin mal gallaa-ee paa-ay.
m em
~ fi:J RftJ B
Rare of Gurmukh is a snake-charmer, he crushes it under his feet.
U
~ ~ II~II naanak say-ee ubray je sach rahay Iiv laa-ay. 11211
L
('jT7)Cf
C
Nanak says, "Only they are liberated, who are intuned with True" . 2
K
t.;ft II pa-orhee. PAURI
O
~ cR ycl'G 1{f BC!ft::Fft II gnaagnee karay pukaar parabhoo sunaa-isee.
B O
The bard cries (sings) for God to listen.
~ dhrct ~ ~ ~ II angar Dheerak ho-ay pooraa paa-isee.
KH
But from within he is in patience, so, he will be blessed will perfect.
S I
H gfa' ~ ~ it emf CDfTft!Jft' II jo Dhur Iikhi-aa laYkh say karam kamaa-isee.
Whatever is preordained, that action he will earn.
w ~ l:fHt!' ~ 3T ~ UI! ~ II jaa hovai khasam ga-i-aal taa mahal ghar paa-isee.
If Master is kind, He will get him in His palace.
Rtf! Herr))ff3 ur ~ ~ II~II so para.bh mayraa at vadaa gurmukh maylaa-isee. 11511
That Master ofmine is really great, Gurmukh will help me to meet. 5
~ H: it II salok rnehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
mJOT iii'" ~ ~ ~ Jre ~ ~ ~ II sabhnaa kaa saho ayk hai sag hee rahai hajoor.
One is the Master ofall, He is ever present
('jT7)Cf ~ il Hcret 3T urcr ~ ~ P II naanak hukam na mann-ee taa ghar hee angar goor.
Nanak says, " If one does not obey His order, then even in home, He is afar?
~ !It f3cr' ~ ft:rQ ~ ~ ~ II hukam.bhee tinHaa manaa-isee jinHka-o nagar karay-i.
He will get on(v them even to obey His order, upon whom He is kind
~ We; ~ ~ ipf ~ ~ II CUI hukam man sukh paa-i-aa paraym suhaagan ho-ay. 11111
Obeying His order becomes happy, thus she is in lover and enjoys marital bliss.}
~ JI"8'lft ;:rftis ~ h (') ~ BIt II rain sabaa-ee jal mu-ee kant na laa-i-o bhaa-o.
1098
All through night, she was burning to die but she could not have love with husband.
(')'l"('j"Q JJfl:f ~ ~ ft:IQ f1.mfrw ~ CJflr ~ II~ II
naanak sukh vasan sohaaganee jinHpi-aaraa purakh har raa-o.11211
Nanak says, "Those married women live in happiness, whose dear is Purakh, God-king. 2
~ II pa-orhee. M: 3
RI' ~ ~ H ~ CJflr ~ e'3T II sabh jag fir mai gaykhi-aa har iko gaataa.
Wandering, I have seen the whole world, only one, God, is the Giver.
~ fa'3 0" ~ CJflr Clm{ ftrQr3r II upaa-ay kitai na paa-ee-ai har karam biDhaataa.
One cannot have Him by effort, this luck is by God's grace.
~ R'8tft ~ Hfo ~ CJflr JroH R"3' II gur sabQee har man vasai har sehjay jaataa.
With the word of Guru, God comes to live in mind, I could know God, in ease.
~ ftrRor ~ ~ CJflr ~ Rftf 0'3T II angrahu tarisnaa agan buihee har amrit sar naataa.
Once I take bath in God's pool ofnectar, my fire oflust quenches from within.
m ~ ri aft ~ ~ IIEII vadee vadi-aa-ee vaday kee gurmukh bolaataa. 11611
The great praise is of Great, only Gurmukh speaks. 6
~ H: q II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ mt ftip)rr ~ ~ fH lIfimfr eftn ~ II
kaa-i-aa hans ki-aa pareet hai je pa-i-aa hee chhad jaa-ay.
O M
What kind of love is between swan (soul) and body, once body crumbles swan leaves.
~*~~fcr~fH~~'O~ II
. C
B
ays no koorh bol ke khavaalee-ai je chalgi-aa naal na jaa-ay.
U
L
We feed it by earning by lies, but it does not accompany when to leave
C
P.stt
K
~ fi.ftt ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kaa-i-aa mitee anQh hai pa-unai puchhahu jaa-ay.
O O
Body is clay, a blind one, go and ask air (life)
~ 3'" ~ ~ faflJ faflJ ))Rl' ~ II ha-o taa maa-i-aa mohi-aa fir fir aavaa jaa-ay.
B
I am charmed by Maya, I come and go again and again.
H
K
(')'l"('j"Q ~ '0 iI"3' l:fJIH W fH QUI' FIfl:J ~ II 1:\11
SI
naanak hukam na jaato khasam kaa je rahaa sach samaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, " You did not realize the order ofMaster, with which you could merge in True. 1
H: q II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ~ (')T){ qg ~ qg ~ ~ II ayko nihchal naam Dhan hor Dhan aavai jaa-ay.
The on(v ever lasting wealth is the wealth of name, any other wealth, comes and goes.
~QO~~iifu'O~nrhcfri~ II
is Dhan ka-o taskar johi na sak-ee naa ochkaa lai jaa-ay.
Neither thief can touch this wealth, nor loafer can take away.
~ CJflr qg RPK R'3t ~ ~ RPK 01i ~ II
ih har Dhan jee-ai saytee rav rahi-aa jee-ai naalay jaa-ay.
This wealth of God lives with life and goes with life.
~ ~ 3" ~ ~ lfi 0" tPfu II pooray gur tay paa-ee-ai manmukh palai na paa-ay.
This is blessed by perfect Guru, but Manmukhs cannot earn it.
qg ~ 0'C')c(T ft:Rr (')T){ qg ~ ~ II~II
Dhan vaapaaree naankaa jinHaa naam Dhan khati-aa aa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, " Hail those traders, who come and earn the wealth ofname. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
1099
~ ~~ mr iIfua' aiiftGr II mayraa saahib at vadaa sach gahir gam.b!1eeraa.
My Master is very great, tru(v deep andprofound
FIJ ~ f::m' i <:fJJ ~ R'f f::m' Cil" ~ II saQhjag tis kai vas hai sabh tis kaa cheeraa.
The whole world is under His order, everything is His expansion,
~ tm"tft ~ ~ tI9 tfta'r II gur parsaadee paa-ee-ai nihchal Dhan Dheeraa.
With the grace of Guru, let us get the wealth ofstability and patience.
~ 3' uflr Hfi'j ~ R t@" ~ II kirpaa tay har man vasai Qhaytai gur sooraa.
With His grace God comes to reside in mind and brave Guru is found .
~ ~ JreT fi@ ~ uflr ~ """ gunvantee salaahi-aa sagaa thir nihchal har pooraa. 11711
The virtuous have praised, the perted God is ever-living, stable and profound
fiRr ftrcr' i!'" ~ it uflr ~ tmrftJ ~ ~ ~ 1.l'1l ilDf'fi! II
Dharig tinHaa gaa jeevi-aa jo har sukh parhar ti-aaggay gukh ha-umai paap kamaa-ay.
Their life is a curse who leave and abandon all pleasures, in ego they earn sorrow and sin.
HOtfl:f ~ ~ j:ffu ~ ~ P' n Cil"8t ~ II
manmukh agi-aanee maa-i-aa mohi vi-aapay tin Hboom ra kaa-ee paa-ay.
Manmukhs are ignorants, charmed by greedfor wealth they know nothing.
are
M
cmf3' m;sf3' ire ~ n tRftr ~ ~ II halat palat o-ay sukh na paavahi ant ga-ay pachhutaa-ay.
O
They get no happiness, here or hereafter, in the end they leave repenting
~ tm"tft cl ~ ~ SB' atH ~ wft!" II
.C
B
gur parsaadee ko naam Dhi-aa-ay tis ha-umai vichahu jaa-ay.
1HH ~ ~ ~ H~ ~ ~ ~
LU 11111
With the grace of Guru, if one remembers name, their ego from within will go.
C
0100l' IICiII
K
naanak jis poorab hovai lik!1i-aa so gur charnee aa-ay paa-ay.
O
Nanak says, "He gets to be at the feet of Guru, for whom it is preordained"
O
H B
~ !w ~ ~ 0" f3B' B"aJ'f3 n orQ' II manmuJill ooQhaa ka-ul hai naa tis Qhagat na naa-o.
Manmukhs is like a reversed lotus, he neither remembers nor devotes.
K
SI
RCf3t ~ ~ ~ f3JJ Cil" ~ M II saktee angar varatdaa koorh tis kaa hai upaa-o.
He lives in shakti, his endeavour isfalse,
f::m' Cil" ~ ~ (') tBmft ~ cftqr ~ II tis kaa angar chit na bhij-ee mukh feekaa aalaa-o.
The mind within him is never satisfied, he speaks tasteless from mouth.
ire Q'a'fH ~ 0" ~ ijnr ~ ~ ~ II
o-ay Dharam ralaa-ay naa ralni Honaa angar koorh su-aa-o.
They are not united by uniting religion. In their mind is false motive.
0100l' Clri acE 8C!'lft HOtfl:f ~ ~ ~ p ~ 3W R1il uflr orQ' II ~ II
naanak kartai banat banaa-ee manmukh koorh bol bol dubay gurmukh taray jap har naa-o. 11211
Nanak says, "God has made this play such, as Manmukhs drown by telling lies, and Gurmukhs
swim by remembering name of God "2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
ftrg ~ ~ ig" ~ ~ ~ wit II bin boomay vadaa fayr pa-i-aa fir aavai jaa-ee.
With out refJlizing one travels from and to, again he comes and goes.
~ eft jRr (') ~ ~ ~ ~ II satgur kee sayvaa na keetee-aa ant ga-i-aa pachhutaa-ee.
By serving not true Guru, in the end, he leaves repenting.
~ ~ ri' t@" ~ ~ ~ aN'it II aapnee kirpaa karay gur paa-ee-ai vichahu aap gavaa-ee.
1100
Becoming is kind, He lets me meet a Guru, and turns ego outfrom within.
~ !If ~ ~ ~ ~ Hft; lWl'ft II tarisnaa bhukh vichahu utrai sukh vasai man aa-ee.
The lust, the hunger, are removed from within the happiness comes to stay in mind.
freT freT ~ ~ ftR ~ IItll sagaa sagaa salaahee-ai hirgai Iiv laa-ee. 11811
Let us ever and ever praise, intuning our heart with Him. 8
~ ){g ~ II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
fi:r ~ ~ ))fl'l!I' f31:r g. ~ HI clre II je satgur sayvay aapnaa tis no poojay sabh ko-ay.
If one serves his true Guru everyone will worship him.
"RiJOT ~ fRftr M ij- ufa' ~ l.I11rl3 ~ II
sabhnaa upaavaa sir upaa-o hai har naam paraapat ho-ay.
The endeavour become above all endeavours, if name of God is blessed.
l?i:Jfa' 'Flt':m wS ~ iIfi.r ~ freT ~ ~ II antar seetal saat vasai jap hirgai sagaa sukh ho-ay.
Thus remembering, the mind gets peace and coolness, heart rests is in ever happiness
~ ~ ~ ~ nrnar ~ urSt ~ IICl.II
amrit khaanaa amrit painnaa naanak naam vadaa-ee ho-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Eat nectar, wear nectar, His name will give you praise." 1
){g ~ II mehlaa 3. M: 3
M
~ }{('j Ire' eft fi:Il:f ~ ufa' tRftJ ~ ~ II ay man gur kee sikh sun har paavahi gunee niDhaan.
O
01 my mind, listen the teachings of Guru and be blessed with God, the treasure of attributes.
C
B.
P.512
ufa' ~ Hft; ~ utH wre ~ II har sukh..gaata man vasai ha-umai jaa-ay gumaan.
L U
God, the giver ofhappiness, comes to live in mind. The ego and pride thus leave.
C
0'\"iC{ ~ ~ 3" ~ wit itPwQ II~II naanak nagree paa-ee-ai taa an-gin laagai Dhi-aan. 11211
K
Nanak says, "If by His grace one is in concentration, then day and night he is in it. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
O O
~ ~ HI JIi ij- ~ t..rR3" II sat santokh sabh sach hai gurmukh pavitaa.
B
Truth and patience are all true, Gurmukh has got them,
H
K
~ ~ ~ ~ HQ Frnil' ftar II angrahu kapat vikaar ga-i-aa man sehjay jitaa.
SI
The wickedness and ill-intention leave from within his mind, it conqueres, in ease.
:ro Hf3 ~ ~ Q8' ~ ~ II tah jot pargaas anand ras agi-aan gavitaa.
The light kindles, bliss ofnectar is enjoyed, and ignorance gets lost.
~ ufa' a lfc!" ~ lfc!" ~ ftBr II an..gin har kay gun ravai gun pargat kitaa.
One recites the attributes of God, day and night, thus virtues are revealed.
"RiJOT ~ ~ ijft:cl ufa' fiar II~II sabhnaa gaataa ayk hai iko har mitaa. 11911
Giver for everyone is same One, same God is friend. 8
~ ){g ~ II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
l.fmj ~ H ~ croPK fi:r ~ ufa' ftR ~ II
barahm bingay so baraahman kahee-ai je an-gin har liv laa-ay.
One who remembers God, is called Brahman (priest), if, day and night, he is intuned with Him.
~ yt JIi Rmf ~ utH ~ ft3lJ wS' II
satgur puchhai sach sanjam kamaavai ha-umai reg tis jaa-ay.
If he consults true, earns true Guru's discipline, his ailment ofego will go.
ufa' lfc!" ~ lfc!" ~ H3t Hf3 ~ II har gun gaavai gun sangrahai jotee jot milaa-ay.
If he sings attributes of God, gathers virtues, he gets his light merged in light.
fl=ff BaT Hfu ~ ~ 1fCJH 1aPmft fi:r utH HfG ~ II
1101
is jug meh ko virlaa barahm gi-aanee je ha-umai mayt samaa-ay.
In this age, very rare one is God knowing, who by losing ego, is merging in Him.
*
<'i"OCl' ftm' ~ Jrel' ~ ~ fH ~ aflr ~ 1IPri 111\"
naanak tis no mili-aa sadaa sukh paa-ee-ai je an-din har naam Qhi-aa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Meeting one, who, day and night, remembers name of God is ever pleasing." 1
Ji: a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 12 ~ II antar kapat manmukb. agi-aanee rasnaa jhootb. bolaa-ay.
Wicknedness is in the mind ofManmukh, the ignorant, his tongue tells lies.
~ ~ aflr ~ n !ftH ~ ~ Hi B'B'ft! "
kapat keetai har purakh na bheejai nit vaykb.ai sunai su.l2!laa-ay.
With wickedness God is not pleased, He ever sees and listens, in love.
~ R wfu iIW llG'iQ' ~ ~ Her ~ "
goojai bhaa-ay jaa-ay jag parboDhai bikh maa-i-aa moh su-aa-ay.
In other's love, he goes to teach the world. And indulges in poison and greedfor money.
~ IDf't Jrel' ~ tR tiA' ~ faftr r i tI'ft! "
it kamaanai sagaa dukh paavai jammai marai fir aavai jaa-ay.
Earning this way, he is ever suffering. He takes birth and dies, thus comes and goes.
M
R<JRT ~ n ~ ~ ~ W l.AJ1'ft! " sahsaa mool na chuk-ee vich vistaa pachai pachaa-ay.
O
His doubts are absolutely not removed, in filth he burns to ashes.
fim*~cR~~~~aftfRlf~ "
. C
B
jis no kirpaa karay mayraa su-aamee tis gur kee sikb. sunaa-ay.
U
Upon whomever my Master is kind, to him He gets to listen Guru's teaching.
uftr ~ ~ aflr nrH A aflr nrH ~ DTft!' II~"
C L
har naam Dhi-aavai har naamo gaavai har naamo ant chhadaa-ay. 11211
OK
He remembers God's name, He sings God's name, God's name liberates him in the end.2
O
~" pa-orhee.PAURI
H B
mnr ~ J161~aQ 3" ~ JiRrflf " jinaa hukam manaa-i-on tay pooray sansaar.
Those whom God gets to obey His order, they are perfect in the world.
K
SI
wfu'g ~ ))fTl!'" vW R'8fu ~ " saahib sayvni Haapnaa poorai sabad veechaar.
They serve their Master, by pondering over perfect word.
uftr aft ~ ~ IN R'8fu tiPwftr " har kee sayvaa chaakree sachai sabad pi-aar.
Service of God is an occupation oflove with true word.
uftr err ~ f3ctl' tl'ft:rnrr ft:fQ atH ~ JilflJ " har kaa mahal tinHee paa-i-aa jinHha-umai vichahu maar.
They get to the home of God, who have killed their ego from within
<'i"OCl' ~ fHfH aij- ;:Ifi.r aflr (')'}fl' ~ qrft,. "C\o"
naanak gurmukh mil rahay jap har naamaa ur Dhaar. 11101 r
Nanak says, "By remembering God's name in mind Gurmukhs are in union,." 10
~ Ji: a " salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ ttPwn JroiJ gfl'> ~ RftJ C'i'fH ~ ~ "
gurmukh Dhi-aan sahj Dhun upjai sach naam chit laa-i-aa.
When Gurmukh is in concentration, it sounds divine sounds, in ease, his mind is in true name.
~~~&~aflrerr~)ffir)~ "
gurmukh an-gin rahai rang raataa har kaa naam man Qhaa-i-aa.
Gurmukh is, day and night, in love, God's name is pleasing to his mind.
~ uftr ~ ~ aflr efu ~ aflr JrofH ~ ~ "
1102
gurmukh har vaykheh gurmujID har boleh gurmukh har sahj rang laa-i-aa.
Gurmukh sees God, Gurmukh recites God, Gurmukh loves God, in ease.
('i17)C[ ~~~~ f3Ha' ~ ~ ~ II
naanak gurmukh gi-aan paraapat hovai timar agi-aan aDhayr chukaa-i-aa.
Nanak says, "Gurmukh is blessed with knowledge. The darkness ofignorance is finished. 1
*
fi:rR ErcQf ~ gfa' vcrr f3fn ~ mw ~ ~ 11'\11
jis no karam hovai Dhur pooraa tin gurmukh har naam Dhi-aa-i-aa. 11111
One for whom full grace is preordained, such a Gurmukh remembers God's name
){g a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ft:ffir n ~ FIlI'ft! n c!rit fl.p,pg II satgur jinaa na sayvi-o sabag na lago pi-aar.
Those who have not served true Guru, they have no love for word.
~ ~ n ~ ~ ~ JiwftJ II sehjay naam na Dhi-aa-i-aa kit aa-i-aa sansaar.
He has not remembered name, in ease. Whatfor he has come to the world?
fafd' ~ tFft ~ ~ JreT ~ II fir fir joonee paa-ee-ai vistaa sagaa khu-aar.
He is given birth again and again, and is ever troubled in filth.
~ ~ or ~ n t.I"9 II koorhai laalach lagi-aa naa urvaar na paar.
Be being in false greed, one is neither on this shore, nor on that shore.
P.513
O M
~ ~ ft:r))fTfir ~ ~ II~II naanak gurmukh ubray je aap maylay kartaar. 11211
C
('i17)C[
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
B .
Nanak says, "Gurmukhs are liberated if Creator himselfgets them to unite. " 2
U
!m3' JW m ~ JW FIlI'ft! ~ II bhagat sachai gar sohday sachai sabag rahaa-ay.
L
C
Devotees look nice at the true door, they are sustained by true word.
OK
uflr aft ~ an !trtft' mw i{H ~ II har kee pareet tin oopjee har paraym kasaa-ay.
Love of God springs up from them, they are bound in His love.
mw mr ~ JreT mr w5 QFI7jT
B O
mw ~ ~ II
H
har rang raheh sagaa rang raatay rasnaa har ras pi-aa-ay.
K
They ever, in the love, enjoy the love for God, their tongue drinks his nectar.
~~ fm1t ~ HJ3T mw
S I
tftt ~ ~ II
safal janam jinHee gurmukh jaataa har jee-o rigai vasaa-ay.
L~fe ofsuch Gurmukhs, who could know God, is a success, lovable God abides in their souL
~ ~ fR liiC'k'Siift iR wrft!' ~ 11'\'\11 baaih guroo firai billaadee doojai bhaa-ay khu-aa-ay. 111111
Those without Guru wander yelling, and are wasted in other's love. 11
~ ){g a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~Hftr~~n3t~mw~~~11
kalijug meh naam niDhaan Q!1agtee khati-aa har utam pad paa-i-aa.
In dark age, devotees have earned the treasure of name, of devotion, God blesses them with
supreme position.
~~mw~Hfn~~~~11
satgur sayv har naam man vasaa-i-aa an-gin naam Dhi-aa-i-aa.
Those, serving true Guru, are blessed with God's name in mind; they remember name day and
night.
fW' faFr ~ aWn ~ ~ ~ ~ II vichay garih gur bachan udaasee ha-umai moh jalaa-i-aa.
Even in home they are reclues in Guru's word. They burn their greed and ego,
))fTfir ~ ~ ~ ~ tiQ ~ ~ II aap tari-aa kul jagat taraa-i-aa Dhan janaydee maa-i-aa.
1103
They liberate and liberate the whole world. Great is their birth-giving mother.
~~ fuft ~ tHff ~ ~ ~ ft!sfi:r ~ II
aisaa satgur so-ee paa-ay jis Dhur mastak har Iikh paa-i-aa.
On(v they can be blessed with such a true Guru, for whom He is preordained
no 0'0Cif ~ ~ ~ ~ fRrn ~!W ~ ~ IIClII
jan naanak balihaaree gur aapnay vitahu jin bharam bhulaa maarag paa-i-aa. 11111
Nanak Says, ttl sacrifice myselffor my Guru, who put the wandering in doubt on right path". 1
H: Sf II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ~ wre",r m ~ ft:It ~ t!Mtf tr:hr ~ II
tarai gun maa-i-aa vay.!m bhulay ji-o gaykh geepak patang pachaa-i-aa.
Seeing Maya in three gunnas, people get astrayed.
Like a moth, seeing burning lamp, burns itself.
tfflra' ~ ~ wre",r ~ ft!lfr ~ ~ ~ ~ II
pandit bhul bhul maa-i-aa vaykheh gikhaa kinai kihu aan charhaa-i-aa.
Pandit, turningface, would seefor money, also who has offered it.
~ !1'ft!' ~ fi;'3' ftrf1:pw ~ e1tr ~ II
goojai bhaa-ay parheh nit bikhi-aa naavhu ga-yi khu-aa-i-aa.
M
In others love, he daily reads poisonous, he is lost without name.
miimf~!iicr'~8gR!~ II
C O
.
jogee jangam sani-aasee bhulay onHaa ahaNkaar baho garab vaQ!1aa-i-aa.
~ itJg 0" ~ R'3' ~ HOCJf6 ~ ~ II

U B
The jogi, the hermits and recluse are astraying, they have increased lot of ego.
C L
chhaagan bhojan na laihee sat bhikhi-aa manhatb, janam gavaa-i-aa.
K
They would not accept the nice (new) cloths and pure (not left-over) food. They have lost their
O
life in obstinacy ofmind.
~ ~ jj Rg JDftIl' fRrn ~ ~ ~ II
B O
ayt-rhi-aa vichahu so jan samDhaa jin gurmukh naam Dhi-aa-i-aa.
K H
Among so many, only he is a rich, who, the Gurmukh, remembers name.
*
S I
no 0'0Cif fcm ))fTfl:f ~ tIT ~ n ~ II~II
jan naanak kis no aakh sunaa-ee-ai jaa kargay sabh karaa-i-aa. 11211
Nanak says, ttWhom to tell and to let listen, when the Creator has got everything done". 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
wre",r ~ ~ ~ ~ ,go ~ II maa-i-aa moh parayt hai kaam kroQ!1 ahaNkaaraa.
The greedfor money is a ghost, it is all cupidity, anger and ego.
~IDfcft~~~~IDf~4CR"ijTII ayhjamkeesirkaarhaiaynHaauparjamkaadandkaraaraa.
Here the rule is of devil ofdeath, on the people's head, hangs his hard rod.
~ IDf HfcIr ~ IRQ iii" ~ flMrcrr II manmukh jam mag paa-ee-ani HjinHgoojaa bhaa-o pi-aaraa.
Manmukhs, whu love the love for other, are put on the path ofdeath.
IDf yflr 8Q' ~ i Bt 0" ~ II jam pur baQ!1ay maaree-an ko sunai na pookaaraa.
They are bound to be beaten in the city ofdeath, none listens their cries.
ft:rR*~Rf3H~6R\~~ IICl~IIjisnokirpaa karaytisgurmiiaigurmu.!mnistaaraa.111211
Upon whomever He is kind, he meets his Guru, such a Gurmukh liberates. 12
~ H: Sf II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ HH3" ~ )fc'Qf1:f" * anft ~ II ha-umai mamtaa mohnee manmukhaa no ga-ee khaa-ay.
The love for ego in charming, this has eaten up Manmukhs.
1104
HHfu ~ ~ ~ f30r ~ GCft ~ II jo mohi goojai chit laa-igay tinaa vi-aap rahee laptaa-ay.
Those who are charmed, they love other. This (ego) is prevailing upon them.
~ it ~ ~ 3" ~ ~ fI'l'fu II gur kai sabag parjaalee-ai taa ayh vichahu jaa-ay.
With the word of Guru, if this is burnt, then it leaves from within.
3?i HQ ~ ~ 0'1:!' ~ Hfn ~ II tan man hovai ujlaa naam vasai man aa-ay.
Then the mind and body become pure, name comes to stay in mind.
0'0Cl wftmrr Cl'" ~ <JflJ 0'1:!' ~ ~ tI"ft!bfr fI'l'fu II C\ II
naanak maa-i-aa kaa maaran har naam hai gurmukh paa-i-aa jaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Killer ofMaya is the name of God, on(v Gurmukhs can have it." 1
Hg a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
re-g HQ ~ tJaJ B'a'6Pw ft!g ~ (') ~ fI'l'fu II
ih man kayt-rhi-aa jug bharmi-aa thir rahai na aavai jaa-ay.
This mind has wandered through many ages, it does not remain stable, comes and goes.
<JflJ~3"~cmr~~~ II
har bhaanaa taa lIDarmaa-i-an kar parpanch khayl upaa-ay.
If He wills, one gets astrayed, creating worldly ties, he created this play.
W tJftr 8l:fH 3" ~ ~ ~ ~ JDfl'ft!' II jaa har bakhsay taa gur milai asthir rahai samaa-ay.
P.514
OM
If God blesses, then Guru is found. Then one remains stable and merged in Him
0'0Cl HOeft 3" HQ ~ 7)T ~ ~ (') fI'l'fu II ~ II

. C
naanak man hee tay man maani-aa naa kichh marai na jaa-ay. 11211
U B
L
Nanak says, "Mind is pleasing to mind, neither anything dies nor goes. " 2
C
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
O
Body is an infinite fort, but is availed by luck. K
~ i? ~ ~ ~ mtcrit II kaa-i-aa kot apaar hai milnaa sanjogee.
~ ~ wfu m
O
G'fubrr))(Tif (fJf' jift II kaa-i-aa angar aap vas rahi-aa aapay ras bhogee.
B
KH
He Himself is residing in body, and Himself is enjoyer ofbliss.
wfu ~ ~ ~ fn'aHtr <JflJ Haft II aap ateet alipat hai nirjog har jogee.
S I
God is beyond and unaffected, but is united even in non-uniting.
H f3lJ R jJ ere- <JflJ ere- B' ~ II jo tis bhaavai so karay har karay so hogee.
Whatever He wills, He does. What He does shall happen.
<JflJ ~ 0'1:!' ~ (ISfu wfu Rrt'bft lIC\all har gurmukh naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai leh jaahi vijogee. 111311
Let Gurmukhs remember God, their separation will be over. 13
~ Hg a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ ~ wfu ~ ~ mrtft ~ ~ II vaahu vaahu aap akhaa-igaa gur sabgee sach so-avo
God likes to be called Waha, Waha, in the wards ofGuru, His name is true.
~ ~ fi:rGf3 FRlS'(J ~ ~ ~ ~ II vaahu vaahu sifat salaah hai gurmukh booihai ko-ay.
Waha, Waha is the praise, the laudation, on(v some Gurmukh can realize.
~ ~ 8"C!t ~ ~ R& ~ ~ II vaahu vaahu banee sach hai sach milaavaa ho-ay.
The word (bani) Waha, Waha is for True, true gets to unite.
0'0Cl ~ ~ ~ llf tI"ft!bfr C5(ij'fH 1JTl.lftJ ~ II C\ II
naanak vaahu vaahu karti-aa parabh paa-i-aa karam paraapat ho-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Reciting Waha and Waha, I am blessed with Master, This union is by His grace."1
Hg a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ~ cra:ft cn:rc'l" ~ ~ II vaahu vaahu kartee rasnaa sabag suhaa-ee.
1105
Reciting Waha,Waha, tongue in words looks nice.
~ JnIft! 1iI fi.fftisJw))fllft II poorai sabaQ para.bb. mili-aa aa-ee.
Through this perfecting word Master comes to meet.
diJldfll)jT ~ ~ ~ CH'lft II vad.bb.aagee-aa vaahu vaahu muhhu kagnaa-ee.
They are lucky ones from whose mouth, God gets to recite Waha, Waha. "
~ ~ crofu mft RO ~ f3Q ~ lIW ~))fIlft II
vaahu vaahu karahi say-ee jan sohnay tin H ka-o parjaa poojan aa-ee.
Those who recite Waha, Waha, they are beautiful persons, people come to worship them.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (')"I7)ijf t!ftr FIt JlBr l.lllft II~II
vaahu vaahu karam paraapat hovai naanak Qar sachai so.bb.aa paa-ee. 11211
Nanak says, "Reciting Waha, Waha is by His grace, this gives honour in His court." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
amr ~ ~ aJ;f iil'3ftr i!3 ~ ~ II
bajar kapaat kaa-i-aa garh H bheetar koorh kusat a.bb.imaanee.
Of the fort of body, the doors are stone-made and thus strong, but in it is living falsehood and
cheating ego.
RfH ~ creftra~~aHtr~ II .bb.aram.bb.oolay naQar na aavnee manmukh anDh agi-aanee.
M
The astraying in doubt are not seen, they are Manmukhs in blind ignorance.
O
~ ftd a ~ ctftr i1:r Q ~ II upaa-ay kitai na la.bb.nee kar Qhaykh thakay Qhaykhvaanee.
By trying they are found nowhere, guisers are tired ofguising.
. C
B
~ Fmft ~ ~ ~ ifl.lTO't II gur sa!)Qee kholaa-ee-ani H har naam japaanee.
U
With Guru's word are opened (doors), and name of God is repeated.
L
C
aftrtftt~~a-fHat.lhw3'~ 1I~811 harjee-oamritbirakh haijin pee-aataytariptaanee.1I1411
K
God, lovable, is a nectar-tree, whoever drinks he is contented. 14
O
B O
~ ~ ~ ~ Bfi:f ~ II vaahu vaahu kar1;i-aa rain sukh vihaa-ay.
Reciting Waha, Waha, night passes in peace.
KH
~ ~ ~ Jre" ~ ~ Heft HTft:? II vaahu vaahu kar1;i-aa saQaa anand hovai mayree maa-ay.
S I
Reciting Waha, Waha, there is ever bliss 01 my mother.
~ ~ ~ ~ fi:It ftR wft!' II vaahu vaahu kar1;i-aa har si-o Iiv laa-ay.
Reciting Waha, Waha, lovefor God springs up.
~ ~ aroHt i i iwft!' II vaahu vaahu karmee bolai bolaa-ay.
Reciting Waha, Waha, is if He showers grace
~ ~ ~ Jl!Jr t.I'ft!' II vaahu vaahu kar1;i-aa soQhaa paa-ay.
Reciting Waha, Waha, gets all praise.
(')"I7)ijf ~ ~ Hft:r ~ II~II naanak vaahu vaahu sat rajaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Reciting Waha, Waha, obey His wilL"1

~ ~ r i ~ a- ~ ~ IJl'ft5 II vaahu vaahu banee sach hai gurmukh laDhee .bb.aal.
The words Waha Waha are true, Gurmukh has found after searching.
~ ~ m ~ ~ ~ ftra@' O'ftis II vaahu vaahu sa!)Qay uchrai vaahu vaahu hirQai naal.
Recite Wahll Waha in wards, Waha, Waha with heart.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IJl'ft5 II vaahu vaahu kar1;i-aa har paa-i-aa sehjay gurmukh .bb.aal.
Reciting Waha, Waha, one meets God, Gurmukhs find Him, in ease.
H ~ ~ ~ ~ fa@' RH'ft!s II~II say vad.bb.aagee naankaa har har riQai samaal. 11211
1106
Nanak says, "They are lucky, who remember God in heart. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
E' )fOT))ffg iiIPw ~ iB' ~ II ay manaa at lobhee-aa nit lobhay raataa.
01 my mind, extremely greedy, you are always busy in greed.
~ H?)RT J:roit ~ ft!J:r fRr3'r II maa-i-aa mansaa mohnee gah gis firaataa.
Maya charms living minds, it gets them wander in ten directions
l'Hit ~ iI'f3' 0' wft!1:it ~ ~ 1:fI:JT II agai naa-o jaat na jaa-isee manmukh gukh khaataa.
Your name and caste will not accompany you, thus Manmukh eats sorrows.
CJ'ROT <Jftr 01J 0' ~ ~ bsr3r II rasnaa har ras na chakhi-o feekaa bolaataa.
oI my tongue, you have not tasted nectar of God, and ever speaks dry.
fl::roT~~~HROftpar3r 1I'\l.l1l jinaa gurmukh amritchaakhi-aa sayjantariptaataa.lllSII
The Gurmukhs who have tasted the nector of God, such men of God are contented. 15
*
~ ~ f:m ~ ft:f mJI' iIfuQ ~ II vaahu vaahu tis no aakhee-ai je sachaa gahir gambheer.
He should be called Waha, Waha, Who is truly deep andprofound.
*
~ ~ f:m ~ ft:f ~ Hf3' tft9 II vaahu vaahu tis no aakhee-ai je gundaataa mat Dheer.
He should be called Waha, Waha, Who is giver ofvirtues like wisdom andpatience.
M
P.StS
*
~ ~ f:m ~ ft:f JJS Hfu afcmIr JIHrf8" II
O
.
vaahu vaahu tis no aakhee-ai je sabh meh rahi-aa samaa-ay.
C
He should be called Waha, Waha, Who is merging in alL
* U B
~ ~ f:m ~ ft:f ~ ~ mrrftr II vaahu vaahu tis no aakhee-ai je gaygaa rijak sabaahi.
ft!l:frft! C
L
He should be called Waha, Waha, Who gives food to alL
K
orner ~ ~ ftrci ~ ~ ft:f ~ ~ 11'\11
O
naanak vaahu vaahu iko kar salaahee-ai je satgur gee-aa gikhaa-ay. 11111
B O
Nanak says, "Praise on(v One as Waha, Waha, Whom, the true Guru, has shown. 1
~~~Jre1"~~~~~ II
K H
S I
vaahu vaahu gurmukh sadaa karahi manmukh mareh bikh khaa-ay.
Gurmukh always recites Waha, Waha, Manmukh dies eating poison.
(ioT ~ ~ 0' ~ ~ :gfl:f ~ II onaa vaahu vaahu na bhaav-ee gu!may dUkh vihaa-ay.
Waha, Waha is not pleasing to them, the suffering remain in sorrows.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ aGftr ftN wft! II gurmukh amrit peevnaa vaahu vaahu karahi Iiv laa-ay.
Gurmukhs are to drink nectar. They recite Waha, Waha while intunedwith Him.
(')1(")'Ct ~ ~ ~ H RO foaHi ftpJa mrt l.lTft? II~ II
naanak vaahu vaahu karahi say jan nirmalay taribhavan soihee paa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, " Those who reciting Waha, Waha, are pure. They are knowing three worlds." 2
1./f;ft II pa-orhee. PAURI
<Jftr a- sri ~ fi.fi ~ 'i'1Iftr ao'tl II har kai bhaanai gur milai sayvaa bhagat baneejai.
In the will of God, one meets Guru, and service makes him devotee.
<JftJ a- sri <Jftr Hfl; ~ Jroi1 01J t.fu1 II har kai bhaanai har man vasai sehjay ras peejai.
In the will of God, He abides in mind, and drinks nectar, in ease.
<JftJ a- ri ~ ~ <Jftr l!iS'V" fia ~ II har kai bhaanai sukh paa-ee-ai har laahaa nit leejai.
In the will ofGod, one gets, happiness and ever gets the gain of God.
<JftJ a- 3l::rftr ~ fc:r urftr Jre1" ~ II har kai takhat bahaalee-ai nij ghar sagaa vaseejai.
1107
He is blessed to occupy the throne of God, and gets to live ever in own home.
(]'ftJ a'" iJTC!"M Hfn>w fi:Ior ~ ~ 119~1I har kaa Qhaanaa tinee mani-aa jinaa guroo mileejai. 111611
On(v they accept the will of God, whom Guru has met. 16
~ Kg a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~~Jlnom!1"qafuftrcy~~~~ II
vaahu vaahu say jan sagaa karahi jin H ka-o aapay gay-ay buihaa-ay.
Those men of God, ever recite Waha, Waha, whom He blesses to realize.
~~~)fQ~~~~w& II
vaahu vaahu karti-aa man nirmal hovai ha-umai vichahu jaa-ay.
Reciting Waha, Waha, the mind becomes pure, the ego from within goes.
~~~itfoEJcRJl)fc')~~~ II
vaahu vaahu gursikh jo nit karay so man chingi-aa fal paa-ay.
Those Sikhs ofGuru, who daily recite Waha, Waha, they get the desiredfruits.
~~ qafu Jl no ~ (]'ftJ f3q cl ~ fHR II
vaahu vaahu karahi say jan sohnay har tin H kai sang milaa-ay.
Those men of God, who recite Waha, Waha are beautiful God, gets them to unite with Him.
~~ftra@'~~ift.-rg~~ II
M
vaahu vaahu hirgai uchraa mukhahu bhee vaahu vaahu karay-o.
O
Let me recite Waha, Waha, from mind and also samefrom mouth.
11111 .C
0'0c5r ~ ~ it qafu ~ '3Q )fQ f3q ~ ~ 11911
B
naanak vaahu vaahu jo karahi ha-o tan man tin H ka-o gay-o.
U
Nanak says, "Whoever recites Waha, Waha, I surrender ~v mind and body before him." 1
L
C
Kg a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
K
~ ~ JITfu! HV ~ ~ if!' a'" ~ II vaahu vaahu saahib sach hai amrit jaa kaa naa-o.
OO
Master is Waha, Waha, He is true, nectar is His name.
fi::Ifo ~ 13ft; ~ ~ ~ 150 ~ wt II jin sayvi-aa tin fal paa-i-aa ha-o tin balihaarai jaa-o.
H B
Whoever serves gets its fruit, I sacrifice myselffor him. .
~ ~ IJC!t ~ 5" fi:m' <5 ~ 'ff ~ II vaahu vaahu gunee niDhaan hai jis no gay-ay so khaa-ay.
IK
Waha, Waha is the treasure ofattributes, whomever He gives, he enjoys.
~~iIftl>~~5"~~w& II
S
vaahu vaahu jal thai Qharpoor hai gurmukh paa-i-aa jaa-ay.
Waha, Waha is pervading waters, lands, Gurmukh can get Him.
~~~foEJRB'nv~~~~iR II
vaahu vaahu gursikh nit saQh karahu gur pooray vaahu vaahu bhaavai.
01 Sikh of Gurus, recite Waha, Waha, always. The perfect Guru likes those reciting Waha,
Waha
0'0c5r ~ ~ it Hfo ftJftr cR f3'ff ~ *ftJ 0' ~ II~ II
naanak vaahu vaahu jo man chit karay tis jamkankar nayrh na aavai. 11211
Nanak Says, "Those who recite Waha, Waha from their mind, from their heart. The devil of
death cannot touch them. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
uf<r ~ JW HV 5" m:it ~ II har jee-o sachaa sach hai sachee gurbaanee.
01 my lovable God, the True (you) is True, the word ofGuru (Gurbani) is also true.
~ 3" ~ ~ RAJ JrnfR ~ II satgur tay sach pachhaanee-ai sach sahj samaanee.
The True is realized through true Guru, true are merging, in ease.
1108
~ iI'iIIfu or w:fu ~ ~ ~ IIan-gin jaageh naa saveh jaagat rain vihaanee.
They remain awake, day and night, awaking they pass night
~ tJftr 01J ~ Jt yo 'tJTC!t II gurmatee har ras chaakhi-aa say punn paraanee.
In the wisdom of Guru they taste nectar ofGod. They are beings in virtues
fug ~ fcffi" 0 ~ tffiJ tre ~ 111:\;>11 bin gur kinai na paa-i-o pach mu-ay ajaanee. 111711
None can get without Guru, the ignorants burn to die. 17
~ ){g a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ ~ 81C!t ~ ~ f::rff ~ ~ 0 eire II
vaahu vaahu banee nirankaar hai tis jayvad avar na ko-ay.
The word Waha, Waha isfor God, none else is equal to Him.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ mJT' Rft!' II vaahu vaahu agam athaahu hai vaahu vaahu sachaa so-avo
Waha Waha is inaccessible, infinite Waha Waha is same True.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ cR H ~ II vaahu vaahu vayparvaahu hai vaahu vaahu karay so ho-ay.
Waha Waha is carefree, what Waha Waha does that happens.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ tR eire II vaahu vaahu amrit naam hai gurmukh paavai ko-ay.
Waha Waha is the nectar of name, very rare of a Gurmukh can drink it.
~ ~ oroHt ~ ~ ~ CfftJ eft! II vaahu vaahu karmee paa-ee-ai aap Qa-i-aa kar Qay-ay.
M
Waha, Waha is blessed with His grace, being generous, He blesses,
O
P.516
(')"l'('jO[~~~~~~~II"1I
. C
B
naanak vaahu vaahu gurmukh paa-ee-ai an-gin naam la-ay-ay. 11111
U
Nanak says, "Gurmukh is blessed with Waha, Waha, day and night, he remember His name. " 1
L
C
fug ~ ~ R"f::f 0 ~ iHt O"'dt iIrft!' II bin satgur sayvay saat na aavee Qoojee naahee jaa-ay.
O K
Without serving true Guru, there is no peace, there is no other place also.
O
H ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ iIrft!' II jay bahutayraa lochee-ai vin karmai na paa-i-aa jaa-ay.
H B
One may desire for more, but without being blessed, none can get it.
fl:rcyr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R ~ II jinHaa antar lobh vikaar hai Qoojai .b.b.aa-ay khu-aa-ay.
K
SI
Those, whose mind is distorted by greed they are wasted in other's love.
~~0 ~~" ~ t.rrfu' II jaman maran na chuk-ee ha-umai vich Qukh paa-ay.
Their cycle of birth and death does not cease, they suffer sorrows in ego.
fl:rcyr ~ ~ ~ rilw H l:I'i!5t mft orftr II jinHaa satgur si-o chit laa-i-aa so khaalee ko-ee naahi.
Those who have their mind in true Guru, none ofthem is without means.
f::Jo ffi{ cit ~ 0 ~ or ~ ~ Jt'(J'1'fu II tin jam kee talab na hova-ee naa o-ay Qukh sahaahi.
They never are sought by the devil ofdeath, neither they suffer sorrows.
(')"l'('jO[ ~ ~ 'Rt fI'8'fu J=I'H'fftr 11:::111 naanak gurmukh ubray sachai sabaQ samaahi. 11211
Nanak says, "Gurmukhs are liberated, They are merging in true word. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ f:m 5" ~ ft:J l::IRH ~ ~ II dhaadhee tis no aakhee-ai je khasmai Dharay pi-aar.
He is called a bard, who loves his Master.
m 1:f;:I1' ~ cR ~ Jmft ~ II Qar kharhaa sayvaa karay gur sabQee veechaar.
Standing at doors, he serves, by singing the thought ofthe word of Guru.
~ ~ llIg t.rrfu"Rt ~ ~ ~ qrfa' II dhaadhee Qar ghar paa-isee sach rakhai ur Dhaar.
The bard is accepted at the doors ofHis home, by having Master in mind.
~ err ~ ~ <:rftJ i O"'ftr ~ II dhaadhee kaa mahal aglaa har kai naa-ay pi-aar.
1109
The home of bard is large, once he has love for the name of God.
~ cit jW~ ~ ~ ~fim'3rflr 1IC\t:11 dhaadhee kee sayvaa chaakree har jap har nistaar. 111811
The job ofbard is His service, by singing ofGod, he liberates. 18
~ H: it II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK MOHALKA 3
~ iI'f:J R'fW R" JIY ~ ~ II goojree jaat gavaar jaa saho paa-ay aapnaa.
Gujri is of a rustic clan, but when she meets her Master,
~ cl mrft! ~ ~ ~ iIY R'l!" II gur kai sabag veechaar an-gin har jap jaapnaa.
Day and night, she ponders over the word ofGuru and recites about God.
ft:qJ ~ fi.m ftnJ ~ tN w ~ C'l'flJ II jis satgur milai tis bha-o pavai saa kulvantee naar.
Whoever is blessed with true Guru, she begets fear (of God), she is woman ofhigh culture.
W ~ lI5'i 'b QI' ftm ~ ~ cfhft ~ II sa hukam pachhaanai kant kaa jis no kirpaa keetee kartaar.
She realizes the order ofher husband, only when the Creator is kind.
W g9ift ~ tmrflr Dt B3'ftJ II oh kuchjee kulkb.anee parhar chhodee bhataar.
One deserted by husband, is clumsy, wicked and discarded woman.
i' ~ ~ crZIit f6coo!is ~ mftJ II bhai pa-i-ai mal katee-ai nirmal hovai sareer.
If there is fear of God, the /dirt is removed, the body becomes pure.
~ 1.Rm'H Hftf !3H ~ <rfai ~ Pt arc:f@ II antar pai-gaas mat ootam hovai har jap gunee gaheer.
M
With His light within, the ,lwisdom will be good. Remembering God she is deep in virtues,
O
i' RftJ iR i' <ro i' RftJ ~ G(TQ II bhai vich baisai bhai rahai bhai vich kamaavai kaar.
if she sits in fear, lives in fear and earns deeds in fear.
. C
B
~ ~ ~ ~ Jilf ~ II aithai sukh vagi-aa-ee-aa gargeh mokh gu-aar.
U
She will be praised and happy, here and hereafter, and in His court she will pass through the
L
C
door ofliberation.
K
i' ~ ~ ~ 6ff5 R3t imf ))flfIO II J2hai tay nirbha-o paa-ee-ai mil jotee jot apaar.
O
By His fear, she gets One beyondfear, and thus meeting, her light merges jn infinite light
B O
orocr ~ R w !RIft ftm ~ ~ 1PfR crcarg II C\II
naanak khasmai bhaavai saa bhalee jis no aapay bakhsay kartaar. 11111
H
IK
Nanak says, "Only she, accepted by Master, is nice, the Creator Himself blesses her." 1
Jrel' Jrel' ~ IN ~
S8ftIs"" II sagaa sagaa salaahee-ai sachay ka-o bal jaa-o. "
I ever and ever praise True, and sacrifice myselffor Him.
orocr ~ ~ ~ g w ft::rcw Hfk"" II~II naanak ayk chhod goojai lagai saa jihvaa jal jaa-o. 11211
Nanak says, "leaving One if tongue praises some one other, let this be burnt. "2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ ~ ~ ~ fR" cfPHr II ansaa a-utaar upaa-i-on bhaa-o goojaa kee-aa.
God created the family of incarnates, thus created love for other.
~ 'a"'R artJ ~ ~ Hl:f ~ II ji-o raajay raaj kamaavgay gukh sukh bhirhee-aa.
Like the kings enjoy their rule, andfight battles for pains andpleasures.
m
lfu:rg lfiJW ~ f3ctt n ~ II eesar barahmaa sayvgay ant pnHee na lahee-aa.
Isar and Brahma serve, but they cannot know His limit.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II nirbha-o nirankaar alakh hai gurmukh pargatee-aa.
FearlBfis, formless is unknowable He is revealed only to Gurmukhs.
fat ~ ~ n ~ ~ RfcIr IfPHr IIC\.~II tithai sog vijog na vi-aapa-ee asthir jag thee-aa. 111911
Then no agony ofseparation happens, the world becomes stable. 19
~ )(: a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
1110
~ ~ fcr ~ ~ ~ H3T ~ ~ II ayhu salID kichh aavan jaan hai jaytaa hai aakaar.
All that has aform, is to come and go.
ft:Ifo ~ il:IT ~ Jl ~ ~ II jin ayhu laykhaa Iikhi-aa so ho-aa parvaan.
Those who could know this account, they are accepted.
("jl"(')Cf R ~))fTy dlC!lft'H!1 Jl ~ dR"9 11"\11 naanakjay ko aap ganaa-igaa so moorakh gaavaar. 11111
Nanak says, "Whoever tries to impose, he is foolish, idiot." 1
>oj'g a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
Hg ~i1'g ~ ~ fdJ))fT" ~F tro ~ 3CJ ~ II

man kunchar peelak guroo gi-aan kundaa jah khinchay tah jaa-ay.
Mind is elephant driver, knowledge ofGuru is goad. Whichever direction it directs the elephant
accepts.
("jl"(')Cf (Jffift ~ 8'CJGT fa'ftJ fa'ftJ ts'ftr t.rrft! II~II naanak hastee kunday baahraa fir fir umarh paa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "The elephant, if out ofgoad (control) will astray again and again. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
f3lJ ~ ~ ft:Ifo ~ II tis aagai argaas jin upaa-i-aa.
I pray before One who has given me birth.
P.S!7
M
~))fl.(C!T~ RS ~ ~ II satgur apnaa sayv salID fal paa-i-aa.
O
By serving my true Guru. I am blessed with allfruits.
~ (Jftr QT ~ m:::r ~ II amrit har kaa naa-o sagaa Dhi-aa-i-aa.
.C
B
Nectar is the name of God, I ever remember.
FB i1c')T cl Jirdr ~ ~ II santjanaa kai sang gukh mitaa-i-aa.
L U
C
In the congregation ofsaints, all ~v narrow are finished
K
("jl"(')Cf ere ~ (Jftr QQ f6deC!'SI~))fI' II~OIl naanak lIDa-ay achint har Dhan nihchalaa-i-aa. 112011
O
Nanak says, "I am now free from anxiety, because God's wealth is ever lasting?" 20
O
Ricr K: a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
B
~ fi..pww ~ Uf! ~ ~ II khayt mi-aalaa uchee-aa ghar uchaa nirna-o.
H
K
Boundary lines ofmy field are raised, this decides the height ofmy home.
SI
>fCWi ~ urftJ ~ ~ ~ II mahallIDagtee ghar sarai sajan paahuni-a-o.
Wife's devotion to home is enough, once the dear has come to stay.
8'ij"ffi')T 3' 8GB' llffiT agftr 8cn:rftr Cl'fu II barsanaa ta baras ghanaa bahurh barseh kaahi.
Ifyou have to rain, rain a lot, where is the need to rain again?
("jl"(')Cf ~ 8flisdld~ ~ ~ ~)f() wfu 11"\11
naanak tin H balihaarnai jin H gurmukh paa-i-aa man maahi. 11111

Nanak says, "I sacrifice myselffor them, who get Gurmukh to stay in their mind." 1
K: a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
fkor Jl ii ~ ~ Jl ftr d"fR' II mithaa so jo lIDaavgaa sajan so je raas.
Sweet is one that is pleasing, dear is one who is faithful
("jl"(')Cf ~ wiPK ill' at JWflr ri' tmI'B II~II
naanak gurmukh jaanee-ai jaa ka-o aap karay pargaas. 11211

Nanak says, "On(v he is known Gurmukh, whom He Himself enlightens". 17.2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ tr1k ffi') eft ~ ~ 'ReT wet II parabh paas jan kee argaas too sachaa saaN-ee.
01 Master, I pray before you, you are my true Master.
~ ~ m:::r m:::r ~ ~ ~ II too rakhvaalaa sagaa sagaa ha-o tuDh Dhi-aa-ee.
1111
You are ever and ever my protector, I remember you.
tfl1,r iB Rftr 3fcJJW' g ~ ~ /I jee-a jant sabh tayri-aa too rahi-aa samaa-ee.
All living beings are yours, you are merging in them
R~ ~ eft f?rer cR ftrB H'fa' ~ /I jo gaas tayray kee ningaa karay tis maar pachaa-ee.
Whoever back-bites your servant, you kill him to burn.
ftJ3r ~ ~ ~ (')l(')cl' n ~ /1::)9/1 chintaa chhad achint rahu naanak lag paa-ee. 112111
Nanak says, "Leave worries and be care free, by being at His feet. " 21
~ H: a /I salok mehlaa 3. SALOK MOHALKA 3
))fIW ~ ~ ~ ))fIW ~ (') RTft!' /I aasaa kartaa jag mu-aa aasaa marai na jaa-ay.
The world is dying in hopes, the hopes neither die nor go.
(')l(')cl' ))fIW ~ H9' fHt ~ ~ /19/1 naanak aasaa pooree-aa sachay si-o chit laa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "My hopes are fulfilled, by being in love with True." 1
H: a /I mehlaa 3. M: 3
))fIW )fflW Hfcr iI"W fl::rf7; cft3t Jl i RTft!' /I aasaa mansaa mar jaa-isee jin keetee so lai jaa-ay.
The hopes and desires will die by One who has created, He will take back.
(')l(')cl' ~ i ocft ~ mtr cl ~ /1::)/1 naanak nihchal ko nahee baaihahu har kai naa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, " Nothing is ever lasting, except the name of God. " 2
M
~ /lpa-orhee.PAURI
O
))fll) ~ ~ aftJ ~ ~ /I aapay jagat upaa-i-on kar pooraa thaat.
He Himself created world, with perfect layout.
. C
B
))fll} ~ ~ ~ ~ eft c:rfa' CJ1? /I aapay saahu aapay vaniaaraa aapay hee har haat.
L U
God Himself is financer, Himself is trader, and Himself is trading centre.
~ FI"iI9 ~ iftJlfr ~ eft ~ /I aapay saagar aapay bohithaa aapay hee khayvaat.
K C
God Himself is ocean, Himself is a boat and Himself is boat-man.
ew
O
~~ 5' ~ ~ ell til'? /I aapay gur chaylaa hai aapay aapay gasay ghaat.
O
God Himself is a Guru, and Himselfis a disciple, and himselftells about the landing place.
B
if<') ('i'I'(')'Cl' (')T)f fb1Hrft! 3' Rftr ~ QlG /I::)::) /19/1 FItI'
KH
- = - --
jan naanak naam Dhi-aa-ay too sal2!1 kilvikh kaat. 112211111 suQhu
S I
Nanak says, "You remember the name of God, He will kill all sins, 22.1 (sudh)
~ ~ ~ )fC)'W tI raag goojree vaar mehlaa 5 raq Gujri Var M: 5
9tr"'~ ~ /I ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad..
~ H: tI /I salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ trflr ~ <'l't /I antar gur aaraaDh-naa jihvaa jap gur naa-o.
Adore Guru in mind and repeat his name with tongue,
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ <'l't /I naytree satgur paykh-naa sarvanee sunnaa gur naa-o.
See true Guru with eyes, and with ears listen his name.
~ ffift ~ ~ ~ ~ /I satgur saytee rati-aa gargeh paa-ee-ai ttlaa-o.
Having love with true Guru, one gets place in His courL
~ ('i'I'(')'Cl' fRtrr cR frm c5 ~ ~ ~ /I kaho .naanak kirpaa karay jis no ayh vath gay-avo
Nanak says, "God is kind upon one, whom He gives this gift.
~ Hfu ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ /19/1 jag meh utam kaaQhee-ah virlay kay-ee kay-avo 11111
Good persons, in the world are found very few. " 1
H; t.I /I mehlaa 5. M: 5
~ Ql:lC!<Jifd ))fTflr ~ /I rakhay rakhanhaar aap ubaari-an.
1112
The protector protects and Himself liberates.
~ eft ~ 1.fTft! Cit'iJ ~ II gur kee pairee paa-ay kaaj savaari-an.
Be at the feet of Guru and settle your matters.
~ ))frflr ~ 1i7ig (') ~ II ho-aa aap ga-i-aal manhu na visaari-an.
He Himself has become kind, do notforget Him from mind.
mar
JlTQ' i10T a- ~ ~ II saaDh janaa kai sang bhavjal taari-an.
In the company ofsaints get to swim across the terrible waters.
'R'Cil'3' ~ SFfG f1:fo HTfu ~ II saakat ningak gusat khin maahi bigaari-an.
The non believers, the back-biters the wicked, all are eliminated in a moment
f3H RTfutr eft ~ (')Tncsf H8" H"fu II tis saahib kee tayk naanak manai maahi.
Nanak says, "Have the reliance ofthat Master in mind.
P.5t8
fi:rB' fl::n.fa3' ~ ml:! Rri ~ wfu
II~II jis simrat sukh ho-ay saglay gookh jaahi. 11211
Remembering whom is happiness and all sorrows are off."2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ YQl:f ~ ~ II akul niranjan purakh agam apaaree-ai.
Purakh is beyond lineage, beyond taints, beyond access, and beyond limits.
M
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II sacho sachaa sach sach nihaaree-ai.
O
Let us .'tee true and true, the true ofthe true,
C
~ (') ~ ftrJ ~ ~ II koorh na jaapai kichh tayree Dhaaree-ai.
Whatever you (God) have created nothing looks false.
B .
mm ~ ~ R"3' ~ II sabhsai gay gaataar jayt upaaree-ai.
L U
C
You are giver to all, whom you have created.
~ ef::r tRre itS ~ II ikat soot paro-ay jot sanjaaree-ai.
O K
After stringing them in one thread, you are giving life.
O
~ ft'im HfiJ ~ ~ II hukmay b!:lavjal manih hukmay taaree-ai.
H B
Those amidst terrible waters, are in order, and those swimming across are also in order.
lfB' tftt ~ ~ ~ fi:rB' B'W ~ II parabh jee-o tuDh Dhi-aa-ay so-ay jis bhaag mathaaree-ai.
K
SI alM(JiJlrK
01 my Master, on(v those remember you for whom it is preordained.
~ arlkfi.ff3' ~ (') ~ ~ ~ II~II
tayree gat mit lakhee na jaa-ay ha-o tuDh balihaaree-ai. 11111
Your power and dynamics cannot be known, I sacrifice myselffor you. 1
~ H: ~ II salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
tIT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ )fO HTfu II jaa tooN tuseh mihar\'Jan achint vaseh man maahi.
Upon whomever you yourselfare kind, you unknowingly, come to stay in their mind.
tIT ~ ~ ~ ~ fi;ftr U/Q HPJ tPfu II jaa tooN tuseh miharvaan na-o niQh ghar meh paahi.
When you yourselfare kind, nine treasures are blessed while at home.
tIT ~ ~ ~ 3" IRJ W H1 ctHTfu II jaa tooNtuseh miharvaan taa gur kaa mantar kamaahi.
When you yourself are kind, one earns the mantar of Guru.
tIT ~ ~ ~ 3" (')Tncsf Hftr m-rrftr II~II jaa tooNtuseh miharvaan taa naanak sach samaahi. 11111
When you yourself are kind, Nanak merges in True (you). 1
H: ~ II mehlaa S. M: 5
m
rcr:ft 8iIfQ: ~ ~ ~ II kitee baihni H baihnay much vajaa-in vaj.
A lot many occupied thrones, and enjoyed the music of many instruments.
(')Tncsf JriJ (')1)f ~ fcm (') odPw ~ 11:111 naanak sachay naam vin kisai na rahee-aa laj. 11211
1113
Nanak says, "Without true name, none could save honour. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
'"9" ~ R iSS8r ~ ~ II tuDh Dhi-aa-eeni H bayg kataybaa san khamay.
Some standing by Vedas and kateb, remember you.
~ Rt 0" tI'Ifi! 3t t!ftr ~ II gantee ganee na jaa-ay tayrai gar parhay.
The number of(ving at your door cannot be counted
1fUH '"9" ~ ~M~iHC!i II barahmay tuQh Dhi-aa-eeni H ingar ingraasanaa.
Brahma and Indar on their thrones remember you.
Jfcsta' ftmo ~ CJflJ RB' ~ R" II sankar bisan avtaar har jas mukh .!IDanaa.
Shankar and Vishnu, the incarnations, praise you reciting from their mouth
tffir ~ Hlf ~ ~ II peer pikaabar saykb. masaa-ik a-ulee-ay.
Peers, prophets, Sheik, Masaeikh, and other spiritualpersons.
tn3 ifflJ ~ urrc urrc ~ II ot POt nirankaar ghat ghat ma-ulee-ay.
Are merging in Formless, who is blooming in all bodies.
~ cR ~ traM ~ II koorhahu karay vinaas Dharmay tagee-ai.
He destroys the false, but those in faith are given to survive.
~ ~ ~ JWf4 ~ ~ ~ II~II jit jit laa-ihi aap tit tit lagee-ai. 11211
M
Where and wherever God puts on job, there and there let us work. 2
~ )fg tI II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
O
~ ~ cR ~ ~ Rg II chaNgi-aa-eeNaalak karay buri-aa-eeNho-ay sayr.
C
B .
The virtuous is lazy (weak) the vicious has become brave
U
7)l"O'Q ))fff Cfftis ~ ~ G'Cft ~ 11'\11 naanak aj kal aavsee gaafal faahee payr. 11111
)fg tI II mehlaa 5. M: 5
C L
Nanak says, "Today or tomorrow the careless will be chained by feet. "
K
fcsr:ftfr ~ F aPK 0" ~ II kitee-aa kuQbang gujhaa thee-ai na hit.
O
O
Lot many may be my mistakes, but my love for you can not remain concealed
B
7)l"O'Q 3" HfJ ~ HO Hfu mJ1' ~ II~II naanak tai seh Qbaki-aa man meh sachaa mit. 11211
H
Nanak says, "OJ my Master you have provided me cover, and you my true friend are in my
K
SI
mind2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ afu' t!'W ~ II ha-o maaga-o tujhai ga-i-aal kar gaasaa goli-aa.
I beg from you OJ merciful, have me as servant ofyour servants.
~ fofb'trit G"tJ RRt' ~ II na-cr niDh paa-ee raaj jeevaa boli-aa.
I live by reciting, thus I get the kingdom with nine treasures
K6;r3 ~ foQrg t!'W l.IIftJ ~ II amrit naam niDhaan gaasaa ghar ghanaa.
Nectar is treasure ofname, it is enough in the homes ofyour servants.
130 & JffiIr ~ ~ RB' Be!" II tin kai sang nihaal sarvanee jas sunaa.
I am happy in their company, when I listen your praise with my ears.
COR"" 130 eft QTG ~ ~ ~ II kamaavaa tin kee kaar sareer pavit ho-ay.
Let me serve them, so that my body becomes pure.
mr
tI1:fT ~ t1lfl:r ftmw iffl! II pakhaa paanee pees bigsaa pair Qho-ay.
I whisk fan, bring water and grind grains, for them, I enjoy washing their feet,
~ ~ 0" are 1{B' ot!ftr ~ II aaphu kaQlhoo na ho-ay para.!ID nagar nihaalee-ai.
Though I am in progression, I myselfcannot do any thing,
Hfu ~ rei ~ R3 tmf ~ lIall mohi nirgun gichai thaa-o sant Qharam saalee-ai. 11311
1114
01 Master, be kind to me. give me, the virtueless, place in the home offaith ofthe saints.
~ H: tI II salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
WHO ~ UQ(') cit ~ Q(JT Fre 9fu II saajan tayray charan kee ho-ay rahaa sag Dhoor.
01 my dear, let me ever be the dust ofyour feet.
0T0Cl' ~ ~ ~ Jfl?I' ~ II~II naanak saran tuhaaree-aa paykha-o sagaa hajoor. 11111
Nanak says, "Let me be in your refuge, so that 1 can see you ever present"
H: tI II mehlaa 5. M: 5
tIfu3' yoT:r ~ '5fu ~ ~ Hg ~ II patit puneet asaNkh hohi har charnee man laag.
Uncountable declined are turned pure, by having their mind, at the feet of God.
~~01Hl:{B'ft:nJOTOCl'HJBft;rAr II~II athsath tirath naam parabhjis naanakmastakbhaag.11211
Nanak says, "Onefor whom it is preordained, Master's name is pilgrimage ofsixty eight sacred
places for him. " 2
t$ft II pa-orhee. PAURl
fo'3 RlJtit R'fi::r fdrG'rfl::r ~ t1diElt!dl l d t!" II nit japee-a i saas giraas naa-o paravgigaar gaa.
Let us ever remember the name ofnourishing God by every breath and every morsel,
*
fi:m ~ ~ f3H (') ~ II jis no karay rahamm tis na visaargaa.
Upon whomever He is kind, he does notforget Him.
~ ~ ~ m~ II aap upaavanhaar aapay hee maargaa.
OM
C
He Himselfgives birth, and Himselfgets them to die.
P.519
B .
U
~ ftir!' we!" ~ !ftr ~ II sabh kichh jaanai jaan bum veechaargaa.
C L
He knows everything, knowing He understands and thinks.
~ gtr fl:R> wfu ~ ~ II anik reop khin maahi kugrat Dhaargaa.
*wre O K
By His divine will, He takes many forms in a moment.
JIftr ftmfu ~ II jis no laa-ay sach tiseh uDhaargaa.
O
fi:m
B
Whomever He puts on truth, He liberates him.
H
fi:m @' ~ ~ ff ~ (') ~ II jis gai hovai val so kagay na haargaa.
K
SI
On whomever side He is, he never faces defeat
Jfl?I' ~ ~ ~ ~ f3H ~ 11811 sagaa abhag geebaan hai ha-o tis namaskaargaa. 11411
He holds ever impartial court, 1 salute Him. 4
&'lj,y
~ H: tI II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ ;ftH ~ HWft! II kaam kroDh lobh chhodee-ai geejai agan jalaa-ay.
Leave cupidi(V, anger, greed put them on fire.
~ ~ RJl.iPK 0T0Cl' JJI'eT ~ 11"\11 jeevgi-aa nit jaapee-ai naanak saachaa naa-o. 11111
"While alive, ever remember the true name," says Nanak
fi:oor:r fi:oor:r ll! ~ HB' ~ ~ ))fTfu II simrat simrat parabh aapnaa saQh fal paa-ay aahi.
Remembering and remembering my Master, 1 am blessed with allfruits.
0T0Cl' 01H ~ ~ ~ ~ fi.Risrft!' II~II naanak naam araaDhi-aa gur poorai gee-aa milaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "1 remember the name, the perfect Guru got me to unite. " 2
t$ft II pa-orhee. PAURl
R ~ FiwftJ fi:f ~ ~ II so muktaa sansaar je gur upgaysi-aa.
One whom Guru has taught, he is liberated in the world.
ftm cit m!t ~ fire ~ II tis kee ga-ee balaa-ay mitay angaysi-aa.
His calamities are over, and doubts are finished.

f3H Cl'" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II tis kaa darsan daykh jagat nihaal ho-ay.
Seeing him the world is happier.
ffii a- Jffirr ~ 1.(Il.fI' ~ tlft!' II jan kai sang nihaal paapaa mail Dho-ay.
People are happy in the company of the men of God, their dirt ofsins is washed.
~ wur ~ tit ~ II amrit saachaa naa-o othai jaapee-ai.
The true name is nectar, let us remember there (with them).
HO at ~ ~ !lfT ~ II man ka-o ho-ay santokh .bb.ukhaa Dharaapee-ai.
The mind shall be contented and hunger shall be quenched.
fi::rff lIIfc ~ ~ ftJff itIn ~ II jis ghat vasi-aa naa-o tis banDhan kaatee-ai.
In whichever body the name abides, his bondages are cut.
~ ~ fcffi' fft'i CJflJ QQ ~ II~II gur parsaad kinai virlai har Qhan khaatee-ai. 11511
With the grace of Guru, some rare ones have earned this wealth ofGod. 5
~ H: ~ II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
HO Hfu ~ ~ ~ ~ tfo <fur II man meh chitva-o chitvanee udam kara-o ut!l neet.
I try to ever get up early in the morning and think the thinkable in mind
~ cftcJ3?> Cl'" ~ ~ ~ C'i'nor cl JiB IIC\II har keertan kaa aahro har dayh naanak kay meet. 11111
Nanak says, "01 my friends let us thus attempt that God gives us,
the singing ofthe praise of God. "
H: ~ II mehlaa 5. M: 5
O M
. C
~ tI"'Rr 1:{fir ~ HQ 3Q G'3" ~ II garisat Dhaar para.bb. raakhi-aa man tan rataa mool.
U B
While looking at me Godprotected me, my mind and body are in love with that Primal
C'i'nor it llB' ~ H'at ~ ~ II~II naanakjo parabh .bhaanee-aa mara-o vichaaree 5001. 11211
C L
"Whomever that God is pleasing, their poor pains are dead", Nanak says,.
K
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
O O
tiPK eft ftrat:rr ~ B' ~ trfu ~ crfij' II jee-a kee birthaa ho-ay so gur peh ardaas kar.
If there is a problem with mind, pray before Guru.
B
i& ~ R'iffi!IS HQ 3Q ~ qftr II chhocl si-aanap sagal man tan arap Dhar.
H
K
Leave all wisdom and submit your mind, and body.
SI
~ ~ cl1R ~ wft! RfW II poojahu gur kay pair durmat jaa-ay jar.
Worship the feet of Guru so that evil wisdom be burnt.
R'tl ffi')T a- Jffirr ~ ftrtftr ~ II saaDh janaa kai sang .bhavjal bikham tar.
In the company ofsaints swim across, the difficult dreadful waters.
~ ~ ~ Ii 0 ~ J'ftr II sayvhu satgur dayv agai na marahu dar.
Serve the true Guru, deity, and do not die infear offuture.
ftfo Hfu cR ~ !i ~ B1W II khin meh karay nihaal oonay su.bhar .bhar.
He makes happy ,in a moment all halffilled arefully filled.
HO ~ ~ ~ ~ Jrel' mw II man ka-o ho-ay santokh Dhi-aa-ee-ai sadaa har.
Ever remember God, so that your mind is contented.
jj lim" ~ jR iI' ~ ~ gftr II~II so lagaa satgur sayv jaa ka-o karam Dhur. 11611
On(v He dedicates to serve true Guru, for whom it is preordained. 6
~ H: ~ II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ HpC!dia ibftlw II lagrhee suthaan jorhanhaarai jorhee-aa.
I am looking for that place, where the uniting will unite.
C'i'nor~~A-I'O~~o)f1'W IIC\II naanaklahree lakhsaiaan dubanday-ayna maa piree. 11111
Nanak says, "Lacs ofwaves appear but my love does not let me drown. " 1
1116
H: l.l II mehlaa 5. M: 5
sfo ~ ~ Wlft ~ ~ mBT uftr 0'}fT II
ban bheehaavalai hik saathee laDham gukh hartaa har naamaa.
In the terrifying forests, I found one companion, that name of God is sorrow-snatcher. 2
8ft;5 8ft;5 tI'llft Jfu ~ O'(')C{ ~ QTHf II~II bal bal jaa-ee sant pi-aaray naanak pooran kaamaa N 11211
Nanak says, "My all matters areful(v settled, let me sacrifice myselffor dear saints." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ Jtftr firItIro ~ ffdr Q'f3lw II paa-ee-an sabh niDhaan tayrai rang rati-aa.
By being in your love I got all treasures.
(') *
~ ~ ~ ~ II na hovee pachhotaa-o tuDh no japti-aa.
By remembering you, there will be no repenting.
~ (') R& are 3'* tor flO II pahuch na sakai ko-ay tayree tayk jan.
Once I am in your refuge, none can compete with me.
~ 1ft ~ ~ Hl:I' ~ ftJ3tfQ Hi') II gur pooray vaahu vaahu sukh lahaa chitaar man.
My perfect Guru is Waha, Waha, remembering Him, gives me pleasure.
~ l.lfu ~ ~ iRHt trtt:Mt II gur peh sifat bhandaar karmee paa-ee-ai.
My perfect Guru is the store ofpraise, one gets it ifpreordained
M
~ 7i'e'fu ~ ~ (') ~ II satgur nagar nihaal bahurh na Dhaa-ee-ai.
When the look oftrue Guru gives pleasure, I need not to rush for it again.
C O
.
~ ~ ~ ~ ;!lW ~ II rakhai aap ga-i-aal kar gaasaa aapnay.
The graceful Himselfprotects, by owning me as His servant.
U B
uftr uftr uftr ~ O'lj ifRr ~ Bi 11;>11 har har har har naam jeevaa sun sunay. 11711
I live by listening the name of God.
C L
K
P.520
O
Ricr H: salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
l.l II
ilH tR'w 3" Hfu fa'r ~ ~ trf3 Hm II
O
paraym patolaa tai seh gitaa dhakan koo pat mayree.
B
Of my Master, you have given me the the garment of love, to provide cover to my chastity.
K H
&tor ~ HiJT O'(')C{ ~ (') in" 3'* II C\ II
I
;?'7)T
gaanaa beenaa saa-ee maidaa naanak saar na jaanaa tayree. 11111

S
Nanak says, "Of my Master, you are wise andfarsighted, I can not know your essence (limits). 1
H: l.l II mehlaa 5. M: 5
3i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (') ~ m
II taidai simran habh kichh laDham bikham na ditham ko-ee.
Remembering you I get everything, I face no difficulty.
fi:l'B' trf3 ~ mJl' HTfJ! O'(')C{ HfG (') m} m II ~ II
jis pat rakhai sachaa saahib naanak mayt na sakai ko-ee. 11211
One whose honour is protected by true Master, Nanak : none can molest her. 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ lIfC!T ~ ~ II hovai sukh ghanaa ga-yi Dhi-aa-i-ai.
Remembering Master, are blessed with lot ofhappiness.
tit W ~ ~ ~ ~ II vaniai rogaa ghaan har gun gaa+ai.
The Serious ailments are cured, singing the attributes of God.
~ m orftr l{fB' ftJB ~ II angar vartai thaadh parabh chit aa+ai.
Remembering Master, the mind becomes cooL
1,!QO ~ )'fTR O'ft! >ffi; ~ II pooran hovai aas naa-ay man vasaa+ai.
Having His name abiding in mind, the hopes are fulfilled.
1117
ire oR ftruIQ))fTY' iR'W II ko-ay na lagai bighan aap gavaa-i-ai.
Once one surrenders self, there remains no hurdle.
1aPHto tre"'a'! Hf:r ~ 3' ~ II gi-aan pagaarath mat gur tay paa+ai.
Guru gives the wealth ofthe knowledge ofwisdom.
fufo ~ Ri' Q ft:IH JHTfll ~ II tin paa-ay sa.bb.ay thokjis aap givaa+ai.
Those whom He gets to get, they get everything in total
t J=ISOT i5l" l:fJQf JIB' ~ ~ 1It:1I too N sa.bbnaa kaa khasam sa.bb tayree chhaa-i-ai. 11811
You are Master of all, everyone is under your shade (protection).
mft~HFiitJo~HftJ~~ II
nagee tarang-rhee maidaa khoj na khum.bbai manih muhabat tayree.
If I have your love in mind, my foot will not get stuck, while crossing river.
~ 'fro tRr.!t HF cfPHa'r JfhJtr iI'ftr 0"C"iCr ~ ~ II Cl II
ta-o sah charnee maidaa hee-arhaa seetam har naanak tulhaa bayrhee. 11111
Nanak says, "01 my Master, ~v heart in sewn (fIXed) with your feet, God is my raft and boat. "1
~ R:!R'eft:JI>,r ~ ft ~ ~ mft II jinHaa disang-r!li-aa gurmatvaniai mitar asaadrhay say-ee.
M
Our friends are those, seeing whom bad wisdom goes.
O
CJt ~ iJt!' ~ RO 0"C"iCr ~ cbft II~ II
ha-o d.!lood.!laygee jag sabaa-i-aa jan naanak virlay kay-ee. 11211
. C
B
Nanak says, "I have searched the whole world, men of God are very few. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
LU
~ R'fu'! ft:rS ~ n3" &f6JHr II aavai saahib chit tayri-aa .bbagtaa dithi-aa.
K
Seeing your devotees, you (Master) come to my mind.
C
O
HO oft ~ ~ ~ ~ II man kee katee-ai mail saaQ1!sang vuthi-aa.
O
Let me wash offthe dirt ofmy mind, by living in the company ofsaints.
H B
ROH ~ ~ ~ RO i5l" ~ Rfir II janam maran .bba-o katee-ai jan kaa sabag jap.
Let me cut my fear ofbirth and death, repeating the word ofthe men of God.
IK
iQO ~ R3 i'3' Rftr tI"fu.-lll II banDhan K!lolni Hsant goot satm jaahi ctlhap.
S
When saints untie the chains, all devils just run and hide.
13B' fl::rf wft!fQ q ft:m tft JIB' ~ II tis si-o laa-ini Hrang jis gee sa.bb Dhaaree-aa.
They (saints) give you love ofthat who is sustaining all
~ t !U'" IifIQ ))f1ID{ ~ II oochee hooN oochaa thaan agam aapaaree-aa.
You are sublime, your place is sublime 01 inaccessible, infinite.
~ ft!nlJ CR iiftJ wft:r wft:r ~ II rain ginas kar jom saas saas Q!1i-aa-ee-ai.
By folding hands, day and night, let me remember you by every breath.
w ~ ~ ~ 3i' OS' Jilr ~ 1I1t1l jaa aapay ho-ay ga+aal taa N Qhagat sang paa-ee-ai. 11911
When you yourself are graceful, then I can be in the congregation of devotees. 9
urfu' ~ ~ tjHJ:r F ~ GTdt.1I baar vidaanr!lai hummas Dhummas kookaa pa-ee-aa raahee.
In this wonderfulforest, is lot ofhue and cry, cries are heard on every path.
~ 'fro ffift ~ nt 0"C"iCr ~ ~ ag iR'iJt II Clil
ta-o sah saytee lagrhee doree naanak anag saytee ban gaahee. 11111
Nanak says, "01 Master, my love is with you. therefore I have crossedforest peacefully."
1118
mft 81m f3Qr Jifur fi::Io Jffirr ifl.fPK ~ II sachee baisak tinHaa sang jin sang japee-ai naa-o.
The company with them is true, sitting with whom, I remember name.
fuQ mar ~ (') c:mret O'oor ftIor ~ ~ II~ II
tin Hsang sang na keech-ee naanak jinaa aapnaa su-aa-o. 11211
Nanak says, "Do not be in the company ofthose, who are for selfinterest. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
R" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II saa vaylaa parvaan jit satgur bhayti-aa.
That time is acceptable, during which, true Guru meets.
~ ~ ~ faftr ~ (') ~ II ho-aa saaDhoo sang fir gookh na tayti-aa.
When in the company ofsaints, then sorrows do not club.
~ ~ ~ fiflr'imff!r (') ~ II paa-i-aa nihchal thaan fir garabh na layti-aa.
Getting stable place, no (ying in womb again.
~ ~ ~ mRiS ~ II nagree aa-i-aa ik sagal barahmayti-aa.
1 see on(y One in the whole of universe.
~ ~ wft! 1blwQ fi:'RfG ~ II tat gi-aan laa-ay Dhi-aan garisat samayti-aa.
Being in the knowledge ofReality, I withdraw my eyes in concentration,
Ri" ifl.fPK iI'Y fH Hl:IV ~ II sabho japee-ai jaap je mukhahu bolayti-aa.
If I have to speak from mouth, let me repeat the repeatable.
~ !W ~ 'B'Af ~ II hukmay bUID nihaal sukh sukhayti-aa.
OM
Realising order is pleased, happy in happiness.
. C
B
tfafl:r ~ ~ Jl ~ (') ~ 11,\011 parakh khajaanai paa-ay say bahurh na khoti-aa. 111011
U
L
After testing, kept it in treasury, it (coin) will not lose worth again. 10
~ )ofg 1.1 II salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
K C
~ ~ ~ (') nfo arrtr3' II vichhohay jamboor khavay na vanian gaakh-rhay.
The pincers ofseparation are difficult to bear.
O O
B
HHrrc!t ~ O'oor Bl:f R!!d ~ 11'\11 jay so Dhanee milann naanak sukh sambooh sach. 11111
H
Nanak says, "But if I could meet my Master, I shall have all true happiness. "
P.521
)fg 1.1 II
ft:OO ~ ~ ~
mehlaa 5. M: 5
va-!J'S
I'fu
IK
II jimee vasangee paanee-ai eeDhan rakhai bhaahi.
Earth is placed in water, andfire in wood.
O'oor H~ ))fTfu W cl ~ ~ i II~II naanak so saho aahi jaa kai aaQhal haQh ko. 11211
Nanak says, "1 love that Master, who keeps all in Him. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~ ett3' ciH ~ eft ~ II tayray keetay kamm tuDhai hee gochray.
All that you do only you know.
Hit m tffdr ft:r oftlW ~ ~ II so-ee vartai jag je kee-aa tuDh Dhuray.
On(y that happens in the world, which you, the central to all, has done.
~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ II bisam bha-ay bismaag gaykh kugrat tayree-aa.
Seeing your creation, 1 am wonder-struck and am thus in wonder.
R"af.! ~ ~ t!'R' qftr ~ ~ H'cft1W' II saran paray tayree gaas kar gat ho-ay mayree-aa.
I, the servant, is in your refuge, please liberate me.
~ uftf ~ ~ f3tJ ~ II tayrai hath niDhaan bhaavai tis .d.eh.
The treasure is in your hands, you give to one, whom you like.
ft:rR' ~ ~ ~ mw
O'tf Jlft!' Mir II jis no ho-ay ga-i-aal har naam say-ay layhi.

Upon whom you are kind, they get the name of God.
~ ~ ~ ~ (') ~ II agam agochar bay-ant ant na paa-ee-ai.
You are inaccessible, unknowable, unlimited, none can know your end.
fi::m ~ ~ ~ B' 01tf ~ IIC\C\II jis no hohi kirpaal so naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai. 111111
Upon whom you are kind, they remember your name. 11
~ ~ ~ (') ~ ~ II karh-dlhee-aa firaNni H su-aa-o na jaanni H suniee-aa.
The ladles move in (dish), but know not the taste, and remain empty (deprived).
Hlft ~ ~ i'i"'Oc5I' Q3 1{H (Jfi::r IIC\II say-ee muk!1 gisaNni H naanak ratay paraym ras. 11111
Nanak says, "I wish to see only those faces, who are in the nectar ofHis love."
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II khojee laDham khoj chhadee-aa ujaarh.
After tracking, I the tracker couldfind that who has damaged my crop.
3" Rfu W ~ i'i"'Oc5I' ~ (') tlimlft 11::)11 tai seh gitee vaarh naanak khayt na chhij-ee. 11211
Nanak says, "My Master has given a fence around. my crop, now it cannot be damaged. "
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ JnJ" Hfi! RJ fcir! ft::nJ 1.I'fJf II aaraaDhihu sachaa so-ay sah!l kichh jis paas.
On(v that one should be adored, who owns everything.
O M
~ fl:fftp,fr ~ ~ ftto Hfu csrW ~ II guhaa siri-aa khasam aap khin meh karay raas.
.
Master Himselfis on both ends, He settles all matters in no time.
C
B
~ JRRIS ~ flm eft ijc aJV II ti-aagahu sagal upaav tis kee ot gahu.
U
L
Leave all solutions and be in His refuge.
C
~ ~ iJ'ft:r Bl8' t B'tf ~ II pa-o sarnaa-ee h!laj sukhee hooNsuk!1lahu.
K
Rush to and be in His refuge and having all happinessness be happy.
O O
emf QQ)f ~ ~ Ji3r ri1J ~ II karam Dharam tat gi-aan santaa sang ho-ay.
The virtues, thefaith, the real knowledge are in the congregation ofsaints.
B
~ ffi:r3' 01tf f8uIg (') ~ ift? II japee-ai amrit naam bighan na lagai ko-ay.
H
K
Let us remember name-nectar there will be no hurdle.
S I
ft:m ~ ~ ~ f3B' Hffi' ~ II jis no aap ga-i-aal tis man vut!li-aa.
Upon whom, He is kind, He lives in his mind.
~ mw fotpo RTfuftr ~ 1Ic\::)1I paa-ee-ani H sabh niDhaan saahib tut!li-aa. 111211
Now Master dear is pleased let us have all treasures. 12
~ (i)!lC!d'!:! ~ m w W II laDham lah!lanhaar karam karango maa piree.
If my dear is graceful, I will find the One to be found.
ft:ci fHdHC!d'g i'i"'Oc5I' ftp,fr (') l.fFIPK IIC\II iko sirjanhaar naanak bi-aa na pasee-ai. 11111
There is only one Creator. Nanak : not to see anyone else. 1
~ l.I&'ftJ ~ ~ JirQ ct II paaprhi-aa pachhaarh baan sachaavaa saNni H kai.
Conquer the sins, by targeting with true arrow.
~ ~ ftJ3rfcf i'i"'Oc5I' ~ (') ~ 11::)11 gur mantarhaa chitaar naanak gukh na theev-ee. 11211
Remember the mantar of Guru, Nanak; there will to no suffering.
~ II pa-or!lee.PAURI
~ ~ fRdHC!did ~ orfV ~ II vaahu vaahu sirjanhaar paa-ee-an :thaaQh aap.
Creator is Waha, Waha, He himselfgives coolness (peace).
1120
*
t=fh,r tE ~ f::m J1t!T wflr II jee-a jant miharvaan tis no saQaa jaap.
He is kind to all living being's ever remember Him.
~ ~ JDfGftr ~ fQs btr II Qa+aa Dhaaree samrath chukay bil bilaap.
The generous is very Powerful, Hejinishes all wailing.
<'l% 3n.r ~ R ~ ~ 1:3'Tfi.r II nathay taap Qukh rog pooray gur partaap.
All heat, sorrows, ailments, have run away, with the influence ofperfect Guru.
~ ~ ~ mmr ~ l!Tfi.r II keetee-an aapnee rakh gareeb nivaaj thaap.
He gave His securi~v thus, the kind to poor kept me safe.
))fTl)' ~ ~ itfn JRR1i C{Tfil II aapay la-i-an chhadaa-ay banDhan sagal kaap.
Cutting all chains, He Himselfgot me free.
ftmo!8t))fTR' Ycft}f(') ~ tpfu II tisan buihee aas punnee man santokh Dharaap.
My lust is quenched, hopes are fulfilled, patience and happiness have returned to my mind
m <J ur I')ftlTG 1:DDf ft::m ~ '0 lifo UTfil 119.~ II
::I - - - -
vadee hooN vadaa apaar khasam jis layp na punn paap. 111311
The Master is the mightiest among mighty, vice and virtue do not touch Him. 13
mlcr H: tI II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
tIT ~ R' ~ 1{B' iJftJ iJftJ mft AlR II jaa ka-o bha-ay kirpaal parabh har har say-ee japaat.
Upon whom the Master is kind, they remember God
m
orocr tltf3 m O M . .
C
fgo ~ ~ wq ~ 119.11
.
naanak pareet lagee tin raam si-o bhaytat saaDh sangaat. 11111
B
U
Nanak says, "Their love in with God, they join the congregation ofsaints. "
C L
'ij'llf Olfg sDB1dftJ Hft;s l:I'ftis ~ Hre II raam ramhu badbhaageeho jal thai mahee-al so-avo
OK
O! very lucky ones, remember God. He is in waters, in lands in nether regions.
orocr 0Tfi.f ~ f8urQ '0 n clfu II~II naanak naam araaDhi-ai bighan na laagai ko-ay. 11211
B O
Nanak says, "Let us adore name, there will be no hurdle. " 2
H
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
K
SI
!m3T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ arft!" II bhagtaa kaa boli-aa parvaan hai Qargeh pavai thaa-ay.
The word devotees is accepted, it settles them in His court,
!m3T 3-at ~ rl' Hftr nrre II bhagtaa tayree tayk ralay sach naa-ay.
You are the hope of devotees, they are in love with your true name.
*
ft::m ~ ~ flm ~ ~ tfl'ft! II jis no ho-ay kirpaal tis kaa Qookh jaa-ay.
Upon whom you are kind, his sorrows end.
P.522
!JCIB ~ ~ ~ fi.fmJ t.rrre II bhagat tayray Qa+aal onHaa mihar paa-ay.
O! merciful, devotees are yours, please be generous to them.
~ ~ 'li' ~ '0 iro f3B' H'ft!' II Qookh QaraQ vad rog na pohay tis maa-ay.
Serious ailments like sorrows, pains, worldliness do not touch them.
!m3T ~ ~ F ~ ~ II bhagtaa ayhu aDhaar gun govinQ gaa-ay.
The devotee's base is that they sing the attributes of God.
J1t!T J1t!T ft!Q ~ reel ~ fQlwfu' II saQaa saQaa Qin rain iko ik Dhi-aa-ay.
Day and night and ever, they remember on(v One.
~ ~ ~ RO orH ij"ij' ~ 119.811 peevat amrit naam jan naamay rahay aghaa-ay. 111411
Drinking the nectar ofname, the men of God remain contented in name. 14
mlcr H: tI II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5

~ ftruro *
f3ff ~ ft:m ~ art " kot bighan tis laagtay jis no visrai naa-o.
One who forgets name, faces crores ofhurdles.
0'0Cl' ~ ~ ft::It fft urftr arrt "CUI naanak an-din bilpatay ji-o suniai ghar kaa-o. 11111
Nanak says, "Day and night, he cries like crow in deserted home. "
H: 1.1 " mehlaa 5. M: 5
flft ~ if" ~ ~ ~ ~ " piree milaavaa jaa thee-ai saa--ee suhaavee rut.
When union with husband is achieved, that is the pleasant season.
ur3t ~ cro ~ 0'0Cl' ~ ~ "~,, gharhee muhat nah veesrai naanak ravee-ai nit. 11211
Nanak says, "Let us ever remember God, and never to forget Him even for a while. " 2
~" pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ?) mMt " $ JI3'I'it (JIO thfr ihfPK "
soorbeer varee-aam kinai na horhee-ai. fa-uj sataanee haath panchaa jorhee-ai.
The brave, the mighty could not stop, the resisting powerful army, ofthe recruitedfive.
;m (')TCft ~ ~ ~ " das naaree a-uQhoot dayn chamorhee-ai.
The ten women (senses), captivate even the recluse.
ft::Ifl! ft::Ifl! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " jin jin lainiH ralaa-ay ayho aynaa lorhee-ai.
Wining more and more, they increase their following, this is what they seek
~ ~ ren ci ;rft:f ~ ?) ~ " tarai gun in kai vas kinai na morhee-ai.
O M
C
Three gunnas are under their control none could hit them back.
.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fag ftJfb' ~ " bharam kot maa-i-aa khaa--ee kaho kit biDh torhee-ai.
B
U
How to break the fort of doubt and moat ofMaya. 3
C L
~ ~ ))fT(fI'fi:r fioo.f ~ ~ " gur pooraa aaraaDh bikham dal forhee-ai.
Adore perfect Guru, thus this formidable force can be broken.
K
~ f3ff ~ ft!Q G"ftJ ~ crcJ ~ "1:\1.111 ha-o tis agai din raat rahaa kar jorhee-ai. 111511
O
O
Day and night with folded hands, I remain before Him 15
B
Ricr H: 1.1 II salok mehlaa 5. SAOLK M: 5
H
~ FIW t:rnfo C'ft'3 C'ft'3 ~ ~ II kilvikh sabhay utran neet neet gun gaa-o.
I K
Ever and ever sing the attributes of God, all sins shall be removed,
S
afG riw ~ (")"I'(")cr ft:rJW art "1:\11 kot kalaysaa oopjahi naanak bisrai naa-o. 11111
Nanak says, "Forgetting name crores ofproblems will come up." 1
0'0Cl' ~ ~ ~ ~ B'iIf::r II naanak satgur bhayti-ai pooree hovai jugat.
Nanak says, "Meeting true Guru the device becomes perfect.
~~~~~~Haf:J II~"
hasandi-aa khaylandi-aa painangi-aa khaavangi-aa vichay hovai mukat. 11211
That while laughing playing, eating, dressing one liberates. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
Ft ~ QQ tig ft::ffi; RH q 3flpw II so satgur Dhan Dhan jin bharam garh torhi-aa.
That true Guru is great, who has broken the fort ofdoubt.
Ft ~ ~ ~ ft::ffi; gftr fRt ilftP'>rr II so satgur vaahu vaahu jin har si-o jorhi-aa.
That true Guru is Waha, Waha, who united me with God.
C5'l:!' fc5'qrg ~ ~ efu ~ II naam niDhaan akhut gur gay-ay garoo-o.
The treasure ofname is inexhaustible. Guru gives me the medicine ofit
)f'ijT ~ ~ ftffi ~ " mahaa reg bikraal tinai bigaroo-o.
This could cure my chronic and dreadful diseases.
1122
~ O'lj ~ ~ l:IiI"fn))fT II paa-i-aa naam niDhaan bahut khajaani-aa.
I am blessed with the huge wealth from the"treasure ofname.
fi:r3r ffi'))j ~))f'Iy ~ II jitaa janam apaar aap pachhaani-aa.
In understanding myself, I have won an infinite life.
Hfuw crot ('j wre ~ JDf'a1if ~ II mahimaa kahee na jaa-ay gur samrath gayv.
None can say the praise ofall powerful, divine Guru,
~~~~))Ri5l:f~II"\I!II gurpaarbarahm parmaysurapramparalakh abhaYV.1I1611
Guru is in indivisible unknowable, infinite God. 16
~ H; ~ II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ ~ ti\t i ~ Hl:f 'fi II ugam karaygi-aa jee-o tooN kamaavgi-aa sukh bhunch.
01 my soul you live by working hard, and enjoy pleasure by earning.
~ 'i ~ ~ ()T(')Q ~ ~ 11"\11 Dhi-aa-igi-aa tooNparabhoo mil naanak utree chint. 11111
Remembering you meet Master, Nanak : your worries will end.
H; ~ I~ mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
B"i' fthro atftre ~ ~ JI"'9'..m II subh chintan gobing raman nirmal saaDhoo sang.
In the congregation ofpure saints is auspicious thinking, and remembering of God,
()T(')Q O'lj ('j ~ ft!q unit qflJ ~ ~ II~ II
M
naanak naam na visra-o ik gharhee kar kirpaa bhagvant. 11211
O
Nanak says, "01 God be kind so that I may not forget your name, even for a while." 2
C
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
30r cft3T ~ 3 ~ ~ II tayraa keetaa ho-ay ta kaahay darpee-ai.
B .
U
When everything is your doing, why should I fear?
L
fi:IB' fl.fft;s HtJPK ~ ft:rH ti\t ~ II jis mil japee-ai naa-o tis jee-o arpee-ai.
C
K
Joining One we remember His name let us surrender our mind before Him.
O
~ ftJf3 ~ wftJlr ~ II aa-i-ai chit nihaal saahib baysumaar.
O
My uncountable Master, when comes in mind, it pleases.
B
f3l:r 5' i:Rt ~ ft:nJ ~ ~ II tis no pohay kavanjis val nirankaar.
KH
Who can reach one, on whose side is God.
S I
~ flsl'I f3l:r cl <:fl:r ('j ~ lJ1UOT II sabh kichh tis kai vas na ko-ee baahraa.
Everything is under His control, nothing is outside.
R ~ Hfo ~ HftJ ~ II so bhagtaa man vut!:laa sach samaaharaa.
That all pervading is True, lives in the mind of devotees.
~ ;:!TA' ~ ~ 1 ~ ~ II tayray gaas Dhi-aa-in tuDh tooN rakhan vaali-aa.
01 saviour, your servants look for you for protection, you are one to provide.
P.523
fi:Ifcr mrc')T JDfQ! M!ftr ~ 1I'i?1I sir sabhnaa samrath nagar nihaali-aa. 111711
All powerful is protecting every being, seeing Him is pleasing. 17
Ricr H; ~ II salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
QT){ ~Q' >re n
Her ~ lJTJIC')T ~ II kaam kroDh mag 10Wl moh gusat baasnaa nivaar.
Cupidity, anger, pride, greed, avarice, lust and wickedness, get them off.
~ ~ tpJ ~ ()T(')Q ~ ~ 11"\11 raaJilllayho parab.b. aapnay naanak sag balihaar. 11111
01 my Master save, Nanak sacrifices himselffor you.
H; ~ II mehlaa 5. M: 5
~ ~ ~ urcsr ~ ~ ~ II khaaNgi-aa khaaNgi-aa muhu ghat!:laa painangi-aa sab.b. ang.
By eating and eating, mouth is wearing out, by dressing are loosing all parts ofbody.
1123
(')T(')Cl' ftm SO" t!" ~ fHo RftJ (; ~ q II~ II
naanak Dharig tinaa gaa jeevi-aa jin sach na lago rang. 11211
Nanak says, "Their life is a curse, who are not in love with True. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 13t ~ II ji-o ji-o tayraa hukam tivai ti-o hovnaa.
What and as is your order, the same will happen.
fro fro (Jlfftr JWfif 3CJ' wft! ~ II jah jah rakheh aap tah jaa-ay k!:!.arhovanaa.
Where and where He Himself keeps, there and there we are to go and stand
O')f ~ i & ~ ~ II naam tayrai kai rang gurmat Dhovnaa.
Being in love with your name, the bad wisdom is to be washed off.
trl1.r trl1.r ~ ~ ~ Bt ~ II jap jap tuDh nirankaar bharam bha-o khovnaa.
Remembering and remembering you, God, all doubts andfears are to let off.
it ~ afcJr Q3 Jl Rfn (; ~ " jo tayrai rang ratay say jon na jovnaa.
Those who are in your love, they are not to born again.
~ 8"'ij'fu' ~ ~ ~ " antar baahar ik nain alovanaa.
Same is inside and outside, and same is to be seen.
~ lfiIT3T ~ Sci ore (; "
~ jinHee pachhaataa hukam tin Hkagay na rovnaa.
M
Those who realize order, they never are to weep.
O
~ (')T(')Cl' 8l:fJftJ:r )fi') HTfu ~ 111\'=" naa-o naanak bakhsees man maahi parovanaa. 111811
Nanak: His name is blessing, string Him with mind. 18
.C
B
H: ~ " salok mehlaa 5. SALOK M: 5
~ (; ~ ~ ~ ~ II jeevgi-aa na chayti-o mu-aa ralang-rho khaak.
L U
C
You never remember when alive, after dying, you willjoin dust.
mar ~ FI"Ca ~
K
(')T(')Cl' ~ (')l.f'Cf II 1\II
OO
naanak gunee-aa sang gugaari-aa saakat moorh napaak. 11111
Nanak says, "Non-believer is idiot, impure. he spends himselfwith worldliness. "1
H: ~ II mehlaa 5. MOHALKA 5
H B
~ CJfo' 913Jw ~ CJfo' afcJr II jeevangi-aa har chayti-aa marangi-aa har rang.
K
SImar
I remember God when alive, when dying, I shall be in His love.
~ ~ 3"fuJw (')T(')Cl' "'9' II~II janam pagaarath taari-aa naanak saaDhoo sang. 11211
Nanak says, "In the congregation ofsaints, the worthy life is liberated. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
))fTft!' ~ JWfif ~ ~ II aag jugaagee aap rakhan vaali-aa.
In the beginning and in ages, He Himself is One to protect.
~ ~ ~ ~ 1.fWfalw II sach naam kartaar sach pasaari-aa.
The Creator's name is true, the True is expanding.
~ crot (; ~ ure llIfG FI'flpw II oonaa kahee na ho-ay ghatay ghat saari-aa.
He is nowhere empty, and has filled all bodies.
~ JDJ1!I' ~ iJt ~ II miharvaan samrath aapay hee ghaali-aa.
He is kind, all powerful, and Himself has laboured.
fi:Jq Hfo ~ JWfif Jl JreI' ~ II jinHman vuthaa aap say sagaa sukhaali-aa.
Those in whose mind, He comes to stay, they are ever comfortable.
~~ ~~ m
~ II aapay rachan rachaa-ay aapay hee paali-aa.
He Himself has created His creation. and Himself brought it up.
RJ fclJ ~ JWfif ~ ~ II sabh kichh aapay aap bay-ant apaari-aa.
1124
He is everything by Himself, He is endless, infinite.
~ ~ eft ~ 0"C"i'Cir ~ II C\~ II gur pooray kee tayk naanak sammHaali-aa. 111911
Na;;ak says, " I am in the hope ofperfect Guru, since He takes care." 19
~ loU 1.1 II salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
))(l'fu Hftf @ ))jS ~ ~ II aag maDh ar ant parmaysar rakhi-aa.
In the beginning, in the middle and in the end, God protects,
~ ft!3r iJfu 0Ttf ~ ~ II satgur gitaa har naam amrit chakhi-aa.
True Guru gave me the name of God, I tasted this nectar.
F(TtIT ~ ))fl.ftg ~ iJfu ~ ri' II saaDhaa sang apaar an-gin har gun ravai.
Day and night, in the congregation of saints, I recite the attributes of God, the infinite.
1.fTE' ~ mir iUft' ocr R II paa-ay manorath sabh jonee nah bhavai.
All my wishes are fulfilled, now I will not cycle in births.
R! ~ m <Jftf ~ ~ ere- II sabh kichh kartay hath kaaran jo karai.
Everything is in the hands ofCreator, whatever is the cause of action.
~ ~ ~ H3r ~ ~ IIC\II naanak mangai gaan santaa Dhoor tarai. 11111
Nanak begs for a gift, that He may liberate by the feet-dust ofSaints. 1
*
M
f:m' Hf<'l 'lRTft!' fi:Ifo ~ II tis no man vasaa-ay jin upaa+aa.
O
One who has given birth, have Him in mind,
. C
fi:Ifo iIfo ~ 1:fFI1j f3fo ~ 1l'ft!bfr II jin jan Dhi-aa+aa khasam tin sukh paa+aa.
Whoever remembers Master, he is happy.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II safal janam parvaan gurmukh aa-i-aa.
U B
C L
L~fe ofa Gurmukh is a success, his birth is welcomed.
K
~ !ftr' ~ lffi'fH ~ II hukmai bum nihaal khasam furmaa+aa.
O
Knowing His order be happy, Master has said this.
B O
fi:Tff ~ !Wftr ~ H ocr ~ II jis ho-aa aap kirpaal so nah bharmaa+aa.
Upon whomever He Himself is kind, he will not be tempted.
H
~ ~ f\::p-lffi'fH Fret ~ 1l'ft!bfr II jo jo gitaa khasam so-ee sukh paa+aa.
K
SI
Whatever Master has given, that happiness I am enjoying.
(')1'('i'& fi:mfu ~ ~ ~ 6a II naanak jisahi ga+aal bumaa-ay hukam mit.
Nanak says, "01 friend, upon whomever He is kind, He gets him to know His order. " 2
fi:mfu ~ !Wftr lifo HftJ iDffJ fo5" II~II jisahi bhulaa-ay aap mar mar jameh nit. 11211
One whom He Himself gets to forget, he barns and dies every day.
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ J.R ~ ftfg ~ n ftS II ningak maaray tatkaal khin tikan na qitay.
111e back-biters are eliminated immediately. They are not permitted to live even for a while.
~ ~ err ~ n ~ Hafu $ iUft' tJ3' II parabh gaas kaa qukh na khav sakahi farh jonee jutay.
Master could not bear the sufferings ofHis servant, He caught them (slanderers) and put them
in the yoke of births,
P.524
~ ~ ~ RH lfTOfdr ~ II mathay vaal pachhaarhi-an jam maarag mutay.
Holding them by their head-hair, He dashed them, and put them on the way to death.
~ ~ l'I(i)C!i)iF.!bf1' t'RJft;r titftr H3" II gukh lagai billaani-aa narak ghor sutay.
Once they suffer they cry, they are sleeping in terrifying helL
cifcs llS'ft!' ~ ~ (')1'('i'& CJfa' R3' II~OIl kanth laa-ay gaas rakhi-an naanak har satay. 112011
1125
The true God ofNanak keeps His servants in His embrace. 20
~ H: tI " salok mehlaa S. SALOK M: 5
ij'Ttf ~ d!llaOa Rfl.is lfftis ~ Rft! II raam japahu vad!2!:laageeho jal thai pooran so-ay.
01 lucky ones, remember God, He is filling waters and lands.
n
(')T()cjI' 'i'i'fH ~ f8uIQ (; ~ "911 naanak naam Dhi-aa-i-ai bighan na laagai ko-ay. 11111
Nanak says, Let us remember name, then there will be no hurdle." 1
H: tI " mehlaa S. M: 5
~ ftruro f3ff ~ ft:m '5 ~ OTt " kot bighan tis laagtay jis no visrai naa-o.
One who has forgotten name has to suffer crores ofhurdles.
(')T()cjI' ~ ftRistI3 fHt dt urftr ~ "~II naanak an-gin bilpatay ji-o suniai ghar kaa-o. 11211
Nanak says, They cry day and night like a crow in deserted home. " 2
t@it" pa-orhee. PAURI
~ ft:DfftJ ~ ~ ~ " simar simar gaataar manorath poori-aa.
Remembering and remembering the Giver, my objectives are achieved.
19 Yn't H'fn ~ are "
~ ichh punnee man aas ga-ay visoori-aa.
My mind's hope and desires are realized, all sufferings end.
~ O'tr fntIrg ft:m '5 !I"R" " paa-i-aa naam niDhaan jis no .!2!laalgaa.
M
I could get the treasure ofname, which I was seeking.
O
Hf3' fi.Rift' Jffdr Hf3' ~ Uf'tIre1' " jot milee sang jot rahi-aa ghaalgaa.
. C
My light is merging in lightfor which I laboured.
B
~ JrniI' ~ ~ ~ urftr " sookh sahj aanang vutb.ay tit ghar.
U
The happiness, bliss, in ease, came to stay in my home.
L
~ ~ ~ m'5lf (; 3\r" H'ftr " aavan jaan rahay janam na tahaa mar.
C
K
My coming and going have ceased, there is neither birth nor death.
O
JITftr ~ ~ ~ ~Hclft:!".,. " saahib sayvak ik ik garistaa-i-aa.
O
The Master and servant are now one, one they are seen.
B
~ ~ (')T()cjI' HftJ JDfTftmrr "~9"9"~" BY gur parsaag naanak sach samaa-i-aa. 112111111211 suQhu
H
With the grace ofGuru, Nanak is merging in true. 21.1.2 Sudh
K
SI
~ wRCft B'dI3" eft 8'C!t raag goojree !2!:lagtaa kee banee
Rag Gujri Bani ofBhagats
"
C\r~ ~ ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
Jjt cnfta' iftt qr ~ U@ ~ yw " saree kabeer jee-o kaa cha-upagaa ghar 2 goojaa.
Chauhade ofSri Kabir Ji Ghar 2 (Second)
~ ~ sft! Mar P l:fl:I' 38' tR!fO ~ II chaar paav gu-ay sing gung mukh tab kaisay gun ga-eehai.
Having four feet, two horns, and being deaf, how can we sing His virtues.
~~9rtlflro38'CB~~ "9" oot!1atbait!1att!1aygaa parihaitab kat mood luka-eehai.11111
Sitting and standing they are suffering pricks, how, now to hide their clean shaven head.
~ f8Q itIS ft:I'a1* ~ " har bin bail biraanay hu-eehai.
Without God, they are like borrowed oxen.
~ i'l'CfO ~ QTQO ~ ~ Iff 1:Rft'ij-"9" " ~
faatay naakan tootay kaaDhan koga-o ko .!2!lus kha-eehai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Having wounded nose, and broken shsoulders, they eat grass ofcoarse grains. 1 (pause)
Jri" ~ m 80 HCftI)fI' ~ (; ~ ~ " saaro gin dolat ban mahee-aa ajahu na payt agh-eehai.
All the day they roam in forest, yet their stomach is notfull
1126
i') ~ i ri n ~ cft ~ ~ II~II jan b!:lagtan ko kaho na maano kee-o apno pa-eehai. 11211
They did not accept the advice of devotees, men of God, now they have to suffer their deeds.2
~ B'lf ~ )f(JT ~ p ))ffoa' Hfo ~ II
Qukh sukh karat mahaa bharam boodo anik jon bharam-eehai.
Suffering pain and pleasure, they are drowned in terrible doubts,
and are passing through many births.
Q3'O milj ~ t{! ftrR'ffi re-g ~ ca tnM liS II
ratan janam kho+o parab!:l bisri-o ih a-osar kat pa-eehai. 11311
Forgetting Master, we lost the gem oflife, now when we will get such opportunity. 3
~ ~ ~ i Qfif ~ m3' ftJQ ~ ~ II b!:larmat firat taylak kay kap ji-o gat bin rain bih-eehai.
We wandered in circle like the ox ofan oil-man, thus passing night (life) without freedom.
csro3' cnfto ~ ('jI){ ftJQ ~ g% ~ 11811 '\11
kahat kabeer raam naam bin moond Dhunay pachhut-eehai. 11411111
Kabir says, "Without the name of God, shaving head one repents. " 4.1
~ llIg S II goojree ghar 3. GUJRI GHAR 3
tlfH ljfi:r ~ cnfto cit lf1lft II mus mus rovai kabeer kee maa-ee.
Kabir's mother sobbing(v weeps.
~ 8'fucr clR ifR'fu ~ 11'\11 ay baarik kaisay jeeveh raghuraa-ee. 11111
OJ God, how my this child will survive?
O M
.
3"O'C')T ~ H! '3ft:Iti ~ cnfto II tannaa bunnaa sabh taji-o hai kabeer.
C
Kabir has left all weaving and spining
U B
<JftJ at" ~ ftisfl:r f i mmr 11'\11 ~ II har kaa naam likh lee-o sareer. 11111 rahaa-o.
He has written God's name on his body. 1 (pause)
C L
K
tnJ ~ 3"W ~ 8m II jab lag taagaa baaha-o bayhee.
O O
During the time I work on bobbin, to pass thread,
3"8 ~ ~ ~ Jffi<ft II~II tab lag bisrai raam sanayhee. 11211
I forget the love for God's name 2
H B
K
fu!t HE'}Rft iI'ftJ ~ II ochhee mat mayree jaatjulaahaa.
S I
My wisdom is mean, my caste is weaver.
CJfu at" ~ ~ Hl!IS"ijT IISII har kaa naam lahi-o mai laahaa. 11311
The name of God is my gain. 3
csro3' cnfto JJ('lg }Rft lf1lft II kahat kabeer sunhu mayree maa-ee.
Kabir says, "Listen OJ my mother,
<J}f'CIT ~ at";:!T3T ~ ~ 11811~1I hamraa in kaa Qaataa ayk raghuraa-ee. 11411211
Mine and ofall these people, Giver is on(v one and same God. " 4.2
P.525
~ Jit ~ tit i tR llIg '\ goojree saree naamgayv jee kay paQay ghar 1
gujri ofsri namdeo ji Pade Ghar 1
"\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad.:.
it a"'t!' ~ 3' em; 8iJIlft II jou raaj geh ta kavan badaa-ee.
If He blesses with kingdom, how great I will become?
it !fu:r ~ 3' fi;()w IIIfc tI'1ft 11'\11 jou bheekh mangaaveh ta ki-aa ghat jaa-ee. 11111
If He puts me on begging, what shall I lose?
1 CJfu iJtJ)ft') ~ ~ ~ II tooN har bhaj man mayray paQ nirbaan.
1127
01 my mind, you only remember God and get a liberated position.
~ 0' m\! '3crr ~ if'Ig 111\11 ~ II bahur na ho-ay tayraa aavan jaan. 11111 rahaa-o.
Then you will not come and go again,
JIB" 3' ~ RH ~ II sa.!2h tai upaa-ee .!2haram .!2hulaa-ee.
You have created all and put them in doubt in astraying,
ftm ~ ~ f::mfu ~ II~II jis tooN gayveh tiseh buibaa-ee. 11211
Whomever you grant on(v him you make to realize.2
~ fi.fi 3' m:mr iI'lft II satgur milai ta sahsaa jaa-ee.
If I meet a true Guru, my doubts will go.
ftltB' at ~ !W ~ 0'))f1lft IISII kis ha-o pooja-o goojaa nagar na aa-ee. 11311
Otherwise whom to worship? none else I can see?
~ 1PliIG cftR ~ II aykai paathar keejai .!2haa-o.
With one stone people have love,
~ 1PliIG ~ tPt II goojai paathar Dharee-ai paa-o.
On the other stone they place their feet
R i"g ~ 3' i"g Bt ~ II jay oh gay-o ta oh J;mee gayvaa.
If one is deity the other one is also a deity.
M
crfu ~ CJ){ uftJ eft jRT liB 111\11 kahi naamgay-o ham har kee sayvaa. 11411111
O
Namdev says, "I only serve God." 4.1
~ UIg 1\ II goojree ghar 1. Gujri Ghar 1
. C
B
Hi 0' r i t.r'a' Hi ~ e dt ))f1lft II malai na laachhai paar malo paramlee-o bait!lo ree aa-ee.
L U
God is beyondfilth and cleanliness, pervading all like fragrance.
~ ~ (; ~ ~ wt dt ~ 111\11 aavat kinai na paykhi-o kavnai jaanai ree baa-ee. 11111
K C
01 my mother, please sit (be patient) none has seen Him coming. 01 my mother, who will know
O
Him going?
-- cro fcrlZ ~
= ~~
O
-- (ft ~ 111\11 ~- II
crlk
B
ka-un kahai kin booibee-ai rama-ee-aa aakul ree baa-ee. 11111 rahaa-o.
H
K
01 my mother, who can tell? that he has seen. God is beyond any family. 1 (pause)
SI
fHt ~ ~ iitr ~ (; tfIlft II ji-o aakaasai pankhee-alo ktloj nirkhi-o na jaa-ee.
Like a bird in sky, its track cannot be identified.
fHt ~ Jilt H'iIi ~ ~ (; tfIlft II~II ji-o jal maaibai maachhlo maarag paykh-no na jaa-ee. 11211
Like afish in water, one cannot see its path. 2
fHt ~ urpti fi:fir ftpInr i1ftpw II ji-o aakaasai gharhoo-alo marig tarisnaa .!2hari-aa.
Like a pot in sky is filled with mirage-water.
3t*
(')l"){ ~ ~ Iftoi ft::Ifo iIftpw lIall~1I naamay chay su-aamee beet!llo jin teenai jari-aa. 11311211
Nama's Master is such a God, who bears all these three. 3.2
~ JP ~ At i tR UIg a goojree saree ravigaas jee kay pagay ghar 3
gujri of sri ravi dass Pade Ghar 3
1:Iij"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
iY 3' ~ ftIctM II gooDh ta bachhrai thanhu bitaari-o.
The calfhas drunk the milk from teats.
~ 'fifa' ~ Htrn RldI.ftlB 111:111 fool .!2havar jal meen bigaari-o. 11111
The flowers by black-bee, and water by fish are defiled.
H'lft ~ VW cror ~ ~ II maa-ee gobing poojaa kahaa lai charaava-o.
1128
0/ my mother, what should I present for worshiping God?
~ ('j ~ 1'HOY ('j ~ II CUI ~ II avar na fool anoop na paava-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
I have no more flowers, then will I not be able to meet my beautiful (love),? 1 (pause)
Hwitra' 8V ~ ~ II mailaagar bayr'iay hai bhu-i-angaa.
The serpents are surrounding he sandal tree.
~ ~ 8'Rfcr ft!ct Jbrr II~II bikh amrit baseh ik sangaa. 11211
The poison and nectar are living together. 2
~ tfttf 6etaeFCl 8'W II Dhoop geep na-eebaygeh baasaa.
The incense, the lamps, the food (presented before an idol) are stale.
a-R ~ Cfaftr '3at erw IISII kaisay pooj karahi tayree gaasaa. 11311
. How your servant to worship you? 3
3Q HO ~ ~ ~ II tan man arpa-o pooj charaava-o.
I surrender my body and my mind, as to present for worship.
~ tm"fe" fo'aiIg ~ 11911 gur parsaag niranjan paava-o. 11411
With the grace of Guru, I meet God. 4
~ ~ ))fTfu ('j ~ II poojaa archaa aahi na toree.
I could not worship you, adore you, like this (surrendering self)
Qfu ~ em') arf3' ffift 1I1.111~1I kahi ravigaas kavan gat moree. 11511111
Ravi Dass say, "How me, to get liberation?" 5.1
O M
. C
wmft 1:{t ~ ~ cl tR ll@ 1:\ goojree saree tarilochan jee-o kay pagay ghar 1
gujri ofsri trilochan geo Pade Ghar 1
U B
L
I:\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
C
OK
~ HftIs ~ ocft aflor ~ ilf ~ II antar mal nirmal nahee keenaa baahar tIDaykh ugaasee.
You have not washed to purify thefilth in mind,
O
HB
on your body, you are wearing the hermit's garb.
~~ lIIfc ~ ('j 9tQr ~ ~ ~ 111:\11
IK
hirgai kamal ghat barahm na cheenHaa kaahay b!la-i-aa sani-aasee. 11111
S
The lotus is in heart, God is in body, you have not realized, how have you become sanyasi? 1
P.526
saH ~ WH e'er II b!larmay bhoolee ray jai changaa.
0/ Jai Chandyou are astraying in doubts.
ocft ocft ~ ~ 111:\11 ~ II nahee nahee cheenHj-aa parmaanangaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
You have, at all, not realized God. 1 (pause)
urftJ urfW ~ fU ~. ~ ~ II
ghar ghar khaa-i-aa pind baDhaa-i-aa khinthaa munga maa-i-aa.
You eat food collectedfrom door to door, to fatten yqur body, and also you wear patched cloth,
ear-rings to get money.
~~altBmi~~ftrg~('j~II~II
bhoom masaan kee tIDasam lagaa-ee gur bin tat na paa-i-aa. 11211
You are smearing ash ofcremation ground, but no realisation ofReality without Guru. 2
~ ~ W~ ~ W~ ~ wit II kaa-ay japahu ray kaa-ay taphu ray kaa-ay bilovahu paanee.
Why you meditate? Why you conduct austerity? Why you churn water?
~ e{ldlRld ft:IfQ ~Jl fl:D.rcrg fnalI'C!t liS II lakh cha-oraaseeh jini Hupaa-ee so simrahu nirbaanee.11311
One who has created eighty four lacs, remember that God. 3
1129
a-rre ~ ~ ~ ~ a-rre ~ II kaa-ay kamandal kaaprhee-aa ray atllsatll kaa-ay firaa-ee.
O! carrying pot and wearing hermits dress, why are you wandering through sixty eight sacred
places?
lR'f::r ~ 1:JQ ~ tp'it qcy ftIg ~ Fcif lfTift II 8 II 1:\ II
bagat tarilochan sun ray paraanee kan bin gaahu ke paahee. 11411111
Trilochan says, "Listen O! living being, why are you thrashing dry straws without grains. " 4.1
~ II goojree. Gujri
))jE ~ H ~ fi:Dit ~ ftJ3r Hfu H Ht II ant kaal jo ladlbmee simrai aisee chintaa meh jay marai.
At the time to leave, ifone remembers wealth, and dies in this worry.
J!'atdifn ~ ~ ~ 111:\11 sarap jon val val a-utarai. 11111
He again and again takes birth as a snake. 1
~ m amre ~ Hfu' ~ II ~ II aree baa-ee gobig naam mat beesrai. rahaa-o.
O! my mother never toforget the name of God . (pause)
))jE ~ H ~ fi:Dit ~ ftJ3r Hfu H Ht II ant kaal jo istaree simrai aisee chintaa meh jay marai.
At the time to leave, if one remembers his wife, and dies in her worry.
iJRT iffi; ~ ~ ~ II~II baysvaa jon val val a-utarai. 11211
He again and again takes birth as a prostitute. 2
M
))jE ~ H ~ fi:Dit ~ ftJ3r Hfu H Ht II ant kaal jo larhikay simrai aisee chintaa meh jay marai.
O
At the time to leave, ifone remembers his sons, and dies in their worry,
C
.
~ iffi; ~ ~ ~ lIall sookar jon val val a-utarai. 11311
He again and again takes birth as a swine. 3
U B
))jE ~ H Ht!'a' fi:Dit ~ ftJ3r Hftr H Ht II ant kaal jo mangar simrai aisee chintaa meh jay marai.
C L
At the time to leave. ifone remembers home and dies in its worry,
K
if3 iffi; ~ ~ ~ 11811 paraytjon val val a-utarai. 11411
O
He again and again takes birth as a ghost.
B O
))jE ~ ~ fi:Dit ~ ftJ3r Hfu H Ht II ant kaal naaraa-in simrai aisee chintaa meh jay marai.
At the time to leave, if one remembers Naarain (God) and dies in His worry.
H
lR'f::r ~ '3' OG ~ tJt3lIg ~ cl ~ aft' IIt.1l1~ II
K
SI
bagat tilochan tay nar muktaa peetambar vaa kay rigai basai. 11511211
Trilochan says, "Such person in liberated. God (in yellow robes) abides in his heart." 5.2
~ Jjl ~ ~ err tre" tIIg 8 goojree saree jaigayv jee-o kaa pagaa ghar 4
Gujri ofSri Jaidete geo Pada Ghar 4
I:\~~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
~ ~ Rf3' ~ iR is II parmaag pura.!illmanopima Nsat aag .bhaav rata N.
The praise ofthe Primal Purakh is that He lovesfeelings like truth etc.
~ ~ ~ Rft!ftiftJ mnI E 111:\11 parmag-.bhuta Nparkarit para Njagchint sarab gataN. 11111
He is supreme beingpervading His nature, when-ever someones remember they allget liberated. 1
clfls G"}{ (')T){ ~ II kayval raam naam manorma N.
On(v name of God is charming.
sft!' ffi:r3" Er3' ~ II bag amrit tat ma-i-aN.
Recite ofHis nectar, the reality ofbeing.
(; tffif3 ~ ift'f RCJTfQ' HaC!' ri!lJi II 1:\ II ~ II
na ganot jasmarnayn janam jaraaDh maran i2!la-i-a N 11111 rahaa-o.
By prostrating and remembering, no birth, no old age, no death, happens 1 (pause)
1130
fu&fl::r iDfTft! tJliJd tnJ JIRftJ ~ fi3 II ichhas jamaag paraabh-ya Njas savast sukarit kirt-a N.
Ifyou want to capture the devil ofdeath, then do good deeds like praising God and enjoying good
life.
R ~~~ tmi ~ II~II Qhav Qhoot bhaav sam-bi-yam parmaN parsanmiga N. 11211
In past, present andfuture, God prevails alike, and is all supreme bliss. 2
ierft! ~ 1R flIF1 t=tft!ftrfb' ~ II lobhaag garisat par garihaNjagibiDh aacharna N.
Ifyou want to know ofgood conduct, then leave seeing with greedfor other's wealth and women,
3ft:r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ mri IISII taj sakal guhkarit gurmatee bhaj chakarDhar sarna N. 11311
Leave all bad deeds, bad wisdom, and remember to be in His refuge. 3
<Jfcr iJOI3' fm:I f'naaiiii!MI ftre ~ a;mr II har Qhagat nij nihkayvlaa rig karmanaa bachsaa.
Be in devotion for your God, with pure hearing, pure deed and pure word.
imo fc:i RiIn fc:i ~ fc:i 3lm" 11811 jogayn kiN jagayn kiN gaagayn kiN tapsaa. 11411
What is in yoga. ? What is in remaining awake.? What is in giving charity and what is in
meditating? 4
rnre ~ ;:rfil OG ~ fl:Ifb'tR II gobing gobingayt jap nar sakal siDh pagaN.
01 man, remember God and only God and be in total perfecting position.
~ ~ '3'R' ~ R ~ Ha"8 ri 1It111~1I jaigayv aa-i-o tas safuta Nbhav bhoot sarab gata N. 11511111 .
M
.Taidev: God comes to His refuge, who liberated in the past, liberates in present and in future. 5.1
P.527
C O
.
'lti""Rf3" ~ iR3T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ mJ WQ 1{H'ft!' II
B
ik-oNkaar sat naam kanaa purakh nirbha-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee saiQha N gur parsaag.
U
L
C
K
Rag Devgondhari M: 4 ghar 1

O O
Cf1lI e'i!aiqlij\ )f'd'W 8 U@ ~ II raag gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 4 ghar 1.
war
B
m ifc') lffi ~ ftR II sayvakjan banay thaakur Iiv laagay.
H
Sn K
Those who have become His servants, are intuned with Him.
it ~ tnJ crca ~
S I ~
wrar mPit II~II ~ II
jo tumraa jas kahtay gurmat tin mukh tmaag sabhaagay. 11111 rahaa-o.
Those who praise you, with the wisdom of Guru, their mouth is lucky and luckier. 1 (pause)
~ a- 8tro ~ <Jfcr ~ ('iT){ ftR war II
tootay maa-i-aa kay banDhan faa hay har raam naam liv laagay.
Once intuned with the name of God, all their bondages and net ofworldly ties are broken.
(J)W HQ }ffui WQ Hafo mi ftm1.f Rt ~ war II~II
hamraa man mohi-o gur mohan ham bisam tma-ee mukh laagay. 11111
My mind is charmed by Guru-God, I am wonder-struck on seeing Him.
fIm5t ~ iilft ~ WQ ftR3' ~ tri' II saglee rain so-ee anDhi-aaree gur kichant kirpaa jaagay.
All through dark night I remained sleeping, now with a bite of Guru's grace, I am awakening.
a-
ifc') ("iT(')'O( l{il' ~ ~ }:jfu ~ Rftr ~ (') II~ II~II war
jan naanak kay parabh sungar su-aamee mohi tum sar avar na laagay. 11211111
01 loving, beautiful, Master ofNanak, to me appears none else like you. 2.1
e'i!aiqldl II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
~ Bi!g CJ"g fHi ~ no II mayro sungar kahhu milai kit galee.
01 my beautiful One, let me know in which street, I can meet you.
1131
ij'flr j} Ji5 ~ ~ CJH tJtt ~ nt 11'\11 ~ II
har kay sant bataavhu maarag ham peetbhai laag chalee. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 saints ofGod, tell me the way, I shouldfollow you. 1 (pause)
~ j} ftC') ~ ~ ftrc7 9181ffit i Rft II
pari-a kay bachan sukhaanay hee-arai ih chaal banee hai .bt1alee.
~ Hg"at i5"gcr ...at tro ~ ij'flr '*

The words ofdear are pleasing to my heart. this is fine move.
W 11'\11
laturee maDhuree tbaakur .bt1aa-ee oh sungar har dhul milee. 11111
One with bent-back and small size, if liked by Master, she is beautiful and enjoying union with
Him.
~ fW R1:fPHr g flpK aft RR ~ w Rft II
ayko pari-o sakhee-aa sa.bh pari-a kee jo .bhaavai pir saa .bbalee.
There is One dear ofall loving, whoever is liked by Master, she is lucky.
~ 1Rft! fctJw en- ~ ij'flr R ~ wrfu nt 11:)11:) II
naanak gareeb ki-aa karai bichaaraa har !maavai tit raahi chalee. 11211211
Nanak says, "What the poor helpless can do? which ever the way He likes, same way she will
move on". 2.2
M
eii!C1\1:ji(f1 II gayvganQb.aaree. Devgandhari
O
iiW )fc') ~ ij'flr ij'flr ij'flr QMt II mayray man mukh har har har bolee-ai.
.C
01 my mind, recite God, Godfrom mouth
B
~ ifcIr ~ crr3t ij'flr 1}){ H ~ 11'\11 ~ II
U
gurmukh rang chaloolai raatee har paraym bIleenee cholee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
eJt ~ ~ ~ ~ f3H ~ ij'flr ~ II

C L
Gurmukh has enjoyed God's love during night, her blouse is wet in His love. 1 (pause)
O K
ha-o fira-o givaanee aaval baaval tis kaaran har dholee-ai.
O
I am wondering mad, here and there, for the reason that God is my love.
~ AA )W ~ ~ CJH flm aft t!"S ~ 11'\11
H B
ko-ee maylai mayraa pareetam pi-aaraa ham tis kee gul golee-ai. 11111
K
SI
Let someone unite my loving dear, I shall be maid ofHis maids. 1
~~~~CJfcr~tft~1I
satgur purakh manaavahu apunaa har amrit pee iholee-ai.
Enjoy your own true Guru, and drink His nectar in abundance.
tJO ~ no (')1(')cl' ~ ij'flr FQI' eu ~ II:) 1Ii1 II
gur parsaagjan naanak paa-i-aa har laaQhaa gayh tolee-ai. 1/21/311
With the grace of Guru, Nanak could get Him, thus God is found after long search. 2.3
eii!C1iq i dl II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
Ill CJH nt i5"gcr tlfu arftr II ab ham chalee thaakur peh haar.
Accepting defeat, now I am going to my Master.
mr CJH JJa'flfel{f aft))ll1ft ~ l{f BIt H'fW 11'\11 ~ II
jab ham saran para!moo kee aa-ee raakh parablloo bllaavai maar. 11111 rahaa-o.
Now, when I have come to Master's refuge, 01 Master you may now let me live or kilL 1 (pause)
P.528
icrn aft ~ ~ 3' 8J:i3fcr R'ftr II lokan kee chaturaa-ee upmaa tay baisantar jaar.
People's cleverness (back-biting) andpraise both I have put on fire.
~ RS" ~ R !CJ1" ~ CJH 3Q ~ i vrftr 11'\11
1132
ko-ee bhalaa kaha-o bhaavai buraa kaha-o ham tan gee-o hai dhaar. 11111
Someone may call me good or bad, I have submitted my body. 1
it ~ ~ ~ ll! ~ ftrff ~ fcrcnrr qrflJ II
jo aavat saran thaakur parabh tumree tis raakho kirpaa Dhaar.
Whoever comes to your refuge, 01 Master, save him becoming kind 10 lovable.
ffi') 'i")l'('j'OI' ~ ~ ~;::Itt ~ WiI ~ 11::111911
jan naanak saran tumaaree har jee-o raakho laaj muraar. 11211411
Nanak says, "I am in your refuge 01 God save my honour. " 2.4
t!<:dIQ ia1 II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
Wa' ~ ~ ~ ftrff ~ II har gun gaavai ha-o tis balihaaree.
Whoever sings the attributes of God, I sacrifice myselffor him.
~ ~ ifRr W1l ~ t!d'Rg ft:IB' fcnr@' ~ ~ IIClII ~ II
gaykh gaykh jeevaa saaDh gur garsan jis hirgai naam muraaree. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 saint, I live by seeing my Guru. in whose mind is the name ofGod. 1 (pause)
~ ~ 1RO ~ t.pr ~ mJ ~ ct'ftr fmro ~ II
tum pavitar paavan purakh parabh su-aamee ham ki-o kar milah joothaaree.
you are a Purakh, purifying declined. 01 Master, why should I meet a polluted one.
M
~ tilft!" ~!di:r ~ ~ ~ mJ ~ ~ IIClII
O
hamrai jee-ay hor mukh hor hot hai ham karamheen khoorhi-aaree. 11111
.C
In our mind is one thing, and in mouth is another thing, we are unfortunate liars. 1
mrcft ~ ~ CJfa' ~ ftre ~ Sl'G ~ II
hamree mugar naam har su-aamee rig antar gusat gustaaree.
U B
C L
Our poise is for the name ofMaster, but in mind, we are wicked and of bad conduct.
K
~Rf:3t~~ffi')'i")l'('j'OI'~~ 1I::111t111
O
ji-o Qhaavai ti-o raakho su~aamee jan naanak saran tumHaaree. 11211511
O
01 Master, protect me in the way you like, Nanak is in your refuge. 2.5
t!<:aTQiJl II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
H B
Wa' il nrH ftInr lj;mJ ~ <'iClit II har kay naam binaa sungar hai naktee.
K
SI
Without the name of God, even beautiful one is like one with chopped nose.
~ ~ il urfcJ ~ ~ ~ ftrff ~ t.rfui ~ ~ IIClII ~ II
ji-o baysu-aa kay ghar poot jamat hai tis naam pari-o hai Dharkatee. 11111 rahaa-o.
As a son, born to a prostitute is known by the name of unlucky. 1 (pause)
fi::rocl~OTft:r~~3'ftm3'!tI'icrcrc!tII jin kai hirgai naahi harsu-aameetaybigarh roopbayrkatee.
Those in whose heart is no God, are like a defaced leper.
~ ~ lIY 8"3T tri' ~ CJflJ ~ ~ ~ IIClII
ji-o niguraa baho baataa jaanai oh har gargeh hai bharsatee. 11111
Like a person without Guru, have lot to talk, but in His court, they are polluted ones. 1
fi::ro ~ ~ ~}W ~ ~ W1l ifc'iT tI'dI ~ II
jin ka-o ga-i-aal ho-aa mayraa su~aamee tinaa saaDh janaa pag chaktee.
Those, upon whom my master is kind, they lick the feet-dust ofsaints.
(T)'T(')'Q ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l.fli ptit 1I::111~ II iic(1' Cl
naanak patit pavit mil sangat gur satgur paachhai chhuktee. 11211611 chhakaa 1
Nanak says, "Joining congregation, even the declined become pure, they are liberated because
oftrue Guru." 2.6, (Sixth 1)
t!<:dIQicft )f(JW tI urg ::1 gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5 ghar 2 Devgandhari M: 5 Ghar 2
1133
C\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad..
God is one, realized by the grace oftrue Guru,
H'lft ~ ~ ~ ~ II maa-ee gur charnee chit laa-ee-ai.
01 my mother, my mind is now fIXed at the feet of Guru.
1JI ~ ~ ~ tmI'iI m!' m!' ~ ~ /1'/1 acJ'f /I
paraQh ho-ay kirpaal kamal pargaasay sagaa sagaa har Qbi-aa-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
If Master is kind the lotus blossoms, therefore ever and ever remember God. } (pause)
~ ~ ~ ~ JIB' Hfcr ~ JDf'lftJH II antar ayko baahar ayko sa.bh meh ayk samaa-ee-ai.
Inside is one, outside is one, everywhere one is merging.
urfc ~ ~ JIB' oqft' ~ ~ ~ ~ /1'11
ghat avghat ravi-aa sa.bh tbaa-ee har pooran barahm gikhaa-ee-ai. 11111
He is pervading allplaces, in body and outside body, let us see perfect God}
~CRfJm~i3'~~nfii~/I
ustat karahi sayvak mun kaytay tayraa ant na kathoo paa-ee-ai.
Many servants and sages are praising you, none could know your end
~ ~iRn ~ Rn ~~ 8f8~ II~II'II
sukh-gaatay gukb !manjan 5u-aamee jan naanak sag bal jaa-ee-ai. 11211111
M
The Giver ofhappiness, and destroyer ofsorrows, Nanak ever sacrifices himselffor you" 2.}
O
eiii!criQ1dl /I gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
C
~ ~ it mMt /I maa-ee honhaar so ho-ee-ai.
01 my mother, what has to happen that will happen.
B .
U
ij'1'ftJ ~ ~ 1lf ))fl.nfl' aror tI5'I' aror ~ /I' /I acJ'f II
L
raach rahi-o rachnaa paraQh apnee kahaa laa.bh kahaa kho-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
C
K
Master is engrossed in His creatios. what is gain and what is loss? why you are inflated? (pause)
cro psfu ~ ftrQ' mr am mffi am ~ II kah fooleh aanang bikhai sag kab hasno kab ro-ee-ai.
O O
Sometime in pleasure, sometime in pain, sometime we laugh and sometime we weep.
~~R~am~Jirdr~II'1I
H B
kabhoo mail bharay abhimaanee kab saaDhoo sang Dho-ee-ai. 11111
I K
Sometime we arefilth filled egoist, sometime we are washing it, in the congregation ofsaints.}
S
clfS' n H! 1{S Q1' cfPw iJre' nrc:ft ~ II ko-ay na maytai para.bh kaa kee-aa goosar naahee alo-ee-ai.
None can wipe out the done by Master, therefore look for none else.
~ (")'I(')a' f3H ~ ~ ftro 1pI'ft!' Bfl:r ~ II~/I~II
kaho naanak tis gur balihaaree jih parsaag sukb so-ee-ai. 11211211
Nanak says, "I sacrifice myselffor that Guru, with whose grace, I sleep in peace. " 2.2
P.529
eiii!diQIJI II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
~ HO'3' JltJ t R3' II maa-ee sunat soch .bhai darat.
01 my mother, listening and thinking aboutfear, dreads me
HQ 3Q 3iIf ~ mtfn ~ aft trcr3' /1'11 acJ'f /I
mayr tayr taja-o abhimaanaa saran su-aamee kee parat. 11111 rahaa-o.
Leave the ego ofmine or yours, be at the feet ofMaster. ) (pause)
am e
HH iret ~ ~ arft:r n Q1' iR3' /I jo jo kahai so-ee .bhal maan-o naahi na kaa bel karat.
Whatever He says accept it as good, never say no to His order.
~ n ~ ~)R ~ ~ mft a!)fQ'3 /1'11
nimakh na bisara-o hee-ay moray tay bisrat jaa-ee ha-o marat. 11111
1134
01 my heart, never forget Him, even for a while, forgetting Him I die. 1
~ lJGc'i If! Qa:JT Heft ~ ~ ~ II
sukh-gaa-ee pooran parabh kartaa mayree bahut i-aanap jarat.
My perfect Master, Creator, is pleasing to my mind. He bears with my enough ignorance.
~~~nroor~))fM!'~~R3' II~II~II
nirgun karoop kulheen naanak ha-o anag reop su-aamee bharat. 11211311
"I have no virtue, no beauty, no fami(v," Nanak says, "I married a husband, of all bliss, all
power. " 2.3
e'i!dlQldt II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
)fill) <:rftJ oi\"a'ftJ crftJ ~ II man har keerat kar sagahooN
01 my mind, ever sing the praise of God.

~~Rta~aon~H!I~ 119.11 ~ II
gaavat sunat japat uDhaarai baran abranaa sabhahooN 11111 rahaa-o.
People from all colours (races) from no colour, are liberated by singing, listening and
remembering God. 1 (Pause)
tro 3' ~:rot ~ fu<:r ftIft:r tI"7ft 38~ II jah tay upji-o tahee samaa-i-o ih biDh jaanee tabahoo N ,
One created from, ends up in the same, this process I could now know.
M
iJl" iJl" fu<:r ~ QTCft ~ '0 l.l"fl:!i ~ 119.11
jahaa jahaa ih gayhee Dhaaree rahan na paa-i-o kabahoo N 11111
C O
.
Where there this body is created, it could never stay longer.
~~ifi){~~~tpJinIg II
U B
L
sukh aa-i-o bhai bharam binaasay kirpaal hoo-ay parabh jabhoo.
C
When Master becomes kind, the fears and doubts are finished and happiness has returned.
K
~nroor~~~R'QJfm3fH~ 1I~1I811
O
kaho naanak mayray pooray manorath saaDhsang taj labahoo N 11211411
B O
Nanak says, "In congregation of saints, I got rid ofmy greed, now my all aims are targeted. " 2.4
e'i!dlQldt II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
K H
)fill) ~ ~ tpJ ~ II man ji-o apunay parabh bhaava-o.
SI
01 my mind, I live as liked by my Master,
~ ~ ~ 1HftJ O'Q:' ~ did\! ~ 119.11 ~ II
neechahu neech neech at naanHaa ho-ay gareeb bulaava-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
I am the humblest among humble, rather very small, I speak like a poor. 1 (pause)
))fflm~~a:~3T~~~II
anik adambar maa-i-aa kay birthay taa si-o pareet ghataava-o.
So many displays ofMaya are futile, lessen your love for them,
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3T Hfu itBr~ 119.11
ji-o apuno su-aamee sukh maanai taa meh sobhaa paava-o. 11111
Live as your Master feels happy, in that you get praise.
t!'HO t!'H' ~ t!'HO eft i10 cit cmII5 ~ II gaasan gaas rayn gaasan kee jan kee tahal kamaava-o.
Be the servant ofthe servants, dust ofthe servant'sfeet, and earn the service ofthe men ofG.od.
Fmf~~mii5f~tn@~ 11~lll.Ill
sarab sookh badi-aa-ee naanak jeeva-o mukhahu bulaava-o. 11211511
Nanak says, "Enjoys all pleasures, all praise in life, live while reciting Godfrom mouth." 2.5
e'i!dlQ 1dI II gayvganQhaaree. Devgandhari
tpJ Rt ~ ~ ~ is'''M II parabh jee ta-o parsaag bharam gaari-o.
1135
OJ my lovable Master, with your grace, I shun my doubts, my fears.
~ ~ 3" '" i{ ~ )fc') HfJ ftm 8te'rflfi IIctll ~ II
tumree kirpaa tay sabh ko apnaa man meh ihai beechaari-o. 1111/ rahaa-o.
With your grace, everyone is mine, think only this in mind. 1 (pause)
em- ~ 6re ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II kot paraaQh mitay tayree sayvaa garsan gookh utaari-o.
Crores ofcrimes are over, by your service. Seeing you my sufferings mitigate,
~ tI1a' )fCJ" ~ urft!'i fthJr ~ fiR!tM II ctll naam japat mahaa sukh paa-i-o chintaa rog bigaari-o. 1/111
Remembering name, I am blessed with supreme happiness. My ailment ofworry is cured. 1
~ ~ if ~ ~ R"9' mar ~ II kaam kroDh lobh ihootb. ningaa saaDhoo sang bisaari-o.
The cupidity, anger, greed, lying, back-biting are taken away, by the congregation ofsaints.
wft!))fr itr ~ b.fr f61Il (")'T(')'Q ))fTf4 ~ II~ II~ II
maa-i-aa banDh kaatay kirpaa niDh naanak aap uQhaari-o. 11211611
Nanak says, "The treasure ofmercy has cut all my worldly ties. He Himselfliberates me. " 2.6
eiiii!aiQIJl II gayvganDhaaree. Devgandhari
)fc') mm ~ acft II man sagal si-aanap rahee.
01 my mind, all wisdom is ofno avaiL

QQ() Cld i iiii!6(Jld ~ (")'T(')'Q 9G mit IIctll ~ II
M
karan karaavanhaar su-aamee naanak ot gahee. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
Master Himself does and gets done, Nanak is holding (seeking) His help. 1 (pause)
. C
~ HfG tre ~ ftm Hfu' R'9' arot II aap mayt pa-ay sarnaa-ee ih mat saaDhoo kahee.
B
Surrendering self, I am in His refugee, this wisdom is given by a saint.
1{B' eft ~ wfc'> ~ ~ ~ ~ tIXft IIctll
L
parabh kee aagi-aa maan sut!l paa-i-aa bharam aQhayraa lahee. U /1111
K C
Obeying order ofMaster I am happy, the darkness ofdoubt is finished. 1
O
tI"'6' l{8to ~ 1:[B' HW ~ ~))f(ft II jaan parbeen su-aamee parabh mayray saran tumaaree ahee.
O
01 my Master, knowing you all-intelligence, I came in your refuge.
ftIo Hfu lfIfir ~ ~ cftH (') trcft
H B II~ II.:> II
khin meh thaap uthaapanhaaray kugrat keem na pahee. 11211711
K
SI
01 basing and debasing in a moment, the worth ofyour Creation can not bejudged. 2.7
eiiii!aiQ 1a1 JoroW ~ II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa S. Devgandhari M: 5
d'ftr 1fO 1{f ~ II har paraan parabhoo sukh..gaatay.
God is my life, my Master, giver ofhappiness.
~ tpI'ft!' ~ iI'3" IIctll ~ II gur parsaag kaahoo jaatay. 11111 rahaa-o.
With the grace of Guru, very few could know it. 1 (pause)
Jfu' ~ ~ l:lhm 130 ~ Cl't') (') 1ri II sant tumaaray tumray pareetam tin ka-o kaal na khaatay.
Your saints are loved by you, they are not eaten by death.
& ~ ~ R' ~ ~ O'li rir'H'3" Ilctll rang tumaarai laal bha-ay hai raam naam ras maatay. 11111
In your colour (love) I am red (happy), and am intoxicated with the nectar ofGod's name. 1
P.530
)fCJ" ~ ire ~ ~ tpJ ft:Rfc ~ ~ II
mahaa kilbikh kot gokh rogaa parabh garisat tuhaaree haatay.
OJ my Masfj!r, once you look at me, the deadliest sins are off, and crores of sufferings and
ailments are cured.
m ~ d'ftr mw d'ftr ~ 6'oor ~ ;reo tr3" 1I~lItll
sovat jaag har har har gaa-i-aa naanak gur charan paraatay. 11211811
1136
Sleeping and awakening. Nanak sings about God. Thus he is at the feet of Guru. 2.8
e~diQidl ~ II gayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
H tI! iJ3' CiS ~ ~ II so parabh jat kat paykhi-o nainee.
That Master I have seen everywhere, with my eyes.
~ iftlHn ct t!"3" ~ w cit tit 11911 ~ II
sukh-gaa-ee jee-an ko gaataa amrit jaa kee bainee. 11111 rahaa-o.
He is giver oflife ofhappiness. His words are nectar. 1 (pause)
~ ~ Ji3t ~ tiPK t!'Q 'IDQ ~ II agi-aan aDhayraa santee kaati-aa jee-a gaan gur gainee.
Saints removed the darkness of ignorance, and "Guru gives the gift oflife.
Cffa' ~ Cffa' ~ ~ ms3 'Jfhw; 5it 11911 kar kirpaa kar leeno apunaa jaltay seetal honee. 11111
Being graceful, He owned me, Thus burning I became cooL 1
imj~ftl!~o~cro~~~ II
karam Dharam kichh upaj na aa-i-o nah upjee nirmal karnee.
The rituals, the religious modes could do nothing, neither they producedpure conducL
n~Jii:rHornern~cit~ II~II~II
chhaad si-aanap sanjam naanak laago gur kee charnee. 11211911
Leave all wisdom and disciplines, Nanak : be at the feet of Guru. 2.9
M
e~diQIJt ~ II gayvganQb.aaree 5. Devgandhari 5
(Jflr G"H 0'l1 Rfi.r l'JSfU1' II har raam naam jap laahaa.
C O
.
Remember the name of God and be benefited.
arf3 ~ Jjl:I' JroiI ~ ~ iDf cl ~ 11911 ~ II
U
gat paavahi sukh sahj anangaa kaatay jam kay faahaa. 11111 rahaa-o.B
C L
Be blessed with happiness, bliss, liberation, in ease. The death-devil's noose will be cut. 1 (pause)
K
ij;a ij;a ijfH 81Git'aQ (Jflr Ji:J miT 1&))flCJT II khojat khojat khoj beechaari-o har santjanaa peh aahaa.
O
Searching and searching find and think, and come to the saints of God.
ftrqr ~ ~ foqror ftrQ: & ~ ~ 11911
B O
tinHaa paraapat ayhu niDhaanaa jinHkai karam Iikhaahaa. 11111
KH
On(v they get this treasure,for whom it is preordained. 1
SI
H ~ H ~ mft ~ WCJT II say badbhaagee say pativantay say-ee pooray saahaa.
They are ofgreat luck, they are honourable, and they are ofperfect Master.
~ B"Jf;J ~ 3" orner firQ (Jflr vfW 0'l1 Rwa'r II~ 1190II
sungar sugharh saroop tay naanakjin Hhar har naam visaahaa. 112111011
Nanak says, "Those who havefull confidence in the name ofGod, they are beautiful, all aware,
with bright face. " 2.10
e~diQlcft ~ II gayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
)fc') am ~ ~ II man kah ahaNkaar afaaraa.
01 my mind, why are you in ego, and are inflated.

~~~~HtftRH~ 11911 ~ II
gurganDh apvitar apaavan Qheetar jo geesai so chhaaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are impure, filthy, fouling from within, whatever is seen is all ash. 1 (pause)
ft:Ifn cfrntr ~ fl:DfftJ l.Rr'C'ft iltj 1fO ft:Ifn ~ II jin kee-aa tis simar paraanee jee-o paraan jin Dhaaraa.
01 being remember one who has created you. He in sustaining your life and breath.
ftmfu~~~Hftrm'))ffu~~ 11911
tiseh ti-aag avar laptaavahi mar janmeh mugaDh gavaaraa. 11111
Leaving God you are in love with someone else, 01 fool, idiot, you will be in the cycle ofbirth
1137
and death. 1
~ "ar ~ Hf:3' cftoT1{I' ~ ijTq6d 1d l II anDh gung pingul mat heenaa para.!2h raakho raakhanhaaraa.
I am blind, dumb, crippled, and lack wisdom. 01 Master, the saviour, please save.
ElQ()' ad i i@6d Id ~ ~ 6"O6l' ii3' ftnpijT II ~ II ""II
karan karaavanhaar samrathaa ki-aa naanakjant bichaaraa. 112111111
You are competent to cause and to effect. Nanak is a poor being. 2.11
ei@dlQlcft 1.l II gayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
R' llf ilt ~ 3" ilt II so para.!2h nayrai hoo tay nayrai.
That Master is nearer than near.
fRHfa' ~ ~ W6" me
ft!Q &ft; FA' JRW 11"11 ~ II
simar Dhi-aa-ay gaa-ay gun gobing gin rain saaih savayrai. 11111 rahaa-o.
I sing His attributes, I remember and recite God, day and night, morning and evening. 1 (pause)
~ ec:r ~ R'9' mar
dfcr dfcr ~ tril't II uDhar gayh gula.l2h saaDhoo sang har har naam japayrai.
In the company ofsaints, remembering the name of God, liberate your rare being.
um "0 ~ "0 9W ~ ~ fo3fu fn3' ~ 11"11
gharee na muhat na chasaa bilambahu kaal niteh nit hayrai. 11111
Neither death gives time, nor causes delay even for a while, it is ever and ever near. 1
M
~ f8w 3" ~ ~ ~ ()T(ft l.IIfa' 3"a" II anDh bilaa tay kaaQhahu kar1ay ki-aa naahee ghar tayrai.
O
01 Creator, pull me outfrom blind hole. What is not in your home?
~ ~ ;ftH 6"O6l' ~ ~ UtI' UIilt II~ II"~ II
. C
B
naam aDhaar geejai naanak ka-o aanag sookh ghanayrai. 112111211
U
Bless Nanak with the base ofname. Thus give lot ofhappiness and bliss. 2.12 sixer 2
L
C
R ~ II chhakay 2.
K
ei@dIQ 1cfl1.l II gayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
O
HO ~ fi.Ifl!is 6l1f JoHCJI'fbi II man gur mil naam araaDhi-o.
O
01 my mind, meeting Guru, adore name,
H B
~ mJiI ~ Hmvs <rR tfRo QT ~ 8'fbi 11"11 Wd"t II
sookh sahj aanang mangal ras jeevan kaa moor baaDhi-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
I K
This will be basefor life, giving happiness, joy, bliss, nectar, in ease. 1 (pause)
S
afu 1tftIT JoHYO" ~ oftW ~ ~ ~ II kar kirpaa apunaa gaas keene kaatay maa+aa faaDhi-o.
Being graceful, He owned me as His servant, and cut my chains ofMaya.
~ nf3" H ~ ~ iDf QT ~ JIl'fbi 11"11
.!2haa-o bhagat gaa-ay gun gobig jam kaa maarag saaDhi-o. 11111
Sing God's attributes with loving devotion, and settle for the way ofdeath. 1
il'ftrti ~ fHrei HCRfI" ~ ~ ~ II
J;ma-i-o anoograhu miti-o morchaa amol pagaarath laaDhi-o.
He became kind, the fortification (of death) has crumbled down, and I found the invaluable
wealth.
~ 6"O6l' ~ hr Hi ~ )tfaDf ~ 1I~II"a II
balihaarai naanak lakb. bayraa mayray thaakur agam agaaQbi-o. 112111311
Nanak says, "01 my inaccessible, Unapproachable Master, I sacrifice myselfiffor you, for lacs
oftimes. " 2.13
P.531
e'idIQ!cfl1.l II dayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari
Jf1lftR1{I'ci~aR II ~~ifRc;~3"'itl'qm{ftRA ""11 ~ II maa-eejo paraQh kay gun
1138
gaavai. safal aa-i-aa jeevan fal taa ko paarbarahm liv laavai. 11111 rahaa-o.
01 my mother, whoever sings the attributes ofMaster. His life-fruit is a success, he is intuned
with God. 1 (pause)
Beg JJ1II3lJ9 j{ 8'3'" R W9' 'RW tR II sungar sugharh soor so baytaa jo saaDhoo sang paavai.
He is beautiful, awaring, brave, and knowledgeable, Who could be in saint's congregation.
ortr ~ cri' af<J a1ic')T ~ 0" Rn't tri II '\11
naam uchaar karay har rasnaa bahurh na jonee Dhaavai. 11111
With tongue he recites God's name and does not return to cycle ofbirths,
~J.FJlj~)fc'j30Hfu))fT(')o"~~II pooran barahmravi-aa man tan mehaan nagaristeeaavai.
The perfect God lives in his mind and body. he does not care for anyone else.
06Q ~ om ~ m; mar ~ fRff ~ ~ II~ 11'\8 II
narak rog nahee hovat jan sang naanak jis larh laavai. 112111411
That man of God, does not suffer the ailments of helL He takes him under His care. 2.14
e'i!dlQIIfl tI II gayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
~ JJld; ~ (jijijireG II chanchal supnai hee urihaa+o.
The slippery dreams keep me engaged.
~ 0" ~ ~ ~ ftrcnvi ~ mar H'ft!ii 11'\11 ~ II
itnee na booihai kabhoo chalnaa bikal b.!la-i-o sang maa-i-o. 1111\ rahaa-o.
OM
I cannot realize even this, that one day I have to leave, and am crazy for worldly ties. 1 (pause)
.C
~ h HaT ~ ~ ft:Jfl:mfr ~ ~ II kusam rang sang ras rachi-aa bikhi-aa ayk upaa-i-o.
~ B* Hfn ~ QftJ w* ilfdI 3<JT ~ tri!'i H'\11

UB
I am busy in the colour, taste, company of flowers (world), all this is the product ofpoison.
lobh sunai man sukh kar maanai bayg tahaa uth Dhaa+o. 11111
C L
K
Hearing about some greed (gain), my mind is pleased, it immediately rushes towards it. 1
O O
fR'3 fR'3 ~ JRf ~ ~ ~ ))frft!'i II firat firat bahut saram paa-i-o sant gu-aarai aa+o.
Wandering and wandering, I laboured a lot, then I came to the home ofsaints.
~~~~~fi~ 1I~1I'\t111
H B
K
karee kirpaa paarbarahm su-aamee naanak lee-o samaa-i-o. 112111511
SI
Supreme God, Master became kind, He blessed Nanak with merging in Him. 2.15
e<!dlQId\ tI II gayvganDhaaree S. Devgandhari 5.
FmllJl:fT ~;m';T II sarab sukhaa gur charnaa.
All joys are at the feet of Guru.
~ ~ Hofu ~ &<r 1WJfij' Hfu ~ 11'\11 ~ II
kalimal daaran maneh saaDhaaran ih aasar mohi tarnaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
To leave committing sins, and to reform my mind, I look for their support, to swim across. 1
(Pause)
~~~ m rea- G(RlS Hfu im')T II poojaa archaa sayvaa bangan ihai tahal mohi karnaa.
Worship, adoration, service, salutation, I will dedicate myselffor this service,
ftrarR' HQ ~ tra'dJTRT ~ 0" 'did tm')T II '\ II
bigsai man hovai pargaasaa bahur na garb.!lai parnaa. 11111
Let my mind be in progression, in enlightenment, then no entry into womb again. 1
~ ~ ~ ~ eft ftm fQ'))fl'OT Q'aOT II safal moorat parsa-o santan kee ihai Qhi-aanaa Dharnaa.
Seeing the powerful being ofsaints, and keeping Him in mind,
rirti ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Wtf eft J:raOT II~II'\~II
bha+o kirpaal thaakur naanak ka-o pari-o saaDh kee sarnaa. 112111611
1139
Nanak says, "Master becomes generous to me, I turned to the refuge ofsaints." 2.16
e"idlQiJl )fCJW l.I II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
~ <JfcJ l.Ifu ftrc'i'3t crornt II apunay har peh bintee kahee-ai.
Let us pray before our God
urftr ~ ))fire >in fnftf ~ JroiI fRftr ~ IIC\II ~ II
chaar pagaarath anag mangal niDh sookh sahj siDh lahee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
Thus let us get the treasure of four kinds ofwealth, happiness auspiciousness, bliss, in ease. 1
(Pause)
H'Q ~ <JfcJ ~ ~ f3'ff t:{B' ~ mlPW II
maan ti-aag har charnee laaga-o tis paraJID anchal gahee-ai.
Leaving vanity, be at the feet of God, and hold His support.
))fiv 0' r i ))fdff6 WdJQ ~ Jfijfo ~ aft ~ II C\II
aaNch na laagai agan saagar tay saran su-aamee kee ahee-ai. 11111
Even the ocean offire will not harm, therefore let us be in the refuge ofMaster. 1
ifG lJTQ')fQT ~ ~ ~ l:{B' ~ II
kot paraaDh mahaa akrit-ghan bahur bahur paraJID sahee-ai.
While committing crores of sins I am mean, ungrateful, my Master bears with me again and
again.
ctF H ~ ~ O"(')ij( ftrff ~ 1I=111C\? II
O M
karunaa mai pooran parmaysur naanak tis saranhee-ai. 112111711
.C
B
Nanak says, "The perfect God isfull ofcompassion, let me be in His refuge." 2.17
U
L
e"idlQIJll.I II gayvganQhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
C
lfQ li' van ftre ~ II gur kay charan rigai parvaysaa.
K
Let Guru's feet enter in mind,
R Jlar RfB' elf
=
ftJorR ~
-
RdRiS riw
O O
II C\II ~ II
-
rog sog sabh gookh binaasay utray sagal kalaysaa. 11111 rahaa-o.
H B
All sorrows, ailments, sufferings, willfinish, and all troubles will end 1 (pause)
K
ifc'f ifc'f li' bftI1:r C'i'Rfu ifG Hi10 ft!'mriw II janam janam kay kilbikh naaseh kot majan isnaanaa.
S I
Sins ofall lives are washed off, thus it is more than crores ofbaths.
O't!' fo'qrg ~ ~ atft:re weir mJfH fbrror II C\II
naam niDhaan gaavat gun gobing laago sahj Dhi-aanaa. 11111
By singing the attributes ofGod, the Master ofall treasures ofname, stays in my concentration,
in ease. 1
crfu ~ ~ ~ Gfm 8qo 3fW ~ II kar kirpaa apunaa gaas keene banDhan tor niraaray.
Being kind, He has owned me, as His servant and has broken my fetters, to liberate me.
HW ;:Ifi.r O't!' tiRr 3"at ~ O"(')ij( t!'H ~ II ~ II C\t: II
jap jap naam jeevaa tayree banee naanak gaas balihaaray. 112111811
Nanak says, "Remembering your name I live by your word, I the servant, sacrifice myselffor
you. " 2.18 (sixth 3)
B it II chhakay 3.
e"iaYQiijl )fCJW l.I II gayvganQhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
wet 1{B' li' van ~ II maa-ee parabh kay charan nihaara-o.
OJ my mother, let me see the feet ofMaster.
P.532
~y))fQdN~~HO~~O'~IIC\II ~ II
1140
karahu anoograhu su-aamee mayray man tay kabahu na daara-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
OJ my Master be kind and never drop me from your mind. 1 (pause)
~ 9fcJ ~ ~ >ffl'3ftir C(T){ ~q ~ HTat II
saaDhoo Dhoor laa-ee mukh mastak kaam kroDh bikh jaara-o.
I put saint's feet-dust, on my face, my fore-head, thus the poison ofcupidity and anger it burnt.
R!f3 ~))fT3)fQfcJ~HOMfu~~~ II~II
saQh tay neech aatam kar maan-o man meh ih sukh Dhaara-o. 11111
Treat your-selfthe lowest of all, and have this happiness in mind. 1
!IO ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II gun gaavah thaakur abhinaasee kalmal saglay ihaara-o.
Sing the attributes ofimperishable Master, and throwaway all sins.
('jT){ ~ orc'iCf ~ ~ cifo wft! ~ ~ II~II~~ II
naam niDhaan naanak gaan paava-o kantb. laa-ay ur Dhaara-o. 112111911
Nanak says, "Bless me with the gift of the treasure of name, and keep me in your embrace, in
heart. "
eiialQ1cfl HCJW ~ II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
l{B tftt ~ ~ ~ II parabh jee-o paykha-o garas tumaaraa.
OJ my lovable Master let me see you.
~ 1i:Pwo ~ ft!Q ao't iftlK l{'O 3 ftmIraT II ~II ~ II
sungar Qhi-aan Dhaar gin rainee jee-a paraan tay pi-aaraa. 11111 rahaa-o.
O M
. C
Day and night I keep the beautiful in mind, l1e is lovlier than my life, my breath. 1 (pause)
B
RTFr:! ~ ywo ~ fRfi:r13' ~ 8turar II saastar bayg puraan avilokay simrit tat beechaaraa.
U
L
I search in Shashtras, in Vedas ,in Puranas, and think over the Reality in Simritis.
C
~('iTli~~'RiRi'.il]lQd()dld i II~II geenaa naath paraanpatpooran bhavjal uDhranhaaraa.11111
K
The Master ofpoor is perfect(v protecting. He is one to get all across the terrible waters.
O O
~ ~ Bdf3' m') m 3" eft ftJQ' ~ II aag jugaag bhagat jan sayvak taa kee bikhai aDhaaraa.
In the beginning, and in ages, your devotees serve. Please be their support in poisonous world.
HB
130 m') eft 9flr sri 11>3 ~ ~ eii6d 1d l 1I~II~OIl
K
tin jan kee Dhoor baachhai nit naanak parmaysar gayvanhaaraa. 112112011
S I
Nanak ever desires for the feet-dust ofsuch men of God, He is one to bless. 2.20
eiialQicfl HCJW ~ II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
3"a'r RQ ijT}{ ~)fI3T II tayraa jan raam rasaa-in maataa.
Your man is intoxicated in your (God's) nectar.
i{H aw fnfl:f w ~ ~ i&' 6' ~ W3" II~II ~ II
paraym rasaa niDh jaa ka-o upjee Qlhod na kathoo jaataa. 11111 rahaa-o.
The treasure ofthe nectar ofyour love, in whomever springs, leaving it, he will not go anywhere
else. 1 (Pause)
m
iog d'ftr d'ftr d'ftr d'ftr d'ftr d'ff iRQ 1:fT3" II baithat har har sovat har har 'har ras bhojan khaataa.
In his sleep is God, in his awakening (sitting) is God. He eats thefood of God-nectar.
~ ~ HRQ cfffi ~ ~ 61'3" II~II athsath tirath majan keene saaDhoo Qhooree naataa. 11111
People go for bath at sixty eight sacred places, he takes it in feet-dust ofsaints.
~ ~ d'ftr m') err ~ fRfc'> cfffi JIb ftrQt3r II
safal janam har jan kaa upji-aa jin keene sa-ut biDhaataa.
The birth and life ofthe men of God are a success. They have Creator as their father.
Jmli'j Rlfd' i ~ orc'iCf ~ JF1tf ~ II ~ II~~II
sagal samooh lai uDhray naanak pooran barahm pachhaataa. 112112111
1141
Nanak says, "They take all together to liberate, they realize the perfect God. " 2.21
e<i!dlQicfl HCJW tI II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
H'lft ~ f8Q famrYg 0' ~ II maa-ee gur bin gi-aan na paa-ee-ai.
OJ my mother, no knowledge without Guru.
))ffocf ~ ~ ~ ~ oat ~ IIC\II ~ II
anik parkaar firat billaatay milat nahee gosaa-ee-ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
In many ways I wandered wailing, but could not meet Master. 1 (pause)
}ro R im 3Q arM ~ Rn't ~ II moh rog sog tan baaQ,bi-o baho jonee J;ID,armaa-ee-ai.
The greed, the ailments the sorrows, have chained my body, I have gone through many births.
fcato- 0' ~ ftIo R3RiIlf3 ftm-
- m .
R"ft! ~ II C\II
tikan na paavai bin satsangat kis aagai jaa-ay roo-aa-ee-ai. 11111
This (mind) cannot stay in patience, without true congregation, before whom to go and weep.? 1
cd ~ Bl'f')ft ~ RTQ' ~ ~ ~ II
karai anoograhu su-aamee mayraa saaDh charan chit laa-ee-ai.
If my Masters becomes graceful, then I may have my mind at the feet ofsaints,
Rae ti;Q ~ ftfo iit3fG 0'?)Ci[ ~ eafff ~ II~II~~II
sankat ghor katay khin bheetar naanak har garas samaa-ee-ai. 112112211
M
God cut my terrible troubles in a moment, let Nanak see and merge in Him. 2.22
O
eC:dlQ1dt HCJW tI II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
~ ~ ~ ~ II thaakur ho-ay aap ga-i-aal.
.C
B
Master Himself has become kind.
!nft~~~fr8t~~II't'i~ II ~ II
LU
C
lIDa-ee kali-aan anand roop ho-ee hai ubray baal gupaal. rahaa-o.
K
I am liberated and have become embodiment ofbliss. Thus me, His child, is liberated (pause)
O
~ fi iffiJ qcft ~ ~ Hf6 ~ II
O
gu-ay kar jorh karee baynantee paarbarahm man Dhi-aa-i-aa.
~ ~ ~ ~RiJIW~ ~ IIC\II
H B
Folding both hands, I pray, OJ God, let me remember you in mind.
IK
haath gay-ay raa.!illay parmaysur saglaa gurat mitaa-i-aa. 11111
S
God saves by giving His protecting hand, He finishes with all my sufferings. 1
<i!Q O"'<ft' fHftis ~ ~ ~ Q1' ~ II var naaree mil mangal gaa-i-aa tb,aakur kaa jaikaar.
The damsel, meeting her husband sings joyful songs, hailing her Master.
C@ 0'?)Ci[ if<') ~ sfH ~ it mJOT cR ~ II~ II~S II
kaho naanakjan ka-o bal jaa-ee-ai jo saJ2!1naa karay uDhaar. 112112311
Nanak says, "Let us sacrifice ourselves for the man of God, who liberates all" 2.23
P.533
'\r~~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
e<i!dlQlcfl HCJW tI II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
~ ~ tIfu ~ ctfc:JlHr II apunay satgur peh bin-o kahi-aa.
I prayed before my true Guru.
e~~~iRo~Hms~~II~1I
bha-ay kirpaAI ga-i-aal gukh lIDanjan mayraa sagal angaysraa ga-i-aa. rahaa-o.
Thus He became kind, merciful, eliminator ofsorrows, all my fears have vanished. (pause)
iJ){ t.rn1t ~ iift <OOfT ~ ~ ~ Rfcrntr II
1142
ham paapee paakhandee loJmee hamraa gun avgun saJm sahi-aa.
I am a sinner, hypocrite, greedy, He bears with all my virtues and vices.
C@ ~ qtftJ wft:I fcwrR ~ ~ it ~ 11'\11
kar mastak Dhaar saaj nivaajay mu-ay Qusat jo kha+aa. 11111
Putting His hand on my forehead, He fashioned and blessed me, all my wicked enemies are
dead. 1
~ JrcnJ ~ JRnIIJ t!GR(') ~ II par-upkaaree sarab saDhaaree safal Qarsan sehaj-i-aa.
He is benevolent to all and refashioner ofall, seeing Him is a success, in ease.
~ 0'?)Cf ~ ~ t!T3T ;:racy COOlS ~ tIflpw II ~ II ~811
kaho naanak nirgun ka-o Qaataa charan kamal ur Dhari-aa. 112112411
Nanak says, "He is giver to even non deserving. I keep His lotus feet in my heart. " 2.24
eiii!aiQidt )fCJW l.I II QayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
~ (')'I'l:I' l{!1 CJ'H'W II anaath naath paraJm hamaaray.
My Master is father oforphans.
J=ra'ft; ~ (I'tj(')ijiij II ~ II saran aa+o raakhanhaaray. rahaa-o.
01 protecting, I have come to your refuge. (pause)
JrcnJ 1.(Tlf ~ ~ II sarab paakh raak!:l muraaray.
m
01 God, save mefrom all sides.
tri' ~ <ri 11'\11 aagai paachhai antee vaaray. 11111
OM
From thefront,from the back, and also in the end. 1
.C
if8 ~ :nr ~ II jab chitya-o tab tuhaaray.
U B
L
whenever I think, the thoughts are about you.
C
~ mrftJ Jfar >f9 ~ II~II un samHaar mayraa man saDhaaray. 11211
Remembering them, my mind is reformed. 2
'Bfo ~ ~ ~ II sun gaava-o gur bachnaaray.
O K
I sing and listen Guru's words.
B O
8ft7; 8ft7; wt JI'tl ~ 11::111 bal bal jaa-o saaDh Qarsaaray. 11311
K H
SI
I sacrifice myself, for seeing a saint. 3
)fc') Hftr ~ tel ~ II man meh raakha-o ayk asaaray.
I keep in mind on(v one support.
0'?)Cf tpr HW Qa6ijiij 11811~l.IlI naanak para.bh mayray karnaihaaray. 114112511
Nanak says, "My Master is the Creator." 4.25
eiii!aiQ1dt )fCJW l.I II QayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Devgandhari M: 5
l{!1 ftm ~ Jfar II para.bh ihai manorath mayraa.
01 my Master this is my purpose.
~ fotlrcr> ~ Hftr tAA afo Ji30 ar 9cJr II ~ II
kirpaa niDhaan d.a-i-aal mohi d.eejai kar santan kaa chayraa. rahaa-o.
01 treasure ofmercy, kindness, make me disciple ofsaints, (pause)
lfdijQl(!I) ~ no ~ ftm 8"BQ ~ ~ II
paraatehkaal laaga-o jan charnee nis baasur d.aras paava-o.
Early in the morning, let me be at thefeet ofmen ofGod, so that, day and night I can see them.
3Q >f9 ~ aat no R'iii!r dJffiT ufcJ ~ ~ II '\11
tan man arap kara-o jan sayvaa rasnaa har gun gaava-o. 11111
Surrendering my mind and body, I serve the men ofGod, with tongue, I may sing the attributes
of God. 1
1143
fITfi:J FfI'fi:f ~ 1l!' J'HYO" ~ ~ ~ II saas saas simra-o para.bb. apunaa satsang nit rahee-ai.
By evet:.v breath, I remember my Master. Let us ever live in the congregation ofsaints.
~~~Q9Jlar~(')'T'i')clt~~II~II~~1I
ayk aDhaar naam Dhan moraa anag naanak ih lahee-ai. 112112611
Nanak says, "Wealth ofname is my only sustenance, this pleasure I wish to enjoy." 2.26
~ e'EdiQ'dt )WW ~ lI@ a raag gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5 ghar 3
Rag Devgandhari M: 5 Ghar 3
C\ij"'"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
God i... one, realized by the grace oftrue Guru.
Mar ~ ijfu iflf ~ II meetaa aisay har jee-o paa-ay.
01 my friend, I am blessed with such a lovable God.
iflJn~JremJfit~~~R 11'\11 ~ II
chhod na jaa-ee sag hee sangay an..gin gur mil gaa-ay. 11111 rahaa-o.
He never leaves, ever accompanies, day and night meeting Guru, I sing. 1 (pause)
~ ~ JI'8' ~ f3rrfdr n ~ iri' II mili-o manohar sarab sukhainaa ti-aag na kathoo jaa-ay.
I am blessed with my mind-charmer, giver ofall comforts, He never leaves and goes away
~~B"13'~~~~n~~ IIC\II
anik anik .b.!:laat baho paykhay pari-a rom na samsar laa-ay. 11111
I have seen many in different ways, they do not match even a hair ofmy love.
OM
C
B.
Hm" B"lf Re ~ ))f(')U3' R 'g' ~ II mangar .bb.aag so.bb. gu-aarai anhat run ihun laa-ay.
His home is offortune, gates are ofglamour, unfrictioned word therein is sounding softly.
ii@ (';T(')cl' m!" if H'l!' ~ ~ 1ilt3' Jre ~ II ~ II C\ II ~" II
L U
C
kaho naanak sagaa rang maanay garih pari-a theetay sag thaa-ay. 112111112711
K
Nanaka says, "I ever enjoy His love, my dear's home is etern(v placed. 21.27
e'EdiQ1dt ~ II gayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
O O
t!'Qffi'; (')T}f CIt JiQ ri" II garsan naam ka-o man aachhai.
H B
My mind desires for seeing and remembering God
K
~~ 5' JJmIS !flO' W))fl'fu t.rfa'i ~ tn II '\11 ~ II
I
bharam aa-i-o hai sagal thaan ray aahi pari-o sant paaQlb.ai. 11111 rahaa-o.
S Jl R
It has roamed around all places, now it has come to follow saints. 1 (pause)
fcnJ ~ mit fcirB' ~ ~ it
II kis ha-o sayvee kis aaraaDhee jo gistai so gaachhai.
whom should I serve whom should I adore? all that is seen isfor leaving.
P.534
A'QRdlfd eft HGc'ft ~ ~ ~ JiQ 8li 11'\11
saaDhsangat kee sarnee paree-ai charan rayn man baaQlb.ai. 11111
Let us be at the feet of congregation ofsaints, my mind desires for their feet-dust. 1
nm n tI"O" trQ <rot mit )fiJI" ~ H'ft! ri" II
jugat na jaanaa gun nahee ko-ee mahaa gutar maa-ay aadlhai.
I know no device, neither I have any merit, and then I am placed in terrible Maya.
))flfu ~ (')'T'i')clt ~ tmft' ~ ~ JJmIS ~ 1I~1I~1I~t:1I
aa-ay pa-i-o naanak gur charnee ta-o utree sagal guraachhai. 112112112811
Nanak says, " I came and be at the feet of Guru, then all evil around is vanished. "
e'EdiQ1at ~ II gayvganDhaaree 5. Devgandhari 5
~ ~ wn ~ II amritaa pari-a bachan tuhaaray.
01 my dear, your words are nectar.
1144
))ff3'~~~~Hftf~ IIC\II ~ II
at sungar manmohan pi-aaray sa.bhhoo maDh niraaray. 11111 rahaa-o.
You are very beautiful dear, mind-charming, you are different while in all. 1 (pause)
ij'TtJ 0" ~ ~ 0" ~ Hfo ~ uao ~ II
raaj na chaaha-o mukat na chaaha-o man pareet charan kamlaaray.
I neither desire for kingdom, nor for paradise. My mind desires to have love for His lotus-feet.
lfcTH Hfut fH'q J:ffl'i ~ Hftr ~ m~ II C\ II
barahm mahays siDh mun ingraa mohi t!J.aakur hee garsaaray. 11111
Brahma, Mahesh perfects sages, Indar, all are dying to see Master. 1
;ftQ ~ ~ ~ Jrefo t.rffi ~ ~ II geen gu-aarai aa-i-o t!J.aakur saran pari-o sant haaray.
01 Master, the defeated servant has come to your doors, at thefeet ofsaints.
~ ('i'l'OCt' l{!f ~ ~ Jig Jft':m ~ II~ liS lI~t II
kaho naanak parabh milay manohar man seetal bigsaaray. 112113112911
Nanak says, "I met my charming Master, my mind is now cool and in progression. " 2.3.29
e<:dlq,(jl H'U'W tl II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Dev Gandhari M: 5
ufo ;:rflr ~ lPftr ~ II har jap sayvak paar utaari-o.
Remembering God, servant is taken to other shore (liberated).
tfto ~ R l{!f ~ ~ RofH om H"flrti IIC\II ~ II
geen ga-i-aal .bha-ay parabh apnay bahurh janam nahee maari-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
O M
My Master has become kind to me. He will not throw me in womb again. 1 (pause)
. C
~ ~ aRCJ ufo a- CI'3O ffi'i'tJ ~ IIom
U B
L
saaDhsangam gun gaavah har kay ratan janam nahee haari-o.
l{!f~~~8Q~~~~ IIC\II
K C
The assemb(v ofsaints sing the attributes, the gem of God, and thus their life is not wasted.
O
parabh gun gaa-ay bikhai ban tari-aa kulah samooh uDhaari-o. 11111
O
HB
Singing Masters attributes, I swim across the water ofpoison, have got liberated all my family.
~ COOlS afip)rr ftre !ft3fcJ H'fR ~ ~ II
IK
charan kamal basi-aa rig bheetar saas giraas uchaari-o.
S
The lotus-feet is placed in my mind. I recite God by every breath, every morsel,
('i'l'OCt' c arot Hdle1Bd YC'ro YC'ro a~i:J1faij II~IIB IIS0 II
naanak ot gahee jaggeesur punah punah balihaari-o. 112114113011

Nanak says, "I hold the support ofmy God, I sacrifice myselffor it, again and again." 2.4.30
~ e<:aTq,d\ H'U'W tl U@ B raag gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5 ghar 4
RAG DEVGANDHARI M: 5 GHAR 4
C\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
Q03" fR !fO i'l:f HiJo d(J3 foaTQ IIC\II ~ II karat firay ban bhaykh mohan rahat niraar. 11111 rahaa-o.
Many wander in jungles, wearing pretentious garb, but God remains away. 1 (pause)
alfO ~ alB C'fta- iI"'i@O HO Hfu Q'd"3 iI"d' II C\ II
kathan sunaavan geet neekay gaavan man meh Dhartay gaar. 11111
They tell and sing pure songs but in their mind is filled fifth. 1
))ff3' ~lI'g ~~ ~aFfO'"UTO II~II at sungar baho chatursi-aanay bidi-aa rasnaa chaar. 11211
They are very beautiful, very smart, very wise, vet:,v educated and speak with manner. 2
HTO Her Ha' 30 18aaR:t::s ~ ~ Q Q1'd' IISI1
maan moh mayr tayr bibarjit ayhu maarag khanday Dhaar. 11311
1145
The pride, the greed and the sense ofmine and thine is prohibited, this is the way ofwalking on
sharp double edged sword.
Ci@ 0'C'iilf f3f6 ~ ~ tpJ' ~ JS JhItw 118111:111al:lll
kaho naanak tin .bhavjal taree-alay parabh kirpaa sant sangaar. 114111113111
Nanak says, "they (who walk this way) swim across te"ible waters, with Master's grace and also
ofcongregation ofsaints. "4.1.31
~ etliaYtNft )fCJW ~ U@ ~ raag gayvganQb.aaree mehlaa 5 ghar 5
Rag Devgandhari M: 5, Ghar 5
'\r~ l.{R'ft!' II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad..
God is one, realized by the grace oftrue guru
H ~ at ~ HcJg R1J 3' ~ II mai payk!1i-o ree oochaa mohan sa.bb tay oochaa.
I have seen supreme God, the Premier among all
))f'O (') ~ if n Iftr em UH ~ 111:111 ~ II
aan na samsar ko-oo laagai dhoodh rahay ham moochaa. 1I111 rahaa-o.
I have searched a lot many, none I couldfind matching Him.
~ ~ ~ u CII'CJW 1flCJ <rot ~ II baho bay-ant at bade gaahro thaah nahee aghoochaa.
He, great(v supreme, greatly deep, greatly unlimited, none can measure the immeasurable.
M
3ftis (') ~ Hf5 (') ~ ca ~ )f(') F 111:111
tol na tulee-ai mol na mulee-ai kat paa-ee-ai man roochaa. 11111
C O
.
He cannot be weighed by weights, cannot be valued by value, how to get my mind interested in
Him.}
U B
~ ~ ))fft;Q 3lilfr ftrg ~ <rot ~ II khoj asankhaa anik tapanthaa bin gur nahee pahoochaa.
C L
Innumerable are searching in different ways, none could reach to him, without Guru
K
Ci@ 0'C'iilf ~ atat ~ 6fft;s "'9' em ~ 1I~lll:IlIa~1I
O O
kaho naanak kirpaa karee thaakur mil saaDhoo ras .bhoonchaa. 112111113211
Nanak says, "My Master has become kind, joining saints I am enjoying nectar. "2.1.32
P.535
H B
K
eiiiEaYtNfI )fCJW ~ II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. DEVGANDHARI M: 5
SI
H ~ f8fb' ~ !W c;rcft at if II rnai baho biQb. paykhi-o goojaa naahee ree ko-oo.
I have seen in many ways, there is none else.
1h~R1JiIt3ftr~~~R1Jit 111:111 ~ II
khand geep sa.bh .bbeetar ravi-aa poor rahi-o sa.bb 10-00. 11111 rahaa-o.
He is pervading continents, islands, and every place, thus He isfulfilling all worlds. 1 (pause)
~ dHr em> HfcfHr Hg iftt Bfa R! II agam agammaa kavan mahimmaa man jeevai sun so-oo.
What can be the praise ofunapproachable, my mind lives by listening about the same.
~))fIJmf ~ Rnr HCid3 e Rrit 111:111 chaar aasram chaar barannaa mukat .b!:!.a-ay sayvto-oo. 11111
People are in four classes, in four colours, but liberated are only who serve you.
~~~lmf~~~areBlfat II
gur sabad. drirh-aa-i-aa param pag paa-i-aa gutee-a ga-ay sukh ho-oo.
Guru taught ;"e his word, I got the supreme position, all my dualities are over, now I shall be
happy.
Ci@ 0'C'iilf R Will! ~ aftr ft;ftr lMft mnlt II~ II~ II aa II
kaho naanak .b!:!.av saagar tari-aa har niQh paa-ee sahjo-oo. 112112113311
Nanak says, "I swam across terrible waters, and am blessed with God's treasure, in ease. 2.2.33
~ etliaYtNfI )fCJW ~ U@ e raag gayvganQhaaree mehlaa 5 ghar 6
1146
Rag Devgandhari M: 5 Ghar 6
'\tr~ l{R'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
~ ~ ufcJ 8& ifl'O II aykai ray har aykai jaan.
Know on(v one and one God.
~ ~ ~ ifl'O 11'\11 ~ II aykai ray gurmukh jaan. 11111 rahaa-o.
Know on(v one and one OJ Gurmukh.
~ ~ CIt ~ ~ 1) B'lft ~ ~ ~ 1JlI we; 11'\11 kaahay Qharmat ha-o tum Qharmahu na hhaa-
ee ravi-aa ray ravi-aa sarab thaan. 11111
OJ my brother, why are you wandering, do not wonder, pervading One is pervading all places. 1
fi:It ~ C(T'RG ~ ftrg HirH crnt ~ wftJ II
ji-o baisantar kaasat maihaar bin sanjam nahee kaaraj saar.
Like the fire in wood. It cannot be used for any purpose, without method.
f8Q ~ 1) triit CJflr itt i ~ II bin gur na paavaigo har jee ko l1u-aar.
Without Guru you will never get to the doors of God.
fi.fftis JRrf3 3fu ~ C@ ~ ~ ~ tmf fntIro II~ II '\11 ile II
mil sangattaj ahllimaan kaho naanak paa-ay hai param niDhaan. 112111113411
M
Nanak says, "Join congregation, leave pride, thus you will get supreme treasure. " 2.1.34
O
eiildlQldl 1.1 II l1ayvganDhaaree 5. DEV GANDHARI. 5
. C
;:rro't 1) ifllft 31' oft ~ 11'\11 ~ II jaanee na jaa-ee taa kee gaat. 11111 rahaa-o.
I could not know His dynamics.
U B
c;r.:r ~ CIt criW ~ ftmHo ftmH c;r.:ro crcJTf3' II '\11
C L
kah paykhaara-o ha-o kar chaturaa-ee bisman bismay kahan kahaat. 11111
K
How by cleverness I can see Him.? Relating the unrelatable, I am wonder-struck.
O
R aitnJ 6Itr ~ JI'fbq II gan ganDharab siDh ar saaDhik.
B O
The servants, the singers of God, perfect and perfecting.
~ OQ ~ I[cf ~ II sur nar l1ayv barahm barahmaal1ik.
K H
The men, the divines the deities, Brahma and Brahma etc.
S I
~ R ~ fuQ ~ II chatur bayg uchrat gin raat.
are reciting, day and night, four Vedas.
f1J}{ f1J}{ ~ ~ II agam agam thaakur aagaaDh.
But Master is inaccessible, Unapproachable and Unfathomable.

~ ilh ilh B9 ~ cro"Q 1) ifllft 1ft lR'ftr II~ II ~ II il1.Il1
gun bay-ant bay-ant hIlan naanak kahan na jaa-ee parai paraat. 112112113511
Nanak says, "His attributes are unlimited many are relating but they are uncountable and cannot
be related. 2.2.35
eiildlQlijl Hm'S" 1.1 II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. Dev gandhari M: 5
~ dI"S' oHj~dla II Dhi-aa-ay gaa-ay karnaihaar.
Remember and sing ofCreator.
Bt O'(ft ~ mm ~ ~ icft ~ h JDR 11'\11 acJTt II
bha-o naahee sukh sahj anangaa anik ohee ray ayk samaar. 11111 rahaa-o.
No fear, He is all happiness, enjoy bliss, in ease, and remember same one in many ways. 1
(pause)
JmlS Jj\!f3 ~ ~ H1i II safal moorat gur mayrai maathai.
He is a successful being, Guru, in my fore-head (mind)
1147
fa CiS ~ 33 33 JIlt II jat kat paykha-o tat tat saathai.
Where and where I see, there and there He is with.
eQO IDRlS HW 1fO ~ IIClII charan kamal mayray paraan aQ,baar. 1111/
His lotus-feet sustain my life.}
JI)fft ~ 8F I{I ~ II samrath athaah badaa paraQh mayraa.
My Master is all-power, inaccessible, supreme.
UIG UIG))j3fa' FI'fu! ~ II ghat ghat antar saahib nayraa.
Master pervades all bodies and thus is very close to alL
m JJft; ))f'I'RW l{B' li'na W qr ~ n ~ II ~ liS II S~ II
taakee saran aasar paraQh naanakjaa kaa ant na paaraavaar. 112113113611
Nanak says, "Be in His refuge, He is endless, immeasurable. "2.3.36
iii!aiqiJl Jro'W ~ II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 5. DEVGANDHARI M: 5
~ W)fc') ~ WII ultee ray man ultee ray.
OJ my mind take a turn.
R'ia ~ afcr ~ WII saakat si-o kar ultee ray.
Do other way than a non-believer does.
~ eft W~ 1.Rftf3 ~ W)fc') ICC6 WR'ia~n JCclft W." Clil ~ II jhootbai kee rayjhootb pareetQlhutkee
ray man chhutkee ray saakat sang na thhutkee ray. 11111 rahaa-o.
Love for false is false, leave it, OJ my mind, leave to be in the company ofnon-believers,
O M
C
because no liberation is therein. " 1 (pause)
.
ft:It il(TfIQ Bflr ~ ~ it UJl ~ WII ji-o kaajar Qhar mangar raakhi-o jo paisai kaalookhee ray.
B
U
Like a home is filled with kajal, whoever enters, he is blackened.
~d5! m3" i"fdr ~ ~ fiIff ~ fHftJ ICcft ~ WII ClII
C L
Dhoorahu hee tay J2I1aag ga-i-o hai jis gur mil dlbutkee tarikutee ray. /11/1
OK
One who meeting Guru, is liberatedfrom Maya, runs away from it right from a distance.
O
~~~~"~~R'ia~n~WII
B
maaga-o gaan kirpaal kirpaa niQ!:l mayraa mukh saakat sang na jutsee ray.
H
OJ my kind Master, the treasure ofmercy. I beg for a charity, that myface may notface a non-
K
SI
believer.
P.536
ffi") li'na t!TJl t!TJl i ~ ~ ~ fITQ' tm" Uft) gmft' W II ~ liS II S:> II
jan naanak gaas gaas ko karee-ahu mayraa moond saaQ,b pagaa haYt!1 rulsee ray. /12114113711
Nanak says, "OJ my Master accept me as servant of your servants, may my head be trampled
(spread) under the feet ofsaints. " 2.4.37
atiT iii!aiqiJl )fcJ'W ~ ~:> raag gayvganQhaaree mehlaa 5 ghar 7
RAG DEVGANDHARl M5 GHAR 7
C\tr"~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
mr ~ j} JI)fft thf ~ ~ IIf5 IIf5 wt II saQh gin kay samrath panth bitbulay ha-o bal bal jaa-o.
OJ my God, your way is the power in all days, I sacrifice myselffor it.
dJ"Iiii!O iRO' Ji3n 33' eQO ~ t ~ II ClII ~ II
gaavan bhaavan santan torai charan uvaa kai paa-o. 11111 rahaa-o.
Th~reupon your saints sing, enjoy, I wish to be at theirfeet.} (pause)
if'Jfc') 8'1In JroiI' U ~ HBee ~ ~ ~ IIClII .
jaasan baasan sahj kayl karunaa mai ayk anant anoopai thaa-o. 1/111
1148

01 my compassionate Master, praiseworthy, being there is pleasing, in ease. This is one place
which is all beautiful, unlimited.1
ft:JfQ' fl:Iftf ffifb' iR ~ Rdlmiii!(i 1pJ ()'1'li mOlt II
riDh siDh niDh kar tal jagjeevan sarab naath anaykai naa-o.
01 Giver of life to the world, the treasure of all perfections, is at your palm, you are one Master
of all, having lot many names.
~ ~ fcirtrr O'()cf ~ Bfn Hfn iqJ tfRrt II~ II 'lII qt: II ~ 118811
ga-i-aa ma-i-aa kirpaa naanak ka-o sun sun jas jeevaa-o. 1121111138116114411
Nanak says, "The kindness, the compassion, the mercy, may all befor me, let me live by listening
your praise." 2.1.38.6.44
'l"'~ tpI'ft! II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
~ iliii!diQIa\ HC:JW ~ II raag gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 9.
DEVGANDHARI M: 9
tiI<J HQ ~ n crfcrti d II yeh man naik na kahi-o karai.
This mind does nothing on my asking.
Jfu:f fHtfrft!' ~ ))f1.l('ft Jft' ~ 3' n ~ II 'l1I ~ II
M
seekh sikhaa-ay rahi-o apnee see gurmat tay na tarai. 11111 rahaa-o.
O
It lives by accepting its own instructions, it does not change from ill-wisdom. 1 (pause)
C
Hfu ~ ~ ~ m (]fa' iqJ nfu ~ II mag maa-i-aa kai bha-i-o baavro har jas neh uchrai.
It is mad, intoxicated by Maya, It does not recite the praise of God.
B .
U
CiffiJ ~ iRS Cf! i5'<J'& ))fl.ffi ~ ri" 1I'llI kar parpanch jagat ka-o dahkai apno ugar bharai. 11111
mt C L
By displaying strength he threatens other people ofthe world thus fills his belly.
K
~~ ~ n ~ crfcrti n ElT7i ~ II su-aan poochh ji-o ho-ay na sooDho kahi-o na kaan Dharai.
O
Like the tail of a dog, it does not straight, it listens not what I say.
O
erg (')'1"(')'C['B!J (IT){ (')T){fng R"'3' ~ltp~a- 1I~II'l1I kaho naanak bhaj raam naam nitjaa tay kaaj sarai. 11211111
H B
Nanak says, "Ever and ever remember the name of God, He settles all matters." 2.1
iliii!diQ(jl HC:JW ~ II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 9. DEVGANDHARI M: 9
I K
JI!f fctw tftfi i ~ II sabh kichh jeevat ko bivhaar.
S
All that one does, is only when he is alive
W3" f1ar ~ 83' itnr ~ fo fd.ru eft nrftJ II 'l1I ~ II
maat pitaa bhaa-ee sut banDhap ar fun garih kee naar. 11111 rahaa-o.
May be with mother, father, brothers, sons, the relations, and with wife at home. 1 (pause)
3'()' 3' 1f'O fur mr ~ m i{s ycrla' II tan tay paraan hot jab ni-aaray tayrat parayt pukaar.
When the life leaves body, all cry calling him ghost.
))fTQ" urcfti! ofu ~ U/Q 3' i!"s' fnctrRJ 1I'llI aaDh gharee ko-oo neh raakhai ghar tay gayt nikaar. 11111
None keeps him at home, even for little time, they take him away from home. 1
6far ~ ~ im CJ901' tiI<J ~ fire ftrerfiJ II marig tarisnaa ji-o jag rachnaa yeh gaykhhu rigai bichaar.
The being ofworld is only a mirage, you may you and think in mind.
erg(')'1"(')'C['B!J(IT}{(')T){fngR"'3'fur~II~II~II kaho naanakbhaj raam naamnitjaatayhotuDhaar.11211211
Nanak says, "Ever remember God, liberation is on(v by it." 2.2
il'i!diQi(jl J1c1l!IST ~ II gayvganDhaaree mehlaa 9. DEVGANDHARI M: 9
iRS H ~ i!lft l;(tB II jagat mai ihoothee gaykhee pareet.
Love in the world is false.
~ eft Blf ~ JI!f n falHr ~ falHr Hl"3 1I'llI ~ II
1149
apnay hee suJm si-o sa!2b. laagay ki-aa daaraa ki-aa meet. 1/111 rahaa-o.
Everybody isfor one's own pleasures, whether it is wife or a friend. 1 (pause)
Hctt Hctt Rt orcJ'3' ~ fts fRt 8'fl:ri ~ /I mayra-o mayra-o saJ2b.ai kahat hai hit si-o baaDhi-o cheet.
Everyone says, "you are mine, you are mine. " but have their own interests in mind
~ CifIftls Jbft cro if ftro ))fUQR' ~ atftf /I'lll ant kaal sangee nah ko-oo ih achraj hai reet. //1//
When time to leave comes, none accompanies, this is a strange way. 1
~ ~ ~ lit At aR liW i.
)f(') ~ ~ cro JDf'!G' fi:Ilf ~ r i i ~ /I man mooraJm ajhoo nah samjhat sikh gai haari-o neet.
My mind, foolish is yet not understanding, I havefailed in my daily giving counsel
/I~IIi1/1l!llat:/lY"/I
naanak !2b.a-ojal paar parai ja-o gaavai para!2b. kay geet. 112113116/138114711
Nanak says, "The moment he sings the songs about Master, he crosses over the terrible
waters." 2.3.6.38.47
P.537
'lrRftr ~ ~ ~ ftmtt WJ ~ ~ tri trW l{Wft!' /I
ik-oNkaar sat naam kartaa purakh nir!2b.a-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee sai!2b.a Ngur parsaag.
beyond/ear and animosity (all love). (He is) eternal Being. (He is) not subject to birth and death.
(He is) self existent (He is) realized by the, grace 0/ Guru.
O M
~ raiJlCnd' ~ )fCJW U III! ~ /I raag bihaagarb.aa cha-upgay mehlaa 5 9.!:lar 2.
C
RAG BlHAGRA, CHAUPADEM: 5, GHAR 2
f3n JiircfP'JI" /I ,,"ootan sangree-aa.
B .
U
The company ofback-biters,
,R!";i1ft's ~ II !2b.u-i-angan basree-aa.
living with snakes,
C L
~ ~ 1I'l/l anik upree-aa. //1//
OK
O
I tried my best to avoid 1
B
3t HuftJ c:rftr ~ /I ta-o mai har har karee-aa.
H
Then I remembered God
I K
3f Blf ~ /I'lll crcJTt II ta-o sukh sehjaree-aa. 1111/ rahaa-o.
S
I could be happy, in ease. 1 (pause)
6ilfo ~ II ))fO ~ ~ /I mithan mohree-aa. an ka-o mayree-aa.
Thefalse greedfor owning other's possession,
~~~ II~II vichghoomanghiree-aa./1211
will be thrown in whirlpool 2
JRRl) ~ /I saga I batree-aa.
Every body is on journey,
ftRrv b 3iftIr " birath il< laree-aa.
gathering under tree.
~ 8qftr ~ lIall baho banDheh paree-aa. 1/311
They are in lot ofchains. 3
ftIJ WQ' ~ /I thir saaQ!:l safree-aa.
Stable in the saint's congregation.
ncr csfhr3Q ~ II jah keertan haree-aa.
Where there is the singing ofpraise of God
i"l'Oclf ~ IIYII'lII naanak sarnaree-aa. 1/41/11/
1150
Nanak is in His refuge. 4.1
"\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
~ rad i dl6 i JfdW ~ II raag bihaagarhaa mehlaa 9. RAG BlHARGRA M: 9
.. "'*
d'ftr eft arftr ofu it II har kee gat neh ko-oo jaanai.
None knows the ways of God.
Halt tat 31ft tlftJ cR @ ~ jar ~ 11"\11 ~ II
jogee jatee tapee pach haaray ar baho log si-aanay. 11111 rahaa-o.
The jogi, the celibates, the austeror and many other wise men, have failed in their attempt (to
know). 1 (pause)
r.o Hfu ~ ~ ~ cmft ~ ~ ctfa' N II chhin meh raa-o rank ka-o kar-ee raa-o rank kar daaray.
In a moment, He turns beggar into a king, and king into a beggar.
~ ri' ri' ~ t;rcr 3" it ~ 11"\11 reetay bharay bharay sakhnaavai yeh taa ko bivhaaray. 11111
He turns filled into empty, and the empty into filled.
))fl.fc'ft ~ J'HTfis tn:I'\ft'))fTl./fu ~6didi II apnee maa+aa aap pasaaree aapeh gaykhanhaaraa.
He Himself has expanded His Maya and Himself is seeing.
6"7)T~ QWay iaftR!l'3' ~ ~ II~II naanaa roop Dharay baho rangeesabhtay rahai ni-aaraa. 11211
M
The multi-Jarious is manifesting Himselfin many forms, yet He is detachedfrom all 2
O
~ ~ ~ fna'm; ft:ro R!l' iqJ ~ II agnat apaar alakh niranjan jih sabh jag bharmaa+o.
C
.
He is uncountable, unknowable, infinite, taintless (God). He has fascinated the whole world.
B
FfmlS !mf 3fi:I (')T()cjf 1:{'C!t ~ 3'fu ~ wM llit II "\ II ~ II
U
L
sagal bharam taj naanak paraanee charan taahi chit laa-i-o. 11311111211
C
Nanak says, "01 being, leave all doubts and place your mind at His feet. " 3.1.2
K
~ fSd i dl6 1 n JfdW 9 urg "\ raag bihaagarhaa chhant mehlaa 4 ghar 1
RAG BIHAGRA CHHANT M: 4 GHAR 1
"\r~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
O O
B
KH
aflJ aflJ ~ ~ Kat ~ ~ ~ ~ (fT){ II
S I
har har naam Dhi-aa-ee-ai mayree jinQurhee-ay gurmukh naam amolay raam.
01 my life, remember the name of God, 01 Gurmukh, name is invaluable.
d'ftr Qfk ~ d'ftr HQ ~ HQ d'ftr Qfk orfH m (fT){ II
har ras beeDhaa har man pi-aaraa man har ras naam ihakolay raam.
God is dear to my mind, His nectar has charmed me. My mind enjoys the nectar ofHis name.
P.538
~ HQ oddiel Kat ~ ~ n ~ ~ (fT){ II
gurmat man thehraa-ee-ai mayree jingurhee-ay anat na kaahoo dolay raam.
01 my life, stablise mind with the wisdom ofGuru, then it will not befascinated by anyone else,
01 God.
}f?) ~ ~ ~ aflJ l:{!' ~ 6TOc5l' 8"it R (fT){ 11"\11
man chingi-arhaa fal paa-i-aa har parabh gun naanak banee belay raam. 11111
Nanak recites from mouth the attributes of God, and He has rewarded with the desiredfruit
~Hfo~~Hdt~~~h~(fT){1I
gurmat man amrit vuth-rhaa mayree jingurhee-ay mukh amrit bainalaa-ay raam.
01 my life, the wisdom of Guru has placed nectar in my mind, and I recite the nectar-wordfrom
my mouth, 01 God.
1151
~ m !m3 m')f eft Heft ~ Hfo ~ CJflJ ~ R (fT){ II
amrit banee bhagat janaa kee mayree jinQurhee-ay man sunee-ai har Iiv laa-ay raam.
Of my life, the word (bani) ofthe Bhagats (devotees) is nectar. Let us listen with mind intuned
with God.
W fWor CJflJ 1{f ~ ~ fi.rft;pw JrofiJ ~ (fT){ II
chiree vichhunnaa har parabh paa-i-aa gal mili-aa sahj suQbaa-ay raam.
Separated since long, I met my God-Master, He embraced me, in ease.
ffi') 0'0cr Hfn ~ ~ ~ Heft ~ ~ Jm!' ~ (fT){ II~II
jan naanak man anaQ .b!:!.a-i-aa hai mayree jinQurhee-ay anhat sabaQ vajaa-ay raam. 11211
Nanak sC{vs, "Of my life, by playing on the unfrictioned word, My mind is now in bliss 0/God."2
~ ~ ifaPw Heft ~ ~ CJflJ 1{f ~ 6Rri (fT){ II
sakhee sahaylee mayree-aa mayree jinQurh~e-ay ko-ee har paraQb aan milaavai raam.
Of my life, let some ofmy friends, come and get me united with my God-Master.
~ ~ ~ f3H ~ Heft ~ CJflJ 1{ir eft CJflJ nr ~. (fT){ II
ha-o man Qayva-o tis aapnaa mayree jinQurhee-ay har paralID kee har kathaa sunaavai raam.
Of my life, I surrender my mind to him, who, the man of God, relates me the story of God.
~ JreT ))fCJTft;r CJflJ Heft ~ )fc') ~ ~ tR (fT){ II
M
gurmukh saQaa araaDh har mayree jinQurhee-ay man chinQi-arhaa fal paavai raam.
O
Of my life, Gurmukh always adores God, and is rewarded with the desiredfruit
. C
0'0cr Btr CJflJ HdC!idlift Heft ~ U1I"dft ~ ~ (fT){ IISII
B
naanak Qbaj har sarnaagatee mayree jinQurhee-ay vadQbaagee naam Dhi-aavai raam. 11311
U
Nanak says, "Of my life, rush to the refuge ofGod. Only lucky one an remember God's Name. "3
~ faGtlr 1{ir ~ ~ Heft ~ ~ ~ tmI'R (fT){ II
C L
K
kar kirpaa parabh aa-ay mil mayree jinQurhee-ay gurmat naam pargaasay raam.
O
Of my life, my Master, be kind, and come so that I can meet you, and with the wisdom ofGuru,
O
let name blossom in me.
H B
~ CJflJ ~ ~ ifflt ~ ~ im f8Q ~ ~ (fT){ II
ha-o har baaih udeenee-aa mayree jinQurhee-ay ji-o jal bin kamal uQaasay raam.
IK
Of my life, without meeting God, I am in distress, as lotus without water remains sad.
S
~ ~ ~ Heft ~ CJflJ ~ CJflJ 1{IlPH (fT){ II
gur poorai maylaa-i-aa mayree jinQurhee-ay har sajan har para.b!:!. paasay raam.
OJ my life, the perfect Guru helped me to meet, my dear, my God who pervades all directions.
QO QO dRI' CJflJ ~ Heft ~ ffi') 0'0cr cMH ftrarrJl (fT){ 119111:\11
- - -= -
Dhan Dhan guroo har Qasi-aa mayree jinQurhee-ay jan naanak naam bigaasay raam. 11411111
OJ my life, great is Guru, who told me about God. In the mind of Nanak, name of God,
blossoms. 4.1
~ f8iJ 1dli:l l JfmISI' 9 II raag bihaagarhaa mehlaa 4. RAG BIHAGRA M: 4
~ CJflJ CJflJ ~ ~ Heft ~ ~ ~ ~ (fT){ II
amrit har har naam hai mayree jinQurhee-ay amrit gurmat paa-ay raam.
OJ my lifl, nectar is in the name of God, get it with the wisdom of Guru.
~ ~ ~ ~ ifflt ~ CJflJ ~ ~ \'JfJ iri (fT){ 11
ha-umai maa-i-aa bikh hai mayree jinQurhee-ay har amrit bikh leh jaa-ay raam.
OJ my life, ego and Maya are poison, this poison can be removed with the name of God,
HQ BQT ufa))fT ~ Heft ~ CJflJ CJflJ ~ ~ (fT){ II
man sukaa hari-aa ho-i-aa mayree jinQurhee-ay har har naam Dhi-aa-ay raam.
1152
01 my life, by remembering the name of God, the dried up mind turns green.
<:rfij' ~ ri' fti5fl:f ~ Jf6t ~ if<') i'i'1"Ocif orfk ~ ~ II '\ II
har bhaag vaday Iikh paa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay jan naanak naam samaa-ay raam. 11111
01 my l~fe God has granted me good luck, thus Nanak, man of God, is merging in His name. 1
<:rfij' ffift )fQ S1iP>rr Jf6t ~ ~ ~ n
~ ~ ~ II
har saytee man bayDhi-aa mayree jingurhee-ay ji-o baalak lag guDh kheeray raam.
01 my life, my mind is pierced by love of God, as milk fascinates child.
uflr f8Q RiB (') ~ Jf6t ~ ~ ~ iR'i f8Q ~ ~ II
har bin saaNt na paa-ee-ai mayree jingurhee-ay ji-o chaatrik jal bin tayray raam.
01 my life, I cannot be in peace without God, like chatrik cries without (rain) water.
~ R'a"it wre ~ Jf6t ~ ~ ~ <:rfij' 1p1 cla' ~ II
satgur sarnee jaa-ay pa-o mayree jingurhee-ay gun gasay har parabh kayray raam.
01 my life, be at the feet oftrue Guru, He will tell you the attributes of God-Master.
if<') i'i'1"Ocif <:rfij' Hwft:rnIr Jf6t ~ urftr ~ '1m! ~ ~ II ~ II
jan naanak har maylaa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay ghar vaajay sabag ghanayray raam. 11211
01 my life, Nanak, man ofGod, has helped me to meet God, lot ofwords now sound in my body. 2
~~~Jf6t~~~~~~11
M
manmukh ha-umai vichhurhay mayree jingurhee-ay bikh baaDhay ha-umai jaalay raam.
O
01 my life, Manmukhs are separated by ego, they are fettered by poison and burnt by ego.
~ tli:it QiH3 ))fly ~ Jf6t ~ ~ ~ Jtfir Wr iri ~ II
.C
B
ji-o pankhee kapot aap banHaa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay ti-o manmukh sabh vas kaalay raam.
U
CL
01 my life, as a bird, himselfis madefor net, similar(v Manmukh is madefor death.
it Hftr ~ ftJ3 -
~ Jf6t ~
-
Jl HO'lilf )fa' ~ ~
- =
II
K
jo mohi maa-i-aa chit laa-igay mayree jingurhee-ay say manmukh moorh bitaalay raam.
O
01 my life, those who are in love with greedfor money, they, the Manmukhs are astrayed idiots.
P.539
B O
~ ~ Hd.NI::il Jf6t ~!I'd' i'i'1"Ocif <:rfij' ~ ~ lIall
H
ifc')
jan taraahi taraahi sarnaagatee mayree jingurhee-ay gur naanak har rakhvaalay raam. 11311
IK
01 my life, the men of God are crying for refuge. Guru Nanak is protectd by God. 3
S
<:rfij' if<') uflr ftw ~ Jf6t ~ gfu ~ ri' <:rfij' ~ ~ II
har jan har Iiv ubray mayree jingurhee-ay Dhur bhaag vaday har paa-i-aa raam.
01 my life, men of God are liberated by His love, they are born greatly lucky, they are blessed
with God.
a
<:rfij' <:rfij' ~ ~ Jf6t ~ !I'd' m
~ ~ ~ II
har har naam pot hai mayree jingurhee-ay gur khayvat sabag taraa-i-aa raam.
01 my life, name of God is a boat, Guru is boats-man, and by his word he makes it to ferry.
a
<:rfij' uflr ~ ~ Jf6t ~ !I'd' ~ Hto ~ ~ II
har har purakh ga-i-aal hai mayree jingurhee-ay gur satgur meeth lagaa-i-aa raam.
01 my life, God is a merciful purakh, Guru, true Guru, let me taste his sweetness.
crfcJ ~ ~ 8o'3t uflr <:rfij' if<') i'i'1"Ocif nttr ~ ~ II Q II~ II
kar kirpaa sun bayntee har har jan naanak naam Dhi-aa-i-aa raam. 11411211
Be kind and listen my prayer, Nanak, the man of God, remembers your name. 4.2
faij1dld l HCJW 8 II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 4. BlHAGRA M: 4
a
iIfdr t! Ft.i!'} cfta'ftJ nttr Hat ~ uflr cfta'ftJ <:rfij' Hfo ~ ~ II
jag sukarit keerat naam hai mayree jingurhee-ay har keerat har man Dhaaray raam.
1153
01 my life, the best act in the world is the praise ofname, have the praise ofGod in mind.
(Jfcr (Jfcr ~ ~ ~ )fQCt ~ iIfif crRr (Jfcr ~ ttri' ~ II
har har naam pavit hai mayree jingurhee-ay jap har har naam uDhaaray raam.
01 my life, the name of God is purifying, remembere and liberate through it.
JIB fcmh un.r ~ ~)fQCt ~ ~ ~ C'i'fk t3'W ~ "
sabh kilvikh paap gukh kati-aa mayree jingurhee-ay mal gurmukh naam utaaray raam.
01 my life, all So"OWS and sins are removed, Gurmukhs remembering name, wash of/their dirt
~ !:.l7ft crRr ~ An orner mr ~ tfaN ~ ~ "'"
vad punnee har Dhi-aa-i-aa jan naanak ham moorakh mugaQ!:l nistaaray raam. 11111
Nanak, the man ofGod, was blessed with remembering God. He liberated the foolish and idiots
like me. 1
it crRr ~ ~ )fQCt ~ f3(')T ~ ~ ~ ~ II
jo har naam Dhi-aa-igay mayree jingurhee-ay tinaa panchay vasgat aa-ay raam.
01 my life, those who remember the name ofGod, thefive (senses) are controlled by them.
~ CW ftri1Q' ~ ~ )fQCt ~ tI! ~ ~ ~ ~ II
antar nav niDh naam hai mayree jingurhee-ay gur satgur alakh lakbaa-ay raam.
01 my life, within me is the nine-fold name, Guru, true Guru, let me know, the unknowable.
M
tTflJ JWRT HnR' ~ )fQCt ~ crRr fifftsIr p mr iri ~ "
O
gur aasaa mansaa pooree-aa mayree jingurhee-ay har mili-aa bhukb sabh jaa-ay raam.
. C
01 my life, Guru fulfills my hopes, my desires, meeting God, all my hungers are satisfied.
U B
gftr H'R3ftr afcr l:{ftr ~ )fQCt ~ An orner crRr P R ~ II~"
Dhur mastak har para.bh likhi-aa mayree jingurhee-ay jan naanak har gun gaa-ay raam. 11211
C L
01 my life, God had preordained, thus Nanak, the man of God, sang the attributes ofGod. 2
K
mr ll'tit ~)fQCt ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
O
ham paapee balvanchee-aa mayree jingurhee-ay pargarohee t!lag maa+aa raam.
~ ~ ~ Heft ~ O
01 my life, I am a poor sinner, a cheat, robber ofwealth 01 God.
B
tTflJ vi m3
fHftr~ ~ II
K H
vadbhaagee gur paa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay gur poorai gat mit paa-i-aa raam.
SI
01 my life, I am lucky that I have a Guru. Perfect Guru knows my position ofbeing helpless.
tTflJ ~ crRr ~ ~)fQCt ~ ~ Jm!' ~ ~ ~ II
gur amrit har mukh cho+aa mayree jingurhee-ay fir margaa bahurh jeevaa-i-aa raam.
01 my life, Guru trickled the nectar of God into my mouth, that gave life to me, already dead.
An orner ~ it 6fi Heft ~ f3n i JIB' ~ ~ ~ "s"
jan naanak satgur jo milay mayree jingurhee-ay tin kay sabh gukh gavaa-i-aa raam. 11311
Nanak says, "01 my life, those who meet a true Guru, all their sorrows arefinished 01 God. " 3
))ff:J ~ afcr l)Ilj ~ )fQCt ~ ~ ~ un.r R"3" ~ II
at ootam har naam hai mayree jingurhee-ay jit japi-ai paap gavaatay raam.
01 my life, name of God is supreme, remembering which the sins are vanished.
tlf33" ~ ~ crRr cti Heft ~ 9g' ~ 9g' ~ iri ~ II
patit pavitar gur har kee-ay mayree jingur!lee-ay chahu kundee chahu jug jaatay raam.
O/my life, Guru-Godpurified the declined, everyone in four-ages, four directions knows it.
~ ~ mr ~ Heft ~ CJftr ~ CJftr Rflr i'i"3 ~ II
ha-umai mail salID utree mayree jingur!lee-ay har amrit har sar naatay raam.
01 my life, all the filth ofego is washed, after I took bath in the pool ofnectar of God,
~ ll'tit ~ Heft ~ An orner Afg crRr ~ ~ "SIlS"
1154
apraaDhee paapee uQhray mayree jingurhee-ay jan naanak khin har raatay raam. 11411311
Nanak says, "01 my life, by taking bath, therein, the sinners, the convicts are liberated, may be
they were in God's love for just a moment. " 4.3
f8CJ 1d13 1 HCJ'W Q II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 4. BlHAGRA M: 4
~ ~ ftrQ ~ ~ ~ fHQ CJ'flr CJ'flr ~ ~ CJT)f II
ha-o balihaaree tin H ka-o mayree jingurhee-ay jin H har har naam aDhaaro raam.
01 my life, I sacrifice myselffor those, whose sustainer is the name of God
~~~~~~~~3 l dc!CJleJ d'H II
gur satgur naam drirh-aa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay bikh .!2ha-ojal taaranhaaro raam.
01 my life, Guru, the true Guru, tought me name, that got me to swim across the terrible waters.
ftro ~ Hfo CJ'flr ~ ~ ~ 130 Jf3' Ror Hcri CJT)f II
jin ik man har Dhi-aa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay tin sant janaa jaikaaro raam.
01 my life, those who remember Him with single-mind, they are hailed by saints, men of God
P.540
-- ~ ~ ~ Rftr t!1f f6iiE dC!CJ eJ d'H IIC\II
CJ'flr iIfil Hl:l' -.
O'ocr i 1
naanak har jap sukh paa-i~aa mayree jingurhee-ay sabh gookh nivaaranhaaro raall). 11111
Nanak says, "01 my life, remember God, be happy, He removes all sorrows, 01 God." 1
FIT cmor tfQ Qg ~ ~ ~ ~ R CJ'flr 1{W iW d'H II
O M
saa rasnaa Dhan Dhan hai mayree jingurhee-ay gun gaavai har para.!2h kayray raam.
. C
01 my life, that tongue is greatly lucky, which sings the attributes of God
~ ~ R ~ CJfu ~ ~ CJ'flr cftcr3g ~ CJ'flr ~ d'H II
U B
L
tay sarvan bhalay so.!2hneek heh mayree jingurhee-ay har keertan suneh har tayray raam.
C
01 my life, those ears are greatly nice, praise-worthy, which listen singing ofthe praise of God,
K
they become yours 01 God
Jl JftB' !JW ~ tRQ ~ ~ ~ ;l H'ft!"
O O ~ ~ ~ d'H II
so sees .!2halaa pavitar paavan harmayree jingurhee-ay jo jaa-ay lagai gur pairay raam.
H B
01 my life, that head is nice, purified, which goes to be at the feet of God
K
~ ~ ~ 'E'ftpw ~ ~ ftri7; CJ'flr CJ'flr ~
ftm' CJT)f II~ II
I
S W9'
gur vitahu naanak vaari-aa mayree jingurhee-ay jin har har naam chitayray raam. 11211
01 my life, Nanak sacrifices himselffor Guru, who remembers the name of God 2
~~ R ~ CJfu ~ ~;l ~ ~ d'H II
tay naytar .!2halay parvaan heh mayree jingurhee-ay jo saaDhoo satgur gaYkheh raam.
01 my life, those eye~ are nice, accepted, which see saints, true Guru, God
~ <JJa ym ~ CJfu ~ ~ it CJ'flr tIH CJ'flr CJ'flr ~ CJT)f II
tay hasat puneet pavitar heh mayree jingurhee-ay jo har jas har har laykheh raam.
01 my life, those hands are sacred, pure, which write the praise of God and God only.
f3ff trc'i ~ tm fia ~ ~ ~ ;l H'Gfir tmf ~ CJT)f II
tis jan kay pag nit poojee-ah mayree jingurhee-ay jo maarag Dharam chalayseh raam.
01 my life, feet ofthose men of God be ever worshipped They walk on way to the faith in God
~ 130 ~ 'E'ftpw ~ ~ CJ'flr ~ CJ'flr <'l'H lffiHfu CJT)f 1Ii1 II
naanak tin vitahu vaari-aa mayree jingurhee-ay har sun har naam manayseh raam. 11311
Nanak says, "01 my life, I sacrifice myselffor those, who, by listening" God, believe in His
name." 3
qaftJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ mr CJ'flr CJ'flr <'l'H ftmR CJT)f II
Dharat paataal aakaas hai mayree jingurhee-ay sa.!2h har har naam Dhi-aavai raam.
1155
OJ my life, whether it is earth, sky or nether region, all remember name of God
~ tl'C!t am ~ ~ fog mama- ma- R'ff R arH II
pa-un paanee baisantaro mayree jingurhee-ay nit har har har jas gaavai raam.
OJ my life, whether it is air, water or fire, all ever sing the praise of God
~ f:g Rf ~ a- ~ ~ ~ mama- ~ ~ arH II
van tarin satm aakaar hai mayree jingurhee-ay mukh har har naam Ohi-aavai raam.
OJ my life, whether it is forest, grass or all creation, they, from their mouth, remember God
("i'1"(')'Q3'ma-m~~~it~RflrHg~arHII911911
naanak tay har gar painHaa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay jo gurmu]ID tmagat man laavai raam. 11411411
Nanak says, "OJ my life, those Gurmukhs, who taking devotion to their mind, are dressed in the
robe ofhonour in His court. " 4.4
~ HaW B II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 4. BIHAGRE M: 5
fHoma-ma-~(,)~~~3'~~~arH II
jin har har naam na chayti-o mayree jingurhee-ay tay manmukh moorh i-aanay raam.
OJ my life, those who have not remembered the name of God, they are Manmukhs, idiots,
ignorants, OJ God
it HftJ ~ ~ wftre ~ ~ if Hf3 are ~ arH II
OM
jo mohi maa-i-aa chit laa-igay mayree jingurhee-ay say ant ga-ay paQ:lhutaanay raam.
OJ my life, those who are robbedfor loving Maya, in the end, they leave repenting, OJ God
ma- ;mro m ~~~ it ~ tPfu ~ arH II
. C
B
()T
har gargeh dho-ee naa lahni Hmayree jingurhee-ay jo manmukh paap lubhaanay raam.
L U
OJ my life, those Manmukhs, who are tempted by sins, they will not get a place in His court.
C
trn ~ ~ fi.Iftis ~ ~ ~ ma- Rflr ma- mk JDfTC! arH 11911
O K
jan naanak gur mil ubray mayree jingurhee-ay har jap har naam samaanay raam. 11111
Nanak says, "The men of God, meeting Guru, are liberated, they remember the name and are
merging in name." 1
B O
Fffir wre ~ ~ at ~ ~ it mama- ~ ~ arH II
K H
SI
satm jaa-ay milhu satguroo ka-o mayree jingurhee-ay jo har har naam garirh-aavai raam.
OJ my life, all those who remember the name of God, go and meet true Guru, OJ God
~ ~ ftfQ ~ (') cft;:nft ~ ~ ~ for RTil' ~ ITt for (') ITt arH II
har japgi-aa khin dhil na keej-ee mayree jingurhee-ay mat ke jaapai saahu aavai ke na aavai raam.
OJ my life, do not delay remembering name, even for a while, lest a breath comes or not.
w~Jl~wUl3tJl~~a-~~~~)WftJf3'~arHII saavaylaasomooratsaagharhee
so muhat safal hai mayree jingurhee-ay jit har mayraa chit aavai raam.
That time, that day, that moment, that respite is purposeful, during which my God comes to my
memory, OJ God
trn ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ *flJ (') ITt arH II~II
jan naanak naam Dhi-aa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay jamkankar nayrh na aavai raam. 11211
Nanak says, "OJ my life, remember name of God, the devil ofdeath will not touch you. " 2
(Jfu" ~ B! 1E Rf fcl& ~ ~ Jl R fRfo tl'tf ma ~ II
har vaykhai sunai nit satm kichh mayree jingurhee-ay so darai jin paap kamtay raam.
OJ my life, God ever sees, listens everything, on(v hefears, who has committed sins, OJ God
firff ~ fu'at!r J31J a- ~ ~ f3fc'l nfn Fffir R fffc ua ~ II
jis antar hirdaa suDh hai mayree jindurhee-ay tin jan sabh dar sut ghatay raam.
OJ ~v life, those whose mind is pure, such men of God have thrown away, allfears, OJ God
1156
~~ nrfH 1f3tftpw ifflt ~ Hfir l1lf )RQ ~ ~ ~ II
har nirbha-o naam pateeji-aa mayree jinqurhee-ay sabh ihakh maaran qusat kuptay raam.
O! my life, be contented with the name offearless God, all yelling wickeds will be dishonoured,
01 God.
P.541
~ traT ~ ~ ifflt ~
-- = -
ft:Ifo ~ ))fTfc!' Hfir ua
~ II~ II
gur pooraa naanak sayvi-aa mayree jinqurhee-ay jin pairee aan sabh ghatay raam. 11311
Nanak says, 01 my life, let us serve perfect Guru, who can get everyone at His feet, 01 God. " 3
H~~~~ifflt~Rmriwfu"g~~ II
so aisaa har nit sayvee-ai mayree jinqurhee-ay jo sabh goo saahib vadaa raam.
01 my life, let us serve such a God, who is the greatest of alL
fffitt fucr Hfo ~ ~ ifflt ~ fuor N ftm tft fct! ~ ~ II
jinHee ik man ik araaDhi-aa mayree jingurhee-ay tinaa naahee kisai dee kichh chadaa raam.
01 my life, those who adore One, with single-mind, they do not need to look for anyone.
!JQ ~ ~ ~ ~ ifflt ~ l1lf )fl'(JQ Hfir ~ uiF ~ II
gur sayvi-ai har mahal paa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay ihakh maaran sabh ningak ghandaa raam.
01 my life, let us serve Guru and get a place in God's home, let all back-biters and wickeds yell.
m; (')T(")Cf 0Tlj ~ lrnt ~ yfa' HH3for ijfu ~ fiT ~ 11811~ II
O M
jan naanak naam Dhi-aa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay Dhur mastak har Iikh chhadaa raam. 11411511
. C
Nanak says, "01 my life, only those men ofGod, remember name, for whom it is preordained "4.5
ftrc:r"ar3r >row 8 II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 4. BlHAGRE M: 4
U B
L
Hfir ;:ftl)f ~ ~ ~ Ha' ~ 1{if ~ tnfu R iflfu ~ ~ II
C
sabh jee-a tayray tooN varatdaa mayray har parabh too N jaaneh jo jee-ay kamaa-ee-ai raam.
~ ~ lfI'"iI'flr ~ ~ ~ mr ~
lrnt Hfo
OK
All livings beings are yours, you pervade all, 01 my God, Master you know what they are doing.
~ ~ II
O
har antar baahar naal hai mayree jingurhee-ay sabh vaykhai man mukraa-ee-ai raam.
B
H
01 my life, inside and outside, God is accompanying, He is looking at the whole defiance of
I K
mind.
HOtfl:fT ~ ijfu Wo ~ ifflt ~ mr
S
ftmft~ ~ ~ II
manmukhaa no har door hai mayree jingurhee-ay sabh birthee ghaal gavaa-ee-ai raam.
OJ my life, Godfor Manmukhs, is afar, they waste all their labour.
m; (')T(")Cf ~ ~ ifflt ~ ~ CJTHg ~ ~ ~ II~II
jan naanak gurmukh Dhi-aa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay har haajar nagree aa-ee-ai raam. 11111
Nanak says, 01 my life, Gurmukh remembers God, He sees Him ever present." 1
H-!RS H-m lrnt~ R 1{ifHa'Hfo ~ ~ II
say bhagat say sayvak mayree jingurhee-ay jo parabh mayray man bhaanay raam.
01 my life, they are devotees, they are servants, who are liked by my Master.
H ijfu ~ ~ ifflt ~ lHfufnft:J JIlftJ ~ ~ II
say har gargeh painaa-i-aa mayree jingurhee-ay ahinis saach samaanay raam.
01 my life, those who are blessed, with a robe to wear in His Court, they are, day and night,
merging in True.
130 ci Jifdr ~ ~ ifflt ~ & w3' crefa' ~ ~ II
tin kai sang mal utrai mayree jingurhee-ay rang raataY nagar neesaanay raam.
01 my life, in their company, the dirt is washed off, they are in His love, the emblem ofHis grace.
(')T(")Cf cit 1{ir iC'i3t ifflt ~ ~ ~ Jifdr ~ ~ II ~ II
1157
naanak kee para.bh bayntee mayree jingurhee-ay mil saaDhoo sang aghaanay raam. 11211
Nanak prays, "0/ my life, let me meet saints and be happy, 0/ God. " 2
~~ Rfil ~ ~ ~ R1ll mw mw ftpRir ifIi nr II
hay rasnaa jap gobingo mayree jingurhee-ay jap har har tarisnaa jaa-ay raam.
0/ my life, my tongue remembers God, with remembering God, my lust is quenched.
ftm ~ cR ffirr ~ )Rft ~ ~ Hft; ~ ~ nr II
jis ga-i-aa karay mayraa paarbarahm mayree jingurhee-ay tis man naam vasaa-ay raam.
0/ my life, upon whom, my God is kind, in his mind He places Himself.
ft:IH ~ vcrr ~ ~ ~ it mw qg flr>ftr ~ nr II
jis bhaytay pooraa satguroo mayree jingurbee-ay so har Dhan niDh paa-ay raam.
0/ my life, whoever meets petfect Guru, he is blessed with the treasure of God's wealth.
~JRrf3W~~O'OCl'mw~Rnr IISII
vad.bhaagee sangat milai mayree jingurhee-ay naanak har gun gaa-ay raam. 11311
01 my life, with great luck, congregation is blessed. Nanak sings the attributes ofGod. 3
1fT7) 1ft3ftr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l{I ~ nr II
thaan thanantar ray rahi-aa mayree jingurhee-ay paa.rbarahm parabh gaataa raam.
0/ my life, God, my giving Master, is pervading all places and all spaces.
3T err ~ (') ~ ~ ~ ~ YCI! ftrQr3r nr II
taa kaa ant na paa-ee-ai mayree jingurhee-ay pooran purakh biDhaataa raam.
OM
.C
01 my life, we cannot know His limits. He is perfect Purakh, giver of everything.
JIlI' RP>rr ~ )Rft ~ fHt 8't'Silr fla H'3T nr
U
II
B
L
sarab jee-aa partipaalgaa mayree jingurhee-ay ji-o baalak pit maataa raam.
nrC
01 my life, He nourish all beings, like parents nourish their children.
OK
Jm' ~ ou W ~ ~ RO 0'0Cl' ~ R'3T IlaJI~1I
sahas si-aanap nah milai mayree jingurhee-ay jan naanak gurmukh jaataa raam. 11411611
O
Nanak says, "0/ my life, we cannot meet Him, even with thousand ofwisdoms, the man ofGod,
B
H
Gurumuk knows Him very well" 4.6 (sixer) 1
K
5cil" C\ II chhakaa 1. chaka 1.
SI
~ )fij'W 1.1 B l&@ C\ bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5 &!:lhant ghar 1
BlHAGRE M: 5, CHHANT GHAR 1
"ltr"~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad..
mw err ~ ~ ~ ~ t'S'8 iftt ;1 cR ~ Q'a)f ~ nr II
har kaa ayk achambha-o gaykhi-aa maYraY laal jee-o jo karay so Dharam ni-aa-ay raam.
01 my love, I have seen a wonder of God, whatever He does, He does in faith, in justice.
mw~~~~t'S'8iftt~~~nr II
har rang akhaarhaa paa-i-on mayray laal jee-o aavan jaan sabaa-ay raam.
0/ my love, He created a play in His own colours, and in it all come and go.
P.542
~ g in' ftJofJ cfPtrr fHft; ifi!fn ftmfPw II aavan ta jaanaa tineh kee-aa jin maygan sirjee-aa.
He, who has created this universe, has made it to come and go.
~ ~ ~ HCJflvs ~ ft!fcJ R6f P ~ II
iknaa mayl satgur mahal bulaa-ay ik bharam bhoolay firgi-aa.
Some are called by true Guru to His homefor union, and some are astraying in doubts.
~ 3Qr Fr t
~ mr Hftr ~ mri' II ant tayraa tooNhai jaaneh tooNsabh meh rahi-aa samaa-ay.
1158
Your limits on(v you know, as you are pervading all.
~em~~~~mtmf~ 111:\11
sach kahai naanak sunhu santahu har vartai Dharam ni-aa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Listen 01 saints, I tell you the truth that Godfaithful(V deliver.vjustice." 1
~~~~~tftt~~7)'tf~QT){ II
aavhu milhu sahayleeho mayray laal jee-o har har naam araaDhay raam.
01 my love, come my friends want to meet, 01 my lovable, they adore the name of God.
afcJ~~~~~~HH~~witQT){ II
kar sayvhu pooraa satguroo mayray laal jee-o jam kaa maarag saaDhay raam.
01 my love, they serve perfect true Guru, and thus they model their way ofdeath.
~ ~'R'fll~~~JbJr~ II
maarag bikh-rhaa saaDh gurmukh har dargeh sobhaa paa-ee-ai.
OJ Gurmukhs, the way is uneven, model it, and get pat in His court.
fno ~ futri ~ ~ f31r' ~ ~ ~ ~ II
jin ka-o biDhaatai Dharahu Iikhi-aa tinHaa rain din Iiv laa-ee-ai.
One for whom, it is preordained, he day and night, is intuned with Him.
<JtH )f}f3T Kg J2T W Rfcn ~ wQ- II ha-umai mamtaa moh chhutaa jaa sang mili-aa saaDhay.
M
Once he is in the company ofsaints, his love for greed and ego is over.
ifQri~~~~~7)'tf~ II~II jan kahai naanakmukatho-aa harharnaamaraaDhaY.11211
C O
.
Nanak says, "Such a man of God, recites the name of God, and thus is liberated. " 2
~~JB~~~~tfttdorJft~~QT){ II
U B
L
kar jorhihu sant ikatar ho-ay mayray laal jee-o aQhinaasee purakh poojayhaa raam.
C
01 my love, lovable let the saints be together (in congregation) and worship, folding hands pray
K
before the imperishable Purakh.
~ f8ftf ~ ~ ~ ~ tftt re-g HQ 3Q ' " ~ QT){ II
O O
baho biDh poojaa khojee-aa mayray laal jee-o ih man tan sabh arpayhaa raam.
B
01 my love, lovable, I worshipped and searched for Him in many ways, I su"endered all my
H
a: IK
mind and body, 01 God.
HQ 3Q tfQ ' " 1{J i'ar h" ~ ~ II
S
man tan Dhan sabh parabhoo kayraa ki-aa ko pooj charhaava-ay.
My mind, body and wealth, everything is ofMaster, what I should offer when worshipping?
fHff~~~~jf1fB~~II
jis ho-ay kirpaal da-i-aal su-aamee so parabh ank samaav-ay.
Upon whomever, merciful Master is kind, he merges in the being ofHim.
!lTtJ H'R3fcr ~ fi:m i f3B' ~ C'l'ftis ~ II bhaag mastak ho-ay jiS kai tis gur naal sanayhaa.
One for whom, it is preordained, he is in love with Guru.
iIO
-
em O'oor- fHftls HIQRdlfd ~ ~ ('jT){
- =
t.rirot' II:JII
jan kahai naanak mil saaDhsangat har har naam poojayhaa. 11311
Nanak says, "01 men ofGod, let us be in the congregation ofsaints, and remember the name of
God." 3
~ ftm lfi:a (J}f fR ~ ~ tftt ~ ~ urftJ ~ QT){ II
dah dis khojat ham firay mayray laal jee-o har paa-i-arhaa ghar aa-ay raam.
OJ my love, lovable, I roamed in ten directions in search for you, then I found my God, on
returning my home.
c:rFa' >kg ~ ~ wftp,rr ~ ~ ~ ~ f3B' HftJ ~ ~ QT){ II
1159
har mandar har jee-o saaji-aa mayray laal jee-o har tis meh rahi-aa samaa-ay raam.
01 my love, this body is created as temple of God, He is merging in it.
FJri mfTC!T))fl'fif ~ ~ ~ ~ II sarbay samaanaa aap su-aamee gurmukh pargat ho-i-aa.
The Master Himself is merging in all, Gurmukh reveals Him.
fi.tfclw ))fQar ~ nror ~ <Jfa' ~ ~ II miti-aa aDhayraa gookh naat!laa ami-o har ras cho-i-aa.
The darkness is over, the sorrows have run away, the essence of God's nectar is trickling.
ffiJT ~ :rnr ~ ~ 'R1J orS' II jahaa gaykhaa tahaa su-aamee paarbarahm saJID t!laa-ay.
Wherever I see, Master is there, God is in all places.
ilQcm~~~~~tlIftJ~ 11811'11
jan kahai naanak satgur milaa-i-aa har paa-i-arhaa ghar aa-ay. 11411111
Nanak says, "True Guru got me united, returning, I found Him there in my home. " 4.1
a'lW laCJidld i H'CJW t.l II raag bihaagarhaa mehlaa S. RAG BlHAGRA M: 5
))ff:J tfhni HO Hm;r U/G Hm5r lfO ~ ~ II
at pareetam man mohnaa ghat sohnaa paraan aDhaaraa raam.
My dearest, charming dear, beautifies my body and sustains my mind, 01 God.
~JbJr~ait.lT~H!re~aft))flJ))f1l1"ijT~ II sungarsoJIDaa laal gopaalga-i-aal keeaparapaaraa raam.
My love, my Master enjoys grand reputation, He is infinite, beyond limits.
amre
M
~~ ~ ~ cE ~ II gopaal da-i-aal gobing laalan milhu kant nimaanee-aa.
O
My love, compassionate, merciful Master, Please my husband, come and meet me, your helpless
. C
wife.
B
m; ~ ~ l.RI'RO C'ro o're ~ ~ II nain tarsan garas parsan nah neeg rain vihaanee-aa.
U
My eyes long to see you, my night passes without sleep.
L
fcnlWO ~ (;I)f ftiHn ri' JJdRi5 ~ II gi-aan anjan naam binjan JIDa-ay sagal seegaaraa.
C
K
The knowledge is anjan for my eyes, name is my food, only these are my all decorations.
O
~ ~ Fi3' ;:iq ~ cig mfTijT 11'11 naanak pa-i-ampai sant jampai mayl kant hamaaraa. 11111
O
Nanak says, "The saints pray for getting their husband untie with them." 1
B
Wl:f ~ Hfu <Jfa' mr ~ C'ro fi.nt ~ II laakh ulaahanay mohi har jab lag nah milai raam.
H
Till I do not meet my God, I have to bear lacs of unpleasantaries.
K
S I
fm50 ~ ~ ~ ~ mfTijT C'ro d ~ II milan ka-o kara-o upaav kichh hamaaraa nah chalai raam.
I try to meet Him, but my no endeavour succeeds, 01 God.
~ ita fts ~ fipK ftJg em; ftrdt n tfti:IPK II chal chit bit anit pari-a bin kavan biDhee na Dheejee-ai.
My mind is slipping, my courage is losing. Without being in union with Him, my mind, in no
way, is satisfied.
P.543
1:fTC'i t.l'T(') JfRrG ~ ~ cE ftJg ~ ~ II khaan paan seegaar birthay har kant bin ki-o jeejee-ai.
My food, my betel, my make-up all are waste, How to live without God-husband?
fimIrJft ~ ~ Cffu n Jrcftbt ~ ftm II aasaa pi-aasee rain ginee-ar reh na sakee-ai ik tilai.
))flW
Day and night, I am thirsty in hope, I can not live even for a moment.
~~Fi3'm~~H'a'r~fi.nt II~II
naanak pa-i-ampai sant daasee ta-o parsaad mayraa pir milai. 11211
Nanak says, "I am servant ofsaints, by your grace, I can meet my dear. "2
RiI ~ ~ Jffcn ~ n ~ ~ II sayj ayk pari-o sang daras na .paa-ee-ai raam.
We are in one bed, yet I cannot see my Master in union.
~ Hfu ~ as HC1ftis ~ ~ II avgan mohi anayk kat mahal bulaa-ee-ai raam.
I am with lot ofvices, how can I he called to your home, 01 God.
1160
~ fowc!t ~ ~ ~ l{!f fcrotrr feW II
nirgun nimaanee anaath binvai milhu paraQh kirpaa niDhay.
I, without virtues, without pride, without master, prays meet me OJ treasure ofmercy.
~ ~ ~ JrcJfH ~ l{!f tn'SQ iha ~ feW II
bharam bheet kho-ee-ai sahj so-ee-ai parabh palak paykhat nay niDhay.
Let us leave doubts, fears and sleep in ease (peace), one glance ofMaster in worth nine treasure.
fdJfu ~ ~ ~ ~ fkft;; Jirdr ~ ~ II
garihi laal aavai mahal paavai mil sang mangal gaa-ee-ai.
If my love comes to home and accepts me as wife, I will celebrate this union by singing blissful
songs.
~~,a~JffiJ~~lIall
naanak pa-i-ampai sant sarnee mohi garas gikhaa-ee-ai. 11311
Nanak prays for the refuge ofsaints, please let me see you.
Fi3C'i <l ~ <:rfa' <:rfa' ~ QT}f II santan kai parsaag har har paa-i-aa raam.
With the grace ofsaints, I am blessed with God.
19 y<'ft Hfo Wf3 3trl3' ~ QT}f II ichh punnee man saa~ tapat buihaa-i-aa raam.
My desire isfulfilled, my mind is cool, all heat ofmind is cooled OJ God.
M
FI"G"W ff fl:cm ~ ~ ))f(")'e' ~ ~ U/O" II saflaa so ginas rainay suhaavee anag mangal ras ghanaa.
O
They day is with meaning, night is beautifull, the neactar of bliss and ecstasy is so much.
.C
1{R ~ iiiflre ~ ~ cmor ~!JOT II pargatay gupaal gobing laalan kavan rasnaa gun bhanaa.
~ is lro ~ ~ fkft;; w4t ~ ~

U B
My Master-God, my love, has come, with which tongue should I sing His attributes.
L
II
C
bharam lobh moh bikaar thaakay mil sakhee mangal gaa-i-aa.
K
The doubt, the greed, the avarice, the evil intention are tired, joining friends I am singing the
OO
song ofbliss.
~ ~ ,a iN fHfc; <:rfa' <:rfa' JiRfdr ~ 11811~ II
B
naanak pa-i-ampai sant jampai jin har har sanjog milaa-i-aa. 11411211
H
K
Nanak says, "I remember the saint, who has got me to unite God. "
SI
fijij 1dl3 1 >roW t.l II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5. BlHAGRE M: 5
a'ftr fcrotrr !JQ ~ ~ ~ C'i1l!' ~ QT}f II
kar kirpaa gur paarbarahm pooray an-gin naam vakhaanaa raam.
OJ perfect Guru, supreme God, be kind, so that I may recite your name, day and night.
~ arit ~ <:rfa' iI'ff fHor n 3'ar ~ QT}f II
amrit banee uchraa har jas mithaa laagai tayraa Qhaanaa raam.
Let me recite the praise of God through nectar in words, your will is sweet to me, OJ my God.
a'ftr~~~iiiflre~c;rcft~ftrnrll karga-i-aama-i-aagopaalgobingko-aynaaheetuihbinaa.
OJ my God, merciful, full of compassion be kind, because for me there is none other than you.
JIlfa'liI' ~ ~ 1JaO ~ 3'Q tIg ~ }ffiT II samrath agath apaar pooran jee-o tan QIlan tum H manaa.
01 lovable, un-relatable, infinite, perfect with allpowers, you are my mind, my body, my wealth.
~ ~ ))f'(')T1if ~ ~ C'fttJ ~ II moorakh mugaDh anaath chanchal balheen neech ajaanaa.
I am unwise, unintelligent, week, oflow caliber, ignorant, orphan with slippery mind.
~'(')"I'OC[~~aftf~~tnrIIC\II binvant naanak saran tayree rakh layhoaavanjaanaa.lllll
Nanak says, "I am in your refuge, save me from the cycle ofbirth and death." 1
JtTtJ' ~ ~ <:rfa' ~ ~ dJIW <:rfa' lfuJT QT}f II
saaDhah sarnee paa-ee-ai har jee-o gun gaavah har neetaa raam.
1161
OJ saints have lovable God, by being at His feet, and by ever singing His attributes.
~ !m3O eft Hfn 3fn ~ C1fu ~ JIB trl3:r Y7ft3r Cf')f II
Dhoor bhagtan kee man tan laga-o har jee-o sa.bh patit puneetaa raam.
OJ lovable God, let me have the feet-dust of devotees, in mind, on body, all declined shall be
pure..
~ yC'ft3r ~ f3Q JffiIr fHQ f8tI'3r t.fTftrntr II patitaa puneetaa hohi tin Hsang jinHbiDhaataa paa+aa.
My sins are washed off, in the congregation ofthose, who are blessed with their Sustainer.
O'H G"3' ;:ft))f ~ rca ~ traft:r ~ II naam raatay jee-a d.aatay nit d.eh charheh savaa-i-aa.
To those, in love with the giver oflife, He gives by adding a quarter every day.
fiJftt fi::rftf CR f61tr C1fu ;:Jfir fi:rc'ft ~ tft3r II riDh siDh nay niDh har jap jinee aatam jeetaa.
Those, who by reciting about God, have conquered their mind,
are blessed with spiritual and temporal treasures.
~ ~ ~ ~ JITtf JtTR?) JfuJr II~II
binvant naanak vadbhaag paa-ee-ah saaDh saajan meetaa. 11211
Nanak says, "With great luck, I am blessed with friend$like dear saints. " 2
fi:rc'ft ~ ~ C1fu ~ H ~ ~ G"){ II jinee sach vananji-aa har jee-o say pooray saahaa raam.
OJ lovable God, those who have bargainedfor true, they are perfectly wealthy.
M
~ 1:fiITOT 130 tffir vftr ~ C1fu ~ tI)IUT Cf')f II
O
bahut khajaanaa tinn peh har jee-o har keertan laahaa raam.
. C
OJ lovable, a lot oftreasure is with them, who have earned by singing the praise of God.
B
artf ~ (') ~ ftmrr1l it m; 1[i' ~ ~ II kaam kroDh na lo.bh bi-aapai jo jan para.bh si-o raati-aa.
U
Those, men of God, who are in His love, are not occupied by cupidity, anger and greed.
L
~ ;:rr(')'fu ~ wofu G"){ ii ~ )fl"f3lw II ayk jaaneh ayk maaneh raam kai rang maati-aa.
C
K
Those who are enraptured in God's love, they know only one, they believe in only one.
O
g Ji3 ~ ~ RGC!t Hfn f37;T ~ II lag sant charnee parhay sarnee man tinaa omaahaa.
O
By being at the feet ofsaints, they are in His refuge, their mind and body are in ecstasy.
H B
~ ~ fl::to ~ ~ Hit IN ~ IISII binvant naanakjin naam palai say-ee sachay saahaa. 11311
Nanak says, "Those who have name in their mind, are the real rich. " 3
K
SI
('jT(')Ci{mft~vftr~WcftCRi5Q'l"6tCf')f II naanakso-eesimree-ai harjee-ojaa kee kal Dhaaree raam.
Nanak says, "OJ lovable, let us remember the One, who is sustaining all"
P.544
~ ~ (') ~ vftr ~ CR3'" ~ ~ Cf')f II
gurmukh manhu na veesrai har jee-o kartaa purakh muraaree raam.
OJ lovable God, Gurmukhs do not forget you, the Creator, Purakh, God.
~ ~ (') ~ ftmrr1l ~ vftr vftr ~ II d.ookh rog na .bha-o bi-aapai jinHee har har Dhi-aa-i-aa.
Those who remember God, the sorrows, the ailments the fears cannot touch them.
Ji3l{Wfi! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II sant parsaad. taray .bhavjal poorab Iikhi-aa paa-i-aa.
They, by the grace ofsaints, swim across the terrible waters, thus is preordainedfor them.
m ~ Hfo WftJ ~ ~ ~ ~ II vajee vaQhaa-ee man saaNj; aa-ee mili-aa purakh apaaree.
Once I met the sustaining Purakh, infinite, I am congratulated and my mind is in peace.
~ C'l'Of! ~ vftr C1fu 19 ycft' ~ liS liS II
binvant naanak simar har har ichh punnee hamaaree. 11411311
Nanak says, "By remembering God, all my desires are fulfilled. " 4.3
~ ~ 1.l urg ~ bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5 ghar 2 BlHAGRA MOHALL 5, GHAR 2
ctrfIf:J ~ !JO l{Wfi! II ik-oNkaar sat naam gur prsaad..
1162
~~~~ ihf l")aJT II vaDh sukh rainrhee-ay pari-a paraym lagaa.
The night is great(v pleasant, as I am in love with my dear.
l.I/? ~ ~ ~ FreT l.RJT II ghat gukh neeg-rhee-ay parsa-o sagaa pagaa.
The sleep is less disturbing, as I am ever at His feet.
tm ~ ~ FreT ~ O'H ~ ~ II pag Dhoor baaNchha-o sagaa jaacha-o naam ras bairaaganee.
I ever pray and desire for His feet-dust, in His nectar name, I am detached from the world.
~ ffdr ~ mm H'3t )rot' ~ ~ II pari-a rang raatee sahj maatee mahaa gurmat ti-aaganee.
Intoxicated in dear's love, I am enjoying, in ease, and my chromic bad-wisdom is finished.
mF~ilHM~~m:JHaJl"II
geh bhujaa leenHee paraym bheenee milan pareetam sach magaa.
I am beholden in His arms, asful(v enraptured in love, meeting dear, my path has become true.
~ 0'0Cil' qrfls ~ ~ ~ rim l")aJT IIC\II
binvant naanak Dhaar kirpaa raha-o charnah sang lagaa. 11111
Nanak says, "01 my love, be kind, so that I may ever be at your feet." 1
iMt Rl:it HdM;:iW llB' & ~ MiJICJ II mayree sakhee sahaylrheeho parabh kai charan lagah.
01 my (..he) friends, dearest ones, be at thefeet ofMaster.
Have your mind full with dearest love, and beg for the devotion of God.
O M
Hfo ~ iltr Ufc!T (Jftr oft ~ Ham II man pari-a paraym ghanaa har kee bhagat mangah.
(Jftr ~ 1.f1lMt 1f! ~ wre ~ (Jftr ifOT II

. C
har bhagat paa-ee-ai parabh Dhi-aa-ee-ai jaa-ay milee-ai har janaa.
U B
L
Let us be in God's devotion, remember our Master, and go to meet the men of God.
C
Hrg ~ ~ 3iMt ~ 3g QQ ~ ){('iT II maan moh bikaar tajee-ai arap tan Dhan ih manaa.
9" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ K
Let us renounce pride, greed and ill-actions, and surrender our mind, body and wealth.
O
iftf3' (Jftr (Jftr fHftr; B'mJ II
B O
bad purakh pooran gun sampooran bharam bheet har har mil bhagah.
H
He is greatly perfect purakh,full with attributes, meeting our God, let us get the wall ofdoubts
IK
fall.
S
~ 0'0Cil' ~ ~ ~ (Jftr O'tf foo foo foo iI1J II ~ II
binvant naanak sun mantar sakhee-ay har naam nit nit nitjapah. 11211
Nanak says, "01 my friends, listen the dictum, always remember the name of God. " 2
(Jftr orfu ~ H1B' 0 ~ II har naar suhaaganay sabh rang maanay.
The wife of God is ever happy, she enjoys His all love.
~ (') 8mft llB' ~ ~ II raaNd na bais-ee parabh purakh chiraanay.
A widow cannot sitfor long, with Purakh-Master.
C'ro ~ ~ llB' ~ tifo 3' ~ II nah gookh paavai parabh Dhi-aavai Dhan tay badbhaagee-aa.
Those who remember Master, do not suffer sorrows, they are great(v lucky ones.
~ JJftl imu ~ ~ O'H ~ ffdr ~ II
sukh sahj soveh kilbikh khoveh naam ras rang jaagee-aa.
Be free from sins, sleep pleasantly, in ease, and awake enjoying the nectar ofHis name.
fHftr; ilH ~ m'cJ O'tf ~ ~ lfiJO JM R II
mil paraym rahnaa har naam gahnaa pari-a bachan meethay bhaanay.
Be firm in His name, the words of dear are always sweet andpleasing, live in His loving Union.
~ 0"'0Cr HO re. tnt (Jftr ~ ~ ~ 116 II
binvant naanak man ichh paa-ee har milay purakh chiraanay. 11311
1163
Nanak says, "God, my love, Purakh, I couldmeetyou after long time, now my desire isfulfilled "3
~ fa.rfu ~ u ~ II tit garihi sohilrhay kod anangaa.
In such a home, is unbound happiness, and crores ofpleasures.
Hfo 3ft'i ~ <Jfcpw llB' ~ II man tan ray rahi-aa para!2b. parmaanangaa.
God, the supreme bliss, resides, in my mind, in my body.
(]fa'i3~~~il'ftrellf::a~ II harkantanantQa+aalsareeDhargobinQpatituDhaarano.
God, my husband, is merciful, the sustainer, the liberator ofdeclined, and beyond all limits.
tPB'~qrcft(]fa'~t~~3"ri'llpara!2b.kirpaaDhaareeharmuraaree!2b.aisinDhsaagartaarno.
Master, the fear fighting, became kind, thus I could swim across the terrible ocean.
it ~ ~ f3lJ cif6 we- ~ ~ ~ Jii!r II jo saran aavai tis kanth laavai ih biraQ su-aamee sanQaa.
Whoever comes for His refuge, He embraces him, this is in my Master's nature.
ft:rnif3 (')l(")c{ (]fa' q ~ Jre" n mr 11811 Clll811
binvan! naanak har kant mili-aa saQaa kayl karanQaa. 114111/1411
Nanak says, "I am in union with my love, God, I am ever rejoicing." 4.1.4
ftI<:rrEr HmiS" ~ II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5. BIHAGRA M: 5
(]fa' uacY R'RG 3U ~ ~ )ffl' II har charan sarovar tah karahu nivaas manaa.
01 my mind, make living, at the feet of God, the pond ofNectar.
M
P.545
O
Qftr HiIQ (]fa' ~ Rftr ftRsftrtf li'B')f()T II kar majan har saray sa!2b. kilbikh naas manaa.
C
B.
01 my mind, have bath in the pond ofGod, all your sins will be washed off.
Qftr Jrt!T HiIQ ~ JrtIQ Sl:f ~ li'R II kar saQaa majan gobinQ sajan Qukh anQ!:layraa naasay.
Ever have bath in the love of God, darkness ofsufferings will end
ere L U
C
trc'iH ~ n ~ ftm ~ iDf i ~ II janam rnaran na ho-ay tis ka-o katai jam kay faasay.
K
The noose of death will be cut, and your cycle of birth and death will cease.
~ wrnm
O
(')T){ cRt 3CJT ~ JWR II mil saaDhsangay naam rangay tahaa pooran aaso.
O
Join the congregation ofsaints, be in God's name, there your wishes will be granted
B
ft:rnif3 (')l(")c{ qrftr foretlr (]fa' uacY COOlS ~ II ClII
H
K
binvan! naanak Dhaar kirpaa har charan kamal nivaaso. 11111
SI
Nanak says, "01 God, be kind, and let me be placed at your lotus-Jeet." 1
3<J ~ ftrcre Jrt!T ~ ~ O"H II tah anaQ binoQ saQaa anhag jhunkaaro raam.
There is an ever merrying bliss, the unfrictioned word sounds, 01 God.
f}{ftl; ~ Ro ifc')l' llB' a'" Hcri" O"H II mil gaavahi san! janaa para!2b. kaa jaikaaro raam.
01 saints, men of God, join together, and sing ofthe victory of God.
f}{ftl; J8 ~ lfJI){ ~ (]fa' i{H ~ & ftRfPHr II
mil san! gaavahi khasam Qhaaveh har paraym ras rang !2b.innee-aa.
01 saints, join together and sing (His praise), the Master will likeyou, andyou will be enraptured
in the nectar ofHis love.
(]fa' liS'! ~ JH'l! ~ 6m fWt ~ II
har laabh paa+aa aap mitaa+aa milay chiree vichhunni-aa.
The gain blessed by God is, that my ego is vanished, and I am meeting the separated, since long.
~ FfT ~ ~ ~ llB' 5cr mH ~ II geh Qhujaa leenay ga+aa keenHay para!2b. aykagam apaaro.
My Master is One, unapproachable, infinite. Becoming merciful He is keeping me in His enbrace.
ft:rnif3 (')l(")c{ Jre" flmR'> ~ ~ ~ ~ II ~ II
binvan! naanak sagaa nirmal sach sabaQ run jhunkaaro. 11211
Nanak says, "The turu word is softly and slowly raining, it rains always pure. " 2
1164
~ dil'dftrwr ~ ~ m (JT){ II SUn vadJIDaagee-aa har amrit banee raam.
01 great(v lucky, listen the nectar-word of God.

ft:ro ~ cmK w f3H fa@' JDf'it (JT){ II jin ka-o karam Iikhee tis rigai samaanee raam.
One, for whom it is preordained, it merges in his heart, 01 God.
))fC('Ef crori\' f3o't iI'C!t fRB'))(Tf4ll1 ftRw cR II akath kahaanee tinee jaanee jis aap paraJID kirpaa karay.
Only he can listen the unrelated story (of God), upon whom Master Himself is kind.
~ lft))fr ~ 0' ~ ems cd>w ~ 'iJW II amar thee-aa fir na moo-aa kal kalaysaa gukh haray.
He becomes immortal, never dies again, all his sufferings from conflicts, and quarrels end.
~ ~ lMft 3fil 0' RTEt tIW ~ Hfo ~ m
II
har saran paa-ee taj na jaa-ee parabh pareet man tan bhaanee.
I am blessed with His refuge, I cannot leave, the love ofMaster is pleasing to my mind and body.
fi.roff:J(")'TOCfJrel'~~ ~m II~II binvant naanaksagaa gaa-ee-ai pavitaramritbanee.11311
Nanak says, "Let us ever sing, the pure (sweet) word in nectar. " 3
}fc'j 30 ~ ;re ~ ~ 0' RTEt (JT){ II man tan galat bha-ay kichh kahan na jaa-ee raam.
My mind and body areful(v merging in it, now I cannot talk anything else, 01 God.
fi:rR .g ~ f3fo ~ JDf'lft (JT){ II jis tay upji-arhaa tin lee-aa samaa-ee raam.
From whom, I am born, the same got me merged in, 01 God.
M
fi.ff51FJHrn @:r tat ~ ~ JDf'ft:!))(T II mil barahm jotee ot potee ugak ugak samaa-i-aa.
Meeting God, my light merged in light, like the water merges in water.
C O
.
~ ~ ~ ~ ou ~ ~RGili::bfT II jal thai mahee-al ayk ravi-aa nah goojaa garistaa-i-aa.
afc! ~ ~ ~ ~ cftHf3' ~ 0' RTEt

U B
Only one in pervading waters, lands and nether regions, none else I can see.
L
II
C
ban tarin taribhavan poor pooran keemat kahan na jaa-ee.
K
The perfecting,fuljilling, is pervadingforests, vegetation, three worlds, none can tell His worth.
O
~ (")'TOCf ))(Tf4 tri' fi:tfo ~ 8CS Q1lft 11811 ~ II till
B O
binvant naanak aap jaanai jin ayh banat banaa-ee. 11411211511
Nanak says, "On(v one, who has created this creation, can know about it." 4.2.5
K H
radidl;,i 'H'd"W tI II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5. BIHAGRA M: 5
SI
ift:r3" ffir ~ tIW ~ ~ (JT){ II khojat sant fireh parabh paraan aDhaaray raam.
The saints are searching for their Master, the sustainer of their life.
~ 3Q l:i\o ~ ftrQ fi.aB ~ \PH II taan tan kheen bha-i-aa bin milat pi-aaray raam.
Deprived of union with love, God, the strength of my body is losing.
tIW ~ ~ Hfu'bfT ~ ctftr ~ m ~ ~ II
parabh milhu pi-aaray ma-i-aa Dhaaray kar ga-i-aa larh laa-ay leejee-ai.
01 my merciful Master, be kind, generously get me under your protection.
~ 0'tI ))flfi')T ~ ~ afa' ~ ~ tft;:Mt II
geh naam apnaa japa-o su-aamee har garas paykhay jeejee-ai.
01 Master, give me your name, so that I remember it, I live by seeing you.
RH'Qli ~ Jrel' ~ t'J ))fiJI){ ~ II samrath pooran sagaa nihchal ooch agam apaaray.
God is perfectly all-power, ever stable, inaccessible and infinite.
~ (")'TOCf QTfa' ftRw ~ l{'O ~ 11'\11 binvant naanak Dhaar kirpaa milhu paraan pi-aaray. 11111
Nanak says, "01 my dear, dearer than even my life, be kind and let me meet you," 1
tItI' 31.1' 8G3' ~ iPfo ~ ~ (JT){ II jap tap barat keenay paykhan ka-o charnaa raam.
I meditated, conducted austeries,fasts, to see your feet 01 God.
3'tI'f3' 0' ill3fu ~ ftrQ BbfTJ'ft AGe!'" \PH II tapat na kateh bui!1ai bin su-aamee sarnaa raam.
1165
01 God, without being in your refuge, my heat does not cool, at all
llB' ~ 3cft a"fZ tat JtRrg R'iIg ~ II paraJ2h saran tayree kaat bayree sansaar saagar taaree-ai.
01 my Master, 1 am in your refuge, cut my chains, and let me swim across the world-ocean.
~~i3lJO'if'OT~R~O'~ II
anaath nirgun kachh na jaanaa mayraa gun a-ugan na beechaaree-ai.
I am a virtueless orphan, know nothing, please do not carefor my merit or demerit
~ ~ ~ 1jhm JOOI1f CPn' Citn" II geen ga-i-aal gopaal pareetam samrath kaaran karnaa.
You are dear, merciful to poor, all-power to cause and to effect.
0"7iCr ~ CJftJ ~ HIt nf4 RW CJftJ ijfcr gnr II~ II
naanak chaatrik har boong maagai jap jeevaa har har charnaa. 11211
Nanak say, "He, the chatrik, begs for a rain-drop. 1 live by remembering the feet of God. " 2
P.546
~~ t.itt CJftJ CJfcJ 0T)fT ~ II ami-a sarovaro pee-o har har naamaa raam.
From the pond ofnectar, let me drink the name of God.
Jt:ro Jffifr Dm nf4 ~ Q1)f1' ~ II santeh sang milai jap pooran kaamaa raam.
01 saints, join to remember God, all your matters will be settled.
FIW crrH l;fCfO ~ ftRftcfo CJftJ fo)f1:f JfOg 0' 1fh::rt II
M
sabh kaam pooran gukh bigeeran har nimakh manhu na beesrai.
O
God settles all matters, cuts all sorrows, therefore, do notforget Him, even for a moment
.C
~ ~ m!" ~ mnf P' HifltftRa II aanang an-gin sagaa saachaa sarab gun jaggeesrai.
B
God owns all virtues, He blesses with ever true, everlasting bliss.
U
))fCIJ'CE ~ ~ ~ ~ "" if Q1)f" II agnat ooch apaar thaakur agam jaa ko Dhaamaa.
L
C
Master is immeasurably high, infinite, unapproachable is His abode.
K
~ 0"7iCr Hwt 15 ~ fk5 J;ftchr arw liS II
O
binvant naanak mayree ichh pooran milay sareerang raamaa. 11311
O
Nanak says, "1 met my Master, all love, my desire isfulftlled." 3
H B
cret iifea' tm GW Bfc! dl1iii()iJld ~ II ka-ee kotik jag falaa sun gaavanhaaray raam.
01 singer of God's attributes, listen, many a crores ofpeople (of the world) are rewarded.
IK
ijfcr c:rfcr 6'lj Hll3' ~ RiIIi 3"W ~ II har har naam japat kul saglay taaray raam.
S
Remembering name ofGod liberate, and all their families are liberated, 01 God.
ijfcr6'lj Hll3'Rca~3Tofhffmofl'fta1l()1'II harnaamjapatsohant paraaneetaa kee mahimaa kitganaa.
The being looks nice, when remembering God, how to count your excellence?
c:rfcr ftmg ordt lfO tiPA' ~ ~ FA! )f()T II
har bisar naahee paraan pi-aaray chitvant garsan sag manaa.
01 dearer than my life, God, let me not forget you, so that I ever remember to see you.
Bil~~arfu~~llB'~~~ II
suQh divas aa-ay geh kanth laa-ay para.!:!.h ooch agam apaaray.
Tlte auspicious days have come, my Master, supreme, unapproachable, infinite, is holding me in
His embrace.
~ 0"7iCr ~ R! ftiflllB' 00l ~ tiPA' 119 liS II~ II
binvant naanak safal sabh kichh para.!:!.h milay at pi-aaray. 11411311611
Nanak says, "I met my Master, very dear to me, so all my actions are a success." 4.3.6
~ )f(JW 1.I i3 " bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5 thhant. BlHAGRA MOHALL 5, CHHANT
"f()' ~ ~ iii"G ~ ~ II an kaa-ay raat-rhi-aa vaat guhaylee raam.
How are you in other's love? this is an uneven path.
1166
l.Ptf ~ 3CJT eire '0 8C!Ift ij'T}f II paap kamaavgi-aa tayraa ko-ay na baylee raam.
01 earning sins, none is your friend.
~ '0 8C!Ift ml! 3CJT Jrel' ~ II ko-ay na baylee ho-ay tayraa sagaa pachhotaavhay.
None will be your friend, you will ever repent.
!JO ~ '0 HtffiJ G'Jfc')T ~ ~ it ~ ~ II gun gupaal na jaapeh rasnaa fir kagahu say gih aavhay.
01 my tongue, you do not recite the attributes of God, when will these (good) days come again.
~~()ij'W3~ifHHfcn~~ II tarvarvichhunay nah paatjurh-tayjam mag ga-un ikaylee.
The leaves once separated from tree, never unite with (branch) again, one has to move on the
path ofdeath alone.
~ (')TOCf ~ O'H ~ ~ Jrel' ~ ~ 11911
binvant naanak bin naam har kay sagaa firat guhaylee. 11111
Nanak says, "Without the name of God, one ever wanders in trouble." 1
1 ~ ~ arafu JfB' ;ri' wc!t ij'T}f II tooN valvanch .Iook karahi sabh jaanai jaanee raam.
You deceive while hiding, but God knows everything.
~ IJ){ ~ ftm tfti' lII'C!t ij'T}f II laykhaa Dharam bha-i-aa til peerhay ghaanee raam.
Once called by judge ofjustice to account for, you will be grounded like sesame seed
fcra:J ~ ~ ~ tJ'<!t ))ffoc;r Hfo ~ II
kirat kamaanay gukh saho paraanee anik jon bharmaa-i-aa.
O M
01 being, bearing the agony ofyour actions, you will have to wander in many lives.
. C
H(JT ~ Jim CfI'3T Q30 trc'ilj ft'l'ftrnrr II mahaa mohnee sang raataa ratan janam gavaa-i-aa.
B
You are loving the seditious, charming Maya, and thus have lost the gem oflife.
U
L
ft;cqJ ~ ~ O'H ~ ~ QTR ~ II ikas har kay naam baamahu aan kaaj si-aanee.
C
Without the name of one God, everything you do is sheer cleverness.
OK
~(')TOCf~~B(Jfi{)lfcJ~ II~II binvantnaanaklaykh Iikhi-aa bharam mohi lubhaanee.1I211
Nanak says, "It is preordained that you are tempted by doubt and greed. " 2
O
~ '0 eire iri" ~ ~ tffi'!lw II beech na ko-ay karay akrit-ghan vichhurh pa-i-aa.
B
H
Once an ungrateful person separates, none is prepared to mediate for him.
IK
~ ~ ill'ft>o ~ trcff5 ~ II aa-ay kharay kathin jamkankar pakarh la-i-aa.
S
The devil of death, when comes, he is hard to deal, he chains and takes away.
trcr.J ~~~ H(JT~ ~ II
pakrhay chalaa-i-aa apnaa kamaa-i-aa mahaa mohnee raati-aa.
01 in love with seditious, charming (maya), you have earned to be chained and taken away.
!JO ~ ~ '0 ~ 3la'!bf m ~ II
gun goving gurmukh na japi-aa tapat tham H gallaati-aa.
You have not remembered the attributes ofGod, Gurmukh, you will be driven to embrace burning
pillar.
WH ~ftr ~ ~ ~ fdr))fTQ ~ II
kaam kroDh ahaNkaar moothaa kho-ay gi-aan pachhutaapi-aa.
You are robbed by cupidity anger, ego, losing knowledge, you will repent.
~ (')TOCf JftffiIr psr ~ wy GJ'j '0 ~ liS II
binvant naanak sanjog bhoolaa har jaap rasan na jaapi-aa. 11311
Nanak says, "You haveforgotten the (pleasure oj) union, since with tongue you have not recited
God." 3
~~ a-orc:ft 1{!J' CJTl:Il)(Jlijl ij'T}f II tum bin ko naahee parabh raakhanhaaraa raam.
01 God, none other than you is Master, to save.

lff33' ~ (J'fo ~ ~ QTH' II patit uDhaaran har biraQ tumaaraa raam.
Liberating the declined is your nature, 0/ God.
lff33' ~ JI'a'fo ~ fJw fnftf ~ II patit uDhaaran saran su-aamee kirpaa niDh Qa-i-aalaa.
0/ treasure ofmercy, God, you are, liberator ofthe declined, and I am in your refuge.
~ ~ 3" ~ arcJ3' J1cIRIS lIIC ~ II anDh koop tay uDhar kartay sagaI ghat partipaalaa.
You, the sustainer ofall bodies, liberate me from the blind well
JI'a'fo 3cft Clfc )fCJI' 8;ft ~ ~ ~ ~ II saran tayree kat mahaa bayrhee ik naam Qeh aDhaaraa.
I am in your refuge, give me your name to live, and cut my all terrible chains.
P.547
~ O'ncr iitQ ~ ~ ~ tfto ~ IIBII
binvant naanak kar Qay-ay raakho gobinQ Qeen Qa-i-aaraa. 11411
Nanak says, "0/ God, merciful to poor, save by giving your hand." 4
Jl ~ ~ iI'fc!Jw (J'fo tIl ~ QTH' II so Qin safal gani-aa har parabhoo milaa-i-aa raam.
That day be treated as purposeful, when God got me united with Master.
RfiJ Bl:f ~ ~ ~ ~ QTH' II sabh sukh pargati-aa Qukh Qoor paraa-i-aa raam.
All pleasures surfaced and all sorrows are thrown away, 0/ God.
m
Bl:f Jrotr ))f'(');! ~ m!' ~ ~ ~ II rca
sukh sahj anaQ binoQ saQ hee gun gupaal nit gaa-ee-ai.
OM
Let us ever remember the attributes of God, to be in happiness, merry-making, bliss, in ease.
. C
iltJ' ~ tim fi' &yftr iffl; 0' ~ II bhaj saaDhsangay milay rangay bahurh jon na Dhaa-ee-ai.
B
Remember in the congregation ofsaints, you will unite with your love, there will be no rebirth.
U
L
arfu cifo i!i"8' Jroft:I ~ ~ ~ ~ II geh kanth laa-ay sahj subhaa-ay aaQ ankur aa-i-aa.
C
My seed ofPrimal actions is sprouted, thus God has beholden me in His embrace, in ease.
- .
O
binvant naanak aap mili-aa bahurh kathoo na jaa-i-aa. K 11511411711
~ O'ncr lH'fif ~ 8Ufa' ilf3'ij' 0' R"ft!))fl' II ~ II BII:> II
B O
Nanak says, "God Himself cause to meet, He will go nowhere, now. " 5.4. 7
KH
~ JfmIISI' ~ is II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5 chhant. BlHAGRA M: 5, CHHANT
I
~ ~ ~ HW QTH' II sunhu banantee-aa su-aamee mayray raam.
S
0/ my God, my Master, listen my request.
ire ~ R!it ~ ~ QTH' II kot apraaDh bharay bhee tC!yray chayray raam.
I have committed crores ofsins, yet, I am your follower, 0/ God.
~ uao ~ crcJO HcJo ~ ~ itIw II Qukh haran kirpaa karan mohan kal kalayseh bhanjnaa.
You are merciful charmer of my mind, destroyer of conflicts and sufferings and remover of
sorrows.
FI'Gfn 3"al ~ ~ ~ JmI H ft;im;r II saran tayree rakh layho mayree sarab mai niranjanaa.
You are Supreme taintless, I am in your refuge, save my honour.
B'03' 'ihs JffiIr RiJ' a- 1{B' ~ 3" ~ II sunat paykhat sang sabh kai parabh nayrhoo tay nayray.
Master is nearer than near, accompanying everyone, He listens, sees.
~ O'ncr Hfo ~ ~~ urw it ~ 111\11
arQaas naanak sun su-aamee rakh layho ghar kay chayray. 11111
Nanak prays, "listen 0/ my Master, protect me, as I am a servant in your home." 1
~ ~ Jfi!f mt' tfto il:rrdt QTH' II too samrath saQaa ham Qeen bhaykhaaree raam.
You are ever all-pflWer, I am weak, beggar at your door, 0/ God.
~ Hfu mIQ orflr ~ ~ QTH' II maa-i-aa mohi magan kadh layho muraaree raam.
I am indulging in greedfor money, pull me out ofthis, 0/ God.
1168
~ Hfu ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II lobh mohi bikaar baaDhi-o anik d.okh kamaavanay.
/ am useless(v chained by greed, avarice, and suffering many ailments.
~ tQo ~ i5(CJ3T ciPw ))fl.f'(')T ~ II alipat banDhan rahat kartaa kee-aa apnaa paavnay.
The Creator is detached, beyondfetters, / am sufferings my deeds.
Elfa' ~ ~ 1RO ~ fifo ~ ~ II kar anoograhu patit paavan baho jon bharamtay haaree.
Of saviour ofdeclined, be kind, / am now tired ofwandering in different lives.
~ (')'1"(')'Cl' ~ CJfa' ~ l.fi' ;:ft))f lfO ~ II~ II
binvant naanak d.aas har kaa parabh jee-a paraan aDhaaree. 11211
Nanak says, / am servant ofmy Master, He sustains my life, my breath." 2
~ JI1ffl! n'T Hat HftJ Qt <JT)f II too samrath vadaa mayree mat thoree raam.
You are great, all-power, / am oflittle wisdom, Of God.
~ ~ l;fGO ft:'Rfc 3<ft <JT)f II paaleh akirat-ghanaa pooran d.arisat tayree raam.
You nourish even the ungrateful, your grace is perfect, Of God.
m
l')fiftl'fQ' 8flt ~ Hftr ~ ell 0' wor II agaaDh boDh apaar kartay mohi neech kachhoo na jaanaa.
Of Creator, you are inaccessible, infinite, absolute wisdom, /, of low calibre, know nothing
about you.
a3Q fip)rrfcn Jia.rcrn ~ tre' ~ ~ II ratan ti-aag sangrehan ka-udee pasco neech i-aanaa.
O M
Losing gems, / am collecting shells, thus / am an ignorant animal of no wisdom.
~ tR?:ft )fiJT ~ ~ Elfa' Elfa' ffift II ti-aag chaltee mahaa chanchal d.okh kar kar joree.
. C
Renounce the moving, greatly slippery (wealth) which you have collected with great pains.
B
(')'1"(')'Cl' FIGfn JDRJ1iiI' ~ 1m ~ Jret lIall naanak saran samrath su-aamee paij raakho moree. 11311
U
L
Nanak says, Of my Master, all-power, / am in your refuge, please protect my honour. " 3
C
w 3 ~ f3fn ))f1'fl.r ~ <JT)f II jaa tay veechhurhi-aa tin aap milaa-i-aa raam.
OK
God Himselfgot me to unite with, from whom / was separated.
R"9" mrH CJfa' ~ ~ <JT)f II saaDhoo sangmay har gun gaa-i-aa raam.
B O
/n the congregation ofsaints, / sing the attributes of God.
H
~ ifITfu ~ m!I" t'fta' ~ H tRIG R' II
I K
gun gaa-ay govid. sad.aa neekay kali-aan mai pargat bha-ay.
S
/ ever sing the attributes of God, the purifying, the benefiting are given to me.
itw ~ mar l.fi' & ~ l.fi' Elfa' ~ II sayjaa suhaavee sang parabh kai aapnay para.!ID kar la-ay.
My bed looks nice when / am with my Master, thus my Master has owned me.
~ M:r ~ ~ ~ ~ 0' ~ II chhod chint achint ho-ay bahurh d.ookh na paa-i-aa.
Leaving worries, / am care-free, / am suffering no sorrow again.
(')'1"(')'Cl'~~~~~"~ 11811~11t:11
naanak d.arsan paykh jeevay govind. gun niDh gaa-i-aa. 11411511811
Nanak says, / live by seeing Him, / sing the treasure of attributes, of God." 4.5.8
~ ~ ~ n II bihaagarhaa mehlaa 5 chhant. B/HAGRA M: 5, CHHANT
afl!ls ~ Hfo as t:I"Cit <JT)f II bol suDharmeerhi-aa mon kat QIlaaree raam.
Recite ofthe pure faith, God, why are you silent ?
~ ~ ~ ~ wft!l)fr f8~dlcft <JT)f II too naytree d.aykh chali-aa maa-i-aa bi-uhaaree raam.
You have seen with your t::ves, how the people in Maya behave. ?
mar ~ crJ 0' ~ ftJor ~ O'W II sang tayrai kachh na chaalai binaa gobind. naamaa.
Nothing will accompany you, except name of God.
~ m ~ ~ JRRlS ~ Ql}fl' II d.ays vays suvran roopaa sagal oonay kaamaa.
The lands, the robes, the gold, the money, collecting all this is a mean job.
1169
~~ (') JffiIr H!Jr m:B' Uiftr ~ II putar kaltar na sang soQb.aa hasat ghor vikaaree.
The sons, the horses, the elephants, the wife, thefame are all not tenable, they will not accompany
you.
~ (')17)Cit f8Q ~ mr fi.fftpw JiRrat II C\II
binvant naanak bin saaQ!:lsangam sa.b.b. mithi-aa sansaaree. 11111

Nanak says, "Other than the congregation ofsaints, all worldliness is false." 1
P.548
~ ~ ~~ iffi! R WiI3' ilS i'i"Cft ~ II raajan ki-o so+aa too need.b.b.arayjaagat kat naahee raam.
OJ king, why are you sleeping in deep sleep? why do not you awake to remember God?
~ ~ ~ c}3' lSMMlcJl ~ II maa+aa ihootb. rugan kaYtay billaahee raam.
Many are weeping, crying that this Maya is false, OJ God
fS(l)(l)lfa c}3')f(JT Hero f8Q (')T)f c:rfa' ii ~ mit II billaahi kaYtay mahaa mohan bin naam har kay sukh nahee.
OJ great(y fascinating God, many are crying, as there is no happiness, without your name.
m:n:r ~ ~ qrc} ;:ro ~ 3(] wiJt II sahas si-aanap upaav thaakay jah .b.b.aavat tah jaahee.
The thousand men ofwisdoms ofendeavour are tired, but one moves in the way God likes him
to move.
~ ~ Hftr YQc') ~ urfc urfc ~ II aag antay maDh pooran sarbatar ghat ghat aahee.
~ (')17)Cit fHo ~ H tri3 Jf3t urfa' wiJt 11=211

OM
He is fulfilling in the beginning, in the end, in the middle, He pervades all bodies.
binvant naanak jin saaDhsangam say pat saytee ghar jaahee. 11211
.C
m U B
Nanak says, "Those who join the congregation ofsaints, they go to their home, with honour. " 2
L
~ wfc!' ~ ~ ~ II narpat jaan garahi-o sayvak si-aanay raam.
C
OJ king, know about your palaces, counsellers, servants.
That you shall leave these ties, then you will repent.
O K
H'al.ffl' ~ )m ~ ~ II sarpar veechhurhanaa mohay pachhutaanay raam.
O
dfdeel1J1 ~ fC'S" cror ~ ~ II harichang-uree gaykh .b.b.oolaa kahaa asthit paa-ee-ai.
B
H
Seeing illusionary objects, you are astraying, these are not ever lasting.
f8Q (')T)f d1a" a- ))fTC') ~ ~ ~ ~ II bin naam har kay aan rachnaa ahilaa janam gavaa-ee-ai.
K
SI
The whole creation, other than the name of God, is one, in which whole life is wasted
~ ~ Cr::f (') flpfo p C'ro qi).r ~ ~ II
ha-o ha-o karat na tarisan booihai nah kaaNm pooran gi-aanay.
OJ perfect(y knowledgeable, know that in greed neither the lust quenches, nor any other object is
achieved
~ (')17)Cit f8Q 7)1){ d1a" a- ~ ~ II:J II
binvant naanak bin naam har kay kayti-aa pachhutaanay. 11311
Nanak says, "Without being in the name of God, lot many are repenting. " 3
Q'1'ftJ ~ ))flfflI" ii(ftr t'ftnr ~ II Dhaar anugraho apnaa kar leenaa raam.
Becoming kind, God Himself owned me.
It'" aTfu ~ f i W9' Filr tftOT ~ II .b.b.ujaa geh kaaQh lee-o saaDhoo sang geenaa raam.
Holding my hand, Godpulled me out, then He let me join the congregation ofsaints.
~ d'ftJ ~ JRI(l) ~ Sl:f tm II saaDhsangam har araaDhay sagal kalmal gukh jalay.
In the congregation ofsaints, adore God, all sins, all ailments are burnt (cured).
)f(JT tmf ~ ~ JffiIr 3t H ri' II mahaa Dharam sugaan kiri-aa sang tayrai say chalay.
The chari(y, the purest faith, will accompany you.
~ ~ ~ ~ c:rfa' C5'fi.f HQ ~ Jftc;r II rasnaa araaDhai ayk su-aamee har naam man tan .b.b.eenaa.
1170
My tongue recites ofone Master, in the name of God, my mind and body are lost.
O'OCI' tim ~ <Jfu fi.fwS' HJJalI ~ tro8tor 11811 ~ II ~ II
naanak jis no har milaa-ay so sarab gun parbeenaa. 11411611911
Nanak says, "Whoever gets to meet God, he is blessed with all virtues, all wisdom. " 4.6.9
~ eft ~ H'm'lS" 8 bihaagarhay kee vaar mehlaa 4 BlHAGRE KI VAR M: 4
C\ij'"'"'~ ~ II ik-oNkaar satgur prsaad...
~ H: a II salok mehlaa 3. SALaK M: 3
~ ~ 3" ~ ~ mr n
~ ~ 0' II gur sayvaa tay sukh paa-ee-ai hor thai sukh na bhaal.
Have pleasure in the service of Guru, do notfindfrom any other one.
~ & fI8fl! HQ ~ m!'" m <Jfu ~ II gur kai sabag man bhaygee-ai sagaa vasai har naal.
Let us merge our mind in the word of Guru, thus God ever abides within.
O'OCI' m:J fuor ~ ~ fi::Io <Jfu ~ crefo 11rorf5 II C\ II
naanak naam tinaa ka-o milai jin har vaykhai nagar nihaal. 1111\
Nanak says, "Only those get name, upon whom, God is graceful." 1
~ l:ffITOT '81:m' ~ fl::rB' ~ H~ ~ II sifat khajaanaa bakhas hai jis bakhsai so kharchai khaa-ay.
M
The treasure ofpraise is a gift, whomever He gifts, he spends, enjoys.
O
FJf3wa' ~ <:rft:r 0' ))Rlft 'A"i' 1iICl ~ QHIfu II satgur bin hath na aavee sa.b!l thakay karam kamaa-ay.
. C
It cannot be gotten without true Guru, everyone is tired ofdoing lot of effarts.
B
0'(')Cf ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ !lfl" for ~ II~II
U
naanak manmukh jagat Dhanheen hai agai bhukhaa ke khaa-ay. 11211
L
Nanak says, "The world of Manmukhs is poor, then what a hungry now, will eat? " 2
C
K
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
O
'A"i' ~ ~ mm t!'" 'A"i' ~ ~ II sabh tayree too sa.b!las gaa sa.b!l tuDh upaa-i-aa.
O
Everyone is yours, you are of everyone, as you have created everyone.
H B
FIi1O" ~ ~ ~ ~ JIiJi'ft ~ II sabhnaa vich too varatdaa too sabhnee Dhi-aa-i-aa.
You pervade all and everyone remembers you.
IK
t3R ;:IT ~ iIaI'f3" ~ 1Pft!fu it ~ Hfo !I"ft?lw II tis gee too bhagat thaa-ay paa-ihi jo tuDh man bhaa-i-aa.
S
The devotion ofone succeeds, if he is liked by you.
it <Jfu If!l" A H ~ Rfir iitafn 3cJr ~ II
jo har parabh bhaavai so thee-ai sabh karan tayraa karaa-i-aa.
Whatever is liked by God, Master, that happens, everything done is got done by you.
~ <Jfu FIi1O" 3" ~ it ffir ifOT eft ~ ~ ~ IIC\II
salaahihu har sabhnaa tay vadaa jo sant janaa Nkee paij rakh-gaa aa-i-aa. 11111
Let us praise the greatest God, who continues to protect the honour ofsaints, the men ofGod 1
Ria' H: a II salok mehlaa 3. SALaK M: 3
'(')'l"(')'Cf fcn>wo't ~ tiar nfcJr tiar Jf!' cifu II naanak gi-aanee jag jeetaa jag jeetaa saJID ko-ay.
Nanak says, "Savant wins the world, the world wins everyone. "
m{ 0fIQiI fl:rlQ' ~ JJ11 ~ H ~ II naamay kaaraj siDh hai sehjay ho-aiy so ho-ay.
With remembering name, the matter is settled, what happens, let it be happen, in ease.
~ Hf3 ~ ~ ~ 0' ~ cifu II gurmat mat achal hai chalaa-ay na sakai ko-ay.
The wisdom of Guru is ever stable, none can shake it (wisdom).
~ C{I' <Jfu ~ ri' ~ ~ ~ II bhagtaa kaa har angeekaar karay kaaraj suhaavaa ho-ay.
God accepts everything about His devotee, He settles his matters.
1171
P.549
Ji'Otfl::I' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II manmukh moolhu bhulaa+an vich lab lobh ahaNkaar.
Manmukhs are astrayed rightfrom beginning, they are in greed, in avarice, in ego.
~ ~ ~ ~ FI8'& (') ri' ~ II ihagrhaa kargi-aa an..gin gugrai sabag na karai veechaar.
Their day and night pass in quarrels, they do not ponder over word.
fffti Hf3'm fuftr ~ bsr<; Jt! ~ II suDh mat kartai hir la-ee bolan sabh vikaar.
The Creator has withdrawn their wisdom, their intelligence, thus they speak all in vain.
te-3" fa3' (') ~ ))j3fa' f::pffir ~ ~ ~ II
gitai kitai na santokhee-an antar tarisnaa bahut ag-yaan anDhaar.
God gives them, but they are never sf.isfied, within them is lot of lust, darkness, ignorance.
O'()ol' ~ n~ ~ BtIft ft:Inr ~ HftJ 1iPwg 11'\11
naanak manmukhaa naalahu tutee-aa bhalee jinaa maa-i-aa mohi pi-aar. 11111
Nanak says, "It is better ifbroken with Manmukhs, in their mind is lovefor greed and wealth. "1
~ ~ RJ:rr ~ ;ri' fifo' ~ fl:Ifa' ~ II tin H bha-o sansaa ki-aa karay jin satgur sir kartaar.
What thefear, the doubt, can harm them? upon whom is the umbrella oftrue Guru, the Creator.
gftJ 13<; oft ~ CJlfi!" ~ ~ II Dhur tin kee paij rakh-gaa aapay rakhanhaar.
M
Rightfrom beginning, He is protecting them, since He Himself is their protector.
~ tJmt' ~ ~ Rt FI8'& ~ II mil pareetam sukh paa+aa sachai sabag veechaar.
C O
B.
I enjoyed happiness in the union with dear, and also pondered over word.
O'()ol' ~ ~ ~ ~ II~II naanak sukh-gaata sayvi-aa aapay parkhanhaar. 11211
U
Nanak says, "I served the giver ofhappiness, He Himself is one to test. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
C L
K
tiPH' H:r JIfiJ ~ ~ Jm')1' orfi:r II jee-a jant sabh tayri-aa too sabhnaa raas.
O
All created beings are yours, you are everyone's riches.
*
O
ftm ~ ~ f3B' Jt! ~ fHi cbft ~ ~ nrcIt ~ ~ II
B
jis no too geh tis sabh kichh milai ko-ee hor sareek naahee tuDh paas.
H
Whomever you give, he gets everything, none else can match you.
K
I
~ ~ \!T3T JmR' t!'" mw tlfu ~ II too iko gaataa sabhas gaa har peh argaas.
S
You alone are giver to all, let us pray before such a God.
ftm ~ ~ R flm' ~ ~ Hrn ifu jf"9 JIT8Tfl:r II jis gee tuDh bhaavai tis gee too man laihi so jan saabaas.
One, whose prayer is liked by you, you accept it, that man of God is given a pat.
R! 3Gr ~ ~ ~ B! ~ t.fTfk II~II sabh tayraa choj varatdaa gukh sukh tuDh paas. 11211
All that happens is yourfeat, the pleasure, the pain, all are with you. 2
H: a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ Rt ~ t!fcr Hi ~ II gurmukh sachai Qhaavgay gar sachai sachiaar.
The Gurmukhs are liked by true, thus truthfully living are at His doors.
R'ffi') Hfo ~ ~ P iii'" ~ ~ II saajan man aanang hai gur kaa sabag veechaar.
OJ my dear, my mind is in bliss, by pondering over the word of Guru.
))j3fa' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ cfPw ~ II
antar sabag vasaa+aa gukh kati-aa chaanan kee-aa kartaar.
He got the word to abide in me, thus the Creatorfinished my sorrows, and enlightened my mind.
(')l("iilf ij"t:jC!d1ijl <P:fJft ~ ftrcJl.fT QTftr 11'\11 naanak rakhanhaaraa rakhsee aapnee kirpaa Dhaar. 11111
Nanak says, "The protector will protect, by Himself becoming merciful." 1

1172
~ eft ~ ~ i ~ ~ cmrfi! II gur kee sayvaa chaakree bhai rach kaar kamaa-ay.
The service of Guru in voluntary, be in His fear and serve Him.
Her" fit 3"a" ~ Rd f3A' ~ II jayhaa sayvai tayho hovai jay chalai tisai rajaa-ay.
The type of deity one serves he becomes, if he acts in His will
(')"I('i"Cf 'Ri ~ ))fTfir ~ ~ (') iRtwre
II~II naanak sabh kichh aap hai avar na goojee jaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "He Himself is everything, there is no other place. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
~~:ro~3tI'm~(')~II
= -- - -
tayree vadi-aa-ee toohai jaandaa tuDh jayvad avar na ko-ee.
On(v you, yourself know your excellence, none else can match you.
~~~~~31"~~~~~ II
tuDh jayvad hor sareek hovai taa aakhee-ai tuQh jayvad toohai ho-ee.
Ifsomeone else could match you, we may talk ofhim. but, in fact, you alone can match yourself.
fi:IT5 '3= ~ Efo JIlf
--
~~ -
ftm tft am
fi ~ ~ II
jin too sayvi-aa tin sukh paa-i-aa hor tis gee rees karay ki-aa ko-ee.
Those who serve you, they enjoy happiness, who else can be like them?
= ~~
'3 - ~
JDt'(I1f
- ~ 3tI'
-- ~ HR * (Jlf irnJ ~ RS ~ II
M
too Qhannan gharhan samrath gaataar heh tuDh agai mangan no hath jorh khalee sabh ho-ee.
O
You are giver, all-power to create and destroY,folding hands, everyone is standing before you, to
C
B.
beg.
*
~ ~ ~ H ~ C're'fu' (') ~ ~ R'i'ft t!"Q ft!3r 1M ~ ~ ~ RS iRt liS II
U
tuDh jayvad gaataar mai ko-ee nagar na aavee tuDh sabhsai no gaan gitaa khandee varbhandee
paataalee pur-ee sabh lo-ee. 11311
C L
K
I could not find a giver, matching you. You gave gift, to all in countries, continents in, nether
O
regions, in the world ofall people. 3
O
FI'icr H: S II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
H B
H'F6 ~ (') ~ Jroft:J (') ~ ~ II man parteet na aa-ee-aa sahj na lago bhaa-o.
You could not have faith in mind, and also no love, in ease.
I K
l'l'ri' ~ (') ~ )f'('j"(Jfo ~ ~ 'aI'ft! II
S
sabgai saag na paa-i-o manhath ki-aa gun gaa-ay.
You could not enjoy the words (of Guru), which attribute, your obstinate mind can sing?
(')"I('i"Cf ~ if ~ ~ ft:r ~ RftJ RHrfu 111:\11
naanak aa-i-aa so parvaan hai je gurmukh sach samaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "On(v that born Gurmukh is accepted, who merges in true." 1
))fTlI'i!T ))fly (') ~ F ~ ))fTf1:r ~ II aapnaa aap na pachhaanai moorb.aa avraa aakh gukhaa-ay.
The idiot does not know himself, and whatever speaks, agonizes others.
~~tft~(')~~~iCT~ II
mundhai gee khaslat na ga-ee-aa anDhay vichhurh chotaa khaa-ay.
The nature ofthe idiot does not change, thus the blind suffers in separation.
FIf3qro a- i m (')
urftrli ~ ~ ~ II satgur kai bhai bhann na gharhi-o rahai ank samaa-ay.
He could neither be in thefear oftrue Guru, nor he could refashion himselfto merge in His self.
P.550
~ FroW cR (') ~ f8Q mr@' ~ ~ II an-gin sahsaa kagay na chookai bin sabd.ai gukh paa-ay.
Day and night, his doubts never end, he suffers without being in the word oftrue Guru.
1173
'9'
\
~ ~ ~ JmISI" flrl3' tfqr arE ~ II

kaam kroDh lobh antar sablaa nit DhanDhaa karat vihaa-ay.
Cupidity, anger and greed possess his mind, all his days pass in worldly occupations.
~ Er m Hfc! ~ ftro tri ~ ~ II charan kar gaykhat sun thakay gih mukay nayrhai aa-ay.
His legs, hands, ~ves and ears are worn out, his days are over and is nearing end
FIW ~ 0" ~ Htor ~ c;rfJi ~ foftr ll't II sachaa naam na lago meet!laa jit naam nay niQ!l paa-ay.
True name and its nine treasures could not be sweet for him.
~ )fij- ~ !fo ~ 3T ~ ll't II jeevat marai marai fun jeevai taa N mokhantar paa-ay.
If He dies while living, and lives while dying, then he can get liberation.
gfcr aGtJ 0" ~ ~ ~ emf" fcjp)fr ll't II Dhur karam na paa-i-o paraanee yin karmaa ki-aa paa-ay.
01 being if it is not preordainedfor you, how can you get without His grace?
~ efT ~ JDfTftis g ~ iJfu' Hftr ~ ll't II gur kaa sabag samaal too moorhay gat mat sabgay paa-ay.
01 idiot remember the word ofGuru, with word you can get liberation.
(')'l"(')'Cf~3'e'mll'tw~~~ II~II
naanak satgur tag hee paa-ay jaa N vichahu aap gavaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "On(v then you can have a true Guru, when you surrender yourself." 2
fim ~ ~ ~ Hcfr ~ ftm' ~ fat ~ ftm am er ~ II
O M
jis gai chit vasi-aa mayraa su-aamee tis no ki-o andaysaa kisai galai daa lomee-ai.
. C
One in whose, mind, my Master is abiding, why should we need to WOT1:V about himfor anything?
B
~ ~ Jm')T m efT f3Jr ~ ~ ftR f700f ~ ~ ~ II
U
har sukh-daata sabhnaa galaa kaa tis no Dhi-aa-idi-aa kiv nimakh gharhee muhu morhee-ai.
C L
God is giver ofall pleasures, remembering Him, why should we turn our back even for a while.
fi:If5 ~ ~ f3Jr ~ ROB ~ ~ flrl3' Ji3' trc')T eft JRJf3' ~ S'C1Pi ~ ~ II jin har Dhi-aa-i-aa tis
OK
no sarab kali-aan ho-ay nit sant janaa kee sangat jaa-ay bahee-ai muhu jorhee-ai.
O
Those who have remembered God, they always are well placed, they ever go and sit in the
B
congregation ofsaints,and beface to face with Guru.
RfW~pl~~~ma-RfWHOa-1No~ II
KH
SI
sabh Qukh bhukh reg ga-ay har sayvak kay saQhjan kay banDhan torhee-ai.
All sorrows, hungers, ailments ofHis servants are over, allfetters ofthe men ofGod are broken.
~ ~ 3' ~ ~ iRI2 ~ ii'iS trc')T cl Hfu flr3" ~ ~ R! ~ 11811
har kirpaa tay ho-aa har bhagat har bhagatjanaa kai muhi dithai jagat tari-aa sabh lorhee-ai. 11411
By the grace of God, one becomes devotee. Seeing the face of God's devotees, the whole world
gets liberated 4
~ H: Q II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
W QJffiT Hftis ~ fi:rf6 ~ efT ~ 0" ~ II saa rasnaa jar jaa-o jin har kaa su-aa-o na paa-i-aa.
That tongue should burn, which does not taste the taste of God,
(')'l"(')'Cf QJffiT Jf8'fe GFI"'fu fi:rf6 ~ ~ Hfo ~ II Clil
naanak rasnaa sabag rasaa-ay jin har har man vasaa-i-aa. 11111
Nanak says, "If tongue tastes the word, God comes to stay in mind." 1
W QJffiT Hftis ~ fi:tfo ~ efT ~ ~ II saa rasnaa jal jaa-o jin har kaa naa-o visaari-aa.
That tongue, which has forgotten the name of God, should burn.
(')'l"(')'Cf~GR'or~~~cl~~II~1I
naanak gurmukh rasnaa har japai har kai naa-ay pi-aari-aa. 11211
1174
Nanak says, "The tongue of Gurmukh recites God, it loves the name ofGod. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~~~~~~~cR~11
har aapay thaakur sayvak .!2hagat har aapay karay karaa-ay.
God Himself is Master, Himself is servant, a devotee, He Himself does and Himself gets done.
-afa' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R ~ ~ I! har aapay vaykhai vigsai aapay jit bhaavai tit laa-ay.
God Himself sees, Himself is in progression Wherever, He will, He puts one on job.
~~wcrfar~~QftJ~~~ II
har iknaa maarag paa-ay aapay har iknaa uiharh paa-ay.
God Himslefputs some on the right path, and some on wrong path.
~mJT~~~~~;R?:J~II
har sachaa saahib sach tapaavas kar vaykhai chalat sabaa-ay.
God is true Master, true is His meditation, He Himself feats and then Himselfsees them alL
~~riiIQ~-afa'JN~P~ 1It111
gur parsaag kahai jan naanak har sachay kay gun gaa-ay. 11511
Nanak says, "With the grace ofGuru, sing the attributes oftrue God." 5
~}{g it II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ a- ~ ~ a- ~ II garvaysee ko jaansee virlaa ko garvays.
Saintliness can be known (achieved) by very rare of a saint.
O M
. C
R l.Ilfa'l.Ilfa' <Jt ~ fb1J ~ fb1J ~ II jay ghar ghar handhai manggaa Dhig jeevan Dhig vays.
B
Ifhe wears out by begging from door to door, his life is a curse, his garb is a curse.
U
L
R ~ ~ 3ft:r W ~ ~ ~ II jay aasaa angaysaa taj rahai gurmukh bhikhi-aa naa-o.
C
One whose hopes and worries are over, such a Gurmukh begs for name.
f:m ~ ~ ~ (')TOO[ ~ ~ ~
K 11111
11"\11
O
tis kay charan pakhaalee-ah naanak ha-o balihaarai jaa-o.
B O
Nanak says, "Let me wash his feet, I sacrifice myselffor him." 1
H
K
(')TOO[ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ )I)fTfu II naanak tarvar ayk fal gu-ay pal')khayroo aahi.
SI
Nanak : there is one tree, with one fruit, two birds come and sit on it.
~ iI'3' n tfurcft (')1' 1.I'a' til:it 3'fl:r II aavat jaat na geeshee naa par pankhee taahi.
They are not seen while coming and going, as they have no wings (to fly).
~ m GR' ifdPHr mrft!' W ~ II baho rangee ras bhogi-aa sabad. rahai nirbaan.
They enjoyed the bliss in many ways, and are liberated by word
~ Qfi:r ri7i ~ 7)T(')CfI' qafk RUT ~ II~II har ras fal raatay naankaa karam sachaa neesaan. 11211
Nanak says, "They are enjoying thefruit ofthe nectar of God, their action is their emblem." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ))fTfir ~ t1hri' II aapay Dhartee aapay hai raahak aap jammaa-ay peesaavai.
God Himself is land, Himself is cultivator, Himselfgrows and Hims~lfgets grounded
))fTfir trcR ))fTfir R ~ tBR ~ eft 8fJ ~ II
aap pakaavai aap .!2haa Nday gay-ay parosai aapay hee bahi khaavai.
He himself cooks, Himself provides utensils, Himself lays food for them to serve, and Himself
sits and eats.
P.551
~ ~ ~ ~ . . ~ ~ ~ II aapay jal aapay gay chhingaa aapay chulee .!2haraavai.
He Himself is water, Himself sprays it (to clean the place for eating), and Himself holds water
1175
in palms (to clean hands and mouth).
))fI"if Fiinf::r ~ ~))fI"if ~ ~ II aapay sangat sa,Q bahaalai aapay vi,Qaa karaavai.
He Himself calls the congregation (to sit for eating), and himselfbids them farewelL
ft:rR ~ ~ ~ U'ftJ ))fI"if f:m ~ ~ HCri Ill! II
jis no kirpaal hovai har aapay tis no hukam manaavai. 11611
Upon whomever God is kind, He gets him to obey His order. 6
H: :J II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ tmf Hftr itnlr 1.l'1.f Yo FIOlig' II karam Dharam sa.bb. banDhnaa paap punn san-banDh.
All rituals are only fetters, and all vices and virtues are related
)of)@ Hs1 B' itnlr ~ ~ B' tig II mamtaa moh so banDhnaa putar kaltar so DhanDh.
The love for children is bondage, as sons and wife are only ties.
ifi] ~ '3U ~ ~ i5fT FIOlig' II jah gaykhaa tah jayvree maa-i-aa kaa san-banDh.
Wherever I see, I see a noose, for one tied with worldly ties.
(')TO'Sf ~ O'H ftIQ ~ m ))jg' 11911 naanak sachay naam bin vartan vartai anDh. 11111
Nanak says, "Other than true name, all give and take is of a blind." 1
))jlt ~ 31' ~ W ~ fi.ri ~ II anDhay chaanan taa thee-ai jaa satgur milai rajaa-ay.
The blind can get light only, ifhe obeys the will oftrue Guru.
OM
1fuo ti ~ ~ ~ ~ iI"fi! II banDhan torhai sach vasai agi-aan aDhayraa jaa-ay.
. C
His fetters are broken, if, he abides in truth. His darkness ofignorance goes.
B
R'! faJ ~ f:m i5fT ft:Ifo cfP,rr '39 wfH II sa.bb. kictlh ,Qaykhai tisai kaa jin kee-aa tan saaj.
U
L
He finds that everything is of God, who has created his body.
C
(')TO'Sf ~ Cif<I31Q eft ~ ~ lIS'iJ II~II naanak saran kartaar kee kartaa raakhai laaj. 11211
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
O K
Nanak says, "Be in the refuge ofCreator, He protects your honour." 2
~ ))fI"if ~ cfP,rr 8fu ~

O
:reg ~ 0" ~ 8PHr
B
II
KH
jagahu aapay thaat kee-aa bahi kartai ta,Qahu puchh na sayvak bee-aa.
I
When Creator Himselfis sitting to provide, then servant should not ask for someone else.
S
3"e"g ~ i ~ ~ i ~ iF ~ 0" iW cfP,rr II
tagahu ki-aa ko layvai ki-aa ko gayvai jaa N avar na ,Qoojaa kee-aa.
What one can give? What one can get? When there is none else who creates.
M<J ))fI"if ~ ~ ~ ~ Jm)T llf! ~ II
fir aapay jagat upaa-i-aa kartai ,Qaan saiIDnaa ka-o ,Qee-aa.
Then Creator Himself creates the world, and gives gifts to alL
))fI"if Rv ~ ~ ~ ~ lJPw II aapay sayv banaa-ee-an gurmukh aapay amrit pee-aa.
He Himselfgets a Gurmukh to serve, and Himself drinks nectar.
))fl'f4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ri' B' 8PHr II?II
aap nirankaar aakaar hai aapay aapay karai so thee-aa. 11711
God Himself is formless, Himself is in forms, what He Himself does, that happens. 7
H: :J II Iok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ 1.II' Rvfu Jre wer ~ Jroft:r flmtrflJ II gurmu.!m paraiID sayveh sa,Q saachaa an-din sahj pi-aar.
Gurmukh always serves the true Master, day and night he is in love, in ease.
m!" ~ ~ ~ w;T ~ ~ ~ trrftJ II sa,Qaa anand gaavahi gun saachay araDh uraDh ur Dhaar.
In bliss, he always sings the attributes ofTrue. God keeps him in embrace, here and hereafter.
~ ~ ri:PHr qftJ ~ ~ ~ II antar pareetam vasi-aa Q!1ur karam Ii.!mi-aa kartaar.
1176
The dear abides in mind, ifpreordained by Creator.
0'00rlH'fir ~ ))fTil' ~ t:I"fcJ IIC\II naanak aap milaa+an aapay kirpaa Dhaar. 11111
Nanak says, "Being kind, He Himself unites. " 1
~QftpK(')~~riJreT~ft II
kahi-ai kathi-ai na paa-ee-ai an-gin rahai sagaa gun gaa-ay.
On(v by saying, narrating, God cannot be blessed, day and night, continue to sing His attributes.
~ CJH fct* (') ~ ~ H'S' 18(ii)(i)i~ II vin karmai kinai na paa+o Qha-uk mu-ay billaa-ay.
Without the grace of God, none could get, many had died crying.
~ & JIlJft! )fQ 3Q ftJH lH'fir ~ Hfo ~ II gur kai sabag man tan bhijai aap vasai man aa-ay.
With the word of Guru, mind and body are in bliss, He comes to stay in mind.
0'00r ~ ~))fTil' ~ fi.fwft!' II~II naanak nagree paa-ee-ai aapay la-ay milaa-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "We are blessed with His grace, thus He Himselfgets to unite." 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURl
))fTil' ~ ~ JIfil 'R'Ja lH'fir ri lH'fir ift;l II aapay vayg puraan saQh saasat aap kathai aap .bheejai.
He Himself is in all Vedas, Puranas, Shastras, Himself explains and Himself understands.
))fTil' ~ 8ftJ ~ ~ lH'fir ~ cRtft' II aapay hee bahi poojay kartaa aap parpanch kareejai.
He Himself sits to worship, and Himself displays.
O M
lH'fir ~ lH'fir l})d~d::fl ))fTil' l'HCf! ~ II aap parvirat aap nirvir1;ee aapay akath katheejai.
. C
He Himselfis a house-holder,and Himself is recluse. He Himself narrates the un-narratable.
B
))fTil' yg HI' lH'fir or<JT8' lH'fir ~ ~ II aapay punn sabh aap karaa-ay aap alipat var1;eejai.
U
L
He Himself gets the virtues done, and Himself remains detached.
K C
))fTil' ~ ~ ~ ~))fTil' 1P:I'R' cRtft' IItll aapay sukh gukh gayvai kartaa aapay bakhas kareejai. 11811
The Creator Himselfgives pains and pleasures and Himselfforgives. 8
~ H: it II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
O O
R1:fr ~ Rg ~ g- Bt cmr ~ ~ II saykhaa angrahu jor chhad too Qha-o kar mal gavaa-ay.
H B
OJ Seikha leave the ego ofbeing powerful, you get rid ofmadness, and be in Hisfear.
K
~ & i c}3' ~ i ~ ~ ~ II gur kai bhai kaYtay ni5taray bhai vich nirQha-o paa-ay.
SI
In fear of Guru, many are liberated, they meet fearless in fear.
)fQ ~ mrft!' ift!' 1 Wf3 ~ Hfo ~ IIman kathor sabag Qhayg tooN saaNt vasai man aa-ay.
OJ with stone like mind, practice word, so that peace comes to stay in your mind.
W3t ~ ~ ~ w ~ ~ ~ II saaNtee vich kaar kamaavnee saa khasam paa-ay thaa-ay.
Those who serve in peace, Master accepts and rewards them.
,ftf
0'00r crrfH fct* (') ~ ysy ~ if1'ft!' II C\II
naanak kaam kroDh kinai na paa+o puchhahu gi-aanee jaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "None can get Him, while in cupidity in anger, go and ask a knowledgeable." 1
P.552
JiOtftf Jofl'ftmrr Jfg ~ orfi.f (') ~ ~ II manmukh maa+aa moh hai naam na lago pi-aar.
Manmukhs are in the greedfor money, they do not have love for name.
~ mR ~ ~ ~ ri' ~ II koorh kamaavai koorh sangrahai koorh karay aahaar.
They act in lie, they earn lie and collect lies.
~ Jofl'ftmrr qg HftJ Hdfu B ~ HI' ~ II bikh maa+aa Dhan sanch mareh antay ho-ay saQh chhaar.
They die while collecting poison in money, in wealth, which becomes ash in the end.
cmi Q'd'){ BU' JiRH CI'dfu ~ ~ ~ II karam Dharam such sanjam karahi antar loQh vikaar.
1] 77
They conduct rituals, for puri(v, for discipline, but in their mind is greed, ill-interaction.
~fi::J~~H~ortoR~~~ II:JII
naanak je manmukh kamaavai so thaa-ay naa pavai gargahi ho-ay jillu-aar. 11211
Nanak says, "IfManmukh earns, it serves no purpose, he suffers in His court. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~ ~ r i ~ ~ ~ ri' II aapay jillaanee aapay banee aapay khand var.b!1and karay.
He Himself is word, Himselfis sources oflife, Himself creates parts and whole.
))fTfu ~ ))fTfu ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CJ30 tW II aap samung aap hai saagar aapay hee vich ratan Dharay.
*
He Himselfis ocean, Himselfis water, and Himself is pearls therein.
))fTfu ~ ri' ft:IB' ~ ft:n:r ~ ri' ~ II aap lahaa-ay karay jis kirpaa jis no gurmukh karay haray.
Upon whomever, He is kind, He gets them to find one whom has Gurmukh turned green.
~ ~ ))fTfu ~ iftJlIr ~ ~ ))fTfu 3W II aapay .b!1a-ojal aap hai bohithaa aapay khayvat aap taray.
He Himselfis terrifying water, Himself is boat, Himselfis boats-man, andHimselfswims across.
~ ri' ~ QG3T ~ n ~ ~ ~ II~ II aapay karay karaa-aykartaa avar na goojaa tumai saray. 11911
The Creator Himself does and Himselfgets done, none else can match Him. 9
~ Jig S II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ eft ~ RD" ~ R cl cR ~ l!Pft! II satgur kee sayvaa safal hai jay ko karay chit laa-ay.
OM
The service oftrue Guru is fruitful, if one serves with dedicated mind.
Ollf l.A!"'CI! ~ ~ ~ Hfc; ))fl'fu II naam pagaarath paa-ee-ai achint vasai man aa-ay.
.C
Thus we are blessed with the wealth ofname, He silently comes to stay in our mind.
B
trc'i}f Jm) ~ ~ CJtH )f)f3T RTft!' II janam maran gukh katee-ai ha-umai mamtaa jaa-ay.
U
L
The pains ofbirth and death are removed, the greed, the ego, end.
C
~ ~ l.f\lftlK ~ ~ ~ II utam pagvee paa-ee-ai sachay rahai samaa-ay.
~~ fi::Jn ~ ~ t30r ~ fHftIpw))fl'fu K

We get a better position,and live merging in True.
O 11911
O
naanak poorab jin ka-o Iikhi-aa tinaa satgur mili-aa aa-ay. 11111
B
H
Nanak says, "The true Guru comes to meet those, for whom he preordained." 1
K
Jig S II mehlaa 3. M: 3
SI
nrfi.r G3" ~ ~ ~ ifc:r! ~ II naam rataa satguroo hai kalijug bohith ho-ay.
The true Guru is name loving, he becomes the boatfor people in dark-age.
~ ~ H ~ toR ft:ror ~ mJI' ~ II gurmujill hovai so paar pavai jinaa angar sachaa so-avo
If there is a Gurmukh, he will swim across, since same true is in his mind.
Ollf ~ Ollf ~ nrH ~ trfd' ~ II naam samHaalay naam sangrahai naamay hee pat ho-ay.
He collects name, remembers name, since honour is only in name.
~ ~ ~ C{(JfH tJTtrfd' ~ II:JII naanak satgur paa-i-aa karam paraapat ho-ay. 11211
Nanak is blessed with true Guru, with His grace. 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ~))fTfu ~ ~))fTfu cit'3Q ~ II aapay paaras aap Dhaat hai aap keeton kanchan.
He Himself is metal, Himselftouch-stone, and Himselfturns in gold.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ tr'l.I' ~ II aapay tbaakur sayvak aapay aapay hee paap khandan.
He Himselfis Master, Himselfservant, and Himself destroyer ofsins.
m
~ R'ftJ lIIG ~ ~ ~ R! ~ II aapay sa.b!1 ghat .b!1ogvai su-aamee aapay hee sa.b!1 anjan.
Master Himself enjoys all bodies, and Himself is in all worldly ties.
))fTfu ftritg ))fTfu Rf i3" ))f'Ii)' ~ iRg II aap bibayk aap sahb baYtaa aapay gurmukh .I2tlanjan.
He Himself is logic, Himselfthe savant, and Himself destroys the fetters of Gurmukhs.
1178
HQ ~ wwfu ('j GH ~ Cla'3' ~ ufu ff1:fi!"3T un II '\0 II
jan naanak saalaahi na rajai tuDh kar1ay too har sukh-d.aata vadan. 111011
Nanak says, "01 Creator, men ofGod, are not tired ofpraising you, you are God, the great giver
(4 happiness." 10
f8Q~iR;::ftl,rihiQOT;tgcmfcn-fTfu II bin satgursayvay jee-a kay banDhnaajaYtay karam kamaahi.
Other than serving true Guru, whatever actions one does, all are bondages for mind.
f8Q ~ iR ~ ('j ~ Hfcr iDffu ~ wfu II
bin satgur sayvay thavar na paavhee mar jameh aavahi jaahi.
Other than serving true Guru, one gets no place, he takes birth, dies, goes and comes.
f8Q ~ iR ~ iRr (';')j ('j ~ Hfo ))fTft! II
bin satgur sayvay fikaa bolnaa naam na vasai man aa-ay.
Other than serving true Guru, all speech is rude, name does not come to stay in mind.
(')"1'('j'& f8Q ~ iR it){ yftr aQ' ~ ~ cri ~ wfu 11'\11
naanak bin satgur sayvay jam pur baDhay maaree-ah muhi kaalai uth jaahi. 11111
Nanak says, "Those serving other than true Guru, are chained and driven to hell, they leave to
go with blackenedface. "1
M
)on a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
O
fuf& ~ cit iR'r CJfu ~ ufu oTj{ ~ ~ II
ik satgur kee sayvaa karahi chaakree har naamay lagai pi-aar.
. C
B
There are some, who serve true Guru voluntarily, they are in love with the name of God.
(')"1'('j'&iI?ltf~~~C(l'qafn~ II~II
L U
11211
C
naanak janam savaaran aapnaa kul kaa karan uDhaar.
K
Nanak says, "They refashion their own life and liberate their family. " 2
O
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
O
))fTl) ~ ~ ~ WQT))fTl) ~ ~ ~ ~ II
H B
aapay chaatsaal aap hai paaDhaa aapay chaatrhay parhan ka-o aanay.
He Himself is school, and Himself a teacher, Himselfis in students, who come to learn.
IK
))fTl) flar JiT'3T ~ ))fTl) ))fTl) ~ ~ ~ II aapay pitaa maataa hai aapay aapay baalak karay si-aanay.
rear
~ tlftr ~ JI!))fTl) S
He Himself is father, Himself is mother, and Himself is child to be brought up.
rear ~ ))fTl) ~ ~ II ik thai parh bujhai sabh aapay ik thai aapay karay i-aanay.
In some, He Himself learns, understands, and to some, He Himself drives to ignorance.
ft3"aoT~~~W~~HfnJWN II
iknaa anQar mahal bulaa-ay jaa aap tayrai man sachay bhaanay.
To some you call to your home, but only, when they are liked by you.
P.553
ft:JoT ))fTl) ~ ~ ~ H ffi') mit ~ ~ 11'\'\11
jinaa aapay gurmukh gay vadi-aa-ee say jan sachee gargahi jaanay. 111111
One to whom Gurmukh Himself blesses with praise, such, men are known in true Court. 11
~ ~ '\ II salok marQaanaa 1. SALOK MARDANA-1
Cl'ft1i ~ Q'!f ~ Hgl'H" ~ II kal kalvaalee kaam mag manoo-aa peevanhaar.
In dark age, the container is full with the intoxicants like cupidi(v, the mind is set to drink.
itr i5fZcft j:jfu fit ~ ~ II kroDh katoree mohi bharee peelaavaa ahaNkaar.
The container ofanger is full with greed, the ego is set to drink.
HiRi5FJ l!'5If cit tit tit aft! ~ II majlas koorhay lab kee pee pee ho-ay khu-aar.
1179
The drinking party is ofliars and greedy, they drink and are set to suffer.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ JrcrI' ilfftf JI'lg II karnee laahan sat gum sach saraa kar saar.
Let the pot be ofyour actions, Jaggery be oftruth,' the prepared wine be ofsublime essence.
~ Hi' qflf ~ ~ ~ wff ~ " gun manday kar seel ghi-o saram maas aahaar.
Let the bread be ofvirtues, the gheebe ofcharacter, and the eating ofmeat be ofmodesty.
~ ~ ()I(;W ~ R"fu' fRra' 11'11 gurmukb. paa-ee-ai naankaa khaaQhai jaahi bikaar. 1/1/1
Nanak says, "Let this be gotten by Gurmukh, eating which the ill-intentions will vanish." 1
~ , " mard.aanaa 1. MARDANA 1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ftpmr qrg " kaa-i-aa laahan aap mad. majlas tarisnaa Qhaat.
The body isfragmentation, ego is wine, lust is materialfor wine-party.
HOW ~ ~ nt tfuri' ~ II mansaa katoree koom J2.!laree peelaa-ay jamkaal.
The cup is ofdesires, is filled with lies., the devil ofdeath (the maid) is to offerfor drinking.
~ Hfu' tlt3' ()I(;W ~ ~ fRra' " it mad. peetai naankaa bahutay khatee-ah bikaar.
Nanak says, "Drinking such a wine, brings lot ofevil thoughts. "
fdpwg ~ ~ Hi' II! H'B' ~ II gi-aan gum saalaah manday Qha-o maas aahaar.
If Gurh (Jaggery) is ofknowledge, bread is ofpraise, meat to eat is of(His) fear.
(')'I'(')cI' ~ itrg ~ 5' ~ ~ ~ II~II naanak ih J2.!lojan sach hai sach naam aaDhaar. 11211
M
Nanak says, "This food is pure, prepared in true name. " 2
Cl'iW ~ ~ ~ ffi[:r f3H aft tN " kaaNyaa Nlaahan aap mad. amrit tis kee Qhaar.
C O
.
If body is fermentation, soul is wine, and stream is ofnectar.
B
A3Rdll'd fRt ~ ~ ftR ~ ~ At tit tit Rftr fRra' IISII
U
satsangat si-o maylaap ho-ay liv katoree amrit J2.!laree pee pee kateh bikaar. 11311
L
Ifonejoins the congregation oftrue, the cup oflove isfilled with nectar. Then drinking this, the
C
K
evil intentions will end. 3
aft r i O
~" pa-orhee.PAURI
O
))fl'1) ~ (')Q R aitra8r ))fl'1) lfC ~ II
B
aapay sur nar gan ganDharbaa aapay khat d.arsan kee banee.
H
He Himself is man, the servant of divine singer and Himself is the word ofsix systems.
K
SIM ftnnt
))fl'1)fl:N~JWw))fl'1)~))fftiiriJ1'il'" aapaysivsankarmahaysaa aapaygurmukh akath kahaanee.
He Himselfis Shiv, Sankar, Mahesh, and Gurmukh (hero) ofHis un-narratable story.
))fl'1) ilaft ))(Til iait ))f'1) ~ II aapay jogee aapay Qhogee aapay sani-aasee firai bibaanee.
He himselfisjogi, Himselfis enjoyer, Himselfis a renouncer, wandering in jungles.
~ m amrc ))f1f4 ~ ))fl'1) ~ H!Y ~ II
aapai naal gosat aap uPdaysai aapay 5ugham saroop si-aanee.
He Himself is in debate, Himselfteaches, Himself is wise and embodiment ofbeauty.
~ in ilfftf ~ ))fl'1) ))fl'1) mrcv iftlHr Q1' 5' R"'it "'~"
aapnaa choj kar vaykhai aapay aapay saJ2.!lnaa jee-aa kaa hai jaanee. 111211
He Himselffeats, Himself sees, and Himselfis the knower ofall lives. 12
~ H: S II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3'
~ Jiftmrr ~ 5' ~ CJftr 1lJ jRr ftJftr ~ "
ayhaa sanDhi-aa parvaan hai jit har para.bb. mayraa chit aavai.
Only that Sandhya is accepted, with which my God-Master comes to mind.
CJftr fRt tltf3!tM ~ Jlg RWt II har si-o pareet oopjai maa-i-aa moh jalaavai.
Which originates lovefor God, and burns the lovefor Maya.
tJQ ~ ~ Ht ~ PlftIJ Jfftpw n ~ II
1180
gur parsaadee gubiDhaa marai manoo-aa asthir sanDhi-aa karay veechaar.
With the grace of Guru, the duality dies and the stable mind thinks about Sandhya.
(')l"OClt Jifbbrr ri ~ iftt (') reil Hfo tiM ~ ~ II ~II
naanak sanDhi-aa karai manmukhee jee-o na tikai mar jammai ho-ay khu-aar. 11111
Nanak says, "Manmukh offers prayer, but his mind does not flX, he takes birth, dies and is
troubled. " 1
~~iR3tHl"lJW~~(')wre II
pari-o pari-o kar:!;ee sabh jag firee mayree pi-aas na jaa-ay.
Crying for my dear, I am wandering all around the world, my thirst for love is not quenched.
(')'T'OCj{ ~ fHW ~ ~ mft fug ~ urftJ ~ II~II
naanak satgur mili-ai mayree pi-aas ga-ee pir paa-i-aa 9.!lar aa-ay. 1121 ~
Nanak says, "Meeting true Guru, my thirst is quenched, I am blessed with dear, in my house. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
))fTl) ~ tm{ ~ HI ))fTl) ))fTl) ~ \!TJJ ~ II
aapay tant param tant sabh aapay aapay thaakur gaas bha-i-aa.
He Himself is offeats, of supreme feats, Himself is Master and Himself has become servant.
M
))fTl) t!H ))to ~ ~ ))fTfu IfIDj ))fTfu ~ ~ II
O
aapay gas ath varan upaa-i-an aap barahm aap raaj la+aa.
C
B.
He Himself has created eighteen colours (classes ofpeople), Himselfis Supreme, and Himself
has captured kingdom.
U
))fTl) ~ ))fTl) it ))fTl) 8l:l'R' crij' ~ II aapay maaray aapay chhodai aapay bakhsay karay ga-i-aa.
'* C L
He Himself kills, Himself liberates, and being merciful, Himselfforgives.
K
))f1fl.r ~ (') cnr ~ HI R! ~ ~ ftpw II
O
aap abhul na .bhulai kab hee sabh sach tapaavas sach thi-aa.
O
He Himself is un-forgetting, never forgets, His meditation is true, His becoming is true.
))fTl) fmrjT ~ ~
B
fun ~ iii" ~ ~ lI~a II
H
aapay jinaa buihaa-ay gurmukh tin angrahu goojaa bharam ga-i-aa. 111311
K
SI
He Himself lets someones to know, they are Gurmukhs, their duality from within is gone. 13
crfa' 'O"'tf (') fi:Dfaftr FI'tIJifir '3 3ft; ti' ~ II har naam na simrahi saaDhsang tai tan udai khayh.
Those who do notjoin the congregation ofsaints, and do no remember name, their bodyflies off
like dust.
ft:rfo cfuft f:m (') ~ (')l"OClt flI? ~ II~II jin keetee tisai na jaan-ee naanak fit aloonee gayh. 11111
One who has created his body, he does not care for Him. Nanak says, "Accursed is his saltless
(ungrateful) body." 1
P.554
l.Iffc ~ \IdC! l dfti;;: am;r ;W ~ II 9.!lat vaseh charnaarbing rasnaa japai gupaal.
Those, in whose mind live the lotus-feet (of God), their tongue remembers God.
Jt 1l! ~ ft:rff ~ ctt l../Tfl!Is II~II naanak so parabh simree-ai tis gayhee ka-o paal. 11211
(')T(")'O[
Nanak says, "Let us remember that Master, who nourishes our body (being). " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
))fTl) ))fOFIf6 3tn iR3"))f1fl.r ore- ~ II aapay athsath tirath kartaa aap karay isnaan.
He Himself is the Creator of sixty four sacred waters, and Himself takes bath in them.
1181
))f'Iil' JiHfk m JfHt ~ ~ li'l:r II aapay sanjam vartai savaamee aap japaa-ihi naam.
Master Himself creates discipline, and Himselfgets to remember His name.
~~ are
~ liiQ ~ crt H! ~ II aap ga-i-aal ho-ay l2b.a-o khandan aap karai sal2b. gaan.
The destroyer offears, Himself becomes merciful, and Himselfgrants all gifts.
*
ft:m ~ ~ ~ Jl m!' eft eG1IftJ ~ H'Q II
jis no gurmukh aap buibaa-ay so sag hee gargahi paa-ay maan.
To whoever, a Gurmukh, He makes to realize, he ever gets honour in His Court.
ft:mtftOinQ-mw~JlmJl'c:rfirif1g IICl911 jisgee paij rakhai harsu-aameeso sachaa harjaan. 111411
Whosever honour the Master protects, he realizes the true God. 14
~ H: :J II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
0'?)Cf fuQ ~ R ~ ~ ~ JiQ' emf ~ II
naanak bin satgur Q!1aytay jag anDh hai anQb.ay karam kamaa-ay.
Nanak says, "Without meeting a true Guru, the world is blind, doing blind actions.
mre ~ ~ 7i ~ ~ ~ ~ Hfo fTft! II sabgai si-o chit na laav-ee jit sukh vasai man aa-ay.
He does not remember word, with which happiness comes to stay in mind.
31H6:r ~ Jrt!1' fR ~ ~ ftrorftJ II taamas lagaa sagaa firai ahinis jalat bihaa-ay.
He is ever wandering in greed, he passes, day and night, in heaL
R f3B' ~ Jl ~ ~ ~ 7i iJf&' IIClII jo tis Q!1aavai so thee-ai kahnaa kichhoo na jaa-ay. 11111
Whatever is liked by Him, that happens, none can say anything." 1
O M
C
H: :J II mehlaa 3. M: 3
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II satguroo furmaa-i-aa kaaree ayh karayhu.
B .
U
The true Guru said; do like this:
'f1! ~ are
After going to Gurudwara, remember your Master.
C L
i RTfu! ~ II guroo gu-aarai ho-ay kai saahib sammaalayhu.
RTfu! Jrt!1' <Jt'ftJ ~ RJl i ~ qfc i ~ iiftJ Wg II

K
OO
saahib sagaa hajoor hai l2barmai kay chha-urh kat kai antar jot Dharayhu.
B
Master is ever present, He cuts the sliver ofdoubts, andplaces light in mind.
H
mw qT li'l:r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II har kaa naam amrit hai gaaroo ayhu laa-ayhu.
IK
The name of God is nectar, use this medicine.
0'?)Cf ~~~~
S
~ qT ~ ftJf3' <rt@ Jiiqf mJI' ~ II satgur kaa l2baanaa chit rakhahu sanjam sachaa nayhu.
Keep the will oftrue Guru in mind, and accept the discipline oflove.
.,m mw fRt cbs ~ II~II
naanak aithai sukhai angar rakhsee agai har si-o kayl karayhu. 11211
Nanak says, "He will keep you in happiness here, and hereafter, you play with God. " 2
t.@ft II pa-orhee. PAURl
))f'Iil' B"Q ~ ~ ))f'Iil' eft m ~ II aapay Q!1aar a:tb.aarah banaspat aapay hee fallaa-ay.
God Himselfgrows lot ofvegetation, and Himself enables it to bear fruits.
))fIil' Wl!5t wN ~ fiii ))f'Iil' eft Hfu ~ II aapay maalee aap sal2b sinchai aapay hee muhi paa-ay.
He Himself is gardener, Him selfirrigates all, and Himself creates lovefor them.
~ ~ ~ P3" ))f'Iil' ~ ~ II aapay kartaa aapay J2bugtaa aapay gay-ay givaa-ay.
He Himself is Creator, Himself is enjoyer, Himselfgives and gets given.
~ J:I'Tfu! ))f'Iil' ~ crnfI' ))f'Iil' ~ J:IJri' II aapay saahib aapay hai raakhaa aapay rahi-aa samaa-ay.
He Himself is Master, Himselfis a guard, and Himselfpervades all
Hg 0'?)Cf ~ ~ c:rfW m oft ft:m *
~ 7i:nri' IICl~ II
jan naanak vadi-aa-ee aakhai har kartay kee jis no til na tamaa-ay. 111511
1182
Nanak, the man of God, speaks the praise of God, the Creator, Who is least greedy. 15
micr H: a II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
H'C!B' ~ ~ H'C!B' ~ lWft! II maanas hhari-aa aani-aa maanas hhari-aa aa-ay.
A person brings a potfull (ofwine), another person comes andfills cup.
~ titS" HftJ !ftJ aft! ~ ~ ft'ftJ lWft! II jit peetai mat goor ho-ay baral pavai vich aa-ay.
Drinking this the wisdom is lost, and one becomes mad.
~ ~ 0 ~ ~ qc} l:I'ft! II
aapnaa paraa-i-aa na pachhaan-ee khasmahu Dhakay khaa-ay.
He loses the sense ofone's own or ofother's, he is hit by Master.
~ titS" ~ ~ ~ fi.R\ FfiITft! II jit peetai khasam visrai gargeh milai sajaa-ay.
Drinking which, the Master is forgotten, and one is punished in His court
!Of ~ ~ 0 ~ R QI' tPftJ ~ II ihoothaa mag mool na peech-ee jay kaa paar vasaa-ay.
Never drink a false wine, which takes you to other (than ofMaster) side.
(')T(')C( ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fi.R\ ft:Iff lWft! II
naanak nagree sach mag paa-ee-ai satgur milai jis aa-ay.
Nanak says, "With His grace, he gets the true wine, drinking which true Guru comes to meet.
ReT wfu's t & ri' )f(RIft lri' art II ClI! sagaa saahib kai rang rahai mahlee paavai thaa:.o. 11111
M
Such a person (who drinks it) always lives in Master's love, and gets place in His home." 1
O
. C
~ ~ ~ HW if" ftm 5" ih.ft aft! II ih jagat jeevat marai jaa is no soihee ho-ay.
B
Ifpeople ofthis world could know, then they should die while living.
AT f3fQ ~ 3T ~ ~ ~ 3T Bftr aft! II
LU
jaa tini H savaali-aa taa N say rahi-aa jagaa-ay taa N suDh ho-ay.
K C
If God gets one to sleep, he sleeps, if He gets him to awake, he awares (awakes).
O
(')T(')C( M!'ftr ri R ~ ~ Hi Rft! II naanak nagar karay jay aapnee satgur maylai so-ay.
O
Nanak says, "IfHe is graceful, then He gets the true Guru to meet.
H B
~ ~ ~ HW 31' ~ ~ 0 aft! 11::111 gur parsaagjeevat marai taa fir maran na ho-ay. 11211
Ifwith the grace of Guru, he dies while living, then no death again." 2
IK
S
ftm er aft3r JIf fcrI ~ ftm 5" ~ ~ rom ~ II
jis gaa keetaa sahh kichh hovai tis no parvaah naahee kisai kayree.
By His doing, if every thing is done, then why should one care for anyone else?
(J'flr tftt 3"ar far JIf i tI1t JIB' ~ R 3'at II har jee-o tayraa gitaa saJ2!:l ko kIlaavai sabh muhtaajee
kadhai tayree.
01 lovable God, everyone eats what you give, everyone depends upon you.
P.555
fR ~ 5" ~ B' JIf fc5rIlri' ftm ~ fQw ftmm ~ II
je tuDh no saalaahay so sahh kichh paavai jis no kirpaa niranjan. kayree.
Whoever praises you, he gets everything, he is one, upon whom you (God) are kind.
mft ~ mJT aRGP' ft:Ifn ~ ~ (J'flr ~ tIQ 3'at II
so-ee saahu sachaa vaniaaraa jin vakhar lagi-aa har naam Qban tayree.
He isfinancer, a true trader, who loads goods, the wealth ofyour name.
JIftr f:3"R 5" Mii)iRJ!l ~ ft:Ift; vR A eft' Jfl'ftJ ~ ~ IIc\I~1I
sahh tisai no saalaahihu santahu jin goojay .bb.aav kee maar vidaaree dhayree. 111611
01 saints, let us all remember Him, who has killed the group (of senses) in other's love. 16
1183
II salok. SALOK
cnftcJr )f'ij'3T )f'ij'3T ~ ~ HfW 11- n ~ ~ II
kabeeraa martaa martaa jag mu-aa mar bhe na jaanai ko-ay.
01 Kabir Dying and dying, the people ofthe world are dead, none knows how to die.
~ )f(Rft' it HW ~ n JmV ~ II CUI aisee mamee jo marai bahur na mamaa ho-ay. 11111
If one dies such a death, he will not die again." 1
1SPHr iI"i!" fcN HCroi cbIr )f(IC!I' ~ II ki-aa jaanaa kiv marhagay kaisaa marnaa ho-ay.
How I know that how I will die, what kind ofdeath it will be.
R crflJ RTfuJ Hag n ~ ;J1' RftJw )fRI' ~ II
jay kar saahib manhu na veesrai taa sahilaa marnaa ho-ay.
If Master is not out ofmind, then death will be easy.
Hri" 3' ~ R ~ i t RJ ~ II marnai tay jagat darai jeevi-aa lodlai sabh ko-ay.
All the people ofthe world, fear death, everyone wants to live.
ICJ lla'JtT;ft ~ HW ~ P Rft! II gur parsaadee jeevat marai hukmai booihai so-ay.
With the grace ofGuru. if one dies while living, he realizes His order.
0'0Cf ~ )f(Rft' it HW ;J1' R iftq ~ II~II naanak aisee rnamee jo rnarai taa sad jeevan ho-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "If one dies such a death, he is ever alive. " 2
t@ft II pa-orhee. PAURl
O M
C
iff ))fI'fil ~ ~ CJftr B"'f')it ;J1' ~ ~ CJftr ItI'tll fIllIt II
B .
jaa aap kirpaal hovai har su-aamee taa aapnaaN naa-o har aap japaavai.
U
If Master Himself is kind, He Himselfgets His name remembered.
~ ~ Hfi!is ~ ~ ~ ~ ))fI'fil CJftr . . II
C L
K
aapay satgur mayl sukb gayvai aapDaaN sayvak aap har bhaavai.
O
True Guru Himselfgets to unite, and gives its pleasure. He Himself likes His senanL
O
~ ~ aft))fl'fil ~ ~ ~ R3' aft ~ \lit II
B
aapDi-aa sayvkaa kee aap paij rakbai aapni-aa bhagtaa kee pairee paavai.
mH
He Himselfprotects the honour ofHis servants, and gets them at the feet ofHis devotees.
I K
tmf GIft!' ij- CJftr ~ cftlHr CJftr i1() *ftJ n ri II
S
Dharam raa-ay hai har kaa kee-aa har jan sayvak naydl na aavai.
The judgefor justice is appointed by God, therefore, he cannot touch His men, His servants.
it CJftr ~ ~ it HB()T ~ ~ mr ihft 'ri:r 'ri:r ~ wt IIC\:)II
jo har kaa pi-aaraa so satmnaa kaa pi-aaraa hor kaytee ihakb ihakb aavai jaavai. 111711
One who is loved by God is loved by all, lot many of others come and go prattling. 17
H: S II salek mehlaa 3. SALOK MOHALL 3
~ ~ cta" RJ ~ M ~ n ~ iI'ftr II raam raam kartaa sabh jag firai raam na paa-i-aa jaa-ay.
The whole world is reciting God, God, God, this way God is not blessed.
~ ~ lHftr ur ~ n ~ iI'ftr II agam agochar at vadaa atul na tuli-aa jaa-ay.
Inaccessible, unknowable is supremely great, the un-weighable cannot be weighed.
cftHf3' ft;ffi n ~ rca
n ~ iI'ftr II keemat kinai na paa-ee-aa kitai na la-i-aa jaa-ay.
None can bid for Him, therefore none can purchase Him,
.ICJ a- JI8ft!' ~ ft!n ftfftr dPtIr Hft; ~ II gur kai sabad bhaYdi-aa in biDb. vasi-aa man aa-ay.
oWith the word ofGuru, He is known, this way, He comes to stay in mind.
0'0Cf ~ ~ ij-ICJ ~ 3' ~ JIHIf8 II naanak aap amay-o hai gur kirpaa tay rahi-aa sarnaa-ay.
Nanak says, "He Himselfis unattached, but with the grace ofGuru, He is merging in my mind.
1184
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~))IIft! 11'\11 aapay mili-aa mil rahi-aa aapay mili-aa aa-ay. 11111
When He Himselfmeets, I remain in union, He Himself, has come to meet." 1
E' Hn ft!"y Q9 C'i'lf a- ~ ReT ReT B!f itft! II ay man ih Dhan naam hai jit sadaa sadaa sukh ho-ay.
01 my mind, real wealth is name, which gives ever-lasting happiness.
3cr ~ n ~ WCJ" m!' c:ft itft! II totaa mool na aavee laahaa sad hee ho-ay.
Never there will be a loss, so there is a profit always.
1:fTQ' ~ 3fc n ~ ReT ReT ig ~ II khaaDhai kharchi-ai tot na aavee sadaa sadaa oh day-ay.
By spending, by eating, it does not exhaust, He always gives.
Jro'W ~ n ~ ~ ~ n itft! II sahsaa mool na hova-ee haanat kaday na ho-ay.
There is never a doubt, and never a loss.
(')T(')C{ ~ ~ tIT crt crefa' ~ II~II naanak gurmukh paa-ee-ai jaa ka-o nagar karay-i. 11211
Nanak says, "One should meet a Gurmukh, upon whom He is kind. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ mr UfC ~ ~ c:ft 8GJftr II aapay sa.b!1 ghat andray aapay hee baahar.
He Himself is in all bodies, and Himself is outside.
~ ~ ~ ~ c:ft iI'CJ'ftJ II aapay gupat varatdaa aapay hee jaahar.
M
He Himselfremains unseen, and Himself is seen.
O
!J1t 83m ~ ClflJ ~ ~ II jug chhateeh gubaar kar varti-aa sunnaahar.
. C
Creating pitch darkness in thirty six ages, He remained in void.
B
~ ~ ~ n WR'3" ~ <:rflJ ~ II othai vayg puraan na saastaa aapay har narhar.
U
There was no Ved, no shastr, no Puran, He Himself the God of men was.
L
&or 3';ft ~ ~ mr i c:ft 8GJftr II bait!:laa taarhee laa-ay aap sabb doo hee baahar.
C
K
He Himselfwas sitting in trance, outside ofeveryone.
O
~ fHftr ~ ~ ~ c:ft ~ lI'\tll aapnee mit aap jaandaa aapay hee ga-uhar. 111811
O
He Himself knows His power, and Him is unknown. 18
H B
Hia' H: it II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Jm!T ~ II ha-umai vich jagat mu-aa mallio malliaa jaa-ay.
IK
The people ofworld are dead in ego, the dead are dying and dying.
P.556
~~~a-flNg"n~ftircRtr~~
II S
jichar vich gamm hai tichar na chayt-ee ke karayg agai jaa-ay.
Till they are breathing they do not remember (God), what they will do on entering next world?
~~B'~~~~~II
gi-aanee ho-ay so chaytann ho-ay agi-aanee anDh kamaa-ay.
Knowledgeable is one who is all awaring, the ignorant acts in darkness.
~ 8t CDR it fHi ~ l.I'E' ~ 11'\11 naanak aythai kamaavai SO milai agai paa-ay jaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Whatever one earns here, that he will get, hereafter also, he will get the same." 1
~ lfflH err ~ t.rft!lw ~ ~ 9t:PHr n iI'ft!' II
Dhur khasmai kaa hukam pa-i-aa Yin satgur chayti-aa na jaa-ay.
The order ofMaster is preordained, without true Guru, one cannot remember.
Rf3tJftr fkW ~ ~ ~ JreT ~ ftR ~ II
satgur mili-ai antar ray rahi-aa sagaa rahi-aa Iiv laa-ay.
I have met true Guru, He is abiding in my mind, I am ever intuned with Him.
1185
t!'fi.r t!'fi.r m!" ~ ~ n ftrnr ~ II gam gam sagaa samaalgaa gamm na birthaa jaa-ay.
I remember Him ever, with every breath, no breath goes waste.
ifc'f HQO Ci(I' ~ ~ tfmi ~ t(Ift!' II janam maran kaa ,bha-o ga-i-aa jeevan pagvee paa-ay.
The fear ofbirth and death is gone, and I have attained the position ofa living being.
nrocr ~ )R38" ftm 5' ~ fim 5' ftrcrll" ri' fiIrft! II ~ II
naanak ih martabaa tis no gay-ay jis no kirpaa karay rajaa-ay. 11211
Nal1ak says, "This position, He gives to one, upon whom He wills His grace. " 2
t$It II pa-orhee. PAURI
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II aapay gaanaa Nbeeni-aa aapay parDhaanaa N.
He Himself is wise, Himselfis thinker, and Himselfis prominent.
~ ~ ~))fIl) wftl' flp,rroT II aapay roop gikhaalgaa aapay laa-ay Dhi-aanaa N.
He Himself shows His wonders and Himselfgets in concentration.
~ Ho't ~ ~ ri' fdpwot II aapay monee varatQaa aapay kathai gi-aanaaN.
He Himself lives in silence, and Himself explains about knowledge.
~ fc;rR n ~ RB'i5T 'dt iJTC'iT II ka-urhaa kisai na lag-ee sa,bhnaa hee ,bhaanaa.
He isfelt bitter by none, and is liked by all
~ II'afo n JICfPH ~ ~ ~ II~~II ustat baran na sakee-ai sag sag kurbaanaa. 111911
M
I cannot tell about His praise, yet, I ever and ever, sacrifice myselffor Him. 19
O
~)of: ~ II salok mehlaa 1. SALOK M: 1
C
illm l'>hmr ~ ft:int ~ ~ II kalee angar naankaa jinnaaNgaa a-utaar.
01 Nanak, in dark age, the demons are being born.
B .
U
~ ~ tftlK ~ ~ ft:ffit' ~ ~ II~II putjinooraa Dhee-a jinnooree joroo jinna gaa sikgaar. 11111
L
SOI1 is demon, daughter is demon, the wife has become seeker ofdemon.
C
K
)of: ~ II mehlaa 1. M: 1
~ ~ p ~ Weft II hingoo moolay ,bhoolay akhutee jaaNhee.
O- O
The Hindus haveforgotten their Primal God, and are following the losing path.
B
~~fR"tm~lI~n~~1I
= -
H
naarag kahi-aa se pooj karaaNhee. anDhay gungay anDh anDhaar.
K
I
A kind ofworship, Nard guides, they do the same. They are blind, dumb in deep darkness,
S
~ i ~ ~ ~ II paathar lay poojeh mugaDh gavaar.
The idiots, the ignorants, bring a stone and worship it.
{ffir W ~ ~ ~ Q(JT ~ II~II ohi jaa aap dubay tum kahaa taranhaar. 11211
TI,e stone itselfdrowns, how it can get you swim across. 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
RJ ~ ~ m ~ g mJ1' ~ II sabh kihu tayrai vas hai too sachaa saahu.
Everything is in your hand, you are true Master. .
iRS a'3' ~ ~ cl ~ ~ II ,bhagat ratay rang ayk kai pooraa vaysaahu.
Devotees are in the love for One, they have full confidence in Him.
~ iRQ (')1}j ~ (ffR (ffR tin ~ II amrit ,bhojan naam har raj raj jan khaahu.
God's name is food ofnectar, the men of God eat it to their full
Rfi' ~ ~ ~ R!l ~ II sa,bh pagaarath paa-ee-an simran sach laahu.
The remembering ofthe true one is blessed with the reward ofaU materials (spiritual or temporal).
Ji3' fl.mrrW lf1G1FJH nrocr c:rftJ mH ~ II~O II sant pi-aaray paarbarahm naanak har agam agaahu. 112011
Nanak says, "Saints are dear to God, though He is unapproachable, inaccessible. " 20
~)of: :J II salok mehlaa 3. SALOK M: 3
1186
R!' fcr ~ ~ R!' ~ ~ wre II sa.!2h kichh hukmay aavQaa sabh kichh hukmay jaa-ay.
Everything comes in order, everything goes in order.
;l i ~ ~ iI't JHqr ~ ~ II jay ko moorakh aaphu jaanai anDhaa anDh kamaa-ay.
If some foolish is in pride for doing something, he is blind, acting in blindness.
OTOCI'~i~!tftm'*~~~ 11911
naanak hukam ko gurmukh buihai jis no kirpaa karay rajaa-ay. 11111
Nanak says, "Some ver:v rare of a Gurmukh realizes His order, upon him He is kind and thus
willg for him." 1
){g a II mehlaa 3. M: 3
JlmumJl~ftm'*~ortf~~ II
so jogee jugat so paa-ay jis no gurmukh naam paraapat ho-ay.
On(v that Yogi can practice the device of Yoga, who is blessed with name like a Gurmukh.
m
f3'ff aft nRt R!' i d ~ iqr n ~ II tis jogee kee nagree sa.!2h ko vasai bhaykhee jog na ho-ay.
In the city (body) ofthat yogi, everything lies, but yoga cannot be by pretention.
OTOCI' lHw~i m ft::rB' urfG ~ ~ II~II naanakaisaa virlaa kojogeejisghat pargat ho-ay. 11211
Nanak says, "Such a yogi is rare, through whose body, He reveals. " 2
~ II pa-orhee.PAURI
~ ii3' ~ ~ ~ II aapay jant upaa-i-an aapay aaDhaar.
OM
C
He Himself has created beings, and Himself is nourishing.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II aapay sookham .!2haalee-ai aapay paasaar.
B .
U
He Himself is found subtle, and Himself is revealed in expansion.
L
~ ~ ~ ri ~ u ~ II aap ikaatee ho-ay rahai aapay vad parvaar.
C
He Himself lives in aloofness, and Himself is in large family.
O K
~ Jffl ~ ~ Ji3r ~ II naanak mangai Qaan har santaa raynaar.
Nanak says, "beg a gift from God, that I be rewarded with saint's feet-dust".
B O
frg ~ n ~ ~ e'ic!ijig 1I~911911 H'9' II hor Qaataar na suih-ee too Qayvanhaar. 112111111 suDh.
KH
None else giver is found, thus you alone are the giver. 21.1 Sudh
S I

Guru Granth Sahib Translation Volume 2

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Guru Granth Sahib Translation Volume 2

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

O M

Ever sing the attributes of God.

One enjoying other's women and back-biting saints.

Nanak says, "Forgetting Master, the unfortunate are born to die". 9

and the pains ofworldliness.

~ }fg B II salok mehlaa 4. SALOK M: 4

<ITa" 1{il' W Jf! ~ ~ <ITa" ))frf4 ~ ~

~ ~ RJ CJftJ err Smir

:rr ~ ~ ~ ~ c}or ' " crr;p ~ 'RJj ~ II

~ ~ C[T;l fi:Ilr ~ H m ~ ufu 0Ttl ~ II

jW ~ (Jflr ~ JR'l'lS ~ eft

c:mr ~ f3fn ~ JWfc! JIB' lMft 11'\ II

m ~ ~ '0 mft Wa' l::fT'dt ~ H'Fa tfT'8' II

galaa upar tapaavas na ho-ee vis khaaDhee tatkaal mar jaa-ay.

Page 28 673 www.sikhbookclub.com

Hell is terrible well ofsorrows, he is caught and thrown therein.

;ei\!lldnl1fT ~ fi:Ior ~ ~ CJ'fa ~ II

sabh aatam raam pachhaani-aa taa N ik ravi-aa iko ot pot.

R3Adlf:s Hfu crnr ~ ~ mar ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ 0" wt fi:fQ lWit fi:fQ tJtt

The blind and deaf is astraying on unpaved way.

~ )){qr ~ ~ II manmukh anQhaa aavai jaa-ay.

Nanak says, "He earns what is preordioned for him. " 2

In his mind is merged thefragrance of God's name.

~ ~ ~ ~ ft:J ~ ~ citr ~ ~ ftrB' ~"*fa'

~ tn:fTW f3H c} Hfo 3fn rmr O

B ~ II paa-o pakhaalaa tis kay man tan nit bhaava-o.

All objectives are achieved, thus one lives for ever.

0"0cil' FW 0T)f ftrQ rcm U

Nanak says, "1 am holding Hisfeet, to have place in His court". 8

You will not be put on the path ofdevil, thus no death.

t$ft II pa-orhee. PAURI

Nanak says, "Their birth is useful, in whose, mind God is placed.

~ oit3g ~ f3'fn aaadia II paravtahu keeton gayvtaa tin karnaihaaray.

While in heat, now I have got the water of God.

Do not get into my foot-steps. 1 (pause)

No one can liberate without the name ofGod". 4.4

Doing deeds you are bound in ego.

None knows where the paradise is,

now I have met the Giver oflife. 1 (Pause)

The intoxicated he-buffalo runs indisciplined.

01 God, tell me now, how can I be liberated?

Now I believe as if everything is pleasent,

NolV 1 think of God as mine.

My mind has accepted, in ease. 1 (pause)

When ill devotion, God came while I was sitting in home. 2

The devotion of God is a sharpened arrow. 1 (pause)

S I~ II~II ki-aa jaan-o sah ka-un pi-aaree. 11211

The sun, the moon, give light.

She herself bound men in her ci(v.

Remembering name, so what if body burns,

let the name of God remain merged in my heart. 1 (pause)

Who burns and who suffers loss,

Now, God-king is my supporter,

~ wfu foa'i:Ifo ~ '8"gftJ ('; ~ ~ 11911

Whomever He gets to know, he knows, why to live without knowing.

cro- iinffiJ aiit

~ ~ ~ II saaval sungar raam-ee-aa.

O! my mind, sing the God's attributes. 1 (pause)

Ifyou fail now, you will have no place to live. 3

I drink the nectar of God

H~ Jl f8ofi::r 5' ~ aflr at awre O

For Kabir, back-biting is meaningful.

Khakha : In this cave, the mind has come in.